Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the general meetings for scientific business of the Zoological Society of London"

See other formats 


RRM DCR 
CAM MANA oHeTS, ; SraPaneaE SP eatets 
iPatitt Sire i i Me) Ne BieKe 
hy t ty) % sat » 
Ke Borate tatatizas ats! ‘ " i ie) "i 1 
‘ 
' 

atytetetete 
RA ARMi 
# S u 


‘ stile) 
ee 
ieee 


os totae 
RS ty 
Stat Set at 
SIN Woes 
MH) 


* 
Ui 
An 


vue 
Dstt 
" 


i 
% ih + 

ny we 
Hat MAN} rote 
hats ath 


OT 
fs 


a Ca Ses 


a 
7 


StS. 


- ee: : r 


- ; a 
*s 
= 
~ 


PROCEEDINGS 
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY 


OF LONDON 


FOR THE YEAR 


PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, 
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. 
LONDON : 
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO, 
PATERNOSTER ROW. 


b ise 


OF THE 


COUNCIL AND 


OFFICERS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL 


SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


1887. 


COUNCIL. 


(Blected April 29, 1887.) 


Prorrssor W. H. Frower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President. 


Lrevt.-Gen. Tur Lorp ABiIncER, 
C.B. 

Wittram T. Brayrorp, Esq., 
F.R.S. 

Masor-Gun. Henry Crier, R.A., 
F.R.S. 

Heyry E. Dresser, Esq. 

Cuartes Drummonp, Esq., T'rea- 
surer. 

Sir Joseph Farrer, K.C.S.1., 
F.R.S., Vice-President. 

Joun P. Gasstor, Esq. 

Cor. James A. Grant, C.B.,C.8.L, 
F.R.S. 

Dr. A. C. L. G. Gtnrner, 
F.R.S., Vice-President. 


PRINCIPAL 


Dr. Epwarp Hamirron, Vice- 
President. 

E. W. H. Horpsworrn, Esq. 

Proressor Mtvarz, F.R.S., Vice- 
President. 

Proressor ALFRED Newron, 
M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President. 

Henry Pottocn, Esq. 

Tue Lorp Arravur Rosset, 
Vice-President. 

Howarp Savunprrs, Esq., F.L.S. 

Puitie Lurrey Scrarer, Esq., 
M.A.,Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. 

Henry Sresoun, Esq. 

Josep Travers Surra, Esq. 

Surcron-Gen. L. C. Srewarr. 


OFFICERS. 


P. L. Scrater, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. 
Frank KE. Brpparp, Esq., M.A., Prosector. 

Me. A. D. Barrrerr, Superintendent of the Gardens. 
Mr. F. H. Warernovuse, Librarian. 

Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant. 

Me. W. J. Wittrams, Chief Clerk. 


LIST 


OF TILE 


CONTRIBUTORS, 


With References to the several Articles contributed by each. 


Page 
AsprRAHAM, Rev. NENDICK. 
On the Habits of the Tree Trapdoor Spider of Graham’s 
LT aR eae a aha Paes aa wr ciao rly ea i | 


Barttett, A. D., Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens. 


Remarks upon the Moulting of the Great Bird of Paradise,, 392 
Bates, H. W., F.R.S. See Jacosy, Martin. 


Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S.E., F.Z.S., Prosector to 
the Society, Lecturer on Biology at Guy’s Hospital. 


Notes on Brachyurus calvus. (Plate XII.) ........... 119 


On the Structure of a new Genus of Lumbricide (Tham- 
BUC TSA QUEIEVIED) Sete gee step ae a Pes tye 154 


Contributions to the Anatomy of Earthworms.—Nos. L., 
igh bigs Grinte, ORC) ea ety sass x Buses’ t'sas terete 


Note ona Point in the Structure of Myrmecobius ...... 527 
Contributions to the Anatomy of Earthworms.—No. IV.. 544 


Notice of a Memoir entitled “ Observations on the Structure 
of Hooker’s Sea-Lion (Arctocephalus hookeri)”.......... 640 


iv 
Bet, F. Jerrrey, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., F.Z.S., Professor of 
Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London. 

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a bifid specimen of Nereis 
CHG IE pe Roane Or sae fe ictus UTES eis Poe oe Oo Sfavieueers oie 

Report on a Collection of Echinodermata from the Anda- 
qa Velantits. = (Plate AVL) ares eco v elles emtine kee 

Extracts from a communication sent to him by Mr. Edgar 
Thurston, containing Observations on two Species of Batra- 
chians of the genus Cacopus........ 02.0 c0...s0000cess 

Report on the Echinodermata collected by the Officers of 
H.M.S. ‘ Flying-Fish’ on Christmas Island ............ 

Studies in the Holothuroidea.—VI. Descriptions of new 
species. (Plate XLV.),....-4.:... aiehae 

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the integumentary 
glands of a Rocky-Mountain Goat .... 


Bet, F. Jerrrey, M.A., Sec.R.M.S., F.Z.S., and Smira, 
Epear A., F.Z.S. 
Observations on the “ British Marine Area” .... 


Bipre, Surgeon-Gen., C.1.E., C.M.Z.S. 
Exhibition of a photograph of, and remarks upon, Elephants 
TEE MAIGLEGHIDCAS ah Sens o's sees ak oes Sete hae Se 


Bianrorp, W1tL1AmM Tuomas, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c. 
Critical Notes on the Nomenclature of Indian Mammals. . 


Boutencer, G. A., F.Z.S. 


List of the Reptiles collected by Mr. H. H. Johnston on 
the Cameroons Mountain................ eo ok: 
On a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians made by Mr. 
H. Pryer in the Loo Choo Islands. (Plates XVII. & XVIII.) 
On a new Geckoid Lizard from British Guiana ........ 
An Account of the Fishes collected by Mr. C. Buckley in 
Eastern Ecuador. (Plates XX.-XXIV.)............ 
Second Contribution to the Herpetology of the Solomon 
Helands. (Pinte VEIL.) 2. SA nae pe etek a exe $e 


Page 


189 


523 


531 


579 


560 


560 


620 


127 


146 
153 


274 


333 


Vv 
Page 
On a new Gecko, of the Genus Chondrodactylus, from 


themialahari-D event? or... dsscek aise co acetic iee Cale Se 339 


On a new Snake of the Genus Lamprophis now living in 

the Society’s Gardens. (Plate XXXIV.) .............. 397 
Report on the Reptiles collected by the Officers of H.M.S. 

‘ Flying-Fish ’ on Christmas Island..............28-+4- 516 


On the Systematic Position of the Genus Miolania, Owen 
RCP BCR CRS EVE BY Sin Fre 5 cial seaye Spa ee Boe aie se eB We 554 


Notes on Emys blandingit. (Plate L.) ............-. 559 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some living specimens of 
an African Batrachian (Xenopus lavis)..........++++000- 963 


A List of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Mr. 
H. H. Johnston on the Rio del Rey, Cameroons District, 
(eg re a eS SCOR EAE A Tem eee vor 564 


On a new Species of Hyla from Port Hamilton, Corea, 
based on an example living in the Society’s Gardens. 


Chinte Biss ek eel tea a bp ieee Pe taetiel 4 578 
Description of a new Genus of Lizards of the Family 
Dettdees SPELLS y PILSEN AMG Se Meats ad | 640 


An Account of the Fishes obtained by Surgeon-Major A. 
S. G. Jayakar at Muscat, East Coast of Arabia. (Plate LIV.) 653 


Brapy, H. B., F.R.S., Parser, W. K., F.R.S., and Jones, 
T. Rupert, F.R.S. 


Notice of Memoir on the Foraminifera procured on the 
Abrohlos Bank during the Cruise of H.M.S. ‘Plumper’ .. 3 


Burmeister, Dr. H., F.M.Z.S. 


Letter from, describing a Humming-bird trom Tucuman.. 633 


Butier, ArTHUR G., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c. 


Report on the Lepidoptera collected by the Officers of 
H.M.S. ‘ Flying-Fish’ on Christmas Island.............. §22 


On two small Collectious of African Lepidoptera recently 
received from Mr. H. H. Johnston .................... 567 


vi 
Page 


CockERELL, T. D. A. 


Exhibition of, and notes upon, some Mollusca taken at 
IslewonthsMiddlesexacstas. een ok eee ee nat ee nein. O02 


* Davis, James W., F.G.S. ce. 
Note on a Fossil Species of Chlamydoselachus.. ........ 542 


Day, Francis, C.LE., F.Z.S. 
Exhibition of a specimen of a hybrid Pilchard, and of a 
specimen of a Salmo purpuratus raised in this country .... 50 
On a supposed Hybrid between the Pilchard (Clupea pil- 
chardus) and the Herring (C. harengus), and on a specimen 


of Salmo purpuratus. -(Plate XV.).... 00026. «essences 129 
On the Occurrence of Scorpena scrofa off the South Coast 
Gi MEA AE rates ate ela cyalnie oie gto, is 'slaie hese! apie a wis, Se ea 342 


Drenpy, Artruour, B.Sc., F.L.S. 


Abstract of a Memoir on the West-Indian Chalinine, with 
Destin housio fi mewyeS Perley a ieiseiiaiF erndpss) ayo hus ee ates amie 503 


Report on the Porifera collected by the Officers of H.M.S. 
‘Flying-Fish’ on Christmas Island. (Plate XLIV.)...... 524 
Dosson, G. E., M.A., F.RS., F.Z.S., &e. 


On the Genus A/yosorex, with Description of a new Species 
from the Rio del Rey (Cameroons) District.............. 575 


Doveuas-Ocitsy, J. See Ocitpy, J. Doveras. 


Dresser, Henry E., F.Z.S. 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of a Tit- 
mouse obtained by Dr. Guillemard in Cyprus............ 563 


Druce, Hersert, F.L.S., F.R.GS., F.Z.S. 
Descriptions of some new Species of Lepidoptera Hetero- 
cera, mostly from Tropical Africa. (Plate VS). se eee 668 


E.wes, Henry Joun, F.Z.S. 


Description of some new Lepidoptera from Sikkim ...... 444 


vil 


Page 
Everett, A., C.M.Z.S. 

Extract from a letter, containing a notice of the Collection 
made by Mr. Whitehead on Kina Balu Mountain in Nor- 
SHEP BORGEG joi.) «esr s, Se a: Scio Spay own} eas < oe dia atten 502 

Fisk, Rev. Grorce H. R., C.M.Z.S. 

Extract from a letter, respecting the killing and eating, 

by a Mouse, of a young venomous Snake ...........-++- 340 


Firower, Wittiam Hewry, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., F.LS., 
President of the Society, Director of the Natural History 
Collection, British Museum. 

Extracts from a letter from Dr. Emin Pasha, containing 


some remarks upon Natural History specimens procured in 
Monbot tier 42/27). .BiG Ab Sion teh se ena nageewes 468 


Exhibition of a photograph of, and remarks upon, a 
specimen of Rudolphi’s Whale (Balenoptera borealis) taken 
Ii tao UMADIER Weve ba he Sait ne Seekaterc eet ae we Mec the od Cale 564 


On the Pygmy Hippopotamus of Liberia, Hippopotamus 
liberiensis (Morton), and its claims to distinct Generic Rank 612 
GaRRETT, ANDREW, of Huahine, Society Islands. 
On the Terrestrial Mollusks of the Viti Islands.—-Part I. 164 
On the Terrestrial Mollusks of the Viti Islands.—Part II. 284 


Gievtiou1, Henry H., C.M.Z.S., and Satvapori, THomas, 


C.M.Z.S. 
Brief Notes on the Fauna of Corea and the adjoining coast 
pe Manchunaso( Plate Ulla 6 oh loses. « dadesk wloitie dee soma 580 


Gopman, Frevrerick DuCang, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S. See 
Savin, Ossert, F.R.S. 
Goruam, Rev. H. S., F.Z.S., F.E.S. 
On the Classification of the Coleoptera of the Subfamily 
LAGGUBMOPES, BU GEA ea aos Ld RES Aas ald wiine 358 
Revision of the Japanese Species of the Coleopterous Family 
Endomychide. (Plate LITT.) .......... Sida lid’sbe's Cw VepiOeaee 


vill 
Page 
Grant, W. R. Ocinvie. 
A List of the Birds collected by Mr. Charles Morris 
Woodford in the Solomon Archipelago. (Plate XXVII.).. 328 


Ginruer, AuBertT, C.L.G., M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., 
V.P.Z.S., Keeper of the Zoological Department, British 
Museum. 

Exhibition of a hybrid between a Golden Pheasant and a 
Reeves’ Pheasant, also of a hybrid between a white Fantail 
Piseomand ‘a Collated) Dove)... of. Se scaje eee 2 oe vee caieieie 503 


Report on a Zoological Collection made by the Officers of 
H.M.S. ‘ Flying-Fish’ at Christmas Island, Indian Ocean. 


(Pinte MOLLY jebrae cae dacien tts Zea sch. eee 
Descriptions of two new Species of Fishes from Mauritius. 
GE ates Rat ValTT OC EX: Wi Ps yea catia eres a cia ree 550 


Howes, G. B., F.Z.S., F.L.8., Assistant Professor of Zoology, 
Normal School of Science and R. School of Mines, S. 
Kensington. 

On the Skeleton and Affinities of the Paired Fins of Cera- 
todus, with Observations upon those of the Hlasmobranchii. 
(Plates TI) aris to Be tee RR A DU DS 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an original drawing of 


the head of an abnormal Palinurus (P. penicillatus) ...... 468 
On a hitherto unrecognized Feature in the Larynx of the 
Arar ous ARO MIDIn: 9 Be ds se Navn pio teeta ORs sey oes, AOL 
Hung, A. O., C.B., F.Z.S. 
Remarks on certain Asiatic Ruminants.——I. Budorcas 
taxicolor, Hodgson. The Gnu-goat or Takin............ 483 


Jacosy, Martin, F.E.S. 


Descriptions of the Phytophagous Coleoptera of Ceylon, 
obtained by Mr. George Lewis during the years 1881-82. 
( Plates eee ic cys cons ke. aAtT Dh wg Ee as as 65 


ix 
age 


P 
List of a small Collection of Coleoptera obtained by Mr. W. 
L. Sclater in British Guiana. With the Description of a 
new Species. by. H. W. Bates, FRAG, .. cs. venctnecsns 490 


JENNER-WEIR, J. See Weir, JouN JENNER. 
Jones, T. Rupert, F.R.S. &e. See Brapy, H. B. 
Kirsy, W. F., F.E.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department, 


British Museum. 


Notice of a Memoir on the Subfamily Libelluline ...... 470 


LEEcH, Joun Henry, B.A., F.R.G.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. 


Exhibition of specimens of some new Butterflies from Japan 
wad! Corea} +. Lae ae, eat Fr aA A ee 342 


On the Lepidoptera of Japan and Corea.—Part I. Rho- 
palocera. (Plates XXXV. & XXXVI.) ................ 398 
Le Sover, Auzert A. C., C.M.Z.S. 
Letter from, containing remarks upon some living Duck- 
bills (Ornithorhynchus paradoxus) in confinement at Melbourne 363 
Macrxar, Captain. 
Report on Christmassbeland... 326 Sn ee 2 Te Oe. 508 
Menzsier, Dr. M., C.M.Z.S., Professor in the University of 
Moscow. 


On a new Caucasian Goat (Capra severtzowi, spine): ¢. 618 


Natuusivs, W. von. 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some preparations of 
RULE CMe rte So Wi Ka i Mea aed aoe opind Oe leas ahd «ev fon tee 599 


NewrTon, Aurrep, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Professor of 
Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the University of 
Cambridge, 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Bulwer’s 

Petrel found in Yorkshire 
Nicfviiuz, Lionet pr, F.E.S. 

Descriptions of some new or little-known Butterflies from 


India, with some Notes on the Seasonal Dimorphism obtaining 
in the Genus Melanitis, (Plates XXXIX. & XL.) 


x 
Page 
OeiLny, J. Doveras, Ichthyological Department, Australian 


Museum, Sydney. 


Description of a little-known Australian Fish of the Genus 


FUG? 6 nwis spiel akep le 278 Bh doe eee = obs sees 393 
On an undescribed Fish of the Genus Prionurus from 

FANIGET AID eects: Riera) Gh: ease ates en oI re AE ELE Bante 395 
On a new Genus and Species of Australian Mugilide.... 614 
Onvanew Genus/of Percidzee ss see ee os ee ee ie oe 616 


Ogitvie-Grant, W. R. See Grant, W. R. Ocitvie. 


Parker, T. Jerrery, B.Sc., C.M.Z.S., Professor of Biology 
in the University of Otago, New Zealand. 
Notes on Carcharodon rondeletii. (Plates IV.-VIII.) .. 27 


Parker, T. Jerrery, B.Sc., C.M.Z.S., and Scort, Professor 
J. H. 
Notice of a memoir on a Whale of the Genus Zphius, 
recently obtained near Dunedin, New Zealand............ 342 


Parker, W. K., F.R.S., &c. See Brapy, H. B. 


Pasua, Dr. Emin, C.M.Z.S. 
Letter from, referring to some Collections sent to the 
British: Nuscem sens: Fi ek UES eee Aes 564 


Puirson, H. M., C.M.Z.S. 
Letter from, concerning living specimens of two Snakes... 639 


Pocock, R. INNEs. 
Report on the Crustacea collected by the Officers of 
H.M.S. ‘ Flying-Fish’ on Christmas Island ............ 520 


Poutton, E. B., M.A., F.Z.S., F.L.S., of Jesus and Keble 
Colleges, Oxford, Lecturer on Zoology and Comparative 
Anatomy, St. Mary’s Hospital, Paddington. 

The Experimental Proof of the Protective Value of Colour 
and Markings in Insects in reference to their Vertebrate 
POR te 6 a Se ee) SR bs eternity o gPo ae 191 


al 
Page 
Satvaport, Taomas, C.M.Z.S., and Gietiot1, Henry 1a ty 


C.M.Z.S. 


Brief Notes on the Fauna of Corea and the adjoining 
coast of Manchuria. (Plate LIL.) ........ esses eeeres 580 


Satvin, Ossert, F.R.S., F.Z.S. 
Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. F. D. Godman, and remarks 
upon, a pair of Ornithoptera victori@ .....+-+++++ seers 190 


Saunpers, Howarp, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of the Medi- 
terranean Black-headed Gull (Larus melanocephalus), shot 


near Great NaArmiOutde, pos). isdn e wie spaced pamimdiereys'e 2) 5000 2 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Harlequin Duck (Cos- 
monetta histrionica) shot near the Farne Islands. .....-.. 319 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Saazcola 
isabellina, shot in Cumberland ..........-0-- sees ee eens 579 
Scuater, Puinie Lutury, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to 
the Society. 
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
Werember VESG oc. 22 a Pisie cas nites slope nak Ake Nees l 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of a rar 
Parrots Chrysotis Godini.. . 2:2.) owes 0s 0's dele n toe ano nin siete Br 
Characters of new Species of Birds of the Family Tyran- 
nid. ((PlateIX.)...2:.4'.,255% We Biirele yeh sitet Otel ser 47 
Report on the additions to the Society's Menagerie in 
Pannary WES. ee ee ee ee se ates aay 0 oe laments 138 
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
February 1887 .. .0.seeee cece ee teen terete cents 319 
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
WEar chee dee chads Alans eee: mics wae AMomReah eine am = Pee 


Extracts from a letter addressed to him by the Rev. Geo. 
H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S., respecting the killing and eating, by 
a Mouse, of a young venomous Snake ......++.++++++- 0s 340 


xii 
Page 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a set of eleven photo- 
graphs, representing objects of Natural History collected by 
General Prejevalski in Central Asia .... .....+.. 0000 e0+> 362 
Extract from a letter addressed to him by Mr. Albert A. C. 
Le Souef, C.M.Z.S., containing remarks upon some living 
Duckbills (Ornithorhynchus paradoxus) in confinement at 


Melbourne. Lit. atspstio ts 43.24 eRe bet berks hdeiestiagsiedisiats 363 
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
AMAATULMUAGS/ coos ouyatiale nt Geis aw oes = 25 Oe cp ends viele eee 396 


Extracts from a letter addressed to him by Mr. Roland 
Trimen, F.Z.S., respecting the obtaining of a second example 
Of Lraiiarits atrocrnecus 995i 'o slaihe)s Ditto aee ole Maio 396 
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
Mayataeysetl oi fell seer enue kan de aekints, eee 
Remarks upon specimens of two Species of North-American 
Foxes living in the Society’s Gardens .............---4- 482 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skin of a White- 
nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus ascanias?).........+....+. 502 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen n of a Bisa 
from Northern Afghanistan (Phasianus principalis),........ 502 
Note on the Wild Goats of the Caucasus ...........+.. 552 
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in June, 
July, August, September, and October, 1887 ............ 558 
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
November, V887-1.. 502:16 ANUAL is) Aihe Wy, Pas Cea. 638 
Extract of a letter from Dr. Burmeister, F.M.Z.S., and 
remarks on a supposed new Humming-bird mela. cus 
Gurmeistert)e@ fie. pst ha PRR AR Ae wena oe CERES 638 


Scrater, W. L., B.A., F.Z.S. 
Notes on the Peripatus of British Guiana ............ 130 


Scott, Prof. J. H., and Parxer, Prof. T. JErrery. 


Notice of a memoir on a Whale of the Genus Ziphius, 
recently obtained near Dunedin, New Zealand ............ 342 


xiii 
Page 
Srrsoum, Henry, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c. 
Description of a supposed new Species of the Genus Merula 
POMS OULN AMCLICA coins ae. « ao kp ators ig aics avr: gs > cea Dod 


Smarpe, R. Bownter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Department of 
Zoology, British Museum. 

On asecond Collection of Birds formed by Mr. L. Wray in 

the Mountains of Perak, Malay Peninsula. (Plates XX XVII. 


ORM EER Pee rs Sn 3 occre Srcmnin, <a ietal ean Sets mer ae 431 
Notes on Specimens in the Hume Collection of Birds.— 
No.5. (On Syruiins snemgpays s 12 Aa citar crscha cies wate 470 


Report on the Birds collected by the Officers of H.M.S. 
‘Flying-Fish ’ on Christmas Island. (Plate XLIII.)...... 515 


On a new Species of Calyptomena.. ...+.....-00 02 eer 558 


SHELLEY, Capt. G. E., F.Z.S. 


On a Collection of Birds made by Mr. H. H. Johnston in 
the Cameroons Mountain. (Plates XIII. & XIV.)........ 122 


SHUFELDT, R. W., M.D., C.M.Z.S. 
Notes on the Visceral Anatomy of certain Auks........ 43 


Smiru, Evear A., F.Z.S. 


On the Mollusca collected on the Cameroons Mountain by 


Mine eal pbmaton £0 .<0h avhe aed oeebatiogs slnfhis dear l27/ 
Notes on a small Collection of Shells from the Loo Choo 

Slants. Soe ihe auc: au Atha Bdge. iia aa DRE als wihs 316 
Report on the Mollusks collected by the Officers of 

H.MLS. ‘ Flying-Fish’ on Christmas Island.............. 517 


Notes on three Species of Shells from the Rio del Rey, 
CATER no siaiatel 3 caicoas rw ton Tea ae as MEAS RRM dew eck 566 


Smita, Enear A., F.Z.S., and Bex, Prof. F. Jerrrey, 
F.Z.S. 


Observations on the “‘ British Marine Area ”’ 


x1V 


Srvan, F. W., F.Z.S. 
Exhibition of a series of eggs of Chinese birds.......... 2 


Sutton, J. Brann, F.R.C.S., Lecturer on Comparative 
Anatomy, Middlesex Hospital, Erasmus Wilson Lecturer 
on Pathology, Royal College of Surgeons. 


On some Specimens of Disease from Mammals in the 
Society's Gardens ...... .-ee.e. sees eee eee eee es + 364 


On the Arm-glands of the Lemurs ................-- 369 


Symonps, Epmonp, of Kroonstad, Orange Free State. 


Notes on some Species of South-African Snakes ........ 486 


Taczanowskl, L., C.M.Z.S. 


Liste des Oiseaux recueillis en Corée par M. Jean 
ReghinO Ww SEie ilies acute mn a ee 2 fed in Sajna ohh sige eu 596 


TrGeTMeErER, W. B., F.Z.S. 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some heads of the 
Sumatran Rhinoceros, from Sarawak, Borneo ...........- 3 


Tuomas, OLDFIELD, F.Z.S. 

List of Mammals from the Cameroons Mountain, collected 

byMr, EL... Dobmiston: .o.5 6 <c. cp) ss niecalrimegeeis ba eaten oe, TE 
On the small Mammalia collected in Demerara by! Mr. W. 

TL. Slater GP late SUG) Ht ~t, deathab ivy ohwas te veligts Tad 
On the Bats collected by Mr. C. M. Woodford in the 

Solomon Islands. (Plates XXV. & XXVI.) ............ 320 
On the Milk-dentition of the Koala..............0005 338 
Report on the Mammalia collected by the Officers of 

H.M.S. ‘Flying-Fish ’ on Christmas Island. (Plates XLI. 

GF Th acvenieteeriags bike ap. mn toos Beratesl)* rors pala” Ue 


Tuomson, ARTHUR. 
Report on the Insect-house HOTU S Oembretcteks ku eitcstae Saks 50 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of Papilio 
porthaon reared in the Society’s Insect-house ............ 468 


XV 
Page 


Trimen, Rotanp, F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e. 
Letter from, respecting the obtaining of a second example 


of Lantarius atrocroceuS ...... cece cece cece seve eeceee 396 


On Bipalium kewense at the Cape ...........+....-- 548 


Warernouse, Cuarzes O., F.E.S. 
On some Coleopterous Insects collected by Mr. H. H. 
Johnston on the Cameroons Mountain ............ 00... 128 
Note on a new Parasitic Dipterous Insect of the Family" 
Hippoboscidte .. 2.0 +. s+. ..+.- Re tier ee 163 


Report on the Coleoptera collected by the Officers of 
H.M.S. ‘ Flying-Fish’ on Christmas Island.............. 520 


Weir, JoHN JENNER, F.Z.S. 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skull of a feral Boar 
(Sus scrofa), obtained at Tauranga, New Zealand ........ 397 


Winote, Bertram C. A., M.A., M.D. (Dubl.), Professor of 
Anatomy in the Queen’s College, Birmingham. 


On the Anatomy of Hydromys chrysogaster .......... 53 


Woopwarp, A. Smirn, F.Z.S., F.G.S., of the British Museum 
(Natural History). 


On the Presence of a Canal-system, evidently Sensory, in 
the Shields of Pteraspidian Fishes: ... 0.0.6 20202+ 0-200 sis 478 


Note on the “‘ Lateral Line” of Squaloraja ............ 481 


On the Fossil Teleostean Genus Rhacolepis, Agass. (Plates 
Vs EL Vey poe Ree ee, FS eed DETERS pads 535 


Wray, Ricuarp §., B.Sc. (Lond.). 
Note on a Vestigial Structure in the Adult Ostrich 
representing the Distal Phalanges of Digit m1............ 283 


On some Points in the Morphology of the Wings of Birds. 
NG rdated EO BE ies wre Gione'a + otiedacne a yes diers o's 343 


Yersury, Major, C.M.Z.S. 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a pair of horns of the 
(orialamiser etme asc rerr ee occ oe coeta the ens cree re tone -- 639 


List, OF PLATES. 


1887. 
Plate Page 
I. Fins of Ceratodus and Protopterus.... 1.16.1 .e+00+ 
H+ Pelvic finsof. Corgiodus ines Poe ae ee ee ns wna 3 
III. Fins of Elasmobranchs and Poiypterus ......+....- 
IV. Figs. 1 and 3. Carcharodon rondeletii. Figs. 2 and 4.) 
Lamna cornuhica...... dab cone ooo tadyooet BOOS 
V. Figs. 5-10. Carcharodon rondeletit. Fig. 11. Lamna !} 
COPD hs tae LR PO ee wee east ea 
VI. Carcharodon rondeleti¢..... 0.0.2... .0 cee esne ness 
VII. - Carcharodon rondeletti. 3.2... ot ee ee oe vines 
VIII. Carcharodon rondeletii (foetus) ...... Sodtutiok aob kc ) 
IX. Fig. 1. Euscarthmus apicalis. Fig. 2. Leptopogon 
GUSEDLELY ITU nda ee Sota oe Tae IR oc 3 mn RAN ate 47 
a Phytophagous Coleoptera of Ceylon .......-....--++ 65 
RO Brice ley umus CUUS A. Aes ne oe eee ieiceletatel to wletatayorttereiel =) 119 
MMT Laniariusatnoplavus tse ccc cee ee ler ne toe sln 
XIV. Fig. 1. Zosterops melanocephala. Fig. 2. Fseu 122 
MELUNOGASLEL A ivtaaitetes a) Meve select s eeleiaereie ener 
XV. Hybrid between Pilchard and Herring ...........+.. 129 
XVI. Echinoderms of the Andaman Islands ............+. 139 
XVII. Fig. 1. Japalura polygonata. Fig. 2. Tachydromus 
RINT ELITES Baguio 5 och JOB Use ea DOCCODO a aRO Se 46 
XVIII. Fig. 1. Tachydromus smaragdinus. Fig. 2. Lygosoma 
pellopleurum. Fig. 3. Tropidonotus pryert ...... 
XIX. -Hesperomys (Rhipidomys) sclateri...... 6s e sens 150 
XX. Fig. 1. Pimelodus buckleyi. Fig. 2. P. longicauda.. > 
XXI. Fig. 1. Pimelodus pulcher. Fig. 2. Stygogenes hum- 
boldtii. Fig. 3. Nannoglanis fasciatus. Fig. 4. 
Stegophilus punctatus .....0.00 cee ceeees cane tate 
XXII. Chetostomus dermorhynchus ......0.s0cseeceeeee (74 
XXIII. Fig. 1. Parodon buckleyi. Fig. 2. Piabucina elon- | 
gata. Fig. 3. Leptagoniates steinduchneri ...... | 
XXIV. Sternarchus curvirostris ...........0e ee tee ce eeee J 
XEGVS PLerOpUSiGrANndis, DWiele ers cleiels «46 5 es ele olelereieleien's l 390 
XXVI. Nesonycteris woodfordi .......6.5 cseeues ae Bee (ane 


b 


Plate 
XXVII. 
XXVIII. 


XXIX. 
XXX. 
XXXI. 
XXXIL 
XXXII. 
XXXIV. 
XXXV. 


XXXVI. 
XXXVII. 
XXXVIII. 
XXXIX. 
XL. 

XLI. 
XLII. 
XLUI. 
XLIV. 
XLV. 
XLVI. 
XLVII. 
XLVIII. 
XLIX. 


XViil 


MTEL ER INO Hil on Oa OO 4.00000 00.208 nooo doe 328 
Fig. 1. Lepidodactylus woodfordi. Fig. 2. Typhlops 
aluensis. Fig. 38. Batrachylodes vertebralis. Fig. 4. 


EVIE AGAD opaigdbodor Atco hood dD conos soo ucsGG oN 333 
Morphology of the Wings of Birds ........4... +05 343 
Anatomy of Budrilus sylvicola ........5e cence eens 372 
Diam prop Wes JUshta goons epearetee, Ce vie atv wha alt legals ere sa Totetsil 397 
Fig. 1. Papilio mikado. Fig. 2. Apatura cauta. Fig. 3. 

3 Q Polyommatus auratus .....0..000. see ees l 398 


Fig. 1. ¢ Q Euripus coreanus. Fig. 2. Dipsas flamen.\ 


Trochalopterum peninsul@ . 1.20.00 cee vee ce eees (431 
Fig. 1. Minlu soror. Fig. 2. Aithopyga wrayi ....' 
News lndiamy Eateries! ener ttle ete etetcls eter stallion: eterale 448 
Pieropus Matos Me vox xe cues siepetetcs ath sot seeret sdeieyate > 
WEES TAMAUIT” Godecdnoobonobabye ct chon coodduad: 
Carpophaga Whartont ....seerecee creer ree scenes Ny 
Pachychalina spimosisstma .. 1.666. e cece eee 
Characteristic spicules of new Holothurians.......... 531 
EOE MISE. oi atore state res siaval oa he evel ete tate) statreualel cinlahesrrelle +. 030 
Latilus fronticinetus cs... see csee essere secenscs 550 
Platycephalus subfasciatus .... 0.0. cece eweeeeeaes 


Fig. 1. Emys blandingii. Fig. 2. Emys orbicularis.... 555 
Fig. 1. Hyla stepheni. Fig. 2. Hyla arborea,var. japonica, 578 


Fig. 1. Cygnus davidi. Fig. 2. Cygnus bewicki...... 580 
New Japanese Species of Endomychide ........++++ 642 
Fig. 1. Opisthognathus muscatensis. Fig. 2. Gobius 

WCU CLONE Valente sie akoye}e4s 2) ato} Nor si je}o\elelaletaieia\she vides v« 653 


New African Lepidoptera ...... Bas Set SIO Doar 668 


LIST OF WOODCUTS. 


1887. 


Page 
Anterior aspect of the lower larynx, heart, and viscera of Synthli- 

Usa Ticenni hus ANUGUUR 0 cths ASP Tei Bis «luo aw nie he Mas aisserdiaids 45 
Anterior aspect of the lower larynx, heart, and viscera of Brachy- 

CR GH IAS TAGE OTTTED 5 Sa werdtelansda «ytd mn hona® vpbertuemcaidices canio 45 
Cervical and brachial nerves of Hydromys ........0.0cccceuuceas 59 
Lumbar and sacral nerves of Hydromys .........c0ccecceucceees 60 
Left hand and foot of Hydromys chrysogaster......0...0ceccecees 61 
Upper and lower incisors of Hydromys chrysogaster ........6- 4.05 61 
Upper and lower jaw of Hydromys chrysogaster...... 00.0 ccece eee 62 
Upper molar of Hydromys chrysogaster ......0c ccc cc ccc cuccuaes 62 
Stomach of Hydromys chrysogaster .....4..cuscecscuccccceeees 62 
Crcum of Hydromys chrysogaster..... 0... cess scence ccucsencues 63 
Superior surface of liver of Hydromys chrysogaster .........c0u0. 64 
Under surface of liver of Hydromys chrysogaster 6.0... .0c0e cues 64 
Gubbus (Edentulina) johnstont ooo. sao css emo d en a dae be oneaoeme 128 
TRIAL GRAIN ATED 5 avn us fa lain aca itcant aiptikos Dei Msaactoredncs = nretevsiw se 153 
Thamnodrilus gulielmi, from the ventral surface .............00% 155 
Thamnodrilus gulielmi, anterior segments seen laterally............ 157 
Thamnodrilus gulielmi, seta from one of the segments of the clitellum 157 
Chief Trunks of Vascular System of Thamnodrilus ...........0.. 158 
One of the Anterior Nephridia of Thamnodrilus........000000.005 160 
One of the Posterior Nephridia of Thamnodrilus ........0.00..45 161 
BAT HOCNE SONI UAUG: tos yess ex sas de fa opener Gis 4 6. ee oe) wake enea Sonus aca 163 


Phalanx 1 and the vestigial cartilage of digit 11., adult Ostrich .... 284 
The distal part of digit 111. in the manus of the embryo of Ostrich .. 284 


Ventral view of left manus of embryo of Ostrich ................ 284 
MELEE OT OUILEL TUN VON: cose ats, 5, ee geerakety naevaarAasreicR, thsi veto Gin! 317 
Meath: OF PEF OPUS GFARM ral ioibialite aioe «a iacladnatiltneneseud.s x3 321 
Skull of Nesonycteris woodfordi, upper View ..........0.e0e ce aee 825 
Skull of Nesonycteris woodfordi, side view .........-.00cc0 cee eeae 325 
Head of young Koala, showing milk-dentition .................. 338 
Preparations of the distal cubital remiges, with their attached 
tectrices majores, of the Pheasant ................ccceeees 346 
Preparations of the distal cubital remiges, with their attached 
tectrices majores, of the Golden Eagle...................... 346 


Preparations of the manus of the Ostrich, showing the primaries and 
the manner of their attachment to the bones ................ 351 


Xx 


Page 

Dorsal view of the antebrachium and manus of the wing of the 
Optriehive mentees sotnarerecs epee oes ose 0x8 eantela cisie fereyte ke Wem ieaee 351 
Ventral view of the manus of an embryo Ostrich ...........-.... 351 
Transverse section of the thorax of a rickety Monkey ............ 364 
Under view of the skull-vault of a rickety Lion ................ 365 

A longitudinal section of the head of a Lion-cub, showing over- 
growth of the tentorium cerebelli, &c.......... +. sees cree 366 
Abnormal growth of papille on the hind feet of a Coati .......... 368 
Two Goat’s feet with overgrown hoofs ........eeeeeee cece eeeee 368 

The forearm of Hapalemur griseus, showing the patch of spine-like 
processes and the tuft of hairs ............ eee eeee weer eeeee 369 


The forearm of Chirogaleus coquereli, showing the tuft of long hairs . 370 
The forearm of Lemur catta, showing the raised patch of hairless 


skin covering the collection of sweat-ducts ..........-++.000- 370 
Forearm of an adult Lema catta, showing the blunt spur ........ 371 
Arm of a foetal Lemur catta, to show the tuft of long hairs ........ 871 
Dissection of genital region of Hudrilus sylvicola .....seee eee enes 381 
Acanthodrilus dissimilis. Dissection of genital region ............ 388 
Clitellar Seta of Periche@ta houllett 0.0.03 cee eee ese 3890 
Cephalon of Palinwrus penicillatus, bearing an antenniform ophthalmite 469 
Fragmentary Median Plate of Shield of Pteraspis crouchit ........ 479 
Elomns oie bud orcas CaLICOlOT ne va cisicis ic's sa elelereys)s eels ot -loleie eats sete 484 
TEETER SAHATT OO G60 Ge NOOO Oe SHON GOOG Dit Iai a OMI ae at 490 
The larynx in Rana esculenta and R. temporarta ..sveeeeee sevens 492 
The larynx in Leptodactylus pentadactylus oo s.sceeeveeeeeee ee ees 494 
The larynx in Rana prptens .. 00. ee eee eet e een een eens 494 
The larynx in Ceratophrys americana and Calyptocephalus gayi .... 495 
The larynx and floor of the mouth in Chiroleptes australis ........ ‘497 
The larynx in Chiroleptes australis, side View ... 1.4.6. ++ eee eee es 498 
The larynx in Chiroleptes australis, longitudinal section .......... 498 
Succinea sohdula and S. solttarta i... 12 we et tet cette aes 518 
GLO UTA OT ONICOBLDUG Aen fatal (eetsta) viele ers Vets eat ctas eee = le lae neste crs 519 
WPECZOTLOLUN CISCOMACLERT tials teva ee there 8s aa Te is ole erelete st atte =)~ = Ns) « he 521 
UEC ALCLEG NE cet ketenes Araneta TMT nee et Neh atatesa tc tctvis!dhenatel ora c'= ototaal ove 522 
TRA RIES CL ACh Ca Picco OO SiG Kort eke G-0 O20 1h A IE IONO Ges yc 523 
Pachychalina spimosisstma oo... ccc ccc eee eee eens 525 
Under surface of head of Myrmecobius fasciatus. ......+..+4. 1PM OLT 
Glandular patch of Myrmecobius fasctatus ... eee eee eevee eee eens 528 
Minute structure of glandular patch of Myrmecobius...........++5 58 
Cryptodrilus fletchert occ ccc cece cece eee cece seen e eee eeeneee 547 
Skull of Myosorex johnstont: 11.11... cece eee e eee eee eeees 577 
Chthamalopteryx melbournensts ... 0.0.20 cece cece cee eee eeenes 616 


Stenolepas Fidleyy Oe, hati. wake ies ee he tals wha Bla o odw cee ae wales 641 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
OF LONDON 


FOR THE YEAR 


1887. 


RE enES) 


EO EO 


PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, 
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. 
LONDON : 


MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO, 
PATERNOSTER ROW. 


Nie 


VI. 
VII. 
VIII. 
IX. 


X. 
XI. 
XII. 
XIII. 
XIV. 


XV. 
XVI. 
XVII. 


XVIII. 


XIX. 
XX. 
XXi1. 


XXII. 
XXIII. 


XXIV. 
XXV. 
XXVI. 


LIST OF PLATES. 


1887. 
Page 
Fins of Ceratodus and Protopterus.... 0.10... .0005 | 
PelvicitinsvateCeraronits ue sweas mcs eee tee cles 3 
Fins of Elasmobranchs and Polypterus ...........- 
Figs. 1 and 3. Carcharodon rondeletii. Figs. 2 and 4. ) 
TSO OB CORMUALCG 2 arajter Seh ty crkaes Hae aot oh es 
Figs. 5-10. Carcharodon rondeletii. Fig. 11. Lamna ! 
CONNULCCUAIES tithe Reta Te Pe, 4A eereer ta epee HAN eo 2d 
Canthwrodon nondeletitce, o-tseii. cri siete wee ioe teal = 
Careh nt odo 7 Ont elettt a varie. cirrpeta set aievece eects an a 
Carcharodon rondeletii (foetus) ........+000 e000 es ! 
Fig. 1. Euscarthmus apicalis. Fig. 2. Leptopogon 
USAR Raph ACO SSE EEOC s ) 5 UUM Nee OF SBOE 47 
Phytophagous Coleoptera of Ceylon ............+... 69 
EST QC NY UTUS, CUUGUS Meter sc es tatere ao) 3 <= Vetiet- ate) ciate an eacrasicr 119 
PU ONVATIUS QU OP LEUS Te? oiete nen er ote eaten te | 
Fig. 1. Zosterops melanocephala. Fig. 2. Ploceus> 122 
ielanager ee, fob aeieet| 
Hybrid between Pilchard ‘Sa Hlevvihie Sher hetttsie ten ts 129 
Echinoderms of the Andaman Islands .............. 139 
Fig. 1. Japalura polygonata. Fig. 2. Tachydromus 
SINGTAGUINUS aL Pert ee oe slant cine lelalatele sje eet 146 
Fig. 1. Tachydromus smaragdinus. Fig. 2. Lygosoma 
pellopleurum. Fig. 3. Tropidonotus pryeri ...... 
Hesperomys (Rhipidomys) sclateri......  .......... 150 


Fig. 1. Pimelodus buckleyi. Fig. 2. P. longicauda. . F 
Fig. 1. Pimelodus pulcher. Fig. 2. Stygogenes hum- 
holdtii. Fig. 3. Nannoglanis fasciatus. Fig. 4. 
SLETOPUMUS MUNCLALUSE ainisiate elerete = als ele pele Dh etete «<1 
Chetostomus dermorhynchus ........06 : +00 seeeee 
Fig. 1. Parodon buckleyi. Fig. 2. Piabucina elon- 
gata. Fig. 3. Leptagoniates steinduchneri ...... 
Slernarchus CUPVIMOSHTMIS «20. 0000 -- des cores see see 
Pteropus\grandts) . 20.0046 «+ - +s - 
Nesonycteris woodfordt ........+. etait kaeers isis as 


\ 974 


320 


ae a 


Vv 


Plate Page 
BVI: .. Macrocbram wacdsordss visa.capis os a0's ole SES eee . 328 
XXVIII. Fig. 1. Lepidodactylus woodfordi. Fig. 2. Typhlops 
aluensis. Fig. 3. Batrachylodes vertebralis. Fig. 4. 
FAUT ORUULE rats, «sis cloyeheheleie siete elp ales siele fier ueey-eteere 333 
XXIX. 
Boe, Morphology of the Wings of Birds .......---.-- +++ 343 
XXXIL 
XXXIII. Anatomy of Eudrilus sylvicola ..........+.00 ee eeee 372 
NOXONGD Vis LUCIO PANES JUS Ket arataioneyomaicleter-lerevehe/ lel) aueleRolat-)= er erates 397 
XXXV._ Fig. 1. Papilio mikado. Fig. 2. Apatura cauta. Fig. 3. 
3S 2 Polyommatus auratus ........6. ee cere ees t 398 
XXXVI. Fig.l. ¢ Q Euripus coreanus. Fig. 2. Dipsas flamen. | 
XXXVIT. Trochalopterum peninsul@ ......05.+++ cee sree 431 
XXXVI. Fig. 1. Minlu soror. Fig. 2. Adthopyga wrayi .... 
ea tg Newilndian?Buttertiies’ saereee era's mittens ht ern ietcher esi 448 
GL, CRLenOpusiiQvg is ment wlll iets che el Vell ae 
KGW. Mus ana cledtteereineeisvete) too eo) ciate eyed edokny=1 =) Ves | 
XLUI. Carpophaga whartont .... 1... seee cece eee cn eeee as 
XLIV. Pachychalina spinosissima .....---++ +++ sree rere } 
XLV. Characteristic spicules of new Holothurians.......... 531 
XLVI . 
XLVI TRRGCOLE DIS Alm.» ateteletcletels «ict ales ele =! sie) -\ 6 rasa ovo s)sinlele 035 
XLVII. Latilus fronticinctus 2.1.1... cece cece e eee e eens 550 
XLIX. Platycephalus subfasciatus ...... 6 ee sere cece eens 
L. Fig. 1. Emys blandingii. Fig. 2. Emys orbicularis.... 555 
LI. Fig. 1. Hylastepheni. Fig. 2. Hyla arborea,var. japonica, 578 
LIL. Fig. 1. Cygnus davidi. Fig. 2. Cygnus bewicki...... 580 
LIII. New Japanese Species of Endomychide .....+.++++++ 642 
LIV. Fig. 1. Opisthognathus muscatensis. Fig. 2. Gobius 
GFOYOROTL. ono voir wane dniole ocie ciao owns aac rear s+ set 653 
LY. New African Lepidoptera ........-. 0. esse eeeeeeee 668 


LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two 
kinds — “ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and 
“Transactions,” in quarto. 

According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” 
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien- 
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings 
and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings ” by the 
Committee of Publication. From fifty to seventy coloured plates 
and engravings are attached to each annual volume of the 
“ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable 
species of animals described in them. Amongst such illustra- 
tions, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living 
state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. 

The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the 
first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part 
published in April completing the volume for the preceding 
year. The price is 12s. per part for the edition with coloured, 
and 3s. per part for that with uncoloured Plates. 

The “Transactions” contain such of the more important 
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society 
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate 
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. 
They are issued at irregular intervals. 

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of 
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni- 
versary Meeting im each year, are entitled to receive all the 
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled 
to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less 
than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re- 
duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications 
issued prior to 1861, if they exceed the value of five pounds. 

The following is a complete list of the publications of the 
Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s 
Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the 
Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any 
bookseller. 

{June 1, i887.] 


2 


TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 
4to. 11 vols. and Six Parts. 


To Fellows. Tothe Public. 

eo ce th Paty ae 
Vol. J., containing 59 Plates (1833-35) Price 313 6. 418 O0* 
Vol. II., a 7A oe See (1835-41) , 4 00. 5 6 6* 
Vol. III., PA 63°55 1842-49) , 38 3. 411 Of 
Vol. IV., o 1S bss (i851 69) ey 16) 20a Si 2a6% 
Vol. V., - OF G5 (1862-66) , 5 4 3.. 619 OU 
Vol. VI., a O15, (1866-69) , 11 5 0....15 0 0 
Vol. Vili oes, ops. (1869-72) , 817 0. 1116 0 
Vol. VIII, ,, Bo, tere 73 ete ners t 19s 0 
Vol. IX., 3 99% 33 1875=77) e038 MQM Oe 16 0 0 
Vol. X., iis 940-55 (1877479) Sie 10003 Ee... 1S 0. 
Index, s Vols Xoa so, ccrcicrnsisie owiehe stare welts ss OF; F oir dawn, SONI O 
Vol. XI., part 1, containing 4 Plates(Jan.1880) ,, 012 0.... O16 0 
Vol. XI., ,, 2, Ps 3 AUP ISU) 50 O 18 Oa, al ueeO 
Wolves. O; i S77? 2 (Mar 1881) oo 1s 26 2 110 O 
Wolxdijos 4; a art saa(Apr-alSB 1) Gee Oin7 Won: 010 0 
Volaxi=).5 5; 5 TS ote (unedsslin 46 OSs o6c. 1; 4 0 
Vol. XI, ,, 6, os 6. uss pan. S82): oo. 0 12s OL, 016 O 
Vol Xe wid. ee OT (Octales2\e x0 00 Wo. -On. iy Os 
Vol. X15. 55. 8; a Ve anise. es OP Lo he 016 60 
VolPxi 9: a 10) 73, "(Oct 1883) sy 20212 101 016 O 
Vol. XI., ,, 10, 53 D2) 55 .May US85)ur ah ell iGie a 
Volexh etl; es 140 w(NOvaI S85) nous) alee Gi. 2.20 
Vol. XIL, ,, 1, - 6 (Feb: 1886) 4, © 0-19) 20). 012 0 
Vol. XII., ,, 2, oe io Gs (Apr. 1886)" 3; 0 120": 016 0 
Vol. XIL., ,, 3, a 25; (Aug. 1886)*";, ‘0%4°56". 0 6 0 
Vol. XII, ,, 4, 3 IQS 354 (Oct. 1886). 5 Olos OK: 1 0 0 
Vol. XIL., ,, 5, 5 5, (Dec.19886) , O09 0. 012 0 
Vol. XII, ,, 6, A Vows) (Apr 887); * 43, , 0.12.70. 016 O 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRE- 
SPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


8vo. 2 vols. 
To Fellows. To the Public. 


Part I. 1830-31. 1 vol. 8vo. ............ Price 4s. 6d. .. 6s.t 
peetllne UeEPe SF che Ee ache 55 As Gd eS 6s. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.) 


Priceto Price to the Price to Price to the 
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. 
Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s. Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 
of TI. 1834. ag 4s. 6d... 6s. 5 X. 1842. 1) 4s. 6d... 6s. 
TEL 1835. apt 0 teed ie: a MENLABAD... og! sy As. Gil Gs. 
» _1V. 1836 55 4s. 6d. .. 6s. » AI. 1844. oe 4s. 6d... 6s. 
9 WS NOSio yh ae aes Stine ini. 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 
pe even Sas. % 4s. 6d. .. 6s. >» AIV. 1846. me 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 
> WIL 1839.-  ,,  darGdien Ger, KV 1847, (Sh! saailed: 3. ie. 


», VIII. 1840. = 4s. 6d. .. 6s.f Index 1830-1847. + 4s. 6d... 6s. 


* No perfect copies of these volumes remain in stock. Out of print. 


3 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.) 


Letterpress oul With Plates Coloured. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Sect 
; ork 
Part XVI. 1848.1 vol. 8vo.4s.6d. .. 6s. .. Price 1] 0 7 6+ 
» XVII. 1849. sg 45- GARE EO Gs) 28% 2:55 
» XVII. 1850. - As; Gael oes oc Os) AE. tas; 
= XIX. 1851. 3 As. Gas = c.<-/O80 JS, 1445 
ae XX. 1852. si 4S GARE Wie @UGSt Met. 55 
“ XXI. 1853. eg AS. Gaia xc0s O89 EX. s5i55 
» XXII. 1854. - 4si6diek =<? (GS 8 +55 
» XXIII. 1855. ae ASS GURL “sees? OS) Ailsa 55 
» XXIV. 1856. a 45, 6da teins OS we, cs; 
»  XXV. 1857, a 4s2Gdeed yh 4 SOSH IS. + 55 
» XXXVI. 1858. 3 AgxGdte «y+ + (G88. Wi. 53 
» XXVII. 1859. x 483: Gdis eatiOSi4 ceedhss 
» XXVIII. 1860. Ls Ag 1Gd* ah OSs ¥ a tlysh 
Index 1848-1860. Pp 4s.6d. .. 6s. 


ILLUSTRATIONS TO THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL 
SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1848-60. 8vo. 6 vols. 


_ 


Se ee eS et OOOOH 
— 
io) 
ARBROOAROCHONOROO®R 
BD DD DD ee ee ee 
a 
DNWNNNDNASLK—os1 ic 
(= 
+ 


Plates Uncoloured. Plates Coloured. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public, 

$8 KGa Lien as s. d. Ss. 
Mammalia ............ lvol, 12 6..110 O .. Price 2 7 3 3 3 OF 
IAVER sc achaeowavenasedee Svolsin2ialhl Moves Smo Ol oor, fst 414. 6 6 6 OF 
Reptilia et Pisces ... 1 vol, 015 9..1 1 OF Fag oO 110 OF 
Mollusca............00 vols 10.15 ~S) >. to Or ea 2 6. 110 OF 
Annulosa et Radiata 1 vol, 111 6..2 20... , 2 7 8 oro (O07 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE 
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


Letterpress only. Plates only. Complete. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public. 
1861, cloth4s. 6d. .... 65. ...... 30s.9d.'.... 41s.f 2..... 33s. 9d. .... 45s. 
NS62> ©, ) 4ecGde 0. GSlha ss te. 308/90. + SUS. ok 33s.9d. .... 45s. 
USGS ss asi Gao Fo OSi 0.8 oes 30s. 9d..... 41s.f...... 33s.9d. ..., 45s. 
USG4 bs 4sNGds Gs. ole 308 9as ss AL SSE OE 28% 33s.9d. .... 45s 
1865, ,, 4s.6d..... 65. ....++ 308. 9d. vee Al sTiniec dies 33s. 9d. .... 45s. 
1866, ,, 4s.6d..... 65. ...... S08 9d: scar Alliss) Genes: 33s.9d..... 45s. 
With Plates, uncoloured. With Plates, coloured. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public. 
Itekhy/" Se aidicre b ox wiO Dimon are 9s 0d see el 2s eee ee ins 33s. 9d. .... 45s. 
USGS susherevert cxaites sy eteresengstete wif O55 Od ire of OR Soh ets 33s. 9d. .... 45s 
LUSCTS RS RAS Rie cho SURO a CHC SAU dia cans VAS ierite serge 33s. 9d. .... 45s 
rey/\U Setracibtte: dni Mornaoae Osh Odes a sce Odin ¢ iarctncaye 33s. 9d. .... 45s 
Index, 1861-1870 .......... 4s. 6d. .... 6s. 
MS terete tall etcusta stelne’ oe wieed 95k Od MASS AE 33s. 9d. .... 45s 
LEZ 2EEN da tietarcletetels hraleateie’s DaOde its. ty 1Qs; ees Aseee 33s. 9d. .... 45s.§ 
RVG. Sorsnor oc Srrcrocecp on Desa. Seisenl2s. Pr deeees 33s. 9d. .... 45s.§ 
WS /Aeevererc-a Se cicta ovate oietore ec ote MPO pecincines OA Saatieia moor 36s. Od. .... 485.§ 
SZ BERG. Sc ots Lote. tAis OSAOne ert. DSi aiclendals oie 36s. Od. .... 48s.§ 
VS 7 Gide cBilastrs cles > a stolen eve CSUR Sogn elIZEA Gop Boome 36s. Od. «1. 48s.§ 


* No perfect copies of these volumes remain in stock. 

+ Out of print. 

¢ Only uncoloured copies of these plates can now be supplied, at 10s. 6d. each volume. 
§ Out of print, but odd parts may be obtained, 


4, 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE 
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). 


With Plates, uncoloured. With Plates, coloured. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public. 

SM Brits oo. ee is aie SRAQd aes eee 36s. Od. .... 48s 
WSZS:. Biss vents SOAR Ee Ds Odeo oes W283 seiner: 36s. Od. .... 48s 
SAD) Fovevstala atest estee. coats s Os Oger et Ome bya ce 36s. Od. .... 48s. 
SBO! Bet coee Stns teres easier 93 Odea og cc 1 2b ek. = atv ese 36s. Od. .... 488.7 
Index, 1871-1880 .......... 4s: Gd. 5. “68: 

Oa, ons Oh oe ee 9s..0d) 2:,.; 125k.  86s.0ds 2. eI4Bs 
MSS2y Prirevorscn Weis Medes deep svenanec 9s. \Ods 226 Osa iat cn ek 36s. Od. .... 48s 
I olor pe See Sei URE Se CCR ee Ds Qasr A OSis subse she ak 36s. Od. .... 48s 
SBS Tettoucsale adhe tes chtus, sl eipveve 9500S oa Lesa aks 36s. Od. .... 48s 
MS SD Pikerercaese otis a2 bi atere 6; scales 95; Obs oe. 2S eb cee 36s. Od. .... 48s 
ihetet oie Ser ears ear | aie eee 95. Oda SS sian cancion 36s. Odie: «03 ABS. 
USS7eepartel Wantacc Hebe), W286 aG0t apg Siecle 2 9s. Odeus «357 USS: 


(Bound in Cloth 3s. extra.) 
t Out of print, but odd parts may be obtained. 


LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 

Society of London. 8yvo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d. 

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 

Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. 

Price 1s. 6d. 

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 

Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d. 

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 

Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d. 

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the 
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. 8yvo. 1872. 

Price 2s. 

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the 

Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement, 

‘containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo. 

1875. Price 1s. 

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 

of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) 8vo. 

1877. Price 3s. 6d. 

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 

of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) 8vo. 

1879. Price 3s. 6d. 

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 

of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con- 

taining Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d. 

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 

of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) 8vo. 


1883. Price 3s. 6d. 
Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London. 
(Fourth Edition.) 1887. In cloth. Price 4s. 


These publications may be obtained at the Socrety’s Orricr (3 
Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row, 
E.C.) or, through any bookseller. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


January 18, 1887. 
Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair, 


The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the 
Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1886 :— 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of December was 89. Of these | was by 
birth, 71 by presentation, 5 by purchase, 6 by exchange, and 6 on 
deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, 
by death and removals, was 125. 

The most noticeable additions during the month were :— 

1. A young male of the true Zebra, Hquus zebra, purchased 
December 11th, which fills a serious void in our collection of Equidee, 
no specimens of this now rare animal having been received by the 
Society since 1867. It would appear, however, from Mr. H. A. 
Brydon’s recent letter in the Field’, that this animal is not yet, as 
has been supposed, quite extinct in the Cape Colony. 

2. A young male of the larger Indian One-horned Rhinoceros 
(Rhinoceros unicornis), presented by H.H. The Maharajah of 
Cooch Behar, F.Z.S., through the kind intervention of Dr. B. 


1 Mr. H. A. Brydon says:—“ The true Zebra, the Equus montanus, the hippo- 
tigris of the ancients, the dhow of the Hottentots, and the wilde paard (wild 
horse) of the Cape Dutch, is purely and essentially a mountain-abiding animal. 
It inhabits the most remote and rugged ranges of the Cape Colony; and at the 
present time, though sadly reduced in numbers and in the limits of its occur- 
rence, it may be foundin the Sneewenburg, the Zwaart Ruggens, the Zwartberg, 
and Winterhoek mountains, and in one or two other localities, in the Hastern 
Province. Quite recently a troop was running on the slopes of the Cockscomb, 
the highest peak (6000 feet in height) of the Winterhoek.’—-The Field, vol. 
Ixviii. p. 816, Dee. 4, 1886. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. I. 1 


2 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CHRYSOTIS BODINI. _[Jan. 18, 


Simpson, and received December 25th. This is an important 
acquisition, as the only other specimen we possess of this huge 
animal is the male presented by the late Arthur Grote, Esq., F.Z.S., 
which has lately shown serious symptoms of old age. 


Mr. F. W. Styan, F.Z.S., placed on the table for exhibition a 
collection of eggs of Chinese birds, which he had made in the 
vicinity of Kinkiang and Shanghai. The collection contained 
clutches of the eggs of Cyanopolius cyunus, Chibia hottentotta, 
Acridotheres cristatellus, Corvus torquatus, Munia acuticauda, 
Rhynchea capensis, Hydrophasianus chirurgus, Gallicrex cristatus, 
Ardetta flavicollis, Anas zonorhyncha, and Podiceps minor. 


Mr. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S., called attention to a specimen of 
the Mediterranean Black-headed Gull (Larus melanocephalus), shot 
on Breydon Water, near Great Yarmouth, on the 26th December, 
1886, and sent up for exhibition by Mr. G. Smith of that town. Mr. 
Saunders remarked that the bird was an adult in winter plumage 
(7. e. without the black nuptial hood), as indicated by the primaries 
being of a pure white, except a narrow black streak on the outer web 
of the first primary, a coloration which distinguishes the adult of this 
species from any other Gull of the Hooded group. An immature 
example of the same bird, said to have been shot near Barking 
Creek, on the lower Thames, in January 1866, was in the British 
Museum ; and there could be little doubt of the correctness of its 
history, which Mr. Saunders had given in ‘The Ibis,’ 1872, p. 79, 
and in the fourth edition of ‘ Yarrell’s British Birds,’ vol. iii. 
p- 605. The somewhat restricted breeding-area of ZL. melano- 
cephalus was known to extend from the Black Sea along the Medi- 
terranean to the south-west coast of Spain outside the Straits of 
Gibraltar. Mr. Saunders had also reason for believing that this 
species breeds on the shores of France south of the Gironde; it 
undoubtedly frequented that coast up to Bordeaux in winter, and 
MM. Marmotton and Vian had stated that an example taken at Le 
Crotoy, in Normandy, on the 28th of November, 1878, was in the col- 
lection of the former. South-westerly gales, such as prevailed in 
December, would easily bring a straggler to our shores. 


Mr. Sclater exhibited a skin of the rare Amazon Parrot, Chrysotis 
bodini of Finsch (P. Z.S. 1873, p. 569, pl. xlix.), brought by Mr. 
W. L. Sclater, F.Z.S., from British Guiana. 

The specimen had been obtained alive from a settler on the 
Amacuru River, British Guiana, by Mr. E. F. im Thurn, in October 
last, and kept for some time living at Maccasseema, his residence 
on the Pomeroon. This Parrot was stated to be known to the 
Warrau Indians of the Amacuru district as the “ Toua-toua,’’ and 
to be found wild in the mountainous district of the Upper Amacuru. 
It was considered by the Indians to be rather a rare bird, and was 
much valued for its talking proclivities. 


S.1887. Plate I 


7 
»4 


eo ee ee eee 


ee ee ee ee 


ee om 


wth 


 P.Z.5.1887. Plate 


| 


Weat, Newman &Co 
Pelvie fins of Ceratodus. 


G.B.Howea del. admat, 
GM Woodward lith. 


: he pase i ate 
“ eer, we ae 8 
BT ee eA Ae pen 


hy) 
- 
- » 
' 
~ 
’ 
‘ 
ns 
“ 
é 
7 
‘ “ 
*, . 
* pt 
“a i! 


Sle LEB. SZ a 


1887. ] ON THE PAIRED FINS OF CERATODUS. 3 


Mr. Tegetemier exhibited and made remarks on some heads of the 
Sumatran Rhinoceros (RA. sumatrensis), male, female, and young, 
forwarded from Sarawak, Borneo, by Mr. Brooke-Lowe. 


Prof. Bell exhibited a specimen of Nereis pelagica which he had 
received from his excellent correspondent Mr. R. L. Spencer of 
Guernsey, and which was remarkable for the bifid arrangement of 
the posterior portion of the body. He remarked that although Mr. 
Robertson, of Oxford, Dr. Horst, and himself had put on record 
Lumbrici with trifid ends, which probably were not really uncommon, 
he had not been able to find any record of a similar condition in a 
Polycheete. 


A communication was read from Messrs. H. B. Brady, F.R.S., 
-W. K. Parker, F.R.S., and T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., containing an 
account of the Foraminifera procured on the Abrohlos Bank during 
the cruise of H.M.S. ‘ Plumper’ in 1857. 
This memoir will be printed in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’ 


The following papers were read :— 


1. On the Skeleton and Affinities of the Paired Fins of 
Ceratodus, with Observations upon those of the Hlasmo- 
branchii. By G. B. Howss, F.Z.S., F.L.S., Assist. Prof. 
of Zoology, Normal School of Science and Royal School 
of Mines, 8. Kensington. 

[Received December 14, 1886.] 
(Plates I.—-III.) 


ConTENTs. Page 
T, Tnntroduction ..........00cs-sececsccsscocsnsecasveetecsscscsvccecesesccese ee saeess 
II. On the Structure of the Ceratodus Fins in general and of the Pelvic 


Fins in particular .........ccccsseeeeneeesnaeeeeeeeeeseeseeseesenans peeeees 
III. On the Pectoral member of Ceratodus compared with the Pelvic one 


of the same and the Pectoral one of the Plagiostomes ...... tenes ll 

IV. On the proximal Postaxial Elements of the Ceratodus Pelvic Fin... 16 

V. On the Morphology of the Axis of the Ceratodus Bin ....+4..+..+6000. 18 
VI. On the. Homologies of the Chimeroid Fin-skeleton, as compared 

with that Of Ceratodus .....c.cocecscsscctasrccersescssesavecucsssaeccenes 22 

VINE POOnCIUBIONG aerrarescvecg coc dugrorcscuctuscseqsnsrecasenesdee . 24 

VIII. List of Authorities referred to 24 

IX. Description of the Plates (I.-IIL.) .......eeesseeseens diccneneneb eds aeenas +e 26 


I. Introduction. 


I have lately described (17, p. 277) the vertebral column of a 
Frog in connexion with which there had taken place, under disloca- 
tion of the urostyle, a process tantamount to that of reproduction of 
alost part. While searching for literature bearing upon i subject, 


4 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE SKELETON AND [Jan. 18, 


there came under my notice a short paper by Traquair (26, p. 143), 

in which he describes the restoration of parts of the tail of Proto- 

pterus. Finding that he had discovered certain irregularities in the 

skeletal elements of the said restored tails, and knowing that Haswell 

had recorded (15) some irregularities of the Ceratodus paired fins, 

it occurred to me that the same determining cause might have been 

at work in the two cases—i. e., that Haswell’s “branching” fins 

might perchance be ‘‘ restored” ones, like Traquair’s. I was soon 

undeceived ; for, apart from Haswell’s paper, I have had the good 
fortune to examine one such fin, sent by him to Prof. Huxley. The 
deductions arrived at in the sequel have arisen out of a study of 
it and of the fins of five other individuals. Three of them were 
kindly lent me by my master, Prof. Huxley; of the two which 

remain, one forms part of our teaching-collection at South Ken- 

sington ; for the loan of the other I am indebted to my Demon-. 
strator, Mr. M. F. Woodward. 

It is remarkable that Giinther, in his Monograph on Ceratodus 
(14), does not mention Traquair’s discovery already alluded to. It 
is clear that that author’s paper must have escaped hin, as I fail to 
find note of it under either “ Pisces ’’ or ‘‘ Ganoidei,’”’ as reported by 
him for the ‘ Zoological Record’ during both its year of publication 
and the succeeding one. 

The structural plan of the fin of Ceratodus is too familiar to merit 
detailed description here. Huxley has described (19, p. 46 et seq.) 
its general features with exceeding care, and I shall, in accordance 
with his system, speak of the segments of the axis as ‘‘ mesomeres.”” 

The lateral rays will be described, under the same nomenclature, 
as parameres ; those which look dorsally when the fin is placed 
against the side wall of the body (anteriorly when it is held out at 
right angles thereto) I shall speak of as preavial; those which 
look ventrally under the first-named condition (posteriorly under the 
last-named) I shall describe as postavial. Preaxial and postaxial 
correspond to the “dorsal” and “ventral” of the Germans. As 
the basal segment of the axis differs in its essential characters from 
those which follow upon it, I shall refer to it as the proximal meso- 
mere (the ‘‘ zwischen-Stuck ” of Davidoff (7), the “ erste Glied” of 
Schneider (23)). 


II. On the Structure of the Ceratodus Paired Fins in general 
and of the Pelvic Fins in particular. 

The majority of observations made thus far upon the fins of 
Ceratodus bear especially upon the pectoral member; its pelvic 
representative has received less attention. Davidoff (7) and Haswell 
(15) have dealt most fully with it, the last-named author espe- 
cially as to certain ‘‘ irregularities” mentioned in the Introduction. 
Fig. 1 is a faithful representation of the pelvic fin presented by 
him to Prof. Huxley; and as it does not appear to correspond 
Hae any one figured in his own paper, I proceed to describe it in 
etall. 


The fin reached me cleaned and prepared, as represented in the 


1887. ] PAIRED FINS OF CERATODUS. H) 


figure, and it had first to be ascertained from which side of the 
body it was derived. Its proximal mesomere (m.p., fig. 1) carries a 
large tubercle (¢.), which, as Schneider has lately pointed out, ‘ bei 
der Brustflosse ventral, beider Bauchflosse dorsal steht ”—when the 
limb is in apposition with the body-wall. This process is, in all 
pelvic fins examined by me, somewhat crescent-shaped and out- 
wardly directed, its inner face being excavated. In the fin under 
discussion its outer surface was flattened ; but as its inner one sloped 
obliquely outwards, I conclude that that fin was a right-sided one. 
It is represented in the figure as seen from the dorsal aspect. 
Its axis is for the most part unequally segmented and irregular, the 
proximal mesomere being the least modified portion thereof, as com- 
pared with the more normal fin. The second mesomere is greatly 
elongated, and it bears upon its postaxial border (left hand of the 
figure) a notched lobe, with which are connected five parameres. 
The two distal of these break up peripherally, and, on examining the 
individual specimen, it is hard to conjecture how far the lines of de- 
marcation between the parameres and the lobe, and between it and the 
main piece of the axis, may represent the last traces of original lines 
of separation, or the lines of cleavage of a primarily continuous sheet. 
Preaxially, the second mesomere carries five parameres ; these are 
fairly uniformly set upon it, and the distal one of the series branches in 
a true dichotomy. Interposed between the free ends of the two proxi- 
mal of these rays there is a smaller one (marked * in the figure), 
which I take to resemble those found by Davidoff (7, p. 127), occa- 
sionally lying free at the distal end of the fin. The rest of the 
skeleton is chiefly remarkable as concerns the axis ; this appears to 
be longitudinally cleft, and made up of a longer preaxial and a shorter 
postaxial piece, both of which are very irregularly segmented. All 
the parameres borne upon it, however, are simple unbranched rods, 
which differ from those more generally present only as regards their 
feeble segmentation. 

On examining the above-named fin with care, my attention became 
arrested by the cartilage marked r in the figure, the characters and 
relations of which are altogether exceptional. Wiedersheim has 
called attention (30) to the fact that in Protopterus the basal seg- 
ment of the axis may bear a lateral piece. To the consideration of 
thisI shall return. In no regular Ceratodus fin (7. e. that bearing an 
equally segmented axis) yet described has there been found, post- 
axially, a cartilage like the above named, attached directly to the 
basal mesomere. That element is generally held to be destitute of 
rays. Gunther has figured (14, pl. 36. fig. 4) a pelvic fin of the 
right side, which bears lateral cartilages in the above-named region ; 
but I find no mention of the fact in his text. It is to me inex= 
plicable for what reason he should have failed to describe so 
remarkable a feature. I shall return, in the sequel, to the discussion 
of this fin. Haswell has figured and described (15, figs. 5, 6, 7 *) 

* His fig. 2 is said to be a representation in outline of the pectoral fin, after 


Huxley. It is unfortunate that the boundary-line between the two basal 
Mesomeres, indicated in the original, should have been omitted, 


6 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE SKELETON AND [Jan. 18, 


what I imagine may represent the cartilage in question, and that, as is 
here the case, inirregular fins. Beit, as it there exists, what it may, 
its characters in the fin figured by me are still further noteworthy. 
The entire fin-skeleton (fig. 1), with the exception of this bar and the 
proximal mesomere, is very slender and leaf-like ; the two elements 
just named (which, be it remembered, are in direct connexion) are 
- relatively massive and much thicker and more powerful than the 
rest. The bar 7, instead of being ellipsoidal in transverse section, 
as is invariably the case with even the most powerful parameres, 
is expanded along its free border in a manner strikingly suggestive 
of the metapterygium as it exists in many Elasmobranchs. It is 
segmented into a main piece and two small terminal ones, and 
appears, at first sight, to represent an element of greater importance 
than an ordinary ray. 

The fact that this new element appears in “irregular” fins, taken 
in conjunction with the fact that no such structure has hitherto been 
recorded for a “ regular ”’ fin, appears at first sight to detract from its 
novelty. Before proceeding further, therefore, three questions must 
be met :—1. How far is the fin under discussion abnormal? 2. Can 
the existence of the new element be demonstrated for a more normal 
fin ?, and 3. If so, under what structural conditions does it exist ? 
Giinther, in his original description of the Ceratodus fin, described 
(14, p. 532) certain “ slight irregularities” in the distribution of the 
rays. Huxley (19, p. 47), commenting upon these, remarks that 
they are “in respect of the median pieces . . . . constant peculiarities 
of no small importance.” Davidoff(7, p. 126) describes the stem of 
the pelvic fin as consisting of a row of pieces “ deren Zahl bei den 
verschiedenen Individuen betrichtlich variirt ;” he adds—‘ nirgends 
fand ich ein so unregelmissiges Verhaltniss derselben zu einander, 
wie es Giinther auf seiner Figur abbildet.” Other writers have 
observed this irregularity, and the last of them (Schneider) has 
formulated the distribution of the parameres of both fins. He states 
(23, pp. 521-22), “ bei der. Brustflosse sitzt dorsalwirts am zweiten 
bis elften Gliede des Hauptstrahls, und zwar an der distalen Gelenk- 
fliche, je ein Seitenstrahl. Ventralwarts sitzen am zweiten Gliede 
des Hauptstrahls hinter einander fiinf Seitenstrahlen, am dritten und 
vierten Gliede je zwei, an den folgenden einer. Bei der Bauchflosse 
tragen die Glieder des Hauptstrahls ventralwarts je einen Seitenstrahl, 
dorsalwiirts je zwei Seitenstrahlen.” I have taken some pains to 
test the reliability of this very definite statement, and am in a 
position to assert with equal assurance that the only constant 
character as yet recognized is the attachment of one ray to the pre- 
axial border of each pectoral mesomere (cf. figs. 5 & 6). Even in so 
modified a fin as that of fig. 5, where several of the parameres are 
branched and two are directly confluent, this rule holds; and in no 
regular pectoral fin yet examined has an exception to it been found. 
I give below a table of average distribution of the parameres of those 
segments dealt with by Schneider, calculated out from observations 
made upon eight pectoral and ten pelvic fins. 


1887.] PAIRED FINS OF CERATODUS. 


“I 


Pectoral fin. 
Postaxial. Preaxial. 
Neto Gs Ul, Wien. “Ve il. 
Schneider.... 5 2 2 1 1 
Observed .... 3°5 1°9 16 1:3 1 
Pelvic fin. 
Postaxial. Preaxial. 
Seg. ii. ii. 
Schneider.... 1 2 
Observed .... 2°] 2°5 


Further comment upon the pectoral member may be deferred until 
later. Concerning the ten pelvic fins examined by me, I may add 
that in eight the second mesomere bore preaxially two parameres 
(figs. 3 & 7); in a ninth three; in a tenth four. In most cases 
two postaxial rays were present (fig. 7). One fin, interesting beyond 
this, bore (fig. 2, right hand, as drawn) preaxially two rays, post- 
axially four, that being a precise reversal in duplicate of the condi- 
tion observed by Schneider. In no case have I observed the distri- 
bution recorded by him. 

The parameres of all the fins alluded to were, for the most part, 
rod-like and segmented; but in not a few instances they were 
branched or otherwise modified (¢/. figs. 1, 5, 7). Reflection upon the 
facts recorded concerning them, to say the least, shakes our trust 
in the supposed regularity of their distribution. That, however, 
can no longer be asserted, in view of the truly remarkable condition 
of one pair of fins, which belonged to a fish in all respects normal 
and healthy (fig. 2). Giinther first directed attention to the sickle- 
shaped contour of the Ceratodus fin, and all subsequent observers 
are agreed as to the asymmetry of its two lobes. Schneider states 
(23, p. 521) :—“ das zweite Glied des Hauptstrahls zerfallt durch 
eine Lingsgrube in zweiStiicke. Das eine Stiick behiilt die Richtung 
des Hauptstrahls, das andere Stiick divergirt mit demselben und 
zwar bei der Brustflosse dorsalwiirts, bei der Bauchflosse ventral- 
wirts.”’ And further, ‘‘ Die Seitenstrahlen der dorsalen Hilfte der 
einen Flosse entsprechen derjenigen der ventralen Hilfte deranderen.”’ 
A cursory glance at the pair of fins now under consideration (fig. 2 ') is 
sufficient to show how erroneous is this deduction. That Schneider 
has accurately represented the facts for the animals at his disposal, 
I have no doubt; but that his conclusions are incapable of a wider 
application is here proven. 


* I was at one time under the impression, from an examination of Davidoff’s 
figures (7, pl. 9. figs. 6 & 7), that he had been dealing with a similar pair of 
fins; but I am no longer in doubt. His drawing of the fin-skeleton of fig. 7 is 
not in accord with the description given, as regards the pelvis and basal 
mesomere. He, moreover, states emphatically (p. 127), “die Zahl der ventralen 
resp. medialen Reihe [referring to the parameres] entspricht genau der Zahl 
der Gliedstiicke des Stammes, wahrend diejenige der dorsalen resp. lateralen 
Reihe fast genau um das Doppelte grésser ist ?” 


8 PROF, G. B. HOWES ON THE SKELETON AND [Jan. 18, 


Fig. 2 represents the ventral aspect of the pair of fins afore 
named, as they lay in life. They were attached to the pelvic 
cartilage (pl.) by a fibrous buffer, identical with that described by 
Davidoff (7, p. 124). The free end of the hip-girdle terminated 
in front in a pointed extremity (processus impar of Davidoff), which, 
as already observed by Giinther (14, p. 535) and that author (7, 
p- 124), was bent towards the left side. I figure this (fig. 2 @), as 
its distortion is here much more marked than in any specimen yet 
drawn. 

According to Schneider (23, p. 521) “Die Curve, welche der 
dorsale Rand jeder Flosse beschreibt, ist verschieden von der 
Curve des ventralen Randes. Nun ist der dorsale Rand der einen 
Flosse congruent mit dem ventralen Rande der anderen.” In the 
specimen here figured, the two fins were sickle-shaped; the inner 
half of the preaxial border of the left one was straight, as repre- 
sented in the figure. It will be observed that as they lay flattened 
out, their free ends were both directed towards the animal’s right 
side; the excavated border, which imparts to the fin-lobe its sickle- 
shape, was preaxial for the right fin, postaxial for the left. When 
applied to the sides of the body, the apex of the former looked 
dorsally, that of the latter ventrally. The contour of the Ceratodus 
fin is variable ; occasionally its opposite margins are symmetrical 
with respect to the axis; but the differences in symmetry between 
these two fins more than cover those which I have observed between 
any two members at my disposal. Turning now to the supporting 
skeleton, it will be seen that the second mesomere bears, as Schneider 
has pointed out, an accessory lobe (his “anderes Stiick”’ referred to 
above). That, however, instead of being symmetrical, as he claims 
it to be, is, in this specimen, unsymmetrical to the utmost—for the 
right fin it is postaxial, for the left one preaxial. Further comment 
is needless, as the drawing which I give speaks for itself. Thus far 
the characters of the pelvic fin, as defined by Schneider, are seen to 
be inconstant and untenable: more than that, however; for, in that 
the preaxial lobe of the one fin corresponds almost to a degree 
(with the exception of one feature, to which I shall return) with the 
postaxial lobe of its fellow and vice versd, there are embodied in the 
two the more important differences held by him to exist between 
the pectoral and pelvic members. : 

Schneider goes on to say (p. 523), “‘wenn man die symmetrische 
Stellung der vorderen und hinteren Flosse in Betracht zieht, so 
leuchtet die Aehnlichkeit des ersten Gliedes des Hauptstrahls mit 
Humerus und Femur des zweiten Gliedes des Hauptstrahls mit 
Ulna-Radius und Tibia-Fibula ein.”” [ have shown above that the 
characters of this ‘‘zweites Glied’’ are inconstant for the pelvic fin. 
Its accessory lobe is present on that side on which the parameres are 
stoutest, be it preaxial or postaxial; and examination of the 
specimen under my hand suggests unmistakably that it has arisen as 
the result of coalescence between the second mesomere and the 
confluent bases of the two proximal parameres. The well-known 
lobe of the pectoral member (cf. figs. 5 and 6, m.), first accurately 


1887. ] PAIRED FINS OF CERATODUS. ce] 


described by Huxley (19, p. 49), to which Schneider likens that of 
the pelvic fin, is constant in its relationships and invariably post- 
axial. [I emphatically deny that structural similarity of the second 
mesomere of the fore and hind fins suggested by him, while I desire 
to lodge a protest against the unqualified assertion that (23, p. 523) 
“das Problem der Entwickeiung von Arm und Bein, welches gegen- 
wirtig so vielfach behandelt worden ist, wird dadurch . . . . seiner 
Losung einen Schritt naher gefiihrt.” 

The great variation here demonstrated in the relative number 
and calibre of the parameres of opposite sides of the normal pelvic 
fin at least shows that the numerical differences existing between 
them and those of the so-called irregular fin described at the outset 
are insignificant. What now of the “‘ branching,” to which attention 
was originally directed by Haswell (15, p. 7)? In the fin furnished by 
him all the rays not indicated in the drawing (fig. 1) are simple and 
unbranched, though somewhat unusually elongated. Many of them 
are transversely segmented. The question resolves itself into this— 
Can the irregularities represented in fig. ] as it stands be shown to 
exist in a more normal fin? Bifurcation of the terminal portion of 
one or more parameres is no exceptional feature. Giinther (14) 
and Davidoff (7) have both described it for the pelvic fin, and I 
figure an example (fig. 7) in which it had attained a marked develop- 
ment. Fig. 5 shows that it is no new peculiarity for the pectoral 
fin also’. I have seen a dichotomy of the pectoral paramere in one 
other case, and that ina fin in all other respects normal. The trans- 
verse segmentation of the axis of Haswell’s fin (fig. 1) is not a whit 
more remarkable than that of fig. 7; while in the fin there repre- 
sented, as in the pectoral one of fig. 5, irregularities of the preaxial 
parameres existed which far exceed in abnormality (if such it may 
be termed) anything forthcoming in the first-named specimen. 
Briefly stated, Haswell’s fin differs most conspicuously from that 
of the more constant type in respect to the longitudinal cleavage 
of the axis. This phenomenon has already been recorded by 
Haswell, and that in a fin which recalls the one here described 
(15, pl. 1. fig. 6). Albrecht has figured and described (Sitzungsb. 
d. kénig. preuss. Akad. Berlin, vol. xxxii. p. 545, 1886) a specimen 
ot Protopterus (P. annectens) in which the distal half of the axis of 
the left pectoral fin had similarly bifurcated ?. 

Haswell (15, p. 8), commenting upon the “ branching” process 
which he first described, asserts the belief that “it is reasonable to 


* I found, on examining this specimen minutely, that many of the parameres 
terminated in small nodules such as are represented at *, On comparison with 
the other specimens dissected by me, I am convinced that similar terminal seg- 
ments existed in two cases, but that, owing to their delicate nature, they had 
been for the most part torn away in the process of dissection. The free ends of 
the rays from which they had been thus removed presented a characteristic 
truncated appearance, identical with that represented in some of the rays so 
carefully drawn by Davidoff (7). Putting all together, I incline to the belief 
that the terminal nodules in question are of fairly general occurrence. 

* The deductions which he has drawn from the study of this fin appear-to me 
no less unwarrantable than those of Schneider alluded to above. 


10 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE SKELETON AND [Jan. 18, 


regard it as an instance of atavism, and so pointing back to a pre- 
existing condition in which the fin-skeleton consisted of branching 
jointed cartilaginous elements supporting a cutaneous expansion 
considerably broader than that of the fin of the living Ceratodus 
forsteri.” If, as therein suggested, the typical paramere has 
arisen from a confluence of branching-elements, such as exist 
to-day among some Elasmobranchs, and if it be that the meso- 
meres have been formed by the fusion of the basal ends of the 
parameres as they now stand, each mesomere would be morpho- 
logically double, and the longitudinal cleavage of this axis would 
thereby receive au intelligible interpretation. I am doubtful as to 
the probability of such a process having been involved, but, in the 
absence of any data upon the development of the fin, I put forward 
the suggestion as a possible means of accounting for the apparent 
irregularity. In support of this conception of the origin of the 
parameres, it may be stated that their reduction in number is 
proportionate to the thickening of the fin border. Schneider says 
(23, p- 521) that “‘ die Seitenstrahlen der dorsalen Hiilfte der einen 
Flosse entsprechen derjenigen der ventralen Hiilfte der anderen.” I 
find, however, that when (as in the left-hand fin of fig. 2—right-hand 
one of the drawing) that lobe which is generally thickened remains 
thin, its supporting rays are more numerous and of smaller calibre 
than usual. When, on the other hand, as was also the case in the 
fin represented, the usually thin lobe becomes thickened, its support- 
ing rays get less numerous in proportion as they become more 
powerful. Stated otherwise, these facts go far to prove that the 
thickening of one or other of the fin-borders is mainly due to 
confluence and subsequent increase in calibre of the parameres. 
Suggestive, indeed, in view of all this is the occasional bifurcation 
of a linear series of postaxial parameres, such as is represented in 
fig. 7. 

"Perusal of the foregoing pages will show conclusively that 
Haswell’s “ branching ”’ fin is, when compared with those of a number 
of other individuals, little, if at all abnormal. There yet remains for 
consideration that cartilage (7, fig. 1) which, as I have stated, is 
connected with the proximal mesomere ; and it has now to be inquired 
if a representative thereof is forthcoming in a more typical fin. 
After long searching I found an unmistakable representative of 
it, and that in none other than the left fin of the remarkable pair 
represented in fig. 2, Fig. 3 is a drawing of the upper third of 
the same. The postaxial lobe was supported, as has been already 
stated, by a series of delicate parameres, of which there were two 
to each of the ray-bearing mesomeres figured, with the exception 
of the first and third (¢f. fig. 2). The preaxial lobe was, contrary 
to the general rule, supported by a series of larger and more powerful 
parameres ; of these there was one to each of the above-named 
segments, with the exception of the first. None of the parameres 
showed the slightest trace of branching. 

Proximally to the postaxial rays there lay the cartilage, r, of 
fig. 8. This element was relatively far smaller than was that of the 


1887. ] PAIRED FINS OF CERATODUS. 11 


specimen first described (fig. 1), and its relationships to the basal 
mesomere were the less definite of the two. It was here segmented 
into two pieces, while it was much more intimately connected with 
the two adjacent parameres than was the case in the former 
example. These two fins (figs. 1 and 3) stand alone, among those 
which I have examined, with respect to the great increase in number of 
the parameres of the postaxial lobe, and that also bears the cartilage 
now in question. If, as Haswell suggests (15, p. 8), this duplication 
of rays is reversionary to a ‘‘a pre-existing condition in which the fin- 
skeleton consisted of branching, jointed, cartilaginous elements,” 
the only conclusion which seems to me justifiable is that the appear- 
ance of this new element amounts to that of the reappearance of 
one which has been lost. Haswell has described an individual (15, 
figs. 6 and 7) in which the cartilage in question appears to have 
been present on both sides ; and it is instructive to remark that in 
both fins the rays of the postaxial series were, as with my specimens, 
the more numerous. I have already stated that in the fin described 
at the outset (fig. 1), the whole skeleton was, with the exception of 
the bar in question and the basal mesomere, very slight and leaf- 
like. This simplification of structure, so suggestive of the reversion 

claimed by Haswell, is seen in the basal mesomere itself. ‘That was 
(fig. 1, m.p.) much thinner and more flattened than is usual, and it 
bore but one processus muscularis (¢6.) instead of the three described 
by Davidoff (cf. 7, pl. 8). All the foregoing facts point to the 
conclusion that the newly described cartilage exists only in fins whose 
postaxial rays remain little modified. There is, therefore, good 
reason to regard it, let its homology prove to be what it may, as 
atavistic. It has disappeared in the normal fin, under a confluence 
of the parameres of its own side, and a consequent thickening of the 
postaxial fin-lobe. 


Ill. The Pectoral member of Ceratodus compared with the Pelvic 
one of the same and the Pectoral one of the Plagiostomes. 


Haswell, reviewing (15, p. 5) the well-known observations and 
hypotheses of Balfour (1), Thacher (24, 25), and others, which 
led them to dissent from the interpretations of Gegenbaur and 
Huxley, says that they, together with the facts which he brings 
forward, seem to place it beyond a doubt that the limb of Cera- 
todus, “‘so far from representing a primitive and generalized 
type, is, as, indeed, we should expect from various other points 
in the organization of the animal, in reality highly specialized, and 
to be regarded as derivable from such simple limb-skeletons as those 
of the Selachii.” In this he was anticipated by Balfour (1) whom 
he quotes. Balfour wrote (p. 669), when criticizing Huxley’s 
position, the leading tenets of which he supported so far as the 
identification of the chief constituents of the fin-skeleton go, “I 
should be much more inclined to hold that the fin of Ceratodus has 
been derived from a fin like that of the Elasmobranchs, by a series 
of steps similar to those which Huxley supposes to have led to the 


12 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE SKELETON AND [Jan. 18, 


establishment of the Elasmobranch fin, but in exactly the reverse 
order”’’. 

The researches of Huxley and Balfour have proved that the 
propterygium of Gegenbaur (figs. 9 and 10, pt.) represents, 
throughout the Elasmobranch series, but one or more preaxial rays. 
It is the most variable of the three basal elements of the Shark’s 
fin, and most observers are now agreed as to its morphological un- 
importance. The above-named writers are further at one in their 
estimate of the morphological value of the Elasmobranch meso- 
and metapterygia (ms., mt., figs. 9 and 10). That they disagree, 
however, upon at least one vital issue is well known, and the 
balance of opinion holds to-day that the solution of the ‘ archi- 
pterygium’ question is to be sought in a reconciliation between 
their views. 

Huxley has described and figured (19, p. 48) the maximum 
development yet observed for the so-called propterygium of the 
Ceratodus pectoral fin. That structure cannot be definitely re- 
cognized in the pelvic fin. The determination of Huxley (19), 
Balfour (1), and v. Rautenfeld (22), which regards the axis of the 
Ceratodus fin as the mesopterygium, is too familiar to call for com- 
ment here. It must suffice to state that I accept it in the main, if 
not wholly, and assume for the present that the entire axis has the 
value which Huxley first assigned to it. 

It is at this point necessary to discuss, more fully than heretofore, 
the nature of the differences between the pectoral and pelvic fin- 
skeletons of Ceratodus. Schneider has asserted (23, p. 521) that 
** die Seitenstrahlen der dorsalen und ventralen Hiilfte der Flossen 
sind ungleich,” also that the “ Seitenstrahlen der dorsalen Halfte 
der einen Flosse entsprechen derjenigen der ventralen Hialfte der 
anderen.” There is an undoubted tendency towards the assumption 
of the condition which he thus formulates for Ceratodus, and it 
seems to me probable that a common determining cause may have 
led up to it and the condition realized in Protopterus (cf. Schneider, 
p- 524); but the definition no longer holds invariable for the former 
animal, in view of the facts thus far adduced. I have already 
stated that the presence of one preaxial paramere in connexion 
with each mesomere is a constant character of the Ceratodus 
pectoral fin, and I turn now to the distribution of the postaxial 
rays. I have given on p. 7 the average distribution for eight 
pectoral fins examined. The minimum observed was, taking the 
mesomeres in order of succession from within outwards, 3.1.2.1, 
the maximum 4.2.2.2. In no case have I observed five rays in 
attachment with the second mesomere, as stated by Schneider. Of 
the eight specimens examined, the second mesomeres of five bore 
each three rays; the third and fourth of seven each two; and the 
fitth of six each one. It is thus certain that variation in the distri- 
bution of the postaxial parameres (ef. fig. 6) is, beyond doubt, far 

* Giinther originally advanced a somewhat similar opinion (14, p. 534), 


but he conceived of the process as having gone on along lines as yet incapable 
of support. 


1887. ] PAIRED FINS OF CERATODUS. 13 


less marked than with the pelvic member; but the fact which 
stands out most clearly is that the second mesomere invariably bears 
the greatest number of these rays. They are carried (figs. 5 and 6, 
mt.) upon a special lobe of the axial cartilage (‘‘das divergirende 
Stiick ” of Schneider) already alluded to. The free border of this 
lobe slopes, in every case examined by me, gradually towards the 
proximal mesomere (m.p.), and it is, moreover, in all, marked off 
from the body of the second mesomere by a deep furrow (indicated 
in the figs. by a dotted line). 

I now proceed to discuss its homology, and having arrived at the 
conclusions to be formulated in the sequel through a comparison 
with the pectoral fin of Cestracion, I pass at once to the considera- 
tion of that. 

Gegenbaur and Husley are both agreed that the base of the 
Cestracion fin is supported by two cartilages (fig. 10) held by them 
to represent the mesopterygium (ms.) and the metapterygium (mt.) 
of other Selachians. Most recent writers have adopted their views 
(cf. Hubrecht and Sagemahl in Bronn’s ‘Klassen und Ordnungen 
des Thier-Reichs,’ vol. vi. part 4, Pisces). Huxley, instituting a 
comparison (19, p. 50) between the corresponding fins of Cestracion 
and Notidanus, regards them as representative of the transition 
stages in the shortening of the Ceratodus-like “archipterygium,”’ 
by which he concludes the typical fish-fin has arisen. Gegenbaur 
(9, p. 148) likens the Cestracion fin to that of Acanthias, and says 
“das Propterygium fehlt ganzlich.” 

Huxley, holding further that the propterygium (preaxial ray) of 
Cestracion is removed from the shoulder-girdle, as in Ceratodus, 
asserts that in Scyllium (pp. 50-52) “the further shortening of the 
axis gives rise to still greater changes. The axial cartilage (meso- 
pterygium) is relatively small; but the enlarged postaxial cartilage 
(metapterygium) has extended upwards along the postaxial face of 
the first, until it has not only reached the articular surface of the 
pectoral arch, but furnishes a large part of the articular cavity. In 
like manner the proximal preaxial ray (propterygium) has ascended 
along the preaxial face of the axial cartilage, until it also is able to 
furnish a facet which completes the anterior part of the cup for the 
condyle of the pectoral arch.’ He holds therefore that the pec- 
toral fins of Notidanus, Cestracion, and Scyllium represent, in the 
order enumerated, the successive steps in the modification alluded 
to above, and he, in accordance with the statements quoted con- 
cerning the propterygium and metapterygium, relegates the two 
former fins to his category of the “ unibasal ” type, as distinguished 
from that of the latter animal, which he holds to typify the “ tribasal” 
one predominant among the Plagiostomes (¢f. table which accom- 
panies his essay). 

From an examination of the fins of two young Cestracions, I can 
state without further hesitation that the mesopterygium of the 
adult is (as Mivart has suspected, 21, p. 477) a compound of the 
pro- and mesopterygia. Fig. 9 represents one of the fins referred 
to. The animal died at the period at which the two (ms. and pt.) 


14 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE SKELETON AND [Jan. 18, 


were beginning to unite. The propterygium (pé.) is seen to com- 
pose fully the anterior third of the whole mass, its base being 
made up of two segments, the proximal one of which contributes 
nearly half the articular cup, entering at least as fully into the 
formation of the same as does its representative in Scyllium (ef. 
Huxley, 19, p. 48, fig. 10). Inthe adult fin (fig. 10) the original 
boundary line between the pro- and mesopterygia is represented by 
a groove indicated in Huxley’s figure (here reproduced) by a 
dotted line. 5 

The pectoral fin of Cestracion is thus shown to conform to the 
Selachian type, being identical most nearly with that as represented 
by Acanthias (cf. Gegenbaur, 9, pl. 9. fig. 4, and Mivart, 21, 
pl. 77. fig. 2). Cestracion must, on the evidence-now forthcoming, 
relinquish its position in the series established by Huxley ; it must, 
to say the least, change places with Noéidanus. The main articu- 
lation of the fin of the Jast-named fish is established, as is well known, 
through the agency of the mesopterygium. Gegenbaur originally de- 
scribed a basal preaxial bar in No¢édanus, and he homologizes it (9, 
p. 140) with his propterygium. This enters, if anything, more fully 
into the articulation with the shoulder-girdle than does its representative 
in Cestracion. There is connected with its distal end, in Hexachus, 
a smaller piece (cf. Gegenbaur, op. cit. pl. 9. fig. 1) which appears 
to represent the second segment of Cestracion, reduced, as an 
outcome of the great expansion of the front border of the meso- 
pterygium. Mivart has suggested (21, p. 444) that the mesoptery- 
gium represents a coalescence of the pro- and mesopterygia; but I 
am inclined, upon careful examination of the specimen under my 
hand, to dissent from that view. 

The metapterygium of Notidanus enters into a feeble but definite 
connexion with the pectoral arch, such as is not the case in Cestra- 
cion. That the fins of these two genera differ from those of some 
of the Sharks is indisputable, but they do so to an insignificant 
degree, incapable in itself of supporting the ‘‘ unibasal”’ type; that, 
in face of the facts here adduced ’, rests upon an insufficient basis. 

Returning now to Ceratodus ; the lobe which, in the pectoral fin, 
carries the 3-5 proximal postaxial parameres (figs. 5 aud 6 mt.) is, 
as has been stated previously, marked off from the adjoining meso- 
mere by a deep furrow. 

Giinther observes (14, p. 532) that the conjoined mass shows, 
in “horizontal section,” lines of ‘‘the former divisions”’ into what 
he holds to correspond to the “three carpals” (pterygia) of most 
Plagiostomes. This has been denied by Huxley (19, p. 47). Set- 
ting aside this difference for the moment, I desire to call attention 
to the similarity of the furrow described above to that which 


1 When, moreover, it is considered that in the pectoral fin of Polypterus, 
which Huxley relegates to the ‘tribasal” category, the mesopterygium is (as 
Gegenbaur pointed out, 10, p. 139) excluded from articulation with the limb- 
girdle, the statement that (p. 55) “the mesopterygium is the proximal piece of 
the axial skeleton, which constantly retains its primary articulation with the 
pectoral arch,” must needs be modified. 


1887.] PAIRED FINS OF CERATODUS. 15 


marks off the propterygium from the mesopterygium in the adult 
Cestracion. On a comparison of the two, I submit, with some 
degree of confidence, the opinion that the postaxial lobe of the 
second mesomere of Ceratodus (figs. 5 and 6, mt.) is the homologue 
of the Elasmobranch metapterygium. Comparison of that lobe and 
its attached rays (fig. 6) with the metapterygium of Cestracion 
and its rays (fig. 9) reveals a striking similarity, even in detail, 
between the two. Did the metapterygium of the Shark unite, 
as does its propterygium, with the axial plate ms., it would be 
difficult indeed to find a distinction between the first named and 
that which, in Ceratodus, I claim as its homologue. 

The homology which I here seek to establish bears out, with 
certain modifications, Balfour’s view cited that ‘‘ the fin of Ceratodus 
has been derived from a fin like that of the Elasmobranchs.”’ That 
observer first recognized (1, p. 668) that the metapterygium (his 
basipterygium) is morphologically the most important and, phyloge- 
netically, the most primitive of the basal elements ; while he suspected 
(ibid.), but did not demonstrate the fact, that that structure is formed 
by the coalescence of rays. Huxley had already asserted this belief, 
in dealing with the metapterygium of Notidanus (19, p. 50), which 
he regarded as being ‘‘ formed by the coalescence of the axial ends 
of the postaxial rays” (presumably on the shortening of the fin 
axis). Dohrn has recently substantiated the deductions of Thacher, 
Mivart, and Balfour under this head, in having found that the meta- 
pterygium is (8, p. 174), in both pectoral and pelvic fins of the 
Shark, like the basal bar of the median fins, made up of ‘ unpaare 
Knorpelstrahlen, die anfinglich oder jede Verbindung mit anderen 
Skelettelementen bleiben.’”’ He reiterates the statement on p. 182 
in the words “ was als Basipterygium beschrieben ist, stellt nur die 
verschmolzenen, wei sehr nah an einander leigenden, Basen der 
Flossenstrahlen dar und existirt nicht unabhingig von diesen.” 

In face of the above facts, my view demands that a primary dis- 
tinction shall be demonstrated between the second pectoral mesomere 
in Ceratodus and that lobe which I hold to represent the meta- 
pterygium. In Giinther’s original specimen (fig. 8) the said lobe 
was not represented in that which is now known to be its typical form, 
while the rays (7) which are usually attached thereto were for the 
most part independent. The proximal two of these appear to have 
been somewhat smaller than usual, but it is highly interesting to 
note that the two distal ones were uniting at their bases to form 
a plate-like structure (m¢.) which showed no sigus of confluence 
with the adjacent mesomere. This plate corresponds in its mode 
of origin with the metapterygium (basipterygium of Balfour), as 
defined by the above-named authors, and, in its relationships to the 
rest of the fin-skeleton, with the lobe now under consideration. 
I regard its condition as there represented to be indicative of the 
primary independence which my interpretation necessitates. 

Giinther goes on to say (p. 532) that he found ‘lines of the 
former divisions” of the second mesomere of this specimen pre- 
served, in the shape of tracts of white connective tissue. Huxley 


16 PROF. G. H. HOWES ON THE SKELETON AND [Jan. 18, 


denies the existence of these, as has previously been stated; but let 
them be present or not, it is certain, should Giinther’s observation 
hold good, that they cannot indicate the original lines of separation 
between pro-, meso-, and metapterygia, as now understood. 


IV. On the proximal Postaxial Elements of the Ceratodus Pelvie Fin. 


The cartilage which I have already described (figs. 1 and 3) as 
directly connected with the postaxial border of the basal mesomere 
of the Ceratodus pelvic fin is ray-like, but relatively powerful, in 
one of the two specimens (fig. 1). In the other (fig. 3) it is alto- 
gether smaller and segmented into but two pieces, instead of into 
three, as in the former specimen. While it here meets the distal 
end of the proximal mesomere, it is much more intimately con- 
nected with the second piece of the axis than in the former speci- 
men; but on the supposition that the cartilage is homologous in 
both fins, its condition in fig. 3 is precisely that which would result 
from a further reduction of that of fig. 1, such as there is good 
ground to believe, for reasons previously alleged, has actually gone 
on. In the second specimen the cartilage in question is further 
interesting, in that it bears one and is in close connexion with a 
second of the proximal parameres. 

In the specimen figured by Giinther (14, pl. 36. fig. 4) already 
referred to (p. 5), the proximal piece of the axis bears two carti- 
lages. Fig. 4 is a reproduction of his drawing. The distal carti- 
lage is ray-like, and stands related to the base of the proximal 
mesomere as does an ordinary postaxial paramere to the corre- 
sponding border of a typical mesomere. The proximal cartilage 
appears to have been free of the basal piece altogether. It is, as 
shown in the figure, plate-like, and I have little doubt but that it was 
formed by the confluence of the basal ends of at least the two rays 
which it carries. These skeletal elements, as they stand in Giinther’s 
specimen, combine the characters of those of the two described by 
me (figs. | & 3). The postaxial parameres are, as in my specimens, 
much simpler than usual, and the whole series of lateral rays are in 
his fin more uniformly distributed than in general. The basal 
plate is (fig. 4, mé.), like the corresponding bar of fig. 1, in near 
relationship with the proximal mesomere, although but loosely 
connected therewith ; while it agrees with the corresponding element 
of fig. 3 in giving attachment to a couple of rays. Comparing the 
proximal postaxial elements of my two specimens and Giinther’s 
figure with the corresponding region of the pectoral fin-skeleton, and 
reflecting that the typical metapterygium is formed by a confluence 
of the basal ends of the rays of that region, I incline to the belief 
that the vestiges in question represent that lobe of the fore limb 
which I claim as the metapterygium, together with its associated 
rays. 

Should the cartilages now under discussion have the morpholo- 
gical value which I am seeking to establish for them as probable, 
the well-known views of Gegenbaur (10, 11), and Huxley (19) will 


1887. ] PAIRED FINS OF CERATODUS. 17 


receive refutation, proportionate to the support furnished for those 
more especially of Balfour, Haswell, and Dohrn already cited. 

As stated previously, the cartilage r of fig. 1 is ray-like, but 
stouter and more powerful than that of any ordinary paramere. 

In seeking light on this question, one naturally turns to Poly- 
pterus, the affinities between which and the Dipnoi, originally 
pointed out by Huxley (18), have nowhere been denied. The 
Polypterus pectoral fin is, as is well known, supported upon three 
basal elements. The mesopterygium (fig. 11, ms.) is held by 
all to represent that of the Plagiostomes, and no one has yet 
challenged Gegenbaur’s determination (9, p. 148) of the homology 
between the elongated postaxial bar (mt.) of this fish and the 
metapterygium of the Plagiostomes and Chimeroids. Huxley says 
of this fin (19, p. 53) that “the Scyllium type is essentially 
preserved.” Comparison of the Polypterus pectoral fin (fig. 11) 
with the pelvic fin of Ceratodus represented in fig. 1 would appear 
at first sight to suggest a homclogy between the basal postaxial bar 
(7) of the latter and the metapterygial bar (m¢.) of the former. 
If this be justified, it would further appear, accepting the homology 
of the metapterygium of Polypterus with that of the Hlasmo- 
branchii, that the two fins might have been derived along a line of 
modification characterized by the assumption on the part of the 
metapterygium of a ray-like character, and by the subsequent 
elongation of the mesopterygial plate (ms.). The probable truth 
of the latter assertion seems to me very great indeed. The meso- 
pterygium is, in Polypterus (fig. 11, ms.), already elongated beyond 
the limits met with elsewhere, displacing in the process the mar- 
ginal rays. Continue that elongation, and there could only result a 
Ceratodus-like product. As concerns the former supposition, how- 
ever, comparison of the fin-skeletons represented in figs. 1,3, & 4 is 
sufficient in itself to show that the proximal postaxial ray of fig. 1 most 
probably represents the distal one of those related to the proximal 
mesomere of fig. 4. Comparison of the latter (fig. 4) with the 
proximal end of the pectoral fin cf the same side of the same animal 
(fig. 8) shows unmistakably that in the plate-like structure result- 
ing from the fusion of the basal ends of the two proximal para- 
meres we have to deal with the last trace of the metapterygium, 
defining that, as must now be done, as a product of the confluence 
of the inner ends of the proximal postaxial rays, the distal ray being, 
from the nature of its relations therewith, one of the same series. 

Consideration of the above facts renders the homology of the sup- 
posed metapterygium of Polypterus somewhat doubtful. Gegen- 
baur, when pointing to the same, realized the similarity between both 
pro- and metapterygia so-called by him (fig. 11, p¢. and mé.) and the 
marginal rays’. He at first suggested (10, p. 139) the possibility 
that the exclusion of the mesopterygium from connexion with the 


} The difficulty of interpretation of the supposed propterygium is greatly 
increased by the presence of the cartilage marked * in fig. 1l,—by no means the 
least puzzling element in this fin. As will be seen, it is grafted upon the ante- 
rior border of the propterygial rod ; from it, however, it is perfectly distinct in 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. II. 2 


18 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE SKELETON AND [Jan. 18, 


shoulder-girdle may have been due to a displacement of the same 
by two rays. Should this be so, the metapterygium must there 
have disappeared, as from the Ceratodus pelvic fin, under the 
corresponding enlargement of the mesopterygial plate. The only 
alternative view possible is that the metapterygium does repre- 
sent that of the Elasmobranchs. If this be so, comparison of the 
pectoral fin of Polypterus (fig. 11) with that of the Plagiostomes, as 
represented in Seydlium, where the mesopterygium is relatively small, 
would seem to show that the loss of connexion between the meta- 
pterygium and its rays has been to no small extent due toa 
displacement of the latter by the elongation of the expanding 
mesopterygium, no less than by the simplification in structure of the 
metapterygium itself. The last step in the former process would 
appear, indeed, to be retained in the living Polypterus (** fig. 11). 

In the absence of embryological data further discussion of this 
difficulty would be fruitless. It is much more pertinent to observe 
that in both Ceratodus and Polypterus the initial step in the modi- 
fication has been, in any case, one of elongation of the mesoptery- 
gium, and evidence has been adduced to show that in the Dipnoi (if 
not in Polypterus also) the metapterygium has been thereupon 
reduced and finally suppressed. ‘The only traces of either it or 
its rays yet recorded in the Ceratodus pelvic member are forthcoming 
in fins whose postaxial parameres are more numerous and less 
specialized than is generally the case. If this simplification in 
structure of the most specialized portion of the pelvic fin-skeleton 
is, as I have attempted to show, reversionary to a condition which 
has been lost, the characters of those elements which reappear 
under the simplification, when compared with those to which they 
most nearly correspond in the pectoral fin, go far towards bearing 
out the presumed origin of the Ceratodus fin from a_ primarily 
expanded predecessor. 


V. On the Morphology of the Axis of the Ceratodus Fin. 


The entire axis of the Ceratodus fin is held by Huxley (19) 
Balfour’ (1), and y. Rautenfeld (22) to represent an elongated 


the two specimens examined by me. It has been figured by Wiedersheim (29, 
p- 199), but I have been unable to find a description of it. I think it not 
improbable that it may have been derived from the mesopterygium, the closely 
related lower anterior end of which may (as Wiedersheim has shown) insert 
itself between the supposed propterygium and the marginal rays. In the 
absence of embryological data further discussion of it would be useless. 

1 Baur has recently called attention (3, p. 6) to the fact that Gervais has 
priority over Humphrey in the enunciation of the hypothesis that the paired 
fins are dismembered portions of a lateral fold. Gervais writes (12) :—‘Sil’on 
considére que les rayons des nageoires impaires des poissons ont une analogie 
incontestable avee ceux dont la réunion formes les nageoires paires des mémes 
animaux, c’est 4 dire leurs membres yéritables, on est naturellement conduit a 
se demander s’ils ne seraient les homologues de ces derniers, et si ]’état d’isole- 
ment dans lequel ils restent les unes par rapport aux autres, ne résulterait pas 
de ce que chacun d’eux ne conserve pas complétement ses rapports avec celui 
des segments osteodesmiques dont il est tributuire. Alors on pourrait les 


1887. ] PAIRED FINS OF CERATODUS. 19 


mesopterygium, and by Gegenbaur (11). to represent the meta- 
pterygium. The points of difference between the two sets of obser- 
vers are so well known that recapitulation of them would be super- 
fluous here. I incline most nearly to Huxley’s view, and hold that 
the axis represents mainly, if not wholly, the mesopterygium of 
the Sharks; but I regard its condition in the latter as typical of 
its earlier and more primitive state. I moreover think it not 
unlikely that the short-lobed fin of the Crossopterygide will prove 
to be of an earlier type of structure than that of the elongated one 
of the living Dipnoi. Extended observations along the lines already 
laid down by Traquair, in his Monograph on Tristichopterus (27), 
are greatly to be desired. That the elements described by him are 
probably, and that those described by Goldfuss (13) and Kner (20) 
in Xenacanthus are certainly, homologous with those of the axis of 
the Ceratodus fin, I fully believe, and we have here the founda- 
tion of a line of study which must soon yield fruitful results’. 
Wiedersheim is the only worker who, to my knowledge, has 
offered an opinion upon the last named. He says (29 p. 195), 
speaking of the Ceratodus fin, ‘‘dass dieser Organisationsplan 
der Brustflosse auch bei untergegangenen Fischgeschlechtern eine 
Rolle gespielt haben muss, steht unzweifelhaft fest und ich méchte 
dabei nur an den aus der Permformation stammenden Xenacanthus 
dechent erinnern.” 

There can no longer be much doubt that the confluence so 
frequently seen between one or more rays and the mesopterygium of 
the Elasmobranchs represents the last trace of the process by which 
that structure is formed (cf. Dohrn, cited on p. 15). This granted, 
it becomes a question as to how far the axis of the Ceratodus fin, 
as here defined, represents a further extension of this fusion of pri- 
marily parallel rays or an elongation of the mesopterygial plate, as it 
exists in the Sharks. The fact that irregularity in distribution of the 
parameres is generally accompanied by that of the segmentation of 
the axis in Ceratodus (cf. especially figs. 1, 5, & 7), shows that 
there is an intimate connexion between the two; and this is the 
more obvious on reflection that Davidoff has shown (7, p. 145) that 
the segmentation of the axis does not stand in constant relationship 
to the muscular attachments*. It is moreover inconceivable, if 


regarder comme autant de rayons membraux restés libres, et ils seraient les 
homologues de ceux qui, par leur asseryation, donnent naissance aux membres 
proprement dits sur d’autres points du corps.” 

1 T look with great satisfaction upon the work now being done in this direc- 
tion by Smith Woodward (cf. P. Z.8. 1886). It is time that some such check 
should be kept upon the deductions of the embryologist (¢f Baur, Morph. Jahrb. 
vol. viii. p. 453). : 

? He writes, “ Da wir auch an der Muskulatur eine den einzelnen Segmenten 
der Stammreihe entsprechende Gliederung fanden, zo gewinnt diese Ansicht 
an Wahrsheinlichkeit, obwohl immerhin noch einzuwenden ist, dass die 
physiologische Bedeutung dieser Gliederung eine nur ausserst minimale sein 
kann, dass ferner auch die Zwischensehnen der Stammuskulatur in gar keiner 
naheren Beziehung zuden Segmenten der Stammenreihe stehen.” I could find 
no difference between the muscles of the fin represented in fig. 6 and those 
described by him. 

Q* 


20 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE SKELETON AND [Jan. 18, 


the Ceratodus fin has arisen as an elongation of a primarily expanded 
predecessor, that such a fusion of the approximated ends of the rays 
could have resulted from that simple process. I am of opinion that 
the distal portion of the mesopterygium of Ceratodus has arisen on an 
elongation of a pre-existing plate, by a process such as is seen at its 
earliest phase in Polypterus. 

A difficulty, however, arises with respect to the basal mesomere 
of Ceratodus, which, if it represents the proximal end of the meso- 
pterygium, differs from that of all other fishes in forming (in the 
pectoral fin, at any rate) the sole support for the base of the fin. 
Gegenbaur, who has paid considerable attention to this matter, at 
first acquiesced (10) in Husley’s belief in the close relationship 
between Polypterus and the Dipnoi. Commenting upon the pectoral 
fin of the former animal, he writes (p. 138) ‘‘ ausser den Selachiern 
bei denen die zweieilige Form des Archipterygium in die einzeilige 
iibergeht, besitzt vielleicht nur noch Polypterus unter den lebenden 
Ganoiden das primiire Archipterygium im Flossenskelete.” He goes 
on to advance the view that the fin of Polypterus represents a 
shortened-up derivative of the Ceratodus type ; but finally he reverts 
to his original position, holding, chiefly on account of the loss of 
connexion between the mesopterygium and shoulder-girdle, and of 
the great structural difference between the pectoral and pelvic fins, 
that (p. 140) ““demnach kann ich das genannte Skelet von Polypterus 
nicht unmittelbar auf das primiire Archipterygium beziehen, sondern 
leite es, wie jenes der anderen lebenden Ganoiden, von der secund- 
aren, nur eine Reihe von Radien besitzenden Form ab.” 

The pelvic fin of Ceratodus appears, at first sight, to be ex- 
ceptional in the possession of a well-developed mesopterygium. 
Davidoff has brought forward good evidence to show that the 
element hitherto regarded among Ganoids and Teleostei as the 
pelvic girdle is (5. p. 125, and 6. p. 433) homologous with the 
basal piece of the Ceratodus fin, and he terms it the basal segment 
of the metapterygium. He has shown good reason for believing that 
the true pelvis is seen for the last time among the Osteichthyes in 
Polypterus, where it is represented by two or three vestigial carti- 
lages (cf. 6. p. 462, pl. 21, and Wiedersheim, 28) lying imme- 
diately in front of the applied ends of the basal pterygia of opposite 
sides. Upon careful consideration, I am disposed to accept his 
interpretation as it applies to the Ganoids and Teleostei, but I am 
more dubious about it as applying to the Dipnoi. 

Examination of either of the paired fins of Ceratodus in relation 
to the limb-girdle appears, at first sight, to favour Huxley’s 
view that the whole fin-axis answers to the Selachian meso- 
pterygium. If this be so, that element must, in elongating, have 
carried down with it the metapterygium, and the propterygium if 
present. 

Balfour, criticizing Huxley’s view that the basal mesomere is the 
proximal piece of the axial skeleton of the limb of Ceratodus, says 
(1, p- 669), “The entirely secondary character of the mesoptery- 
gium and its total absence in the young embryo Scyllium appear to 


1887. | PAIRED FINS OF CERATODUS. 21 


me as conclusive against Huxley’s view, as is the character of the 
embryonic fin against that of Gegenbaur.” 

Examination of the pectoral fin of Ceratodus shows that the 
elements which I hold to represent the metapterygium and its rays 
(figs. 5, 6, & 8, mt. & r.) are related to the postaxial border of the 
second mesomere. ‘There is at most a bare suggestion of a relation- 
ship to the proximal mesomere (m.p.). In the hind limb this is 
otherwise, for those parts of the skeleton which most nearly repeat the 
characters cf the presumed metapterygium of the fore limb are 
unmistakably connected (figs. 1 & 4) with the proximal mesomere. 
If they really represent the metapterygium and its rays as they occur 
among the lower fishes, it is, I think, not unlikely, p :tting together 
these facts and those recorded by Davidoff, that while the metaptery- 
gium has for the most part disappeared, the proximal mesomere may, 
after all, turn out to represent the proximal end of that structure as 
defined by Huxley, early differentiated and segmented off. 

The above suggestion, should it be substantiated, would explain 
the fact that the proximal mesomere of Ceratodus is the only con- 
stituent of the fin-axis whose characters are constant. It would 
simplify our conceptions of the fins of the Ganoids and Dipnoi, and 
bring into harmony the supposed divergent modifications of the 
fins of opposite extremities; while it would show the pelvic member 
to be, on the whole, less modified than is usually thought. I am 
disposed to think, moreover, that it receives support from the 
absence of preaxial rays in connexion with the basal mesomere 
of Ceratodus; from the complete exclusion of the mesopterygium 
from connexion with the shoulder-girdle in Polypterus ; aud from 
the condition of the pelvic fin of that animal, already alluded 
to, no less than from the marked tendency towards an increased 
development of the proximal end of the pectoral metapterygium 
among the living Ganoids. 

Still more suggestive is the condition of the basal elements of 
a Protopterus pectoral fin represented in fig. 8a. Wiedersheim has 
(as I have already mentioned, p. 5) shown that the proximal piece 
of the pectoral fin-skeleton of this animal bears ray-like elements. 
He describes a smaller distinct ventral (postaxial) one and a larger 
dorsal (preaxial) one, which is confluent with the main piece (proximal 
mesomere as compared with Ceratodus). I have examined two 
specimens ; in one of them the latter is much smaller than in his 
example, while in the other (fig. 8 a) there is no trace of it. I can 
only conclude therefore that it is a lobe of the basal mesomere, 
variable in character. Not so with the former; that is in both 
perfectly distinct, being separated from the basal mesomere by a 
fibrous tract, such as subdivides any two segments from each other. 
In that specimen which was destitute of the preaxial process (fig. 8 a) 
its characters are still further noteworthy. It is elongated and 
shows traces of subdivision into two pieces, the basal one of which 
is swollen and enlarged in common with the proximal mesomere 
(m.p.), and from that it appears most clearly to have been derived. 
The second segment of the axis is in relation with both the proximal 


22 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE SKELETON AND [Jan. 18, 


mesomere and the swollen basal piece referred to; and the whole 
condition of the parts is such as would have resulted did the proximal 
mesomere and its related lateral elements represent a shortened-up 
metapterygium. 

Beyond this, the pelvic member of Ceratodus differs most con- 
spicuously from that of the Plagiostomes and Osteichthyes in the 
presence of an elongated mesopterygium. Balfour first showed 
(1, pp. 666-7) that the development of the pelvic fin of the Shark 
is arrested at a comparatively early stage. He and subsequent 
writers regard the enlarged preaxial ray, which Huxley would hold 
to represent the mesopterygium, as the propterygium. He has also 
called attention to the fact that the mesopterygium is not there re- 
presented ; and the only anticipation of that structure forthcoming 
among the Plagiostomes, known to me, is the comparatively insig- 
nificant one described by Haswell (16. p. 238, pl. i. fig. 3) for 
Heptanchus indicus. 


VI. On the Homologies of the Chimeroid Fin-skeleton, as compared 
with that of Ceratodus. 


Huxley, discussing the morphology of the Chimeeroid pectoral fin, 
insists (19, pp. 52-53) upon the close relationship which it bears to 
that of Ceratodus. The former fin is, as is well known, supported 
upon two basal elements, both of which are in intimate connexion 
with the pectoral girdle. The postaxial of these is held by all to 
represent the metapterygium. 

As to the preaxial cartilages :—Huxley (19, pp. 52-53), whose 
view demands that the mesopterygium “ constantly retains its primary 
articulation with the pectoral arch,’ completely reverses Gegenbaur’s 
determination (9, p. 145), and regards the smaller basal one as 
the mesopterygium, and the larger ray-like distal one which it bears 
as the propterygium. Mivart, on the other hand, insists (21, 
p- 478) on the absence of the mesopterygium, and regards both pre-. 
axial elements as homologous with the propterygium. Comparison 
of the fin of Chimera with that of the Selachians, as represented 
in Hewanchus, appears to me to warrant his view. 

It is interesting, here, to recall Huxley’s remarks upon the 
metapterygium, when dealing with Chimera. Having asserted the 
belief that the metapterygium of Notidanus is ‘‘ formed by the 
coalescence of the axial ends of the postaxial rays,’’ he goes on to 
say (p. 53), “ the metapterygial cartilage cannot, in Seydlium, at 
the same time represent coalesced postaxial rays, as the analogy of 
Notidanus would suggest, and the second joint of the axial skeleton 
as the analogy of Chimera .... indicates.” Did the mesopterygium 
exist in Chimera in the form so constant among the Plagiostomes 
—that of a fusion of the basal ends of the rays interposed between 
the pro- and metapterygia—he could, in comparing the Chimeeroid 
and Ceratodus fins, only have come to the conclusion formed by 
me (p. 15), in describing the second pectoral mesomere of the latter. 

The pelvic fin of the Chimeeroid is in an exceptionally interesting 


1887.] PAIRED FINS OF CERATODUS. 23 


condition. Its postaxial border is supported by a cartilage, admitted 
by all to represent the metapterygium (fig. 12, mé.). This appears 
to be produced out into a preaxial lobe, which is regarded by Davidoff 
(4. p. 470, pl. 28. fig. 3, and pl. 29. fig. 18), who last described 
it, as consisting of a single piece answering to the propterygium. 

It also recalls most closely that lobe from which Balfour held (1, 
p- 667) that both pro- and mesopterygia are derived. In a young 
Chimeeroid pelvic fin examined by me (fig. 12), the lobe in question is 
seen to be formed by the fusion of three preaxial rays, and careful 
examination has shown that the last traces of an original separation 
between it and the metapterygium (indicated in the drawing by a 
dotted line) exist. Did that persist, the fin would correspond in all 
essential respects with the*pectoral member, as I have defined it; and 
I hold that this preaxial lobe is neither more nor less than the pro- 
pterygium’. Mivart comments (21, p. 465) upon the ‘‘ close 
resemblance ”’ between the pectoral and pelvic fins of the Chimezeroids. 
Comparing the pelvic fin of these animals (Callorhynchus) with the 
pectoral ones of Acanthias and Scymnus, he concludes (p. 456) that 
the basal cartilage represents, in the former, all three pterygia fused 
into one. The considerations put forward above, taken together 
with the fact that the mesopterygium never appears in the Plagio- 
stome’s pelvic fin, beyond the insignificant degree observed by 
Haswell, appear to me to negative this view. 

The facts now under notice suggest, but do not prove, that the 
mesopterygium is never represented at all in the Chimzroids; and 
that with respect to that feature those fishes stand on a lower platform 
than do the living Plagiostomes. Moreover, if the preaxial cartilages 
of their pectoral member represent the propterygium, as I believe, 
an absolute structural identity is proven between the pectoral and 
pelvic fins of the group. Both would appear to have been derived 
from the fins of an ancestor in which the mesopterygium was not 
differentiated ; and if so, that element must have been of compara- 
tively late origin. 

Davidoff has pointed to the existence of structural similarities 
between the hip-girdles of Chimera and Ceratodus (7, pp. 142-3) ; 
and if the magnificent array of structural affinities between the two, 
so successfully demonstrated by Huxley (19), have the weight which 
he assigns te them, I think it more than probable, if, as I have 
suggested, the basal mesomere of Ceratodus is a derivative of the 
metapterygium, that the paired fins of the Dipnoi may have arisen, 
side by side with those of the Plagiostomes, from some such form 
as is to-day represented by Chimera—the fusion of the rays to form 
the mesopterygium having gone on independently, the intercalation 
of that structure between the applied bases of the pro- and meta- 
pterygia, so characteristic of the Plagiostomes, having been a com- 
paratively late process. 


1 The free ray represented at * in fig. 10 has been described by Davidoff (op. 
cit. p. 471). The spur-like outgrowth of the same, which I think may not im- 
probably represent the coalesced vestige of a second similar one, was not 
present in his specimen. 


24 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE SKELETON AND [Jan. 18, 


If the above suggestion should prove to have weight, the condition 
of the basal parts of the Polypterus fin, in which the mesopterygium 
is in no way in connexion with the shoulder-girdle, can only be a 
lowly one. 

It may not be inappropriate here to call attention to the conception 
lately put forward by Baur (2, p. 663) concerning the morphology 
of the cheiropterygium. He returns to Gegenbaur’s first position, 
and maintains that the limb of the land-animal has been derived 
directly from the ichthyopterygium. In that case the Ceratodus fin, 
as it stands, can only represent the initial phase in a line of modifi- 
cation of the ichthyopterygium, culminating in Protopterus (to 
include Lepidosiren. Cf. Ayers, Jenaische Zeitschr. vol. xviii. 
p- 479, 1885, and Schneider, op. ecit.). 

Davidoff claims that the Ceratodus pelvic fin (7, p. 127) “ trotz 
der Einfachheit des Ganzen, sich bedeutend komplicirter gestaltet, 
als bei den frither bearbeiteten Fischen.’’ He uses the words in a 
physiological sense, it is true, but that in face of his concluding 
statement that (p. 160) “das Endergebnis aber besteht daria, dass 
_von der Ceratodus-Extremitit sich diejenige der Haie ohne Schwier- 
igkeiten ableiten lasst.”” This is, in my opinion, far from proven. 


VII. Conclusions. 


1. That the characters of the skeleton of the Ceratodus paired 
fins are inconstant, except for those of the preaxial parameres of the 
pectoral fin and the basal mesomere of both pectoral ard pelvic fins. 

2. That a metapterygium is always present in the fore Jimb, in a 
reduced condition and usually confluent with the second mesomere. 

3. That traces of what appears to represent a metapterygium are 
occasionally to be met with in the hind limb, under conditions which 
point to atavism. 

4. That the basal mesomere of the Ceratodus fin may conceivably 
have been derived from the metapterygium. [ 

5. That the structural features of both paired fins of the Chimee- 
roids are identical, and characterized by the absence of a meso- 
pterygium. 

6. That the paired fins of the Plagiostomes and Dipnoi have, in 
all probability, arisen independently from a type of fin most nearly 
represented by that of the living Chimeroids. 

7. Proven incidentally.—That the basal cartilage of the Cestracion 
pectoral fin, usually regarded as the mesopterygium, is a compound 
of the pro- and mesopterygia of other Plagiostomes. 


VIII. List of Authorities referred to. 


1. Batrour, F. M.—On the Development of the Skeleton of the 
Paired Fins of Elasmobranchii. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 656. 

2. Baur, G.—Ueber das Archipterygium und die Entwicklung des 
Cheiropterygiums aus dem [chthyopterygium. Zool. Anzeiger, 
vol. viii, p. 663 (1885), 


1887. | PAIRED FINS OF CERATODUS. 25 


3. 
4. 


22. 


23, 


Baur, G.—Historische Bemerkung. Month. Internat. Journ. 
of Anat. & Hist. vol. iii. no. 1 (1886). 

Davivorr, M. v.—Beitriige zur vergleichd. Anat. der hinteren 
Gliedmasse der Fische. Morph. Jahrb. vol. v. p. 450 (1879). 


- Davivorr, M. v.—Continuation of the above. Morph. Jahrb. 


vol. vi. p. 433 (1880). 


. Davrvorr, M. v.—Ueber das Skelett der hinteren Gliedmasse 


der Ganoidei holostei und der physostomen Knochenfische. 
Morph. Jahrb. vol. vi. p. 125 (1880). 


- Davivorr, M. v.—Beitr. zur vergleichd. Anat. der hinteren 


Gliedmasse der Fische. Morph. Jahrb. vol. ix. p. 116 
(1883). 


- Dourn, A.—Studien zur Urgeschichte des Wirbelthierkorpers, 


IV. Mittheilung. aus der Zoolog. Stat. zu Neapel, vol. v. 
p. 102 (1884). 

Grcensaur, C.-—Untersuchg. zur vergleichd. Anat. der 
Wirbelth. Heft 2. Brustfosse der Fische. Leipzig, 1865. 


. Gecensaur, C.— Ueber das Archipterygium. Jenaisch. 


Zeitschr. vol. vii. p. 131 (1873). 


- Gecensaur, C.—Zur Morphologie der Gliedmaassen der 


Wirbelth. Morph. Jahrb. vol. ii. p. 396 (1876). 


. Gervats, P.—Mémoire sur la comparaison des membres chez 


les animaux vertébrés. Ann. d. Sci. Nat. sér. 3, Zoologie, 
vol. xx. p. 21 (1853); also De la comp. des Membres chez les 
Animanx vertébrés. Paris, 1853. 


. Goxipruss.—Beitr. zur vorweltlichen Fauna des Steinkohlen 


Gebirges. Bonn, 1847. 


. Ginrner, A.—Description of Ceratodus. Phil. Trans. 


vol. clxi. p. 511 (1871). 


. Haswetx, W. A.—On the Structure of the Paired Fins of Cera- 


todus, with Remarks on the general Theory of the Vertebrate 
Limb. Pr. Linn. Soc. New S. Wales, vol. vii. p. 2 (1882). 


. Haswett, W. A.—Studies of the Elasmobranch Skeleton. 


Pr. Linn. Soc. New S. Wales, vol. ix. p. 71 (1884). 


. Howes, G. B.—On some Abnormalities of the Frog’s Verte- 


bral Column. Anat. Anzeiger, vol. i. p. 277 (1886). 


- Huxiey, T. H.—Preliminary Essay upon the Systematic 


Arrangement of the Fishes of the Devonian Epoch. Mem. 
Geol. Survey, dec. x. p. 1 (1861). 

Huxtey, T. H.—On Ceratodus Sorsteri, with observations on 
the classification of Fishes. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 24. 


. Kner, R.—Ueb. Orthacanthus Dechenii, oder Xenacanthus 


dechenii. Sizb. d. Kais. Akad. d. Wiss. Wien, vol. lv. Abth. il 
p- 540 (1867). 


. Mivart, St. Geo.—Notes on the Fins of Elasmobranchs. 


Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. x. p. 439 (1879). 

Rautenretp, E. v.—Morph. Untersuchg,. iiber das Skelet 
der hinteren Gliedmassen von Ganoid. und Teleost. Dorpat, 
1882. 

Scunerper, A.—Ueber die Flossen der Dipnoi und die Sys- 


26 ON THE SKELETON ETC. OF CERATODUS. [Jan. 18, 


tematik von Lepidosiren und Protopterus. Zool. Auzeiger, 
vol. ix. p. 521 (1886). 

24. Taacuer, J. K.—Median and paired Fins, a contribution 
to the history of vertebrate limbs. Trans. Connectic. Acad. 
vol. iii. p. 281 (1877). 

25. Tuacuer, J. E. Ventral fins of Ganoids. Ibid. vol. iv. 
p. 233:(1878).~), © 

26. Traquair, R. H.—On the Restoration of the Tail in Proto- 
pterus annectens. British Assoc. Reports, 1871, pt. 2, p. 143. 

27. Traquatr, R. H.—On the Structure and Affinities of Tris- 
tichopterus alatus. Trans. R. Soc. Edinb. vol. xxvii. p. 383 
(1876). 

28. WrepersHeIM, R.— Ueber das Becken der Fische. Morph. 
Jahrb. vol. vii. p. 326 (1881). 

29. WiepersHemm, R.—Lebrbuch der vergleichd. Anat. der 
Wirbelthiere. Zweite Auflage. Jena, 1886. 

30. WieprersHemm, R.—Das Skelet und Nervensystem von 
Lepidosiren (Protopterus). Jenaische Zeitschr. vol. xiv. 
p. 155 (1880). 


IX. DESORIPTION OF THE PLATES. 
Puates I.—-ITI. 


With the exception of fig. 2, all are drawn in the same relative position. 
The postaxial (internal) border looks towards the left hand. 


Fig. 1. A “ branching” pelvic fin of Ceratodus. Right side, dorsal aspect. Nat. 
size. 
2. The two pelvic fins of asecond specimen. Ventral aspect. X13. 
2a. The anterior portion of the pelvic girdle of the same. Nat. size. 
3. The proximal third of the left fin of fig. 2. Ventral aspect. Nat. size. 
4. Proximal third of a right pelvic fin ; indicated as seen from the ventral 
aspect, for sake of comparison with figs. 1 and 3. (After Giinther.) 
Nat. size. 
. The left pectoral fin of fig. 2. Ventral aspect. Nat. size. 
. Proximal portion of the corresponding fin of a fourth specimen. Ven- 
tral aspect. Nat. size. 
. Proximal portion of the left pelvic fin of the same specimen. Ventral 
aspect. Nat. size. 
8. The proximal third of the left pectoral fin of a fifth specimen. Drawn 
to same scale as figs. 5 and 6. (After Giinther.) 
8a. Basal portion of a Jeft pectoral fin of Protopterus. x4. 
9. The left pectoral fin of Cestracion philippi. Young 2, dorsal aspect. 
Half nat. size. 
16. The basal portion of a similar fin; same aspect. Adult. (After 
Huxley.) Reduced to the same scale as fig. 9 for sake of comparison. 
11. The left pectoral fin of a young Polypterus. Ventral aspect. 2. 
12. The left pelvic fin of a young Chimera (C. monstrosa), 3. Ventral 
aspect. X1i. | 
In figs. 5 and 7 the parameres not represented in full were all rod-like and 
unbranched. 
The dotted lines in figs. 9 and 12 represent lines of fusion observed ; those in 
figs. 5, 6, and 10 are inferred. 


“I SD or 


Reference Letters. 


cp. Base of clasper. jf. Inter-articular ligament. 7-.p. Proximal mesomere. 
ms. Mesopterygium. mt. Metapterygium. pl. Pelvic girdle. pr. Preaxial 
fin-border. ps. Postaxial fin-border. pt. Propterygium. +. Metapterygial 
rays. 


, P.Z.8.1887.P1LIV q 


AYA) |e 
a 


/ 
vert.cent.|, 


TS. P delt, td. nat. 
_ Parker & Coward chromlth ude mee 


S.1k3,Carcharodon rondeletii. Figs.2 &4,Lamna cornubica __ 


: P.Z.S 1887. Pl 


{POP pr: = 


Sup.orb.pl.. 


st 


vert. cent.3 


Tio P deltnd. nat. 
_ Parker & Cowerd chrom.lith. 


Figs. 5-10; Carcharodon rondeletii: Fig.l, Lamna cormubica, 


to D 


ta 
U 
RAL WIS 


Ss 
” 
$ 
3 
= 
J 
> 


Snax h.; 


Garcharodon rondeletii. 


chrom Lith 


eb & Coward 


, 


\\ 


“PZ31887.P1 VIL 


Fig 19. 


(x 4a) 


T. oP delt. adnst. West, Newman & 


sien, Conage aor ith Carcharodon rondeletii. 


a 


Fig. 27. 


(nxt suze) 


Fig. 26. 


(nat suze) 


ad met 


T. J. Pdelt 
‘ Coward chrom jit) Carcharodon rondeletii (Foetus 


1887.] PROF.T.J. PARKER ON CARCHARODON RONDELETII. 27 


2. Notes on Carcharodon rondeletii. By T. Jerrery 
Parker, B.Sc., C.M.Z.S., Professor of Biology in the 
University of Otago, New Zealand. 

(Plates [V.—VIII.) 
[Received November 1, 1886. ] 


ContTENTS. 
Page Page 
AntOdUCHONY! <.cqeacducs.asce-se- 27 4. Alimentary Organs ......... 34 
1. External Characters ...... 28 ®. Dhol Beart. ..5.. eecercet cence: 35 
Yi The Teeth: |. 22st... 29 6. Urinogenital Organs......... 35 
3. Phe Skeleton — seve cs ssn 29 ihe Brainiey, baekeecccecenee 36 
a. Vertebral Column ...... 30 Description of Plates ............ 38 
DrISKULy, secceccogeceestascntecs 3l 
c. Skeleton of Fins ......... 34 


Dr. Giinther states, in his ‘Study of Fishes,’ published in 1880, 
that nothing is known of the anatomy, habits, and reproduction of 
this, the most formidable of all Sharks, and that no opportunity 
should be lost in obtaining information about it. 

As no fewer than four specimens of Carcharodon rondeletii have 
been caught in the neighbourhood of Dunedin during the last six 
years, upon all of which I have been able to make some observations, 
I have decided to put these upon record, in spite of the fact that 
they are, from a variety of circumstances, detached and imperfect, 
and are very far from giving anything like a complete account of this 
very interesting Selachian. 

The following enumeration of the specimens which have come 
under my notice is given for convenience of reference. 

Specimen A.—Male, 10 ft. (3 metres) long. Caught at Moeraki, 
about 40 miles north of Dunedin, early in 1881. The viscera, 
including the heart, were removed before bringing the fish to Dunedin. 
The skeleton was prepared and is now in the Otago University 
Museum. 

Specimen B.—Female, 12 ft. 6 in. (3°8 metres) long. Caught 
in Otago Harbour early in 1885. This specimen was also evisce- 
rated, only the heart being left. Its skeleton was prepared and 
sent to the Colonial and Indian Exhibition’. 

Specimen C.—Female, 19 ft. (5°7 metres) long. At the beginning 
of the present year two large Sharks were reported in the Lower 
Harbour, and several attempts to catch them were made by the 
local fishermen. After one or two failures (the Shark on one 
occasion having broken away with a large hook in its mouth) the 
larger of the two was caught and exhibited in Dunedin. After it 
had been on view for a few days I bought it for the museum, and 
was able to make some observations on its external anatomy, in 
spite of the advanced state of decomposition. This specimen was 
stuffed, and is now in the Otago University Museum. 


1 This specimen is now in the Natural-History Museum, South Kensington, 


28 PROF. T.J. PARKER ON CARCHARODON RONDELETII. [Jan. 18, 


Specimen D.—Female, 17 ft. (about 5 metres) long. The second 
specimen referred to in the preceding paragraph was caught about 
a fortnight later than the first, and was also brought entire to 
Dunedin for exhibition. The funds of the museum would not allow 
of its purchase, and indeed my assistants were at the time so fully 
occupied with the preparation of the larger specimen, that it would 
have been impossible for them to undertake a second task of similar 
magnitude ; so that all I could do was to be present when, on the 
third day after capture, the viscera were removed, and to make some 
notes on those organs which were too much decomposed in the 
former specimen. 

Specimen E.—Feetus (female), 55 cm. long. For this I am 
indebted to Mr. E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., Curator of the Australian 
Museum, Sydney. 

I may also mention that, as I am informed by my friend Prof. A. 
P. Thomas, a specimen of Carcharodon, fully 30 ft. long, was caught 
at Auckland a few months ago. It would seem, therefore, that in 
spite of its apparent scarcity in museums, Carcharodon rondeletii 
must be a tolerably common species in the Southern Seas. 


1. External Characters. 


As the small specimen described by Smith, in his ‘ Zoology of 
South Africa,’ appears to be the only one of which careful measure- 
ments have been taken, it seems advisible to give a fairly complete 
series of measurements of specimen C, the largest which has come 
under my notice. 


centim. 
Total length from tip of snout to Hp of aPRS: lobe of 
tail-fin “(following the curve) .. 5 ates ale ea Sty Sie, 
Total length in a straight line ..... Re 


From tip of snout to Ist dorsal fin (anterior border) 202 
From tip of snout to anterior border of pectoral fin.. 155 
From posterior border of pectoral to anterior border 


SE OMEN MS Srna ts, 2159s <ialnotierais, wie nat, Peete 152 
From posterior border of pelvic to anterior border of 
Vena a(AMAL) MMe cies. onctatdaae acces eisai aaa 60°8 
From posterior border of ventral (anal) to root of 
caudal fin .... ray cuse 
Girth immediately cephalad of lst dorsal fin... whe, OU 
Heteht at first dorsal Gi. 2. << osy «o,.oe ska sy oe etn 45°6 
Breadth _,, pape AU DASE So) sc. er ee nee. 53 
Heieht-olcecond Qersabgi oo. ea mnelas cs yo ae 7 
Breadth ,, Peet DASCL Ha.t cree wart. sis eres 8 
Length of pectoral fin, along anterior border ...... 103 
Breadth ae AL UAC, cet ore inte iste Me i. ste ye.s 58 
Length of pelvic fin, along outer border ...... re | 
5 ss See Ine n Order... ant... s..4,56. C4 
Breadth Ee? AE DASG Any. 6 nro css. oa 3.4, 2, 29 


Height efsyeneran (anal) TM; Sets ccccres sys eeme LI 
Breadth Py * ot Patepase= 14 SOFA See? 9 


1887.] PROF.'T. J. PARKER ON CARCHARODON RONDELETI. 29 


centim 
From tip of snout to centre of eye..........-+.2.. 23 
i x d upper angle of nostril ........ 22 
a as 5 centrevof mouth (4) Jabese 5a 30 
Ks ss #3 Ist gill-slit (dorsal ue sO WK6 
From centre of eye to spiracle Saat UPR Ge 
Width of mouth-aperture, in a straight line . see HSS 
Height of Ist gill-slit. . a 64 
Width of flattened caudal region (vide ‘infer ®), 
measured with calipers ..... : 42 
Height of ditto, measured with calipers Sie 18°5 
Height of caudal fin from tip of dorsal to tip of ‘ventral 
lobe . 146 
Height ‘of dorsal lobe of ditto, “measured “along 
anterior border from root to tip.........+.... 65 106 


Height of ventral lobe, similarly measured ........ 95 


The skin is dark grey above, white tinged with pink below, the 
latter colour being evidently due to blood in the skin and not to the 
presence of any special pigment. The under surface of the snout 
is dark, not white and pink as in Smith’s specimen. 

The snout is considerably less pointed than in Lamna, or than 
in the young specimen figured by Smith. The eye is also markedly 
smaller in proportion to the size of the head than in Lamna (cf. 
description and figures of skull, infra, p. 32 and Plates IV. and V. 
figs. 1-5 and 11). 

The form of the caudal region is remarkable, and is not adequately 
described in any of the books at my disposal, in which it is merely 
stated that the tail is provided with lateral ridges. It is more 
correct to say that the tail for a short distance in front of the 
caudal fin is strongly depressed, so much so that its width is more 
than double its height, a transverse section having the form shown 
in fig. 19, Plate VIT. 

It looks very much as if this curious modification niust have the 
result of providing Carcharodon (and Lamna, in which the same 
structure obtains) with a combination of vertical and horizontal tail- 
fin, the latter—the flattened region just described—being developed 
as a means of enabling the fish to rise rapidly from great depths. 


2. The Teeth. 


Only the central tooth of each row in each jaw is symmetrical, all 
the others having their long axes directed outwards. The exposed 
portion of the upper middle tooth (specimen C) is 4 em. in height, 
and 3°7 cm. wide at the base. In the lower middle tooth these 
dimensions are respectively 3°4 (height), and 3:2 (width at base). 


In both jaws the outer surfaces of the teeth are markedly flatter 
than the inner. 


3. The Skeleton. 
The vertebral column of Carcharodon has been fully described by 


30 PROF.T. J. PARKER ON CARCHARODON RONDELETII. [Jan. 19, 


Hasse* and a briefer account of the entire skeleton is given by 
Haswell*. I shall therefore confine myself to a few points which 
do not appear to have been insisted on, mentioning especially such 
as seem to be important for comparison with Lamana. 

a. The Vertebral Column.—In specimen A there are about 
182 vertebral centra; at the end of the tail it becomes difficult to 
count them accurately. The centra agree with Hasse’s description, 
except that I do not find the difference in the disposition of the 
radiating lamelle of bone which that author gives as distinguishing 
the trunk- from the tail-vertebree. Hasse describes and figures only 
two very thick dorsal lamelle in the caudal vertebrae, between the 
origin of the neurapophyses: in my specimens there are three or 
four comparatively thin lamellee as in the trunk-vertebree (cf. figs. 
13 and 14, Plate VI.). 

One point.not very clearly brought out by Hasse is the extreme 
irregularity in the segmentation of the neural tube and of the 
hemal tube or ridges. These are, in the embryo, continuous 
cartilages °, which undergo segmentation at a later stage than the 
centra, becoming divided into vertebral portions, the neur- and 
heemapophyses, and intervertebral portions, the interneural and 
interheemal pieces, or intercalaria. The irregular way in which 
this segmentation takes place in Carcharodon is very striking, and 
is well shown in figs. 7 and 8 (Plate V.), the former representing a 
portion of the neural tube seen from above, the latter a portion of 
one of the hemal ridges seen from below. Occasionally the distal 
portion of a hemapophysis becomes segmented off, forming a rib 
(fig. 8, 7). 

Another matter not touched upon by Hasse is the modification 
undergone by the vertebral column at its anterior and posterior 
extremities. Anteriorly there is no clear line of demarcation between 
skull and vertebral column. At the level of the third vertebral 
centrum (fig. 6, vert.cent. 3) the neural tube meets on each side 
with the corresponding hzmal ridge, forming a continuous lateral 
investment of cartilage over the first two centra, which are thus only 
visible from beneath. The continuous lateral cartilage thus formed 
passes insensibly into the exoccipital region of the skull, while the 
first and second centra pass into the basioccipital region, and the 
neural tube into the supraoccipital region. Thus, when the skull 
is separated artificially from the vertebral column in such a way as 
to leave intact the great parotic processes (fig. 1, p.ot.pr), the 
plane of section passes naturally between the second and third 
vertebral bodies, and the first two centra appear to be imbedded in 
the basis cranii (fig. 3). 

It is also worthy of notice that in the first few vertebral segments 
the intercalary pieces (fig. 6, ¢) are small triangular processes 


1 Das natiirliche System der Hlasmobranchier. Jena, 1879. 

2 “Studies on the Hlasmobranch Skeleton,” Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vol. ix. 
(1884) p. 3. 

° Balfour, ‘Comparative Embryology,’ vol. ii. p. 454. (Memorial edition, 
vol. iii. p. 550. 


1887.] PROF. T. J. PARKER ON CARCHARODON RONDELETI. 31 


inserted between the bases of adjacent neural arches, the latter (n.a) 
forming the whole dorsal region of the neural tube; whereas in the 
remaining greater part of the column the intercalaria form actual 
interneural arches. 

The tail-fin contains nearly three-fourths as many vertebre as all 
the rest of the column, the 107th centrum being the first of the tail- 
fin (Plate VI. fig. 12, veré.cent. 107), recognizable by being the first 
to develop a hzmal spine. In this and the five following vertebree 
the heemal spine (A@.sp) is a separate cartilage, quite distinct from 
the hemapophyses; in the remaining tail-vertebree the two are 
continuous. The hemal spines gradually increase in length to the 
120th vertebra, and then undergo progressive diminution: the 
longest, in specimen A, is 10 em. in length. 

The tail-fin is thus supported ventrally by hemal spines: the 
small portion lying dorsad of the vertebral column, on the other 
hand, has its framework constituted by a series of cartilages (ptg) 
which are evidently not neural spines but pterygiophores* or carti- 
laginous fin-rays. These have no definite relation to the vertebral 
segments, one of them sometimes corresponding to a single vertebra, 
sometimes to two, and sometimes to three. 

Hasse remarks that while intercalaria are absent in the heemal tube 
in the caudal region, they are present in the neural tube, which has 
therefore double neural arches as in the trunk region. This is true 
only as far back as the 130th vertebra (vert.cent. 130), caudad of 
which interealary pieces are absent and the neural arches conse- 
quently single. 

In the 167th (vert.cent. 167) and following vertebrae, the neural 
and hemal arches are united with one another on each side by a verti- 
cal bridge of cartilage, so that the middle portion of each centrum is 
hidden. From the 175th vertebra to the end of the series there are 
no longer distinct neural and heemal arches, but simply an irregular 
vertical plate of cartilage, in which the last eight (?) vertebral bodies 
are imbedded. An examination of this region in the foetal specimen 
(E) shows (Plate VIII. fig. 28) that these are all perfectly formed 
centra except the last, which is a somewhat irregular mass of bone, and 
appears to me to be a demi-vertebra’, i. e. to represent the anterior 
half of a centrum formed in the posterior moiety of the last meso- 
blastic somite. 

In the skeletons of A and B the neural and hemal arches are 
entirely uncalcified ; in the large specimen C there are small calcific 
patches on the anterior neural arches only; from about the 4th or 
oth vertebra backwards the only calcifications are those of the centra. 

b. The Skull.—The cranium is described in detail by Haswell’, 
who gives figures of it from above and from the right side, which 
are, however, too small to show certain important details, such as 
the nerve-foramina. For this reason, and because of the desirability 


? T. J. Parker, ‘On the Skeleton of Regalecus argenteus,” Trans. Zool. Soc. 
vol. xii. p. 24, note, 

2 Cf. “Skeleton of Regalecus,” p. 22. 

* Op. cit., Journ. Linn, Soc. N. 8. W. vol. ix. p. 15. 


32 PROF. T. J. PARKER ON CARCHARODON RONDELETII. [Jan. 18, 


of comparing the skull with that of the closely allied Porbeagle 
(Lamna cornubica), 1 give upper, under, and side views of the cranium 
of both Sharks, drawn to the same absolute length; in the side 
views the jaws also are shown (Plates IV. and V.). 

Haswell says, “On comparing the skull of Carcharodon with a 
dried skull of Zamna cornubica, I can find little difference between 
the two.” As a matter of fact the differences between the two 
crania are by no means inconsiderable, as Haswell would no doubt 
have found if his skull of Zamna had not been distorted by drying. 

The main differences are dependent upon the much greater pro- 
portional size of the rostrum and of the orbits in Lamna. In 
Carcharodon the dorso-lateral arms of the rostrum (first labial 
cartilages, W. K. Parker’) are slightly curved, with a downward 
concavity, while the median ventral arm (prenasal cartilage) has a 
strong downward convexity, so that the three bars meet at a wide 
angle. All three bars are broad at the base, but narrow considerably 
in front, and are but slightly calcified, the distal portion of the 
entire rostrum being composed wholly of cartilage. 

In Lamna, on the contrary, all three rostral bars have a marked 
sigmoid curve, and meet with one another at very acute angles. 
They are also much longer proportionally than in Carcharodon, 
much thicker, and are covered externally with a close mosaic of 
bony matter. 

As already remarked, the eyes, and consequently the orbits, are 
proportionally much larger in Lamna than in Carcharodon; as a 
result of this, the orbital roofs (sup.ord.pl) in Lamaa are strongly 
arched both antero-posteriorly and laterally, and the infraorbital plates 
(inf.orb.pl) inclined downwards at their outer ends. The whole 
cranium also, and especially the basal plate (¢. e. the basis cranii 
proper plus the infraorbital plates), is much narrower than in 
Carcharodon (ef. figs. 3 and 4), and the parotic (p.ot.pr) and post- 
orbital (p.orb.pr) processes are less prominent. 

In the foetal specimen (Plate VIII. figs. 24 and 25) the rostrum is 
very slender, and its ventral or prenasal bar is perforated distally by a 
foramen. The anterior fontanelle (/ont.) is very large, and allows 
the cerebrum to be partly seen in a view from above. The auditory 
capsules are very prominent, and show clearly the elevations for the 
semicircular canals. The supraorbital plate is hardly developed, 
and the infraorbital plate is quite narrow. 

To the outer surface of the auditory capsule of the foetus, dorsad 
of the hyomandibular facet, a small rod of cartilage (Pl. VIII. fig. 26, 
spir.cart.) is attached by fibrous tissue. This appears to be the 
dorsal segment of the mandibular arch or spiracular cartilage. Unfor- 
tunately the specimen had been dissected by one of my assistants, as 
a help to the articulation of the adult skeleton, before I observed 
this cartilage, so that I was unable to make out its relations to the 
spiracle. No corresponding structure was found in the adult, but 

1 «On the Structure and Development of the Skull in Sharks and Rays,” 


Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. x. (1877) p. 189. Parker and Bettany, ‘Morphology of 
the Skull,’ p. 35. 


1887.] PROF. T. J. PARKER ON CARCHARODON RONDELETII. 33 


in so large a specimen a small cartilage imbedded in the immense 
jaw-muscles would be easily missed. 

The foramina in the skull-wall have the same general disposition 
as in Lamna (cf. figs. 5and 11, Plate V.), the main differences 
between the two being the greater proportional size of the optic 
foramen (77.) in the latter genus, and the fact that the oculomotor 
foramen (iz.) is on the same level as the optic in Carcharodon, 
while in Zamna it is in the same horizontal plane as the ophthalmic 
peduncle (op.ped.). In both the carotid foramen (cor,f.) is a short 
distance caudad of the optic. Between and below the foramina 
for the 3rd (ii.) and the 5th (v.) nerves there is, in Zamna, a small 
aperture which does not seem to be represented in Carcharodon : 
possibly it transmits the 6th nerve. The glossopharyngeal and the 
vagus foramina (Plate IV. figs. 1 and 2, ¢a., v.) are both large, the 
latter in particular being of immense size. 

The jaws of Carcharodon (fig. 5) are chiefly remarkable for their 
great size, and especially for the extraordinary depth of the mandible. 
In Lamna (fig. 11) their proportional size is considerably less. 

In another closely allied genus, 4lopecias, the cranium has a more 
rounded form than in Lamza, and is similarly modified in accordance 
with the great size of the eyes. The rostrum is very thin and 
delicate, and is hardly at all calcified: its ventral or prenasal bar is 
perforated at its distal end by a vertical foramen. The jaws have 
about the same proportional size as in Lamna. 

The gill-bearing arches of Carcharodon closely resemble those of 
Lamna and of Scyllium’. The hyomandibular and ceratohyal 
(Plate VIII. fig. 27, c.hy) are large and stout, and the tongue is sup- 
ported by a flat basihyal (4.4y) having a convex anterior and an ex- 
cavated posterior border. The first branchial arch consists of a flat, 
subtriangular pharyngohyal, a stout epibranchial, and a similar but 
longer ceratobranchial (e.b7. 1) which articulates with the basi- 
hyal, there being no first hypobranchial. The next three arches 
have, in addition, a short rod-like hypobranchial segment (4.67. 2-4). 
Between the ventral or inner ends of the second hypobranchials 
(h.br, 2) is a small nodular basibranchial (4.47. 2). The second 
and third hypobranchials are subequal, the fourth (h.br. 4) is 
barely half the length of its predecessors. The fourth and fifth 
pharyngobranchials have undergone concrescence ; the fifth cerato- 
branchial (c.d7. 5) is, as usual, much larger than the corresponding 
segment in the preceding arches. The last arch has no hypo- 
branchial, its ceratobranchial segment (c.dr. 5) abutting against 
an elongated flattened plate (6.47. 5), rounded in front and pointed 
behind, and probably to be regarded as a fifth basibranchial. 

To the inner face of the fifth ceratobranchial, near its dorsal end, 
a small irregular rod of cartilage is attached by fibrous tissue. Can 
this be the rudiment of a sixth branchial arch ? 

The gill-arches are but slightly calcified, even the hyomandibular 
and ceratohyal having only a thin crust of bony matter which does 
not extend to their extremities. © 

1 W. K. Parker, op. cit. ; Gegenbaur, ‘ Kopfskelet der Selachier,’ Leipzig, 1872. 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. III. 3 


34 PROF. T. J. PARKER ON CARCHARODON RONDELETII. [Jan, 18, 


c. The Skeleton of the Fins——In the shoulder-girdle I have 
nothing to add to Haswell’s description. The pectoral fin of 
specimen A exhibits a concrescence of the proximal ends of the 
mesopterygial rays not shown in Haswell’s figure. The intercalary 
pieces between the distal ends of many of the rays, referred to by 
Haswell, are evidently due to longitudinal division of the rays, one 
of which, in the specimen referred to, was distinctly bifurcated. 

The pelvic girdle and fin are not figured by Haswell: I therefore 
give a figure of those of the male specimen A (Plate V. fig. 9). 
Haswell states that the outer extremity of the pelvic cartilage (pu) 
‘is produced into a process with which no fewer than six rays 
articulate.” In my specimen this process is apparently represented 
by a separate cartilage (a), which seems to be formed by the con- 
crescence of the anterior rays, and to be serially homologous with the 
propterygium of the pectoral fin. 

The first dorsal fin differs only in detail from that described and 
figured by Haswell, who says of the second dorsal and ventral (so- 
called anal) fins, that they ‘“‘are very small, and consist of a few 
irregular rays without basal plates.’’ I find, on the contrary, that 
both these fins (Plate V. fig. 10, and Plate VI. fig. 15) and especially 
the ventral (fig. 10) are quite typical examples of the concrescence 
of pterygiophores (radial cartilages) to form a basipterygium. 


4. Alimentary Organs. 


The stomach (specimen C) consists of a wide cardiac (Plate VI. 
fig. 16, card.st.) and a narrow tubular pyloric (pyl.st.) division. 
The cardiac division is about 115 em. long and 75 em. wide; the 
pyloric division 104 em. long by 5 em. wide. On the right side of 
the stomach, near its cesophageal end, are two blind pouches (z.). 

The intestine (éz¢.) is 109 em. long from the pylorus to the origin 
of the rectal gland, and 26 cm. in diameter. ‘The spiral valve is 
regularly disposed, makes 48 turns, and is slightly narrower than the 
semi-diameter of the gut, so that a narrow central passage is left, as 
in Alopecias and in some specimens of Raia’. 

The rectal gland (ref.gl.) is 30 em. long by 3°5 em. in diameter. 
The cloaca (fig. 17) is comparatively small, and is divided by a 
horizontal fold into two chambers, an outer (cl) receiving the ovi- 
ducts (ovd.ap.), and an imner (c/') receiving the rectum (rcf) and 
the urinary duct (ur.ap.). 

The liver consists of two immense lobes, which fill all the ventral 
region of the abdominal cavity. In specimen C the gland was too 
much decomposed for its form and size to be made out, but in D 
(5 metres long) each lobe was about 135 cm. long, by 102 cm. wide, 
and fully 30 em. thick. A gall-bladder is present. 

The spleen and pancreas have the usual characters ; the pancreas 
(Plate VI. fig. 16, pan.) consisting of a small ventral and a large 


* T. J. Parker, “ On the Intestinal Spiral Valves in the Genus Raia,” Trans. 
Zool. Soc. yol. xi. p. 50. 


1887.] PROF. T. J. PARKER ON CARCHARODON RONDELETII. 39 


dorsal lobe, and the spleen (sp/.) being an elongated lobulated organ 
of deep red colour, attached all along the right border of the pyloric 
division of the stomach and continued on to the dorsal aspect of the 
cardiac division. 


5. The Heart. 


The heart is very large, having the following dimensions in speci- 
men C., 


centim, 
Greatest width of ventricle .................-.. 19 
,, length (antero-posterior) ............-... 19 
a per OMCOUUS HULERIOSUS tte asietaiucines sels tie 10°5 
g. (WIGEH Ol enmis ATECTIONUS wc onic pein ees ns 5 
a ,, of auricle (moderately distended) .... 22 
Width of sinu-auricular aperture... ......-.....-. 9 
,, of auriculo-ventricular aperture ............ 4°5 
Thickness of wall of ventricle (about) ............ 3°5 


Its general structure is quite normal. The sinu-auricular valves 
are obliquely right and left ; the auriculo-ventricular valves obliquely 
dorsal and ventral. The coronary veins open apparently by a single 
very large aperture situated in the sinus venosus immediately caudad 
and dorsad of the left flap of the sinu-auricular valve. 

The conus arteriosus (Plate VI. fig. 18, con.ar¢.) has three longi- 
tudinal rows, each of three valves, one row being dorsal, the others 
ventro-lateral. ‘The posterior valves (v') are pocket-like and very 
thick ; each is connected to the posterior face of the corresponding 
middle valve (v?) by a strong chorda tendinea, which in the dorsal 
valve takes the form of a vertical membrane attached to the wall of 
the conus along its whole length, while in the ventro-lateral valves 
it is free except at the ends. 

The middle valves (v*) are very small and thick, forming knobs 
rather than pouches ; their anterior edges are connected to the walls 
of the conus by several chorde tendinee. The anterior valves (v’) 
are pocket-like and are in close contact with one another at their 
edges, whereas each of the middle and posterior valves is separated 
from its fellow by a considerable interval. The edges of each of 
the anterior valves are produced forwards, forming a firm attach- 
ment, but they have no chorde tendinee. 

There are, as usual, too large coronary arteries placed right and 
left of the conus. 


6. The Urinogenital Organs. 

The ovary was too much decomposed in specimen C for anything 
to be made of it; in D it was quite small, so that the specimen 
must bave been immature in spite of its size. The oviducts have 
the usual character; in D there was a considerable dilatation in the 
position of the oviducal gland in one oviduct, but only a very 
slight enlargement in the other. The oviducts open into the exter- 
nal compartment of the cloaca by papilliform terminations (Plate VI. 


fig. 17, ovd.ap.). 
3% 


36 PROF.T.J. PARKER ON CARCHARODON RONDELETII. [Jan. 18, 


The urinary bladder (specimen C) is small aud opens into the in- 
ternal compartment of the cloaca by a small papilla (fig. 17, ur.ap.). 


7. The Brain. 


The brain could only be examined in specimen C, in which, as 
already mentioned, decomposition was far advanced before the fish 
came into my possession. As soon as the cranium could be removed, 
a saturated solution of corrosive sublimate was poured into the brain- 
cavity through the foramen magnum, so as to harden the brain in 
situ. Next day the roof of the cranium was sawn off, and the brain 
sketched from above (Plate VII. fig. 20); a plate of mica was then 
inserted beneath it, the nerves cut, and the organ transferred to 
strong alcohol with comparatively little shaking. By using these 
precautions, and thanks in great measure to the thickness of the pia 
mater, I was able to make a tolerably accurate examination of the 
brain, although all the softer abdominal viscera were hopelessly 
decomposed some days before the braiu could be got at. The ence- 
phalon of the fcetal specimen E was also examined (Plate VIII. 
fig. 29). 

The adult brain is about 13 cm. long from the anterior boundary of 
the prosencephalon (Plate VII. figs. 20-22, prosen.) to the posterior 
end of the metencephalon’ or medulla oblongata (meten.) ; to this 
must be added about 12 cm., the length of the olfactory lobes (rhinen.), 
giving a total length of 25 cm. The greatest width, across the 
cerebrum, is about 3°5 cm. In the fcetus (fig. 29) the brain is 
nearly 5 em. long by 2 cm. wide. 

The main difference between the foetal and the adult brain depends 
upon the elongation, in the latter, of the medulla oblongata and of 
the olfactory lobes. As will be seen by comparison of figs. 2U and 
29, fully one half of the medio-dorsal region of the metencephalon 
is covered by the cerebellum in the feetus, hardly mere than one 
sixth of it in the adult. Again, in the fcetus, the olfactory bulbs 
are almost sessile upon the prosencephala, their crura being very 
short; in the adult, on the other hand, the rhinencephalic crura 
are of great length. 

In a female specimen of Lamna cornubica, 135 em. (4% ft.) long, 
I find that the brain resembles that of the fcetal rather than that of the 
adult Carcharodon ; the olfactory crura are comparatively short, not 
longer than the prosencephala, and fully one half of the metence- 
phalon is covered by the cerebellum. In the fresh brain the optic 
lobes were so completely covered by the cerebellum as not to be 
visible in a view from above, but after hardening in corrosive sublimate 
the epencephalon had undergone a slight shrinking, allowing the 
lateral regions of the lobes to be seen. The vertical height of the 
entire brain is great in proportion to its width; probably in the 
adult Carcharodon the decomposed brain had spread out a good deal 
under the action of gravity. 

In the metencephalon of Carcharodon the restiform bodies (fig. 20, 


1 Vide T. J. Parker, ‘‘On the Nomenclature of the Brain and its Cavities.” 
‘ Nature,’ vol. xxxv. 1886, p. 208. 


1887.] PROF. T. J. PARKER ON CARCHARODON RONDELETII. 37 


rest.) are large and folded. The metaccele or fourth ventricle (mt. 
ce.) is covered by a thick tela vasculosa (¢el.vasc.) and its floor is 
marked by five well-marked grooves. 

The epencephalon or cerebellum (epen.) is large, divided into lobes 
by transverse sulci, and prolonged forwards so as to cover all the 
median portion of the mesencephalon as well as backwards over the 
anterior sixth of the metencephalon. It contains a large epiccele 
(cerebellar ventricle), which communicates by a comparatively smali 
aperture or ostium with the metaccele. 

The mesencephalon presents dorsally a pair of large optic lobes, or 
optencephala (opten.), and contains a spacious mesoceele (fig. 21, 
(mes.ce.), on the middle cf the floor of which is a small aperture 
(#) leading into the diaccele or third ventricle (di.cw.). This 
apparently unusual arrangement no doubt indicates that the optic 
lobes have overlapped the posterior portion of the diencephalon. 

The diencephalon (dien.) is short ; its cavity, the diaccele (di.ce.), 
is arched over posteriorly by a narrow bridge of nervous matter, but 
for the most part is covered in only by the thick vascular velum 
interpositum (vel.iné.). On its floor is a longitudinal groove (y) 
leading both into the mesoccele and into the infundibulum, which is 
short and bears a large trilobed hypophysis or pituitary body (hyp.). 
No heematosac (saccus vasculosus) was apparent, and the conarium 
or pineal body was not observed. On the ventral surface of the 
diencephalon are small rounded lobi inferiores (/od.inf. ). 

In the foetal brain, as well as in that of Zamna, the diencephalon 
is quite concealed in a view from above, the anterior faces of the 
optic lobes being quite vertical and in close contact with the posterior 
face of the cerebrum (fig. 29). 

The cerebrum is a large, transversely elongated mass, consisting of 
the fused prosencephala or cerebral hemispheres (prosen.), the line 
of junction between which is marked both above and below by a 
distinct groove. Each prosencephalon is also divisible into a large 
dorso-lateral and a smaller ovoidal ventral lobe (fig. 22). 

The cerebrum contains well-developed lateral ventricles or proso- 
ceeles (fig. 21, prs.co.), communicating each by a foramen of Monro 
(for.M.) witha small triangular space, the aula, lying immediately 
cephalad of the diaccele proper, and consisting of the cavity of the 
basi-cerebrum or unpaired portion of the protencephalon (embryonic 
fore-brain) left by the budding-off of the cerebral hemispheres. 

A choroid plexus (ch.p/x.) is continued into each prosoccele from 
the velum interpositum. On the inner wall of the cavity is a large 
ovoidal elevation (a), and a smaller one (4) occurs on its floor. 

The rhinencephalon consists, as already stated, of a greatly 
elongated crus, and of a bulb in apposition with the olfactory sac. 
A cavity, the rhinoceele (7/.c@.) is continued into the crus from the 
corresponding lateral ventricle. 

The first four cerebral nerves present no special features of 
importance. The fifth, seventh, and eighth arise, as usual, close 
together, having between them four principal roots. 

The trigeminal (figs. 20, 22, and 23, v) arises by two roots—an 


38 PROF.T. J. PARKER ON CARCHARODON RONDELETII. [Jan. 18, 


anterior and ventral (fig. 23, v"), formed of two distinct strands, and 
a posterior and dorsal* (v), which arises mainly from the dorsal 
aspect of the metencephalon (fig. 20), immediately caudad of the 
corpus restiforme, but also receives a small bundle of fibres arising 
from the lateral region of the metencephalon, in common with the 
root of the eighth (vizi.). The facial (v7.) has one main root formed 
of two strands, the ventralmost of which is intimately united with 
the single root of the auditory nerve (vi77.). 

Both dorsal and ventral roots of the fifth divide before leaving the 
skull, so that the nerve passes through the trigeminal foramen in four 
parts (fig. 20), each of which perforates separately the membrane of 
the foramen. 

The sixth nerve (v.) arises by three distinct roots, the posterior 
of which is very slender and soon unites with the middle root. 

The vagus (a.) is an immense nerve arising by six lateral roots, of 
which the first four and the last two unite to form separate bundles, 
which leave the cranial cavity before joining into a common trunk. 
On the right side (fig. 20) the posterior root is double, and its 
hindmost factor arises at least 1 centim. caudad of the calamus 
scriptorius. 

A short distance cephalad of the origin of the posterior root of the 
vagus there arises from the ventral aspect of the metencephalon a 
distinct though small root (a'), formed by the union of several 
strands. This evidently corresponds with the nerve thus described by 
Balfour *:—‘‘ The main stem of the vagus at a short distance from 
its central end receives a nerve which springs from the ventral side 
of the medulla, on about a level with the most posterior of the true 
roots of the vagus. This small nerve corresponds with the ventral 
or anterior roots of the vagus described by Gegenbaur, Jackson, and 
Clarke (though in the species investigated by the latter authors these 
roots did not join the vagus, but the anterior spinal nerves). Similar 
roots are also mentioned by Stannius, who found two of them in the 
Elasmobranchs dissected by him; it is possible that a second may 
have been present in Scyl/ium, but have been overlooked by me, or 
perhaps may have been exceptionally absent in the example 
dissected.” 

As the nerve-roots in Carcharodon were made out while the tough 
pia mater was quite intact, I feel satisfied that no other ventral root 
of the vagus was present in my specimen. From the direction taken 
by the nerve it appears to join the vagus, not the spinal nerves; but 
it was unfortunately severed, as shown in fig..22, when the brain was 
removed. 


DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. 


Prats IV. 


Fig. 1. Cranium of Carcharodon rondeletii, dorsal aspect, x t. 
2. Oranium of Lamna cornubica, dorsal aspect, x 3. 


2 This root properly belongs to the seventh, as shown by Balfour and Marshall, 
8 * Blasmobranch Fishes,’ p. 196 (Works, Memorial Edition, vol. i. p. 419). 


1887. ] 


Fig. 3. 
4. 


PKOF. T. J. PARKER ON CARCHARODON RONDELFTII. 39 


Cranium of Carcharodon rondeletii, ventral aspect, x4. 
Cranium of Zamna cornubica, ventral aspect, x 2. 


References to Figs. 1-4.—aqg. fall, aqueductus Fallopii; font, fontanelle ; 
tinf.orb.pl, infraorbital plate; olf, olfactory capsule; p.orb.pr, postorbital 
process ; p.o¢.pr, parotic process ; vost’, dorsal bar of rostrum; ros¢%, ventral 
par of rostrum ; vert.cent. 1, first_vertebral body ; éx., glossopharyngeal foramen ; 
2, vagus foramen. 


Fig. 5. 


10. 
is 


Fig. 12. 


13. 
14. 
15. 
16. 


17. 


18. 


Fig. 19. 
20. 


21. 


Prats VY. 

Cranium of Carcharodon rondeletit from the left side, with the upper 
and lower jaws, Xi. car.f, carotid foramen; h.m, facet for 
hyomandibular ; éxf.orb.pl, infraorbital plate ; off, olfactory capsule ; 
op.ped, facet for ophthalmic peduncle ; p.orb.pr, postorbital process ; 
rost*, dorsal, and rost’, ventral bar of rostrum ; sup.orb.p/l, supra- 
orbital plate ; 7. optic foramen ; 27. oculomotor foramen ; iv. foramen 
for fourth nerve ; v. trigeminal foramen; viz. facial foramen. 


. Anterior extremity of vertebral column of the same showing its 


junction with the cranium, <3. 7, intercalary cartilage; 7.a, neural 
arch ; vert.cent. 3, third vertebral body; x, vagus foramen. 


. Part of the neural tube of the same, from the dorsal aspect, xi. J, 


intercalaria; 2. a, neural arches. 


. Part of one of the hemal ridges of the same, from the ventral aspect, 


<i. He, hemapophyses; 2, intercalaria; 7, rib. 


. Hip-girdle and left pelvic fin of the same, x. a, propterygial 


cartilage; Os.ptg, basipterygium; c/p, cartilage of clasper; pu, 
pubic bar. 

Ventral (so-called anal) fin of the same, x 4. 

Cranium of Lamna cornubica from the left side, with the upper and 
lower jaws, x2. The reference letters have the same significance 
as in fig. 5. 


Puars V1. 
Carcharodon rondeletit. 


Posterior extremity of vertebral column, x3. He, hemapophysis ; 
he.sp, hemal spine ; ptg, pterygiophore or radial cartilage; vert. 
cent. 107, 130, & 167, the 107th, 130th, and 167th vertebral bodies. 

Vertical section of a trunk vertebra, x 4. 

Vertical section of a caudal vertebra, x4. 

The second dorsal fin, x 2. 

The stomach and intestine, with the spleen and pancreas, from the 
ventral aspect, X15. 0.d, bile-duct; card. st, cardiac portion of 
stomach ; izz,-intestine; pan, pancreas; pyl.st, pyloric portion of 
stomach ; rez, rectum; 7et.gl, rectal gland ; spd, spleen; ., sac-like 
dilatations of stomach. 

The cloaca with the rectal gland, urinary bladder, and extremities of 
the rectum and left oviduct, x 75. cl’, inner, and c/?, outer 
compartment of cloaca; /.ovd, left oviduct; ovd.ap, aperture of 
oviduct; re¢, rectum ; 7et.g/, rectal gland ; wr.ap, urinary aperture ; 
ur.bl, urinary bladder. 

The heart from the ventral aspect, the conus arteriosus being 
opened by a longitudinal incision, x}. aur, auricle; con.art, 
conus arteriosus; vent, ventricle; v1, v®, v°, the three rows of 
aortic valves. 

Prats VII. 
Carcharodon rondeletii. 
Transverse section of the caudal region, X's. 


The brain from the dorsal aspect, the tela yasculosa being removed on 


the left side, nat. size. 
Anterior part of the brain with the cavities laid open from above, nat. 
size; a bristle («, 7) is passed from the mesoceele into the diaccele, 


40 REV. N. ABRAHAM ON THE [Jan. 18, 


Fig. 22. The brain from the ventral aspect, nat. size. 
23. The roots of the 5th, 7th, and &th nerves, from the left side, nat. size. 
References to Figs. 20-23.—a, elevation on inner wall of prosoccele ; aula, 
remains of the cavity of the unpaired cerebral vesicle ; 4, elevation on floor of 
prosoceele ; d.opt, basi-opticus (=ventral portion of mesencephalon); ch.pla, 
choroid plexus; dien, diencephalon (=thalamencephalon); di.cw, diaccele 
(=third ventricle); epen, epencephalon (cerebellum); for.J/, foramen of 
Monro; fyp, hypophysis cerebri; mes.ce, mesocele; meten, metencephalon 
(=medulla oblongata); mzt.cw, metacele (=fourth ventricle) ; opten, optence- 
phala (=optie lobes); prosen, prosencephala (=cerebral hemispheres), united 
into a single cerebrum ; p7s.cw, prosoceele (=lateral ventricle) ; rhinen, rhinen- 
cephalon ; ri.ce, rhinoccele; ¢el.vasc, tela vasculosa ; vel.int, velum interpositum ; 
i.—a., cerebral nerves. 


Prats VIII. 
Carcharodon rondeletii (foetus). 
Fig. 24. The cranium from the dorsal aspect, nat. size. 

25. The cranium from the yentral aspect, nat. size. font, fontanelle ; 
asc, p.s.c, h.s.c, elevations of the anterior, posterior, and 
horizontal semicircular canals; h.m, facet for the hyomandibular. 

26. Outer view of the right auditory capsule, nat. size. 4.m, facet for the 
hyomandibular; 4.s.c, elevation for the horizontal semicircular 
canal; spir.cart, spiracular cartilage. 

27. The ventral region of the branchial skeleton, nat. size. 6.hy, basi- 
hyal plate ; 6.7.2, b.br. 5, basibranchial of the 2nd and 5th arches ; 
h.br. 2, h.br, 4, hypobranchials; c.hy, ceratohyal; ¢c.dr. 1, ¢.br. 2, 
c.br. 5, ceratobranchials. 

28. Posterior extremity of the vertebral colamn showing the last three 
true centra and the terminal demi-vertebra, 5. 

29. The brain from the dorsal aspect, nat. size. 


3. On the Habits of the Tree Trapdoor Spider of Graham’s 
Town’. By the Rev. Nenpick ABRAHAM. 


[Received November 15, 1886.} 


Among the very numerous species of Arachnida which are found 
through the Cape Colony there are several kinds of Trapdoor 
Spiders. There isa species which, for convenience, I have called the 
Tree Trapdoor Spider, about which I wish to give some notes. I 
have been unable to find any mention of this particular Spider in 
any of my books, or in any I have access to, and it has been until 
now unknown to our local or colonial naturalists, so far as I have 
been able to learn. Thinking it may be known to this Society, 
I have not presumed to name it; but having very carefully observed 
for many months this wonderful creature, I send you these notes. 

Unlike other Trapdoor Spiders, these build their houses in trees. 
There are certain trees which are more favourable for building- 
purposes than others, though the trees chosen are various, but in 
each case the trees have a rough bark. The house is a very wonder- 
ful structure, though small, measuring not more than one and a half 


1 Communicated by Dr. A. Giinther, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., who stated that the 
Spider in question appeared to be Moggridgia dyeri (O, P. Cambridge, Ann, & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvi. p. 319, pl. x. 1875). 


1887.] TREE TRAPDOOR SPIDER. 41 


inches in depth. The house is not a burrow, though the spider 
often takes advantage of holes and deep crevices; but usually it 
is constructed on the surface of the bark, especially if there are 
lumps or prominences near the chosen spot. The spider com- 
mences to build by weaving together pieces of bark and other 
substances found in the immediate neighbourhood of the proposed 
house. This part of the work is so skilfully carried out that, when 
complete, it is almost impossible to detect any difference between 
the house and the surrounding bark. I have often placed a piece 
of bark in the hand of a friend and asked that the house might be 
pointed out to me, and this often proves a very difficult task. I 
know of nothing in Nature to surpass this wonderful structure, so far 
as it is an imitation. I have had several of these spiders under 
observation for many months, both in their natural haunts and in 
captivity. Being anxious to know how the doors of their homes 
are constructed, their doors being the most wonderful part of the 
structure, I procured a piece of old stump from a tree and drilled 
several holes into it through the different kinds of surfaces presented 
on the bark. Into each of these holes I introduced a spider; they 
remainded quite quiet and almost motionless during the day at the 
end of the hole, but on visiting the stump the next morning, I could 
not find the holes until I had made a careful search. I then found 
that a beautiful door had been constructed over each opening, and 
that each door had been made to correspond with the immediately sur- 
rounding surface. One hole had been drilled through a growth of 
lichen; the door in this instance was made to correspond so perfectly 
that the lichen looked undisturbed, and only after careful inspection 
could the outline of the door be detected. In another instance 
some little pieces of wood, left by the drill on the border of the hole, 
were woven into the door. At first the covering to the opening is 
very thin, like paper, its thickness being increased by numerous layers 
of silk being added to the inside surface of the door. In this way the 
sides of the house are strengthened, the whole being very strong 
when completed. In a few trees where circumstances are favourable 
a number of these wonderful houses are to be found, but only by an 
experienced eye. In exploring an old tree some months ago, I found, 
high up in the tree, the remains of a large broken branch. This 
branch had been split down, and then torn or cut away, leaving a 
trunk attached to the tree, showing a transverse and a longitudinal 
section ; this latter surface of the trunk had been softened by rain 
and atmosphere, and formed a splendid field for these spiders to 
build upon. On a surface measuring 18 inches by 9 I counted 
20 houses, not all tenanted, some of the spiders having died or met 
with violent deaths at the hands of their enemies. I secured this 
trunk, and now have it in my possession. It is an interesting fact 
that this tree and nearly all the trees on which I have found the 
spiders grow in the High Street of Graham’s Town, these trees 
being oaks and “ Kaffer-booms.” The spiders for years past have 
been able to look out of their little doors upon the busy world, and 
no one knew they were there, until an old friend of mine, who spends 


42 ON THE TREE TRAPDOOR SPIDER. [ Jan. 18, 


much time in smoking under one of these trees, saw an open trap, 
and drew my attention to it, and then they could be secreted no 
longer, for I searched every likely tree and made them my special 
care and study for some time. 

I have in my possession two or three houses in which the doors 
have undergone modifications to meet the size of the spiders now 
residing in them. A small individual will sometimes take pos- 
session of the empty house of an adult; the new comer finds the 
door too large, so constructs another in such a way as to forma 
smaller opening; thus some houses have two doors: I send you 
a specimen. 

On attempting to lift the doors of these houses, the spiders hold 
them down with great firmness. Knowing that naturalists are un- 
certain as to the means used by the ordinary Trapdoor Spiders for 
hoiding down the traps, I have taken special care to cbserve the 
mode adopted by those which inhabit the trees, and I find that the 
hooks of the mandibles, which are barbed, grasp the door, and the legs 
the side of the house. I am quite sure that this is the case, for I 
have observed carefully, and in one instance, when the spider held 
on tenaciously, I was enabled to fix open the door and observe with 
a lens, and then to lift out the ‘ fangs,” which were buried deep 
in the silken door. I have often found the doors fastened down and 
not held. They are fastened by strong weavings of silk, which must 
be broken before the door can be lifted ; in all such cases the spiders 
do not appear to be active or to assist in keeping down the trap. 
Perhaps at such times the spider is engaged in changing its skin, 
and, in cold weather, hybernatiug. 

Being anxious to see the spider capture its prey, I put a few grains 
of sugar near one of the doors. Two flies lighted on the sugar, 
and while they were regaling, the trap was thrown open with a slight 
click, the spider darted out, caught one of the flies and retired ; 
the whole transaction was done with such rapidity and dexterity 
that the other fly, though nearly touching the captured one, was 
undisturbed and seemed to be quite unconscious of the fate of its 
companion. I have observed one other capture, and this also was 
carried out with the same extreme rapidity. The spiders are 
probably nocturnal in their habits, though I have never seen them 
out at night, but I know that the work of building goes on during 
the night. Thecaptures I observed were during the day. It may be 
that they work at night to save themselves from detection from some 
of their enemies, and watch for prey both day and night. 

The eggs are placed in a small silken bag at the bottom of the 
nest. When the eggs are hatched, the young live for several months 
a free life in the home of the parent, and are thus protected from 
the ants which infest the trees, until they are strong enough to build 
for themselves ; this they do while they are yet very small, but not 
until they are several months old. The greatest enemies these 
spiders have are the ants; but the houses are so strong and so much 
like the natural bark that even the ants would not work them much 
damage if they did not catch them, or enter the house accidentally. 
On old trees I have found nearly all the houses without spiders, but 


1887.] DR. SHUFELDT ON THE ANATOMY OF CERTAIN AUKS. 43 


many tenanted by other insects in various stages of transformation. 
Like other spiders, when one meets another there is a fight, which 
often ends in the death of both. 

The spider itself is a very interesting creature. It is about five- 
twelfths of an inch in length ; its legs are short, strong, and flattish. 
The head carries eight simple eyes ; the maxillary palpi of the female 
are leg-like and hooked. There are four stigmata. he colour is 
nearly black. The abdomen is not large in proportion to the rest of 
the body, and bears at its extremity four spinnerets, two large and 
two small. 

I send with this paper specimens of the houses and also of the 
spider. In all cases the houses do not look so well, neither are 
they so perfect as when fresh cut from the trees; this is partly 
owing to the shrinking and twisting of the bark in drying. If I can 
give any other information respecting this spider, or if it would be 
acceptable to you for me-to send other accounts of personal observa- 
tion, I shall be pleased to do what I can, according to the limited 
time I have for this, my favourite pleasure. 


4, Notes on the Visceral Anatomy of certain Auks. 
By R. W. Suurexpt, C.M.Z.S. &e. 


[Received November 12, 1886.] 


About two years ago the Smithsonian Institution of Washington 
placed in my hands for anatomical description a fine collection of 
bird-skeletons, amounting to nearly a hundred in number, that had 
been collected by American explorers at different times and at several 
localities in the Arctic regions. My researches upon this material 
will quite fill a volume, and are illustrated by several hundred 
original drawings, the whole being in charge of the Smithsonian 
Institution for publication. When I received this collection it 
was accompanied by a few selected alcoholic specimens of Alba- 
trosses and Auks, sent to me with them in order that I might 
obtain skeletons that were not to be found among the rest of the 
material, my work having chiefly to do with the osteology of the 
groups represented. Among the spirit-specimens of the Auks I 
found one of each of the two interesting forms known to us as 
Brachyrhamphus marmoratus and Synthliborhamphus antiquus, or 
the Marbled Murrelet and Ancient Murrelet respectively. These 
birds rarely fall into the hands of anatomists in such good condition 
as these were ; and although I only needed their skeletons for the 
purpose I had in view at the time, I nevertheless took the pains to 
carefully remove certain parts of their visceral anatomy, and again 
placing these parts back in the alcohol, I have them now before me 
for examination. 

My surprise was very great to find in these two forms, supposed to 
be very closely related generically, how very different the correspond- 
ing structures and organs occupying the chest and abdomen really 
were. Some of these differences will be readily appreciated by simply 


44 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON THE [Jan. 18, 


glancing at the drawings made of them, and which illustrate this 
paper. 

When Forbes was with us and produced his admirable work upon 
the anatomy of the Tubinares which were collected during the voyage 
of H.M.S. “Challenger ’’’, he found a great deal that was not only 
unique in the structure of Petrels, but in forms more or less nearly 
related to them. And I am of the opinion that when we come to 
examine carefully into the morphology of Arctic water-fowl, and more 
especially into that of their “ soft parts,’ we shall discover much of 
interest, to say nothing of its importance as throwing light upon the 
organization of the types in question, as bearing upon the anatomy 
of the earlier forms of birds; for it is among these groups, as we 
know, that we find many of the more lowly members of the class in 
point of structure and organization. 

This fact was never more forcibly brought to my mind than after 
reading Forbes’s investigations and observing the points I am now 
about to describe. 

In S. antiquus (fig. 1, p. 45) I find the lower larynx rather broad, 
and somewhat compressed from before backwards. The semirings of 
the bronchial tubes seem to be only partly formed in bone, while the 
last tracheal ring and the pessulus are completely ossified, the latter 
bar being V-shaped on the vertical section, with the apex above. 
What appears to me as most remarkable about this larynx is the 
mass of fat that overlies it in front, and extends on to its posterior 
aspect, where it becomes thinner. This fat completely covers the 
tracheo-laterales muscles, which are inserted on either side into the 
middle points of the last tracheal ring. The sterno-tracheales are 
very large and lie embedded in this mass of fat. These are the only 
tracheal muscles present. 

Referring to B. marmoratus, fig. 2, we find the structure of the 
parts to be quite different. In the specimen before me, at least, 
there is an entire absence of fat from this part of the lower larynx. 
The anterior extremities of the lower tracheal ring, which is 
here, too, thoroughly ossified, do not meet so completely as they 
do in S. antiquus, or perhaps, more correctly speaking, this ring is 
roundly notched in front. 2B. marmoratus has a pessulus of a form 
corresponding very closely to the one described above for S. antiquus, 
but the tracheal tube above it is rather more cyclindrical, and not so 
much compressed from before backwards. The lateral tracheal 
muscles seem to agree quite closely in these two Auks, both as regards 
their size and points of insertion into the mid-lateral parts of the 
last tracheal ring, where they dilate slightly as they become inserted. 
Some considerable difference, however, is to be noted in the sterno- 
tracheal nuscles of B. marmoratus, as will be seen in the figure ;_ they 
are given off much higher up on the trachea in this Auk, and are far 
slenderer than they are in S. antiquus. 

Unfortunately I neglected to examine the condition of the carotids 
in these two Auks before removing the viscera, as I was intent upon 
not injuring their very brittle skeletons, which had become much 
softened by soaking so long in the partially dissolved fat that encased 

1 W. A. Forbes, Zool. Chall. Exp. vol. iy. pt. xi. p. 1. 


1887.] ANATOMY OF CERTAIN AUKS. 45 


the bodies of both of them. I will at once observe, however, 
that the form of the heart is quite different in these two birds, being 
not only smaller in S. antiquus than it is in the Marbled Auk or 
Murrelet, but apparently longer, and decidedly more pointed in the 
former than it is in the latter, wherein it is a thicker organ with a 
bluntly rounded apex (fig. 2). 


Fig. 1. Anterior aspect of the lower larynx, heart, and viscera of Synthliborham- 
phus antiquus. f, fat overlying in front of the lower larynx; s.t, 
sterno-trachealis muscle of the left side; 2, heart; /, right lobe of 
liver ; /', left lobe of liver; g, gizzard. 

Fig. 2. Same parts and aspect of the corresponding organs in Brachyrhamphus 
marmoratus; lettering the same as in fig. 1, with ¢./, the left tracheo- 
lateralis muscle. 

The figures are drawn life-size by the author, and are from the specimens of 
the Murrelets lent by the Smithsonian Institution. 


Extraordinary differences are to be observed in the livers of these 
two Murrelets, both as regards form and size. In each the left lube 
is rather the larger, and descends somewhat further into the 
abdomen. But in S. antiqguus the hepatic lobes are considerably 


46 ON THE ANATOMY OF CERTAIN AUKS. (Jan. 18, 


longer and narrower than they are in B. marmoratus, and with 
more pointed extremities. In S. antiguus, too, the connecting band 
of hepatie tissue, joining the two lobes at the back and above, is far 
more extensive than it is in B. marmoratus; I fail to find any trace 
of a third lobe in either of these Auks. 

Both of these Murrelets possess a large pear-shaped gall-bladder, 
lying, in either case, beneath the inferior edge of the right lobe of 
the liver. Likewise in each is the spleen well developed; but this 
organ in S. antiquus is long and subcylindrical in form, while in 
B. marmoratus it is shorter, thicker, and of a decidedly pyriform 
outline. 

Macgillivray gives us a very good descripticn, illustrated by three 
figures, of the proventriculus and gizzard of the Little Auk (Mer- 
gulus alle), which appears in the eighth volume of Audubon’s ‘ Birds 
of America,’ the royal quarto set. In the birds before me I fail to find 
the band of “ glandules,”’ arranged as a belt at the extremity of the 
proventriculus, at the entrance of the stomach. Nor is the esophagus 
so thin as Macgillivray found it to bein M. alle: in other particulars, 
however, these Auks seem to be quite similar to it; for I find the 
inner coat of the elongated proventriculus and the lower part of the 
cesophagus thrown into strong longitudinal rugee or folds, among 
which the surface is thickly studded with minute openings, which 
I take to be the mouths of the glandules. These ruge are con- 
tinuous with similar, longitudinal elevations in the gizzard ; but in 
this latter cavity they are covered by a closely fitting corneous 
structure that readily peals off in the alcoholic specimens, leaving 
the rugee in a condition precisely as we find them in the proventri- 
culus and cesophagus. The gizzard and proventriculus are continuous 
and but faintly marked externally by a constriction which shows the 
ending of the latter and commencement of the former, while 
internally, as I say, the definition is made quite sharp by the corneous 
layer of the gizzard. The disposition of the muscles of this latter 
organ are somewhat differently arranged from what Macgillivray 
gives us in his figure of M. alle. The tendon from which the fibres 
radiated in the Murrelets above described is situated quite laterally, 
and nearly opposite the pyloric exit of the pouch ; while in Macgilli- 
vray’s drawing of the Little Guillemot, already referred to, this gastric 
tendon is centrally located as we see it in Pigeons and other birds, 
Both of my specimens had entirely empty gizzards, the cavities not 
even containing a few grains of coarse gravel, which is not an 
uncommon thing, I believe, in certain Auks. 

The intestines of these Murrelets present us with nothing worthy 
of special remark, and I find a well-developed and large pancreas 
present in each. According to Macgillivray, in M. alle the rectal 
extremity of the intestinal tube becomes much enlarged and quite 
globular, while a short distance above it we find a pair of ceeca of 
no great size. Unfortunately an accident happened to these parts 
in both of my specimens ; but I presume much the same arrangement 
would. obtain, as, so far as I know, all Auks are thus constructed in 
regard to this part of their economy. 

If hereafter the differences I have pointed out are found to be 


ju ; 
: is 


EUSCARTHMUS 


APICALIS., 
LEPTOPOGON OUSTALET. 


P Z.S.1887 Plc Te 


Hanhart imp. 


1887.] MR.SCLATER ON NEW SPECIES OF TYRANNIDS. 47 


constant for the lower larynx, the heart, the spleen, and especially 
the livers of these two forms, they certainly constitute very excellent 
generic characters, especially when taken in connection with the 
additional ones found to exist in the skeletons. These latter I have 
elsewhere dealt with, but the work at present is in the hands of 
the Smithsonian Institution for publication. 

When good opportunities occur in the future to examine the 
visceral organization of any of the Auks, I trust my fellow-labourers 
will avail themselves of them, and make full comparisons with the 
figures I have given above of S. antiquus and B. marmoratus, as well 
as test the correctness of my work in the present paper. 

We stand sadly in need of series of alcoholic specimens of Arctic 
water-fowl in the vast majority of our museums. 


5. Characters of new Species of Birds of the Family Tyran- 
mie, by Py. ecuaver, MA, Ph,D., F.R:S.; 
Secretary to the Society. 


{Received November 30, 1886.] 
(Plate IX.) 


During the work which I am now engaged upon of preparing the 
Catalogue of the specimens of the birds of the family Tyrannidee in 
the British Museum, I have met with a certain number of examples 
of this difficult group which are not, so far as I can make out, 
referable to deseribed species. Of these, I beg leave to submit the 
following characters to the Society. 


1, T£NIOPTERA HOLOSPODIA, sp. nov. 


Supra cinerea ; fronte et superciliis curtis albescentibus ; uropygio 
nigricante ; alis caudaque nigricanti-cinereis ; secundariorum 
externorum apicibus et rectricis utringue extime pogonii externi 
margine externo albicantibus : subtus pallide cinerea, in ventre et 
crisso in albidum transiens ; subalaribus albicanti-cinereis ; rostro 
et pedibus nigris : long. tota 8°3, ale 6°0, caude 3°7, tarsi 1:7. 

Hab. Bolivia (Bridges). 

Mus. Brit. 

This species, established on two skins, obtained by T. Bridges in 
Bolivia, in the National Collection, is distinguished from the other 
Tenioptere by its uniform style of coloration, large size, and long 
wings. The specimens are both in moult. 


2. EUSCARTHMUS APICALIs, sp. nov. (Plate IX. fig. 1.) 


Supra olivaceus ; pileo toto cum capitis lateribus dilute brunneis ; 
loris macula albescente notatis ; alis nigris, harum tectricibus 
dorso concoloribus, primariis et secundariis internis fulvescente, 
secundariis dorso proximis albo latius limbatis ; cauda cinereo- 
nigricante olivaceo limbata, rectricibus omnibus vitta sub- 
apicali nigra, deinde fascia apicali alba preditis: subtus cine- 
reus; gula brunnea, pileo concolore ; plagu cervicali magna 


48 MR. SCLATER ON NEW SPECIES OF TYRANNIDE. ([Jan. 18, 


antica alba, ventre medio albicante; lateribus olivaceis ; tectri- 
cibus subalaribus alhis, campterio flavicante ; rostro brunneo, 
infra dilutiore ; pedibus pallidis: long. tota 3:8, ale \°8, caude 
IG: 

Hab. Brazil. 

Mus. Parisiensi. 

A single skin of this well-marked species was presented to the 
Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle by M. Peichoto in 1854. It belongs 
to the group of EZ. granadensis, and has a similar large cervical spot, 
but is readily distinguishable from all its allies by its pale brownish 
head and the white tips to the tail-feathers. 

I am much indebted to M. A. Milne-Edwards and the authorities 
of the Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle of Paris for allowing me to 
bring to England for comparison and identification some of the more 
difficult and obscure examples of the Tyrannidze in that collection. 


3. PoGONOTRICCUS GUALAQUIZ, Sp. nov. 


“* Pogonotriccus gualaquize, Scl. MS.,” Tacz. et Berl. P. Z.S. 
1885, p. 89. 

Similis P. ophthalmico, sed pileo obscure olivaceo, tectricibus auri- 
cularibus non nigro notatis, et colore subtus dilutiore diversus : 
long. tota 4:0, ale 1-9, caude 1°7. Fem. mari similis. 

Hab, Aiquatoria occ. 

Mus. P. L. 8. 

The two examples of this species have long remained in my 
collection with the MS. name by which I now characterize them. 
They were obtained by Fraser at Gualaquiza, Ecuador, in January 
1858, and are marked as male and female. Mr. Stolzmann procured 
a single example of the same bird at Mapoto, in the province of 
Ambato. 


4. LEPTOPOGON GODMANI. 


Supra olivaceo-viridis, pileo obscure cinereo; loris, superciliis et 
capitis lateribus albicante miztis ; tectricibus auricularibus flavis 
macula terminali nigra preditis ; alis nigricantibus flavicante 
bifasciatis, et hoc colore in secundariis externis limbalis ; ceteris 
remigibus olivaceo marginatis ; cauda _ cinerascenti-brunnea 
olivaceo limbata; subtus sulphureo-flavus, pectore et lateribus 
olivaceo tinctis ; tectricibus subalaribus sulphureis ; rostro ob- 
scure corneo, pedibus fuscis: long. tota 4:0, ale 2°3, caude 2-0. 

Hab. Aquatoria orientalis. 

Mus. Salvano-Godmanico. 

Two skins of this species were obtained at Sarayacu, Ecuador, by 

Buckley. It is most like Z. superciliaris and L. pecilotus, but differs 
in its smaller size, yellow wing-bands, and shorter, broader bill. 


5. LepropoGon OUSTALETI, sp. nov. (Plate IX. fig. 2.) 


Supra olivaceo-viridis, pileo concolore ; linea circumoculari flava ; 
macula auriculari nigra ; alis caudaque obscure brunneis olivaceo 
limbatis ; campterio flavo: subtus pallide flavidus olivaceo 
adumbratus, gula et ventre medio clarioribus ; tectricibus sub- 


1887.] MR.SCLATER ON NEW SPECIES OF TYRANNIDE. 49 


alaribus pallide sulphureis ; rostro superiore corneo, inferiore 
albido; pedibus fuscis: long. tota 4:7, ale 2:5, caude 2°5. 
Hab, Colombia interior. 
Obs. Species ciliis oculorum flavis et macula auriculari insignis, 
rostro paulum latiore quam in speciebus hujus generis typicis. 
I base this well-marked species on a single skin in the Paris 
Museum. There is no label of locality, but the preparation shows 
that it is a “ Bogota” skin. 


6. PuyLLoMYIAS BERLEPSCHI, Sp. nov. 


Supra obscure cinerea, dorso olivaceo tincto; loris albicantibus ; 
alis caudaque obscure cinereis ; tectricum alarium apicibus et 
secundariorum marginibus externis angustis albicantibus : subtus 
grisescenti-albida olivaceo leviter lavata; gula et ventre medio 
Sere albis; subalaribus alhis, viv flavicante tinctis ; rostro obscure 
Jusco ; pedibus nigris: long. tota 4:2, ale 2°2, caude 1°8. 

Hab. Brasilia meridiouali-orientalis. 

Mus. P. L.S. 

Obs. Affinis P. griseo-cupille, sed crassitie minore, et colore 

supra pallidiore, necnon margiuibus tectricum alarium albidis diversa. 


7. ELAINEA HYPOSPODIA, Sp. Nov. 


Supra fusco-cinerea, cauda concolore; pilei subcristati macula 
basali alba; alis nigris, tectricum alarium fasciis transversis 
duabus et secundariorum dorso proximorum marginibus externis 
albis: subtus dilute cinerea, in ventre et crisso et in tectricibus 
subalaribus alba; rostro fusco ad basin rufescente ; pedibus 
nigris: long. tota 5°3, ale 2°9, caude 2°5. 

Hab. Venezuela. 

In this bird, which belongs to the group of E. payana, there is no 
trace of olive or yellow on the plumage. The single specimen, 
obtained by Goering near Valencia in Venezuela, has been many 
years in my collection under the MS. name now published. 


8. ELAINEA FLAVIVERTEX, Sp. nov. 


Supra olivaceo-viridis, uropygio dilutiore; pilet subcristati ma- 
cula basali flammea ; alis nigricantibus jflavicante bifasciatis, 
necnon secundariis flavicante extus marginatis ; cauda fusca 
olivaceo anguste marginata: subtus cinerea, in gula albicantior, 
ventre flavicante ; subalaribus sulphureis; rostro et pedibus 
obscure corneis: long. tota 4:6, ale 2°3, caude 2°1. 

Hab. Amazonia superior. 

Obs. Affinis 2. gaimardi, sed corpore subtus preecipue in pectore 

obscuriore, et crista flanimea dignoscenda. 

I base this species on a skin obtained by Mr. E. Bartlett on the 
Upper Ucayali, which has been long in my collection. A similar 
specimen from the same locality is in the British Museum, and a 
third from Elvira (Hauawell) in the collection of Messrs. Salvin 
and Godman. 


Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1887, No. LV. 4 


50 MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [Feb. 1, 


9. My1onrus sUBOCHRACEUS, sp. nov. 


Supra sordide olivaceo-viridis, uropygio paulo magis ochraceo ; alis 
nigricantibus, tectricum alarium apicibus latis et secundariorum 
marginibus externis pallide fulvis ; cauda obscure cinerea: subtus 
lete ochraceus, in rostro medio magis flavescens ; subalaribus 
pallide ochraceis ; rostro obscure fusco ; pedibus nigris: long. 
tota 4°7, ale 2°5, caude 2:6. 

Hab. Bolivia. 

Mus. S.-G. 

Obs. Affinis M. pulchro, sed crassitie majore et colore subtus 

ochraceo diversus. 

The specimen described is apparently a female of a third species 
of the group of M. pulcher, distinguished by its large size and the 
uniform ochraceous colouring below. There is just a faint appear- 
ance of a bright colour on the crown, so that the male would 
probably have a concealed orange crest. The bill is rather narrower 
and more elongated than in M. dellus and M. pulcher. 


10. EMpIDONAX RIDGWAYI, Sp. nov. 


Supra obscure olivaceo-viridis, loris et oculorum ambitu albescen- 
tibus ; alis schistaceo-nigris, tectricum alarium apicibus et secun- 
dariorum externorum marginibus externis albescentibus, ochraceo 
vie tinctis; cauda schistaceo-nigra; hujus rectricis externe 
pogonio externo albido ; infra sordide albus, in gula media clarior ; 
ventre inferiore et crisso flavicante tinctis; subalaribus albis ; 
rostro superiore obscure corneo, inferiore albido ; pedibus nigris : 
long. tota 5:0, ale 2°7, caude 23. 

Hab. Colombia int. 

Mus. (Pe 82 

Mr. Ridgway marks this bird, which has been submitted to his 

examination, as ‘“‘ probably a new species, most like 2. ¢radlli in 
coloration, but with the outer web of the exterior rectrix white, as 
in £. obscurus.” I propose to adopt this suggestion, which I quite 
agree with, and to call the species Empidonax ridgwayi, after one 
who has done so much good work in this group of birds. 

The second, third, and fourth primaries are nearly equal and 

longest in this species. The first is shorter than the filth, and very 
slightly longer than the sixth. 


February 1, 1887. 
Dr. St. George Mivart, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. 
Mr. F. Day, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of a hybrid Pilchard, and 


a specimen of Salmo purpuratus raised in this country. 


A series of specimens of Lepidopterous Insects, which had been 
bred in the Insect-house during the past season, was laid on the 


1887.] MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 51 


table, and the following report upon the subject, drawn up by 
Mr. A. Thomson, was read :— 


The following species of insects have been exhibited in the Insect- 
house during the past season :— 


Silk-producing Bombyces and their Allies. 


Indian. 

Attacus atlas. Actias selene. 
cynthia. Antherea mylitta. 
ricini. Cricula trifenestrata. 
pernyi. 

American. 

Samia cecropia. Actias luna. 

Lelea polyphemus. * Dirphia tarquinia. 
prometheus. 

African. 
Gynanisa maia. * Saturnia terpsichore. 
Antherea cytherea. Attacus my thimna. 
. menippe. * Actias mimose. 
—— tyrrhea. Cirina forda, 
Diurnal Lepidoptera. 
European. 

Papilio podalirius. _ Vanessa levana. 
machaon. * Melitea maturna. 

Thais polyxena. Limenitis sibylla. 

Parnassius apollo. Apatura iris. 

Euchloé cardamines. * Charaxesjasius. 

Vanessa antiopa. Lycena corydon. 
atalania. 

African. 
* Papilio porthaon. * Papilio nireus. 
* policenes. z demoleus. 
is colonna. x morania. 
American. 

Papilio cresphontes. Papilio astertas. 

“ ajax. 3 turnus. 
Nocturni. 

Smerinthus ocellatus. Arctia caja. 
popult. hebe. 

Sphinx ligustri. Chelonia villica. 
convolvuli. Lasiocampa quercifolia. 
pinastri. - pint. 


* Exhibited for the first time. - 
4 


52 MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [Feb. I, 


Deilephila euphorbie. Saturnia pyri. 
Cherocampa porcellus. carpini. 
elpenor. * Hurymene dolobraria. 
nerit. Tryphena fimbria. 
Hemaris marginalis. Catocala fraxini. 
Macroglossa fuciformis. —— nupta. 


Callimorpha dominula. 


Of the Silk-producing Moths and their allies, Dirphia tarquinia 
from South America, and Actias mimosa, Antherea menippe, Saturnia 
terpsichore, and Attacus mythimna from South Africa, were all 
exhibited for the first time. Three specimens of D. tarquinia, so 
remarkable for the difference in the size and colour of the sexes, 
emerged in December last ; and I have the honour to exhibit a pair 
this evening. 

The two cocoons of Actias mimose, with one cocoon of Aftacus 
mythimna, and one pupa each of A. menippe and S. terpsichore were 
brought to England by Mrs. Monteiro from South Africa, where she 
had been collecting insects. The two Actias mimose emerged in due 
course, but I am sorry to say were cripples. I managed, however, 
in the setting, to get them a little into shape. From the cocoon of 
Attacus mythimna and other two pupe, fine specimens were obtained. 

During the past season I succeeded for the first time in rearing 
one specimen of the Great Atlas Moth (Adtacus aélas) in the Insect- 
house upon ivy. It was quite by accident that I discovered that the 
larvee would eat ivy ; and I was much surprised, in looking over the 
case in which the Atlas Moths were kept, to find one larva feeding 
upon the leaves of the ivy-plant that was growing at the bottom. I 
then tried the other larvae, which I had feeding upon Berberis 
vulgaris, with ivy-leaves, and found that they ate them freely, and 
seemed to prefer them to the barberry ; but I regret to say that the 
whole of the larvee died in the last stage, although they grew to be 
as large as the one reared. 

The Moth that was reared emerged on the 17th October, 1886, 
after being in the cocoon about six weeks, and although perfect in 
colour, is one third less in size than those obtained from the 
imported cocoons. 

Attacus pernyi, A. cynthia, and Samia cecropia pair readily in 
confinement ; also Sphinx ligustri, S. pinastri, Deilephila euphorbie, 
and Cherocampa elpenor ; and I have reared all from the ova except 
D. euphorbia. 

Of European Diurnal Lepidoptera, Melitea maturna and Charazes 
jasius were exhibited for the first time. The larvee (14) of OC. jasius 
were deposited in the Insect-house by Mr. J. H. Leech, F.Z.S., 
previous to his departure for Japan. These larvae were then feeding 
upon Arbutus unedo ; but as the supply of that food failed, I tried 
them with Huonymus japonicus, and succeeded in rearing 10 insects 
from the 14 larvee upon it. 

Of African Diurnal Lepidoptera, all the species named were ex- 


* Exhibited for the first time. 


1887.] DR. WINDLE ON THE ANATOMY OF HYDROMYS. 53 


hibited for the first time; and all the pup, with the exception of 
those of Papilio demoleus, were brought home by Mrs. Monteiro. 

Of American Diurnal Lepidoptera, Papilio ajax and Papilio turnus 
were exhibited for the first time. 

Amongst other insects that I obtained last year were a large 
number of the cocoons of, I believe, Thyridopteryx ephemeriformis. 
From these cocoons many male insects emerged and copulated with 
the females, which do not leave the cocoon, and the result was that 
some hundreds of young larvee were produced. Of these only one 
survives, and I exhibit it this evening, in its curious covering. It has 
been reared upon young oak, raised from acorns. When the male 
insects first emerge from the cocoon, their wings are covered with a 
brownish hair, which makes them quite opaque, but on the slightest 
movement of the wings this at once disappears. A full description, 
together with figures, of this insect will be found in the First Annual 
Report of the U.S. States Entomologist, p. 147, by Mr. Charles 
V. Riley. As itis placed amongst the noxious insects by that gentle- 
man, it is perhaps as well, in this case, that I did not succeed in 
rearing more than one of the larvee. 

In conclusion, I take this opportunity of thanking Mr. W. H. 
Edwards, of Coalburg, West Virginia, through whose kind assistance 
and interest I have been able to obtain many species of American 
insects. 


The following papers were read :— 


1. On the Anatomy of Hydromys chrysogaster. By Ber- 
trRAM C. A. Winpte, M.A., M.D. (Dubl.), Professor of 
Anatomy in the Queen’s College, Birmingham. (Com- 
municated by Dr. Mrvart.) 

[Received December 20, 1886.] 


The following notes are the result of an examination of a specimen 
of the above-named animal, obtained shortly after its death. 


External Appearance. 
Measurements (in centimetres). 


Men etharorr Snoutto tally ey nee eee Ville ot eit secs ss 66-0 
ke Oke Calle Wakes Oh Seale Ratna Pe PED enter a" s 29:0 

H CIMMEAUL Meee Ty et ee an Gi. Stake sowie a re 7:0 
Distancerom’ snout to Cye see eis es wc ce ete te ne 3:3 
On cp  AVEUOIGE 0 bloseroscyord. ox cldibig Ganlokcwe CCUG 2°1 
Length of humerus ......... SARS DURE AEE ee 3°6 
¥3 POFGAUTIM aS See ee ee eas hc Seco asa oe 4°2 

e femur, from apex of great trochanter........ 5°0 

. MSS ee Ree ey A ete oe i clear nk bbe et 6:3 


3 hand, to apex of claw of medius............ S15 


54 DR. B. C. A. WINDLE ON THE [Feb. 1, 


Length of web of hand, deepest .......-- Be ever toe , 8 
<5 claw of hand, longest ....... Hee oes Sh di 
* Oe Sea hates oo ok age SET ster rh HS 
3s web of foot (deepest at its narrowest part) .. 1°95 
es claw of foot, longest ..........--- wi lpeudes eonltO 


The colour of the back is black with an admixture of golden- 
coloured hairs; the abdomen is covered with hairs of a dark golden 
colour, a narrow strip of flaxen hairs running longitudinally down 
the body from the lower part of the neck, ceasing at the lower third 
of the abdomen. ‘The tail is black, save for its last fifth, which is 
flaxen-coloured. The hands (vide fig. 3) are armed with moderately 
strong claws, and the digital interspaces are webbed to a small extent. 
The feet (vide fig. 4) are armed with much stronger claws, and have 
considerably deeper webs in the interspaces. The soles of the feet 
are black, the palms of the hands of a lighter colour, and the dorsal 
surfaces of both are clothed with short golden hairs. The scrotum 
is large and covered with hair; it contains the testicles, which are 
easily to be returned to the abdomen. 


Muscular System. 


Panniculus.—The dorsal portion extends over the entire back as 
athin sheet. It is especially strong and well-marked (1) over the 
head, especially the vertex, from which it passes into the cheeks and 
becomes connected with the roots of the large cheek-hairs ; (2) in 
the scapular region and over the latissimus dorsi, with which it has 
some connections; and (3) over the back of the thighs, where it is 
associated in some degree with the hamstring muscles. The ventral 
part is attached to the inner aspect of the deltoid ridge under the 
deep portion of the pectoralis, and extends downwards from this 
attachment over the thorax and abdomen. 

Muscles of the Head and Neck.—By the side of that portion of the 
panniculus which passes to the cheek there lies a slender muscle 
which, taking origin from the bone in front of the orbit, endsin a tendon 
which is inserted into the side of the cartilage of the nose (levator ale 
nasi). There is a large elevator of the upper lip, separated from the 
panniculus by the numerous and large branches of the infraorbital 
nerve, and prolonged into the mucous membrane of the roof of the 
mouth as far as the middle line. In front of this isa dilatator naris. 
A small buccinator is present. Levator labii inferioris arises from 
the upper surface of the inferior maxilla just posterior to the incisors 
and descends, expanding considerably, to the skin below the jaw. 

Masseter consists of three parts:—(1) arises by tendon from a 
prominent tubercle placed at the front of the lowest portion of 
the process of bone extending downwards from the zygoma to the 
superior maxilla and its alveolar portion. The muscular fibres 
connected with this expand and are attached to the edge and internal 
surface of the angle of the jaw. (2) arises from the lower margin of 
the zygoma, and is inserted into the lower jaw from its angle to 
about the position of the roots of the incisors. (3) arises partly from 


1887.] ANATOMY OF HYDROMYS. 55 


the under and inner part of the zygoma within the orbit, and partly 
from the superior maxilla anterior to the orbit; this last portion 
Joining the rest by passing between the superior maxilla and the 
zygomatic process just mentioned. ‘This 3rd part joins the anterior 
part of the 2nd. The remaining facial muscles call for no special 
notice. 

Sterno-mastoid, which is larger than cleido-mastoid, is inserted 
by a small round tendon into the mastoid process. Cleido-mastoid 
takes origin from the inner part of the clavicle, and is attached under 
the last to the mastoid process. 

Sterno-hyoid : both muscles are united into a single sheet without 
trace of median differentiation. The middle part is inserted much 
higher up than the two lateral, viz. in the angle between the two 
anterior bellies of the digastrics, the lateral fibres being attached 
below the tendinous part of the digastric and near the omo-hyoid. 
The omo-hyoid itself has no central tendon. Digastric has no true 
tendon, the central position connected with the hyoid being con- 
stricted and covered on its superficial surface with a few tendinous 
fibres. The two anterior bellies are connected with one another. 

It may perhaps here best be noted that the two halves of the inferior 
maxilla are extremely movable upon one another, a quantity of 
fibrous tissue intervening at the symphysis so as to form a kind of 
fulerum by means of which a scissors-like action of the extremely 
long inferior incisors is obtainable (vide fig. 5). The teeth are 
divaricated from one another partly by the action of the digastrics 
and partly by a transverse intermandibular muscle (fig. 5, a), which 
lies above the insertion of the digastries and quite separate from 
them. It is placed at the upper part of the angle between the two 
halves of the maxilla, and is attached to the inferior surface of either. 
Approximation is produced, at least in part, by the masseter and 
especially by the part described above as 1. From this it appears 
that an interval could be produced between the two lower incisors 
during the opening of the mouth which would disappear with its 
closure. Murie and Bartlett’, ina paper on the ‘‘ Movement of the 
Symphysis of the Lower Jaw in the Kangaroo,” give an excellent 
account of the mechanism of this movement in the Macropodidee, and 
quote from Good’s ‘Book of Nature’ a statement to the effect that 
a similar movement takes place in Mus maritimus, the African rat, 
In Hydremys there is no such development of the transverse fibres 
of the orbicularis oris as the above authors describe in Halmaturus 
bennettii ; whilst the intermandibular muscle above mentioned is 
quite distinct from any of the other inframaxillary muscles, all of 
which are present in addition. The amount of divergence possible 
would be from 3 to inch. 

Muscles of Shoulder-girdle and Upper Extremity.—The two 
portions of the trapezius are quite distinct, the origin of the 
lower being partly from the lumbar fascia. There is a large 
occipital rhomboid, and rhomboidei major and minor form a single 
sheet without separation. Omo-cervicalis arises from the transverse 

1 P.Z.S. 1866, p. 28. 


56 DR. B. C. A. WINDLE ON THE [Feb. 1, 


process of the atlas, and is inserted into the spine of the scapula and 
acromion process as far as its apex. Pectoralis major consists of 
two layers folded in upon one another so as to present a rounded 
anterior border without any trace of division. The superficial portion 
arises from the clavicle and from the sternum as low down as the 
upper part of the xiphoid cartilage. ‘This part is inserted (1) as 
usual, (2) into a common tendon with the deltoid. The deeper 
portion arises from the cartilages of the true ribs from the third to 
the last. This is inserted by two distinct slips, one of which passes 
to the tip of the acromion process, and the second to the fascia of 
the shoulder-joint and to the humerus external to the biceps, and as 
low down as to the upper edge of the attachment of the superficial 
portion. As has been above observed, there is no trace of the du- 
plicity of these muscular sheets at the edge; in fact it is only by 
dissecting carefully through the outer that the inner is reached. 
This inner sheet is obviously the pectoralis minor, and the condition 
present is one of extreme fusion of the two pectoral muscles ; or, per- 
haps better, of complete tucking-in of the p. major to form p. minor. 

Subclavius is strong and well-marked, a fact which corresponds 
with the comparatively small and freely movable clavicle. Serratus 
magnus and levator anguli scapule form a single undivided sheet. 
Latissimus dorsi sends down a fairly broad but very thin latissimo- 
condyloideus to the olecranon. Coraco-brachialis is inserted into 
the humerus (1) in the usual position; (2) from this point as far 
down as the upper part of the internal condyle. The long head of 
the triceps is very large and arises from rather more than one third 
of the axillary border of the scapula. Flexor profundus digitorum 
consists of two parts which unite under the annular ligament: the 
first arises from the internal condyle, the second from the radius, ulna, 
and interosseons ligament. There are three lumbricales, passing to 
minimus, annularis, and medius. Extensor communis digitorum 
sends a slip to each digit. Extensor indicis supplies that digit alone ; 
and extensor minimi digiti sends tendons to minimus and annularis. 
Pollex has one extensor. There is no supinator longus. 

Minimus has an abductor arising entirely from the pisiform, an 
opponens and a flexor brevis. The last arises from a small ossicle 
imbedded in the palmar fascia, slightly to the radial side of the 
centre of the palm and at its proximal portion. From this also 
arise the few fibres representing flexor brevis pollicis. This last 
diminutive digit has also on its outer side a few fibres representing 
abductor and opponens, and on its inner side an excessively rudi- 
mentary adductor. Minimus has an interosseous on its radial side ; 
and each of the remaining digits has a pair lying in the same plane 
on its palmar surface. 

Abdominal Muscles.—At the upper part of the abdomen, the 
three usual lateral muscles are present and distinct ; at the lower 
portion, as the fibres of the internal oblique and transversalis run 
parallel and are closely connected with one another, there can hardly 
be said to be any true differentiation between them. From the 
aponeurosis of the external oblique a sheet of fascia passes down upon 
the large funicular process of peritoneum containing the testicle. 


1887. ] ANATOMY OF HYDROMYS. 57 


This represents the intercolumnar fascia of human anatomy. From 
the lower border of the combined internal oblique and transversalis 
a number of muscular fibres pass on to the same process and sur- 
round it as a series of rings nearly to its lower end. There is a large 
erector penis overlying the crus of either side, but no transversus 
perinei. The bulbus urethra is double, and each half is overlaid by 
a muscular sheet which joins its fellow of the opposite side in a 
raphé on the lower surface of the penis; posteriorly the two halves 
unite behind the rectum, round which tube they form a kind of 
sling. Inthe angle between this last muscle (accelerator uring) 
and erector penis lies Cowper’s gland. The psoas and iliacus 
muscles are both large and differ in no respect from the normal. 
There is no psoas parvus. Rectus abdominis is attached to the 
second rib. 

Muscles of the Lower Extremity.—The exterior of the buttock is 
covered by a large sheet of muscle arising from (1) crest of ilium, 
(2) under the anterior superior spine of the ilium, (3) by means of 
an aponeurosis from all the vertebra from the last lumbar to the 
Jast sacral inclusive. It is inserted into (1) the third trochanter at 
the middle of the femur; (2) the larger part into the fascia on the 
outer side of the thigh and leg and the upper part of the patella. 
As there is no separate tensor vaginee femoris or sartorius, this 
muscular sheet would appear to represent these two in fusion with 
gluteus maximus. Gluteus medius is very large; its anterior fibres 
are inserted into the outer edge of the great trochanter, its posterior 
into the femur inferior and anterior to this process. Gluteus mini- 
mus arises from the concavity of the ilium, and is inserted by tendon 
into the upper part of the great trochanter. There is no separate or 
intrapelvic pyriformis; part of the fibres of the gluteus minimus 
arising from the edge of the sacrum close to the sacro-sciatic foramen 
appear to represent this muscle. ’ 

Biceps is very large, and arises (1) superficially from the upper 
caudal vertebree by fascia; (2) deeper, from the tuberosity of the 
ischium. The two parts unite, and are inserted (1) by fascia into 
the outer part of the patella; (2) by tendon into the process near 
the head of the fibula; (3) by fascia into the whole of the front of 
the leg as far down as the back of the heel. Thus the entire of the 
thigh and leg below gluteus maximus is covered by this large mus- 
cular sheet. 

Semitendinosus is single-headed and arises from the tuberosity and 
adjacent portion of the ischium; it is inserted into the crest of the 
tibia below the gracilis. Semimembranosus, which is very much 
smaller than either of the other hamstring muscles, is inserted 
into the upper part of the posterior aspect of the internal condyle of 
the femur. 

Rectus femoris has a single tendon with a double attachment, viz. 
under the acetabulum and to the margin of the ilium. There is a 
scansorius arising from the entire of the anterior edge of the ileum. 

Pectineus consists of two distinct parts—(1) Internal, which is thin 
and arises from the inner part of the linea ileo-pectinea, some of 
its fibres underlying the outermost of gracilis; this portion is inserted 


Mi 


53 DR. B. C. A. WINDLE ON THE [Feb. I, 


by a flat tendon into the back of the femur at the junction of its 
lower and middle thirds. (2) External, which is much thicker and 
rounded, arises from a prominent tubercle near the centre of the linea 
ileo-pectinea, and is inserted into the femur from the lower part of 
the lesser trochanter to the upper border of the internal part of the 
same muscle. 

Gracilis is very large, and arises from the inner part of the linea 
ileo-pectinea, from the pubic crest, symphysis pubis and ramus of that 
bone, covering in the other adductors ; it is inserted into the crest of 
the tibia, occupying nearly its upper half. Adductors longus, magnus, 
brevis, and quadratus are present; the lower fibres of magnus pass 
down as low as the head of the tibia. 

Gastrocnemius is large and its heads are without sesamoids. It 
is joined by soleus, which is small, and fibular only in its origin. 
There is no separate plantaris, but the posterior part of the tendo 
Achillis passes over the back of the os ealcis, to which by far the 
greater part of the same tendon is attached, to the sole of the foot. 
With this tendon are connected on its superficial surface a number 
of muscular fibres, from which and from a slight continuation on the 
deep surface of the fibres of the plantar portion ef the tendo Achillis 
arise the four perforated tendons of the toes. There is no flexor 
longus hallucis as a separate structure. A large muscle occupies the 
whole of the internal and posterior portion of the leg; this ends in a 
single large tendon, which divides into five slips for the toes. Tibialis 
posticus is a small muscle with a long tendon ; its belly lies under the 
upper part of flexor longus digitorum. ‘There are peronei- longus, 
brevis, quinti, and quarti, ‘ibialis anticus and extensor longus 
digitorum, which last has four terminal tendons for the four outer 
toes, are much fused. There is a small but distinct extensor 
proprius hallucis. Extensor brevis digitorum sends tendons to the 
four outer toes. There isa large popliteus. Hallux has an adductor 
which arises from the middle of the inferior surface of the os ealcis, 
and ends in a long tendon which is inserted into the inner side of the 
head of the metatarsal; an opponens and a strong flexor brevis, 
Minimus has a strong abductor and an interosseal flexor brevis. 
Each of the remaining digits has a single muscular mass lying on the 
plantar aspect of its metatarsal without other trace of division 
than an incomplete median longitudinal fibrous intersection. This 
muscle is in each case inserted into the base of the first phalanx and 
into the superior surface of the fibro-cartilage lying over the meta- 
tarso-phalangeal articulation. 


Nerve Plexuses. 

Brachial Plexus (fig. 1).—The fourth cervical nerve divides into 
two portions, from the upper and smaller of which is derived the 
greater part of the phrenic. The lower portion joins the 5th, which 
has previously given a filament to the phrenic. ‘The combined cord 
formed from 4 and 5 breaks up into four branches—supra- and sub- 
scapular (smallest), circumflex and musculo-cutaneous. Circumflex 
gives off a branch of communication to the upper part of the 6th 
nerve and also two subscapular branches. Musculo-cutaneous gives 


1887.] ANATOMY OF HYDROMYS. 59 


off the greater portion of the anterior thoracic nerve. The 6th nerve 
divides into two portions, an upper and lower. The combined cord 
formed by the 7th cervical and Ist dorsal also divides into two 


SE Cfla 
i 
ie 
IN eg MSp, 


Cu 
Cervical and brachial nerves. (Diagrammatic.) 
1-7. Cervical nerves; ID. 1st dorsal nerve; Sp. Se. Suprascapular ; S$6.Se. Sub- 
scapular ; Cflx. Cireumflex; M.C. Musculo-cutaneous; Zr, Nerve to tri- 


ceps; M.Sp. Musculo-spiral; U. Ulnar; M. Median; Cu. Internal cuta- 
neous ; Phr. Phrenic; Th. Anterior thoracic ; M.M. Muscular branches. 


portions, an anterior and a posterior. The upper part of the sixth, 
having received the branch from the circumflex, joins the anterior 
part of 7+ 1, and the combined trunk becomes musculo-spiral, having 
previously given off branches to the triceps and other muscles. The 
lower division of 6 joins the posterior of 7+1, having first given off 
a filament which joins the anterior thoracic. The large trunk thus 
formed, having given off some muscular brauches, splits up into ulnar, 
median, and internal cutaneous. 

Lumbo-sacral Nerves (fig. 2).—The Ist lumbar forms the ilio- 
hypogastric and the 2nd the ilio-inguinal. These nerves are 
connected with one another by a communicating branch, but have no 
junction with those below. The 3rd gives off genito-crural, a 
branch of communication with 4, and in conjunction with a branch 
from this last forms external cutaneous. The remaining portion of 
4 with a branch from 5 forms a common trunk which divides into 
obturator and anterior crural. The great sciatic is formed by the 


60 DR. B. C. A. WINDLE ON THE [Feb. 1, 


greater part of the 5th lumbar, the whole of the Ist sacral, and a 
twig from the 2nd. The pudic nerve is formed from the remaining 
portion of the 2nd. 


Gc 


Lumbar and sacral nerves. (Diagrammatic.) 


Lhy. Viio-hypogastric ; Lng. Tlio-inguinal; E.C. External cutaneous; de, 
Anterior crural; Ob, Obturator ; Gc. Genito-crural; G.Se. Great scaitic ; 


P. Pudie. 


Thorax. 


The chief points of interest are as follows:—(1) Triangularis 
sterni is very large and well-marked. It ascends nearly as high 
as the upper margin of the sternum. (2) The diaphragm is in 
most respects in no way different from the ordinary condition. Its 
central tendon is, however, triradiate, consisting of three strips of 
fibrous tissue arranged somewhat like an arrow-head ; one of these 
is directed towards the sternum, a second backwards and to the right, 
a third backwards and to the left, and the interval between these 
last is muscular. 

(3) Lungs.—The left has three lobes, divided in a way similar to 
that of the right lung in the human subject. The right has five 


1887.] ANATOMY OF HYDROMYs. 61 


lobes, the supernumerary pair being placed behind and below the 
others. 


Alimentary Canal and Appendages. 
Teeth.—The dentition is as described by Owen}, I. 3 M. 2, the 


. 2 > 
total number thus being smaller than that of any other Rodent. 
The incisors closely resemble those of the Common Rat. 

The upper incisors are stouter and shorter than the lower; they 


are set closely together, their edges meeting at their inner angles, so as 


Fig. 4. 


Fig. 3. Left hand of Hydromys chrysogaster. (Natural size.) 

Fig. 4. Left foot of Hydromys chrysogaster. (Natural size.) 

Fig. 5, Upper and lower incisors of Hydromys chrysogaster: a, inter- 
mandibular muscle ; 6, tongue, 


to enclose a wide angle (vide fig. 5). The portion projecting beyond 
the alveolus is 1°05 em. in length. The first upper molar is a 
large tooth, consisting of two segments of nearly equal size and a third 
of lesser magnitude (vide fig. 6, 6 andc). It possesses three large 
fangs, one at either extremity and the third at the middle and on the 
lingual edge. At the opposite side of the tooth to this last are three 


? «Odontography,’ vol. i. p, 410, and Comp. Anat. of Vert. vol. iii. p- 800. 


62 DR. B. C. A. WINDLE ON THE [Feb. 1, 


excessively small points, each of which fits into a corresponding 
depression in the alveolus (vide fig. 6, c). 

The second upper molar looks like one of the divisions of the 
first with an additional cusp attached to its antero-internal corner. 
It has three roots, two posterior with their surfaces placed external and 
internal, and one anterior with its surfaces anterior and posterior. The 


Fig. 6. 


Hydromys chrysogaster: a, lower jaw ; }, upper jaw; ¢, upper molar (enlarged). 


Fig. 7. 


Stomach of Hydromys chrysogaster : oe, cardiac orifice; py, pyloric orifice. 


lower incisors (vide figs. 5, 6, a) are of greater length (1°55 cm.) and 
of about the same breadth, but of less thickness (0°25 em. as compared 
with 0°4 cm.) than the upper. Their power of approximation, due to 
the mobility of the two halves of the inferior maxilla, has already been 


1887.] ANATOMY OF HYDROMYS. 63 


dwelt upon. The lower first molars consist of two nearly similar 
segments placed one in front of the other ; and the second are much 
the same in appearance but smaller (vide fig. 6, a). 

Tongue-—4-6 cm. in length ; it has an average breadth of 1:0 em. 
It possesses a single large circumvallate papilla, situated at the centre 
near the posterior part. There is a small group of folia on either 
side in front of the anterior pillar of the palate. 

Intestinal Canal.—The stomach is simple in structure, and the chief 
points to be remarked upon are the increase in size of the pyloric 
portion and the decrease in length of the part corresponding to that 
named in the human subject the lesser curvature (vide fig. 7). The 
small intestines measure 2 m. 89°5 cm. ; the large 27-8 cm. ; and the 
cecum about 7°0 cm. This latter portion is quite simple and only 
slightly curved upon itself (vide fig. 8). 


Fig. 8. 


Ceeum of Hydromys chrysogaster. (Natural size.) 
Co. Colon; Zl. Tleum; Coc. Ceecum. 


Liver.—This organ possesses six lobes. The right lateral is short 
and permits the caudate, which is comparatively long, to be seen 
upon the upper surface. It appears between the right central and 
lateral Jobes. There is no gall-bladder (vide figs. 9 and 10). 

Genitalia.—The vesicule seminales are very long and narrow, 
extending a considerable distance above the bladder. Their length 
is 56 cm., average breadth about 1:0 cm. The testes are large and 
were, when the animal was examined first, placed in the scrotum. 
The length of each is 4°2 em., circumference 6°2. In life these 
measurements would probably be larger, as they were made after the 
animal had been in spirit and water for a day or two. The globus 
major and minor are very distinct and united by a single tube which 
is perfectly straight. The length of major is 4°8 em., minor 2°]. 
There is a small os penis (1*1 cm. in length), consisting of a some- 
what square-shaped base with a tapering anterior portion. From 
each side of the base a small process descends, each of which lies on 


64 ON THE ANATOMY OF HYDROMYS. [Febsa, 


iS 


Superior surface of liver of Hydromys chrysogaster. 
L.L. & L.C. Left lateral and central lobes; RL. & F.C, Right lateral and 
central lobes; C. Lobulus caudatus; S. Lobulus Spigelii. 


Fig. 10. 


Under surface of liver. 


LL. & L.C. Left lateral and central lobes; RL. & RC. Right lateral and 
central lobes; C, Lobulus caudatus; S, Lobulus Spigelti. 


WPurkiss lich 


ARNITS CPOTEOPTER 


TVHTIVTNDLI 
PHY LOUPHAGUUSO ULULEVPFILENA UP valiw) 


A 


4 


1B 


PTERA OF CE 


do 


] 
L 


bak 


P.Z.5. 1887. PIX. 


1887.] ON THE PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 65 


one side of the urethra; at the anterior extremity of the bone is 
placed a small rod of cartilage ‘8 em. in length, which gives in the 
undissected state the impression that the bone is jointed in the 
centre. 

There are none of the appendages connected with the glans which 
are present in some of the Rodentia. Cowper's glands are each of 
about the size of half a pea; their ducts are of considerable length. 

I wish to express my acknowledyments to Mr. Hodson for his 
kindness in executing the accompanying drawings of the teeth of 
this Rodent. 


2. Descriptions of the Phytophagous Coleoptera of Ceylon, 
obtained by Mr. George Lewis during the years 1881- 
1882. By Martin Jacosy, F.E.S. 

[Received December 21, 1886.] 
(Plates X. & XT.) 


Since the year 1866, when Motschulsky published his descrip- 
tions of Ceylonese Coleoptera in the ‘Bulletin de Moscou,’ which 
included a good many species of the family Phytophaga, only solitary 
new species of that family have been made known from Ceylon. 
The present collection, obtained by Mr. George Lewis during the 
years 1881-82, although not very large in regard to numbers, is 
nevertheless remarkable and interesting on account of the many 
new genera which it contains, belonging principally to the sub- 
families Halticine and Galerucine, in which the immense numbers 
of forms which are nearly always found in every fresh collection of 
importance, and which cannot be placed in any of the already known 
numerous genera, add not a little to the difficulties experienced by 
the monographer in their determination. Motschulsky’s descriptions 
are unfortunately in many instances unrecognizable, being applicable 
to closely allied species and too short; and it is therefore probable 
that several of the species here described as new are identical with 
oue or the other of Motschulsky’s species; but even in that case 
their redescription will assist in their better recognition. 

If one may judge by the present collection, the Coleopterous 
fauna of Ceylon seems yet to offer a rich field to a careful explorer, 
in interesting and beautiful forms. 


LEMA CEYLONENSIS, sp. nov. 


Fulvous ; antenne black, the two basal and the two apical joints 
fulvous ; elytra metallic green or blue, with a deep fovea below the 
base, finely punctate-striate. 

Length 2 lines. 

Head entirely fulvous and impunctate, the space above the eyes 
moderately swollen and divided by a shallow groove. Antenuce 
rather more than half the length of the body, the third and fourth 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. V. 5 


66 MR, M. JACOBY ON THE | Feb. 1, 


joints of equal length, the following more elongate. Thorax sub- 
quadrate, not longer than broad, moderately constricted at the sides, 
the basilar suleation deep; surface with a few scarcely visible punc- 
tures. Scutellum fulvous. Elytra of a bright metallic yellowish 
green or blue, with a very deep fovea below the base, near the 
sutural margin, finely and rather remotely punctate-striate, the 
punctures obsolete towards the apex. The legs and tarsi fulvous, the 
posterior tibiee slightly curved. 

Bogawantalawa, 4900-5200 feet. 

It will not be very difficult to recognize this species amongst the 
small metallic blue forms of Lacordaire’s first section, with uninter- 
rupted ninth elytral stria; the colour of the antenne, which have 
sometimes the first three joints and the last fulvous, or the underside 
of the three or four terminal joints of that colour, the deep elytral 
fovea, and the fine and remotely placed elytral punctures, will help 
to distinguish Z. ceylonensis ; the lateral margin is accompanied by 
a deeper row of punctures and is costate towards the apex, but the 
other interstices between the punctures are perfectly flat, the reverse 
being the case with most of the allied species. 


LEMA FULVICORNIS, Sp. nov. 


Subquadrate-ovate ; fulvous; labrum black ; thorax impunctate ; 
elytra dark blue, deeply and regularly punctate-striate. 

Length 3 lines. 

Head with the interocular space strongly swollen and finely punc- 
tured, the lateral grooves very deep ; the labrum and upper part of 
the clypeus black, the former with some transversely placed punc- 
tures. Antenne rather more than half the length of the body, 
entirely fulvous, the fourth joint very slightly longer than the third, 
the following joints elongate, cylindrical, and not increasing in 
thickness. Thorax scarcely longer than broad, deeply constricted at 
the sides, the basilar groove also deep, the anterior angles slightly 
pointed but not tuberculate ; the surface convex and swollen, without 
any punctures. Elytra broad, subquadrate, the shoulders moderately 
prominent, the base scarcely depressed, the punctuation deep and 
not very closely placed anteriorly, much more close and diminishing 
posteriorly, where the punctures themselves are placed in striee and 
the interstices longitudinally costate. Underside fulvous, clothed 
with yellow pubescence ; legs robust, entirely fulvous. 

A single specimen. 

L. fulvicornis seems closely allied to L. preclara, Clark, but 
differs in its much smaller general size, in the colour of the head 
and of the elytra. LL. cyanipennis, Lac., is larger and the interstices 
between the punctures of the elytra are finely punctate. The 


present species may be further known by its broadly subquadrate 
shape. 


LEMA CRASSICOLLIS, sp. nov. 


Blackish blue below; upper part of head, the thorax, and the 
last two joints of the antenne fulyous; elytra metallic blue, deeply 


1887. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 67 


foveolate below the base, finely punctate-striate, a small spot above 
the shoulders fulvous. 

Var. The lateral margin and the apices of the elytra fulvous ; 
femora testaceous below. 

Length 2 lines. 

Head finely punctured at the vertex, the parts of the mouth 
black. Antennee more than half the length of the body, black, the 
last two joints fulvous, third and fourth short, of equal length, the 
fifth joint double the length of the preceding. Thorax not longer 
than broad, the anterior portion strongly swollen, its angles tuber- 
culiform when seen from above, each angle furnished with a single 
hair ; basal groove very deep; the surface entirely impunctate. Elytra 
with a deep fovea below the base near the suture, the basal portion 
above it raised; the surface rather deeply punctate-striate, the punc- 
tures not very closely placed and diminishing towards the apex, the 
interstices slightly transversely wrinkled, longitudinally costate near 
the apices ; just above the shoulders at the basal margin, a small 
fulvous spot is placed. Legs black, the underside of all the femora 
fulvous. In the variety the entire lateral and apical margin of the 
elytra is of that colour. 

The elytra in this species have the same deep fovea as in L. cey- 
lonensis, but their punctuation is much stronger and the antenne 
have no fulvous basal joints; the thorax also is much more swollen 
anteriorly ; and the general coloration is different. 


LEMA DIFFICILIS, sp. nov. 


Below bluish black; head and thorax fulvous; antennze black ; 
elytra metallic blue, obsoletely depressed below the base, regularly 
and strongly punctate-striate, the interstices costate near the apices ; 
legs fulvous, stained with piceous. 

Var. Elytra fulvous, a sutural and lateral longitudinal band blue. 

Length 2 lines. 

Head with some fine punctures when seen under a strong glass ; 
the vertex but little swollen, with the usual central groove, this 
latter short and superficial. Antennz more than half the Iength of 
the body, black, the two lower joints stained with fulvous below, 
third and fourth of equal length. Thorax not longer than broad, 
the anterior angles pointed when viewed from above, the sides 
rather deeply constricted; surface with a deep basal transverse 
groove ; the disk with two longitudinal rows of more or less distinct 
punctures, the sides with some punctures anteriorly only. Scutellum 
fulvous. Elytra with the base slightly raised and depressed below, 
the punctuation strong and regular, but more deeply impressed at 
the basal portion. Legs piceous, more or less stained with fulvous. 

Dikoya. 

L. difficilis cannot be considered a small variety of Z. coroman- 
deliana, on account of the absence of the anterior thoracic groove. 
L. javana, Lac., is distinguished by the blue head according to the 
author’s description ; in the present insect it is entirely fulvous ; the 
thorax also is almost broader than long, and the anterior angles are 

5% 


68 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. ], 


projected into a small tooth or tubercle when viewed from above. 
In the variety the elytra are blue, with a broad discoidal and a 
narrow lateral longitudinal band, which in another specimen are just 
indicated, thus proving the identity with the type, with which they 
agree in every other respect: this variety seems to be closely allied 
to L. rufo-ornata, Clark, in which the elytra, however, are black 
and the underside fulvous. 


CRIOCERIS SEMIPUNCTATA, Fabr. 


Kitulgalle, 1700 feet. 

Two specimens, evidently females, were obtained by Mr. Lewis, 
which agree very nearly with the Malayan forms ; the antenne are 
very short and robust, and the terminal joints are transversely quad- 
rate ; the punctuation of the elytra is only visible anteriorly, no 
traces of any punctures are seen below the middle; below the 
shoulders, close to the lateral margin, a short and very deep row of 
punctures, interrupted in the middle, are seen—a character which I 
do not find mentioned by Lacordaire, with whose description the 
Ceylonese specimens agree in all other respects. 


DIAPROMORPHA QUADRIPUNCTATA, Sp. nov. 


Pale fulvous, finely pubescent below; the antenne black, the 
four basal joints fulvous ; thorax very minutely, elytra closely and 
distinctly punctured, each elytron with four black spots (2 2). 

Length 3 lines. 

Head impunctate, flattened between the eyes, and with an obsolete 
triangular depression ; eyes slightly notched at their inner margin. 
Antenne short, the third joint shorter and much thinner than the 
second, the fifth and following joints transverse. Thorax three 
times as broad as long, the sides slightly rounded and narrowed in 
front, the posterior margin straight at the sides, broadly truncate 
at the middle; surface with an obsolete transverse groove at each 
side, very finely and rather distantly punctured. Scutellum impunc- 
tate, its apex slightly raised. Elytra subcylindrical, distinctly lobed 
at the sides near the base, very closely and distinctly punctured, 
with some obsolete longitudinal smooth lines; each elytron with two 
black spots, placed transversely below the base and two others below 
the middle, in a line with the anterior spots, the outer one, however, 
being placed slightly higher; the first joint of the posterior tarsi 
distinctly longer than the second. ms 

There is only a single specimen, evidently a female, before me. 


CuLAMYS PALLIFRONS, Sp. nov. 


Brownish black; basal joint of the antenne testaceous; lower 
part of the face flavous; thorax elevated behind, closely granulate- 
punctate, spotted with fulvous in front and at the base; elytra dis- 
tinctly punctured, with an oblique ridge at the middle of the disk, 
a shorter one at the shoulder, and several tubercles at the sides and 
apices. 

Length 1 line. 


1887.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 69 


Head closely granulate-punctate, black, the lower part of the 
face flavous. Antenne dentate from the sixth joint, the two or 
three lower joints flavous, the rest black. Thorax strongly raised 
posteriorly into an undivided hump, extremely closely and finely 
granulate-punctate, black; the hinder portion of the elevation as 
well as some indistinct spots placed anteriorly, fulvous; a more 
distinct similarly coloured spot is placed at each side of the eleva- 
tion.  Scutellum transverse, its posterior margin emarginate. 
Elytra slightly constricted at the middle, of a more brownish colour, 
more strongly punctured than the thorax; each elytron with an 
indistinct ridge from the middle of the base to the apex and joined 
by a shorter one commencing at the shoulder; the subsutural ridge 
is joined to the suture at the middle by a short transverse elevation, 
and ends near the apex in a strongly raised longitudinal tubercle ; 
three other small and rather indistinct tubercles are seen within the 
elytral constriction at the sides; the base of the femora is obscure 
fulvous ; the rest and the underside blackish ; the suture is dentate 
through its entire length. 

A single specimen. 

C. pallifrons resembles in general structure C. spilota, Baly, but is 
only half the size; the thorax is more finely punctured and devoid 
of raised lines and tubercles, while those of the elytra are also much 
less distinctly raised and the interstices much more finely punctured. 


EXEMA CEYLONENSIS, Sp. nov. 


Black; head strigose ; thorax strongly raised behind, with six 
elevated longitudinal ridges ; elytra strongly punctured, each elytron 
with an elevated ridge and about nine or ten tubercles; pygidium 
with three longitudinal carinations. 

Length 1 line. 

Head closely covered with longitudinal strigee; antenne black, 
the sixth and following joints transverse. Thorax strongly raised 
into a pointed hump, rather closely and distinctly punctured ; each 
side with three longitudinal ridges, the middle pair running nearly 
parallel and not extending quite to the anterior margin, the second 
ridge strongly sinuate, the third the shortest and only extending to 
the middle of the thorax; there are a few short and obsolete ele- 
vations placed between the above-named ridges, connecting the 
latter here and there with each other. Elytra more deeply punc- 
tured than the thorax; each elytron with the following tubercles : 
one at the middle of the base, one at the shoulder, and another near 
the scutellum ; two transverse short ridges placed near the suture, 
one at the middle, the other below the latter and connected by an 
oblique ridge which runs from the basal tubercle to a little distance 
from the apex; another, shorter, oblique ridge extends from the 
shoulder to the middle joining the subsutural one; a tubercle 
is placed near the apex close to the lateral margin, the suture is 
serrate through its entire length ; the underside rugosely punctate. 

This little species, of which only a single specimen is before me, 


70 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 1, 


differs from #. malayana, Baly, in having more elytral tubercles 
and two, not three, very obsolete longitudinal ridges, the one com- 
mencing at the shoulder joins the subsutural one, with which it 
forms an angle near the middle of the disk; the transverse and 
other shaped tubercles at and below the middle are very acutely 
raised and form sharp projections. 


DEMOTINA THORACICA, Sp. Nov. 


Greyish fuscous, closely pubescent; the apices of the tibiee ful- 
vous; thorax strongly rounded at the middle, obscurely marked 
with brownish bands ; elytra covered with light grey pubescence, a 
spot at the base and two rows of similar spots below the middle, 
placed transversely, fuscous. 

Length 13—2 lines. 

Head closely punctured, covered with light grey pubescence, 
which is interrupted at the vertex by two more or less distinct longi- 
tudinal brownish bands ; the auterior margin of the clypeus and the 
labrum fulvous, glabrous. Antenne half the length of the body, 
slender, the terminal joints slightly thickened, the third and fourth 
joints equal, all the joints piceous or dark fuscous. Thorax trans- 
verse, strongly rounded and widened in the middle, the entire sur- 
face covered with whitish-grey pubescence, which assumes the shape 
of a longitudinal band at the sides; the latter with a round depres- 
sion. Scutellum greyish pubescent. Elytra finely punctate-striate, 
clothed with greyish pubescence like the thorax; at the basal margin 
two fuscous or dark brown spots are seen, more or less distinct, and 
bounded at the sides by whitish bands; below the middle two trans- 
verse rows of similar spots are placed ; all the femora are armed with 
a strong tooth ; the sides of the elytra are furnished with short and 
stiff bristles. 

Hadley, in Dikoya. 

The thorax in the present species is much narrowed in front and 
at the base, giving more prominence to the middle; the pubescence 
of the upper surface is generally whitish grey, but sometimes of a 
more fulvous tint, and the fuscous spots are more or less distinct ; in 
well-marked specimens they are often preceded by whitish spots, 
caused by the more thick pubescence in those places; in some 
specimens three oblique rows of obscure spots may be seen at each 
elytron besides those at the base, which are generally present. 


DeEMOTINA SEMIFASCIATA, Sp. nov. (Plate X. fig. 1.) 


Obscurely fuscous or piceous ; finely pubescent ; antenne and 
legs dark fulvous; scutellum white; elytra closely and distinctly 
semipunctate-striate, with an obscure darkish transverse band below 
the middle; a spet at the base and four or five others below the 
middle, white; femora strongly toothed. 

Length 2-3 lines. 

Head clothed with yellowish pubescence at the vertex, which hides 
the punctuation ; epistome impubescent, distinctly punctured, ful- 


1887. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 71 


vous; eyes entire; palpi slender. Antenne filiform, fulvous, the 
third and fourth joints slender, nearly equal, the terminal joints very 
slightly thickened. Thorax twice as broad as long, the lateral 
margin distinct, the anterior angles produced into a short tooth ; 
surface covered with yellowish, slightly curved hairs like the head. 
Scutellum pentagonal, clothed with thick white pubescence, margined 
with piceous. Elytra wider than the thorax; closely and distinctly 
punctate-striate and pubescent like the thorax, between the shoul- 
ders and the scutellum at the basal margin a white spot is placed, 
four or five others limit the obscure dark transverse band below the 
middle. Underside thickly covered with white scale-like pubescence. 
All the femora armed with a strong tooth; intermediate tibie 
emarginate at the apices ; claws bifid. 

Galle, Balangoda. 

The shape and colour of this species are subject to considerable 
variation, some specimens being much more robust and broader than 
others. The elytral obscure band is just visible with the naked eye 
in most instances, and the spots which limit it above and below are 
variable in number, white or yellowish, and composed of close and 
thick pubescence; there are generally three placed above, and two 
below the elytral band. It is possible that Heteraspis albostriata, 
Motsch., may refer to this species, but the description of this author 
is too vague to recognize the species with certainty. 


DeMorTINA LEWISI, sp. nov. 


Fuscous or dark piceous, covered with yellowish seale-like pube- 
scence; basal joints of the antenne fulvous; scutellum whitish ; 
elytra closely punctate-striate, each elytron with two more or less 
distinct rows of white spots. 

Length 2 lines. 

Antenne more than two thirds the length of the body, the third 
and fourth joints equal, the five terminal joints slightly thickened. 
Thorax twice as broad as long, the sides strongly rounded, the 
surface closely and finely rugose-punctate like the head. Scutellum 
thickly clothed with whitish pubescence. Elytra closely covered 
with yellowish scale-like pubescence, the punctuation distinct, close 
and arranged in rows; each elytron with two stripes of whitish 
pubescent spots, of which one is placed at a little distance and close 
to the suture, the other at the middle of the disk and extending 
from the shoulder to the apex ; besides the pubescence single short 
black and stiff bristles are seen on the surface of the elytra. Legs 
dark fulvous, the femora with a distinct tooth. 

Galle. 

D. lewisi is smaller than the preceding species, the thorax is not 
depressed at the sides and without any stripes or other marks as in 
D. thoracica; the elytra are differently marked and without the 
transverse rows of spots as in the last-named species ; the punctua- 
tion of the elytra in D. lewisi is also much deeper and stronger: from 
D. semifasciata the absence of the elytral band sufficiently separates 
the present species. 


72 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 1, 


DrMOTINA CEYLONENSIS, Sp. Nov. 


Broadly ovate, robust; fuscous, clothed with fulvous pubescence ; 
the three or four lower joints of the antenne fulvous ; elytra with 
a transverse whitish band at the middle, the apical portion spotted. 

Length 2 lines. 

Galle. 

Broader and more robust than D. thoracica, and the pubescence 
fulvcus instead of whitish. The elytra, instead of finely and distantly 
punctate-striate, are here strongly and closely punctured, and a 
transverse band, composed of thick white pubescence, is placed at 
the middle; this band is narrowed towards the suture and is, in one 
specimen, followed by a broad black denuded space, while the apical 
portion is variegated by white and fulvous pubescence ; in another 
specimen, eich I refer to the same species, the transverse band is 
ouly indicated and the space below it shows some small fuscous 
spots, alternated by white and fulvous pubescence. The present 
species resembles somewhat D. fasciata, Baly, but is more robust 
and the thorax is less transverse, the pubescence shorter and differ- 
eatly placed. 


XANTHONIA FLAVOPILOSA, Sp. NOV. 


Narrowly elongate; pale fulvous, covered with fine silky flavous 
pubescence ; terminal joints of the antennz dusky ; elytra extremely 
minutely punctured. 

Length 12-2 lines. 

Head extremely finely punctured, covered with rather long 
yellowish hairs; the anterior margin of the epistome nearly straight ; 
eyes entire, scarcely sinuate within, Antenne nearly as long as the 
body in the male, the third and fourth joints nearly equal. Thorax 
one half broader than long, transversely depressed across the disk, 
the sides strongly rounded, the lateral margin obsolete; the surface 
clothed, like the elytra, with rather long silky yellow pubescence, 
extremely finely punctured ; femora unarmed ; tibice entire ; claws 
bifid ; the anterior margin of the thoracic episternum subconcave. 

Galle, Dikoya. 

This species is larger than X. placida, Baly, from Japan; the 
thorax is more transverse and flattened, and the punctuation of the 
upper surface is much more finely impressed, and only visible under 
a strong lens; the pubescence is also longer. 


NEPHRELLA ELONGATA, Baly. 

IT do not think Tam wrong in referring the two specimens contained 
in this collection to Baly’s species, with ‘the description of which they 
agree perfectly, except in one respect in regard to the punctuation 
of the upper surface. In the specimens before me the thorax and 
elytra, which are of an obscure fuscous, are closely covered with fine 
fulvous pubesence, which totally obscures any punctuation. Mr. Baly 
speaks of the thorax as not very deeply punctured, and of the elytra 
as finely wrinkled, of which I am not able to see a trace. It is 
therefore possible that the specimens obtained by Mr. Lewis repre- 


1887.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 73 


sent a distinct species; but as they closely agree in all the other cha- 
racters pointed out by that author, I have abstained from describing 
them as new. The type of Nephrella seems unfortunately to have 
been lost, as it is not contained in Mr. Baly’s collection now in the 
British Museum. I may add, further, that the head and thorax in 
Mr. Lewis’s specimens show a fine central raised ridge, of which 
Mr. Baly says nothing. 


CHRYSOLAMPRA PUNCTATISSIMA, Sp. nov. 


Afneous ; antenne and legs piceous; head and thorax extremely 
closely and finely punctured; elytra strongly transversely strigose, 
finely punctured near the suture only. 

Var. Dark purplish blue, subopaque. 

Length 3-4 lines. 

Head extremely finely and closely punctured, the anterior margin 
of the clypeus emarginate at the sides and middle ; labrum fulvous. 
Antenne slender, the terminal joints very slightly thickened, the two 
basal joints generally fulvous, the rest piceous. Thorax twice as 
broad as long, the sides rounded, tuberculate at the anterior angles ; 
surface rather convex, as closely and a little more distinctly punc- 
tured than the head, the interstices slightly rugose at the sides ; 
scutellum dark purplish, impunctate, as broad as long. Elytra sub- 
cylindrical, the entire disk covered with strongly raised transverse 
rugosities, which near the apices form single tubercles ; the space 
near the base and at the suture remotely and finely punctured, the 
latter accompanied near the apex by one or two longitudinal coste. 
Legs piceous or dark fulvous; the anterior femora dilated at the 
middle and with a more or less distinct tooth; anterior thoracic 
episternum concave. 

Galle. 

Principally distinguished by the very close punctuation of the head 
and thorax. 


PaGRIA COSTATIPENNIS, sp. nov. (Plate X. fig. 2.) 


Subquadrate-ovate ; bronze-coloured ; three or four basal joints of 
the antennz fulvous ; head rugose-punctate ; thorax longitudinally 
strigose and deeply punctured, subcylindrical, convex ; elytra longi- 
tudinally costate, the interstices deeply punctured. 

Length 14-13 line. 

Head coarsely rugose-punctate, deeply sulcate above the eyes; 
anterior margin of the epistome concave-emarginate; labrum and 
palpi fulvous, the latter slender. Antennze more than half the length 
of the body in the male, shorter in the female ; the third and fourth 
joints slender, of equal length and about one half longer than the second 
joint, the terminal joints obscure piceous. Thorax twice as broad as 
long, the disk strongly swollen, the sides deflexed anteriorly, the 
entire surface closely and strongly elevate, reticulate and strigose, 
the interstices forming deep punctures and foveas. Scutellum sub- 
pentagonal, its surface longitudinally depressed. Elytra subquadrate- 
ovate, broader at the base than the thorax, with a distinct depression 


74 . MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 1, 


below the base, which interrupts the longitudinal costs, which latter 
are entire from there to the apices, those at the sides being frequently 
broken and shorter, and the interstices coarsely rugose and wrinkled. 
The legs are piceous, the apices of the tibize and the tarsi obscure 
dark fulvous. 

Galle. 

A closely allied but distinct species belonging to this genus has 
been described by Walker in the ‘Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist.’ for 
1858 as a Curculio and a Rhynchites, with which it has of course 
nothing in common; that species, I believe also from Ceylon, is 
contained in the collection of the British Museum. I have placed 
the present species in M. Lefévre’s genus Pagria (Bull. de France, 
1884), on account of the sulcation above the eyes, although the 
convex shape of the thorax and its rounded sides differ from that of 
the species described by M. Lefévre ; but as the angulate and rounded 
margins of the thorax are both met with in the genus Vodostoma, it 
would uot be wise to establish another genus on that character only, 
the more so as all other structural characters peculiar to Pagria are 
present in the species here described. 


Nopina suspiLaTaTaA, Motsch. 


A specimen named as above and contained in the collection of 
Mr. Baly agrees with those obtained by Mr. Lewis. The description 
given by Motschulsky is too superficial and almost useless, and it is 
therefore on the authority of Mr. Baly that I refer the present 
species to that of Motschulsky. N. subdilatata seems to me to 
possess but little affinities in regard to structural characters to those 
species described subsequently by Mr. Baly and placed in Nodina. 
Pagria, Lefév., seems the proper genus in which to place the present 
species, as it agrees in general shape, the armed femora, and the 
orbital grooves, as well as in most other details, with that genus. I 
give here a renewed description of the species before me. 

Subquadrate-ovate ; black, above metallic green or eeneous; basal 
joints of the antenue, the base of the posterior femora, and the 
tibia and tarsi fulvous; thorax closely and deeply punctured ; 
elytra with basal depression, strongly punctate-striate. 

Length 1-13 line. 

Head deeply but not closely punctured, deeply sulcate above the 
eyes ; epistome more closely punctured ; labrum and palpi fulvous. 
Antennze more than half the length of the body, the four basal 
joints fulvous, the rest black ; the second joint thickened, the third 
and fourth joints slender, of equal length, the others slightly 
thickened. Thorax one half broader than long, subcylindrical, con- 
vex, the sides rounded; the surface closely covered with deep and 
round punctures, slightly transversely suleate near the anterior 
margin. Elytra with a distinct depression below the base, very 
deeply punctate-striate, the interstices at the sides and near the 
apices costate, the punctuation much less deeply impressed below 
the middle ; femora dark eneous, their apices more or less fulvous, 
tibize and tarsi light fulvous ; the four posterior tibiz emarginate 


1887. | PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 75 


near the apices ; claws appendiculate ; femora with a very minute 
tooth ; prosternum broader than long, strongly punctured. 

Variable in size and colour and allied in regard to the latter to 
Nodostoma jansoni, Baly, and N. tibiale ; the distinct elytral depres- 
sion will separate the species from the former, and the very closely 
punctured thorax from the last-named species. It is quite possible 
that Noda viridienea, Schonh., refers to the present species, 


RHYPARIDA LAZVICOLLIS, sp. nov. 


Obscure fulvous; eyes closely approached; head and thorax 
impunctate ; elytra with a subbasilar depression, strongly punctate- 
striate ; femora dilated into a strong triangular tooth. 

Length 2 lines. 

Head impunctate; eyes very large, the space dividing them 
narrower than their diameter, their inner margin deeply notched ; 
epistome separated from the front by a few punctures only. Antennze 
nearly as long as the body, fulvous, the fourth joint longer than the 
third, this longer than the second joint, the following slightly 
thickened, the apices of the joints stained with fuscous. Thorax 
transverse, the sides rounded, the angles distinct, the surface entirely 
impunctate or with a few microscopically fine punctures. Elytra 
with a distinct depression below the base, the latter somewhat 
swollen, the surface deeply punctate-striate at the anterior portion, 
more finely punctured towards the apices; the anterior and posterior 
femora dilated into a strong triangular tooth, the intermediate 
femora minutely dentate ; claws bifid. 

Galle. 

R. levicollis may be recognized by the large and closely approached 
eyes and the impunctate thorax, in connection with the strongly 
dentate femora; the elytra have the basal portion more distantly 
punctured than the rest of the surface, and the shoulders are entirely 
devoid of punctuation, but bounded within by a deep line of closely 
approached punctures, the latter being more widely placed below 
the elytral depression ; the general colour varies from pale to dark 
fulvous, the sides and the suture being sometimes stained with 
piceous. No species of Rhyparida has, to my knowledge, hitherto 
been recorded from Ceylon. 


RHYPARIDA QUINQUEMACULATA, sp. nov. (Plate X. fig. 3.) 


Rufous ; the last eight joints of the antenne and the legs black ; 
thorax sparingly and finely punctured; elytra regularly punctate- 
striate, a sutural spot at the middle, another at the shoulder, and a 
third near the apex of each elytron black ; femora toothed. 

Length 2 lines. 

Head with a deep fovea at the vertex, not visibly punctured ; the 
epistome separated from the face by a slight transverse depression. 
Antennze half the length of the body, black, the three lower joints 
fulvous, the third and fourth joints slender, of equal length, the 
following joints slightly depressed and shorter. Thorax transversely 
convex, about three times as broad as long, the sides rounded ; the 


7o MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 1, 


surface very finely and sparingly punctured, rufous, with a small 
obscure piceous spot at the sides. Elytra with a distinct transverse 
depression below the base, the punctured strie very distinct 
anteriorly, less so posteriorly ; each elytron with a square-shaped 
black spot at the shoulder, a triangular one near the apex, and a 
common sutural elongate spot near the middle ; sides of the breast 
and the legs black ; all the femora with a small tooth ; claws bifid. 

Dikoya. 

A single specimen. 


NopDOSsTOMA BITUBERCULATUM, Sp. nov. 


Testaceous ; the terminal joints of the antenne black; thorax 
strongly and closely punctured, angulate below the middle; elytra 
strongly punctate-striate anteriorly, each elytron with two tubercles 
placed at the shoulders. 

Length 1 line. 

Head very strongly and remotely punctured; the epistome not 
separated from the front. Antenne nearly as long as the body ; the 
second joint not much shorter than the first, the fourth joint slightly 
longer than the third. Thorax twice as broad as long, narrowed in 
front, the sides angulate near the base; the surface strongly and 
closely rugose-punctate, without an anterior transverse groove. 
Elytra very slightly depressed below the base, the punctuation 
almost entirely absent near the apices ; the humeral callus in shape 
of an elongate tubercle, which is followed immediately below by 
another smaller tubercle, the space between these latter and the 
lateral margins deeply depressed ; underside of a more fulvous tint ; 
femora with a minute tooth. 

Dikoya. 

The small size, closely and strongly rugose thorax, and the lateral 
tubercles of the elytra will help to separate the present species from 
its many congeners. 


NopOsToOMA BIPUNCTATUM, Sp. nov. 


Testaceous; thorax angulate at the sides, finely punctured ; 
elytra indistinctly punctured below the middle, the sutural and 
lateral margins and a spot below the base on each elytron black. 

Var. Elytra entirely black. 

Length 2 lines. 

Head with a few fine punctures between the eyes; the epistome 
not separated from the face; eyes distinctly sinuate. Antenne 
slender and filiform, the apical joints not thickened, testaceous, the 
fourth joint distinctly longer than the third. Thorax short, narrowly 
transverse, greatly widened towards the base, the sides subangulate 
close to the latter; the surface with a narrow transverse groove in 
front of the anterior margin, rather closely and finely punctured. 
Scutellum obscure fulvous or piceous; its apex broadly rounded. 
Elytra with a deep depression below the base, distinctly punctured 
above this depression only, the rest of the surface obsoletely punctate, 
the interstices very slightly raised; the sutural and lateral margins 


1887. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. We 


narrowly black, the latter accompanied by a row of deep punctures. 
Legs testaceous; all the femora armed with a small tooth. 

Dikoya. 

Amongst the many described species of Nodostoma, N. bipunctatun 
may be known by the very short and transverse thorax in connection 
with the coloration. 


Nopostoma IMPRESSIPENNE, Sp. nov. 


Entirely testaceous ; the last seven joints of the antennz black ; 
head and thorax distantly punctured; elytra with a deep basal 
depression, the latter strongly, the rest finely punctate-striate ; legs 
very long. 

Length 12 line. 

Head strongly but very remotely punctured; the epistome not 
separated from the face. Antenne slender, seareely shorter than the 
body, the four lower joints testaceous, the rest black, the third and 
fourth joints slender, equal. Thorax not more than twice as broad 
as long, the sides angulate near the base, obliquely narrowed 
towards the apex and slightly rounded before the middle; the surface 
with a transverse groove in front of the anterior margin, very 
strongly but remotely punctured. Elytra narrowed posteriorly, with 
a deep transverse depression below the base, testaceous, the sutural 
and lateral margin narrowly fulvous; the punctuation deep within 
the depression, very fine at the rest of the surface; there is also a 
row of deep punctures placed close to the lateral margin and below 
the shoulders ; underside and the legs testaceous; all the femora 
armed with a small tooth. 

Galle. 

Closely allied to N. fairmairei, but the thorax is longer, less 
transverse, and more strongly and remotely punctured, and the legs 
are much longer in NV. impressipenne. 


NoposToMA LEwISI, sp. nov. 


Testaceous or fulvous ; the apical joints of the antenne black ; 
head remotely, thorax very closely and strongly punctured, sub- 
angulate near the base; elytra nearly impunctate below the middle, 
the sutural and the lateral margins black. 

Var, The disk of the thorax more or less piceous. 

Length 1-1} line. 

Head with a few punctures; the epistome more strongly and 
closely punctured, not separated from the front. Antennz two 
thirds the length of the body, the four lower and the base of the 
following joints testaceous, the terminal joints black. Thorax 
transverse, strongly narrowed in front, the sides distinctly angulate 
near the base, the surface very strongly or subrugosely punctured. 
Elytra with a distinct depression directly below the base, the latter 
distinctly punctured, the punctuation gradually disappearing below 
the depression; the lateral margin narrowly, the sutural more 
broadly, black, this colour widened in some specimens towards the 


base at the suture. Legs with a very minute tooth. 
Dikoya. 


78 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 1, 


N. lewisi resembles somewhat N. consimile, Baly, from Japan ; but 
that species has shorter and entirely fulvous antenne, the thorax is 
less transverse and less strongly punctured, while the elytra have 
the punctures deeper and more prolonged posteriorly. Whether 
N. triangulare, Motsch., also from Ceylon, is referable to the species 
described here it is impossible to say, on account of the short and 
insufficient description. The black sutural stripe is in some specimens 
very narrow, in others widened towards the suture. 


NoposTOMA TUBEROSUM, sp. nov. (Plate X. fig. 4.) 


Dark brown; head closely punctured; thorax strongly rugose- 
punctate, the sides angulate near the base ; elytra entirely covered 
with longitudinal and transverse tuberosities. 

Length 3 lines. 

Head closely and distinctly, the vertex more remotely, punctured ; 
epistome not separated from the face, its anterior margin perfectly 
straight ; the surface covered with some short silvery pubescence. 
Antenne with the first three joints fulvous (the rest wanting). 
Thorax transverse, narrowed in front, the sides distinctly angulate 
near the base; the surface entirely covered with deep and round 
punctures, the interstices sparingly clothed with short hairs. Elytra 
closely covered with strongly raised tubercles, placed irregularly at the 
sides, but arranged in longitudinal rows at the disk; the interstices 
with some deep punctures ; the shoulders prominent and in the shape 
of an oblique, smooth, strongly raised tubercle. 

A single specimen is contained in my collection. N. tuberosum is 
not difficult to recognize, on account of the wart-like tubercles 
covering the entire surface of the elytra. 


NopDOSTOMA LEFEVRE!, Sp. nov. 


Dark fulvo-piceous, the base of the femora fulvous; thorax 
transverse, angulated at the base, very closely punctured; elytra 
with deep basal depression, strongly longitudinally costate, the sides 
transversely rugose. 

Length 23 lines. 

Head closely punctured at the vertex and at the sides, the 
epistome separated from the face by two deep fovese at the sides, its 
anterior edge tridentate, the surface scarcely visibly punctured ; 
labrum fulvous. Antennee slender, the third and following joints 
elongate. Thorax very transverse, three times broader than long ; 
the sides strongly angulate near the base, the posterior angles pro- 
duced into an acute tooth; the surface with a transverse groove near 
the anterior margin, very closely punctured, with some smooth and 
raised spaces irregularly distributed. Scutellum nearly black, 
impunctate. Elytra with a deep basal depression, very strongly 
costate at the inner portion of the disk, the interstices regularly 
punctate-striate, the sides transversely rugose and wrinkled; the 
colour lighter fulvous near the suture, darker at the sides ; femora 
with a minute tooth, their base pale fulvous. 


1887.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 79 


A single specimen (coll. Jacoby). 

N. lefevrei differs from N. tuberosum in the much more transversely 
shaped and finely punctured thorax, the strongly costate elytra and 
their coloration. 


Nopostoma CLYPEATUM, Sp. nov. 


Pale testaceous; apical joints of the antenne fuscous; clypeus 
strongly punctured; thorax angulate below the middle, strongly 
punctured at the sides only ; elytra with basal depression, the latter 
distinctly, rest of the disk nearly obsoletely, punctured. 

Length 1 line. 

Head nearly impunctate at the vertex ; the epistome strongly but 
very remotely punctured, not separated from the front; the space 
above the insertion of the antenne obliquely grooved. Antenne 
slender, nearly as long as the body, testaceous, the three or four 
terminal joints fuscous or black. Thorax twice as broad as long, 
strongly narrowed in front, the sides distinctly angulate near the 
base, surface without an anterior groove, strongly punctured at the 
sides only, the middle of the disk with a few fine punctures only. 
Elytra with a very distinct subbasilar depression, the base itself with 
a few remotely placed punctures arranged in lines which extend 
more or less distinctly to the middle; below the latter the punc- 
tuation is almost entirely wanting ; femora with a minute spine. 

Galle. 

Principally distinguished by the nearly impunetate vertex, the 
strongly punctured epistome and sides of the thorax, in connection 
with its general small size; the absence of a transverse anterior 
groove at the thorax will further assist in the recognition of 
LV. clypeatum. 


NopostomMa LONGICORNE, Sp. nov. 


Fulvous; legs testaceous, the knees obscure piceous ; antennze 
as long as the body ; thorax very finely punctured, angulate behind 
the middle ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, with basal depression, 
the lateral margins anteriorly black. 

Var. Elytra entirely fulvous. 

Length 2—23 lines. 

Head finely and rather remotely punctured; the epistome separated 
from the front by a slight transverse depression, with a few deep 
punctures ; palpi testaceous. Antenne as long as, or slightly longer 
than, the body, fulvous, the apical joint darker, the fourth joint rather 
longer than the third. Thorax transverse, strongly narrowed in front, 
the sides distinctly angulate near the base, the surface with a deep and 
punctured transverse sulcation near the anterior margin, very finely 
and rather remotely punctured, the lateral margin narrowly piceous. 
Elytra not broader at the base than the thorax, with a deep subbasal 
depression, very strongly and deeply punctate-striate anteriorly, more 
finely towards the apices, the interstices slightly convex, more dis- 
tinetly so at the sides, the lateral margin anteriorly rather broadly 
piceous or black, this colour extending slightly across the elytral 


80 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 1, 


depression, but being narrowed posteriorly along the lateral margin. 
Legs long and slender, testaceous, the knees obscure piceous ; the 
femora armed with a small tooth. 

The variety, which I believe is a female, is of larger size, the 
elytra are less strongly punctured and entirely dark fulvous; the 
terminal joints of the antennz are also stained with fuscous ; but in 
all other respects this specimen agrees with the type. NV. longicorne 
may be distinguished from numerous other similarly coloured species 
by the long antenne and the finely punctured head and thorax. 


NoposToMA FAIRMAIREI, Sp. nov. 


Pale testaceous ; antennz (the two or three basal joints excepted) 
black, tarsi stained with piceous; thorax strongly and remotely 
punctured ; elytra with basal depression, strongly punctured ante- 
riorly, more finely towards the apices. 

Length 13-2 lines. 

Head remotely but strongly punctured, the epistome not separated 
from the face. Antenne two thirds the length of the body, the 
first joint short and dilated, the third and fourth thin and of nearly 
equal length, the others slightly thicker. Thorax scarcely twice as 
broad as long in the male, the sides subangulate below the middle, 
narrowed in front, the surface strongly punctured at the sides and 
anteriorly, the interstices slightly rugose. Elytra subcylindrical, 
parallel, distinctly depressed below the base, the punctuation rather 
strong anteriorly, gradually diminishing posteriorly. Legs rather 
long ; the femora armed with a small tooth; the extreme apices of 
the tibize and the tarsi stained with piceous. 

Dikoya. 

N. fairmairei differs from N. odliteratum in the much stronger 
punctuation of the head and thorax, the shorter and nearly black 
antenne, and in the similarly coloured apices of the tiba. 


NopOSTOMA OBLITERATUM, Sp. nov. 


Pale flavous; antenne as long as the body; head and thorax 
with a few fine punctures, the latter angulate near the base; elytra 
with basal depression, very finely punctured anteriorly, the punctures 
nearly obsolete below the middle. 

Length 13-2 lines. 

Head with a few scarcely visible punctures; the epistome not 
separated from the front; jaws piceous. Antenne slender, fulvous, 
the terminal joints more or less stained with fuscous. Thorax nearly 
three times as broad as long, the sides strongly narrowed in front, 
distinctly angular near the base; surface with a distinct narrow 
groove close to the anterior margin, very finely and sparingly pune- 
tured. Elytra slightly broader at the base than the thorax, the 
sides parallel, the shoulders moderately prominent, the subbasilar 
depression distinct but not deep, the punctuation much more dis- 
tinctly visible anteriorly than posteriorly, where only traces of it can 
be seen under a strong lens; femora armed with a small tooth. 

Dikoya. 


1887.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 81 


DERMORRAYTIS CUPREA, Sp. nov. 

Bronze-coloured ; antenne and legs nearly black; thorax sub- 
remotely and strongly punctured, margined with green ; elytra 
distantly punctate-striate, the sides transversely rugose below the 
shoulders. 

Length 3-33 lines. 

Head strongly rugosely punctured at the vertex; the epistome 
much more closely punctured and separated from the face, its lower 
edge straight ; labrum and jaws piceous. Antenne filiform, two 
thirds the length of the body, the third and three following joints 
piceous, slender, and of equal length, the others slightly thickened 
and nearly black. Thorax not more than twice as broad as long, 
the sides obsoletely angulate before the middle, nearly straight from 
there to the base, the margin slightly dentate or sinuate, metallic 
greenish ; rest of surface strongly and remotely punctured, the punc- 
tuation more close and strong at the sides, where the interstices are 
partly rugose and forming transverse wrinkles. Elytra cupreous, 
with more or less metallic greenish reflections, very distantly and 
strongly punctate-striate at the disk, the sides very strongly trans- 
versly rugose and wrinkled. Prosternum dilated posteriorly, broad ; 
the anterior margin of the thoracic episternum concave. 

D. cuprea may be recognized by the distant punctuation of the 
elytra, the general cupreous colour of the upper surface, and the 
nearly black legs. The punctuation of the thorax differs according 
to the sex, and is sometimes more closely arranged; while in some 
specimens the middle of the disk represents a nearly smooth longi- 
tudinal space ; the anterior angles are rather prominent, and the 
shape of the thorax is less transverse than in the other allied forms. 


DERMORRHYTIS CEYLONENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate X. fig. 7.) 

Greenish or brownish zeneous, below obscure piceous; antenne 
and legs fulvous ; head and thorax closely and rather finely rugose- 
punctate ; elytra punctate-striate, the interstices anteriorly and at 
the sides transversely strigose. 

Length 25-3 lines. 

Head closely rugose-punctate, the space between the antenne fur- 
nished with a smooth tubercle ; labrum fulvous. Antenne slender, 
two thirds the length of the body, fulvous, the terminal joints some- 
times stained with piceous, third joint slightly longer than the fourth. 
Thorax scarcely twice as broad as long in the male sex, more trans- 
verse in the female, the sides very slightly rounded or obsoletely 
angulate before the middle, the anterior angles acute and slightly 
produced ; surface closely rugose-punctate like the head, metallic 
green, the extreme lateral margin reddish cupreous anteriorly. 
Elytra much more remotely and more strongly punctured than the 
thorax, the interstices strongly raised and forming transverse strige 
anteriorly and at the sides, as well as at the apices, the lateral 
margin bright aureous-cupreous. Legs dark fulvous or obscure 
piceous. 

Dikoya. 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. VI. 6 


$2 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 1, 


Easily distinguished by the densely rugose-punctate thorax and 
the cupreous margin of the latter and of the elytra. 


DERMORRHYTIS LEWISI, Sp. nov. 


Greenish or brownish cupreous; basal joints of the antenne and 
the legs obscure fulvous; head and thorax closely and strongly 
punctured ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the interstices trans- 
versly strigose throughout. 

Length 23-3 lines. 

Head closely rugose-punctate, the epistome not separated from 
the face; labrum fulvous. Antenne very slightly thickened at 
the apical joints, the third and fourth joints equal, the five or six | 
lower joints fulvous, the others fuscous. Thorax transverse, the 
sides nearly straight, the surface closely and strongly punctured, 
the interstices everywhere transversly rugose. Elytra subcylindrical, 
slightly narrowed behind, punctured like the thorax, but the inter- 
stices transversly raised and extending across the entire surface ; 
underside covered with fine silky-white pubescence. 

Dikoya. 

The straight sides of the thorax, in connection with the trans- 
versely rugose interspaces of the same part, and those of the entire 
disk of the elytra, will help to distinguish this species principally 
from D. piceipes, Baly. 


DERMORRHYTIS ORNATISSIMA, Baly. (Plate X. fig. 6.) 

Dermorrhytis fasciato-rutilans, Letévre. 

Balangoda. 

This species, of which the two above names are synonymous, seems 
to vary greatly in regard to size and coloration ; all the specimens 
contained in my collection are devoid of any cupreous spots on the 
thorax. In the present collection the specimens obtained by Mr. 
Lewis are much smaller, and have a broad transverse reddish-cupreous 
band occupying nearly the entire disk of the thorax. 


DERMORRHYTIS VARIABILIS, Sp, nov. 


Greenish zneous below; above metallic green, the shoulders, 
sides, and apices of the elytra reddish cupreous; head and thorax 
remotely punctured, the interstices flat ; elytra punctate-striate, 
the sides transversely strigose ; basal joints of the antennee and the 
legs fulvous. 

Var. Above brownish cupreous. 

Length 2-23 lines. 

Head rather flattened, finely and moderately closely punctured, 
the interstices slightly rugose anteriorly only; the epistome not 
separated from the face, its anterior margin nearly straight ; labrum 
fulvous. Antenne longer than half the length of the body, the five 
terminal joints slightly dilated, black, the others fulvous. Thorax 
nearly twice as broad as long, the sides straight and slightly subangulate 
or dentate ; surface remotely and distinctly punctured, the interstices 
not raised. Elytra punctate-striate at the inner disk, irregularly 


1887. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 83 


and more strongly punctured at the sides, where the interstices are 
transversely and strongly raised; the apex of each elytron is simply 
punctate-striate and the interstices are flat. 

Galle. 

The smaller size, remotely punctured thorax, and the colour of 
the upper parts distinguish this species from its allies. 


DERMORRAYTIS IGNEOFASCIATA, Baly. (Plate X. fig. 5.) 


MELASOMA DIVISI, Sp. NOv. 


Fulvous ; terminal joints of the antennz and the scutellum black ; 
elytra distinctly punctured, testaceous, the suture and a longitudinal 
band on each elytron, divided at its posterior portion, metallic 
greenish. 

Length 2 lines. 

Head extremely finely punctured, longitudinally depressed at the 
middle. Antenne short, the six terminal joints transversely shaped 
and black, the others fulvous. Thorax more than three times 
broader than long, slightly narrowed in front, the sides but little 
rounded, the posterior margin broadly rounded at the middle and 
slightly produced; the surface with a few minute punctures at the 
sides. Scutellum black. LElytra rather strongly and closely punc- 
tured, the shoulders prominent, the lateral margin slightly thickened 
and the space in front impunctate; at the middle of the disk a 
broad metallic green band is placed, commencing at the base and 
extending with its inner division below the middle, the outer portion 
being prolonged in a narrow stripe to the apex of each elytron, where 
it is joined to the similarly coloured sutural margin. Legs more or 
less stained with piceous. 

A single specimen. 


Hartica (GRAPTODERA) (?) NIGRIPENNIS, sp. nov, 


Flavous ; thorax transverse, impunctate, the transverse groove 
not extending to the sides; elytra black, extremely finely and 
closely punctured. 

Var. Antenne and legs piceous. 

Length 2 lines. 

Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles obsolete, scarcely raised. 
Antenne half the length of the body, the second joint very short, 
the five following joints slightly triangularly shaped and widened, 
the rest more elongate. Thorax twice as broad as long, the sides 
rather rounded at the middle, the angles obsolete, surface entirely 
impunctate, impressed near the base with a shallow transverse 
groove not extending to the sides. Scutellum flavous. Elytra 
nearly parallel, very finely punctured (in one specimen impunctate), 
black ; the first joint of the posterior tibie as long as the two 
following joints together ; claws appendiculate ; the anterior coxal 
cavities open. 

The present species has certainly not many of the typical cha- 
racters peculiar to Graptodera; the more transverse thorax, the 

* 


84 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. I, 


different shape of its groove, and the general colour seem to point 
to an allied but different genus. 


ENNEAMERA CEYLONENSIS, Sp. nov. 


Testaceous ; a spot at the vertex and the seutellum black ; head 
and thorax impunctate ; elytra scarcely visibly punctured, testa- 
ceous, a triangular-shaped spot at the base and a narrow trans- 
verse band below the middle reddish fulvous. 

Var. Elytra entirely dark fulvous, 

Length 2 lines. 

Head broader than long, impunctate, a large spot at the vertex 
black ; frontal tubercles obsolete ; labrum piceous. Antennee 
entirely pale fulvous, the second and third joints short, the rest 
transversely dilated. Thorax three times as broad as long, widened 
at the middle, the sides nearly straight, narrowed in front, the 
anterior angles slightly thickened and distinct; the surface entirely 
impunctate, pale testaceous. Scutellum black. Elytra microscopi- 
cally finely punctured, very convex and rounded, of a yellowish 
colour, a transverse triangular-shaped band at the base, not quite 
extending to the sides, and marked with a more or less distinct black 
spot at the shoulder, reddish fulvous ; the narrow band behind the 
middle of a more piceous colour ; the outer margin of the posterior 
tibiae with arow of small black teeth or spines. 

Besides the above-named fulvous variety, which does not vary in 
other respects from the tvpical form, I possess a specimen in my 
collection (also from Ceylon) in which the posterior band of the 
elytra is divided into two small spots. 


PHYLLOTRETA DISCOIDEA, Sp. nov. 


Head, thorax, and the abdomen fulvous ; antenne, the breast, and 
legs black; elytra scarcely visibly punctured, testaceous, all the 
margins narrowly black. 

Length 14 line. 

Head impunctate, fulvous, the frontal tubercles transverse, narrow 
and very distinct. Antenne half the length of the body, black, the 
third joint smaller than the second, the following ones gradually 
thickened. Thorax transversely quadrate, the sides slightly rounded ; 
the surface rather flat, with a very obsolete and shallow depression 
at the middle of the sides, entirely impunctate. Scutellum black. 
Elytra parallel, not covering the pygidium, their surface only visibly 
punctured when seen under a strong lens, testaceous or yellowish, 
margined with black, the sutural margin generally narrowed near 
the base. Breast and legs black, the anterior femora slightly stained 
with fulvous below; the abdomen, with the exception of the last 
segment which is black, fulvous. 

Bogawantalawa. 

P. discoidea may be recognized by the small third joint of the 
antenne, which is smaller than the second (an exceptional structure 
as a rule), and by its general coloration. 


1887. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 85 


APHTHONA CEYLONENSIS, sp. nov. 


Ovate ; obscure piceous ; antenne, the apices of the tibiz, and the 
tarsi testaceous ; thorax transverse, very finely punctured; elytra 
more distinctly and very closely punctate. 

Var. Entirely obscure testaceous. 

Length 3 line. 

Head impunctate; the frontal tubercles narrowly transverse. 
Antenne closely approached, nearly as long as the body, testaceous, 
the terminal joints more or less stained with fuscous, the third and 
the two following joints nearly equal, smaller and thinner than the 
second, the following ones slightly thickened. Thorax much broader 
than long, the sides slightly rounded, the anterior angles oblique ; 
the surface rather closely and finely punctured, the interstices 
extremely finely alutaceous. Elytra distinctly widened at the middle, 
rather convex, the shoulders rounded, closely and very distinctly 
punctured, the interstices somewhat rugose ; the legs piceous, the tibize 
more or less testaceous ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long 
as the two following together. 

Horton Plains. 

This very small species seems to vary much in regard to colour 
from nearly black to testaceous, and several intermediate degrees are 
before me. The ovate, anteriorly and posteriorly narrowed shape of 
the elytra and their close punctuation, as well as that of the thorax, 
and the small size of the insect will help in the recognition of A. 
ceylonensis. 


APHTHONA LEWISI, Sp. nov. 


Fulvous ; antenne with the fifth to the tenth joints black ; thorax 
finely and subremotely punctured; elytra black or piceous, very 
closely punctured. 

Length 1 line. 

Head impunctate, shining, fulvous. Antenne two thirds the length 
of the body, the four basal joints fulvous, the following six black, the 
apical joint fulvous. Thorax twice as broad as long, the sides straight, 
slightly converging towards the apex, the anterior angles obliquely 
truncate, forming a distinct angle before the middle; the surface 
covered throughout with very fine but not very closely placed 
punctures. Scutellum obscure fulvous. Elytra nearly parallel, sub- 
cylindrical, the shoulders distinct but not prominent, the surface 
more distinctly and more closely punctured than the thorax ; 
underside and legs fulvous. 

Bogawantalawa. 

A. lewisi may be known by the general coloration, the finely 
punctured thorax, and the colour of the antennee, which agree in all 
the specimens before me. 


APHTHONA PROXIMA, Sp. Nov. 
Obscure piceous ; the five or six basal joints of the antennz fulvous ; 


86 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. l, 


thorax finely punctured ; elytra more distinctly and closely punctate, 
the interstices slightly rugose. 

Length 1 line. 

Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles distinctly raised. Antenne 
nearly as long as the body, rather robust, the second joint nearly as 
stout as the first, but shorter; the three following joints more 
slender, of equal length, the following slightly thicker. Thorax 
transverse, the anterior angles oblique, notched before the middle, 
the sides straight, slightly converging outwards ; the surface finely 
and rather closely punctured. Elytra with a shallow depression below 
the base, somewhat closely and rugosely punctured, the punctuation 
visible to the apices; legs short and robust. 

Balangoda. 

A. proxima is extremely closely allied to A. sordida, Baly, from 
Japan, and may possibly be identical with that species; but the 
depression of the elytra below the base in the Ceylon specimens does 
not permit me to refer them to that species, as I cannot see a similar 
depression in A. sordida, of which I possess several specimens. The 
antenne in the present insect seem to vary rather in colcur, and in 
one of the specimens, which I look upon as a variety, having been 
taken together with the others, the third and the fifth joints of the 
antenne are fulvous, the others black; in this specimen the elytral 
depression is also much more marked (the base being slightly raised) 
than in the others. 


APHTHONA VICINA, Sp. nov. 


Ovate, convex; black ; the third and one or two following joints of 
the antennz flavous; thorax finely and remotely punctured ; elytra 
more distinctly and closely semipunctate-striate. 

Length 3 line. 

One half smaller than A. proxima, the thorax much less transverse, 
finely granulate, and the punctuation much more distant; the elytra 
without any basal depression, very closely punctured; the legs 
entirely black. A. nigrita, Motsch., is described as “ fere glabra”’ 
with palelegs. A. obscurata, Motsch., is much larger, also described 
as glabrous with testaceous tibiz and tarsi. In the present insect 
the two first joints of the antennz as well as the terminal ones are 
black, the intermediate joints more or less flavous. 

Dikoya. 


APHTHONA DORSALIS, Motsch. 


The description of the author, ‘‘Glabra, rufa, capite, thorace elytris- 
que dorso nigris, corpore subtus subinfuscata,” agrees very nearly 
with two specimens before me. The antenne (the terminal joint 
excepted) and the legs are, however, testaceous, and the posterior 
femora have their posterior portion black ; this is not mentioned by 
Motschulsky. There are also very fine punctures visible at the elytra, 
when examined under a strong lens. It is therefore doubtful whether 
I am rightly referring these specimens to the present species. 

Obtained at the Horton Plains. 


1887.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 87 


EvcycLa CEYLONENSIS, sp. nov. 

Fulvous; antennz black, the basal joint fulvous ; thorax closely 
punctured, with or without a black basal spot; elytra strongly 
punctate-striate, the interstices finely punctured, black, the suture 
narrowly and the apices more broadly fulvous. 

Var. a. Black, the first five joints of the antenne flavous. 

Var. 6. Smaller ; piceous, the elytra fulvous. 

Length 1-12 line. 

Head nearly impunctate, fulvous. Antenne with the first joint 
long and slender, curved, the second short and thick, the four 
following joints still shorter and nearly equal in length, the rest 
widened and compressed. Thorax more than twice as broad as long, 
the posterior margin broadly produced at the middle, the sides 
straight; the surface distinctly and very closely punctured, fulvous, 
sometimes with a central black spot widened at its base. Scutellum 
obscure fulvous. Elytra very convex, black with a greenish tint, 
strongly and regularly punctate-striate, the interstices very finely and 
sparingly punctured, the apices, in shape of a triangular spot, and 
the suture very narrowly and rather obscurely fulvous; anterior 
coxal cavities open. 

The slender and elongate first joint of the antenne, the lobed 
thorax, punctate-striate elytra, and general rounded and convex shape 
seem to me to place the present insect in Baly’s genus Lucycla. 
Lhrylea of this paper has the general appearance and the punctate- 
striate elytra of the present insect, but may be known by the 
less transverse thorax and the much shorter basal joint of the 
antenne. 


LONGITARSUS LONGICORNIS, sp. nov. 

Ovate, convex ; obscure testaceous ; antennz much longer than the 
body ; thorax impunctate ; elytra scarcely visibly punctured ; the 
apices of the posterior tibize piceous. 

Length 1 line. 

Head rather broader than long, entirely impunctate; the frontal 
tubercles scarcely indicated ; labrum and palpi piceous. Antenne 
one half longer than the body, entirely testaceous, the third joint 
distinctly shorter than the fourth. Thorax about one half broader than 
long, the sides slightly rounded and constricted near the base, the 
anterior angles obliquely truncate, the surface entirely impunctate. 
Scutellum broader than long. Elytra ovate, narrowed near the base 
and the apices, extremely minutely punctured, only visible under a 
very strong lens, of a darker colour than the thorax ; underside 
and legs testaceous ; the apical half of the posterior femora piceous ; the 
first joint of the posterior tibiee rather longer than the three following 
joints together. 

Bogawantalawa, 

The very long antennz, ovate shape, and the nearly impunctate 
upper surface are the distinguishing characters of L. longicornis. In 
one specimen the legs are of an entirely testaceous colour, but all the 
other characters are the same as in the type. 


88 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 1, 


PARLINA FULYA, Sp. nov. 


Oblong-ovate, fulvous ; apical joints of the antenne, the tibize, and 
tarsi piceous ; thorax impunctate ; elytra closely punctured. 

Var. Entirely fulvous. 

Length 2 lines. 

Head impunetate, the frontal tubercles small but distinct, the 
carina short ; the penultimate joint of the palpi thickened, the apical 
one short, acutely pointed. Antenne nearly as long as the body, the 
second joint short, the following joints nearly equal in length, the 
four basal ones fulvous, the rest more or less piceous. Thorax 
transverse, three times broader than long, the sides rounded and 
narrowly margined, the angles rather blunt, scarcely prominent, the 
surface with a transverse distinct groove near the base, not extending 
to the sides, scarcely visibly punctured or entirely impunctate. 
Scutellum triangular. Elytra without basal depression, closely and 
finely but distinctly punctured. The posterior tibiz mucronate; the 
first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the two following joints 
together; claws appendiculate. Prosternum narrow; the anterior 
coxal cavities open. 

Parlina was established by Motschulsky for the reception of a 
species of Haltica having the general characters of the genus Lacéica, 
with which it agrees in the open coxal cavities and thoracic groove. 
The typical form (P. trancisa), which was also obtained by Mr. Lewis, 
differs from the species described here in its more general oval 
shape and more transverse thorax; it agrees well enough with the 
description of the author to leave little doubt about the identity of 
the species. In Parlina the thoracic groove is placed close to the 
posterior margins and is bounded at the sides by a short, not very 
distinct perpendicular groove. P. fulva, of which several specimens 
are before me, differs in the almost entirely fulvous colour, in the 
much less transverse thorax, and in the narrower prosternum as well 
as in the more oblong shape. Chapuis seems to have overlooked the 
present genus, as he makes no mention of it in his ‘Genera des 
Coléoptéres.’ 

From Lactica the type of Parlina differs in the much more trans- 
verse thorax and its sinuate groove, the latter not being bounded by 
a lateral depression. 


HypNnopPuHiLa VIOLACEIPENNIS, Sp. nov. 


Ovate, very convex ; black; basal joints of the antennz and the 
posterior tibize obscure testaceous ; thorax scarcely visibly punctured ; 
elytra dark violaceous, punctate-striate. 

Length 2 line. 

Head impunctate; the frontal tubercles obsolete. Antennze with 
the last five joints transversely dilated, black, the five lower joints 
testaceous. ‘Thorax transverse, three times as broad as long, the sides 
straight, the base with a very short longitudinal groove at each side ; 
the surface with a few very minute punctures, visible only under a 
strong lens. Scutellum piceous. Elytra very strongly convex, narrowed 


1887.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 8Y 


and rather pointed at the apices, each elytron with nine or ten rows 
of distinct punctures. Posterior tibie dilated at the apices, the 
jatter furnished with a row of bristles and below with a long fulvous 
spine ; claws simple. 

A single specimen. 


HypNopHILa APICIPENNIS, sp. noy. 


Black ; base of the antennz, the head, thorax, and legs rufous ; 
elytra strongly punctate-striate, the apices fulvous. 

Length 4 line. 

Head impunctate ; antenne with the last five joints transversely 
dilated, black, the others fulvous. Thorax nearly three times 
broader than long, transversely convex, rufous, shining, impunctate, 
the basal margin with a short longitudinal groove at each side. 
Elytra subglobose, very convex, strongly punctate-striate, their 
apices fulvous, this colour extending also partly to the sides. Claws 
simple. 

The single specimen obtained, like the following, is glued to a card, 
so that I cannot say anything about the underside. It is smaller 
than H. violaceipennis, but seems to possess all the characters of 
Hypnophila. 


HyYpNOPHILA RUGICOLLIS, sp. nov. 


Black ; head and thorax very finely rugose and wrinkled ; elytra 
dark purplish, distinctly punctate-striate. 

Length + line. 

Head fively rugose ; antennz black, of the same structure as in 
the preceding species. Thorax more than twice as broad as long, 
the sides defiexed ; the surface entirely covered with fine longitudinal 
rugosilies, giving it an opaque appearance; a small longitudinal 
indentation is placed on each side at the basal margin, and a lateral 
groove extends close to the lateral margin, the latter appearing 
somewhat thickened and shining. Elytra ovate, very convex and 
pointed at the apices, the punctures regular and moderately deep and 
placed in striz, the single punctures being very closely approached. 
Legs black, the posterior femora very strongly incrassate, their tibiee 
straight and armed at the apex with a long and distinct spine; the 
first joint of the posterior tarsi nearly as long as the three following 
joints together ; claws simple. 

A single specimen. 


Manosia APICICORNIS, Sp. Nov. 


Piceous or black; head, thorax, and legs fulvous; antenne black, 
the four lower and the last joint fulvous ; elytra black, their apices 
fulvous, strongly punctate-striate. 

Var. a. Entirely fulvous. 

Var. 6. Obscure piceous; the tibize fulvous. 

Length | line. 

Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles strongly raised, of an 
elongate triangular shape, bounded behind by a deep transverse 


90 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Hebets 


groove, which extends to the inner margin of the eyes. Antenne 
nearly as long as the body ; the 4 or 5 lower joints obscure fulvous, 
the five following ones black, the apical joint reddish fulvous; the 
third and fourth joints equal. Thorax transversely subquadrate, the 
sides straight, the posterior margin slightly lobed, the anterior angles 
obliquely truncate and slightly thickened; surface with a deep, 
strongly sinuate, transverse groove near the base, extending nearly 
to the posterior angles, the latter produced into a tooth; the disk 
impunctate, the groove itself with some punctures; scutellum 
fulvous. Elytra with a well-marked basilar depression, the shoulders 
prominent, the disk strongly punctate-striate, the punctuation 
diminishing towards the apices, the interstices slightly costate near 
the sides. Prosternum rather broad; the anterior coxal cavities 
open. 

oak apicicornis resembles greatly several species from the Malayan 
regions which served me for the establishment of the present genus ; 
their general appearance is that of a small species of Crepzdodera, 
from which the open coxal cavities and the strongly sinuate thoracic 
groove separates Manobia. In M. apicicornis, which seems to be 
a very variable species, the apices of the elytra are pale fulvous, while 
the last joint of the antenne is of a more reddish colour; this is 
constant in all the specimens before me, and separates the species 
from its allies. 


CREPIDODERA HIRTIPENNIS, Sp. Nov. 


Oblong-ovate ; black ; antennz and tarsi flavous; thorax rugose- 
punctate ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the interstices costate, 
and clothed with long white pubescence. 

Length 3 line. 

Head not visibly punctured, with some single long white hairs. 
Antenne a little shorter than the body, the third and the two follow- 
ing joints equal, slightly shorter than the second but not so stout ; 
terminai joints slightly thickened, the apical one fuscous, the rest fla- 
vous. Thorax rather more than twice as broad as long, the sides nearly 
straight, the disk strongly rugose-punctate, transversely grooved 
near the base. Elytra with regular rows of deep punctures, the 
interstices strongly costate, and furnished with long white single 
hairs. Legs black, tarsi flavous. 

Of this small and interesting little species there is only a single 
example before me. As the specimen is carded, Iam not able to say 
anything about the state of the cavities or other characters of the 
underside, and have placed it at present in Crepidodera on account 
of the thoracic groove and punctate-striate elytra. The following 
species, of which also only a single specimen was obtained, is still 
smaller. Both agree in the almost equally stout femora of all the 
legs, which leaves it doubtful whether these species would not equally 
well find their place amongst the Galerucinz. 


CREPIDODERA MINUTA, Sp. Nov. 
Entirely pale fulvous; head impunctate; thorax very closely 


1887. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 91 


punctured ; elytra regularly punctate-striate, the interstices scarcely 
raised, 

Length 4 line. 

Rather smaller and narrower than the preceding species; the 
thorax twice as broad as long, the sides slightly narrowed towards 
the base, nearly straight, the surface extremely closely and dis- 
tinctly punctured, the basal groove distinct and placed close to the 
posterior margin ; elytra rather paler than the thorax, the punctures 
larger and arranged in regular rows ; all the femora thickened, the 
posterior ones scarcely more incrassate than the others. 


SEBAETHE SUTURALIS, Sp. nov. 


Testaceous, terminal joints of the antennz fuscous; head and 
thorax impunctate ; elytra very finely and closely punctured, a more 
or less distinct sutural stripe, narrowed behind, piceous, 

Length 13-2 lines. 

Head not longer than broad, impunctate; the frontal tubercles 
strongly raised, transverse and nearly contiguous ; carina short but 
distinct. Antennze closely approached, two thirds the length of the 
body, the first three joints pale testaceous, the rest fuscous, the third 
joint one half longer than the second, but slightly shorter than 
the fourth joint. Thorax narrow, three times as broad as long, the 
sides slightly rounded and narrowly margined, the anterior angles 
thickened, the surface somewhat convex and entirely impunctate. 
Seutellum rather broad, impunctate. LElytra slightly widened towards 
the middle, their apices rounded, the sides with a narrow margin ; 
the disk very finely and moderately closely punctured, obscure 
testaceous like the rest of the body, with a narrow posteriorly con- 
stricted sutural piceous stripe not extending to the apices; the 
posterior tibize longitudinally channelled ; the first joint of the pos- 
terior tarsi as long as the two following joints together. 

Dikoya. 

Smaller than S. pallida, Jac., the sides of the thorax less strongly 
rounded, and the surface without depressions ; further distinguished 
by the sutural stripe; this latter is, however, in some specimens 
scarcely visible, in others strongly marked. ‘The colour of the 
antenne and that of the tarsi is also subject to variation, being 
sometimes obscure piceous and in some instances testaceous ; the 
impunctate thorax, the coloration of the elytra, in connection with 
the size, will help to separate S. suturalis from its allies. 


SEBAETHE CEYLONENSIS, Sp. Nov. 


Oblong-ovate, obscure testaceous ; thorax impunctate, the sides 
strongly rounded ; elytra extremely closely and finely punctured. 

Length 23-3 lines. 

Head impunctate ; the eyes very large, divided by a space not 
broader than their diameter ; the frontal tubercles broadly trigonate, 
bounded behind by a deep groove. Antenne two thirds the length 
of the body, the joints slender and elongate, with the exception of 
the second, of nearly equal length. Thorax nearly three times as 


92 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. T, 


broad as long, the sides rounded and narrowly margined. Elytra 
widened towards the middle, very closely and finely punctured ; the 
prosternum narrow but distinct. 

Bogawantalawa. 

S. ceylonensis entirely resembles in regard to colour the uni- 
colorous variety of S. suturalis, but differs in being of much larger 
size and in having the sides of the thorax much more rounded ; the 
antenne have their joints also much more elongate, and the punc- 
tuation of the elytra is finer and more closely placed. As the four 
specimens before me all agree in the above characters, I must consider 
the species specifically distinct from the preceding. S. pallida, Jac., 
from Celebes, is another very closely allied species, but differs in the 
depressions of the thorax, the fulvous labrum, and the shorter 
antennee. 


SpHZRODERMA ORIENTALIS, Sp. lov. 


Piceous ; the three basal joints of the antenne fulvous; above 
reddish fulvous ; thorax very finely punctured ; elytra closely and 
finely semipunctate-striate. 

Length 1 line. 

Head impunctate; the frontal tubercles distinct ; lower part of 
the face prominent, the anterior edge of the clypeus straight. 
Antenne about half the length of the body, black, the three lower 
joints fulvous, the second thinner and rather smaller than the 
preceding, the terminal joints gradually thickened. ‘Thorax trans- 
verse, three times broader than long, the sides straight, the posterior 
margin distinctly sinuate at each side, the median lobe slightly 
produced and rounded, the surface finely and evenly punctured. 
Scutellum small. Elytra very convex and distinctly narrowed 
towards the apices, the shoulders not prominent, the surface very 
closely and somewhat more distinctly punctured than the thorax, 
the punctuation arranged in semiregular rows. Legs piceous. Pro- 
sternum longer than broad. Elytral epipleurze broad, nearly extend- 
ing to the apices. 

Galle. 

I am unable to say whether the present species is identical with 
one or the other described by Motschulsky. In some specimens the 
thorax is more or less stained with piceous. 


Cuapria (gen. nov. Halticinorum). 


Anterior coxal cavities open. Body ovate, rounded, very convex. 
Antenne widely separated, filiform, slightly thickened towards the 
apical joints. Thorax narrowly transverse, four times as broad as 
long, the sides rounded. Scutellum triangular. Elytra irregularly 
punctured, convex, strongly deflected towards the apices, their epi- 
pleurze broad and continued below the middle. Posterior femora 
strongly incrassate ; tibiee not channelled, the posterior ones with a 
distinct spine ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the 
two following joints together ; claws appendiculate. Prosternum 


1887.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON, 93 


narrow but distinct, longer than broad, its base slightly widened and 
rounded. 

The general appearance of the insect for which I am obliged to 
propose the present genus has much the appearance of a species of 
Chrysomela on account of the ovate and strongly convex shape and 
the very transversely shaped thorax ; the space between the insertion 
of the antennee is much greater than is the case in the majority of 
the Halticine, while the strongly incrassate posterior femora leaves 
no doubt as to the proper place of the genus amongst the latter 
family. 


CHABRIA NIGROPLAGIATA, sp. nov. (Plate X. fig. 8.) 


Black; antenna and the tibize flavous ; above fulvous or flavous, 
a spot at the vertex, two at the thorax, two transverse bands at the 
elytra, and a triangular spot near the apices of the latter black. 

Length 23 lines. 

Head impuuctate, the vertex with a black spot (sometimes wanting); 
palpi piceous as well as the apices of the jaws ; antennee entirely 
flavous or fulvous, scarcely half the length of the body, the third 
joint about one half longer than the second, the terminal joints 
gradually and slightly thickened. Thorax more than three times 
broader than long, the sides rounded, the anterior angles obliquely 
truncate (in one specimen more pointed), the surface with a few 
scarcely visible punctures, fulvous, with a black spot of variable 
shape placed on each side at the base. Scutellum black, or with the 
base only of that colour. Elytra very convex, rounded towards the 
middle and pointed at the apices, their surface scarcely or not visibly 
punctured ; each elytron with a broad concave-shaped band near the 
base, not quite extending to either margin ; another transverse band is 
placed at the middle, each end being widened, and a triangular-shaped 
spot near the apex. Underside and the femora and tarsi black. 

Bogawantalawa. 


CHABRIA APICICORNIS, sp. nov. (Plate X. fig. 9.) 


Piceous ; antenne testaceous, the two apical joints black ; thorax 
and elytra minutely punctured; the posterior tibiz and the tarsi 
testaceous or flavous. 

Var. The basal joints of the antenne piceous. 

Length 23-3 lines. 

Head rather broader than long, impunctate, the frontal tubercles 
almost entirely absent, the space between the antenne broad, divided 
at the base by a rather deep groove and bounded behind by another 
transverse groove; clypeus broad, scarcely narrowed above, and 
forming a single piece with the face; labrum transverse, with a 
row of fine punctures; palpi incrassate at the penultimate joint, 
the apical one acute and conical. Antenne half the length of the 
body, the third and fourth joints equal, the following slightly widened 
at their apices, the two or three terminal joints black, the others 
testaceous, Thorax with the sides very strongly rounded and narrowly 
margined, the anterior angles entirely obsolete and oblique and 


94 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 1, 


indicated only near the middle by a thickened rounded fovea; the 
surface scarcely visibly punctured. Elytra very convex, deflexed and 
pointed at the apices, without any basal depression or prominent 
shoulders, the surface punctured like that of the thorax. Body 
below coloured like the upper surface; the tibize and the tarsi more 
or less distinctly flavous. 

Dikoya, Bogawantalawa. 


Pua .ora (gen. nov. Halticinorum). 


Body ovate, convex, subcylindrical, pointed posteriorly. Antenne 
rather distant, gradually thickened at the terminal joints. Thorax 
transverse, the sides rounded, the anterior angles thickened and 
obliquely rounded, the disk without depression. Elytra punctate- 
striate. Anterior tibia unarmed; the posterior ones with a very 
short spine, somewhat widened at their apices, and with a short and 
shallow longitudinal depression or groove; the first joint of the 
posterior tarsi as long as the two following joints together ; claws 
appendiculate. Prosternum broad, its base truncate. Mesoster- 
num of the same shape but half the size. Anterior coxal cavities 
closed. 

Phelota, like Chabria, has much the general appearance of a spe- 
cies of Chrysomela; from Chabria it differs in the shorter antennae, 
the punctate-striate elytra, and the closed coxal cavities. 


PHZLOTA SEMIFASCIATA, Sp. NOV. 

Fulvous or piceous; above obscure greenish zeneous varied with 
fulvous; thorax minutely punctured, the disk greenish; elytra 
regularly punctate-striate, greenish geneous, the interstices alternately 
more or less obscure fulvous. 

Var. Above and the legs entirely fulvous (immature 7). 

Length 2 lines. 

Head with a few minute punctures; eyes large; frontal tubercles 
transversely trigonate, nearly contiguous; the carina indistinct ; 
labrum more or less fulvous. Antenne half the length of the body, 
the five lower joints fulvous, the rest black, the apex of the terminal 
joint fulvous ; the second to the fifth joints short, nearly equal, the 
six terminal ones thickened, slightly longer than broad. Thorax 
transverse, the anterior margin nearly straight, the posterior one and 
the sides slightly rounded, the anterior angles much thickened and 
obtusely rounded, the surface minutely punctured, greenish zeneous, 
the margins more or less fulvous. Elytra very convex, subcylindrical, 
and pointed at the apices, strongly punctate-striate. Legs piceous 
or fulvous, more or less stained with greenish neous. 

Bogawantalawa. 

In some specimens the elytra show alternate longitudinal bands of 
eeneous and fulvyous. 


Prxoporvs (gen. nov. Halticinorum). 


Body ovate, widened behind ; palpi slender, filiform. Antenne 
filiform, the second joint short, the third and fourth joints equal, 


1887.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPLERA OF CEYLON. 995 


Thorax narrowly transverse, three times as broad aslong. Seutellum 
triangular. Elytra with a more or less distinct basal depression, 
semipunctate-striate, their epipleurz not continued below the middle ; 
the four anterior tibia unarmed, the posterior ones with a small 
spine; the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the two 
following ones together; claws appendiculate. Prosternum distinct; 
the anterior coxal cavities closed. 

Pexodorus will enter Chapuis’s eighth group, the Ozygonine, on 
account of the closed coxal cavities and the narrow transverse 
thorax. From Oxygona the genus is distinguished by the short 
ovate general shape of its body and the elytral epipleurz, which are 
obsolete below the middle. 


PEXODORUS CEYLONENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate X. fig. 10.) 


Black or metallic green; the basal joints of the antennz, the 
four anterior legs, and the posterior tibise testaceous ; thorax 
impunctate ; elytra finely and closely punctate-striate. 

2 (?). Elytra with deep basal depression ; antenne entirely 
testaceous; all the femora and the posterior tibiee black. 

Length 13-2 lines. 

Head rather broader than long; the frontal elevations ovate, but 
little raised and small; eyes entire, of oblong shape ; clypeus rather 
flat ; labrum obscurefulvons. Antenne two thirds the length of the 
body, testaceous, the three or four apical joints fuscous. Thorax 
rather more than three times as broad as long, the posterior margin 
slightly rounded, the sides narrowly margined, nearly straight, the 
anterior angles somewhat broad and slightly produced, furnished as 
well as the posterior ones with a single hair; the surface entirely 
impunctate. Elytra widened towards the apices, with a shallow 
basal depression ; the surface finely and very closely punctate-striate ; 
the posterior femora strongly incrassate, piceous, the others and the 
tibie and tarsi testaceous. Prosternum narrow; mesosternum 
much broader, its base slightly emarginate. 

Dikoya. 

I am not quite sure whether I rightly refer two specimens, which 
differ from the others in the very deep elytral depressions and 
differently coloured legs, to the female sex. In the absence of other 
distinguishing characters it is as well to regard them as such. Some 
specimens are of a metallic greenish or bluish colour and the antennze 
are entirely flavous; in others the colour of the latter is nearly black; 
but I cannot discover any other differences of importance. 


PuiLoGevus (gen. nov. Halticinorum). 


Ovate, convex, subcylindrical, Anterior coxal cavities open ; eyes 
large; palpi robust ; antennz with dilated apical joints. Thorax 
transversely subquadrate, with a shallow transverse groove near the 
base, the anterior angles oblique, notched before the middle. 
Elytra finely punctate-striate, not depressed below the base. 
Posterior femora strongly incrassate, their tibize dilated at the apices, 
with a shallow longitudinal groove, armed with a spine; the first 


96 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 1, 


joint of the posterior tarsi rather longer than the two following 
joints together; claws bifid; prosternum longer than broad, very 
distinct ; mesosternum transversely subquadrate. 

The insect for which I am obliged to establish the present genus 
has quite the appearance of a small species of ZTypophorus amongst 
the Eumolpine. From any other genus of the present family, 
especially from Manobia, Jac., Philogeus may be distinguished by the 
dilated and flattened posterior tibize in connection with the thoracic 
groove and the dilated antennz, as well as by the bifid claws, 
which is a character of rare occurrence amongst the Halticine. 


PHILOGEUS FULVIPENNIS, Sp. nov. 


Fulvous; head, antenne, thorax and the legs black; thorax 
impunetate ; elytra very finely punctate-striate, fulvous. 

Length 14 line. 

Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles obsolete ; the carina 
acutely raised; antennze closely approached, nearly as long as the 
body, the third and fourth joints equal, slightly longer than the 
second, which is thickened, the sixth to the tenth joints gradu- 
ally and distinetly widened, pubescent, the terminal one of usual 
size, often fulvous. Thorax about one half broader than long, the 
sides straight, the posterior margin slightly and broadly rounded, 
the anterior angles forming an obtuse tooth before the middle; the 
surface scarcely visibly punctured, with an obsolete sinuate transverse 
groove near the base extending some way upwards at the sides ; 
scutellum rather broad, its apex rounded. Elytra extremely finely 
and rather distantly punctate-striate, their apices rounded. 

Dikoya. 


AMPHIMELOIDES (gen. nov. Halticinorum). 


Subovate, convex. Antenne separated, inserted immediately 
below the eyes, short, their apical joints widened. Thorax trans— 
verse, the sides angulate before the middle. Elytra irregularly 
punctured. Posterior femora strongly incrassate, their tibize dilated 
and slightly longitudinally suleate near the apices, the latter armed 
with a long spine. Claws appendiculate. Prosternum very narrow 
but distinct. Anterior coxal cavities open. 

From all other genera of Halticidee with the exception of Amphi- 
mela the present genus differs by the broad space dividing the 
insertion of the antennze, while the open coxal cavities will distin- 
guish the genus from Amphimela proper. 


AMPHIMELOIDES DORSALIS, sp. Nov. 


Fulvous; the apical joints of the antennz, the posterior femora, 
and the breast piceous or black; thorax scarcely visibly, elytra 
more distinctly and closely punctured, each elytron with a broad 
longitudinal black band, abbreviated posteriorly. 

Length 1 line. 

Head impunctate, without transverse groove or frontal elevations ; 
the clypeus not separated from the face, which forms a plane surface; 


18387. ] PHUYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 97 


labrum piceous ; palpi long aud slender. Antenne inserted close to 
the inner margin of the eyes, scarcely extending in length to the 
base of the thorax, the second joint short and thickened, the third 
more slender and longer, the rest gradually widened and trans- 
versely shaped; black, the four basal joints fulvous. Thorax at 
least three times broader than long, pale fulvous, the sides straight 
and forming a distinct angle betore the middle, the posterior margin 
evenly and moderately rounded; the surface without depressions, 
smooth and nearly impunctate. Scutellum broadly ovate, black. 
Elytra convex, subcylindrical, closely and distinctly punctured, 
fulvous, each elytron with a broad black band commencing at the 
middle of the base and extending below the middle, the outer 
margin deeply concave at the middle. Legs fulvous, the posterior 
femora piceous as well as the sides of the breast. 

The elytral band is slightly widened at the apex, and approaches 
gradually towards the suture without, however, touching the latter. 


Treeyrivs (gen. nov. Halticinorum). 


Ovate, subcylindrical. Anteunee slender, filiform, the third joint 
slightly longer than the second. Thorax transversely subquadrate, 
the surface transversely but obsoletely grooved near the base. 
Elytra convex, broader than the thorax, without depressions, finely 
and semiregularly punctured. Posterior femora strongly incrassate, 
their tibiz dilated and longitudinally channelled, their apices with a 
small spine; the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the three 
following joints together. Claws appendiculate. Prosternum 
broad, subquadrate. Mesosternum broader than long, its base 
concave-emarginate. Anterior coxal cavities open. 

Tegyrius has the general shape and appearance of Philogeus, but 
differs in the filiform antennze, the much longer metatarsus of the 
posterior tarsi, and in the appendiculate, not bifid, claws. From 
Longitarsus the genus may be distinguished by the transverse 
sinuate groove of the thorax and the broad prosternum. 


TEGYRIUS METALLICUS, Sp. nov. 

Black ; antennz, legs, the posterior femora excepted, testaceous ; 
above metallic greenish zneous; head and thorax impunctate ; 
elytra very finely semipunctate-striate. 

Length 1 line. 

Head impunctate; the frontal tubercles and the carina very 
narrow and rather indistinct. Antenne nearly as long as the body, 
the fourth joint one half longer than the third, the second thickened. 
Thorax scarcely twice as broad as long, the sides straight, the 
anterior angles obliquely truncate and slightly thickened, the basilar 
transverse groove sinuate, not very deep and not extending to the 
sides ; the disk entirely impunctate. Elytra convex, subcylindrical, 
without basal depression, the shoulders not prominent, the apices 
rounded; surface very closely and minutely punctured, the punctua- 
tion arranged in semiregular rows; the anterior tarsi, the posterior 
femora, and the inner side of the posterior tibize blackish. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. VIT. 7 


98 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 1, 


The antenne and the legs in this species are subject to variation 
in colour; sometimes the first two joints of the antennz are stained 
with piceous as well as the legs and tarsi, the latter in other speci- 
mens being entirely testaceous with the exception of the posterior 
femora. 


Atytus (gen. nov. Halticinorum). 


Body ovate, pointed behind. Head not longer than bread ; fronta 
tubercles strongly raised ; antennz as long as or longer than the body, 
the second and third joints nearly equal. Thorax subquadrate, the 
angles not produced, the surface with a distinct transverse groove 
near the base, extending to the posterior angles. Scutellum trigonate. 
Elytra ovate convex, pointed posteriorly, regularly punctate-striate. 
Posterior femora strongly incrassate, their tibize with a distinct spine ; 
the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the two following 
joints together ; claws appendiculate. Anterior coxal cavities open. 
Prosternum narrowly elongate, much longer than broad ; meso- 
sternum distinct, subquadrate. 

In its general appearance the insect, for the reception of which I 
am obliged to establish the present genus, resembles a species of 
Longitarsus, from which the distinct transverse groove of the thorax 
and the short metatarsus of the posterior legs separate it; the 
punctate-striate and the ovate and strongly pointed elytra are further 
characteristic of dlytus. A single species is before me. 


ALYTUS CEYLONENSIS, sp. nov. 


Fulvous or testaceous; posterior femora piceous; the disk of the 
thorax impunctate, the groove punctured; elytra strongly punctate- 
striate. 

Length 3-1 line. 

Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles strongly developed, elon- 
gate; the third joint of the antenne thinner than the second, but 
scarcely longer, the following joints more slender and elongate. 
Thorax transversely quadrate, slightly constricted at the base, the 
sides nearly straight, the angles rather obtuse, the surface entirely 
impunctate, the transverse groove closely punctured. Elytra ovate, 
convex, widened at the middle, fulvous ; each elytron with about ten 
rows of regular and distinct punctures, the first row very short. Legs 
testaceous, the apices of the posterior femora piceous. 

The general colour of the upper surface is dark fulvous, very 
shining, the thorax and the legs being of a paler tint. The elytra 
are strongly narrowed at the base and at the apices, so that the 
thorax is broader than the elytra at the base. 


THRYL&A (gen. nov. Halticinorum). 


Body rounded, subovate ; eyes rather large; frontal tubercles in 
shape of oblique narrow ridges. Antenne rather short, the ter- 
minal joints thickened. Thorax transverse, the anterior angles 
obliquely truncate, the surface without transverse groove, the basal 


1887.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 99 


margin with a short perpendicular groove. Elytra distinctly 
punctate-striate ; their epipleurze very broad, concave, and continued 
to the apices; posterior femora strongly thickened; tibie not 
channelled, the posterior ones with a short spine ; the first joint of 
the posterior tarsi as long as the two following joints together ; 
claws appendiculate. Prosternum broad, one half longer than broad. 
Mesosternum transversely quadrate. Anterior coxal cavities open. 
The rounded convex shape, the short perpendicular basal grooves 
of the thorax, in connection with the punctate-striate elytra, the 
broad prosternum, and open coxal cavities separate this genus. 


THRYL&A VARIABILIS, sp. nov. 


Reddish fulvous; head, thorax, and the legs black; thorax 
distinctly punctured ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, dark fulvous. 
Var. Fulvous ; elytra black, the suture and the apices fulvous. 

Length 1 line. 

Head impunetate, the clypeus thickened ; labrum margined with 
fulvous. Antenne about half the length of the body, black, the 
apices of the first five joints stained with fulvous ; the second joint 
as thick, but half the size of the first, the third and the two follow- 
ing joints nearly equal, shorter and thinner, the rest more flattened 
and dilated. Thorax transverse, rather more than twice as broad as 
long, the sides straight, the anterior angles oblique forming a 
thickened angle before the middle; surface finely but distinctly and 
not very closely punctured, black. Scutellum fulvous. Elytra 
rounded, strongly and regularly punctate-striate, the interstices with 
a few fine punctures, slightly convex near the sides and apices, the 
shoulders thickened and somewhat prominent, Legs black ; tarsi 
piceous. 

Bogawantalawa. 


Mory.us (gen. nov. Halticinorum). 


Body ovate. Antenne slightly widened at the terminal joints, 
the third and fourth joints equal. Thorax transverse, without de- 
pressions, the anterior angles oblique. Scutellum broader than long. 
Elytra irregularly punctured, their epipleuree extending below the 
middle. The posterior femora strongly incrassate, their tibize 
deeply longitudinally channelled, armed at the apices with a small 
spine; the anterior tibize unarmed. Claws appendiculate. Pro- 
sternum very broad. Mesosternum more than twice as broad as 
long. Anterior coxal cavities open. 

Morylus agrees with Sebaethe, Baly, in the deeply sulcate posterior 
tibize, but differs in the shape of the thorax, the sides of which are 
straight, not flattened or margined, and in the broad prosternum, 


MoRYLUS FULVIPENNIS, sp. nov. 


Black, head and thorax impunctate ; elytra fulvous, depressed 
below the base, very closely and distinctly punctured ; legs black. 
Length 1} line. 
Head entirely impunctate, the frontal elevations in shape of narrow 
7* 


100 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 1, 


oblique ridges, which continue between the antenne ; the lower part 
of the face concave ; the penultimate joint of the palpi transversely 
quadrate. Antenne rather robust, more than half the length of the 
body, black; the first joint thick and rather short, the second as 
thick but one third shorter, the two following joints elongate and 
thinner, the rest gradually and moderately dilated, longer than 
broad. Thorax rather more than twice as broad as long, widened 
at the middle, the sides perfectly straight, the anterior angles obliquely 
cut, forming a tooth before the middle, the surface not visibly punc- 
tured. Elytra slightly widened towards the middle, broadly and 
rather obsoletely depressed below the base, the shoulders some- 
what prominent; the surface very closely and distinctly punctured, 
reddish fulvous. 


Ivauia (gen. nov. Halticinorum). 


Body very convex, ovate. Antenne with the seven last joints 
transversely dilated. Thorax transverse, without grooves. Elytra 
irregularly punctured ; the posterior femora strongly incrassate ; 
posterior tibize stout, widened behind, deeply channelled, the edges 
armed with several teeth, the apices with along spine. Claws appen- 
diculate. Prosternum narrowly elongate; mesosternum very trans- 
versely shaped, widened at the middle. Anterior coxal cavities open. 

I am obliged to propose the present genus for the reception of 
some small species of Halticidee having the general shape and 
appearance of Apteropeda, but differing from that and the allied 
genera placed by Chapuis in his 16th group by the irregularly 
punctured elytra and the appendiculate claws. 


IVALIA VIRIDIPENNIS, sp. nov. (Plate X. fig. 12.) 


Reddish fulvous; terminal joints of the antennz black ; elytra 
metallic green, finely and closely punctured, their apices very pointed. 
2%). Larger, more rounded, the apices of the elytra fulvous. 

Length 3-1 line. 

Head impunctate, fulvous; the frontal tubercles obsolete ; palpi 
long and rather slender, the apical joint piceous. Antennze black, 
the four lower joints testaceous, the third and fourth joints small, 
equal, the following transversely dilated, pubescent. Thorax nearly 
three times as broad as long, widened at the middle, the sides nearly 
straight, the angles obsolete; surface extremely finely punctured, 
fulvous. Elytra ovate, strongly narrowed and pointed at the apices, 
the surface very closely punctured. Legs fulvous; the posterior 
tibie with three or four teeth at their margins. 

Bogawantalawa. 

In the specimen which I consider to be the female of this species 
the general shape is more robust, and the elytra have their extreme 
apices of a fulvous colour; the teeth at the tibize are not so plainly 
marked; but other differences of importance I cannot find. 


IVALIA METALLICA, sp. nov. (Plate X. fig. 11.) 
Black or piceous below; the four basal joints of the antenne 


1887. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON, 1 


testaceous; thorax metallic blue or greenish, finely punctured ; 
elytra metallic purplish or cupreous, closely punctured. 

Length 1 line. 

Head impunctate ; the frontal tubercles feebly raised. Antenne 
black, the last seven joints transversely dilated, the others obscure 
testaceous. Thorax transversely subcylindrical, widened towards the 
middle, the surface finely granulate and punctured, with an obscure 
longitudinal impression near the lateral margin. Scutellum triangular, 
piceous. Elytra very convex, narrowed behind, of a reddish metallic 
cupreous colour, very closely and irregularly punctured. Legs black, 
the tibiz rather lighter, the posterior ones armed with three or 
four teeth ; their apices with a long fulvous spine ; claws appen- 
diculate. 

Bogawantalawa. 

This species is of the same shape as the preceding, with which it 
has further all the structural characters in common ; the different 
coloration sufficiently distinguishes it. 


IVALIA FULVIPENNIS, sp. nov. 


Black ; head and thorax impunctate; elytra dark fulvous, very 
closely and irregularly punctured. 

Length 1 line. 

Head broader than long. Antenne short, robust, the three lower 
joints obscure fulvous, the rest black. Thorax three times as broad 
as long, the sides nearly straight, surface entirely impunctate, black. 
Scutellum black. Elytra rounded, very convex, dark reddish fulvous, 
closely punctured, the interstices somewhat rugose or wiinkled. Legs 
piceous, the tibize more or less obscure fulvous. 


Demarcuuvs (gen, nov. Halticinorum). 


Body ovate; pubescent. Antenne filiform, the third joint more 
than double the length of the second; palpi robust. Thorax trans- 
verse with an anterior and posterior transverse depression. Scutellum 
subpentagonal. Elytra pubescent, finely rugose, their epipleurz 
disappearing below the middle. Tibi simple, unarmed ; the first 
joint of the posterior tatsi not longer than the second ; claws ob- 
soletely bifid. Anterior coxal cavities open. Prosternum scarcely 
visible. Mesosternum narrow and pointed. 

The single specimen before me, upon which I am obliged to 
establish the present genus, resembles in general appearance a species 
of the genus Sebaetha, from which the simple tibiz, trausversely 
impressed thorax, and the pubescent elytra will at once distinguish 
it. The posterior femora are moderately but very distinctly in- 
crassate. 


Demarcuus PUBIPENNIS, Sp. noy. 


Testaceous; head rugose; thorax shining, nearly impunctate ; 
elytra obscure fulvous, the basal and the lateral margin obscure piceous, 

Length 2 lines, 

Head finely rugose at the vertex, the frontal tubercles distinct, 


102 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 1, 


nearly square-shaped and smooth ; labrum piceous. Antenne nearly 
as long as the body, testaceous, the third and following joints elon- 
gate, nearly equal in length and much longer than the second joint. 
Thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides rounded at the 
middle, narrowed near the anterior angles, the latter slightly pro- 
minent ; the surface shining, scarcely visibly punctured near the side, 
with a short anterior and posterior transverse groove and a small 
anterior fovea as well as an obsolete oblique posterior lateral depres- 
sion. Scutellum obscure fulvous. Elytra closely pubescent, very 
finely rugose-puuctate, the basal margin and the sides to below the 
middle obscure piceous or fuscous, the rest of the surface very ob- 
scure fulvous. Legs and underside testaceous; the claws indistinctly 
bifid. 


SpH#ROPLEURA (gen. nov. Halticinorum). 


Body strongly rounded and convex. Antenne filiform, the first 
joint slender, the second and following joints nearly equal and shorter. 
Thorax subhemispherical, without depression. Elytra punctate- 
striate, their epipleurze very broad and concave, continued to below the 
middle ; the posterior femora strongly dilated; the four posterior 
tibiee mucronate ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the 
two following joints united; claws appendiculate. Prosternum nar- 
row, deeply longitudinally channelled. Mesosternum deeply emargi- 
nate at its apex. Anterior coxal cavities closed. 

Spheropleura agrees in shape, which resembles that of a species 
of Coccinella, with Spherophyma, Baly, Argopistes, Motsch., and 
Homelea, Jac. It differs from the first-named genus in the much 
less strongly dilated posterior femora, the longer and not dilated 
tibie, and the smaller eyes, also in the want of a thoracic median 
lobe. From Argopistes this genus may be separated by the filiform 
antennee and the punctate-striate elytra; and from Homelea by the 
much more strongly incrassate posterior femora, the latter in Homelea 
being only about one half thicker than the rest of the thighs, and 
the mesosternum strongly transverse and of different shape, and the 
elytra irregularly punctured. 


SpH£ROPLEURA TRICOSTATA, Sp. nov. 


Piceous below ; antenne, tibize, and tarsi testaceous; head and 
thorax impunctate, black; elytra finely puuctate-striate. 

@. Each elytron with three short but distinct costz near the apex. 

Var. Elytra fulvous. 

Length 13 line. 

Head entirely impunctate ; the frontal tubercles very small and 
indistinct ; labrum fulvous. Antenne about half the length of the 
body, testaceous, the terminal joint fuscous. Thorax subhemi- 
spherical, more than three times as broad as long, the sides straight, 
the angles not produced but distinct. Elytra wider at the base than 
the thorax, very convex and rounded, the punctuation very fine at 
the middle of the disk, much more distinct towards the sides ; of the 
three costee placed near the apex in the female, the first is shorter 


1887. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 103 


than the others, but none extend to the end of the elytra nor to the 
middle. The shoulders are but little prominent, and between them 
and the lateral margin of the elytra there is a broader impunctate 
space extending to the middle, the lateral margin itself being accom- 
panied by a row of deep punctures. The legs are subject to some 
variation in colour, being sometimes dark fulyous, but the anterior 
tibis seem to remain testaceous. 


AULACOPHORA STEVENSI, Baly. (Plate XI. fig. 1.) 


Testaceous ; head and thorax impunctate ; elytra finely punctured ; 
a sutural and submarginal narrow stripe, as well as their extreme 
apices, black. 

3. The fourth joint of the antennze strongly swollen and elongate. 

Length 3 lines. 

Head rather swollen at the vertex, impunctate, the frontal tubercles 
narrowly transverse. Antennze more than two thirds the length of 
the elytra, entirely testaceous, the second joint extremely short, the 
third and fifth joints triangularly dilated in the male, the fourth 
greatly enlarged in the same sex, the rest of nearly equal length and 
slender. Thorax transverse, the sides rather deflexed and widened 
towards the apex, the surface with a deeply impressed transverse 
groove near the base, impunctate. Scutellum black, Elytra rather 
convex and gradually widened posteriorly, extremely finely and rather 
closely punctured, a narrow sutural stripe extending to the apices 
and round the latter, and another equally narrow stripe near the 
lateral margin, commencing at the base and abbreviated before the 
apex of each elytron, black. Legs and underside entirely testaceous. 

The female only differs from the male in having simple antenne. 

Bogawantalawa. 


AULACOPHORA NIGRIPETA, Duviv. (Plate XI. figs. 2, 3.) 


PHYLLOBROTICA HIRTIPENNIS, Sp. Nov. 


Obscure piceous or black below; basal joints of the antennz, the 
head, thorax, and the femora fulvous; elytra obscure testaceous, 
finely rugose and pubescent, the margins narrowly fuscous. 

Length 13 line. 

Head impunctate ; the frontal tubercles distinct but small; palpi 
robust. Antenne two thirds the length of the body, piceous, the 
three basal joints fulvous. Thorax transverse, the sides slightly con- 
stricted at the base, the disk rather deeply transversely depressed, 
impunctate. Elytra very obscure pale or darker testaceous, sometimes 
fuscous, the suture and the lateral margin at the shoulders darker ; 
the surface slightly rugosely punctured and moderately closely covered 
with stiff whitish hairs; their epipleuree extremely narrow. Tibize 
unarmed, fuscous ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the 
two following joints together ; the anterior coxal cavities open. 

Nuwara Eliya. 

The legs are sometimes entirely fulvous, but generally the femora 
only are of that colour. 


104 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 1, 


PHYLLOBROTICA MARGINATA, Sp. Nov. 


Testaceous ; the basal joints of the antennze, the head, and thorax 
fulvous; scutellum black ; elytra testaceous, very finely rugosely 
punctate, the sutural and lateral margins narrowly black. 

Length 2 lines. 

Head impunctate; the frontal tubercles trigonate, strongly 
raised. Antennz nearly as long as the body, the third joint double 
the length of the second, the following ones nearly equal to the 
third joint, the three basal ones fulvous, the rest fuscous. Thorax 
transverse, more than twice as broad as long, the anterior and 
posterior margin straight and parallel; the surface rather deeply 
transversely depressed, impunctate, shining, fulvous like the head. 
Scutellum black. Elytra parallel, extremely finely punctured and 
rugose, the extreme lateral and sutural margins black; their epipleuree 
very narrow. Legs slender, the tibiee unarmed; the first joint of 
the posterior tibia as long as the two following joints together ; 
claws appendiculate ; anterior coxal cavities open. 

P. marginata differs somewhat from the more typical species of 
the genus in the more transversely shaped thorax and the distinct, 
although very narrow elytral epipleure. In the absence of other 
marks of distinction, I have placed the species in Phyllobrotica. 


MIMASTRA CAPITATA, Sp. Nov. 


Narrowly elongate; testaceous ; antennz and the breast black ; 
vertex of the head metallic greenish ; thorax impunctate, depressed 
at the disk ; elytra finely punctured and rugose, with a metallic 
green gloss, the margins narrowly greenish black. 

Length 2-3 lines. 

Head impunctate at the vertex, the latter very finely granulate, 
metallic green or eeneous; lower part of the face testaceous; the 
labrum obscure piceous. Antenne longer than the body, the second 
joint extremely short, the others very elongate and of nearly equal 
length ; black, sometimes the basal joints obscure fulvous. Thorax 
square-shaped, the disk deeply transversely depressed, impunctate, 
testaceous or fulvous, the lateral margins more or less staiued with 
dark greenish. Elytra finely transversely rugose and closely punc- 
tured ; testaceous, stained with metallic greenish, the latter colour 
more distinct at the basal margin; the suture and the lateral 
margins also narrowly dark zneous, which colour extends also to 
the epipleuree; the underside either entirely or partially black. 
Legs fulvous, the tarsi generally fuscous; the first joint of the: 
posterior tarsi as long as the three following joints together ; tibize 
unarmed. Anterior coxal cavities open. 

Dikoya. 

Except in the greater length of the posterior metatarsus, this 
species does not differ in any other material way from its allies. 


MIMASTRA ROBUSTA, Sp. Nov. 
Below piceous or blackish; above fulvous; antenne and legs 


1887.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 105 


flavous; thorax impunctate, obsoletely depressed; elytra very 
minutely punctured. 

Length 2? lines. 

Head impunctate, not longer than broad ; the frontal tubercles in 
shape of narrow transverse ridges ; the anterior margin of the clypeus 
straight ; extreme apices of the jaws black. Antennz slender, nearly 
as long as the body, flavous, the two apical joints slightly fuscous, 
the third joint slightly shorter than the fourth. Thorax subquadrate, 
scarcely more than one half broader than long, the sides narrowed 
towards the base, the angles not prominent, the surface feebly im- 
pressed at the middle, impunctate. TElytra rather flattened, the 
base scarcely or feebly raised, the surface very finely and rather 
closely punctured, the punctuation here and there arranged in rows ; 
elytral epipleurze continued below the middle. Legs rather short 
and stout, flavous ; tibize unarmed; the first joint of the posterior 
tarsi as long as the two following joints together ; claws appendicu- 
late. Anterior coxal cavities incomplete. Underside blackish, with a 
slightly metallic bluish gloss. 

Although the general shape of this species is less elongate and 
the thorax less transversely shaped than is the case with most of 
the other representatives of the genus Mimastra, it would scarcely be 
deemed sufficient to establish on these differences alone another 
genus, as, moreover, the open coxal cavities and the unarmed tibize 
are characteristic of the present genus. 


GALERUCELLA VIRIDA, Sp. nov. 

Oblong, rather convex; testaceous; antenne, tibiz, and tarsi 
fuscous ; above pale green, closely punctured ; the head, thorax, and 
the elytra narrowly margined with flavous. 

Length 4 lines. 

Head very finely and closely punctured, with a fine longitudinal 
central groove, the vertex green, the sides narrowly flavous; the 
anterior margin of the clypeus straight ; labrum and palpi piceous. 
Antenne inserted just above the lower edge of the clypeus, about 
half the length of the body, fuscous, the third joint one half longer 
than the second, the following ones slightly longer. Thorax three 
times as broad as long, the sides and the anterior margins nearly 
straight, the posterior angles slightly oblique ; surface finely pubes- 
cent, closely and finely punctured, obsoletely depressed near the 
base and at the sides, green, opaque ; the lateral margins narrowly 
flavous, the anterior angles with an elongate narrow piceous spot. 
The apex of the scutellum broadly truncate, the surface finely punc- 
tured, pale green. Elytra more evenly and finely punctured than 
the thorax, covered with short yellowish pubescence, the lateral 
margins narrowly flavous, the disk pale green. Underside and legs 
testaceons ; the knees, tibize, and the tarsi fuscous or piceous. Tibize 
unarmed ; claws bifid ; anterior coxal cavities open. 

A single specimen. 


GALERUCELLA CEYLONENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XI. fig. 12.) 
Testaceous ; apical joints of the antenns fuscous; head and 


105 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 1, 


thorax rugose-punctate, the former with one, the latter with three 
black spots; elytra pale fulvous, finely pubescent, a narrow sutural 
and a broad lateral stripe bright green. 

Length 3-33 lines. 

Head closely rugose-punctate, testaceous, with a large triangular 
black spot at the vertex. Antenne slender, filiform, two thirds the 
length of the body, black or fuscous at the terminal joints, the basal 
ones, varying in numbers, fulvous; third joint longer than the 
fourth. ‘Thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides strongly 
rounded at the middle, the anterior angles produced into an acute 
point ; surface transversely and strongly depressed, more strongly 
rugose-punctate than the head, testaceous, with a large black spot 
at each side, and another one, mesially constricted, at the middle. 
Scutellum testaceous, broad, its apex truncate. Elytra slightly 
widened behind, closely covered with fine silky whitish pubescence ; 
a very narrow sutural stripe, not quite extending to the apices, and 
another very broad one, commencing at the scutellum and extending 
to the apical margin of each elytron, bright green, the rest of the 
surface as well as the extreme Jateral margin testaceous. Legs of 
the same colour, the upperside of the femora and that of the tibize 
more or less distinctly marked with a piceous stripe, sometimes the 
legs are entirely of that colour. Claws bifid. 

Kitukgalle. 


GALERUCELLA LATERALIS, Sp. nov. 


Ovate, slightly widened posteriorly, testaceous ; antenne, a spot 
at the vertex and three at the thorax, fuscous; elytra closely punc- 
tured and pubescent, obscure greenish, the lateral margins narrowly 
testaceous. 

Length 23-3 lines. 

Head finely rugose, pale brownish or testaceous, a triangular spot 
at the vertex and the central narrow groove fuscous ; the anterior 
margin of the clypeus thickened. Antenne nearly as long as the 
body, the third joint very long and slender, all the others shorter 
but equally slender, the second joint very short. Thorax more than 
three times as broad as long, the sides narrowed towards the apex, 
slightly sinuate, the anterior angles produced into a very small 
tooth, the posterior ones oblique and sinuate at each side ; the disk 
with a transverse depression at the sides and a longitudinal impressed 
central line, sculptured like the head and sparingly clothed with 
very short pubescence ; a spot at each side, and another near the 
anterior margin at the middle, fuscous. Scutellum fuscous. Elytra 
rather convex, much more distinctly and closely covered with white 
hairs, extremely finely and closely rugose-punctate, obscure dark 
greenish, opaque, the lateral margins obscure pale testaceous. The 
sides of the breast, the femora above, and the outside of the tibiz 
piceous. The first joint of the posterior tarsi scarcely longer than 
the following one; claws bifid; anterior coxal cavities open. 

Kitukgalle. 

In one specimen the thorax is almost entirely fuscous, owing 


1887.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 107 


probably to discoloration. At once distinguished from G. ceylonensis 
by the much more transverse and finely punctured thorax as well as 
by the uniform obscure, not metallic green, colour of the elytra. 


GALERUCELLA CROTCHI, 8p. nov. 


Obscure testaceous, finely pubescent; the head with one, the 
thorax with three fuscous spots; elytra metallic green, finely rugose 
and pubescent, the sutural and lateral margin narrowly purplish. 

Length 23 lines. 

Head minutely punctured, with an indistinct central longitudinal 
groove, the vertex with an obscure large fuscous spot. Antenne half 
the length of the body, testaceous, the terminal joints stained with 
fuscous, the third joint shorter than the fourth. Thorax twice as 
broad as long, the sides rounded, narrowed at the base, surface 
finely pubescent, with an obsolete transverse lateral and a deeper 
longitudinal central depression, the sides and the central groove 
fuscous. Scutellum fuscous. Elytra covered with rather long grey 
pubescence, bright metallic green, narrowly margined with purplish, 
the surface finely rugose-punctate. The tibie unarmed, the first 
joint of the posterior tarsi nearly as long as the two following joints 
together. Claws bifid ; anterior coxal cavities open. 

Galeruca enescens, Fairm., from Central China, seems to be closely 
allied to the present species, but differs in the equal length of the 
third and fourth joints of the antenne and in the traces of longi- 
tudinal costze of the elytra, also in the different shape of the thorax. 


GALERUCELLA MARGINATA, Sp. nov. 


Obscure testaceous ; antenneze, tibiz, and tarsi black ; head and 
thorax strongly punctured, shining, the thorax with five black spots ; 
elytra very finely punctured and pubescent, obscure testaceous, a 
narrow Jongitudinal stripe near the lateral margin blackish. 

Length 33 lines. 

Head closely rugose-punctate, the vertex obscure fuscous. Antennee 
more than half the length of the body, black, slender, the third 
joint the longest. Thorax more than twice as broad as long; the 
sides subangulate at the middle, the anterior angles slightly dentate ; 
the surface closely impressed with larger and smaller punctures, the 
sides with a deep round fovea, the middle with an obscure longitudinal 
depression, the latter of black colour, a similar-coloured spot is placed 
close to the lateral margins, making in all five spots placed transversely 
across the disk. Elytra rather convex, very finely and closely punc- 
tured and covered with short whitish pubescence; a narrow lateral 
stripe commences at the shoulder and is abbreviated a little distance 
from the apex of each elytron; the first joint of the posterior tarsi 
as long as the two following joints ; claws bifid. 

A single specimen. 


XENARTHRA MIRABILIS, sp. nov. (Plate XI. fig. 9.) 


Elongate, parallel; subdepressed, testaceous ; antenne piceous, 
pectinated, 12-jointed ; head with three, thorax with five piceous 


108 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 1, 


spots; elytra finely punctured, sparingly pubescent, the base and a 
broad transverse band below the middle greenish piceous. 

Length 3 lines. 

Head impunctate, a triangular spot at the middle of the vertex, 
and another smailer one at each side, piceous; eyes prominent; the 
frontal tubercles distinct, but rather small. Antenne as long as the 
body, piceous, the apices of all the joints testaceous, the first joint 
curved and slender, the second one extremely small, entirely testa- 
ceous, the eight following joints with long and slender appendages, 
the tenth much longer and broader than the preceding ones, the 
terminal joints long and slender. Thorax twiceas broad as long, 
the sides slightly rounded at, but somewhat constricted below, 
the middle, the posterior margin evenly rounded, the anterior one 
nearly straight ; the surface obsoletely transversely depressed, en- 
tirely impunctate, with a narrow longitudinal band at the sides 
and three spots, placed triangularly at the middle, piceous. Scu- 
tellum triangular, testaceous. Elytra with two deep fovexs below 
the base, the punctuation rather fine and placed in close, very 
irregular rows, the interstices slightly convex and furnished with 
rows of stiff testaceous hairs ; a narrew transverse band at the base, 
the interior of the subbasilar depressions, and a broad transverse band 
below the middle, consisting of longitudinal bands joined together, 
greenish eeneous or piceous; the elytral epipleura and the breast of 
the same colour. Tibie slightly stained with piceous at their apices ; 
the latter unarmed; the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as 
the three following joints together ; claws appendiculate ; anterior 
coxal cavities closed. 

Bogawantalawa. 

The genus Xenarthra was established by Mr. Baly on an insect 
likewise from Ceylon, and described in the ‘ Journal of Entomology ’ 
for 1860. The curiously shaped and deeply pectinated antenne, 
consisting of 12 or even 13 joints, will without difficulty allow the 
genus to be recognized at first sight. Closed anterior coxal cavities 
and unarmed tibie seem to show the place of Xenarthra to be 
amongst the Platyxanthine of Chapuis. There is unfortunately 
only a single specimen of this handsome species before me, and being 
fixed upon a card I am not able to say with certainty to which sex 
it belongs. Mr. Baly evidently also only knew the male sex of his 
species, and it is possible that the female insect differs in the shape of 
the antenne. In the present insect a close examination of these 
parts proves them to consist of 13 joints, the terminal one or appendage 
being here much longer than in any other Phytophagous insect with 
which I am acquainted. 

Chapuis has described a species of Xenarthra from Abyssinia of 
which I possess a specimen; this species, however, belongs to an 
entirely different genus. 


XENARTHRA LEWISI, sp. nov. (Plate XI. fig. 10.) 
Entirely testaceous, the two last joints of the antenne black. 


1887. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 109 


Thorax with two deep depressions, impunctate ; elytra very finely 
and closely punctured, sparingly pubescent. 

Length 22 lines. 

Head impunctate, with a deep triangular fovea between the eyes, 
Antennz as long as the body, the third to the ninth joints furnished 
with slender and long appendages, the tenth triangularly widened and 
compressed, emarginate at its outer side, the eleventh and twelfth 
joints simple. Thorax twice as broad as long, the sides constricted 
near the base, the surface with a transverse groove at each side nearly 
extending to the middle, entirely impunctate. Scutellum triangular. 
Elytra parallel with a small depression immediately below the scu- 
tellum, extremely finely punctured, the interstices furnished here and 
there with single stiff hairs ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi as 
long as the three following joints together. 

Dikoya. 


XENARTHRA UNICOLOR, sp. nov. (Plate XI. fig. 11.) 


Elongate, subdepressed ; testaceous; the extreme apices of the 
tibie fuscous; thorax square-shaped, impunctate; elytra scarcely 
visibly punctured, sparingly covered with long hairs. 

Length 4 lines. 

Head impunctate ; palpi robust. Antenne slightly shorter than 
- the body, fuscous, the long appendages and the penultimate joint 
lighter, the latter thickened and elongate, as long as the following or 
terminal joint. Thorax scarcely broader than long, the sides nearly 
straight, slightly rounded before the middle; the surface with two 
very shallow depressions, occupying the middle of the disk, clothed 
with a few long hairs, entirely impunctate. Elytra with some very 
fine punctures arranged somewhat longitudinally, clothed with long 
single hairs; the intermediate tibize slightly curved ; the first joint 
of the posterior tarsi as long as the three following joints together. 

Colombo. 

Of this species, which may be known by the larger size and the 
different structure of the terminal joints of the antenne, only asingle 
Specimen is before me. 


LUPERODES QUADRIPUSTULATUS, Motsch. 


Galle. 

This species varies in the colour of the elytral pattern from fulvous 
to black. Motschulsky’s description agrees very well with the 
specimens before me, but the legs in all of them are fulvous, the 
extremities of the tibiz and the tarsi being fuscous only. Besides 
the six yellow spots of the elytra in plainly marked specimens, the 
apices of the same parts are also frequently yellow, in others the 
elytral margin is black or piceous, and the posterior yellow spot 
extends upwards at the sides, and unites with the one placed at the 
shoulder, thus reducing the yellow marks to a spot near the scutellum 
and a band at the sides, which increases greatly in width near the 
apex of each elytron. The antennz have the third joint about one 
half longer than the second, which is very short. If I have 


110 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 1, 


rightly referred the present species to Motschulsky’s insect, the closed 
anterior coxal cavities of L. guadripustulatus, as well as of the following 
species, would suggest rather the genus Monolepta or Nadrana for 
their reception, since the type, Luperodes alboplagiatus, Motsch., has 
open coxal cavities. It must, however, be left for the future to 
decide with certainty the proper place of these eastern forms. 


LuPEeRopeEs PECTORALIS, Sp. nov. 


Ovate, convex; testaceous; the base of the head, antenne, and 
the breast black ; thorax transverse, impunctate ; elytra very finely 
punctured, testaceous, a narrow transverse band at the base and the 
extreme margins black. 

Length 2 lines. 

Head impunctate, the basal portion as well as the labrum and the 
palpi black, the rest testaceous. Antenne as long as the body, 
entirely black, the third joint very slightly longer than the second, 
both joints short. Thorax more than twice as broad as long, the 
sides straight, the posterior margin rounded ; surface impunctate, 
without depression. Scutellum black. Elytra extremely finely and 
closely punctured, testaceous, sometimes stained with fulvous near 
the apices, the sutural and lateral extreme margins as well as a nar- 
row transverse band at the base black. ‘ Legs fulvous or testaceous, 
the tarsi obscure fuscous. Breast black ; abdomen testaceous. The 
first joint of the posterior tarsi half the length of the tibize. 

Dikoya. 

From L. basalis, Motsch., the present species differs in the 
entirely black antennze and the similarly coloured elytral margins, 
also in the fulvous legs. The thorax is more transversely shaped 
than is usual in the species of this genus, but all other characters 
agree with Luperodes. 


LUPERODES FLAVICORNIS, sp. nov. 


Testaceous ; breast dark fulvous; head and thorax impunctate ; 
elytra extremely finely and closely punctured, reddish fulyous, the 
base obscure piceous. 

Length 2 lines. 

Head impunctate, transversely grooved between the antenne; the 
latter slightly shorter than the body, entirely flavous, the second and 
third joints short, equal; the fourth as long or rather longer than 
the two preceding joints together. Thorax transverse, without 
depressions, rather more than twice as broad as long, the sides 
slightly, the posterior margin more strongly rounded, the angles not 
produced. Scutellum obscure testaceous. Elytra slightly widened 
posteriorly, dark fulvous, very minutely and closely punctured, the 
base with a narrow transverse obscure piceous band. Posterior tibize 
mucronate, their metatarsus longer than the three following joints 
together. Anterior coxal cavities closed. 

The single specimen contained in this collection differs from 
L. basalis, Motsch., in the unicolorous antenne, in the differently 


1887.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 111 


coloured head, legs, and the want of the sutural elytral band. Z. pec- 
toralis, Jac., differs in the black antennz and tarsi as well as other 
particulars. 


LuPERODES MULTIMACULATUS, Sp. nov. 


Testaceous; antenne and the breast black; head with a black 
spot ; thorax minutely punctured, with a black spot at each side; 
elytra ovate, finely punctured, the base and lateral margin anteriorly, 
a spot near the base, two others below the middle, one near the apex 
as well as the latter itself, black. 

Length 2 lines. 

Head impunctate, transversely grooved between the eyes, the 
latter large; the vertex with a large round black spot; labrum 
black ; antenne slender, the third joint one half longer than the 
second. Thorax transverse, rather more than twice as broad as 
long, the sides and the posterior margin rounded; the surface 
extremely minutely punctured, testaceous, the sides with an elongate 
black spot placed close to the lateral margin. Scutellum black. 
Elytra slightly widened at the middle, extremely finely punctured 
and wrinkled, the basal and lateral margins at the anterior half as 
well as the epipleuree black ; each elytron with a small black spot 
at the shoulder, a larger and more elongate one near the scutellum, 
two similar spots placed close to each other near the suture below 
the middle (one slightly above the other), and a fifth, narrow and 
elongate spot near the lateral margin and at a little distance from 
the apex, the latter also black at the extremity. Breast black ; 
abdomen and the legs fulvous ; the metatarsus of the posterior tibie 
as long as half their length. Anterior coxal cavities closed. Elytral 
epipleuree very narrow below the middle. 

A single specimen. 


LUPERODES RUFICOLLIS, sp. nov. 


Black; head and thorax rufous; elytra black, very minutely 
punctured. 

Length 13 line. 

Head impunctate, bright rufous; labrum and palpi piceous. 
Antenne black, the basal joint piceous, its base testaceous, the second 
and third joints short, nearly equal. Thorax transverse, three times 
as broad as long, the sides straight, the posterior margin rather 
rounded, the surface extremely finely punctured. Scutellum black. 
Elytra exceedingly finely punctured, black. Legs slender; the 
tibize mucronate ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi more than half 
the length of the tibia. Anterior coxal cavities closed. 


LUPERODES ALBOPLAGIATUS, Motsch. 
Dikoya. 
PsEUDOCOPHORA BICOLOR, sp. noy. 


Flavous ; thorax deeply transversely depressed; elytra black, 
shining, obsoletely semipunctate-striate. 


112 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 1, 


¢. Elytra with an oblong fovea below the scutellum, the anterior 
part of which is tuberculiform. 

Q. Elytra simple. 

Length 2 lines. 

Head impunctate; palpi robust, the terminal joint thickened. 
Antenne filiform, entirely flavous, the third joint slightly longer than 
the following ones. Thorax transverse, the sides straight at the 
base, slightly rounded before the middle, the anterior and the 
posterior margins perfectly straight, as well as the transverse groove 
at the middle of the disk, the latter impunctate. Scutellum flavous. 
Elytra slightly widened posteriorly, the punctuation arranged in rows, 
which are more distinct anteriorly and at the sides than towards 
the apices ; the latter with a more or less distinct flavous margin or 
spot, the rest of the surface black, shining. Underside and legs 
flavous; elytral epipleurze continued below the middle. Apical 
abdominal segment of the male trilobate, the intermediate lobe 
slightly prolonged. 

Balangoda. 

This species will enter the present genus, established by myself, on 
account of the prolonged elytral epipleurae and the punctate-striate 
elytra. The male has the elytra deeply impressed below the 
scutellum (as is the case in P. buquetti) ; the anterior portion of this 
depression is raised in the shape of two tubercles. In P. buquetti 
these latter are placed within the fovea. The general aspect of 
P. bicolor is that of a species of dulacophora. 


LuPERvUS NIGROMARGINATUS, Sp. Nov. 


Black ; thorax obsoletely impressed, impunctate ; elytra extremely 
finely punctured, pale yellowish white, the margins narrowly black. 

Var. a. Femora pale testaceous. 

Var. 6. Elytra black, the disk obsoletely paler. 

Length 1-2 lines. 

Head impunctate, transversely grooved between the eyes, the 
frontal tubercles scarcely divided. Antenne black, nearly as long as 
the body, the third joint more than twice as long as the second. 
Thorax about one half broader than long, the sides straight, the 
posterior margin slightly rounded and sinuate; surface impunctate 
or extremely finely punctured, with a depression at each side. 
Scutellum black. Elytra slightly more distinctly punctured than the 
thorax, nearly white, the sutural and lateral margins narrowly black. 
Tibize mucronate ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi longer than 
the three following joints together. The anterior coxal cavities 
open. 

Ti nigromarginatus seems subject to a good deal of variation in 
regard to colour; and it is probable that the form with pale elytra 
margined with black is the normal one, as even in the black specimens 
a faint paler disk of the elytra indicates the white portion of the type. 
In one specimen the rare instance of part colouring occurs, the left 
elytron being black, and the right one white with the black lateral 
margin. 


1887.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 113 


ZENIDEA ? HIRTIPENNIS, sp. nov. 


Obscure testaceous ; the two apical joints of the antenna fuscous ; 
thorax transverse, impunctate, biimpressed ; elytra very finely semi- 
punctate-striate, sparingly pubescent. 

Length 2? lines. 

Head with a deep fovea between the antennz, impunctate ; 
terminal joint of the palpi thickened. Antenne but slightly shorter 
than the body, fulvous, the two or three terminal joints darker, 
second joint very short, the third nearly three times as long, an 
longer than the following joints. Thorax at least twice as broad as 
long, the sides very slightly constricted at the base, a little rounded 
before the middle, the ‘angles not produced ; the surface impunctate, 
with a rather deep oblique impression at each side. Scutellum 
triangular. Elytra without basal depression, very finely and some- 
what regularly punctured, the interstices here and there obsoletely 
raised and sparingly clothed with rather long and stiff hairs ; elytral 
epipleure broad, continued below the middle. ‘Tibize unarmed ; 
the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the three following 
joints together. Claws appendiculate. Anterior coxal cavities 
closed. 

Dikoya. 

I have placed this species in Mnidea, with which it agrees in all 
essential points. It is, however, possible that I may have only female 
specimens before me, and that the male insect, like several others of 
the genus, may differ in the structure of the head. The pubescence 
of the elytra distinguishes 4. hirtipennis from any of its allies. 


CNEORANE PALLIDA, Sp. nov. 


Oblong, pale testaceous; antenne obscure fuscous; thorax 
square-shaped, impunctate ; elytra scarcely visibly punctured. 

Length 2 lines. 

Head entirely impunctate, the frontal tubercles distinctly raised, 
divided and bounded behind by a deep groove; palpi robust. 
Antennz two thirds the length of the body, the second and third 
joints short and of nearly equal length, the fourth joint very slightly 
longer than the following ones, the three or four basal joints pale 
testaceous, the rest fuscous. ‘I'horax slightly broader than lony, all 
the margins straight ; the surface very little convex, without depres- 
sions and punctures. Elytra rather convex, parallel and sub- 
cylindrical, the punctuation extremely minute and arranged for the 
greater part in closely placed rows. The tibiz unarmed, the first 
joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the two following joints 
together. Claws appendiculate. Anterior coxal cavities open. 

Bogawantalawa. 

In this species the third joint of the antenne is shorter than in 
C. elegans, Baly, and C. fulvicollis, Baly, being of the same length 
as the second joint ; but in all other respects C. pallida agrees with 
its allies, and may be recognized by the uniform and very pale 
testaceous colour. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. VIII. 8 


114 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 1, 


MeTRIOIDEA RUFIPENNIS, sp. nov. (Plate XI. fig. 8.) 


Oblong ; black ; head, antenne, and legs fulvous ; thorax greenish 
black, obsoletely depressed ; elytra rufous, very finely punctured. 

3. Face deeply excavated ; the third joint of the antennz curved 
and produced at the apex. 

Length 3 lines. 

Head rufous at the vertex, impunctate, deeply transversely grooved 
between the eyes; lower part of the face deeply excavated, the 
excavation bounded at the sides and above by several lobes which 
protrude beyond the impressed portion; the clypeus thickened ; 
palpi moderately incrassate at the penultimate joint. Antennee 
nearly as long as the body, fulvous, the second joint very short, the 
_ third curved and widened into a tooth at the apex, nearly as long as 
the following joints, the apical joints more slender than the rest. 
Thorax about one half broader than long, narrowed towards the base, 
greenish black, shining, the surface with an obsolete transverse 
depression at the sides near the base, impunctate. Scutellum rufous. 
Elytra very finely and rather closely punctured, rufous, their 
epipleurze continued below the middle; tibize unarmed, the first 
joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the two following joints 
together. Claws appendiculate The anterior coxal cavities closed. 

Kandy. 

I have placed this species, of which I have evidently only the male 
insect before me, in the present genus on account of the closed coxal 
cavities, unarmed tibiee, and the appendiculate claws; the propor- 
tionate length of the joints of the antenne is, however, different than 
in Metrioidea, and it is possible that the present species is repre- 
sentative of a new genus. 


OcHRALEA CEYLONICA, Harold (?). 

Dikoya. 

The descriptions of two species of Ochralea from Ceylon have 
been published by von Harold. With one of these the insect which 
I refer to the present species agrees in the main points. It is, 
however, smaller by one millimetre ; the antennz, with the exception 
of the two basal joints are fuscous, not testaceous, the third joint 
being slightly longer than the second. The elytra have the sides 
more or less stained with obscure fulvous, and the punctuation is 
exceedingly close, and consists of larger and smaller punctures. 
Without examining the type of O. ceylonica contained in the Berlin 
Museum, it is impossible to say whether the specimens before me 
represent that or anallied species. In regard to the genus Ochralea, 
Mr. Baly has drawn my attention to the state of the anterior coxal 
cavities, which according to Chapuis are supposed to be closed. A 
careful examination of several specimens proves this, however, to be 
erroneous, as the cavities are distinctly open. This character and the 
prolonged elytral epipleuree will not allow Ochralea, according to 
Mr. Baly’s opinion, to be separated from Luperodes, a genus which 
seems also to possess open cavities, although I have considered the 
latter in Luperodes as being closed. The whole question of open or 


1887.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 115 


closed coxal cavities requires yet careful study, as it is not improbable 
that intermediate degrees exist even in the same species, which makes 
the conclusion in regard to the state of the cavities uncertain. 


_ HypH2niA FLAVOFEMORATUS, Motsch. (?). 


Closed anterior coxal cavities, unarmed tibie, a square-shaped 
thorax, and other characters peculiar to Baly’s genus are present in 
an insect contained in this collection, which also agrees very nearly 
with Motschulsky’s species, to which I will refer for the present this 
insect. The entire upper surface is metallic greenish or eeneous. The 
antennee are as long as the body, obscure piceous with the basal 
joints fulvous. The head is finely granulate, the lower part being 
testaceous ; the thorax is square-shaped, with two impressions, finely 
granulate and punctured (Motschulsky gives the thorax as smooth). 
The elytra are finely rugose and punctured. The colour of the legs 
is flavous ; sometimes the tibize and the tarsi are obscurely stained 
with fuscous. The femora are all of the same thickness, and the first 
joint of the posterior tarsi is as long as the two following joints 
together. Claws appendiculate. The underside is nearly black ; and 
the entire shape of the insect is narrowly parallel with the elytra 
flattened along the sutural margin. The size of the insect is 1? line. 

Dikoya. 


Doryscus (gen. noy. Galerucine). 


Body elongate, parallel ; anterior coxal cavities closed. Antenne 
filiform, the second joint small, the third double the length. Thorax 
subquadrate, strongly constricted at the base, the disk biimpressed. 
Elytra geminate punctate-striate, costate, and pubescent.  ‘Tibize 
mucronate ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the two 
following joints together ; claws appendiculate, those of the posterior 
tarsi very long and curved, united, but bifid at the extreme apices. 
Elytral epipleure narrow, but continued below the middle. 

Whether the peculiar structure of the posterior claws in this genus 
is a sexual character only or to be found in either sex I am unable 
to say, having only two specimens before me, which agree with each 
other in every respect. The posterior claw seems to consist of a 
single piece only, being joined together except at the extreme apices, 
as is the case, but to a much smaller degree, in the genus Lema. In 
Doryscus they are very long and curved, while the claws of the four 
anterior legs are of normal size and appendiculate. The peculiar 
form of the thorax, in connection with the punctate-striate elytra and 
their pubesence, are characters which further distinguish the present 
insect. 


Doryscus TESTACEUS, Sp. nov. 


Testaceous ; the sutural andextreme lateral margin narrowly black 
anteriorly ; head and thorax impunctate; elytra strongly geminate 
punctate-striate, the interstices longitudinally costate. 

Var. Entirely testaceous. 

Length 2 lines. 


8* 


116 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Feb. 1, 


Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles rather flattened; palpi 
slender ; antennz two thirds the length of the body, testaceous, the 
apical joints obscure fuscous. Thorax about one half broader than 
long, the sides strongly narrowed or constricted at the base, 
obsoletely impressed at the sides, impunctate, the lateral margins 
furnished with some long hairs. Scutellum broader than long, 
testaceous or margined with piceous. Elytra clothed with some 
rather long and stiff hairs, strongly longitudinally costate at the 
sides, less strongly at the disk, the interstices impressed with two 
rows of distinct punctures, partly confluent and becoming single 
towards the apices. Underside testaceous, the breast sometimes 
darker. Legs moderately long, the claw-joint of the posterior tarsi 
very elongate, as long as the metatarsus. 


Priaprna (gen. nov. Galerucine). 


Narrowly oblong. Antenne filiform, the third joint very small. 
Thorax transversely subquadrate, obsoletely grooved at the disk. 
Elytra closely semipunctate-striate. Legs slender, tibiz with a 
spine ; the metatarsus of the posterior tibize longer than the three 
following joints together ; claws appendiculate. 

I am obliged to establish this genus on account of the structure 
of the antennze, in which the third joint of the male is so small as 
to be scarcely perceptible ; the long first joint of the posterior tarsi 
and the mucronate tibiee are further characters which will assist in 
the recognition of Priapina. The specimen being glued to a card, 
I am unfortunately not able to speak about the state of the anterior 
coxal cavities. There will, however, be no difficulty in recognizing 
the genus if the antenne are examined. In Luperodes, a closely 
allied genus, the third joint in both sexes is very distinct, double the 
length of the second and scarcely shorter than the fourth. 


PRIAPINA LONGICORNIS, Sp. nov. 


Fulvous or testaceous ; head impunctate ; terminal joints of the 
antennz fuscous ; thorax fulvous, rugosely punctured; elytra testa- 
ceous, the margins narrowly piceous, surface closely punctured. 

d. Antenne longer than the body, the third joint minute. 

Q@. Antenne slightly shorter, the third joint a little longer; 
elytra coarsely punctured. 

Length 1 line. 

3. Head impunctate, fulvous, the frontal tubercles narrowly trans- 
verse; eyes rather large. The four lower joints of the antennz 
testaceous, the others fuscous, the fourth joint longer than the three 
preceding ones together and longer than the following joints. Thorax 
twice as broad as long, the sides slightly narrowed towards the base, 
the angles not produced, the anterior and posterior margins straight ; 
surface obsoletely transversely depressed, coarsely punctured. 
Scutellum piceous. Elytra testaceous, narrowly margined with 
piceous, very closely punctured, the punctuation arranged in semi- 
irregular rows. Legs rather long and slender. 

In the female the third joint of the antennz is nearly equal in 


1887.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON. 117 


length to the second, but the fourth joint, as in the male, is the longest, 


and the elytra are coarsely punctured ; the general size is also larger 
and more robust. 


Dikoya. 


NEOcHROLEA (gen. noy. Galerucine). 


Body oblong. Head longer than broad, the front excavated above 
and below the antenne ; the latter as long as the body, filiform, the 
second joint very small, the third the longest, thickened and 
emarginate below. Palpi thickened at the penultimate joint. Thorax 
transversely subquadrate, the disk obsoletely depressed. Elytra 
searcely visibly punctured, their epipleuree continued below the 
middle. Tibize mucronate. The first joint of the posterior tarsi a 
long as the two following joints together. Claws appendiculate 
Anterior coxal cavities closed. 

Neochrolea seems allied to the genus Macrima, Baly, with which 
it agrees in the closed coxal cavities and the mucronate tibia ; it 
differs in the long third joint of the antennze and in the less transverse 
thorax, also in the shorter first joint of the posterior tarsi. The 
only specimen before me is evidently a male; and it is probable that 
the female wants the deep excavations of the head, as is often the 
case in similar structures in the sexes in other genera. nidea, 
Baly, differs in the unarmed tibize. 


NEOCHROLEA CAVIFRONS, sp. nov. (Plate XI. fig. 4.) 


Entirely testaceous ; third joint of the antenne emarginate below ; 
head with a deep excavation; thorax nearly impunetate, the disk 
obsoletely depressed ; elytra extremely finely and closely punctured. 

Length 4 lines 

Head longer than broad, impunctate, the space below the antennze 
deeply excavated, the lower margin of this excavation forming a 
triangular and pointed flattened projection ; the lower part of the 
face again deeply excavated ; the anterior margin of the clypeus 
produced into two long points; the extreme apices of the jaws 
black ; palpi thickened at the penultimate joint. Antenne slightly 
longer than the body, fulvous, the second joint extremely short ; the 
third elongate, thickened, and hollowed out at the lower margin; the 
following joints of half the length, equal. Thorax one half broader 
than long, narrowed towards the base, the sides very little rounded 
before the middle; the surface with a small depression at the middle 
of the disk, scarcely visibly punctured. Elytra rather convex, 
without basal depression, not more distinctly punctured than the 
thorax, testaceous like the rest of the insect. 

Balangoda. 


Haprotta (gen. nov. Galerucinz). 

Narrowly elongate. Antennz ‘slender, filiform, all the joints 
with the exception of the second of nearly equal length ; palpi with 
the penultimate joint thickened. Thorax square-shaped, obsoletely 
impressed, rugose. Elytra closely rugose (¢), or simply punctured 


118 ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF CEYLON, [Feb. 1, 


(2); their epipleurze continued below the middle. Legs slender and 
elongate; the tibize unarmed; the first joint of the posterior tarsi 
longer than the two following joints together ; claws appendiculate. 
Prosternum invisible. The anterior coxal cavities closed. 

The insect for the reception of which I am obliged to establish 
this genus seems allied to Metrioidea, Fairm., on account of the 
closed cavities and unarmed tibie; but differs in the proportionate 
length of the joints of the antenne, the third joint in Metrioidea 
being described as a little longer than the second and shorter than 
the fourth ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi is also longer than in 
Metrioidea. In the insect before me the female, on account of its 
different coloration, seems at first sight to constitute a different 
species. The general appearance of the present species is that of a 
Luperus. 


HAPLortia VARIPENNIS, sp. nov. (Plate XI. figs. 5, 6.) 


¢. neous; the base of the femora and tibiz and the abdomen 
testaceous ; head finely punctured in front; thorax and elytra 
rugosely punctate. 

Q. Testaceous, head and thorax zeneous; elytra irregularly 
punctured, testaceous with metallic gloss ; a triangular space at the 
base, surrounding the scutellum, and the lateral margin eeneous. 

Length 13-2 lines. 

Head broad, finely rugose at the anterior portion; labrum obscure 
fulvous, Antenne a little shorter than the length of the body, 
black in the male, obscure fulvous in the female. Thorax square- 
shaped, very slightly narrowed at the base, the anterior angles 
acute, the posterior ones obsolete ; the surface flattened, closely and 
irregularly rugose, of greenish bronzed colour like the head. Elytra 
of the same colour, sculptured like the thorax, sparingly covered 
with some stiff hairs. Legs more or less piceous or seneous, the 
base of the femora often testaceous, the posterior femora in the male 
extending to the apices of the elytra, but much shorter in the 
female. 

Nuwara Eliya. 

The antennz and the legs in the female are generally of a dark 
fulvous colour; the entire underside is testaceous, or sometimes 
slightly stained with eeneous ; the sculpture of the head and thorax 
agrees with that of the male. The elytra are, however, not rugose 
or very slightly so, but generally closely punctured and of a pale 
testaceous colour, slightly tinged with metallic greenish ; the base has 
a well-defined triangular spot, extending from the shoulder to the 
suture, of metallic bronze colour, the lateral margin and apices of 
the elytra being similarly coloured. Some specimens show a small 
testaceous lateral margin of the thorax, and two more or less distinct 
depressions at the disk of the latter. 


ANTIPHA NIETNERI, Baly. (Plate XI. fig. 7.) 


Balangoda. 
Typical and unicolorous unspotted forms, 


A 


yo ree ry : p —- 
Pe es wm eee TF al bey 
7; a* Ante ew 
i ¥ 7 Hy 


f Sa i] 


PYZ.S 1887 eee 


Hanhart imp. 


J.Smit lith 


BRAGCHYURUS’*GALVUS. 


1887.] MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON BRACHYURUS CALVUS. 119 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
PuatE X, 


Fig. 1. Demotina semifasciata, p. 70. 

. Pagria costatipennis, p. 73. 

. Lehyparida quingquemaculata, p. 75. 
Nodostoma tuberosum, p. 78. 
Dermorrhytis igneofasciata, p. 83. 
—— ornatissima, p. 82. 
ceylonensis, p. 81. 

. Chabria nigroplagiata, p. 93. 
apicicornis, p. 93. 

. Pexodorus ceylonensis, p. 95. 

11. Lvalia metallica, p. 100. 


—_ 
DO DAM ore go bo 


12, viridipennis, p. 100. 
Puate XI. 
Fig. 1. Aulacophora stevensi, p. 103. 
2, 3. nigripeta, p. 103. 


4. Neochrolea cavifrons, p. 117. 
5, 6. Haplotia varipennis, p. 118. 
7. Antipha nietneri, p. 118. 

8. Metrividea rufipennis, p. 114. 
9. Xenarthra mirabilis, p. 107. 
lewisi, p. 108. 

11. —— wnicolor, p. 109. 

12. Galerucella ceylonensis, p. 105. 


3. Notes on Brachyurus calvus. By Franx E. Bepparp, 
M.A., F.R.S.E., Prosector to the Society. 


[Received January 13, 1887.] 
(Plate XII.) 


The accompanying drawing (Plate XII.) represents the external 
characters of the male Brachyurus calvus which died in the Society’s 
Gardens on July 21 last year. I have taken the opportunity of com- 
paring the structure of this species with the closely-allied B. rudi- 
cundus, which has been carefully described by Forbes in his memoir 
on the Ouakari Monkeys’. 

The genus Brachyurus contains three species*, of which two, 
viz. B. calvus and B. rubicundus, agree very closely in external 
characters, and, as I shall presently show, in internal structure ; 
while the third, B. melanocephalus, differs more in external characters 
from the other two than they do from each other. 

Mr. Forbes has given a detailed accouut of the external characters 
of B. rubicundus, and the main external characters of all the species 
are referred to by Schlegel *. The general coloration of the back is a 
whitish grey, produced by a mixture of white and black hairs, the 
white predominating ; passing from the dorsal to the ventral surface 

1 P,Z.S. 1880, p. 627. 

2 Schlegel’ “ Pithecia alba” was believed by Mr. Forbes to be identical with 


B. calvus. 
® Muséum des Pays-Bas, 1876, p. 227 et seq. 


120 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON BRACHYURUS CALVUS._ [Feb. 1, 


the colour gradually assumes a fulvous-brown tint, the brown being 
darker in the pectoral region, where the brown hairs are very 
numerous, only a few white hairs being interspersed among them. 
The brownish tinge is also conspicuous on the arms, legs, and tail, 
particularly on the tail, on the posterior aspect of the thighs, and at 
the wrist and ankle. The top of the head is a greyish colour, 
gradually passing into brown anteriorly and at the sides, as in 
B. rubicundus ; the hairs on the throat also resemble that species in 
their dark brown colour, and in being mixed with numerous black 
hairs ; the general tint of the hair on the throat is a rich chestnut- 
brown, and is exactly similar to that of B. rubicundus. 

With regard to the osteology, I find that the number of vertebrze 
in my specimen is C. 7, D. 13, L. 6, 8.4, Cd. 15, of which the 
last three are very minute and apparently ankylosed together. 
Forbes states in his paper that in B. melanocephalus there are 19 or 
20 caudal vertebrze, on the authority of a specimen belonging to 
that species in the National Collection. The specimen in question 
(806 0) has certainly the 20 caudal vertebree that Forbes has men- 
tioned; but it does not present any recognizable differences from 
Brachyurus calvus, and indeed is entered in the Catalogue as belonging 
to that species. 

It is not necessary to give much account of the visceral anatomy 
of this species, inasmuch as I have been unable to find any marked 
points of difference from B. rubicundus ; the alimentary viscera pre- 
sented a very close correspondence in the two species, as will be 
evident from the following notes. 

The tongue resembles in every particular that of B. rubicundus, 
and, curiously enough, even the arrangement of the circumvallate 
papillze corresponds in the two species. The correspondence is curious, 
because Mr. Forbes’s description of the circumvallate papille reads 
almost as if he were referring to an abnornal condition. The circum- 
vallate papilla in the two species are disposed in the usual V-shape, 
but there is an additional papilla on the right side between the apical 
and basal papille, thus destroying the symmetry of the arrangement. 
In a specimen of Macacus rhesus, to which I am able to refer at the 
moment of writing, there are also four circumyallate papillz ; two are 
situated side by side, and symmetrically at the apex of the V, while 
the two others occupy the usual position. 

Cecum.—The cecum measured 1() inches along the greater cur- 
vature ; it is separated from the colon by avery marked constriction ; 
it is not sacculated, and when fully distended with air was curved 
on itself into a little less thana circle; it is furnished with a well- 
developed median frenum which carries blood-vessels. 

In examples of two species of Callithria and in a Pithecia I have 
noted an identical structure in the caecum. 

The origin of this peritoneal fold is not exactly in the middle line 
at the lower extremity of the ileum, and the blood-vessel passes on to 
it over one side of the base of the ileum; the blood-vessel in fact 
exactly corresponds to that which is borne by one of the lateral fulds 
in Hapale. 


1887.] MR.THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM THE CAMEROONS. 121 


In Hapale jacchus the cecum distended with air, dried and var- 
nished, showed three folds of peritoneum running along its upper 
surface, as described by Prof. Flower’ in A¢eles; the frenum or 
median band is extremely short and bears no blood-vessel. The 
lateral folds arise precisely as is indicated by Prof. Flower, but one of 
them is much longer than the other and reaches nearly to the end of 
the czecum, while the other does not reach so far as does the median 
frenum. 

In Midas rufimanus a spirit-specimen of the cecum showed the 
same three folds, which were, however, partially united together into 
an apparently single fold ; this was easily separable into three layers 
—a median fold without blood-vessels, and two lateral folds, each 
bearing a blood-vessel. 


4, List of Mammals from the Cameroons Mountain, collected 
by Mr. H. H. Johnston?. By Ouprim.p Tuomas. 


[Received January 4 ,1887.] 


In order to complete the list of the zoological specimens collected 
by Mr. Il. H. Johnston, I have been asked to contribute the names 
of the two Mammals he obtained. They are as follows :— 


1. ANOMALURUS BEECROETI, Fraser. 
a. Skinandskeleton, ¢. Cameroons Mountain, 8000 feet. 


2. Mus univiTTAatTus, Peters. 
a. Skin, 2. Cameroons Mountain, 8000 feet. 


1 Med. Times and Gazette, 1872. 

2 [Mr. Johnston’s narrative of bis ascent of the Cameroons Mountain last year, 
during which the collections described in this and the following communications 
were made, will shortly appear in the ‘ Graphic’ with illustrations. Setting out 
from Victoria, opposite his residence on Mondole Island, Mr. Johnston pro- 
ceeded by Bonjongo and Mapanja (8000 feet, alt.) to Mann’s Spring, where he 
encamped at an altitude of 7350 feet. Here the temperature ranged from 50° 
to 60° Fahr., and for the first week of his stay he lived in a perpetual rainfall. 
The forest-region ceases at about 7000 feet, and gives place to grassy downs, 
dotted with patches of.woodland and varied by huge isolated boulders of rock 
and ancient laya-flows. Here a corresponding change in the flora and fauna 
takes place. Mr. Johnston tells us :— 

“‘Mann’s Spring is a favourite resort of birds, who alway affect the vicinity of 
water, and here especially they make the air musical with their twittering songs 
and mellow love-calls. As man is a rare visitant here, the birds are very bold 
and fearless, and appeared to welcome our coming for the chance scraps of food 
thrown in their way. Alas! they soon had to rue their over-confidence. They 
had put themselves in the power of one whose natural tender-heartedness and 
love of living things are overborne by his interest in science. Of all the pretty 
bird-forms which came to drink and sport and bathe by the brooklet, or which 
hovered about the balsam-blossoms, some of every kind must die to illustrate 
the ornithology of the Cameroons. And so my native collector and I were soon 


122 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [Feb. 1, 


5. On a Collection of Birds made by Mr. H. H, Johnston 
on the Cameroons Mountain. By Captain G. E. 
SHELLEY, F.Z.S. 


[Received January 3, 1887.] 
(Plates XIII. & XIV.) 


Mr. H. H. Johnston, F.Z.S., well known for his researches on 
the Congo, and successful expedition to the heights of Kilimanjaro 
in East Africa, has now sent us some birds from a nearly equally 
elevated district of Western Africa ; and I am pleased to find in this 
collection from the Cameroons Mountain an interesting proportion 
of new species. The collection, which has been sent to me for 
examination by the Cameroons Committee of the British Association, 
contains 36 skins referable to 18 species. Of these the following are 
new to science :—(1) Poliopicus johnstoni, (2) Psalidoprocne fuligi- 
nosa, (3) Laniarius atroflavus, and (4) Ploceus melanogaster. 

Our previous knowledge of the avifauna of the higher part of the 
Cameroons Mountain is entirely derived from an article by Mr. G. R. 
Gray (Ann. Nat. Hist. 1862, x. p. 413) on the birds obtained by 
Capt. R. Burton during his ascent of the mountains in 1861-62°. 
In 1871 Mr. R. B. Sharpe (P. Z. S. 1871, p. 614) described a 
collection of birds made by Mr. Crossley in the Cameroons district ; 
and in 1874 and 1875 Dr. Reichenow, in the ‘ Journal fiir Orni- 
thologie,’ published the results of his West-African Expedition of 
1572, during which he visited the Cameroons river and penetrated 
up the mountain to a height of about 4000 feet. But neither 
Mr. Crossley nor Dr. Reichenow seemed to have obtained any 
specimens from the higher elevations to which Capt. Burton and 
Mr. Johnston have ascended. é 


1. PoLIopicUS JOHNSTON], sp. n. 


a. 3, October, 6000 feet.—A broad black forehead with a buff 
patch on each side of the base of the culmen; remainder of the 
crown and the nape red. Remainder of the upper parts, when the 


engaged in skinning black and golden Shrikes, metallic-green and crimson- 
breasted Sunbirds, ruddy Chats, olive-green Warblers, dull grey Grosbeaks, and 
tiny, indefinite, insect-eating birds of blue-grey and russet-brown. 

“Tn this forest, too, I shot flying Squirrels and small vole-like Rats. These 
were the only mammals we saw, except when, very rarely, we got a hurried 
glimpse of a red-coated, white-striped Antelope of the genus Tragelaphus.” 

From Mann’s Spring Mr. Johnston transferred his camp to Hunter’s Hut 
(8300 feet), in “a narrow peninsula of forest which pushes up the mountain- 
side,” and subsequently to another spot situated at an elevation of 10,500 feet, 
whence the final ascent was made. He made the summit by boiling-point 
observation to be 13,760 feet, which is about 500 feet less than the usual 
estimation.—P. L, 8. 

1 See Burton’s ‘Abeokuta and the Cameroons Mountains, 2 vols. 8yo. 
London, 1863, 


J.G-Keulemans lith Hanhart itp . 
Fig 1. ZOSTEROPS MELANOGEPHALA . 
2 PLOCEUS MELANOGASTER , 


1887.] BIRDS FROM THE CAMEROONS. 123 


wings are closed, uniform olive-green, with the primaries and tail 
dark brown, slightly washed on the edges of the feathers with 
yellowish olive. The shafts of the quills and tail-feathers are brown 
above and yellow beneath. Sides of the head buffish olive. Under 
surface of the body uniform sulphur-yellow, with a very slight 
greenish shade, paler on the throat and fading almost into white on 
the chin. A few feathers on the sides of the lower throat show 
faint signs of dark shaft-stripes, which shaft-stripes become more 
strongly marked on the flanks and under tail-coverts. Under wing- 
coverts yellowish buff; under surface of the quills dark brown with 
pale yellowish shafts, and with from two to four large yellowish-buff 
spots on their inner webs, giving a barred appearance. Tail beneath 
more olive than above. Bill whitish, becoming dark towards the 
base ; legs and feet dusky brown. Total length 6-6 inches, culmen 
0°8, wing 3°45, tail 2°8, tarsus 0:7. 

6. 3, 6000 ft.—Perfectly similar in plumage to a. Total 
length 6°3 inches, culmen 0:7, wing 3°5, tail 2°7, tarsus 0°7. 

This bird, which is closely allied to P. ellioti from the Gaboon 
and Congo district, is rather smaller. Its chief character, which 
shows no variation in Mr. H. H. Johnston’s two specimens, is the 
almost entire absence of markings on the underparts, which 
parts in P, edlioti are strongly striped with brownish black in both 
sexes. 


2. InpIcATOR VARIEGATUS, Less. 


Indicator variegatus, Reichen. J. f. O. 1875, p. 6, Cameroons ; 
Sharpe in Dawson Rowley’s Orn. Mise. i. p. 189. 
2, September, 7000 ft. 


3. CORYTHAIX MERIANI, Riipp. 


Corythaix meriani, Hartl. Orn. W.-Afr. p. 157 ; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 
1871, p. 605, Cameroons ; Schalow, J. f. O. 1886, p. 37. 
3, October, 5000 ft. 


4, PSALIDOPROCNE FULIGINOSA, Sp. 0. 


3, September, 9000 ft.—Entire plumage dark brown with no 
gloss. Quills, tail, and underparts slightly darker. Under wing- 
coverts brown, scarcely paler than the back. Bill black; feet brown. 
Total length from tip of bill to tip of tail 5 inches, culmen 0°2, wing 
4:25, tail 3°1, tarsus 0°35. 

2, September, 9000 ft.—Perfectly similar in plumage, with the 
outer web of the first primary equally serrated. Total length 5 
inches, culmen 0:2, wing 4°1, tail 2-7, tarsus 0°35. 

In this species the tail reaches about to the tips of the wings but 
not further, and is only moderately forked; length of centre feathers 
2-3 and 2 inches, of outer feathers 3 and 2°7. 

It is probably nearest to P. petiti, from which it differs in the 
colour of the under wing-coverts, and the moderately forked tail not 
extending beyond the tips of the wings. 


124 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [Feb. 1, 


5. TRocHocERcus, sp. ? 

? Trochocercus nitens, Cass. Pr. Philad. Acad. 1859, p. 50 ; Sharpe, 
Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 300. 

? Terpsiphone nigromitrata, Reichen. J. f. O. 1874, p. 110 ; 1875, 
p- 24, Cameroons. 

3, September, 7000 ft. 

The poor condition of this specimen prevents me from confidently 
determining what name really belongs to it. It is in all probability 
T’. nigromitratus, which was found in the Cameroons, and which title 
Mr. Sharpe refers to 7’, nitens, Cass. 

The following is a description of Mr. Johnston’s specimen :— 

There is no gloss on the plumage. Upper half of the head black 
and but slightly crested, neck and back dusky slate-colour ; wings 
and tail black, with scarcely any signs of grey edging to the feathers. 
Sides of the head and upper throat dusky grey, nearly black ; lower 
crop, throat, and flanks slate-colour ; rernainder of the under surface 
of the body white, shading into rufous buff on the under tail-coverts ; 
thighs brownish slate-colour. Bill black ; legs dark brown. Total 
length 4°8 inches, culmen 0:4, wing 2°45, tail 2°7, tarsus 0°65. 


6. LANIARIUS ATROFLAVUS, sp. n. (Plate XIII.) 

3S, October, 7300 ft.—Upper parts glossy black ; feathers of the 
lower back fluffy, and some of them with a large rounded white sub- 
terminal spot more or less hidden by the overlying black feathers ; 
the last feathers of the ramp with broad buftish ends, forming a 
band at the base of the tail. Underparts deep yellow, paler on the 
upper half of the throat and chin, changing into rufous buff 
between the thighs and on the under tail-coverts; outside of the 
thighs black ; axillaries yellow, under wing-coverts black. Bill and 
legs black. Total length 7 inches, culmen 0:7, wing 3°3, tail 3-2, 
tarsus 1°2. 

Q, October, 7300 ft.—Differs only from the male in the flanks 
being dusky black. ‘Total length 6°7 inches, culmen 0°8, wing 3:2, 
tail 3:1, tarsus 1:2. 

This species is, I think, nearest to LZ. sublacteus (Cass.), which 
chiefly differs in having the entire underparts white. 


7. XENOCICHLA TEPHROL&MA (Gray). 

Trichophorus tephrolemus, Gray, Aun. Nat. Hist. 1862, x. p. 444. 
AXenocichla tephrolema, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 98. 

2, September, 7000 ft.; 9, October, 7000 ft. 

The type specimen was killed by Capt. R. Burton in the Cameroons 


Mountain at 7000 ft., so that the species would appear to be very 
local. 


8. CALLENE ISABELL& (Gray). 


Cossypha isabelle, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1862, x. 
p- 443. 


Callene isabelle, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 17. 
3, September, 7000 ft.; og, October, 7000 ft. 


1887.] BIRDS FROM THE CAMEROONS. 125 


This is another apparently very local species, also procured by 
Capt. R. Burton in the Cameroons Mountain at 7000 ft. 


9. PRATINCOLA AXILLARIS, Shelley. 

Pratincola azillaris, Shelley, P. Z.S. 1884, p. 556; 1885, 
p. 226. 

3, September, 8000 ft.; 3g, October, 8000 ft. 

This is the second species of Pratincola recorded from the 
Cameroons ; for the P. salax, Verr., of Gray’s List, two specimens of 
which I have examined in the British Museum, has the axillaries 
and under wing-coverts white. 


10. ZosrEROPS MELANOCEPHALA, Gray. (Plate XIV. fig. 1.) 


Zosterops (Speirops) melanocephalus, Gray, Aun. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. 1862, x. p. 444. 

2 , September, 7000 and 8000 ft. 

The type, which I have examined in the British Museum, came 
from 7000 ft. in the Cameroons Mountain. 


11. CrsricoLA RUFICAPILLA (Fraser). 

Drymoica ruficapilla, Hartl, Orn. W.-Afr. p. 57; Reichen. 
J. f. O. 1875, p. 45, Cameroons. 

Cisticola ruficapilla, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 248. 

a. 2, September, 7000 ft.; 6. 8000 ft. 


12. CrinnyrRIs CHALYBEUs (Linn.). 

Cinnyris chalybeus, Shelley, Monogr. Sun-birds, p. 253, pl. 78. 

3, September, 8000 ft. Length of wing 2°2 inches, culmen 0°8. 

3, September, 7000 ft. Length of wing 2°3 inches, culmen 0°8. 

9, September, 7300 ft. Length of wing 2:0 inches, culmen 0-7. 

The males have the abdomen, under tail-coverts, and under surface 
of the tail darker than in any South-African specimens I have seen, 
but all the other characters are perfectly similar. This is the first 
time the species has been recorded from the West-African sub- 
region. 


13. CrinNyRIS FULIGINOsUS (Shaw). 

Nectarinia fuliginosa, Hartl. Orn, W.-Afr. p.43 ; Sharpe, P. Z.S. 
1871, p. 30, Cameroons; Reichen. J. f. O. 1875, p. 30. 

Cinnyris fuliginosus, Shelley, Monogr. Sun-birds, p. 275, pl. 86. 

a. Not labelled. 


14. AnrHus pyrrHoNotUus (Vieill.). 

Anthus gouldit, Hartl. Orn. W.-Afr. p. 73. 

Anthus pyrrhonotus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 555. 

3, October, 1000 ft. Length of wing 3:4. 

Mr. Sharpe writes (doc. cit.) :—‘* In Western Africa a small dark 


126 CAPT. SHELLEY ON BIRDS FROM THE CAMEROONS. [Feb. 1, 


race occurs from the Niger to Senegambia, while the representative 
form of the Gaboon and Congo region is subspecifically distinct.” 


Mr. Johbnston’s specimen I consider belongs to the “small dark 
race.” 


15. CoLIusPASSER CAPENSIS (Linn.). 

Euplectes phenicomerus, Gray, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1862, x. 
p. 444, Cameroons. 

Coliuspasser capensis, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 359. 

6 ad., October, 11,200 ft.; ¢ ad., 10,000 ft.; ¢ ad., 8000 ft. ; 
2 , September, and ¢ juv., October, 8000 ft.; 2, October, 10,000 ft. ; 
d juv., September, 9000 ft. 

All these specimens belong to the small South-African race of 
C. capensis, which was separated by Dr. Cabanis under the name 
of Orynx approximans. 

I wish here to correct an error I made in last year’s ‘ Ibis,’ p. 350, 
where I included W. Africa in the range of the closely allied C. 


wanthomelas. It has never yet been found on that side of the 
continent. 


16. PLOCEUS MELANOGASTER, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 2.) 

3, September, 8000 ft. 

Head and entire throat bright yellow ; a band through the eye, 
sides of the neck, entire body, wings, and tail black. Total length 5 
inches, culmen 0°65, wing 2°6, tail 2-2, tarsus 0°8. 

The bill is comparatively long and slender. The whole bird so 
closely resembles in size and form P. nigricollis, Vieill., that I expect 
the female will be found to have a black crown. 


This very distinct species may at once be recognized by its 
entirely black body and yellow throat. 


17. CRITHAGRA BURTONI (Gray). 
Strobilophaga burtoni, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1862, x. 
p- 445, Cameroons. 


3 db, October, 9000 ft.; 2, 9000 ft. 
As this is the first time the male has been sent to this country, I 
would observe that it is similar in plumage to the female. 


18. SreRNA MACRURA, Naum. 

Sterna brachypus, Hart). Orn. W.-Afr. p. 255. 
Sterna hirundo, Dresser, B. Eur, viii. p. 255, pl. 579. 
Sterna macrura, H. Saunders, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 650. 
3, October, sea-shore. 


1887.] MR.SMITH ON MOLLUSCA FROM THE CAMEROONS. 127 


6. List of the Reptiles collected by Mr. H. H. Johnston on 
the Cameroons Mountain. By G. A. BouLEncER. 


[Received January 8, 1887.] 


1. VaRANus NniLoTIcus (L.). 2000 feet. 
Hab. Whole of Africa south of the Atlas. 


2. CHAMMLEON oWENII, Gray. 2000 feet. 
Hab. Cameroon, Fernando Po, Gaboon. 


3. Urosetus Gasontcus (A. Dum.). 2000 feet. 
Hab. Old Calabar to Gaboon. 


4. Nara nate (L.). 2000 feet. 
Hab. Whole of Africa south of the Atlas. 


5. DENpRAsPIs ANGUSTICEPS (Smith). 2000 feet. 
Hab, South Africa; West Africa as far north as the mouth of the 
Niger. 


” On the Mollusca collected at the Cameroons Mountain 
by Mr. H. H. Johnston. By Enear A. Sirs. 


[Received January 12, 1887.] 


All the specimens collected by Mr. Johnston were from an altitude 
of from 7000 to 8000 feet. Of the seven species one only appears 
to be new. This is not surprising, as Dr. Buchholz made fine collec- 
tions in very much the same region some years ago, which were 
described by Dr. E. von Martens’. 

The species are :— 

1. Vaginula pleuroprocta, Martens. 

. Helicarion plicatulus, Martens. 

. Helix (Trochonanina) percarinata, Martens. 
. Stenogyra retifera, Martens. 

. Stenogyra oleata, Martens. 

. Streptostele buchholzi, Martens. 

. Gibbus (Edentulina) johnstoni, sp. nov. 

The first two species were met with by Buchholz at Aburi on 
the Gold Coast, the next four at Bonjongo in the Cameroons 
Mountain. 

The following is a description of the new species of Gibbws :— 


NTO OTB Oo bo 


Gisspus (EDENTULINA) JOHNSTONI. 

Testa anguste umbilicata, ovata, subtenuis, nitida, grisea; 
anfractus 63, celeriter crescentes, convexi, superiores regula= 
riter arcuatim et confertim striati, penult. et ultimus obsolete 
striati ; apertura inverse auriformis, albida, longit. totius 2 

1 Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1876, pp. 253-274. 


128 ON COLEOPTERA FROM THE CAMEROONS. [Feb. I, 


equans ; labrum tenue, anguste reflewum; columella oblique 
contorta, expansa, umbilicum semiobtegens. Longit. 30 millim., 
diam. 16. 


Gibbus (Edentulina) johnstont. 


This isa smaller species than G. martensi, Smith, or G. insignis, 
Pfeiffer. It is also much more finely striated than the former and 
of a different shape, and has no plication on the columella as in the 
latter, which is an imperforate shell. 


8. On some Coleopterous Insects collected by Mr. H. H. 
Johnston on the Cameroons Mountain. By Cuarzzs 
O. WATERHOUSE. 


[Received January 31, 1887.] 


The following Coleoptera were obtained by Mr. H. H. Johnston 
at altitudes from S000 to 10,000 feet on the Cameroons Mountain :— 


1. ScarITES ROTUNDICOLLIS, Murray. 


2. Two female examples of a Lamellicorn, apparently one of the 
Trichiide ; 7 lines long, black, with deeply impressed strize on the 
elytra. It is very desirable to look for the male of this insect, which 
would doubtless be quite different in colour and perhaps in form. 


3. BATOMENE MULTISPINIS, Bates (Ent. Mo. Mag. xxi. 1884, 
p. 15), described from the Cameroons. 


4, TEMNOSCELIS BIEMARGINATUS, Chevr. A single specimen 
in the British Museum from Old Calabar. 


5. A species of Otiorhynchus closely resembling the European 
O. bisulcatus, but having the humeral angles slightly prominent, 
and the disk of the thorax with a short ridge. 


6. Eprnacuna, sp. ? (In pieces.) 
From “ Cameroons Mountain, 2000 feet, Oct. 1886 :”— 


7. CERATORHINA ToRQUATA, F. A common West-African 
species. 


= 


\ 


Pe 
a ae 


“ONIMYWH Y CUVHO'Td NYAMLae drdadAdH 


dunt yrryary ayy yas yp 


AX Id 4881 SZ d 


1887.] MR. F. DAY ON A HYBRID CLUPEOID FISH. 129 


9. On a supposed Hybrid between the Pilchard (Clupea 
pilchardus) and the Herring (C. harengus), and on a 
specimen of Salmo purpuratus. By F. Day, C.1.E. 


[Received February 1, 1887.] 
(Plate XV.) 


In the mouth of September, 1886, I received from Mr. Dunn, of 
Mevagissey, in Cornwall, a hybrid Pilchard, and in December a 
second; also the information that he had seen several, but that the 
scales had been injured in the remainder. The great interest in these 
fishes is that, although to a great extent the head most nearly 
resembles the Pilchard, the scales on the sides of the body show most 
remarkable differences—in the example which I propose describing 
consisting of 32 rows along the body and 8 rows in depth on the right 
side, whereas those along the left side are 51 in number and 10 rows 
in depth. 

Hybrids among the British Clupeidz have been observed ; thus the 
Alosa squamopinnata of Couch has been considered by Dr. Giinther 
to be a cross between the Pilchard and one of the Shads. 

_A cross between a Pilchard and a Herring would apparently be _ 
rather remarkable, as Mr. Dunn found the eggs of the former floating ; 
however, I was informed by Professor Steindachner that those of the 
Sardine sink ; and as these are generally accepted as varieties of one 
species, it still seems doubtful whether the eggs float or sink. While, 
looking at the form of the head, it may be that the male Pilchard 
element had been prepotent in both fishes. 

The specimen figured (Plate XV.) has the following characters, and 
closely agrees with the second example, which is slightly longer, except 
that the size of the scales is reversed on the two sides of the body, being 
largest on the left side in the latter. 


D.17. P.15. V.8. C.23. L.1. right side 32 ; 
left side 51. L. tr. right side 8 ; left side 10. 


inches 
Pinte 1OROU on. Fc pie wie so 0 85 
Léencth GheaWayse eds cece. LF 
Length of caudal fim. s..2 5-2. 022: 15 
Length of pectoral fin ............ 1-0 
pte a A) a en oe ee Lif 


Eyes: diameter 0°4 of an inch, 0°5 inch from end of snout, and 
0:35 inch apart. The head is very similar to that of the Pilchard on 
the right side, while on the left the raised ridges on the opercles, 
although very distinct, are not so well marked as upon the opposite 
side. The form of the body is that of the Pilchard. Gill-rakers: 
61 in the lower branch of the outer branchial arch, the longest 
being 0°35 inch, or not so long as the orbit. In a Herring the 
number of gill-rakers in the same position was found to be 48, and 


Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1887, No. IX. 9 


130 MR. W. L. SCLATER ON [Feb. 1, 


two thirds as long as the eye; in a Sprat 35, also two thirds as long 
as the orbit ; and ina Pilchard 71, longer than the eye. Thus these 
appendages in number in the hybrid (61) were less than in the 
Pilchard (71), but more than in the Herring(48) or in the Sprat (35) ; 
while their length did not quite equal that of a normal Pilchard. 
As to the character of these gill-rakers in the Pilchard, Sprat, and 
Herring: in the first the lateral denticulations are very minute, a little 
larger in the Sprat, and largest in the Herring ; to which last those 
in the hybrid had the greatest affinity. Fins.—In the hybrid the 
distance from the end of the snout to the commencement of the 
dorsal fin was 3°4 inches, the entire extent of the base of the fin being 
inserted midway between the snout and the root of the caudal fin ; 
lower lobe of the caudal the longer ; anal rays almost hidden by the 
scales. Scales.—The number of scutes 22 before and 14 behind the 
base of the ventral fin; they are weak. As regards the scales, two 
large rows exist just behind the head on the left side, and the 
remainder resemble to a great extent those of the Herring, but with 
the semicircular strize of the Pilchard. The scales on the right side 
are similar to those normally seen in the Pilchard. The number of 
scales along the body in Pilchards is from 29 to 30, in about 8 
vertical rows, 17—18 scutes before the ventral fin and 14 behind it; 
in the Sprat.47 scales along the body in 13 rows, 21—23 strong scutes 
before the ventral fin and 11-12 behind it; in the Herring the 
numbers of rows of scales along the body vary from 53-60, and there 
are 13 scutes behind the ventral fin. Colours.—On the left side was 
seen the beautiful purplish-golden hues of the Herring, but on the 
right side were the silvery colours of the Pilchard. 


SALMO PURPURATUS. 


This specimen, which is 8°5 inches long, died at South Kensington 
in August 1885. It was one of the fishes raised from the eggs brought 
over from Canada by Mr, Wilmot in 1883, which were described in 
the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1884, p. 24. Originally imported 
as supposed eggs of the Salmon, the edge of the adipose dorsal fin 
in the fry showed the orange tints of a Trout, while the par-bands 
were from 7 to 10 and averaged 83. It is interesting, because spe- 
cimens have been turned into the Thames, and were asserted to be 
Land-locked Salmon, which is an error of identification. 


10. Notes on the Peripatus of British Guiana. 
By W. L. Scuater, B.A., F.ZS. 


[Received January 31, 1887.] 


During my recent stay in Demerara I was fortunate enough to 
procure a considerable number of specimens of a species of Peripatus. 
This singular form was first discovered in British Guiana by Mr. im 
Thurn, who sent examples home to Prof. Moseley. But the bottle 
containing the specimens was broken before arriving in England, and 


1887. ] PERIPATUS FROM BRITISH GUIANA. 131 


the contents were dried up. Of the Peripati which I obtained twenty 
individuals were brought to England alive, but were unfortunately 
found to be much affected by the cold, and were therefore killed and 
preserved immediately on arrival. I also brought with me four 
other specimens that had been preserved in British Guiana. 

All the specimens which I obtained were females, and all of them 
contained embryos. All the specimens examined, both large and 
small, including those taken from the uterus, were found to have 50 
pairs of legs, and of course a pair of oral papille. In this respect 
they differ from the form of Caraccas described by Ernst, in which, as 
he states, the young ones have only 29 pairs of legs, while the adult 
specimens possess 31 pairs. The colour of the Demeraran Peripatus 
is a dark brick-red above and pinkish below with a dark suffused 
median line on the dorsal surface, such as Ernst (25) described in his 
specimens. The antenne are very much darker than the rest of the 
body, in fact they are quite black. The body, as in all other forms of 

'Peripatus, is divided into numerous rings by lines of small warts, 
about 10 to 12 rings going to each segment ; the legs and antenne 
are also ringed, and the former bear the usual pair of hooks. 

In the living animal the colour is intermediate between the colour 
of the two specimens now exhibited—that preserved in spirit being 
of a darker, and that preserved in Pereney* fluid being of a lighter 
hue, than that of the living animal. The adult specimens vary froin 
2°25 to about 2°50 inch in length. It is useless to give exact 
measurements, since not only do the animals contract when preserved 
in spirit, but even the living animals vary greatly in size at 
different times. 

The question as to what species the Demeraran Peripatus should 
be referred is by no means an easy one. Specimens of Pertpatus have 
been obtained from the following places in the West Indies and South 
and Central America :— 

(1) St. Vincent’s, W. I. ; with 33 pairs of legs. Guilding (1). 

(2) Cayenne ; with 29 pairs of legs. Audouin and Milne-Edwards 
(2 

(3) Lake of Valencia, Venezuela. Wiegmann (4). 

(4) Chili. Gay (12). 

(5) St. Thomas, W. I. Moritz (5). 

(6) Colonia de Tovar, Venezuela. Grube (11). 

(7) Santarem, Amazons; 31 pairs of legs. Moseley (22). 

(8) Nicaragua. Belt (17). 

(9) Caraccas, Venezuela. Ernst (25). 

(10) Trinidad (2 species), Kennel (30) and (31). 

(11) Island of Marajo, Amazons. Branner (34). 

(12) Dominica. Bell (28). 

(13) Porto Rico. Peters (23). 

P. torquatus, a species discovered by Kennel (31) in Trinidad, 
and described by him, is easily distinguished by its large size 
(15 mm.), the number of its pairs of legs (41-42), and by its yellow 

1 Pereney fluid is a hardening fluid composed of chromic acid ‘5 p. ¢. sol., 3 
parts ; nitric acid 10 p. c. sol., 4 parts; spirit 90 p. c., 3 parts. 


132 MR. W. L. SCLATER ON [Feb. 1, 


collar. P. blainvillii, the species described by Gay from Chili, 
seems also to be distinct, as posessing only 19 pairs of legs. 

All the other forms from the above-mentioned localities, including 
Kennel’s second species from Trinidad, seem, so far as one can judge 
from the descriptions, to resemble one another very closely, except 
as regards slight variations in the number of pairs of legs. Thus 
Guilding’s species (P. juliformis) is described as_ possessing 33 pairs 
of legs; while the form from Caraceas is said by Dr. Ernst to have 
31 pairs in the adult, and only 29 when first born, All my specimens 
from Demerara of all ages agree in having 30 pairs of legs. 

Another point in which the Demeraran form seems to differ from 
the other forms described is that the colour of the antennee is black. 
This point is not specially mentioned in the descriptions of the other 
American Peripati. 

I have also examined the examples of Peripatus in the British 
Museum. Of all the examples of the genus in the National collection 
there is only one specimen which seems to resemble my form; it is 
that labelled “ Peripatus from Dominica, found under logs.’ The 
animal in question was obtained in Dominica and presented to the 
British Museum by the late Mr. G. F. Angas, C.M.Z.S., and has 
been noticed by Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell (28). 

The Peripatus from Dominica resembles the Demeraran form in 
the following points :—the black antenne ; the general colour, so 
far as can be judged from the spirit-preserved specimens ; the number 
of legs (30 pairs); and also in another point which I have not 
hitherto mentioned, but which seems to offer characters useful for 
distinguishing the various species: this is the shape of the slits on 
the under surface of the feet. 

In all the American specimens examined by me at the British 
Museum this slit is split-shaped; but in my specimens and in 
that from Dominica the openings are in many cases rounded, and 
sometimes have attached to them a bladder-shaped appendage, as 
mentioned by Prof. Bell (28). 

It seems to me therefore that there are only three species of Peri- 
patus yet satisfactorily determined in South America. 

1. P. torquatus, Kennel, from Trinidad. 

2. P. blainvillii, Gay, from Chili. 

3. P. edwardsi, Blanchard (=juliformis, Guilding?), from Cay- 
enne, British Guiana, Venezuela, Nicaragua, and several of the 
West-India Islands. 

To these three species must be added a fourth, from Dominica and 
British Guiana, distinguished by the following points :— 

(1) The black antenneze. 

(2) Thirty pairs of feet and one pair of oral papillee. 

(3) The darker and redder colour; the other forms being a dirty 
brown colour as far as can be seen in the spirit specimens. 

(4) The rounded openings to the foot-pits. 

(5) The black marking in the median dorsal line in these forms, 
which is much more definite than in any of the others from South 
America, 


1887. ] PERIPATUS FROM BRITISH GUIANA. 133 


I do not give a name to this Dominican and British-Guianan 
Peripatus, since 1 understand that Mr. Sedgwick is about to 
publish a monograph on the species of the genus Peripatus, and 
will include in his work a description of the specimen from Dominica 
in the British Museum. 

All the specimens of Peripatus obtained by me were found, with 
one exception, in the grounds round Mr. im Thurn’s house, Mac- 
casseema, on the Pomeroon River. Maccasseema is situated on 
the top of a sand-hill about 30 feet above the river, and is sur- 
rounded on all sides by the swampy forest, except in front, where 
it faces the river. The specimens were all found under rotten 
logs of wood, or under the decaying stalks of the Cokerite Palm 
(Mazimiliana martiana). I never saw one actually in the rotten 
wood, as has been described by some previous observers. 

The single exception was found about a mile from Maccasseema, 
up a creek running into the river Pomeroon. This individual was also 
found under a more or less rotten log close to an Indian house. 

Specimens of Peripatus were exceedingly scarce, and it took a 
long time to collect even the few I brought home. 

I should mention that examples ot Peripatus have also been 
obtained in Demerara by Mr. Quelch, the Curator of the Georgetown 
Museum, who found them about twenty miles from Georgetown on 
the Hoorubea Creek (36). 

In offering these preliminary notes on this most interesting animal, 
I have not entered into further details, because Prof. Moseley and 
Mr. Sedgwick are about to publish an account of the different 
species of Peripatus, and will incorporate their observations on the 
present form into their work. But before concluding I must express 
my thanks to Mr. im Thurn for all the help he gave me in my 
collecting, more especially for allowing me the use of Douglas, the 
captain of his Indian boat’s crew, as collector, for to his sharp eyes 
I owe most of my specimens. 


APPENDIX. 


The numbers appended to the authors’ names in this paper refer 
to the following list of publications, which forms, I believe, a nearly 
complete bibliography of original works on Peripatus. To most of 
the titles I have added a few remarks explaining the contents of the 
memoirs. The publications that I have not been able to examine at 
first hand are marked with an asterisk. 


(1) Guitpine, L. Mollusca Caribbaeana; an account of a new 
genus of Mollusea. Zool. Journ. ii. pp. 443-444, pl. xiv. 
1826. 

Contains the original description of the genus Peripatus and 
species P. juliformis, found by the author in the forests of St. Vin- 
cent. The author considered it an aberrant form of slug. A fair 
coloured plate is given. 


134 MR. W. L. SCLATER ON [Feb. 1, 


(2) Aupovurn et Mitnr-Epwarps. Classification des Annélides, 
etc. Ann. Se. Nat. xxx. pp. 411-414, pl. xxii. 1833. 
The authors show that Peripatus must be placed among the 
** Annélides Errantes."’ The specimens described were obtained 
from the River Appronague, in Cayenne. 


(3) Gervais, P. Etudes pour servir 4 histoire naturelle des 
Myriapodes. Ann. Sc. Nat. (2) vil. pp. 35-60. 1837. 

The author believes Peripatus to be a transitional form between 

the Myriapods and Chetopods; he also quotes a MS. description 


by Blainville of a second species (P. brevis) from the Cape of Good 
Hope. 


(4) Wieemann, A. F. A. Einige Bemerkungen iiber Guilding’s 
Peripatus. Arch. f, Nat. (Wiegmann), ili. pp. 195-200. 
1837. 


Description of certain specimens of Peripatus from the Lake of 
Valencia, in Venezuela. 


(5) Moritz, C. Noch einige Worte tiber Peripatus, Guild. Arch. 
f. Nat. (Wiegmann), v. pp. 175-176. 1839. 
Remarks on the habits and life-conditions of specimens of Peri- 
patus found in St. Thomas. 


(6) De Buarnvitte. Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles. Sup- 
plément, tom. i. p. 237. Paris, 1840. 
In his article “ Animal” de Blainville institutes a special division, 


“ Les Malacopodes” of his Type ii. “ Entomozoaires,” for the genus 
Peripatus. 


(7) Mitne-Epwarps, H. Note sur le Péripate juliforme. Ann. 
Se. Nat. (2) xviii. pp. 126-128. 1842. 
The author reiterates his opinion of the Annelidan nature of 
Peripatus. 


(8) Brancnarp, E. Recherches sur Vorganisation des Vers. 
Ann. Sci. Nat. (3) vill. pp. 119-149. 1847. 
On pp. 137-141 is given the history of the four species known at 
that time—P. juliformis, edwardsi, blainvillit, and brevis. The 
form is considered by the author to be related to Annelids. 


(9) Quarreraces, A. px. Mémoire sur la famille des Hermelliens. 
Ann. Sci. Nat. (3) x. pp. 5-58. 1848. 
Quatrefages (p. 56) considers Peripatus to be a worm of aberrant 
form, distinctly related to this group (e. g. Hermellea). 


(10) Mitne-Epwarps, QuaTREFAGEs, et BuancHarp. Recher- 
ches anatomiques et zoologiques fait pendant un voyage sur la 

céte de Sicile, part iii. p. 61, pl. i. fig. 2. Paris, 1849. 
Blanchard forms a new species (P. edwardst) for the reception 
of Milne-Edwards’s form from Cayenne; he also mentions Gay’s 


species, P. dlainvillii, afterwards described (12), and gives some 
account of its anatomy. 


1887.] PERIPAFUS FROM BRITISH GUIANA. 135 


(11) Gruss, E. Untersuchungen iiber den Bau von Peripatus 
edwardsii. Miiller’s Arch. Anat. Phys. 1853, pp. 322-360, 
Taf. ix., x. 1853. 

A description of the anatomy of Peripatus from specimens obtained 
at Colonia de Tovar, in Venezuela. 


(12) Gay, C. Historia fisica y politica de Chile. Fauna, Vol. iii. 
Atlas, Annelides, Lam. iii. fig 2. 1854. 

On page 58 is a description of a new species (Peripatus blainvillit), 
with 19 pairs of legs, from Chile. In the Atlas, it may be observed, 
this species is figured with varying numbers of pairs of legs, in one 
case 30 and another 29. 


(13) QuarreraGes, A. DE. Histoire Naturelle des Annelés. 
Tome ii. Paris, 1865. 8vo. 
On page 675 is an account of the genus Peripatus and of the 
species then known. 


(14) Gruss, E. Reise der dsterreichischen Fregatte Novara. Zool. 
Theilii. Anneliden. Wien, 1867. 
Description of P. capensis found near Constantia at the Cape. 
See p. 4, pl. iv. figs. 3, 4a. 


(15)* Saneer. Description of a Peripatus from Australia. Trans- 
actions of the Russian Assembly of Naturalists, held at 
Moscow in 1867. Moscow, 1869. 

Description of P. leuckarti from Australia, and of the anatomy of 

P. capensis, in Russian. 


(16) Leuckarr. Bericht tb. Leist in d. Naturgeschichte der 
Niederen Thiere wihrend der J. 1868-1869. Arch. f. Nat. 
(Troschel), xxxv. pt. 2, pp. 277-278. 1869. 

A résumé of Sanger’s paper, containing an account of the anatomy 
of Peripatus capensis and of the new species from Australia, Peri- 
patus leuckarti. 


(17) Bett, T. The Naturalist in Nicaragua. 8vo. London, 


Mention is made (p. 140) of Peripatus in Nicaragua, though not 
by name. The specimen precured by Belt was afterwards identified 
by Prof. Moseley (22). 


(18) Mosetey, H. N. On the Structure and Development of 
Peripatus capensis. Phil. Trans. elxiv. pls. Ixxii.—Ixxv. 
pp- 757-782 ; and Proc. R. 8. xxii. pp. 344-350. 1874. 
General account of the anatomy and development of the Cape 
species of Peripatus from specimens obtained during the ‘ Chal- 
lenger’ Expedition. 


(19) Hurron, F. W. On Peripatus nove-zealandie. Aun. Mag. 

N. H. (4) xviii. pl. xvii. pp. 361-369, 1876; also op. cit. 

(4) xx. pp. 81-83, 1877; and op. cit. (5) i. pp. 204-206, 
1878. 

Description of the New-Zealand species of Peripatus, with an 


136 MR. W. L. SCLATER ON [Feb. 1, 


account of its habits and anatomy, and a few words on its develop- 
ment. 


(20) Mosriey, H.N. Remarks on Observations by Capt. Hutton, 
Director of the Otago Museum, on Peripatus nove-zealandia, 
with notes on the Structure of the Species. Ann. Mag. N. H. 
(4) xix. pp. 85-91. 1877. 

A criticism of Hutton (19), with additional remarks on several 
points in the anatomy of P. nove-zealandi@ not mentioned by him. 


(21) Batrour, F. M. On certain Points in the Anatomy of Peri- 
patus capensis. Proc. Cambr. Phil. Soc. iii. pp. 266-269; 
Quart. J. Micr. Se. xix. pp. 431-433. 1879. 

Description of the renal segmental organs and of certain points in 
the anatomy of the nervous, system of Peripatus. 


(22) Mosetey, H.N. Notes on the Species of Peripatus, and 
especially on those of Cayenne and the West Indies. Ann. 
Mag. N. H. (5) iii. pp. 263-267. 1879. 

Contains a history of the genus and a discussion as to the number 
of species in South America; also notes on two specimens, one from 
Santarem, on the Amazons ; the other from Nicaragua, collected by 
Mr. Thomas Belt (17). 


(23) Perers, W. Ueber die Arten von Peripatus. SB. nat. Fr. 
Berlin, 1880, pp. 28-29. 1880. 

A short account of the species then known (four), and remarks 
on the variation of the number of pairs of legs. Records the exist- 
ence of specimens in the Berlin Museum from Porto Rico, Surinam, 
and Venezuela. 


(24) Peters, W. Die Variation der Fusszahl bei Peripatus capensis, 
Grube. SB. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1880, pp. 165-166. 1880. 
Records the variation in the number of pairs of legs in a series of 
Peripatus from the Cape of from 22 to 17 pairs. 


(25) Ernst, A. Some remarks on Peripatus edwardsii, Blanch. 
Nature, xxiii. pp. 446-448. 1881. 
An account of specimens found at Caraccas, in Venezuela. 


(26) Mosetey, H.N., and Srpewicx, A. Note on a discovery, 
as yet unpublished, by the late Professor F. M. Balfour, con- 
cerning the existence of a Blastopore, and on the Origin of the 
Mesoblast in the Embryo of Peripatus capensis. Proc. R. 
S. xxxlv. pp. 390-393. 1882. 


(27) Batrour, F. M. The Anatomy and Development of Peri- 
patus capensis ; edited by Prof. H. N. Moseley and A. Sedg- 
wick. Quart. J. Micr. Se. xxii. pp. 213-259, pls. xiiiixx. 
1883. 

Description of the anatomy and some account of the development, 
with a coloured plate, of P. capensis. 


(28) Bext, F. J. Note on a Peripatus from the Island of Domi- 
nica, West Indies. Ann. Mag. N, H. (5) xi. p. 388. 1883. 


1887.] PERIPATUS FROM BRITISH GUIANA. 137 


(29) Garrron, E. Beitriige zur Anatomie und Histologie von 
Peripatus. Zool. Beitr. (Schneider), i. Taf. vii.—xii. pp. 33-60. 
1883. Also tom. cit. Taf. xi., xii., xiii., pp. 145-162. 1885. 

Account of the anatomy and more particularly the histology of 

Peripatus edwardsii from Trinidad, with 32 pairs of legs. 


(30) Kennex, J. Entwicklungsgeschichte von Peripatus. Zool. 
Anz. vii. pp. 531-537. 1883. 
A preliminary notice, containing a description of P. torquatus 
from Trinidad. 


(31) Kennet, J. Entwicklungsgeschichte von Peripatus edwardsii, 
Blanch., und Periptaus torquatus, n. sp. Theil I. Mit Taf. v. 
bis xi. Arbeit. zool.-zoot. Inst. Wiirzburg, vil. pp. 95-228. 
1885. Theil II. Mit Taf. i. bis vi. Arbeit. zool.-zoot. Inst. 
Wiirzburg, viii. pp. 1-93. 1886. 

An account of the development of the American species of Peri- 
patus, which are characterized by the absence of food-yolk in the 
ova, and by the presence of a (so-called) placenta. The specimens 
examined were obtained from Trinidad. 


(32) Sepewicx, A. On the Fertilized Ovum and Formation of 
the Layers of the South-African Peripatus. Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Xxxix. pp. 239-244. 1885. 

Preliminary account of no. (33). 


(33) Sepewicx, A. The Development of the Cape Species of 
Peripatus. Part 1., with pls. xxxi., xxxii. Quart. J. Micr. 
Se. xxv. pp. 449-446. 1885. Part II., with pls. xii—xiv. 
Quart. J. Mier. Se. xxvi. pp. 175-212. 1886. 

The first part contains the first mention of P. balfouri, distin- 
guished by having 18 pairs of legs; it also contains an account of 
the generative organs, segmentation, and general development of the 
embryo. Part II. contains a further account of segmentation and 
early stages. 


(34) Branner, J.C. Pertpatus in the Island of Marajo, Ama- 
zons. Nature, xxxiv. p. 496. 1886. 


(35) Horst, R. On a specimen of Peripatus, Guild., from Su- 
matra. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. pp. 37-41, pl. il. figs. 1-5. 
1886. 

Description of a specimen of Peripatus with 24 pairs of claw- 
bearing legs, from Sumatra. 


(36) Quetcu, J. J. Peripatus in Demerara. Nature, xxxiv. 
p- 288. 1886. 

(37) Srunemany, F. Die Reifung des Arthropodeneis. Pp. 1- 
128, Taf. i-iv. Freiburg-i-B. 1886. 8vo. 


Account of the ovary and ovarian ovum of P. edwardsii. Pp. 89- 
93. 


138 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Feb. 15, 


February 15, 1887. 
Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the 
Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1887 :— 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of January was 38. Of these 6 were by 
birth, 21 by presentation, 5 by purchase, | by exchange, and 5 were 
received on deposit. The total number of departures during the 
same period, by death and removals, was 119. 

The most noticeable additions during the month were :— 

1. Two Blakiston’s Owls (Budo blakistoni) from Japan, presented 
by J. H. Leech, Esq., F.Z.S., January 20th, new to the Society’s 
Collection. 

Mr. Leech informs me that he procured the two specimens in 
question from Mr. H. Henson of Hakodate, Yesso. Mr. Henson had 
bought them from a native hunter, who took them for young eagles, 
which are common in Yesso. Their exact locality is the lakes 20 
miles north of Hakodate, and this is a new locality for the species, 
of which, Mr. Leech believes, only four specimens were previously 
known’. 

Mr. J. H. Gurney, F.Z.S., has kindly furnished me with the 
fillowing notes upon these birds :-— 

‘‘ Blakiston’s Eagle-Owl appears to belong to the Bubonine genus 
(or subgenus) Pseudoptynx of Kaup, instituted by that author for 
the reception of P. philippensis (Gray), and readily distinguished 
from Budo in having the toes bare, although the tarsi are feathered. 

‘* P. philippensis is a native of the island of Luzon, from which I 
have seen specimens, and was figured by the late Lord Tweeddale in 
the Society’s ‘ Transactions,’ vol. ix. pl. xxv. fig. 2. 

‘The only other species of the geuus is P. gurneyi, Tweed., from 
the island of Mindanao, which was figured by Lord Tweeddale in the 
‘Proceedings’ of the Zoological Society, 1878, pl. lviii. 

‘The localities inhabited by the three species of the genus Pseu- 
doptynz appear to indicate that they form a natural group, geogra- 
phically as well as structurally.’ —J. H. G., Feb. 26, 1887. 

2. Three Hooker’s Sea-lions (Otaria hookeri), presented by the 
Hon. W. J. M. Larnach, C.M.G., Minister of Marine of New 
Zealand, received the 26th January. 

Sir F. D. Bell, the Agent-General for New Zealand, informs me 
that these animals, which were captured at the Auckland Islands by 
Capt. John Fairchild, Master of the New-Zealand Government 
steamer ‘ Hinemoa,’ were originally four in number (two males and 
two females), but that one died on the voyage. 

It is very difficult to settle the species of Otaria without reference 
to the form of their palates and dentition ; but, judging from the 


’ Of. Seebohm, ‘ Ibis,’ 1884, pp. 42, 188, pl. vi.; id. P. Z.S. 1883, p. 466. 


P.2..5'; 1687. Piekvi: 


up. 


Mintern Bros. 


Benjeau & Highley del. et lith 


AAN ISLANDS. 


M 


ANDA 


THE 4 


S OF 


ECHIN ODE 


1887.] ON ECHINODERMATA FROM THE ANDAMAN ISLANDS. 139 


locality and their appearance, these Sea-lions must be referred to 
the species of the Auckland Islands, upon which Mr. J. W. Clarke, 
F.Z.S., made his valuable communication in 1873 (see P. Z.S. 1873, 
p- 750), and should be called Otaria hookeri. 

The largest male is nearly equal in bulk to our old male O. jubata, 
but has much shorter front flippers and rather longer external ears. 

3. A Blue Penguin (Zudyptula minor), from Cook’s Straits, New 
Zealand, presented by Mr. Bernard Lawson, January 26th, being 
the first example of this interesting little Penguin that has been 
received by the Society. 


The following papers were read :— 


1. Report on a Collection of Echinodermata from the 
Andaman Islands. By F. Jurrrey Bett, M.A., Sec. 
R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy and Zoology 
in King’s College, London. 


[Received January 18, 1887.] 
(Plate XVI.) 


Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Indian Museum, 
Calcutta, was lately kind enough to excite the interest of Col. Cadell, 
V.C., in the marine zoology of the Andaman Islands, which are at 
present under his charge, and to present to the British Museum the 
collections thus made. The following contains a report on the Echi- 
noderms, which Dr. Anderson has asked me to draw up. 

The condition in which the specimens reached England reflects great 
credit on Mr. Booley, who made the collections for Dr. Anderson. 

There are in all fifty species of Echinoderms, of which no less 
than twenty-two are Holothurians ; the bulk of what follows will 
treat chiefly of these interesting but difficult forms, which are abun- 
dantly found in the Eastern seas. Of the Asteroids, Linckia levi- 
gata was exceedingly abundant, there being twenty examples of 
it, and one only of L. pacifica; of these twenty examples, one 
was four-rayed. Scytaster nove-caledonie was not rare; Culcita 
was represented by handsome species. Of two of the most difficult 
genera, Linckia, Astropecten, there is in each case a single example 
of a form unknown to me; I cannot associate either with a described 
congeneric form, but, on the other hand, I am not satisfied that they 
are the representatives of ‘ new species.” 

Among Ophiuroids, the only noteworthy point is the complete 
absence of Ophiothrix from the present colleotion. There is but 
one Crinoid. 

It is to be regretted that it is impossible for me to compare the 
results of a collection at Mergui with that now before me, my report 
on the Holothurians collected by Dr. Anderson being as yet the only 
portion of the account of Echinoderms which has appeared in the 


140 PROF. F. J, BELL ON ECHINODERMATA [Feb 15, 


Journal of the Linnean Society; with the contents of this paper 
the reports of Prof. Duncan, Dr. H. Carpenter, and Mr. Sladen on 
the other groups of Mergui Echinoderms should, on their publica- 
tion, be consulted. 

I have tried to arrange the information to be given in the shortest 
and clearest way possible, giving first a list of the species, then 
remarks on those to which it is important to direct special attention. 


I. CrinormpeEa. 
1, Antedon, sp. 


II. AsreRo1pEra. 


2. Acanthaster echinites, EZ. g 8, 8. Culcita grex, WM. Tr. 

3. Fromia indica, Perrier. o: schmideliana, Retz.? 

4. tumida, Bell. 10. sp. (‘‘ Randasia granulata.”’) 

5. Linckia levigata, L. 11. Astropecten polyacanthus, M. Tr. 

6. pacifica, Gray. 12. —— sp. 

7. Scytaster nove-caledonizx, 13. Archaster typicus, M. Tr. 
Perrier. : 


III. OpHruroipeEa. 


14. Pectinura gorgonia, M. Tr. 17. Ophiocoma zxthiops, Liithen. 
15. Ophiolepis annulosa, M. Tr. 18. Ophiomastix annulosa, M. 77. 
16. Ophiocoma scolopendrina, Lamk. 19. Ophiarachna incrassata, M. Tr. 


IV. Ecuinoipea. 


20. Phyllacanthus verticillatus, Lik. 25. Colobocentrotus atratus, L. 

21. Diadema setosum, Gray. 26. Echinoneus cylostomus, Leske. 
22. Astropyga radiata, Leske. 27. Metalia sternalis, Lamk. 

23, Toxopneustes pileolus, Lamk. 28. Moira stygia (Liitken, MSS.), 
24, Echinometra lucunter, Leske. A. Ag. 


V. Hotoruuriormpea. 


29. Chirodota rufescens, Brandt. 38. Holothuria lineata, TIndwig. 
30. Haplodactyla andamanensis. 39. —— maculata, Brandz. 

31. Pseudocucumis acicula, Semper. 40. marmorata, Jager. 

32. Muelleria mauritiana, Q. ¢ G. 41. —— monacaria, Lesson. 

33. —— miliaris, Q. ¢ G. 42. papillata, 

34, Holothuria albida. 43, vagabunda, Selenka. 

35. atra, Jiger. 44. Stichopus chloronotus, Brandt. 
36. cadelli. 45, variegatus, Semper. 


37. impatiens, Forskal. 


In addition, there are five specimens belonging to as many species 
of Holothuria as to which I must reserve an opinion till I have, as 
I hope to have soon, a larger series before me. 


CRINOIDEA. 
ANTEDON, sp. 
This Antedon is represented also in the collection made at Mergui 
+ J. L. 8. xxi. p. 25; the whole of vol. xxi. of that Journal will be devoted 
to the fauna of Mergui, 


* Prof. Lovén assures me that I was quite wrong in ascribing to Bruzelius 
the tract that bears his name (Ann, N, H. (5) ix. p. 166). 


1887. ] FROM THE ANDAMAN ISLANDS. 141 


by Dr. Anderson ; and Dr. Herbert Carpenter, F.R.S., has promised 
to discuss its relations to 4. palmata in the report on the Crinoids 
of Mergui which he has in preparation. 


ASTEROIDEA. 
ACANTHASTER ECHINITES. 


M. de Loriol has lately pointed out ' that the species of Acanthaster 
found at the island of Mauritius is not, as has been suppused, 
A. echinites ; a comparison of his description and Mauritian speci- 
mens with the figures of Ellis and Solander and examples from the 
Andamans will be sufficient to show the student the distinctness of 
the species. 

As the difference has only lately been pointed out, and the con- 
fusion cleared up, it is as yet too early to say whether A. echinites 
belongs to the eastern, and A. mauritiensis to the western side of 
the Indian Ocean, or whether their areas of distribution overlap. 


FRoOMIA INDICA. 


I have elsewhere® given my reasons for regarding this species, 
described by Prof. Perrier as six-rayed, as being normally quinque- 
radiate ; a five-rayed specimen in the present collection has R equal 
to 33, and 7=9. 

With it are two specimens which possibly belong to a different 
species of the same genus; they are smaller and are still quite 


spiny. 
CULCITA SCHMIDELIANA. 


There is a very remarkable specimen which I fancy I am hardly 
wrong in describing in detail; another is of the more ordinary 
character. 

Almost round; the apices of the ambulacra just touch the 
equator, so that R is almost exactly equal to 7; the ambulacra 
narrow rapidly after reaching the actinal periphery. The ordinary 
arrangement of the adambulacral spines is as follows :—In the inner- 
most row four subequal spines, beside which there may be a fifth 
smaller; outside of and touching these there may be one large or 
two smaller spines, and either one or both occupy as much of the 
side of the groove as do the four spines internal to them ; outside 
of the second there is a third row which is more irregular, especially 
in the region of the actinostome. All the spines are stout, and 
more or less rounded at the tip. The interambulacral area, which is 
thickly covered with flat-headed grains, is almost perfectly triangular 
in shape; the number of grains in a patch varies; the patches are 
more closely packed in the middle than at. the sides of the interambu- 
lacral triangle, and scattered among them are the ordinary granules. 
Peripherally the patches of grains cease somewhat rapidly ; a band, 
bare of patches, but granular and with sparsely scattered tubercles, 


1 Mém. Soc. Phys. Genéve, xxix. no. 4, p. 6. 
? Proc, Zool. Soc. 1882, p. 123. 


142 PROF. F. J. BELL ON ECHINODERMATA [ Feb. 15, 


separates them from the poriferous area; this last extends down to 
the edge of the actinal surface. 

On the abactinal surface there are scattered tubercles and large 
poriferous patches ; over the whole there is a uniform granulation ; 
no pedicellarize were detected. 

The madreporic tubercle is large and prominent. 

Colour, in spirit, light yellow, the poriferous patches darker. 

Measurement round the equator 560 mm.; height 75 mm. along 
the longest axis. 

The most interesting points with regard to this species are such 
as bear on its relation to the Echinoidea. Those who accept the old 
doctrine of Cuvier and Duvernoy, restored in these days by Prof. 
Haeckel, which explains the constitution of the Echinoderm by the 
hypothesis that it consists of several fused persons, have found in 
Culcita the form that seemed to show how the free arms of the 
Starfish might pass into the compact form of the Urehin. This theory 
of Echinoderm constitution does not recommend itself to me; and 
the present species seems to justify the hesitation which one feels in 
accepting it. 

While in flattened or irregular Nchinoids there is a tendency for 
the ambulacra to shorten towards the aboral pole, here the tendency 
is for the shortening to be towards the mouth. In other words, the 
most extreme Asterid which we know, though it has a remarkable 
general resemblance to an Echinoid, is, in its essential morphological 
points, further from it than is a typical Asterid, 


CULCITA GREX. 


With a little hesitation I refer a single specimen to this species ; 
the variability of the forms of the genus Culcita is obviously very 
great, and a careful revision of the species with the aid of a large 
number of specimens is a pressing necessity. The collection in the 
National Museum is not yet sufficiently large to justify me in under- 
taking the task. 


Cucira, sp. 


There are two specimens of what would, a short time ago, have 
been set down as Randasia granulata. As, however, M. de Loriol 
has lately shown, the form so called by the late Dr. Gray is really 
a young stage of Culcita. It will be remembered that Prof. Perrier 
has expressed himself in a similar sense. Further series are required 
before the several stages of each species can be accurately defined. 


ECHINOIDEA. 
DIADEMA SETOSUM. 


I am really very doubtful as to the specific identity of two small 
specimens, the spines of which are banded light and dark, and present 
the characters of Dr. Gray’s “Calmarius annellata,” with the adult large 
black-spined forms which are assumed by D. setosum. However, I 
have not sufficient evidence to justify me in attempting to refute the 


1887.] FROM THE ANDAMAN ISLANDS. 143 


conclusions formulated by Mr. Alex. Agassiz in his ‘synonymy ’ 
of this species. ‘The larger specimens collected are magnificent 
examples of this interesting species. 


Morra styera. (Plate XVI. figs. 1-3.) 


Being in some doubt as to whether I had before me the species 
described by Dr. Liitken, I sent the drawings here given to that 
accomplished zoologist with the request that he would compare them 
with the type in the Copenhagen Museum. Dr. Liitken writes :— 
““The specimen from Zanzibar is much smaller than your figure 
{which bore the mark x14]—24 mm. in length and 14 mm. in 
height. The anterior lateral ambulacra are more bent, the posterior 
shorter than in your figure; the posterior excavation of the shell 
below the periproct less crested than in your figure. But these 
differences might be those of age.” The most striking difference 
to which this obliging communication directs attention is the great 
difference in the proportion of height to breadth ; however, in a 
specimen from an unknown locality, which I am inclined to place 
also in this species, the proportion of height to length is about 
the same, for it is as 37 to 30, whereas in the Andaman species it 
is as 33:5 to 27; and the very same is true also of the specimen 
whose dimensions are given in the ‘ Revision of the Kchini,’ where 
the height is to the long diameter in the ratio of 40 to 49:5. 

The other dimensions of the Andaman specimen are :—Breadth 
28°5; length of antero-lateral ambulacrum 13; of the postero- 
lateral ambulacrum 10; length of anal area 4; breadth of do. 3 
millim, 

It is now for the first time figured, and is the first specimen of 
the genus that has been shown with the spines on. 

The discovery of this species at the Andamans extends its range, 
though not indeed in any unexpected way ; hitherto specimens have 
been known only from the Red Sea and Zanzibar. 


HoLoTuHvuRIOIDEA. 
HarLopACTYLA ANDAMANENSIS. (Plate XVI. fig. 4.) 


Body elongated, tapering posteriorly ; the skin of a slightly reddish- 
grey hue, darker above than below. 

Tentacles? (retracted). 

The body-wall is thin; the ossicles of the cesophageal ring are 
elongated, rather stout, deeply grooved on the outer surface; the 
radials are longer than the interradials, and have a bifurcated distal 
tail. One Polian vesicle. Genital tubes numerous, long, well 
developed, purple in colour. Lungs extend to anterior end of body, 
two well but unequally, and one poorly developed lung-trunk ; the 
last does not extend far forwards. Biscuit-shaped or dumbbell-like 
spicules (Plate XVI. fig. 4). 

By the forms of its spicules it is distinguished easily from H. mol- 
padoides, and by them and the tapering of the hinder end from H. 
australis. 


144 PROF. F. J. BELL ON ECHINODERMATA (Feb. 15, 


Pseupocucumis acicuLa. (Plate XVI. fig. 5.) 


A single specimen of this rather rare species, the spicules of which 
I have had figured, as their representation seems to be more satis- 
factory than those of Prof. Semper. 


MUELLERIA MILIARIS. 


Some of the specimens which I associate under this name differ 
from M. lecanora in that the region of the anus is not lighter than 
the rest of the dorsal surface; on the other hand, the sharp distine- 
tion between the dark brown of the bivial and the light colour of the 
trivial surface is an indication of affinity to M/. leeanora. Consider- 
ing the closeness of the resemblances and the slightness of the 
differences between M. miliaris and M. lecanora, I feel inclined to 
suggest that the species should be united. One specimen is of a 
uniform chocolate-brown colour. 


Hoxroruuria avsipa. (Plate XVI. fig. 6.) 


Body elongated, tapering somewhat at either end ; tentacles darker 
(? twenty); suckers sparse, scattered. Body-wall thin; cesophageal 
ring very feeble; Polian vesicle double; lungs poorly developed. 
The specimen examined had no genital tubes. 

The largest specimen was 180 millim. long, had a greatest width of 
35 millim., and was 18 millim. wide in the region of the anus. 

The flat plates are very irregular in form ; the turriform bodies 
have a single connecting bar, and are knobbed at the narrower end, or 
where the bar is developed; at the wider end there are also knobs, 
and these are surrounded by rather coarse spines (Plate XVI. fig. 6). 

The position of this species in the keys of Lampert cannot as 
yet be exactly determined, owing to the retracted condition of the 
tentacles ; it clearly belongs to the group of ‘‘ Aspidochirote Formen 
mit Stiihlehen und glatten Schnailen,” and those in which the 
Schnallen are irregular. Like H. immodilis, it has two Polian 
vesicles ; but it differs in colour, in the arrangement of its suckers, 
and the form of its spicules. Like H. pardalis, it has a number of 
regular plates, but it wants the characteristic marking of that species, 
and is of much larger size than any known examples. 


HoLorsuriA CADELLI. (Plate XVI. fig. 7.) 


Body rounded, tapering posteriorly, dark above, lighter below ; 
prickly papillee, not so numerous or prominent as in H. squamifera, 
frequently but not always with a white circular base. Body-wall 
thin. 

Tentacles (retracted) ; cesophageal ring small and inconspicuous, 
the anterior region so contracted that the disposition of the Polian 
vesicles cannot be certainly made out. Cuvierian organs in the 
form of rather numerous stout cecal tubes from half to one inch in 
length. Lungs well developed. Genital tubes numerous and ex- 
tensive. 

The flattened spicules are (Plate XVI. fig. 7) of the type of those 
found in H. albwenter, but the knobs are more numerous, and 


1887. ] FROM THE ANDAMAN ISLANDS. 145 


there are more than three pairs of holes; from that species it is 
to be at once distinguished by the absence of the remarkably modi- 
fied turciform spicules. On the whole, it stands nearest to H. scabra, 
but is distinguished by its speckled and less dense integument, and 
the absence of the median ventral groove. A specimen 160 millim. 
long has the greatest circumference 40; one 140 millim, is only 10 
millim. round at the anus. 

Three smaller specimens differ from the more matured, two bya 
larger amount of orange in their coloration, and the third by the 
greater stiffness of the skin. 


HoLoraurRIA MARMORATA. 


I have had great difficulty in coming to a definite conclusion as 
to the name to be given to the specimens now associated as H. mar- 
morata; the complete absence of a circular disposition of the 
pigmentation prevents their association with H. argus ; on the other 
hand, the comparatively small size of the esophageal ring is against 
their affinity with H. marmorata. I believe the fact of the matter 
is that Dr. Théel is justified in his supposition that these two species 
and some others are but varieties or various stages of a variable and 
widely distributed spevies which grows to a great size. 


Hoxornuria papitiata. (Plate XVI. fig. 8.) 


Twenty tentacles. Body elongated, may be wider in its hinder 
than in its two anterior thirds ; prominent scattered dorsal papillee, 
which are larger and more closely packed anteriorly than posteriorly ; 
five or more small papillx around the anus. 

Suckers on central surface only, arranged in two irregular rows, 
which unite posteriorly ; each sucker is placed on a yellowish papil- 
liform process. Colour dark slate-grey above, lighter below. 

Body-wall thin, the parts of the cesophageal ring are small, the 
ampullee long ; one large Polian vesicle. Genital tubes short and 
numerous. Apparently no Cuvierian organs. The only calcareous 
deposits are in the form of stools (Plate XVI. fig. 8). 

Notwithstanding these numerous negative characters, the large 
size and well-developed papillae must make this a very conspicuous 
species. 

It may be 280, 320 long, and 60, 80 millim. broad. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. 


Figs. 1-3. Moira stygia, x 14. 

Fig. 1. With spines, and from the side. 

- Test denuded, to show the arrangement of the plates. 

. Test from above, to show the disposition of the ambulacra . 
. Spicules of Haplodactyla andamanensis, 

. Spicule of Psewdocuecwmis acicula. 

. Spicules of Holothuria albida. 

. Spicules of Holothuria cadelli. 

. Spicules of Holothwria papillata. 

Figs. 4-8 x 500. 


DWTS? on He 09 ho 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. X. 10 


146 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES AND [Feb. 15, 


2. On a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians made by 
Mr. H. Pryer in the Loo Choo Islands. By G. A. 
Bovu.enceEr, F.Z.S. 


[Received January 28, 1887.] 
(Plates XVII. & XVIII.) 


Our Corresponding Member Mr. H. Pryer has presented to the 
British Museum an important series of Reptiles and Batrachians, 
formed by him during a recent visit to the Loo Choo Islands. This 
being the first herpetological collection from that group of islands that 
has reached Europe, its interest in exceptionally great. The North- 
Pacific Exploring Expedition, under Capt. J. Rogers, U.S.N., visited 
the Loo Choo Islands in 1854-55, and a collection of Reptiles was 
made, upon which Hallowell reported (Proc. Acad. Philad. 1860, 
p- 490 e¢ seqg.). Unfortunately, owing to the imperfection of his 
descriptions, little more than a score of new names was gained 
by that author’s contribution. Now that actual specimens are 
at hand, identification of most of Hallowell’s specimens has become 
possible ; and it is my pleasant duty to furnish diagnoses of those 
species together with a list of the others collected by Mr. Pryer, 
among which are two entirely new. 


REPTILIA. 


LACERTILIA. 
1. Grecxo saponicus, D. & B. 


? Hemidactylus marmoratus, Hallow. l. c. p. 491. 
? Hemidactylus inornatus, Hallow. l. c. p. 492. 


2. PrycHozOON HOMALOCEPHALUM, Crev. 


The unique specimen in the collection, a male, though in other 
respects agreeing with the Indo-Malayan specimens, is remarkable 
for having only eight preanal pores. 


3. JAPALURA PoLyGoNATA, Hallow. (Plate XVII. fig. 1.) 


Diploderma polygonatum, Hallow. J. e. p. 490. 

As was to be expected, this species is closely allied to J. swinhonis, 
Gthr. It differs in having the tibia constantly shorter than the skull, 
fewer labials as a rule, and in coloration. The number of upper and 
of lower labials is six or seven, very rarely eight. The hind limb, 
stretched forwards, reaches between the commissure of the mouth 
and the anterior border of the orbit. Adult yellowish green above, 
the interspaces between the scales black ; throat and nuchal crest of 
males bright yellow; females with broad black cross bands on the 
back ; tail, in both sexes, annulate with black ; young more greyish, 
with black cross bands on the back. 


P. Smit delet lith. 


1. JAPALURA POLYGONATA 


2. TACHYDROMUS 


SMARAGDINUS. 


P2279) 1887 BV RVil 


Mintern Bros. imp. 


Pa SERMON NINE China ciel gett 
ceed ELAN 


és on 


Peter Sout del. et lith 


Mintern Bros. imp. 


1. TACHYDROMUS SMARAGDINUS. 
é.LYGOSOMA PELLOPLEURUM. 3. TROPIDONOTUS PRYERI. 


1887. ] BATRACHIANS FROM THE LOO CHOO ISLANDS. 147 


J. Q. 

millim. millim. 
Total lengths pain «soe iva ews ne 202 215 
Heads siahiatwnssietiia.s,t dete 24 18 
Widthvofheadiiilie« asi dat sors - 15 12 
Botlys, pact tige BA seri cris BOis%2 58 50 
Horevlimby tae o.% 38 33 
bind limbs teenies eel asinte ae ee 65 52 
ib iaaks Ss reset epee seat: HS 20 16 
dr ee OC rt: Lich a ita ie tyem210 147 


The species is represented by numerous specimens in Mr. Pryer’s 
collection. 


4, TACHYDROMUS SMARAGDINUS, sp.n. (Plate XVII. fig. 2, 
and Plate XVIII. fig. 1.) 


Head long as in T. sevlineatus, its width being contained nearly 
twice in its length. A series of granules, usually incomplete, between 
the supraoculars and the supraciliaries ; a small shield usually (19 
cases out of 26) separates the large anterior supraocular from the 
loreal ; temporal scales obtusely keeled, much smaller than in the 
other species, 10 to 15 on a line between the orbit and the tympanum. 
Dorsal shields strongly keeled, in eight to ten longitudinal series, 
the three outer series on each side largest and equal; eight longi- 
tudinal series of large, strongly keeled, mucronate ventrals, and 
three or four series of smaller ones on each side. Preeanal shield 
usually longitudinally divided in the female, entire in the male. 
One inguinal pore on each side. Emerald-green above; a pale 
yellow streak along each side, from the upper lip to the groin; 
males usually with a broad grey or bronzy lateral band above the 
yellow streak ; lower surfaces greenish yellow. 


3. Q. 

millim. millim. 
atablens th x. aivelgeni< deo qvinie. « 187 207 
PTCA Ra ncaphcts La ave ttre Dene 12 13 
Wiidthzoicheadien. soya ere ats ve 6°5 7 
Bong abet. S84 ee 222 38 42 
Boredimb)awees. et seetiaes Sere 20 20 
und limb swt.kord eOt kes ee 27 27 
Mailtrs..:20:70 hat). bee et BT 152 


Numerous specimens. 


5. LyGosoMA PELLOPLEURUM, Hallow. (Plate XVIII. fig. 2.) 


Lygosaurus pellopleurus, Hallow. 1. c. p. 496. 

Body elongate, limbs short ; the distance between the end of the 
snout and the fore limb is contained twice in the distance between 
axilla and grom. Snout very short, obtusely acuminate. Lower 
eyelid scaly. Nostril pierced in a single nasal; no supranasal ; 
frontonasal broader than long, forming a broad suture with the 

10% 


148 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPILILES AND [Feb. 15, 


rostral anda still broader one with the frontal; prefrontals very 
small and widely separated ; frontal short, in contact with the first 
supraocular only, followed by a long and narrow single frontoparietal 
resembling a second frontal’, angular posteriorly and in contact 
with the interparietal; latter in the middle between four small 
patietals, the posterior pair of which are in contact behind; four 
supraoculars, first in contact with the frontal and the frontoparietal, 
second and third in contact with the frontoparietal ; seven supra- 
ciliaries ; fourth upper labial below the centre of the eye. Ear- 
opening small, horizontally oval, without projecting lobules. 24 
scales round the middle of the body, subequal; dorsals rather strongly, 
laterals feebly tri- or quinquecarinate. Preanal scales not enlarged. 
Limbs widely separated when adpressed; the length of the hind 
limb equals the distance between the fore limb and the nostril. 
Digits short, cylindrical : subdigital lamellze smooth, 10 under the 
fourth toe. Tail a little longer than head and body. Reddish 
brown above, dark brown on the sides; a black lateral band, com- 
mencing from the eye; sides with fine whitish shafts; belly dirty 
white, spotted with dark brown; lower surfaces of tail plumbeous 
grey, spotted with black. 


millim, 
SV ota CREM Mower: as «lac Steric 125 
1a RELA lp Shean erences nor ptt ae a ieee 9 
Widthirom heads ae onc sopaponasoielecnesece 6°5 
BOOK xt ong Soo Nectar oreo Je bees 43 
Ores Wiese css sre a.e-'s Wie Ns : erie) 
Err Mlint i ee egeteevencvoteaetals ekeucue e202 ls 16 
MPAT ee Mate cr aac ote (a atte te she 6.5 tition ee OS 


A single specimen is in the collection. 


OpHIDIA. 

6. ABLABES SEMICARINATUS, Hallow. 

Eurypholis semicarinatus, Hallow. /. ¢. p. 493. 

Scales in fifteen rows, without apical groove, with a very feeble 
keel along their anterior half. Rostral rather broader than deep ; 
nostril between two nasals; preefrontals about twice as long as 
internasals ; frontal much longer than broad, as long as or slightly 
longer than internasals and preefrontals together; loreal at least 
twice as long as deep; one pree- and two postoculars; eight upper 
labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye, seventh largest ; temporals 
1-+2; five lower labials in contact with gulars. Ventrals 187-192; 
anal divided ; subeaudals 72-82. Olive above, the scales lighter in 
the centre ; the lower scale on each side yellowish, margined with 
olive or black; in some specimens four rather indistinct dark brown 


1 The very singular shape of this shield misled Hallowell as to the homo- 
logies of the head-shields of this Lizard. Therefore his internasal = fronto- 
nasal; frontonasal = frontal; frontal = frontoparietal; interparieto-fronto- 
parietal = interparietal ; frontoparietals = anterior parietals. 


1887.] | BATRACHIANS FROM THE LOO CHOO ISLANDS. 149 


longitudinal bands on the hinder half of the body ; upper lip, ventrals, 
and subcaudals uniform yellowish. 
Several specimens, the largest measuring 77 centim. 


7. TROPIDONOTUS PRYERI, sp. n. (Plate XVIII. fig. 3.) 


Dentition syncranterian. Form slender, as in 7’. saurita. Tail 
one third of the total length. Head and eye moderate. Scales 
in 19 rows, all strongly keeled. Ventrals 176-180; subcaudals 
121-128. Internasals truncated in front, more than half as large 
as the preefrontals ; one pre- and three postoculars ; loreal a little 
broader than deep ; normally eight upper labials, fourth and fifth 
entering the orbit ; usually two temporals in the first row. Anterior 
part of body with large alternating black elongate spots, separated 
by a narrow zone of pale olive on the vertebral line, by broader 
yellowish vertical bars on the sides. Head dark olive, above spotted 
or marbled with black; lip yellowish, the sutures between the 
anterior upper labials black ; an oblique black streak across the 
(normally) seventh upper labial ; a yellow spot, surrounded with 
black at the extremity of the jaws. Hinder part of body with a 
series of black dorsal spots and a lateral series of light spots. Lower 
parts yellowish, the hinder part of the body with a series of black 
streaks along each side of the ventrals, becoming confluent into a 
lateral black line on the subcaudals. 

Four specimens, the largest measuring 93 centim. The stomach 
of one contained a Rana gracilis. 


8. Piaturus rascratus, Daud. 


9. Borurops FiAvoyirinis, Hallow. /. c. p. 492. 

Upper and lower head-scales smooth ; upper very small, seven or 
eight in a transverse series between the supraoculars, which are 
large ; nasal divided ; eight upper labials, third and fourth largest, 
second bordering the loreal pit. Scales small, 35 across the middle 
of the body ; laterals smooth, the others feebly keeled. Ventrals 
230; anal entire; subcaudals, 75 pairs. Yellowish green above, 
with symmetrical blackish markings ; lower parts pale yellow, with 
pale olive spots confluent into two bands on the anterior part of the 
belly. 

A single specimen, 525 millim. long. 


BATRACHIA. 


ECAUDATA. 
1, Rawa Gracruis, Wiegm. 


2. RuacorHorus viripris, Hallow. 

Polypedates viridis, Hallow. 1. ¢. p. 500. 

? Hyla cyanea, Hallow. 1. ¢. p. 494. 

Closely allied to R. schlegeli, Gthr., from which it differs in the 
longer hind limb, the tibia measuring half the length of head and 
body; when the limb is stretched forwards, the tibio-tarsal articulation 


150 MR. O. THOMAS ON SMALL [Feb. 15, 


reaches between the eye and the nostril. The inner metatarsal 
tubercle is smaller than in R. schlegeli, and quite flat. 
A single specimen, measuring 53 millim. from snout to vent. 


3. Microuy.a rissirEs, Blgr. 


CAUDATA. 
4. Mouce pyRRHOGASTRA, Boie, var. ENSICAUDA, Hallow. 


Triton subcristatus (ensicauda), Hallow. 1. ¢. p. 494. 

These specimens (ten in number) appear sufficiently different from 
the Japanese typical form to warrant a varietal distinction. The 
head is proportionally somewhat broader, the digits shorter, and the 
tail, in the female, longer. The lower parts are yellow (not red), 
immaculate or more or less spotted with black; digits yellow 
inferiorly (black in the typical form). Upper parts black, in some 
specimens with scattered small yellowish or pale green spots ; 
sometimes a yellowish vertebral streak. 


dé. Q. 
millim, millim. 
otal. Jemeth, aos) sacle aide. Pee-on are eile 115 158 
From snout to cloaca ............ 53 70 
(ead ieee caite 2 aoc cuca rete ae teenie 13 15 
Width of neadis he cratun cccncceacetenees 12 14°5 
ore limb see Gere ce ee 20 21 
Hindslimbepateiicn ck cote 20 23 
Tail cies oe cocee seers ear atarcn 62 88 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES, 


Prats XVII. 
Fig. 1. Japalura polygonata, p. 146. 
2. Tachydromus smaragdinus, p. 147. 
Prats XVIII. 


Fig. 1. Tachydromus smaragdinus. Upper view of head, X 2. 
2. Lygosoma pellopleurum ; and upper view of head, X 2, p. 147. 
3. Lropidonotus pryeri, p. 149. 


38. On the small Mammalia collected in Demerara by 
Mr. W. L. Sclater. By Oxprizitp Tuomas. 


[Received January 29, 1887.] 
(Plate XIX.) 


The Mammalia obtained by Mr. W. L. Sclater during his recent 
visit to British Guiana consist of 13 specimens belonging to 8 
species, of which one is new. All of them have had their exact 
localities and dates recorded, and are therefore of interest even when 
belonging to common species. The discovery of a new species of the 


1 lith 


(RHIPIDOMYS) SCLATERI 


Hanhart 


Llp 


«: “I ib SP Beta ia = ‘ we 


1887.1] MAMMALS FROM DEMERARA. 151 


peculiar Dormouse-like subgenus RAipidomys is avery interesting fact, 
and shows how much these small mammals have been neglected by the 
very numerous collectors who have worked in the different parts of 
Guiana. ‘The following is a list of the species, with short notes by 
Mr. Sclater upon their habits, &c. 


1. VespERUGO (VESPERUS) HILARII, Geof. 


a. Maccasseema, Pomeroon R., 15/12/86. 
“Caught in the store-room in the daytime ; apparently it was 
crawling about the place, and made no attempt to fly away.”— 
W.L.S. 


2. FurtA HORRENS, F. Cuv. 
a. Maccasseema, 11/86. 
“This was the common House-bat of Maccasseema and flew 
about the premises at dusk. The individual obtained was killed by 
Mr. im Thurn.’—TJV. L. S. 


3. Rayncuonycreris Naso, Wied. 


a-d. Marakka, 20 miles up the Pomeroon, 15/12/86. e. Near 
Maccasseema, 5/12/86. 

“These Bats cling most of the day to the stump of a tree over- 
hanging the water, and when disturbed take short flights and again 
return to the same place.” —W. L. 8. 

See also Dobson, Cat. Chiropt. B. M. p. 368 (1878), and im 
Thurn, ‘Among the Indians of Guiana,’ p. 115 (1883). 


4, SaAccopreRYX LEPTURA, Schr. 


a. Calicoon, close to the junction of the Essequibo and Maza- 
runi Rivers, 14/11/86. 

“This Bat I knocked down about dusk, say 5.30 p.m., witha 
long stick, just outside the house. Several others were flying about, 
but I was unable to secure any more.”—W.L.S. 

In this specimen the wing-pouches are unusually large and dis- 
tended, and from each of them there projects a prominent white 
frill of skin, which can apparently be exserted or withdrawn at 
pleasure. From the marked development of these organs, un- 
doubtedly sexual in their nature, it may be inferred that the late 
autumn is the pairing-time of this species, at least in Guiana. 


5. GLossopHAGA SORICINA, Pall. 
a, 6. Pen Hope, 13/10/86. On the coast 20 miles east of 


Georgetown. 
“This Bat was found in the house in considerable numbers.’’— 


W.L.S. 


6. Hoxocuitus (Nectomys) squamirss, Brandt. 
a. Young. Pen Hope, 12/10/86. 
‘Caught in the cane-fields, and brought to me by a coolie.””— 
W.L.S. 


152 ON SMALL MAMMALS FROM DEMERARA. [Feb. 15, 


7. Hesprromys (Rurprpomys) SCLATERT, sp. n. (Plate XIX.) 


a. 9. Maccasseema. 11/86. 

“Tam sorry to say I cannot remember anything about the habits 
of this Rat; it was caught and brought to me by one of Mr. im 
Thurn’s Indians, and of course did not live in the house.” 

Fur short, close, very soft and velvety. General colour uniform dark 
ashy grey, the tips of the hairs below white or pale rufous, line of 
demarcation not strongly marked; bases of all the hairs slate- 
coloured. Hairs on both fore and hind feet, including the fingers 
and toes, all dark brown or black. Ears, when laid forward, reaching 
just to the centre of the eye; no projection on their anterior border ; 
their backs hairy, black. Tail long, uniformly black, thickly hairy, 
the hairs about 3 or 4 mm. long throughout, except just at the base, 
where they are shorter, and at the extreme tip, where they are 10 or 
12 mm. long; the rings of scales well-marked, 15 or 16 to the 
centimetre. Mamme 6, one axillary and two inguinal pairs. Inter- 
dental palate-ridges 6. Foot-pads broad, smooth, rounded; soles 
naked, quite smooth. 

Skull exceedingly similar to that of H. leucodactylus, Tsch. 
(figured P. Z. S. 1884, pl. xliv. fig. 8), but rather longer and nar- 
rower, especially in the cranial portion, with the supraorbital edges 
more strongly developed, and with the incisors rather longer and 
heavier. 

Dimensions of the type, an adult female in spirit:—Head and 
body 133 mm., tail 172, hind foot 33, forearm and hand 39, ear, 
above crown, 16, head 43, muzzle to eye 18°5. 

Skull. Basal length 31:5, greatest breadth 19; nasals, length 
12°8; length of molar series 6-4; back of incisors to front of 
m' 10:2; palatine foramen, length 8:0; interorbital constriction 
6:3. 

This species, with which I am glad to connect the name of its dis- 
coyerer and donor, is very closely allied, in all its essential characters, 
to H. (Rhipidomys) leucodactylus, Tsch.’, but that species has its fur 
very much the nature, colour, and texture of that of the Common 
Rat ; while in H. sclateri the fur is wholly different to this, being in 
fact more like that of certain of the smaller Opossums in its soft and 
velvety character. In H. sclateri the colour is also darker and more 
uniform than in H. lewcodactylus, the tail is more uniformly bushy, 
and the feet, both fore and hind, differ by having black-haired 
instead of pure white toes. 

The present is the first recorded occurrence of any member of the 
interesting Dormouse-like subgenus Rhipidomys in the region north 
of the Amazons and east of Colombia, and gives therefore a very 
important addition to the known range of the subgenus. Other 
species have been recorded from Central America, Ecuador, Peru, 
Bahia, and Minas Geraes, the nearest ally of H. sclateri being, as 
already noted, the Peruvian H. lewcodactylus, Tsch, 


2 Faun. Peruana, p. 183, pl. xiii. fig. 2 (1844). 


1887.] MR. BOULENGER ON A NEW GECKOID LIZARD. 153 


8. DipeLpuys mMuRINA, Linn. 
a. Pen Hope. 12/10/86. 


** Brought to me by a coolie at Plantation Hope, which is on the 
so-called east coast, 7.e. about 20 miles along the coast east of 


Georgetown ; it was caught, as I understand, in the cane-fields.””— 
W.L.S. 


4, On anew Geckoid Lizard from British Guiana. 
By G. A. Boutenerr, F.Z.S. 


[Received January 24, 1887.] 


A small collection of Reptiles and Batrachians was formed by Mr. 
W. L. Sclater during his recent visit to Maccasseema (on the Pome- 
roon River) in British Guiana, and presented to the Natural History 
Museum. Smallas the collection is, and from a comparatively well- 
explored district, it nevertheless contains a novelty, the small Lizard 
described below.. The other. species of which specimens were 
obtained are the following :— 

Lizards: Thecadactylus rapicauda,. Houtt.; Anolis punctatus, 
Daud.; Ophryoessa superciliosa, L.; Uraniscodon umbra, L.; Cophias 
flavescens, Bonn. ; Amphisbena fuliginosa, L. 


Gonatodes annularis. 


154 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON A [Feb. 15, 


Snakes: Typhlops reticulatus, L.; Gieophis lineatus, D. & B.; 
Elaps lemniscatus, L. 

Batrachians: Leptodactylus pentadactylus, Laur.; Bufo marinus, 
L.; Bufo typhonius, L.; Cecilia gracilis, L. 


GONATODES ANNULARIS, sp. n. (Woodcut, p. 153.) 


Closely allied to G. albogularis, D. & B. Snout longer than the 
diameter of the orbit, obtuse, the granules on its upper surface 
small, not larger than the dorsals. Supraciliary edge with a small 
projecting spine, asin most species of Spherodactylus. Seven upper 
and four or five lower labials; a pair of small chin-shields behind 
the mental. No transversely enlarged subcaudals. Grey-brown 
above, with a series of large black spots along each side of the 
vertebral zone; head and limbs with black spots or marblings ; 
tail with biack annuli, alternating with white spots inferiorly ; lower 
surfaces pale brown, throat with oblique dark-brown lines converging 
backwards. 


millim. 
‘Notalenctls Se eats: Seer eet Fe 86 
de eet Crees aoe Oe Oe as ine ee 11 
Width ofshead certs ces ce sete oat 7 
Oey, ie cid 2 ee RR oy DS ete 29 
Boxedimbre ens h anasto eas 15 
Hinds livib ake. eae es ae 19 
MT aa Peeevsaet SP Rare reas aac croak ct reel renee as 46 


Two female specimens. 


5. On the Structure of a new Genus of Lumbricide 
(Thamnodrilus gulielmi!). By Frank E. Brpparp, 
M.A., F.R.S.E., Prosector to the Society, Lecturer on 
Biology at Guy’s Hospital. 


[Received February 15, 1887.] 


I owe the specimens of the worm described in the present paper to 
the kindness of Mr. W. L. Sclater, F.Z.S., who collected them for 
me during his recent visit to British Guiana. 

They are all rather large worms (see woodcut, fig. 1), measuring 
up to 6 inches in length and 3 inch in breadth, and belong to a new 
genus and species of Lumbricidze, which I propose to call Tyamno- 
DRILUS GULIELMI. 

External Characters——The colour is purplish on the dorsal 
and reddish yellow on the ventral side; the clitellum is distin- 
guished from the rest of the body by its paler tint. 

The mouth is situated precisely at the anterior extremity of the 


1 Named after Mr. William Lutley Sclater. 


1887.] NEW GENUS OF LUMBRICID&. 155 


ect MAR 
jor ee 


Thamnodrilus gulielmi, from the yentral surface; natural size. 


156 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON A [Feb. 15, 


body, and there is therefore no prostomium ; in this character 
Thamnodrilus agrees with Urocheta' and Diacheta*. It is a little 
difficult to distinguish the anterior segments of the body; the 
buccal segment is “divided externally by a very well-marked furrow, 
which appears to mark the line of division between two really 
distinct somites. A consideration of the number of the nephridia 
(see p. 160) leads me to infer that the divisional furrow does not 
imply a division into somites; furthermore (see figs. 1 and 2) each of 
the two anterior rings is divided on each side by a longitudinal 
furrow, which corresponds in position with the dorsal pair of sete 
in the following segments ; the presence of this furrow is perhaps 
an additional argument in favour of regarding them as parts of the 
same somite. 

From the first segment to about the 8th, the breadth of the 
segments gradually increases; the longitudinal diameter of the 
segments also gradually increases up to the 8th or 9th, after which 
they become distinctly narrower. 

The segments of the clitellum are perfectly distinct, and are eleven 
in number. The clitellum commences with the 15th segment and 
terminates upon the 25th; very generally a trace of * clandular 
modification is to be found upon the 14th and 26th segments. 

The clitellum of 7hamnodrilus is therefore nearly coextensive with 
that of Urobenus, Urocheta, Titanus, and Anteus. 

As in the former genus, the clitellum is not developed upon the 
ventral side of the body, but the extent of the area left free from 
glandular substance varies; in the anterior part of the clitellum, 
as far back as segment 19, the ventral pair of sete as nearly as 
possible mark the boundary between the glandular and non-glandular 
portion of the integument; from the 20th segment to the end of 
the clitellum there is a space left between the glandular part of the 
integument and the sete. This is illustrated in the accompanying 
drawing (woodcut, fig. 2). 

The sete are disposed in pairs; the distance separating the 
ventral pairs is 2°2 mm. in the clitellar region, the distance between 
the ventral and dorsal pair is 5°5 mm., while the dorsal pairs are 
separated by an interval of 12°5 mm. The setze are not remarkable 
in shape except upon the clitellum; here they are modified and 
acquire the form illustrated in the drawing (woodcut, fig. 3); these 
peculiarly modified sete are apparently found throughout the 
clitellum (I have also found them in segments immediately anterior), 
where they replace both the dorsal and ventral pairs. The accom- 
panying figure renders any minute description of these sete unneces- 
sary, and will serve to show how exactly they resemble the clitellar 
sete of Urocheta; in this genus Perrier has recorded * the modi- 
fication of the ventral pair of setee on the 20th segment; and Horst 
has stated * that in another species the ventral setze of four of the 


1 Perrier, Arch. de Zool. Expér. t. iii. 

2 Benham, Quart. Journ. Mier. Sei. 1886. 

8 Arch. d. Zool. Expér. t. iii. (1874) p. 399, pl. xvii. fig. 52. 
* Midden Sumatra, Vermes, p. 8. 


1887.] NEW GENUS OF LUMBRICID&, 157 


clitellar segments are thus modified. This latter statement I am 
able to confirm from the study of an Australian species of the genus, 
possibly identical with Horst’s species. But the modification of the 
sete in the clitellar region of Thamnodrilus is more complete than 


Fig. 3. 


tr 
| 
/ 


— 
(@) e] 
SS 


(e) 


==>, 


eet 
44 | 
\_AZF 
ZA 


Fig. 2, Thamnodrilus gulielmi, Anterior segments seen laterally ; apertures of 
the nephridia in front of the dorsal pair of sete ; segments of clitellum 
shaded vertically. Magnified twice natural size. 

Fig. 3. Seta from one of the segments of the clitellum; highly magnified. 


in Urocheta, inasmuch as it has affected the dorsal as well as the 
ventral pairs. The clitellar setz are larger than the ordinary sete, 
as well as differing in their ornamentation ; this difference was very 
noticeable in an immature example, where the difference of age alone 


158 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON A [Feb. 15, 


distinguished the clitellar from the ordinary sete ; moreover I have 
frequently found even in mature examples that the clitellar setze of 
both dorsal and ventral pairs only showed slight traces of ornamen- 
tation at their free extremity ; such setz alternated in the most 
irregular fashion with sete like that displayed in the drawing (fig. 3) ; 
they are, however, of equal size. 

Dorsal pores appear to be entirely absent. 

The only apertures besides the mouth and anus recognizable on 
the exterior of the body are those of the nephridia, which are placed 
in front of the dorsal pair of set close to the anterior margin of 
the segment (fig. 2); these apertures were especially plain upon the 
clitellum. 

Vascular System.—In none of my specimens was the vascular 
system very well preserved. The dorsal vessel (fig. 4, d) runs close 
to the surface of the gizzard, and near to the hinder end of that 
organ gives off two pairs of slender trunks (4) to the ventral vessel (v). 
After this the dorsal vessel runs some way above the surface of the 
cesophagus, and is not directly connected with the ventral vessel ; 
segments 10, 11, and 12 contain each a pair of lateral ‘‘ hearts” (4), 


Chief Trunks of Vascular System. 
d, the dorsal vessel] ; v, ventral vessel ; s, supraintestinal; 2, anterior “hearts” 
connecting dorsal and ventral vessel; 4’, posterior hearts connecting 
supraintestinal and yentral vessel. 


of which the two anterior pairs are considerably stouter than the pos- 
terior pair; these are given off from the supraintestinal trunk (s), 
which is of some thickness in these segments. I could not detect 
any additional communication with the dorsal vessel, and am inclined 
to think that there is none. 

Alimentary Canal.—The mouth-aperture, as already stated, is 
terminal, and in all my specimens was excessively minute ; the buccal 
cavity is thick-walled and very narrow, with an almost imperceptible 
lumen. The pharynz is large, and is followed by a wide thin-walled 
esophagus. The cesophagus is remarkable for the fact that it does 
not pass straight to the gizzard, but is bent upon itself, forming a 
loop : it might be readily imagined that this condition is simply due 
to the contraction produced by the preservative reagent; but I 
found the same condition of the cesophagus in all the specimens that 
I dissected, and in all of these the gizzard was apparently retracted 


1887.] NEW GENUS OF LUMBRICID&, 159 


rather than protruded, and the segments of the body in most instances 
were perfectly normal and not unduly contracted. “The gizzard is like 
that of other Earthworms. 

sophageal Glands.—Behind the gizzard and in front of the 
intestines the cesophagus is furnished with certain glands, which 
are evidently the homologues of similarly placed glands in other 
Earthworms. These glands are kidney-shaped and lie on the dorsal 
or lateral aspect of the cesophagus, with the concave side turned 
towards the cesophagus; at the middle of its concavity the gland 
is connected with the cesophagus by a short duct. The general 
appearance of these glands is strikingly similar to the “ kidney- 
shaped glands” which I have described' in the intestinal region of 
Megascolex ceruleus; apparently they also resemble in outward 
appearance the cesophageal glands of Notoscoler camdenensis?, 
though frequently the cesophageal glands of Earthworms have not 
this peculiar shape. 

The cesophageal glands of Thamnodrilus are furnished with a 
very abundant blood-supply. This blood-supply is derived from 
the supraintestinal trunk, and not from the dorsal vessel; in the 
case of the two posterior pairs, at any rate, of these glands, a 
branch is given off on either side from the supraintestinal vessel ; 
this at once divides into two trunks; the inner branch goes to 
the septum and ramifies upon its surface; the outer branch 
conveys blood to the cesophageal gland, which it reaches by 
passing along the pedicle by which that gland is attached to the 
cesophageal walls; the vessel then breaks up into a network of 
capillaries on both the anterior and posterior surfaces of the gland. 
It is important to notice that in these segments both the dorsal 
region of the mesentery and the cesophageal gland are supplied with 
blood from the supraintestinal trunk; the dorsal vessel gives off 
no branches in these segments. In Urocheta the calciferous glands 
have, according to Perrier, a similar blood-supply. 

There were altogether six pairs of these glands situated in seg- 
ments 9-14; the last two pairs, 7. e. those situated in segments 
13 and 14, were situated nearer to the dorsal surface of the in- 
testine than those which preceed them. ‘The number of those 
glands (six pairs) is unusual, three being the almost constant number 
of pairs in other Earthworms; in certain species of Pericheta, 
however, there appear to be as many as six pairs of cesophageal 
lands. 

: Body-cavity.—The dissection of this part of the body was rendered 
very difficult by the toughness of the septa in this region and by their 
firm connection with one another by numerous tendinous threads ; 
these septa, however, in Thamnodrilus, are not specially thickened, 
as they are in many other Earthworms, but are thin and transparent, 
as in the posterior region of the body. 

The body communicates with the exterior only by the apertures 
of the nephridia; there are no dorsal pores present. 

? Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xxxii. 
* Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. 1886, pl. viii. fig. 1, ig. 


160 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON A [Feb. 15, 


Nephridia.—The nephridia appear to be present in all the 
segments of the body with the exception of the first; they are 
differentiated into three series. 

(1) The first series consists of only one pair of nephridia; these 
differ from those which follow in their structure and in their posi- 
tion. They lie beneath the cesophagus and are completely hidden 
by it; each gland consists of a flattened mass of glandular tubules, 
produced by the coil, which has the ordinary structure characteristic 


One of the Anterior Nephridia, 


o, external aperture ; /, funnel opening on to the other side of the 
intersegmental septum s; d, glandular vesicle, 


of nephridial tubules, except that the coilsare more numerous. The 
tubule opens into a stout-walled muscular duct, distinguishable by 
its yellowish colour, which passes anteriorly in a somewhat sinuous 
course and opens on to the second segment of the body. These 
glands evidently correspond to the “ glandes 4 mucosité”’ described 
by Perrier in Urocheta’, and by myself in Acanthodrilus multiporus?. 
The funnel was very conspicuous in transverse sections. This pair 
of nephridia differs less from the succeeding pairs than in many 
other genera. The specialization of this first pair of nephridia, 


1 Arch. de Zool. Exp. t. iii. 2 P. Z. 8.1885, 


1887.] NEW GENUS OF LUMBRICID&. 161 


which is so well marked in Urocheta and in Acanthodrilus multi- 
porus, is, as it were, just commencing in 7'hamnodrilus. 

(2) The next fourteen pairs of nephridia (see fig. 5) open on to the 
exterior of the body in a line with the dorsal pair of setee ; the most 
anterior nephridia are rather smaller than the posterior pairs in corre- 
sponding with the increasing width of the segments. ‘The glandular 
part of the nephridium is very slightly developed in comparison with 
the extremely elongated muscular sac which communicates with the 
exterior ; at the junction of the two regions of the nephridium, the 


Fig. 6. 


One of the Posterior Nephridia. Lettering as in fig. 9. 


muscular duct becomes dilated and bent slightly upon itself; its 
walls become glandular ; this portion of the gland is distinguishable 
by its opaque white appearance. 

(3) From the 17th segment to the end of the body the nephridia 
are of a somewhat different character to those which precede 
them ; the muscular sac of the gland is well developed and opens 
on to the exterior at the same point as in the anterior segments ; 
it differs in being furnished with a diverticulum which is nearly as 
long as itself; the glandular region of the nephridium is more 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XI. 11 


162 ON A NEW GENUS OF LUMBRICIDS. [ Feb. 15, 


complicated in the first few segments after the 17th than in the 
posterior segments of the body ; the proximal end of the muscular 
duct passes into a somewhat dilated pear-shaped glandular vessel, 
into which opens the nephridial tubule; in the posterior nephridium 
(see fig. 6) the nephridial tubule is very short and bent upon 
itself four times, the four tubes running parallel with each other ; 
at a point about opposite to the glandular vesicle the tubule perforates 
the mesentery and reaches the interior of the segment lying in front 
of that which contains the distal part of the organ; here it ends 
almost immediately in the nephridial funnel, which is very large and 
conspicuous ; instead of being a simple funnel-shaped expansion, as 
in the majority of Earthworms and in the anterior nephridia of this 
species, this region of the nephridium forms an elongated folded 
membrane apparently closely agreeing with the nephridial funnel 
of Anteus'; this membrane is composed of the ordinary columnar 
ciliated cells. 

Reproductive Organs.—There are two pairs of vesicule seminales, 
situated in segments 11 and 12; each of these bodies is somewhat 
kidney-shaped and flattened laterally ; the membrane covering the 
vesiculee is continued over the funnels of the vasa deferentia which 
open into the same segments. ‘The true testes were conspicuous in 
a young specimen which I investigated by means of transverse 
sections. 

I traced back the vasa deferentia, as an excessively fine tube, as 
far back as the 18th segment, where it appears to open close to the 
ventral median line. I could not, however, detect the actual orifices 
of the vasa deferentia. Prostate glands appear to be entirely absent, 
as in many (e.g. Urocheta, Microcheta) of Perrier’s Intraclitellians ; 
this group, however, cannot be distinguished by the absence of 
prostate glands, which are present in Ludrilus, Megascolex, and 
Typheus. The ovaries are situated in the usual position in segment 
13; they are small digitate glands. 

The oviducts open by expanded funnels into the 13th segment 
which are placed close to the nerve-cord; their ducts perforate the 
mesentery and open on to the exterior in the 14th segment. I did 
not, however, observe the actual orifice, which must be well within 
the ventral pairs of setee, if not actually unpaired and median. 

Spermathece.—I opened one or two mature individuals and failed 
to find these organs; they are, however, usually present to the 
number of a single pair in the seventh segment. Hach sperma- 
theca is a simple, spherical, or pear-shaped pouch without any 
diverticulum ; it opens exactly in front of the nephridium of the 
same segment. 

It appeared to me at first that this Earthworm might possibly 
belong to the genus Anteus, E. P. * 

Perrier’s description of the genus is not very complete, as it 
necessarily depended upon a unique example which could be only 
partially dissected. 


' Perrier, Nouy. Arch. d. Mus. t. viii. pl. i. fig. 14, 
° “Recherches,” &e. Nouv. Arch. d, Mus. t. viii. p. 49. 


1887.] ON A NEW PARASITIC DIPTEROUS INSECT. 163 


Anteus agrees with Thamnodrilus in the absence of dorsal pores, 
in the arrangement of the setz, the position of the nephridiopores, 
the characters of their internal funnel, and in the presence of asingle 
pair of spermathece in the 7th segment. Both genera have two 
pairs of vesiculaee seminales in segments 1] and 12. The main 
external points of difference appear to be in the clitellum, which is 
much more extensive in Anfeus than in Thamnodrilus, and in the 
modification of the clitellar sete in the latter genus. In Thamno- 
drilus the anterior mesenteries are not specially thickened as 
they are in Antews and there is no modification of the nephridia in 
the genital segments. Whatever may be the way in which the 
genital products are carried off in Anteus, the genital ducts of 
Thamnodrilus are perfectly normal. -Anteus, like Thamnodrilus, is 
a native of the northern part of the South-American continent. 


6. Note on a new Parasitic Dipterous Insect of the Family 
Hippoboscide. By Cuartes O. WatrerHouse. 


[Received January 31, 1887.] 


The insect here described was found by Dr. R. W. Shufeldt* at 
Fort Wingate, New Mexico, on a species of Swift (Cypselus melano- 
leucus), and transmitted to Mr. Sclater for examination. — It is closely 
allied to Anapera pallida, a European Dipterous parasite found on 


) 
x 
= 
A 
a i 


Cypselus apus. It is, however, much larger, and is at once distin- 
guished by the almost total absence of wings—a character which 


? See Dr. Shufeldt’s paper on this Swift, ‘Ibis, 1887, p. 151. 
11* 


164 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Feb. 15, 


might, by some, be considered of generic importance. Having only 
two examples, which appear to be females, I prefer for the present 
to place the species in the genus Anapera, and to name it 


ANAPERA FIMBRIATA. 


Smoky yellow, with the abdomen brown; the epistome pale 
yellow. The general form and structure are those of A. pallida, but 
it is considerably larger. The antennze are beset with long black 
hairs. There is a thick fringe of long black erect hairs or sete in 
front of the eye, continued posteriorly along the orbits of the eyes 
on each side of the middle opaque disk. This fringe exists, but in 
a much less degree, in A. pallida. The triangle on the vertex is 
longer than broad, and not transverse as in A. pallida. There is a 
series of black setze along the posterior margin of the head. The 
thorax is of the same form and with the same black sete as in A. 
pallida, but they are stronger and more conspicuous. The rudimen- 
tary wings are pale smoky yellowish, about as long as broad, with 
numerous black setz on the costal area. The abdomen is somewhat 
round, clothed with black hair, which is very short on the disk, long at 
the sides and apex ; the base has a transverse arcuate fold ; the disk 
is deeply impressed, but, although this is nearly the same in both 
examples, it is possibly the result of contraction. The legs are as in 
A, pallida, beset with black hairs. 

Length 5 lines. 


7. On the Terrestrial Mollusks of the Viti Islands.—Part I. 
By Anprew Garrett, of Huahine, Society Islands. 
(Communicated by Mr. Joun H. Ponsonsy, F.Z.S.) 


[Received December 8, 1886. ] 


The Viti Archipelago, which comprises nearly 200 islands and 
islets, is embraced in an area between 178° 20’ W. and 176° 55! E, 
long., and between 15° 47' and 19° 18'S. lat. The islands are dis- 
posed in three groups—the eastern, intermediate, and western. The 
former, which is only partially explored, comprises many small islands, 
mostly of coralline formation, which have been more or less upheaved 
through volcanic agencies. All the land-shells, so far as known, com- 
prise the same genera of small shells as obtained in the Tonga and 
Samoa Islands. The middle portion, which includes all the large 
islands, though imperfectly explored, have so far yielded many large 
and interesting species. Besides the same genera which occur in the 
eastern group, we find the genera Placostylus, Nanina, Diplommatina, 
Pupina, and Lagocheilus. All these genera, which are represented 
by peculiar species, connect the land-shell fauna with Australasia 
and the East Indies. The latest and most interesting discovery is 
the occurrence of the Asiatic genus Lagocheilus, which was found 
by Mr. Liardet in Gomea Island. The western or Assawa group, 


1887. | MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 165 


which is unexplored, will undoubtedly produce many species not 
found in other parts of the archipelago. 

The genus Suecinea, so widely diffused throughout the Pacific 
islands, has not been discovered in these islands. 

The earliest known Vitian endemic land-shells are Bulimus mallea- 
tus, B. fulguratus, and Heliv nouleti, all described in the ‘ Revue 
Zoologique’ in 1842, the two former by Dr. Jay, and the latter by 
Le Guillou. In 1845, Philippi published Helix pfeifferi, and Mr. 
Hinds described Pythia pollez. In 1846 and 1847, Dr. Gould 
added several new species, all discovered by the U.S. Exploring 
Expedition. In 1855 Dr. Pfeiffer described Helix ludersi; and six 
years later Dr. Dohrn added the beautiful Bulimus seemanni to the 
list of endemic species. In 1865, Prof. Mousson published, in the 
‘ Journal de Conchyliologie,’ a complete list of the Viti land and 
freshwater shells, based on the collections made by Dr. Griiffe and 
added several new species to the 16 peculiar to the group. In 1870 
Mousson’s second paper appeared in the same Journal, and he de- 
scribed 26 new species, all collected by Dr. Graffe. In the meantime 
several new species were published by H. Adams, Crosse, Angas, 
and Semper. 

In the ‘ American Journal of Conchology’ for 1871, and in the 
‘Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia’ 
for 1873, the writer published descriptions and figures of 20 new 
species, all personally collected. The latest discovery, so far as I 
can ascertain, is six new minute species collected by Mr. Liardet, 
which were published and figured with their animals in the ‘ Proceed- 
ings’ of the Zoological Society for 1876. 

Out of 146 species now recorded 85 are peculiar to the group. The 
146 species are embraced in 32 genera, 11 of which are operculated. 


Genus Hexicarion, Férussac. 

1, HELICARION VITRININA. 

Nanina? vitrinina, Liardet, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 100, pl. 5. 
figs. 2, 2a. 

“Shell yellow, thin, translucent, perforated, discoidal ; whorls 43, 
last subangulated, the others slightly convex ; beneath shining and 
well rounded ; aperture slightly oblique, lunate; suture marginate ; 
peristome thin ; columella slightly expanded over the perforation. 
Animal black, with mantle covering two thirds of the shell, which it 
cannot enter at first.” 

“ Found in moist situations under logs, in this respect resembling 
Vitrina.”  (Liardet.) 

This species, which is unknown to me, was found at Taviuni Island. 


2. HELICARION RAMSAYI. 


Nanina ? ramsayi, Liardet, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 100, pl. 5. 
fig. 3. 

“Shell similar to WN. ? vitrinina. When the-animal is out I can 
detect no difference. 


166 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Feb. 15, 


« Animal red; a protuberance on the back rests against the shell 
anteriorly. It progresses by raising its head, extending the body, 
and placing the posterior part of the foot down in the form of an 
arch, lands its body gradually from the head ; and this arch thus 
appears to recede until the caudal extremity is reached. Like 
N.? vitrinina, it cannot at first recede into its shell; and like 

Titrina strangei of Australia, it leaves mucus in its track of a 
brick-red colour. Zab, Taviuni.” (Liardet.) 


Genus Nanrna, Gray. 
1, NANINA NOULETI. 


Helix nouleti, Le Guillou, Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 137; Pfeiffer, 
Mon. Hel. i. p. 69; Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 77. fig. 405. 

Nanina nouleti, Gray, Cat. Pulm. p. 121; (Lrochomorpha) 
Albers, Die Hel. p. 60, 2nd ed.; Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865, 
p- 190; (Xesta) 1870, p. 111; (Hemiplecta) Paetel, Cat. Conch. 
1873, p. 85; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeffroy, v. p. 90 (‘‘ Zonites” 
in error). 

Helix (Nanina) rubricata, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 
1846, p. 178; Pfeiffer, Mou. Hel. i. p. 69. 

Nanina rubricata, Gould, Expl. Exp., Shells, p. 29, fig. 66; Gray, 
Cat. Pulm. p. 129; (Hemiplecta) H. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll. ii. 
p- 223. 

So far as known, this species is restricted to Viti Levu and Ovalau 
Islands, where it is not uncommon beneath decaying vegetation in 
forests. 

It may be distinguished by its large size (25 to 30 millim. in 
diam.), dark chestnut-colour, globose-turbinate form, shining sur- 
face, and chiefly by the spiral impressed strize on the body-whorl. 


2. NANINA CASCA. 


Helix calva, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1846, p. 179; 
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. i. p. 41. 

Nanina calva, Gray, Cat. Pulm. p. 129. 

Nanina casca, Gould, Expl. Exp., Shells, p. 31, fig. 69; H. & A. 
Adams, Gen. Moll. ii. p. 222; (Orodia) Albers, Die Hel. 2nd ed. 
p- 59; Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 191; (Xesta) 1870, 
p- 112; (Thalassia) Paetel, Cat. Conch. 1873, p. 84; Schmeltz, 
Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 90. 

Helix vitiensis, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1855, p. 108, pl. 32. 
fic. 9; Malak. Blitt. 1857, p. 35. 

Nanina vitiensis (Xesta), Pfeiffer, Vers, p. 120. 

Eurypus cascus, Semper, Phil. Landmoll. i. p. 37, pl. 1. fig. 17. 

This species, like V. nowleti, is confined to Viti Levu and Ovalau. 
Like all the Viti species, lives beneath decaying leaves and under 
rotten wood. 

A rather solid, subconoid, more or less depressed, smooth, shining 
species, of a pale corneous colour, sometimes with a slightly ruddy 
spire and perforated base. 


1887.] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 167 


Major diam. 15 to 21 millim. Gould’s first name being preoccu- 
pied by Lowe for a Madeira Helix, he changed it to casca. 


3. NANINA PFEIFFERI. 


Helix pfeifferi (Nanina?), Philippi, Arch. f. Nat. 1845, p. 62; 
Chemnitz, 2nd ed. Helix, pl. 31. figs. 9-10; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. 
i. p. 54; Reeve, Conch. Icon. no. 1282, pl. 185. 

Nanina pfeifferi, Gray, Cat. Pulm. p. 94; (Xesta) Albers, Die 
Hel. p. 59; H. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll. ii. p. 223; (Xesta) 
Pfeiffer, Vers, p. 120; (Xesta) Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, 
Beri 

Helix lurida, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1846, p. 179; 
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. i. p. 47. 

Nanina lurida, Gould, Expl. Exp., Shells, p. 31, fig. 68; Gray, 
Cat. Pulm. p. 128; (Hemiplecta), H. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll. ii. 

- 223; (Xesta) Paetel, Cat. Conch. 1873, p. 85; Mousson, Journ. 
de Conch. 1865, p- 190; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p- 7. 

I received many examples of this species from a missionary who 
collected them at Kantavu. Dr. Griiffe obtained Specimens in Viti 
Levu. 

Though I have followed Pfeiffer and Mousson in referring this 
species to pfeifferi, still I have some doubts as to their being the 
same species. Pfeiffer and Deshayes assign it to China, and 
Cuming erroneously cites the Sandwich Islands as its habitat. 

Though nearly as large as nouleti, it may be distinguished by its 
light colour, more depressed whorls, and smooth surface. 


4. NANINA FRAGILLIMA. 


Nanina (Xesta) fragillina, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, 
p. 112, pl. 7. fig. 3; (Microcystis) Paetel, Cat. Conch. 1873, p. 84. 

Helix fragillima, Pteitfer, Mon. Hel. vii. p. 91. 

I am indebted to Dr. Griiffe for examples of this species which he 
obtained in the interior of Viti Levu. It is also recorded from 
Kantavu. 

It isa thin, transparent, shining, pale horn-coloured species with a 
depressed spire and strongly convex base. The last whorl is con- 
spicuously angulated. Major diam. 14 millim. 


5. NANINA SIMILIS. 


ELuripus similis, Semper, Phil. Landmoll. i. p- 37, pl. 1. fig. 18, 
pl. 2. fig. 91. 

Nanina (Euripus) similis, Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p- 91. 

Helix similis, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vii. p- 112. 

This species, which is unknown to me, was collected by Dr. Graffe 
ou Viti Levu. 

It is described as a solid, orbicular, depressed shell of a fuscous 
horn-colour, with irregular fuscous lines ; whorls 53, the last one 
obsoletely angulated just above the periphery. Diam. 17, height 
104 millim, 


168 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Feb. 15, 


6. NANINA HOYTI. 

Nanina hoyti, Garrett, Amer. Journ. Conch. 1872, p. 221, pl. 19. 
fig. 6; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 91. 

Helix hoyti, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vii. p. 525. 

Common in Taviuni, Gomea, and Lanthala. 

It may be distinguished from WN. casca by the pale brownish 
sutural band, darker spire, tawny columella, and the coarse wrinkles 
just beneath the suture. Major diam. 19 to 20 millim. 


7. NANINA OTAKE. 

Nanina otaree, Garrett, Amer. Journ. Conch., 1872, p. 222, 
pl. 19. fig. 8; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 91. 

Helix otaree, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vii. p. 524. 

I discovered numerous examples of this fine species on the north- 
west portion of Vanua Levu. 

It is about the same size as N. nouleti, and like that species has 
coarse striz of growth and faint spiral lines, the former being larger 
and much more uniform in size, and the latter on our species only 
discernible by the aid of a lens. It may be at once distinguished by 
the fulvous-brown colour and the large circular pale cream-white 
basal patch. The last whorl is also more depressed than in J, 
noulett. Major diam. 29 millim. 


8. NANINA POLITA. 

Nanina nouleti, var. polita, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865, 
p. 190. 

A few examples found beneath dead leaves on the eastern part of 
Viti Levu. 

It is smaller, more depressed, smoother, more polished, and the 
whorls are flatter than in NV. nouleti. The base is also darker, and 


there is not the least trace of spiral strie. It may, I think, take 
specific rank. 


9. NANINA TENELLA. 


Nanina tenella, Garrett, Amer. Journ. Conch. 1872, p. 222, pl. 19. 
fig. 7 


adhe tenella, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vii. p. 525. 


Not uncommon in forests ou the south-eastern part of the Vanua 
Levu and Kioa. 

It is a fragile, smooth, polished, transparent, whitish horn-coloured 
species shaped like N. Aoyti, but only 17 millim. in diameter. Its 
paler colour and thinner transparent texture will at once separate it 
from NV. casca. 


10. NANINA GODEFFROYANA. 


Nanina godeffroyana, Garrett, Amer, Journ. Conch. 1872, p. 223, 
pl. 19. fig. 19. 


Helix godeffroyana, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vii. p. 524. 


This fine large species was taken in considerable numbers in the 
interior of the north-east portion of Vanua Levu. 


1887. ] MOLLUSKS ON THE VITI ISLANDS. 169 


It may at once be recognized by its large size (38 millim. in 
diameter), depressed turbinate form, yellowish or light brownish 
horn-colour with a wide fulvous-brown sutural band. 


11, NANINA ASSAVAENSIS, 0. Sp. 


Shell imperforate, turbinately globose, indistinctly striated with 
rather coarse lines of growth, smooth, shining, subpellucid, smoky 
horn-colour; whorls 5, slightly convex, the last one obscurely 
angulated just above the periphery; aperture oblique, orbicular- 
luniform ; peristome thin, straight ; columella abbreviately reflected 
over the axis of the shell. 

Diam. 20, height 12 millim. 

Abundant beneath dead leaves at Naviti Island, one of the Assawa 
group. 

Genus Microcystis, Beck. 

1. MicRrocysTIs UNISULCATA. 


Nanina unisulcata, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 191; 
(Microcystis) 1870, p. 113; (Thalassina) Paetel, Cat. Conch. 1873, 
p- 85; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 90. 

Helix unisulcata, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. v. p. 80. 

Helix (Petasia) unisuleata, Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 96. 

Helix laqueata, Baird, Brenchley, Cruise of the ‘ Curagoa,’ p. 446, 
pl. xl. figs. 8, 9. 

This peculiar species is widely diffused throughout the group, and, 
like all the Viti species, is found beneath decaying vegetation. 

It is the only species, so far as known, which exhibits a sculptured 
surface. The unisuleated whorls and more or less nodulous columella 
will readily distinguish it. 


2. MicROCYSTIS KIOAENSIS. 


Nanina kioaensis, Garrett, Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1873, 
p- 237, pl. 3. fig. 71 (“‘ Aifaensis ” in error). 

Nanina? taviuniensis, Liardet, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 99, pl. 5. 
figs. 1, la, 6. 

This very distinct species only occurred to my notice in the 
mountain-forests of KioaIsland. Mr. Liardet’s Nanina taviuniensis, 
which he obtained at Taviuni and Gomea, differs only from our 
species in having the base minutely perforated. 

It may be distinguished by its depressed globose form, yellowish 
horn-colour, deep rounded body-whorl, and the prominent columellar 


fold. 


3. MicrocysTIs NODULATA. 

Nanina (Microcystis) nodulata, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, 
p. 114, pl. 7. fig. 4 ; (Thalassia) Paetel, Cat. Conch. ed. 1873, p. 85. 

Helix nodulata, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vii. p. 67. 

Discovered by Dr. Griiffe on Vanua Balavo, one of the Windward 
Islands. 

Its chief characters are its depressed globose form, brilliant horn- 


170 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Feb. 15, 


colour, and nodulous columella. It is more depressed and paler 
than the preceding species. 


4. Microcystis EXCRESCENS. 


Nanina (Microcystis) excrescens, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, 
p- 115, pl. 7. fig. 5, 1871, p. 8; Paetel, Cat. Conch. 1873, p. 84; 
Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 91. 

Helix excrescens, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vii. p. 67. 

Microcystis excrescens, Garrett, Journ, Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1881, 
p. 381. 

This small species was found by Dr. Griiffe on the eastern portion 
of Viti Levu and on several islands in the Tonga group. I discovered 
it on one of the Cook’s Islands. 

It is nearly of the same size and shape as M. nodulata, with the 
columellar fold of A7. kioaensis, but is much smaller than the latter 
species. 


5. Microcystis UPOLENSIS. 

Nanina upolensis, Mousson, Journ. de Conch, 1865, p. 166; (Mi- 
crocystis) 1869, p. 327; 1870, var. oneataensis, p. 114; (Thalassia) 
Paetel, Cat. Conch. 1873, p. 85; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 90. 

Helix upolensis, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. v. p. 108. 

Helicopsis upolensis, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 475. 

Helix samoensis, Baird, in Brenchley, Cruise of the ‘ Curagoa,’ 
p- 447, pl. xl. figs. 12, 13. 

This species was first described from specimens collected by Dr. 
Griiffe on Upolu, one of the Samoa Islands, and I subsequently dis- 
covered it on the islands of Vanua Balavo and Oneata. 

A very smooth, highly polished, orbicular, depressed, pale horn- 
coloured species with a slight columellar nodule. 


6. MicrocysTIs SORORIA. 

Helix sororia, Cox, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 83; Pfeiffer, Mon. 
Hel. vii. p. 60. 

Thisspecies, which is unknown to me, was discovered by Mr. Brazier 
at Ovalau. 

A small imperforated, thin, smooth, shining species of the 
depressed-globose form, with five moderately convex whorls, of a 
uniform yellowish-olive colour, and with a simple columella, 


7. MicROCYSTIS FIRMOSTYLA. 

Nanina firmostyla, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 166; 
(Microcystis) 1871, p. 7; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 90; 
(Microcystis) Paetel, Cat. Conch. 1873, p. 84. 

Helix firmostyla, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. v. p. 70. 

Helicopsis firmostyla, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 475. 

Obtained by Dr. Griiffe at Tikombia, one of the Windward Islands. 
He also found it generally distributed throughout the Tonga Islands. 

A minute, depressed-convex, highly polished, horn-coloured 
species, shaped like M. upolensis, but only half as large. The colu- 
mella is sometimes slightly nodulous. 


1887.] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 171 


8. Microcystis PERPOLITA. 


Nanina (Microcystis) perpolita, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1869, 
p- 326, pl. 14. fig. 1; 1870, p. 113; 1871, p. 8, var. solida; 
Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 90. 

Helicopsis perpolita, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 475. 

Heiiz perpolita, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vii. p. 65. 

This species was found by Dr. Griiffe on Viti Levu. It also 
inhabits Tonga and the Samoa Islands. 

It is a convexly depressed, pellucid, highly polished, yellowish 
horn-coloured species with 44 whorls. 


9. MicRocysTIs STEARNSEANA, Sp. Nov. 


Shell small, imperforated, depressedly globose, pellucid, smooth, 
shining, luteous horn-colour; spire convexly rounded, apex de- 
pressed ; suture linear, narrowly margined ; whorls 5, flatly convex, 
last one not descending in front, rounded, base convex ; aperture 
nearly vertical, roundly lunate ; peristome straight, acute, regularly 
curved, margins remote, not converging ; columella with a white, 
prominent, nearly horizontal tooth-like fold; within the base of the 
aperture, a short distance from the margin, are two sublamelliform 
white teeth, the upper one the larger, crest=like, the smaller one close 
to the columellar fold. 

Major diam. 3, height 2 millim. 

Hab. Viti Islands. 

Several examples found beneath rotten wood at Vanua Balavo, 
and a few were obtained under dead leaves at Uea or Wallis 
Island. 

It is closely allied to Nanina (Gastrodonta) ensifera, Mousson, 
a Samoan species, which is smaller, more depressed, the body-whorl 
being subangulated and more depressedly rounded. I name this 
singular species after my friend R. E. C. Stearns, Esq. 


Genus TrocHonanina, Mousson. 


1. TROCHONANINA SAMOENSIS. 


vanina samoensis, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 165. 

Helix samoensis, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. v. p. 70. 

Zonites (Conula) samoensis, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1869, 
p- 331; 1870, p. 116; 1871, p. 10; Paetel, Cat. Conch. 1873, p- 86; 
Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 90. , 

Helix clayi, Liardet, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 101, pl. 5. fig. 7. 

Microcystis samoensis, Garrett, Journ. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1881, 
p- 384. 

This minute species is generally diffused throughout the group. 
It is also common in the Tonga, Cook’s, and Samoa Islands, and rare 
in the Marquesas. Under decaying vegetation. 

It is a perforated, thin, depressed, turbinated, reddish or brownish 
horn-coloured species, with five strongly convex whorls, the last one 
angulated on the periphery. 


172 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Feo. 15, 


2. TROCHONANINA MICROCONUS. 


Nanina microconus, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 192; 
(Thalassia) Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 85. 

Helix microconus, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. v. p. 94. 

Zonites (Conulus) microconus, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, 
p- 117; Paetel, Cat. Conch. 1873, p. 86; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. 
Godeff. v. p. 90. 

Helix pinnockii, Liardet, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 100, pl. 5. 
figs. 5, 5a. 

Widely diffused over the group, and, like the preceding, this species 
lives beneath decaying vegetation. It occurs also in the Tonga and 
Samoa Islands. 

A minute, perforated, conical, greyish horn-coloured species with 
53 spirally striated whorls, the last one acutely angulated and the 
base smooth. 


3. TROCHONANINA BARKASI. 


Helix barkasi, Liardet, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 100, pl. 5. 
fig. 6. 

This species, which is quite unknown to me, was found at Taviuni 
by Mr. Liardet. He describes it as follows :— 

‘Shell minute, trochiform, very minutely perforated, colour 
golden horny ; whorls 5}, convex, roughly and irregularly striated, 
transversely ribbed, last whorl acutely carinated ; beneath slightly 
convex ; striz radiating from the perforation ; aperture oblique and 
triangular.” 


4, TROCHONANINA CALCULOSA. 


Helix caleulosa, Gould, Expl. Exp., Shells, p. 48, pl. 5. fig. 63 ; 
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. iii. p. 41. 

Zonites (Conulus) calculosus, H. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll. ii. 

4 U6. 
Nanina calculosa, Gray, Cat. Pulm. p. 126 ; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. 
Godeff. v. p. 91. 

Trochonanina calculosa, Garrett, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 
1884, p. 22. : 

A few specimens were found on the leaves of the bushes at Malolo 
Island. It is also common and widely diffused throughout the 
Society Islands.” Numerous examples occurred to my notice at 
Dominique, one of the Marquesas Islands. 

A minute, globose-pyramidal species, with an angulated body- 
whorl, reflexed columella, and punctiform perforation. Colour pale 
corneous ; whorls 5, convex. 


Genus Zonites, Montfort. 
1. ZoNITES VITIENSIS. 


Zonites vitiensis, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865 p. 193; 


1887.] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 173 


(Hyalina) 1870, p. 115; Paetel, Cat. Conch, 1873, p. 86; Schmeltz, 
Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 90, 

Helix vitiensis, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. v. p. 146. 

Common beneath dead leaves in forests near the sea-shore, and 
widely distributed through the group. 

A small, umbilicated, depressed, thin, pellucid, pale horn-coloured 
species, about the size and shape of Hyalina arborea, Say, a North- 
American species. 


2. ZONITES PLICOSTRIATUS. 


Zonites plicostriatus, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, p. 116. 

Helix plicostriata, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vii. p. 197. 

Inhabits the south coast of Vitu Levu and Kantavu (Grdfe). 

A little smaller than the preceding species, from which it differs 
in having the body-whorl angulated, and the sculpture consists of 
fine rib-like strize and spiral impressed lines. 


3. ZONITES SCHMELTZIANA, Sp. Nov. 


Shell umbilicated, depressed, orbicular, pellucid, shining, obscurely 
striated, pale corneous, sparsely speckled with white; spire depressedly 
convex ; suture slightly impressed; whorls 5, nearly flat, regularly 
increasing, last one not deflected in front, depressedly rounded, upper 
portion depressed and angulated ; base convexly rounded ; umbilicus 
small; aperture oblique, orbicular-lunate ; peristome straight, sharp, 
with remote margins ; columella slightly reflected. 

Major diam. 9, height 4 millim. 

Hab. Malolo Island. 

Common beneath decaying vegetation, in forests near the sea- 
shore. 

Nearly twice the size of Z. vitiensis; this species has the spire 
more depressed, the whorls flatter, and may at once be recognized by 
its angulated body-whorl. 


Genus Trocuomorpena, Albers. 


1. TROCHOMORPHA MERZIANOIDES. 


Helix (Trochomorpha) merzianoides, Garrett, Proc. Phil. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. 1873, p. 237, pl. 3. fig. 72. 

A rare species inhabiting Vanua Levu, where I found a few 
examples adhering to the trunks of trees. 

Its large size (22 millim.), honey-yellow base, chestnut-brown 
upper surface, which is mottled with radiating lines and spots of a 
luteous-white colour, will at once distinguish it. The upper surface 
is coloured nearly the same as 7. merziana, a Solomon-Island species ; 
but the present species may be separated by the absence of the 
basal band, darker colour, the narrower last whorl, and its narrower 
aperture. 1’. merziana also differs in having the upper margin of the 
peristome inflected. 


174 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Feb. 15, 


2. TROCHOMORPHA ABROCHROA, Crosse. 


Helix abrochroa, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1868, p. 176; 1870, 
p- 101, pl. 1. fig. 2; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vii. p. 207. 

Trochomorpha (Discus) abrochroa, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 
1870, p. 123, var. pseudoplanorbis. 

This species, which appears to be somewhat scarce, was found by 
me under dead wood in the mountain-forests on Kioa Island. Dr. 
Griiffe obtained it on Viti Levu. 

Easily distinguished by its thin texture, uniform luteous horn- 
colour, depressed form, sharp crowded striz, and the angle on the 
margin of the wide umbilicus. Diam. 12 millim. 


3. TROCHOMORPHA LUDERSI. 


Helix ludersi, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1855, p. 112; (Videna) 
Vers, p. 132; Mon. Hel. iv. p. 183. 

Trochomorpha (Discus) ludersi, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 
1870, p. 122 (part.). 

This fine species is abundant on the trunks of trees at Gnau 
(Angau) Island. I received a few specimens from a native at 
Ovalau, where Macgillivray obtained the type examples. 

Its large size (19 millim. ), light horn-colour, and, more particularly, 
the four narrow reddish-brown bands, two above and two in the 
base, will separate it from any other Vitian species. 


4. TROCHOMORPHA TAVIUNIENSIS. 


Helix taviuniensis, Garrett, Amer. Journ. Conch. 1872, p. 223 
(‘* Tavinniensis”’ typ.err.) ; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 95 ; 
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vii. p. 574. 

Found in numbers on the trunks of trees in damp forests on 
Taviuni. 

A little smaller and more depressed than 7’. ludersi, with a single 
narrow chestnut-brown submarginal band, both above and beneath, 
on a tawny-yellow ground. Out of over 300 specimens one only 
was without the bands, and was more depressed and paler than the 
type. The bands are darker and wider than in the preceding 
species. 


5. TROCHOMORPHA TUMULUS. 


Helix tumulus, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1846, p. 175 ; 
Expl. Exp., Shells, p. 62, fig. 53; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. i. p. 85; 
Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 194, 1870, p. 120; Schmeltz, 
Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 94. 

Nanina tumulus, Gray, Cat. Pulm. p. 128 ; (Trochomorpha) Albers, 
Die Hel. 2nd ed. p. 60; (Discus) Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 85. 

This species, which is unknown to me, inhabits Viti Levu. 
Schmeltz cites Samoa as one of its habitats, which is probably a 
mistake, as Prof. Mousson does not mention it in his paper on the 
Samoan land-shells. 

It is described as a small (14 millim.), solid, yellowish, pyramidal 


1887. ] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 175 


shell, with a flattened base, 6-7 whorls, the last one obtuse and 
angulated at the periphery. 


6. TROCHOMORPHA PLANOCONUS. 


Trochomorpha planoconus, Mousson, MS., Museum Godeffroy, 
1885. 

Shell umbilicated, trochiform, rather solid, searcely shining, 
rugosely striated ; strie rude, irregular, oblique ; colour chestnut- 
black, varigated with fulvous, gradually passing into dark chestnut- 
brown ; apex obtuse ; base dark honey-yellow, with a darker line 
near the keel ; spire elevated, conoid, with planulate outlines ; suture 
linear, narrowly margined ; whorls 7, slightly convex, slowly and 
regularly increasing, last one acutely carinated ; keel compressed and 
rugose ; umbilicus small, deep ; aperture diagonal, subrhomobidal- 
luniform ; peristome above the keel acute and gently arched, below 
the keel thickened and concave. 

Major diam. 19, height 10 millim. 

Ono Island. 

Two examples received from the Museum Godeffroy. As com- 
pared with T. merzianoides, it is much more conical, darker coloured, 
smaller, and the umbilicus is not so large. 


7. TROCHOMORPHA FESSONIA. 


Helix (Trochomorpha) fessonia, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, 
p- 626, pl. 48. fig. 7 ; Brazier, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p- 322 (part.) ; 
Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 94; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vii. 

. 201. 
; Trochomorpha (Discus) transarata, var. depresso-striata, Mousson, 
Journ. de Conch. 1870, p. 121. 

I received several examples of this species from Kantavu Island, 
where Mr. Brazier obtained the type specimens. On trees. Dr. 
Graffe found it (rare) in the interior of Viti Levu. 

Its most essential characters are its rather small size (12 millim.), 
depressed trochiform shape, crowded irregular plicate strize, brownish 
colour, and pale markings. The spire is convexly-conical ; whorls 6, 
with narrow white margins. Base rather flat, corneous, with a 
reddish-brown band next to the acute white keel. Umbilicus 
small. 


8. TROCHOMORPHA TRANSARATA. 
Helix transarata, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 194; 


Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. v. p- 183; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. iy. 
p- 73. 

Trochomorpha (Discus) transarata, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 
1870, p. 121, pl. 7. fig. 1 (excl. var.). 

Helix fessonia (Trochomorpha), Brazier, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, 
p- 322 (part.). 

When Prof. Mousson first described this species, he had only a 
single imperfect young example before him, which Dr. Griaffe 


176 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Feb. 15, 


found at Lomaloma, Vanua Balavo. Griiffe subsequently discovered 
some specimens of Trochomorpha in the interior of Viti Leva, which 
Mousson (in Journ. de Conch. 1870, p. 122) referred to his 7’. ¢rans- 
arata, adding additional characters and giving a good figure of the 
same. On the same page he describes the var. depresso-striata, 
which latter is probably distinct and = 7. fessonia, Angas. 

Unfortunately I lost all my Kantavu specimens of the latter 
species when shipwrecked, and have only a single dead example of TL. 
transarata from Lomaloma, which exactly coincides with Mousson’s 
original description, and agrees with his figure of a Viti Levu 
shell. 

Mr. Brazier (in P. Z. S. 1871, p. 322) adds 1. transarata to the 
synonymy of fessonia. Schmeltz (in Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 94, 
sp- 5939) quotes Mousson’s var. 7. depresso-striata as = fessonia, 
and, judging from the Museum numbers, he does not include the 
type, which is no. 5235 (see Cat. no. iv. p. 73), in the synonymy. 

Its small size, depressed conical form, rough irregular plicate 
striz, brownish horn-colour with interrupted radiating pale stripes, 
elevated spire, slightly convex base, and small umbilicus are its most 
prominent characters. 


9. TROCHOMORPHA ACCURATA. 


Trochomorpha (Discus) accurata, Mousson, Journ. de Conch, 
1870, p. 120, pl. 7. fig. 2. 

Nanina (Microcystis) accurata, Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 84. 

Helix accurata, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vii. p. 290. 

A very rare species, found by Dr. Griffe in rocks at Veria, in the 
interior of Viti Levu. 

It has the spire more elevated than 7’. ¢ransarata, a greenish- 
violet colour, the striz strong and irregular, the umbilicus small ; 
whorls 7, the last one acutely carinated with a compressed, white 
keel. Major diam. 14, height 12 millim. 


10. TROCHOMORPHA CORALLINA. 


Trochomorpha (Discus) ludersi, var. corallina, Mousson, Journ. de 
Conch. 1870, p. 123. 

I found a few examples of this species on elevated coralline reefs 
in forests on Vanua Balavo, and took a large number in similar 
stations on Mango Island. Dr. Griffe found it on coral-rocks on 
Malatta and Tutuna, the latter one of the northern islands of the 
Tonga group. 

It may be described as follows :— 

Shell umbilicated, sublenticular, solid, finely and obliquely striated, 
fulvous horn-colour, rarely whitish, with or without a marginal 
dorsal and basal dark fuscous band; spire convexly conoid, obtuse ; 
suture depressedly margined above; whorls 53, slightly convex, 
slowly and regularly increasing, the last one not descending in front, 
acutely carinated ; base convex; umbilicus smali, about one seventh 
the greater diameter of the shell; aperture diagonal, subrhomboid- 


1887. ] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDs. vi) 


lunate ; peristome simple, straight above, acute, at the base thickened 
with callus. 

Major diam. 15, height 6-7 millim. 

As compared with 7’, /udersi it is smaller, differs in the ground- 
colour, the umbilicus is not so large, and the bands are wider and 
only two in number. 


11. TrRocHOMORPHA SUBTROCHIFORMIS. 


Helix trochiformis, Gould (not of Férussac), Expl. Exp., Shells, 
G1; 
5 Helix eurydice, Mousson (not of Gould), Journ. de Conch. 1865, 
ele0! 
Trochomorpha subtrochiformis, Mousson, Journ. de Cunch. 1869, 
p- 335, pl. 4. fig. 6; 1870, var. albo-striata, p. 122; Pease, Proc. 
Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 474. 

Helix subtrochiformis, Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. p- 95; 
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vii. p. 289. 

Mousson’s var. albo-striata inhabits Kanathia, one of the Wind- 
ward Islands, and the type is a Samoan species. The variety, which 
is unknown to me, is described as follows :— 

“Spira fusco-nigrescens, strigis transversis, albis, imperfectis, 
eleganter ornata, ad basin fulvescens, cum zona peripherica Susca.” 
(Mousson. ) 

It is probably distinct from the Samoan type. 


12. TROCHOMORPHA THEMIS, sp. nov. 


Trochomorpha (Discus) ludersi, Mousson (not of Pfeiffer), Journ. 
de Conch. 1870, p. 122 (part.). 

I obtained numerous specimens of this species at Vanua Balavo, 
where they were found adhering to the trunks of trees. It is also 
recorded from Oneata Island. 

Shell with a narrow umbilicus, solid, sublenticular, not shining ; 
striee very fine, oblique and crowded; whitish horn-colour, with a 
single dorsal and basal submarginal chestnut-brown line ; spire de- 
pressedly conoid, obtuse; suture with a depressed white margin ; 
whorls 53, depressedly convex, slowly and regularly increasing, last 
one not deflected in front, acutely and compressedly carinated, keel 
white ; base convex ; umbilicus about one eighth the major diameter 
of the shell ; aperture and peristome the same as in 7". corallina. 

Major diam. 14, height 6 millim. 

As compared with 7’. Judersi it is smaller, paler, has ouly half so 
many linear bands, strive finer and the umbilicus much smaller. 
T. corallina is of a fulvous colour (very rarely whitish), the bands 
are wider and paler and the suture has not got the white margin ; it 
is also a little larger and smoother, and lives in a different station. 


13. TROCHOMORPHA KANTAVUENSIS, sp. nov. 


Shell widely umbilicated, thin, fragile, pellucid, depressed, lenti- 
cular, smooth, shining; incremental stric fine, crowded, oblique; 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XII. 12 


178 MR. A. GARREIT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Feb. 15, 


Inteous-corneous, the periphery margined above and beneath with a 
reddish-chestnut line, the upper one following the whorls of the 
spire ; suture with a depressed, narrow marginal line; whorls 63, 
slightly convex, rather rapidly increasing, last one not descending 
in front, acute and compressedly carinated, keel whitish ; base more 
polished than above, convex ; aperture very oblique, depressed, sub- 
rhomboid-lunate ; peristome thin, straight above, margins con- 
verging, basal portion slightly thickened and gently arched. 

Major diam. 20, height 7 millim. 

I received several hundred examples of this very distinct species 
from a missionary who collected them in Kantavu Island. He gave 
no information in regard to its station. 

Specimens sent to the Godeffroy Museum in Hamburg were 
referred to 7. swainsonii, a Society-Island species; and examples 
sent to an English correspondent were confounded with 7’. metcalfei, 
Pfeiffer, a Philippine species. It is probably the Helix (Videna) 
planorbis, in “ Dr. James C. Cox’s Exchange List,” which he 
accredits to Kantavu. The 7. planorbis of Lesson was collected by 
that naturalist in New Guinea, and differs from our shell in being 
smaller, mottled with olivaceous, and in having only 5 whorls. A 
careful comparison with the description of 7’. metcalfei has convinced 
me that it cannot be the same as the Kantavu shell. T. swainsonit is 
smaller, thicker, rougher, much more variable, and the positions of 
the lineations are different. 

Its large size, depressed form, fragile texture, luteous horn-colour 
with the chestnut-brown marginal lines, and large umbilicus will 
readily separate it from any other Vitian species. 


Genus Paruxa, Held. 
1. ParuLa INERMIS. 


Patula inermis, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, p. 118, pl. 7. 
fig. 7. 

“Helix inermis, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vii. p. 167; (Patula) Paetel, 
Cat. Conch. p. 91. 

Collected by Dr. Griffe on Vanua Balavo. Beneath decaying 
vegetation. 

A small, widely umbilicated, depressed orbicular, rufous horn- 
coloured species, with fine, oblique, costulate strie and 4 slightly 
convex whorls. Diameter a trifle more than 2 millim. 


2. PATULA ADPOSITA. 


Patula adposita, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, p. 119, pl. 7. 
fig. 8. 

Helix adposita, Pfeiffcr, Mon. Hel. vii. p. 87; (Patula) Paetel, 
Cat. Conch. p. 87. 

Discovered by Dr. Griiffe on Oneata Island. 

A little larger and paler than the preceding species, and the um- 
bilicusis smaller, and the acute plicate striz are not so crowded. 


1887. ] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 179 


3. PATULA PRINCE. 

Helix princei, Liardet, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p- 100, pl. 5. 
figs. 4, 4a. 

This species was found at Taviuni by Mr. Liardet. 

“Shell very small, depressed, with a wide and perspective um- 
bilicus ; colour dark brown; whorls 3, prominently costulated ; 
suture deeply impressed ; aperture round.” (Liardet.) 


4. PATULA IRREGULARIS, sp. nov. 

Pitys irregularis, Mousson, Mus. Godeff. 1885. 

Shell small, umbilicated, orbicular, depressed, thin, translucent, 
greyish white under a bluish horn-coloured epidermis ; sculpture 
consisting of crowded, waved, raised stri, with larger ones irregularly 
intermixed ; spire convex, apex flattened; suture canaliculate ; 
whorls 4, convex, slowly and regularly increasing, slightly turgid 
next the suture, last one rounded, slightly depressed above the 
periphery ; base convex ; umbilicus deep, about one fourth the 
major diameter of the shell; aperture slightly oblique, irregularly 
rounded ; peristome thin. 

Major diam. 3, height 2 millim. 

Common at Viti Levu. I received a number of specimens of 
this species from the Museum Godeffroy, Hamburg. 

A small uncoloured species closely allied to P. rudis, a Cook’s 
Island species. The irregular striz will Separate it from the other 
Vitian species. 


Genus Pitrys, Beck. 


1. Pirys suBDHDALEA. 

Patula (Endodonta) subdedalea, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, 
p- 117, pl. 7. fig. 6. 

Helix subdedalea, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vii. p- 258; (Patula) 
Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 95. 

Found by Dr. Graffe in Mango Island. Like all the South-Sea 
species, it is found beneath decaying leaves and under rotten wood. 

It is a little larger than Patula adposita, and of a pale horn- 
colour, with a wide umbilicus, planulate spire, the strie costulate, 
and 53 whorls. The parietal region is garnished with three spiral 
laminz, and there are four on the palate. 


Genus PLacosryius, Beck. 


1. PLAcOsTYLUS MALLEATUS. 

Bulimus malleatus, Jay, Revue Zool. 1842, p. 80; Guérin, Mag. 
Zool. 1843, p. 61; Philippi, Abbild. ii. 9. p- 10, Bul. pl. 3. fig. 4; 
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. ii. p- 55 ; (Charis) id. Vers, p. 152; Reeve, Conch. 
Icon. pl. 29. fig. 174; Deshayes, in Fér. p- 47, pl. 144. figs. 11, 12; 
Gould, Expl. Exp., Shells, p- 81, fig. 78; (Charis) Albers, Die Hel. 
Ist ed. p. 152, 2nd, ed. p. 196; (Charis) H. & A. Adams, Gen. 
Moll. i}. p. 147; (Charis) Chenu, Mon. Conch. i. p- 436, fig. 3201; 


180 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Feb. 15, 


Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 136, 1875, p. 20; (Charis) 
Paetel, Cat. Conch. 1873, p. 98; Garrett, Amer. Journ. Conch. 
1872, p. 231. 

Charis malleatus, Frauenfeld, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1869, 

. 874. 

: Placostylus (Charis) malleatus, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, 
p- 125; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 92. 

This arboreal species is restricted to Viti Levu and Ovalau 
Islands. 

Its large size (55 millim.), white colour, olivaceous-brown macu- 
lations, malleated surface, oblong aperture, broadly expanded white 
lip will distinguish it. An immaculate variety is not infrequent. 


2. PLACOSTYLUS FULGURATUS. 

Bulimus fulguratus, Jay, Revue Zool. 1842, p.80; Guerin, Mag. 
Zool. 1843, p. 62; Philippi, Abbild. ii. 9. p. 10, Bul. pl. 3. fig. 2 ; 
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. ii. p. 55; (Charis) id. Vers, p. 152; Reeve, Conch. 
Icon. pl. 29. fig. 175; Gould, Expl. Exp., Shells, p. 80, fig. 77 ; 
(Charis) Albers, Die Hel. Ist ed. p. 152, 2nd ed. p. 196 ; (Charis) 
H. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll. ii. p. 147 ; Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 
1865, p. 195; Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 137, 1875, p. 17; 
(Charis) Paetel, Cat. Conch. 1873, p. 98; Garrett, Amer. Journ. 
Conch. 1872, p. 231, pl. 18. fig. 1. 

Placostylus (Charis) fulguraius, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, 
p- 125; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 92 

Charis fulguratus, Frauenfeld, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1869, 

. 874. 
: Otostomus fulguratus (Charis), Semper, Phil. Landmoll. iii. 
p- 158, pl. 17. fig. 10. 

Bulimus eximius, Reeve, Conch. Syst. ii. p. 173. 

Plakocheilus gracilis, Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1840, p. 182. 

This, like the preceding species, is confined to the islands of Viti 
Levu and Ovalau, where it occurs on the trunks and foliage of trees. 

A rather solid, oblong, olive-yellow species, with longitudinal, 
irregular, more or less interrupted, waved olive-brown stripes. 
Whaorls 5, convex, last one with fine crowded longitudinal strize, and 
obliquely transverse anastomosing sulcations. Spire decorticated, 
whitish or reddish. Aperture obauriform, white or light fulvous, 
and the lip white and widely expanded. Length 45-50 millim. 


3. PLACOSTYLUS ELOBATUS. 


Bulimus elobatus, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1846, 
p- 190; Expl. Exp., Shells, p. 72, fig. 84; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. ii. 
p- 184; (Charis) id. Vers, p.152; (Charis) Albers, Die Hel. 2nd ed. 
p- 196; Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 140 (excl. variety) ; 
( Placostylus) Paetel, Cat. Conch. 1873, p. 98; Garrett, Amer. Journ, 
Conch. 1872, p. 232, pl. 18. fig. 2; (Luplacostylus) Crosse, Journ. 
de Conch. 1875, p. 13. 

Placostylus (Charis) elobatus, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, 
p. 124; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 93. 


1887.] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 181 


Otostomus (Placostylus) elobatus, Semper, Phil. Landmoll. iii. 
p- 157, pl. 15. fig. 5. 

Bulimus colubrinus, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 138, 
pl. 51. fig. 4; Malak. Blitt. 1861, p. 13; Mon. Hel. vi. Pp 293 
Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p- 139. 

This species is restricted to the island of Vanua Levu, where it 
occurs beneath decaying vegetation. Examples inhabiting the 
interior of the island are larger and much finer than those found in 
the forests near the sea-shore. 

My largest specimens taken in the former location are 66 millim. 
long, and my smallest (adults) from near the sea-shore are only 46 in 
length. The shape varies from oblong-ovate to elongate-ovate. It is 
solid, white or ruddy beneath a fulvous epidermis, and ornamented 
with longitudinal dark green waved or zigzagged stripes, which are 
more or less interrupted. The apical whorls are usually reddish. 
The aperture and lips are usually orange-red, and the throat fre- 
quently whitish. The last two whorls are minutely corrugated. 
A rare variety occurs with the lips and aperture wholly white. 


4. PLacostyLus Morosvs. 
Bulimus morosus, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1846, p- 190; 


3 
Expl. Exp., Shells, p. 72, fig. 82; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. ii. p- 56; 
(Charis) id. Vers, p. 152; (Charis) Albers, Die Hel. 2nd ed. p- 196; 
(Charis) Paetel, Cat. Conch. 1873, p. 98; Garrett, Amer. Journ. 
Conch. 1872, p. 232; (Placostylus) Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1875, 
p- 20, pl. 8. fig. 1; Kobelt, Jahrb. malak. Ges. 1875, p. 225, 
pl. 7. figs. 7-8. 

Placostylus (Charis) morosus, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, 
p- 125; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. y. p- 93. 

Bulimus elobatus, var. minor, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864, 
p- 140. 

This very distinct arboreal species has a wider range than any 
other species inhabiting the group. It is distributed throughout 
all parts of Vanua Levu, where I collected numerous examples. I 
found it also on Rambi, Koro, Taviuni, Gomea, Lanthala, and Prof. 
Mousson, on the authority of Dr. Griiffe, records it from Viti Levu. 

It is a rather thin, oblong-ovate, uniform white, decorticated shell, 
with a large aperture and widely reflected peristome. The rough 
surface is not so conspicuously malleated as P. malleatus. There 
exists a rare abbreviated variety on the west end of Vanua Levu, 
which exhibits a few olivaceous markings similar to those on the 
latter species. 


5. PLacostyLus sEEMANNTI. 


Bulimus seemanni, Dohrn, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1861, p- 207, pl. 26. 
fig. 6; Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p.123; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vi. 
p. 13; Novit. Conch. iii. p. 474, pl. 102. fig. 18; Garrett, Amer. 
Journ. Conch. 1872, p. 232; (Lumecostylus) Paetel, Cat. Conch. 
1873, p. 99; Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1875, p. 10. 

Placostylus (Charis) seemanni, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, 


182 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Feb. 15, 


p. 126; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 92; Canefri, Malac. 
Viagio Mag. p. 85. 

Otostomus (Placostylus) seemanni, Semper, Phil. Landmoll. iii. 
Beran, pl. 1/stig. G 

This fine large ground-species is confined to Kandavu Island, 
where it appears to be abundant. 

Though subject to considerable variation in size and shape, it 
may, however, be distinguished by its rather slender form, whitish 
horn-colour beneath a yellowish or olive-brown epidermis, which is 
sometimes ornamented with waved or zigzagged stripes. The surface, 
though coarsely striated with lines of growth, is seldom marked by 
transverse corrugations. The auriculate-shaped aperture is narrow, 
white, though sometimes tinted with fulvous, and the white lip is 
considerably expanded and slightly reflected and frequently con- 
tracted above. Length from 52-77 millim. Like all the ground- 
species, it is very frequently decorticated. 


6. PLAcosTtyLUS KANTAVUENSIS. 

Bulimus kantavuensis, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1870, p. 250; 
1871, p- 105, pl. 5. fig. 3; 1875, p. 10; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. viii. 
p- 29. 

This is also a terrestrial species, and inhabits Kandavu Island, 
where it was discovered by Mr. Brazier. 

It is described as a rather solid, cylindrically-fusiform species, 
with longitudinal rugose strize and obsolete submalleations. Colour 
ruddy white, with reddish apical whorls. The epidermis is olive- 
yellow, with longitudinal waved whitish stripes. The last whorl is 
subeylindrical, compressed on the middle, and the auriform aperture 
and the widely expanded peristome are whitish. Length 43 millim. 
I have never seen an example of this species. 


7. PLACOSTYLUS KOROENSIS. 


Bulimus koroensis, Garrett, Amer. Journ. Conch. 1872, p. 236, 
pl. 18. fig. 9; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. viii. p. 29; (Placostylus) Crosse, 
Journ. de Conch. 1875, p. 9, pl. 1. fig. 5; Schmeltz, Journ. des 
Mus. Godeff. Heft xii. 1876, p. 161. 

Placostylus koroensis, Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 92. 

Occurs in great profusion on the ground in the central valleys of 
Koro Island, where it is peculiar. 

It is very closely allied to the preceding species, which it resembles 
in shape and sculpture. Colour corneous or tawny yellow, with a 
white or luteous aperture and rather widely expanded white peri- 
stome. Length 53 millim. It is very frequently distorted and very 
seldom exhibits traces of a fulvous epidermis, which is disposed in 
irregular longitudinal strips and patches. Examples sent to Mr. 
Crosse were, by that learned conchologist, regarded as distinct from 
his B. kantavuensis. 


8. PLACosTYLUS HOYTI. 
Bulimus hoyti, Garrett, Amer. Journ. Conch. 1872, p. 234, pl. 18. 


1887. ] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 183 


fig. 7; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. viii. p. 30; (Placostylus) Crosse, Journ. 
de Conch. 1875, p. 17, pl. 1. fig. 8. 

Placostylus hoyti, Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. vi. p. 81. 

This beautiful terrestrial species is confined to that portion of 
Vanua Levu situated to the southward of Natawa Bay. 

Though closely related to P. elobatus in colour, markings, and 
sculpture, it is, however, readily distinguished by its abbreviated 
form, turgid body-whorl, wider aperture, expanded and reflected 
lip. Length 44 to 55 millim. 


9. PLACOSTYLUS RUGATUS. 


Bulimus rugatus, Garrett, Amer. Journ, Conch. 1872, p. 234, 
pl. 18. fig. 1; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. viii. p. 35; (Placostylus) Crosse, 
Journ. de Conch. 1875, p. 18. 

Placostylus rugatus, Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. vi. p. 81. 


Var. CRASSILABRIS, Garrett. 


Bulimus crassilabrum, Garrett, Amer. Journ, Conch. 1872, p. 233, 
pl. 18. fig. 5; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. viii. p.35; (Placostylus) Crosse, 
Journ. de Conch. 1875, p. 18. 

Placostylus crassilabrum, Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 93. 

This arboreal species is restricted to Vanua Levu, where it is 
widely distributed over the island. 

It is a rather thin, oblong-ovate species, of a whitish colour 
beneath an olive-yellow epidermis, and ornamented with small olive- 
green blotches, which are sometimes zigzagged. Length 43 millim. 
The transverse rugosities do not differ from those observed on P. 
Julguratus. As compared with that species it is more abbreviated, 
the outer lip more arched and more effuse, and the aperture is more 
oblique. The base is also not so much produced. 

The variety crassilabris is more solid, and the peristome and 
parietal callus are much thicker than in the typical P. rugatus. This 
variety, of which I obtained about 200 examples, was gathered in 
the interior at a point about the middle of the length of the island. 


10. PLacosTyLus OCHROSTOMUS. 


Bulimus ochrostoma, Garrett, Amer. Journ. Conch. 1872, p. 232, 
pl. 18. fig. 3; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. viii. p. 36 ; (Placostylus) Crosse, 
Journ, de Conch. 1875, p. 19. 

Placostylus ochrostoma, Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. vi. p. 81. 

Bulimus rambiensis, Garrett, Amer. Journ. Conch. 1872, p. 233, 
pl. 18. fig. 4; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. viii. p. 36 ; (Placostylus) Crosse, 
Journ. de Conch. 1875, p. 19. 

Placostylus rambiensis, Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. vi. p. 81. 

Not uncommon on foliage at Taviuni and Rambi, rare on Gomea, 
and I obtained two examples on that part of Vanua Levu opposite 
to Rambi Island. 

It is the smallest species, so far as known, inhabiting the group. 
It is rather variable in size, ranging from 28 to 40 millim. in length, 
and its shape varies from ovate to oblong-ovate. The texture is 


184 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Feb. 15, 


rather thin, the sculpture the same as on P. rugosus, and the colour 
ruddy corneous or whitish, often with a reddish spire. Though 
very frequently wholly decorticated, the epidermis, when present, 
is very thin, light fulvous, and usually beautifully mottled with 
green, which is occasionally disposed in zigzag pattern. The aper- 
ture and lips are more or less intense saffron-yellow, paler in the 
throat. The columellar fold is not so conspicuous, and is more 
vertical than in the preceding species. ‘The peristome, though 
usually simple, is often slightly expanded, particularly so in the 
Rambi shells, some of which have the lip slightly reflected. 


1]. PLacostyLus GNAUENSIS. 


Bulimus gnauensis, Garrett, Amer. Journ. Conch. 1872, p. 235, 
pl. 18. fig. 8 (in err. guanensis) ; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vill. p. 36; 
( Placostylus) Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1875, p. 18. 

Placostylus gnauensis, Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. vi. p. 81. 

This graceful species is common and peculiar to Gnau Island, 
where it lives on trees and shrubs. 

It may be recognized by its rather thin texture, oblong-ovate or 
elongate-ovate form, whitish, yellowish, or reddish horn-colour, orna- 
mented with longitudinal undulating olive-green stripes, which are 
frequently shaded off with white, The surface is rugose, with small 
transverse corrugations. The aperture is tawny yellow or reddish, 
rarely white, and the lips, which are but slightly expanded, are more 
intensely coloured than is the throat. Length 45 millim. 


12. PLACOSTYLUS GRAEFFEI. 


Placostylus elobatus, Mousson (not of Gould), Journ. de Conch. 
1870, p. 124. 
Placostylus moussonii, ‘‘ Graffe,’’ Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. 
. 93. 
‘ Bulimus, sp., Garrett, Amer. Journ, Conch. 1872, p. 232. 
Bulimus moussonii, Crosse (not of Pfeiffer), Journ. de Conch. 1875, 
lil 
? Bulimus griffei, Crosse, l.¢. p. 13; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. viii. p. 30. 
This ground-species appears to be restricted to the central portion 
of Viti Levu, where it was discovered by Dr. Griiffe. I am indebted 
to the latter gentleman for two examples of this species, which is 
about the same size and shape as P. elobatus, but is a smoother shell, 
and the colour of my two specimens is olivaceous without any mark- 
ings. The aperture is whitish, and the columellar fold is more 
horizontal than in the latter species. 


13, PLACOSTYLUS VITIENSIS, sp. nov. 


Bulimus vitiensis, Garrett, MS. (coll. Garrett). 

Placostylus vitiensis, “Garr.,’’ Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. vi. 
p. 81. 

Shell umbilicated, oblong-ovate, rather solid, slightly shining ; 
rosy flesh-colour beneath a thin translucent epidermis, which is 
decorated with longitudinal olive-green zigzag stripes; surface of 


1887. ] ' MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 185 


the last two whorls with small longitudinal strize and small trans- 
verse corrugations; spire obtuse, decorticated, minutely punctured, 
two thirds the length of the shell; whorls 5, moderately convex, 
the last one attenuated at the base ; aperture slightly oblique, oblong, 
auriform, light fulvous; peristome white, rather widely expanded 
and somewhat reflected; columellar lip dilated, and the fold oblique 
and prominent. 

Length 41, diam. 17 millim. 

I obtained 20 living examples of this species, which were collected 
by the natives at Na Viti Levu Bay, on the N.E. coast of Viti Levu. 
It is smaller and a more graceful species than P. JSulguratus, and 
the base is more contracted. 


Genus Srenocyra, Shuttleworth. 


1. STENOGYRA TUCKERI. 


Bulimus tuckeri, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1846, p. 30; Mon. 
Hel. ii. p. 158; (Opeas) Vers, p. 156; Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 68, 
sp. 481 ; (Opeas) Cox, Mon. Austr. Land-Shells, p- 69, pl. 13. fig. 9 ; 
Brazier, Quart. Journ. Conch. i. p. 272. 

Stenogyra_ tuckeri, Albers, Die Hel. ed. 2, p- 265; (Opeas) 
Frauenfeld, Verh. zool.-bot. Wien, xix. p. 873; Pease, Proc. Zool. 
Soc. 1871, p. 473; Garrett, Journ. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1881, 
p. 393; 1885, p. 43. 

Bulimus junceus, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1846, p. 191; 
Expl. Exp., Shells, p. 76, fig. 87 ; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. ii. p- 220. 

Stenogyra juncea, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1869, p. 340 ; Pease, 
Journ. de Conch. 1871, p. 93; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 473; 
(Opeas) Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 104; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. 
v. p. 90; Garrett, Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1879, p- 19. 

Bulimus wailli, Cox, Cat. Austr. Land-Shells, p. 24 ; Pteiffer, Mon. 
Hel. vi. p. 99. 

Stenogyra upolensis, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 175; 
(Obeliscus) Paetel, Cat. Conch. 1873, p- 104; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus, 
Godeff. iv. p. 29. 

Bulimus upolensis, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vi. p- 100. 

Bulimus panayensis, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1846, p- 3 ; Mon. 
Hel. ii. p. 156 ; (Opeas) Vers, p. 156; Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 14. 
no. 76; (Opeas) Albers, Die Hel. p. 175. 

Subulina panayensis, H. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll. ii. p- 111; 
Semper, Phil. Landmoll. ii. p. 137, pl. 8. fig. 15. 

Stenogyra panayensis, (Opeas) Albers, Die Hel. ed. 2, p. 265; 
Martens, Ostas. Zool. ii. p. 83 (Siam ), p. 376, pl. 22. fig. 8 ; (Opeas) 
Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 104. 

Bulimus diaphanus, Gassies (not of: Pfeiffer), Journ. de Conch. 
1859, p. 70. 

Bulimus souverbianus, Gassies, Faune Nouv. Caléd. p- 52, pl. 2. 
fig. 5; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vi, p- 98. 

Bulimus artensis, Gassies, Journ. de Conch. 1866, p. 50; Pfeiffer, 
Mon. Hel. vi. p. 98. 


Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1887, No. XIII. 13 


186 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Feb. 15, 


Stenogyra novemgyrata, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, p. 126; 
(Subulina) Paetel, Cat. Conch. 1873, p. 104; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. 
Godeff. v. p. 90. 

Bulimus novemgyratus, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. viii. p. 138. 

Stenogyra gyrata, Mousson, MS. in Mus. Godeffroy, 1885. 

This species, which is distributed over a larger geographical area 
than any other species of land-shell, is diffused threughout all parts 
of Polynesia, the low coral-islands as well as the more elevated groups, 
and ranges throughout Melanesia, Micronesia, Australasia, the Mo- 
luecas, Philippines, Guam, Ceylon, Siam, Cochin China, China, and 
probably extends its range as far as the east coast of Africa. 

Since the publication of my paper on the Society-Island land- 
shelis I have received from Mr. E. L. Layard examples of Bulimus 
souverbianus and B. artensis, both of which are identical with 
Polynesian specimens of S. tuckeri. 

Through the kindness of Dr. Hungerford, of Hong Kong, I have 
been enabled to compare Pfeiffer’s Bulimus panayensis with 
B. tuckeri, and cannot detect a single character to separate the two 
species. 

I am strongly inclined to believe that the West-Indian Stenogyra 
subula, Pfr., is a form of the Polynesian S. tuckert, and was acci- 
dentally imported with the Tahitian bread-fruit plants nearly a 
hundred years ago. MM. Crosse and Fischer (Journ. de Conch. 
1863, p. 361) record the West-Indian ‘‘ Bulimus subula” from 
Cochin China, and give a good figure of the same, which latter is, 
undoubtedly the ubiquitous S. ¢uckeri. I reproduce their remarks 
as follows :— 

‘Cette espéce provient de Saigon et Fuyen-Moth, ot elle a été 
recueillie par Monsieur Michau, dans les fossés, dans la terre et sous 
les herbes. Il peut sembler trés-extraordinaire de retrouver en 
Cochinchine une espéce des Antilles, qui n’a guére été signalée 
jusqwici qu’a Cuba, a la Jamaique et & Saint-Thomas. Pour ne 
conserver aucun doute a son égard, nous avons cru devoir soumettre 
un individu authentique 4 l’examin de M. Pfeiffer, quia eréé l’espéce. 
Il faut done accepter le fait, qui peut-étre, au reste, seulement un 
accident d’acclimatation: Ja petitesse et ia légéreté de la coquille en 
question rendent cette supposition vraisemblable.” 

I have lately received from Dr. Hungerford several examples of 
Stenogyra, labelled ‘‘ Opeas subula, Pfr., Hong Kong,”’ which do not 
differ from the Polynesian S. tuckeri. I have several specimens of 
Stenogyra received from Dr. Gibbons, who collected them in Algoa, 
South Africa. They were labelled “* Stenogyra turriformis, Krauss,” 
but are much smaller than the latter species, and the identification is 
questionable. They are of the same size, and coincide very nearly with 
S. tuckeri. Bulimus johannius, Morelet, from the Comoro Islands, 
can scarcely be distinguished from some forms of the latter species. 

This species, which is chiefly confined to the lowlands near the 
sea-shore, is found beneath decaying vegetation and under loose 
stones. 

They vary in size, number of whorls, development of striz, 


1887.] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 187 


convexity of the whorls, more or less open columellar chink, and in 
texture vary from thin pellucid to thick opaque cretaceous without 
lustre. The colour is whitish, pale horn-colour, sometimes with a 
light greenish tint. Animal light yellow. Length 8 to 13 millim. 


Genus Partu.a, Férussac. 
1. PARTULA LIRATA. 


Partula lirata, Mousson, Journ. de Conch, 1865, p. 156. pl. 14. 
fiz. 4; 1870, p. 126; Heynemann, Malak. Blatt. 1867, pl. i. fig. 1 
(dentition) ; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vi. p. 158; Paetel, Cat. Conch. 1873, 
p- 104; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p.91 ; Hartman, Cat. Partula, 
p. 14; Obs. gen. Partula, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. ix. p. 183. 

This singular Partula lives on foliage near the sea-shore. I 
obtained several hundred examples on Lanthala, and a few at Vanua, 
Balavo, and Taviuni. Dr. Griiffe found it on Kanathia and Oneata. 

It is, so far as known, the only species of Partula with elevated 
spiral liree. The type is pale cinereous, with the expanded lip and 
aperture white. There is a depressed white tubercle on the parietal 
wall. A tawny-brown variety is not uncommon. 


Genus ToRNATELLwA, Beck. 
1, ToRNATELLINA OBLONGA. 


Tornatellina oblonga, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 673; 1871, 
p. 473; Journ. de Conch. 1871, p. 93; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vi. 
p- 264; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 89; Garrett, Proc. Phil. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. 1879, p. 21; Journ. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1881, 
p- 395, 1885, p. 81. 

Tornatellina bacillaris, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1871, p. 16, 
pl. 3. fig. 5; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. pp. 89, 90; Pfeiffer, 
Mon. Hel. vii. p. 316. 

Inhabits all the groups from the Marquesas and Paumotus to the 
Viti Islands. On the ground in forests from near the sea-shore to 
2000 feet above sea-level. 

Its slender form, imperforate base, and nearly vertical simple 
columella will distinguish it. 


2. ToRNATELLINA CONICA. 


Tornatellina conica, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1869, p. 342, 
pl. 14. fig. 8; (var. impressa), p. 16 ; Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, 
p- 473; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. viii. p. 316; Garrett, Proc. Phil. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. 1879, p. 21; Journ. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1881, p. 399, 
1885, p. 81; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 89. 

Cionella conica, Paetel, Cat. Conch. 1873, p. 106. 

It has the same range as the preceding species, and inhabits the 
same station. 

It is more robust and lighter-coloured than T. oblonga, the spire 
more tapering, body-whorl larger, more compressed, parietal lamina 
more prominent, and the columella more twisted than in that species. 


188 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Feb. 15, 


3. TORNATELLINA COLUMELLARIS. 


Tornatellina columellaris, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, 
p- 120; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. viii. p. 316. 

This species was collected by Dr. Griiffe on Kanathia Island. 

It is an imperforated, elongate-conical species of a pale horn- 
colour. It differs from the two preceding species in having small 
denticles in the palate. I do not know the species, which should 
be compared with P. perplexa, Garr., and P. nitida, Pse. 


4. ToRNATELLINA PERFORATA. 


Lamellaria perforata, Liardet, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 101, 
pl. 5. figs. 8, 8a. 

‘Shell small, acute, polished, dark brown colour; epidermis 
thin; whorls 53, convex, spirally striate, with a white apertural 
lamina ; aperture oblique, pyriform ; columellar lip white, projecting 
from the base of the shell, expanding slightly over region of umbi- 
licus ; outer lip impressed and of a deep purple tint. 

‘¢ This shell is found embedded in the bark of dead logs. 

‘* Note.—The animal has the tips of the eye-pedicels bulbous. 

“© Hab. Taviuni, Fiji.” (Liardet.) 

Also unknown to me. 


Genus VerTIGO, Miller. 


1. VERTIGO PEDICULUS. 


Pupa pediculus, Shuttleworth, Bern. Mitth. 1852, p. 296 ; Pfeiffer, 
Mon. Hel. iii. p. 557; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 89; 
Mousson (var. samoensis), Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 175. 

Vertigo pediculus, Pfeiffer, Vers, p. 177; (Alea) H. & A. Adams, 
Gen. Moll. ii. p. 172; Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1869, p. 341 ; 
Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, pp. 463, 474; Garrett, Proc. Phil. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. 1879, p. 19; Journ. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1881, 
p- 400, 1885, p. 83. 

Pupa samoensis, ‘‘ MSS.,” Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. iv. p. 108 ; 
(Sphyradium) Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 108. 

Pupa nitens, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p.439; Pfeiffer, Mon. 
Hel. vi. p. 335. 

Vertigo nitens, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, pp. 463, 474. 

Pupa hyalina, “ Zelebor,” Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vi. p. 329. 

Vertigo hyalina, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 474. 

Vertigo nacea, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1862, p. 280 ; 
Otia Conch. p. 237; Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, pp. 463, 474. 

Pupa nacca, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vi. p. 330. 

This species is common to all the Polynesian groups, and is 
generally diffused through the Viti Islands. 

Its minute size, ovate-oblong shape, hyaline texture, obtuse spire, 
rounded aperture, and the thin slightly expanded lip will readily 
distinguish it. There are usually 5 denticles in the aperture. 


1887.] MOLLUSCA OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 189 


2. VERTIGO TANTILLA. 


Pupa (Vertigo) tantiila, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1847, 
p- 197; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. iii. p. 557; (Vertigo) Mousson, Journ. 
de Conch. 1870, p. 127; (Vertigo) Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. iv. 
p- 69; (Pupinella) Paetel, Cat. Conch. 1°73, p. 103. 

Vertigo tantilla, Gould, Expl. Exp., Shells, p. 92, fig. 103; 
(diea) H. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll. ti. p. 172; Pease, Proe. Zool. 
Soe. 1571, pp. 460, 403, 474; Garrett, Journ, Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
1881, p. 400, 1885, p. 84. 

Pupa pleurophora, Shuttleworth, Bern. Mittheil. 1852, p. 296; 
Pfeitter, Mon. Hel. i. p. 560. 

Vertigo pleurophora, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1871, p. 474. 

Pupa dunkeri, “ Zelebor,” Pteiffer, Mon. Hel. vi. p. 333, 

Vertigo dunkeri, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 474. 

Vertiyo armata, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, pp. 461, 474. 

Pupa armata, Pteitfer, Mon. Hel. vil. p. 407. 

Vertigo dentifera, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, pp. 462, 474. 

Pupa dentifera, Pteiffer, Mon. Hel. viii. p. 408. 

Ranges from the Society to the Viti Islands, This and the 
preceding species are found beneath rotten wood, under stoves, and 
amongst decaying leaves. 

In shape it varies from an abbreviate-ovate to oblong-oval, and 
also in a greater or less degree in the relative proportion of the 
whorls. Colour pale corneous under a brownish, more or less 
distinetly shagreened epidermis, which in perfect examples is fur- 
nished with oblique membrancus riblets. The last whorl, behind 
the peristome, is frequently bisulcate. 


March 1, 1887. 
Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


Prof. Jeffrey Bell read extracts from a communication sent him 
by Mr. Edgar Thurston, Superintendent of the Government Central 
Museum, Madras, with reference to a Batrachian of the genus 
Cacopus. Of a specimen of C. globulosus, Mr. Thurston wrote :— 

“On laying open the visceral cavity, the globular shape was found 
to be due to an enormous distention of the cesophagus and stomach, 
the latter occupying nearly the whole of the abdominal cavity, and 
the remaining viscera &c, being compressed and lying posteriorly. 
There was no distention of the intestinal tract. The distention of 
the cesophagus and stomach was found, on section, to be caused by 
the presence in their cavities of a mass of winged White Auts (Ter- 
mites), which, when dried, weighed 326 grains.”’ 

The colour of C. systoma during life was reported to be “ prim- 
rose-yellow marbled with black, the yellow colouring-material rapidly 
dissolving in alcohol.” 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1887, No. XIV. 14 
KISH MSE. 


190 MR. SALVIN ON ORNITHOPTERA VICTORIZ. [ Mar. 1, 


Mr. Salvin, on behalf of Mr. F. D. Godman, exhibited a pair of 
Ornithoptera victoria, the male of which had been hitherto unde- 
scribed. These specimens had been obtained at the end of May 
1886, by Mr. C. M. Woodford, at North-West Bay, Maleita Island, 
one of the Solomon group. The female had been known many 
years, having been described by the late G. R. Gray from a specimen 
obtained by John MacGillivray, but the locality where it was captured 
was not recorded. The hind wings of the female were more produced 
than is usual in this section of Ornithoptera; and this had led to the 
suggestion that O. victorie might prove to be the female of 
O. tithonus, de Haan; but the description which follows this note 
shows that O. tithonus differs widely from O. victorie, not only in 
colour but also in several remarkable points of structure. The cell 
of the primaries was very peculiarly formed, being very wide towards 
its distal end, the middle and upper discocellular nervures being very 
long ; the lower discocellular was also long, but was ranged in line 
with the sections of the median as in true Papilio; the second and 
third sections of the median, especially the latter, were very short, 
so that the short median branches and the median itself beyond the 
cell lay very close together. The cell of the secondaries was very 
long and narrow, though normal in the female. 

Mr. Salvin read the following description of the male insect :— 

The wings are deep black ; the primaries, except the costa, have 
a large patch of golden green, the outer margin of which is irregular 
and ill-defined and reaches to within a quarter of an inch of the end 
of the cell; towards the apex is a large subtriangular golden patch ; 
parallel to the inner margin and near the anal angle is an elongated 
stigma similar to that of O. priamus and its allies. The secon- 
daries, almost from the costal margin to beyond the cell, are rich 
golden green, the distal part of the cell being black, though the 
nervures closing it are green. ‘There are also three contiguous 
submarginal golden-green spots, whereof the two nearest the anal 
angle have a large central patch of golden yellow. Beneath, the 
wings are shining golden green, with the nervures, margins, a large 
subtriangular patch over the end of the cell of the primaries, a 
series of submarginal spots at the end of each secondary nervure, 
and two lunate spots on either side of the lower radial of the prim- 
aries black, 

The antenne and prothorax are black; the abdomen ochraceous 
grey, with a double row of spots on either side and a ventral median 
line black. 

The primaries are narrow, with hardly any perceptible anal angle, 
the outer and inner margins meeting in a continuous regular curve. 
The secondaries are elongated and narrow, and the inner margin 
deeply incised ; the elongated hairs of the inner margin are pale 
yellow. 

Mr. Godman also sent a specimen of a male Ornithoptera 
tithonus from the island of Waigiou for comparison; and it was at 
once obvious how very distinct this species and O. victoria were. 

Mr. Woodford, who captured these specimens, had made a large 


1887.] ON THE PROTECTIVE VALUE OF COLOUR IN INSECTS. 191 


collection of Butterflies in the Solomon and New Hebrides groups, 
the details of which it was hoped would be laid before the Society 
at a future meeting. 


The following papers were read :— 


1. The Experimental Proof of the Protective Value of 
Colour and Markings in Insects in reference to their 
Vertebrate Enemies. By E. B. Poutton, M.A., F.Z.S., 
F.L.S., of Jesus and Keble Colleges, Oxford, Lecturer 
on Zoology and Comparative Anatomy, St. Mary’s Hos- 
pital, Paddington. 


[Received February 23, 1887.] 


Introductory.—tin the preparation of a short course of lectures 
which were delivered at the Royal Institution in the spring of 1886, 
I had occasion to work up the historical aspects of my subject :— 
“ The Nature and Protective Use of Colour in Caterpillars.” The 
results of this inquiry were thus expressed in the introductory part 
of the first lecture :—“ When Darwin was investigating the bright 
colours of animals, and was elaborating his theory of their explana- 
tion as of use in courtship, he came across the brilliant colours of 
certain caterpillars and saw at once that they were a difficulty in the 
way of the theory. For caterpillars are undeveloped organisms ; 
they have been described as ‘embryos leading an independent life,’ 
and there is no way of distinguishing the sexes by external colour or 
structure (except in a very few instances). Therefore we here meet 
with brilliant colours, often rendering the possessors conspicuous, 
which cannot be of any use in courtship. Seeing therefore that the 
bright colours must be of use in some other way, Darwin drew the 
attention of Wallace to the subject, and asked whether he could 
suggest any explanation. Wallace accordingly thought over the 
subject, and considered it as part of the wider question of the varied 
uses (other than sexual) of brilliant and startling colour, in other 
stages of insect-life and in numerous instances scattered over the 
whole animal kingdom, and he finally ventured to predict that birds 
and other enemies would be found to refuse such conspicuous 
caterpillars if offered to them. He believed, in fact, that such larvee 
are protected by possessing a nauseous taste or smell, and that it is to 
their advantage to become as conspicuous as possible, so that their 
enemies are warned against a repeated experience of the disagreeable 
results which follow from tasting them, that in fact the gaudy 
colouring acts as an indication of something unpleasant about its 
possessor. It was then pointed out that, as far as experiment had 
gone, it had entirely confirmed Wallace’s prediction. Conversely 
Wallace argued that larvee which were inconspicuous, being coloured 

14* 


192 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [Mar. 1, 


so as to resemble their surroundings, would be eaten when detected, 
and this prediction also seemed to receive complete confirmation.” 
Thinking over the whole line of argument and its apparently 
complete confirmation, | was led to anticipate that a somewhat diffe- 
rent method of conducting the experiments would lead to a modification 
and extension of Wallace’s classification of the uses of colour, in the 
direction of greater elasticity. At the same time it seemed better to 
withhold the suggestion until I had taken the opportunity of sub- 
mitting it to the experimental test. I was travelling in Italy a few 
weeks after delivering the lectures, and took the opportunity of cap- 
turing many individuals of a few species of South-European Lizards, 
and of one species of Tree-Frog (Hyla arborea, var. meridionalis). 
I was thus able to carry out the suggested experiments, which on 
the whole yielded results which confirmed the conclusicns I had 
arrived at @ priori, and also produced other results which I had not 
anticipated. Some of these results were shortly communicated to 
the Biological Section of the British Association at Birmingham 
(1886), and an abstract is printed in the vclume containing the 
papers read at that meeting. The suggested extension of Wallace’s 
line of argument, which has now been put to the proof, is as follows :— 
The acquisition of an unpleasant taste or smell, together with a 
conspicuous appearance, is so simple a mode of protection, and 
yet ex hypothesi so absolutely complete, that it seems remarkable 
that more species have not availed themselves of this means of 
defence. What can be the principle which works in antagonism to 
such a mode of protection? For in Wallace’s theory no suggestion of 
a true counterbalancing limit appeared—z. e. one which increased 
with the increasing application of this method of defence, until the 
latter received a check or, for the time being, was rendered of no 
avail, or was even turned into an absolute danger. And yet it 
seemed probable that such an antagonistic principle would appear as 
the natural outcome of the too complete suecess of a method of 
defence which depends on the acquisition of an unpleasant taste or 
smell together with a conspicuous appearance. If a very common 
insect, constituting the chief food of one or more Vertebrates, gained 
protection in this way, the latter animals might be forced to devour 
the disagreeable objects in order to avoid starvation. And the same 
result might be readily brought about if a scarce and hard-pressed 
form adopted the same line, and so became dominant, after ousting 
many species which were much eaten by Vertebrates. If once the 
Vertebrate enemies were driven to eat any such insect in spite of the 
unpleasant taste, they would almost certainly soon acquire a relish 
for what was previously disagreeable, and the insect would be in 
great danger of extermination, having in the meantime become 
conspicuous by gaining warning colours. If the reasoning be cor- 
rect, it is clear that this mode of defence is not necessarily perfect, 
and that it depends for its apparently complete success upon the 
existence of relatively abundant palatable forms: in other words, its 
employment must be strictly limited. It has, indeed, always been 
recognized that an insect may be distasteful to one Vertebrate 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 193 


enemy, but palatable to another; and to this extent Wallace does 
point out a limit to the application of this principle of defence. But 
the counterbalancing limit which I suggested is of course entirely 
different, for I argued that a Vertebrate enemy may be forced by 
stress of hunger to eat an insect although unpalatable to it. 
Although the latter limit is thus quite distinct, it would certainly in 
time become identical with the former, as the distaste for the insect 
gradually disappeared after it had been repeatedly eaten. In fact it 
will be shown to be probable that many (if not all) of the instances 
in which an evidently distasteful insect is eaten by certain Vertebrates 
originally rose in this way. These suggested additions to Wallace’s 
theory of protection by warning colours were capable of being put 
to the practical test. To achieve this object it was only necessary to 
ascertain whether an insect-eating Vertebrate could be induced by 
hunger to eat a gaily coloured and conspicuous larva which it was 
always known to refuse when other food was present, and which was 
evidently very much disliked on the few occasions of preliminary 
‘tasting,’ which would always occur long before the time when the 
disgusting morsel would be reluctantly swallowed. I shall presently 
show that my suggestion was in every way confirmed by the test; 
but before giving an account of my own experience I will allude to 
all the previous experiments which have been made in support of 
Wallace’s theory. 


I. Brightly Coloured or Conspicuous Larve. 


At a meeting of the Entomological Society of London (see Proce. 
Ent. Soc. ser. 3, v. p. Ixxx, 1867) Wallace made his important 
suggestion as to the biological value of conspicuous and gaudy colours 
in caterpillars. It is obvious that the question of the value of such 
colours in the larval stage is almost the same as in other stages, 
and it was chiefly from the determination of the use in the latter case 
(due originally and principally to Bates) that Wallace suggested that a 
similar solution would be found to apply to the former also. Never- 
theless there are reasons why such a method of defence is especially 
applicable to the larval stage. I have shown that there is a spe- 
cial reason in the anatomical construction of larvee which explains 
why these organisms require to be detended from slight injuries 
(see Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1885, pt. ii. Aug. pp. 321-323). A 
larva ‘‘may be described as a soft-walled cylindrical tube which 
owes its firmness, and indeed the maiutenance of its shape, to the 
fact that it contains fluid under pressure. The pressure is exerted 
by the muscular parietes of the body. The advantage of this 
construction is as obvious as its danger; the larva possesses a motive 
foree which can be applied to any movable part of the surface 
through the medium of the fluid.”. . . “ This construction isextremely 
dangerous ; for a slight wound entails great loss of blood, while a 
moderate injury must prove fatal. ‘The larvee of Smerinthus 
ocellatus (and many others) nibble off each other’s horns, and the 
wounded larvee (although taney do not seem to be aware of the injury) 


194 MR. E. B, POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [Mar. l, 


ose a great deal of blood, and although they may recover, are 
generally stunted; and often Iam sure the loss of blood proves 
fatal. If the wound be at all extensive, the fat-body and viscera 
protrude, owing to pressure on the side distal to the wound (that 
on the proximal side having been relieved by escape of blood).” 
Therefore it is that throughout the varied means of defence possessed 
by larve ‘‘ the object is always the same—to leave the larva 
untouched, a touch being practically fatal.’’ Wallace also originally 
expressed this peculiar danger incurred by larva in more general 
terms, viz. “‘ their soft and juicy bodies are so delicate that if seized 
and ‘afterwards rejected by a bird they would almost certainly be 
killed” (see ‘Contributions to the Theory of Natural Selection,’ 
1875, p. 118). Other peculiar dangers of the larval stage will be 
pointed out below. Although it will be seen that brilliantly coloured 
and distasteful larvee are often tasted by their Vertebrate foes when 
impelled by hunger, all observers agree that a second trial is rendered 
less likely because of the unusual appearance which accompanies the 
unusual and unpleasant effect upon senses other than that of sight. 

Furthermore, I am now able to bring forward instances of very 
distasteful species which have no warning colours, but, on the other 
hand, are well disguised by protective tints and markings; and a . 
comparison between the behaviour of Lizards towards these and the 
conspicuous species respectively, affords strong confirmation of the 
truth of Wallace’s suggestion. It now remains to summarize the 
whole of the evidence in favour of the prediction made in 1867 ; for, 
after all, the question is purely one of evidence, and however con- 
vincingly the @ priori arguments may be put, they are chiefly 
valuable as guides to practical investigation. And this is fully 
recognized by Wallace, who strongly urged the practical test upon 
the meeting at which his suggestious were first made. Experiments 
have been made by Mr. J. Jenner Weir, Mr. A. G. Butler, Prof. 
Weismann, and by myself. Jenner Weir (see Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 
1869, part i., April) made use of the following birds in his investi- 
gations :—Lrithaca rubecula (Robin), Emberiza citrinella (Yellow- 
hammer), Emberiza scheniclus (Reed-Bunting), Pyrrhula vulgaris 
(Bullfinch), Fringilla celebs (Chaffinch), Loxta eurvirostra (Cross- 
bill), Turdus musicus (Thrush), Anthus arboreus (Tree-Pipit). He 
also used to a less extent Carduelis spinus (Siskin) and Linaria minor 
(Redpoll). 

He obtained the following results :— 

‘«‘ All hairy caterpillars (experimented upon) were uniformly 
uneaten ;”’ viz. Arclia caja, Hriogaster lanestris, Porthesia auriflua, 
and Orgyia antigua. ‘ None of these species were even examined.” 
The writer believes that the hairs are not themselves disliked, but 
that they “serve as a caution to the birds that the larve so clothed 
are uneatable.” This suggestion is supported by the fact that the 
young and comparatively hairless larve of Spilosoma menthastri 
were tasted by the Siskin, Redpoll, and by a West-African Finch 
(Textor erythrorhynchus), but these three birds evidently found the 
larvee disagreeable, and soon left them alone. On the other hand the 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 195 


more mature larva with its characteristic warning hairs was never 
even molested. It is probable that this explanation may be true 
cf this and some other species, but it obviously does not apply in 
the case of P. auriflua, &c., in which the hairs themselves are a 
source of intense irritation and annoyance. Mr. Jenner Weir found 
the same results with the spiny larvee of Vanessa urtice and V. io, 
and he draws the same conclusions as to the meaning of the spines. 

In this case the anthor states that ‘the metallic-looking chrysa- 
lides were also invariably rejected, thus showing that the spines were 
not the cause of the uneatableness of the larve.’ Experiments 
were also made with the following comparatively smooth-skinned,. 
highly conspicuous caterpillars :—Adrawxas grossulariata, Diloba ce- 
ruleocephala, Anthrocera filipendule, and Cucullia verbasct. In no 
case were these species molested. Thus these experiments strongly 
confirm Wallace’s prediction. It may be doubted whether the 
larve of Arctia caja and of Spilosoma menthastri can be included 
among the brightly-coloured larvee intended by Wallace, but there 
is no doubt that the habits of these species are such as to render 
them conspicuous in spite of their sober coloration. In Trans. Ent. 
Soe. Lond. 1870 (part iii., August), Jenner Weir has contributed 
another paper on the same subject. Mr. H. D’Orville, in the 
‘ Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine’ (vol. vi. p. 16), had affirmed 
that the larvee of Cucullia verbasci are eaten by birds in the wild 
state. In his second paper Jenner Weir conclusively showed that 
this species was not eaten in the wild state in certain localities, and 
he again proved that it was not touched in his aviary. It seems 
therefore certain that Jenner Weir is correct as far as his species 
of birds are concerned ; but at the same time D’Orville seems to 
prove that this distasteful species may be eaten by certain birds. In 
this paper Jenner Weir confirms his previous experience with regard 
to FE. lanestris, D. ceruleocephala, A. grossulariata, and P. auriflua. 
He also includes the following new species in the list of gaudy or 
conspicuous larvee which were untouched by the above-mentioned 
birds :—Odonestis potatoria, Lasiocampa quercus, Clisiocampa 
neustria, Hybernia defoliaria. Of these the two first are hairy, and 
although with sober colour, are generally conspicuously placed on 
their food-plants. (I think it is also exceedingly probable that their 
rejection may be partially due to the possession of irritating hairs.) 
The two last-named larvee are certainly brightly coloured. 

Mr. A. G. Butler (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., March 1869, p. 27) 
only records experiments with three species of conspicuous larvae. 
Lacerta viridis always refused the larva of A. grossulariata, but 
devoured that of Phragmatobia fuliginosa. he latter is not 
brightly coloured but, like the larva of S. menthastri, it is hairy and 
not inconspicuous. Frogs also refused the conspicuous larvee of 
A, grossulariata and Halia wavaria, although this was often after 
tasting them, the rejection being accompanied by evident signs of 
disgust. The former larva was also rejected by Spiders, either with 
or without preliminary seizure. It is noteworthy that the larvee 
would certainly be uninjured after being seized and then relinquished 


196 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [Mar. 1, 


by the Frogs, and probably in the case of the Spiders also (in fact, 
Mr. Butler states that this was the case), but a bite from a Lizard 
would always be very serious and generally fatal. Mr. Butler states - 
that the Lizards seized the distasteful larve before rejecting them, 
although this may not have been in many instances. Mr. Butler 
has kindly given me an account of some further experiments upon 
birds, the results of which are included in the Tables below. 

Professor Weismann (‘ Studies in the Theory of Descent,’ Part II., 
pp- 336-340, English translation by Prof. Meldola) also experimented 
with: Lacerta viridis, with the results that the following brightly 
coloured distasteful larvee were refused :—Clisiocampa neustria, 
Luchelia jacobee, Pygera bucephala, Pieris brassicae, Deilephila 
galii. On the other hand, the very highly conspicuous larvee of 
Deilephila euphorhbie were eaten, as also were those of E. lanestris 
and Lasiocampa pini. The young larvee of Lasiocampa rubi, at a 
stage when they much resembled those of the rejected E. jacobee, 
were eaten after cautious examination. Professor Weismann also 
regarded the larva of Papilio machaon (always rejected) as conspi- 
cuous ; but from my own experience I should certainly consider it well 
concealed upon its food-plant, and I should exclude it from the cate- 
gory of conspicuous larvee which support Wallace’s suggestion. 

My own experiments were conducted with green Tree-Frogs (Hyla 
arborea, var. meridiona/is), and with Lizards of the following spe- 
cies: —Lace: ta viridis, L. muralis (chiefly var. tiliguerta), and Taren- 
tola mauritanica. 

My diary, printed in the form of Appendix II. to this paper, will 
give all the details, dates, &c. of the various experiments made 
during the summer of 1586, so that it is unnecessary to further 
allude to them here. 

Finally, when a few weeks ago I told Mr. Jenner Weir of my 
intention to bring together all the experimental evidence upon this 
subject, he most kindly sent me the notes of his own observations 
durmg 1886, for incorporation in this paper. His experiments were 
conducted with the foliowing species of Lizards :— Lacerta viridis, 
L. agilis, and Zootoca vivipara, aud the diary is also printed in full 
as Appendix L[. 

It now remains to tabulate the resnlts of all the experimental 
evidence upon conspicuous larvee detailed above or dese:ived in the 
Appendices. Before doing so, it is necessary to recall Wallace’s 
original suggestion, ‘‘ that brilliant or conspicuous larvee would be 
found to be refused by their enemies: ”’ that is to say, they will be 
found to possess some unpleasant attribute. This may be a dis- 
agreeable taste or a nauseous smell in the fluids and tissues of the 
larva, and perceived after it has been bitten ; or it may be astrongly 
smelling fluid, discharged by certain special glands ov the approach 
of an enemy (e. g. Porthesia auriflua with dorsal glands, or the 
Hymenopterous Crasus septentrionalis with ventral glands ; in both 
these cases the smell given off from the everted glands can be readily 
perceived as sharp or unpleasant to ourselves). The larvae of Pieris 
brassicae, or of Pygera bucephala, &c., form instances of the former 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 197 


class, although one cannot be sure that there is not some smell, 
given off from the general surface of the body. It will be shown that 
in some cases it is even likely that larvee may be protected by their 
reputation for being indigestible. Again, the larvee may be disliked 
because of the possession ‘of irritating hairs, as in the case of Porthesia 
auriflua, in which the effects of the hairs are almost immediate and 
intensely irritating (to man, and evidently to lizards &c.); or as in 
other hairy larvee which cause irritation after longer contact (e. g. 
Odonestis potatoria, from my own experience after long handling, 
and, as I hear from others, with Lasiocampa rubi and L. quercus 
&c.); but there is no doubt that the effects upon the delicate skin of 
the mouth would be much more rapid in all cases. We also see that 
more than one unpleasant attribute may be present in a single larva, 
as in the case of P. auriflua, &c. 

Just as there may be many ways in which a larva may be un- 
pleasant to its foes, there are many ways by which it may be rendered 
conspicuous, some of which have been suggested since Wallace’s 
original hypothesis. Thus a larva may be conspicuous from its 
startling coloration (e.g. P. auriflua or A. grossulariata), or because 
it freely exposes itself, while its colours, although sober, do not har- 
monize with its food-plant (e. g. O. potatoria on grass, or B. rubi on 
heather). Again, it may become conspicuous by living in companies, 
in which case the individuals may be brightly coloured (e. g. C. neu- 
stria, E. jacobee, P. bucephala, &c.); or may be sober-coloured, 
but strongly contrasted with the food-plant (e.g. the dark larvee of 
Vanessa w or V. urtice, freely exposed in companies on the tops of 
nettles). It is obviously of less importance for the gregarious species 
to be as conspicuously coloured as the isolated larvee, because the 
numbers add greatly to the efficiency of comparatively sober colours. 
This explanation of the use of the gregarious habit in many species 
was made by Fritz Miiller in ‘ Kosmos,’ Dee. 1877, and an abstract 
of the paper was communicated to the Entomological Society of 
London by Professor Meldola (see Proc. 1878, pp. vi & vii). The 
descriptions of appearance in all the tables are principally taken 
from Newman’s works, the habits being chiefly described from my 
own experience. Prof. Westwood has most kindly assisted me in the 
search for the names of many of the species employed in the experi- 
ments. (See Table I., pp. 19>—203.) 

A second small group of larvee must be tabulated separately, 1 es 
those which take advantage of two metliods of protection which at 
first sight appear to be mutually exclusive—the method of protective 
resemblance and that of a conspicuous appearance, warning of 
unpleasant attributes. Such larvae are apt to pass unnoticed because 
of the harmony between their colours and markings and the artistic 
effect of their surroundings ; but if discovered, or even if an enemy 
approach so that there is danger of their being discovered, the 
protective attitude is instantly changed for one which renders the 
Jarva conspicuous and warns the enemy of the presence of unpleasant 
attributes (taste or smell), or alarms it by the resemblance of the 
new appearance to some object of terror. ‘These facts may even be 


198 


BP eee. Method by which rendered Unpleasant 
ica conspicuous, attribute. 
Pieris bras-| Chief colours yellow and blu- | Taste or smell. “ Dis- 
sice. ish green with black spots;| agreeable odour 
also gregarious and freely| when crushed ” 
exposed on upper sides of] (Weismann). 
cabbage-leayes &e. 
Vanessa _| Intensely black, with minute| Ejects a green fluid 
70. white points; bristles; also! from mouth when 
gregarious and freely ex-| touched. ?Taste or 
posed on upper sides of} smell. Proof lies in 
nettle-leaves &c. what follows. 
Vanessa | Same as V. io in all respects| jects a green fluid 
urtice. except colour, which is} from mouth when 
lighter, although much} touched. ? Taste or 
darker than leaves of net-| smell. Proof lies in 


tle; yellow often present 
on dark ground-colour. 


Anthrocera| Yellow and black ; conspicu- 


MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE 


what follows. 


? Taste or smell. Proof 
lies in what follows. 


“Tf interrupted they 


Silipen- ous position on trefoil &e. ; 

dule, so abundant locally as to 
be almost gregarious, 

Deilephila | Black, red, and yellow or 

euphorbie.| white; most conspicuously 


coloured and freely ex- 
posed on the spurge. 


Deilephila | Very variable colours, but 


galii. always strongly contrasted, 
and ‘‘almost as conspicuotis 
as D. euphorbie; rests fully 
exposed by day on the 
stem” [of Galium] (Weis- 


mann). 


spit out a quantity 
of green liquid of an 
acid and disagree- 
able smell, similar to 
spurge-milk, only 
worse” (Melhuish, in 
Stainton’s‘ Manual’). 


? Taste orsmell. Proof 


lies in what follows. 


[Mar. 1, 


Taste I.—Undoubtedly 


J. Jenner Weir, 
using many species 
of Birds and Lizards. 


Disregarded by all 
the birds. 


Disregarded by all 
the birds, 


Disregarded by all 
the birds. 


Results of 


A. G. Butler, 
using Birds, Lacerta 
viridis, Frogs, and 
Spiders. 


errr eee rere 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 199 


Conspicuous Larve. 


eee eeeneennee 


Experiments. How f. é A 
How far support given to 4 ilt eePEOre Een 
Wallace’s suggestion oul ton 8 suggestion, 
ane that a limit to the success of 
. that brilliant and conspicu- ; meee 
. E. B. Poulton, this method of defence 
A. Weismann, : ous lary would be : 
: using three species Psa Re would result from the 
using Fo tiiobedaand refused by some at least Wma inna sibeseliilte? suns 
Lacerta viridis. ae ate a of their enemies a al sea Rar’ 
Hyla, : itself tends to produce. 
etused by DL. vi- |  —<........se000 Strong support. No evidence, for other food was 
ridis. not withheld. 

| -scocsitSdaae ll Rirecrodeatogtticsas Strong support. No evidence, for other food was 

not withheld. 

Bhs SORE ve Eaten freely by Za-| Support from behaviour of|No evidence, as above, from 
certamuralis. Not| birds; shows that a larva| birds; of course the sugges- 
offered to others. | may be disliked by one insect-| tion cannot apply to Lacerta 

eating Vertebrate and not by| mwralis, which eat the larva 
another. freely. 


No eyidence. 


Strong support. 


A difficulty, especially as also 
“sea-gulls and terns devour 
them in numbers” (New- 
man). 


Eaten at once by 


at The correlation of a startling 
L, viridis. 


appearance with some unplea- 
sant attribute must probably 
have existed once if not now. 
Have we a case in which hunger 
or opportunity have caused the 
enemies to neglect the latter, 
and therefore to benefit by 
the former ? 


Strong support. No evidence. 
nor touched by caters 


Neither examined Maer Soke ecsais 
L. viridis. 


200 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [ Mar. 1, 
Taste I. 
Results of 
Sp ea Method by which rendered Unpleasant : A. G. Butler, 
Rain conspicuous. attribute. i: Jenner Welt using Birds, Lacerta 
using many speci SPE 1h a 
of Birds and Lizards.) °”” Bpidens. = 
Diloba ce- | Yellow, green, and black;|?Tasteorsmell. Proof | Disregarded by all] — «..se.seeese0s 
ruleoce- freely exposed on leaves of | lies in what follows, | the birds. Expe- 
phala, hawthorn &ce. riment repeated a 
second season, 
when the larva 
was “examined 
when moving, but 
not eaten.” 
Pygera bu-| Yellow, orange, and black;|?Tasteorsmell. Proof| Eaten by Lacerta} — secccsssseeeses 
cephala. | downy; gregarious; most| lies in what follows. | agilis, but evi- 
conspicuous on oak, elm, dently disliked 
lime, birch, &e. and generally 
avoided, 
Orgyia an-| Black and pink, with hairy | Eversibledorsal glands| Disregarded by all|A young Missel- 
tigua. tufts; freely exposed on| doubtless yielding} the birds. Thrush reared 
upper sides of leaves of | odoriferous  secre- from the nest has 
nearly all garden plants. tion. Hairsalso ap- frequently eaten 
parently disliked,and the larvae, but the 
perhaps irritating. long hairs were 
always rubbed off 
before swallowing. 
Porthesia | Black, red, and white; hairy; Eversible dorsal glands:| Disregarded by all | Eaten, without hesi- 
auriflua. | very conspicuous on upper| secretion volatileand| the birds. Expe-| tation, by a young 
sides of leaves of hawthorn| irritant. Hairs in-| riment repeated a] Sky-Lark, which, 
» &e. tensely irritating, second season. however, died soon 
Refused by all the} atterwards with 
Lizards. symptoms which 
may have been due 
to irritation from 
the hairs. 
Euchlia | Alternate rings of black and |?Tasteor smell. Proof | — ...eeseeeseesee | tana eaten ee eees 
Jacobee, | yellow; gregarious; very| lies in what follows. 
conspicuous on ragwort. 
Lasiocampa| “Variegated with red, brown, | Curtis states that| —s.seeceeeeernee | eee een ane eee 
(Dendroli-| grey, and white, with two| Walker found the 


mus) pini. 


blue fasciz near the head, 
spotted at the sides with 
red; it is tufted with hairs, 
one thicker than the rest 
near the tail.” Apparently 
conspicuous on its food- 
plant—pine. (lestwood and 


Humphreys, ‘British Moths.) | 


hairs intensely irri- 


tating on handling 


the larva. 


wr. 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 


(continued). 


201 


ee ee EEE) 


Experiments. 


A. Weismann, 
using 
Lacerta viridis. 


Avoided by ZL. vi- 
ridis. 


E. B. Poulton, 
using three species 
of Lizards and 
Hyla. 


Eaten by very hun- 
gry L. muralis, 
and, I believe, by 
L. viridis, and yet 
evidently disliked 
by all. 


Strong support. 


Strong support. 


TL. muralis, when 


Entirely disregard- 
ed by L. viridis 
until after another 
similar but pala- 
table larva had 
been introduced ; 
then tasted, but 
rejected. 

Devoured by LZ. vi- 
ridis, “but not 
exactly relished.” 


hungry, bit the 
larva, retaining it 
for a long time, 
but in the end re- 
jected it,and much 
irritated by hairs. 


Seized and relin- 
quished by hun- 
gry L. muralis, 
Probably — eaten 
later; but insuf- 
ficient evidence. 


How far support given to 
Wallace's suggestion, 
that brilliant and conspicu- 
ous laryz would be 
refused by some at least 
of them enemies. 


Strong support in Jenner Weir's 
observation; and Butler's 
shows that the hairs are much 
disliked. 


Strong support, on the whole. 


It is impossible to decide 
whether the Sky-Lark was 
killed by the larve. If so, it. 
strongly opposes the theory of 
any instinctive knowledge. 


Strong support. 


Support. 


How far support given to 
Poulton's suggestion, 
that a limit to the success of 
this method of defence 
would result from the 
hunger which the success 

itself tends to produce. 


No evidence. 


Strong support. 


No evidence, for the Missel- 
Thrush appeared to relish the 
larvee. 


It is certainly a support to the 
suggestion that a Lizard when 
hungry enough should make 
such a determined attempt to 
eat the larva, which it evi- 
dently disliked. 


It is certainly a support to the 
suggestion that a Lizard when 
hungry enough should make 
such a determined attempt to 
eat the larva. 


Strong support. aten, al- 
though unpleasant in some 
way. 


202 


Taste I. 
Results of 
Een Method by which rendered Unpleasant ; A. G. Butler 
2 i - Jenner Weir : : ? 
Larva. COHEPICUOUE: attribute. : ?, | using Birds, Lacerta 
using many species | viridis, Frogs, and 
of Birds and Lizards. Spiders. 

Eriogaster | Black, red, and white; gre- |? Taste or smell. Proof | Disregarded by BU iceneas sc eeewes 
lanestris.| garious; living on a web;| lies in what follows.| the birds. Expe- 

rather hairy; very conspi-| The hairs may be| riment repeated a 
cuous on hawthorn. irritating. second season. 

Clisiocampa| Orange-red, black, white, and |?Taste or smell. Proof|Disregarded by all) «.++++++.+++++- 
neustria,| blue; rather hairy; gre-| lies in what follows. | the birds,  al- 

garious, and living on a though very hun- 
web when young ; very con- gry. Eaten by L. 
spicuous on apple &e. viridis and L. agi- 
lis, although some- 
times refused, and 
evidently disliked. 

Cucullia \Green, yellow, and black;|The larve eject a|Disregarded by all} «+++ sastenede 
verbasci. | gregarious and very con-| green fluid from] the birds. Expe- 

spicuous on upper sides of | their mouths when| riment repeated a 
leaves and on the stem of| disturbed. ?Taste| second season. 
mullein. or smell. Proof lies 

in what follows. 

Halia wa-| Green to lead-colour, with|?Tasteorsmell. Proof} — ......+-+++-8 Always refused by 

varia. yellow and black. Does not| lies in what follows. Frogs after tasting 
assume the characteristic them; so also 
highly protective attitude with Spiders. Sup- 
so common in Geometre ; plied to the young 
but most conspicuous on of the Great Tit by 
currant and gooseberry. the parent birds, 
and always eaten 
greedily. 

Abracas |Cream colour, black, and |?Taste or smell. Proof | Disregarded by all Always refused by 
grossula-| orange; as above, unlike! lies in what follows. the birds. Expe-| Frogs and L. viri- 
riata. most Geometre, but most riment repeated a| dis after tasting 

conspicuous on blackthorn, second season.| them; so also with 
gooseberry, &e. Once eaten by L.| Spiders. (Epeira 
agilis ; often tas- diadema and Ly- 

ted and refused;| cosa?,sp., were the 

‘evidently much| Spiders used in the 

disliked. case of this and the 

previous species. ) 

Hybernia | Brown and yellow; as above, | ? Taste or smell. Proof Disregarded by all) — -s-seeeeeseee+e 
defoliaria.| unlike most Geometre, but | lies in what follows. | the birds. 


conspicuous and often hang- 
ing by a thread from its 
food-plant (oak &c.). 


a  , StS 


MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE 


[ Mar. 1, 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 


(continued). 


203 


Experiments. 


E. B. Poulton, 
using three species 
of Lizards and 


A. Weismann, 
using 
Lacerta viridis. 


Hyla. 
Basten Dy D7. wertdis,| | .sesccsinsenecs 
“but not exactly 
relished.” 
Untouched by JL.| Evidence insuffici- 
viridis, ent, as the single 


larva which had 
disappeared may 
have escaped. 


wee eeeeeeeeee | naw eeeeereeseee 


Generally = -unno- 
ticed; but tasted 
by Frogs, and then 
rejected. Once 
chewed for some 
time by a hungry 
LI. muralis, and 
then rejected. 


een ee tere eneee 


How far support given to 
Wallace’s suggestion, 
that brilliant and conspicu- 
ous larve would be 
refused by some at least 
of their enemies. 


Strong support. 


Strong support. 


Strong support from Jenner | No evidence from Jenner Weir. 


Weir’s observations. D’Or- 
ville states that they are eaten 
by birds in the wild state; 
Jenner Weir did not find this ; 
and there must have been a 
difference in habit, perhaps 
due to the species of birds 
under observation or to ex- 
treme hunger. 


How far support given to 
’ Poulton’s suggestion, 
that a limit to the success of 
this method of defence 
would result from the 
hunger which the success 
itself tends to preduce. 


Support from Weismann’s ob- 
servation, which seems to show 
that the Lizard ate the larva, 
though not liking it. 


Strong support from Jenner 


Weir’s observations with 


Lizards. 


D’Orville’s observations may 
possibly be a case in point. 


Strong support, from the beha-| The larve being tasted seems 


viour of the Frogs and Spiders. 


Strong support. 
complete evidence afforded by 
any larva, and the most com- 
plete unanimity in observa- 
vations, in which others agree 
as well as those quoted. 


Strong support. 


to point towards their being 
eaten in a condition of exces- 
sive hunger. The birds seemed 
to relish them. 


The most/That hungry Lizards should 


often make determined at- 
tempts to eat so nauseous a 
larva is strong evidence for 
the suggestion ; and it is seen 
that one Lizard succeeded in 
swallowing the larva. 


No evidence. 


204 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [Mar. 1, 


true of gregarious larve. Thusa group of phytophagous Hymeno- 
pterous larvee may remain inconspicuous while undisturbed, but 
nevertheless the approach of an enemy determines united movements 
in the colony which render the whole strikingly conspicuous, and which 
may be attended later by the emission of an offensive smell from the 
numerous ventral glands of all the individuals simultaneously (e. g. 
Croesus septenirionalis). In the other larye which suddenly assume 
a terrifying attitude ‘the effects produced approximate somewhat to 
an intensely exaggerated caricature of a sort of generalized vertebrate 
appearance, probably of the serpent type (at any rate in Cherocampa), 
such as would be most efficacious in the case of birds. It is likely 
that the terrifying appearance of our own larve in temperate 
latitudes first arose in the tropics, where the imitated cause of alarm 
to the enemies of the larva is real and obvious. And it is probable 
that the success of the same method in countries where the reptilian 
fauna cannot be said to constitute a source of alarm is due to 
inherited memories of a tropical life which live on, as that instinctive 
fear of anything snake-like which is so commonly exhibited by the 
higher land-vertebrates including ourselves.” (Poulton, Trans. But. 
Soe. Lond. 1886, pt. ii. June, pp. 156, 157). 

The success of this combination of defensive measures depends on 
the extraordinary sensitiveness of the larvae, so that the transition 
from the one method to the other is instantaneous, and in the case 
of the suddenly assumed terrifying attitudes, the enemy is additionally 
alarmed by the way in which some dreaded object seems, as it were, 
to spring into existence. It is very unfortunate that so few expe- 
riments have been made upon this most interesting group of 
larvee. 

Just as it was snggested that insect-eating Vertebrates might, 
under the influence of hunger, be induced to eat and finally to relish 
distasteful larvae, so we must expect that the same cause would in the 
end prevent this elaborate system of intimidation from being success- 
ful. In this case, however, there is no prejudice against an unplea- 
sant taste or smell to be overcome, and it is most probable that the 
larvee would be in great danger as soon as the imposition was detected. 
It is perhaps on this account that these methods are adopted by an 
exceedingly small proportion of larvee, but also because a certain size 
is necessary for any chance of success. Nevertheless this size is 
less than might be anticipated, for the anterior part of the body with 
large eye-like marks is generally swollen out into a resemblance to 
the head of a serpent, while the larval body is partially concealed 
among the leaves of the food-plant, and, in many positions, what is 
seen merely serves to suggest a far more extended length than that 
which actually exists. Wallace has suggested that it is very probable 
that the ‘‘ spectacles ” of the Cobra are terrifying marks, which warn 
the enemy against approach, and it is most interesting to note that 
the Cherocampa-larve mimic the terrifying eye-like marks of a Cobra- 
like serpent, and not the real eyes of a serpent, whicb are relatively 
small, (Table II., pp. 206, 207). 

Having thus tabulated the results of experiments upon undoubtedly 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 205 


conspicuous larvee, in every way typical of the strongly coloured 
group to which Darwin had called the attention of Wallace, and 
having further tabulated those which become conspicuous on the 
approach of danger, it is now necessary to add a few other species 
which cannot be regarded as typical of the above-mentioned class, 
but which are not concealed or are very imperfectly concealed by 
protective colouring, which are more or less freely exposed upon their 
food-plants, or about which a difference of opinion exists. (Table 
IIL., pp. 208, 209.) 

We will now consider a few of the conclusions arrived at by a study 
of the above tables, which give the whole of the experimental evidence 
(as far as I am aware) upon the precise question originally raised by 
Darwin. The first and obvious result of the first table is, with only 
one entirely antagonistic exception, the most complete demonstra- 
tion of the truth of Wallace’s suggestion, that a highly conspicuous 
appearance would be found to be accompanied by some unpleasant 
attribute. The exception is very remarkable, as the larva is so 
highly coloured, and I think the total results of all the experiments 
will justify us in concluding that the larva of D. euphorbice 
is unpleasant to some as yet unknown foes, and in all prokability that 
it has been recently distasteful to a larger number. As to the 
results which bear upon my own suggestion, it must be observed 
that the only considerable support is to be expected from the 
columns of experiments under my name, because the other observers 
did not enter upon the investigation with this object in view, and 
therefore did not test whether a distasteful form would be eaten 
when other food was withheld. It will, however, be found that 
when this test was applied, in nearly all cases the unpleasant larvee 
were either swallowed, or a most determined attempt was made to 
eat them. And there is some incidental support in the other 
experiments also; for in many instances the larve were ‘“‘ tasted ” 
before being rejected, and in other cases even stronger con- 
firmation is forthcoming, when the larvee were eaten, although 
“ not exactly relished”? (Weismann). Since the above was written, 
Jenner Weir’s experiments in 1886 have been included, and these 
strongly confirm my own observations. 

It may be taken as proved that the continued spread of some dis- 
tasteful form and the corresponding diminution in edible species would 
lead to the former becoming the prey of insect-eating Vertebrates ; 
for a point would ultimately be reached, as it was reached in many 
of my experiments, when hunger would become a stronger stimulus 
than those lesser prejudices in which a species can very well afford 
to indulge while palatable food is abundant. This prejudice against 
peculiarities in taste having been overcome in confinement, there is 
nothing in the conditions of natural life which could prevent the 
same result from being reached, as doubtless it has been reached, 
again and again. A comparison of all experiments of this kind ever 
made with insects will show that the likes and dislikes of insect- 
eaters are purely relative, and are manifested to a marked extent 
when they are offered a variety of insects, even when obviously 


Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1887, No. XV- 15 


206 


MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE 


[ Mar. 1, 


TaBLe I].—Larve which only become 


| 
Species Method by which | Unpleasant attri- Reais et 
of rendered bute real or 
Larva. conspicuous. imaginary. Ae Wiceesnen, Lady Verney. 
Cherocam-| Lary brown, sometimes | Suggested danger. |A tame Jay ate the | Refused by small 
pa elpe-| green. When approached, larva at once; birds, which were 
nor. the anterior part of the Sparrows and | evidently fright- 
body is distended, and re- Chaffinches (wild) | ened by it, and | 
sembles a serpent-like head were frightened | would not come 
(of the Cobra type), while by it, and would| near a tray with 
the real head is drawn in. not come near the} crumbs on it, on 
Two pairs of large eye-like seed - trough in| which the larva 
marks are seen by an enemy which it was| had been placed. | 
approaching from above or placed; Fowls| (‘Good Words,’ 
the side, while another pair were evidently | 1877, p. 838.) 
meet an enemy coming {rom frightened, but in 
the front, and these last are | the end cautiously 
modified in the terrifying attacked it, when 
attitude out of other mark- it was soon eaten. 
ings. (Poulton, Trans. Ent. 
Soe. Lond. 1886, pt. ii. 
p. 154 &e.) 
Sa = NS Seen? vidas SRY. EC Se 2? Os Pe Sen seEPne Se 
Cerura vi-| Green and purplish brown. | Terrifying aspect; the | Devoured by LZ. vi- | -s.--..eeeeeee | 
nula, When attacked, the headis| whips might be| 7idis. 
drawn in and a bright red| thought to be stings; 
margin inflated, with two| the larva also ejects 
intensely black marks on it| strong formic acid 
in the appropriate position| to a considerable 
for eyes; this terrifying) distance. (Poulton, 
face is turned towards any; Trans. Ent. Soe. 
point at which the larva is| Lond. 1886, pt. ii. 
touched ; also pink whips| _p. 157.) 
are swiftly protruded from 
the two prongs in which 
the body terminates. 
The phyto-| Green, orange, and black.| Many median yentral| —...........-4-- aE eee 
hagous | Gregarious; but not conspi-| glands everted on 
ymeno-| cuous until approached;) approach of enemy, 
pterous then most conspicuous, all| and producing a 
Cresus individuals whipping about | most unpleasant 
septentri-| with the abdomen and} smell. 
_ onalis. everting the ventral glands. 
A phyto- | Green, with yellow and black|?Tasteorsmell. Proof}  scccsseccseseee | teste eeeeaeeeee 
phagous | markings. Gregarious, be-| lies in what follows. 
hymeno- | coming conspicuous when 
eae approached, as in the last 
arva, species, but without ventral 
probably | glands. 
Nematus 
ribesia. 


1887 


-] 


VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTs, 


conspicuous when approached and detected. 


Experiments. 


| 
| 


J. Jenner Weir. 


Refused by Lizards. 


| E. B. Poulton. 


Complete support. 


Eaten atone time by 
nearly all Lizards 
freely ; at another 
seized without sus- 
picion, but aban- 
doned by L. mu- 
ralis, although a 
very hungry one 
was seen to eat 
the larva, which it 
evidently disliked. 


Mr. Butler tells me 


that these larve 
were supplied to 
the young of the 
Great Tit by the 
parent birds. On 
the other hand, 
Rey. G. J. Burch 
tells me that chick- 
ens pecked at the 
lary, but rejected 
them, and that the 
hen warned them 
against such food. 


How far evidence 
supports 
Wallace’s suggestion. 


| 
o . | 
How far evidence / 
supports | 
Poultun’s suggestion. 


It would 
have been very interesting to 
have also experimented with 
the Lizards. 


It would be interesting to also 
try Birds and other smaller 
Lizards. This experiment 
alone opposes suggestion. 


Support; for the unpleasant 
qualities certainly produced 
effect in some cases. 


Support, from the behayiour of 
the Lizards and from Mr. 
Burch’s observation. 


It is probable that they would 


Complete support. The work- 
ing of a counter principle is | 
well seen—the uncertainty of 
the birds, their evidently | 

half-detecting suspicion, and 

finally the trial which soon | 
proves the imposition; all | 
this shows the danger of reli- | 
ance on such a mode of de- | 
fence. | 


Support, if it be found that the 
appearance is really terrifying 
to enemies, and yet that the 
Lizard ate the larva through 
hunger, 


Strong support from the beha- 
yiour of the Lizard, which 
ate the larva reluctantly, 
although disliking it, because 
it was hungry. 


have been eaten, like the 
Cresus, if the Lizards had 
been very hungry. Mr, But- 
ler’s birds appeared to relish 
the larve. 


Species 
of 


Papilio ma- 
chaon. 


Arctia caja 


Phragma- 
tobia fuli- 
ginosa. 


Spilosoma 
menthas- 
tri. 


Lasiocam- 
pa rubi. 


Lasiocam- 
pa quer- 
cus. 


Odenestis 
potatoria 


208 


Method by which 
rendered more or less 
conspicuous. 


Green, black, and orange. | 
“A striking appearance” 
(Weismann). Granting 
that this is so, when the 
larva is looked at alone I 
think that its colours har- 
monize well with its umbel- 
liferous food-plants. How- 


pinkish-red everted glands 
do render it conspicuous ; 
but this is after discovery. 


Black, with very long grey 
and brown hairs. Freely 
exposed on dead nettle, &c., 
although the colour is not 
such as to at once attract 
attention. 


Smoky brown, with brown 
hairs. Freely exposed on 
dock &e.; as above, it is 
not truly conspicuous. 


Brown, with long brown hairs. 
Freely exposed on all low 
plants ; as above. 


Black and brown, with long 
brown hairs. Freely ex- 
posed on heather &e., as 
above ; more conspicuously 
coloured with black and 
yellow bands when younger. 


Brown and yellow, and com- 
paratively conspicuous when 
young; black with white 
marks and brown and grey 
hairs when older; exposed 
but not conspicuous on 
hawthorn. 

Blue-grey, black, and orange; 
tufts of white hairs; freely 
exposed on grasses. Hasily 
seen, but does not attract 


attention. 


eyer, when disturbed the | 


Evidence, as far as it 


MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE 


[Mar. 1, 


Tasie II].—WNot Inconspicuous Larvae, which are 


Unpleasant 
attribute, 


A pair of dorsal pro- 
thoracic glands, 
everted when an 
enemy approaches, 
and causing a most 
penetrating odour 
like ‘“ decaying pine- 
apple” 
especially noticed in 
fourth stage. 


Jenner Weir thinks 
that “flayour is 
nauseous’ and that 
the hairs act as a 
warning. Neverthe- 
less [am assured that 
the shorter hairs are 
irritating (W. Cole). 


goes, against there 
being any unpleasant 
attribute, but only 
tried with Lizards. 


In this case much evi- 
dence for the larvee 
having unpleasant 
taste. Jenner Weir 
thinks hairs are 
warning. 


I believe that there is 
evidence for the hairs 
having __ irritating 
properties. 


I believe that there is 
evidence for the hairs 
having _irritating 
properties. 


The hairs are cer- 
tainly irritating, al- 
though it takes some 
time to affect the 
hands. 


Results of 


(Buckler) ; | 


J. Jenner Weir. 


Disregarded by all) 
the birds. 


| 
| 
| 
| 
| 


eee 


Young and compa- 
ratively hairless ; 
tasted and refused 
by many _ birds; 
disregarded by all 
when older 
very hairy. 


and | 


A. G. Butler. | 


Devoured by L. viri- 
dis, 


Disregarded by all 


the birds. 


Disregarded by all 
the birds. 


1887.| VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 


not Nocturnal and which do not conceal themselves. 


Experiments. 


209 


A. Weismann. 


] 

Two full-fed larve, 

quite unnoticed 

by L. viridis; they 

finally pupated on 

side of Lizard’s 
cage. 


Offered to L. viridis 
when young and 
resembling 2. ja- 


cobee (having 
dark and yellow 
bands). Never- 


theless eaten after 
cautious tasting. 


Aenea ween weees 


Peete eee e eee ee 


E. B. Poulton. 


Disregarded by the 
Lizards. (Adult 
form of larva.) 


Disliked, but pen, 
by hungry LD. mu- 
ralis,and probably 
by L. viridis also. 


How far evidence 
supports 
Wallace’s suggestion. 


As offered to the Lizards the 
larvee were no doubt conspic- 
uous, and so the experiment 
supports the suggestion. It 
is possible that some notice 
may have been taken by the 
Lizards, but that they were 
repelled by the penetrating 
smell. 


How far evitlence 
supports 
Poulton’s suggestion. 


No evidence. 


| Favourable to the suggestion, 
for the larva is certainly not | 
well-concealed. 


it does not oppose sugges- 
tion. 


Conclusion as in case of A. caja. 


Thus eaten when young and 
more conspicuously coloured ; 
no evidence when older. So 
far as it goes, the evidence is 
rather antagonistic. 


Neutral as far as the adult larva 
is concerned (no evidence 
from the younger form). 


Conclusion as in the case of A. 
caja. 


We cannot say more than that |} 


No evidence. 


No evidence. 


No evidence. 


No evidence. Only one larva 
made use of with Lizards. 


Strong support from behaviour 
of hungry Lizards, 


210 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [ Mar. 1, 


distasteful species are carefully excluded from the diet. Thus 
Butterflies and Moths are freely eaten by Lizards (see Appendices) ; 
but Iam sure that they are not really enjoyed in the same way as 
when a Housefly or a palatable Caterpillar is offered to them. This 
is doubtless because the imagos of Lepidoptera are dusty, unsatis- 
factory things to eat, with such a small proportion of body in 
which the real nutriment and taste is contained, and so large an 
expanse due to the dry membranous wings with their scaly 
covering. In this respect the Butterflies contrast unfavourably (as 
food) with the Moths, and the latter are certainly preferred (when 
both are palatable in other ways). The same preference is manifested 
by Frogs (Hyla arborea) with even greater force; there is a most 
extraordinary difference in the behaviour of such a Frog in the 
presence of a Housefly or of a Butterfly respectively, and in fact the 
latter is often disregarded. Of course birds are in a different position 
as regards such insect-food, for they at any rate very generally 
pick off the unpalatable parts before eating a lepidopterous imago 
(Jenner Weir) ; and with them it is common to witness all the signs 
of an intense desire for these insects, especially Moths. Birds can 
similarly largely remove the unpleasantness due to larval hairs, as 
was seen in the case of O. antigua (Table 1.). We should doubt- 
less see evidence for the existence of such nice discrimination 
between the relative palatabilities of various insects, in the case of 
all insect-eaters, if our observations were sufficiently numerous and 
minute; but it must be quite clear that the preferences cannot 
be always satisfied, when we remember the extent and keenness of 
competition. In this country it is hard to realize the excessive 
abundance of reptile life, chiefly among the Lizards, which obtains 
even so near to us as the south of Europe, and which almost entirely 
depends upon the insect fauna for food. Almost every step along 
an Italian road startles several Lizards on the road-side wall or bank ; 
and it must be perfectly clear that under such circumstances it is 
quite impossible for all to be served with the food which is most 
appreciated. We see rather the very conditions which must render 
the acquisition of an unpleasant taste together with the correlative 
“<warning’’ colours, an exceedingly hazardous mode of protection, 
if assumed by more than a sinall proportion of the species constituting 
the insect fauna of such a country. For in so great a press of 
competition among the innumerable insect-eaters, we may feel sure 
that some at least would be sufficiently enterprising to make the 
best of unpleasant food, which has at least the advantage of being 
easily seen and caught. And such a conclusion will, I think, be 
confirmed by a study of the tabulated details. It must be admitted 
that Wallace’s suggestion, with its experimental proof, has taken a 
most important place among the principles which deal with the 
infinitely complex and ever-changing relations which obtain between 
the most widely separated no less than between the most allied 
members of the organic kingdom. But it is no less true that the 
principle carries with it its own compensating principle, which will 
come into operation precisely as the former advances to the possession 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 211 


of undue influence and thus throws oat of adjustment the preexisting 
condition of comparative equilibrium. 

Another conclusion which is demonstrated very completely by the 
tables is that a Caterpillar may be eaten by one insect-eating Vertebrate 
although refused by another. I believe, however, that the acquisition 
of an unpleasant taste and of conspicuous colours appealed, at any 
rate at first, to a large number, probably all, the vertebrate foes ; 
for if this were not so, if the species became unpalatable and 
conspicuous to (say) half its enemies, and became conspicuous but 
remained palatable to the remainder, it seems only reasonable to 
conclude that immunity from the attacks of one set of foes would 
be counterbalanced, or perhaps more than counterbalanced, by the 
facilities afforded to the other set. On this account and for other 
reasons which will be given below, I think it probable that the 
differences observed between the enemies of insects in this respect 
are of recent date as compared with the acquisition of this mode of 
protection, and have arisen out of the great competition for food ; but 
in most instances the change of habit has not become so far confirmed 
that the previously distasteful food is eaten with avidity and pleasure. 
The first table of highly conspicuous larvee (including Crasus and 
Nematus from the second table) can be shortly analyzed to show in 
it the various stages of transition from the most utter disregard to 
the opposite extreme of conduct, indistinguishable from that observed 
when the larvae are known to be relished. The intervening stages 
are furnished by the details given by the different observers, and 
are described in the headings of the vertical columns between those 
numbered I. & V. (see page 212). 

It must be remembered that these analyses represent a comparison 
between the results of experiments carried out under different systems 
and with the use of an incomplete number of Vertebrates in all 
cases. Hence many of the insects would doubtiess have to be 
shifted into other columns after being offered to other Vertebrates, 
or to those actually employed, if it were certain that they were 
thoroughly hungry, Allowing for this, however, the analyses provide 
us with numerous instances of transition through all conditions of 
failure in the protective efficacy of the method we are discussing. 
At the same time one can see at a glance the relative behaviour of 
different insect-eaters as far as they have been tested in the case of 
each larva. 

Jenner Weir’s suggestion that the hairs of certain larvee act as a 
warning of other uupleasant qualities can also be tested by the 
examination of the former tables. There are altogether fourteen 
larvee which may be called hairy, out of a total of twenty-seven 
(omitting the two terrifying species). Of these, two (L. rubi and P. 
fuliginosa) were eaten, as far as any observations are recorded ; one of 
the former and five others (L. rubi, L. quercus, L. pini, P. auriflua, 
A. caja, and O. potatoria) are either known to possess irritating 
hairs or are believed to possess them ; as many as five are gregarious 
(V. io, V. urtice, P. bucephala, E. lanestris, C. neustria), and this 
habit, together with the colour, is by far the most important factor 


MR. E. B. 


B.=Birds, F.=Frogs, 


[Mar. 1, 


A. Disregarded by all Vertebrates 
as far as experiments have 
been made at present. 


tasted and rejected by others 


C. Disregarded by some foes, | 
but eaten, in some cases with { 
relish, by others. 


| D. Disregarded by no species of 
enemy. 


KE. Eaten with more or less pleasure 
by all the species of enemy on 
which experiments have been 
made. 


L 


B. Disregarded by some nay 


Similarly analyzing the third table, we find the following results :— 


POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE 
2 i | 
ake Ii. 
| 
cs: 
| o 
| 3 
| o 
L.=Lizards, §.=Spiders. § 
qd | 
: 8 
oS * 
8p re 
Ech 
2 : 
| A g 
V. io, wa Jjilipendule, D. ceru-\| 2 
leocephala, H. defoliaria. | ’ 
ID GOL, (PSUTGSStCte ke. octane DET SE 
(e CRNGUSUPIG Bot ah cokes snccteereees | Be. \0 als: 
|e AGODA). euenadereenecstnaa sean L. L. 
A.g ‘grossulariata SN Ee Lie oe B.,L.,F.|F.,S.,L 
IPA OUCED RAO aes Sesto cobisieaoe | L. L. 
(Ds Chapt oe ace aay aoe SCR B. ie 
EMH ESERIS IG trade tae eevee cette aes B. ne 
a CUNT et toen «athe «ote Ee ee Bs hs) | >t 
WET OUSCES, soeee cats See es toate B: 
i WN CLCOE.S Sk ae ae rion ape baat B. 
UN REODES cn: Pats c Sone shesauaetow erent ct B., L. 
C. septentrionalis Rosine seiiabennscters 1Df 
ELS UGUOEUL :, cece re ce tenecoh eens see Its) 
LDU sO oe eoistioh ts atts. ses RSC aee 
DN GUpphor bie y gives. cscs cae oe tiak 


{ 


Eaten when very hungry, and & 
evidently much disliked. 


?L. 
L. 


Eaten, but not relished. 


oe 


Haten with avidity. 


I. 1 Tee 
TPH ACHAO Macc ic. aise se toca se | L. oa 
A. 45 A. caja, S. menthastri (old) | B. 
NLTRUMETOUS fccessss0sta2 dues B., L. 
B. SS. menthastri (young)......... B. B. 
Ons TOM POT ARATE Oe csi. 5s cc2-.cchieek B., L. L. 
BE P: fullginosd) «22.02.1000 
Sapte) MER TUG Beas Use ooesce sbests one ue 


?L. 
?L, 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 213 


in producing a conspicuous appearance, although it may be admitted 
that the hairs do render subordinate assistance ; of the two remaining 
larvee, one is brightly coloured (O. antigua), although the hairy tufts 
are in this case very important factors, while for S. menthastri no 
other suggestion except that of Jenner Weir has yet been made. In 
some of these larve the effective colours are chiefly on the hairy 
covering, and the latter practically makes up the whole appearance. 
Furthermore in the last species there is evidence (Jenner Weir) that 
the insect is disliked for some quality other than the presence of 
hairs. It seems probable that the hairs of larvee possess irritating 
qualities to a much greater extent than is commonly supposed ; but 
it is also likely that the hairy covering may be of direct value to the 
organism in other ways, some of which doubtless remain to be dis- 
covered. (Is it not likely that some tactile or other terminal organ 
of the nervous system may be in relation with hairs or bristles?) 
Of course it is well known that hairs are often exceedingly important 
in defending the insects by the converse method of a protective 
appearance (an extreme instance of this is afforded by the larva of 
Acronycta leporina, see Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, pt. li. June, 
. 160). 

2 Prof. Meldola has kindly looked through the proof-sheets of this 
paper, and has suggested to me that the probable original significance 
of the hairy covering was protection from injury after falling from 
the food-plant. The suggestion is strongly supported by the habits 
of the majority of hairy larve. 

Any further considerations which arise out of the tables given 
above are better deferred until after an examination of similar 
instances in forms other than the larvee of Lepidoptera. 


Il. Brightly coloured or conspicuous Insects (other than Larve). 


Under this heading I have only included such species as have 
been actually subjected to experiment. There are a very large num- 
ber of additional species from many groups of insects which doubtless 
belong to this category ; but as they have never been brought to the 
experimental test, they are excluded from consideration on the present 
occasion. An extended list will be found in Wallace’s ‘ Contributions 
to the Theory of Natural Selection’ already referred to (The essay 
on “ Mimiery and other Protective Resemblances among Animals”). 
In most of the instances given by Wallace, we may feel confident 
that the test would prove satisfactory, especially as the author shows 
that in many cases the conspicuous form is mimicked by one or more 
species belonging to totally different groups, which accompany the 
former in its range and which, nearly always, keep in a small minority. 
Such facts render it in the highest degree probable (in fact make it 
nearly certain) that the mimicked species possesses some excep- 
tional advantage in the way of inedibility or otherwise—some 
unpleasant peculiarity which confers upon it a more or less com- 
plete immunity from the attacks of the Vertebrate foes of its class. 
But in the present paper I am rigidly limiting myself to instances 


214 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [Mar. 1, 


which have been actually tested, and it is much to be regretted 
that experimental investigations have not been further extended 
and recorded in greater detail. The results of the tables of larve 
given above have been, in a very small proportion of cases, so 
directly contrary to a priori expectation that I do not feel confident 
in bringing forward any instances which have not been tested, although 
I feel sure that the vast majority of them would yield favourable 
results. I cannot, therefore, in this paper accept as satisfactory 
the purely negative evidence that insect-eating Vertebrates have 
been often seen to catch and eat insects of various kinds, but have 
not been seen to catch at the same time and place certain highly 
coloured species which were abundant and slow-flying. At the 
time when Bates and Wallace first made public their most impor- 
tant conclusions as to the meaning of conspicuous coloration and 
the true significance of mimicry, it was quite right that evidence of 
all kinds should be brought forward; but after the lapse of twenty 
years, we may fairly expect that conclusions which are so important 
in Biology shall have received the most abundant and complete 
experimental proof. And I know that lack of detail in the proofs 
which have been afforded, and the fact that a large part of the evi- 
dence brought forward is still founded on mere surmise (however 
probable may be the result of an actual test), have prejudiced the 
conclusions in the minds of many distinguished biologists, who 
have come to look upon the whole subject with an undeserved 
suspicion. 

I cannot find any record of actual experiments conducted upon 
the well-known and conspicuous Heliconians and Danaids, and 
therefore I do not include them in the following list. There is, 
however, an observation of Meldola’s which is of the nature of 
demonstration, and which is so interesting that I quote it in his 
words :—‘ It appears that the nauseous character of these... . 
butterflies is to a certain extent retained after death, as I found 
that in an old collection which had been destroyed by mites, the 
least mutilated specimens were species of Danais and Euplea, 
genera which are known to be distasteful when living and to serve 
as models for mimicry, see Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. xi.” 
(Meldola’s editorial notes to his translation of Weismann’s Essays 
above referred to, p. 337). This observation (since confirmed by 
J. Jenner Weir, ‘ Entomologist,’ vol. xv. 1882, p. 160) has the same 
kind of interest as that of Butler upon spiders, drawing attention, 
as it does, to the possession of a peculiar taste or smell which is 
recognized as nauseous by animals as widely separated as the mites 
and spiders are from lizards and birds. And such a consideration 
enforces the conclusion previously arrived at from other evidence, 
that when certain insect-eaters neglect the attributes which are 
respected by others, we see the results of an ‘acquired taste”’ 
produced in the first instance by hunger, and not by an obe- 
dience to the dictates of an eccentric preference for what is very 
universally regarded as disagreeable. 

Since the above was written, my friend and pupil Mr. E. A. 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 215 


Minchin has called my attention to some experiments made by 
M. de Nicéville upon the imagos of Acreine &e. (Butterflies of 
India, Burmah, and Ceylon, vol. i. part ii. p. 318). ‘M. de Nicé. 
ville has experimented with the carnivorous Mantis on many of the 
Butterflies believed to be offensive to birds, and he has found that 
A. viol is the only Butterfly which all the species of Mantis he has 
experimented with refuse to eat.”’ 

One other consideration remains to be partially discussed before 
giving the list of experiments. The meaning of conspicuous colora- 
tion may be said to be clear and definite in the case of larvee, being 
only capable of the explanation that it is of value for protective pur- 
poses. But in the perfect forms the other explanation of colour is 
always possible, 7. e. its use in courtship, and, as a consequence, its 
growth from small beginnings and its gradual perfection by sexual 
selection. By what criterion, then, is it possible to judge of the 
meaning of bright and conspicuous colours in any particular instance ? 
In the first place, the brilliant tints due to sexual selection alone 
rarely usurp the whole surface of an insect, and there are certain parts 
(exposed in the protective attitude of rest) in which we expect to find 
such brilliant tints replaced by the (usually) sober colours which 
harmonize with the environment. For instance, this is well known 
to be the case with the uppersides of the upper wings in most 
moths, and with the undersides of both wings in nearly all butterflies. 
If, therefore, such exposed parts are conspicuously coloured, strong 
presumptive evidence will be afforded for the explanation of the 
colour as belonging to the “warning class.” | Another test is 
found in the mode of flight, which may be expected to be such as 
will clearly display the colours no less than when the insect is at 
rest. The question is no doubt complicated by the two kinds of 
coloration running into each other. Thus Wallace has shown 
that the shapes and colours due to sexual selection may run riot in 
localities (certain islands) where enemies are largely excluded by 
barriers, and in the same way the brilliant colours of dangerous or 
nauseous insects may perhaps be sometimes explained by equal 
immunity, although due to other causes. Buta conspicuous appear- 
auce gained in this way will be always liable to be used for an 
entirely different object as “warning coloration.” But if sach a 
change of use took place, we should expect some change of pattern 
or some new combination of colours, for this reason, that “ warning 
colours”? have one meaning which is not associated with sexual 
colours, ¢.e. the production of a conspicuous appearance and the 
more or less complete subordination of everything to this end. 
Nevertheless it is almost certain that the appearance of any species, 
however specialized for other ends, possesses sexual significance, 
and appeals as an adornment to the modified taste of the individuals 
concerned ; and we have a rough criterion of the extent of the 
modification in taste, when we compare such appearances with those 
which possess a sexual value alone, which are concealed except 
during flight and which are especially displayed during courtship. 
Prot. Meldola has recently drawn my attention to an observation of 


216 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [ Mar. 1, 


Darwin’s which enables us to point towards the purely sexual value 
of one factor in the appearance of certain butterflies; and by the 
same kind of observation it is likely that increasing stability will 
be given to the whole theory of sexual selection. Darwin noticed 
that the magnificent surface-colours which exist on many tropical 
butterflies, and which change with the position from which the 
insect is observed (being probably due to diffraction), become 
most brilliant when they are seen from the front, and at an angle 
which corresponds with that at which they would be seen by the 
female as the male butterfly approaches her. 

As a further test of the “ warning ” value of certain colours, we 
can use as a comparison the colours and patterns of certain larvee 
which are known to be ‘‘ warning” only, or which at any rate cannot 
be sexual. After giving the list and the experimental details, I 
shall attempt to show that there are certain combinations of. colour, 
and sometimes even certain patterns, which are generally distinctive 
of “‘warning’’ as apart from sexual coloration. And such dif- 
ferences of type are to be expected ; for the two systems of coloration 
appeal to a different class of animals and appeal to a different 
sense. The “warning” colours of insects appeal to a Vertebrate’s 
sense of what is conspicuous; the sexual colours appeal to an 
Invertebrate’s sense of what is beautiful. And it is one of the 
most remarkable facts in the study of comparative psychology 
that our own sense of what is beautiful entirely coincides with that 
of an insect, so that the difference in the two types of coloration 
depends entirely upon the sense alluded to above, and has probably 
no reference to the class of animals in which the sense exists. 
For, if we had no knowledge of the use and meaning of the colours 
of insects, we should all agree in maintaining that certain colours 
and patterns (which we now trace to the action of sexual selection) 
comprise all that is beautiful in the appearance of this class of 
animals, and we should draw a sharp line between these and 
other combinations of colour which we now recognize as possessing 
an entirely different significance. 

In the following instances it is unnecessary to enter upon any 
preliminary account, as the table contains all the details which 
I can find recorded. Of course this list must contain any cases 
(if tested) in which a conspicuous appearance is believed to be 
due to “mimetic” resemblance to another species protected by 
possessing some unpleasant attribute. I much regret that hardly 
any of these most interesting cases have been used for experiment 
(see Table IV., pp. 218-223). 

Looking at this fourth table, we find that the theory of warning 
colours is again confirmed in the most marked manner. Unfortu- 
nately the extremely interesting ‘‘ mimetic” cases still lack the 
necessary experimental demonstration; although the intimidating 
larvee of C. elpenor and C. vinula are really mimetic of vertebrate 
appearances, and the former has been shown to be attended by a 
considerable amount of success. The only “mimetic” form in 
this last list is Sesia fuciformis, and in this case the mimicry is 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTs. QT, 


exceedingly imperfect, while very perfect protection is gained in 
other ways. In fact I have suggested above that the species is 
not now “mimetic” at all, but retains two points of an ancestral 
condition in which it actually derived shelter from the reputation 
possessed by many Hymenoptera, these being (1) a structural 
point—its transparent wings, and (2) a habit—its diurnal flight. 
If this view be correct the species should be moved into the table 
given below of the results of experiments upon insects protected 
by evading their enemies, and ¢here it would add to the instances 
which support Wallace’s converse suggestion, that such insects 
will be found to be eaten just as the class we are discussing 
are generally refused. I have placed the species in the fourth 
table in deference to Wallace’s opinion on the kindred species 
S. bombyliformis, which it closely resembles; but I believe that 
the place of both species should be below. I made several 
attempts to obtain the imagos of Sphecia apiformis, in order to offer 
these to my Lizards; for this species certainly does suggest a 
stinging Hymenopterous insect in the most remarkable way ; but 
the attempt was unsuccessful. S. bembeciformis is equally well 
suited for experiment, but even more difficult to obtain; I hope, 
however, to be able to experiment with one or both species in the 
course of next summer. 

It is noteworthy that (excluding S. fuciformis) there is probably 
no instance in this list which proves a difficulty in the way of 
Wallace’s suggestion at all equal to that raised by the larva of 
D. euphorbie. For the pupa of A. grossulariata was not swallowed, 
but only well bitten by a very hungry lizard, and although the 
imagos of S. lubricipeda and P. auriflua were eaten (also by very 
hungry lizards in the former case), it cannot be asserted that the 
were eaten with relish; and, further, the experiment should be 
repeated with Birds and other species of Lizards. In all other cases 
the insects were refused by at least one of the animals to which they 
were offered. The comparison between the treatment received by 
Bees (described below) and Wasps, together with a comparison 
between their appearances, is strongly in favour of Wallace’s sug- 
gestion. It now remains to analyze the list in the same manner as 
was adopted before, showing the transition of conduct observed (see 
Table, page 224), 

Comparing the three analyses of all experiments ever conducted 
upon presumably nauseous or dangerous insects, omitting S. fuci- 
formis and including C. elpenor and C. vinula, we find that out of a 
total of 44 cases which have been tested 13 were entirely disregarded ; 
but this number includes P. machaon, which I believe ought to be 
placed below under forms chiefly defended by protective resemblances, 
and also S. menthastri (larvee, which were tasted in the youngest 
stages). Furthermore four species (including the two just men- 
tioned) belong to Table III., containing larve which can hardly 
be called conspicuous. Hence, omitting this table, the number is 
reduced to 9 cases out of a total of 37; and of the 9, not a single 
species has been offered to more than one out of the three groups of 


Species 
and 
Stage. 


Pupa_ of 
| Abraxas 
| grossula- 
riata. 


Imago of 

Anthrocera 
Silipendu- 
le. 


Sesia fu- 
ciformis. 


Porthesia 
auriflua. 


Black, with yellow bands; 


Blackish green 


Imago of | Wings 


Imago of | Almost all the surface, seen 


218 


Method by which 
rendered more or less 
conspicuous, 


contained “in a very slight 
and perfectly transparent 
cocoon ” (Newman). 


and red. 
Rests very conspicuously on 
flowers &c.; flight not ra- 
pid, and by day. So abun- 
dant locally as to be almost 
gregarious. The bright 
colours are well seen at 
rest and in flight; very 
sluggish and easily caught ; 
often feigns death when 
captured. 


transparent, with 
brown margin; body vari- 
ous shades of brown. Flight 
by day very rapid, and in- 
sect seldom seen at rest. 
Its claim here depends on 
its somewhat Hymenopter- 
ous appearance: the closely 
allied 9. bombyliformis “re- 
sembles the male of the 
Humble-Bee (Bombus hor- 
torum)” (Wallace). 


at rest, is white; there are 
also a few small black 
patches on the fore wings, 
and the body ends posteri- 
orly in a conspicuous yel- 
low tuft. Flight weak in 
the evening, when the Moth 
is very conspicuous, appear- 
ing white; at rest it is also 
extremely conspicuous. 


MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE 


[M 


ar. 1, 


Taste 1V.—Bright-coloured or Conspicuous 


Unpleasant attribute, 
real or suggested, 
in mimetic forms. 


Results of 


J. Jenner Weir. 


? Taste or smell. Proof 
lies in what follows. 


? Taste or smell. Proof 
lies in what follows. 


The suggestion of a 
sting, according to 
some authorities. 


There may be an un- 
pleasant taste or 
smell, but there is 
at present no expe- 
rimental proof of 
this. 


“ Unwillingly _ eat- 
en:’’ Jenner Weir 
thinks because the 
birds in confine- 
ment get fewer 
insects than when 
wild, and so will 
eat forms which 
they would reject 
if well supplied 
with this food. 


et eeeeereeceee 


A single imago eat- 


en by the Lizards. 


Z 
A. G. Butler. 


2 


Sete eeeeeeeeees 


Always refused by 


L. viridis after 
haying been 
seized. 


1887.] 


VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 


Insects (other than Larve). 


219 


Experiments. 


A. Weismann. 


One specimen eaten 


E. B. Poulton. 


One was placed in 


cage of very hun- 
gry L.muralis,and 
was crushed and 
most of the fluid 
contents extracted 
and probably eat- 
en; however, pala- 
table pups were 
swallowed as a 
whole. This pupa 
was untouched at 
first. 


by L. muralis; no 
apparent —hesita- 
tion or caution in 
capture. 


Peewee eeeenee 


How far evidence supports 
the theory of 
“warning” and “mimetic” 
colours (Bates and Wallace). 


Bearing of evidence on 
Poulton’s suggestion, 
as before. 


ble it would have 
treated very differently. 


tion by Lizards. 


rest. 


it goes. 


Strong support, for if palata- 
been 


Strong support, from the re- 
luctance of Birds and rejec- 


At first seems to be a difficulty; | 
but I have always thought 
that the suggested resemblance 
is very imperfect, and perhaps 
a remnant of a former more 
perfect mimicry, reliance be- 
ing now placed on powerful 
flight and concealment during 


Insufficient evidence ; but op- 
posed to the theory as far as 


Strong support. 


Strong support in Jenner Weir's 
explanation of the Birds’ be- 
hayiour, and some support in 
the Lizard’s attempts. 


No evidence, the insect being 
palatable and in this instance 
not terrifying. 


No evidence, unless it should 
be proved to be a nauseous 
insect. 


Species 
and 
Stage. 


Imago of 
Spilosoma 
menthastri. 


Imago of 
Spilosoma 
lubricipe- 
da. 


Imago of 
Euchelia 
Jjacobee. 


Imago of 
Abraxas 
grossula- 
riata, 


Imagos of 
Malaco- 

derms of 
the genus 
Telepho- 

rus, sp. ? 
(Coleopte- 


ra). 


Method by which 
rendered more or less 
conspicuous. 


Wings creamy white, with 
black dots; body yellow, 
with black dots. Very con- 
spicuous at rest or in flight 
(slow; evening); often 
feigns death when cap- 
tured. 


Buff, with black spots. Very 
conspicuous at rest or in 
flight (slow ; evening); often 
feigns death when cap- 
tured. 


MR. LE. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE 


[Mar. l, 


TABLE IV. 


Unpleasant attribute, 
real or suggested, 
in mimetic forms. 


? Taste or smell. Proof 
lies in what follows. 


Results of 


J. Jenner Weir. 


Eaten _ reluctantly 
by Robin and 
Reed-Bunting, the 
latter after reject- 
ing it at first. Tas- 
ted and rejected 
by Yellow-Ham- 
mer; refused by 


A. G. Butler. 


?Taste or smell; but | 
there is at present | 
no experimental 
proof of this. 


Fore wings very dark brown, 
almost black, with red 
spots and stripes; hind 
wings red with black mar- 
gin; body black. Most 
conspicuous at rest, or espe- 
cially in its weak flight by 
day. 


White, black, and yellow. 
Very conspicuous at rest 
or in its slow flight by day 


and in evening. Often 
feigns death when cap- 
tured. 


Black and red. Very con- 


spicuous at rest or in 
fight (diurnal); easily 
caught. Elytra soft and 


no protection. Common 
English species called “ sol- 
diers and sailors,” 


| 


? Taste or smell, 
very probably from 
being indigestible. 


? Taste or smell. Proof | 
lies in what follows. 


? Taste or smell. Proof 
lies in what follows. | 


Bullfinch and 
Chaflinch. 
or | Disregarded for"|> | Wiscusecasnscene 
| some time, but 


eventually reluc- 
tantly swallowed 
after the removal 
of the wings. 
Same suggestion 
as in case of A. 
filipendule. 


Refused by Lizards, 
although seized on 
one occasion. 


Disregarded by all 
the birds. (Quoted 
by Wallace.) 


*Greedily devour- 
ed” by Frogs. (I 
think that this 
must be a mis- 
take ) 


wre ewan eeee 


1887. 


(continued). 
Experiments. 


A. Weismann. 


set eww ee eeees 


Peete eect ee eee 


Always refused by 
L. viridis. 


] 


E. B. Poulton. 


Eaten at once by 
hungry L. muralis. 


Two specimens eat- 


en successively by 
the same Frog, 
and therefore it 
would seem not to 
be nauseous to 
this species. Next 
day the Moths 
were found in the 
case, having been 
rejected presum- 
ably because of 
indigestibility. 


Refused by LZ. mu- 
ralis after biting, 
although very 
hungry. 


Strong support. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XVI. 


VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 


How far evidence supports 
the theory of 
“warning” and “ mimetic” 
colours (Bates and Wallace). 


Strong support. Also confirmed 
by Stainton, who offered it to 
Turkeys, with a large number 
of protectively-coloured Moths, 
all of which were eaten, while 
the S. menthastri was always 
rejected after being examined. 


Bearing of evidence on 
Poulton's suggestion, 
as before. 


Strong support, especially in | 
the reluctant way in which it | 
was eaten by Robin &e. See | 
Jenner Weir’s explanation i: 
case of A. filipendule. 


So far as it goes, against sug- | No evidence, unless it shoulc 


gestion; but not tried with 
sufficient number of enemies, 
nor with plenty of other 
food. 


Strong support. 


Support from the behaviour 
of Lizards; the other evi- 
dence must, I think, be mis- 
taken. 


———_ ——— —____—_ —. 


be proved to be nauseous: | 
then this experiment woulc 
strongly support suggestion. | 


Strong support in Jenner Weir's 
explanation as above. In the 
case of the Frog also hunger 
very likely caused the insect 
to be taken, although not re- 


tained. 


Support in that the Lizard: | 
were induced to bito it se- | 
verely. 


—_ Se ee ee 


No evidence. 


Species Method by which 
and rendered more or less 
Stage. conspicuous. 

Imago of | Chief colour red, due to ely- 
Chrysome-| tra: the other parts seen 
la populi| area metallic lustrous blue- 
(Coleop- | black. 
tera). 

Coccinella |Wxposed surface red with 
septem- black spots. Very conspi- 
punctata | cuous and easily caught ; 
(Coleop- | flight diurnal. 
tera), | 

Coccinella | Exposed surface red with two 
bipunc- black spots. Very conspi- | 
tata(Co-| cuous and easily caught; 
leoptera).| flight diurnal. 


Vespa vul- | 


guts. 


Bombus 
terrestris, 
B. lapi- 
darius, 
&e. 


Nomada 
marsha- 
mella. 


* 222 


Queens and workers made use | 
of: colours black and yellow. 
Very conspicuous; power- 
ful flight, but of use, for 


ping enemies. 


Other common species also 
made use of. The insects 
are generally conspicuous, 
with bands of light colour 
(often yellow) on a darker 
ground (often black). Their 
size also attracts attention, 
while their flight is clumsy 
and heavy, and they do not 
rise quickly when at rest. 

Very conspicuous, with black 
and yellow bands. 


obtaining food and catching | 
prey rather than for esca- | 


| 


Stings. 


Unpleasant attribute, 
real or suggested, 
in mimetic forms. 


“Strongly smelling” 
_ (Weismann). 


They have a very un- 
pleasant smell. They 
“can emit fluids of 


a yery disagreeable | 


nature”’ (Wallace), 


| They have a very un- 
pleasant smell. They 
“can emit fluids of 
a very disagreeable 
nature” (Wadllace). 


Sting. 


Sting. 


MR. FE. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE 


[Mar. 1, 


TaB_e LY. 


Bombus ? sp., killed, 
butnotswallowed, 


by L. viridis. 


Bombus 


Results of — 


A. G. Butler. 


ablement, as 


hungry. 


terres is | 
eaten by L. viridis, | 
after cautious dis- | 
in ij 
the case of Bees. | 
Only eaten when 


1887. 


(continued), 


] 


VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN 


INSECTS. 


223 


Experiments. 


A. Weismann. 


Always rejected by 
L. viridis. 


Hee eee ewer eneee 


| Miss Cundell tells 


Bombus lapidarius 


E. B. Poulton. 


Refused by Frogs 
without tasting ; 
also by Lizards. 


me that Ayla arbo- 
rea will eat Lady- 
birds in the win- 
ter when food is 
scarce. 

Refused by Frogs | 
without tasting. | 

See Miss Cundell’s 
observation quoted 
above. 


Three Frogs in suc- 
cession caught one 
queen Wasp and 
then released it 
very quickly, and 
after thatit was un- 
touched. Lizards 
would not touch 
it, but watched it 
narrowly. 


eaten by L. viridis, 


but I have not 
witnessed the me- 
thod. Refused on 
many occasions. 


Untouched by any 
of the Lizards. 


How far evidence supports 
the theory of 
“warning” and “ mimetic” 
colours (Bates and Wallace). 


Strong support. 


Strong support. 


Strong support. Wallace also 
says of the Coccinellide, to 
which family this and the last 
species belong :—“ Certainly 
rejected by some birds;” but 
no details are given. 


Strong support. Romanes also 
told me he had seen a Spider 
capture a Wasp, and its great 
caution in the process was a 
further support, as also is the 
fact that Spiders generally re- 
lease Wasps from their webs. 


Support, upon the whole; they 


would certainly not have been 
touched by the Lizards if 
there had been abundance of 
other food. 


Strong support. 


Bearing of evidence on 
Poulton’s suggestion, 
as before. 


No evidence. 


Strong support from Miss Oun- | 
dell’s observation. 


Strong support from Miss Cun- 
dell’s observation, 


The Frogs went as far as or 
farther than could have been 
expected. 


Strong support for an analo- 
gous suggestion for insects 
protected by stings instead of 
by a nauseous taste. 


This seems to indicate that the 
fear of a sting is very strong ; 
for when the insects are too 
active to be killed without 
stinging (also the case with 
Wasps), they are not touched 
by the Lizards. 


16* 


224 MR. FE. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [ Mar. 


| i] 

I ve 0 Mo ee eo 
aC ee 

8 esd eae | ee 
| 2 deo" aa 1a 
| gg |b a 
| |} 2 |S me Bi 
| Koma = Game Wz eho bert) = 
| Siler ees lend la a fs! e 
ls | 8 oa c= ae 
| & é 3 rg | % id 
|-2 | & 22) ae 
a | § |ae5) 3 
A ae = s 

ESS a LE a ole | ee 

( Chrysomela populi .........cscevee0 L | 
care | Malacoderms of the genus Téle-| | 
1 oe PULDINTIS soon anqocune opie ssoteec rane B 

| Nomada marshamella.. ......000004 L. 

| 
| 
|B. Vespa veilgaris .....csseeecseeeseees Ea hy 

( A. filipendile@ —iccccovcsavcoecanses| L B. 

j | F.? (1 
| | A. GTOSSULOTUIG ane sswcapersaercs ese L L think 
| i a mis- 
take). 
| ISBN OG ALTE pce One | etl B. B 
| Onan rae tee : * 

| UO LCOUG Ce eedatennenstecers decane B .-- } |(at the 
| time), 

| Bombus terrestris, B. lapidarius, | 

Lae sh) IT ARSE Mee «| FL L Tn: ad 
Coccinella bipunctata.......1...004- | F F. 
{ Coccinella septem-punctata ...... (ep Wel Ase 1 
D. asipetemat seer: | 
| 
( Pupa of A. grossulariata ......... aes Boe { | ae 
| | lps -Pivel 
IS UGIIET DED «5s oarevorseecevcsncce An +. 4 f0G EVE 
E | | or V. | 
SMFUEUORIUS cleSacisccssccdsessmetse ees ¥: oo. has L. 
idee | 
ROTI LTE, SOORROD SEE ED OPEOBS A PER ane pPiierl: os tstei| oka ata OELUREN 
or IIT.) 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 225 


insect-eaters. Again, only one species out of the 9, viz. Nomada 
marshamella, always remained untouched by very hungry animals 
when other food was withheld ; and we can only surmise as to what 
would have been the results if the other 8 had been similarly tested. 
It is, however, quite certain that many of them would have failed. 
This is, indeed, proved by the following figures:—Out of the 37 
cases 15 were exposed to this rigid test, i. e. the species in the columns 
under my name in Tables I., II., and IV. (excluding S. fuciformis and 
C. neustria), and of the 15 only three remained untasted, and of 
these two have been shown by Miss Cundell to be eaten under cer- 
tain circumstances. 

Looking at all these figures, and especially the last, we can well 
understand the following objection being urged against Wallace’s sug- 
gestion. It may be said, the tables, indeed, show that Wallace was 
right in predicting that an unpleasant attribute would be found to be 
associated with a conspicuous appearance. That has certainly been 
proved by the results of a vast majority of the experiments ; but of 
what value is this association when insects are seized, tasted, and 
rejected in spite of the warning colours which, ex hypothest, are 
assumed to prevent this very contingency? In the first place, an 
answer to the objection is found in the very fact that the insects 
were tasted and rejected to a much greater extent when the verte- 
brates were thoroughly hungry, for we see that when other food is 
present the conspicuous insects are, as a rule, untasted. We shall 
presently see that an inconspicuous but nauseous insect is approached 
by Lizards in a very different way from one which is conspicuous 
and nauseous. ‘There was, in fact, strong evidence in the details of 
some of my experiments, that the vertebrate enemies were well 
aware that the insects were distasteful, and yet, when exceedingly 
hungry, did their best, in some cases successfully, to eat them. 
This was especially seen in the behaviour of the Lizards towards 
the larvee of O. potatoria, P. bucephala, and Crasus septentricralis 
in my experiments, and towards the larve of C. neustria, A. gros- 
sulariata, and P. auriflua in Jenner Weir’s experiments; for in 
all these cases the Lizards made repeated attempts to eat the larvee, 
again and again rejecting their prey with every sign of disgust 
(rubbing the mouth against the cage); and yet in the end the 
larvee were reluctantly eaten. I believe, however, that the suspicion 
with which conspicuous insects are approached results from the 
strongly impressed experiences of early youth and not from a habit 
which has become hereditary. In many cases, however, the warning 
experience may have been gained without tasting the insects; for 
we have seen that the latter are often protected by smell, which 
can be perceived from a distance. Excluding these instances, 
however, the experience of conspicuous nauseous forms must have 
been gained by actual trial of a large number. I hope to be able 
to show that it is not necessary for the young insect-eating 
Vertebrate to actually make trial of every species of unpleasant- 
tasting insect in its locality, in order to be equipped with an effi- 
cient stock of experiences with which to conduct its later life. 


226 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [ Mar. 1; 


Such an education would be somewhat dearly bought; it would be 
unpleasant to the insect-eater and destructive to the insect. 
But if, as I shall endeavour to show, there is a superficial resem- 
blance between the colours employed by very different insects, 
and frequently even a similarity of pattern, we see that a com- 
paratively few unpleasant experiences would be sufficient to create 
a prejudice against any insect with colours and patterns at all 
resembling the nauseous forms which have already produced so 
indelible an impression upon the memory. And thus it is most 
probable that the conspicuous appearance which astonishes one 
sense becomes associated in the mind of the Vertebrate insect-eater 
with the well-remembered effect of other qualities upon other senses. 
Different Vertebrates vary much in their rates of education. Thus 
my Frogs were much more stupid in this respect than the Lizards ; 
but then the imperfect memory or limited power of generalization in 
Frogs is less fatal to insects than it would be in the case of the other 
Vertebrates ; for I do not think that the larvee were ever injured in 
the least after having been tasted by these animals. It is therefore 
probable that the gradual development of warning colours by natural 
selection was due to the fatalities which followed the experimental 
tasting of other Vertebrate enemies (especially Birds and Lizards), 
which inflict incidental injuries during the process of tasting. But 
the warning appearance having been acquired by such means, the 
Frogs have certainly taken the opportunity (thus offered to them 
ready-made and without having themselves contributed towards its 
existence) to acquire a somewhat limited education. This was seen in 
the case of the queen wasp (see Appendix II.), which on being placed 
in the case was tasted by three Frogs out of twelve, but afterwards 
was untouched for many hours (as far as I was able to observe). A 
proof of the limited extent of the education is given by Butler, who 
speaks as if his Frogs repeatedly tried to eat the two species of 
nauseous larvee (A. grossulariata and H. wavaria), seeming only to 
become suspicious when they had actually made a trial of the insects 
on each separate occasion. It also seemed to me that my Frogs 
generally, if not always, ate bees from want of memory or deficient 
discrimination; for in nearly all cases they were finally rejected. 
But the experience did not seem to make any difference to the readi- 
ness with which the next bee would be seized and again rejected. 
On the other hand I did not see a ladybird tasted on any occasion. 
The slight power of discrimination possessed by Frogs was also 
shown by the fact that they frequently jumped at and seized the 
dark-coloured ends of the forceps with which I used to introduce 
insects into their case. 

For the tolerably complete demonstration of the principle which I 
believe has been at work, a far larger number of observations are 
necessary, while complete confirmation requires experimental evidence 
with young Vertebrates which have been reared in confinement, so that 
the whole of their education is under observation. As conducing 
towards this end, I publish the suggestion with its foundation on the 
resemblances indicated by the tables given below, which have this 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 227 


advantage, that they only include insects which have been sub- 
jected to actual experiment. Although the tables comprise so few 
instances, I think that the resemblances of colour and pattern are 
most remarkable, and hard to explain under any other theory. My 
suggestion does at any rate point out a very obvious use for the 
resemblances. The advantages which every conspicuous and nauseous 
or dangerous species would gain by setting as simple a lesson as 
possible to the foes of its class, would be so great that there is no 
difficulty whatever in the supposition that every stage towards con- 
vergence in colours and in patterns would have been beneficial, 
and, as such, would have come under the influence of natural 
selection. It is to be noted that advantage would accrue in the 
greater thoroughness of the education, no less than by shortening 
the process; for a few colours, with a few simple patterns scattered 
over a number of species, would be remembered more easily than a 
larger number with a separate pattern in nearly every species. 

I am aware that this suggestion is but an extension to the whole 
group of conspicuous insects of the explanation offered by Fritz 
Miller to a fact which seemed for a long time an inexplicable 
difficulty, the undoubted fact that conspicuous butterflies presumably 
protected in the most complete manner by nauseous attributes, 
nevertheless mimic each other in the most unmistakable way. Bates, 
the original discoverer of “ mimicry ” in the animal kingdom, pointed 
out these apparently mysterious resemblances in the paper in which 
** mimicry’ was itself explained and illustrated. Wallace looked 
upon these obscure similarities between protected forms as due to 
some unknown cause connected with locality. 

It remained for Dr. Fritz Miiller to explain the difficulties in a 
paper entitled “ Ituna aud Thyridia; a remarkable case of Mimicry 
in Butterflies ” (‘ Kosmos,’ May 1879, p. 100). Arguing from the 
instance of these two genera, which both belong to protected groups 
and which resemble each cther, Dr. Miiller suggested that under 
these circumstances an advantage would be gained by each of them, 
because the number of species which must be sacrificed to the 
inexperience of young birds and other enemies would be made up 
by both of them instead of by each independently. This paper was 
translated by Prof. Meldola, and appeared in the ‘ Proc. Ent. Soc. 
Lond.’ (1879, p. xx). In a subsequent paper by Dr. Miiller 
(‘ Kosmos,’ v. Jahrgang, 1881), the same subject is considered in 
greater detail, and the results are accepted and expounded by Wallace 
in ‘Nature’ (vol. xxvi. p. 86). The mathematical aspect of the 
subject was, however, inaccurately stated in this last paper, the correct 
statement being supplied by Mr. Blakiston and Mr. Alexander of 
Tokio, Japan; the correction being published in letters by Mr. 
Wallace and Prof. Meldola to ‘ Nature’ (vol. xxvii. p. 481). 
Subsequently a letter appeared in ‘ Nature’ (vol. xxix. p. 405) from 
Mr. Blakiston and Mr. Alexander, giving the complete mathematical 
statement of the advantages gained by each of the protected species. 
The law is given in these words, ‘* Let there be two species of insects 
equally distasteful to young birds, and let it be supposed that the 


228 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [ Mar. 1, 


birds would destroy the same number of individuals of each, before 
they were educated to avoid them. Then if these insects are 
thoroughly mixed, and become undistinguishable to the birds, a 
proportionate advantage accrues to each over its former state of 
existence. These proportionate advantages are inversely in the 
duplicate ratio of their respective original numbers, compounded with 
the ratio of the respective percentages that would have survived 
without the mimicry.” 

It had been previously argued that in the case of two protected 
species which had thus come to resemble each other, the proportionate 
advantage was chiefly on the side of the one which was smaller in 
numbers, and that when the numerical difference was great the 
advantage to the other could be neglected. The amended law which 
is quoted above shows, however, that the proportionate advantage is 
always the same, and this is also enforced in another part of the same 
letter :—“ It must be remembered, however, that B does no harm to 
A by mimicking it ; on the contrary the act of mimicry is of advantage 
to A over its former state of existence as well as to B; but A being 
more numerous the advantage is less. Still, after the assimilation, 
neither has an advantage over the other. Proportionally they suffer 
from the ravages of birds equally ; the percentage of losses is the 
same; they are on equal terms. No matter how long they continue 
the association, neither gains or loses on the other ; though through 
one being more numerous it loses more individuals, yet equally in 
proportion with the other. So that if one is twice as numerous as 
the other at the time of assimilation, it must always—other condi- 
tions being equal—remain twice as numerous.’ 

Dr. Miiller’s interpretation was at first criticized in many quarters, 
the chief objection brought forward being the belief that birds do not 
learn the meaning of the conspicuous colours by experience, but that 
they avoid such insects by instinct, the ancestral experience having 
become hereditary. There is, however, no direct evidence for this 
view, and I think the account of J. Jenner Weir’s observations upon 
Lizards, and my own upon Lizards and Frogs (given in the two 
Appendices to this paper), will go far to furnish an experimental 
refutation of such a theory, so far as these animals are concerned. 
In addition to this, I am assured by a very keen observer, Rev. G. J. 
Burch, that recently hatched chickens certainly do peck at insects 
which they afterwards learn to avoid without trial, and he believes 
that the hen assists in their education by indicating that certain 
insects are not fit for food. His observations were chiefly made upon 
a common phytophagous Hymenopterous larva which is found upon 
gooseberry (doubtless Nematus ribesii). Another observation made 
by Mr. Burch bears upon the same question. He offered his chickens 
a quantity of chickweed, knowing that this plant was often given as 
food to Linnets. The chickens ate the plant readily enough, but they 
were all extremely unwell in consequence, and vomited freely. After 
this Mr. Burch again offered them chickweed, but they had profited 
by the experience and would not touch it. 

The chief attack upon Dr. Miiller’ssuggestion was made by Mr. W. 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 229 


L. Distant (‘ Nature,’ vol. xxvi. p. 105 ; and ‘ Rhopalocera Malayana,’ 
pt. ii. p. 33); but all his objections were very completely answered 
by Prof. Meldola (‘ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.’ Dec. 1882), who, in his 
concluding sentences, largely anticipates that further extension of 
Fritz Miiller’s theory which is here brought forward, the suggestion 
that all the conspicuous and dangerous or distasteful species in any 
country will be found to share between them a few strongly contrasted 
colours, arranged in few and simple patterns again and again repeated. 
He says:—‘‘I am persuaded that the extension of the theory of 
mimicry proposed by Fritz Miller marks a great advance in our 
views on this subject, which is so interesting as having been the first 
to which the Darwinian Theory of Evolution was applied with such 
success by Mr. Bates. Not only are we now in possession of a 
consistent theory which enables us to dispense with mysterious and 
‘unknown local causes,’ but other groups of facts hitherto incompre- 
hensible are capable of explanation. Thus the prevalence of one type 
of marking and colouring throughout immense numbers of species in 
protected groups, such as the tawny species of Danais, the barred 
Ieliconias, the blue-black Eupleas, and the fulvous Avreas, is 
perfectly intelligible in the light of the new hypothesis. While the 
unknown factors of species-transformation have in these cases caused 
divergence in certain characters, other characters, viz. superficial 
colouring and marking, have been approximated or prevented from 
diverging by the action of natural selection, every facility having been 
afforded for the action of this agency by virtue of the near blood- 
relationship of the species concerned. When discussing the origin of 
mimicry, Mr. Darwin long ago suggested that it might have 
commenced at a time when the species were nearly related in marking 
and colouring.’ The suggestion here brought forward and depending 
upon the results which are tabulated below, is a further extension of 
the same principles, so that certain resemblances between insects 
belonging to very different groups are accounted for on the 
supposition that natural selection has not only prevented divergence 
in nearly related forms which were originally similar, but has in 
other cases actually determined the convergence of widely separated 
forms which were originally unlike. This latter explanation of the 
resemblances was intended by Fritz Miiller in his paper on “ Ituna 
and Thyridia,” for he looked upon these genera as widely separated, 
and their similarity as due to convergence. There appears, however, 
to be some dispute as to their true affinities. It is obvious that under 
Prof. Meldola’s suggestion we shall expect to find a far greater 
similarity between the species of a large group of closely allied 
nauseous insects in any country than between those of other large 
groups protected in other ways; while, on the other hand, there is 
no necessity for the expectation of equal uniformity among the 
isolated nauseous species or even among those belonging to small 
nauseous groups. We should rather expect the constant appearance 
of a few simple but very different patterns, made up of a few strongly 
contrasted colours; and this is precisely the arrangement which is 
proved to obtain by the tabulation of the appearances of all such 


230 Mt. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [ Mar. 1, 


species known to be nauseous or dangerous. There must cer- 
tainly be a tendency towards a further general convergence, but 
the existing condition of convergence round a few well- marked types 
of pattern and colouring must be highly beneficial, and there was in 
this case no initial uniformity due to close affinity, upon which to 
base a general and uniform system. It was in fact @ priori far more 
likely that the convergence of remote species should have been round 
a few successful types, while the prevention of divergence among 
closely related species must ipso facto have tended to produce 
concentration round a single type. It will be shown below that 
Fritz Miiller’s principle is probably attended by others, which also 
assist in producing convergence, at any rate in some cases. 

Another result of the different origin of the two classes of re- 
semblance alluded to above is that the uniform warning colours of a 
large group of closely related species are less conspicuous, and in 
themselves possess less of ‘‘ warning” characteristics, than those of 
the smaller groups into which the isolated nauseous species tend to 
converge ; for the former depend largely upon some ornamental type 
of colour and marking, due to sexual selection, and prevalent before 
the time when the nauseous attributes arose. Such a type has no 
doubt been modified in the direction of greater conspicuousness on 
the uppersides of the wings. while bright colours have appeared on 
their undersides, and the mode of flight has been changed into one 
which gives the colours their maximum effect ; but still, in spite of 
these changes, the whole appearance of such large groups presents us 
with the ancestral sexually selected colours and patterns, which are 
of great beauty, and are no doubt still of great significance as 
secondary sexual characters. The success of such a stereotyped 
ornamental appearance for warning purposes has depended upon the 
modifications alluded to above, but principally upon the very fact of 
its prevalence and uniformity. On the other hand the smaller con- 
vergent groups of nauseous insects often present us with ideally 
perfect types of warning patterns and colours—simple, crude, strongly 
contrasted—everything subordinated to the paramount necessity of 
becoming conspicuous. For the nauseous attributes arising inde- 
pendently among the scattered species of many genera, or in all the 
species of small genera, instead of being chiefly concentrated among 
the members of some one or two dominant groups, it must have 
become impossible to rely upon the slightly altered ornamental 
appearance existing at the time when the attributes arose ; but it was 
necessary to appeal strongly to the memory of enemies by the acqui- 
sition of some special form of pattern and colour, in which everything 
is subordinated to the “ warning”’ characteristics. In the one class 
the pre-existing ornamental appearance was sufficiently well known 
to serve as a warning; in the other class it was not sufficiently well 
known. 

It is quite clear that the two classes of resernblance which have 
been just considered must be carefully distinguished from true 
mimicry, in which the mimicking species is without any unpleasant 
attribute, but shelters itself under the reputation of the (nearly 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 231 


always) more abundant species which it resembles. In the former 
classes of resemblance we have groups of two or more conspicuous 
forms all possessing unpleasant attributes, which become convergent 
in external appearance, or which maintain an initial uniformity, 
and in either case are mutually benefited by the process. In the 
latter class the resemblance would be a source of danger to the 
mimicked species if the edibility of the mimicking species were 
discovered ; and the experiments detailed in the present paper show 
how likely it is that such qualities would be discovered if the latter 
species became relatively abundant. Nevertheless, until the dis- 
covery was made, the mimicry would be an advantage to both 
species, for the reasons already adduced. In the following Table the 
colours of conspicuous insects are tabulated, 7. e., those contained in 
Tables I. and LV., excluding S. fuciformis and the conspicuous larva 
of L. pini, the latter being omitted because I have never seen a 
specimen, and because the appearance differs greatly in the various 
figures I have been able to consult (see Tabie A, pp. 232-235). 

I have described the colours of the imagos at rest to correspond 
with the larvee and pupe; in flight the following effects are seen :— 
Imagos of Wasp, Bombus, Nomada marshamella, E. jacobee, A. 
filipendule, A. grossulariatu, the two Coccinellidee, Telephorus and 
Chrysomela, would show much the same colours as at rest, although 
in E. jacobee and A. filipendule the red would be in larger amount 
because of the under wings, and in the Coccinellide, Telephorus and 
Chrysomela, the black would be in far larger amount because of the 
body. The imagos of 8. menthastri, S. lubricipeda, and P. auriflua 
would hardly show the black spots in flight, but would appear 
whitish, yellowish, and white respectively. 

This comparison is exceedingly interesting if it is remembered that 
the colours which are repeated again and again are those which are 
known to produce the greatest effect. Thus the greatest possible con- 
trast is afforded by black and white, and next to this by black (or 
some very dark colour) and yellow, orange, or red, the brightest 
colonrs in the spectrum, which possess a far higher illuminating- 
power than any of the others. Hence we find that the colours of all 
the conspicuous insects which have been tested are in all except five 
eases included in the short list given above. And these five only 
differ in the inclusion of blue in one case, and of green in the other 
four cases. Hence we probably see that in addition to the advantage 
gained by convergence which has been alluded to above, benefits have 
been derived from the colours which have been employed ; and as the 
choice of the most conspicuous colours is limited, it is seen that a 
certain amount of similarity must follow incidentally from the 
number of forms of life among which the tew combinations are 
divided. Hence convergence has been aided and perhaps given its 
starting-point by the action of another principle of coloration also 
favoured by natural selection, and leading in the same direction as 
convergence itself (see Table B, pp. 236, 237). 

Just as similarity in colours was favoured by the limited number 
of suitable combinations, so there are a few eminently conspicuous 


Various classes of 
Colours. 
(When incompletely 
described in this column, ~ 
the correct details are 
given in the columns to 
the right.) 
I. Black and white or} Larva of V. zo 
white and black. 
2 forms. 


Species. 


II. White, black, and 
yellow. 
3 forms. 


eee ee ereceeseee 


Pupa of A. grossula- 


III. Black and yellow 


or riata. 
yellow and black. 
10 forms. Imago of Nomada 
marshamella, 
Imago of Vespa 
vulgaris. 
Imago of many 
species of Bom- 
bus. 


Larva of V. urtice 


Larva of P. brassice 


Imago of E. jacobee 
(as seen at rest). 


IV. Black and red 


or 
red and black. 
6 forms. 


Imago of A. filipen- 
dulé (as seen at 
rest). 

Imago of common 
species of Tele- 
phorus. 

and| Larva of D. euphor- 

bie. 


VY. Black, red, 
white. 
4 forms. 


Larva of P. auri- 
flua. 

Larva of E. lanes- 
tris. 


Larva of O, antiqua| Dark brown; effect) Pink. 


MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE 


Dark Ground-colour and Lighter Secondary Colours. 


Ground-colour. 


Intense black. 


Black. 


Black. 
| Black. 


Dark brown 
black. 


or 


Black. 


Bluish green, with 
black spots, so that 
effect is very dark. | 


‘Very dark brown; 
effect black. 


Greenish black ; 


effect black. 
Black. 


Black. 


Black, 
Black. 


black. 


[ Mar. 1, 


TaBLe A.—The Colours 


| 


Colour next 
in import- | 5rd colour. | 4th colour. 
ance. 


White 
points. 


weeeewcee | weeeeneee | weeeeceee 


Yellow. 


Yellow. 


Yellow. 


Yellow or 
orange. 


Yellow 
points and 
often 
bands. 

Yellow. 


Red. 


Red. 


Yellow or 
white. 


Red. White. 


Reddish. | White. 


White or 
yellow, 


1887.] 


of Conspicuous Insects. 


Species. 


Imago of S. menthastri (as 
seen at rest), 


Imago of A. grossulariata 
(as seen at rest). 


Imago of P. auriflua (as seen 
at rest). 
Larya of A. grossulariata ... 


/ Imago of 8S. lubricipeda (as 
seen at rest), 


Larva of E. jacobee@ .......... 


Larva of A. filipendule 


Larva of P. bucephala ...... 


| 


Imago of Coccinella septem- 
punctata. 


Imago of Coccinella bipunc- 
tata. 


Imago of Chrysomela populi 


VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 233 
Light Ground-colour and Darker Secondary Colours. 
Ground-colour Colour next, in 8rd colour 4th colour 
j importance. j i k 
Creamy white. Black. 
ee eee ees bet tes me Se 
White Black. Yellow, 
White. Yellow. Black. 
Cream. Black. | Orange. 
Buff. asa OS llr) live welll panes 
Yellow. Black. 
..-| Yellow. Black. 
Yellow (becoming orange Black, 
in parts). 
Red, Black. r 
Red. Black. 
Red. Blue-black, 


234 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [ Mar. 1, 


TABLE A 
= = aa pe a St = 
yeners classes of Dark Ground-colour and Lighter Secondary Colours. 
olours. 
(When incompletely 
described in this column, l 
the correct details are Colour next| 
given in the columns to Species. Ground-colour. | in import-| 3rd colour. | 4th colour. | _ 
the right). ance. 
VI. Black, red, blue,| Larva of C. neustria.| Difficult todetermine Orange- Blue. White. 
and white. upon, but probably red. 
-] form. black, because it, 
occurs so _ fre- 
quently between} 
the other colours) 
and mixed with 


them ; also under- 
side is dark. 


VII. Brown, yellow, and] Larva of H. defoli-| Reddish brown. Yellow. | Black. 
black. aria. 
1 form. 


Wid. Green,  yellow,| © cccecsucee | | weer ere eee eoees I oeseniioe L., (essweeeeetMal | aieteseeces 
and black, or | | 
green, black, and 
yellow. 

4 forms. 


and simple patterns which are in this case especially adapted for the 
respective stages of the various nauseous or dangerous insects. 

Ring-patterns—Kspecially suited to the cylindrical body-form, 
such as that of larvae, pupze, or of imagos with colourless wings 
(Hymenoptera &e.). Accordingly we find this pattern developed in 
such stages, and it is also often suggested on the visible part of the 
body of other forms. 

Longitudinal Stripes——Also especially suited to the cylindrical 
body-form, and accordingly it is entirely found in larvee and in the 
attenuated imagos of the genus V'elephorus. 

Spots.—Especially suited to a wide coloured expanse, such as 
that provided by the wings of Lepidoptera or the elytra of many 
Coleoptera, but also fairly adapted to the cylindrical body-form, and 
accordingly it is characteristic of conspicuous Lepidopterous and 
Coleopterous imagos, only two of the four included larve possessing 


en 


1887. ] 


(continued). 


VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. ar 


Light Ground-colour and Darker Secondary Colours. 


Species. 


| 


Ground-colour. 


| Colour next in 
importance. 


érd colour, 


4th colour. 


Larva of C. verbasci ......... Pale green. Yellow. Black. 
Larva of D. ceruleocephala | Smoky green. Yellow. Black. 
Larva of H. wavaria........- Green, varying to lead-| Yellow. Smoky. 
colour. 
Larva of D. galid ..... ...... Yellow, varying through] Black. Yellow or white. 


light green, olive-green, 
various shades of brown 
to black (in the last 
case should be in oppo- 
site column). 


it in at all a marked degree (A. grossulariata and A. filipendule), 
and one of these is partially striped. 

Combination of Ring and Stripe, and of Ring and Spot, and Stripe 
and Spot.—Also suited to the cylindrical body-form, and occurring 
in larvee and in one imago only (4. jacobee). 

Hence the existing arrangement of many widely separated con- 
spicuous insects possessing a similar type of pattern is due to the 
fact that there is a limited choice of available patterns, as well as to the 
factors conducing to convergence. In addition to this there is 
probably in some cases a certain amount of true mimicry in the 
acquisition of patterns and colours. Thus it is more than probable 
(as has been previously suggested by other observers) that the 
species rendered conspicuous by alternate rings of black and yellow 
gain great advantages from the justly respected appearance of Hor- 
nets and Wasps. It must not be forgotten, however, that the latter 


236 


TaBLe B.— 


MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE 


[Mar. 1, 


The Patterns of Conspicuous Insects. 


I. Ring Parrerns. 


Pattern developed on ab- 
dominal segments 


Developed on whole length 
of body. 


Pupa of A. grossulariata ... 
‘Imago of Vespa, Nomada, 
| and Bombus. 

| Larva of E. jacobee ......... 


\ 
| 


low and black. 


II. Lonerrupinat Srripes. 


| Larva of P. bucephala 


Alternating rings of yel- 


| 
| 


| 


Stripes numerous ............) Larva of P. bucephala ...... : ; 
e Larva of V. urtice (a com- Sees d ae A 
Stripes few..........0-----++ | mon var. ). ce Cot a a ¥ 
|| Larva of P. brassic@ ......... colour) and yellow. 
SiEupes LO Waresemccseeeme eres | Larva of D. ce@ruleocephala| Smoky green and yellow 
stripes; black dots. Per- 
haps should be ineluded 
in VI. 
Simipes few.--<s-..c+--s-- <--> Imago of Telephorus......... Black, with a red stripe on 
each side. 
Smoky stripes many; yel-| Larva of H. wavaria ...... |Green (variable), with 
low, one on each side. smoky and yellow stripes. 
|Striped appearance only) Larva of H. defoliaria ..... Brown above and yellow 
visible from the side. below; narrow black be- 
tween. 
The one white stripe on Larva of P. auriflua......... | Black. with red and white 
each side is due to, stripes. 
white hairs; four red 
stripes. 
Single dorsal white; one) Larva of C. neustria ......... Stripes black, orange-red,| 
blue, three orange-red on blue and white. 
each side, and black alter- 
nating with these in nearly 
all cases. | 
t 
III. Sports. 
Ground. Spots. 
Yellow band and blotch on Imago of A. grossulariata) White. Black. 
each fore wing; spots| (as seen at rest). 
numerous; body yellow, 
with black spots. 
Spots numerous.......+-++++ ..| Imago of S. menthastri (as) White, Black, 
seen at rest). 
Few black patches and aj Imago of P, auriflua......... White Black. 
yellow tuft on end "| 
body. 
Orange stripe; spots few,| Larva of 4. grossulariata... Cream. | Black 
but far the more impor- 
tant feature; otherwise 
the larva should be in- 
cluded in VI. 
Some of the spots fuse into) Imago of S. lubricipeda (as Buff. Black. 


an irregular line on each 
fore wing; spots not nu- 
merous. 


seen at rest). 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 237 


TaBLe B (continued). 


III. Spots (continued). 


Ground. Spots. 
Hpotstew ers A. at Larva of A, filipendule...... | Yellow. Black. 
Seven black spots ............ Imago of Coccinella septem-| Red. Black. 
punctata, 
Two black spots ............ Imago of Coccinella bipunc-| Red. Black. 
tata. 
Spots so minute as to pro-| Larva of V. io ............6.. Black. White. 
duce little effect. 
Spots so minute as to pro-| Larva of V. urtice (normal| Black. Yellow. 
duce little effect. form). 
DERIANOIN.. 5.2 .50-05 as cp-mo 0s. Imago of A. filipendu’@ (as| Black. Red. 


seen at rest). 


IV. Comprnation or RinG AND StRIPE. 


Few small white spots also, Larva of Z. lanestris......... Black, with incomplete 
present; rings due to reddish rings and narrow 
hair-bearing tubercles. white stripe on each side. 


VY. ComBination oF Rin@ anv Spor. 


Spots on the yellow rings...| Larva of C. verbascé ......... Green, with incomplete 
yellow rings and black 
spots. 


VI. ComsBinaTIon oF STRIPE AND Spor. 


Dots very minute and pro-| Larva of D. euphorbie ......| Black, with red blotches and 


duce little effect. stripes and white or yel- 
low dots. 
Two spots and two stripes} Imago of E. jacobee (as seen) Black, with red stripes and 
on each fore wing. at rest). spots. 


VII. Nor REFERABLE TO THE ABOVE TyYPEs. 


One blotch on each seg-) Larva of D. galii ............ Variable _—ground-colour, 
ment. Perhaps referable with a row of black 
to the spot-pattern ITI. blotches, each containing’ 

a pale area. 

'| The pink colour is seattered) Larva of O. antiqua......... The effect chiefly made up 
in a kind of spot and by the dark- and light- 
stripe system. coloured tufts of hair. 

Two unequal areas with op-| Imago of Chrysomela populi Large posterior part red, 
posite colours. eel anterior part blue- 

black, 


The patterns in flight in the imagos would be different in many cases. In E. jacoher@ 
and A. filipenduie a conspicuous but confused mixture of red and black is seen. The 
slow flight of A. grossulariata permits its pattern to be seen almost as at rest. The 
others are as above described after Table A. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XVIT. 17 


238 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [Mar. I, 


forms also probably gain to some extent by the greater publicity 
which follows from the resemblance. We therefore see that the 
force which tends towards the acquisition of similar forms of colour 
and marking in widely different organisms is itself the resultant of 
other forces varying in relative amounts in the different species. 
Of these primary forces we have been enabled to detect two in the 
majority of cases, and three in the minority, 7. e. (1) The feasibility 
of certain colours and patterns depending upon their effect on the 
vertebrate eye, and thus giving the enemies as easy an education as 
possible ; (2) The advantage of facilitating the education of enemies 
by giving them a small number of patterns and colours to learn ; 
and (3) The great additional advantage conferred by trading upon 
the reputation of a well-known and much-feared or much-disliked 
Insect. 

These may probably be looked upon as the chief primary forces 
which have determined the various forms of conspicuous appearance. 
But such forces have had very different material to work upon in 
the different species, and doubtless the resultant has been largely 
influenced by the protective colours which existed before the“ warning” 
colours and markings arose, and which formed the material on 
which the first steps (at any rate) were built. We can, in fact, 
point to certain conditions inthe “‘warning”’ appearance of some species 
which are almost certainly remnants of a previous mode of defence 
due to protective coloration. Thus Prof. Meldola has drawn my 
attention to an opinion expressed by Mr. T. W. Wood (“ Insects in 
Disguise,” Student, 1868), that the larvee of Z. jacobee are protected 
by their resemblance to the flowers of the ragwort. I believe that 
in the orange ground-colour of this species we have such a remnant 
of a former resemblance to the flowers of this plant and the groundsel, 
on which the species also feeds. The acquisition of the black bands 
and, above all, the gregarious habits are, then, later developments 
which have followed the acquisition of an unpleasant taste. Here it 
is seen that the material at the disposal of the primary forces 
tending towards a “warning” appearance was such as to render 
most probable the resultant which has actually obtained. 

Again, Mr. Thomas Eedle informed Prof. Meldola that he believed 
the larva of C. verbasci resembles the flowers of its food-plant, 
mullein. Here, again, I entirely agree with this observation. There 
is a great deal in the larva which harmonizes extremely well with 
the yellow and dark sessile flowers, studded upon the surface of the 
thick green spike, and surrounded by green unopened flowers. In 
this case it is probable that the pattern may have been rendered a 
little more distinct ; but the very conspicuous appearance practically 
depends upon the gregarious habit, and upon the fact that the larve 
do not chiefly rest upon the spike, but are commonly seen upon the 
uppersides of the large leaves, forming a background against which 
the larval colours appear with startling distinctness. But, as Mr, 
Eedle maintains, an isolated larva on the flowering-spike is evidently 
well protected by colour-harmony with its surroundings. These are 
but instances of the past history which must be deciphered before we 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 239 


can adequately appreciate the meaning of the colours and markings 
of any animal. 


III. Insects which evade their Enemies. 


We now come to Wallace’s converse suggestion—that just as 
conspicuous forms which court observation will be avoided, so 
the insects which harmonize with their surroundings, and which 
evade their enemies, will be greedily eaten when detected and 
caught. I have adopted Meldola’s suggestion that the terms 
“protective resemblance” should be applied to the appearances 
which tend to deceive enemies by their resemblance to motionless 
(vegetal or mineral) surroundings, the term “mimicry” denoting the 
resemblance to other animals. On entering upon the experimental 
investigation, [ thought that I should have little to record except a 
complete agreement with everything which has been previously said 
upon the subject. 1 was surprised, however, to find some instances 
which are entirely antagonistic to the principles laid down by 
Wallace. Unfortunately the instances recorded by other observers 
are exceedingly few. Jenner Weir evidently experimented with a 
large number of species, but he gives very few details, and for the 
most part is content with summing-up his results as favourable, 
without exception, to Wallace’s suggestion, in these words :—“ I will 
now add a few words on those lary which are eaten greedily by 
birds, and my remarks on the subject will be brief; it will be 
unnecessary to detail all the experiments made, as the results are 
easily generalized. 

«All caterpillars whose habits are nocturnal, dull-coloured, with 
fleshy bodies and smooth skins, are eaten with the greatest avidity. 

“« Every species of green caterpillar is also much relished. 

«© All Geometree, whose larvze resemble twigs as they stand out 
from the plant on their anal prolegs, are invariably eaten... ...... 
They eat with great relish all smooth-skinned larve of a green or 
dull-brown colour, which are nearly always nocturnal in their habits, 
or mimic the colour or appearance of the plant ‘they frequent.” 

Jenner Weir, however, gives details of experiments with other 
stages of Lepidoptera; and I am now able to add many valuable 
details from his experiments upon Lizards in 1886. There are also 
a few instances to include from Mr. Butler’s paper (already quoted) 
and a few of which I have heard from him by letter. In my experi- 
ments I chiefly made use of the imagos of Lepidoptera, as I nearly 
always sought for conspicuous larve with which to test the sug- 
gestion previously discussed. 

Other observers having given so little detail, it follows that Wal- 
lace’s converse suggestion possesses extremely little precisely recorded 
experimental foundation. There is, however, no reason to doubt 
that Jenner Weir’s conclusions will be very generally confirmed by 
extended experiments, and they doubtless express the results of 
many observations. But as I have come across a few startling 
exceptions among the most protectively coloured forms, it is safer not 

17* 


240 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [ Mar. I, 


to assume the existence of any great body of confirmatory evidence 
until it has all been rigidly tested and recorded. 

It will be unnecessary to separate the larvee from the other stages, 
because the meaning of imitative colours is equally clear whenever 
they occur, while the warning colours of imagos might in some cases 
be mistaken for those of other significance. I will proceed at once 
to tabulate everything I have been able to find recorded, and will 
afterwards consider in detail the more remarkable cases. I have 
already implied that [ believe the larvae of Papiliv machaon should 
be included in the Table given below. Prof. Meldola has since shown 
me that Mr. T. W. Wood has also taken this view of the colours 
of P. machaon (see a paper in ‘The Student,’ 1868, entitled 
“Insects in Disguise”). I believe that the bright green colouring 
broken up by black markings is very well adapted for concealment 
among the much-divided leaves of the Umbelliferee on which the 
larva feeds. I also consider that the imago of S. fuciformis should 
be included (see Table V., pp. 242-259). 

Looking back at this list we see that as a whole its results offer 
the most decided contrast to those of the previous lists, inasmuch as 
the vast majority of species are in this case devoured with relish. 
But while it thus supports the converse side of Wallace’s suggestion, 
this is by no means so universally true as Jenner Weir’s earlier experi- 
ments led him to believe. Out of a total of 44 different species, or 
stages, of Lepidoptera, we find 7 exceptions, viz :—Imagos of S. 
ligustri, P. bucephala, and O. antiqua; pupze of V. io, V. urtice, 
P. bucephala; and the larva of M. typica. Two of these appear 
for the first time in Table V., while the others have appeared before 
in other stages in the earlier tables. Deferring the consideration 
of the latter, we will take the two species rather more in detail. 

Imago of Sphinew ligustri—I1 think the evidence in this case 
speaks for itself, and demonstrates very completely the protective 
importance of mere size, unaccompanied by other alarming features 
or by any means of active defence. The species is admirably 
protected at rest and must be most carefully concealed. After 
twenty years, during which I have looked for insects, I have only 
once seen the moth at rest. Again, its flight is probably as rapid as 
that of any species in the world. The behaviour of Lacerta viridis 
seemed to clearly show that the moth was highly palatable, as we 
should expect from its very perfect means of evading its enemies. And 
yet the much smaller L. muralis would not touch the insect. If 
the supposition be raised that the moth possessed some smell, which 
was disliked by LZ. muralis, but to which L. viridis was indifferent, I 
can only say that I have met with no other instance of any difference 
of tastes when I experimented upon the two Lizards with the same 
species of insect. And if this be the correct explanation why the moth 
was untouched after spending many hours in the cage of L. muralis, I 
cannot but think that Z. viridis would have shown some reluctance 
in devouring it, although it might have ultimately eaten it under the 
impulse of hunger. And, again, Z. muralis was more ravenous than 
any of my Lizards; and the above tables show clearly that I have 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 241 


chiefly relied upon this species for the evidence that hunger will force a 
Vertebrate to eat an insect which is evidently distasteful toit. Further 
the L. viridis being less used for this purpose, were not pressed by 
hunger to the same extent as Z. muralis. I think that the almost 
certain explanation is that Z. muralis was afraid to touch an insect 
which was not far from its own size, while Z. viridis was less 
timid, the difference in size being far greater. And such an 
explanation throws light on the cases already discussed, in which a 
large caterpillar is protected by gaining some marking which suggests 
the appearance of a serpent. On this point Weismann says (Mel- 
dola’s translation as above, p. 330) :—*‘ It does not require much 
imagination to see in such a caterpillar an alarming monster with 
fiery eyes, especially if we consider the size which it must appear 
to an enemy such as a lizard or small bird.” The case of 8. ligustri 
enforces this last remark, and shows how size alone may be efficient 
as a protection against the smaller insect-eating Vertebrates. So 
far as I am aware, this important use of size, unaccompanied by 
any accessory markings or any special attitude, is now brought for- 
ward for the first time ; but it is an advantage which is probably far 
from uncommon, considering the number of large species in the 
same position as S. Jigustri, and it las doubtless been of special 
importance as an initial stage in the development of the more 
elaborated forms of terrifying appearance already described. 

Larva of Mania typica.—In this case it was perfectly clear that 
the larva possessed a very unpleasant taste, so that it was refused by 
L. muralis even when very hungry. And yet the description given 
in the table shows that the species is highly protected in the 
larval state by protective colouring and habits which correspond. 
As the exception is so important, I will add a few details to the 
proofs given in the table. Newman gives the following facts about 
the young larve: when hatched from the eggs laid upon the leaves 
of pear, plum, &c., the larve ‘“‘ devour the upper cuticle and paren- 
chyma of the leaf, leaving the lower cuticle entire, dry and brown ; 
they lie closely packed side by side and apparently motionless,” but 
in reality gradually moving onwards, ‘leaving a larger brown space 
behind.” We see here a most interesting adaptation of the sur- 
roundings to the brown colour of the larva. A brown larva is 
conspicuous on a green leaf, and a single larva could not eat away 
the cuticle so as to surround itself with a brown area of sufficient 
size until after the lapse of considerable time. Hence the subordina- 
tion of gregarious habits to ends which are the exact opposite of those 
usually sought, viz. the intensification of warning colours. We 
have therefore a most elaborate and perfect mode of concealment in 
the younger stages of larval life. It is obvious, however, that such 

-a method can only be successfully adopted while the larvee are very 
small, so that a large number of them can rest for a long time on a 
single leaf. Accordingly Newman tells us that “in a few days, 
perhaps from ten to fifteen, they abandon this arboreal life,” and de- 
scending, feed upon many kinds of low-growing plants. It hyberuates 
in October, and again feeds greedily in the following spring ; but, 


MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [ Mar. 1, 


TasLe V.—Experiments with Insects which are protectively 


Species and Stage. 


Larva Saturnia carpini ... 


Larva Mamestra brassicé... 


Larva Tryphena orbona... 


Larva Tryphena pronuba.. 


Larva Teniocampa gothica 


Larva Phlogophora meticu- 
losa. 


Larva Mania typica 


Larva Hyponomeuta euony- 
mellus. 


—EE 


Protective resemblance, or habits of concealment, evasion, &c. 


1. LeprpoPrTErovs | © 


The green larva with its black bands and pink tubercles harmonizes remarkably 
well with the heather on which it feeds (Andrew Murray: queted by Wallace 
in the essay often referred to). The larva feeds on other plants also, but the 
special relation of its appearance to that of heather seems to indicate that 
this is its ancestral food-plant. Very often, however, the larva possesses 
golden instead of pink tubercles. 


abrupt line of demarcation ; a triangular mark containing two white dots on 
the back of each segment. Other varieties are brown or dingy green or any 
intermediate tint. Well concealed among the leaves or in tunnels, in 
cabbage, broccoli, &e., but freely exposed on many plants, although always 
harmonizing with the surroundings. 

Colour dingy umber-brown, with darker and paler markings. Feeds on low 
plants, and in spring on sallow and hawthorn. 


Larva concealed by day, feeding at night on almost all the plants in gardens. 


Colour varies from pale yellowish green to dark brown, with brown, black, 
and pale markings. 


The whole effect of the larva is green (green ground-colour with one lateral 
white stripe, and a dorsal and two lateral very narrow pale yellow stripes). 
Hence harmonizes well with the leaves of the many plants on which it feeds. 
Disturbed it falls off and has some chance of escaping in the grass or other 
low-growing plants. 


and lateral stripes are inconspicuous. Hence well protected on leaves of 
food-plant, and the brown varieties on dead leaves and earth. Same protective 
habit of falling offas noticed in T. gothica. Feeds on many low-growing plants. 


tected against brown leaves, which, as I have observed, it almost invariably 
selects, and upon which it sits motionless by day, feeding at night. If there 
are no brown leaves it retires by day into a very dark corner among the green 
leaves. It also has the habit of falling off. Feeds on many trees and low- 
growing plants. 


live in colonies, spinning a web, the latter certainly attracting attention. But 
the larvz seem to be sate within it, as in a cocoon. The gregarious nature is 
doubtless related to the habit of spinning a common web. Feeds on spindle. 


Commonest variety is olive-brown dorsally and dingy yellow ventrally, with 


The whole effect green or brown (for the larva is dimorphic), as the white dorsal 


The larva is coloured with various shades of brown, and is most perfectly pro- 


Yellowish grey with black spots, not conspicuous in themselves ; but the larve 


1887.] 


VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 


Coloured, or which evade their Enemies by other means. 


Experimental evidence. 


243 


E. B. Poulton. 


eee ee ence nennee 


Eaten greedily by LZ. muralis. 
The larve had been found on 
Aconitum napellus, but the 
Lizards were unharmed by the 
poisonous food in the larval 
digestive canal. 


Eaten greedily by Hyla 


J. Jenner Weir. 


Eaten by Lizards... 


Eaten by Zootoca 
vivipara. 


Other observers. 


A. Weismann.— 
Devoured by La- 
certa viridis, 


by L.viridis. Lar- 
vee of this genusand 
of Hadena eaten by 
many birds (¢. 4., 
Robins). 


Oe ene e etn eees 


At once attacked by L. muralis, 
the larva being immediately 
detected, although rolled up 
and motionless, Nevertheless 


the Lizard evidently much 
disliked it, and after being se- 
yerely bitten, it was rejected ; 
others tasted the larva with 
the same result. 


The ‘‘larve only 
which ventured 
beyond the pro- 
tection of the web 
were eaten” by 
birds. The birds 
“appear very 
much to dislike 
the web. sticking 
to their beaks.” 


A.G. Butler.—Eaten 


Bearing upon Wallace’s 
* converse suggestion. 


Support. 


Support, as with last species. 


Strong support, from the special 
character of the concealment. 


Support. 


Support. 


At first sight a most startling 
difficulty. Yet it was evident, 
from the behaviour of the 
Lizards, that they fully ex- 
pected the larva to be palat- 
able ; in itself a strong confir- 
mation of the suggestion that 
nearly all such larve are 
palatable. 

Support. Being defended by the 

web there is no necessity for a 

specially perfect form of pro- 

tective resemblance. 


244 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE {Mar. 1, 
TaBue V. 
Species and Stage. Protective resemblance, or habits of concealment, evasion, &e. 
2. Leripoprrrovs 
Pupa Vanessa #0 .....0...45. Dimorphic: a dark grey variety with a small amount of gold, and a yellowish- | 


Pupa Vanessa urtice 


Pupa Pygera bucephala ... 


Pupa Mamestra brassice 
(almost certainly this 
species). 


Pupa Tryphena pronuba | Reddish brown, and protected as in the last species 


(almost certainly this 
species). 


Pupa Plusia gamma 


Imago Pieris brassice 


eeeeee 


green variety with a larger amount. Some have thought that the gold isa 
“warning” colour, but I have shown that the green form can be produced to 
the exclusion of the other by placing the larva in green surroundings before 
pupation (see Proc. Roy. Soc. vol. xli. p.95). W.H. Harwood also informs 
me that the green form is often found on the leaves of nettles, while the other 
is the ordinary form, on stones, walls, &e. Hence we have in this pupa 
the very highest kind of protective resemblance, ¢. e. one that is adjustable to 
the differences between the various surroundings to which the organism is 
likely to be exposed. 


Varying from very dark grey (almost black), with hardly any gold, to very 
light pinkish varieties, with much gold, and in some cases the pupe are gilt 
all over. Nogreenform. As above, the gilded appearance can be controlled 
by placing the larva in gilt surroundings (see Proc. Roy. Soe. vol. xlii. p. 95); 
while the dark forms may be produced by using black surroundings. 


Dark reddish brown, and well protected upon or in the earth and under dead 
leaves &c., these being invariably the places chosen by the larva for pupation. 


Light reddish brown: protected by being buried some slight depth in the earth. 


If accidentally exposed, it harmonizes fairly well with the earth. 


3. LepIDOPTEROUS 


Protected by strong flight, and by its yellowish and black undersides harmo- 
nizing well with the yellow or white flowers of Cruciferze, which it chiefly 
frequents. It is also very effectually concealed during prolonged rest (night, 
or during rain), for it is not commonly seen at rest, except in the intervals 
of flight, although such a very abundant Butterfly. 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 245 
(continued). 
Experimental evidence. f 
Bearing upon Wallace's 
conyerse suggestion. 
E. B. Poulton, J. Jenner Weir. Other observers. 


Pours. 


eee teen ne eeeeenee 


Bitten by L. muralis, but evi- 


dently much disliked and 
abandoned: some were even- 
tually partially eaten when 
the Lizards were very hungry. 


Eaten with great relish by L. 


muralis, slightly crushed, and 
then swallowed whole. Great 
contrast to the treatment of 
the last species. 


Eaten at once and evidently re- 


lished by L. muralis, 


Eaten at once (removed from the 


cocoon) by L. muralis, and 
probably relished. 


Refused by the birds 


Edward Newman 
in ‘ British 
Moths.’ — “ They 
also constitute a 
favourite food of 
poultry, and are 
sought for with 
great eagerness.” 

Edward Newman 
in ‘ British 
Moths.’—Fowls, 
Guinea-fowls, Pea- 
fowls, and Phea- 
sants devour them 
with the greatest 
avidity. 


Imacines. 


Eaten readily by all Lizards, but 
not much relished, I believe, 
because of the mechanical 
difficulty of the scales and 
wings, and not from being 
actually unpalatable. This 


applies to all Butterflies, and 
Moths to a less extent. 


Eaten by Lizards... 


Roland Trimen,—A 
Swallow seen cha- 
sing this species 
(Trans. Linn. Soc. 
vol. xxvi. p. 499, 
footnote). 

A.G.Butler—Eaten 
by L. viridis, 


A difficulty: in view of the ex- 
tremely complete form of pro- 
tectiveresemblance. It would 


be interesting to experiment 
with other Vertebrates and 
with hungry birds, 


Same difficulty with birds ; the 
same high form of protection. 
In this case, however, the 
Lizards freely ate the pupa, 
and they are evidently palat- 
able to these Vertebrates. 


Concerning the behaviour of the 
Lizards, it is to be noted that 
the pupal colour is not a very 
specialized form of protection, 
although complete, for it 
equally obtains in species 
which pupate in opaque 
cocoons &e. 


Support. 


246 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [ Mar. 1, 
TABLE V. 


Species and Stage. Protective resemblance, or habits of concealment, evasion, &e. 


3. LxuPIpoPpTERouS 


Imago Pierts rap@ ......... Same as the last species, but not such strong flight; on the other hand, its | 
smaller size renders its concealment more perfect. 


Imago Pieris napi ......... Flight rather weaker than in the last species. Protection otherwise similar, 
except that the green veining of the undersides accords well with the fact 
that the species especially prefers shady places, where green is the predo- 
minant colour. 


Imago Anthocharis carda-| Flight irregular and puzzling, although not rapid. The green and white 
mines. mottled under surface of the wings harmonizes exceedingly well with the 
green and white flower-heads of Umbelliferx, which are especially selected 
as a resting-place (T. W. Wood, quoted by Wallace). The orange patch on 

the male’s fore wing is not conspicuous on the underside. 


Imago Vanessa io .........+. .| Flight strong: underside very dark and the insect well concealed on dark 
trunks, earth, or in shaded corners. Insect seldom seen at rest, except 
in intervals of flight, hence well concealed at night &e. 


Imago Vanessa wurtice...... As in the last species, only smaller and so more readily concealed : undersides 
not so dark and more variegated, but well concealed in the same places. 


Imago Smerinthus populi ..| Flight feeble: in the evening. The irregular outline of the wings, the way they 
are held, their grey and brown tints (which are alone seen in repose), all 
render the insect highly protected by suggesting withered leaves. ‘They are 
also generally well concealed in dark corners, for they are not commonly 
seen at rest. | 


Imago Sphinx ligustri...... Flight extremely powerful: in the evening. The various shades of brown of 
the fore wings and thorax are alone seen at rest, and the insect suggests bark, 
or even more closely the wood of a cleft tree darkened with age. It is. very 
rarely seen at rest, although an abundant species. 


Imago Hepialus lwpulinus.. | Flight very peculiar and puzzling, consisting of rapid oscillations, always taking 
place near the ground, and for a short time at dusk and in the early morn- 
ing. At other times, when resting, very difficult to see, because of its small 
size and attitude, which exposes the brown tints of upper wings, with white 
markings, and of the body. It thus harmonizes with any of the brown 
surroundings (earth or dead leaves &e.), and is seldom detected, although 
exceedingly abundant. When disturbed it feigns death and falls to the 
ground, where it is very difficult to find. 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 247 
(continued). 
Experimental evidence. 
Bearing upon Wallace's 
converse suggestion. 
E. B. Poulton. J. Jenner Weir. Other observers. 
Imaaies (continued). 
As in the last species ............ Eaten by Lizards... | T. G. B., in ‘Nature’ | Support 
(vol. iii. p. 166), 
has often seen 
Sparrows capture 
the species. 
A.G. Butler has seen 
the same (infor- 
mation to Prof. 
Meldola). 
A.G.Butler.—EHaten 
by L. viridis. 
Mmemnbove, Also eaten readily | *° ........c.-c06 | wa cccveceaveeve Support 
by Hyla. 
FARE ABONG:eecAlSO) CALEN. NOAGIUY, |. ecsieeiescuecsm—menn|tmrenacewenceewens Support 
by Ayla. 
Wannereadily by the Lizards,| § ccccecesscsces. | svn voossees Support 
but not much relished, as 
above. 
As above. Also eaten readily | Refused by all the} — ............... Support. I have ao doee that 


by some of the Ayle, but 
refused by others. 


Eaten by L. viridis and L. mu- 
ralis, J think more relished 
than the Butterflies. 


Untouched 

eaten at once by L. viridis. 
Experiment repeated later 
with same result. 


Lizards. 


Seren ee eeeennne 


by LZ. muralis, but 


eee ene e ee neene 


the refusal of some Frogs was 
due to scales only, Jenner 
Weir's Lizards were probably 
not hungry. 


Support from behaviour of L. 


ee ee 


viridis; that of L. muralis is 
exceedingly interesting, = and 
probably introduces a new 
mode of protection by inti- 
midation resulting from mere 
size, with no other terrifying 
quality. 


a 


Eaten readily by L. muralis ... 


—— 


Seen eee teeees 


248 


Species and Stage. 


Imago Cerura vinula 


Imago Pygera bucephala .. 


Imago Dasychira pudibunda 


Imago Orgyia antiqua 
(female). 


MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [Mar. 1, 


TABLE V. 


Protective resemblance, or habits of concealment, evasion, &c. 


3. LuepmorrERous 


Flight not powerful: in the evening. At rest the fore wings and body are seen, 
and are grey with darker markings. The insect is large and apparently not 
inconspicuous; but it must be carefully concealed, for it is not commonly 
found, although so abundant a species. 


Flight not powerful: in the evening. At rest it is “like the broken end of a 
lichen-covered branch” (Wallace, as above). This effect is produced by the 
purple and pearly-grey colour of the fore wings, with brown markings, and 
the ochreous tip, and by the ochreous head and thorax. <A very perfect form 
of imitative resemblance, the wings being rolled round the body so as to 
produce a cylindrical shape, with yellow ends, like a broken piece of decayed 
stick. 


Flight not powerful: in the evening. At rest the colours, due to fore wings and 
body, are grey with darker markings. Although common, it is rarely seen, 
and must be carefully concealed. 


The female Moth has rudimentary wings, and never quits its cocoon, but sits 
on the outside of it, being very inconspicuous, as it is covered with grey 
down, which harmonizes well with the colour of the surface upon which it is 
resting. 


Flight rapid: at night. Rests by day ‘‘on the north side of trees,” and there- 
fore protected by resembling lichens (Wallace, as above). Fore wings and 
body alone seen at rest—grey, with dark markings. I have certainly often 
seen it on other aspects thau north; but anywhere on rough bark it is well 
concealed. 


Imago Mamestra brassice .. 


Imago Mamestra persicarie 


Flight rapid: at night. By day well concealed by the tints of fore wings and 
part of body, which are “dark smoky grey-brown, with confused markings 
both darker and paler” (Newman); thus well protected on trunks, rocks, &e. 


Flight rapid: at night. By day well concealed (probably in dark corners), as it 
is seldom seen at rest. The fore wings and part of body alone seen, and are 
“rich dark bistre-brown” (Newman), with a white spot with a darker nucleus 
in the centre of the wing. 


1887.] 


(continued). 


VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS, 


Experimental evidence. 


E. B. Poulton. 


Imacinus (continued). 


Eaten at once by L. viridis 


Often refused by all the Lizards, 
with every sign of disgust, 
but they were induced to eat 
them by hunger, and seemed 
to get somewhat accustomed | 
to the diet. Large numbers 
employed in the  experi- 
ments, 


Eaten at once by Ayla, after 
other individuals had refused 
it. Offered to LZ. muralis; it 
was seized and eaten directly 
it was seen to move. 


J. Jenner Weir. 


“The only Lepido- 
pterous insect en- 
tirely rejected in 
the perfect state.” 


At once taken and evidently 
much relished by L. muralis. 
Also eaten at once by some 
Frogs after refusal by others 
(experiment repeated). 


Eaten by LZ. muralis 


Eaten at once by L. muralis, 
and evidently much relished, 
as it was seized and swallowed 
immediately. 


Disregarded by all 
the birds except 
Robin and Reed- 
Bunting, and re- 


fused by these 
after  examina- 
tion. 


sent e renee enone 


Eaten by Lizards ... 


eer e Peer errr 


249 


Bearing upon Wallace's 
converse suggestion. 
Qther observers. 


Support. 


A very remarkable exception, 
when we consider the ex- 
tremely perfect protective re- 
semblance, which is so highly 
elaborated in all its details. 


Support. 


Another difficulty, 


eee eee testes 


Support. 


Support. 


250 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [Mar. 1, 


TABLE V. 


Species and Stage. Protective resemblance, or habits of concealment, evasion, &c. 


EEE 


3. LEPIDOPTEROUS 


Imago Tryphena fimbria ..| Flight rapid: at night. By day very well concealed, probably near the ground 
and among dead brown leaves. Fore wings and part of body different shades of 
brown, and also olive-green in other varieties, with paler and darker markings 
and lines. Hind wings orange, with a broad black border, seen in flight, and 
with the orange and black on the undersides suggest, in the rapid motion, a 
yellow leaf blown by the wind. Probably the significance of the markings 
and the habits are the same as in the next species. 


Imago Tryphena orbona...| Flight rapid: at night; not so easily disturbed by day as T. pronuba, but the 
same rapid flight and habits of concealment &c. if it is disturbed. The 
colours and protective resemblance are much the same as in the last species. 


Imago Tryphena pronuba..| Flight rapid: at night, and also easily disturbed by day, when it flies with great 
speed, rising very quickly and dropping down (always into good shelter of 
brown leaves &e.) equally quickly. The whole process is very unlike the 
flight of a Moth, and the colour and movement suggest a yellow leaf lifted 
off the ground by a gust of wind, whirled away for a certain distance, and 
then suddenly falling again; so exact is this resemblance, that I have rarely 
been certain of the Moth until it had flown a long way. If tracked down 
and followed the Moth rises again very readily. This resemblance is chiefly 
due to the brown of the fore wings, aided by the yellow and black of the 
hind wings and the undersides. At rest it is extremely well concealed by 
the varying brown shades of the fore wings and part of the body exposed. 
It seeks dark corners, and hides deeply among thick leaves or among dead 
leaves on the ground. It is also very strong and slippery, and hard to hold 
when caught (Jenner Weir). I have also noticed this feature. I should 
add that Jenner Weir has another theory (alluded to below) as to the 
meaning of yellow and black underwings. 


Imago Anthocelis pistacina. | Flight rapid: at night; by day well concealed and seldom seen. The parts seen 
at rest vary much in colour, being brownish, reddish, or of different grey 
tints with faint darker markings. 


Imago Euplevia lucipara...| Flight rapid: at night. Very seldom seen at rest, and evidently well concealed, 
probably in dark corners and among dead leaves. Fore wings and part of 
body alone seen are rich brown with pale markings and a white mark on 


the wing. 
Imago Amphipyra pyra- | Flight rapid: at night; by day well concealed and very seldom seen. The parts 
midea. seen at rest are brown and grey-brown, with paler and darker markings. 
Imago Hadena oleracea ...| Flight rapid: at night. At rest well concealed and seldom seen. Fore wings 


and part of body seen are reddish brown, with a narrow white line and two 
light spots on wings. Resembling bark or dead leaves kc. 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 251 
(continued). 
Experimental evidence. 
Bearing upon Wallace’s 
converse suggestion. 
E. B. Poulton. J. Jenner Weir. Other observers. 


I have often seen it pursued by 


birds with great persistence ; 
they evidently relish it much, 
and make great efforts to 
eatch it. 


Eaten directly by L. muralis, 
and evidently relished. 


J. Jenner Weir has 


seen a Swallow! 


chase this Moth 
by day, making 
“several ineffec- 
tual attempts to 


seize it.” The 
Moth, however, 
escaped. It was 


evidently consid- 
ered a very desir- 
able capture. 


Eaten by Lizards... 


Evidently much ap- 
preciated by the 
birds, but even in 
theaviaryits rapid 
movements and 
slipperiness made 
it very difficult to 
capture. Haten 
by Lizards. 


Eaten greedily by 


Lizards, but appa- 
rently swallowed 
with — difficulty, 
probably because 
of the scales. 


see eee teeeeeees 


| 
| 


Strong support, as in J. pro- 
nuba. There is no doubt that 
it is also relished by birds. 


Strong support in the special 
character of the defence suited 
to so many emergencies ; pro- 
tected at rest; again, when 
detected or disturbed, by ap- 
pearance and mode of flight ; 
and, again, when captured, 
by it slipperiness and great 
strength; and all this coexist- 
ing with and following from 
the fact that it is keenly 
relished and much pursued. 


252 


MR, E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [Mar. 1, 


TaBie V. 


Species and Stage. 


Imago Cucullia verbasci ... 


Imago Gonoptera libatriz .. 


Imago Ennomos angularia. 


Imago <Amphidasis betu- 
laria, 


Imago Camptogramma bi- 
lineata. 


Imago Chloephora prasinana 


Protective resemblance, or habits of concealment, evasion, &c. 


3. LEPIDOPTEROUS 


Flight (probably) rapid: at night. At rest exceedingly well protected by a most | 
perfect resemblance, both in shape and colour, to a splinter of wood; the 
colours of the parts seen being rich umber-brown, shading into pale wainscot- 
brown, and this again into the darker colour. 


Flight rather slow: at night. At rest beautifully protected by a most special 
resemblance to a decayed red leaf with white spots of fungoid growth on it. 
The parts seen are grey with a reddish tinge, with patches of orange-red and 
light grey lines, and two minute but intensely white spots on each wing. 
Similar white marks occur on the legs, which are often partially seen at rest. 
The effect is greatly heightened by the irregularly toothed margin of the 
wings. The Moth appears in August and September, and hybernates, so 
that it is in the perfect state when red and brown leaves are chiefly seen, and 
when green leaves are mostly absent. It selects dark places in which to 
hybernate—tool-houses, attics, &e. 


Flight slow: in the evening. The angulated wings are yellow with brown lines 
and short brown streaks, and this colour and shape, together with the atti- 
tude and the colour of the undersides of wings (also often seen), all suggest 
a yellow leaf in a very perfect manner, aided by the time of appearance 
(August and September). 


Flight slow: in the evening. Both wings and body seen at rest, and dingy 
white with smoky markings (the latter may suffuse the whole surface in some 
yarieties). Although conspicuous when found at rest, it must generally be 
concealed with care, for it is not found very commonly at rest, although 
such an abundant Moth. The protective resemblance may be to variegated 
lichens on rocks and trees. 


Flight not rapid: in the evening; also easily disturbed by day. Both wings 
seen at rest (as is usual in Geometre), and they and the body are grey; the 
wings with a purplish and brownish tinge, with brown spots and streaks 
(including the V-like mark). It is thus inconspicuous on tree-trunks &c., 
although without any special resemblance. 


Insect conspicuous on the wing. Flight not rapid: in the evening; also very 
easily disturbed by day. Well concealed in thick leaves when at rest. Wings 
and body yellow; former with slender white and brown waved lines. A 
variable amount of brown colouring. 


Flight rapid: in the evening. By day beautifully protected by resembling the 
green colour of foliage; the only parts seen (fore wings and part of body) 
being yellowish green with three silvery lines across the wing; these latter, 
on the opposite wings, come together at an angle during the attitude of rest, 
and convey the impression of leaf-veining. Moth flies in June. 


1887.] VALUE 


(continued). 


Experimental evidence. 


E. B. Poulton. 


—————————_—_ 


Baten at once by L. muralis, 
and eyidently much relished. 
The Moth was detected while 
motionless. 


Eaten at once by LZ. muralis,and 
evidently relished. Eaten in 
large numbers by the Hyla; 
although individuals would 
refuse them, yet they were 
generally taken; and some- 
times one Frog would take as 
many as five, one after the 
other, 


Haten at once by ZL. muralis. 
Evidently relished. 


Eaten at once and with appa- 


rent relish by LZ. muralis. It 
was seized directly it was seen 
to move, not before. 


Proc. Zoou. 


OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 253 


Bearing upon Wallace's 
converse suggestion. 


J. Jenner Weir. Other observers. 


Greedily devoured 
by the birds, 


coat ere eeeeeeee 


F. W. Andrewes in- 
forms me that he 
has seen a Robin 
carry the Moth 
off, having flown 
quite near to him 
in pursuit of it. 


Strong support, because of the 
special character of protection 
and the evident keenness with 
which the Moth is pursued. 


Seccesecesecsee | ceevesssseceses 


Strong support, as in the last 
species. 


Support, for it certainly evades 
its enemies. 


A. G. Butler.— 
Greedily devoured 
by Frogs. 


Eaten by Lizards ... Support. 


Eaten by Lizards ... 


Support, for the insect clearly 
avoids its enemies. But the 
protection does not seem to 
be very perfect. 


Aen eweeenenees 


Sen ceaesaecas st, ee Allien eedns oceetore ss Strong support. 


Soc.—1837, No. XVIII. 


bo 
or 
a 


Species and Class or 
Order. 


Crusracna. 
Armadillo vulgaris 


ARACHNIDA. 


Spiders of different species. 


MyriApona. 


Iulus terrestris 


Lithobius forficatus 


OrTHOPTERA. 


Forficula auricularia 


Decticus verucivorus 


NEUROPTERA. 
Chrysopa per la .......0000. one 


MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [Mar. 1, 


TaB_e V. 


Protective resemblance, or habits of concealment, evasion, &e. 


4, IMAGINES OF OTHER INSECTS AND A FEW 
(The arrangement of Claus’s ‘Text- 


Dark colour and habits of concealment are strongly protective. 


Epeira diadema and Tegenaria domestica were chiefly employed in some of 
the experiments (E. B. P.), but any common Spiders which could be found 
were offered to the Lizards and Frogs. In appearance, and especially in 
their rapid retreat into concealment, the Spiders are difficult to capture, 
especially when it has been shown that the enemies do not like the web in 
their mouths, 


The dark colour and habits of concealment are strongly protective, but it also 
possesses a very unpleasant odour. 


The brownish orange colour, and especially habits of concealment, are strongly 
protective: inodorous. 


Probably this common species of Earwig was always employed. The colour 
and habits of concealment are strongly protective. The pincers may perhaps, 
in some cases, act as ‘‘ terrifying” structures. The insect has a very disagree- 
able smell. 


The colour, rapid movements, and habits of concealment are strongly protec- 
tive, but the insects also emit a very unpleasant odour. 


A large green grasshopper, with brown spots on the fore wings. Thus well 
concealed, and evidently a very powerful hopper. 


Probably this common species was employed. Its green colour protects the 
insect among the leaves in which it lives, but it can also emit a peculiarly 
unpleasant odour. 


1887.] | VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 255 


(continued). 


Experimental evidence. 
Bearing upon Wallace’s 
converse suggestion. 


E. B. Poulton. J. Jenner Weir. Other observers. 


ARTHROPODA OF OTHER CLAssEs. 
book of Zoology’ is followed.) 
Peremerenily by Li. MuUralis so. | — vscsansscasesce |) easadasenuarane Strong support. 


Always eaten with especial relish |Spiders eaten greedily, A.G. Butler.—Eaten | Strong support. 
by the Lizards and the Frogs.| by Lizards. by Lacerta viridis. 


A. Weismann.—Re-| A modification: here are un- 


eerie fe eh et eee: fused by L. viridis.| pleasant attributes coexisting 
with protective habits and 
colouring. 
re he errr ss wee A, Weismann,— Strong support. 
Greedily eaten by 
L. viridis. 
Eaten readily by the Frogs...... Eaten bythe Lizards| —_...........2.4. In this case the enemies made 


use of did not seem to object 
to the smell. Support. 


Maton readily in large numbers| —...nse...ees00. | snnssseeseeceee Asabove; unpleasant attributes 
by all the species of Lizards coexist with protective habits 
and by the Hyla. &e., but the former do not 

protect them from these ene- 

mies. 


(a REA eee ln ee eee A. Weismann.— Strong support. 
Once eaten by L. 
viridis. 


EE 


Hatem Dy U.anrtdes. |” cccmacsexescsss Conclusion as in the case of 
Periplaneta. The Lizards are 
evidently much repelled by 
certain smells, but do not 
object to others which are 
yery unpleasant to man. 


256 


Species and Class or 
Order. 


Hemiptera. 


Aphis hedere and Aphides, 
sp. ? 


[Mar. 1, 


MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE 


TABLE V. 


Protective resemblance, or habits of concealment, evasion, &e. 


4. ImMAGINEs oF oTHER INSECTS AND A Few ARTHROPODA 


Aphis hedere is dark and inconspicuous; aphides are generally inconspicuous, 
but probably also, in some cases, protected in other ways (taste or smell). 


The species made use of was inconspicuous; but many possess warning-colours. 
The species was, however, evil-smelling, like the brilliant ones. 


DirTera. 


Muscidee of various species 


Eristalis and Syrphus , 


beeee 


Tipula oleraced,.....cccsecees 


BibtO MATCt Secccsrcccesces ee 


——————— 


CoLEorrErA. 


Melolontha vulgaris 


eeeeeeeee 


Carabus hortensis (Fabr.)... 


Omaseus melanarius........- 


HYMENOPTERA, 
Trichiosoma lucorum 


teens 


Cocoons of Ants, sp. ? 


eeeeee 


Probably the commonest species. Although somewhat less well-concealed than 


The common male is black and inconspicuous: the much less common female 


Musca domestica and M. vomitoria chiefly employed; but also any other 
Muscidz which could be found. The appearance, and especially the rapid 
flight and readiness with which they are disturbed, are strongly protective. 
Larvz and pup also made use of: both concealed. 


many species of Musca, many of the species of these genera are even stronger 
on the wing. 


Inconspicuous and easily disturbed ...........ssceeceesseeeseseweeeeees paeacceannceseaed 


orange-coloured and easily seen; both fly readily when disturbed. 


Perr e reer r rr 


The brown colouring is certainly protective ; flight in the evening 


Noec- 


The dark colour and habits of concealment are certainly protective. 
turnal habits also. 


As above, the species being similar in habits and appearance, only much 
smaller. Nocturnal habits. 


Dark colours and flight are evidently protective.........ssceecesseeseeeneceeeeeesenees 


Carefully protected, being well concealed in the galleries Kc. ............00eee0ee- 


1887.] 


(continued). 


VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 


257 


Experimental evidence. 


E. B. Poulton. 


OF oTHER CLAssEs (continued), 


Aphis hedere freely eaten by 
young Hyle. 


Eaten greedily and in almost 
any numbers by Lizards of 
all the species and by Hyla. 
The latter was especially keen 
in capturing them, but did 
not much care for the larve, 
which, with the pup, were 
eaten in large numbers by the 
Lizards. 


— 


eee errr 


Haten by Lacerta 


J. Jenner Weir. 


Aphides? sp., eaten 
by L. viridis, L.agi- 
lis, and Z. vivipara. 
On another occa- 
sion hardly noticed 
by the Lizards. 


Refused by the Li- 
zards after tasting. 


Eaten with relish by 
all the species of 
Lizards, and in 
very large num- 
bers. The larvee 
and pup also 
eaten. 


Katen voraciously 
by all the Lizards. 


Other observers. 


Eaten by ZL. viridis 
(A. G. Butler). 


Eristalis — vulpinus 
eaten in large 
numbers by L, wvi- 
ridis (A. G. But- 
ler). 


Bearing upon Wallace’s 
converse suggestion, 


Conclusion for Aphides? sp.: 
probably as above: the Lizards 
evidently dislike the taste, but 
will eat the insects when hun- 
gry. The treatment of Aphis 
hedere supports conclusions. 


The unpleasant qualities evi- 
dently a defence in this case. 


Strong support. 


—_—_— 


Strong support. 


Strong support. 


viridis, 
Meemmlen eaten in large num-| ...ccecseeeeee | | snsccnancaecens Support. It would be exceed- 
bers by young Hyle. ingly interesting to compare 
the behaviour of Lizards and 
birds towards the male and 
female insects. 
MM ea cctaces: |) acsescchennae | cee ess sacsteges Support. 
Senne olknetinarda )..2008| 8A ieis) Poot) oe Support. 
Ms Tara | yseceevtgcenst, bY.“ cececcossstesse Support, 
RE enb iss! FM 2 tele ee foe Support. 
ens aeeiigeaeints «x4 Eaten with avidity | Well known to be | Support. 
by the Lizards. the favourite food 
of Pheasants &e. 
In this case the 
species is Formica 
rufa. 


sp. ? 


Apis mellifica 


HYMENOPTERA. 


258 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [Mar. 1, 


TaBLe V. 


Species and Class or 
Order. 


Winged females of Ants, | Colour and some of the habits appear to be protective. The gregarious habits, 
however, make them conspicuous, but are very important in rendering their 


acid secretion more formidable. 


Workers of Ants, sp. ?...... As above 


Protective resemblance, or habits of concealment, evasion, &e. 


4. IMAqinES oF oruER INSECTS AND A FEW ARTHROPODA 


Be acca te Workers made use of in all cases. The brown colouring renders the insects 


somewhat inconspicuous. The comparison in this respect with 
formidable Wasp is interesting. 


species. 


Andrend NigTo-@NeG ....+4++ The insects bear considerable superficial resemblance to the workers of the last 


the more 


Newman states, “‘ always I believe on herbaceous plants, never ascen- 
ding trees.’’ In this respect Newman is mistaken, for I have fre- 
quently found the full-grown larva feeding on the leaves of plum in 
my own garden, and it was such an individual which was given to 
L. muralis. 

I can now add my own experience of the larval habits subsequent 
to the period at which Newman has described them. In the winter 
of 1884-5, I kept a number of larve and watched them from time 
to time throughout the whole period of hybernation. As the room in 
which they were kept was warmed, they frequently woke up at 
night and fed upon the Calceolaria-leaves with which they were 
supplied. I was most interested in observing the extreme care with 
which they were concealed by day. If there were any brown leaves 
among the food the larvae would always get upon these, and, not 
content with the harmony between their colour and that of the leaf, 
would force their way into furrows and folds, so that they came to 
lie in deep shadow and were often quite concealed. I took some 
pains to see what the larvae would do when all the brown leaves were 
carefully removed, and I found that, by seeking the darkest corners 


1887.] 


continued). 


Experimental evidence. 


VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 


259 


E. B. Poulton. 


oF oTHER CxAssEs (continued). 


eae eee eee aenee 


J. Jenner Weir. 


Eaten by Z. vivi- 
para. 


Refused by all the 
Lizards. 


Often seized and swallowed by 
Frogs; but I believe nearly 
always rejected in the end, 
and very often rapidly ejec- 
ted soon after being seized, as 
though the animal had been 
stung. Often eaten by hun- 
gry Lizards; but they showed 
great caution in their manner 
of seizing and disabling the 
insects. 

Seized and swallowed by Frogs ; 
but I believe nearly always 
rejected in the end, as above. 


Other observers. 


Bearing upon Wallace’s 
converse suggestion. 


Support; it seems clear that the 
Lizards do not much object 
to the secretion. 


A. G. Butler.—Eaten 
by Frogs, appa- 
rently with avyid- 
ity. Well known 
to be eaten by 
Lizards, and that 
Spiders also catch 
the Bees easily and 
frequently. 


It may be that this secretion or 
the means of using it is more 
formidable than in the winged 
females. 


These facts show that even an 
insect protected by a sting 
may fall a victim to enemies 
if hungry. The comparison 
with Wasps supports Wal- 
lace’s suggestion, 


Conclusion as above. 


and deepest folds among the green leaves, they were nearly as well 
concealed. Ifa leaf became rolled up at the edge, there was certain 
to be a larva inside. The larvee were kept in a glass cylinder 
upon a plate, and the stem of the food-plant passed through a hole 
in the plate and into water in a stoneware vessel placed beneath. 
Sometimes the stem did not fit tightly in the plate, and then all the 
larvee crept through the hole and rested by day upon the stem 
above the water, where of course it was very nearly dark. I have 
had very similar experience with larvee found upon trees. I 
especially remember one instance in which the leaves were com- 
pletely removed from the young shoots on one part of a plum-tree 
trained against the wall. I could not find the larva for several 
days, but finally detected it most carefully concealed in the folds of 
the single brown and withered leaf which still remained on that part 
of the tree. 

I have now given as much information as I possess of the habits by 
which this larva renders its brown imitative colouring as efficacious as 
possible for evading the eyes of its enemies. I have gone into 
details in order to show that the larva belongs to a class which is the 


260 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [Mar. 1, 


most complete opposite of that in which the larvee render themselves 
conspicuous in various ways. ‘The experimental evidence shows, how- 
ever, that the larva has a most disagreeable taste and (almost certainly) 
smell, so that the most ravenous of all my Lizards would not eat it. 
It is perfectly clear that these two methods of protection are anta- 
gonistic if present in the degree and kind possessed by this larva. 
One of them must ke useless and merely incidental, and as it is quite 
certain that the highly specialized protective colouring and habits 
of concealment are of value to the organism, the unpleasant taste 
must be the useless character. And this was seen in its treatment 
by the Lizard, for the larva was recognized at once as something 
which was expected to be palatable, and was at first seized with great 
vigour, and it was only when the larva was injured beyond hope of 
recovery that its enemy recognized the unpleasant attributes and 
relinquished it. I witnessed the whole process ; it afforded the most 
instructive comparison with the reluctant and hesitating way in 
which a very hungry Lizard would approach a highly coloured larva 
which it knew to be distasteful. It was quite obvious that the 
Lizard fully expected a palatable insect, and was greatly surprised at 
the unwelcome result. After the larva had bled freely, another 
Lizard approached, but did not taste the insect, evidently re- 
pelled by the unpleasant smell of the freshly escaped fluids. It 
is obvious that a larva of this kind, being unpalatable, and yet giving 
off no strong smell from its surface, by which to warn its enemies, 
belonging, moreover, to an immense group of similarly protected 
insects of which the vast majority are highly relished,—it is certain 
that such a larva can gain nothing by an unpleasant taste which can 
only be appreciated after fatal injury, and which is not associated 
with any colour, marking, or habit by which the disagreeable 
experience could be remembered. 

We are therefore driven to the conclusion that the unpleasant 
quality is in this case a merely useless character, probably some 
incidental result of the physiological processes of digestion or 
metabolism. But such a condition is most important on theoretical 
grounds, for it at once supplies the necessary steps by which a species 
can change from one protective method to another. The most 
constant objection or difficulty which is raised against the explanation 
of the rise of any well-marked structure or function as due to the 
action of natural selection, deals especially with the initial stages. 
Tt is asked how natural selection can accumulate the earliest variations, 
which are (the objectors assume) of insufficient importance to act as 
criteria by which life and death can be settled. Darwin set the great 
example of giving a satisfactory answer to such objections by carefully 
working out one by one those cases in which especial difficulty was 
assumed. And here, by the instance of the larva of M. typica, we 
see at once how the difficulty of the origin of nauseous forms may 
be overcome; for this larva possesses a useless attribute ready-made 
as the incidental result of some physiclogical process, and at so high 
a stage of efficiency that there is no difficulty whatever in imagining 
that it might readily become an important criterion of existence, 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 261 


falling therefore under the influence of natural selection. Knowing 
that increasing efficiency in protective measures is counterbalanced 
by increasing keenness and cunning on the part of enemies, it is easy 
to see how, as a response to an advance by the latter, a species might 
take advantage of such an incidental quality to adopt an entirely 
new line of defence. The concealment of the larvee we are considering 
is evidently very successful, but if it were seen through far more 
frequently than at present, and yet the larvee were always rejected 
with disgust, there would be more and more opportunity and 
necessity for the enemies to remember the experience; and the 
further the species varied away from the beaten path of protective 
colouring, the greater aid would it afford to memory, which, although 
that of another animal, is in this respect of far less importance for 
the possessor than for the larva itself. I need hardly point out 
that in speaking of an advance in the keenness of Vertebrate insect- 
eaters, I mean an advance in the power of detecting all such larve, 
so that there would always remain a large proportion of palatable 
species; while the new line of defence would only be open to such 
few of them as possess the quality of distastefulness in a marked 
degree. I am quite aware that there is another possible explanation 
of the unpleasant qualities in J. typica; i.e. that they are the 
remnant of a former defence by such means accompanied by 
corresponding coloration, &c.; but while this may explain similar 
facts in the case of certain other species, I do not think that it is 
likely to hold in the instance of MV. typica, for the protective habits 
and appearance are correlated in so perfect a manner that we are 
compelled to assume that a very long period of time must have been 
covered in the attainment of so unusual and specialized a result. 

It now remains to consider the other exceptions which are of less 
theoretical importance although of extreme interest. As the same 
species have occurred before under other tables, it will be well to 
shortly tabulate the results of all the instances among Lepidoptera 
in which experiments have been made upon more than one stage 
(see Table, p. 262). 

I much hope that future experiments will enable us to extend this 
Table, but short as it is, it appears to point to several interesting 
conclusions. In the first place there is no known instance of 
distasteful qualities in stages later than the larva when the latter is 
itself palatable. This statement will doubtless be true of the great 
majority of species however complete be the experimental investigation, 
and it points to the conclusion that this method of defence arose 
first in the larval stage. Such a relation is to be expected ; for the 
Species is exposed to more danger and is more helpless at this 
period than at either of the subsequent stages. The unpleasant 
taste appeals to non-parasitic enemies which devour insects; but the 
almost complete limitation of the attacks of insect-parasites to the 
larval stage must bear in an important way upon the other modes of 
protection in this stage, tending to produce that extraordinary 
specialization in defensive methods which are well known to occur. 
The imago can escape by flight, and the pupa, if exposed, may render 


[ Mar. 1, 


MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE 


262 


79 


“ 


pee elpel 
‘oTquyeyedu pq, 


‘olqrqy[eg 
‘orqrqyepeduy 


‘orqnae[eg 


‘orquyeprdag, 
‘(sa08 aomaptaa 
SV AVF OS) 9[quyL[Vg 


Cp 


“ 


‘oTqugyeyuday 


“ 


“ 


AU TUP EL 


‘oTqeqnyeg 


‘syIqeq pur eouryq 


-masat — @ATJOVJOALT 
‘s}IQey, pur soweyq 
-lWoSeL — AT}OIJOAT 
‘BUTMOTND 9AT}N9} OAT 
“ysisonys 
pie snonordsuog 


‘pa[Raowoo [fam oyvt 
fuv qe ‘to ‘aoursq 


-mlasat —- PATJNO}JOA 
“ysisonys 
pue snonotdsuoy 
“ee “ee 
“aoe |, 
-maset @ATJOA}OAT 
‘snonordsno0g 
“qsusanys 
pue snonordsuoy 
“ysisanys fwaa 
Inq ‘a0uv[q ules 
-at oalqoajord (4) 
‘eoueyq 
-maset  9ATOa}0I1g 
“Ystosnys 
pue — snonaidsuog 
“é ee 
ce “ 
“qysty Suo.as 
{qysor 4B enuetq 
-Mlasat  @ATJOOJO. 
rey, 


puv oouvaweddy 


‘ODVNT 


‘olquyeled 


ste weesee 


“oT qeyele 


‘oTquqetedu gy 


‘(spaezrq) oyqeyeyed 
{(sparg) opquyepedug 
‘(spirgy) etquyepedu 


“ATP AL 


"TqAva 
oy} Ur paoojorg 
“yea 

oy} Ul poyoojorg 
‘TJAwa 

ey} Ul paqvojorg 
"100909 UI pa}09} 01g 
“100900 YSN0} 

{190A Ul peyoojor1g 
‘snonordsuog 
*snonod 


-tdstoour £ u00000 
WSS ur poyoojoag 
“00000 
uatAva UL pajoa}01 gq 
“TJAwa ot]y 07 ooUETG, 
-maseq aATJoo}OIg 


“cc “ 


‘100909 UI pa}oa} 01g 


JED OED 

‘aTqeyereg |Suranopoo eatjoo}01 gq 
EAMG | oe 

‘a[qnqeyeg |Sutmoyoo eatjooj01g 
TED OR UD UE: 

‘oTquqeyeg |Surmopoo A1j90}01g 
‘snonotdsuoo 10a 

‘orqeyepeduy jyou ‘Apooay pasodxgy 


*(poyor}ye TryUN) 
*a[quyuVg |SuLanopoo oatjoo}01g 


“ “e 


“ee “eé 
“ “cc 


“ “ce 


“ “ce 


"payee 
-u0d =pue gour[q 
-ulaset — @ATJOIJOAT oh - 
00009 
ono} ut pojoojorg ‘oTquynyedug, i 
‘(spanziry )eyqeyeyed 
Bb « ‘(sparg.) erquyzpedug bs 
“ce “cc *(sparg)) “ “ 
*(sseyo 
qsoysiq) sour 
Wesel 9AT}OOIOIT ‘oiqeyepedug ‘snonordsuo0¢ 
“sqIquy 4 “syIqeyy 
pur ene AWG pur oouraweddy 
*VAUWT. 


‘van g 


ngnuosd nuoydhay, 
“* puoquo nuayd hay, 
“"PaISSDAQ DAJSAUD AT 
qugspyguaru nuosopdy 
“es MINUAA DIN 


“Dy 
~wumjnssoib spavigyr 


DILDADM DYDET 
* qospgdan DYNIND 
“+ pagoovl pyayong 


 pmyfiunn DsaYypLOq 
sees on buguw nilbag 


“+ pypydoong nimblig 
-aynpuad 
-uadyy nda00.yquyy 


“"* DIYIN VSSIUD A 
sreetesesees 97 DssaUD 4 


* porssnlg $1Larg 


‘sotoodg 


1887.] | VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 263 


its imitative resemblance complete by entire quiescence, and it is 
usually effectually protected in other ways; but the larva must feed, 
and at the same time is sluggish in its movements, defenceless, and 
when palatable is more relished than any other stage, for it does not 
possess the hard investment of the one or the scaly covering of the 
other. Jt has also been seen that an unpleasant taste may arise 
incidentally at this period. Assuming, then, that the great needs 
of certain larvee have been met in this way, there will be the 
tendency for the unpleasant quality to pass on by simple continuity 
into the other stages; and if these are hard pressed, there is always 
the possibility that such attributes may be made the starting-point 
of a similar method of defence for them also. Hence I believe we 
shall nearly always find that conspicuous unpalatable imagos develop 
from larvee which are also unpalatable and conspicuous, and such a 
conclusion is entirely borne out by the table. But the unpleasant 
quality may pass on in the same way into other stages, which hold 
their own successfully by elaborate and perfect protective resemblances, 
and then there will be no tendency for the quality to be made use 
of, although it will always remain as a possibility should the 
species be worsted by its enemies in these stages. It must be 
remembered that the possession of an unpleasant taste by a 
protectively coloured species can never be injurious in any way to 
itself except in so far as it causes the destruction of a greater amount 
of insect-life, inasmuch as the part contributed by the species itself 
to the total destroyed does not count as food under ordinary circum- 
stances. And the species itself remaining on the same protective 
lines as the great mass of palatable species, it will itself come in for a 
proportional share of the extra loss which follows from the fact that 
it is not relished as food. But so long as these unpalatable species 
remain in a small minority, the reaction of their own inedibility upon 
themselves will be inappreciable. Mr. W. Esson has kindly expressed 
the danger actually incurred in a mathematical form, showing that it 
is inappreciable when the inedible species are relatively few. If 
there were a practically unlimited number of protectively coloured 
insects consisting of two sets of species, the one set edible and the 
other inedible and consisting of individuals in the ratio of 100: 1, it 
is reasonable to suppose that in any number z of captures there will 
be killed of each set a number of individuals proportional to the 


numbers in the sets themselves; ¢. e. of the edible = and of the 
inedible = The insect-eaters will go on catching the insects until 
the edible ate becomes equal to the number required for their food— 


100) 101 
a. Therefore =|" = a and n =~—,,"; therefore there are caught of 


the inedible species ;-» that is 5%. 


Considering the above-mentioned exceptions among the imagos 
rather more in detail, it would certainly be difficult to find any species 
with an appearance more completely the opposite of that produced 
by the typical warning coloration than the imagos of P. bucephala 
and O. antiqua. The special character of the imitative resemblance 


264 MR. £. B. POULON ON THE PROTECTIVE [ Mar. 1, 


in the former has been previously alluded to. A friend has raised 
the objection that the moth imitates a piece of twig cut cleanly at 
both ends, an object which cannot be found in nature unassisted by 
art. The reply of course is that the purple and grey colour of the 
sides of the suggested cylinder, together with its pale ochreous ends 
—the one appearing to be cut transversely, the other obliquely across— 
present a most perfect resemblance to wood, with that particular 
condition of texture induced by decay, in which alone the tissue will 
break shortly and sharply as if cut, on the application of slight 
pressure or the force of an insignificant blow. In coitu the stick- 
like appearance is admirably preserved, the two insects looking like 
a single twig (Newman). It was clear from the energetic and 
instantaneous attacks made on these moths, that the Lizards expected 
them to be palatable and that the unpleasant quality is incidental 
and useless. It was very interesting to observe that the continuity 
of the unpleasant properties through the different stages in this 
species is accompanied by a gradual lessening in their powers. The 
larva was certainly disliked far more than the other stages, and the 
pupa seemed to be more neglected than the imago, the latter being 
eaten in large numbers, although often after preliminary tasting and 
temporary rejection. This fact also favours the explanation given 
above of the origin and meaning of the unpleasant qualities in the 
two terminal stages. 

In the case of O. antigua, we have a most inconspicuous insect 
with the same unpleasant taste. Here also the same explanation 
probably holds good as far as the origin of the qualities is concerned, 
for we have previously seen that its most brightly-coloured and freely 
exposed larva was disregarded by all the birds. Ia this case I do 
not yet feel certain that the property may not be of some value to 
the female imagos ; for it would be impossible to find a more helpless 
insect, without even the power of attempting to escape by walking. 
More observations are greatly needed, and it would be especially 
interesting to ascertain whether the quickly-flying males are equally 
disliked as food. 

The pupa of P. bucephala has been already alluded to, Confir- 
mation is, I think, needed of Newman’s statement that fowls eat this 
pupa freely, for the dislike of the Lizards was extremely marked, and 
as arule these animals are less delicate than birds. The pupe of V. io 
and V. urtice possess the highest form of protective resemblance ; 
and here, again, Jenner Weit’s observation, I think, should be repeated, 
as the Lizards acted so very differently with the latter species. Is it 
quite certain that the birds were aware of the presence of these 
generally motionless pupze in Jenner Weit’s experiments ? 

The consideration of the fourth subdivision of the list, including 
species of Arthropoda other than the Lepidoptera, enforces very 
strongly the conclusions of the rest of this paper,—that defensive 
habits and structures may exist in almost any kind of combination, 
so that we find plenty of instances of the co-existence of unpleasant 
attributes with protective resemblance, as well as with a ‘ warning ” 
appearance. 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 265 


Just as it was considered to be probable that warning-colours 
possess a sexual value for the species concerned, so it is pro- 
bable that the most extreme cases of protective resemblance also 
have a similar significance. And in fact, when the most speci- 
alized instances of the latter kind are detected and are looked at in 
themselves, they are often seen to possess great beauty, which is 
absent from the objects they protectively resemble. To take an ex- 
treme case, the imago of Melanthia albicillata sits upon the upper- 
side of a leaf in the usual attitude of the Geometers, with its wings 
extended as if “set,” and in such a position its creamy-white ground- 
colour and dark lines and blotches are very conspicuous, but most 
forcibly suggest the appearance of bird’s excrement which has fallen 
on toa leaf from a great height, and has therefore been spread out into 
a large wide patch. But when the insect is detected and examined, it 
is seen to possess the greatest beauty. Thus Mr. Beauchamp says of 
it: —“ The perfect insect, when bred, seems to me almost withouta rival 
for purity and exquisite delicacy of design. I should doubt whether 
in the range of natural objects a more beautiful line is to be found 
than that exquisite cool grey streak upon the rich creamy ground of the 
fore wing” (Newman’s ‘ British Moths,’ p. 156). While entirely 
agreeing with this description, we should all maintain that it is very 
far from applying to the object suggested by the Moth, and which 
it nevertheless resembles very faithfully. Aud it is probable that 
in all cases the appearance of a sexually mature insect possesses this 
among its other meanings. 

Thus I believe that the brightly-coloured underwings of the 
genus T7ypkena have the same significance as those of Catocala 
and of Sphinx and Smerinthus, and the same significance as the 
bright colours of the uppersides of both wing in most Butterflies, 
which are also concealed during rest. But in Tryphena alone 
among these the bright sexually selected adornment has another 
meaning as well, and has also come under the independent action of 
natural selection. For the black and yellow colours of these 
wings, together with the colours of the undersides of both wings, 
seen during their rapid vibration in flight, greatly aid the protective 
resemblance to a dead leaf whirled along by the wind. And yet the 
very similar arrangement of red and black on the upper and under- 
sides of the underwings in Catocala are comparatively non-protective 
and seem to have almost purely sexual significance. If, therefore, 
these brilliant colours of Catocala were modified by natural selection 
as a response to some unusual activity on the part of its foes, if 
they became yellow and black instead of red and black, and the 
habits were correspondingly modified, we should have no reason to 
conclude that they had in consequence lost their sexual significance, 
and there is no reason for forming such a conclusion in the case of 
the genus Zryphena. 

Jenner Weir has suggested that these brightly-coloured under- 
wings have another protective meaning—that they are conspicuous, 
and hence form the mark of an enemy, and yet when seized they 
readily give way without doing harm to the insect. Again, he 


266 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [Mar. 1, 


suggests that the enemies are startled by the sudden “manner in 
which the bright colours are displayed; but I am not aware that a 
similar significance has ever been attributed to the bright colours 
of Butterflies suddenly seen when the wings are opened. ‘The former 
suggestion probably holds, for I think the margin of the underwings 
is more commonly found to be notched than any other part of these 
insects when captured. But the primary significance of such bright 
colours, concealed in the protective attitude of rest, must be the 
same as those of Butterflies, and J should attribute the same meaning 
—of sexual adornment—to the brilliant colours of the underwings 
of the Grasshoppers of the genus @dipoda, also alluded to by Jenner 
Weir (see Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, pt. i. p. 23). 


CONCLUSIONS. 


The following are the general conclusions arrived at by the con- 
sideration of the experimental data tabulated in this paper :— 

1. The extremely specialized defence of the larval stage follows 
from its delicate anatomical construction and the necessities which 
are imposed on it as the great feeding-stage. 

2. Highly conspicuous insects nearly always possess some un- 
pleasant attribute, i. e, a disagreeable taste or smell in the tissues 
and fluids of the body, or (in the case of the smell) discharged from 
special glands ; irritating hairs; or stings. 

3. The conspicuous appearance may be due to strongly-contrasted 
colours, the presence of hairs or tufts, and the attitude in which the 
body is held, and to gregarious habits, or attention may be 
attracted by violent movements which take place when an enemy 
appears. 

4, In a small number of cases a highly conspicuous appearance 
has not yet been shown to be attended by any unpleasant attribute. 

5. In the various species in which a conspicuous appearance is 
produced by colour and marking, the same colours and patterns 
appear again and again repeated. In this way the Vertebrate 
enemies are only compelled to learn a few types of appearance, and 
the types themselves are of a kind which such enemies most easily 
learn. Furthermore certain appearances are especially impressed on 
the vertebrate foes by highly aggressive insects, feared because of 
stings &c.; and hence there is especial advantage in any approxi- 
mation to such types. Again, the selected type of conspicuous 
appearance also depends on the (probably protective) colours which 
existed at the time when the conspicuous appearance first com- 
menced (these can be determined with a great degree of probability 
in some few cases). 

6. In a relatively few cases aggressive forms among the Vertebrata 
(Serpents) are mimicked, although such an appearance is pure 
intimidation, for the insect is quite harmless. 

7. It is not uncommon for an insect to be protectively coloured 
but when detected to assume a terrifying attitude, and in some 
cases to take up offensive measures (discharge of irritating fluid, &c.). 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 267 


8. A few, probably transitional, forms may be unconcealed, and 
yet not very conspicuous ; these may possess unpleasant qualities or 
may be eaten readily. 

9. The likes and dislikes of insect-eaters are purely relative, and 
if pressed with hunger the most disagreeable and highly conspicuous 
insects may be eaten. Hence probably the relatively small number 
of species which adopt such a means of defence. 

10. It seems probable that when one Vertebrate eats an unpleasant 
insect, and another refuses it, the former has conquered its prejudices, 
having originally disliked the insect. 

11. In the sexually mature forms warning colours can be distin- 
guished from sexual colours by their distribution on the surface of 
the body, by the way in which they are displayed in flight, by their 
type of pattern, and the colours employed. The sexual colours and 
patterns are beautiful, the others conspicuous. Nevertheless, to the 
modified taste of a highly conspicuous insect, the warning colours 
probably possess value as sexual adornments. 

12, ‘The conspicuous appearance has relation to the injury which 
would be inflicted by the experimental “tasting” of certain enemies, 
e.g. Birds and Lizards ; but nevertheless, other enemies, which do not 
inflict injury in tasting, e.g. Frogs, have taken advantage of the 
warning colours to a limited extent. 

13. Insects which evade their enemies by protective resemblance 
and attitude, rapid movements, or habits of concealment, &c., are 
generally palatable, but they may often possess an unpleasant taste 
or smell which may or may not protect them from enemies. 

14. Ina very small number of species the most perfect form of 
protective resemblance may coexist with a most unpleasant taste. 

15. Mere size alone may protect a species against certain of its 
smaller foes. 

16. Comparing the different stages in Lepidoptera, unpleasant 
attributes appear to arise in the larval stage, and they then often 
pass through the two other stages attended or unattended, in one or 
both, by warning colours. 

17. The most highly specialized protective colours probably also 
possess value as sexual adornment. 


Considerably over 100 species or stages of insects have been ex- 
perimented upon, and the results are described in the Tables given 
in this paper. Looking at these results as a whole, it is seen that 
the various defensive measures may exist in almost any combination, 
and that the present condition of a species is in large part an out- 
come of the means of protection in past struggles. Just as in a 
long-contested battle the same position may be taken, lost, and re- 
taken, but never held a second time with quite the same significance 
as before, because of all that has happened as a result of the previous 
occupation and of all that has happened since in other parts of the 
field, so in the ever-changing relations between a species and its 
enemies the structural and functional means of defence may be taken 


268 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [Mar. I, 


up, abandoned, and again taken up, but never in quite the same 
combination or with quite the same defensive meaning. 


APPENDIX I. 


J. Jenner Weir's Diary of Observations during 1886. 


The Lizards with which the following experiments were made 
were :— 


Lucerta viridis, two specimens, ¢ & Q. 
Lacerta agilis, two specimens, ¢ & @. 
Zootoca vivipara, one specimen, @. 


May 31.—Lacerta viridis 3 seized the larva of Abravas grossu- 
lariata, and immediately dropped it, afterwards licking its jaws as if 
to remove the unpleasant taste; the 2 of the same species then 
examined the caterpillar and rejected it. 

June 4.—Lacerta viridis ate the imago of a species of Chrysopa 
twice during the day ; this was the more remarkable, as these insects 
are peculiarly malodorous. 

June 9.—Lacerta viridis ate two larve of Clisiocampa neustria, 
but afterwards refused to eat more. 

June 11.—Lacerta agilis 2 after much hesitation swallowed a 
larva of Clisiocampa neustria. 

June 12.—Larvee of C. neustria and Porthesia similis (auriflua) 
refused by all. 

Lacerta agilis 9 ate one larva of Abrazras grossulariata. 

June 13.—The imago of Tipula oleracea eaten by 2 Lacerta 
viridis. 

June 14.—Larva of Abraxas grossulariata tasted by Lacerta 
viridis 3, and rejected. 

June 15.—Lacerta viridis $ ate Clisiocampa neustria ; Lacerta 
agilis 3 bit the larva of Abraxas grossulariata, but refused to eat 
it, and afterwards rubbed his nose and mouth against the moss as if 
endeavouring to remove a disagreeable taste. 

Cocoons of ants were eaten with avidity. 

July 1.—L. viridis, L. agilis, and Zootoca vivipara all ate Aphides. 

July 9.—Imagines of A. grossulariata refused by Lizards. 

One imago of Porthesia similis (auriflua) eaten. 

Aphides scarcely noticed. 

July 31.—Imagines of Halia wavaria and Oamptogramma bilineata 
eaten. 

Spiders eaten greedily. 

August 2.—Imago of Abraxas grossulariata refused after having 
been seized. 

August 6.—Lacerta agilis ate unwillingly, and L. viridis refused 
the larvee of Pygera bucephala. 

Zootoca vivipara ate winged 9 ant, but all the Lizards refused 
the neuters. 

August 11.—Imagines of Hristalis and of Syrphus eaten by all 
the Lizards voraciously. 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 269 


August 12.—One Pygera bucephala larva was eaten, but this 
species generally allowed to crawl about the cage unnoticed. 

August 27.—An evil-smelling inconspicuous Hemipteron refused 
after tasting. 

August 30.—Lizards refused to eat the gooseberry sawfly. 

August 31.—Lizards ate common earwig and imagines of Try- 
phena pronuba, T. orbona, and Amphipyra pyramidea, 

Sept. 5.—L. viridis 2 killed, but refused to swallow a humble- 
bee (Bombus). 

Sept. 14.—Lizards ate imagines of Mamestra brassice, Pieris 
brassicae, and P. rape. 

Sept. 27.-Zootoca vivipara ate larva of Tryphena pronuba. 

Oct. 2.—Larve of Tryphena arbona eaten, and imagines of 
Anchocelis pistacina seized and eaten greedily, but apparently 
swallowed with difficulty. 

Oct. 4.—All the Lizards refused the imago of Vanessa urtice. 

Mr. Jenner Weir also informs me that the common Muscide were 
eaten with intense relish, their larvee and pupe being also eaten. 


APPENDIX II. 


E. B. Poulton’s Diary of Observations during 1886. 


May 8.—About this date one larva of Z. guercus was offered to 
L. muralis and L. viridis, but it was untouched, although allowed 
to remain many days in the cages. One imago of Pieris rape was 
eaten. One imago of Dasychira pudibunda ( 2 ) was seized and eaten 
directly it was seen to move (Z. muralis). 

One larva of Mania typica was eagerly seized by two individuals 
of L. muralis, being detected while it was rolled up and motionless 
(feigning death). The larva was shaken and bitten, but it was not 
swallowed, and the Lizards rubbed their jaws upon the wooden floor 
of the cage, an evident sign of distaste. When the larva had been 
thus wounded another Lizard came up and inspected it closely as if 
it were going to bite, but soon retired without touching it. It seems 
probable that this last Lizard was warned by the smell of the larval 
fluids which had escaped after it had been wounded. 

Four pupz of Pyg@ra bucephala were introduced (L. muralis) 
and were bitten, but at once relinquished with the signs of distaste 
described above. 

Earthworms were eaten with great avidity by all the species of 
Lizards. 

May 9.—Five imagos of P. rape were eaten, two of them imme- 
diately. One imago of Pieris brassice was eaten at once, being pur- 
sued by two or three Lizards (L. muralis). 

Two imagos of Pieris napi were immediately seized and eaten. 

One imago of Trichiosoma lucorum was eaten at once by L. muralis. 

May 18.—One imago of Chloephora prasinana was seized and 
eaten the instant it was seen to move but not before (L. muralis). 

May 19.—One imago of Gonoptera libatrix was at once detected 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XIX. 19 


270 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE (Mar. 1, 


by two Lizards even when motionless ; it was seized and eaten with 
great avidity (L. muralis). 

One Noctua pupa (found when digging in the garden ; almost 
certainly that of Mamestra brassic) was instantly seized, slightly 
crushed, and swallowed with. great avidity (Z. muralis). It was 
interesting to note the great difference between the treatment of this 
pupa and that of P. bucephala. 

May 21.—One imago of Anthocaris cardamines (2) was seized 
and eaten immediately (Z. muralis). 

May 30.—Two imagos of C. prasinana were eaten directly with 
avidity. A few larvee of Odonestis potatoria were placed in the cage 
of L. muralis a day or two before, and after long delay had 
disappeared by this date. Two were offered to the same Lizards on 
this day, and one was taken at once, the other being untouched for 
along time. It is quite evident that the species is disliked, but that 
the Lizards will eat it if they are hungry. 

Several pupz of P. bucephala were introduced ; from one of them 
an imago emerged almost immediately, and was at once seized and 
then relinquished by two or three individuals of LZ. muralis, but it 
was finally eaten, although evidently unpalatable. The pupz were 
not touched on this day. 

One imago of P. rape was eaten at once. 

One imago of P. brassice was eaten, but not at once, by Z. muralis. 

June 2.—One imago of P. rape was eaten at once by L. muralis. 

June 4,—One pupa of Tryphena pronuba was eaten directly by 
L. muralis. 

One imago of Euplexia lucipara was eaten directly by L. muralis. 

Two imagos of Hepialus lupulinus were eaten directly by L. muralis. 

One imago of P. bucephala was seized at once but soon relin- 
quished by Z. muralis. 

June 6.—The P. bucephala imago introduced on June 4th had 
now disappeared ; another was offered on this day and was at once 
seized and eaten by LZ. muralis. 

The larvee of O. potatoria had now disappeared. 

Three imagos of P. rape were eaten at once by ZL. muralis. 

One imago of P. brassice was eaten immediately by L. muralis. 

After this last date the various species of Lizards to which insects 
were offered were always accurately noted; and were indicated by 
the numbers L., III., IV., V., and VI. placed upon their respective 
cages, and which contained the following species :— 


I. Lacerta muralis (var. tiliguerta), about a dozen fine speci- 
mens. 
III. One Q Lacerta viridis and two ¢ of the same species: all 
fine individuals, 
1V. L. muralis, var. tiliguerta: about half a dozen full-grown 
specimens. 
V. A few small individuals of Z. mwralis (more than one variety). 
VI. One @ L. viridis, a very fine specimen, and one full-grown 
Gecko (Tarentola mauritanica).. 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 271 


June 11.—I. Four imagos of P. bucephala were introduced, one 
was seized directly but relinquished ; ultimately all four were eaten. 

Four larvee of Abraxas grossulariata were untouched. 

III. Two imagos of Cerura vinula and four of P. bucephala were 
all taken ultimately. These Lizards (ZL. viridis) were very shy, and 
hardly ever seized an insect before an observer; being quite unlike 
L. muralis in this respect. 

Two larve of A. grossulariata disappeared, but they may have 
escaped, being small larve. 

IV. Five larvee of A. grossulariata introduced ; I saw one severely 
bitten, in fact chewed for some time, but it was ultimately relin- 
quished. One larva of C. neustria was also added, and with the A. 
crossulariata could not be seen on the next day. It is possible that 
they may have escaped, and I do not attach importance to their 
absence, unless escape was impossible. One imago of P. bucephala 
was ultimately eaten. 

V. Two imagos of Amphydasis betularia, one of Mamestra persi- 
carie, one of M. brassice, and one pupa of Plusia gamma were 
introduced and all eaten (I witnessed the capture of one detularia 
and the persicarig). Four larve of dA. grossulariata were un- 
touched. 

VI. Two imagos of P. bucephala were eaten ultimately. 

June 13.—V. One imago of Acronycta psi was ultimately eaten. 

June 15.—I. Three imagos of P. bucephala were all eaten by the 
next day. 

III. Six imagos of P. bucephala were introduced, and five were 
eaten by the next day. 

V. One imago of A. cardamines ( 2 ) was eaten by the next day. 

VI. Four imagos of P. bucephala were introduced and three were 
eaten by the next day. 

In these cases the insects may have been eaten at any time between 
their introduction and the next day, when the next observation was 
taken. 

June 17.—I. One imago of Sphinx ligustri was introduced and 
untouched. 

V. One imago of Hadena oleracea and one of A. psi were eaten 
by the next day. 

June 18.—I. The S. ligustri introduced yesterday was resting on 
the upper part of the cage out of reach of the Lizards; it was again 
placed on the floor of the case, but remained untouched. 

June 19.—III. The S. ligusétri was still untouched in I. cage, and 
it was therefore removed and placed in III. When the next obser- 
vation was made, a few hours later, it was entirely eaten except a 
piece of one wing. 

I. Two full-fed larvee of Teniocampa gothica, found feeding upon 
Aconitum napellus, were introduced to see if they were affected as 
food by the exceedingly poisonous properties and strong taste of the 
plant upon which they had been feeding. It seemed possible that 
the undigested food in the larval digestive tract might be harmful to 
the Lizards, even if the insects made no further use of the properties 

19* 


272 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE PROTECTIVE [ Mar. 1, 


of their food for purposes of defence. However, the Lizards fought 
eagerly for the larvee, and the two successful ones were separated 
from the rest and remained perfectly healthy. 

June 21.—I. An imago of Smerinthus populi was eaten by the 
next day, having been seized at once. 

III. One imago of S. populi and two cockchafers (Melolontha 
vulgaris) were introduced ; by the next day the former and one cock- 
chafer had been eaten. 

June 25.—I. One imago of S. lubricipeda was eaten at once, and 
many imagos of P. bucephala. 

III. One imago of S. ligustri was eaten in a few minutes. 

July 1.—I. One imago of S. lubricipeda and one of Macro- 
glossa fuciformis were soon eaten, the former at once. The Lizard 
did not seize the M. fuciformis with any caution, as if afraid of a 
sting. 

July 4.—I. Three pup and two larvee of Vanessa urtice were 
eaten at once; one larva of P. auriflua was seized at once and 
chewed for some time, but it was ultimately relinquished, the Lizard 
seeming to be much irritated by the hairs, and continually opening 
its mouth. Two imagos of Ennomos angularia and one of A. psi 
were taken at once. One unnamed larva of a Sawfly was seized and 
relinquished, but apparently taken again. 

IV. Two pupe of V. urtice were soon taken. 

V. Three pupz of V. urtice were soon taken. 

VI. One imago of S. ligustri taken. 

August 14.—I. Six imagos of Vanessa io and about eight of V. 
urtice were introduced, and many were seized at once; but the 
Lizards were apparently not very eager after them, although they 
were hungry. However, in twenty-four hours all had disappeared 
except one V. 20, which had got into an inaccessible place, but when 
brought down it was eaten at once. 

August 16.—I. A few larve of V. urtice were eaten at once. 
Two larvee of Huchelia jacobee were seized at once but relinquished, 
the Lizards being very hungry. A few hours afterwards they had 
disappeared and were very probably eaten; but I do not feel able to 
speak with confidence, as the larvee are small and might possibly 
have escaped. 

September 6.—On this date Z. muralis and L. viridis were taken 
to Birmingham and offered distasteful larvee at a meeting of the 
Biological Section of the British Association. One larva of P. 
bucephala was placed in the cage of ZL. muralis, and although it was 
often very severely bitten and for some considerable time by many 
of the Lizards, it was not eaten. For a day or two before this date 
the same species of larva had been placed in the cages of L. muralis 
and L. viridis, and some of them had disappeared, so that I believed 
that they must have been eaten. Subsequently I was able to confirm 
this suspicion, for when I was removing the individuals of L. muralis 
from the travelling cage (Sept. 7), I found the feeces of one of them 
upon the floor, the excreta consisting entirely of a partially digested 
larva of P. bucephala. 


1887.] VALUE OF COLOUR AND MARKINGS IN INSECTS. 273 


I also offered (Sept. 6) the same species of Lizard a number of 
larvee of the Sawfly (Cresus septentrionalis), and although the Lizards 
seized them eagerly at first, they soon rejected them with every sign 
of disgust, the jaws being rubbed against the floor of the cage to 
remove as far as possible every trace of the unpleasant taste. How- 
ever, on the railway journey from Birmingham to Oxford (Sept. 6) 
I actually saw a hungry Lizard seize one of these larve, and with 
much hesitation reluctantly swallow it. I was surprised at this 
behaviour, for earlier in the summer I had certainly seen these same 
larvee devoured with apparent avidity by nearly all the Lizards. On 
one occasion also I placed the conspicuous pupa of Abraxas grossu- 
lariata in the cage of LZ. muralis. I subsequently found that it had 
been bitten, and as all its contents were gone it seems certain that it 
had been at any rate partially eaten. I have also offered the imago 
of this species to the Lizards, but it has always been refused after 
tasting in some instances. Furthermore, immense numbers of pupz 
and imagos of Vanessa urtice were eaten by all the Lizards at 
various dates towards the end of August and beginning of September, 
while early in the summer humble-bees (Bombus lapidarius &c.) 
were sometimes eaten by Lacerta viridis, and the common hive-bee 
(worker) was sometimes eaten with considerable caution by most of 
the Lizards. Common wasps (queens and workers), on the other 
hand, were invariably undisturbed ; and this was also the case with 
Nomada marshamella. Cockroaches were always eaten with avidity 
by all the Lizards, as well as the common species of Muscide, with 
their larvee and pupz. Coccinella septem-punctata was invariably 
refused without tasting. The Carabide—Carabus hortensis and 
Omaseus melanarius—were eaten readily. The Isopod (Armadillo 
vulgaris) was also relished. 

Experiments with the Frogs (Hyla arborea, var. meridionalis) were 
less numerous and systematic; but they yielded some very interest- 
ing results :— 

May 7, 1886.—A queen wasp was put in the aquarium, and 
immediately a Frog sprang at it and drew it into its mouth, but 
instantly recognizing (apparently by the tactile sense) the danger, 
released the insect. It is possible that the Frog was stung, but the 
whole process, capture and release, was so rapid that it is very likely 
that the animalescaped. As soon as the wasp was free a second Frog 
behaved in precisely the same manner, and after this a third. After 
this I did not see the wasp again attacked, and it was left in the 
aquarium for twenty-four hours. 

May 9.—One imago of Pieris napi taken instantly. 

_ May 13.—One imago of A. cardamines (?) taken instantly by 
one Frog after being refused by others. 

May 29.—One imago of A. cardamines ( 9 ) eaten at once by one 
Frog after having been refused by others. 

One imago of Orgyia pudibunda (3) eaten at once by one Frog 
after having been refused by others. 

June 6.—Two imagos of E. jacobee were eaten at once, one 
directly after the other, by the same Frog, so that the taste could not 


274 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES COLLECTED [Mar. 1, 


have been unpleasant. However, they were evidently indigestible, 
for next day both were found floating in the aquarium. 

One larva of A. grossulariata was refused after being just tasted by 
one Frog. 

These are all the regular notes made upon the insects eaten by 
the Frogs, but in addition to the above various other larvee and imagos 
were given to them. The followingimagos were eaten :— LZ. angularia, 
V. urtice (both these in great numbers, although they were often 
refused by individual frogs), Acronycta psi. 

The following larvee were also eaten :—Phlogophora meticulosa, 
and the hymenopterous Cresus septentrionalis. 

Although wasps were refused, the common hive-bee was eaten, 
together with other species of bees (e. g. Andrena nigro-enea) and 
many species of Diptera (e. g. common species of Musca, Kristalis, 
and Syrphus, Bibio marci, &c.) and of spiders (e.g. Epeira diadema, 
Tegenaria domestica, &c.). All of these were relished and eagerly 
sought after except the bees, which were generally swallowed, but in 
most cases rejected afterwards and were found floating in the aqua- 
rium. Very often I saw the bees (Apis and Andrena) liberated after 
being held in a Frog’s mouth for some seconds, and as soon as the 
animal began to reject it most violent and active efforts were made, 
especially with the tongue, in order to get rid of the insect as rapidly 
as possibly. From the sudden and spontaneous way in which the 
insect was often rejected after being held in the mouth for some 
seconds, I was led to believe that the Frog was stung. Earthworms 
were eaten by some of the Frogs, but apparently without relish, and 
the majority refused them altogether, and the same was true of the 
larvee of the commonest Muscidee. Coccinella septem-punctata and 
C. bipunctata were invariably refused. Cockroaches, Earwigs, and 
Aphis hedere were eaten, the latter by very young Frogs. 


2. An Account of the Fishes collected by Mr. C. Buckley in 
Eastern Ecuador. By G. A. Boutenerr, F.Z.S. 


[Received February 7, 1887.] 
(Plates XX.-XX1V.) 


The rich collections brought over from Ecuador by the late Mr. 
Clarence Buckley in 1880 contained a large number of highly inter- 
esting and well-preserved Fishes obtained at three localities, viz. 
Canelos, Sarayacu, and Pallatanga. On the arrival of the collection 
a set of all the species was selected and retained for the National 
Museum. The duplicates having been sold by the well-known 
dealer Mr. Gerrard to other institutions, principally to the Vienna 


Museum, some of the novelties have already been described by Dr. 
Steindachner. 


a ‘VONVOTONOT SQGOTHWNId ZC ‘JAX THONG SNGOTAWIA'T P 
( ‘Ssoag wrquUIy, (TIF PP wg sey 


XX ‘Id 4881 '°$°Z d 


“SONLIVLINNd SOTIHdODAILS + “SOLVIOSVA SINVISONNYN’@ 
IICTIOGNNH SANHDOVAIS 2 - YAHOITNd SNAOTAWNId ‘I 


dut soug usquiyg 


NL Pp mug Haq 


dust - soug usreyzuNK ‘ SnHd NAHYW (0) WY aq ai afr LL e) 


“ETP PR Wg sez2q 


‘IKX ‘Id “L881 'S'Z di 


ae es eee 


TMANHOVGONISLIS SALVINOOVIdaAT '€ 
“VLIVONO'TH VNIONEVId “2 “TAD THONEA NOGOUVd ‘1 


dure *“soqg Usequiyy By ? PP quig: saeq 


“UXX Id “288l SZ d 


a 


chun 


soug use, 


DEX Id £88). SZ 


“STHULSOMIAHNO 


SNHOUVNYALS 


“AT ya" [Mp Ug, ara 


ree re 


. 188%] BY MR. C. BUCKLEY IN EASTERN ECUADOR. 275 


CHROMIDES. 


1. Acara syspiLus, Cope. 
Acara syspilus, Cope, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1872, p. 255. 
Canelos. 


2. CRENICICHLA SAxaTILIs, L. 
Canelos. 
SILURID&. 
3. PIMELODUS BUCKLEYI, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 1.) 
Pimelodus lateristriga (non Mill. & Trosch.), Cope, J. c. p. 270. 
D. 1/6... A. 12.» P. 1/9. 

Near P. lateristriga. Head naked above; occipital process 
narrow, thrice as long as broad, extending to the basal bone of the 
dorsal spine. Adipose fin much developed, a little more than one 
third of the total length (without caudal); its distance from the 
dorsal fin is less than the length of the latter. The maxillary 
barbels extend to the origin of the anal, the outer mandibulars to 
the extremity of the pectorals. The length of the head is one fifth 
of the total length (without caudal); eyes of moderate size, occupy- 
ing the middle of the head. Dorsal fin much higher than long; 
the spine much shorter than the anterior branched rays, two thirds 
or three fifths the length of the head. Pectoral spine rather longer 
than dorsal spine, smooth on its inner edge, feebly serrated at the 
extremity of its outer edge. Caudal fin deeply cleft, with the lobes 
pointed, the upper being the longer. A dark brown spot on the 
shoulder, at the origin of the lateral line; a blackish streak along 
the latter ; upper half of dorsal blackish; adipose fin with a fine 
dark brown edge. 

Total length 150 millim. 

Two specimens from Canelos. 


4, Pimetopus (Rwamp1A) LonercauDA, sp.n. (Plate XX. 
fig. 2.) 

. BH, UG. < ALO. B.-1 79. 

Head naked above ; occipital process short, widely separated from 
the dorsal spine. Adipose fin long, its length being contained once 
and one third to once and three fourths in the total (without caudal) ; 
its distance from the dorsal fin is one half or three fifths of its own 
length. The maxillary barbels extend to the base of the ventrals, 
the outer mandibulars to the axilla. The length of the head is one 
sixth of the total length (without caudal); the depth of the body 
below the dorsal equals the depth of the tail above the anal, and is 
contained nine or ten times in the total length (without caudal). 
The lower jaw is the shorter ; the band of preemaxillary teeth is about 
four times as broad as long. Eye equally distant from the end of the 
snout and the gill-opening ; its diameter a little less than the width 
of the interorbital space. Dorsal fin higher than long, with the 
spine very feeble. Pectoral spine very feeble, not striated. The 


276 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES COLLECTED [Mar. 1, 


posterior anal rays do not extend to the vertical from the end of the 
adipose fin if laid backwards. ‘The free portion of the tail is as deep 
as long. Caudal fin deeply forked, the upper lobe much produced, 
much longer than the lower, measuring more than one fourth of the 
total length. Upper parts brownish, lower whitish. 

Total length 175 millim. 

Four specimens from Canelos. 


5. PrmeLopus (PSEUDOPIMELODUS) PULCHER, sp.n. (Plate 
XXI. fig. 1.) 

D.1/o. 7A. Oo YP. 1/5-6. 

Head naked above ; occipital process short, about as long as and 
in contact with the basal bone of the dorsal spine. The length of 
the adipose fin equals about three fourths of its distance from the 
dorsal, or the depth of the tail below its origin. The maxillary 
barbels extend to the base of the pectoral spine ; the outer mandi- 
bulars a little shorter than the maxillaries. The length of the head 
is about two sevenths of the total (without caudal); the depth of 
the body below the dorsal one fifth or one ninth of the total length 
(without caudal). Head slightly longer than broad. The band of 
teeth in the upper jaw is of moderate breadth, without prolonged 
lateral portion. Eyes very small, directed upwards, and covered 
with skin. Dorsal fin a little higher than long, with strong serrated 
spine. Pectoral spine very stout, depressed, very strongly serrated 
along its inner, less so along its outer edge. Caudal forked. Pale 
brownish on the head and body, with a dark brown band encircling 
the body and covering the dorsal fin, save its upper border, which is 
white ; head dotted with brown ; tail and caudal dark brown, with 
a large round light spot on each side of the free portion of the tail 
(sometimes confluent) ; two large whitish spots, one above the other, 
on the caudal, the extremity of which is whitish; adipose fin dark 
brown, whitish in front and behind ; pectoral and ventral with one, 
anal with two dark brown cross bands. 

Total length 87 millim. 

Three specimens from Canelos. 


6. CrTopsis PLUMBEUS, Stdr. 


Cetopsis plumbeus, Steind. Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xlvi. 1883, p. 31, 
pl. vi. fig. 3. 
Sarayacu. 


7. STYGOGENES HUMBOLDTI, Gthr. (Plate XXI. fig. 2.) 


One specimen, 56 millim. long, from Pallatanga. Specimens from 
Canelos are mentioned by Steindachner. They are of great interest 
as settling the point of the exact habitat of the species, those upon 
which it was established being without locality. Whether S. hum- 
boldti is identical with Humboldt’s Pimelodus cyclopum must remain 
an open question. The opinion of Putnam (Amer. Nat. 1871, p. 694) 
loses all value from the fact that he also proposes to unite Arges 
brachycephalus, Gthr.! On comparison of young specimens of the 


1887. ] BY MR, C, BUCKLEY IN EASTERN ECUADOR. 277 


latter species with others obtained by Mr. Edward Whymper at 
Milligalli, Ecuador, and which are undoubtedly the Brontes prena- 
dilla, C. & V., I am convinced that Steindachner’s recent suggestion 
that A. brachycephalus is identical with A. prenadilia is correct. 


8. PLEecostomus BicrRRHOSUS, Gron. 
Two young specimens from Canelos. 


9. CH&TOSTOMUS CIRRHOSUS, Val. 
Canelos. 


10. CuzTosromus microps, Gthr. 
Canelos. 


11, CHazTosTroMUS DERMORHYNCHUS, sp. n. (Plate XXII.) 
D. 1/8. A. 1/5.--P. 1/6. V. 1/5. 1. lat. 25. 


Allied to C. microps, Gthr., and C. nudirostris, Ltk. Head and 
body much depressed, without any prominence; the width of the 
head equals its length, and is one third of the total (without caudal) ; 
the entire margin of the snout naked, soft, swollen, without tentacles ; 
fold of the upper lip short, not prolonged in the middle; barbel 
very short. Diameter of the eye about one sixth of the length of 
the head, and three fifths of the width of the interorbital space. 
Interoperculum with four or five strong, hooked, erectile spines, 
none of which are as long as the diameter of the eye. Thorax and 
abdomen entirely naked. Dorsal fin slightly higher than long ; the 
length of the anterior rays nearly equals the length of the head; the 
basal length of the fin is less than its distance from the caudal ; six 
scutes between the two dorsal fins. Caudal fin feebly emarginate, 
lower lobe longest; anal moderate ; ten scutes between anal and 
caudal. Pectoral spine of moderate strength, extending beyond the 
root of the ventral. Scutes of body not keeled, with short spines 
along the margin ; posthumeral ridge indistinct. Olive-brown above, 
each dorsal scute with a rather indistinct light central dot; an 
indistinct dark lateral band; dorsal fin with light dots; lower 
surfaces whitish. 

Total length 148 millim. 

Three specimens from Canelos. 


12, LoricariA FILAMENTOSA, Stdr. 

Loricaria filamentosa, Steind. Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xxxix. 1879, 
p- 45, pl. ix. 

Canelos. 


13. Lortcaria LANCEOLATA, Gthr. 
Loricaria lanceolata, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 235, fig. 3. 


Two specimens from Canelos, one of which agrees in every respect 
with the type. The other, an adult male with long hair-like bristles 


278 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES COLLECTED [Mar. ], 


on the sides of the snout, the nape, and the pectoral fin, differs in 
the much smaller size of the pectorals, which do not reach the base 
of the ventrals. I must add that the ventral and dorsal scutes of 
the three specimens before me agree perfectly with the accurate 
figure of L. magdalene, Stdr. (Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xxxix. p. 74, 
and xli. p. 26, pl. vii. fig. 2). 


14, AcESTRA KNERI, Stdr. 


Acestra knerii, Steind. Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xlvi. 1883, p. 26, 
pl. vii. fig. 1. 
Canelos and Sarayacu. 


15. BUNOCEPHALUS KNERI, Stdr. 


Bunocephalus knerii, Steind. l. c. p. 9, pl. ii. fig. 2. 
Canelos. 


16. TRICHOMYCTERUS KNERI, Stdr. 


Trichomycterus knerii, Steind. Sitzungsb. Ak. Wien, Ixxxvi. i. 
1882, p. 81, pl. v. fig. 1. 
Canelos. 


Nannoctanis, g. n. (Trichomycterina). 


Adipose fin present, large. Dorsal fin short, without pungent 
spine, placed nearly in the middle of the body and behind the 
ventrals fins; anal short; caudal truncated. ‘Teeth villiform, in 
broad bands in the jaws; palate toothless; cleft of the mouth 
moderate. No nasal barbel ; one maxillary and two lateral mentals. 
Eyes directed upwards. Head covered with soft skin. No opercular 
or interopercular armature. Grll-openings wide, continuous across 
the throat. Ventrals six-rayed. 


17. NANNOGLANIS FASCIATUS, sp. n. (Plate XXI. fig. 3.) 
Di/e Aves: P29. Vii6. 


The length of the head is one fifth of the total, the height of the 
body one ninth. The diameter of the eye is one third of the length 
of the snout and three fourths of the width of the interorbital space. 
The maxillary barbel extends to the middle of the pectoral, the outer 
mandibular not quite so far. The origin of the dorsal is in the 
middle between the end of the snout and the extremity of the adi- 
pose fin, which is as long as the head. Pectorals not quite reaching 
the base of the ventrals. Vent situated below the origin of the 
dorsal fin. Yellowish, with four broad brown, black-edged cross 
bands above; the first is the broadest, and occupies the space 
between pectorals and ventrals; the third is below the adipose fin ; 
and the fourth, narrowest, at the base of the caudal; a dark brown 
line from the eye to the maxillary barbel. 

Total length 52 millim. 

Two specimens, without particular locality. 


1887.] BY MR. C. BUCKLEY IN EASTERN ECUADOR. 279 


18. SreGopHILus PUNCTATUS, sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 4.) 
DOR Ar 7. @ POs) Ws 5: 


Closely allied to S. macrops, Stdr. Head as long as broad ; its 
length is contained six and a half times in the total, the depth of the 
body nearly nine times. Eye large, covered with skin ; its diameter 
equals the length of the snout and is contained four times in the 
length of the head. Barbel shorter than the eye. Anal behind 
the dorsal, the origin of which is nearly midway between the occiput 
and the extremity of the caudal. Latter fin emarginate. Pale brown 
above, with numerous small brown spots; a lateral series of large 
rounded purplish-brown spots ; dorsal and caudal brown-spotted. 

Total length 114 millim. 

Canelos. A single specimen. 


CHARACINID. 


19. Curimatus poBuLa, Gthr. 


Curimatus dobula, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 243. 

Curimatus nasus, Steind. Sitzungsb. Ak. Wien, Ixxxvi. i. 1882, 
p- 80, pl. v. fig. 2. 

Canelos. 


20. Paropon BUCKLEYI, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 1.) 
BD. V29° ALO! Pai7. V8 Lelat) 377 Tn traney, 9) 


Dental formula —— premaxillary teeth fringed rather than 
denticulated, each with about twenty fringes. The height of the 
body is not quite one fourth of the total length (without caudal), 
the length of the head one fifth. The height of the dorsal a little 
exceeds the length of the head ; its origin is nearer the adipose fin 
than the end of the snout, and falls above the thirteenth scale of the 
lateral line. A length of six scales separates the extremity of the 
pectoral from the base of the ventral, which falls below the middle 
of the dorsal ; ventrals extending slightly beyond the vent. Upper 
half pale brownish, lower yellowish, separated by a greyish band; a 
brown band along each side of the back ; fins unspotted. 

Total length 135 millim. 

A single specimen from Canelos. 

This being the first specimen of the genus Parodon received by 
the British Museum, the characters enumerated in the following 
tabular synopsis of the species hitherto described are merely the 
result of compilation. The shape of the premaxillary teeth of 
P. buckleyt is clearly quite distinct from that of the species estab- 
lished by Kner and by Reinhardt, who describe and figure each 
tooth with about ten or twelve denticles. Whether the new species 
differs in this respect from the type of the genus 1 am not able to 
say, Valenciennes’s figure not being executed with sufficient accuracy, 
and the description merely stating “le bord (des dents) est denticulé 
et comme finement frangé.”” 


280 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES COLLECTED’ [Mar. ], 


Height of body 
D.| A.) B.| Lilat. | Mand. |” contained in 
: total length. 
—— | — SSS ——s 
1. P. suborbitalis,C. & V.| 11 | 9 | 16 37 38—3 | More than six 
times. 
2. P. buckley, Bigv....... 12; 9 | 16 37 3—3 | Less than six 
times. 
3. P. nasus, Kner........- 11} 9 | 15 | 36-38 3—3 Fe 
4. P. hilarii, Rhdt. ...... 11 | 9 | 15 38 2—2 a. 
5. P. affinis, Stdr......... 12} 8 | 12| 4445 2-2 bs 
| 


21. CHaracipium FascratuM, Rhdt. 
Characidium fasciatum, Reinh. Overs. Vidensk. Forh. 1866, p. 56, 
pl. ii. figs. 1, 2. 
D.11. A.8 V.9. L. lat. 36-37. L. transy. 4. 


The height of the body equals the length of the head, and is 
contained four times and one third to four times and three fifths in 
the total length (without caudal). Nasal openings widely separated 
from each other, as in the types (one of which, presented by Prof. 
Reinhardt, is in the British Museum)’. Suboperculum rather 
strongly produced and angular posteriorly. Snout and eye equal in 
length, measuring about one fourth the length of the head. Origin 
of the dorsal a little nearer the adipose fin than the end of the snout. 
Pectorals extending to the base of the ventrals, which do not reach 
the anal. Brownish (probably hyaline in life), with a broad silvery 
band along the lateral line, and more or less distinct traces of ten 
or eleven dark transverse bands on the body and tail; a purplish 
band across the base of the six posterior dorsal rays, a small round 
blackish spot on the base of the caudal, at the termination of the 
silvery lateral band. 

Total length 87 millim. 

Four specimens from Sarayacu. 

Dr. Steindachner (Sitzungsb. Ak. Wien, Ixxxvi. 1882, p. 78) men- 
tions C. fasctatum from Canelos, and describes, from the same locality, 
a new species, C. purpuratum (C. etheostoma, Cope?), of which I 
am sorry to find no specimens. 


22. Leporinus striatus, Kner. 
Canelos. 


23. PIABUCINA ELONGATA, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 2.) 
Piabucina uniteniata (non Giinth.), Steind. Denkschr. Ak. Wien, 
xlvi. 1883, p. 41. 
D210 VAS 12; © Vigbegel: lat. 30. L. transv: 8; 


' Steindachner’s statement in his deseription of C. fasciatum (Sitzungsb. Ak. 
Wien, lxxiv. 1877, p. 559), “ Entfernung der Narinen yon einander gering,” is 
somewhat surprising. 


1887. ] BY MR. C. BUCKLEY IN EASTERN ECUADOR. 281 


The height of the body is considerably less than the length of the 
head, and is one fifth of the total (without caudal) ; the length of 
the head is contained abont four times and one fourth in the total 
(without caudal). Lower jaw obtuse, projecting beyond the upper ; 
the inner borders of the mandibles closely approximate anteriorly, 
diverging posteriorly, the part of the chin exposed between them 
being A-shaped, as in P. uniteniata’. The maxillary extends 
beyond the anterior margin of the orbit. The diameter of the eye 
is nearly half the width of the inierorbital space, a little less than 
the extent of the snout, and one fifth of the length of the head. 
The origin of the dorsal fin is nearer to the root of the caudal than 
to the end of the snout, and behind the vertical from the base of the 
ventral. Adipose fin very small ; caudal forked, with its basal half 
scaly. The length of the pectoral is two thirds of that of the head, 
and exactly one half of its distance from the ventral. Ventral shorter 
than pectoral. Pale brown above, yellowish inferiorly ; a black 
lateral band becoming greyish and rather indistinct in the adult; 
a black spot on the base of the anterior dorsal rays, another on the 
root of the caudal fin. 

Total length 145 millim. 

Two adult specimens from Canelos, and three young from 
Sarayacu. 


24. TETRAGONOPTERUS RUTILUS, Jen. 


Tetragonopterus fasciatus, Gthr. 
Canelos. 


25. CREAGRUTUS MUELLERI, Gthr. 


Canelos. 


26. PARAGONIATES ALBURNUS, Stdr. 


Paragoniates alburnus, Steind. Sitzungsb. Ak. Wien, Ixxiv. i. 
1876, p. 117, pl. viii. fig. 3. 
Canelos. 
LEPTAGONIATES, g. 1. 


Body elongate, very strongly compressed. Dorsal fin short, 
placed behind the middle of the length of the body, far behind the 
ventrals ; anal very long, nearly two thirds the length of the body. 
Cleft of the mouth narrow; preemaxillary, maxillary, and mandible 
with a single series of tricuspid teeth. Gill-openings wide. Scales 
moderate. Lateral line complete. 

The nearest ally of this new genus is Paragoniates, Steind., which 
differs in the following points :—Cleft of the mouth wide; anal 
originating very slightly in advance of the dorsal; lateral line 
interrupted. 


1 In P. erythrinoides, O. & V., the inner borders of the mandibles are widely 
separated in front and nearly parallel. 


282 MR. BOULENGER ON FISHES FROM ECUADOR. [Mar. 1, 


27. LEPTAGONIATES STEINDACHNERI, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. 
fig. 3.) 


D.10. A.70. V.8. P.12. L. lat. 47.  L. transv. 4. 


The depth of the body is one fourth of the total length (without 
caudal), the length of the head one sixth. Mandible strongly pro- 
jecting beyond the mouth ; maxillary not reaching below the anterior 
border of the eye; pramaxillary teeth 15, maxillary (on each side) 
11, mandibular 14; mandibular teeth largest, maxillary smallest. 
The diameter of the eye equals nearly two fifths the length of the 
head, and exceeds the width of the interorbital space. The pectoral 
fins reach nearly the extremity of the ventrals, which are small ; 
the dorsal originates above the 23rd anal ray. Colourless; sides of 
head and a lateral band above the lateral line silvery. 

Total length 95 millim. 

A single specimen from Sarayacu. 


28. ANACYRTUS PAUCIRADIATUS, Gthr. 
Canelos. 


29. ANACYRTUS KNERII, Stdr. 


Anacyrtus knerii, Steind. Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xxxix. 1879, 
p- 65. 
Cynopotamus humeralis, Kner, nec Val. 


Canelos. 

GYMNOTID&. 
30. STERNARCHUS ALBIFRONS, L. 
Canelos. 


31. SrerRNARCHUS (RHAMPHOSTERNARCHUS) CURVIROSTRIS, 
sp.n. (Plate XXIV.) 


Snout produced into a long narrow tube, which is bent down- 
wards ; the diameter of this tube, halfway between its extremity 
and the eye, is one eighth of the length of the snout. The 
distance between the eye and the base of the pectoral equals 
two thirds the length of the snout. Mouth very narrow, its cleft 
not twice as long as the diameter of the eye. Vent below the eye. 
Anal commencing nearer the eye than the gill-opening ; 185-188 
rays. The greatest depth of the body is contained once and three 
fifths in the length of the head, and five times in the total. Scales 
on the upper and lower parts very small, those in the middle of the 
side of moderate size. Uniform brown. 

Total length 125 millim. 

Two specimens from Canelos. 


32. STERNOPYGUS CARAPUs, L. 
Canelos. 


33. Carapus FAscIATUS, Pall. 
No particular locality. 


1887.] ON A VESTIGIAL STRUCTURE IN THE OSTRICH. 233 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES, 


PuLate XX. 


Fig. 1. Pimelodus buckleyi, p. 275. 
2. Pimelodus (Rhamdia) longicauda, p. 275. 


Puatr XXI, 


Fig. 1. Pimelodus (Pseudopimelodus) pulcher, p. 276. 
2. Stygogenes humboldti, p. 276. 
3. Nannoglanis fasciatus, p. 278. 
4. Stegophilus punctatus, p. 279. 


Prats XXII. 
Chetostomus dermorhynchus, p. 277. 


Prate XXIII. 
Parodon buckleyi, p. 279. 
Piabucina elongata, p. 280. 
. Leptagoniates steindachneri, p. 282. 


Sobor 


Prats XXIV. 
Sternarchus (Rhamphosternarchus) cur virostris, p. 282. 


3. Note on a Vestigial Structure in the Adult Ostrich repre- 

senting the Distal Phalanges of Digit im. By Ricuarp 

S. Wray, B.Sc. (Communicated by Professor Frowzr.) 
[Received February 2, 1887.] 


While examining an Ostrich’s wing in the fresh state in order to 
make out the relation of the quill-feathers to the bones, I was struck 
by observing that the phalanx of the third digit had a large amount of 
cartilage at its tip. Having another wing available with that part un- 
injured, I removed the skin covering it, and carefully dissected out the 
phalanx of digit rr. From the tip of this there extends a round 
band or rod of cartilage about half the length of the first phalanx ; 
at its base it is as broad as the tip of the phalanx, at the other end 
about one sixteenth of aninch in breadth. Its distal end fades into 
the connective tissue in that region. When first dissected out, the 
cartilaginous rod showed no signs of ossification; but when placed 
in glycerine, the rod became quite transparent, showing a free second 
phalanx embedded in it, and occupying its proximal third (see fig. 1, 

. 284). 
‘ The shape of the phalanx of digit 111. is often as shown in fig 2, 
the pointed end being the fused second phalanx, which in adult spe- 
cimens may be free and embedded in cartilage. The adult Ostrich, 
therefore, presents the nearest approach to the pentadactyle manus 
among Birds. 

Through the kindness of Mr. G. B. Howes, I have had the oppor- 
tunity of examining some fore limbs of Ostrich embryos. These (see 
fig. 3) show a most interesting appearance, the outline of the digits is 


284 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Mar. 1, 


clearly seen where they are encased in the skin. The tips of all the 
digits are free, including digit 111., which has its tip free and projec- 
ting beyond the wing-fold. On removing the skin and examining 
the skeleton, phalanx 1 is distinct, then a rod of cartilage extends 
to the tip of the projecting fold of skin (a, fig. 4). This rod of carti- 


Fig. 1. Phalanx 1 and the vestigial cartilage of digit m1., adult Ostrich. Ph. 1, 
Ist phalanx; Ph. 2, 2nd phalanx; 7, vestigial cartilaginous rod; ¢, 
connective tissue. 

Fig. 2. Phalanx of digit 111. of another adult Ostrich, showing Ph. 2 ankylosed. 

Fig. 3. The distal part of digit mr. in the manus of the embryo (fig. 4). 

Fig. 4. Ventral view of left manus of embryo. 4, free tip of digit mz. 


lage probably represents the remaining phalanges of the digit, which 
are never definitely differentiated except phalanx 2: this is ossified 
in the broader basal third of the rod ; in the embryo, before ossifi- 
cation commences, the basal part is much the broadest. All this 
points to the conclusion that this cartilaginous rod is a vestigial 
structure, representing in addition to the second (ossified in the adult), 
the third probably, and possibly also the fourth, phalanx of digit 11. 
(see figures 1 and 3). 


4, On the Terrestrial Mollusks of the Viti Islands.—Part II.’ 
By Anprew Garrett, of Huahine, Society Islands. 
(Communicated by Mr. Joun H. Ponsonsy, F.Z.S.) 

[Received December 8, 1886.] 
Genus Mretampus, Montfort. 


1. MevLampus LUTEvs, Quoy & Gaimard. 


Auricula lutea, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Astrol. ii. p. 163, pl. 6. 
figs. 25-27 ; Deshayes, Lam. Hist. viii. p. 388; Kiister, Auric. 
p. 39, pl. 6. figs. 1-3 ; Mousson, Jav. Moll. p. 47, pl. 5. fig. 6. 


1 See Part I., supra, p. 164, 


1887.] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 285 


Conovulus luteus, Anton, Verz. p. 48. 

Melampus luteus, Beck, Ind. p. 106; M. E. Gray, Figs. Moll. 
Anim. pl. 306. fig. 5; H. & A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, 
p- 10; Gen. Moll. ii. p. 243; Pfeiffer, Syn. Auric. no. 30; Mon. 
Auric. i. p. 36; Mérch, Cat. Yoldi, p. 38; Mousson, Journ. de 
Conch. 1869, p. 346 ; Martens & Langk. Don. Bism. p.55 ; Gassies, 
Faun. Nouv. Cal. p. 62; Pease, Journ. de Conch. 1871, p. 93; 
Proe. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 477 ; Paetel, Cat. Conch, p. 114; Schmeltz, 
Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 88; Garrett, Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
1879, p. 28; Journ. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1881, p. 402, 1885, 
p. 89. 

Easily distinguished by its large size (18 millim.) and uniform 
luteous colour. Abundant just above high-water mark; it ranges 
from the Gambier Islands to the East Indies. 


2. MeLampus rascratus (Deshayes). 


Auricula fasciata, Deshayes, Encyel. Méth. ii. p. 90; Lam. Hist. 
vill. p. 337; Kiister, Auric. pl. A. figs. 2, 3; Mousson, Java Moll. 
p- 46, pl. 5. figs. 28, 29. 

Melampus fasciatus, Beck, Ind. Moll. p. 107 ; (Tralia) H. & A. 
Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, p. 11; Pfeiffer, Syn. Auric. no. 33 ; 
Mon. Auric. i. p. 38; Mousson, Journ, de Conch. 1869, p. 348 ; 
Pease, Proc. Zool, Soc. 1871, p. 477; Martens & Langk. Don. 
Bism. p. 55; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 114; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. 
Godeff. v. p. 88; Garrett, Journ. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1881, 
p- 402, 1885, p. 90. 

Conovulus fasciatus, Griffith, Cuv. Anim. Kingd. pl. 27. fig. 13 ; 
Anton, Verz. p. 48 ; Guérin, Icon. Moll. p. 17, pl. 7. fig. 8. 

Tralia (Pira) fasciata, H. & A. Adams, Gen, Moll. ii. p. 240. 

This, like the preceding species, lives just above high-water mark, 
and has the same extensive geographical range. 

It is subject to considerable variation in shape and colour, The 
type varies from bluish white to iuteous, and is girdled with from 
four to six narrow chestnut bands on the body-whorl. Varieties of a 
uniform bluish-white, corneous, brownish, or orange-brown are not 
infrequent, as well as one of an orange-brown with three chestnut 
bands. The spire is marked with minute radiating grooves. 


3. MELAMPUs PARYVULUS, Nuttall. 


Melampus parvulus, Nuttall, MS., Pfeiffer, Syn. Auric. no. 11 ; 
Mon. Aurie. p. 24; H. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll. ii. p. 243; Pease, 
Proc. Zool. Soe. 1871, p. 477; Martens & Langk. Don. Bism. 
p. 56, pl. 3. fig. 10; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 114; Brazier, Quart. 
Journ. Conch. i. p. 274. 

Common on the margins of mangrove-swamps. Mr. Brazier 
records it from Torres Straits. I took a few examples at Samoa and 
Wallis Islands. Mr. Nuttall obtained the type specimens at the 
Sandwich Islands. I have also received examples from New 
Caledonia. 

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1887, No. XX. 20 


286 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [ Mar. 1, 


The Viti shells, which are a little smaller than Sandwich-Island 
specimens, do not differ from the latter except in having in some 
examples one or two more denticles or plicee on the parietal wall, and 
the base more distinctly impressedly striated. It may be recognized 
by its ovate shape, smooth shining surface, dark chestnut or olive- 
brown colour, short, convexly conoid spire, and mucronated apex. On 
the lower portion of the parietal region may be observed two approxi- 
mating folds, the lower one the smaller and occasionally wanting. 
There are usually one or two small denticles above, and the palate 
has five to seven lamin, The columella-fold is continuous with 
the basal portion of the peristome. 

M. granum, Gassies, is either the same as M. parvulus or very 
closely related. 


4, Mriampus TONGAENS!s, Mousson. 


Melampus tongaensis, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1871, p. 22, 
pl. 3. fig. 8; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 88; Pfeiffer, Mon. 
Pneum. (Auric.) iv. p. 316. 

A number of exanples were taken in the same station as the pre- 
ceding species. Dr. Griffe found the type specimens at Tongatabu, 
one of the Tonga Islands. Prof. Mousson has described a variety 
pallidula (1. c.) {from Vavao in the same group. 

It is very closely allied to, and perhaps only a form of, M. parvulus. 
It is about the same size and colour, but is a little more oblong in 


shape and the spire more produced. The dentation and plice are 
the same in the two species. 


5. MreLampeus SEMISULCATUs, Mousson. 


Melampus semisulcatus, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1869, p. 347, 
pl. 15. fig. 2; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 114; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. 
Godeff. v. p. 88; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. (Auric.) iv. p.318; Pease, 
Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 477. 


Occurs on the niargins of mangrove-swamps, where I gathered 
thousands of specimens. I also obtained it in similar stations at 
Upolu, one of the Samoa Islands. 

This species is of an oblong pear-shape and a uniform cinnamon 
colour; it has a short, usually eroded, spire, and is spirally grooved, 
the grooves being more or less evanescent on the middle of the body- 
whorl. There are three folds in the parietal region and usually two 
lamina in the palate. Length 11 millim. 


6. MrexLampus scuuptus, Pfeiffer. 


Melampus sculptus, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 29; Mon. 
Pneum. (Auric.) iv. p. 316. 

Melampus fricki, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 29; Mon. 
Pneum. (Auric.) iv. p. 304; Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 477. 

Melampus semiplicatus, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 146, 
1869, p. 60 (animal), 1871, p. 477; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. 
(Auric.) iv. p. 304; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p.88; Layard, 
Cat. Land and Freshw. Moll. N. Caled. p. 4. 


1887.] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 287 


Melampus strictus, Gassies, Journ. de Conch. 1874, p. 213; 
Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. (Auric.) iv. p. 324. 

Melampus pseudocommodus, “ Mousson,”? Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. 
Godeff. iv. p. 69; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 114. 

A few examples found just above high-water mark on a small 
islet on the north coast of Vanua Levu. 

Pfeiffer’s type specimens in Cuming’s Museum were labelled 
Admiralty Islands. His M. fricki, together with Pease’s semi- 
plicatus and Mousson’s pseudocommodus, were obtained at the 
Sandwich Islands, where I first discovered Pease’s type specimens. 
Shells received from New Caledonia labelled 2. sérictus do not 
differ from Viti examples. 

The longitudinal plications on the upper third of the shell, pale 
or dark brownish colour, numerous whorls, rather long acute spire, 
and single parietal fold will readily distinguish this species. The 
basal portion is also more or less distinctly plicated. The palate 
has from one to three lamine. Length 10 millim. 


7. MELAMPUS CONSANGUINEUS, Sp. NOV. 


Shell imperforate, solid, obovate, smooth, shining, faintly striated 
with lines of growth, light chestnut-brown ; spire convexly conoid, 
apex mucronate ; sutural line distinct, linear; whorls 7, flattened, 
the last one subangulate on the shoulder, and obliquely impressedly 
striated at the base; the lower portion of the parietal region with 
two spiral plications, the upper one the larger, and occasionally 
there exists one or two posterior denticles; palate with from 11-14 
white plicee ; columellar fold continuous with the basal portion of 
the peristome. 

Length 9, diam. 5 millim, 

Not uncommon at high-water mark at Vanua Levu. 

The uniform pale chestnut colour and numerous plications in the 
throat will determine it. 


8. MeLampus strRiATUS, Pease. 


Melampus striatus (Tralia), Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861, p. 244, 
1871, p. 477; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. (Auric.) iv. p. 311; Garrett, 
Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1885, p. 89. 

Melampus montrouzieri, Souverbie, Journ. de Conch. 1866, 
p. 148, pl. 6. figs. 1, la; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. (Auric.) iv. 

. 312. 
Melampus ornatus, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1871, p. 21, 
pl. 3. fig. 7; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. (Auric.) iv. p. 312. 

Not infrequent on the margins of mangrove-swamps in the Viti, 
Tonga, and Samoa Islands. It also inhabits the Society Islands 
and New Caledonia. 

It may be distinguished by its oblong-ovate form, the brownish- 
corneous, chestnut-brown, or greenish-brown colour, its mucronated 
spire, and the 8 whorls marked by closely-set transverse impressed 


lines, the upper half with small longitudinal plications, which give 
20* 


288 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Mar. 1, 


that part of the shell a granulated appearance. The transverse lines 
are frequently evanescent on the middle of the body-whorl. There 
are from two to three folds on the parietal region, the upper one 
small and granuliform. There may be observed one to three 
lamelliform plications in the palate, and sometimes several raised 
white parallel strie. Length 9-10 millim. 

M. granifer, Mousson, an East-Indian species, is very closely 
allied to, if not identical with, M. striatus. 


9. MrLAmpus ADAMSIANUS, Pfeiffer. 


Melampus adamsianus, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, p. 121; 
Syn. Auric. no. 12; Novit. Conch. i. p. 18, pl. 5. figs. 17-19; 
Mon. Auric. i. p. 24; Gassies, Faun. Nouv. Caléd. p. 57, pl. 7. 
fig. 2; Hutton, Cat. Moll. New Zeal. p. 576 (‘ex Pfeiffer ””) 

Tralia adamsiana (Pira), H. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll. ii. p. 244. 

Melampus variabilis, Gassies, Faun. Nouv. Caléd. p. 65, pl. 6. 
fig. 8; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. (Auric-) iv. p. 315. 

Melampus cinereus, Gassies, Journ. de Conch. 1867, p. 62; 
Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. (Auric.) iv. p. 314. 

Melampus avenaceus, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, p. 134; 
1871, var. vavaoensis, p. 21. 

Melampus angustus, ‘ Mousson,” Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. iv. 
p- 68; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 114 (juvenile). 


A small and very variable species, 7 to 10 millim. long, and of 
various colours—light or dark chestnut, luteous, fulvous, cinereous, 
frequently ornamented with bands and lines of a chestnut colour on 
a pale ground or pale bands on a dark ground. ‘The shape varies 
from oblong-ovate to subcylindrical ; surface smooth, shining ; base 
with oblique incised strice. Spire short or elongate, acute, obscurely 
radiately plaited or grooved. Parietal region with from one to four 
plications, the posterior two when present granuliform. Columellar 
fold more or less continuous with the peristome. The variety 
vavaoensis is common in the Viti group, associated with the type, 
into which it gradually intergrades. 

Specimens occur in great profusion just above high-water mark in 
sheltered places. Dr. Griiffe found it in the Tonga group and it 
is abundant in New Caledonia, whence I have received numerous 
examples labelled MJ. adumsianus, M. cinereus, and M. variabilis. 
The New-Caledonian shells exhibit the same variation as the Viti 
shells, some of which have the spire so much elongated that they 
might easily be mistaken for a distinct species; but having carefully 
studied several thousand specimens collected in the latter group, I 
find the character individual only. The number of plications in the 
aperture cannot, except in certain species, be relied on as a specific 
character. It was first described from specimens in the Cumingian 
Museum, and the habitat “‘New Zealand” is probably erroneous. 
Mr. Hutton, in his Catalogue of New-Zealand Mollusca, merely 
repeats Pfeiffer’s description. Von Martens does not include it in 
his list of New-Zealand shells. 


1887. ] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 289 


10. MELAMPUS CREBRISTRIATUS, Sp. nov. 


Shell imperforate, solid, obovate, slightly shining, striated with 
lines of growth and marked by rather crowded transverse incised 
lines ; colour dark chestnut-brown or fulvous, with or without two 
light chestnut bands; spire mucronate, convexly conoid; suture 
distinct, linear ; whorls 7-8, subplanulate, the last one subangulate 
on the shoulder ; the lower portion of the parietal region with two 
subcontiguous folds, the lower one small, and occasionally there 
exists small posterior denticles ; palate with from 10-18 whitish 
laminze on a layer of whitish callus; peristome and columella 
fulvous. 

Length 10-13, diam. 6—7 millim. 

A few examples found near high-water mark on the north coast 
of Vanua Levu. 


11. MreLampus RUSTICUS, Sp. nov. 


Shell small, imperforate, obovate, finely striated, brown, with 
irregular longitudinal fulvous stripes and small spots; spire short, 
conoid, apex eroded, truncate ; whorls 4 remaining, last one sub- 
angulated, obliquely striated at the base ; aperture elongate, narrow, 
slightly oblique, violaceous or brown, base rounded ; parietal region 
with an acute horizontal lamina just below the middle; columellar 
fold sharp, oblique, and continuous with the acute peristome ; palate 
with 4—6 faint laminee. 

Length 7, diam. 5 millim. 

Rather common on the margins of mangrove-swamps. I also 
found it in the Tonga and Samoa Islands. 

It is the same shape as, but smaller than, MW. semisulcatus, with 
which it is found associated. It is also darker coloured, and differs 
from the latter in the absence of spiral sulcations and in having only 
one parietal fold. 


12. MELAMPUS INCISUS, Sp. nov. 


Shell imperforate, obconic, solid, marked by fine incremental 
striee and spiral incised lines, which are sometimes evanescent on 
the middle of the body-whorl; colour brown or luteous, with or 
without four transverse chestnut bands, and frequently with irregular 
longitudinal more or less interrupted fulvous lines and dots; spire 
short, conoid, apex eroded, truncate; whorls 5 remaining, last one 
subangulated above ; suture linearly impressed and slightly lacerated ; 
aperture somewhat oblique, elongate, violaceous brown; parietal 
region with two contiguous folds just above the columellar plait, the 
upper one the larger, above which are from two to six more or 
less distinct denticles ; palate with five to fourteen white irregular 
lamine ; columellar fold oblique, continuous with the peristome. 

Length 8-10 millim. 

Not infrequent on the margins of mangrove-swamps in Vanua 
Levu. 


290 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Mar. 1, 


Genus Trai, Gray. 


1. TRALIA MELANOSTOMA (Garrett). 


Persa melanostoma, Garrett, Amer. Journ. Conch. 1872, p. 224, 
pl. 19. fig. 11; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 87. : 

Melampus melunostoma, Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. (Auric.) iv. 
p. 325. 

Abundant and gregarious under stones, near and a little below 
high-water mark, on the east end of Taviuni Island. 

A small oblong-ovate or elliptically ovate tawny-brown species, 
with a blackish aperture, short, acute, spirally striated spire, and 
generally with a transverse brown band beneath the suture. Aperture 
rounded at the base, narrow above. Parietal region with one or two 
superior denticles, and a large fold just above the columellar plait. 
Peristome thick, labiated within and sinuous above. Length 43 
millim. 


2. TraxiA cosTATA (Quoy & Gaimard). 


Auricula costata, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Astrol. ii. p. 173, pl. 13. 
figs. 43-46; Deshayes, Lam. Hist. viii. p. 337; Kiister, Auric. 
p- 46, pl. 7. figs. 5-7. 

Melampus costatus, Beck, Ind. Moll. p. 107; (Tralia) H. & A. 
Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, p. 12; Pteiffer, Syn. Auric. no. 56 ; 
Mon. Auric. i. p. 55; Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, p. 135; 
Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 114. 

Tralia costata (Persa), VW. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll. ii. p. 245 ; 
Chenu, Man. Conch. i. p. 477. fig. 3527. 

Common, associated with the preceding species. 

A solid, ovate, longitudinally ribbed, fulvous or reddish-brown 
species, with three plaits on the parietal wali and columella. The 
peristome is thick and sinuous above. Length 8-10 millim. 


3. TRALIA ALBA (Gassies). 

Melampus albus, Gassies, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 211; Pfeiffer, 
Mon. Poeum. (Auric.) iv. p. 326. 

Melampus lucidus, Pease, Amer. Journ. Conch. 1869, p. 75; 
Pfeitfer, Mon. Pneum. (Auric.) iv. p. 327. 

Melampus pellucidus, Pease, Journ. de Conch. 1871, p. 93. 

Two specimens occurred to my notice under a clump of coral on 
the east coast of Taviuni Island. 

A smooth white or horn-coloured species, 33 to 5 millim. long, of 
an oblong-ovate form, with a rather produced spire, and the plica- 
tions the same as in the preceding species. 


Genus Larmoponta, Nuttall. 
1. Larmoponta tayaror, H. & A. Adams. 


Ophicardelus luyardi (Laimodonta), WU. & A. Adams, Proc. Zool. 
Soc. 1854, p. 35. 


1887.] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 291 


Laimodonta layardi, H. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll. ii. p. 246. 

Melampus layardi, Pfeiffer, Syn. Auric. no. 48; Mon. Auric. i. 
p- 51; Gassies, Faune Nouv. Caléd. p. 61, pl. 7. fig. 7; Tennent’s 
Ceylon, i. p. 239; Cox, ‘“ Exchange List,” p. 33; H. Nevill, Enum. 
Hel. ete. Ceylon, 1871, p. 4. 

Laimodonta conica, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862, p. 242; Amer. 
Journ. Conch. 1868, p. 101, pl. 12. fig. 15; Journ. de Conch. 
1871, pp. 93, 94; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, pp. 470, 477 ; Schmeltz, 
Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 81; Garrett, Journ. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
1881, p. 403, 1885, p. 91. 

Laemodonta conica, Martens & Langk. Don. Bism. p. 57, pl. 3. 
fig. 13. 

Laimodonta anaaensis, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1869, p. 63, 
pli5.\fie. 1. 

Plecotrema anaaensis, Paetel, Cat. Couch. p. 114. 

Melampus conicus, Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. (Auric.) iv. p. 319. 

«2? Melampus anaaensis, Pfeiffer, J. c. p. 320. 

A few dead examples found in beach-sand. 

Since the publication of my paper on the Land-shells of Cook’s 
Islands Mr. E. L. Layard has sent me for determination a Ceylon 
species of Laimodonta, which proves to be L. layardi, and is 
identical with Pease’s ZL. conica. Dr. Cox and Gassies record 
L. layardi from New Caledonia, and Pease quotes it (contca) from 
“Central Pacific.” I have obtained it in all the groups from the 
Paumotus to the Viti Isles. 

The species now under consideration is closely allied to the 
Sandwich-Island LZ. bronni, but is smaller, more slender, and the 
spiral engraved lines are more conspicuous. My examples average 
from 6 to 83 millim. in length. Colour chestnut-brown, with one or 
two whitish bands. The outer lip is slightly sinuous posteriorly 
and has one or two internal riblets. All the three descriptions 
alluded to mention a single plait in the palate. In the eight 
specimens before me six have two riblets in the palate. 

Station under stones above high-water mark. 


Genus Preprres, Adanson. 
1. Pepirres souantr, Montrouzier. 


Pedipes jouani, ‘‘ Montrouzier,” Souverbie, Journ. de Conch. 
1862, p. 244, pl. 9. fig. 11; Gassies, Faun. Nouv. Caléd. p. 65, pl. 6. 
fig. 22; Pfeitfer, Mou. Pneum. (Auric.) iv. p. 332. 

Pedipes subglobosus, Garrett, Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1873, 
p- 236, pl. 3. tig. 70. 

Hight examples found lurking under stones a little below high- 
water mark at Lanthala Island. 

Our specimens do not differ from the New-Caledonian shells except 
in being paler. Its subglobose form, small, crowded granulated 
spiral ridges, fulvous-brown colour, slightly shouldered body-whorl, 
and short mucronated spire will readily distinguish it. The flattened 
callose columella is armed with two compressed transverse folds, 


292 MR, A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [ Mar. 1, 


above which may be observed a sharp deflected parietal plait, 
and a tubercle on the inner margin of the acute peristome, which 
latter is thickened within. Length 43 millim. 


Genus Pyruria, Bolten. 


]. Pyruia PoLLex (Hinds). 


Scarabus pollex, Hinds, Ann. Nat. Hist. x. p. 82; Voy. Sulph., 
Zool. p. 60, pl. 16. figs. 9 & 10; A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1850, 
p. 150; Ann. Nat. Hist. 2nd ser. viii. p. 69; Reeve, Conch. Icon. 
sp. 7, fig. 7. 

Pythia pollex, Pfeiffer, Syn. Auric. no. 82; Mon. Auric.i. p. 86 ; 
Brit. Mus. Cat. Auric. p. 65; H. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll. ii. 
p- 240; Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, p. 133; Paetel, Cat. 
Conch. p. 114; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 87; Cox, Proc. 
Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vi. p. 611. 

Scarabus zonatus, Hombron & Jacquinot, Voy. Péle Sud, Zool. 
v. p. 41, pl. 10. figs. 18—20. 

Very abundant and generally distributed throughout the group. 
Occurs beneath decaying vegetation in forests near the sea-shore. 

This species is subject to considerable variation in size, shape, 
and colour. Though usually umbilicated, it is nevertheless very 
frequently imperforate. The shape varies from broad ovate to 
oblong ovate; spire subacute, more or less produced, and laterally 
subangulated. The sculpture consists of longitudinal, closely set, 
elevated strize, often evanescent on the body-whorl, and very con- 
spicuous and slightly arched on spire and upper part of the last 
whorl. The superior parietal tooth is subtriangular, the lower one 
compressed, fold-like, and subduplicated. The columellar plait is 
slightly oblique, compressed, and in imperforated specimens is con- 
tinuous with the broadly expanded and slightly reflected peristome. 
The palate is armed with two stout and from four to six small 
teeth. 

The colour varies from light chestnut to blackish chestnut, more 
or less conspicuously mottled with luteous, and generally with one 
or two pale transverse bands above. ‘The varices, which are not very 
conspicuous, are usually spotted with white or luteous. Uniform 
horn-coloured or Juteous specimens with or without chestnut 
mottlings are not uncommon. Aperture white or buff-yellow, with 
or without chestnut maculations. Sometimes the very dark examples 
show three or four pale transverse bands. The following measure- 
ments will show the variation in shape and size :— 

Length 36, diam. 21 millim. 

9 34, ” 23 ” 
ce, ee 


2. PyrHIA ALBOVARICOSA, Pfeiffer. 


Pythia albovaricosc, Pfeiffer, Zeit. Malak. 1853, p. 190; Syn. 
Auric. no. 84; Mon. Auric. i, p. 87; Brit. Mus, Cat. Auric. p. 66; 


1887.] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS, 293 


Novit. Conch. i. p. 6, pl. 3. figs. 1 & 2; H. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll. 
ii. p. 240; Cox, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vi. p. 592. 

Scarabus albovaricosus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 4, pl. 1. figs. 
2, 6 

In looking over a lot of about 200 specimens of P. pollex, I found 
amongst them an example of Pfeiffer’s P. albovaricosa, which does 
not differ in a single feature from five Solomon-Island specimens 
received from Dr. Cox. I cannot indicate the island whence the 
shell was obtained, but am inclined to believe it was Kantavu. 

Dr. Pfeiffer and Reeve, on the authority of Cuming, cite Celebes 
as habitat of this species ; and Dr. Cox, in his valuable paper on the 
“ Nomenclature and the Distribution of the genus Pythia,” says it 
is a common Solomon-Island species. As it is now well ascertained 
that many of Cuming’s localities are erroneous, the former habitat 
needs confirmation. 

This species may be characterized by its large size (31 to 44 
millim.), rather light texture, oblong-ovate form, smooth body- 
whorl, the upper part of which, together with the spire, is marked 
by short, longitudinal, slightly areuated grooves. Colour light or 
dark chestnut, sometimes light fulvous with very small darker 
irrorations. The varices are white with wide black or dark chestnut 
margins, and the six specimens now before me all have a large 
lateral diffused blackish patch on the front and back of the body- 
whorl. Aperture luteous or whitish. Palatal teeth 4 or 5. 


3. Pyrata sAvArENsis, Mousson. 


Pythia pantherina, A. Adams, var. uveana, Mousson, Journ. de 
Conch. 1865, p. 177; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. iii. p. 28; Pease, 
Proc. Zoo). Soc. 1871, p. 477; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 114 ; Pfeiffer, 
Mon. Pueum. (Auric.) iv. p. 348; Cox, Proc. Linn. Soc. New 
South Wales, vi. p. 617. 

Pythia savaiensis, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1869, p. 345, 
1870, p. 133; Pease, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1871, p. 477; Schmeltz, 
Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 87; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. (Auric.) iv. 
p- 341; Cox, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vi. p. 613; G. 
Nevill, Hand-list Moll. Mus. Calcutta, p. 223. 

Not uncommon in forests near the sea-shore at Kioa Island. Dr. 
Griiffe obtained it at Ovalau, Samoa, and Tonga group. I gathered 
several hundred examples at Wallis Island (=Uvea or Uea), one of 
the latter group. 

A solid, ovate, umbilicated (rarely imperforate) species, 21 to 28 
millim. long, with the striation of P. pollew, and the lower parietal 
fold simple; the upper one is small and trilobed. Colour corneous 
or yellowish-horn colour mottled with chestnut, rarely uniform light 
or dark chestnut. Varices spotted with white, and the aperture is 
luteous. The palate is furnished with 4 or 5 teeth. 

The small size, absence of bands, uniform shape, and the simple 
lower parietal fold will readily separate it from P. pollex. 

Mousson’s name savaiensis is derived from Savaii, one of the Samoa 


294 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Mar. 1, 


Islands. He very correctly drops onez; and Pease, who retains both, 
spells it “ savaiiensis.”’ Both Schmeltz and Paetel erroneously 
quote it as “‘savayensis.” All, however, refer to one and the same 
species. 


4, PyYTHIA LENTIGINOSA, Garrett. 


Pythia lentiyinosa, Garrett, Amer. Journ. Conch. 1872, p. 220, 
pl. 19. fig.4; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 87; Pfeiffer, Mon. 
Pneum. (Auric.) iv. p. 337; G. Nevill, Hand-list Mus. Calcutta, 
p- 222; Cox, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vi. p. 604. 

This species occurred to me in only one location, a small islet close 
to the east end of Taviuni, where it was found in abundance associated 
with P. pollex. 

It is remarkably uniform in colour, and differs but little in shape 
and size. It is a solid, ovate or oblong-ovate shell, 21 to 29 millim. 
long, yellowish white, profusely spotted with small fulvous-brown 
maculations, and with a honey-yellow aperture. The varices, which 
are not very conspicuous, are spotted with white and chestnut, which 
on the sides of the body-whorl are elongated into stripes. The basal 
perforation varies from rimate to umbilicate. The lower parietal 
fold shows a very slight indication of an external groove. 


5. PyruHta pEROVATA, Garrett. 


Pythia perovata, Garrett, Amer. Journ. Conch. 1872, p. 221, 
pl. 19. fig. 5; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 87; Pfeiffer, Mon. 
Pneum. (Auric.) iv. p. 34; Cox, Proc. Linn. Soc, New South Wales, 
vi. p. 608. 

I collected about 2000 specimens of this species on the margins of 
mangrove-swamps at Vuna Dawa on the north side of Natawa Bay, 
Vanua Levu, and at Na Viti Levu Bay in the N.E. part of Viti 
Levu. Examples taken at the latter location were larger than the 
Vuna Dawa shells. 

This very distinct species is of an ovate or abbreviate-ovate shape, 
solid; spire short, base imperforate, sometimes rimate, more rarely 
perforated ; longitudinally striated, the striz straight and most 
conspicuous above. The dentation is white or tawny; the upper 
tooth on the parietal wall is vertical, elongate, crest-like, simple or 
very rarely with a slight inferior lobe projecting to the leit. The 
lower fuld is compressed and furnished with a small, short, tooth-like 
duplication. The columellar plait is obliquely twisted and continuous 
with the widely expanded peristome, which latter is simple above 
and slightly reflected below. Palate with four, rarely five teeth, two 
of which are the larger. Colour light to dark chestnut or reddish 
chestnut, rarely light yellowish-horn colour, frequently indistinetly 
mottled with a tint darker than the ground-colour, and very often 
with a blackish sutural band. Varices rarely spotted with whitish. 
Length 15 to 24 millim. The adults are very frequently eroded 
over the whole surface. 


a 


1887. ] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 295 


Genus Piecotrema, H. & A. Adams. 
1. PrecoTREMA SOUVERBIEI, Montrouzier. 


b] 


Plecotrema souverbiei, “ Montrouzier,’’ Souverbie, Journ. de 
Conch. 1862, p. 246, pl. 9. fig. 12; Gassies, Faune Nouv. Caléd. 
p- 67, pl. 6. fig. 23; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. (Auric.) iv. p. 343. 

Plecotrema turrita, Garrett, Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1873, 
p- 235, pl. 3. fig. 68. 


Not uncommon under stones a little below high-water mark on 
the east end of Taviuni. It also inhabits New Caledonia. 

This remarkable species is easily recognized by its ovate-conical 
form, scalariform spire, corneous or dull fulvons colour, subper- 
forated and angulated base. The sculpture consists of numerous, 
small, crowded, granulated spiral ridges, with the intermediate 
grooves crossed by sublaminated strize. There is a prominent crest- 
like varix just behind the peristome, which latter is acute, continuous, 
and slightly porrected. Parietal region with a superior nodiform 
tooth beneath, of which there is a simple acute plait. Columellar 
fold small and nearly transverse. Outer lip labiate within and 
bidentate. Length 43 millim. 

Very closely allied to, if not identical with, P. della, a Philippine 
species. 


2. PLECOTREMA HIRSUTA, Garrett. 


Plecotrema hirsuta, Garrett, Amer. Journ. Conch. 1872, p. 219, 
pl. 19. fig. 2; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 87 ; Pfeiffer, Mon. 
Pneum. (Auric.) iv. p. 348. 

Abundant in the same station and locality as the preceding 
species. 

An imperforated, solid, acutely-ovate, corneous species, with spiral 
rugose lire, 16 to 18 on the body-whorl, garnished with short, 
deciduous, curved hair-like setae. The intervening sulcations deep, 
narrower than the lirations, and crossed by sublaminated striz. 
There is a stout obtuse varix just behind the peristome, and the 
dentation, excepting the lower parietal fold, which is bifid, does not 
differ from the preceding species. Length 5 to 7 millim. 


3. PLECOTREMA OCTANFRACTA (Jonas). 


Pedipes octanfracta, Jonas, Zeit. Malak. 1845, p. 160. 

Plecotrema octanfracta, Jeckeli, Nachr. Malak. Ges. 1872, p. 65 ; 
Preiffer, Mon. Poeum. (Auric.) iv. p. 346. 

Plecotrema clausa, H. & A. Adams, Proce. Zool. Soe. 1853, p. 121; 
Gen. Moll. ii. p. 241; Pfeiffer, Syn. Auric. no. 101 ; Novit. Conch. 
i. p. 15, pl. 5. figs. 9-11; Mon. Auric. i. p. 103; Pease, Proc. Zool. 
Soc. 1871, pp. 459, 477; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 144; Schmeltz, 
Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 87. 

Plecotrema consobrina, Garrett, Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1873, 
p- 236, pl. 3. fig. 69. 

Not uncommon under stones a little below high-water mark at Kioa 


296 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Mar. 1, 


and Taviuni. It also inhabits the Sandwich and Paumotu Islands, 
and I found it very abundant and gregarious at the Gambier Islands. 

A small, solid, ovate species with the spiral lire of P. hirsuta, 
but more numerous, smoother, more crowded, and the aperture is 
not so much contracted. The external varix is smaller, and the 
base of the shell is more rounded than in the latter species. Colour 
light brownish, sometimes corneous, usually with a faint pale zone 
beneath the suture, and the aperture is more or less tinged with 
brownish. The dentation is the same in both species. Length 3 
to 5 millim. 


Genus Casstputa, F¢russac. 
1. CassIDULA INTUSCARINATA, Mousson. 


Auricula (Cassidula) intuscarinata, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 
1870, p. 132, pl. 7. fig. 9. 

Cassidula intuscarinata, Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 88 ; 
Pfeiffer, Mon, Pneum. (Auric.) iv. p. 353. 

Occurs in profusion on the mud in mangrove-swamps at Viti 
Levu and Vanua Levu. I have received the same species from 
New Caledonia labelled C. mustellina. 

This species, like nearly all the shells inhabiting swamps, is very 
frequently stained and more or less eroded. When in good condition 
it is of a brown or brownish-liver colour, sometimes olive-brown, with 
an obscure pale band on the subangulated shoulder. Rarely light 
fulvous-brown, with an indistinct light chestnut band between the 
shoulder and the sutural line. The base, aperture, and the peristome 
tawny flesh-colour, the latter with a stout external varix. The 
shape of the shell is subovate, with spiral incised lines, and the 
aperture is obauriform. The strongly labiated lip is deeply emargi- 
nated above. Upper parietal tooth small, nodiform, and the plait 
beneath is nearly transverse. Columellar fold slightly oblique. 
Length 14 to 20 millim. 


2. CASSIDULA CRASSIUSCULA, Mousson. 


Cassidula crassiuscula, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1869, p. 343, 
pl. 15. fig. 1; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 114; Pease, Proc. Zool. Soe. 
1871, p. 477; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 88; Pfeiffer, Mon. 
Pneum. (Auric.) iv. p. 352. 

Auricula (Cassidula) crassiuscula, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 
1871, p. 191. 

Cassidula nucleus, Gassies (Martyn ?), Faune Nouv. Caléd. p. 71, 
pl. 3. fig. 9. 

Like the preceding species, it occurs in profusion on the mud in 
mangrove-swamps, but is more generally diffused throughout the 
group. It also inhabits Tonga and the Samoa Islands. Mr. Layard, 
of New Caledonia, sent me specimens collected in that island, 
labelled ‘* Melampus nucleus, Martyn.” 

It has the same shape and dentation as C. intuscarinatus, but is 
much more variable in colour, and in size ranges from 10 to 16 


1887.] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 297 


millim. long. It is of different shades of chestnut-brown, white, 
corneous, fulvous, frequently with from one to four pale transverse 
bands on the body-whorl, and more rarely with a sutural livid band. 
Aperture pale fulvous, brownish or white, and the lip light fulvous 
or white. : 

I am inclined to believe this species is diffused throughout the 
New Hebrides, Solomon Islands, and, perhaps, extends its range into 
the East Indies. Iam sure Samoa is the eastern limit of the genus 
Cassidula ; Martyn’s C. nucleus, which is erroneously quoted as a 
Tahitian species, does not inhabit that group. 

I am also strongly inclined to believe Mousson’s C. crassiuscula 
is identical with his C. sulewlosa, an East-Indian species. 


5. CAssIDULA PALUDOSA, Garrett. 


Ophicardulus paludosus, Garrett, Amer. Journ. Conch. 1872, 
p- 220, pl. 19. fig. 3. 

Cassidula paludosa, Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 114. 

Plecotrema paludosa, Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 87. 

Melampus paludosus, Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. (Auric.) iv. p. 327. 

Common in the mud in mangrove-swamps, and probably generally 
distributed in the group. I took a few examples at Upolu, one of 
the Samoa Islands. 

A small, solid, ovate, whitish, yellow-corneous, or chestnut-brown 
species, with fine, spiral, incised, punctured lines and a carinated 
base. Spire convexly-conical, and more produced than in the 
preceding species. Aperture white, tawny, or fulvous, with the 
dentation of C. crassiuscula, with the addition, in old speciinens, of a 
small denticle in the labial sinus. Length 8 to 10 millim. 


Genus Aurtcuta, Lamarck. 


1. AURICULA SUBULA, Quoy & Gaimard. 


Auricula subula, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Astrol. ii. p. 171, pl. 13. 
figs. 39 & 40; Deshayes, Lam. Hist. viii. p. 334; Kiister, Auric. 
p. 53, pl. 8. figs. 9 & 10; Jay, Cat. Shells, 1850, p. 265; A. Adams 
& Reeve, Voy. Samarang, p. 55, pl. 14. fig. 15, with animal; Pfeiffer, 
Auric. no. 147; Mon. Auric. i. p. 141; Gassies, Faune Nouv. 
Caléd. p. 69 ; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 115. 

Pythia subula, Beck, Ind. Moll. p. 104. 

Ellobium subula, H. & A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853, p. 8; 
Gen. Moll. ii. p. 238, pl. 82. fig. 1. 

Auricula elongata, ‘‘ Parreyss,” Kiister, Auric. p- 53, pl. 8. 
figs. 6-8; Jay, Cat. Shells, 1850, p. 264; Pfeiffer, Auric. no. 146; 
Mon. Auric. i. p. 140; Morelet, Sér. Conch. p. 93; Mousson, 
Journ. de Conch. 1871, p. 18 ; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p..115; Schmeltz, 
Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 88. 

Auricula buddii, Parreyss, MS. 

Ellobium elongatum, H. & A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, p. 8 ; 
Gen. Moll. ii. p. 237. 


298 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Mar. I, 


Ellobium oparicum, H. & A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, p.9 ; 
Gen. Moll. ii. p. 237. 

Auricula oparica, Pfeiffer, Syn. Auric. no. 46; Novit. Conch. i. 
p- 28, pl. 7. figs. 14-16 ; Mon. Aurie. i. p. 139. 

Auriculus subula, Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. (Auric.) iv. p. 360. 

Auriculus elongatus, Pfeiffer, l. c. 

Auriculus oparicus, Pfeiffer, Ll. c. 

A very abundant species, inhabiting the margins of mangrove- 
swamps, and widely diffused throughout the group. Likewise 
common to the Tonga and Samoa Islands, and generally distributed 
over Melanesia. It has also been found at different points in the 
East Indies; and Morelet records it from Mauritius. 

A small species, 9 to 16 millim.long, of a slender fusiform shape ; 
smooth, shining, longitudinally striated, acute, with a convexly- 
conical spire, very frequently truncated by erosion, and more or 
less lacerated at the suture. Body-whorl narrow, usually longer 
than the spire, attenuated or rounded at the base, rarely rimate. 
Aperture elongate, white, or light fulvous, sometimes livid, with a 
compressed subtransverse plait on the lower part of the parietal wall, 
and two small, oblique, approximating folds on the columella, the 
upper one sometimes evanescent. Peristome obtuse, in old specimens 
slightly sinuous above, and adnate next the suture. Colour white, 
beneath an epidermis which varies from pale olivaceous horn-colour 
to chestnut-black. 

A careful comparison of the descriptions of dA. elongata and 
A. oparica has convinced me that they do not differ from A. subula, 
which Quoy obtained at the New Hebrides. Pfeiffer, in his descrip- 
tion of A. elongata, mentions only a single columellar fold, and quotes 
the Sandwich Islands, ‘‘ Feejee,”’ and one of the Philippines as 
habitat. It certainly does not live on the former group. Schmeltz 
cites one of the Caroline Islands and ‘‘ Tahiti,” the latter erro- 
neous. A. oparica, which was described from specimens in Cuming’s 
Museum, is assigned to “ insula Opara (ins. Societatis).” There is 
no island of that name in the Society group; but there is a very 
small island, about 600 miles south of Tahiti, called Rapa-Oparee, 
which from its small size and rugged surface is not likely to be the 
home of the marsh-loving Auricule. 


2. AURICULA SEMISCULPTA, H. & A. Adams. 


Ellobium semisculptum, H. & A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1854, 
p- 9; Gen. Moll. ii. p. 237. 

Auricula semisculpta, Pfeiffer, Syn. Auric. no. 139 ; Mon. Auric. 
i. p. 136; Novit. Conch. i. p. 39, pl. 10. figs. 7-9; Gassies, Faune 
Nouv. Caléd. p. 70, pl. 3. fig. 11; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. 
p- 88. 

Auriculus semisculptus, Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. (Auric.) iv. 
p- 359. 

I found several hundred examples of this species in different 
parts of the group. They were all found buried in rotten bogs on 


1887. ] MOLLUSKS ON THE VITI ISLANDS. 299 


the margins of mangrove-swamps. I also took many in similar 
stations at Wallis Island and Samoa. I have received it from New 
Caledonia, and, undoubtedly, it ranges throughout Melanesia. The 
locality “‘Gambier Islands,” usually assigned to this species, is 
decidedly erroneous. ‘There are no swampy lands and not a single 
perennial stream in the group. Schmeltz is also wrong in citing 
Huahine, Society Islands, as habitat. 

This species varies considerably in shape, thickness, and in size 
ranges from 12 to 30 millim. long. The surface is shining, longi- 
tudinally striated, and the upper portions of the whorls are 
sculptured by crowded spiral rows of minute granules, which, in 
large adults, sometimes cover the whole surface of the body-whorl. 
The lower part of the parietal region is armed with a prominent, 
compressed, oblique fold, and just beneath is a smaller and more 
vertical one on the columella. The peristome is rather strongly 
labiated and sinuous above. The shape of the shell varies from 
oblong-ovate to oblong-turreted, the spire is more or less produced, 
and the base imperforated. Colour white, beneath a fulvous-yellow 
or yellowish horn-coloured epidermis. 


Genus TRUNCATELLA, Risso. 
1. TRUNCATELLA VALIDA, Pfeiffer. 


Truncatella valida, Pfeiffer, Zeit. Malak. 1846, p. 182; Mon. 
Auric. (Appendix) i. p. 184 ; Jay, Cat. Shells, 1854, p. 253; Kiister, 
Mon. p. 11, pl. 2. figs. 7, 8, 19-21, 23; H. & A. Adams, Gen. 
Moll. ii. p. 311; Martens, Ostas. Zool. ii. p. 262; Paetel, Cat. 
Conch. p. 118; Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 477. 

Truncatella vitiana, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1847, 
p- 208; Expl. Exp., Shells, p. 109, fig. 126; Otia Conch. p. 40; 
H. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll. ii. p. 311; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. ii. 
p- 6; Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1869, p. 356, 1870, Per T85 ; 
Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 118; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 104. 

Truneatella vitiacea, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 185. 

Taheitia vitiana, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1871, p. 477. 

Truncatella conspicua, “ Bronn,”’ Pfeiffer, Mon. Auric. (Appendix) 
i. p. 184; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 118; Layard, Cat. Land & Fresh- 
water Shells N. Caled. p. 1. 

This species occurs in abundance in all parts of the group, and 
lives just above high-water mark in sheltered places. It occurs also 
in the Samoa, Tonga, and Ellis group, and is diffused throughout 
Australasia and the East-India Islands. 

It may be characterized by its solid texture, slightly tapering 
cylindrical form, white, luteous, corneous, or ruddy corneous colour, 
and 43 slightly convex persistent whorls. The sculpture consists of 
nearly erect, obtuse ribs (25 to 35) on the body-whorl, and the base 
is more or less distinctly carinated. The peristome is thick, slightly 
expanded and auriculated at the suture. The operculum is thin, 
convex, smooth, with an elastic lamina-like margin. 

Length 6 to 8 millim. 


300 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [ Mar. I, 


I am inclined to believe that 7’. pacifica, Pease, from the Caroline 
Islands, is identical with 7. valida. 


2. TRUNCATELLA RUSTICA, Mousson. 


Truncatella rustica, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865, pl. 14. 
fig. 8; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 118; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. 
p- 104; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 14. 

Truncatella costellifera, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, pp. 468, 
477; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. (Auric.) iv. p. 16. 

I found a few examples of this species at Taviuni, associated with 
T. vitiana. It was also obtained at Wallis Island (=‘‘ Uvea’’), 
where Dr. Griiffe found the type specimens. Mr. Pease’s T. costel- 
lifera, which Mr. Brazier obtained at Vavau, Tonga Islands, is un- 
doubtedly the same as 7’. rustica. 

It is smaller (6 to 7 millim. long), more slender, the aperture not 
so large, and the ribs less numerous (20 to 25), and the basal keel is 
more conspicuous than in 7’. valida, and is continuous with the large 
rib just behind the peristome, which gives the latter a duplicated 
appearance. The colour corneous or ruddy corneous. 


3. TRUNCATELLA CEYLANICA, Pfeiffer. 

Truncatella ceylanica, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1856; Mon. 
Auric. (Appendix) i. p. 186; H. Nevill, Enum. Pneum. Ceyl. 1871, 
p- 6; Tennent’s Ceylon, i. p. 239. 

Truncatella teres, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1856, p. 336; Mon. 
Auric. (Appendix) i. p. 188 ; Cox, Mon. Austr. Land-Shells, p. 92, 
pl. 15. figs. 9, 9a, 96; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 118. 

Truncatella semicostata, Montrouzier, Journ. de Conch. 1862, 
p- 243, pl. 9. fig. 10; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. ii. p. 6; Gassies, 
Faune Nouv. Caled. p. 73, pl. 8. fig. 2; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 118; 
Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 104. 

vuncatella cerea, Gassies. 

Truncatella nitida, Gassies. 

We obtained many thousand specimens, in all stages of growth, 
near high-water mark at Ovalau Island. 

This species may be distinguished by its rather thin shining 
texture and more or less evanescent riblets, which are either well 
developed on all the whorls, or entirely absent except at the sutures, 
where they are reduced to plicate crenulations. Sometimes the crenu- 
lations disappear, so that the shell is perfectly smooth and polished. 
Some examples have the upper whorls ribbed, and the lower one 
smooth or crenulated at the suture and base. 

Having lately received from my esteemed correspondent, Mr. E. 
L. Layard, of New Caledonia, a lot of Zruncatella ceylanica from 
Ceylon, together with 7. teres from the Comoro Islands, and many 
examples of 7’. semicostata from New Caledonia, and after a critical 
comparison of the three species, I have failed to discover a single 
specific character to separate one from the other. Dr. Cox records 
1’. teres from N.E. Australia. 

Through the courtesy of the Rev. Montrouzier of New Caledonia, 


1887.] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 301 


I have been enabled to examine typical specimens of 7’. cerea and 
T’. nitida labelled in Gassies’s own handwriting, and do not hesitate 
to refer the former to the smooth crenulated and the latter to the 
smooth non-crenulated varieties of 7’. ceylanica. 


4, TRUNCATELLA GRANUM, Garrett. 

Truncatella granum, Garrett, Amer. Journ. Conch. 1872, p. 225 ; 
Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 105; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. 
p- 16. 

This small species occurred to my notice in one locality only, the 
N.E. end of Taviuni, where it was found abundant beneath loose 
stones a little below high-water mark. 

Its small size (43 to 5 millim. long), uniform cinereous colour, 
43 persistent whorls, 20 to 25 riblets on the body-whorl, small ovate 
aperture, and conspicuous duplicated peristome will distinguish it 
from the preceding species. 


5. TRUNCATELLA AVENACEA, Sp. nov. 

Shell small, rimate, cylindrical, corneous ; ribs rather small, erect, 
rounded, about the same width as their interspaces, 35 to 40 on the 
last whorl; suture impressed ; whorls persistent, 43, convex ; base 
distinctly carinated ; aperture small, vertical, oval, a little less than 
a fourth the length of the shell; peristome continuous, obtuse, 
slightly expanded, and duplicated by the continuation of the basal 
keel. Length 6, diam. 23 millim. 

A few examples found associated with 7", viéiqna at Vanua Levu. 

It more nearly resembles the strongly ribbed 7’. semicostata than 
any other species inhabiting the group; but may be distinguished 
from that species by its more numerous ribs, more convex whorls, 
smaller aperture, and more conspicuous basal keel and duplicated 
peristome. 


Genus Tanertia, H. & A. Adams. 


1. TaweItTta FUNICULUS (Mousson), 

Truncatella funiculus, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, p. 171 ; 
Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 117; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 21. 

This species was discovered by Dr. Griffe in the interior of Viti 
Levu. 

It is a slender, cylindrical, whitish horn-coloured species, with 6 
persistent convex whorls and a deep suture; the ribs are sharp, rather 
remote, 12 to 16 in the body-whorl, all converging at the base. The 
aperture is small, vertical, semicircular. Peristome obtuse, expanded, 
continuous, and slightly porrected. Length 8, diam. 2 millim. 


2. TAHEITIA TURRICULA (Mousson). 

Truncatella turricula, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, p. 196; 
Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 117 ; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 104; 
Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 20. 

Inhabits Mango Island, where it was discovered by Dr. Graffe. 
I do not know this species. 

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1887, No. XXI. 21 


302 MR. A, GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Mar. |, 


It is a long, slender, greyish-white species, with 5 persistent 
subconvex whorls and a deep suture; the riblets, of which there are 18 
to 20 on the last whorl, are thin, sharp, and separated by rather wide 
interspaces. The vertical aperture is obtusely biangulately ovate, 


and the porrected peristome is continuous, expanded, and slightly 
reflected. Length 9 millim. 


3. TAHEITIA ARCASIANA (Crosse). 


Truncatella arcasiana, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1868, p. 177, 
1870, p. 107, pl. 7. fig. 13; Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, 
p. 196; Sehmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 104; Pfeiffer, Mon. 
Pneum. iv. p. 20. 

Truncatella alternans, Mousson, in Cat. Mus. Godeff. iv. p. 76. 

This species (which is unknown to me) was found by Dr. Griiffe in 
the interior of Viti Levu. 

Mr. Crosse says it is an elongated, cylindrically-turreted, chalky, 
dull whitish species, 9 millim. long, with remote riblets, which are 
sometimes evanescent on the middle of the whorls. The persistent 
6 whorls are rather convex, the suture is impressed, and the aperture 


suboval. The peristome is continuous, porrected, and slightly 
expanded. 


4. TAHEITIA SCALARIFORMIS (Reeve). 


Truncatella scalariformis, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1842, p. 197; 
Conch. Syst. ii. pl. 182. fig. 6; Pfeiffer, Zeit. Malak. 1846, p. 186; 
Mon. Auric. i. (Appendix) p. 191; Jay, Cat. Shells, 1850, 
p- 252; Kuster, Mon. p. 15; H.& A. Adams, Gen. Moll. ii. p. 31 ; 
Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 104. 

Truncatella truncatula, var., Anton, Verz. Conch. p. 62. 

Truncatella arétecostata, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1869, p- 68, 
pl. 5. fig. 4, 1870, p. 195; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 117; Schmeltz, 

"Cat. Mus. Godeff. iv. p. 76 ; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 19. 

Taheitia scalariformis, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, pp. 468, 
477; Journ. de Conch. 1871, p. 92; Martens & Langk. Don. 
Bismark. p. 60, pl. 4. fig. 1. 

Prof. Mousson’s original description of 7’. arctecostata was drawn 
up from specimens of 7. scalariformis collected by me at Anaa, 
Paumotu Islands. The same, or a very closely allied, species was 
subsequently discovered by Dr. Griiffe on Viti Levu, and referred by 
Mousson to 7’. arctecostata. I have not seen any Viti specimens. 

It is a thin, subpellucid, cylindrically-turreted, yellowish-white 
or corneous species, with 4 or 5 persistent convex whorls. The 
riblets are numerous (38 to 40 in the last whorl), very slightly 
arched, and converging at the base. The aperture is vertical, small, 
broadly ovate, and the peristome is thin, continuous, and expanded. 
Operculum typical. Length 6 millim. 


Genus DrpLommatTINa, Benson. 
1. DipLOMMATINA MARTENSI, H. Adams. 


Diplommatina (Diancta) martensi, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soe. 


1887.] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 303 


1866, p. 446, pl. 38. fig. Il ; Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, 
p- 186; Brazier, Journ. de Conch. 1870, p. 84; Schmeltz, Cat. 
Mus. Godeff. v. p. 102; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pueum. iv. p. 85. 

Diplommatina paradoxa, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1857, p 449. 

Diplommatina australia, Schmeltz (not of Benson), Cat. Mus. 
Godeff. iii. p. 30; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 118. 

Diplommatina macrostoma, “ MSS.,’”’ Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. 
iv. p. 73; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 118. 

Diplommatina distorta, ‘‘ MSS.,”’ Schmeltz, 7. ec. p. 75; Paetel, 
fc. p. 118. 

This species inhabits Viti Levu and Ovalau. 

It may be distinguished by its sinistral, distorted, ovate-conical 
form, cinereous or luteous horn-colour, 54 swollen whorls, the last one 
smaller than the preceding and ascending. ‘The sculpture consists 
of fine, crowded, oblique, lamelliform striz, which become larger 
and more remote on the body-whorl. Aperture large, subvertical, 
and nearly circular. The peristome is continuous, expanded, and 
in adults the parietal wall is subplicate. Length 3 millim. 


2. DreLoMMATINA POMATIEZFORMIS, Mousson. 

Diplommatina (Diancta) pomatieformis, Mousson, Journ. de 
Conch. 1870, p. 180, pl. 8. fig. 2; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 81. 

Discovered by Dr. Griffe in the central portion of Viti Levu. 

A sinistral, inflated, costate-striated, cinereous species, with 64 
rounded whorls, the last one smaller than the penultimate, scarcely 
ascending, and the strize coarser and more distant than on the pre- 
ceding whorls. The vertical aperture is circular, pale luteous, and 
the peristome is slightly reflected and duplicated. Length 5 millim. 


3. DipLOMMATINA SUBREGULARIS, Mousson. 


Diplommatina (Diancta) subregularis, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 
1870, p. 181, pl. 8. fig. 3; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 81. 

This species inhabits “ Nagara,” on the south coast of Viti Levu, 
where it was found by Dr. Griiffe. 

A sinistral, yellowish horn-coloured species, shaped like the pre- 
ceding, but not so much inflated and with the spire more regular. 
The sculpture consists of distant acute strie. Whorls 7, convex, 
the penultimate somewhat inflated, the last one small and ascending. 
The vertical aperture is quadrately circular, and the slightly expanded 
peristome is subduplicated. Length 3 millim. 


4. DirpLOMMATINA ASCENDENS, Mousson. 


Diplommatina (Diancta) ascendens, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 
1870, p. 184, pl. 8. fig. 5; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 82. 

Dr. Griiffe discovered this species on the island of Viti Levu. 

It is a sinistral species about 33 millim. long, of a flesh-white 
colour, acutely ovate form, with distant lamelliform riblets and 
rather deep suture. Whorls 53, convex, rapidly increasing, the 
last one smaller than the penultimate and ascending. The rather 


large aperture is somewhat quadrate in shape and the peristome is 
aE* 


304 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [ Mar. 1, 


expanded, duplicated, slightly sinuated, and the columella is obtusely 
nodulous. 


5. DipLoOMMATINA GODEFFROYANA, Mousson. 


Diplommatina (Diancta) godeffroyana, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 
1870, p. 182, pl. 8. fig. 4; Paetel, Cat. Conch, p. 118; Schmeltz, 
Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 102; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 82. 

Also discovered by Dr. Griiffe on the southern portion of Viti 
Levu. 

It is described as a sinistral, ovate, inflated, whitish horn-coloured 
species, with distant lamina-like strie, 6 whorls, the antepenultimate 
larger than the penultimate, and the latter larger than the body- 
whorl, which slightly ascends the preceding one. The subvertical 
aperture is circular; the peristome is acute, shortly expanded, and 
slightly duplicated. Length 33 millim. 


6. DIPLOMMATINA TUBEROSA, Mousson. 


Diplommatina (Diancta) tuberosa, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 
1870, p. 185; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 118; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. 
Godeff. v. p. 102; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 83. 

This is another of Dr. Griiffe’s newly discovered species, which he 
found at Vaini Loba, on the south part of Viti Levu. 

It is described as a sinistral, rather thin, elongate-ovate, pale 
horn-coloured species, with distant lamelliform riblets, 6 rounded 
whorls, the penultimate retracted and compressed in front, and the 
sides inflated. The last whorl is small, attenuated, and slightly 
ascending. The aperture is subcircular, and the peristome is slightly 
reflexed. Length 3-4 millim. 


7. DIPLOMMATINA QUADRATA, Mousson. 


Diplommatina (Diancta) quadrata, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 
1870, p. 187, pl. 8, fig. 1; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 83. 

Also found by Dr. Griffe at Viti Levu. 

A sinistral, ovate, pale-yellowish species, with crowded costulate 
strie and convexly conical spire. Whorls 5, rapidly increasing, 
convex, the fourth one subinflated, the penultimate swollen on the 
back and retracted on the front, the last one attenuated, compressed 
at the base, and rapidly ascending. The subquadrate aperture is 
subpatulous, and the peristome is expanded, Length 42 millim. 


8. DreLoMMATINA TAvIENSIs, Liardet. 


Diplommatina taviensis, Liardet, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 101, 
pl. 5. figs. 9, 9a. 

“Shell with the penultimate whorl contracted in front, leaving the 
previous one and lip of the aperture joining regularly costated ; 
lip double ; aperture circular and entire.” 

“Animal with two tentacles, short and cylindrical, with an active 
arched motion, as in Helicina. Eyes situated at the base of the 
tentacles inside.”’ 

“ Hab. Taviuni, Fiji.” (iardet.) 


1887. ] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 305 


Genus Moussonia, Semper. 
1. Movussonita FruscutLA, Mousson. 


Diplommatina (Moussonia) fuscula, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 
1870, p. 188, pl. 8. fig. 9; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iy. p. 93. 

Moussonia fuscula, Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 102. 

The type was found by Dr. Griiffe on Oneata, one of the Windward 
Islands. Prof. Mousson mentions a var. vitiana from Viti Levu. 

It is a minute, dextral, abbreviately turreted species of a brownish 
horn-colour, with fine strize and 7 rounded whorls, of which the 
penultimate is the larger. The body-whorl is rather slender, 
rounded, and ascending. The aperture is circular, and the columella 
bears an obtuse plait or tooth. Peristome expanded. Length 
2 millim. 


Genus Osropes, Gould. 
1. OsropeEs piaTReTus (Gould). 


Cyclostoma diatretum, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1847, 
p- 205 ; Expl. Exp., Shells, p. 105, fig. 124. 

Cyclotus diatretus, Pfeiffer, Consp. Cyclos. no 22; Mon. Pneum. 
i. p. 33; Gray, Cat. Phan. p. 18. 

Cyclophorus (Ostodes) diatretus, var. intercostata, Mousson, 
Journ. de Conch. 1870, p. 179. 

Dr. Gould’s type specimens of this rare species were found on the 
west end of Vanua Levu. I obtained two dead specimens at Vanua 
Balavo, one of the Windward Islands, where Dr. Griiffe also found 
a single dead example, and one on Oneata, which Prof. Mousson 
characterized as var. intercostata. 

This species is readily distinguished by its depressed form, wide 
open umbilicus, rude spiral, unequal, elevated lines, whitish horn- 
colour, rounded aperture, and simple peristome. Diam. 12 millim. 

It is very closely related to the New-Caledonian O. docageanus, 
but is smaller and more depressed. 

Whilst searching in the mountains on the west end of Vanua 
Levu I found a very much weathered Ostodes twice the size of 
Gould’s species, and subsequently found a similar specimen on the 
beach at Kioa Island. The specimens are in the Museum Godeffroy 
in Hamburg. It is undoubtedly an undescribed species. 


2. OsroDES LIBERATUS, Mousson. 

Ostodes liberatus, Mousson, MS., Mus. Godeffroy, 1885. 

Shell widely umbilicated, depressed, whitish horn-colour ; spire 
slightly elevated; apex prominent; suture deeply impressed ; 
whorls 4, convex, transversely rudely striated, undulated, and 
sculptured with numerous elevated spiral lines, larger, more promi- 
neut, and crenulated on and above the rounded periphery; umbilicus 
very wide, showing all the volutions to the apex ; aperture circular, 
nearly vertical; peristome thin, continuous, straight. 

Major diam. 10, height 4 millim. 

Viti Levu. 


306 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [ Mar. I, 


I received four examples of this singular species from the Museum 
Godeffroy. One specimen has the last whorl separated from the 
penultimate a distance of 4 millim. It may be distinguished by 
its depressed form, undulated whorls, and crenulated spiral lines. 


3, OsropEs strictus, Mousson. 

Ostodes strictus, Mousson, MS., Museum Godeffroy, 1885. 

Shell umbilicated, depressed, turbinate, solid, rugose, decorticated, 
cinereous, sometimes with a ruddy tinge on the last whorl; spire 
depressedly conoid, apex exserted ; suture impressed ; whorls 5, con- 
vex, transversely rugosely wrinkled, closely ijineated with spiral 
elevated lines, becoming evanescent on the rounded body-whorl ; 
umbilicus wide, freely exhibiting all the whorls, spirally lineated 
with raised lines, and the margins slightly angulated; aperture 
oblique, subcircular ; peristome straight, simple, nearly continuous, 
briefly joined to the body-whorl. 

Major diam. 13, height 7 millim. 

Vatu Lale. 

Three examples received from the Godeffroy Museum. It is very 
closely related to Gould’s O. strigatus, a Samoa species, and, excepting 
in size, can scarcely be distinguished from the New-Caledonian 
O. bocageanus. 


Genus Purtna, Vignard. 
1. Pupina viTIENsIs, Garrett. 


Pupina vitiensis, Garrett, Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1873, p. 233, 
pl. 3. fig. 62; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. vi. pp. 83, 104. 

A somewhat rare species, found beneath damp decaying leaves at 
Gomea Island. Mr. Liardet records a species of Pupina as occur- 
ring ov Taviuni, which is probably the same as the Gomea shell. 
Schmeltz erroneously assigns it to Kandavu. 

A brilliant, highly polished, oblong, whitish corneous species, with 
slightly swollen spire, the left side more convex than the right, and 
the columella with a tongue-like projection forming a deep notch. 
An obtuse plait on the upper part of the parietal wall. Length 7 
millim. 


Genus OmeHatotroris, Pfeiffer. 


1. OMPHALOTROPIS MOUSSONI, Pease. 


Omphalotropis ovata, Mousson (not of Pease), Journ. de Conch. 
1865, p. 198, pl. 14. fig. 10; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 124; Schmeltz, 
Cat. Mus. Godeff. iv. p. 75. 

Omphalotropis moussoni, Pease, Journ. de Conch. 1869, p. 147; 
Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 101. 

Realia (Omphalotropis) moussoni, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 
1870, p. 194, 1871, p. 27; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 224. 

I found a few examples of this species at Vanua Balavo, where 
Dr. Griiffe discovered the type specimens. The Doctor subse- 
quently found it on Viti Levu, Ticombia, and at Tongatabu, one of 


1887. ] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 307 


the Tonga group. All the species of this genus live beneath decay - 
ing vegetation. 

A smooth, ovate-ventricose, yellowish horn-coloured species, 
with two faint transverse zones, and six subinflated whorls, the last 
one perforated and slightly keeled close to the perforation. Length 
33 millim. 


2. OMPHALOTROPIS PARVA, Mousson. 

Omphalotropis parva, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 199 ; 
Pease, Journ. de Conch. 1869, p. 147 ; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 124; 
Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 101. 

Realia (Omphalotropis) parva, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1871, 
p. 28; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 224. 

Realia levis, Baird, in Brenchley’s Cruise of Curacoa (ex Schmeltz, 
in C. M.G. v. p. 101). 

Omphalotropis vitiensis, Liardet, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 101, 
pl. 5. figs. 11, 11a. 

This small species is not only generally diffused throughout the 
group, but occurs also in the Tonga and Ellis group of islands. 
Dr. Baird gives ‘‘Samoa”’ as habitat; neither Graffe nor myself 
detected it in that group. 

A small, smooth, ovate-conical species, 44 millim. long, of a pale 
corneous, yellowish, or violaceous horn-colour, with 6 convex whorls, 
and a strong basal keel contiguous to the perforation. 


3. OMPHALOTROPIS INGENS, Mousson. 

Realia (Omphalotropis) ingens, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, 
p- 189; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 227. 

This species was found by Dr. Graffe in Oneata, where it occurred 
in a semi-fossil condition. 

An acutely-ovate species, with longitudinal riblets and 7 flattened 
whorls, the last with a basal filiform keel. Length 7 millim. 


4. OMPHALOTROPIS LONGULA, Mousson. 

Realia (Omphalotropis) longula, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 
1870, p. 193; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 233. 

Omphalotropis longula, Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 124. 

Inhabits Ticombia, one of the Windward Islands. 

This species may be characterized by its smooth, rather thin, sub- 
pellucid, conically-turreted form, 7 slightly convex whorls, the last 
one rounded and filocarinate at the base. The aperture is oval, and 
the peristome slightly expanded. Length 6 millim. 


5. OMPHALOTROPIS CIRCUMLINEATA, Mousson. 

Realia (Omphalotropis) circumlineata, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 
1870, p. 191, pl. 7. fig. 11; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 230. 

Omphalotropis circumlineata, Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 124. 

Garrettia ? circumlineata, Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 100. 

This interesting species was discovered by Dr. Graiffe on Vanua 
Balavo and Viti Levu. 


308 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [ Mar. 1, 


A thin, turbinate, conical, reddish horn-coloured species, with 6 
angulate whorls which are spirally lineated with elevated lines, two 
on the body and one on the whorls of the spire so much larger than 
the others as to give the former a biangular, and the latter an angu- 
lar outline. The basal keel is small. Length 53 millim. 

Mousson’s figure is not very characteristic. ‘The whorls are too 
much rounded, and do not exhibit the large spiral lines which modify 
the outlines of the shell. 

Mr. Schmeltz refers it with a doubt to the genus Garretiia 
(=Diadema, Pease). An examination of the operculum would de- 
cide the question of its generic rank. 


6. OmPpHALOTROPIS COosTULATA, Mousson. 


Realia (Omphalotropis) costulata, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 
1870, p. 190, pl. 7. fig. 10; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 233. 

Omphalotropis costulata, Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 124. 

A few examples found beneath dead leaves at Vanua Balavo, 
where Dr. Graffe obtained the type specimens. 

A small, ovate, whitish horn-coloured species, 53 millim. long, 
with 6 convex whorls, and furnished with small, longitudinal, 
crowded riblets. The perforated base has a well-defined keel, and 
there is sometimes faint indication of a peripheral keel. 


7, OMPHALOTROPIS suBSOLUTA, Mousson. 


Realia (Omphalotropis) subsoluta, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 
1870, p. 192, pl. 7. fig. 12; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 219. 

Omphalotropis subsoluta, Paetel, Cat. Conch, p. 124; Schmeltz, 
Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 100. 


Discovered by Dr. Griiffe at Oneata, one of the Windward Islands. 

A smooth, pale horn-coloured, turreted species, with 72 convex 
whorls; the last one, which is slightly separated from the penul- 
timate, is usually furnished with a filiform carina a little below the 
periphery. A similar remote keel cireumscribes the basal perfora- 
tion. The vertical aperture is about one fifth the length of the 
shell. Peristome porrected, continuous, and slightly patulous at the 
base. Length 10 millim. 


8. OMPHALOTROPIS ZEBRIOLATA, Mousson. 


Omphalotropis zebriolata, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865, 
p- 181, pl. 14. fig. 11, 1870, p. 193, 1873, p. 108; Pease, Journ. 
de Conch. 1869, p. 145; Proe. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 476; Paetel, 
Cat. Conch. p. 124; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 101. 

Realia (Omphalotropis) zebriolata, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 
1870, p. 193, 1871, p. 27; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 225. 

Omphalotropis perforata, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865, 
p- 182, pl. 14. fig. 12; Pease, Journ. de Conch. 1869, p. 145; 
Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 476; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 124; 
Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 101. 


1887.] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 309 


Realia (Omphalotropis) perforata, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 
1871, p. 27; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 222. 

The type specimens of O. zebriolata and O. perforata were found by 
Dr. Griffe at ‘‘ Uvea”’ or Wallis Island, one of the northern islands of 
the Tonga group. Having personally collected hundreds of examples 
of both forms in the same locality, and as they gradually intergrade, 
I have united the two species. Dr. Griffe also detected it on the 
neighbouring island of Futuna and on the low coral-islands of Ellis 
group. He likewise obtained the form O. zebriolata at Kanathia, Viti 
Islands. Mr. Pease wrongly assigns it to Samoa. 

It may be distinguished by its ovate-conical form, smooth surface, 
fissured base, and variable colour—rose-red, pale luteous, violaceous 
brown, often pale banded at the periphery ; sometimes with pale dots 
or longitudinal flexuous or zigzag lines. The basal keel is contiguous 
to the umbilical fissure. The pyriform aperture is usually concolor 
and the glazed parietal wall is frequently reddish brown. Length 
5 to 7 millim. 

It is shaped like the well-known O. huahinensis. 


9. OMPHALOTROPIS ROSEA (Gould). 


Cyclostoma roseum, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1847, 
p- 205; Expl. Exp., Shells, p. 105, fig. 121; Petit, Journ. de Conch. 
1850, p. 47. 

Omphalotropis rosea, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, p. 307 ; 
Consp. Cyclos. ne. 47; Mon. Pneum. i. p. 308, ili. p. 176; H. & 
A. Adams, Gen. Moll. ii. p. 300. 

Hydrocena rosea, Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. ii. p. 162. 

Assiminea rosea, Martens, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1866, xvii. 
p. 206. 

Through the kindness of Mr. E. L. Layard, I have received an 
adolescent example of Gould’s O. rosea; but, unfortunately, the 
kind donor cannot give me any information in regard to the exact 
locality except the comprehensive one “ Fiji.’ I am inclined to 
believe it inhabits the small Windward Islands. 

It may be distinguished by its large size, elongate-conical shape, 
rather solid texture, 6—7 whorls, and rose or luteous horn-colour. 
The conspicuous basal keel is close to the slightly perforated 
umbilicus. Length 8-9, diam. 43-3 millim. 


10. OmPHALOTROPIS BIFILARIS, Mousson. 


Omphalctropis bifiluris, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 183 ; 
Pease, Journ. de Conch. 1869, p. 146; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, 
p- 476; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 124; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. 

Ol. 
F Realia (Omphalotropis) bifilaris, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1869, 
p. 353, 1870, p. 194 (var. angusta), 1871, p. 29; Pfeiffer, Mon. 
Pueum, iv. p. 232. 

Obtained by Dr. Griiffe at Kanathia, and the var. angusta in the 
interior of Viti Levu. The latter hasa smaller basal fissure, and the 


310 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [ Mar. 1, 


two carinations are evanescent. It is probably a distinct species. 
The type is also distributed throughout the group, and occurs at 
Wallis Island. 

This species may be recognized by its conical form, pale horn- 
colour beneath a light brownish epidermis, 6 convex whorls, incised 
suture, and filocarinate periphery. The basal perforation is margined 
by a rather distant keel. Length 6 millim. 


11. OMPHALOTROPIS LAYARDIANA, Sp. Nov. 


Realea (Omphalotropis) rosea, Mousson (not of Gould), Journ. de 
Conch. 1870, p. 192. 

Omphalotropis bythineformis, “MSS.,” Paetel, Cat. Conch. 
p- 124 (ex Schmeltz in Cat. Mus. Godeff. iv. p. 74). 

I obtained several specimens of this species at Vanua Balavo, one 
of the Windward Islands. It may be described as follows :— 

Shell umbilicated, rather solid, ovate-conic, smooth, scarcely 
shining, uniform corneous ; spire rather short, convexly-conical, apex 
obtuse; suture slightly incised; whorls 6-7, convex, narrowly 
tabulated, last one rounded; umbilicus large ; basal keel large, and 
distant from the umbilical opening; aperture abbreviately ovate, 
angular posteriorly and rounded in front ; peristome obtuse, margins 
nearly or quite continuous. 

Length 6, diam. 4 millim. 

It differs from O. rosea in its smaller size, more abbreviate form, 
more swollen whorls, large umbilicus, and remote keel. 


Genus Lacocuertus, Blanford. 
1. LacocuerLus uispipus, Liardet. 


Lagocheilus hispidus, Liardet, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 101, 
pl. 5. figs. 10, 10a. 

‘*Shell small, bulimoid, hispid, of a brown colour; whorls 53, 
spirally costate: aperture circular. 

** Hab. Gomia, Fiji.” (Liardet.) 

The existence of this East-Indian genus in the Viti group is 
remarkable. So far as known, it has not been detected in any other 
part of the Pacific. 


Genus Hrticina, Lamarck. 
1. Hexicina TECTIFORMIsS, Mousson. 


Helicina tectiformis, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, p. 199, 
pl. 8. fig. 7; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 126; (Trochatella) Brazier, 
Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 322; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. 
p- 98; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 250. 

Helicina mangoensis, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 250. 

This fine species appears to be peculiar to the small island of 
Mango, where it is very abundant on coralline rocks. 

A depressedly-conical, acutely carinated species of a uniform white 
colour, with a sulphur-yellow spire ; frequently greyish, more or less 


1887. ] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 311 


tinged with red. The sculpture consists of rather coarse, elevated, 
oblique strize of growth, and closely-set spiral raised lines. The very 
oblique aperture is subtriangular, and the obtuse peristome is more 
or less expanded. There are 5 flat whorls, the last one with a 
prominent compressed acute keel. Diam. 12 millim. 


2. Hewicina seEmprRs, Mousson. 


Helicina semperi, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, p. 201, pl. 8. 
fig. 8; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 126; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. 
p- 98 (as of Griiffe) ; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 278. 

Obtained by Dr. Griiffe at Oneata. 

A solid, smooth, somewhat lenticular, shining species with five 
flattened whorls, the last one rounded at the periphery, and the 
colour variable—white, yellow, reddish, frequently with reddish 
zigzag strigations. Peristome obtusely thickened, and the basa! 
callus white. Diam. 10 millim. 


3. Hexicina INTERNA, Mousson. 


Helicina interna, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, p. 201, pl. 8. 
fig. 6; 1871, p. 24; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 125; Schmeltz, Cat. 
Mus. Godeff. v. p. 99 ; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 248. 

Found by Dr. Griffe in the interior of Viti Levu and at Mango 
Island. It is also recorded from the Tonga group. 

A turbinately-conical species of a uniform white or yellowish 
colour, with or without a spiral reddish-brown zone, and regular 
conical spire. Whorls 5, slightly convex, the last one rounded or 
obtusely angulated. -Peristome acute. Diam. 9 millim. 


4. HELIciInA GOMEAENSIS, Garrett. 


Helicina gomeaensis, Garrett, Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1873, 
p. 233, pl. 3. fig. 13. 

On the foliage of bushes at Gomea Island. 

A depressedly trochiform, somewhat shining species, with spiral 
impressed striz. Colour light straw-yellow, rarely with two brownish- 
red zones. Whorls 5, somewhat convex, last one slightly angular 


on the periphery. The white peristome is broadly expanded. Diam. 
10 millim. 


5. HeLicina PALLIDA, Gould. 


Helicina pallida, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1847, 
p- 202; Expl. Exp., Shells, p. 96, fig. 113; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. i. 
p- 396; Gray, Cat. Phan. p. 290; (Pachystoma) H. & A. Adams, 
Gen. Moll. ii. p. 303; Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 197, 
1870, p. 200; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 125; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. 
Godeff. v. p. 74. 

I found a few examples of this species at Vanua Levu, Kioa, and 
Vanua Balavo. On foliage. 

A cinereous or pale yellowish-white species, more depressed than 
the preceding one, the whorls flatter, the last one angular, the 


312 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Mar. 1, 


spiral lines more indistinct, and the periphery with a compressed keel. 
The peristome is thinner and not so much expanded. Diam. 
9 millim. 


6. Henicina BeERYLLINA, Gould. 


Helicina beryllina, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1847, 
p- 202; Expl. Exp., Shells, p. 95, fig. 111 ; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. 1. 
p. 354; Gray, Cat. Phan. p. 256; (Jdesa) H. & A. Adams, Gen. 
Moll. ii. p. 304; Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 197, 1869, 
p- 357 (var. flavida), 1870, p. 200; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 125; 
Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 476; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. 
v. p. 98. 

I obtained numerous examples of this species at Vanua Balavo, 
where it occurs on the trunks of trees. Dr. Griffe found it at 
Kanathia and Oneata. Prof. Mousson bas described the var. favida 
from Samoa. 

About the same size but thinner than H. semperi, and the spire 
is more conical, and the last whorl more depressed, so much so as to 
give the periphery an obtusely angular appearance. The peristome 
is thin. Colour white or pale greenish yellow, frequently with a 
dorsal spiral red zone ; basal callus greenish yellow. 


7. Heicrina FULGORA, Gould. 


Helicina fulgora, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soe. Nat. Hist. 1847, 
p- 201; Expl. Exp., Shells, p. 97, fig. 106 ; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. 
1. p. 401; Gray, Cat. Phan. p. 293; H. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll. ii. 
p- 302; Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 178, 1869, p. 356, 
1870, p. 198 (var. eapansa), 1871, p. 25 (var. diminuta); Pease, 
Proce. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 476; Paetel, Cat.Conch. p. 125; Schmeltz, 
Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 98. 

Dr. Gould’s type specimens were obtained at Manna and Upolu, 
Samoa Islands. Mousson’s variety expansa was found by Dr. Griaffe 
at Kanathia and Viti Levu. He also described the small var. 
diminuta from the Tonga Islands. Pfeiffer erroneously cites the 
Sandwich group as one of its localities. 

This species, which lives on the ground in forests, may be dis- 
tinguished by its thin, smooth, shining shell, convexly conoid spire, 
angular and conspicuously carinated body-whorl. The peristome 
is thin and expanded, forming an angle at the point of union with 
the columella. Colour pale corneous, white, or light sulphur-yellow, 
with longitudinal flexuous reddish or white narrow stripes. Diam. 
4 to 9 millim. 


8. Heticina musiva, Gould. 


Helicina musiva, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1847, p. 201 ; 
Expl. Exp., Shells, p. 98, fig. 107; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. i. 
p- 368; Gray, Cat. Phan. p. 259; H. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll. ii. 
p- 302; Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1865, p. 178 (var. wveana), 
1869, p. 357, 1870, p. 202 (var. vitiana et subcarinata), 1871, 


1887. ] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 313 


p. 25, 1873, p. 107 (var. rotundata); Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, 
p- 476; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 125 (musica in err.). 

This variable species is abundant beneath decaying vegetation in 
the lowlands near the sea-shore, and is generally diffused throughout 
the group. It is also common in similar stations in the Tonga and 
Samoa Islands. Prof. Mousson’s var. rotundata was obtained at 
the low coral-islands of the Ellis group. 

The shape varies from depressed globose to sublenticular, and in 
size it varies from 3 to 5 millim. in diameter. The usual colour is 
white, corneous, or pale yellowish horn-colour, with radiating reddish- 
chestnut, more or less zigzagged or undulating stripes; it is rarely 
unicolor, and sometimes light chestnut. The periphery is rounded 
or subangulated, and the peristome slightly expanded. 

H. oceanica, Pease, inhabiting the Kingsmill group, is probably 
a variety of H. musiva. 


9. HeELIcinA ARTICULATA, Pfeiffer. 


Helicina articulata, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, p. 53; Mon. 
Pneum. ii. p. 191 ; Malak. Blat. 1854, p. 103. 

A few examples found beneath decaying leaves near the sea-shore, 
on the west end of Vanua Levu. 

Pfeiffer mentions ‘“Tanna, New Hebrides,” as the habitat of 
HI. articulata. 

Very closely related to the depressed subangulated forms of 
H. musiva, and the colour and markings are nearly or quite similar 
in the two species. The two articulated white and chestnut bands 
at the suture and periphery are not constant. The filocarinated 
body-whorl is its most prominent character. Diam. 5—6 millim. 


10. HELICINA POHLIANA, sp. nov. 


Helicina miniata, “Lesson” (not of Lesson in Voy. Coquille), 
Museum Godeffroy, 1885. 

Shell solid, depressedly-conoid, smooth, shining, fulvous or luteous, 
with very faint oblique strize and distant irregular microscopical 
impressed spiral lines; spire convexly conoid; whorls 5, flatly 
convex, last one obtusely carinate ; keel white, compressed beneath ; 
aperture small, diagonal, semioval ; peristome very thick, labiate 
within ; basal callus white or pale yellowish. 

Viti Levu. 

I received this species from the Museum Godeffroy, labelled 
** H. miniata, Lesson.’ Lesson’s species is peculiar to the island of 
Bolabola, one of the Society group. 

Its solid texture, yellow colour, obtuse white keel, and thick 
obtuse peristome will readily distinguish it from any other Viti 
species. 


11. Hexicrna tncisa, Mousson. 
Helicina incisa, Mousson, MS., Museum Godeffroy, 1885. 
Shell minute, depressed-conoid, very faintly striated by lines of 


314 MR. A. GARRETT ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Mar. 1, 


growth, and spirally lineated with fine impressed lines ; colour 
yellowish, corneous, with or without radiating reddish spots and 
bands; spire conoid; suture linearly impressed ; whorls 43-5, 
flatly convex, slowly and regularly increasing, the last one depressed, 
subangulated on the periphery ; base convex; aperture oblique, 
lunately oval; peristome expanded, slightly obtuse. 

Diam. 4 millim. 

Ono Island. 

Several examples received from the Museum Godeffroy. Possibly 
only a variety of H. musiva with fine spiral impressed lines. 


Genus Grorissa, Blanford. 


1. Grorissa JUVENILIS (Mousson). 

Diancta juvenilis, Mousson, MS., Mus. Godeffroy, 1885. 

‘© Viti Levu.” 

Shell imperforate, ovate-conical, rather solid, corneous ; spire 
conical, apex obtuse; suture deeply impressed; whorls 5, strongly 
convex, longitudinally obliquely plicately ribbed ; ribs rude, irregular, 
becoming more crowded and smaller near the peristome; aperture 
suborbicular ; peristome simple, straight; columellar region thickened 
with callus. Length 24 millim. Several examples were received 
from the Museum Godeffroy. The oblique Jongitudinal riblets will 
at once determine this from any other Polynesian species. 


2. GeorissaA PARVA (Pease). 

Cyclostoma parvum, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 674. 

Chondrella parva, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, pp. 465, 476 ; 
Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 294; Garrett, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Philad. 1884, p. 106, pl. 3. fig. 41. 

Hydrocena insularis, “ Crosse,” Mousson, in Museum Godeffroy, 
1885. 

Examples of this species received from the Museum Godeffroy, 
labelled ‘‘ Hydrocena insularis, Crosse, Viti Levu,” do not differ from 
Pease’s Chondrella parva inhabiting the Society Isles. It is shaped 
like G. juvenilis, but is a little larger, and the whole surface is 
smooth and somewhat shining. 


Genus Assim1nEA, Leach. 


1. AsstMINEA NITIDA, Pease. 

Hydrocena nitida, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 674. 

Assiminea nitida, Pease, Journ. de Conch. 1869, p. 165, pl. 7. 
fig. 11; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 476; Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. 
Godeff. v. p. 103; Garrett, Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1879, p. 29; 
Journ. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1881, p. 408, 1884, p. 107. 

? Realia nitida, Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iii. p. 202. 

Hydrocena parvula, Mousson, Journ, de Conch. 1865, p. 184, 
1873, p. 108. 

Omphalotropis parvula, Pease, Journ. de Conch. 1869, p. 155 
Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 476; Paetel, Cat. Conch. p. 124. 


1887. ] MOLLUSKS OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 315 


Assiminea parvula, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 476; 
Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 103. 

Realia parvula, Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iii. p. 213. 

Assiminea lucida, Pease, Journ. de Conch. 1869, p. 166, pl. 7. 
fig. 10; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 476. 

Assiminea ovata, “ Pease,” Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. v. p. 103. 

Hydrocena pygmea, Gassies, Journ. de Conch. 1867, p. 63. 

Assiminea pygmea, Pease, Journ. de Conch. 1869, p. 165. 

? Realia pygmea, Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 214. 

Hydrocena similis, Baird, in Cruise of the ‘ Curacoa.’ 

This small species is generally distributed throughout all the 
groups from the Paumotus to the Viti Islands and New Caledonia, 
and ranges from near the sea-shore to about 2000 feet above the sea- 
level. They are found beneath decaying leaves, under stones and 
dead wood. 

It may be recognized by its small size, 23-4 millim. long, smooth, 
shining surface, ovate-conical form, light or dark corneous colour, 
rarely with a faint transverse band on the last whorl. 


2. ASSIMINEA BREVISSIMA (Mousson). 
Hydrocena brevissima, Mousson, Journ. de Conch. 1870, p. 194. 
Found by Dr. Griiffe at Vanua Balavo. 


A minute, broadly conical, thin, pellucid, shining, pale reddish 
horn-coloured species with 33 whorls. Length 14 millim. 


3. ASSIMINEA FISCHERIANA (Gassies). 

Hydrocena fischeriana, Gassies, Faune Nouv. Caléd. 1863, p. 115, 
pl. 7. fig. 18. 

Realia fischeriana, Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 421. 

Assiminea vitiensis, Garrett, Amer. Journ. Conch. 1872, p. 225, 
pl. 19. fig. 14. 

Abundant on the margins of mangrove-swamps. It also occurs 
at New Caledonia. 


Shaped like A. nitida, but larger, darker coloured, with or without 
one or two pale bands on the body-whorl. 


The following species, though quoted as Viti shells, have been 
found neither by Dr. Griffe nor by myself. Their existence in the 
group certainly needs confirmation. 


ParRMELLA PLANATA, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 308, 
pl. 19. fig. 20. 


“ Habitat Fiji Islands.” (H. Adams.) 


Nanina scorpio, Gould, Expl. Exp., Shells, p. 33, fig. 67. 
* Feejee Islands.” ( Gould.) 


Not identified by any subsequent author. It has been referred 
to the genus Helicarion. 


316 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS [Mar. l, 


Purrna ADAmMsIANA, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1871, p. 330; 
1872, p. 60, pl. 2. fig. 6. 

“ Vanua Levu.’ (Crosse.) 

Mr. Crosse cites the locality on the authority of a London dealer. 
The species is closely allied to if not identical with Hargravesia 
polita, a Solomon-Island species. 


Hetrcina Lens, Lea, Observ. i. p. 161, pl. 19. fig. 56. 


« Feejee Islands.’ (Lea.) 
Perhaps a unicoloured variety of H. fulgora, Gld. 


Heriix Levcouena, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1867, p. 447; 
1868, p. 171, pl. 6. fig. 6. 

“Vanua Levu, Viti.” (Crosse.) 

Mr. Crosse, who obtained the type specimen from a London 
dealer, was informed it came from Vanua Levu. The type is foreign 
to the group. 


Hewix semirura, Albers, Die Hel. p. 106. 
‘«« Habitat in insulis Fidschi.’”’ (<Adders.) 
Most certainly foreign to the group. 


PartuLa T&HNIATA, Mérch, is wrongly assigned to the Viti 
Islands. It is peculiar to Moorea, one of the Society Islands. 


PARTULA ALABASTRINA, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1856, p. 39. 
Solomon Isles (Pfeiffer) ; Fiji Islands (Hartmann). 


ParTuLa compressa, Pfeiffer (Bulimus), Zeitschr. f. Malak. 
1850, p. 75. Fiji Islands (Hartmann). 


5. Notes on a small Collection of Shells from the Loo 
Choo Islands. By Epnear A. Smiru. 


[Received February 10, 1887. ] 


Among the valuable collections made at the Loo Choo Islands by 
Mr. H. Pryer were a few shells, which he has liberally presented to 
the British Museum. As five out of the nine species are represented 
by fairly large series of specimens, I have been enabled to make a 
few observations on the variations they present. These may be of 
some use if they tend to prevent the multiplication of species which 
eventually have to be regarded merely as varieties. The specimens 
were obtained, I believe, from the largest island of the group, the 
name of which is variously written Loo Choo, Lu-Tschu, Lu Chu, 
Liew Kiew, and Riu Kiu. 


1. Hexrx pespecta, Gray. 

This species, also H. ravida, Benson, H. redfieldi, H. sieboldiana, 
both of Pfeiffer, and HZ. assimilis, H. Adams, are all very much 
alike, and might well be considered varieties of one and the same 


1887.] FROM THE LOO CHOO ISLANDS. 317 


species. In the series of eighteen specimens from Loo Choo I find 
considerable differences in form, some being much higher and more 
globose than others. Gne example is of a peculiar purplish-brown 
colour, and another is remarkable in having a thickening or limbus 
within the lip. 

2. Hexix mercatortia, Gray. 

This species varies considerably in intensity of colour, from a very 
deep black-brown to pale yellowish olive, and the lines of growth in 
some examples are very much coarser than in others. One specimen 
with a comparatively smooth surface has the peripherial dark band 
unbordered by a pale zone on each side as usual. The colour of the 
peristome is also variable, being in the dark or most common forms 
purplish brown, and of a pale flesh-tint in shells of a lighter colour. 


3. Hetrx tunvuana, Sowerby. 

The two specimens which I assign to this species are rather young 
and consequently thinner than adult shells. They differ also from 
the typical form in colouring, having only faint indications of trans- 
verse bands and much more distinct spiral strie, in which respect 
they exactly resemble H. peliomphala from Japan. 


4. Hevix LarGiLuiertt, Philippi, var. 

Testa perforata, globoso-conica, mediocriter tenuis, incrementi 
lineis oblique arcuatis tenuiter striata, sordide albida, zonis 
duabus nigro-fuscis cincta, epidermide tenuissima flavescente 
induta ; anfractus 6, convexiusculi, superne ad suturam angus- 
tissime submarginati, ultimus subglobosus, ad peripheriam supra 
aperturam obsolete angulatus ; apertura late lunata, longit. 
totius 5 subequans ; peristoma expansum, albidum vel dilutissime 
roseo tinctum, margine columellari reflexo, umbilicum semi- 
obtegente. Diam. max. 27 millim,, min. 23, alt. 25. 


Helix largillierti, var. 


In form this variety very closely approximates to H. caillizona, 
Crosse, but may be slightly higher in the spire. That species, 
however, according to Martens* and some specimens from Kiga, 
Japan, which I have assigned to it, is very distinctly spirally striated, 
as is the case in H. peliomphala and other allied species from 


? Pfeiffer’s Novitates Conch. vol. y. p. 31. 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XXII. 22 


318 ON SHELLS FROM THE LOO CHOO ISLANDS. [ Mar. 1, 


Japan. On the contrary, the shells here described have a smoother 
aspect and exhibit only the faintest trace of spiral striz. The 
typical form of H. largillierti, also from the Loo Choo Islands, is 
considerably smaller, but of about the same proportions ; it has the 
same number of whorls, a similar umbilicus and angulation at the 
periphery, and the same very faint spiral striation. A variety is 
described by Pfeiffer with a single band just above the slight angle 
of the body-whorl, and falling above the sutural line upon the spire. 
The two specimens collected by Mr. Pryer have a similar band, and 
a second situated three or four millimetres below the periphery. 
Although so large, these specimens are evidently young, being very 
thin, and having only partially developed the lip of the aperture ; the 
internal thickening described as present in the type is only feebly 
discernible. 


5. Heirx connivens, Pfeiffer. 


Of the forty-six specimens of this species obtained by Mr. Pryer, 
twelve only belong to the unbanded form, the remainder having the 
single red line at the periphery as figured by Reeve and Pfeiffer. 
The lip in both varieties may be either white or pinkish. 


6. CLAUSILIA VALIDA, Pfeiffer, 


Not one of the twenty-four examples of this species at hand 
belongs to the brown-banded variety, all being of a uniform greyish- 
yellow tint. The largest specimen, consisting of seven whorls, is 
33 millimetres in length, or seven longer than the six-whorled 
shell described by Pfeiffer. All have the spire decollated. 


7, CycLOPHORUS TURGIDUS, Pfeiffer. 


None of the specimens obtained by Mr. Pryer are as large as the 
types, also from Loo Choo, described by Pfeiffer; but they agree in 
every respect with the small form he mentions from the Ibyat, an 
island of the Bashee group, situated some three hundred miles to 
the south-west of Loo Choo. They appear to be pretty constant in 
form, style of colouring, and in the decided peripherial carination ; 
but the peristome varies from white to a reddish tint, and in some 
specimens it is of a much more duplex character than in others. 
The operculum is semitransparent, a little concave externally, and 
consists of seven slowly enlarging whorls which are finely keeled at 
the suture. 

C. ibyatensis, Pfeiffer, from the same island as the small variety 
of C. turgidus, differs only in having the last whorl rounded instead 
of more or less carinate at the periphery. It should be regarded as 
a variety of this species rather than as a distinct form. The British 
Museum possesses quite a typical specimen of C. turgidus, from the 
island of Formosa, presented by M. Dickson, Esq. 


8. CycLOPHORUS EXALTATUS, Pfeiffer, var. 


A single specimen only was obtained. It differs from Hong-Kong 
and Formosan examples in having a slightly larger aperture, and an 


1887.] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON COSMONETTA HISTRIONICA. 319 


orange-red instead of a white peristome. The convexity of the 
whorls, the sculpture, and the style of colouring are quite of the 
same character. A similar variation in the colour of the peristome 
occurs in the preceding species. 


9. LeErProrpoMa viITREUM, Lesson. 


The distribution of this species is very wide, it being recorded 
from the Nicobar Islands, Java, the Moluccas, Philippines, New 
Ireland, Frankland and Fitzroy Islands, and New Caledonia. It has 
not previously been met with at Loo Choo, the most northern point 
of its range yet known. The two specimens are of medium size, and 
of transparent white colour without any markings. 


March 15, 1887. 
Dr. St. George Mivart, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the 
Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1887 :— 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of February was 46, of which 7 were by 
birth, 21 by presentation, 7 by purchase, 4 were received on deposit, 
and 7 by exchange. The total number of departures during the 
same period, by death and removals, was 112. 

The most noticeable additions during the month of February were 
as follows :— 

1. A Burmeister’s Cariama (Chunga burmeisteri), received in 
exchange February 24, being the fifth specimen of this rare species 
of the Northern Provinces of the Argentine Republic that the Society 
has acquired. 

2. A White-fronted Heron (Ardea nove-hollandie), from Australia, 
presented by F. B. Dyas, Esq., February 25th. This species is new 
to the Society’s Collection. 

3. A young specimen of a Black-winged Kite (Zlanus ceruleus), 
taken from the nest by Mr. R. Southey of Southfield, Plumstead, 
Cape of Good Hope, and received February 28th. This species is 
likewise new to the Society’s Collection. 


Mr. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S., exhibited a young male Harlequin 
Duck (Cosmonetta histrionica), shot on the 2nd December, 1886, 
near the Farne Islands, off Northumberland, where it was in company 
with two others, one of which was also obtained (Zool. 1887, p. 70). 
Mr. Saunders stated that records of the occurrence of this species 
were not unfrequent ; but that inasmuch as, with one exception, 
every reputed British specimen which had been submitted to com- 
petent examination had proved to belong to some other species, the 
possessor, Mr. R. W. Chase, of Edgbaston, had kindly complied with 
a request to send his bird up, that its identification might be placed 
beyond a doubt—an example to be commended to other owners of 

22* 


320 MR. O. THOMAS ON BATS : {[Mar. 15 


rarities. The only British-killed specimen previously known to exist 
was in the collection of Mr. J. Whitaker, of Rainworth Lodge, Notts., 
and had been obtained at Filey, Yorkshire, in 1862. So-called 
specimens had generally proved to be females or young of the Long- 
tailed Duck or of the American Wood Duck. 


The following papers were read :— 


1. On the Bats collected by Mr. C. M. Woodford in the 
Solomon Islands. By Otpriety THomas. 


[Received February 11, 1887.] 
(Plates XXV. & XXVI.) 


The Mammalian collection made by Mr. C. M. Woodford in the ~ 
Solomon Islands, and recently acquired by the Natural History 
Museum, consists almost wholly of Bats; and as nothing has been 
hitherto recorded about the Chiropterous fauna of these islands, his 
collection is naturally of great interest and importance. 

The localities at which Mr. Woodford collected were Alu, in the 
comparatively large Shortland Island, and Fauro Island, close to 
Shortland, all the specimens therefore coming from the extreme . 
western part of the archipelago. 

The collection consists of 23 specimens belonging to 10 species, 
of which two are new, one of these representing also a new genus. 
As might have been expected, the greater proportion of the species, 
and all of those presenting any special interest, belong to the fruit- 
eating section of the order. One Solomon-Island Bat only was not 
obtained by Mr. Woodford, namely Pteropus rayneri, Gray, which 
comes from the other extremity of the archipelago. This I have 
included in the following list in order to make it a complete catalogue 
of the known species of the group. 


1. Preropus GRANDIS, sp. n.' (Plate XXV.) 


a,6. Ad.sk, 3 and a separate skull. Alu, Shortland Island, 
4/86. 

Size large, about equal to Pt. gouldi. Ears decidedly longer than 
the muzzle, acutely pointed. Origins of wings about an inch apart 
yi the back. Interfemoral membrane very narrow in the centre, 
zoncealed by the fur. Fur rather coarse, hispid over the shoulder- 
glands, rather woolly on the legs. Fore limbs and membranes 
nearly naked above, a few scattered black hairs on the proximal 
half of the forearm. Fur on back adpressed, rather more than an 
inch in breadth at its narrowest part. Rump and hind limbs nearly 
to the ankles thickly clothed with woolly hairs. Below, the 
humerus, proximal half of forearm, and the membranes between the 
humerus and femora are covered with hair, and a thin band of fur 


1 Preliminary diagnosis published, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xix. p. 147, Feb. 
1887. : 


il 
flanhart imp 


J.Smit lith . a e. i Hanhart imo 
NESONYCTERIS WOODFORDI ; 


1887.] FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 321 


passes along outside the forearm nearly to the wrist. Femora and 
proximal third of tibize thickly clothed with softer woollier fur. 

’ Face, middle of back, chin, and centre line-of belly black. Neck 
all round, shoulders, sides of body, and hind limbs below dark ma- 
roon-red, the tufts over the shoulder-glands rather paler. Rump 
and upperside of thighs bright orange-yellow, contrasting markedly 
with the sombre hue of the back. 

Skull agreeing closely with that of Pt. gouldi in size and pro- 
portions. 

Teeth (fig. 1) large and heavy as compared to those of Pé. gouldi, 
Pt. chrysoproctus, and others, but far smaller and lighter than those 
of Pt. melanopogon. Upper incisors broad, touching each other, the 
combined breadth of the four 8 mm. Grate rather short, thick 
and stout, with a broad and prominent internal basal ledge. Anterior 
premolars minute, deciduous. Second premolar large and broad, 
with a prominent internal secondary cusp. All the cheek-teeth 


Fig. 1. 


7 \ 


Teeth of Pteropus grandis, natural size, 


broad and strong; combined length of the three largest 18 mm., and 
the breadth of the centre one 4 mm. Last molar slightly larger 
than one of the outer incisors, its antero-posterior diameter 2°2 mm 
Lower teeth presenting very much the same characters as the upper. 
Outer incisors very large, 2 mm. in transverse diameter. Canine 
with large internal basal ledge or cingulum as in the upper jaw. 
Second premolar unusually near the canine, the comparatively large 
first premolar larger than the diastemata in front of and behind it, 
2°6 mm. in diameter. Last molar about equal to one of the middle 
upper incisors, smaller than the outer and larger than the inner 
lower incisors. 

Dimensions of an adult male in skin:—Head and body (c.) 325 
mm., head 74, muzzle 32, ear (above crown) 30, forearm 170 
(=6°7 in.), thumb 73, index finger 118, tibia 122, caleaneum 24. 

Skull (specimen 4). Basal length 67, greatest breadth 39, supra- 
orbital foramen to tip of nasals 30, interorhital breadth 10, inter- 
temporal breadth 7°5, breadth from tip to tip of postorbital processes 
30, palate length 40. 


322 MR. O. THOMAS ON BATS [Mar. 15, 


It is with considerable reluctance that I find myself compelled to 
add another species of Pteropus to the long list of those already 
known ; but the characters of P¢. grandis so entirely fail to fit in with 
those of any of the hitherto described species, that I have no alter- 
native but to do so. 

Pt. grandis differs from every known species at all approaching 
its size by its dark maroon-coloured neck, throat, and sides, and by 
its bright yellow rump. Apart from coloration, again, it differs 
from P¢. edulis by its iauch smaller size and broadly edged canines, 
from Pt. gouldi, aneiteanus, and poliocephalus by its very much heavier 
teeth, and from Pt. melanopogon by its smaller teeth and longer 
pointed ears. On the whole it may be looked upon as most nearly 
allied to Pt. chrysoproctus, a native of the Moluccas, which resembles 
it in many of its characters, but differs by having its neck both above 
and below rich yellow, by its yellowish crown and. dark-coloured 
rump. The teeth also of Pé. chrysoproctus are smaller and lighter 
than in P¢. grandis; the canines are thinner and have narrow 
postero-internal ledges, and, finally, there is a much greater space 
between the canines and second premolar below, the anterior pre- 
molar having a diameter less than the length of either of the diaste- 
mata in front of or behind it. 

To another species also P¢. grandis bears a certain amount of 
resemblance, namely to Pt. rayneri, Gray, also from the Solomon 
Islands; but that species has much shorter ears, and is very far 
smaller, having a forearm only 135 mm. long, a skull only 55 mm. 
long, and teeth which, although they have very much the same 
shape and relative proportions as in Pt. grandis, yet differ so 
markedly in their actual size as to preclude all possibility of the two 
species being the same. 


2. PrrRopuUS HYPOMELANUS, Temm. 


a. Alu, Shortland Island, 4/86. 

Previously known range, from Borneo to New Guinea. 

This is the first published notice of the occurrence of this species 
in the Solomon Isles ; but its discovery there was made in 1883, when 
Surgeon H. B. Guppy, of H.M.S. ‘ Lark,’ obtained and sent to the 
Museum a specimen, also collected on Shortland Island. 


3. Preropus RAYNERI, Gray’. 
Discovered in the islands of San Christoval and Guadaleanar in 


1 T may take this opportunity of stating that an examination of the typical 
specimen of Pzeropus molossinus, Temm., preserved in the Leyden Museum, 
proves that the Caroline-Island Pteropus described by me in 1882 (P.Z.8.° 
1882, p. 756) under the name of P¢. breviceps is not really distinguishable from 
that species, of which, up to that date, the locality was unknown. I must, 
however, for my own justification, point ont that the shoulder-tufts of Pt. mo- 
lossinus, instead of being “ bright yellow” as has been described, are really of a 
dark orange-brown, but little in the type, and in my specimens not at all, 
lighter than the general colour of the body. Nor can I at all fully appreciate 
the alleged resemblance in dentition between the very small-toothed P¢. molos- 
sinus (see figures ¢.c. pl. lv.) and the large-toothed Pt. aneiteanus and Pt. ju- 
batus, the latter of which has the largest teeth of any member of the genus. 


1887.] FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 323 


1854 by Dr. F. M. Rayner, during the voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Herald ;” 
not obtained by Mr. Woodford. 


4. CyNONYCTERIS BRACHYOTIS, Dobs. 


a, 6. Fauro Island, 5/86. 
Previously known habitat, New-Ireland group ; also recorded from 
Celebes’. 
The two specimens obtained by Mr. Woodford are both slightly 
immature, and both retain their first upper premolars, They agree 
in every respect with the typical specimens. 


5. Harpyra masor, Dobs. 
a, 6. Alu, Shortland Island, 4/86. (New Georgia, Coll. Brit. 
Mus.) 
Hab. E. New Guinea; New-Ireland group; Solomon Islands. 


6. CEPHALOTES PERONII, Geoffr, 


a, Alu, Shortland Island, 4/86. (Ugi, Dr. H. B. Guppy, 
H.M.S. ‘Lark’; San Christoval, F. M. Rayner, H.M.S. 
‘ Herald.’ ) 
Hab. Austro-Malayan subregion, from Celebes to Solomon 
Islands. 


NESONYCTERIS’, g. n. 


Muzzle long, narrow, cylindrical ; nostrils projecting considerably ; 
upper lip with a vertical groove bounded laterally by raised naked 
edges; posterior palate-ridges divided in the centre ; index finger 
without a claw, longer than the metacarpal bone of the middle finger ; 
wing-membranes as in Melonycteris*; tail none. 

Dentition:—I. 2, C. +, Pm. 3, M.5x 2=32. 

Shape, size, and position of teeth much as in Delonycteris*, but 
lower inner incisors entirely obsolete. 

Skull as in Melonycteris; premaxillee distinctly separated ante- 
riorly’. Lower jaw witha very long gutter-like symphysis, and witha 
long diastema between the first premolar and that next behind it. 

This most interesting new genus presents a combination of the 
characters of several of the hitherto known Macroglossine Bats. 
Thus, in the clawless state of the index finger it resembles Honyc- 
teris and Notopteris; by the attachment of its wing-membranes and 
the form of its palate-ridges, Melonycteris and, fairly closely, Mega- 
loglossus. And, again, while the number of the incisors is as in 
Notopteris, the other teeth closely resemble those of Melonyctevis, 
to which, on the whole, it is certainly most nearly allied. 


1 Jentink, Notes Leyd. Mus. y. p. 173 (1883). 

2 yvijoos, an island, vuKcrepis, a bat. 

3 See Dobson, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 119. 

* Figured, id. 1. c. figs. 5 and 6. 

5 As they are in Melonycteris, although by some accident that genus has been 
placed under the heading of ‘‘ premaxillary bones united in front,” in the Cat, 
Chiropt. Brit. Mus. p. 4, nothing being said on the subject in the description 
of the genus pp. 97-8. 


324 MR. 0. THOMAS ON BATS [Mar. 15, 


This discovery and that of the highly interesting West-African 
Megaloglossus woermanni, Pagenst.', of which I have seen a beauti- 
ful spirit specimen from Liberia in the Leyden Museum, render the 
synopsis of genera in Dr. Dobson’s Catalogue of Chiroptera somewhat 
obsolete, since, according to Dr. Dobson’s synopsis, Nesonyeteris would 
eome next to Notopteris and Eonycteris instead of to Melonycteris, 
its nearest ally. I have therefore thought it convenient to draw up 
the following synopses of the Macroglossine genera, the first based 
solely on the soft-part and external characters, and the second on 
those of the skull and teeth. 


I. External or Soft-part Characters. 


A. Tail very short ; wings from the sides of the back. 

a. Wing-membrane from the base of the first toe; 
MOIClaw ONVINGEX) Eiscretaweesesneecsat seateces sae -eer I. Eonycreris. 

b. Wing-membrane from the third, or second and 
third toes. 

a’, A claw on index. 
a'. Posterior palate-ridges undivided .........+000.. 2, Macrocuossus. 
6". Posterior palate-ridges divided in centre. 
a". Lower part of rhinarium broad, conyex 


laterally Getcce.-< acto ete. cessteece See obae aston eee 3. MucaLocrossus. 
6'". Lower part of rhinarium narrow, concave 
(Eira 2 Sosqamatascodsogsanscoabsoasagscenosscboges 4, Metonycreris. 
8’. No claw on index. | Palate-ridges and rhinarium 
iG IV CLON CLETUS tomes enetne bee -sener seks mee rdash anna 5, Nesonycreris. 
B. Tail long; wimgs from centre of back; no claw on 
Sr (2 oi Se coh ene “aon pt Se cOcceocOCOGRRoT I SUCCE aD GLOSOHEACEOD .... 6. Noroprmris- 


Il. Cranial and Dental Characters. 


A. Pm.! above and below small, single-rooted. 
a. Penultimate molar many times as large as last...... 1. Eonycornrts. 
b. Penultimate molar but little larger than last. 
a’, Pm.’ nearly as large as that next behind it; 
premaxalls united! ....0...sscccserceceneeeececerereevsse 2. Macroeuossus. 
'. Pm.' minute. 
a'', Middle premolar three fourths as long as the 
CETANIGVPS aS ane Soeisone 2ontibedad 0 anu nancee sooo SaRBer Ate 3. MecALoGiossus?. 
db". Middle premolar barely one third as long as 
the canine ; premaxille separate. 


@ Incisors 5 ECSCr CESERCERE SOs nance coconaincan 4, Menonycreris. 
3 2 
b'"", Incisors J] ceheteseeeeeesaneeeseseeceeeteeeeeees 5, NesonycTEris. 
B. Pm.! above and below long, double-rooted ............ 6. Novopreris. 


7. NESONYCTERIS WOODFORDI, sp. n.° (Plate XXVI.) 


a. Ad. sk. 2. Fauro Island, 5/86. 
b, c. Ad. sk. ¢ and yg. al. Alu, Shortland Island, 4/86. 
Strikingly like Melonycteris melanops*, Dobs., in size, proportions, 
shape and length of ears, and in the colour and texture of the fur of 


1 JB. Hamb. ii. p. 125, pl. i. (1885). 

2 For several details connected with the dentition of this interesting genus, 
I am indebted to Dr. F. A. Jentink, of the Leyden Museum. 

3 Preliminary diagnosis published, Ann, & Mag. N. H. (5) xix. p. 147, Feb. 1887. 

4 Figured, P. Z.S. 1877, pl. xvii. 


1887.] FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 325 


the back, this being of precisely the same soft cottony nature, and 
of the same fulvous-yellow tinge; but the face, instead of being 
varigated with black and white, and quite different from the back, 
is quite like the latter, except that it is rather darker. The under- 


Skull of Nesonycteris woodfordi, side view ; twice natural size. 


side also is very similar to the back, although rather paler and 
duller, while in M. melanops it is nearly black. Point of insertion 
of the antebrachial membrane without any trace of a white spot. 


326 MR. O. THOMAS ON BATS [ Mar. 15, 


Ears small, obtusely pointed. Nostrils very prominent. Palate- 
ridges 7 in number, the 6th and 7th divided in the centre as in 
M. melanops’. 

Humerus, proximal half of forearm, and upperside of hind legs 
to ankles thickly clothed with soft woolly fulvous fur. Wing- 
membranes behind humerus and whole of interfemoral membrane 
also covered with fur. On the lower side the same parts are hairy 
as on the upper, but the hair is much thinner and sparser. 

Skull (figs. 2 and 3) long and slender, with a long narrow muzzle ; 
postorbital processes well developed ; premaxillee widely separated in 
front. 

Upper incisors 4, forming an even semicircular row; canines very 
long and powerful, with deep vertical grooves on their anterior, 
external, and posterior surfaces; pm.’ minute, quite close to the 
canine; molars very small, smaller even than in Melonycteris, 
posterior one about two thirds the size of the anterior. 

Lower incisors one on each side, near the canines, widely separate 
in the middle; canines slightly grooved posteriorly ; pm.’ close to 
the canines, and succeeded by a broad diastema ; posterior molar in 
section of about the size of pm.*. 

Dimensions of specimen 6, an adult male (skin) :— 

Head and body (c.) 100 mm., head 35, muzzle 15, ear (from notch 
at base) 11, above crown 8, forearm 55 (=2°'18 in.). 


8. PHYLLORHINA DIADEMA, Geoffr. 
a. Fauro Island, 5/86. 


Previously known range: Oriental Region as far east as the Key 
Islands and Western New Guinea. 


9. PHyLLORHINA CERVINA, Gould. 
a-d. 3g &1Q. Fauro Island, 5/86. 
Previously known range: N. Australia, New Guinea and neigh- 
bouring islands, including Duke of York Island. 
One of the male specimens has no transverse frontal sac, while the 
other two have it well developed. In all other respects, however, 
the specimens are quite identical. 


10. VEsPERUGO ABRAMUS, Temm. 


a. Fauro Island, 5/86. 
Previously known range: Palzearctic, Oriental, and Austro-Malayan 
part of Australian Region, as far east as New Guinea. 


11. EMBALLONURA NIGRESCENS, Gray. 


a-f. All 2. Fauro, Shortland, and Savo Islands. (Ugi; 


Guppy-) : 
Previously known range: Austro-Malayan subregion, as far east as 
New Ireland. 


This species seems to be very common in the group, as both 


1 See figure by Pagenstecher, Naturh. Mus. Hamb. 1884, tab. fig. 2. 


1887.] FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 327 


Surgeon Guppy and Mr. Woodford obtained it in considerable 
numbers. 

For a comparison of the Chiropterous fauna of the Solomons with 
that of the neighbouring islands, it fortunately happens that the 
Bats of the nearest group, viz. that of New Britain, New Ireland, and 
Duke of York, have been fully worked out by Dr. G. E. Dobson’, 
who based his papers on the specimens obtained in those islands by 
the Rev. George Brown. These specimens are all in the Natural 
History Museuni, so that I have had the advantage of being able to 
compare Mr. Woodford’s Bats directly with those named by the 
chief living authority upon Chiroptera. 

The following parallel lists show the species as yet known from 
the two groups, those marked with an asterisk being peculiar to 
their respective groups. 


MEGACHIROPTERA. 
New-Ireland group. Solomon group. 
Pteropus melanopogon. *Pteropus grandis. 
capistratus. — hypomelanus. 
rayneri, 
Cynonycteris brachyotis. Cynonycteris brachyotis. 
Harpyia major. Harpyia major. 
Cephalotes peronii. Cephalotes peronii. 
Macroglossus minimus, 
*Melonyeteris melanops. *Nesonycteris woodfordi. 
MiIcROCHIROPTERA. 
Phyllorhina tricuspidata. Phyllorhina diadema, 
cervina. cervina. 
calearata. 
*Vesperugo angulatus?, Vesperugo abramus, 
Kerivoula hardwickii. 
Emballonura nigrescens. Emballonura nigrescens. 


The New-Ireland group has therefore two, and the Solomon group 
three peculiar species, while there are five species common to both 
groups, a number that is certain to be largely increased as the 
islands are more fully explored. The proportion of fruit-eating to 
insectivorous Bats is larger by a slight fraction in the Solomons than 
in the other group, a difference only to be expected from the more 
oceanic position of the former. This position has also resulted, so 
far as is yet known, in the nearly entire absence of terrestrial Mam- 
malia in the Solomons, the only other mammals besides Bats known 
from there being the arboreal and widely-spread Cuscus orientalis, 
Pall., and a Rat from Florida Island, described by Mr. E. P. Ram- 
say®. On the other hand, Mr. Brown collected in the New-Ireland 
group, as recorded by Mr. Alston*, no less than six indigenous 

1 PZ. 8. 1877, p. 114, and 1878, p. 314. 

2 Peters, SB. She Freund. 1880, p. 122. Only known to me by the original 
description. 

3 Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. vii. p. 43, 1882. This Rat appears to be a 
member of the arboreal genus Uromys. 

4 P.Z.S. 1877, p. 123. 


328 MR. W. R. OGILVIE-GRANT ON BIRDS [Mar. 15, 


species of Rodents and Marsupials, many of them of such a distinctly 
non-arboreal nature as to preclude the possibility of their having 
been originally introduced on drifting logs or trees, a means of dis- 
tribution to which no doubt the Solomons owe the presence of their 
two non-flying mammals and Rat, the Cuscus. 


2. A List of the Birds collected by Mr. Charles Morris 
Woodford in the Solomon Archipelago. By W. R. 
OciLvie-GRANT. 


| [Received February 14, 1887.] 
(Plate XX VII.) 


The Natural History Museum has recently received a collection 
of Birds made by Mr. C. M. Woodford at Fauro, Alu, Shortland 
Island, and other localities ; and, although comparatively few 
specimens were obtained, some of the species are very interesting, and 
one at least is new to science. This is a Crow belonging to the 
genus Macrocoraz. 

The following is an extract from a letter received from Mr. C. M. 
Woodford :—*‘ I find that Hornbills and Cockatoos do not extend 
beyond Malayta, being entirely unknown on the island of San Chris- 
toval and the smaller islands adjacent; and as they are not found 
in the groups to the south-east, this will be the limit to which these 
two genera extend.” 

The following is a list of the species, with remarks on some of the 
rarer ones, and notes on their soft parts made by the collector. 


1. AsTUR PULCHELLUS. 


Urospizias pulchellus, Ramsay ; Salvad. Orn. Papuasia, ili. App. 
p- 508. 

a. gad. Alu. Iris brown; bill black at tip; nostrils and base 
of mandibles yellow ; legs yellow. 

b. dg juv. Fauro. Iris brown; legs and base of bill yellow; the 
tip black. 

This species, at first described by Ramsay as A. soloensis, Lath., 
as already observed by Finsch, is a very distinct bird. It is nearly 
allied to A. dampieri, Gurney, but may be easily distinguished by 
the colour of the breast and abdomen, which is a uniform deep 
vinous red (chestnut-hazel, Ridgway) instead of vinous with faint, 
narrow, pale cross bars on the flanks, belly, and under tail-coverts. 

Char. Male adult. Head, back, upper coverts, quills and tail- 
feathers slaty grey (Ridgway), the latter without any trace of cross 
bars. Throat and fore neck light slaty grey. Breast, abdomen, 
flanks, and under tail-coverts deep vinous red (chestnut-hazel, 
Ridgw.). Axillaries and under wing-coverts pale vinous red the 
latter with greyish cross bars. Quills below slaty grey, the inner 
web lighter, with whitish wavy bars towards the distal extremity. 

- Total length 13°5 inches, culmen°6, wing 7°7, tail 6°25, tarsus 2°1. 


Hart del et. lith 


Mintern Bros . img 


1887. ] FROM THE SOLOMON ARCHIPELAGO. 329 


Young male. General colour above warm brown, with rufous 
edges to the feathers. Upper wing-and tail-coverts brown, with 
rufous edges. Quills above brown, with narrow light-red edges, 
indistinctly barred with dark brown, except on the outer web of the 
primaries, the distal half of the inner web pale buffy red, showing 
the dark bars very strongly. Tail-feathers brown, with 9 or more 
narrow dark brown cross bars, the outer pair on each side inclining 
to reddish. Crown of head, occiput, and sides of neck dull brown. 
Nape and hind neck reddish brown, the former showing traces of 
grey. Lores, eyebrows, ear-coverts, and cheeks grey. Throat 
whitish grey. Neck, breast, and under tail-coverts buffy white, with 
broad reddish-brown bars on some of the feathers. Abdomen 
whitish buff and almost immaculate. Sides of body, flanks, and 
thighs reddish buff with faint bars of darker. Under wing-coverts 
and axillaries the same. Under surface of quills ashy white, shading 
into pale buffy red, with marked brown cross bars, indistinct on the 
outer web of the primaries. 

Measurements the same as above. 

This young male is evidently just entering its first moult, and has 
already got one of the adult grey feathers in the secondaries. 


2. HALIASTUR GIRRENERA. 


Haliastur girrenera (V.) ; Salvad. ¢. c. i. p. 15. 


a,b. Q ad. Alu. Iris brown; bill and legs yellow. 
e. gd juv. Fauro. Bill black ; iris brown; legs yellow. 


3. PANDION LEUCOCEPHALUS. 

Pandion leucocephalus, Gould ; Salvad. t.c¢. i. p. 11. 

a,6. S Alu. Iris pale or dull yellow; bill black; legs dirty 
grey. : 
e. gd juv. Alu. Iris reddish yellow. 

4. CACATUA DUCORPSI. 

Cacatua ducorpsii, Jacq. & Pucher. ; Salvad. ¢.c. i. p. 104. 

a. gd ad. Alu. Iris brown; skin round eye blue; bill and feet 
grey. 

5. GEOFFROYIUS HETEROCLITUS. 

Geoffroyius heteroclitus (Hombr. & Jacq.); Salvad. ¢. e. i. 
p- 194. 

a. gad. Alu. ; 

b,c. Qad. Alu. Iris pale yellow; bill black; feet and legs 
grey. 

6. EcLecTrus POLYCHLORUS. 

Eclectus pectoralis (P. L.S. Miill.) ; Salvad. ¢. c. i. p. 197. 

a. dad. Alu. Upper mandible yellow; legs black ; iris yellow. 


b,c. gad. Alu. Upper mandible orange, lower black; legs 
dirty grey; iris yellow. Nom. vernac. ‘ Karo.” 


330 MR. W. R. OGILVIE-GRANT ON BIRDS [ Mar. 15, 


d. 9 ad. Alu. Bill and feet black ; iris yellow. 

e. @ ad. Shortland Island. Legs and bill black ; iris yellow. 

f gad. Fauro. Iris yellow; upper and lower mandibles 
yellow ; feet black. 


7. Eos CARDINALIS. 

Eos cardinalis (Gray) ; Salvad. ¢. c. i. p. 249. 

a, b. d and Q ad. Iris red; feet black ; bill yellow and black. 
a Gad. Alu. Iris red; legs black; bill black with yellow 
tip. 

8. 'TRICHOGLOSSUS MASSENA. 

Trichoglossus massena, Bp.; Salvad. ¢. ¢c. 1. p. 288. 

a,b. dad.; ce. Q ad. Alu. Iris red; bill orange; legs grey. 


9. RHYTIDOCEROS PLICATUS. 

Rhytidoceros plicatus (Penn.); Salvad. ¢. ¢. i. p. 392. 

a. gad. Shortland Island. Iris yellow; legs black; bill dirty 
white, reddish at base; skin white at eyes and throat. 

6.  juv. Guadaleanar. 


10. HaLcyon SAUROPHAGA. 

Sauropatis saurophaga (Gould) ; Salvad. ¢. c. i. p. 469. 

a,b. 6,9 ad. Fauro. Iris brown; legs and bill black. 

The female is very distinctly greener on the back than the male, 
which is much brighter blue. 


11. Hancyon TRISTRAMI. 

Sauropatis tristrami (Layard); Salvad. ¢. ¢. ili. App. p. 524. 

a,b. ¢,Q ad. Fauro. Iris brown; bill and feet black; the 
lower mandible whitish at base. 5 


12. HaLcyon SANCTA. 

Sauropatis sancta (Bodd:); Salvad. t. c. i. p. 470. 

a. 9. Alu. Iris dark brown; feet and bill black above, the 
latter white below. 

b,c. g. Fauro. Iris brown; bill black, whitish below; legs 
black. 


13. EURYSTOMUS CRASSIROSTRIS. 
Eurystomus crassirostris, Sclater ; Salvad. ¢. c. i. p. 510. 
a,b. G ad.; c,d. Q ad. Alu. Iris brown; bill and feet red. 


14. MacRoprERYX MYSTACEA. 
Macropteryx mystacea (Less.); Salvad. ¢. ¢. i. p. 537. 
a. Qad. Alu. Eyes black ; bill and feet black. 


15. HirunpDo TAHITICA. 
Hirundo tahitica, Gm.; Salvad. t. ¢. ii. p. 5. 
a. Qad. Alu. Bill, legs, and iris black. 


1887.] FROM THE SOLOMON ARCHIPELAGO. 331 


16. MoNARCHA CASTANEIVENTRIS. 

Pomarea castaneiventris (Verr.) ; Salvad. ¢. ¢. ii. p. 11. 

a. 2 ad. Alu. Iris brown; bill and legs bluish grey. 

6. 2 ad. Fauro. Iris brown; bill grey; legs black. 

This specimen is referred with doubt to the above-named species, 
being a somewhat smaller bird, and having the chestnut of the breast 
and belly much darker than the type. 


17. RaipIpURA TRICOLOR. 

Sauloprocta melaleuca (Q. & G.); Salvad. #. ec. ii. p. 48. 

a. 9 ad. Uru Bay, Malayta. Legs, beak, and iris black. 

With nest, taken from the upper part of a dead limb of a tree, 
which it assimilated in colour, and two eggs, partially incubated, 
one of which was broken. 


18. RHIPIDURA RUSSATA. 
Rhipidura russata, Tristr.; Salvad. ¢. ¢. ii. p. 67. 
a. Shortland Island. Iris black. 


19. GRAUCALUS PUSILLUS. 

Graucalus pusillus, Ramsay ; Salvad. ¢. c. ii. p. 140. 

a. g juv. Alu. Legs and bill black ; iris pale yellow. Nom. 
vernac. ‘‘ Binbin.” 

b,c. gd and 2. Fauro. Bill and feet black, iris yellow. 


20. GRAUCALUS ELEGANS. 


Graucalus elegans, Ramsay, Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S. W. vi. p. 176. 
a. gad. Fauro. Iris brown; legs and bill black. 
Agrees well with Mr. Ramsay’s description. 


21. CALORNIS METALLICA. 


Calornis metallica (Temm.) ; Salvad. ¢. c. ii. p. 447. 


a. 2 ad. Alu. Bill and legs black; iris bright red. Nom. 
vernac. ‘ Ouririri.” 
b,c. 3, d juv. Fauro. Iris red; bill and legs black. 


22. CALORNIS CANTOROIDES. 
Calornis cantoroides, G. R. Gr.; Salvad. ¢. c. ii. p. 456. 


a.Qad. Alu. Bill and feet black ; iris red. 

I have compared the above specimen, which is evidently C. 
solomonensis of Ramsay, with Gray’s types of cantoroides in the 
British Museum, and find them in every respect similar. 


23. LAMPROCORAX GRANDIS. 


Lamprocorax grandis, Salvad.; Salvad. ¢. ¢. ii. p. 460. 
a. Alu. Iris red; bill and legs black. 
b,c. 6, 2 ad. Fauro. Iris dark red; bill and feet black. 


332 ON BIRDS FROM THE SOLOMON ARCHIPELAGO. [Mar. 15, 


24. MINO KREFFTI. 


Mino kreffti (Sclat.); Salvad. ¢. c. ii. p. 469. 

a. 9 ad. Alu. Legs, beak, and patch round the eye bright 
yellow ; iris yellow, pupil black. Nom. vernac. ‘‘ Tigeno.” 

b. d ad. Fauro. Iris, legs, and bill bright yellow. 

c. 2 ad. Fauro. Iris, eye-patches, legs, and bill bright orange. 


25. MAcCROCORAX WOODFORDI, sp. nov. (Plate XXVII.) 

a. Q ad. Aola, Guadalcanar. Iris dark grey ; bill grey (yellowish 
in the skin, with black tip) ; legs black. 

The general colour above is black glossed with greenish on the 
head and neck and purplish blue over the rest of the upper surface. 
Head, neck all round, underparts, flanks, thighs, and under tail- 
coverts black, glossed with green. The rest of the feathers black, 
glossed with purplish blue, except some of the feathers of the wing- 
coverts, back, secondaries, and primaries, which are dull brownish 
black and evidently worn, as the bird is in full moult. 

Total length 154 inches, culmen 2°3, wing 10:3, tail 5, tarsus 2. 

This species is very strongly marked, being one third smaller than 
the only other known species M. fuscicapillus, Gray, from the Aru 
Islands, from which it also differs in general colour and in having 
the upper mandible less strongly arched. 


26. PriLopus LEWISI. 

Ptilopus lewisii, Ramsay; Sharpe in Gould’s ‘ Birds of New 
Guinea,’ pt. xvii. 

a,b. dad. Alu. Bill yellow; feet red; iris yellow. 


27. GLOBICERA RUFIGULA. 

Carpophaga rufigula, Salvad. t. ¢. ii. p. 79. 

a. gad. Malayta. Bill, wattle, legs, and iris red. 

This specimen agrees well in every respect with the type specimen 
in the British Museum, and is easily distinguished from the nearly 
allied G. rubricera of G. R. Gray, from New Ireland, by the burnished 
green-gold back, pale vinous throat, and dove-grey chest, while in 
the latter the back is burnished red-gold and the throat uniform pale 
vinous with the chest. 


28. MacropyGIA RUFO-CASTANEA. 
Macropygia rufo-castanea, Ramsay ; Salvad. ¢. ¢. il. p. 149. 
a. dad. Alu. Eye brown; bill and legs brown. 


29. CALGINAS NICOBARICA. 
Calenas nicobarica (Linn.); Salvad. ¢. c. iii. p. 209. 
a. d ad. Alu. Iris pale yellow; bill and feet black. 


30. MEGAPODIUS BRENCHLEYI. 
Megapodius brenchleyi, G. R. Gr.; Salvad. f. ¢. iii. p. 240. 
a.Qad. Alu. Bill dull yellow; legs black ; iris brown. 


S. 1887. Pl. XXVIII. 


ae 


peel da 


, a 


y 
imp. + 


- 


Mantern Bros. 


. TYPHLOPS ALUENSIS. 


2 


3. BATRACHYLODES VERTEBRALIS. 4.HYLA LUTEA, 


LEPIDODACTYLUS WOODFORDII. 


i 


Peter Smit del. et hth 


1887.] ON THE HERPETOLOGY OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 333 


31. PorpHyRIO MELANOPTERUS. 

Porphyrio melanopterus, Temm.; Salvad. ¢. c. iii. p. 280. 

a. dad. Fauro. Iris reddish brown; bill and shield red; legs 
dirty pink ; joints of legs and toes grey. 


32. DreMIEGRETTA SACRA. 


Demiegretta sacra (Gmel.) ; Salvad. ¢. ¢. iii. p. 345. 
a. Gad. Fauro. Iris yellow; legs yellow; bill yellowish black. 


33. Buroripes JAVANICA. 

Butorides javanica (Horsf.); Salvad. ¢. e. iii. p. 359. 

a. ¢ ad. Fauro. Upper mandible black, lower one pale yellow ; 
iris yellow ; feet yellow ; legs grey. 


34. NycricoRaAx CALEDONICUS. 

Nycticoraxr caledonicus (Gmel.); Salvad. ¢. ¢. iii. p. 372. 

a. 3 juv. Fauro. Iris yellow; legs yellow; bill black, yellow 
below. 


35. ANOUS LEUCOCAPILLUS. 
Anous leucocapillus, Gould ; Salvad. t. c. iii. p. 457. 
a. Shot at sea. Bill, eyes, and legs black. 


3. Second Contribution to the Herpetology of the Solomon 
Islands’. By G. A. Boutencerr, F.Z.S. 


(Plate XXVIII.) 
[Received February 15, 1887.] 


Rich as has been the herpetological booty of Mr. H. B. Guppy’s 
exploration of the islands of Bougainville Straits, the knowledge of 
that fauna is so far from being exhausted that a recent visit to the 
same islands by a second collector, Mr. C. M. Woodford, has yielded 
examples of as many as nine more species of Reptiles and Batrachians, 
seven of which are altogether new to science. The collection now 
reported upon was made at two localities, viz., Faro Island, and Alu, 
Shortland Islands. It contains specimens of the following species 
already known from the Solomon Group :— 

Faro :—Gymnodactylus pelagicus, Gir., Gehyra oceanica, Less., 
Lepidodactylus guppyi, Blgr.*, Gecko vittatus, Houtt., Varanus 
indicus, Daud., Lygosoma smaragdinum, Less., L. eyanurum, Less., 
L. cyanogaster, Less. (carteretii, D. & B.), L. nigrum, Hombr. & 
Jacq., Dipsas irregularis, Merr., Hoplocephalus par, Blgr., Rana 

1 Cf. Tr. Zool. Soe. xii. pp. 35-62, pls. vii—xiii. (1886). 

* Male with a long, uninterrupted series of femoral and preanal pores, 
angular mesially ; 44 pores altogether. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XXIII. 23 


334 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [ Mar. 15, 


bufoniformis, Bler., R. guppyi, Blgr.’, Cornufer guppyi, Blgr., 
C. solomonis, Blgr., Ceratobatrachus guentheri, Blgr. 
Alu:—Corucia zebrata, Gray, Dendrophis solomonis, Gthr., 
Dipsas irregularis, Merr. 
In addition to these species, the following, new to the Solomons, 
were obtained :— 


REPTILIA. 


LrpPIDODACTYLUs WooprorRDI, sp.n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 1.) 

Closely allied to L. guppy?. Digits without distinct web. Tail a 
little depressed, rounded. Femoral and przeanal pores 25 altogether. 
Grey above, with zigzag black cross bands, six between the nape and 
the base of the tail; a black streak from the nostril to the neck, 
passing through the eye and above the ear; lower surfaces whitish. 


millim 
Total leneth<: 2. oi ia Sa Ae 78 
Head t3 See. SF a Seat te Lk. ss OU 1] 
Wilthyotibesd . Fee neeeeeec @ ae ee 7 
BOgyey 2p co «ee ee ee =n oa 29 
FOTeai ni Dek. spelen eee 6 sane Beheteres 14 
Hind. Himbs So Aap eee eet tees 18 
"Tail... xc Te es ae ee ee aes 38 


Faro Island. A single male specimen. 


LyGosoMA SOLOMONIS, sp- n. 


Body elongate, limbs short ; the distance between the end of the 
snout and the fore limb is contained once and three fifths to once 
and two thirds in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout short, 
obtuse. Lower eyelid scaly. Nostril pierced in a single nasal ; no 
supranasal ; a single anterior loreal; frontonasal broader than long, 
forming a narrow suture with the rostral and with the frontal; latter 
shield about as long as frontoparietals and interparietal together, in 
contact with the first and second supraoculars ; four supraoculars ; 
seven supraciliaries ; frontoparietals and interparietal distinct, latter 
a little smaller than former; parietals forming a suture behind the 
interparietal; four to six pairs of nuchals; fourth or fifth labial 
below the eye and entering the orbit. | Ear-opening oval, a little 
smaller than the eye-opening; no auricular lobules. 24 or 26 
smooth scales round the middle of the body, the two vertebral series 
largest. A pair of large preeanals. Limbs widely separated when 
adpressed ; the length of the hind limb equals the distance between 
the anterior border of the orbit and the fore limb. Digits short ; 
subdigital lamellee smooth, undivided, 15 to 17 under the fourth toe. 
Tail thick, once and one third the length of head and body. Brown 
above, dotted with blackish; pale brownish inferiorly, dotted with 
brown. 


1 One of the specimens exeeeds the type (/. ¢. pl. ix.) in size, measuring 185 
millim. from snout to vent. 


1887.] HERPETOLOGY OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 335 


millim 
gf EO rd Re ene er 135 
LOR ee righ, Meee te i aias aye ce ia7e: o78,e et of sarees ies 
Wadthcon nenda age cr ca ste e e es) sveptiee oops TES 
L/P ARR PE ES eS ibe 45°5 
i REY eT Fe epee ee ree <i ee ot ce, Bens 9 
PEDarxeds Ura eh ay. esce iach cca cis ces case naps, seas 16 
TRE T linet in rg al cre ie nr on a al 78 


Three specimens from Faro Island. 


LiyGosoMA woopFoRDI, sp. n. 


Body elongate, limbs rather short ; the distance between the end 
of the snout and the fore limb is contained once and three fifths in 
the distance between axilla and groin. Snout moderately elongate, 
truncate. Lower eyelid scaly. Nostril pierced in a single nasal ; 
no supranasal; a single antericr loreal; rostral forming a broad 
straight suture with the frontonasal, which is broader than long ; 
preefrontals forming a short median suture; frontal as long as fronto- 
parietals and interparietal together, in contact with the first supra- 
ciliary and the two anterior supraoculars ; four supraoculars, followed 
by a very small fifth, first longest ; ten supraciliaries, first largest ; 
frontoparietals and interparietal distinct, former much larger than 
latter; parietals forming a suture behind the interparietal; no 
nuchals ; nine upper labials, seventh below the centre of the eye; 
a series of rather large suborbitals separates the orbit from the 
labials. Ear-opening oval, a little smaller than the eye-opening; no 
auricular lobules. 34 smooth scales round the middle of the body ; 
dorsals largest, laterals very small. A pair of enlarged przeanals. 
The adpressed limbs just meet. Digits rather short, slightly com- 
pressed ; 18 smooth lamellee under the fourth toe. Dark brown 
above, with strong metallic gloss; sides with curved or oblique black 
bars ; lower surfaces yellowish. 


millim 
Matalalemethy Efmt se bets were eee re « ay. Lr 166 
ead aes pater. Behe terrane «tates; 19 
Whdthao feed? ot sess, itso Sas caso aes. Soo er ae 2 
LAT i a ee Ops ee er 87 
Pore timbotse tts ais tee arg ta eats sels 5 0s 24 
an delimnbye ss teks akeese cic. Gio ane o + « 37 
pe SEU REREOGUCER) (oi) ais oa(s'a et aig «'siniswve 60 


A single specimen from Faro Island. 


LyGosoMA CONCINNATUM, Sp. 0D. 


Habit lacertiform ; the distance between the end of the snout and 
the fore limb is contained once and one fifth to once and two fifths 
in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout short, obtuse ; 
supraocular regions swollen. Lower eyelid scaly. _Nostril pierced 
in a single nasal ; no supranasal ; a single anterior loreal (except in 

23* 


336 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [ Mar. 15, 


one of the specimens, which has a very small shield above it) ; 
rostral forming a broad, straight suture with the frontonasal, which 
is much broader than long; preefrotals forming a median suture ; 
frontal much narrowed posteriorly, as longas or shorter than fronto- 
parietals and interparietal together, in contact with the first and 
second supracculars; four supraoculars, first longest; eight or nine 
supraciliaries, first largest ; frontoparietals and interparietal distinet, 
former longer than latter; parietals forming a suture behind the 
interparietal ; no enlarged nuchals; fifth upper labial largest and 
below the centre of the eye. Kar-opening oval, nearly as large as the 
eye-opening ; no anricular lobules. Seales smooth, or dorsals and 
laterals indistinctly pluricarinate, laterals smallest; 40 scales round 
the middle of the body. A pair of enlarged preeanals. The hind 
limb reaches the elbow of the adpressed fore limb or the axilla. 
Digits rather elongate, slightly compressed; subdigital lamelle 
smooth, 22 to 25 under the fourth toe. ‘Tail once and a half the 
length of head and body. Dark brown above, with strong metallic 
gloss; back black-spotted; sides with black and whitish spots 
elegantly arranged ; a black band on each side of the head, passing 
throngh the eye; sometimesa large, black, white-edged spot on each 
side of the neck ; lower sur!aces brownish white, clouded or longi- 
tudinally streaked with darker. 


E millim. 
Potaldenaths visiedk atwresk iisx!od “oerers- 130 
ead ett sntnracoe cskesisteudien ereernh sacle 13 
Width offheath ¢itieené lial a. deca wateges 9 
Body hice qals fein shikie sake teh eS 49 
Bove Mimbyy sink Ss She ee eee ide 17 
indklimb ¥ahace: 2arge’s 50 Beye eee etree WH 
ail'(reprodueed) ox tte. dePiwale stil 68 


Four specimens from Faro Island. 


LyGOSOMA ALBOFASCIOLATUM, Gthr. 
Faro Island. 


TYPHLOPS ALUENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 2.) 


Body much elongate, of subequal diameter throughout. Snout 
depressed, rounded. Nasal completely divided; a _ preocular 
separates the nasal from the ocular, which rests on the third and 
fourth upper labials ; eye very distinct ; the so-called rostral rounded 
posteriorly, its width about three filths the distance between the eyes ; 
a small azygos shield separates the rostral from the mouth. 22 
scales round the middle of the body. ‘Tail comparatively long, twice 
and one third as long as broad at the base, tapering, ending in a 
spine. Brown above, yellowish inferiorly ; upper head-shields edged 
with yellowish. 

Total length 245 millim.; diameter of body 4; length of tail 10. 

A single specimen, from Alu, Shortland Islands, 


1§87.] HERPETOLOGY OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 337 


BATRACHIA. 
CorNUFER DORSALIS, A. Dum. 
Faro Island. 


BarracuyLopes, g. n. Ranidarum. 


Pupil horizontal. Tongue oval, free and feebly nicked bebind. 
No vomerine teeth. Tympanum distinct. Fingers and toes free, 
the tips dilated into large disks. Distal phalanges T-shaped. 
Omosternum and sternum with a bony style. 


BATRACHYLODES VERTEBRALIS, sp.n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 3.) 


Snout short, obtuse; loreal region nearly vertical ; nostril nearer 
the tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital space broader than 
the upper eyelid; tympanum three fifths the diameter of the eye. 
First finger shorter than second; disk of third finger as large as the 
tympanum; disk of toes smaller than of fingers; subarticular 
tubercles feeble; a rather indistinct, oval, inner metatarsal tubercle. 
When the hind limb is pressed against the body, the tibio-tarsal 
articulation marks the posterior border of the eye. Skin smooth 
above and below. Grey-brown above; a fine whitish vertebral line, 
continued along the upper face of the thigh and the outer side of the 
tibia and tarsus; a whitish line on the canthus rostralis, extending 
from eye to eye; it is continued behind the eye, as a gradually 
widening band, to the groin; side of head and of anterior half of 
body dark brown ; indistinct brown bands across the limbs; lower 
parts dirty white. 

From snout to vent 30 millim. 

A single adult female, from Faro Island. 


Hyva tures, sp. n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 4.) 


Tongue oval, slightly free and very slightly nicked behind. 
Vomerine teeth in two strong transverse groups close together 
between the choanee. Head much depressed, as long as broad or 
slightly broader than long; snont rounded ; canthus rostralis very 
indistinct ; loreal region concave ; nostril nearer the tip of the snout 
than the eye, its distance from the latter equal to its dameter ; 
interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum very 
distinct, about two thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers halt- 
webbed, the web nearly reaching the disks of the second and third 
fingers; disks larger than the tympanum ; no projecting rudiment 
of pollex. Toes three-fourths webbed, the disks as large as the 
tympanum; subarticular tubercles small and flat; a small, flat, 
inner metatarsal tubercle ; no cutaneous tarsal fold. When the hind 
limb is pressed against the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches 
the tip of the snout or a little beyond. Skin smooth; belly and 
lower surface of thighs with large flat granules. Uniform lemon- 
yellow above, white inferiorly ; a white line along the outer side of 
the forearm and fourth finger and of the tarsus and fifth toe. 


338 ON THE MILK-DENTITION OF THE KOALA. [Mar. 15, 


Male with an internal subgular vocal sac, and black nuptial ex- 
crescences on the inner finger. 

From snout to vent 67 millim. 

Three specimens from Faro Island. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII. 


Fig. ‘ par Sie chase woodfordi, p. 334. 

. Lower view of foot ; multiplied 3 times. 

2. “Typhlops aluensis, p. 3836. Upper view of head; multiplied 4 times. 
2 a. . Side view of head; multiplied 4 times. 

2b. ——-——. Lower view of head ; multiplied 4 times. 

2c. . Lower view of tail. 

3. Batrachylodes vertebralis, p. 337. 

4, Hyla lutea, p. 337. 


4, On the Milk-dentition of the Koala. 
By Ouprie_p Tuomas. 


[Received February 15, 1887.] 


Among the few remaining Marsupials in which no trace of a milk- 
dentition has yet been found, the Koala (Phascolarctos cinereus) 
occupies a prominent place, especially as in this animal the last pre- 
molar, or pm.*, which among Marsupials is the only tooth that 
ever has a milk predecessor, is unusually large and powerful, and 
might have been therefore expected, as in the allied Phalangers, to 
have a proportionally well-developed predecessor. 

At last, however, I have been able to find traces in the Koala of 


s ~ 
milk pt ~ 


Head of young Koala, showing milk-dentition; natural size. 


just such a rudimentary milk-dentition as has been described in the 
Thylacine by Prof. Flower’, and showing, just as in that animal, 
that the ancestors of the Koala have had, and that it has now lost, 
the ordinary amount of tooth-change found in the great majority of 
Marsupials. 

In two very young and hairless Koalas, four and five inches long 
respectively, I find, on cutting open the side of the jaw, clear and 


1 Phil. Trans. 1867, p. 63, 


1887.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A NEW GECKO. 339 


distinct calcified milk-teeth, as shown in the accompanying drawing 
(fig. p. 338). Both above and below they lie in the groove on the outer 
side between the uncut pm.* and m.', their summits being slightly 
above the level of these teeth, but yet not projecting above the gum. 
They are each about 4 millim. in length, the upper one with a conical 
root and thickened crown about 2 millim. in diameter, while the lower 
one is slenderer and has a proportionally longer root and smaller 
crown. 

It is quite evident that these teeth never become functional, but 
are absorbed long before the animal is old enough to be able to 
use them, and in all probability they never cut the gum. 

The discovery of milk-teeth in the Koala is of considerable interest 
when viewed in relation to their comparatively long persistence in 
the Phalangers on the one hand, and their entire absence, so far as 
is yet known, in the Wombats on the other, the Koala presenting in 
this, as in so many other characters, an intermediate condition between 
the two. 

In this connection, however, it may be noted that throughout the 
Mammalia rootless-toothed animals do not have the same need of 
a functional milk-dentition as do rooted-toothed ones, owing to the 
manner in which the ever growing teeth are able to increase in size part 
passu with the growth of the animal. No better example of this can 
be quoted than the case of the allied Rodent genera Cavia and 
Dasyprocta, the first having rootless premolars, whose milk-teeth 
are absorbed before birth, and the second having rocted premolars 
preceded by well-developed and long-persistent milk-teeth. 

The bearing of this rule on our present subject is evident; for 
while the entire absence of milk-teeth was quite to be expected in 
the case of the rootless-toothed Wombats, their extreme state of 
reduction in the Koala is a most surprising fact, especially as there 
aie in the latter animal no anterior premolars to make up during 
youth for the absence of milk-teeth, as there are in the Thylacine, 
in which a similar reduction of the milk-dentition has taken place. 


5. On a new Gecko, of the Genus Chondrodactylus, from the 
Kalahari Desert. By G. A. Bounencrr, F.Z.S. 


[Received March 3, 1887.] 


Mr. J. J. Weir, F.Z.S., has handed over to me two small Lizards 
from the Kalahari, to be presented to the Natural History Museum 
in case they should prove of interest. Although unfortunately in 
a dry state, having been pinned in an insect-box, they are in 
comparatively good condition. One belongs to the well-known 
Eremias lugubris, Smith, the other represents a new Gecko of the 
genus Chondrodactylus, Peters, of which a single species was known, 
C. angulifer, Peters, also from South Africa. The discovery fa 
second species is therefore of great interest, and I have much pleasure 
in connecting with it the name of Mr. Weir. 


340 REV. G. H.R. FISK ON THE DESTRUCTION OF SNAKES. [Apr. 5, 


CHONDRODACTYLUS WEIRI, Sp. nov. 


Distinguished from its ally in the following points :—Tubercles 
on the supraorbital edge scarcely enlarged, separated from those on 
the other side by three series of tubercles in the middle; the width 
of the interorbital space equals quite one half of the vertical diameter 
of the orbit. Enlarged dorsal tubercles larger, more strongly keeled, 
subtrihedral. Ventral scales much larger; 6 or 7, on the middle of 
the belly, correspond to the horizontal diameter of the eye (instead 
of 11 or 12 in C. angulifer). Coloration very similar to that of the 
adult C. angulifer, i.e. with a blackish crescentic band, concavity 
forwards, extending from shoulder to shoulder, and pairs of round 
whitish spots on the back. The unique specimen measures 
95 millim., in which the tail enters for 40. 


April 5, 1887. 
Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the 
Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1887 :— 

The tctal number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of March was 76. Of these 22 were by 
birth, 43 by presentation, 6 by purchase, 1 by exchange, and 4 were 
received on deposit. The total number of departures during the 
same period, by death and removals, was 94. 

The most noticeable additions during the month were :— 

1. Two Long-tailed Grass-Finches (Poéphila acuticauda), from 
Derby, King Sound, N.W. Australia, presented to the Collection by 
Mr. Walter Burton, F.Z.S., March 18. These are the first examples 
of this elegant little Grass-Finch which have been received by the 
Society. 

2. A Fisk’s Snake (Lamprophis fiskii) and a Narrow-headed Toad 
(Bufo angusticeps), from South Africa, presented to the Society by 
the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, and received 24th March. Both of these are 
new to the Society’s Collection, and Fisk’s Snake, being new to 
science, has been named by Mr. Boulenger after its donor. 

I also wish to call attention to the fact that Sir Walter Buller 
has presented to the Society the female Huia-bird (Heteralocha 
gouldi) which he deposited in the Society’s Gardens on the 22nd 
April last year, and that he hopes to be able to obtain for usa 
companion of the male sex. The female bird in the Gardens is 
now in good health and condition. 


The following extracts were read from a letter addressed to the 
Secretary by the Rev. Geo. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S., dated Capetown, 
March 9, 1887 :— 

“The annexed anecdote of a Mouse’ and a Ringhals Snake (Sepedon 


1 [In a subsequent letter Mr. Fisk states that the Mouse was believed to be a 
specimen of Dendromys melanotis.—P. L. S.] 


1887.] | REV. G. H. R. FISK ON THE DESTRUCTION OF SNAKES. 341 


hemachates) was written for me at my request by my friend Mr. 
Sydney Cowper, who, you may remember, was the Cape repre- 
sentative at the late Colonial and Indian Exhibition. His name is 
guarantee of strict accuracy. 

“I send you a copy of his writing, thinking it may be interesting, 
showing as it does a way in which perhaps many young snakes are 
destroyed. Were not an immense number of the eggs and of the 
young of snakes destroyed by their natural enemies, their number 
would soon in some parts become so great as to be very inconve- 
nient indeed to other animals and to man also. 

“T have long known that cats kill snakes. I have seen a lizard 
killa snake. You will remember a snake which I sent to your 
Society which had devoured the eggs laid by another snake, and now 
we have an instance of a Mouse killing and eating a young venomous 
snake. 

‘Probably there are many other ways in which great numbers 
are destroyed before they reach an age and size when they become 
very dangerous. 

‘***On Saturday the 19th February my friend Mr. W. Holms and 
I managed to secure on Wynberg flats, without injury to the 
specimens, two young ‘ Ringhals,’ probably from 7 to 14 days old, 
measuring the one some 10 inches and the other 9 inches in length. 
We brought them home in onr handkerchiefs, placed them in a band- 
box, and proceeded to find food for them. A tour round the garden 
(Rokeby, Wynberg) produced one tortoise, one toad, one field-mouse, 
one cricket, two spiders, and some gentles. These, excepting the 
toad, were all placed in the bandbox with the two snakes, and 
we expected to find the snakes in good condition the following 
morning. 

***QOn looking into the box next morning I found but three sur- 
vivors of the previous night, namely the tortoise, the mouse, and one 
‘Ringhals.’ The mouse had evidently had the best of it, for he 
was devouring the remains of one of the snakes, and, judging by the 
distention of his little abdomen, I think he must also have econ- 
sumed the cricket, spiders, and gentles. I watched the survivors 
attentively during Sunday, and saw the mouse make an onslaught on 
the remaining Ringhals. He fastened on the snake’s back with his 
tiny sharp claws and pecked away with his teeth, the snake trying 
its utmost to wriggle away and to secrete itself under the tortoise, 
which it eventually managed to do. The snake seemed much 
frightened, and, although he struck at the mouse frequently, and 
sometimes with apparent success, the mouse generally avoided the 
struke with the utmost agility, and before letting go had ridden 
three or four times round the bandbox on the snake’s back. I 
imagine that the fang of a young ‘Ringhals’ is not sufficiently 
developed to penetrate the thick hair on a monse. I have written 
this account to you, as the fact of the mouse having eaten the snake 
is antagonistic to the generally conceived idea of reptilian customs. 

“«The Ringhals left for England by the R.M.S. Hawarden Castle 
on the 2nd inst., and the mouse I returned to his habitat under the 
stump of a tree in the garden, and although I have several times 


342 MR. F. DAY ON SCORPANA SCROFA. [Apr. 5, 


tried to catch him again, I have (unfortunately for me) been unsuc- 
cessful.—S. Cowrrr.’ ” Aid 

Mr. J. H. Leech, F.Z.S., exhibited specimens of some new 
Butterflies from Japan and Corea, which he was intending to describe 
at a future meeting of the Society, and gave some account of his 
expedition to those countries in quest of Lepidoptera. 


A communication was read from Prof. J. H. Scott and Prof. T. 
J. Parker, containing a description of a Whale of the genus Zphius, 
of which a specimen had been recently obtained near Dunedin, New 
Zealand. 

This paper will be printed entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’ 


The following papers were read :— 


1. On the Occurrence of Scorpena scrofa off the South 
Coast of England. By Francis Day, C.I.E., F.Z.8. 


[Received March 26, 1887.] 


On March 21st I was fortunatae enough to secure in Cheltenham 
a recently stuffed specimen of Scorpena scrofa, 11:2 inches in 
length, which had been obtained under the following circumstances. 
It had been captured by a trawler at Brixham at the beginning 
of the month, and forwarded next day to Mr. Woore, fishmonger 
in this town, as being a fish quite new to the local fishermen. 
Owing to my being away and to obviate its being spoiled, Mr. Woore 
had it stuffed, and in this condition I first sawit. So far as I know, 
this fish has not previously been obtained along our shores, and I 
think its occurrence ought to be recorded. 


Bg PON PO We decdtd. shih 1S) <u Abe 


The specimen agrees so thoroughly with the description in Cuvier 
and Valenciennes’s ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Poissons,’ vol. iv. p. 288, 
that further remarks upon this subject appear to be unnecessary. 
Although in the ‘ Catalogue of the Fishes of the British Museum’ this 
species is described as having “‘the head entirely scaleless and 
smooth,” and no mention of spines exists in the description, still in 
the definition of the genus it is remarked that ‘“‘ the head is armed 
with spines.” Valencieunes refers to “les nombreuses €épines de 
sa téte,” and Moreau, in his ‘ Poissons de la France,’ very accurately 
describes the fish. 

Hab. 'The Mediterranean and along the Atlantic shores of France 
as high as the Gironde and Rochelle. Moreau observed that he had 
never seen it from the coast of La Vendée. Common also at 
Madeira. It does not appear remarkable that a straggler should 
occur along our southern shores, but its occurrence during a very 
cold March would hardly have been anticipated. 


=| = ee 


“d wt qeyuryy 


‘ | * PI 
vs s Sa eee ee! Sener e/a A 


| AE 
ere = . = na a 


; | 
i 


uy tO Bnd Ys 


RIXX Id LEST SZ id 


ys Siew 


P.Z.5.1887. PL.XXX. 


RS Wray.del. Jomit lith 
: MORPHOLOGY or BIRDS-WINGS. 


a , 


RS Wray. del. J.Smit lth. 


MORPHOLOGY or BIRDS-WINGS. 


ail 


ts MA 


ra 


PL.o. 1887, Pl. AAR 


1887.] ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE WINGS OF BIRDS. 343 


2. On some Points in the Morphology of the Wings of Birds. 
By Ricnarp S. Wray, B.Sc. Lond. (Communicated 
by Professor FLownr, P.Z.S.) 


[Received March 7, 1887.] 
(Plates XXIX.-X XXII.) 


Since the publication of Sundevall’s paper “‘On the Wings of 
Birds”’ in 1843 but little advance seems to have been made in our 
knowledge of the disposition and modification of the feathers of the 
bird’s wing, although his original Swedish paper was twice translated 
into German. In fact the paper, though forty years old, contains 
much information not to be found in modern descriptions, a great deal 
of it having apparently been overlooked. I have had occasion to go 
into the subject somewhat fully in preparing specimens to illustrate 
the structure of the bird’s wing in the Index Museum of the British 
Museum (Natural History). While doing this I found the ordinary 
descriptions unsatisfactory, and at times could not reconcile what I 
saw with them. This occasioned me to examine a great many birds’ 
wings of different groups, and led to the results described in the 
following paper. The wings were all examined with a view to make 
out the mode of insertion of the feathers, their relations one to 
another and to the bones, and dried skins were used only when fresh 
specimens were uuavailable. Through the kindness of Professor 
Flower I had great facilities afforded me in the way of obtaining 
specimens, and I take this opportunity of expressing my great thanks 
to him for his encouragement and assistance throughout the work. 

While Sundevall’s paper gives the correct relations of the parts, 
especially of the coverts, yet many points with regard to the remiges 
and greater coverts he seems to have overlooked, and of others his 
interpretation is erroneous. The relation of the remiges to the bones 
of the manus is not fully described nor accurately figured. That 
the primaries form two groups, metacarpals and digitals, is recog- 
nized, but the absolute constancy of the most proximal digital 
resting upon the phalanx of digit 111. has never been insisted upon ; 
Sundevall’s figure shows it as having no connection with the phalanx. 
The presence of one or two more dorsal greater coverts than remiges 
on examination turns out to be erroneous, since every one may be 
accounted for. The presence of a small accessory remex (remicle) 
which I have made out renders the interpretation of the relations of 
the coverts to the remiges more intelligible. These and some other 
important points are discussed in the present paper. References to 
Sundevall’s paper are to the English translation which appeared in 
‘The Ibis’* for October 1886, and are indicated thus (S. p. 396). 

The nomenclature adopted is founded upon that most in use 


1“ On the Wings of Birds,’ by C. J. Sundevall. Translated from the 
original Swedish of the ‘ Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad, Handlingar,’ 1843, by W. 8S. 
Dallas, F.L.S. (Ibis, 1886, p. 389.) 


344 MR. R.S. WRAY ON THE MORPHOLOGY [Apr. 5, 


at present, and has this advantage that it is applicable to both sides 
of the wing, and reduces the terms used to a minimum. Professor 
Flower and Dr. Sclater have done me the kindness of revising the 
nomenclature’ for the remiges. The term “ tertials” or “tertiaries” 
has been abandoned, “cubitals”’ always including them when pre- 
sent, because there is no way of absolutely distinguishing any definite 
number of remiges as belonging to this special category. There is 
certainly a distinction to be founded upon the arrangement of the little 
muscular slips and tendons attached to the cubital remiges ; but it 
would not be of much use in practice, owing to the difficulties in the 
way of determining it with regard to many birds. 

The main points of interest brought to light by the examination of 
a considerable number of birds, some of almost every large group, 
will be treated of, the wing of the Wild Duck, which is an extremely 
good type, being first described in detail. The preparations in the 
Natural-History Museum fully illustrate this paper, and most of the 
accompanying drawings are taken from these preparations or from 
essentially similar ones. 


The Wild-Duck’s Wing. 


When the wing is extended for flight, the surfaces and borders 
correspond to those of the primitive vertebrate limb, the preaxial 
border being directed forwards, the postaxial backwards, and the 
dorsal and ventral surfaces upwards and downwards respectively. 
It is in this position the wing is best studied ; and when plucked of 
feathers posteriorly it presents a fold of skin from the elbow to the 
tip in which the flight-feathers and their principal coverts are 
embedded ; these and their position are first described. 

When the wing is prepared as shown in the drawing (Plate XXIX.) 
two main groups of quill-feathers are seen:—the SECONDARIES or 
CUBITALS attached to the ulna, and the PRIMARIES Or METACARPO- 
DIGITALS attached to the manus. Of the latter, six, the MJeta- 
earpals (1-6), are attached to the metacarpus, and five, the Digzta/s 
(7-11), attached one (addigital, 7) to phalanx | of digit 11., two 
(middigitals, 8, 9) to phalanx 1 of digit 11., and two (predigitals, 
10, 11) to phalanx 2 of digit 1. “The distal predigital (11) is 
always small, and is designated the remicle ; its relations, described 
in detail later, show that it isas much a primary as the so-called 
“‘ spurious tenth” of many Passerines. The quill-feathers on the 
cubitus stand out more or less at a right angle to the bone; those on 
the manus form a gradually increasing obtuse angle, till the last 
feather lies parallel with the phalanx to which it is attached. 

The remiges are best numbered from the wrist-joint, proximally 
for the cubitals and distally for the metacarpo-digitals ; because 
with scarcely any exception reduction in number takes place at the 
distal end of the manus and the proximal end of the cubitus. 


1 A somewhat similar nomenclature was proposed by Dr. Alix, ‘Journal de la 
Société philomatique,’ 1874, p. 10. ‘Sur les plumes ou rémiges des ailes des 
oiseaux.” 


1887.] OF THE WINGS OF BIRDS. 345 


The remaining feathers of the wing are the coverts; they are best 
understood if described from the posterior margin of the wing. 

On the dorsal side the row of feathers (Plate XXX. fiz. a, a) 
lying next the remiges are the ¢ectrices majores, being quite definitely 
related to the remigeal quills, and lying close pressed upon their 
bases. Each remex is serial with the covert proximal to it, the 
cubital coverts crossing over the bases of the remiges, the meta- 
carpal coverts lying parallel and pressed upon two contiguous re- 
miges (cf. Plate XXXI. figs. 6 andc). There is a well-developed 
covert to every metacarpal except the first, which possesses only a 
very small and vestigial one, 1’, which is completely hidden by a 
median covert, 1 (Plate XXXII. fig. 8), which in many birds fune- 
tionally replaces it, the ¢. major disappe: ring, 

On the ventral surface of the wing 1s a row of feathers (Plate XXX. 
fiz. 6, a), bearing the same relations to the remiges as those just 
described ; these are the ¢ectrices majores of the lower surface (cf. 
Plate XXX. fig. 6, and Plate XXXI. fig. 5). If tig. 6, Plate XXXIL, 
be examined, which shows the relations of the above feathers in 
section, starting at the tip of the wing the remicle, or predigital 2 
(R’), is seen to have proximal to it a dorsal and ventral covert, form- 
ing a group of three. The next remex is similar, and so to the 
ist metacarpal, whose dorsal covert is very small and rudimentary. 
These relations show that the remicle is a small metacarpo-digital 
which has probably not been differentiated into a flight-feather. The 
cubitals show the same arrangement except the fifth group, where 
there are a pair of coverts, but no remex; this condition is termed 
aquincubital, and is later described more fully. 

On the dorsal surface the next row of feathers to the t. majores 
are the median coverts (Plate XXX. fig. a, (3), or tectrices media, 
arranged serially with the other groups. On the cubitus they lie 
with a reversed overlap to the remiges and t. majores ; those, how- 
ever, which lie most proximal are unreversed (S. p. 415, footnote, 
and Goodchild, P. Z. S. 1886, p. 191). Those on the manus lie 
unreversed, and generally the median covert of the 2nd metacarpal 
is wanting (ef. Plate XXXII. fiz. 8). On the ventral surface of the 
wing, the next row of feathers (Plate XXX. fig. b, 5) bears similar 
relations; they are the ¢ectrices medie of the lower surface, and 
always lie with reversed overlap to the remiges and t. majores (S. 

- 491). The distal four or five are generally deficient on the manus 
in the Duck (Plate XXXI. fig. b). In many birds they are nearly 
all suppressed on the manus. 

The tectrices majores and medize on the ventral surface have at 
first sight an anomalous position. Being on the ventral side of the 
adult wing, one would expect the backs of the feathers to look 
ventralwards, whereas they look dorsalwards just as do the remiges, 
This is pointed out by Sundevall (S. p.419), who, however, gives an 
erroneous explanation, saying they are aftershafts developed at the 
ex ense of the true feather-shaft; a more probable explanation is 
discussed later. 

The feathers so far described are seated in the wing-membrane, 


346 "MR. R. S. WRAY ON THE MORPHOLOGY [Apr. 5, 


the next rows being in the skin covering the muscular portion of the 
wing and in the patagium. On the dorsal surface five rows of 
feathers (Plate XXX. fig. a, y) follow the t. mediz, lying with the 
same overlap, and on the manus being scantily represented ; they 


a, a'. Drawings of preparations of the distal cubital remiges, with their attached 
tectrices majores, of the Pheasant. 


a, Dorsal view; a’, ventral view. (This shows the “ quincubital” condition.) 


b, b'. Drawings of preparations of the distal cubital remiges, with their attached 
tectrices majores, of the Golden Hagle. ‘‘ Aquincubital.” 


b, Dorsal view; ', ventral view; 1, 2, 5, &c. the remiges (/?), numbered from 
the wrist-joint; D.C, dorsal tectrix major; V.C, ventral tectrix major; 
UI, ulna. 


are the tectrices minores. They extend on to the arm, and on the 
dorsal surface of the humerus a row of 6 feathers becomes elongated, 
forming an apparent continuation of the remiges of the forearm, 
the feathers of the next row taking the form of coverts; they 


as ae 


1887.] OF THE WINGS OF BIRDS. 347 


form the humerals (penne humerales), the “parapteron’’ of Nitzsch 
(Plate XXX. fig. a, 4). On the ventral surface next the median 
coverts are three row of feathers (Plate XXX. fig. 4, y), the tec- 
trices minores of the lower surface, which are but scantily repre- 
sented on the manus. 

A fairly well-marked space’ running the whole length of the 
cubitus separates these from two to three rows of feathers which run 
from the wrist to the elbow; and then are continued on the arm, 
where they become largely developed, 6 to 8 feathers (Plate XX XI. 
fig. 6, aw) forming the axillaries (hypopteron of Nitzsch). This row 
may be termed, when distinct as here, an axillary row, though really 
forming part of the minores; in some birds there is no space sepa- 
rating them, and then they are confluent. The t. minores of the 
upper and lower surface generally correspond, both producing special 
developments, the “‘ humerals” and “ axillars.” 

The next group of feathers (Plates XXX. & XXXI., 1) grow along 
the posterior border of the wing, extending from the proximal end of 
‘the patagium to the end of the manus. On the dorsal surface they 
soon approach the minores and become confluent with them, though 
distinguishable in fresh undisturbed plumages by difference of over- 
lap. On the ventral surface the patagial space is large, and separates 
them well from the minores. The feathers growing from the edge 
of the patagium are sufficiently elongated to cover this deficiency. 
At the wrist they become confluent with the other series and are 

‘continued on the hand. This group of feathers is common to both 
surfaces of the wing, insomuch as they form on the anterior border 
a shelving series, giving a clean finishing edge to the anterior 
margin of the wing. They are best termed marginals (fectrices 
marginales). The feathers of the pollex, plume pollicis (“alula,” 
‘‘ala spuria”’), are partly of this series and of the minores ; and by 
specialization produce four small quill-feathers with coverts, which 
lie closely embracing the dorsal part of the anterior border of the 
manus, and hiding many of its lesser coverts. 

The table at the end of this paper (p. 355) shows the relation 
of the nomenclature adopted above with that of Sundevall, and the 
ordinary nomenclature such as that found in Coues’s Key to N. A. 
Birds. All birds’ wings (except the Penguins) are directly referable 
to the type just described. It contains all the elements which occur 
in the wing, and it is by the specialization and suppression of these 
parts that the different wing-forms have been derived, at any rate 
among Carinates, the Ratite wing being more primitive in structure. 


Some Modifications of the Wing. 


The remiges of the manus show a remarkable constancy both in 
number and position, for (with the sole exception of the Penguins) 
the first digital always lies upon the phalanx of digit rr., its end 
resting upon the metacarpo-phalangeal articulation; the middigitals 
are always constant in position, so are the predigitals. On the meta- 
carpus are six feathers always except in Flamingoes, Grebes, and 

1 This is especially well seen in the Grebes. 


348 MR. R.S. WRAY ON THE MORPHOLOGY [Apr. 5 


Storks, where seven occur. The predigitals are the only other 
remiges of the manus which show modifications of any interest. In 
the typical condition (ef. Plate XX XI. fig. a) we have the large pre- 
digital 2 (a) and the small remicle (j3), with their dorsal and ventral 
coverts all intimately attached to the phalanx. This arrangement is 
probably generally present in the Pygopodes, Gaviz, Tubinares, 
many Limicolee, Pterocles, Odontoglosse, Herodiones, Anseres, 
Pelicans, Striges, and Accipitres. Among other birds it is probably 
not generally present, but it may be found in many of the lower 
forms of Passeres, and in some Picarize, probably never in Gallinz. 

The remicle disappears in these forms, but its dorsal covert 
remains weil developed, especially well seen in the Gallina, and its 
ventral covert may also remain, but often disappears. All trace of 
the group may disappear, as in the nine-primaried Passerines, where 
predigital 2 is reduced to a mere rudiment, but can generally be 
detected ; its covert is always well marked. The so-called pencil- 
feather of the Woodcock is the dorsal covert of the remicle group. 

The chief, most interesting, and most puzzling modification of the 
cubital feathers is that in a great many birds the fifth remex is 
always undeveloped, its coverts being normally developed and present. 
This occurs probably in all birds except Phcenicopterus, Galline, 
Passeres, and a few Picariz. Up to the present I have never met 
with a trace of this feather in a vestigial condition. If the figures of 
the preparation of the distal part of the cubitus of the Golden Eagle 
be compared with those of the Pheasant (see p.346), the exact nature 
of this modification is at once apparent. In the Pheasant (a, a’) the 
fifth remex is present with its coverts, showing all normal relations ; 
in the Golden Eagle (4, 6') the coverts are present but no remex. 
The former condition may be termed guincubital, the latter aquin- 
cubital. Such is the constancy of one or the other condition in each 
natural group, that I have as yet met with no exceptions anywhere, 
except among the so-called Picarize, many of which are, and most 
of which probably will turn out to be, guincubital. The Goatsuckers 
are aquincubital, while the Swifts are guincubital. Pterocles is 
aquincubital ; Goura is aquincubital. Of course exceptions may turn 
up, seeing that of the whole number of birds but a comparatively 
few have as yet been tested for this point. 

In the Gallinee the first cubital feather is shortened; this is 
possibly due to mechanical requirements in the folding of the wing, 
as the metacarpal remiges are inserted so near the actual joint as to 
leave but little room. Nitzsch states that sometimes the last feather 
on the manus undergoes shortening. I have not met with this 
condition. 

In the description of the Duck’s wing it was pointed out that the 
upper major covert to the first metacarpal remex is very small and 
rudimentary. When the feathers are all plucked off except the 
remiges, major and median coverts, the appearance at the wrist- 
joint is that represented in the figs. 6-9 (Plate XXXII.), where the 
remiges are red, the major coverts yellow, and the median blue. The 
diagram above each of the figures shows the real nomologies of these 


1887.] OF THE WINGS OF BIRDS. 349 


feathers, in their undisturbed primitive conditions. Sundevall men- 
tions that there are generally one or two extra major coverts connected 
with the cubital series, of which the feather / in his figures (the 
median covert here under consideration) is one; The other he does 
not mention (S. p. 414, par. 2). Really there are no extra coverts 
at all, unless the fifth cubital coverts in the aquincubital condition 
of the wing are so considered. In the Duck (Plate XXXII. fig. 8) 
it is seen that the larger feather (1”), which at first sight appears to 
represent the major covert, is really the median covert in front of the 
remex in the undisturbed quincunx series; the little feather (1') under- 
neath being the real major covert. In this wing the two feathers 
have not become so closely attached to the first metacarpal as is 
the case in some other birds, example the Golden Eagle, Barn-Owl, 
&e. (Plate XXXII. fig. 6). Here the relations are more apparent ; 
the major covert is small and rudimentary, but bears the same 
relation the other major coverts do. ‘lhe median covert is a fairly 
large feather, which crosses the metacarpals at a considerable angle. 
In the Duck the median covert of metacarpal 2 is suppressed, in the 
Eagle it is present (2", fig. 6). The Grebe, with seven metacarpals, 
shows similar modifications at the wrist-joint (Plate XXXII. fig. 7). 
In many birds (e.g. Passerines) the major covertaltogether disappears, 
the median covert is large, and takes its place, lying across the 
metacarpals at a considerable angle, and causing the suppression of 
the next one or two medie (Plate XXXII. fig. 9). 

The remaining feather-tracts undergo modifications in different 
groups, which are generally of more or less minor importance. The 
axillars and humerals vary in their development in different groups, in 
the Passerines disappearing almost absolutely, in all probability in 
connection with the relative shortness of the humerus. The marginals 
in many birds of this group are much elongated on the ventral side 
and cover the patagium. 

When the wing is folded these feathers (often with the last two or 
three major cubital coverts) present much the appearance of the 
axillars in some birds. They have often been erroneously so described, 
whereas they have nothing whatever to do with them, the true 
axillars being represented by but a few semiplumes at most. 

The modifications of the overlap of the dorsal cubital median and 
minor coverts have recently been very fully worked out by Goodchild 
(P. Z. 8S. 1886, pp. 184-203). These feathers are termed by 
Goodchild the “* median cubital coverts;’ but it is much better to 
confine the term ‘‘ median coverts”’ to the row following the majores, 
and call the others “ minor coverts.” Goodchild’s terms ‘ sup- 
plementary row of median coverts”’ or “‘ upper wing-coverts ” and 
‘* posterior row of median coverts”’ are unnatural, because part of 
his supplementary row in the majority of cases belongs to the 
t. mediz, and the greater and proximal part of his posterior row to 
the same, whereas the distal part belongs to the first row of minores 
(cf. his fig. 1, p. 186, P. Z.S. loc. cit.). His supplementary row 
generally means the distal t. mediz proper, and sometimes includes 
some of the feathers of the next two or three rows on the wrist, 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XXIV. 24 


350 MR. R. S. WRAY ON THE MORPHOLOGY [Apr. 5, 


which appear, as a consequence of folding superficially, to form a series 
with them ; it is simply accommodation, and is only very striking 
when the wing is examined in the folded condition, as most of his 
were. Grouping the feathers according to their insertion, and 
remembering the conditions of folding which must occur at the wrist, 
the observations of Gcodchild give the most complete view of this 
subject we have. The Passerine birds possess only the single row, 
t. media, the minores being completely absent (S. p. 415, ef); 
this is characteristie of them, and goes along with a very scantily 
feathered ventral surface. 

The median and minor coverts of the lower surface * show a great 
variety of modification, which if systematically worked out would I 
believe furnish valuable characters. But practically ornithologists 
take no account of the lower surface of the wing, and but little can 
be made out from ordinary skins. For skins to be of much value 
for studying wing-characters, some of them ought to be prepared 
with one wirg in the extended position. Fresh wings are much the 
most valuable, but they are not always available. According to 
Sundevall the median coverts often show a tendency to disappear, 
which I have noticed, often they are very small. In the Passeres the 
row of ¢. majores disappears; this is recognizable by difference of 
overlap. 


The Ducklings Wing. 


If the wing of a Duckling be examined when it is a mere downy 
appendage, of no use for flight, it will be found to be an exact fore- 
shadowing of the flying wing. The fifth cubital remex is absent, not 
even a vestige of it can be found; so we may conclude that this 
modification is a very ancient and deep-seated one. The plumules 
(down) clothing the wing are more feather-like than the adult down. 
In fact a Duckling’s wing forms an interesting comparison with an 
Ostrich’s or Rhea’s, these wings probably never having got beyond 
a stage parallel to this. The way the plumules of the Duckling are 
shed is very interesting; at the base of the plumule the new pennaceous 
feather forms, grows, and begins to force its way out from the skin. 
The plumule remaining attached by its base to the tip of the new 
feather is carried out away from the skin about 3 to ¢ inch, then the 
connection becomes very slight, and soon the plumule is lost. This 
forms an analogous parallel to the shedding of milk-teeth, the plumule 
being retained till the new feather can functionally take its place. 


The Wings of the Ratitee. 


The wings of the Ratitze conform to the same general plan as those 
of the Carinatze, presenting a modification of a more generalized type, 
which correlates with their bony structure. 

In the unplucked Ostrich wing, little beyond a confused mass of 
feathers can be made out. The ventral surface is totally devoid of 


1 There are some very good figures of the lower surface of the wing of 
certain Hawks in the‘ Zoologist,’ 1380, p. 273, pls. 2 and 3, 


7 


1887. ] OF THE WINGS OF BIRDS. 35 


a. Preparation of the manus of the Ostrich, showing the primaries and the 
manner of their attachment to the bones. 

6. Dorsal view of the antebrachium and manus of the wing of the Ostrich.’ 

e. Ventral view of the manus of an embryo Ostrich. 

M, metacarpals ; D, digitals; Ad, addigitals; Md, middigitals ; Pd, predigitals ; 
Cu, cuneiforme; Me 1, 2, 3, metacarpals 1, 2,3; Ph 1, 2, 3, phalanges 
1, 2,3; 1, u, mm, digits1, 1, ur; Z.M7, tectrices majores; Z\Md, tec- 
trices medix; 7'Mn, tectrices minores; M, marginals; A/, penne pol- 
licis (alula); 1, beneath this fold are the two yentral t. majores mentioned 
in the text; a’, tectrices majores inferior. 


feathers except for one row, the t. majores of the lower surface. If 

the feathers be cut short, so that only the base of the quill is left 

in the skin, their arrangement can then be satisfactorily studied 

(of. fig. 2). On looking at the figure (2, «), the remiges, R, are seen 

in their natural position, next a row of t. majores, 7'.Mj, then the 
24* 


ay | 


392 MR. R. S. WRAY ON THE MORPHOLOGY [Apr. 5, 


t. mediz, 7.Md, but scantily represented on the manus. There is 
part of a row, 7'.Mn, representing the minores, and a few rows of 
marginals, 1. The dorsal surface of the humerns is uniformly 
covered by rows of feathers. The pollex bears four remiges and a 
few coverts, Al. 

The disposition with regard to the bones gives 16 primaries or 
metacarpo-digitals, and about 20 (20-22 or 23) cubitals. The quills 
have not the same firm attachment as those of the Carinates, there 
being no grooves in the phalanges to receive them, and their bases 
project beyond the anterior edge of the bone (ef. fig. 2,p. 351). In the 
Carinatze the quills attached to the phalanges lie almost parallel to 
them, whereas here the angle is little larger thana right angle. This 
is a much more primitive condition. 

The primaries are disposed as follows :—Eight metacarpals, one 
addigital, four middigitals, and three predigitals. This probably 
represents a more primitive wing-form than the Carinate, where 
seven metacarpals and five digitals is the highest number of pri- 
maries. Probably the ancestral wing-form became modified into 
the forms we know by reduction and specialization of these feathers, 
seen more numerous in the Ostrich than elsewhere. 

The Rhea’s wing presents the same general characters as the 
Ostrich ; the ventral surface is bare, and the dorsal surface, with the 
feathers cut, shows the same arrangement ; but when the relations 
of the remiges to the bones are considered, it is seen to approach 
more nearly to the Carinate type in some respects. The primaries 
are twelve in number, there being seven metacarpals, one addigital, 
two middigitals, and two predigitals. This reduction is correlated 
with shortening and reduction of the manus. The angle of insertion 
of the digitals is more obtuse than in the Ostrich. 

The wing of the Emu I have not had the opportunity of dis- 
secting, but it is probably similar in arrangement to the Ostrich and 
Rhea, judging from a stuffed specimen. 

The wing of the Cassoway’ shows a great exaggeration of the 
feature, noticed in the Ostrich, of the quills projecting beyond the 
bones, its quill-spines being the sole remains of the cubital remiges. 

The Apteryx shows, as was first pointed out by Prof. Flower 
(Roy. Instit. Lect. 1886), a few true cubital remiges, indicated by 
their long quills. 


The Penguin's Wing. 


This departs the most of all wings from the general plan. The 
paddle form of the wing and its scale-like feathers are familiar, and 
there is little or no differentiation apparent beyond the passage from 
mere scales anteriorly to feathers posteriorly. On the ventral side 


1 In the wing of a Cassowary dissected since writing the above there are 
to be seen structures representing, in all probability, the ‘“ primaries,” which 
appear at first sight to be entirely wanting in these forms. I hope to describe 
this specimen, together with some other interesting Ratite wings, in a future 
paper. 


1887. ] OF THE WINGS OF BIRDS. 353 


this is all. On the dorsal the first four rows of feathers show a 
certain amount of differentiation, being somewhat elongated, and 
showing what might be looked upon as a tendency to form remiges 
and coverts, which was early lost, the wing taking a different func- 
tion to those which developed into organs of flight. The embryo 
of the Penguin shows in its wings no signs of being a degeneration 
or modification of the specialized flight-wing of other Carinates. 
There appears to be no trace of remigial structure at all in this 
wing. 
Origin of Wing and General Conclusions. 


The study of the wings of living birds leads to the conclusion that 
the power of flight was gradually acquired, and also tends to throw 
some light upon the way wings were originally evolved from a 
reptilian manus. Recent researches’ seem to show that the ances- 
tral form of the avian manus was probably a webbed form, and 
inferentially belonged to an aquatic type of animal, From this 
‘“ webbed paw” was developed the starting-point of the wing, by 
special modification of the scales or feather foretypes on the dorsal 
surface. The Penguin’s paddle represents, perhaps, a highly modi- 
fied survival of this starting-point; the Ratite wings are modified 
conditions of the intermediate stage in the wing-formation, At 
some future time I hope to bring forward the evidence in favour (or 
otherwise) of this view more fully worked out ; however, the follow- 
ing are some of the points which tend to support that view. 

In the adult flight-wing of the Carinates there are two rows of 
feathers situate on the ventral side of the wing, reversed in position, 
the t. majores and mediz. Sundevall explains this by saying it is 
an aftershaft developed at the expense of the feather-shaft, and 
states (S. p. 419) that the aftershaft is entirely deficient; but in a 
Pheasant I have found it normally developed, though small in these 
feathers. His explanation is erroneous. The true explanation 
probably is that these feathers or their antetypes were originally on the 
dorsal surface and have been carried down to the ventral in the for- 
mation of the “ ala membrana” by the excessive development of the 
remiges and tectrices majores. That is, that originally on the dorsal 
surface of the arm and manus there took place a special modification 
of the scales or feather foretypes by which rows of these were 
directed backwards in the ‘‘primitive embryonic” position of the 
limb. Next two or three rows began to be specialized and to become 
larger and more prominent than the others; then these, by their 
unequal growth, carried over a fold of skin and formed the wing- 
membrane, carrying some of the structures to the ventral side, which 
are now seen as the reversed feathers (cf. diagrams, Plate XXXII. 
figs. 1-5). In the embryo bird the feather-rudiments first appear on 
the dorsal surface, pointing to the fact that the modification here is 
very ancient and deep-seated; the remiges and greater coverts 
(superior) being the earliest to appear; quickly they begin to assume 


1 Prof. W. K. Parker's recent paper “On the Morphology of Birds,” read at 
the Royal Society, Jan. 27, 1887. 


304 MR. R. S. WRAY ON THE MORPHOLOGY [Apr. 5, 


larger proportions, and at the very earliest stages the remiges are dis- 
tinguishable. At this stage the wing is quite rounded in section, there 
being no trace of the “ala membrana ;’’ the next feathers to appear 
are the t. majores (inferior), closely followed by the other ventral 
coverts, the other dorsal coverts meanwhile having appeared. At 
this stage (cf. Plate XXXII. fig. 1) the inferior major and median 
coverts are distinctly more on the dorsal half of the rounded edge 
of the wing than its ventral, but very quickly they become quite 
ventral, owing to the rapid growth of the remiges. This stage 
is quickly passed over, but sufficient is visible to show that these 
feathers are carried distinctly to the lower surface by inequality 
of growth (cf. Plate XXXII. figs. 2-4). The feathers resulting 
from these are the plumules seen in the wing of the Duckling, and of 
no use for flight. The wing of a Duckling reproduces in a great 
measure, allowing for specialized differences, the adult Ostrich’s 
wing or the Rhea’s; and these wings are survivals of the transition 
state of the wing, ‘probably never “having been used for flight, but 
having undergone special modifications of their own from that point. 
It is pretty clear the remiges of the Ostrich and Duck’s wing corre- 
spond, more so the Ostrich and Duckling’s ; in the Ostrich we have 
but one row of ventral coverts, and in the embryo we get them most 
distinctly on the dorsal side. The Ostrich embryo figured (fig. 2 e, 
p- 351) shows the manus from the ventral surface ; digits 1., 11., and 
111. being well developed; digit ri. at its tip projecting beyond the 
general fold of the wing ; in fact there is a very complete webbed 
manus. The feathers seen (a’, fig. 2 c, p. 351) are the row of ventral 
coverts, and lying over digit 111. on its dorsal surface are two of this 
row hidden from sight by i it. Inthe adult, one of these feathers grows 
over the distal part of phalanx 1 of digit 111., owing to elongation of 
its quills ; here we have the dorsal position actually preserved in the 
adult. The wing of the Ostrich presents also a primitive condition 
especially in the cubital region, in that the “ ala membrana” is not 
specialized asin the Carinate, being in the intermediate condition of 
the Carinate embryo. Probably the feathers now representing the 
remiges and the principal coverts were more numerous in the primi- 
tive wing type, and have become restricted in number on the manus ; 
thus the Ostrich has 16, the Grebes 12, while most birds have only 
11 primaries. 
Wing-Formula. 

The main facts with regard to the feathers of a bird’s wing may 
be expressed as a formula. Denoting the metacarpo-digitals by 
Md, the metacarpals by m, the digitals by d, and expressing the 
number of feathers in each group by a number placed after (thus, 
six metacarpals, m6), the cubitals by C, “ quincubital,” ‘‘aquin- 
cubital” by C’, we formulate the remiges 

Md 11 m6 di Cux* 


The coverts are indicated by a, (, y, for the t. majores, mediz, 
and minores respectively ; by placing a figure below the line, thus a,, 


* x=number of cubitals, which varies considerably in different groups. 


OF THE WINGS OF BIRDS. 355 


1887.] 


TABLE Or NOMENCLATURE. 


Tris Parr. 


SuNDEVALL, 


Dorsal Coverts. 
Tectrices superiores. 


Ventral Coverts. 
Tectrices inferiores. 


Remiges. 


Tectrices marginales. 


Tectrices minime s. antecubitales, 


Tectrices minores. 
(Pennz humerales. ) 


Tectrices minores cubiti vel manus. 
(Penne humerales.) 


GENERAL, 


Tectrices minores. 


(Parapteron (from Nitzsch) and . 
humerals.) 


Tectrices medise. 


Tectrices majores. 


Primaries, or Metacarpo-digitales, 


Secondaries, or Cubitales. 


Tectrices majores. 


Tectrices mediz. 


Tectrices secunde seriei. 


Tectrices majores, 


Tectrices medi. 


{ Median primary coverts, 
| Median secondary coverts. 


Tectrices majores. 


Upper primary coverts. 
Greater upper secondary coverts. 


Remiges primores. 


Remiges cubitales, 


Primaries. 
oot Se eee ee 
Secondaries—Tertiaries. 


> 3 a 


Tectrices averse s. inferiores prime. 


Tectrices minores. 
(Axillaries.) 


Tectrices infrabrachiales s, plume infra- 
cubitales, 
(Plume infrahumerales.) . 


Teetrices marginales. 


Alula or Plume pollicis, 


Tectrices antecubitales inferiores or infra- 
marginales. 


Plume pollicis. 


Tectrices inferiores, 
(Under wing-coverts.) 


Veresreserescoeeesoee (Axillars;) 


Alula or Ala spuria, 


356 MR. R. 8S. WRAY ON THE MORPHOLOGY (Apr. 5, 


it indicates the number of rows, and placing these symbols above or 
below a line, thus ae their dorsal or ventral position ; the mar- 


a 
ginals are expressed by ps the humerals by A, the axillars by a, a 
number after the / or w denoting the number of specialized feathers 
forming the “parapteron’’ and “‘hypopteron.” When any two 


~— 
rows are confluent it may be indicated thus, y 2, where the axillars 
and minores are indistinguishable as separate groups ; Al expresses 
the quill-feathers of the pollex. 
Formula for the Duck :— 


Mall m6 a5 DALYH cig GA. rs*6m yyy, 
a, By yf a, By ¥3 2 7 (2-3) Bb 


Typical Passerine formula :— 


Md10 m6 d4 GPL Co%Bi%or 473, 
ay Bo ve Ay By Yo 


Formula for Ostrich wing :— 


Md16 m8 48 GP Cop% AnH 414, 
an ea 

These formule might prove of value to ornithologists by enabling 
them to briefly express the main characters of the wings of different 
groups of birds. The three given above at once express very great 
differences in the wings of these birds: thus it is seen at once how, 
in the Passerine, the upper minores, the axillars, and humerals are 
absent ; and the whole of the lower coverts, except one row, in the 
Ostrich. These are here introduced to show the possibility of using 
a wing-formula expressing most of the characters, 


DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. 


Pratr XXIX. 


Drawing of a preparation of the right wing of the Wild Duck, seen from below, 
showing the relation of the quill-feathers to the bones. 


al. Plume pollicis (alula). C@. Cubitals or secondary remiges. Md. Meta- 
carpo-digitals or primary remiges. MM. Metacarpals. D. Digitals. Ad. 
Addigital. Md 1 & 2. Middigitals land 2. Pd 1. Predigitall. Pd 2 or R. 
Predigital 2 or remicle. AH. Humerus. R. Radius. U/. Ulna. Se. Scaphoid. 
Cu. Cuneiform. Me 1, 2, 3. Metacarpals 1, 2,3. Ph 1, 2,3. Phalanges 1, 
2,3. 1., IL., LIL. Digits 1, 2, and 3, 


Pate XXX, 


a. Plan of the arrangement of the feathers on the dorsal surface of the extended 
left wing of Anas boschas. 

b. Plan of the arrangement of the feathers on the ventral surface of the ex- 
tended right wing of Anas hoschas. 

C. Cubitals (grey). Md. Metacarpo-digitals (grey). «a. Tectrices majores 
(pink). 8. Tectrices medie (green). y. Tectrices minores (brown). p. Tec- 
trices marginales (yellow). A/. Plume pollicis (red). % Humerals. 2. 
Axillars. «'. Axillary row of minores. 


1887. ] OF THE WINGS OF BIRDs. 357 


Puate XXXII. 


a. The distal phalanx of digit 11. of the wing of the Barn-Owl, with the attached 
predigitals and their coverts, showing the remicle and its relations. 
1. Ventral view. 2. Dorsal view. 
a. Predigital 1. B. Predigital 2 (remicle). 
a'. Dorsal tectrix major to a. 
a", Ventral tectrix major to a. 
B'. Dorsal tectrix major to remicle. 
B". Ventral tectrix major to remicle, 
1. Phalanx 2 of digit 1. 
2. Fused phalanx 3 of digit 1. 


4 and ec, Diagrams of the yentral and dorsal surfaces of the wing of the Wild 
Duck, showing the points of insertion of the feathers of the different 
groups. 


C. Cubitals. 1. Metacarpo-digitals, FR. Remicle. 7, Remex. 


. Tectrices majores. 

. Tectrices mediz. 

. Tectrices minores. 

. Tectrices marginales. 

. Axillars. 

. Humerals. 

Ax. Axillary row. 

(5). Absent fifth cubital remex. 
Al, Alula. 


YR ER WR 


Piate XXXII, 


Figs. 1-5. Diagrams showing how the ventral tectrices majores and mediz have 
been carried over from the dorsal side, and the “ala membrana” 
formed. 


1. The earliest condition of the feather-rudiments, 
2-4. Intermediate conditions. 
5. The condition in the adult wing. 


Remiges—red. 
Tectrices majores (superior)—yellow. 
Tectrices majores (inferior)—green. 
Tectrices medi (superior)—dark blue. 
Tectrices medizx (inferior)—light blue. 
These diagrams represent sections across the wing in the direction x-y (fig. 8). 


Figs. 6-9. The remiges and upper principal coverts in the region of the wrist- 
joint in Barn-Owl (6), Grebe (7), Duck (8), and Lark (9). 
1, 2, 3. 4. Metacarpal remiges (red). 
1’, 2', 3', 4". The corresponding major covert (yellow). 
1", 2", 3", 4'". The corresponding median covert (blue). 
* Wrist-joint. 
The plan of these feathers in section is shown above each, and represents the 
primitive unmodified relations. 


a, Drawing of section through the large feathers of the wing just below the 
edge of the “ ala membrana” of the Pheasant. 
8, The same of the Duck. The proximal cubitals are not shown, 
R. Remex (red). 
DC. Dorsal covert, tectrix major (yellow). 
VC. Ventral covert, tectrix major (green). 
R'. Remicle. 
* The wrist-joint. 
Q. Fifth cubital remex present. 
Aq. Fifth cubital remex absent, 


358 REV. H.S. GORHAM ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Apr. 5, 


3. On the Classification of the Coleoptera of the Subfamily 
Languriides. By the Rev. H. 8S. Goruam, F.Z.S. &e. 


[Received March 26, 1887.] 


Family EROTYLID 2. 


Subfamily LancuriipDEs. 


While working out the Languriide of Messrs. Godman and 
Salvin’s collection for the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ I have had 
to examine a great portion of the species and proposed genera in my 
own and other collections from all parts of the world, with a view to 
ascertain whether any characters existed by which their classification 
could be placed on a natural basis. The genera, and in most cases 
the subfamilies, which exist in the New World are distinct from those 
of the Old. It was to be supposed @ priori that the Langurie 
would not be an exception, yet, as is well known, the species from 
both regions often bear a very close resemblance, and at first sight 
might naturally be presumed to belong to the same genera. Mr. 
Crotch proposed a few genera in his descriptive Catalogue; but that 
work was so much hurried that his diagnoses are too short; they 
hardly amount to more than the indication of what, with his true 
entomological instinct, be saw would prove the types of new genera. 
Nevertheless, a close examination of the species enables me to state 
that these genera are, in most cases at least, well founded, but that 
other and greater combination of characters are needed for their 
proper definition. At the same time I find that many more genera 
must be made if we are to treat this group as the progress of biolo- 
gical science requires, and to express the affinities and differences of 
the minor groups into which it can be subdivided by a binomial 
nomenclature. 

In order to make certain of the position of the group, I have dis- 
sected a considerable number, and considered the structure of the 
various parts of the body in comparison with those of the Erotylide, 
Phytophaga, and various Clavicorn Coleoptera; and I come to the con- 
clusion that they can nowhere be better placed than as a subfamily of 
the Erotylide. Dr. Sharp, at my request, made a careful dissection 
of one of the largest species, and he has pointed out to me that the 
statement of M. Chapuis in the ‘ Genera des Coléoptéres’ (although I 
do not know if he is responsible for it), that the metathoracic episterna 
and epimera are without apparent distinction, is incorrect ; these 
structural plates of the pleurze are quite apparent, though not to be 
easily seen, and only as small points, until the elytra are removed and 
the side exposed. The epimera will then be found in close proximity 
with, and lying above, the episterna, but rather more dorsal in 
position, and nearly or quite covered by the elytral epipleuree. 
Lacordaire did not include the Langurie in the Monograph of the 
Erotylides ; but any one who will read his general remarks will see 
that he was not of MacLeay’s opinion, that these insects had any 


1887.] OF THE SUBFAMILY LANGURIIDES. 359 


close affinity with Cerylon, but simply was doubtful whether, with 
Latreille, their proper place was with the Erytolidx, or whether it 
should be with Humarphus. The opinion which has been put forward 
that they might be very much modified Phytophaga is negatived by 
the fact that the tarsi are five-jointed, the small fourth joint, which is 
like a nodule at the base of the claw-joint, being closely analogous to 
the similar joint in both the Erotylide and Endomychide, though 
the alliance is greater with the former than the latter family, in which 
there are but four joints inclusive, while in both Erotylide and 
Languriz there are five. 

I shall now give a summary of the characters to which I have 
paid especial attention, and upon which this attempt at classification 
of these Beetles is founded. 

1. The Head.—The antennz are eleven-jointed without exception ; 
the two basal joints are short and stout, not very different in length, 
the third rather longer than these or succeeding joints ; the four 
apical joints are pubescent, those preceding them either glabrous (the 
more evoluted form as in Pachylanguria) or clothed with hairs. 

The ocular striola is a groove above the canthus or rim of the eye 
and is of great use; it is absent in certain genera, very distinct in 
others, and modified in degree of fineness or in length; in others, 
from it in front starts a sharp ridge, forming the upper edge of the 
socket of the antennz and bordering the epistome. This latter is 
the part of the head immediately before the labrum, and both 
afford some useful characters. On the occiput are frequently found 
very minute raised ridges, or carinze, and these are the organ of 
stridulation. Sometimes they are so obsolete that the greatest pains 
is necessary to trace their rudiments, or more correctly their nascent 
origins. I do not consider them of importance for classification, nor 
even as truly generic characters. The eyes themselves are either 
coarsely or quite finely granulated (¢. e. the facets are like a cluster 
of ocelli, or are much modified so as to approach the more highly 
evoluted eyes with even surfaces). These give generic characters, 
but, as in the Cleridze, do not serve for higher aggregates. 

The palpi, maxiile, labium, or mentum are not variable to any 
great extent. The labrum varies in degree of length, but I have 
not been able to use the trophi. 

2. The Thorax.—The pronotum is variable in shape, but does not 
afford generic characters ; the presence of basal sulci indicates affinity 
with both Erotylidee and Endomychidz, but is also with many of the 
characters common in a less degree in the Phytophaga. The pro- 
sternum and mesosternum bear a singular resemblance to those of 
the two first-named families, and, as in them, afford good and 
constant generic characters ; the reflexed edge of the pronotum has 
no lines nor plication (such as is found in certain Malacoderms), and 
I do not find any characters of more than specific value there. 

The metasternum with its episterna and epimera will no doubt 
ultimately prove as valuable as the prosternum; I regret that I 
cannot work out the characters of this part, mainly because it cannot 
be done properly without spoiling the specimens by dissection. 


360 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Apr. 5, 


3. The Abdomen.—This is remarkably uniform in all the genera, 
yet affords two most trenchant and easily observed distinctions, viz. 
the presence or absence and variety of two lines, sometimes raised, 
sometimes impressed upon the intercoxal process of the basal segment ; 
their presence is a peculiarity of the Asiatic species. And, secondly, 
the excision of the apical segment, which rarely takes place and 
usually in the male sex only. 

4. Appendages.—The elytra: these are sometimes quite smooth 
at the apices, or they are denticulate, excised, truncate, or divari- 
cating; these are partly generic but partly divisional characters. Thus 
the finely denticulate apex is nearly, or quite, a peculiarity of the 
American species. The legs: the femora are either smooth in both 
sexes, or finely granulate or denticulate in the males ; the tibize very 
rarely bent or sinuous like those of Endomychidee, often incrassate as 
in Erotylidee, never toothed as in the former. The tarsi: I have 
examined the soles with the view of ascertaining if any such differences 
as Mr. Bates has used in the Carabide exist ; and I find two types of 
feet, one with spongiose close-set papillz, the other similar but with 
ragged rough hairs in addition, and much hairier above and on the 
sides. The latter is the usual American type, the former the Eastern 
or Asiatic: modifications occur in both parts of the world; and 
I venture to think that in this I have found a clue to the natural 
arrangement of genera in this subfamily, but yet one that must 
be taken in combination with the more important of the characters 
mentioned, as in certain genera an intermediate form occurs. This 
is, however, the case whatever be the distinctive structure selected 
for the purpose of classification ; cases will always present them- 
selves in which any one character fails to give any response, and we 
must have recourse to others known to be correlated with it to satisfy 
our inquiries. 

I may here acknowledge the contributions to our knowledge of 
this group made by Mr. Lewis and the Rev. W. W. Fowler. Of 
course I have made use of every kind of information I could find 
already published, for which I feel no apology is needed. 

The following is an attempt to place the general results of my 
examination in a tabular form. The North-American genera will be 
more fully characterized in an early part of the ‘ Biologia Centrali- 
Americana.’ The genera which I wish to suggest for adoption for 
the eastern species which have been described as Langurie are 
indicated also by a type species as well as in the table; it must here 
be observed I do not regard any species I have yet seen from Asia 
or Africa as belonging to Languria proper, of which L. mozardi is 
the type. It is not to be supposed that I have studied more than a 
limited number of the Asiatic species ; my examination of them, so far 
as it has gone, leads me to expect that many more genera than are 
here suggested will have to be made, but that their arrangement will 
be much facilitated by attention being paid to the sectional characters 
now proposed. 


1887.] OF THE SUBFAMILY LANGURIIDES. 361 


Family ERoTYLID2. 
Subfamily Laneuriiprs. 


Secrion I.—§pongioso-palmati. 
Tarsi (presertini antici maris) subtus articulis tribus basalibus spongioso- 
palmatis, haud late ciliatis. 
i. Abdominis segmentum yentrale basale lineis duabus: 
a. émpressis, brevibus ; antennarum clava 
Pe rofundites slabs. scsscccsasccss pecossncs tse Pachylanguria, Crotch. 
Tp elo Neattn maenetaadasateete dance nacheandsie Metabelus, n. gen. 
(type P. borrez, Fowler). 
ttt maris femoribus leviter denticulatis. Languwriomorpha, n. gen. 
(type L. lewisi). 


tttt elytrorum apicibus excisis ............ Pentelanguria, Crotch. 
Dui Pr Gases MORPING sae stotasettnacds erect raseniens Tetralanguria, Crotch. 
LEW GLOUILEI Sn eas. ac hoes ce eo Gads bos dcaad ome ses eseew assess Languriosoma, Crotch. 
d. impressis intus carinulatis parallelis. 
Oculi subtiliter granulati ............... Neolanguria, n. gen. 
(type Trogosita filiformis, Fabr.). 
Oculi fortiter granulati .................. Cenolanguria, n. gen. 


(type L. coaretata, Cr.). 
ii. Abdominis segmentum yentrale basale lineis nullis. 
a. Head asymmetrical. 
t Apex of elytra simple ............ Callilanguria, Crotch. 
ahiti Apex of elytra denticulate......... Goniolanguria, Crotch, 
itgian Apex of elytra not denticulate ... Doubledaya, White. 
6, Head symmetrical. 
Femora maris asperata .......s0......00 Oxylanguria, Crotch. 
Hemorad SIM PMCian saree te. ates ne deade= sees Fatua, De}. 
e. Oculi fortiter granulati; apex of elytrasimple Promecolanguria, Fowler 
(type L. dimidiata, Guér.). 


Sxcrron Il.—Trichio-palmati. 


Tarsi (preesertim antici maris) subtus yillosi, articulis tribus basalibus late 
vel saltem distincte, ciliatis. 
i. Oculi subtiliter granulati; vel modo reticulati. 
a. Elytrorum apicibus denticulatis ; lineis abdominalibus nullis. 
t Tibiex antic maris valde sinuatz ............ Camptocarpus, n. gen. 
(type Trapezidera longicollis, Mots.). 
{tt Tibi utriusque sexus recte, maris intus asperatx ; 
elytrorum apicibus denticulatis ............ Dasydactylus, n. gen. 
(type D. buprestoides, Gorh.). 
ttt Tibia maris intus leves; 
maris, abdominis segmento yentrali apicali haud exciso ; 
femora presertim maris, clavata... Nomotus 
(type WV. plutonus, Gorh.). 
simplicia Trapezidera, Mots. 
(type Z. @nea). 
utrinque asymmetrice exciso ...... Teretilanguria, Crotch. 
tantum emarginato ...... Ortholanguria, Crotch. 
b. Elytrorum apicibus oblique truncatis; maris, abdominis segmento ven- 
trali apicali medio rotundato 
BECO Gs eas cow Langurites, Mots. 
AXP IIEL << waco a Chromauges, n. gen. 
(type L. refulgens, Fowler). 
ce. Elytrorum apicibus muticis : 
+ lineis abdominalibus nullis; antennarum clava 
quinque-articulata ......ceesseeseceeeeeees Languria, Latr. 
sex-articulata, angusta........,. Neacedncaas Janessa, Chevr. 
(type L, bicolor, Fabr.). 


362 ON MOLLUSCA FROM ISLEWORTH, MIDDLESEX. [Apr. 19, 


tt lineis abdominalibus distinctis, cariniformibus. 
Anadastus, n. gen. 
(type L. cambodia, Crotch). 
ttt lineis abdominalibus impressis divaricatis. Stenodastus, n. gen. 
(type L. melanosterna). 
d. Elytrorum apicibus mucrenatis. 


(t lineis abdominalibus nullis) ...............00+ Stenolanguria, Fowler 
(type S. tricolor, Fowler). 
SAR CUDOIULS sic oaecaceer seheecct Meristobelus, n. gen. 
(type MW. forcipatus, Gorh.). 
GZCUMUINATIS .....cccecocccosceee- Acropteroxys, n. gen. 


B ; (type Languria gracilis, Newman). 
ii. Oculi grosse granulati. 
a. Tarsi, presertim antici maris, valde hirtuli ; 
lineis abdominalibus brevibus............... Crotchia, Fowler 
a (type C. vagabunda, Fowler). 
6. Tarsi vix hirtuli ; ; 


lineis abdominalibus nullis ............... Barbaropus, n. gen. 
(type Languria nyasse, Fowler). 
lineis abdominalibus brevibus............... Microlanguria, Lewis 


(type Languria jansoni, Crotch). 
iii. Oculi fortiter granulati; 
lineis abdominalibus impressis, extus elevatis brevibus. 
Cladoxena, Mots. 


April 19, 1887. 
Osbert Salvin, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary called attention to a set of eleven photographs 
containing representations of the principal objects of Natural History 
collected by the celebrated traveller Prejevalski during his recent 
expedition in Central Asia and an accompanying Catalogue, which 
had been presented to the Society’s Library by Dr. A. Strauch, 
F.M.Z.S., and read some extracts from a letter addressed to him by 
Dr. A. Strauch on the subject. 

Dr. Strauch stated that after Prejevalski had returned from his 
fourth journey, and had again given his valuable collection of 
Vertebrates to the Imperial Academy of Petersburg, it was de- 
termined by the Academy to have a special exhibition of all 
the zoological collections of Prejevalski in the new wing of the 
Academy buildings. The collection thus arranged contained speci- 
mens of 702 Mammals, 5010 Birds, 1199 Reptiles and Amphibians, 
and 643 Fishes, besides some Ethnological objects. The photographs 
now exhibited represented these objects as arranged for exhibition 
in the building of the Academy. 

The catalogue, which was in Russian, contained the scientific 
names of the principal species so far as they had been determined. 


Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell exhibited specimens of some Mollusca 
taken at Isleworth, Middlesex, and read the following notes :— 
ARION BoURGUIGNATI, Mabille:-—This species, though differing 


1887. ] ON ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 3638 


not only superficially, but anatomically, from its nearest relative 
in Britain, 4. hortensis, Fér., has, uutil a few months ago, always 
been confounded with it, and has consequently not been recorded as 
British. It differs specially from all others of the genus in being 
keeled on the back in the young state, and is easily known from 
A. hortensis, of which I have specimens taken in company with 
A. bourguignati, by its perfectly white foot-sole and its narrow 
side-bands. 

A, bourguignati appears to be very well distributed in Britain: up 
to the present it has been found in Yorkshire, Middlesex, Hamp- 
shire, Sussex, Cornwall, and my brother has recently taken a speci- 
men at Coniston, Lancs. It has also been received from the neigh- 
bourhood of Clonmel, in Ireland. 

HYALINA DRAPARNALDI, Beck.—This species in Britain has 
appeared to be confined to the western parts (Cornwall, Devon, and 
Wales), and has not been found further east than Bristol. The 
occurrence therefore of a colony of the species at Isleworth is very 
remarkable, unless on the supposition that they were accidentally 
introduced from elsewhere with plants, as they were found close to 
a garden. The specimens are remarkable as belonging to a variety 
which may be called maculosa, characterized by having whitish 
spots irregularly placed all over the surface of the shell. This 
condition has been recorded by Pascal in the allied species H. 
cellaria, Mill., and is important because it is apparently an inter- 
mediate form between the translucent horny shells of this and the 
opaque calcareous ones of other species, the spots being due apparently 
to little deposits of carbonate of lime. 


The Secretary read the following extract from a letter addressed to 
him by Mr. Albert A. C. Le Souef, C.M.Z.S., dated Melbourne, 
11th March, 1887 :— 

** You will be interested to know that I have now a pond for living 
Duckbills (Ornithorhynchus paradowus) in our gardens. The pond 
is about fifty feet in diameter, and is lined with rough stone ; it has 
a small island covered with ferns and rushes in the centre. In it 
are artificial burrows, and also boxes with dry grass in them. 
Water is always flowing through the pond. The Duckbills seem to 
do very well in it, and are a great attraction. I shall make further 
experiments in keeping them, with a view, if possible, of sending you 
some of them by my son Dudley, who, I think, will again visit 
England about the end of this year.” 


The following papers were read :— 


364 MR. J. BLAND SUTTON ON DISEASES IN [Apr. 19, 


1. On some Specimens of Disease from Mammals in the 
Society’s Gardens. By J. Buranp Surron, F.R.C.S., 
Erasmus Wilson Lecturer on Pathology, Royal College 
of Surgeons of England. 


[Received February 25, 1887.] 


In this communication I again venture to bring under notice a 
few specimens of diseases obtained from mammals which have died 
in the Society’s collection during the past twelve months. Those 
only have been selected which appeared to me to possess a zoolo- 
gical as well as a pathological interest. 

On several occasions I have drawn attention to the frequency of 
rickets in mammals living in confinement in this country, and have 
described some of the peculiar effects due to this disease manifested 
by the skeleton. Let me now describe two additional specimens. 
When the skeleton is thoroughly softened by rickets, the ribs are 


Kig..1,. 


Transverse section of the thorax of a rickety Monkey. 
H. Heart. L, L. Lungs. T. Trachea. G2. sophagus. A. Aorta. P. Pericardium. 


as yielding as though composed of whalebone. In consequence of this 
they yield to the pressure of the atmosphereand encroach upon the tho- 
racic cavity, displace the heart, flatten the lungs, and disturb the viscera 
of the chest generally. In my drawing (fig. 1) a transverse section of 
the thorax of a Monkey severely affected by rickets is shown. In 
this drawing the lungs are seen as two narrow bands, the trachea is 
displaced to the right side, the cesophagus is compressed against the 
spine, and the heart is pushed forwards, and is in contact with the 
thoracic parietes all round, instead of hanging almost free in the 


1887. ] ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 355 


middle line. It is difficult to imagine how life could continue under 

such altered conditions of the respiratory and circulatory organs. 
The next specimen is, so far as I know, unique. It is a well- 

recognized fact that when rickets affects the skull, the bones most 


Under view of the skull-vault of a rickety Lior, with abnorinal 
thickness of the ossific tentorium. 


attacked are those preformed in membrane. Most of the Lions 
which have been born alive in the Gardens and survived for any 
length of time have developed rickets. A young Lion which died 
last winter had for some months previous to its death exhibited 
marked signs of paralysis of the hind limbs and back. The paraplegia 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1887, No. XXV. 25 


366 MR. J. BLAND SUTTON ON DISEASES IN [Apr. 19, 


was attributed to pressure on the cord from the overgrown inter- 
vertebral disks. The post-mortem examination revealed a very curious 
state of affairs. The skull presented unmistakable evidence of rickets ; 
and on removing the skull-vault, a task of considerable difficulty, it 
was found that the general overgrowth of bone had extended from 
the vault of the skull and implicated the tentorium cerebelli. This 
abnormally thick tentorium had compressed the medulla and cere- 
bellum, producing general paralysis, which terminated fatally. - 


Fig. 3. 


1 
‘ 
' 


i. k. 
A longitudinal section of the head of a Lion-cub (three months), showing 
overgrowth of the tentorium cerebelli and dilatation of the lateral ventricle. 


T. Tentorium. Y. Lateral ventricle. I. Infundibulum. P. Pituitary body. 
R. Fourth ventricle. N.S. Nasal septum (cartilaginous). 


There are good reasons for believing that the abnormal thickening 
of the teutorium in Lions born in confinement is not uncommon if 
sought for. Since detecting the first case a Lion eub three months 
old has come to hand. The specimen was frozen, and the head 
divided longitudinally, when a most interesting condition of the 
brain was observed. It will be seen in the drawing (fig. 3) that, as in 
the preceding case, the tentorium cerebelli is abnormally thick, and 
presents at its anterior edge a rounded margin. This overgrowth of 
bone has pressed upon the vermiform process of the cerebellum, 
thus occluding the anterior part of the fourth cerebral ventricle, and 
preventing a free flow of fluid from the remaining cavities. As a 
consequence the lateral ventricles have become greatly dilated, and 
the foramen of Monro, instead of being represented as a slit of the 
dimensions of a crow-quill, is an oval aperture measuring at least an 
inch in its major axis. The third ventricle is likewise dilated ; and 
the infundibulum, instead of being a narrow tube ending in the 
pituitary body, is widely dilated and forms part of the general cavity 
of the ventricle, to which it is attached. 

The bones of the skull-vault are thicker than is usual in Lions of 
this age; and the skeleton generally presents the appearances 
characteristic of rickets. 


1837. ] ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS, 307 


The companion Lion still lives in the Gardens, and there is little 
reason to doubt that it is similarly affected, for it is paraplegic and 
can only manage to drag itself a few paces. The head is occasionally 
drawn to one side, and at intervals oscillates from side to side in a 
rhythmic manner. 

So far as I am aware, the present is the first account of this 
singular affection that has yet been published, but there is little doubt 
that if looked for other specimens will turn up. ‘The abnormality is 
an excellent example of disease modified by anatomical peculiarity. 

There is a widespread notion that in the human subject marriages 
of consanguinity often result in the production of offspring with 
physical defects. A good deal of evidence can be adduced in 
support of this opinion. In animals little cau be urged in its favour. 
In them, on the other hand, hybrid offspring are most prone to ex- 
hibit congenital defects. The following is a case in point. 

In February a female goat gave birth to two kids, the result of a 
cross between the Common Goat and a Goral Antelope. The kids 
were dead when born, and each presented enormous enlargement of 
the thyroid gland. There was general dropsy, affecting not only 
the subcutaneous tissue of the body, but giving rise to ascites 
and hydrothorax. The enlargement of the glands was suchi as is 
eeen in the common form of goiire. The disease was not associated 
with defects in the bones which have been recorded in the calf under 
the name of sporadic cretinisin. 

A specimen of overgrowth occurred in the hind feet of a Coati ; 
they are represented in my drawing (fig. 4). The animal suffered 
from phimosis and suppuration of the scrotum, which prevented it 
from freely moving about. As a result the papille of the callous 
pad have become enormously overgrown, and in one foot project 
posteriorly in the form of a blunt spur. These overgrown papille 
cause the feet to assume an appearance similar to the pads on the 
toes of an Ostrich. 

On examining the feet of other Coatis confined in the Gardens, I 
find that all present on each hind foot, along the inner border, a 
collection of overgrown papillz similar to those just described, but 
by no means so extensive. Whether this overgrowth of papille in 
this situation is found in the wild state I am unable to say, but in 
Coatis which have been long in confinement it is larger than in those 
recently added to the collection. The length and extent of this 
abnormal papillary area, in all probability, depends upon diminished 
usage of the foot—an inevitable result of captivity. 

It is well known that Cows living upon bogs or marshy land are 
very liable to suffer from overgrowth of the hoofs; the same holds 
good for Horses. Thus, in a specimen of a Horse’s manus preserved 
in the museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, the overgrown 
hoof measures from the heel to the tip nearly 12 inches. The 
feet from which the drawings in fig. 5 were taken belonged to a 
Goat which, for some time preceding its death, had lived in a 
muddy paddock. The longer hoof measures no less than 14 inches 
round the curve, the shorter one 9 inches. They are, so far as I am 
aware, the longest examples of overgrown hoofs yet recorded. 

25* 


3638 MR. J. B. SU[TTON ON DISEASES IN ANIMALS. [Apr. 19, 


Fig. 4. 


Two Goat's feet with overgrown hools. One measures 14, the other 9 inches 
round the greater curve, 


1887.] MR. SUTTON ON THE ARM-GLANDS OF THE LEMURS. 369 


2. On the Arm-glands of the Lemurs. 
By J. Brann Surron, F.R.C.S. 
[Received February 25, 1887.] 


In 1884 Mr. Beddard made a communication to this Society, “ On 
some Points in the Structure of Hapalemur griseus’’*. In this paper 
attention was drawn to a very singular patch of spines on the flexor 
aspect of the forearm, represented in the accompaning drawing 


(fig. 1). 


Fig. 1. 


The forearm of Hapalemur griseus, showing the patch of spine-like processes 
and the tuft of hairs. 


In a postscript to his paper Mr. Beddard was able to state that this 
collection of spines was not a sexual character, but exists in both 
sexes of Hapalemur griseus, while it is unrepresented in Hapalemur 
simus. Mr. Beddard applied for information to Dr. Jentink and to 
Prof. A. Milne-Edwards. These gentlemen very kindly examined 
the large series of examples of the two species preserved in the 
Museums of Leyden and Paris, and found that Hapalemur griseus 
is distinguished from H. simus by a patch of spines upon the arms, 
which, however, shows certain differences in the two sexes. In the 
females the spines are replaced by hairs, but the patch as a whole 
is quite distinct from the rest of the integument of the arm. Dr. 
Jentink furthermore directed his attention to a possibly similar 
structure (a climbing-organ ?) upon the arm of Lemur catta, which 
has the form of a horny outgrowth somewhat like the spur of a 
cock. At the time Mr. Beddard was engaged in dissecting Hapa- 
lemur he kindly afforded me every opportunity for examining this 
curious structure on its forearm. This part in question Mr. Beddard 
describes thus :— 

1 See P. Z. S. 1884, p. 391. 


370 MR. J. BLAND SUTTON ON THE [Apert 


‘On che inner side of the forearm close to the wrist is an oval 
patch of spine-like processes, about one inch long and one third 
of an inch broad in the middle. The spines are longest in the 
middle portion of the patch, and decrease in length towards both 
extremities. Examined with a hand-lens they present the appearance 
of being composed of a number of fine threads closely bound 


The forearm of Chirogaleus coquereli, showing the tuft of long hairs. The 
larger one is the forearm of Lemur catta, showing the raised patch of 
hairless skin covering the collection of sweat-ducts. The tuft of long 
hairs is also shown. 


together ; the extremity of the spines is blunt, and the longer ones 
are somewhat curved and overlap each other. The patch of integu- 
ment which bears these spines is sharply marked off from the sur- 
rounding integument, and no transitional forms between the hairs 
of the general body-surface and these peculiar spines could be 
observed.” When the skin of the arm was removed an oval gland 
of the size and shape of an almond corresponded to this patch of 
spines on both arms, but no duct could be detected in connexion 
with the gland. 

These observations possessed for me extreme interest, for I 
felt assured that the patch of spines was in reality formed by the 
hardened secretion of the gland underlying them. At once I began 
to accumulate material for an inquiry into the comb-like organ on 


1887.] ARM-GLANDS OF THE LEMURS. 371 


the arm of Lemur catta, and was enabled to make some preliminary 
observations concerning it in the ‘Journal of Comparative Medicine 
and Surgery,’ New York, Jan. 1887. 

The comb-like organ on the arm of Lemur catta may be thus 
described :— 

It is situated about two inches above the wrist-joint, on the 
flexor aspect, and in a young Lemur is about three-eighths of an 
inch in length. It is of an oval shape, soft, compressible, and 


Fig. 3. 


Forearm of an adult Lemur catta, showing the blunt spur described in the text. 
The smaller figure is the arm of a foetal Lemur catta, to show the tuft of 


long hairs. 


marked with fine lines like the tip of the finger, and of a black 
colour. The organ is raised above the general level of the integu- 
ment to the extent of an eighth of aninch. Its major axis lies in 
the long axis of the limb, and it is continuous with the palm of the 
hand by a narrow strip of black hairless skin. The organ is present 
in the male and female. In older Lemurs a hard callous projecting 
spur is seen on its inner side. 

This spur or projection in Lemur catta resembles, on a large 
scale, the spines on the arms of Hapalemur, and I have no doubt 


ox? MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Apr. 19, 


that they both arise in the same way, viz. by exposure and sub- 
sequent hardening of the secretion peculiar to the gland; for on 
submitting the smooth oval patch to microscopic examination, I 
was delighted to fild that it covered a collection of glands resem- 
bling sweat-glands, each gland being tubular and provided with a 
distinct duct, but occasionally two ducts would unite near the 
point where they opened cn the patch of smooth skin. As many as 
fifteen of these ducts can be counted in a single fine section through 
the patch; therefore the number of the orifices may be estimated at 
somewhere about seven hundred, and in some cases perhaps as 
many as a thousand. 

On examining the forearm of a foetal Lemur catta I found a cluster 
of long stiff hairs associated with some large sebaceous glands and at 
once, though hastily, concluded that this must correspond to those 
which I have just described. On examining the arm of Lemur 
macaco and Chirogaleus coquereli some similar loug hairs asso- 
ciated with glands were also detected. On carefully re-examining 
the arm of Lemur catta, it turned out that this peculiar gland is also 
represented, as seen in fig. 4, which will illustrate its appearance 
and situation far better than a verbal description. 

The tuft of hairs with their glands occurs in all the Lemurs I 
have been able to examine alive in the Society’s gardens and in dried 
skins in the Prosector’s room, as well as in Hapalemur. Singularly 
it is absent in the West-African Lemur, Perodicticus potto. 

The intention of the paper is two-fold :—1. To call attention to the 
glands underlying the smooth raised heap of black skin in Lemur 
catta ; 2. To draw attention to the tuft of long hairs near it, and its 
representative in the arm of other Lemvrs. 

Finally I am of opinion that the spur in Lemur catta and the 
patch of spines in Hapalemur are formed of the dried secretions 
peculiar to the glands. 


3. Contributions to the Anatomy of Earthworms.—Nos. I.,I1., 
Ill. By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.E., Prosector 
to the Society, and Lecturer on Biology at Guy’s Hospital. 


[Received April 1, 1887.] 
(Plate XX XIII.) 


T. On the Structure of Eudrilus sylvicola, p. 372. 
II. Further Note on the Reproductive Organs of Acanthodrilus, p. 387. 
TII. Note on the Genital Sets of Pericheta houlleti, p. 389. 


“7, On THe Srructure or Eudrilus sylvicola. (Plate XXXIII.) 


Mr. W. L. Sclater has kindly presented me with a number of 
Earthworms which he collected in British Guiana; among these are 
a few specimens of a species of Ludrilus which proves to be new to 
science. The worms were carefully preserved and have proved to 
be in an excellent condition for microscopical investigation. 


Cn 
™~ 


i 
s 
' 
“ 
: 
' 
' 
H 
' 
‘ 


i 
: « 
a 


4 2 ef | php 
wT VAs 
Mi Dorr te aa 


1887. | ANATOMY OF EARTHWORMS. 373 


The genus Hudrilus was first described by M. Perrier', who, 
however, had only ill-preserved material to work at, consequently 
his account of the stracture of the worm is imperfect ; it is very 
evident, nevertheless, from what he has written upon the subject, 
that Hudrilus is one of the most remarkable genera of Lumbricide, 
and I was particularly glad to have the opportunity of studying its 
structure in really well-preserved specimens. 

The most important facts which I have to bring forward in the 
present paper concern the structure of the female generative appa- 
ratus. In a note communicated to the ‘ Zoologischer Anzeiger’ *, I 
pointed out that Perrier’s description of these organs was inaccu- 
rate—that it did not, at least, apply to the species (a native of New 
Caledonia) studied by myself. Perrier was right in stating that the 
ovary was connected with the spermatheca, aud that its contents 
were set free by passing down the duct of the spermatheca ; but he 
overlooked the fact that the ovary, although apparently sessile upon 
the duct of the spermatheca, was in reality connected with it by its 
own duct, a long coiled tube. This latter structure did not indeed 
escape the attention of Perrier; but he erroneously regarded it as a 
mere diverticulum of the spermatheca, and failed to make out its 
connection with the ovary. I was inclined to regard the species of 
Eudrilus*, wpon which my own investigations were made, as distinct 
from any of those which Perrier has described. On this account I 
held it possible, though not probable, that Perrier and myself were 
both right, and that the discrepancies between our observations 
might be explained by supposing a real difference, as regards the 
points at issue, between the two species. Now that I have been 
able to study a second species of Eudrilus, 1 am disposed to think 
that Perrier was entirely wrong in his description. 


§ External Characters. 


The Eudrilus which forms the subject of the present paper is a 
small worm, not measuring more than 32 millim. in length. It is 
remarkable for the fact that the body is built up of very few seg- 
ments; I counted 44, 45, and 46 respectively in each of the three 
specimens at my disposal. 

The colour of the worm is a dark bluish purple upon the dorsal 
surface, fading into a dull yellow upon the ventral surface. 

The sete are disposed in pairs, as in Lumbricus. I did not 
notice any tendency to an increased number in any of the pairs 
which Perrier has referred to. 

The elitellum occupies segments 14-18 inclusive. 

The nephridiopores are placed in front of the ventral pair of 
setze ; in all other species of this genus the nephridial apertures are 
related to the dorsal pair of sete. 

The female generative pores are a pair of conspicuous orifices 
situated upon the 14th segment, and in front of the dorsal pair of 
sete. 


1 Nouy. Arch. d. Mus. t. viii. (1872) p. 71. ? No. 224 (1886). 
3 Proc. Zool. Soc. May 18th, 1886, p. 302. 


374 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Apr. 19, 


The male generative pores are related to the ventral pair of sete, 
and are situated upon the 17th segment. 

In the position of the reproductive apertures the present species 
agrees with all the other species except EH. decipiens, where the 
female pores are upon the 12th segment. 


§ Integument. 


The epidermis is covered, as in other Earthworms, by a delicate 
cuticle ; the cells of the epidermis are of two kinds, (1) tall columnar 
cells, (2) oval glandular cells (Plate XX XIII. fig. 14,6): these 
resemble exactly the epidermic cells of other Earthworms. 

In one particular the epidermis of Eudrilus differs from Lumbricus, 
and the majority of other genera of Lumbricidz, and agrees with 
Urocheta, a genus with which it does not show any other marked 
resemblances. Between the setz on all the segments of the body is 
a row of peculiar structures, which appear from the investigations of 
Véjdovsky to represent degenerate or abortive sete; they consist in 
each case (fig. 14, a) of asmall spherical body darkly stained by borax 
carmine, which is lodged in an invagination of the cuticle. The 
cuticle, however, instead of forming a single layer round the central 
body, is split into a number of layers like the coats of an onion; flat- 
tened deeply stained nuclei are situated between these layers. These 
structures are also found upon the clitellum, and they invariably lie 
at the base of the epidermis, just above the circular muscular 
layer. 

The structure of the clitellum is precisely similar to'that of Zum- 
bricus. 

The circular muscle-layer resembles that of other Earthworms ; 
numerous pigment-granules lie between the individual fibres on the 
dorsal side of the body. 

The longitudinal muscular coat shows the bipinnate arrangement 
of its fibres which Claparéde ! was the first to describe in Lumbricus. 
This fact is worth mentioning, inasmuch as it is unusual in Lum- 
bricidz ; in by far the majority of instances the longitudinal muscle- 
layer does not show this bipinnate arrangement. I should remark 
that in the anterior region of the body, Hudrilus does not show the 
characteristic bipinnate disposition of its fibres. 


§ Alimentary System. 


The most interesting feature about the alimentary canal relates to 
the calciferous glands, which are, in many respects, rather different 
from those of other Lumbricide. The other subdivisions of the 
alimentary tract are of no special interest, aud do not differ materially 
from those of the more typical genera, such as Pericheta. I may 
state that I have not observed any traces of a typhlosole; the 
absence of this structure, which is generally present in Earthworms, 
allies Eudrilus to Pontodrilus. Nor are there in the present species 
intestinal glands such as those which are characteristic of Zudrilus 


1 Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 1869. 


1887. ] ANATOMY OF EARTHWORMS. 375 


boyeri*. The occurrence of such glands, however, is no more re- 
markable than their absence, and other genera are known (Acantho- 
drilus) in which such glands may be absent or present. 

The calciferous glands are present to the number of a single pair 
in segment 12; these glands are lobed, the furrows running parallel 
with the long axis of the body; they are lateral in position, but 
extend dorsally above the level of the cesophagus. The structure of 
these glands is closely similar to that which is found in other Earth- 
worms; they appear to be rather small in size compared to what 
they are (for example) in Acanthodrilus? ; in the species of the 
latter genus investigated by me, the glands nearly fill up the body- 
cavity of the segments that contain them; they are very far from 
doing this in Zudrilus. M. Perrier makes no mention of the pre- 
sence of calciferous glands in any of the three species studied by 
him. 

In the tenth and eleventh segments, into which also open the-fun- 
nels of the vasa defere tia, is a remarkable glandular body; this struc- 
ture (Plate XX XIII. figs. 5 a, 6) consists of a median unpaired gland 
lying beneath the cesophagus, and evidently opening into it; in dis- 
secting the worm it was necessary to raise the cesophagus, in order to 
bring into view these glands, which are completely hidden when the 
cesophagus is left in situ. These glands differ in their general ap- 
pearance, as well as in their position, from the calciferous glands of 
the twelfth segment, but do not differ in minute structure. The 
accompanying figure (fig. 3) illustrates the minute structure of one of 
these subcesophageal glands ; the section has een made through the 
cesophageal orifice, which is very wide. The lining epithelium of the 
gland differs in its character from the epithelium of the cesophagus, 
but there is no abrupt break between the two; the epithelium lining 
the gland gradually passes into the epithelium of the cesophagus. 
The epithelial cells of the cesophagus are tall and columnar in 
form, very narrow at the base, and but slightly wider at the distal ex- 
tremity ; on the other hand, the epithelium of the gland is composed 
of low cubical cells; the linmg membrane of the gland is thrown 
into a series of folds which anastomose here and there; each fold 
contains a core of connective tissue in which are blood-vessels. The 
outer walls of the gland are of course in continuity with the muscular 
walls of the cesophagus, but their thickness is very considerably 
less. The serous coat of the cesophagus, as of the alimentary tract 
generally, is formed by a single layer of tall, pear-shaped peritoneal 
cells—the so-called ‘‘ hepatic cells”’ (fig. 3, p); these cells, as in other 
Earthworms, contain numerous olive-brown, highly refracting par- 
ticles in their interior. ‘The fact that the base of the cell, where it is 
in contact with the wall of the alimentary tract, is prolonged into a 
stalk, which is hyaline and devoid of granules, and which rests 
directly upon the circular muscular layer, the longitudinal fibres 
being developed between the bases of the cells, probably gave rise 
to the erroneous supposition that these cells were glandules opening 
into the alimentary tract. This serous layer is continued over the 


1 P, Z. 8. 1886, p. 302. 2 P. ZS. 1885, p. SEI. 


376 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Apr. 19, 


subcesophageal gland, but the cells become smaller and more flattened, 
although they still contain the peculiar yellow granules, 

The vascular channels in the walls of the subcesophageal glands 
appeared to be less developed than in the calciferous glands ; I am 
disposed, however, to think that this was due to accidental causes. 
As shown in the figure (Plate XXXIII. fig. 3) the contractile 
‘“‘heart”” of this segment (4) gives off almost immediately after its 
origin from the dorsal vessel a conspicuous thin-walled vessel (4’) 
on either side, which passes round the cesophagus, and ends upon the 
surface of the subcesophageal gland ; it is doubtless concerned with 
the blood-supply of the gland. 


§ Vascular System. 


The principal vascular trunks correspond to those of most other 
intra- and post-clitellian worms ; in the cesophageal region there are 
five longitudinal trunks (I did not observe any lateral vessel), viz. 
(1) dorsal vessel, (2) supra-intestinal, (3) infra-intestinal, (4) supra- 
nervian, and (5) subneural. There are five pairs of ‘ hearts ”’ 
encircling the cesophagus: the first of these lies in segment 8, and 
connects the dorsal with the supra-nervian vessel ; the lateral hearts 
of segments 10, 11, and 12 are also cornected with the supra- 
intestinal trunk : this did not appear to be the case with the heart 
of segment 9, although I am not perfectly certain about the point. 
The walls of the first four pairs of hearts are very muscular and 
thick ; this is not the case with the hearts of segment 12, which 
are chiefly concerned with the blood-supply of the calciferous glands 
of this segment. 

It is worth pointing out that Eudri/ws agrees closely with Tamno- 
drilus (see P. Z.S. 1887, pt. i.) in the number of hearts, and in the 
fact that the three posterior are intestinal hearts, communicating as 
they do with the supra-intestinal vessel. 

The ventral cesophageal glands are supplied (see fig. 3) by a 
blood-vessel which leaves the supra-intestinal and dorsal trunk ; the 
blood is collected from these glands, aid from the walls of the 
cesophagus geuerally into the subintestinal vessel. 

The supra- and subintestinal vessels are well developed in the 
region of the cesophagus, being chiefly concerned with the blood- 
supply of its walls. Each of the vessels (figs. 5, 6, 7) bifurcates in 
the neighbourhood of the subcesophageal glands, 


§ Nephridia. 


The occurrence of these organs has already been noted by Perrier, 
who does not, however, give any account of their anatomy. 

His division of the Intraclitellians into two groups, which are 
characterized by the dorsal or ventral position of the nephridiopore, 
is clearly inadmissible, since the prese:'t species agrees with Titanus 
and differs from other species of Hudrilus in the fact that the 
nephridia open by the ventral pair of sete. 

The nephridium itself (fig. 17) consists of a tubule of the ordinary 
structure and coiled upon itself in a very complicated fashion ; the 


1887. | ANATOMY OF EARTHWORMS. 377 


greater portion forms a tuft situated in the neighbourhood of the 
ventral pair of setee (c), between these and the nerve-cord ; the distal 
extremity of the tubule opens by the ordinary funnel-shaped aper- 
ture (a) into the next segment in front. 

The excretory tubule then widens out, and forms a section (4) 
which presents a close structural agreement with that lettered (d) in 
my figures of the vephridia of Thamnodrilus’; this opeus into the distal 
section of the organ (@) which runs paiallel with the last ; its walls 
appear to contain a few muscular fibres. A listological account of 
the several 1eyions of the nephridium is deferred for the present. 


§ Generative Organs. 


Female Generative Apparatus.—I have investigated the structure 
of the female generative organs by dissection as well as by means of 
transverse and longitudiual sections through the region of the body 
which they occupy. The excellent state of preseivation of the spe- 
cimens enables me to add some few facts to those which I have 
already published * concerning the anatomy of the female reproductive 
organs. I have also been able to obseive some facts bearing upon 
the development of the ovarian ovum, but these 1 propose to make 
the subject of a separate paper. 

The main facts with respect to the anatomy of the female repro- 
ductive organs stated in my former papers, I am able to confirm 
from the study of the present species. Lu E. sylvicola as in L. boyeri 
(and probably in all other species) the ovary is continuous with a 
much-coiled duct with ciliated lining epithelium and muscular walls 
(Plate XX XIII. fig. 12) ; this opens on to the exterior in common 
with a large spermatheca, upon tlie duct of which a small gland is 
sessile. 

A dissection of the preseut species shows that the female repro- 
ductive orgaus, although opening on to the exterior in the 14th 
segment, occupy both this and the 13th segment ; the mesentery 
between the two segments is appareutly absent. An examination of 
a seiies of longitudinal sections shows that the mesentery is not 
entirely aborted ; the large spermatl.eca lies in both segments, and 
the mesentery dividing them is attached to the sides of the sperma- 
theca ; lower down (:ee woodcut, fig. 1, p. 381) the mesentery, when 
present, divides off the ovary, which lies in the 14th segment, trom the 
oviduct, the greater part of which lies in the 13th segment, and fiom 
the glandular diveiticulum of the speimatheca which lies in the same 
segment (sp, fig. 1). Since the female generative aperture lies in the 
14th segment as well as the ovary, it is clear that the oviduct, the 
greater part of which lies in the 13th segment, must perforate the 
intersegmental mesentery twice. 

It is clear fiom my sections that the relative positions of the ovary 
and its duct are precisely the reverse of that which is indicated in 


1 Woodeuts, figs. 5, 6, P. Z. 8. 1887 (pp. 160, 161). 
? Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. ix. p. 342; P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 202; Proc. Roy. Soc, Edinb. 
no. 122, p: 6. 


378 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Apr. 19, 


Perrier’s figure (/oc. cit. pl. ii. fig. 26) ; Perrier places the ovary in 
the same segment as that which contains the external orifice, and is 
so far in accord with myself; but the oviduct is represented as lying 
behind the ovary instead of in front of it. 

In one of the two specimens which I investigated by means of 
sections, I found a body corresponding exactly in position to the 
ovary in the majority of Lumbricidee ; a pair of small cellular bodies 
exist on the ante:ior mesentery of segment 13 near to the ventral 
median line; the-e bodies are composed of small indifferent cells, and 
resemble very closely the testes of the same worm; each of these is sur- 
rounded (Plate XX XIII. fig.4) by a muscular sac whichis continuous 
with a duct ; the duct appears to open into the duct of the sperma- 
theca opposite to the orifice of the glandular diverticulum; I suc- 
ceeded in tracing it forward nearly to this point, but did not observe 
its actual orifice. The cellular body was attached to the mesenteric 
wall, and was entirely free from its enveloping muscular sac ; this 
fact, as well as the evident immaturity of the gland, naturally 
suggested that the connection with the duct was secondary. Three 
were no traces of cilia in the duct. These glands occupy a position 
exactly coiresponding to that of the testes, 7. e. just above the ventral- 
most setee, while the ovary of segment 14 has a similar ‘elation to 
the dorsal setze (see weodcut, fig. 1, p. 281). 

It might easily, therefore, be suggested that the structure on the 
13th mesentery is the true ovary, and that the supposed ovary in 
the next segment is really the equivalent of the 1eceptaculum ovorum. 
The position of the different organs referred to is in accord with such 
an interpretation; that is to say, their }.o-ition so far as concerns 
the segments which they occupy. ‘The position of the several struc- 
tures within the segment, however, differs: the glandular body of 
the 13th segment corresponds exactly with the testes (see below, 
p. 381, fig. 1) ; a straight line connecting the testes and the glandular 
body of the 13th segment would run exactly parallel with the long 
axis of the body ; on the contraiy the ovaries of the 14th segment 
are placed much further away from the vential median line of 
the body, and are placed not very far from the female genetative 
pore. 

This alteration of position, however, may have been produced 
during the growth of the ovary and its duct ; and in any case it isa 
fact which may be used with equal force as an argument either for 
or against the supposition that the ovaries of segment 14 are 
ovaries or receptacula. ‘The principal arguments in favour of 
regarding the ovaries of segment 14 as real ovaries are :—- 

(1) The fact that the ova undergo their whole course of develop- 
ment in those bodies ; indifferent germinal cells can be traced through 
all the intermediate stages into fully developed ova. The veceptucn/a 
of other Earthworms, on the contrary, contain only adult or nearly 
adult ova. 

(2) The presence of rudimentary ovaries (?) in segment 13, whose 
structure and relation to their duct suggests how the coutinuity be- 
tween the supposed ovary and its duct of segment 14 may have been 


1887. ] ANATOMY OF EARTHWORMS. 379 


brought about. The adult structure of the supposed ovary of 
segment 14 might otherwise be regarded as an exaggeration of the 
partial continuity of the receptaculum ovorum and the oviduct which 
exists in Lumbricus Xe." 

The continuity between the oviduct and the ovary is a fact of 
some little importance in the comparative morphology of Annelids. 
In no other form that I am aware of is there a similar connection 
between the gland and its duct, the two being invariably separate. 
There is therefore a difference between Ludrilus and other Lumbri- 
cide, like that which exists between Lepidosteus and many Tele- 
osteans on the one hand, and Osmerus and Amia on the other’. It 
may also be remarked that, at any rate in this particular, it is 
impossible to draw a hard-and-fast line between the Hirudinea and 
Annelida ; hitherto the Hirudinea have been regarded as differing 
from Annelids in the possession of what have been termed ‘tubular 
ovaries,’ where the duct was supposed to be an outgrowth or con- 
tinuation of the gland itself. Recently Nussbaum® has stated that 
the reproductive organs in certain Hirudinea are developed indepeu- 
dently of their ducts, which have a resemblance to nephridia. 

It is plain therefore that in this case, at any rate, the distinction 
betwee: tubular and other ovaries falls to the ground. It is inter- 
esting to note that the condition which is cl.aracteristic of the Leech 
may also occur in a Cheetopod. 

Male Generative Apparatus.—In spite of the fact that Hering * 
clearly demonstrated the true testes of Lumbdricus, and distinguished 
them from the vesiculze seminales, the latter structures bave until 
very lately been called “testes.’’ The rediscovery by Prof. Bourne’ 
of the testes of the common Earthworm, and a number of subsequent 
researches, particularly those of Dr. R.S. Bergh °, have firmly estab- 
lished the exactness of Hering’s statements. With regard to exotic 
genera of Lumbricide, however, our knowledge is still very imperfect. 
The fact that the so-called ‘testes’’ are, in the majority of forms, 
apparently unconnected with the funnels of the vasa defereutia, and 
the frequently racemose structure of the former bodies, bas probally 
influenced those writers who have (in my opinion erroneously) de- 
scribed the vesicule seminales as “testes.” Dr. Horst appears to be 
the first who has noticed the true testes in any post-clitellian or intra- 
clitellian Earthworms; in his account of the anatomy of Pericheta 


1 Tt is quite impossible to regard this body as a receptaculum, containing as 
it does indifferent cells, unless it be admitted that the receptaculum coincides 
in position with the ovary, as in the case of the testes and vesiculz ; in this 
case the continuity of the duct and the sac which envelops the ovary will have 
to be regarded as secondary. Iam quite disposed to regard this as a possible 
view, but it does not affect the anatomical fact of the continuity of the ovary 
and its duct in the adult condition. 

2 “ Contributions to Morphology. Ichthyopsida.—No. 2. On the Oviduets of 
Osmerus ; with Remarks on the Relations of the Teleostean with the Ganoid 
Fishes,” P, Z.S. 1883, p. 132. 

3 Zool. Anzeig. Bd. viii. p. 181. 

* Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. viii. (1852). 

* Quoted by J. E. Bloomfield, Quart. Jown, Mier. Sei. 1880. 

® Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 1886; Zool. Anzeig. 1886, p. 251. 


380 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Apr. 19, 


indica this naturalist plainly perceived that the structure of the 
male generative glands in Perzcheta was esseutially similar to that of 
Lumbricus. Mr. Beaham” was also able to discover the true testes 
in Microcheta, situated ou the anterior wall of the segments which 
contain them, and enclosed in a common sac with the vesiculee semi- 
nales aud the terminal funnels of the vasa deferentia. More recently 
Dr. Bergh® has given a full account of the male reproductive orgaus 
of Pericheta, which establishes without any doubt the correctness of 
Horst’s observatious. 

In Ludrilus there are three pairs of white glaudular-looking bodies 
in segments 10, 11, and 12, which evideutly correspond to the 
structures termed testes by Perrier ia bis notes ou the anatomy of 
this genus*. In the dissected worm these bodies were very friable ; 
and for that reason I have found it impossible to give an accurate 
idea of their naked-eye appearances. ‘ilese bodies are not testes, 
but vesiculze seminales ; their structure resembles that of the vesiculee 
semiuvales of Lumbricus (fig. 11, a); they consist of a delicate fibrous 
network of trabeculee, in the compartments of which are lodged the 
developing spermatozoa. In the case of tle two auterior pairs of 
vesiculee seminales, the fibrous sheath of the organ was found to con- 
tain (fig. 2, ¢) a small irregularly-shaped body composed of small 
uniformly-sized cells; these bodies were attached firmly to the 
eusheathing fibrous tunic, aud at one point the fibrous tunic was seen 
to be continuous with the intersegmental septum close to the nerve- 
cord; aud here the cellular body appeared to be attached also to the 
mesentery. These two pairs of organs seem to Le without doubt the 
true ¢estes. Their position, attached to tie anterior wall of segments 
10 and 11, as well as tleir enclosure by the tunic of the vesiculee 
seminales, is entirely in favour of such an identification. 

In both the 10th and 11th segmeuts the vesiculee seminales were 
united by a median unpaired region, lying beneath the alimentary 
tract aud enclosing the ventral blood-ve-sel, but not the nerve-cord ; 
it is with this portion of the vesicule that the funnels of the vasa 
deferentia are conuected, as will be des:rited shortly. In. the case 
of the auterior pair of vesiculz this median region was closely packed 
with bundies of developing spermatozoa ; tle median region of the 
llth segment, on the coutrary, was nearly empty of developing 
spermatozoa. 

The two vesicule of the 12th segment do not euclose any testis ; 
they appear to be unconnected with the vesiculee of the two auterior 
segments ; they are iu all probability, however, to be regarded as 
outgrowths of the latter, aud not as coustituting an independent 
third pair of vesiculze. 

It is important to notice that Ludrilus, aithough so abnormal in 
the structure of the female generative apparatus, conforms to the 
ordinary type in the structure of the male geuerative organs. The 
facts detailed above, coupled with the researches of Horst, Benham, 


1 Niederl. Archiy f. Zool. Bd. iv. (i877-78). 
? Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. vol. xxvi. (new series. ) 
> Loc. cit. 4 Loc. cit. 


1887.] ANATOMY OF EARTHWORMS, 381 


and Bergh, appear to render it extremely probable that in other 
Lumbricide the structures generally described as testes will ulti- 
mately prove to be vesicule seminales. 


Fig. 1. 


i 


Z 
typ 
ZZ 
Zz 
gz 


ANN 


WW 


Dissection of genital region of Hudrilus sylvicola (diagrammatic). 

T, testis; v.s, vesicula seminalis; v.d, vas deferens; «x, rudimentary ovary; sp, 
spermatheca; ov, ovary; od, oviduct; al, “albuminiparous” gland ; 

c.p, bursa copulatrix; B, funnel of vas deferens, lateral view. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XXVI. 26 


382 ‘MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE (Apr. 19, 


In the present species, as well as in Hudrilus boyeri’, the 10th 
and 11th segments are occupied by a pair of thin-walled vesicles 
(woodeut, fig. 1), situated close to each other on either side of the 
nerve-cord and largely concealed by the superjacent vesiculz seminales. 
These vesicles in both species alike were filled with a chalk-white 
mass, which rendered them far more visible than they would have 
been if void of contents. In ELudrilus boyeri I was unable to ascer- 
tain the nature of these structures, and accordingly have not referred 
to them in my notes on the anatomy of that species. M. Perrier 
gives uo description or figures of any such structures in his species 
of Eudrilus. 1 was at first inclined to regard these structures as 
spermathece, with which they have not a little resemblance; my 
sections, however, show that they are really the much-dilated extre- 
mities of the vasa deferentia just before they open into the funnel. 

Fig. 11 (Plate XX XIII.) illustrates a transverse section through 
one of these structures, and shows the continuity between the cavity of 
the vesicle and the terminal funnel. The funnel of the vas deferens is 
(fig. 11, ¢), as usual, a much plicated membrane, composed of ciliated 
cells with an underlying layer of muscular fibres, among which are 
numerous blood-capillaries ; the terminal vesicle of the vas deferens 
(fig. 11, 6) has exactly the same structure ; it is lined by a single row 
of cubical ciliated cells ; in the interior of each of these is a distinct 
nucleus. Outside the layer of ciliated cells is the muscular coat, com- 
posed of fibres running in different directions ; the thickness of the 
muscular coat is not much greater than that of the cellular layer. 
The anterior pair of vasa deferentia funnels, as shown in the figure 
(fig 11), project into the interior of the vesicula seminalis ; there is, 
however, a space left between the masses of spermatophores and the 
ciliated cells; the whole of the vesicle of the vas deferens, with the 
exception of the under surface, is completely surrounded by the vesi- 
cula seminalis ; the delicate fibrous wall of the latter appears to be 
here in actual contact with the muscular wall of the vesicle; there is, 
at any rate, no space left between the masses of spermatophores and 
the wall of the vesicle. The posterior pair of vas-deferens funnels 
appear at first sight to be completely free from all connection with 
the vesiculze seminales of their segment. The vasa deferentia, how- 
ever, do not open freely into the body-cavity, but into a delicate 
fibrous sac (which encloses the ventral blood-vessel, and is conse- 
quently perforated by the lateral ‘‘ hearts” of this segment, which 
unite the ventral with the dorsal vessel). This sac is median and 
unpaired ; it is connected with a short diverticulum on either side, 
which contains the testis; groups of spermatophores are found in 
the interior of the sac; and although I have not succeeded in tracing 
its continuity with the vesicule seminales, I have little doubt that 
the separation is only secondary, if not altogether accidental; it 
corresponds to the median portion of the vesiculee in segment 10. 
The vasa deferentia remain separate for the whole of their course ; 
the two vasa deferentia of each side only become united within the 
tunic%of the prostate gland. They are furnished with an unusually 


1 P, Z. S. 1886, p. 302. 


1887. ] ANATOMY OF EARTHWORMS. 383 


well-developed muscular coat (fig. 11,4); the lining epithelium is 
ciliated throughout. 

The terminal apparatus of the male generative system in Zudrilus 
is extremely unlike what is found in other Earthworms. It has been 
already partly described by Perrier and by myself; but these 
descriptions refer only to the rough anatomy of the organs, and not 
to the minute structure. With regard to one point there is some 
discrepancy between Perrier’s account and my own, and that is the 
termination of the vasa deferentia. These tubes, as already stated, 
are remarkable for the fact that they possess a thick muscular coat, 
which is wanting in the vasa deferentia of other Earthworms; the 
two vasa deferentia, instead of uniting to form a single tube, as they 
do in the majority of Lumbricide (in all except Acanthodrilus), 
remain distinct and open separately into the terminal region of the 
prostate gland. M. Perrier has figured (J. c. pl. ii. fig. 26, a) a single 
vas deferens opening into the muscular sac of the penis in Hudrilus 
decipiens ; and there are no statements in his paper which would lead 
to the inference that in the two other species there was a difference 
in respect of these organs. Towards their distal extremity the vasa 
deferentia increase notably in diameter (cf. figs. 1, 16). 

In Eudrilus boyeri I found the important difference in the vasa 
deferentia and in their relation to the terminal apparatus that has 
been just referred to, and which is fully described and figured in my 
paper upon that species; aud I am now in a position to state that in 
Ludrilus sylvicola the arrangement of these organs is precisely similar. 
This fact renders it probable, in my opinion, that the structure of 
the terminal apparatus of the male sexual organs in Audrilus gene- 
rally is closely similar to that of LZ. sy/vicola, which is now to be 
described in detail. 

On opening the hody of the worm the conspicuous prostate glands 
are to be seen, which extend back from their opening into the bursa 
copulatrix of the 17th segment for some way. M. Perrier rightly 
points out the nacreous appearance of this organ, which only resembles 
the prostate gland of other Lumbricidz by its position :—“ mais qui 
ne présente en aucune facon l’aspect glandulaire de ces derniéres.” 
An investigation of the structure of this sausage-shaped body 
shows very plainly that it is of a glandular nature and that it 
resembles in many points the prostate glands of other Earthworms. 
The glandular nature of the organ is, however, masked by the very 
great development of its muscular layers, which give to it the pecu- 
liar nacreous appearance which is so characteristic. A study of the 
organ by means of transverse sections (see Plate XXXIII., fig. 13) 
shows that these muscular layers together form a coat of very 
considerable thickness ; by far the greater part is occupied by the 
longitudinal fibres, the transverse fibres forming a very delicate 
layer within these. The glandular tissue of the organ is divided 
into two layers, which agree very closely in structure with the 
prostate glands of Acanthodrilus, and also present an unmistak- 
able resemblance to the epidermis of the clitellum. The inner row 
of cells which surround the lumen of the gland are narrow, elon- 

26* 


384 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE [Apr. 19, 


gated, highly granular cells ; the re-t of the epithelium of the gland 
is composed of glandular cells, rounded and swollen at the base 
and terminating in a fine slender duct ; there are numerous 10ws 
of the-e cells. The lumen of the gland for the posterior half is 
triangular (Plate XXXIII. fig. 8); further forward (fig. 9) it 
becomes cross-shaped. In the posterior half of the prostate, how- 
ever, the gland is divided into two tubes, which are quite independent 
of each other: rather behind the poimt at which the vasa deferentia 
perforate the coats of the prostate the mner circular muscular layer 
of the gland is deflected inwards (see fig. 10), and evts up the inte- 
rior into two parallel chambers ; the one contains the continuation 
of the lumen of the prostate which has just been described, while 
the other contains at first merely a mass of glandular cells cut off 
from the outer layers of glandular epithelium by the invasion of the 
circular muscular layer. Presently a lumen is developed in this part 
of the gland, which has a crescentic outline ; there is absolutely no 
continuity at this end between the two tubes ; the lining epithelium 
of the second tube ultimately comes to resemble in every particular 
that of the principal tube; there is no external indication of the 
division of the prostate into two parallel tubes; the section of the 
whole organ is an unbroken ellipse. Where the vasa deferentia 
perforate the walls of the prostate the second tube is already estab- 
lished; the vasa deferentia make their way separately through the 
muscular coats of the gland, losing their own special muscles : the 
vasa deferentia become very fine tubes, which are not easy to recog- 
nize; they appear to become united in the circular muscular coat of 
the prostate into a single tube which passes along the muscles 
dividing up the interior of the prostate; the vas deferens then 
becomes continuous with the prostate gland, but with the original 
portion of the gland, and not with the second tube. Theoretically 
one might suppose that each vas deferens opened into a separate 
part of the prostate, and that the division of the latter corresponded 
to the separation of the vasa deferentia ; I cannot, however, find any 
evidence that this is the case. 

Each of the two portions of the prostate becomes continuous with 
a narrow tube that leads to the penis (see fig. 15); in correspondence 
with the difference in size between the two portions of the prostate, 
the outermost of the two tubes leading to the penis is smaller than 
the inner. A little before they enter the penis the two tubes join 
into a single tube. 

The penis (p, Plate XXXIIT. fig. 15) is a muscular process of the 
walls of the bursa copulatrix ; it contains a median canal, which is 
continuous with the lumen of the duct of the prostate gland. The 
internal canal of the penis, however, does not alone communicate with 
the vas deferens ; towards the base of the organ, 7. e. towards its base 
of attachment to the walls of the bursa, it bears a longitudinal groove, 
which shortly becomes closed in and forms a canal, ultimately 
opening into the canal of the penis; there is therefore an open com- 
munication between the vas deferens and the interior of the bursa 
copulatrix ; in fact, in the specimen which I studied by means of 
transverse sections, a mass of spermatozoa partly filled up the canal 


1887.] ANATOMY OF EARTHWORMS. 385 


leading from the internal lumen of the penis to the exterior of the 
organ. ‘These points are illustrated in the diagrammatic drawing of 
these parts (fig. 15). 

Next to the extraordinary complicated structure of the terminal 
section of the male generative ducts, the most remarkable fact about 
these organs in Eudrilus is the muscular coat of the vas deferens. 
In so far as I am aware, there is no Earthworm in which these tubes 
consist of more than a ciliated cubical epithelium surrounded by a 
delicate peritoneal investment ; the muscular coat of the vas deferens 
is another point of resemblance to the Leech. 

Besides the “ prostate” gland, the copulatory apparatus is fur- 
nished with another structure—the Y-shaped appendage of Perrier. 
This body has been correctly stated by Perrier to open into the bursa 
copulatrix, although his dissections did not enable him to demon- 
strate its precise relations. In my paper on the anatomy of Hudrilus 
boyeri I stated that the duct of the Y-shaped gland opened into a 
cushion-like outgrowth of the bursa copulatrix, which Perrier has 
figured (/. c. pl. ii. fig. 27). I find that in the present species the 
structure is the same. The body in question in LZ. sy/vicola appears 
to be invariably Y-shaped (fig. 15); the two arms of the Y never 
join at their extremities to form a horseshoe-shaped tube, as is stated 
by Perrier to occur in his species and by myself in HE. boyeri. The 
two arms of the Y remain separate for only a short distance, when 
they become united into a single tube, which passes through the pad- 
like outgrowth of the walls of the bursa, and opens at its extremity 
into the interior of the bursa. The structure of the Y-shaped body 
is illustrated in Plate XXXIIT. fig. 15; its walls are very thick and 
muscular, and the narrow lumen is lined by a somewhat flattened 
epithelium ; the extreme development of the muscular layers as com- 
pared with the epithelial lining rather suggests that its function is 
not that of a gland. Although the duct of the Y-shaped appendage 
opens freely into the interior of the bursa, it is really practically 
continuous with the lumen of the penis; the pad which bears the 
terminal orifice of the Y-shaped appendage projects so far into the 
interior of the bursa as nearly to occlude its lumen; only a narrow 
space is leit between the pad and the penis, and this communicates 
directly with the lumen of the penis by the orifice already referred 
to above under the description of the penis. 

The pad itself is very muscular, and it is easy to imagine that by 
appropriate contraction of its walls the duct of the Y-shaped appen- 
dage might be brought into actual continuity with the interior of the 
penis. I have no facts at my disposal which enable me to state 
positively what is the function of the Y-shaped appendage, but I am 
rather disposed to think from its structure and relations that it serves 
as a seminal reservoir. 

There is no doubt that Zudrilus differs very widely from other 
Lumbricide in the structure of the female generative apparatus, and 
in the terminal apparatus of the male generative organs. In spite, 
however, of this great divergence, it agrees very closely in other par- 
ticulars with the ordinary type of structure which characterizes the 


386 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Apr. 19, 


Lumbricide ; the testes and vesicule seminales conform in every 
respect to Lumbricus or Pericheta; the position of the gizzard, the 
presence of calciferous glands on the posterior region of the cesopha- 
gus, the extent of the clitellum and the relations to it of the male 
generative apertures, all point to the resemblance of this genus to 
many Intraclitellian forms. The presence of the peculiar epidermic 
structures believed by Véjdovsky to represent abortive sete, ally 
Eudrilus to Urocheta in particular among the Intraclitellians. The 
origin of the lateral ‘‘ hearts”? from the dorsal vessel, and not from 
a supra-intestinal trunk, is a point in which Ludrilus as distinctly 
assimilates to many Postclitellians and Intraclitellian worms. 

The muscular penis of Eudri/us is, however, in my opinion, not 
to be regarded as a new structure; in many species of Pericheta 
the terminal portion of the vas deferens is a thick-walled muscular 
tube which can be everted, and which doubtless serves as a copula- 
tory organ; from this condition to that which is characteristic of 
Eudrilus is not a wide step, the everted condition of the terminal 
section of the vas deferens being permanent in the latter genus. 
Auother point of difference from the remaining Lumbricidee is in the 
number of accessory organs which open in common with the vasa 
deferentia ; it must be remembered, however, that the vasa deferentia 
retain their distinctness up to their point of opening on to the exte- 
rior, and the presence of ¢wo prostate glands is therefore not sur- 
prising. It is also possible that there is a similarity in this respect 
between Ludrilus and Pericheta ceylonica’, only that in Eudrilus 
a'l the accessory male glands are concentrated, and come to open on 
one segment in common with the sperm- ducts. 

The female generative apparatus, however, appears to be absolutely 
upique ; there has been nothing like it described in any other Earth- 
worm. So far as our present knowledge goes, it seems necessary to 
separate Hudrilus into a distinct family. Perrier himself has shown 
reasons for believing that different species of the genus may have the 
male generative openings either within or behind the clitellum, and 
iu any case Eudrilus shows no marked affinities to any Postclitellian 
or Intraclitellian genera. Iam unwilling, however, at present to 
regard Eudrilus as the type of a new family equivalent to either 
Postclitellians or Intraclitellians, and I think that Véjdovsky’s plan 
of dividing the Oligochzeta terricola into several families (Perichee- 
tidee, Urocheetidw, &c.) is most in harmony with our present know- 
ledge of the structure of the group. 

The present species cannot be identical either with any of those 
described by M. Perrier, or with a fourth species recently described 
by myself, from New Caledonia. 

It differs in the position of the nephridiopores, which open in 
front of the ventral pair of setae, and not by the dorsal pair as in all 
the other species of the genus at present known. 

If M. Perrier had not, in his description of the genus, particu- 
larly stated that the nephridiopores are developed in relation to the 
dorsal sete, I should have referred this species to #. peregrinus, 

' Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1866, xvii. p. 89, 


1887.) ANATOMY OF EARTHWORMS. 387 


Like E. peregrinus, the present species is a native of the continent of 
South America; in both the clitellum occupies segments 14-18 
inclusive. M. Perrier describes in the 10th segment, ‘une sorte de 
toute petite masse glandulaire, absolumenat indéterminable,” which 
may possibly be one of the median ventral cesophageal glands already 
described (p. 375). 


Il. Furrtuer Nore on THE REPRODUCTIVE ORGANS OF 
Acanthodrilus. 


In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1885 I published an 
account of the anatomy of three species of the genus Acanthodrilus. 
On reexamiuing my preparations, I find that 1 have misinterpreted 
the nature of certain structures described in that paper. At the 
time that I wrote, hardly anything was known of the structure of 
the male reproductive organs in exotic Lumbricide ; the only paper 
on the subject, however, appeared to show that in Pericheta at any 
rate’ the so-called testes of Perrier and other writers were really 
the equivalents of the seminal vesicles of Luméricus, and that the 
testes of the latter were represented by homologous structures. Since 
then Mr. Benham’ and Prof. Bergh® have brought forward conclusive 
evidence that the structure of the male generative organs in Micro- 
cheta and Pericheta is essentially similar to those of Lumbricus. 
In both genera there are two pairs of testes, which become enveloped 
by the seminal vesicles. My own investigations into the structure 
of Kudrilus (antea, p. 380), and a genus to be described in a future 
paper, lead me to confirm in every point the justice of the conclusions 
arrived at by Benham and Bergh. In the light of these researches 
I have again examined the structure of the male reproductive organs 
in Acanthodrilus dissimilis, and have to make the following additions 
to and corrections of my former paper. 

In the woodcut which illustrates that paper I have figured two 
pairs of glands, situated in the 11th and 12th segments respectively, 
and attached to the anterior meseuteries of these segments and to 
the vasa deferentia at the point where they perforate the mesenteries 
(fig. 3). I find that 1 have omitted both in the figure and in the de- 
scription (p. 824) which accompanies it another pair of glands, which 
are situated on the anterior mesentery of segment 10; the accom- 
panying drawing (fig. 2, p. 388), which is an alteration of the original 
woodcut, illustrates this point. The three pairs of glands are closely 
similar in structure to each other and to the ovaries, which occupy a 
similar position in segment 13. In my paper already referred to, I 
noted the fact that the glands which are situated in segment 12 not 
only agree in structure with the ovaries, but that in one specin.en at 
any rate they contained fully developed ova. This fact (which I have 
since verified by a renewed examination of the specimens) led me 
to infer that the glands, both of this segment and of the one in front, 
were a rudimentary pair of ovaries which perhaps never reached 
maturity. In the light of recent researches—-I refer to those of 


1 R. Horst, Niederl. Archiv f. Zool. loc. cit. : 
2 Quart, Journ. Mier. Sci. 1886. 8 Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 1886. 


388 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE _ (Apr. 19, 


Benham and Bergh—I am now convinced that the pair of glands in 
segment 11 represent the posterior pair of testes in Lumbricus, and 
that the glands in segment 10, which I record for the first time in 
the present communication, represent the anterior pair of testes in 
Lumbricus ; it follows, therefore, that the “testes”? of my former 
paper are the vesicule seminales. The glands of segment 12 now 
remain to be accounted for; it seems to me that the clue to the 
nature of these glands is to be found in Dr. Bergh’s paper already 
referred to. Dr. Bergh describes and figures in Luméricus a pair of 


Fig..2, 
COAST) 


i OM 
USUI WA 


————j_—— 


3. 


Acanthodrilus dissimilis. Dissection of genital region; the esophagus has been 
partially removed; the vesiculz seminales haye been entirely removed 
from segment 10 and from the left side of segments 11, 12. 

sp, spermatheca; a, vesicule seminales; 7, testes; 2’, additional pair of ovaries; 
ov, ovaries; od, oviduct; f, vas deferens funnel ; wd, vas deferens; n, ne- 
phridial aperture; p, prostate; sc, sac containing penial sete. 


rudimentary structures in segment 12, which he regards as an ante- 
rior pair of ovaries which do not arrive in that genus at sexual ma- 


1887. ] ANATOMY OF EARTHWORMS. 389 


turity. The fact that in Acanthodrilus those glands do produce ova 
is, to my mind, a very strong confirmation of the correctuess of Dr. 
Bergh’s interpretation. I would also recall to the recollection of 
those interested in the group, the fact that Perionyx excavatus pos- 
sesses occasionally two pairs of fully developed ovaries’. The corre- 
spondence between the male and female glands in Lumbricide is thus 
closer than was at one time thought; there are two pairs of testes 
and two pairs of ovaries, although as a general rule only one pair of 
ovaries arrives at sexual maturity. The occasional presence in Peri- 
onyx of two pairs of oviducts, if it is to be regarded as a reversion, is 
a further point of similarity. 

It is generally believed that the Oligocheta are to be derived from 
ancestors resembling in certain points existing Polycheta. One of 
the essential points of difference between the two groups, so far as 
we at present know them, is the limitation of the reproductive glands 
in Oligocheta; in the Polychzeta there is an indefinite number of 
reproductive glands, and most of the segments contain ovaries or testes; 
in the Oligocheeta terricola, on the contrary, the testes are limited to 
two pairs’ and the ovaries to a single pair; the occasional presence 
of rudimentary or fully developed ovaries in the 12th segment is 
evidently au intermediate step in the reduction of the generative glands. 


III. Nore on tHe Genirau Set or Pericheta houlleti. 


I have lately received, through the kindness of my friend Mr. W. 
F. R. Weldon, a large number of Earthworms collected by him during 
a recent visit to the Bahamas. The collection includes a species of 
Eudrilus, probably identical with one of the species described by 
Perrier from this quarter of the globe, and two species of Pericheta. 
The Perichete are reterable to two distinct species, both of which 
have already been described, but have not, so far as I am aware, 
been recorded from the New World. One of these is Pericheta 
affinis, a species at present only known from India, China, and 
Luzon ; it is interesting, therefore, to notice the occurrence of the 
same species in the West Indies. The other is Pericheta houlleti, 
recorded by Perrier from Calcutta and Cochin China, and by myself 
also from the former locality. The structure of this species has 
been described in some detail by Perrier *, but his memoir contains 
no account of the peculiar modification which the sete upon the 
clitellar segments undergo. 

The specimens at my disposal were not in a fit condition for 
section-cutting, owing to an accident during their transit; but this 
was the less to be regretted, as the softened integument allowed the 
cuticle to be readily stripped off, and the sete from different parts 
of the body to be examined; this usually cannot be done in well 
hardened examples. 

The sete, which are, of course, disposed in a continuous ring * 


1P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 308. 
? In the Limicolx the testes may be much more numerous. 
> Nouy. Arch. d. Mus. t. viii. (1872). 


390 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Apr. 19, 


round the middle of the body, as in other Perichete, are much like 
those of other species on the hinder part of the body, that lying 
posterior to the clitellum; the sete of the anterior segments of 
the body agree very closely in their shape with these, but are very 
much larger. On the clitellum, however, the sete are very different 
in appearance ; they are (woodcut, fig. 3) of very small size com- 
pared to the seta of the anterior preclitellar segments, and ter- 
minate in a distinctly bifid extremity; the two points in which the 
seta ends diverge at a considerable angle from each other, but are 
connected by a delicate membrane. The opposite extremity of 
the seta, which is imbedded in the body-wall, is abruptly trun- 
cated. The whole seta has not the 8-shaped curve which 1s so con- 
stant a character in the group, but is curved only in one direction. 
As in the other setae of the same species, and in the sete of Earth- 
worms generally, the middle part is somewhat thicker; but this 
region does not lie in the middle of the seta but is closely approxi- 
mated to the posterior extremity ; the part of the seta which lies 
behind the dilated region is straight. ‘The general shape of these 
clitellar setze, apart, of course, froin the bifid extremity, is like that 
of imperfectly developed ordinary sete. That this is not really the 
case with these setze is, however, clearly shown by the fact that all 
the sete of the several rows comprised in the clite!lum have precisely 
the same shape, and also by the fact that in two specimens of the 
worm, which were the first that came to hand, the structure of these 
clitellar setze was precisely identical. 

This is, I believe, the first record of any such modification of the 


i 


i) 
Clitellar seta of Pericheta houlleti. 


clitellar setae in the genus Pericheta. In P. affinis I have been able 
to satisfy myself that the clitellar setze differ in no respect from the 
setze of the general body-surface ; in P. indica sete appear to be 
altogether wanting upon the segments of the clitellum. ‘There are, 
however, other species of Lumbricidee in which there is a per- 
fectly analogous modification of the setee ; in Luméricus the clitellar 
setze are distinguished from those upon the other segments of the 


1887. ] ANATOMY OF EARTHWORMS. 391 


body by being longer and thinner. In Urocheta one or more pairs 
of the clitellar sete are larger and beset with a number of transverse 
notches. I have recently described an identical modification in the 
clitellar setz of the closely allied genus Thamnodrilus!. Forst dis- 
tinguishes * the clitellar setee of Rhinodrilus by their greater size. 
In Lumbéricus the modification of the sete is not confined to the 
clitellum, but is also found in the neighbourhood of the generative 
orifices. 

I believe that in the genus Pericheta no modification of the sete at 
all comparable has ever been described except by myself in P. armata 
and P. ceylonica. The first-named species is remarkable for the fact 
that the terminal part of the ejaculatory duct opens on to the exte- 
rior in common with a thin-walled muscular sac, the interior of which 
is filled with a number of peculiar setz, the shape of which can be 
best appreciated by an inspection of the figure which accompanies 
my memoir. Pericheta ceylonica is the only other species of the 
genus in which this arrangement is repeated, and the arrangement is 
practically identical with that which obtains in P. armata. It is 
perfectly clear that these sacs of penial setz correspond in every 
way to the penial sete occasionally developed in other Earthworms 
for example in the genera Acanthodrilus and T'ypheus. In Acantho- 
drilus it is certain that penial setz are not supernumerary structures 
developed only at the period of sexual maturity, but they replace the 
ordinary sete of the pair which correspond to the male generative 
aperture. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII. 


Fig. 1. Transverse section of vas deferens ; highly magnified. 

2. Testis (¢) and vesicula seminalis (vs). 

3. Transverse section of cesophagus and yentral gland of 11th segment. 
d, dorsal blood-vessel; si, supra-intestinal (double); 2, heart; i, 
branch supplying walls of cesophagus and gland; p, peritoneal coat. 

4. Section through gland (rudimentary ovary ?) attached to wall of 13th 
segment. 6, gland; a, muscular tube enclosing it; to the Jeft the 
tube is seen to form a bend and to be cut across twice. 

5. Ventral aspect of esophagus in segments 10 and 1], to show subeesopha- 
geal glands (a). Bifurcation of subintestinal vessel illustrated in this 
figure. 

6. Lateral view of same region. Bifurcation of supraintestinal yessel, as 
well as subintestinal vessel, illustrated. 

7. Transverse section of cesophagus in 10th segment; left-hand figure 
through opening of subcesophageal gland (highly magnified in fig. 3), 
right-hand figure in front of or behind opening of gland. Compare 
with figs. 5 and 6. 

8, 9, 10. Transverse sections through prostate gland at various levels. 

11. Opening of vas deferens funnel into yesicula seminalis, a, vesicula 
crammed with developing Spermatozoa ; ¢, ciliated funnel; 6, vesicle 
of vas deferens. 

12. Section of oviduct, to show ciliated epithelium and muscular walls. 

13. A portion of fig. 8 more highly magnified. /, lining epithelium ; e’, 
glandular cells ; m, transverse longitudinal muscles. 

14. Section of epidermis. «@, problematical body ; 4, glandular cells. 


' P. ZS. 1887, pt. i. ? Notes from Leyden Museum, 1886, 


392 ON THE GREAT BIRD OF PARADISE. [Apr. 19, 


Fig. 15. Diagram of terminal section of male generative apparatus; v.d, vasa 
deferentia ; p, prostate; pr’, Y-shaped gland; s, cushion-like pad on 
to which latter opens; ¢ bursa copulatrix; p, penis. 

16. Section through vasa deferentia, less highly magnified than fig. 1. 
17. Nephridium ; d, internal funnel; m, mesentery; a, muscular duct; 
b, glandular region; c, tuft of tubules. 


4. Remarks upon the Moulting of the Great Bird of 
Paradise. By A. D. Bartierr, Superintendent of the 
Society’s Gardens. 


[Received April 1, 1887.] 


In the second volume of ‘The Cruise of the Marchesa,’ by Dr. 
F. H. H. Guillemard (p. 340), a strange statement is made upon 
the authority of the inhabitants of the Aru Islands respecting the 
moulting and plumage of the Great Bird of Paradise (Paradisea 
apoda). It is there said that this bird, unlike its nearly allied 
species P. minor, does not wear its adult male plumage all the year, 
and that its beautiful plumes remain developed for not longer than 
two or three months. 

If I had nothing but my acquaiutance with the habits and life- 
conditions of birds to judge from, I should at once question the 
accuracy of these statements. 

I could not readily believe that two species of birds so closely 
allied as these two Paradise-birds, and having the same arrangement of 
their plumes and the same structural peculiarities, and inhabiting the 
same region, could by any possibility differ so widely in this respect. 
It is, however, a great pleasure to me to be able to offer a very 
clear and well-established fact in proof of my previous conviction. 

On the Ist of October, 1885, I was fortunate evough to have 
placed under my charge a male of the larger species P. apoda. The 
bird at that time was in the adult male plumage; the side-plumes 
were not so long as in the old male birds, but the feathers of the _ 
tail, together with the two Jong wire-like central feathers, were well 
developed. About the end of November the bird commenced to 
moult, throwing off the feathers rapidly. The head and throat soon 
became completely bare, the uppern-ost side feathers fell off first, 
the new feathers taking their place before the longest feathers of the 
plumes fell off. By the end of January the bird had moulted every 
feather, and the whole plumage was entirely new and beautiful. 
In this condition the bird was transferred on May 2, 1886, to the 
Zoological Gardens at Antwerp. 

I feel therefore, after giving the foregoing facts, fully justified in 
calling in question the statement of natives and others who may be 
ignorant, or from some motive wilfully attempt to mislead strangers. 

In conclusion I may add, so far as I am able to ascertain, the bird 
was the only living specimen of the species P. apoda ever brought 
to Europe. 


1837.] ON A FISH OF THE GENUS GIRELLA. 393 


5. Description of a little-known Australian Fish of the Genus 
Girella. By J. Doveras-Ocixsy, Ichthyol. Dept. Aus- 
tralian Museum. (Communicated by F. Day, Esq., 
F.Z.S.) 


[Received March 26, 1887.] 


GIRELLA CyANEA,, Macleay, Descr. Cat. Austr. Fishes, i. p. 109. 


B. vi. D. 14-15/13. A.3/11. V. 1/5. P. 19-20. ©. 17. 
L. lat. 55-56. LL. tr. 11—-12/26. Cec. pyl. num. Vert. 11/16. 


Length of head 5-53, of caudal fin 4-43, height of body 23-34 
in the total length. Lye—4—41 diameters in the length of the head, 
13-13 in that of the snout, and 13-1? apart. Interorbital space 
convex ; upper profile of head rounded. Upper jaw the longer; cleft 
of mouth small aud transverse. The maxilla reaches to beneath the 
posterior nostril. The height of the preorbital is less than its breadth. 
Opercle with asmall flat spine. Vertical limb of preopercle inclining 
slightly backwards from the angle, very slightly denticulated in the 
smaller, smooth in the larger example. T'eeth—A single row of 
strong tricuspid teeth in the jaws ; behind these, at some distance, a 
broad band of less developed but similar teeth. Fins—Dorsal spines 
of moderate strength, increasing in length to about the seventh, 
whence there is little or no difference to the last, which is 2 of the 
length of the head ; the rays are about equal to the spines in height, 
but the length of their base is little more than half that of the spinous 
dorsal ; the dorsal fin commences above the 7th and ends above the 
43rd scale of the lateral line; the anal commences beneath the 
origin of the soft dorsal, whose rays are not nearly so Icng as those 
of the anal, the third spine is much stronger and but little shorter 
than the highest dorsal spines; the lower margin of the anal rays 
is obliquely truncate ; the ventral fin does not extend to the vent; 
the pectoral fins are rather less than the length of the head ; caudal 
fin deeply emarginate, with acute lobes. Scales—moderate, finely 
ctenoid, firmly adherent, those on the cheeks small and deeply im- 
bedded ; streaks of small scales between each pair of the dorsal and 
anal spines and rays. Interorbital space, snout, orbital ring, man- 
dibular region, and opercular bones (with the exception of a few on 
the upper edge of the opercle) scaleless. Lateral line—with a long 
slight curve to beneath the end of the dorsal fin ; its tubes simple. 
Pseudobranchie—well developed. Gi(l-rakers—short and stout, num- 
bering 28 on the outer branchial arch. The abdominal portion of the 
vertebral column is two thirds of the length of the caudal portion. 
Colours—Upper parts dark blue, gradually fading to greyish white on 
the abdominal region; some scattered yellow spots, about three 
fourths of a scale in size, on the upper half of the body; these pro- 
bably disappear with age, since in the larger example they are few 
in number and faint. Fins blue. Trides brown and yellow. ~ 

This handsome Gired/a is known to the fishermen along the coast 


3914 ON A FISH OF THE GENUS GIRELLA. [Apr. 19, 


under the name of “ Blue-fish,’”’ in contradistinction to its congener 
G. tricuspidata, which is the “ Black-fish”? of New South Wales’. 
It is considered rare by them, and must evidently be so, but two 
specimens having been brought to the Sydney market within the 
last eighteen months; both of these fortunately came into my hands, 
and from them when in a fresh state I have drawn up the above 
description. The larger specimen measured 233, the smaller 17 
inches. 

Putting aside the difference of coloration, G. cyanea may be at 
once distinguished from the common G. tricuspidata by the greater 
number of pectoral rays, the greater length of that fin, the number 
of scales on the lateral and transverse lines, and the much longer and 
differently shaped tail-fin; and the necessity for pointing these 
differences out is the greater that within a few hours of its capture it 
entirely loses its beautiful tints, even the conspicuous yellow spots, 
leaving not a trace behind, and becomes to the ordinary observer a 
* Black-fish.” Without the aid of these variations the two described, 
though not yet a month mounted, would be indistinguishable from 
their congener. 

Habits. These fishes appear to be partial to rocky coasts or islands 
surrounded by deep water, both my specimens having been obtained 
in such places by hook ; and, so far as I have been able to ascertain, 
it is never taken in estuaries and lagunes, which are favourite haunts 
of G. tricuspidata. 

Food. In respect to this they appear to be of an accommodating 
disposition, though seaweed, especially the calcareous kinds, un- 
doubtedly form the great bulk of it, along with hydroid zoophytes’; 
but in the larger specimen there was also a good-sized squid” and 
the remains of a fish some six inches long. } 

Breeding. The smaller example showed no signs whatever of 
breeding, but the larger was a female with the ova well developed ; 
both were caught in December. 

As food. 1 hada piece of the larger one boiled, but found it coarse 
and without flavour ; smaller individuals would, however, be probably 
found equally palatable as the ‘“ Black-fish,” which, however, is not 
giving it much praise. 

Habitat. Botany Heads and Broken Bay. Both Dr. Ramsay and 
Mr. W. Macleay are inclined to think that a ‘* Blue-fish ” said to be 
very common at Lord Howe Island is this species, but we have no 
example from that locality. : 

Finally, I shall take this opportunity of setting right any mistake 
which might occur through the bad wording of a note in my ‘Catalogue 
of New South Wales Fishes,’ 1886, p. 18; in the note on G. zonata 

1 The same trivial name being applied to different fishes in the different 
colonies is liable to cause confusion ; for instance the “ Yellow-tail” of Sydney 
is Caranx trachurus, while that of Melbourne is Seriola lalandei, which goes by 
the name of ‘‘ King-fish” here, whereas the Melbourne “‘ King fish” is a Sctena, 

2 To Mr. Whitelegge I am indebted for the information that the greater part 
of the hydroid zoophytes belong either to Sertwlaria elongata or Aglaophenia 
divaricata; and to Mr. Brazier that the “squid” mentioned was Sepiateuthis 
australis, 


1587.] ON A NEW FISH OF THE GENUS PRIONURUS. 395 


the wording makes it appear as if I considered that name to be a 
mere synonym of G. tricuspidata. I had no such intention; what I 
meant to convey was, that Count Castelnau had mistaken the 
ordinary banded form of G. tricuspidata for G. zonata, which is 
certainly not known in this colony. Regarding this banding, which I 
had considered to be indicative of youth, as in the case of many other 
fishes, I am now at a loss, as I have seen many banded examples of 
equal size with the plain ones; and I am informed that the same 
haul of a net will frequently take equal numbers of either form, and 
even the fishermen, who as a rule go by colours, recognize only one 
species. 

Since writing the above I have had an opportunity of seeing a 
living specimen of this beautiful fish in the Manly Aquarium ; it is 
smaller than either of my specimens, being, I should say, about 14 
inches long; is of a brighter blue all over, and has more golden 
spots. 


6. On an undescribed Fish of the Genus Prionurus from 
Australia. By J. Dovctas-Oemsy, Ichthyol. Dept. 
Australian Museum. (Communicated by F. Day, Esgq., 


F.Z.8.) 
[Received March 26, 1887.] 


The fish which is described below belongs to a small collection 
obtained some years ago in Port Jackson, and measures over 15 inches. 
It is very distinct from our common P. microlepidotus, and though 
it agrees with P. scalprum in the fin-rays and profile of snout, in 
other points it approaches nearer to P. laticlavius ; I have no choice 
therefore but to describe it as a new species. 


PRIONURUS MACULATUS, sp. nov. 


BAD. O/24.0 SASS BLY MSP M7 20 “OeN7Z: 

Length of head 43, of caudal fin 54, height of body 22 in the 
total length. Hye—diameter } of the length of the head, 2 of 
that of the snout, and 2 of the interorbital space, which is convex. 
The upper profile of the snout is very slightly concave, that of the 
occiput as slightly convex. Upper jaw overhanging the lower. 
Teeth—A single series of compressed pluricuspid teeth in both jaws. 
Fins.—The dorsal fin commences above the opercular angle; its 
spines are moderately strong, the fifth the highest, 2 of the length 
of the head, the first very short; the rays are nowhere so high as 
the spines ; the base of the spinous portion is # of that of the soft. 
The anal fin commences beneath the last dorsal spine; its third 
spine is much the longest, equal to the anterior rays and almost as 
long as the fifth dorsal spine. The ventral fins reach to the 
second anal spine. Pectorals truncate behind, reaching to a little 
beyond the ventrals and equal in length to the head. Caudal fin 
emarginate. Caudal lamine—a series of three keeled bony plates 


396 MR. R. TRIMEN ON LANIARIUS ATROCROCEUS. [May 3, 


on each side. Pseudobranchie largely developed. Colours—After 
about five years’ maceration in spirit the colours are now, rich 
brown with numerous round dull yellow spots, broader than the 
interspaces, on the head and upper half of the sides. Fins darker 
brown. 


May 3, 1887. 
Dr. Edward Hamilton, Vice-President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the 
Society’s Menagerie during the month of April 1887 :— 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of April was 99. Of these 14 were by 
birth, 50 by presentation, 15 by purchase, 8 by exchange, and 12 were 
received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same 
period, by death and removals, was 97. 

The most noticeable additions during the month were :— 

1. Two young Polar Bears (Ursus maritimus), presented by Joseph 
Monteith, Esq., received April 16th. 

2. Two Crested Ducks (Anas cristata) from the Falkland Islands, 
received April 16th, presented by Frederick E. Cobb, Esq., C.M.Z.S. 
This species is new to the Society’s Collection of Waterfowl. 


The following extracts were read fron a letter addressed to the 
Secretary by Mr. Roland Trimen, F.Z.S., dated “ South-African 
Museum, Cape Town, 29th March, 1887” :— 

«‘] know that you and other ornithologists will be interested in 
hearing that a se-ond example of Laniarius atrocroceus, Trimen 
(see Proc. Zool. Soe. 1880, p. 623, pl. lix.), has been obtained. 

«It was brought to me yesterday for comparison with the original 
type specimen by Mr. A. W. Eriksson, who shot it on the Matlabast 
River, a stream not far north of the junction of the Marico with 
the Limpopo, and itself a tributary of the latter. 

“The label attached to this second known specimen (a ¢ ) notes 
that its iris is ‘lavender, with a narrow dark brown line next the 
pupil,’ and that it was shot about ten miles from the locality where 
the late Dr. B:adshaw shot the first example. I can detect no aif- 
ference between the two specimens. 

« Mr. Eriksson gave me a graphic account of his discovery of the 
bird. ZL. atrococcineus was common in the locality, and when Mr. 
Eriksson first caught sight of the L. atrocroceus it was quarrelling 
with an individual of that most closely allied bird. The note of the 
L. atrocroceus exactly resembled that of the L. atrococcineus ; and 
this seemed to annoy the latter, who was the assailant in the squabble. 
When the L. atrocroceus resisted, it seemed to get the better of the 
other. So intent were the two birds on their contest that they for 
some time disregarded Mr. Eriksson’s presence, and kept so close to 
him in a thorny brake that he could not fire without too great a risk 


“TWSTd 


STHAOUMNVT 


{DY 19 PP Wig zazag 


1887. ] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A NEW SNAKE. 397 


of damaging the Z. atrocroceus. At length (several interlacing 
branches partly screening the birds) he ventured a shot, and had 
the satisfaction of securing the prize in excellent condition. The 
L. atrococcineus still kept in close proximity, apparently looking out 
for his opponent. Mr. Eriksson shot this specimen also, in order 
to make sure of its being a male. 

“This discovery of a second example of LZ. atrocroceus in a locality 
so little removed from that of the first is of much interest ; and in 
the complete absence of any record of so conspicuous and striking a 
bird from any other part of Africa, tends strongly to localize the 
race or variety within very narrow limits. [The sex of Dr. Brad- 
shaw’s specimen was not ascertained. | 

“The case of this Laniarius seems much to resemble those of the 
singular form of Cheetah (Jelis lanea of Sclater), of which only five 
specimens are known, all from the very limited area of Nel’s Point, 
in the Beaufort District of the Cape Colony, and the equally aberrant 
Leopard (7. pardus, L., var. melas; see Trimen, P. Z.S8. 1883, 
p- 535, and Giinther, P. Z. S. 1885, pl. xvi. p. 243), of which only 
three examples are known, from the neighbourhood of the Koonap 
River, in the Fort-Beaufort District on the eastern side of the Cape 
Colony. It is very noticeable that, in all three cases, the abnormal 
form does not replace the normal one to which it is so nearly re- 
lated, but occurs in the midst of the latter, quite isolated, yet ap- 
pearing to maintain and perpetuate (albeit in but very few individuals) 
its peculiarities of colouring or of pattern.” 


Mr. J. Jenner- Weir, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks on the 
skull of a feral Boar (Sus scrofa) recently obtained at Tauranga, New 
Zealand, by Mr. Arthur J. Vogan. 

The animal was supposed to be a descendant from those introduced 
by Capt. Cook. 

The skull was intended for the British Museum. 


The following papers were read — 


1. On a new Snake of the Genus Lamprophis now living in 
the Society’s Gardens. By G. A. BouLunenrr. 


[Received March 29, 1887.] 
(Plate XXXIV.) 


Among some §.-African Reptiles recently presented to the Society 
by the Rev. G. Il. R. Fisk was a lovely little Snake, to which its 
sender directed particular attention, suspecting it to be new, and 
expressing the desire that, should this be the case, it should be 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887 27 


398 MR. J. H. LEECH ON THE BUTTERFLIES [May 3, 


described by me. So far as can be ascertained, without examining 
the dentition, the Snake is a Lamprophis, a member of the Lyco- 
dontine group of the Colubroids. I am unable to refer it to any 
described species, and have much pleasure in naming it in honour of 
its discoverer. 


LaMprRopuHis FIsK!, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV.) 


Twenty-three series of scales ; vertebrals not enlarged; eight upper 
labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye; two postoculars; loreal a 
little longer than deep; przefrontals in contact with supraoculars ; 
frontal broad; tail short, ending very obtusely. Lemon-yellow on 
the five median rows of scales, with large blackish-brown spots 
forming a single series anteriorly, a double alternating series poste- 
tiorly ; head lemon-yellow above, with symmetrical blackish-brown 
markings, viz. an oblique band on each side of the occiput, a horse- 
shoe-shaped band passing through the eyes and across the snout, 
and a bar across the frontal; lateral scales of body and tail dark 
brown in the centre and yellowish white on the borders; upper lip 
and lower surfaces white. Iris dark bronze. 

The specimen, which measures 315 millim., was sent to Mr. Fisk 
from Touw’s River by Mr. G. Atherstone. 


2. Onthe Lepidoptera of Japan and Corea.—Part I. Rhopa-. 


locera. By J. H. Lescu, B.A., F.R.G.S., F.LS., 
F.Z.S., F.E.S., &e. 


[Received April 16, 1887.] 
(Plates XXXV. & XXXVI.) 


The Lepidopterous fauna of Japan contains so many species common 
to Corea, that I have deemed it advisable in this paper to unite 
them. 

The accompanying tables show how nearly allied the faunas of the 
three districts, viz. Japan (the main and two southern islands), Yesso, 
and Corea, are. My work has been greatly facilitated through the 
kindness of Mr. Elwes, Mr. Butler, and Mr. Kirby. I have also to 
thank Mr. Fenton for the permission to view his collection, and 
Mr. H. Pryer, of Yokohama, for much kindness and many valuable 
hints during my stay in Japan. 

The following is a summary of my results :— 


Japan (main and two southern islands) .... .. 123 species. 
Viesso Orshbokaid Ome Mensevern o's, cies eeu oe Soar 
Orca Sh Gateteene y Licres's's Bo. yh db Hirata eit 91 


99 


Species (+) which occur in Japan and Amurland, 
and which may be expected to occur in Corea 22 
Common to Japan and Yesso .............. 131 


"3 


W Purkiss lith 
Fig1.PAPILIO MIKADO.F g.2.APATURA CAUTA 
Fig.3.6 go POLYOMMATUS AURATUS 


Hanhart imp 


1887. ] OF JAPAN AND COREA. 399 


From Japan I have one species (Papilio mikado) new to science, 
and several not hitherto recorded as Japanese. 

Of the 91 species from Corea, 71 are common to Japan and Yesso, 
and 67 to Amurland including Askold, which is only about 300 
miles north of Gensan. There are five species which occur in 
Northern China, but not in Japan or Amurland, and I discovered 
four new to science. 

Of the 89 species which occur in Yesso only the following 8 do 
not occur in Central Japan :—Aporia erategi, Dipsas jonasi, Thecla 
signata, T. ibara, T. fentoni, T'. butleri, Vanessa urtice, Ismene 
aquilina ; only T. signata, 7. ibara, and T. butleri are peculiar to 
Yesso, the remainder are found in Amurland. 

I commenced collecting at Nagasaki during April 1886, and found 
insect-life very abundant wherever a piece of accessible uncultivated 
ground was to be met with. This is only the case on hill-sides too 
steep for cultivation. It is wonderful to see the way in which the 
hills are cut into steps, supported by huge banks and walls, and 
kept constantly irrigated by small streams of water, especially in the 
south. Where a good piece of forest occurs it is usually impenetrable 
on account of the dense undergrowth of bamboo-grasses and ferns, 
filled with nauseous plants emitting an effluvium that resembles putrid 
flesh. This sort of collecting-ground occurs nearly all over the 
main and southern islands of Japan, and when combined with a 
mixture of tropical sunshine and tropical rains renders an entomo- 
logist’s pursuit both arduous and unpleasant. 

I found at Nagasaki a small native-built schooner, which was 
placed at my disposal by the kindness of influential friends. On 
this craft I lived for some six weeks, landing at a different locality 
each day and moving on at night. I was thus enabled to work a 
great deal of ground that had never before been visited by a European 
of any denomination, without wasting any time in travelling. After 
an uneventful voyage, considering the intricacy of the navigation and 
the ignorance of the captain, I again landed at Nagasaki. 

During the earlier part of June I took passage to Corea. The 
first port we touched was Fusan, where we were not allowed on shore 
owing to the cholera. I managed to evade the quarantine by 
procuring a boat, which landed me on Deer Island out of sight of 
the town, and had a fine day’s collecting. I next reached Gensan, 
where I spent abouta month. It was a great relief to find one’s self 
in a country where rice was not grown, or only in very small quan- 
tities. In the neighbourhood of the sea the ground is hilly and 
covered with low scrub, mostly dwarf oak seldom over a foot in 
height and with enormous leaves, azaleas, ferns, chiefly common 
bracken and Osmunda, the latter very small, and wild briars. The 
most conspicuous flowers are Iris, Spireeas, and Tiger-lilies, all very 
abundant. Here and there a sheltered ravine is met with containing 
a few trees, and with a stream running throughit. These spots were 
a perfect paradise to a collector. The reason of the bareness of the 
coast-hills is owing to the fact that the natives mow them for fuel 


every autumn. At a distance of about fifteen miles from the sea 
O7% 
: 27 


400 MR. J. H. LEECH ON THE BUTTERFLIES [May 3 


the mountains attain a height of four or five thousand feet, and are 
densely wooded nearly to their summits, some of the timber being 
very fine. From the summit of So-ko-San, the highest peak, the 
view consists of a sea of wooded mountains except near the coast, 
and scarcely a house or sign of cultivation. The natives are harm- 
less, and dirty to an incredible degree. Travelling is difficult on 
account of the money, which is all copper, and of so low a value that 
one man can only carry a few shillings’ worth. Scarecely any food is 
procurable, and the native habitations are too lively even for an 
entomologist. The traveller must make up his mind to live on what 
he takes with him, and to sleep in the open air or under the verandah 
of atemple. However, although the weather was bad and living 
rather rough, I was amply repaid by the results of my collecting. 
My one regret is that I spent so short a time in the finest country 
{ have ever visited, both for entomology and sport. Early in July 
I returned to Nagasaki, and went at once to Shimonoseki, a good 
locality and less sacrificed to ‘paddy’? than most places. From 
Shimonoseki, the most southern town of Central Japan, to Awanovi, 
the most northern, I travelled most of the way overland, with poor 
results. Owing to the cholera I was quarantined and fumigated from 
one end of the country tothe other. Servants died, others refused to 
go on, or asked exorbitant prices. The authorities invariably chose 
the best collecting localities for the purposes of cremation ; in fact, 
the whole west coast was entirely demoralized. 

Early in August I reached Hakodate, where I had a fortnight’s 
good collecting. I then proceeded to Nemoro on the east coast of 
Yesso, and procured another ship to take me up to the Kurile 
Islands. Here the whole country was covered with impenetrable 
bamboo-grass about 8 feet Ligh, and both collecting (there was very 
little insect-life) and sport were out of the question. After wasting 
much valuable time trying to get further north, I turned back. The 
remainder of my Japanese expedition was on the ordinary tourists’ 
routes. In the whole country I only succeeded in finding two really 
good collecting districts, viz. the neighbourhood of Hakodate and 
some well-known mountain-resorts in Central Japan, all of which 
had been thoroughly worked before. 

I succeeded in capturing all the Rhopalocera known to Japan with 
the exception of abc ut six species ; I discovered one species new to 
science and several hitherto unrecorded from Japan. I procured 
about 15,000 specimens of Moths, which I propose to treat of in 
another paper, and an enormons number of Coleoptera. Altogether 
I consider the results attained to have been fairly satisfactory. 


1887.] 


OF JAPAN AND COREA. 


401 


Table showing the distribution of the Diurnal Lepidoptera of 


conereetr| 


Japan, Yesso, and Corea. 


Papilio Machaon, La. .....0002.ccdeoeeceneeesnels 


RULES PLA I071 Si esRedeaeniesannsee'onsoocuaccanse ts 
lanttaatayg, (Clans Cope e i Se ne Re Het Amana: Oe ta 
Gemetnins y On deste ccs acs. ness dene chionstacne 
APA CUON NESS of D108. stee cinalare us sare baeioneetnets 
SACO EI LOM es o26\- on ves wcioe ooloasiieaten ser 
—— helenus, Lint......cccceccceccccescvesccereenen 
aT ONIN OM PL EIIAb dei cpaltels ox cieuine se daebneee a 
SHCA OMG L707170 Sica atlects cian x clase saniosianinars aboot 
OME Os PLIEEC Mee ca nist oc sacitasisizs solo dereue esata 
Luehdorfia puziloi, Esch. ...........-scsssedssees 
Séricinus telamony Don. ..\.c.0scsavecceoreaeebeo. 
Parnassius glacialis, Butl. ...........c1ceceeeeee 
APOTIar CrabReO1, PMs so. caaso scicenainesoandeeinanct 
PA SEIS RADIOS MUMIA ssc beic salam tacisas mca toe aon denesiaae 
RADII. eenehG ss ctouwden ssid wucer stents 
CAIN GAN ISDN NBs acc wsisa nian aeaSeaseet-ieeeces 
GaplicicoPMin71h ne oedales's cas cee teeaanns ce 
Anthocharis scolymus, Butl. ............:0c0e00es 
Leucophasia sinapis, Linn. ............c00-seseeees 
Rhodocera rhamni, L277. .............08eseeeeee 
Coliasipalseno; amit 2c. ccdsevec ceases truce 
Wivalor/ 0070s. deste taccestadvasaccecaeet ucts 
Demitasse Bors wer ictswebe-acges ooacteseccount 
|crayla(es| 07s Shey (77755 aA em = 
RECAD EM E2Tiias. ot acces votes cceetaucekee 
Miletus hamada, Druce .........cecscscscoovcseees 
CnrehispacutasMoores visser s2s<-25210 eters se donee 
Amblypodia japonica, Murray .........c.cc0c00 
Ta baer ish eemee op aaniswnesanseeseeecancae 
Niphandaifugca, Bram. ....c-.s-cssconsccosestere 
Dipsas amen, Weel... a. sscccaccseseneorncnoashs 
Seapestriatay Hew.” sascsc0ses<<o0ccs<redndtedo 
=a NRG AS LLL OU ae Beis nats oda sac othe te esa eaeehs 
JOUBSIN /ONSIE Me ss vo tanaescdestavanssMtactecces 
Thecla orientalis, Murray ......cccs-ccccoscovsne 
smaragdina, Bre7i. ..........+-s.sesesers conee 
HaPOMICa MUR AY Csteeccoscescensaeds.cot ss 
RIPN AL BUL x acs caelsassncenceees 3 Sores 
ARUP ATMs. oaduaeiaa acts seadehe teed satasich ash 
————ifviianbnina, sOUGls lan saenerss<coseaterccat ons 
HS TOME es Lass ciekpuaiecasswareonseesteianane 
— ibara, Butl. .............06+ sa ataccemestnoece: 
nm OTHCMI CEs) DULL. so cost cdeoeschensteceteteaplezons 
ee SFETALOTITSED Wile ai inicle see oe ace eiew cca eases doees 
ORD el DNS va.aeecra see eieoe coss'asecceaga decade 
BUY CIANAS BULL. vo sundcestece-sastasadecas dn vet 
Gere PHECO i. somenenraiewes donceunecottaes 
EIKU GA PI IDIES Aca cee seas oman aaeaecee oa aes au uce 
Mev skey led. ns caccdanccsacsscteecderseoese 
Polyommatus phleeas, Linn. .........c0eceeeeeees 
SITES MBLC icsivace yee cadecscsxs earesaneeee 
i pcsen a DUCA: L270%a-sasccatsessssanenasonsrcsesece 
BEPIAGOS TE OMocsnconsssdeCecssescceccceedeseces 
ae TEON OTIC TOV ERSTID Nese ene eae can ec Ooaae coms aene 


ok * 
* * 
* * 


* 
2K 


Japan.| Yesso, lost 


x 
OK KE 


* 
* KKK KE 


2 KK Ok x 


* 
*k 
* 


* *¥#*¥ * +* * + 


* %* % KK OX 


* 


XX +++ HK K 


+k 


at 


* 


402 MR. J. H. LEECH ON THE BUTTERFLIES [May 3, 
| 
Japan.) Yesso. Corea. 

56. | Lycana argia, Mén,.........ccscereeseeecenerreevees * * * 

Die CHEGDIS PBT O71A ea wecmages toccecanep ure anna- tee 5 ks * 

58. ALPUS, LAM ....-.-c00»s-0eecnscoase-massacnerons * = * 

59. ETO HS 10/7 etedepeppisecdhodanuoobanticed S202 00% * * * 

60. argiolus, Lim. ....0ceseccecnsececreonsenses * 2 * 

Gl. | ——= lycormas Bul wiesec. socecver-necencnens es * * 

62. | —— euphemus, Ab. .........ccecceeeeeeeneceeeees * * * 

63. pryeri, Murraty” .....-.-..-.ss-cccoesenneerens * 8 rf 

64. | Libythea lepita, Moore ............sscesceereenees * 

65. | Dichorragia nesimachus, Boisd..........0..006+++ * 

6659) Apabtura alia Sc/ffts.csss..s2-2-.0.020sssenseeenee== * * # 

67. (en) CR Bre ance cia Ona CHRTTT AB OOR OCS OLCES oh * 

68. | Euripus coreanus, Leech............0:02+eee-0ee00 bon * 

69. CHarOnG a PLLEU ee reesecentncanace tenets es * 

70. JRROWUCUS, LEAs scwsccrteneessreeuecsecen ==" * * 

71. | Hestina assimilis, L272. ..........0.ccecesscseeeees ? tk * 

Ws || ;AdoliasischrenkitsMene cick seseccenss ons neseese® Pe Se * 

73. | Limenitis helmanni, Led. ...........0.--c000. fer et ant * 

74. | —— sibylla, Linn. ............ Ba eaecednedse ose * * * 

75. | Cyrestis thyodamas, Botsd...............ss2see00ee * i * 

76. | Neptis aceris, Lepechin .........s.sccecsseeceeeees * * * 

Ue lueilia iSchafe Aisewstee teat eve cap eneee cet wens * * * 

78. | —— pryeri, Buitl...\..c.ctasecosssccnterssenesennaes * a8 * 

79. alwina, Brems & Grey 2. .s21-..c00e-as-0> * un ae 

80. EXCH lars: IWC ee cee teee cota ete sceseenners * * 

81. | Vanessa burejana, Brem..............s.cccecseeeees * * * 

82. Levan. sare etete eewe eee ee eatte ee canecce ss * * * 

83. JE a irene) spe ee er Reheat ets Sener * * ah 

SA — cal Hum Selaaigoes sees home ees asec e nes * * * 

85." |"——=ve-aurenm finn. “ican ee. .e sn cccesrausccns * * * 

SOF || ——SUrticws aries snes cece ence atone veces sce “02 * Tt 

87. 9) —STealliPhoe PHAOr) ~ it iisesbeesesoec scenes cesese * * * 

885) 4 )——seard Ul mia aeis veka ies vacteressssescctecens * * * 

BOF —=— 105 Tan ona sewe chins pe veh veeetetesncbetabeccase * * * 

90. | —— charonia, Drury .........02.0ccecc0sseenvcn nee * * ¥ 

OF |) ———_ anid pa, L17071.......5-:-nseeesancccoeseeeeseene * * if 

92. MAUNUMOMELAS OCH. osesccesscesseceere see * * * 

93; || Melitsea anrinia; l0td, 222; ti22s.screscesssncaqeccess 5 a5 * 

94. [flied 62%, (S10) Rocasedesescandn son ecoasnccebuooe * * * 

95. parthenie, BEA, .........:0+6 ropcbocedsenaces: ; 5 * 

96. CICLY MUA, ESPs: sassoeeese nares ree Sreco anes ot = * 

97. EVAN Re 14/6 pace RaEe sec p ag so Tuo DUS Sc SOcEe * * * 

98. | Argynnis niphe, Lint..:........s.consseeersecnecee- * 

99. Teglean a) Je IA None scgpder ates adsou oneosSH acne sscd ses es s 
100. aplines (SCRA amare saeenseoeeeesme estes ates * * 
OTE is Spe aecomec en cnoen sees cckens an <macer eee bce ap * 

1! LO 25 ranlara, Pip tose sane scenepanwecse-ceteesee svar * * * 
LOS == aradippe, ais: ansaatetovecesvoscarsctneoscst * * * 
104. | —— nerippe, Feld. .....ic.ccsccccsccecseecccusseens * * * 
105. | ——sagana, Doubleday ........ceccseceeceeceeeees * * * 
106. NAOICE PROM ARGS essseseone scctccsatcesses * * * 
107. BAMAGYVOMERE EMM. Sssteecccccascssecsaponnce ss * * * 
108. PB Dae Mae nnatatsnertatedas cancaneononaate # * ‘i 
109. PUSAN AM OTSC Rust. cn cesusteaecte sheep esecs * % aft 
110; || Damaagytia, Griesnce- ace ossevocee seen asa es * * 34 
111. | Melanargia halimede, M]én............cc0scceeeeees Se one * 
119: || Melamitis Meda lig7e7, 1 ccecehscticvent senceressces * 


1887. ] . OF JAPAN AND COREA. 403 


Japan.) Yesso. | Corea. 

118. | Mycalesis gotama, Moore .........cccccceeceeeess * 

114. POL GIGCHE PH eUies Banani shane tcahos costae canes * * * 
DSSS) PY pthinnal bald abies s43.,.cssoe. teed beeen * * * 
116. mMmObachwlaky iy MoNa ce, costs sess bh. se caeesk * —? * 
117. | Erebia sedakovii, Hversi..........c.ccccceccccesece x * ot 
LUSoy |aNabyTUn ORYAB, SCOP: s.cccccsectseascceudsodecnscece * * * 
119. Wy MOLagGHUA) TAGM:.-v.--5.¢-c-cbegescweees a : * 
120. | Parargo achine, Scup. .i...)..0.0...c0cceseselevces * * * 
121. Geidamia; Hversmy, ..cc0ieccsclecsucecdeceetse * * * 
122, PABA CON sac Sased ostincsacae ue ee cesaak * * f 
123. | Lasiommata epimenides, Mén. ..........0...00.. * * * 
124, | Pronophila schrenkii, Mén. ............s...0000- * * 4% 
12oe a Dethetpicelis® ein Meek, 2G. Sateen) * 

TOGU === dinnia (Bat eek cates 2a oe * * * 
127. | Neope goschkevitschii, Mén. ............s0000000+ * * 

128. Callltoterish suet acccsneeseeteaens fences ce % * 

129. | Cononympha cedipus, Faber. ..........00...000ee- * aS * 
130, BELO PLAIN eect cee Coens ae Sa 4 
131. | Ismene benjamini, Guér..............0.cccseceoeeee * 

132. aquilina, / Speyer c..cscnccscpssecc seen e. ee * t 
133. | Plesioneura curvifascia, Feld..........c..ccccecees % 

134. DULANCLatA SDT Obamas Jeeee tected snokasocaneesk $e Kee * 
185. | Pterygospidea sinica, Feld..............c.c00eec000 * 

TSG 55)" Daimio tethys, Wen. ..22)....s0ssseenee. sccek. * * * 
187. | Isoteinon lamprospilus, Feld.............c0...06-- * 

138. | Pamphila mathias, Fabr;  ..........cc...ceeceeess | # 

139. VANS § WUE Yi Steeple setcorear screccak oth * * 

140, Pntatae BUene cecus a wenc eas ticeen iene aecnsce # * * 
LL | JANSODINY BULA. heer cece s ccsctencctesttee * * 
142. pellucida, Marray .........:.ctescasesseeceee * * % 
143, | Hesperia sylvanus, Hsp. ............se0ccceeseeneee * * * 
144. Subbyalinay Bren: 8 cb coche nes ees xs * * * 
145. Sylyatica, Brem. .c.cccc.ccsseecoaes ise Mae * * * 
NAGS == QCAEACEA, BEM: cscioacaisesnacessaeeecdecsseawac * * 
ais N= — wilchina, "BULda, ..-asneasecucsndetce cceseceds * 

148. Huy, WIT AY cr taconse cet scesa tees ce esac ore * * % 
149. | Cyclopides morpheus, Pall. ...... ..cceceeceeeee ah a * 
150. rnatug, Brien vesdeaa, coast eaneewncs hee te * aa 4 
Pl.” | Pyreus inachus, Meir... gi0c+vededescoceds Seat * 2a: t 
152. | Nisoniades montanus, Brem. .........ss0c.seeees- * * if 
153. | Syricthus maculatus, Brem. ...........cceceeeee. * ie 


1. Paprnio macuaon, Linn. 


Var. asiatica, Mén. Enum. i. p. 70 (1855). 
Var. hippocrates, Feld. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xiv. p. 314. 


Occurs commonly all over Japan and Corea: several broods in the 
course of the year. The first brood, which appears in March and 
April, does not differ materially from the European form, but the 
succeeding broods increase both in size and intensity of colour. 

I bred a fine series of vars. asiatica and hippoerates from ova 
deposited by a female P. machaon of the ordinary type in April at 
Nagasaki. The imagos appeared during the end of June and 
beginning of July, some specimens had the usual proportion of black 


404 MR. J. H. LEECH ON THE BUTTERFLIES [May 3, 


and yellow, others were of a much deeper yellow than the ordinary 
type, and some were nearly all black, being by far the most pronounced 
var. hippocrates I have yet seen. Every specimen was much larger 
than the parent. 

The following description of the full-fed larva does not seem to 
differ in the slightest degree from the common form of P. machaon :— 

Larva.—Ground-colour of body pale green, smooth ; head the same 
marked with black. Each segment of the larva is divided trans- 
versely by a broad black band interrupted on each side by three 
orange spots, that occurring in the spiracular region being the largest. 
Each segmental division is marked by a black band, extending in 
most specimens about halfway down the sides and contracting and 
expanding with the movements of the larva; legs tipped with black 
and a black spot above each leg. Each abdominal leg has a broad 
black bard, above which is a large triangular black mark surmounted 
by two smaller spots; belly paler than dorsal area and spotted at 
intervals with black. Feeds on the common carrot. 


2. Parinio xuTHus, L. 

Var. xuthulus, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 4, t. 1. fig. 2. 

Common all over Japan and Corea during the warm months. 

The earliest form is “‘authulus’’ in March and April, but this 
variety does not seem to be nearly so distinct in Japan as in the 
Amur region, intermediate forms occurring commonly from vuthulus 
to authus, which continues in turn to vary until a larger and much 
darker form is reached, which bears the same resemblance to wuthus 
that hippocrates does to machaon. I have specimens from Nagasaki 
(July) in which the black markings are very much exaggerated, and 
the yellow is replaced by a deep buff. 


3. PAPILIO BIANOR. 

P. bianor, Cr. Pap. Ex. ii. t. 103. f. C (1779). 

P. maakii, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 10, t. i. (1859). 

P. dehaanii, Feld. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xiv. p. 323 (1864). 

P. raddei, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 3, t. 1. 

Var. japonica, But]. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. ix. p. 50 (1866). 

P. alliacmon, De YOrza (ex Boisd.), Lép. Jap. p. 9 (1869). 

P. tutanus, Fenton, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 855. 

This species varies to such an extent that it is impossible to form 
any correct opinion on the subject util our knowledge of its habits 
and distribution is considerably increased ; the existing arrangements 
are, however, purely artificial, as none of the characters on which it 
has been subdivided are constant. 

The two most distinct types, viz. raddei and maakii, have been 
shown to be seasonal forms of the same species by breeding, which 
proves the species to be double-brooded. Dehaanii, japonica, and 
alliacmon are, so far as my knowledge goes, either spring or alpine 
forms, from which I should infer that they were the first brood of 
bianor, maakii, and tutanus, which only occur in summer. 

Occurs commonly all over Japan and Corea. 


1387.] OF JAPAN AND COREA, 405 


4, PAPILIO DEMETRIUS. 


P. demetrius, Cr. Pap. Ex, iv. t. 385. f. E, F (1782). 

P. carpenteri, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, x. p. 318. 

Common in Southern and Central Japan. 

The female varies in the red markings, and blue suffusion of hind 
wing. 

The summer brood is larger than the spring form, which Mr. 
Butler has named carpenteri. 


5. PAPILIO MACILENTUS. 


P. macilentus, Janson, Cist. Ent. vol. ii. p. 158. 

P. tractipennis, But]. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vil. p. 139. 

P. scevola, Oberthir, Et. Ent. iv. p. 37. 

This species inhabits the mountains of Central and Southern Japan, 
and is rather rare, especially the female. It is easily distinguished 
from P. demetrius by its extremely long narrow wings and tails. 


6. PAptLio ALCINOUS. 


P. alcinous, Klug, Neue Schmett. t. i. 1836. 

P. spathatus, Batl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vil. p. 139. 

Common all over Central and Southeru Japan. 

The summer brood is larger than the spring, and has longer 
tails. I have some specimens from Southern Japan which are 
hardly separable from P. mencius, Feld., from N. China. 


7. PAPILIO HELENUS, Linn. 

P. nicconicolens, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vil. p. 139. 

This fine species is not rare in April at Nagasaki, and in the 
Provinces of Higo and Satsuma ; it also occurs in Tosa. 

The yellow marking on the hind wing, on the strength of which 
the Japanese form has been described as distinct, is not constant. 
It is in no way separable from Chinese specimens in my possession 
from Hong-Kong, Foochau, and Ningpo. 


8. Paprnio MEMNON, Linn. 


P. thunbergii, Siebold, Hist. Nat. Jap. p. 16 (1824). 

Not rare in Southern Japan in April and May. 

Of a number of females taken in Kiushiu, no two specimens are 
alike, some of the males vary also in having the red mark at the 
base of the fore wing, which is only present in the female sex. 
Specimens I took also at Ningpo, Foochau, Hong-Kong, Saigon, 
and Singapore present an equal amount of variation. 


9. PaPILio SARFEDON, Linn. 


Very common in Southern and Central Japan. The summer 
brood are always larger and darker than the spring form, and have 
hence been confused with tervedon, Feld.', which does not occur 
in Japan but in Ceylon. 


1 P, teredon, Feld. Reise Noy. Lep. i. p. 61 (1865). 


406 MR. J. H. LEECH ON THE BUTTERFLIES [May 3, 


10. ParrLro MIKADO, noy. sp. (Plate XXXV. fig. 1.) 


Expanse of wings 32 inches. 

Ground-colour of all the wings black; a narrow straw-coloured 
streak extends across the base of the fore wing interrupted by the 
veins. All the wings covered with straw-coloured spots, consisting 
of a submarginal series of fairly uniform spots running round the 
outer margin of the wing ; a subcostal series of eight spots, three of 
which are situated in the discoidal cell, a discal series of six grad- 
uated spots on the fore wing, which is continued on the bind wing in 
a wedge-shaped mass, tapering to a blunt point near the anal angle 
and divided into two by the median vein; the first two spots of the 
submarginal series of the hind wing, the anal lunule, the upper part 
of the wedge-shaded mass, and the interior of the abdominal fold are 
very pale yellow. Underside, a reproduction of the upper surface 
with most of the spots enlarged and whiter, and with the addition 
of a yellow spot at the base of the hind wing, and an irregular 
arrangement of yellow markings between the discal and submarginal 
spots of the hind wing. 

I took a single male specimen about May 20th near Kagoshima in 
the Province of Satsuma. The nearest allied species is P. eurypylus. 


11. LueHporriA puziLot, Ersch. 


This is a very early species; it occurs in Yesso, and Mr. H. Pryer 
has recently discovered a new locality for it in Central Japan. 


12. SERICINUS TELAMON. 


S. telamon, Don. Ins. China, t. xxvii. fig. 1 (1798). 

S. montela, Gray, P. Z.S. 1852, p. 71; Cat. Lep. Brit. Mus. 1s 
p- 78, t. xiii. figs. 1, 2. 

S. fortunei, Gray, P.Z.S. 1852, p. 72; Cat. Lep. Brit. Mus. 
i. p. 79, t. xiii. fig. 5. 

S. fasciatus, Brem. & Grey, Schmett. nérdl. China’s, p. 5; Meén. 
Cat. Mus. Petr. t. vi. fig. 1. 

S. cressoni, Reak. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. iii. p. 499 (1864). 

S. telmona, Gray, P. Z.S. 1852, p. 72; Cat. Lep. Brit. Mus. 
i. p. 78, t. xiii. fig. 3. 

S. greyi, Brem. & Grey, Schmett. nérdl. China’s, p. 6, t. i. fig. 2. 

A very variable species ; out of a series of about 33 specimens 
which I took at Gensan at the end of June and beginning of July, 
no two specimens are alike, and they all differ slightly from any 
specimens in the National collection. 


13. PARNASSIUS GLACIALIS. 


P. glacialis, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool. ix. p. 50 (1866). 

Occurs at Nikko and Hakodate in June and July, also in Corea 
(H. Strecker). It is not an alpine species, as its name would lead 
one to suppose, but occurs at a very slight elevation in Central Japan 
and on the sea-level at Hakodate. 


1887. ] OF JAPAN AND COREA. 407 


14. Aporia craT£GI1, Linn. 


Specimens from Hakodate do not seem to differ in any way from 
European examples. 


15. Pieris rAP#, Linn. 


P. crucivora, Boisd. Sp. Gén. i. p. 522 (1836). 

Var. orientalis, Oberth. Et. Ent. vy. p. 13 (1880). 

Ganoris crucivora, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, ix. p. 18. 

Very common in Japan, Corea, and N. China, especially fre- 
quenting market-gardens. It has nothing whatever in common with 
P. brassice, which I believe does not occur in Eastern Asia, but is 
a good local form of rape, in which the base and all of the fore 
wing of the female is much suffused with greyish-brown scales, and 
the second spot of the fore wing of the male shows through the 
upper surface, as is usual in the typical female. This latter, however, 
is not a constant character, many males occurring in no way dif- 
ferent to the common form, and I took several specimens without 
any black spots on the fore wing. It is very variable in size. Mr. 
H. Pryer informs me that the Jarve, which feed on the cultivated 
Cruciferze, do not differ from the typical forms, nor does the pupa. 


16. Pieris napi, Linn. 


P. melete, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. ii. p. 113, t. x. figs. 1, 2 (1855). 

P. aglaope, Motsch. Et. Ent. 1860, p. 28. 

P. megamera, Butl. Cist. Ent. i. p. 173 (1873). 

P. castoria, Reak. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1866, p. 238. 

Ganoris dulcinea, But]. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 96. 

Common all over Japan and Corea, and extremely variable. It 
is difficult to get two specimens exactly alike. In Central and Nor- 
thern Japan” xapi seems to be the spring form, and there are spe- 
cimens in Mr. Fenton’s collection in no way separable from British 
examples, and I have all the intermediate forms between napi and 
melete in my own collection. In Southern Japan the larger and 
darker forms predominate, and there is less difference between the 
broods. In Central Japan I took specimens identical with ajaka, 
Moore, and at Nemoro, a very bleak place in N.E. Yesso, I found 
forms varying from small melete to typical ‘‘ castoria.” 


In no single locality, so far as my experience goes, is any one form 
constant. 


17. Preris CANrp1A, Sparrm. 

P. gliciria, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. t. 171. 

P. claripennis, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 96. 

P. sordida, Butl. 

The black spots on the fore wing of this species vary as much as 
in P. rape, var. erucivora 3. I took a very large series in Hong- 
Kong, Foochau, Ningpo, and Gensan, and they varied equally in 
every locality. The Corean specimens are usually smaller than 
Chinese examples. 


408 MR. J. H. LEECH ON THE BUTTERFLIES [May 3, 


18. Pieris DAPLIDICE, L. 

Var. bellidice, O. 

Anthocharis belemida, var. orientalis, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 8. 

This species occurs at Gensan in June, flying over corn-fields in 
the neighbourhood of the Japanese settlement ; it does not differ from 
European specimens. 


19. ANTHOCHARIS SCOLYMUS. 

A, scolymus, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 52 (1866). 
A. thunbergii, de YOrza, Lép. Jap. p. 14 (1849). 

Common all over Japan in early spring ; it is very variable in size. 


20. Levcornasia sinaptis, Linn. 

Var. amurensis, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 15, t. 1. figs. 4, 5. 

L. sinensis, Butl. Cist. Ent. i. p. 173 (1877). 

L. vibilia, Jans. Cist. Ent. i. p. 272 (1878). 

LL. morsei, Fenton, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 855. 

Common all over Japan and at Gensan. All the intermediate forms 
between amurensis and sinapis exist, and forms without any black 
apex to the fore wing corresponding to var. diniensis are not unusual. 


21. RoopocEeRA RHAMNI, Linn. 

R. nipalensis, Doubl. Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 71 (1847) ; Gray, Lep. 
Nep. t. v. fig. 1 (1831). 

R. maxima, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1885, p. 407. 

R. aspasia, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 17, t. 1. fig. 8. 

R. acuminata, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon..vi. p. 23 (1862). 

Oceurs all over Japan and Corea. The rhamni (maxima) form 
occurs at low elevations in Central Japan. I only took “ acuminata” 
in the mountains ; from Gensan [ have a specimen of true rhamni, 
and I have just received from Ningpo two specimens which resemble 
acuminata in the shape of the wing, and rhamni var. farinosa’ in 
colour. There can be little doubt that these refer to one species, but 
I can form no opinion with any certainty until I receive larger series. 


22. CoLIAS PALZNO, Linn. 
Occurs in Yesso and mountain-districts of Central Japan. 


23. CoLiAs HYALE, Linn. 

C. poliographus, Motsch. Et. Ent. ix. p. 29 (1860). 

C. simoda, de ’Orza, Lép. Jap. p. 16 (1869). 

C. neriene, Fisch., Motsch. Et. Ent. ix. p. 29. 

C. erate, Esp., Murray, Ent. Mon. Mag. xiii. p. 34 (1876). 

C. erate ab helictha, Led., Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 93. 

C. subaurata, But]. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 138. 

C. elwesii, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vil. p. 135. 

C. pallens?, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 50. 

Common all over Japan and Corea. The spring form is rather 
smaller than the summer brood. 


1 R, farinosa, Zell. Isis, 1837, p.5 ; Mann, Wien, ent. Mon, vy. p. 157, t. ii. £.6. 


1887. ] OF JAPAN AND COREA. 409 


In one spot near Nagahama (Lake Biwa) I found the forms 
described as poliographus, simoda, subaurata, and elwesii all together ; 
and of six pairs which I took im copulé and kept separately labelled, 
only two pairs were of the same form, viz., simoda; the remainder 
were as follows :— 

2 cases of simoda S and elwesii 2. 
1 case of subaurata 3 and elwesii 2. 
1 case of simoda S$ and poliographus 2. 

The inference is that they belong to the same species; otherwise 
they hybridize in a manner totally unprecedented and highly im- 
probable. 

The type cf pallens is such a bad specimen, that it is impossible 
to say what it is. 


24. TeRIAS LETA. 


T. leta, Boisd. Sp. Gén. i. p. 674. 

Var. jaegeri, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. p. 84, t. ii. fig. 1 (1855). 

T. subfervens, Butl. 

A common species in spring and autumn all over Southern and 
Central Japan. A series in the National collection labelled subfervens, 
Butl., do not differ materially from Japanese specimens, and some of 
the Northern Indian forms are not separable. 

Mr. H. Pryer says that it occurs all through the summer. 


25. TERIAS BETHESBA. 

T. bethesba, Janson, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 272 (1878). 

This species, which is very distinct from the other Japanese Terias, 
occurs in Central and Southern Japan in May and again in August. 


26. TERIAS HECABE, Linn. 

T. hecabeoides, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. i. p. 85, t. ii. fig. 2. 

T. sinensis, Luc. Rev. Zool. 1852, p. 429. 

T. mariesi, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 198, t. vi. figs. 1-7. 

T. anemone, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 23 (1862). 

T. mandarina, de YOrza, Lép. Jap. p. 18 (1869). 

T. hobsoni, Butl. P. Z. S. 1880, p. 668. 

T. hybrida, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 199. 

T. connexiva, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 199. 

Common all over Southern and Central Japan, and recorded from 
S.E. Corea. It is needless to say anything about this well-discussed 
question, as Mr. H. Pryer has settled it in the most conclusive 
manner by breeding all the forms known from Japan, from eggs 
laid by the same parent. 


27. MILETUS HAMADA. 

Miletus hamada, Druce, Cist. Ent. i. p. 361 (1875). 

I found this species common all up the west coast of Central 
Japan; it also occurs at Nikko. It seems foud of water, and flew 
about amongst the thick bamboo-grass on the banks of streams in 
July and August. 


410 MR. J. H. LEECH ON THE BUTTERFLIES [May 3, 


28. CURETIS ACUTA. 

Curetis acuta, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xx. p. 50. 

Not rare in some of the mountain-districts of Central Japan, in 
July and August. i 

The female is very scarce, and has, I believe, never before been 
described. 

‘* Expanse of wings about 14 inch, narrower than in the male; 
apex of wings produced to a much sharper point ; ground-colour of 
all the wings black with a brownish tinge. In the centre of fore 
wings is an elongated bluish-white patch, and a fainter bluish-white 
crescent occurs on the hind wing starting from the costa ; fringes of 
fore wings black, of hind wings bluish grey. Under surface of all 
the wings uniform silvery white as in the male.” 


29. AMBLYPODIA JAPONICA. 

Amblypodia japonica, Murray, Ent. Mon. Mag. xi. p. 170 (1875). 

This is a common species in Southern Japan in May. I took it 
also in Gensan, Corea, and again in Central Japan in the autumn. 


30. AMBLYPODIA TURBATA. 


Amblypodia turbata, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. 
p- 133; P.Z.S. 1881, p. 855. 


This fine species seems to be very rare in Japan; I found it in 
May in the province of Satsuma flying in company with the last 
species, and there are specimens from Nikko in the National collec- 
tion, It can be instantly distinguished from 4. japonica by its tails. 


31. NrpHANDA FUSCA. 

Niphanda fusca, Butl. P. Z.S. 1881, p. 883. 

Thecla fusca, Brem. & Grey, Schm. nirdl, China’s, p. 9 (1853) ; 
Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. i. t. iv. fig. 5 (1855). 
( 2. Amblypodia dispar, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 24, t. iti. fig. 4 

1864). 

Polyommatus fuscus, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. ii. p. 20, t. iv. fig. 5. 

Common all over Japan and Corea in July and August; some 
specimens are much larger than others, but the markings and 
colour seem to be constant. 


32. Dirsas FLaMEN, Leech, nov. sp. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 2.) 

. Expanse of wings 12 inch. 

Ground-colour of all the.wings dull orange, deeply bordered 
round the costal and outer margins with black; veins of the hind 
wings deeply marked with black towards the outer margin ; a small 
black spot occurs near the outer margin of the hind wing between 
the first and second submedian veins. Fringes short, dirty white. 
Underside of all the wings yellowish buff, outer margins bordered 
by a narrow black line. A submarginal band of bright orange 
elongated spots bordered on each side by a row of silver spots runs 
round all the wings, interrupted at the inner angle of the fore wing 
by a conspicuous black double spot. There is a small black dot 


1887.] OF JAPAN AND COREA. 411 


between the fifth orange spot of the fore wing and the margin, and 
a row of three black spots near the anal angle of the hind wing. 

This species is allied to Thecla raphaelis, and michaelis, Oberthiir. 
It agrees with 7. rephaelis in the absence of tails and in the design 
of the underside ; it is, however, much larger and there is a larger 
proportion of black on the upper surface. The upper surface 
of the fore wing agrees with 7. michaelis. 

I only succeeded in taking a single specimen of this species, 
which was flying over small trees near the monastery of So-ko-San 
about 14 miles N.W. of Gensan, on June 15, 1886. 


33. Dipsas S#PESTRIATA. 

Dipsas sepestriata, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep. p. 67, t. xxvi. figs. 7, 8 
(1865). 

Common about Yokohama (H. Pryer). I took it in July near 
Nagahama, Lake Biwa. 


34. Dresas LUTEA. 

Dipsas lutea, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep. p. 67, t. xxvi. figs. 9, 10 
(1855). 

I took this, together with the next species, near Hakodate in 
August ; it occurs also in Central Japan. 


35. Drpsas JONASI. 


Dipsas jonasi, Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 157. 


This rare species occurs in Yesso. I took it in August flying 
about small trees. 


36. THECLA ORIENTALIS. 

T. orientalis, Murray, Ent. Mon. Mag. xi. p. 169 (1875). 

Occurs plentifully all over Japan and at Gensan during the end 
of June, July, and the beginning of August. It differs conspicu- 
ously in colour, shape, and size from the other green Thecle; the 
female is variable in colour and markings, and the bar-markings on 
the centre of each wing on the underside are liable to be either 
partially or totally absent. 


37. THECLA SMARAGDINA. 

T. smaragdina, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 25, t. iil. fig. 5. 

T. taxila, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 26, t. ili. fig. 7. 

This species, which occurs in Yesso, and I believe at Nikko, 
occupies an intermediate place between 7’. orientalis and T. japonica, 
from the latter of which it differs in the bar mark of the fore wing 
on the underside, which mark, however, Mr. Elwes says is not a 
constant character in the female. As it is not constant in either sex 
of 7. orientalis, I fail to see how any great importance can be 
attached to it. The colour of the underside varies according to 
the condition of the specimens, the old ones being much paler 
than freshly emerged examples. 

Mr. H. Pryer is of opinion that this insect is a hybrid between 


412 MR, J. H. LEECH ON THE BUTTERFLIES [May 3, 


T.. orientalis and T’. japonica, which is quite possible, but his views 
require verification. 


38. THECLA JAPONICA. 


T. japonica, Murr. Ent. Mon. Mag. xi. p. 169 (1874). 

T. taxvila, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. t. vill. fig. 2. 

T. regina, Butl. P. Z.S. 1881, p. 853. 

T. fasciata, Janson, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 272, t. v. fig. 4 (1874). 

Ab. b. T. aurorina, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. v. p. 18. 

Occurs all over Japan and at Gensan in June and July. There 
are four distinct forms of female, none of which are rare :— 


a. Uniform brown throughout. 

f. With a fuscous patch on fore wing. 

y- With a blue patch containing a fuscous mark. 
é. With a blue patch. 


Besides these forms all the intermediates occur. 

The Corean specimens are rather smaller than the Japanese form ; 
and in Yesso, and also at high altitudes in Central Japan, occurs a 
boreal form which is quite similar to the usual type, only on a much 
smaller scale. I have a series also from Amurland which are 
identical and present similar variations of the female. 


Dipsas tawila, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Suppl. p. 16, t. iv. figs. 16, 
lz; 

It is absolutely impossible to say which species this is intended 
for, as the plate is very inferior and the description insufficient. A 
series of 7’. orientalis are in the Hewitson collection under the name 
of T. taxila, and Oberthiir considers the figure and description 
to represent 7’. smaragdina. 


39. THECLA SIGNATA. 

T. signata ,Butl. P.Z.S .1881, p. 854; Aid to Identif. of Ins. 
pl. 114. 

The type of this species is in Mr. Fenton’s collection ; it is in bad 
condition. The fact of the cell of the hind wing being filled in 
with violet separates it at once from any known Japanese species. 
I take the type to be a female, and should not be surprised if it had 
a green male. Recorded from Kuramatsunai, August. 


40. THECLA ARATA. 

T. arata, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 25, t. iii. fig. 6. 

Does not seem to be common; I took it at Hakodate in August. 
It is also recorded from Central Japan. 

41. THECLA TYRIANTHINA. 

Tt oe Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vii. p. 34, 
t. iv. fig. 5. 


I took this species at Gensan in July. It is very distinct from 
T. arata; on the upper surface it is darker and on the underside it 


1887.] OF JAPAN AND COREA. 413 


is fawn-coloured with the characteristic bars and markings of a 
darker shade; whilst the underside of Z. arata is mouse-coloured 
with ashy-white markings. The type in the National collection is 
from Kiukiang. 


42. THECLA ATTILIA. 
T’. attilia, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 24, t. ii. fig. 3. 


Occurs in Northern and Central Japan. Mr. H. Pryer says it is 
common in the neighbourhood of Yokohama. 


43. THECLA IBARA. 


Thecla ibara, Butl. P. Z.S. 1881, p. 852; Aid to Identif. of Ins. 
pl. 113. 

This species, which must be extremely rare, differs from the other 
Japanese Thecle in having a greenish underside with a white 
submarginal band and a yellowish blotch, containing two black dots 
at the anal angle of the hind wing. 

I believe the only specimen of this species is the type in Mr. 
Fenton’s collection, which was taken in the second week of July on 
the Ibara pass, Dewa. 


44, THECLA ORSEDICE. 
T. orsedice, Butl. P. Z.S. 1881, p. 852. 


Of this distinct species I only took a single specimen at Tsuraga, 
on the west coast of Central Japan. The type is recorded from 
Iwashiro in Yesso. 


45. THECLA FENTONI. 


Strymon fentoni, Butl. P. Z.S8. 1881, p. 854 ; Aid. to Identif. Ins. 
pl. 115. 

Closely allied to w-album, but blacker, the tails longer, the line 
on the underside of fore wing straighter, and the yellowish blotch 
at the anal angle of the underside of the hind wing quite different. 
There is an unnamed specimen from Pekin in the National collection 
which is, I believe, this species. The type, which is in Mr. Fenton’s 
collection, is from Shiribetsu in Yesso. I took a single specimen at 
Gensan at the end of June. 


46. THECLA MERA. 

T. mera, Janson, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 157 (1877). 

This seems a scarce species, and is I believe only recorded from 
Nikko. 

47. THECLA STYGIANA. 


T. stygiana, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 35, t. iv. 
fig. 6 (1881). 

Allied to the last species, but distinct ; it is also recorded from 
Nikko. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XXVIII. 28 


414 MR. J. H. LEECH ON THE BUTTERFLIES [May 3, 


48. THECLA BUTLERI. 


T. butleri, Fenton, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 853; Aid to Identif. of Ins. 
pl. 115. 

This is a very distinct species, the type is in Mr. Fenton’s 
collection. The underside somewhat resembles 7’. enthea, Jans., but 
has dark bars and stripes in place of many of the spots ; there is a 
white submarginal band containing five black spots on the upper 
surface of the hind wing. Mr. Fenton records the capture of this 
species from the top of the Peak, Hakodate. 


49, THECLA ENTHEA. 


T. enthea, Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 157 (1877). 
I took some very much worn specimens of this insect in Yesso 


at the beginning of August; it is also reported from Nikko. It 
seems rare. 


50. THECLA FRIVALDSKYI. 


Thecla frivaldskyi, Led. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1855, 
p- 100. 

Lycena ferrea, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 57 (1866). 

Satsuma ferrea, Murray, Ent. Mon. Mag. xi. p. 168 (1874). 

Occurs all over Japan and in Gensan ; it is a very variable species, 
but I think it is identical with the Amur form. 


51. PotyomMatTus PHL&AS, Linn. 


Var. eleus, Fab. 

Var. chinensis, Feld. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xil. p. 488 
(1862). 

Common all over Japan and Corea. It is an extremely variable 
species both in size, colour, and markings; during the summer the 
typical form gives way entirely to the var. eleus ; a few intermediate 
forms occur, and the specimens are darker in some localities than in 
others. The largest and darkest I found at Nagasaki in July. 


52. PoLYOMMATUS AURATUS, nov. sp. (Plate XXXV. fig. 3, 
3 2.) 

Expanse of wings, d 12, Q 13 inch. 

Male. Upper surface of all the wings bright golden copper, with 
narrow black outer margins; fringes black, except on the inner 
margin of hind wings; on the outer margins of the hind wings are 
six black dots, the two nearest the anal angle being nearer together 
than the others. 

Female. Fore wings golden copper, much suffused with darker 
scales, margined broadly on the outer border with blaek; two 
black discoidal spots, followed by a band of broad black dashes 
extending across the wing ; hind wing sooty black, bordered by a 
broad golden copper band notched at the edges. 

Underside of both sexes: fore wings yellowish buff, bordered on the 
outer margin with dirty grey, inside of which is a row of seven very 


1887. ] OF JAPAN AND COREA. 415 


distinct black spots ; on the disk is a second irregular row of black 
spots; there are three spots in the discoidal cell, the outer one of 
which is the largest. Hind wings greyish buff, outwardly margined 
by a broad orange band, bordered on each side with a row of black 
dots ; an irregular arrangement of black spots, margined with dirty 
white, is scattered over the remainder of the wing. 

I took this species, during heavy rain, at rest on stems of coarse 
grass in a swampy gully near the monastery of Chang-Do, about 
25 miles south of Gensan, in July 1886. 

This species is allied to P. dispar, but its colour resembles 
ochimus ; the fringes are black, the discoidal spots are absent on all 
the wings of male, the female has a row of dashes on the fore wings 
instead of spots, and the disk of hind wings is not suffused with 
copper ; the underside is also different. 


53. Lyca/na Bpa&rica, Linn. 


Occurs in several parts of Japan, but is very local; it does not 
seem to occur in Corea. 


54. Lycana arGIADEs, Pall. 


L. hellotia, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. ii. p. 124, t. x. fig. 6 (1857). 

L. praziteles, Feld. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii. p- 489 (1862) ; 
Reise Nov. ii. p. 281, t. xxxv. fig. 5. 

Everes hellotia, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, ix. p. 17. 

Common all over Japan and Corea during the warm months. It 
varies in size from ? in. to 13 inch. The female also varies in 
colour and markings, some specimens being much suffused with blue. 


55. LyCa&NA FISCHERI, Eversm. 

Lycena filicaudis, Pryer. 

Occurs at Gensan in June. It is also very common in the Snowy 
Valley, Ningpo, in April. The pale band on the outer margin of 
the hind wing may be either very distinct, faint, or totally absent. 
The spots on the underside have a great tendency to coalesce in the 
manner common to many of this genus. 


56. Lyc@NA ARGIA. 


L. argia, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. ii, p. 125, t. x. fig. 7. 

LI. japonica, Murray, Ent. Mon. Mag. xi. p. 167 (1874). 

L. alope, Fenton, P. Z.8. 1881, p. 851. 

Of this difficult species I have only been able to form an opinion 
by collecting a series of over 200 specimens, being representatives 
from every locality I visited, both in China, Japan, and Corea, and 
ranging from the beginning of March to the end of October. 

L. japonica, Murray, is said to differ from argia in the absence of 
the marginal spots of the hind wing in female; this distinction js 
without the least scientific value, and every grade occurs, from the 
most distinctly marked to those destitute of any spots whatever. 

* 


416 MR. J. H. LEECH ON THE BUTTERFLIES [May 3, 


In spring and autumn there is a large pale form of male (con- 
nected by grades with typical argia), which has been allotted to 
japonica, Murray (which was described from a single female). 

The females in spring and autumn seem to be much suffused 
with blue, which is not the case with the summer broods. 

Although I have not seen Mr. Fenton’s type of alope, yet I have 
no hesitation in including it as a form of this species. The principal 
points Mr. Fenton enumerates as differences between alope and 
argia are (1) the deeper violet colouring, (2) the broader border to 
primaries, (3) the black spot absent from cell of primaries (under- 
side). The colour of argia is very variable in intensity, and the 
width of the marginal border seems to vary in proportion to the 
depth of the ground-colour. With regard to the black spot in the 
cell of primaries (underside), I have specimens with spots of varying 
sizes and intensity, specimens without spots, and several specimens 
with a spot on one wing and not on the corresponding one. The 
female of alope has, I believe, not yet been described. 


57. Lyc@/NA CLEOBIS. 


L. cleobis, Brem. Bull. Acad. Petr. iii. p. 472 (1861). 

L. argonides, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 28, t. iii. fig. 8 (1864). 

Common at Gensan in June and July; the specimens are far 
larger than those from the Amurregion. The males cannot possibly 
be confounded with @gon or argus, on account of their darker 
colouring ; and the females differ on the underside by their brighter 
colour, sharper detined markings, and larger spots. 


58. Lycz#zna Arcus, Linn. 


Occurs commonly at Gensan in June and July; also in Central 
Japan (Oiwake, Oct.), and is reported from Yesso. The Corean 
specimens are rather smaller than the Japanese, and have a broader 
black margin to hind wing. 


59. Lycana «Gon, Schiff. 

L. micrargus, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 283 (1878). 

L. pseudegon, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 851. 

Common in Gensan in June and July. It occurs also in Yesso 
and in mountain districts of Central Japan. Corean specimens are 
usually much above the average size. 

Lycena iburiensis, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 852; Aid Identif. Ins. 
pl. 113, is a form of @gon. The type is in Mr. Fenton’s collection. 


60. Lycana arGiouus, L. 
L. ladonides, de Y Orza, Lép. Jap. p. 20. 
L. levetti, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, xi. p. 111. 


Common all over Japan and Corea during the warm season, and 
as variable in Eastern Asia as it is in Europe. 


1887. ] OF JAPAN AND COREA. 417 


61. Lyc#NA LycorMas. 

L. lycormas, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 57 (1866). 

L. scylla, Oberth. Et. Ent. v. p. 22. 

Occurs in Yesso, and I believe also in the mountains of Central 
Japan. It is found also on the Amur. Its nearest European ally is 
a Rott., a very variable species, which also occurs in Amur- 
and. 


62. Lycana EUPHEMUs, Hb. 

L. kazamoto, Druce, Cist. Ent. i. p. 361 (1875). 

Occurs in Gensan, Yesso, Kurile Islands, and in mountain 
districts of Central Japan; some specimens are remarkably dark, 
and resemble the alpine forms of Europe. 


63. Lyc2zNa PRYERI. 

L. pryeri, Murray, Ent. Mon. Mag. x. p. 126 (1873). 

Mr. H. Pryer says that this species is common about Yokohama 
in the spring. The only specimens I took of it occurred near the 
summit of Ibuki Yama (Lake Biwa) at about 5000 feet above the 
sea in July (about the 18th). 


64. LisyTHEA LEPITA. 
L. lepita, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1.C. Mus. i. p. 240. 


Occurs in Central Japan and also in Yesso. I saw it flying in 
September in the mountains near Oiwake. 


65. DicHoRRAGIA NESIMACHUS, Boisd. 


Fairly common in Central Japan; it occurs in mountain districts. 
I have never seen a living female; they seem to be very scarce. 


66. ApaTura ILIA, Schiff. 


Var. clytie, Schiff. 

A. here, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 27 (1862). 

A, substituta, Butl. Cist. Ent. i. p. 159 (1873). 

Common at Gensan and in Yesso in July and August; also in 
Central Japan. The typical form seems to be much rarer than var. 
clytie (substituta) just as it is in Europe. 


67. ApaTurA CAuTA’, nov. sp. (Plate XXXV. fig. 2.) 


3. Expanse of wings 33 inches. 

Fore wing with a very deep indeutation on its outer margin ; 
ground-colour of all the wings light brown, with a purplish reflection 
in certain lights. Fore wing—a large irregular-shaped black patch 
extends from the base to about the middle of the wing, suffused 


1 [While this paper was passing through the press, vol. 3 of Romanoff’s 
‘Mémoires sur les Lépidopteres’ (St. Pétersbourg, 1887) has been received in 
London, including a paper by Fixsen, in which 95 Butterflies (besides Moths) 
from the Corea are enumerated. - Apatura princeps, Fixsen, /.c. p. 289, pl. xiii. 
figs. Ta, 6, is apparently identical with A. cawta, Leech.—W. F. K.] 


418 MR. J. H. LEECH ON THE BUTTERFLIES [May 3, 


down its centre with paler scales; beyond this patch is a circular 
black spot ; a black double spot occurs in the cell, beyond which are 
two large black patches touching the costa; margins of all the 
wings black ; an irregular black submarginal band runs round all 
the wings, dividing near the anal angle and enclosing two circular 
spots of the ground-colour; veins deeply marked with black, 
especially near the outer margins. Underside—markings of the fore 
wing reproduced, with the addition of a white costal mark, and six 
white spots about the apex : hind wing—all the veins broadly marked 
with black ; the ground-colour replaced over a great part of the 
surface by dirty white. Underside of the abdomen white. 

Allied to Castalia (nom. preeoce., Moore) dichroa, Koll., and 
chandra, Moore, both Himalayan species. 

I managed after much difficulty to secure a single male, which was 


flying strongly about some oak trees at Chang-Do, south of Gensan, 
Corea, beginning of July. 


68. Eurrpus COREANUS, nov.sp. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 1, ¢ @-) 

Expanse, ¢ 44, 9 5 inches. 

Wings of male dark brown, the basal half suffused with purple ; 
a straight white streak, originating at the base uf fore wing, traverses 
about + of its width ; a submarginal row of spots runs round all the 
wings, terminating at the anal angle in a bright carmine elongated 
spot; the discal area of both wings is traversed by two series of 
spots arranged irregularly, but concavely to the base of the wings, 
besides which there are two (sometimes three) spots near the apex 
of the fore wing and near the anal angle of the hind wing, situated 
inside the submarginal band. The two discoidal spots are often 
confluent. All spots situated on the purple colouring are pure 
white, those on the remainder of the wings pale yellow. Wings of 
the female dark brown, spotted as the male ; all the spots about the 
costa and disk of both wings white, the remainder pale yellow; anal 
lunule carmine. Underside of both sexes—fore wings black ; costa, 
apex, and outer margin pale bluish green, all markings of the upper 
surface reproduced; hind wings pale bluish green; veins very 
prominent, markings of the upper surface reproduced, mostly 
bordered with black ; anal lunule carmine. 

The underside of this species is sufficiently distinct to prevent any 
possible confusion with Huripus charonda. I took a large series of 
both the species (one in Japan, the other in Corea) and they seem 
to be quite constant. 

This insect occurs commonly in a large forest about 15 miles 
south of Gensan in July ; it frequents the tops of trees, and is very 
difficult to take in good condition on account of its powerful flight. 


69. EuRIPUS CHARONDA. 


Euripus charonda, Hew. Ex. Butt. iii. t. 4. fig. 1 (1863). 


This large species is common about Yokohama, Lake Biwa, and 


the province of Kaga ; it flies very high, only occasionally descending, 
like Apatura. 


1887. | OF JAPAN AND COREA, 419 


70. EuRrPus JAPONICUS. 

Euripus japonica, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 27 (1862). 

Common in Southern and Central Japan. I found it plentifully 
in the provinces of Higa and Satsuma in May, and again in Central 
Japan in July, where the specimens were smaller and darker. It is 
also recorded from Yesso and N. Japan. 


71. Hestina assimiuis, Linn. 

Recorded from Japan. I never met with it, and it is not included 
in Mr. Pryer’s catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Japan. I have 
specimens taken at Ningpo in June; also recorded from S. Corea. 


72. ADOLIAS SCHRENKI. 

A. schrenki, Mén. Bull. Acad. Petr. xvii. p. 215 (1859); Schrenk’s 
Reise, ii. p. 31, t. il. fig. 2. 

I took this rare species at Port Lazaref near Gensan, in July; it 
did not appear to be very plentiful. 


73. LiMENITIS HELMANNI. 

L. helmanni, Lederer, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, 1853, 
p- 356, t. i. fig. 4. 

I. homeyeri, Tancré, Ent. Nachr. 1881, p. 120. 

Very common at Gensan in June and July, 1 also took it at Fusan 
(S.E. Corea) and at Nagasaki; in the Nagasaki specimens the bands 
and spots are narrower and smaller. 


74. Limenirtis s1Bpyuua, Linn. 

Occurs commonly all over Japan and Corea. In many of the 
Japanese specimens the fourth white spot from the costa of the fore 
wing is as large as the rest, thus causing the band to be continuous. 


75. CyRESTIS THYODAMAS. 

C. thyodamas, Boisd., Doubl. & Hewit. Gen. Diurn. Lep. t. 32. 
fig. 3 (1848). 

Recorded by Mr. H. Pryer from Yamato and Kiushiu. 


76. NEPTIS ACERIS. 

NV. aceris, Lepechin, Reise, i. p. 203, t. xvii. figs. 5, 6. 

Var. intermedia, Pryer. 

A good local form of aceris, occurring very commonly in Japan 
and Corea, also N. China. 

The underside is much darker than in European specimens, being 
almost chocolate-colour ; it is very variable in the proportion of 
black and white, also in size. A succession of broods occurs 
during the warm months. 


77. NEPTIS LUCILLA, Schiff. 
Var. ludmilla, Herr.-Schiiff. 


Occurs in Japan, Yesso, and Corea; it is not nearly so common as 
aceris. 


420 MR. J. H. LEECH ON THE BUTTERFLIES [May 3, 


78. NEpTIS PRYERI. 

N. pryeri, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 561; Lep. Ex. t. 63. 
fig.4; Jans. Cist. Knt. ii. p. 155. 

” Limenitis arboretorum, Oberthiir, Et. Ent, ii. p. 24, t. iii. fig. 3. 

Occurs in June and July. Very common in Gensan, where it 
occurs on the sea-level. In Japan it seems to be a mountain insect, 
and I took it near Lake Biwa. I have specimens from Ningpo 
which do not vary from the Japanese and Corean specimens. 


79. Nepris ALwina, Brem. & Grey. 

Limenitis kempferi, de ?Orza, Lép. Jap. p. 40. 

Not rare in Central Japan; it occurs also in Gensan in June, 
though not common. 


80. Nrepris EXCELLENS. 
N. excellens, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 282 (1878). 


This species, which appears to be distinct from alwina, is recorded 
from Nikko, Fujesan, and Yesso. 


81. VANESSA BUREJANA. 

V. burejana, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 15, t. i. fig. 8. 

V. fallax, Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 271 (1878). 

V. strigosa, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. ix. p. 54 (1866). 

Occurs both in Corea and Japan in a variety of forms; it is diffi- 
cult to tell whether some of the forms belong to this species or the 
next without an enormous series from different localities. 


82. VANESSA LEVANA, Linn. 

Var. prorsa, Linn. 

Ab. porima, Ochs. 

Araschnia obscura, Fenton, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 850. 

This species also occurs both in Japan and Corea. The only form 
under which I took it was var. prorsa; the specimens are absolutely 
identical with Enrovean ones in my own collection. 


83. VANESSA L-ALBUM, Esp. 


I took this species in the mountains near Oiwake in October. 
Mr. H. Pryer records it also from Nikko and Yesso. 


84. Vanessa c-ALBuM, Linn. 

V. fentoni, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 281 (1878). 

V. hamigera, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 92. 

V. lunigera, Butl. P. Z.8. 1881, p- 850. 

Common in mountain-districts of Central Japan in September and 
October. Occurs also in Yesso. As variable in Japan as in Europe. 


85. VANESSA C-AUREUM, Linn. 


V. angelica, Cr. Pap. Ex. iv. t. 388. figs. G, H. 
V. pryeri, Janson, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 269 (1878). 
Occurs commonly in Gensan. I took it also at several localities in 


1887. ] OF JAPAN AND COREA. 421 


Central Japan and Yesso. V. “pryeri” is only taken in autumn or 
after hybernation. The other forms of this variable species occur 
all through the summer. 


86. VANESSA URTIC&, Linn. 
V. connexa, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 851. 


This is a very good local form of urtice. I took it about half- 
way up the volcano near Hakodate in September, and I believe it 
does not occur in other parts of Japan. I hear that the same form 
occurs in Amurland with the intermediate forms. An English en- 
tomologist in Hakodate informed me that the larva was like that of 
urtice, and fed upon nettles. 


87. VANESSA CALLIRHO#, Fabr. 
Papilio atalanta indica, Herbst. 
Common all over Japan and Corea. 


88. VANESSA CARDUI, Linn. 


This is not a common species; I took it at Yesso and Corea, and 
it occurs near Yokohama. 


89. Vanessa 10, Linn. 


Not very common in Central Japan, where it keeps to the moun- 
tains, but plentiful in Yesso and Corea. It does not vary in the 
least from European specimens. 


90. VANESSA CHARONIA. 


V. charonia, Drury, Ex. Ent. i. t. 15 (1773); Brem. Lep. Ost- 
Sib. p. 18. 
Var. glauconia, Motsch. Et. Ent. ix. p. 28 (1860). 


Common all over Japan and Corea. It is a variable species in the 
width of the blue submarginal bands and the size and colour of the 
costal spots, which may be either blue or white; the blue submar- 
ginal band of the fore wing, which usually ceases at its junction with 
the larger costal spot, is in some specimens carried up as far as the 
apical spot, noticeably so in specimens taken in the mountain-districts 
of Central Japan in October. 


‘91. VANESSA ANTIOPA, Linn. 


I took this species at Hakodate in August and in Oiwake (Cen- 
tral Japan) in October. It does not differ from European examples, 
and has the same habit of settling on the road, and, when disturbed, 
taking a short flight and returning to the same spot. 


92. VANESSA XANTHOMELAS, Schiff. 


Common all over Japan and Corea. Some specimens are remark- 
ably large and bright. 


422 MR. J. H.. LEECH ON THE BUTTERFLIES [May 3, 


93. MELIT#&A AURINIA. 
M. aurinia, Rott. Naturf. vi. p. 5 (1775). 


Occurs at Gensan in June; the specimens seem larger and paler 
than European ones. 


94, MEenira%A PHBE, Schiff. 


Var. sibirica, Staud. MSS. 
Var. etherea, Ev. Lep. Ross. p. 73, t. ix. figs. 5, 6. 
M. scotosia, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 282 (1878). 


Common at Fusan and Gensan (Corea) in June and July, and ex- 
tremely variable, some specimens being the true var. etherea, with 
few markings, others nearly black. Nearly all the specimens are 
much larger than European examples. It occurs in Yesso, and, I 
believe, in mountain-districts of Central Japan. 


95. MELITHA PARTHENIE, Bkh. 
Var. orientalis, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 23, t. ii. fig. 5. 


I took what I believe to be this species commonly at Fusan, S.E. 
Corea, at the beginning of June. 


96. MELIT#A DICTYNNA. 


M. dictynna, Esp. t. 48. fig. 2, a, 6 (1779). 
Var. protomedia, Méu. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 23, t. ii. figs. 6, 7. 
This occurred commonly with the last species in June at Fusan. 


97. Me.ir#a ATHALIA, Rott. 


Var. dubia, Staud. 

Var. orientalis, Mén. Schreuk’s Reise, p. 23, t. ii. fig. 5. 

M. niphona, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii, p. 28] (1878). 

Occurs commonly at Fusan and Gensan (Corea), also in Yesso 
and in mountain-districts of Central Japan. Corean specimens are 
usually paler than Japanese ; but this species is so variable that it is 
impossible to form a correct opinion concerning it without longer 
series than at present exist in this country. 


98. ARGYNNIS NIPHE, Linn. 


I took this species commonly at Nagasaki and in the provinces of 
Higo and Satsuma in May. On one occasion I found the larva, 
pupa, and imago all together in the same place. 

Larva of Arg. niphe, Kagoshima, May 10, 1886 :— 

Length 13 inches. 

Ground-colour of body, head, and iegs velvety black ; dorsal stripe 
deep orange ; abdominal legs externally tipped with a brownish- 
orange spot ; spines branched, four on each of the first three seg- 
ments, six on each of the remainder, with the exception of the anal 
segment, which has only four ; the two dorsal spines of the second 
segment point forward ; spines on the first three segments and the 
dorsal pair of the fourth segment black, the remainder are of a bright 


1887. ] OF JAPAN AND COREA. 423 


dark red, tipped with black ; on each side of the body, from the 
fifth segment onwards, is an irregular network of faint pale markings. 

Pupa. Light brown, with darker markings, having two spines on 
the under surface of each abdominal segment ; the thoracic segments 
have each two bright gold spots on the under surface; the head 
terminates in two short horny projections. 

Remains ten days to a fortnight in pupa. 

Food-plant: Viola sp. 


99. ARGYNNIS PERRYI? 
? Brenthis perryi, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, ix. p. 16 
(1882). 
his insect, which is fairly common at Gensan in July, seems 


close to A. oscarus, Eversm., but is larger, paler, and differs on the 
underside. It is not a constant species. 


100. ARGYNNIS DAPHNE, Schiff. 
A. rabdia, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 93. 
Var. fumida, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, ix. p. 16. 


Not rare in Central Japan and Yesso, and very common at Gen- 
sav, where the specimens are remarkably fine. 


101. ArRGynnis no, Esp. 


Common at Gensan in June and July. The specimens are far 
larger than European examples. 


102. ArGynnis AaGuatra, Linn. 

A. fortuna, Janson, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 154 (1877). 

Occurs plentifully at Gensan in June. I took the same species in 
N.W. Japan in July ; they compare well with Amur specimens. 


103. ArGyNNIS ADIPPE, Linn. 


Var. chlorodippe, H.-S. 

Var. cleodoxa, Ochs. 

Var. cleodippe, Staud. 

A. pallescens, Butl. Cist. Ent. i. p. 164 (1873). 

A. voraz, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 403. 

A. locuples, Butl. Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 134. 

This very variable species is extremely common all over Japan and 
Corea, as well as several other forms quite as distinct as many named 
ones, which have so far escaped being separated. I have a fine 
series from Amurland, which compare well with the Japanese and 
Corean specimens, of which I took about 250, among which were 
some wonderful aberrations and varieties. 


104. ARGYNNIS NERIPPE. 
A, nerippe, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 24 (1862). 
* A. coreana, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, ix. p. 15 (1882). 


A very distinct species, common all over Japan and Corea. It 
differs markedly from adippe, the only species with which it could 


424 MR. J. H. LEECH ON THE BUTTERFLIES [May 3, 


be confounded, by its larger size, smaller spots, and markings, and 
general paler appearance. -Adippe, except when faded, has always a 
bright chestnut tint ; nerippe is fawn-coloured. The female is very 
rare in proportion to the male, and is far larger than any adippe I 
have ever seen. 

Coreana, Butl., is said to differ from nerippe in the prominence of 
the sexual patch on the first median branch of the fore wing ; this 
character is variable and may be altogether absent. I brought home 
over a hundred specimens, which show a good deal of variation, but 
none of any specific importance. 


105. ArGyNnnis saGANA, Doubleday. 

Damora paulina, Nordm. Bull. Mose. 1851, iv. p. 440, t. xii. 
figs. 1525) 

Very common all over Japan and Corea. I have a large series 
also from Ningpo and Amurland; they are remarbably constant, 
although the Amur specimens are smaller, 


106. ARGYNNIS LAODICE. 

A, laodice, Pall. Reise, i. p. 470 (1771). 

Var. japonica, Mén. Cat. ii. p. 152, t. x. f. 3. 

Common all over Japan and Corea. The largest specimens re- 
present japonica, and from Ningpo I have a larger form still. 


107. ARGYNNIS ANADYOMENE, Feld. 

A, ella, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 94, t. viii. fig. 1 (1864). 

Common all over Japan aud Corea. Identical with Amur and 
North-China specimens. 


108. ArGyNNIs PAPHIA, Linn. 

A, paphioides, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 134. 

Common in Japan and Corea. They are rather larger than the 
European form and darker. ‘lhe female is intermediate between 
the usual type and var. valesina. I have the true var. valesina from 
Ningpo. 


109. ARGYNNIS RUSLANA. 

A. ruslana, Motsch. Bull. Mose. 1866, iii. p. 117. 

A, lysippe, Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 154 (1877). 

This species shares the characters of paphia and laodice—the 
shape of the wings and markings of upper surface being allied to 
paphia, the underside of hind wings reminding one of Jaodice. It 
is not rare at Hakodate in August, and I took it also at Nikko in 
September. It is the same size as paphia. 


110. Danas TYTIA. 

D. tytia, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nep. p. 9, t. ix. fig. 2. 

This fine species occurs all over Japan. I observed a curious 
habit this Butterfly has, on the island of Kami Koshigi, off the 
coast of Satsuma. Just at dusk they ceased flying, and each chose 


1887. ] OF JAPAN AND COREA. 425 


out a small dead branch of a fir tree, on which it hung close to the 
trunk with the wings folded over its back. They were very easy to 
see and appeared never to choose a large branch or one more than 
about fifteen feet above the ground. By working with my net on a 
long bamboo I succeeded in procuring a long series in a very short 
time (in May). I also took it in Hakodate in August. Pryer says it 
is very common in mountain-districts of Central Japan. 


111. MeLaNnarGIA HALIMEDE. 

M. halimede, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 37, t. iii. figs. 6, 7. 

This species is extremely common at Gensan in July. It is very 
variable, some specimens being much blacker than others. 


112. Mewaniris Lepa, Linn. 

Var. ismene, Cram. Pap. Ex. i. t. 26. figs. A, B (1775). 

Recorded from Nikko by Maries, and from the island of Shikoku 
Ohodaisan in Yamato by Mr. H. Pryer. 


113. Mycauests GoTAMA. 

M. gotama, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 232 (1857). 
Sadarga gotama, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 157. 
Common in Southern and Central Japan. 


114. MycaLesis PERDICCAS. 

M. perdiccas, Hew. Ex. Butl. iii. Mye. t. iii. fig. 15 (1862). 

Gareis perdiccas, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 157. 

Mycalesis sangaica, Butl. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 95. 

Mortanda sangaica, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 169. 

Occurs all over Japan and at Gensan. It appears to me to be quite 
distinct from the last species. Out of a very large number I have 
not a single intermediate form. 


115. YprHima BALpDus, Fabr. 

Y. argus, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 56 (1866). 

Common all over Japan and Corea. Very variable in the size and 
position of the ocelli, and the shade of the ground-colour of the under- 
side. ; 


116. YeTHiMA MOTSCHULSKYI. 

Y. motschulskyi, Brem. & Grey, Schmett. nérdl. China’s, p. 8; 
Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. i. t. vi. fig. 5. + 

A very distinct species, common at Gensan and Fusan. I also 
took it at Nagasaki. It is a good deal larger that da/dus, and has 
only one ocellus on the hind wing. 


117. ErReBIA SEDAKOVII. 

E. sedakovii, Eversm. Bull. Mose. 1847, ii. p: 70, t. i. figs. 5, 6. 

E. niphonica, Jans. Cist. Hut. ii. p. 153, t. v. fig. 5 (1877). 

Li. scoparia, Butl. P. Z. S. 1881, p. 849. 

This species occurs in mountain-districts of Central Japan and 
also in Yesso. 


426 MR. J. H. LEECH ON THE BUTTERFLIES [ May 3, 


118. Saryrus DRYAS. 


Papilio dryas, Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 153 (1763). 

S. bipunctatus, Motsch. Et. Ent. ix. p. 29. 

S. sibirica, Staud. Cat. p. 29. 

Very common all over Japan and Corea. Amongst a large series 
I took some very fine aberrations. 


119. SaryruUS HYPERANTHUS, Linn. 
This species is recorded from Possiet Bay, N.E. Corea. 


120. PARARGE ACHINE, Scop. 


P. achinoides, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 283 (1877). 
Occurs in Gensan, and also in Central and Northern Japan. The 
form is the same as that which occurs in Amurland. 


121. PARARGE DEIDAMIA. 

P. deidamia, Ev. Bull. Mose. 1851, 1. p. 617. 

P. menetriesi, Brem. & Grey, Schmett. nérdl. China’s, p. 8; Mén. 
Cat. i. t. 6. fig. 4. 

Occurs at Gensan, Yesso; also in Central Japan. 


122. PARARGE MAAKII. 

P. maakii, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 22, t. iii. fig. 2. 

Lasiommata marginalis, Motsch. Bull. Mosc. 1866, i. p. 190. 

I found this species in Yesso, and Mr. H. Pryer has it from 
Yamato. 


123. LASIOMMATA EPIMENIDES. 

L. epimenides, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 39, t. iil. figs. 8, 9. 

Neope fentoni, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 91. 

This is not a common species. I have taken it at Gensan, Hakc- 
date, and it occurs on the voleano Assamayana in Central Japan. 


124. PRONOPHILA SCHRENKII. 

P. schrenkii, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 33, t. ill. fig. 3. 

Common in Gensan, North-west Japan, and Yesso. It flies in 
dense underwood, and is hence rather hard to take, and seldom in 
fine condition. The Japanese specimens are larger and paler than 
those from the Amur and Corea. 


125. LETHE SICELIS. 

Debis sicelis, Hew. Ex. Butt. iii. Deb. t. i. fig. 3. 

Occurs commonly in mountain-districts of Central Japan in July 
and August. 


126. LETHE DIANA. 
L. diana, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 55 (1866). 


1887.] OF JAPAN AND COREA. 427 


L. whitelyi, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, xix. p. 403, 
t. ix. fig. 8. 

L. consanguis, Butl. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 133. 

Common all over Japan during the warm weather; very variable 
in size, shade, and markings, and extremely difficult to take in good 
condition. 

I took it also in Corea, both at Gensan and Fusan. 


127. NEOPE GOSCHKEVITSCHII. 

N. goschkevitschiit, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. ii. p. 121, t. x. fig. 4 
(1855). 

N. niphonica, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vil. p. 133. 

Common all over Japan. There are several broods, and some spe- 
cimens are much darker than others. 

This species is very fond of settling on tree-trunks with its wings 
folded, where it is difficult to detect on account of its protective 
colouring. 


128. NEOPE CALLIPTERIS. 
N. callipteris, But]. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 92. 
This is a mountain species, and occurs in Yesso and Central Japan. 


129. CanonyMPHA cpIPus, Fab. 

C. annulifer, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 91. 

Occurs in mountain-districts of Central Japan, and at Fusan and 
Gensan, Corea, in June and July. 

Rather larger than European examples. 


130. Ca@nonyMPHA HERO, Linn. 
C. hero, var. perseis, Led. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1853, p. 360. 
Common at Gensan in June. 


131. ISMENE BENJAMINI. 

I. benjamini, Guér. Deless. Souv. Inde, ii. p. 79, t. 22. figs. 2, 2 a. 

I. benjamini, var. japonica, Murray, Ent. Mon. Mag. xii. p. 4 
(1875). 

Common in Southern Japan in May; also at Nikko and Yamato 
(Pryer). 

132. IsMENE AQUILINA. 

Ismene aquilina, Speyer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1879, p. 346. 

Proteides chryseglia, Butl. P. Z.S. 1881, p. 856. 

Ismene janowskii, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. v. p. 23, t. 1. fig. 2 (1880). 

I only met with this species at Hakodate in August. 


133. PLESIONEURA CURVIFASCIA. 

P. curvifascia, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 29. n. 29 (1862). 

P. alysos, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 789. 

Hesperia alysos, Boisd. MS. 

This species, which is new to Japan, occurs plentifully in a small 


428 MR. J. H, LEECH ON THE BUTTERFLIES [May 3, 


ravine close to the sea, near the port for Kumamoto in Kiushiu. I 
found the specimens just out in May. 


134, PLESIONEURA BIFASCIATA. 


Plesioneura bifasciata, Brem. P. Z.S. 1881, p. 910. 

Eudamus bifasciatus, Brem. & Grey, Schmett. nordl. China’s, 

. 10; 
2 Gonoloba bifasciatus, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr., Lep. i. t. v. fig. 3 
(1855). 

Very common in June about fifteen miles from Gensan at the 
foot of the mountains. I have also received it from Ningpo; it is 
recorded from Jinchuen, N.W. Corea. 


135. PTERYGOSPIDEA SINICA. 


Pterygospidea sinica, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 140 (1862). 

Pterygospidea moori, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, sér. 5, vi. 
p- clii (1876). 

Daimio felderi, But]. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vii. p. 140. 

I believe I am right in uniting the above, although the specimens 
in the National collection marked sinica are too old to be of any 
use. I found it very plentiful at Foochau and Ningpo, and there 
are specimens from Nikko in the Museum. 


136. Daimio TETHYS. 


Pyrgus tethys, Mén. Enum. p. 126, t. x. fig. 8 (1855). 
Daimio tethys, Murr. Ent. Mon. Mag. xi. p. 171 (1875); P. Z.S. 
1881, p. 911. 


Common all over Japan and Corea ; there are several broods. 


137. IsorEINON LAMPROSPILUS. 


Isoteinon lamprospilus, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 38 (1862). 

Pamphila vitrea, Murr. Ent. Mon. Mag. xi. p. 171 (1875). 

I found this very distinct species fairly plentiful in July at 
Tsuruga on the west coast of Japan. Mr. H. Pryer says it is 
common about Yokohama. 


138. PaMPHILA MATHIAS, Fabr. 


Appears common in Southern and Central Japan. ‘The male can 
readily be distinguished from any other Japanese species by the 
sexual bar on the fore wing; the arrangement of spots is also quite 
different to any other species. 


139. PAMPHILA VARIA. 

P. varia, Murray, Ent. Mon. Mag. xi. p. 172 (1875). 

I found this species widely distributed, but not common ; I have 
specimens from Satsuma, Nagasaki, Tsuruga, Hakodate, and Yoko- 


hama. It can be easily recognized by the dark veins on the under- 
side of the hind wings. 


1387.] OF JAPAN AND COREA. 429 


140. PAMPHILA GUTTATA. 

Pamphila guttata, Murr. P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 912. 

Eudamus guttatus, Brem. & Grey, Schmett. nérdl. Chiua’s, p. 10 
(1855). 

Goniloba guttata, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. i. t. v. fig. 4 (1855). 

Common all over Japan and Corea; it can be easily distinguished 
from P. pellucida by its longer, narrower wings, and by the spots 
of the hind wing, which are almost in a straight line, while in 
P. pellucida the arrangement is most irregular. 


141. PAMPHILA JANSONIS. 


Pamphila jansonis, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 284. 

Itook a single specimen at Gensan in June of what I consider 
the male of the type in the National collection, which is a Japanese 
specimen. 

It is very closely allied to P. peilucida, the only difference of 
any importance being a conspicuous pale spot near the base of the 
hind wing on the underside. T[ have a large series of P. pellucida 
and P. guttata, but can find no trace of this spot in any of them. 


142. PAMPHILA PELLUCIDA. 
P. pellucida, Murray, Ent. Mon. Mag. xi. p. 172 (1875). 


This species is common all over Japan, Corea, and the Kurile 
Islands during the warm months. 


143. Hesperia syLvAnus, Esp. 


Pamphila herculea, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vii. 
« 140. 
: Pamphila venata, 3, Brem. & Grey, Schmett. nérdl. China’s, 
p- 11; Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. i. t. v. fig. 8. 
Pamphila florinda, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 285 (1878). 
Occurs in Central Japan and Yesso, and is common at Fusan and 
Gensan, Corea, in June and July ; a very variable species. 


144, Hesperia SUBHYALINA. 

Pamphila subhyalina, 2? , Brem. & Grey, Schmett. nérdl. China’s, 
p. 10; Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. i. t. v. fig. 7. 

Allied to sylvanus, but easily distinguished by its larger size and 
the semitransparent patches on the fore wings of both sexes. 
Common in Corea; occurs also in Yesso, and I believe in Central 


Japan. 


145. HespEeRta SYLVATICA. 

Pamphila sylvatica, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 34, t. iii. fig. 10. 

Pamphila leonina, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 286 (1878). 

I took this species in Gensan in July, and Hakodate in August ; 
it is recorded from Tokio. 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XXIX. 29 


430 ON THE BUTTERFLIES OF JAPAN AND COREA. [May 3, 


146. HesperRIA OCHRACEA. 


Pamphila ochracea, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 33, t. i. fig. 11. 


This seems to be rather a rare species; I took it at Gensan in 
June, and Nagahama, on Lake Biwa, in July. 


147. Hesperia RIKUCHINA. 

Pamphila rikuchina, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 285 (1878). 

This species is very distinct from the last. I took a long series 
of it at Nagahama and Tsuruga in July, and none of the specimens 
have one-third as much yellow as ochracea; there is scarcely any on 
the hind wings and none on the costal and inner margins of the fore 
wings. 

This species occurs also at Nikko (Pryer). 


148. Hesperia FLAVA. 


Pamphila flava, Murray, Ent. Mon. Mag. xii. p. 4 (1875). 
Common all over Japan ; I also took it at Fusan, Corea, in June ; 
there appear to be several broods. 


142. CycLoPIDES MORPHEUS. 
Papilio morpheus, Pall. Reise, i. p. 471 (1771). 
Common at Gensan in June. 


150. CycLOPIDES ORNATUS. 


C. ornatus, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 33, t. ii. fig. 5. 
This species occurs in Central Japan and Yesso. 


151. Pyreus mnacuus. 
P. inachus, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 46, t. iv. fig. 2. 


Occurs in several localities in Central Japan, but is far from 
common. 


152. NIsoONIADES MONTANUS. 


Pyrgus montanus, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 31, t. xi. fig. 4. 

Nisoniades rusticanus, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 58 
(1866). 

Common all over Japan inspring. Ihave specimens from Ningpo, 
Japan, and Amurland; they all show a tendency to variation, but 
nothing of any specific importance. . 


153. SyRICTHUS MACULATUS. 


Syricthus maculatus, Brem. & Grey, Schmett. nérdl. China’s, 
lle 
: Pyrgus maculatus, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. i. t. v. fig. 5. 
P. sinicus, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 96. 
Common in Japan and Corea. 
Sinicus differs from maculatus in its smaller spots, and in the 
absence of a second (submarginal) white band on the underside of 


4 


4% 


Mintern Bros. imp- 


J.G Keulemans del. et bth 


1887.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM PERAK. 431 


the hind wing. The usual Japanese and Corean form is much 
larger than either of the forms mentioned, has much smaller and 
fewer spots, and no trace of a second white band on the underside of 
hind wing ; the underside is very variable. No definite opinion on 
this difficult species can be formed without longer series than at pre- 
sent exist. 
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
Puate XXXV. 
Fig. 1. Papilio mikado, p. 406. 
2. Apatura cauta, p. 417. 
3. go 2 Polyommatus auratus, p. 414. 
Pirate XXXVI. 


. 6 Enuripus coreanus, p. 418. 


Fig. 
. Dipsas flamen, p. 410. 


N= 


3. On a Second Collection of Birds formed by Mr. L. Wray 
in the Mountains of Perak, Malay Peninsula. By 
R. Bowprter Suarre, F.LS., F.Z.S., &c., Zoological 
Department, British Museum. 


[Received April 15, 1887.] 
(Plates XXXVII. & XXXVIII.) 


Mr. L. Wray, the Curator of the Perak Museum, has forwarded 
me another interesting collection of birds, amongst which are several 
novelties. The circumstances under which the collection was made 
are best explained by the following letter from Mr. Wray himself :— 


“ Perak Museum, 
“Perak, Straits Settlements, 
Noy. 15, 1886. 

** My pear Sir,— 

“In accordance with the promise contained in my last letter, 
I now send you a collection of 51 bird-skins, which I made during a 
six weeks’ stay on the hills in the months of September and October. 
Although it is not to be considered a complete collection, still, from 
the difficulty experienced in getting fresh species during the latter 
part of the time, I fancy it is a fairly representative one. 

“Tbe house in which I have been staying, and near which the 
collection was made, is about 4400 feet above the sea-level, and 
there is only one other peak near which is higher, and that reaches 
to 4700 feet. No other hills in the range, at least for many miles, 
tise higher than 5600 feet. This range, which is known as the 
Larut Range, is more or less connected on the north at the water- 
shed of the Perak River with the main range of the peninsula. It 
is covered with dense unbroken forest from base to peaks, without 


any elevated open or grass lands. 
29* 


432 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM PERAK. [May 3, 


‘‘ Besides the birds mentioned in the list, I repeatedly heard the 
ery of the Argus Pheasant (A. giganteus), and I found their dancing- 
places at about 3000 to 5000 feet. I saw also examples of three or 
four species of Hornbills and a Green-headed Bee-eater, but was not 
able to get any specimens of them. 

“Below 3000 feet the hill forms become scarce, and the low-country 
ones begin to appear. The temperature at 3300 feet on the hills 
ranges from about 56° to 76° in the shade, and at the higher stations 
from 50° to 72°. Judging from the records of the past six years, 
there are no regular seasons in Perak. ‘The rainfall on the Larut 
hills is from 200 to 20 inches per annum. 

“TI am, yours truly, 
“L. Wray, Jun.” 


Mr. Wray’s collection is divided into two parts, the first consisting 
of some low-country forms, a list of which I give for the sake of the 
notes appended by the collector. The latter are placed in inverted 
commas. 

1. Or1oLus xaAnTHONOTUS, Horsf. 


“No. 77. Larut. Ivides and bill red.” 


2. LALAGE CULMINATA. 
“No. 74. 9. Larut. Irides dark brown.” 


3. TRICHIXUS PYRRHOPYGA. 
“No. 76. @. Blanja. Irides brown.” 


4, PrrrA GRANATINA. 
“No. 72. o. Blanja. Irides brown; bill and legs black.”’ 


5. CALYPTOMENA VIRIDIS. 
“No. 73. o. Larut. Inrides dark brown; bill yellowish.” 


6. EuRYLZMUS OCHROMELAS. 


“No. 75. Q. Larut. Irides pale yellow; bill cobalt-blue, 
with yellow markings on the upper mandible.” 


7. HARPACTES KASUMBA. 

“No. 68. &. Larut. Inrides crimson; bill and skin of face 
cobalt-blue. Fairly common in big jungle.” 

8. HALCYON CONCRETA. 

“No. 70. o. Bill black above, bright yellow beneath ; irides 
brown.” 

9. PriLOPUS JAMBU. 


“No. 69. oo Q. Irides white; bill yellow; feet and legs red. 
Very rare in Perak. These specimens were collected in Kinta in 
July.” 


1887. ] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM PERAK. 433 


10. OSMOTRERON FULVICOLLIS. 
“No.71. o. Kinta. Irides white; feet and legs red. I have 
only seen two or three of these Pigeons. 


I have quoted the following papers, which relate to the ornithology 
of the Malayan Peninsula, though most of them treat of the lower 
country on the western side :— 

Tlume, A.O. A First Tentative List of te Birds of the Western 
Half of the Malay Peninsula. Str. F. 1879, pp. 37-72. 

——. The Birds of the Western Half of the Malay Peninsula. 
Tom. cit. pp. 151-163. 

Ketuam, H. R. Ornithological Notes made in the Straits Settle- 

ments and in the Western States of the Malay Peninsula. Ibis, 

1881, pp. 362-395, 501-532. 

The same. Jbis, 1882, pp. 1-18, 185-204. 

Satvaport, T. Catalogo di una collezione di Uccelli fatta nella 
parte occidentale di Sumatra dal Prof. Odoardo Beccari. Ann. 
Mus. Civic. Genov. xiv. pp. 169-253 (1879). 


The following is a list of the second collection made by 
Mr. Wray in the mountains, examples of some species not being 
sent to the British Museum :— 


Neopus MALAYENSIs (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 257; 
Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 44. 

“No. 18. o¢@. This Eagle is the only large species that I 
have seen on the bills. It is fairly common, and usually flies about 
in small parties of four or five.” [Not sent. ] 


SprzaETus LIMNAETUS (Rafil.); Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 272. 


Limnaetus caligatus, Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 44; Kelham, Ibis, 
1881, p. 366; Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civic. Genov. xiv. p. 172 (1879). 

* No. 19, On opening my window early one morning I saw one 
of these Hawk- Eagles sitting with crest erected on a stump of a tree, 
only about thirty yards from the house, and brought it down with a 
shot from my revolver. A second specimen was shot by my col- 
lector while perched on a branch of a tree quite near the ground, 
but was never found, as in searching for it the man got bitten on the 
leg by a Snake (Zrimeresurus gramineus), and gave up the search. 
These were the only two birds seen of this species.” [Not sent. ] 


Spitornis BAcHA, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 290; Hume, Str. F. 
1879, p. 44; Salvad. ¢.¢. p. 173. 

“No. 64. @. Irides bright yellow. I only saw one pair of 
these birds, one of which I was fortunate enough to be able to 
shoot.” 

The specimen sent is very dark and almost as deeply coloured as 
typical Javan birds, certainly exceeding that of Malaccan specimens. 
The feathers on the hind neck and mantle are edged with sandy 
rufous. Wing 14°5 inches. 


434 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM PERAK. _ [ May 3, 


Guauciprum BRopie!I (Burt.); Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 212 (1875). 
“No.57. o. Irides yellow. Only one specimen of this Pygmy 
Owlet was seen.” 


SyRNIUM NEWARENSE (Hodgs.); Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 281 
(1875). 

«No. 65. @. Irides yellow. I found this Owl seated on a 
branch of a small tree in a very dark ravine, and I was some time 
before I could decide whether it was a bird or some dead leaves.” 

This specimen is rather small, but there can scarcely be any 
question about its being identical with S. newarense and not with 
S. maingayi, which is the yellow-faced form found in the Malay 
Peninsula (cf. Hume, Str. F. vi. p. 27). As a rule S. maingayt 
and S. indranee have perfectly uniform faces of a deep ochreous 
colour, but one specimen (Q) from Coonoor has the face dusky 
and barred with blackish, exactly as in S. newarense, and therefore 
it shows either that S. newarense occurs in the Nilghiris, or else that 
the latter range contains an intermediate form between S. newarense 
and S. indranee. 

The specimen sent by Mr. Wray has the wing 4 inches. It is 
evidently a very old bird, being very dark above and very coarsely 
barred below, with a dark band across the chest, where the cross- 
bars are not so distinct. The face is deep rufous-ochre, with a few 
indistinct blackish cross-bars. Altogether the specimen may be said 
to belong to the eastern race of Syrnium newarense, with a tolerably 
uniform ochreous face. Such specimens are found in Formosa, 
Assam, Manipur, and Sikkim, where a perfect gradation takes place 
between them and typical S. newarense, leaviug it absolutely impos- 
sible to draw any line between eastern and western examples. 


ORIOLUS CONSANGUINEUS, Wardlaw Ramsay. 

“No. 59. . Irides crimson; bill pale blue-grey. The female 
is black, without the red breast- and wing-spots. It is not a common 
bird. ‘he range seems to be from 3000 to 4000 feet, but I have a 
specimen shot in Kinta at not more than 100 or 200 feet above the 
sea-level, at the foot of the central range of the peninsula.” 

The specimen sent is identical with one of the typical specimens 
collected by Mr. Carl Bock, and now in the British Museum. 


BuRINGA REMIFER (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. iil. p. 257 (1877). 

“No. 46. ¢ @. Irides red-brown. The long tail-feathers of 
most of the males have no webs on their shafts, excepting on the 
racket-ends, the portion covered by the ordinary tail being quite 
naked. I obtained two males with webs on the shafts, under the 
shorter tail-feathers, and was at first uncertain whether there might 
not be two species ; but as no difference was observable in the tails of 
the females (the upper portion of the long tail-feathers being webbed 
in every specimen), it seems more probable that the birds with the 
webbed upper parts of the long feathers are young males.” 

This is interesting, as continuing the range of the species south- 
wards from Tenasserim, but it is also known from Java. 


1887. | MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM PERAK. 435 


ARTAMIDES LARUTENSIS, Sp. 0. 


“No. 30. ¢. Irides brown. The female has a lighter head 
than the male. Fly usually in pairs or small parties.” 

A large representative of A. /arvatus, from which it differs in its 
purer grey coloration, blacker chin and cheeks, and by the colour of 
the under tail-coverts, which are white washed with ashy grey. The 
under wing-coverts are also for the most part white, but in both 
these cases the plumage may not be fully mature. 

Adult male. General colour above uniform dark pearly grey, lesser 
wing-coverts like the back ; median and greater coverts dark cindery 
grey, edged with pearly grey; bastard-wing, primary-coverts, and 
quills black, fringed with ashy grey, margined with broader and 
paler grey on the secondaries, the innermost narrowly fringed with 
whitish at the ends; upper tail-coverts like the back; centre tail- 
feathers ashy grey, blackish towards the ends, the remainder black 
tipped with an ashy-grey spot, increasing in extent towards the 
outermost, which is also pale ashy along the outer web; crown of 
head like the back; a line across the base of the forehead, lores, 
feathers round the eye, and fore part of cheeks black ; sides of face, 
ear-coverts, cheeks, and throat blackish, with an ashy shade, shading 
off paler on the lower throat and fore neck; remainder of under- 
surface of body deep pearly grey, a little lighter than the back; 
thighs dark slaty grey ; under tail-coverts white, grey near the vent, 
the rest of the coverts marked with ashy grey; under wing-coverts 
grey, or grey varied with white bars; axillaries grey; quills below 
dusky, ashy white along the inner edge. Total length 11 inches, 
culmen 1°05, wing 6°45, tail 4-4, tarsus 0°95. 


Prricrocotus 16neEvs, Blyth; Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 78; Hume, 
Str. F. 1879, p. 57. 


“No. 53. ¢. Irides brown. Not common. Only one specimen 
of this Minivet was obtained.” 


CryYPTOLOPHA TRIVIRGATA (Strickl.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 396 ; 
Salvad. ¢.¢. p. 204. 


*“"No. 44. 2.  Irides dark brown.” 
Compared with specimens from West Java and Sumatra. 


RuIPIDURA ALBICOLLIs (V.); Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 317. 


No. 31. Q. Irides brown. These Fantails are restless and 
active in their habits, flitting about with their tails spread out and 
hardly ever for a moment still. This species and the one found in 
the low country (22. javanica) are said to be mad by the Malays, 
from the absurd and restless way in which they are always hopping 
and turning about. The present species I always found in small 
flocks, and almost invariably with Quaker Thrushes (Alcippe), 
Racket-tailed Drongos, Rhinocichla mitrata, and other birds. It 
frequents dense jungle and has a sweet clear little song.” 

The only difference between the specimen sent and others from 


436 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM PERAK. [May 3, 


various parts of India seems to be that the white tips to the tail- 
feathers are rather larger and not ashy white, but pure white. 
Tenasserim specimens, however, seem to be intermediate. 


NILTAVA GRANDIS, Hodgs.; Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1886, p. 351. 

“No. 38. o. Irides brown. Only one specimen seen in this 
stage of plumage.” 

The specimen is a young bird in spotted dress. 


Muscicaruta macutata (Tick.); Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. ae 
Salvad. ¢.c. p. 203 (1884). 


“No. 36. ¢. Irides brown. Quite common about 3500 feet.” 


Corsycuus musicus (Raffl.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. vii. p.63; Hume, 
Str. F. 1879, p. 64; Kelham, ¢. c. p. 515; Salvad. ¢. ¢. p. 236. 


“No. 52. Only found on clearings of the hills.” [Not sent. ] 


MyYIopHONEUS, sp. inc. 


No. 54. ¢ 2. It is found in the rocky ravines and river-beds 
of the hills from 1000 feet or so to nearly 4000 feet, but is a rare 
and shy bird.’ [Not sent. | 

Mr. Wray supposes this bird to be M. temmincki, and says that 
it agrees with Jerdon’s description of that species. I think it will 
probably be I. eugenii. 


IoLE TICKELLI (Blyth) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. vi. p. 60. 

Hypsipetes tickelli, Hume & Davison, Str. F. vi. p. 296. 

“No. 39. GQ. Inrides red-brown. MHas an erectile crest. It 
is common above 3500 feet, either solitary or in pairs. It hawks for 
insects, and also eats vegetable matter.” 

There is a slight difference between the birds of Perak and typical 
I. tickelli from Tenasserim. The Perak birds are rather darker, 
more ashy below, and decidedly more dingy olive on the flanks. 
These dull colours may, however, be due in great part to worn 
nesting-plumage, of which Mr. Wray’s specimens bear evidence. 


TROCHALOPTERUM PENINSUL&, sp.n. (Plate XXXVII.) 

“No. 25. GQ. Irides brown. Usually seen in the under- 
growth, but sometimes on the higher trees. One pair that I shot on 
a fair-sized tree had been feeding on some large green seeds. There 
were also partly digested remains of insects in both of their stomachs. 
This bird has a pretty clear song, and roosts low down in the under- 
growth.” 

This species finds its nearest ally in 7. melanostigma of Tenasserim, 
resembling that species in the black wing-spot formed by the 
primary-coverts, but it differs in many important points, which may 
be summarized as follows :— 

. A darker chestnut crown. 

. The back chestnut-brown instead of ashy. 
. Ear-coverts dingy rufous-brown, not ashy. 
. Breast chestnut-brown instead of ashy. 


PSs Nom 


1887.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM PERAK. 437 


The following is a description of the sexes of T. peninsula :— 


Adult male. General colour above reddish brown, a trifle more 
olivaceous towards the lower back and rump; scapulars like the 
back ; lesser and median coverts like the back, the latter slightly 
washed with rufous, greater coverts maroon-red ; bastard-wing black, 
externally golden or maroon, the outer feather olive, greenish exter- 
nally ; primary-coverts black, forming a large patch ; quills blackish, 
externally olive-yellow with a golden lustre, rather brighter on the 
primaries ; inner secondaries inclining to ashy grey towards the ends, 
which are edged with black ; upper tail-coverts like the back ; tail- 
feathers dusky, externally golden olive ; crown of head deep chestnut 
as far as the occiput ; nape and hind neck like the back, the former 
slightly tinged with rufous; lores and feathers over the eye black ; 
sides of hinder crown dark ashy, forming a patch converging on the 
nape; sides of face, ear-coverts, and cheeks dark rufous-brown, 
blackish below the eye and on the chin; throat and fore neck deep 
chestnut, becoming paler and more rufous-brown on the breast and 
abdomen; the sides of body and flanks somewhat duller brown; 
thighs and under tail-coverts dull rufous-brown ; under wing-coverts 
and axillaries like the sides of the breast ; quills below blackish, ashy 
along the inner edge. Total length 10 inches, culmen 0°95, wing 
4°1, tail 4°5, tarsus 1°5. 

Adult female. Similar to the male. Total length 10 inches, cul- 
men 0°95, wing 3°8, tail 4°3, tarsus 1°4. 


PoMATORHINUS WRAYI, sp. n- 


“No. 24. ¢@. IJrides brown. This bird has a loud, clear, 
and rather pleasing song. It frequents the undergrowth and often 
the ground, going about in pairs. Stomach contained insects.” 

This species represents P. tickelli in the Perak Mountains, but it 
is everywhere much darker in plumage, the head being dusky brown, 
inclining to dark ashy. The tail is black instead of rufous-brown. 


The following is a description of the typical pair of birds :— 


Adult female. General colour above reddish brown, with indistinct 
dusky cross-bars under certain lights; lower back and rump slightly 
more olivaceous ; upper tail-coverts again reddish brown; lesser and 
median coverts reddish brown like the back ; greater coverts, bastard- 
wing, primary-coverts, and quills blackish brown, externally reddish 
brown, inclining to chestnut on the quills; tail-feathers blackish, 
washed externally with reddish brown, especially towards the base 
of the feathers, which are indistinctly barred with dusky under 
certain lights; crown of head more dusky brown than the back, and 
only slightly washed with rufous ; lores ashy whitish ; behind the 
eye a bare spot; no distinct eyebrow, but a streak above the ear- 
coverts, formed by the white longitudinal centres of the feathers, 
larger and more distinct down the sides of the neck; ear-coverts 
pale brown, followed by a reddish band down the sides of the neck ; 
cheeks, throat, breast, and centre of abdomen white ; sides of neck 
dusky brown, with some longitudinal white stripes intermingled ; 


438 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM PERAK. _ [May 3, 


fore neck and breast with dusky margins to some of the feathers ; 
sides of breast and of abdomen ashy grey, mottled with lanceolate 
streaks of white, narrower on the latter; sides of body and flanks 
uniform reddish brown; thighs and under tail-coverts also reddish 
brown ; under wing-coverts and axillaries dark ashy ; quills below 
dusky blackish, more ashy along the inner edge. Total length 
10 inches, culmen 1°7, wing 4°1, tail 3-95, tarsus 1°55. 

Adult male. Similar to the female, but not so strongly streaked 
with white down the sides of the neck. Total length 10 inches, 
culmen 1°65, wing 4:0, tarsus 1°6. 

I have described the female, as the male is moulting and has not 
got its perfect tail. 


CoryYTHOCICHLA LEUCOSTICTA, Sp. D. 


“No. 37. ¢ 2. Irides crimson. Frequents the undergrowth 
usually in pairs, and has an unusually loud song for such a small 
bird.” 

Compared with C. striata the present species is more ashy both 
above and below, and is easily distinguished by the white dots on 
the coverts and quills, these being fulvous in C. striata. The throat 
is distinctly mottled with blackish (not ashy) centres to the feathers. 

Adult male. General colour above ashy brown, with a slight 
ruddy tinge; all the feathers edged with black, producing a mottled 
appearance ; rump not so distinctly mottled ; wing-coverts like the 
back, and edged with black in the same manner, each having a tiny 
white spot at the tip; bastard-wing, primary-coverts, and quills 
blackish, externally olive-brown, a little more ruddy on the latter; 
all the quills with a tiny white spot at the end, larger on the inner 
secondaries; tail-feathers dark brown, externally reddish brown; 
head like the back, and mottled with black edgings in the same 
manner; lores and a distinct broad eyebrow ashy grey ; sides of face 
dull ashy, shaded with brown on the ear-coverts, and having a faint 
moustache of whitish near the gape; cheeks uniform ashy grey; 
throat white, mottled with dark ashy-grey centres to the feathers ; 
remainder of under surface of body dull ashy brown, with dusky 
centres; the sides of the body browner, becoming more rufous on 
the flanks and under tail-coverts; axillaries and under wing-coverts 
olive-brown. Total length 5-4 inches, culmen 0-7, wing 275, tail 1°8, 
tarsus 0°95. 

Adult female. Similar to the male, but rather paler in colour. 
Total length 5°2 inches, culmen 0-7, wing 2°58, tail 1°75, tarsus 0°9. 


Siva sorprpA, Hume; Sharpe, Cat. B. vii. p. 641. 


“No. 33. Inrides white. This Hill-Tit is not often seen, so far as 
my experience goes. During bad stormy weather it seems to dis- 
appear altogether, probably taking refuge in the sheltered valleys.” 

A young bird, belonging to S. sordida or a closely allied species, 
and certainly quite distinct from 8. cyanoptera. It has rather a 
long tail, and is yellower underneath than the type of S. sordida, and 
a comparison of fully adult birds is desirable. 


1887.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM PERAK. 439 


ALCIPPE PERACENSIS, sp. 0. 


“No. 32. o. Inrides brown. This bird is common on the 
higher parts of the hills. It has a loud and musical song.’ 

By the absence of the white eyelids this new species ought to be 
allied to dlcippe pheocephala and A. cinerea; but it has a very 
distinct black band running down the sides of the neck, thus showing 
its affinity to 4. nipalensis. It is, in fact, closely allied to the latter 
species, but may be distinguished by the want of the white ring of 
feathers round the eye. 

Adult. General colour above warm brown from the lower mantle 
downwards ; the upper tail-coverts like the back; wing-coverts like 
the back; bastard-wing, primary-coverts, and quills dusky brown, 
externally like the back; the primaries edged with fulvous brown ; 
tail-feathers brown, externally like the back; crown of head, 
occiput, nape, hind neck, and upper mantle dark slaty grey, with a 
black streak extending from above the eye to the upper back ; lores 
ashy white; feathers round eye, ear-coverts, and sides of neck ashy 
grey, lighter on the cheeks, which incline to ashy white like the 
throat ; fore neck, breast, and abdomen creamy white; the sides of 
body and flanks light brown, darkening on the latter; thighs and 
under tail-coverts light brown; under wing-coverts and axillaries 
whity brown; quills below dusky, ashy whitish along the inner 
edge. Total length 5:4 inches, culmen 0°5, wing 2°5, tail 2°5, tarsus 
0°75. ; 


MiIN1LA SoROR, sp.n. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 1.) 


“No. 42. o.  Inrides dark brown.” 

Closely allied to JZ. castanetceps, from which it differs in its much 
larger size, darker olive-brown coloration, and deep chestnut, not 
orange, edging to the quills. 

Adult. General colour above olive-brown, more distinctly olive on 
the lower back and rump; the mantle with narrow pale shaft- 
streaks, not very distinct; lesser and median coverts like the back ; 
external greater coverts black, the inner ones olive-brown; bastard- 
wing and primary-coverts black; quills dusky blackish, externally 
olive-brown ; the primaries edged with chestnut towards the base ; 
the outer primaries margined with white; upper tail-coverts like the 
back ; tail-feathers ashy brown, externally olive-brown; crown of 
head and nape bright chestnut, the feathers mesially streaked with 
rufous shaft-lines, white towards the forehead; lores and feathers 
round and below the eye sulphur-yellow; ear-coverts with a black 
streak along the upper part, surmounted by a streak of sulphur- 
yellow; remainder of ear-coverts yellow streaked with black, and 
with a black stripe below, separating them from the cheeks, which, 
with the throat and under surface of body, are pale yellowish buff ; 
the feathers of the cheeks and throat slightly mottled with brown 
tips; sides of body and flanks olive-brown; thighs olive-brown ; 
under tail-coverts yellowish white, with dusky centres; under wing- 
coverts and axillaries pale yellow ; quills below dusky, ashy yellowish 


440 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM PERAK. [May 3, 


along the inner edge. Total length 4:7 inches, culmen 0°55, wing 
2:6, tail 2:0, tarsus 0°85. 


STacuyris niGRicEPs, Hodgs.; Sharpe, Cat. B. vil. p. 532 
(1883). 

“No.56. o. Irides brown.” 

Apparently identical with Himalayan specimens. 


CYANODERMA CHRYS&A (Hodgs.) ; Sharpe, Notes Leyden Mus. 
vi. p. 176 (1884). 

Stachyridopsis chrysea (Hodgs.); Sharpe, Cat. B. vii. p. 601. 

“No. 35. Irides brown. Male and female similar.” 

The specimen sent seems to me to be inseparable from S. chrysea. 
It is a trifle less distinctly streaked on the head, showing an 
approach to S. assimilis ; but it has the brilliant throat of S. chrysea. 


PHYLLERGATES CUCULLATUS (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. vii. 
p- 229 (1883). 


“No. 50. ¢. Irides light brown. Only seen in dense jungle.” 
Identical with Javan specimens. 


SurortaA MACULICOLLIS (Moore); Sharpe, Cat. B. vii. p. 218 
(1883). 

“No. 51. @. Irides light brown. Shot in a clearing at 3300 
feet.” 


PreRUTHIUS HRALATUS, Tickell; Hume and Davison, Str. F. vi. 
p- 368 (1878). 

“No. 34. o. Irides brown. This bird is fairly common on 
the higher parts of the hills.” 

Slightly smaller than the typical P. eralatus (wing 3:1), but not 
specifically separable. P. cameranoi, of Salvadori (¢.¢. p. 232), is 
undoubtedly the same. 


ALTHOPYGA WRAYI, sp.n. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 2.) 


“No. 41. o. Irides dark brown. This Honey-sucker is very 
plentiful in the jungle, on the tops of the hills, and-in the clearings. 
I have not observed it lower than 3000 feet. There is another 
species of Honey-sucker, but I was not able to get a specimen of it.” 

This species is the Malayan representative of Athopyga sangui- 
nipectus, from which it may be distinguished by its black, non- 
metallic throat and fore neck. 

Adult male. General colour above dark crimson on the mantle 
and back; scapulars black ; on the rump a patch of sulphur-yellow ; 
bastard-wing, primary-coverts, and quills blackish, a httle browner 
on the edge of the latter; upper tail-coverts metallic violet-blue ; 
tail-feathers black, the long centre ones externally metallic violet- 
blue; crown of head metallic violet-blue, with a purple reflexion ; 
lores, sides of face, and ear-coverts black; cheeks metallic blue, 
forming a moustachial streak ; throat, fore neck, and chest velvety 


1887.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM PERAK. 441 


black, the sides of the latter dark crimson enclosed by black ; breast, 
abdomen, sides of body, and flanks pale olive-greenish, yellower on 
the centre of the breast, which is also streaked with black, and just 
below the velvety black of the upper breast are some tiny longi- 
tudinal streaks of scarlet ; ou the sides of the body and flanks a tuft 
of pale yellow; thighs and under tail-coverts like the breast ; under 
Wing-coverts and axillaries yellow, with white bases; quills below 
dusky blackish, white along the inner edge. Total length 5 inches, 
culmen 0°7, wing 2:0, tail 1°6, middle feathers 2°6, tarsus 0°5. 


ARACHNOTHERA MAGNA, Hodgs.; Shelley, Monogr, Nect. pl. 112. 
fig. 1. 

“No. 26. Irides brown. Feet and legs bright orange; bill 
black. Female much larger than the male. A very active bird, 
with a loud harsh note.” 


ARACHNOTHERA LONGIROSTRIS (Lath.); Shelley, ¢. c. pl. 114; 
Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 55; Kelham, ¢.c. p. 501; Salvad. ¢. e. 
p- 214. 

*“No. 25. Irides brown. I only saw these Spider-hunters once, 
when a large party of them were fluttering on the tops of some small 
trees, making a continual chirping.” 


Dicxzum 1Gnipectus (Hodgs.); Sharpe, Cat. B. x. p. 41. 


“No. 49. .  Irides brown.’’ 
A specimen in bad condition, but apparently identical with others 
from the Himalayas. 


DENDROPHILA AZUREA (Less.) ; Salvad. ¢. ¢. p. 211. 


“No. 55. 2. Irides white; skin round eyes white; legs and 
bill blue-grey. Sexes alike. This pretty little Nuthatch frequents 
the densest parts of the jungle, usually in the ravines, and seems to 
prefer the trunks of the largest trees to hunt for insects &c. Is seen 
singly or in small parties of three or four.” 

Count Salvadori finds fault with Gray’s figure of this species, and 
says that the feet in the dried skins from Sumatra were greenish, not 
yellow ; but it is probable that they became yellow in time, and 
certainly our Java skins have yellow legs; but a Timor specimen has 
them dark, like the Perak bird. Both the last-named specimens are 
duller blue on the back than the Java specimens. 


ZOSTEROPS AURIVENTER, Hume; Sharpe, Cat. B. ix. p: 163. 
“No. 43. @.  Irides yellow-brown.” 


MoracILLA MELANOPE, Pall. ; Sharpe, Cat. B. x. p.497 (1885). 


Calobates melanope, Hume, Str. F. 1879, pp. 65, 161; Salvad. 
t.c. p. 236, 


“No. 40.  o.  Irides dark brown. Males and females alike.’’ 


442 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM PERAK. [May 3, 


Hirunpo GuTTuRALIs (Scop.); Sharpe, Cat. B. x. p. 134 
(1885); Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 47; Kelham, ¢. ec. p. 372. 

“No. 62.  ¢. Irides dark brown. Very plentiful on the sum- 
mits of the hills.” 

Apparently an adult male before the winter moult. 


Nyctioxnis amictus (Temm.); Dresser, Monogr. Merop. pl. i. 

“No. 29. 2. This bird is partial to the lower trees and bushes 
in the forest, and extends from the plains up to the very top of the 
hills. The nest is made in a hole excavated in a bank of earth, in 
the same way as with the Merops. 

“It makes a sort of laughing noise, something like ‘ Kar-ka-ka-ka- 
ka-ka-kar.’ It was some time before I was able to identify this bird 
as the caller, until I shot one in the act. The amount of red on the 
head and throat varies very much; and in one the plumage was 
wholly green, excepting the tail, which was the same as in the 
normally coloured bird.” 


Hrerococcyx rucax, Horsf.; Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 53; Kel- 
ham, ¢. c. p. 391; Salvad. ¢.c. p. 185. 

‘No. 61. 9. Irides brownish yellow. This was the only 
member of the family Cuculidz that I met with.” 


CYANOPS RAMSAYI. 

Megalema ramsayi, Wald.; Hume and Davison, Str. F. vi. p. 152. 

"No. 20. $6 @. Irides brown. This Barbet is common above 
3500 feet.’’ 


This is a Tenasserim species, not previously known to occur to 
the south of that province. 


MEGAL&MA OOTI. 

Cyanops ooti, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 180. 

“No. 21. @. Inrides red-brown. I did not meet with this 
species higher than 3500 feet nor lower than 3000 feet. It is 
plentiful, but, from its frequenting the tops of tall trees, is difficult 
to shoot. Both of these Barbets are very noisy birds.” 


PsttopoGon pyroxopaus, 8. Miill.; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1886, 
p- 852; Salvad. ¢. c. p. 178. 

“No. 14. I observed one male of this species with the under 
tail-coverts scarlet ; and another with them green, with the extreme 
tips of the feathers tinged with scarlet. It is a very silent bird, and 
only occasionally utters a harsh note, something like that of a Wood- 
pecker.” 


CHRYSOPHLEGMA MALACCENSE (Lath.); Hargitt, Ibis, 1886, 
p- 276. 

Callolophus malaccensis, Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 52; Salvad. ¢. ¢. 
p. 182. 

“No. 23. 9. Iridesbrown. A low-country form. The speci- 
men sent was shot at nearly 4000 feet.” 


1887. ] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM PERAK. 443 


GECINUS CHLOROLOPHUS. 


“No. 22. g. Irides crimson. The only Woodpecker seen in 
the higher parts of the hills.” 


LEPOCESTES PORPHYROMELAS. 


Blythipicus porphyromelas, Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 52. 
“No. 58. o. Irides brown.” 


MIGLYPTES GRAMMITHORAX, Malh.; Hargitt, Ibis, 1884, p. 191. 


Meiglyptes tristis, Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 52; Kelham, ¢. c. 
p- 388; Salvad. ¢. c. p. 184. 


““No. 63. ¢. _ Irides brown.” 


Vivia innomrinata (Burt.); Salvad. ¢.c. p. 184. 


“No. 48. 2. Irides brown. This pretty little Piculet seems 
to be rare, as I only met with it once. I saw a small bird on the 
almost vertical branch of a shrub, pecking at it in the same way as a 
Woodpecker, and took it to be a Nuthatch until I shot it.” 

I showed Mr. Wray’s specimen to my friend Mr. Hargitt, who pro- 
nounced it identical with Himalayan examples. By the discovery of 
the species in the Larut mountains its range to the southward is 
much extended, though it occurred to Dr. Beccari in Sumatra. 


CarpopuaGa BADIA (Raffl.); Hume, Str. F. 1879, p. 67. 


““No. 45. Inrides greyish white; feet and eyes crimson-red. I 
have also collected this Pigeon on the plains near the mangrove- 
swamps in May and June, though it is not by any means common, 
and does not seem to have been noticed by collectors in the Straits, 
Like C. insignis of Hodgson, it appears to descend from the hills to 
the plains during the months of April, May, and June.” 


Macropyia, sp. 


“No. 60. o. Irides pale brown, with an inner ring of white ; 
legs dull lake-red. Only one specimen of this handsome Tree-Dove 
was procured, so it is probably rare. I shot it at upwards of 4000 
feet. 

**Some three years ago I shot a small reddish-brown Dove, about 
9 or 10 inches in length, near the top of the Larut hills, but unfor- 
tunately the skin was not preserved. I also found a nest belonging 
to the same species, which was built of twigs and contained white 
eggs. It was on the top of a small palm tree, about 5 feet from the 
ground. These two species and Carpophaga badia are the only 
representatives of the Columbee which I have seen in the upper parts 
of the mountains.” 

So far as I can see, this Dove is M. fusalia of Hodgson; but I 
must confess that the variations of plumage in this genus require 
more time to work out than I have at present at my disposal. 


444 MR.H.J. ELWES ON NEW [May 3, 


4. Description of some new Lepidoptera from Sikkim. 
By H. J. Exwss, F.Z.8. 


[Received May 3, 1887.] 


The species described in this short paper are from a large collection 
made by myself in the rainy season of 1886, whilst waiting at 
Darjiling for the departure of the Tibet Mission. They will be 
included in a Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Sikkim, of which I 
have nearly completed the first part containing the Rhopalocera, 
and, taken in connection with those now described by Mr. De Nicéville, 
prove that, notwithstanding the great activity which has been shown 
by Messrs. O. Moller, De Nicéville, and Knyvett in that country, 
its very long list of Butterflies is not yet complete. 

I hope to be able to give figures of the new species in my Cata- 
logue of the Lepidoptera of Sikkim. 


LETHE TRISTIGMATA, 0. sp. 


This very distinct insect, of which the male sex only is known, had 
been already distinguished by Mller in 1885 as a new species, and 
was described by Mr. De Nicéville in MS.; but as I found it in 
1886 myself and was about to publish it under the present name, 
Mr. De Nicéville has kindly allowed me to transfer the description 
(which I give below) to my own paper. I took it on Tonglo, from 
about 8500 to 9500 feet, in July, when most of the specimens were 
no longer fresh ; but its time of appearance is in June. It frequents 
open spots in the bamboo-jungle and low dripping forest, and settles 
on the path like other species of Lethe. Though I searched 
carefully I never saw a female: this sex probably remains concealed 
in the thick foliage, in these forests often too dense to allow one to 
go off the path; and I found here, as elsewhere, that a good open 
path is even more essential to success in collecting forest Butterflies 
than it is for plants or birds. 

Mate. Uprersipe: both wings brown, with a golden gloss in 
certain positions. Fore wing with the bar towards the end of the 
cell and the dorsal band of the underside showing through by 
transparency ; asubmarginal series of five small round ochreous spots 
or dots from the costa to the second median interspace ; a diffused 
and indistinct marginal dark band, its outer edge somewhat sharply 
defined. Hind wing with a dark bar defining the discocellular 
nervules, and an obscure discal irregular band; a submarginal series 
of round, equal-sized, somewhat small, black spots, those towards 
the anal angle sometimes absent; two fine dark marginal lines 
enclosing an obscure ochreous line, the inner dark line defined 
inwardly by a pale line. 

UnpErRSIDE: both wings paler, being ochreous brown without 
any gloss. Fore wing with two darker bars crossing the cell beyond 


1887.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SIKKIM. 445 


its middle, enclosing a paler space; a discal irregular dark band, 
with its inner edge diffused, its outer edge sharply defined, its 
direction from the costa to the first median nervule straight, then 
directed inwardly to the submedian nervule, the ground beyond this 
band paler than the rest of the wing; the submarginal subapical 
dots as above but violet-white; a very fine violet-white line, then a 
broad ochreous line, then a fine dark line on the margin. Hind wing 
with an oval ring-spot at the base of the costal interspace, a band in 
continuation across the cell, another band beyond from the costal to 
the median nervure towards the end of the cell, dark brown, out- 
wardly pale ochreous, and very straight; a short irregular band 
from just before the base of the first median nervule towards the 
abdominal margin; a highly irregular discal band, its outer edge 
sharply defined, its inner edge diffused ; beyond which is a series of 
six ocelli, composed of a black centre with a violet-white pupil, an 
ochreous, a dark brown, and a violet ring, the latter ring widest out- 
wardly, the sixth ocellus at the anal angle geminated ; a fine marginal 
violet line, expanding into lunules at the anal angle, two fine dark 
lines beyond the violet line enclosing an ochreous broad line. 

Lethe tristigmata is nearest to L. nicetas, Hewitson ; but the male 
is at once distinguished fram that species in possessing a very 
conspicuous “ male mark” on the upperside of the fore wing just 
beyond the cell, which is composed of more or less wedge-shaped 
clumps of large black scales, placed one below the third median 
nervule, one on each side of the second and first median nervules, and 
one above the submedian nervure, these marks sometimes coalescing 
and forming a continuous band divided only by the veins, 

Expanse 2°3 inches. 


ZOPHOESSA MOLLERI, 0D. sp. 


This species is very nearly allied to Z. jalaurida, de Nicév., but 
differs constantly in the following particulars. The tawny bands and 
markings of the upperside are paler and less defined. Beneath, the 
ocelli of the fore wing are absent, the ground-colour is paler, the 
silvery bands are straighter and broader, and in the outer one, which 
is broadest, the discocellular nervule which it encloses is distinetly 
marked by a brown streak in the silver band, which is free and not 
connected with the brown band next the silver as in Z. jalaurida. I 
found this species mixed with jalaurida, but not so abundant or 
reaching so high an elevation, on the Singalelah range, and did not 
at first recognize its distinctions, which Moller afterwards noticed. 
After comparing 12 fresh specimens with 10 perfectly fresh males 
and 6 females of 7. jalaurida taken with it, and one from the Jalauri 
Pass, I have no hesitation in saying that it is a perfectly distinct 
species, and have much pleasure in naming it after Mr. Moller. The 
two sexes are nearly alike, but the females, of which I only took 
two, are a trifle larger and paler than the males. 


Proc. Zooxr. Soc.—1887, No. XXX. 30 


446 MR. H.J. ELWES ON NEW [May 3, 


CHILADES? PONTIS’, 0. sp. 


Male above dull purplish black with faint green or (in some lights) 
purple reflection, darker towards the body. Fringes alternated with 
black and white. 

Beneath dull grey, with irregular darker markings, which on the 
hind wing coalesce into a blackish patch powdered with grey on the 
inner half of the wing. 

Body black, with grey hairs and palpi. Antennze faintly ringed, 
with a short distinct club. 

Expanse ;8, inch. ’ 

The shape of the hind wing is very peculiar, the costal margin, 
which is straight, forming almost a right angle with the outer 
margin. I know of no other species in which the character is so 
well marked. 

Described from three males (a fourth exists in Godman’s collection 
ex coll. Lidderdale) taken by me on May 27, 1886, on the bridge 
crossing the Rangbi river on the way from Darjeeling to Mongpo, at 
about 6000 feet elevation, in dense dripping evergreen-forest. 

This curious little insect is unlike anything found in India or the 
Himalaya, but has a very near ally in China, which, as it is unde- 
scribed, I will here characterize as follows :— 


CHILADES SINENSIS, Nl. sp. 


Resembles C. pontis, but has a broad border of darker colour 
than the wings, no green reflections, and a rounder apex to the fore 
wing. Beneath, the markings are very similar but more continuous, 
and there is an outer band near the margin of the fore wing not 
found in C. pontis, The dark markings on the hind wing also 
come nearer to the margin. 

Described from a specimen taken by Mr. H. Leech near Ningpo 
in May 1886. This agrees perfectly with several others from 
Kiukiang on the Yangtse river taken by Maries, which have for 
some years been in the collection of the British Museum. 


HypoLyC4&NA VIRGO, Nn. sp. 


Female. Fore wing above black, with a large discal patch of French- 
grey extending to the hind margin inwardly. Hind wing grey 
powdered with black, and becoming dull black on the costal margin, 
with a single narrow black tail tipped white, and a small fuscous lobe 
at anal angle. Fiinges white, narrow towards the apex of fore wing. 

Beneath bright French-grey, with a distinct transverse sinuous 
yellowish band, narrowly edged black on both sides about two thirds 
of the length, not extending quite to the hinder margin ; a short 


1 Tinelude this in the genus Chilades (Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i. p. 71) with 
doubt. It seems, on a superficial examination, to have most affinity to Chilades 
laius, Cram.; but without sacrificing a specimen I cannot be sure that the 
apparent resemblance is real. And many of Moore’s distinctions are so trivial 
that I do not think they can be adopted without an independent study, not only 
of the insects in question, but of the whole of the Eastern Lycenide. 


1887.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SIKKIM. 447 


double-lined bar at the end of the cell and an indistinct outer band 
near the edge. Hind wing with similar bands, of which the first 
extends in the usual broken W to the inner margin, and in addition 
a short band of three blackish spots within the discal bar; at the 
anal angle two blue spots, of which the outer is half black. Antenne 
ringed black and white, with a fuscous tip to the club. Body above 
black, with grey hairs ; pale grey beneath. 

Expanse 1°4 inch. 

Described from a single perfectly fresh female, which I took on 
May 27 in the same place as Chilades pontis. Though I visited 
the spot on several occasions, I never saw another, and the male 
will probably be found earlier in the season. 

Notwithstanding the very numerous species of this group of 
Lycenidz which have been described from Sikkim, I think this 
is so well distinguished by the pattern of the underside that it 
cannot be the female of any known species. 


SATURNIA ROYI, 0. sp. 


Male. Above deep chocolate-brown, witha darker band running from 
near the apex parallel to the margin of fore and hind wings. The upper 
half of the hind wings grey, with an ocellus in the centre composed of 
a small grey pupil, a broad ring of black, a narrow ring of grey, and 
another narrow black ring, the whole being surrounded by a dark 
circle which coalesces with the band crossing the wing. In the 
fore wing is a round membranous but not transparent patch at the 
end of the cell about two iines in diameter; close to the apex is a 
triangular patch of grey scales, a few of which are continued in a 
sinuous line across the fore wing parallel to the margin. 

Beneath, the whole surface is chocolate-brown, with the band as 
above, powdered throughout with grey scales, which take the form 
of a downy fur towards the inner part and are longest on the discal 
area. The pupil only of the ocellus shows on the under surface, and 
the margin is free from grey powdering. Antenne broadly pecti- 
nated. Thorax covered with long chocolate hair, yellowish behind 
the head. Breast covered with long rusty fur; tarsi grey outside. 

Expanse nearly 5 inches. 

Described from a fresh specimen, one of three which were 
taken on Tonglo near Darjeeling, at an elevation of 10,000 feet, by 
Babu Dewan Roy, a Nepalese in the service of the Forest Depart- 
ment, after whom I name this beautiful and distinct species, as a 
recognition of the interest he has shown in the natural history of his 
district, and of the great assistance he has rendered me in collecting 
insects there. 


30* 


448 MR. L. DE NICEVILLE ON NEW OR [May 3, 


5. Descriptions of some new or little-known Butterflies from 
India, with some Notes on the Seasonal Dimorphism 
obtaining in the Genus Melanitis. By Lionet DE 
Nictvitter, F.E.S. 


[Received May 3, 1887.] 
(Plates XXXIX. & XL.) 


LETHE NICETELLA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 5, ¢ .) 

Hab. Sikkim. 

Expanse. S 2 1°8 to 2 inches. 

Mate. Uppersipe: both wings brown, with a brilliant golden- 
bronzy sheen when fresh, the outer margins with a regular band of 
the ground-colour devoid of this gloss. ore wing with a short 
obscure ochreous subapical fascia at the bifurcation of the fourth 
and fifth subcostal nervules. Hind wing with a siubmarginal series 
of five round black spots with pale outer rings, of which the second 
from the apex is the largest, the uppermost and the fourth subequal, 
and the next largest, the third the smallest, though but little smaller 
than the fifth or anal. UNnperstpr: doth wings paler than above. 
Fore wing with an obscure dark bar across the middle of the cell, an 
oblique discal band beyond the cell, prominent at the costa, be- 
coming obsolete towards the anal angle, beyond this band the ground- 
colour is abruptly paler; the subapical fascia as on the upperside, 
but more extended violet-white ; two marginal fine dark lines en- 
closing a line of the ground-colour, the inner one defined with a 
somewhat coarser pale line, all these lines extending from the second 
median nervule to the apex. Hind wing with two basal and two 
discal highly irregular violet lines, the one furthest from the base with 
an irregular dark brown fascia placed outwardly against it; the 
discocellular nervules defined on both sides with a fine violet line ; 
a submarginal series of six ocelli, the first, second (usually), fifth, 
and geminated sixth composed of a black centre with a pure white 
pupil, an ochreous, a dark brown, and an outer violet ring; the 
second (occasicnally), third, and fourth ocelli composed of a small 
dark brown centre with a violet pupil, a violet, a dark brown, and 
an outer violet ring; marginal lines as in the fore wing, but the 
innermost line violet, very prominent towards the anal angle. Cilia 
cinereous, dark brown at the ends of the veins. —FrmMALe. Upprrr- 
SIDE: both wings paler. Fore wing with the discal band of the 
underside showing through. Unpberstpe: both wings also paler. 

L. nicetella may be known from L. nicetas, Hewitson, from Kulu 
and Sikkim, on the underside of the fore wing in both sexes by not 
possessing three small subapical ocelli divided by the discoidal ner- 
vules, and in the discal band being much less prominent (in LZ. nicetas 
it is broadly outwardly defined with ochreous) ; in the hind wing 
in having at least two and often three of the ocelli with small dark 
brown instead of deep black centres (in L. nicetas all the ocelli are 


imp 


hannart 


1 


W.Purkiss lith . 


NEW INDIAN BUTTERFLIES . 


lotr 


Li AS67-PLAL 


NEW INDIAN BUTTERPLIES 


1887. ] LITTLE-KNOWN BUTTERFLIES FROM INDIA. 4419 


similarly formed), and in the outer «iscal violet line having a dark 
brown fascia placed against it (in L. nicetas this fascia is much 
more deeply scalloped and of a rich ochreous colour). 

I have described ZL. nicetella from a large series of males and a 
single female collected in Sikkim by Mr. Otto Moller. In Sikkim, 
judging from the number of specimens before me of each species, 
L. nicetella is much the commoner of the two. 


LETHE TAMUNA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 6, 2.) 


Hab. Little Nicobar. 

Expanse. 2 2°7 inches. 

Femave. Uprersipe: both wings dull dark fulvous. Fore wing 
with the apical half fuscous, bearing two pure white spots below the 
costa, placed midway between the apex and the median ochreous 
band, the upper of the two spots much the smaller, and divided into 
two portions by the fourth subcostal nervule ; below these spots in 
the upper discoidal interspace is an obscure oval black spot; near 
the margin are four bright ochreous lunules placed between the 
veins from the lower discoidal nervule to the inner angle, beyond 
these lunules in each interspace is a fine ochreous line; across the 
disk of the wing, from the middle of the costa to near the inner 
angle, is a broad bright ochreous band, its inner edge nearly straight 
and even, its outer edge produced into points between the veins, the 
lower portion of the band composed of two spots (the lower one 
very small) in the submedian interspace. Hind wing with the ocelli 
of the underside more or less showing through by transparency ; a 
series of bright ochreous lunules with inner dark borders placed 
near the outer margin between the veins, with a darker ochreous 
line beyond. Unpersipe: both wings dull brown. Fore wing 
with a whitish subbasal line crossing the middle of the discoidal cell 
from the subcostal to the submedian nervure; the broad discal band 
as above, but with its edges more even and wider at its lower end; 
beyond it are four ill-shaped ocelli with black pupils dotted with 
white, a pale violet ring, then a browner ring and an outer pale 
violet ring ; the margin marked much as above. Hind wing with a 
subbasal line in continuation of that on the fore wing, not reaching 
the abdominal margin ; a discal series of ocelli placed on a pale 
violet band, which more or less follows their outline; the upper 
ocellus very large, its centre deep black dotted with white, then a 
broad rich ochreous ring, outwardly defined with a fuscous ring ; 
the next largest ocellus is in the first median interspace, with two 
small, equal-sized ocelli in the interspaces above and below it, and 
two very small and indistinct ocelli divided by the discoidal nervule ; 
the bright ochreous ]unules on the margin of the upperside white, 
almost silvery, on the underside. 

Lethe tamuna is a local form of the widely-distributed LZ. europa, 
Fabricius, which cccurs in the Andamans (but is replaced appa- 
rently in the Nicobars by the species under notice), almost through- 
out India (though not in Ceylon), the Malay peninsula and islands, 
and has been recorded from China. JZ. tamuna 2 may be at once 


450 MR. L. DE NICEVILLE ON NEW OR [May 3, 


distinguished from the same sex of ZL. europa by its more tawny 
coloration on the upperside, the discal band bright ochreous instead 
of white, with its outer edge more irregular, and by the underside 
of the hind wing having four well- formed. perfect ocelli; in Z. europa 
the black middle portion of all the ocelli except the upper one is 
entirely disintegrated and broken up into black dots. 

Mr. E. H. Man obtained a single specimen of this interesting 
species on Little Nicobar. 


LETHE GULNIHAL, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 7,3.) 


Hab. Bhutan. 

Expanse. 3 2°45 inches. 

Mate. Uprerstpe: both wings dark brown, with a distinct rich 
vinous gloss. Fore wing unmarked, except that the narrow discal 
band of the underside shows through paler on the upperside, the 
wing being somewhat paler beyond. Hind wing with the four middle 
ocelli of the underside showing through indistinctly. UNpbeERstIDE : 
both wings dull brown without any vinous gloss. Fore wing with a 
short narrow ferruginous line across the middle of the cell, another 
similar one towards its end, the lower discocellular nervule marked 
with ferruginous; a slightly outwardly-curved discal line from the 
subcostal nervure to just below the first median nervule, beyond 
which are four somewhat obscure small perfect ocelli placed between 
the nervules from the upper discoidal to the first median nervule ; 
a fine dark brown marginal line bordered on either side with paler 
and an anteciliary similar dark line. Hind wing with a pair of 
narrow ferruginous lines across the disk from the costal to the sub- 
median nervure, the outer one very irregular; the lower disco- 
cellular nervule marked with ferruginous; a series of six small 
distinct perfect ocelli composed of a black centre with a white pupil, 
a yellow, a black, and lastly a pale violet ring ; the upper ocellus out 
of line, placed furthest from the margin and the largest, the three 
following subequal, the fifth a little larger, but not so large as the 
first, the sixth the smallest of all and geminate; two fine dark 
marginal lines enclosing a fine ochreous line, the imner one. inwardly 
defined with pale lunules. 

The secondary sexual characters (‘‘male marks”’) of ZL. gulnihal 
are very peculiar and interesting. On the upperside of the hind 
wing it possesses the tuft of long black hair which is found in ZL. 
scanda, L. bhairava, L, latiaris, L. minerva, L. sihala, and L. dyn- 
sate; in addition it has a large oval patch of deep black lustrous 
scales, which is bounded above by the first subcostal nervule, partially 
inwardly and beneath by that portion of the subcostal nervure 
between the bases of the first subcostal and discoidal nervules, the 
patch not nearly reaching the margin (this feature oceurs in L. 
bhairava in a somewhat modified form); lastly, the inner margin 
of the fore wing is deeply outwardly bowed, which is a unique 
feature, the bowed portion beneath the submedian nervure clothed 
with differently formed and modified scales to those on the rest 
of the wing, this portion of the wing being clearly defined on 


1887. ] LITTLE-KNOWN BUTTERFLIES FROM INDIA. 451 


the underside by a large deep black oval patch. In Z. bhairava 
there is a large patch of black scales on the inner margin of the 
fore wing on the upperside, but it extends into the submedian inter- 
space. L. gulnihal is nearest to L. bhairava, its markings being 
very similar ; but it is smaller, and the bowed inner margin of the 
fore wing will at once distinguish the males of the two species. 

Two male specimens have been obtained in Bhutan by the native 
collectors of Messrs. Otto Moller and A. V. Knyvett, in whose 
collections the specimens above described are deposited. 


LETHE BRISANDA. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 8, 3.) 


L. brisanda, de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8S. B. vol. lv. pt. ii. p. 249. 
n. I, pl. xi. fig. 13, female (1886). 

Hab. Bhutan. 

Expanse. 3 2°4 inches. 

Mate. Differs from fresh native Sikkim specimens of ZL. dinarbas 
on the UNDERSIDE of the fvure wing in the lilac band across the 
middle of the discoidal cell being much narrower, with uneven 
instead of straight edges ; the discal oblique band lilac throughout, 
straight, and of equal width throughout (in Z. dinarbas the upper 
portion of the band only is lilac, this portion too in that species 
being wider); in having an additional ocellus in the subcostal inter- 
space (in a long series of L. dinarbas before me there are always 
three ocellionly). Onthe Aind wing the discal bands are deep brown 
instead of ferruginous, and the lilac washings throughout much more 
brilliant. 

Should the above-given characters prove constant in a large series 
of specimens, the males of LZ. brisanda and L. dinarbas will be easily 
distinguishable, the latter species being apparently very uniformly 
marked. The females are abundantly distinct. 

A single male has been obtained near Buxa, Bhutan, by Mr. A. 
V. Knyvett’s native collectors. 


MELANITIS BETHAMI, 0. sp. 
Hab. Pachmarhi, Central Provinces, 3500 feet. 


Rainy-season form. 

Expanse. 3 2°8, 2 3 inches. 

Mate. Uprersipre: both wings sooty black. Fore wing with the 
outer margin paler, the apex very slightly truncate, there being a 
small notch only below the lower discoidal nervule, a well-defined 
subcostal nearly round ochreous patch beyond the cell divided into 
three portions by the discoidal nervules. Hind wing unmarked. 
UNDERSIDE: both wings paler than above, densely and evenly 
striated with darker, the outer margin ferruginous. Fore wing with 
four small obscure discal ocelli, of which the two in the second 
median and upper discoidal interspaces are the largest. Hind wing 
with a series of six submarginal ocelli, the second from the apex 
minute, the anal one geminated, the other four subequal and much 


452 MR. L. DE NICEVILLE ON NEW OR [May 3, 


larger—Frmatr. Uppersipe: both wings much paler than in the 
male. Fore wing slightly more truncate than in the male, with the 
whole apical third of the wing ochreous, on which is placed a round 
black spot with a white centre in the second median interspace, with 
one small obsolete ocellus in the interspace below and three above it. 
Hind wing with the outer margin paler, a round black spot with a 
white centre in the first median interspace. UNnpersipe: both 
wings with the ground-colour pale purplish, thickly striated with 
brown. Fore wing with an obscure ochreous fascia before the middle 
of the wing, a more prominent discal one from just beyond the 
middle of the costa directed towards the anal angle, which it does 
not reach; the ocelli as in the male, but rather larger, the outer 
margin broadly ochreous. Hind wing with an outwardly curved 
discal ochreous fascia, its outer margin sharply defined ; the ocelli as 
in the male; the outer margin broadly ochreous. Culia throughout 
blackish in both sexes. 


Dry-season form. 

Hapanse. § 3°3, Q 3°2 to 3°3 inches. 

Mate. Urrersipe: both wings deeper black than in the rains 
form, the outer margins ashy. Fore wing highly falcate; with a 
large rich ochreous, inwardly almost ferruginous, patch, wide at the 
costa, narrowed to a point at the first median nervule, outwardly 
banded by the ashy marginal area, and just extending into the apex 
of the cell. Hind wing unmarked, the tail much longer than in the 
rains form. UNDrERsSIDE very dark, very irregularly striated; all 
the ocelli obsolete. Fore wing with a large wedge-shaped subapical 
pale violet patch, behind which are three obscure straight fascize 
composed of pale mottles. Hind wing with the basal half of the 
wing much darker than the outer half, and sharply defined, 
a patch of ochreous mottles at the end of the cell. The general 
character of the markings of the underside is similar to that of 
M. duryodana, Felder, and as they show but little variation in a 
long series of specimens, I have described them somewhat minutely. 
—Fermae. UprersipE: 60th wings much paler than in the male, 
and somewhat purplish, with no distinct outer ashy margin. ore 
wing even more faleate than in the male, enormously more so than 
in the corresponding sex of the rains form. The apical two thirds 
rich ochreous, extending well into the disccidal cell, and reaching 
the anal angle, enclosing spots as in the female of the rains form, 
but which, however, so far as the two lcwer ones are concerned, are 
variable in size, in one specimen having their black portions much 
lengthened inwardly; the outer margin just mottled with ashy. 
Hind wing with the outer margin narrowly mottled with ferruginous 
and ashy, a small submarginal white dot in the first median inter- 
space (sometimes present in the male), sometimes with another 
smaller one in the interspace above. Unprrsipre:; both wings with 
all the ocelli obsolete and much paler than in the male, being fer- 
ruginous-ochreous, fairly evenly covered with blotches of dark brown 
irrorations ; the fasciee as in the femele of the rains form, but blackish 


1887. | LITTLE-KNOWN BUTTERFLIES FROM INDIA. 453 


instead of ochreous. The markings of the underside of this sex, 
too, seem to be fairly constant in a number of specimens. 

My recent experiments proving by breeding from the egg that 
M., leda and M. ismene are but seasonal forms of one species, and 
the acquisition of both forms of M. bethami, has thrown a flood of 
light into my mind regarding the Butterflies of this difficult genus. 
It may now, I think, be accepted as an axiom that in all tropical 
and subtropical countries in which the year is divided into two well- 
marked seasons, a dry and a wet, the Melanites that occur there 
will also have two well-marked forms,—a rains form, with slightly 
faleated fore wing, short tail to hind wing, and prominent ocelli on 
both wings on the underside; and a dry-season form, which has the 
fore wing highly faleate, a long tail to hind wing, and obsolete ocelli 
below. In the ‘ Lepidoptera of Ceylon,’ in addition to M. leda 
and M. ismene (one species), Mr. Moore records only M. tambra; 
but in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, is a specimen marked by Mr. 
Moore himself ‘‘ AZ. suyudana,” which certainly differs from the 
form Mr. Moore has figured and described as M. tambra. I possess 
in all six specimens of this group from Ceylon, and though they 
present but slight variation in the size of the ocelli (it should be 
remembered that Ceylon has a very equable climate throughout the 
year), there is a well-marked difference in outline, what I should 
call M. ¢ambra being the rains form, and M. suyudana the dry- 
season form. In Sikkim we have, besides W. Jeda and M. ismene, 
M. zitenius, of which Herbst has figured the dry-season form and 
Mr. Distant’ the rains form; and M. aswa, Moore, the strongly 
ocellated rains form, and M. bela, Moore, and M. duryodana (the 
two latter I now believe to be but varieties of one form), the dry- 
season form of a third species. 

An intimate knowledge of the species of Melanitis occurring in 
other parts of the Old World, to be obtained only by living amongst 
them and carefully noting their different forms and the seasons when 
they occur, and by breeding them from the egg, would, I feel sure, 
reveal the fact of the seasonal dimorphism which occurs in all the 
species of the genus, and I trust that notice being now drawn to the 
subject, collectors and entomologists will devote attention to it. 

To return to M. bethami, I have described the rains form from a 
pair taken on the 8th August, and the dry-season form from five 
pairs taken between the 15th and 27th October at Pachmarhi, by 
Mr. J. A. Betham, after whom I have much pleasure in naming the 
species. 


CYLLOGENES JANETA, N. sp. 


Hab. Bhutan. 

Expanse. 3 3:5, 2 3°55 inches. 

Mate. Upprersipe: both wings deep dull brown, almost black. 
Fore wing with a broad rich ochreous curved subapical band, 
attenuated towards the anal angle, which it hardly reaches, the rich 


‘ Rhopalocera Malayana, p. £12. n. 3, pl. xxxviii. fig. 2, G (1886). 


454 MR. L. DE NICEVILLE ON NEW OR [May 3, 


ochreous colour extending along the first median nervule for a short 
distance ; cilia black. Hind wing with the outer margin somewhat 
broadly ochreous, sprinkled with dark-brown or blackish irrorations ; 
cilia black, tipped with white on the three upper indentations 
between the veins. UNprERsIDE: both wings very variegated, the 
ground-colour apparently being ochreous, thickly irrorated with 
dark-brown striz; a discal obscure purplish fascia, inwardly bounded 
bya dark line. Fore wing with three short subcostal bands reaching 
the middle of the cell, and a broader subapical one, ochreous (these 
fascize are formed by those portions of the ground being free from 
irrorations), an obscure purplish patch at the apex, an irregular 
series of five round violet-white spots placed between the veins mid- 
way between the cell and the outer margin, the two in the median 
interspaces large, the other three very small. Hind wing with the 
inner edge of the black discal line marked with an ochreous bar at 
the costa, the outer margin showing more of the ochreous ground- 
colour than the rest of the wing; five discal violet-white spots 
between the veins, the three lower ones large, the two upper small, 
the lower ones surrounded by a black ring, the spot in the first 
median interspace the largest of all—Frmate. UprersipE: fore 
wing with the subapical band broader, richer-coloured, and extending 
along the costa; the black apical patch crossed by yellow veins; the 
median nervules also marked with yellow near the band. Hind wing 
with the outer margin richer ochreous. UNpbrrstpE much paler ; 
the darker irrorations far less dense ; no trace of the diffused pur- 
plish fascize. 

I have placed this species somewhat doubtfully in the genus 
Cyllogenes, the chief recorded structural character of which is the 
presence of a large deep black patch in the male, this ‘ sexual 
mark” being entirely absent in my species, the sexes being prac- 
tically marked alike. C. janete@ is, however, much more closely 
allied to C. swradeva, Moore (hitherto the type and only species in 
the genus), than to any other described species, the yellow band on 
the fore wing and the upperside being a striking feature, which is 
common to both species. On the underside the blind ocellated spots 
are precisely similar in both species ; and the purplish fascize on the 
underside of the male of C. janete is of the same tint as obtains on 
the upperside of both sexes of C. suradeva. The truncation of the 
apex of the fore wing in both sexes of C. janete (more especially in 
the male) is a good structural character by which to separate the 
two species in both sexes. It agrees also structurally with Cyllogenes 
suradeva in the almost similar extraordinary character which obtains 
also in the genus Parantirrhea of Wood-Mason, and which for 
Cyllogenes has not hitherto been noticed, viz.: in the male the three 
median nervules of the fore wing are considerably further apart at 
their apices than in the female, owing to the fact that the lower one 
has to supply the place normally taken by the submedian nervure, 
as it reaches the outer margin but a very short distance anterior to 
the anal angle; while the submedian nervure is very short, slightly 
sinuous, and reaches the inner margin at considerably less than half 


1887.] LITTLE-KNOWN BUTTERFLIES FROM INDIA. 455 


the length of the margin from the base. In the female, however, 
the median nervules and submedian nervure are quite normal, the 
neuration being very similar to that of Melanitis. 

Described from two male examples in the collection of Mr. A. V. 
Knyvett (after whose wife I have named it), and a female in that of 
Mr. Otto Moller. 


EUTHALIA DUDA. 


E. duda, Staudinger, Ex. Schmett. part i. p. 152, pl. lii., male 
(1886). 

Hab. Near Buxa, Bhutan; Sikkim. 

Expanse. 9 4:5 inches. 

Femate. Uprersipe: fore wing differs from the same sex of 
E. durga, Moore, which also occurs in the same locality, in the four 
white spots between the veins beyond the discoidal cell being much 
smaller, their inner ends excavated ; the lowest one in the lower 
discoidal interspace the smallest and most deeply excavated, and 
shifted outwards, thus breaking the line of the spots ; the four spots 
from the third median nervule to the inner margin also much smaller, 
the two lower ones with their outer edges highly diffused instead of 
having them sharply defined. Hind wing with the discal white 
band narrower, its outer edge not defined with a line of the ground- 
colour as in #. durga; its inner edge much more even ; the diffused 
fascia immediately beyond it bluish purple instead of green. Un- 
DERSIDE: fore wing with the black increasing submarginal band 
springing posteriorly from the two apical white spots twice as wide ; 
the discal macular band on both wings as on the upperside. 

A single female of this quite distinct species was obtained by Mr. 
A. V. Knyvett’s native collectors near Buxa. 

Since my description was written, I have received Dr. O. Staudin- 
ger’s work quoted above ; and from it I learn that he has described 
this species from two male specimens from Sikkim, collected many 
years ago by the late W. S, Atkinson. 


CATAP@CILMA DELICATUM, N. sp. 


C. bubases, de Nicéville (nec Hewitson), Journ. A.S. B. vol. liv. 
pt. ii. p. 118, pl. ii. figs. 11, male, 1, female (1885). 

Through the kindness of Mr. W. L. Distant in sending me an 
advance copy of the figure of the true C. bubases, Hewitson, which 
is shortly to appear in the final part of his ‘ Rhopalocera Malayana,’ 
I am at once enabled to see that Hewitson’s description of his species 
does not apply to the species which occurs in Sikkim, but to which 
it is somewhat closely allied. When redescribing and figuring 
this species I was very uncertain whether or no to give it a name, 
and wrote :—‘‘ Hewitson’s description of C. dubases is very meagre ; 
a comparison of his Malaccan female type with Sikkim specimens 
may disclose specific differences.” This latter conjecture turns out 
to be a correct one, so I name the Sikkim species C. delicatum. 


456 MR. L. DE NICEVILLE ON NEW OR [ May 3 


CHERITRELLA, nov. gen. 


Fore wInG with the costal margin slightly and regularly arched ; 
the outer margin highly truncated from the apex to the termination 
of the third median nervule, this truncated portion, moreover, being 
concave ; below the third median nervule to the inner angle the 
margin is nearly straight and oblique ; czner margin straight. “Costal 
nervure very short, not nearly reaching to opposite the apex of the 
cell; the first, second, and third subcostal nervules at regular dis- 
tances apart before the origin of the upper discocellular nervule, the 
fourth springing from the third about the middle of its length ; 
upper discocellular nervule directed outwards, middle and lower 
upright and concave; the bases of the second and third median 
nervules half the distance apart of the bases of the second and first ; 
submedian nervure straight. Hinp wine with the costal margin 
strongly arched at the base, thence to apex nearly straight; outer 
margin to base of long tail at termination of first median nervule 
straight but waved from thence to anal lobe at right angles ; abdo- 
minal margin strongly convex at base and highly excavated above 
the anal lobe? a short tail at termination of submedian nervure. 
Costal nervure strongly arched at base, afterwards nearly straight ; 
first subcostal nervule originating some little distance before apex of 
cell, nearly straight; discocellular nervules of nearly equal length, 
concave, outwar dly oblique, the origin of the third median nervule 
at the lower end of the cell, the second just before its end, that of 
the first being fully four times as distant from that of the second as 
is the latter from’ the third ; submedian nervure nearly straight ; 
internal nervure very short, ending on the abdominal margin above 
the deep excavation, and highly sinuous. 

Nearest to Ticherra, with which it agrees in having no secondary 
sexual characters in the male, in the neuration of the hind wing; 
also in the length and position of the tails, the anal lobe, and the 
deep excavation above it, but differs from it in the truncation of the 
fore wing, the costal nervure terminating long before the apex of the 
cell, and the fourth subcostal nervule splinging from the third about 
its middle instead of considerably nearer the apex. 


CHERITRELLA TRUNCIFENNIS, 0. 8p. (Plate XXXIX. figs. 4, 3 ; 
3, 2.) 

Hab, Sikkim. 

Expanse. 3 1°5 to 1°6, 2 1°45 inch. 

Mate. UprrersipE: both wings black. Fore wing with all but the 
costa narrowly, and the outer margin broadly deep dull purple, with 
a very slight gloss in certain positions. Hind wing with a large 
brilliantly “iridescent, rich bright steel-blue’ patch from the base of 
the wing, not reaching the outer mar gin, anteriorly bounded by the 
costal nervure, extending into the upper portion of the discoidal 


1 Very similar to the colour exhibited in the male of Jamides bochus, Cramer, 
on the upperside, but not quite so brilliant, and more purple in shade rather 
than blue. 


1887.] LITTLE-KNOWN BUTTERFLIES FROM INDIA. 457 


cell and into the upper portion of the second median interspace ; 
the anal lobe and short tail beyond it deep ferruginous; the long 
tail becoming white towards its termination, pure white at its tip ; 
an obscure round black spot between the bases of the two tails. Un- 
DERSIDE : both wings umber-brown, Fore wing witha darker brown 
pair of lines across the middle of the discoidal cell, another pair 
enclosing the discocellular nervules, a discal irregular fascia from 
the costa to the first median nervule, very broad and dark posteriorly, 
a submarginal series of dark dots between the veins, the inner margin 
very broadly pale fuscous without markings. Hind wing more or 
less covered with fuscous, dark brown, and umber fasciz and spots, 
the most conspicuous of which are two black spots in the subcostal 
interspace, a ring-spot at the middle, and an oblong one at the end 
of the cell, a very dark oblique band from the middle of the abdo- 
minal margin to the middle of the wing, a discal irregular fascia 
recurved upwards to the:abdominal margin, and a marginal dark 
fascia more or less sprinkled with whitish scales towards the anal 
angle.—Fema.e. Uprerstpre: fore wing with the purple area in 
the male replaced by a smaller pale blue patch, leaving the apical 
half of the wing and the outer margin at the anal angle black, a dif- 
fused white spot at the end of the cell and another beyond it divided 
by the second median nervule into two portions. Hind wing also 
pale blue, all except the costa widely and the outer margin decreas- 
ingly, which are black. UnNnberstpe: doth wings paler than in the 
male, but similarly marked. Cilia pale ferruginous throughout. 

There are single males of this very beautiful species in the collec- 
tions of Major Marshall and Messrs. Otto Moller and A. V. Knyvett, 
and a single female in that of Mr. Moller, all of them taken in 
Sikkim, Mr. Moller’s specimens in June. It is quite unlike any 
species known to me. 


TICHERRA, nov. gen. 


Closely allied to Cheritra, Moore, but differs in the male in the 
absence of the secondary sexual characters on the costal margin of 
the hind wing on the upperside ; the fourth subcostal nervule of the 
fore wing springing from the third much nearer its apex, conse- 
quently being shorter ; the cell of the hind wing longer, the disco- 
cellular nervules being much more awkwardly oblique. 

Type Ticherra acte, Moore. 


TicHeRRA ACTE. (Plate XL. fig. 5,3.) 


Myrina acte, Moore, Horsfield & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. 
vol. i. p. 47. n. 77, female (1857); id. Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., 
Lycenide, p. 30. n. 10, pl. xii. figs. 8, 9, male, wet-season form 
(1863). 

Dry-season form. 


Mate and Femate. Unpersipe: both wings differ from the 
typical rainy-season form of the species in the ground-colour being 
cinnamon-brown instead of rich ochreous-orange ; the markings in 


458 MR. L. DE NICEVILLE ON NEW OR [May 3, 


the cells and the fine linear discal fasciz are also much more 
prominent. 

Described from specimens from Sikkim, Assam (Shillong), and 
the Dafla Hills. I considered these specimens at first to constitute 
a species distinct from 7’. acte, but Mr. Otto Moller pointed out to 
me that all his dated specimens with the orange underside were 
captured in Sikkim during the rainy months, while all those with 
brown-coloured undersides were taken in either the spring or 
autumn, so I have but little doubt that this is another case of the 
extensive seasonal dimorphism which takes place in many of the 
Lycenide occurring in the oriental tropical and subtropical regions. 


TAaJURIA ISTROIDEA, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 3, 2.) 

Hab. Sikkim. 

Expanse. 9 1°45 inch. 

Femate. Uprersipe: both wings deep black. Cilia greyish 
fuscous. Fore wing with the disk and base rich blue, with hardly 
any gloss. Hind wing with the disk and base also rich blue, out- 
wardly nearly to the margin sprinkled with blue scales between the 
veins ; an anteciliary fine blue line from the anal angle to the third 
median nervule; anal lobe rufous, with a black centre sprinkled 
with white scales; tails black, tipped with white. UNpbERSIDE: 
both wings rufescent or cinnamon-coloured ; cilia of the colour of 
the ground. Fore wing with a prominent, slightly outwardly 
curved, discal line of a deeper shade of red than the ground, out- 
wardly defined by brilliant white, this line does not quite touch the 
costa, and ends posteriorly at the submedian nervure ; a submar- 
ginal indistinct somewhat macular fascia. Hind wing with the 
discal band as in the fore wing, its upper portion as far as the third 
median nervule straight, below highly zigzag, and curved upwards 
to the abdominal margin; the submarginal fascia as in the fore 
wing, ending in a small round deep black spot, broadly surrounded 
with ferruginous in the first median interspace; the anal lobe 
entirely occupied by a large round deep black spot, crowned with a 
very few greenish-silvery scales; the area between the two spots 
and beyond the anterior one as far as the third median nervule 
thickly irrorated with black and white scales ; a fine black anteciliary 
line from the anal angle to the third median nervule, defined on both 
sides by an equally fine pure white line. 

Most nearly allied to Iolaus ister of Hewitson', from “ India,” but 
differing therefrom in its broader wings, the apex of the fore wing 
less acute, the outer margin convex, the blue coloration of the 
upperside deeper and richer in shade and confined to the basal and 
discal areas of the wings (all these are female characters) ; the mark- 
ings of the underside much the same, but the discal line on the fore 
wing considerably further from the margin, rather less so on the 
hind wing. I have described this species with some hesitation, 
solely owing to the fact that Hewitson, in describing I. ister, seems 


1 Til. Diurn., Lep., Lycenide, p. 43. n. 13, pl. xix. figs. 15, 16, female (1865). 


1887.] LITTLE-KNOWN BUTTERFLIES FROM INDIA. 459 


to have gone out of his way to emphasize the fact that his species is 
a female ; judging from his figure alone, I shonld have said that it 
was taken from a male, and that my specimen (which is unquestion- 
ably a female) was of the opposite sex. The matter must remain in 
abeyance till some one will examine the sex of Hewitson’s type. 

Described from a single example in the collection of Mr. Otto 
Moller. 


TAJURIA ALBIPLAGA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. figs. 1, 5; 2, 9.) 


Hab. Sikkim. 

Expanse. 3 1:5, 2 1°6 inch. 

Mate. Uprrrersipe: both wings cerulean blue with hardly any 
gloss ; cilia grey throughout. Fore wing with the costa bounded 
posteriorly by the subcostal nervure, the apex broadly (including 
the anterior portion of the cell) and the outer margin decreasingly to 
the anal angle black. Hind wing with the costal margin and apex 
light fuscous, the two fine tails black, tipped with white, a fine 
anteciliary black line. UNbeErRstpE: both wings grey, of the same 
shade as in 7. jehana, Moore!; a prominent narrow, straight, dark 
line on the discocellular nervules. Fore wing with a similar discal 
line not reaching the costa anteriorly, touching the submedian ner- 
vure posteriorly; beyond this line is a somewhat similar, but indi- 
stinct line. Hind wing with a discal line much as in the fore wing, 
but reaching the costa and recurved to the abdominal margin, the 
upper portion straight as far as the third median nervule, below this 
the line is formed of outwardly convex Junules; beyond the discal 
line is an obso'ete submarginal line as in the fore wing; a small 
deep black round spot in the first median interspace, close to the 
margin and another on the small anal lobe, both outwardly margined 
with pale yellow; no secondary sexual characters.—FEMALE larger, 
both wings broader, the apex of the tore wing less acute. Upprr- 
sipE: both wings of a slightly darker shade of blue than in the 
male; czdia white throughout. Fore wing with a large quadrate 
diffused white patch on the disk, its inner margin well defined by 
the discocellular nervules, and that portion of the median nervure 
between the bases of the first and second median nervules. UNpbrEr- 
s1DE marked exactly as in the male. 

Near to Tajuria dizus, Hewitson*, from Sikkim, but the blue 
coloration of the upperside is much lighter; the discal line on the 
underside of the fore wing in 7. dieus is much straighter, its 
edges more even, and it increases in width to the costa, which it 
quite reaches ; the colour of all the lines being somewhat rufous 
also in that species. In 7. dieus female, which sex I have not 
seen, there is a submarginal band of brown spots on the upper- 
side of the hind wing. 7. albiplaga is also allied to T. jehana*, 
Moore, but the sexes of the former differ considerably, while in the 


1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 529, pl. xlix. fig. 7. 

? Lolaus dieus, Ul. Diurn. Lep., Lycenide, p. 45. n. 17, pl. xx. figs. 27, 28, 
3, 26, 2 (1865). 

3 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 529, pl. xlix. fig. 7. 


460 MR. L. DE NICEVILLE ON NEW OR [May 3, 


latter they are described as being nearly alike. The three black 
marginal spots from the anal lobe on the upperside of the hind wing 
are also absent in 7’. aléiplaga in both sexes. 

A single pair of this very distinct species is in Mr. Otto Moller’s 
collection. 


TAJURIA MELASTIGMA, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 1, d.) 

Hab. Sikkim, Nilgiris. 

Expanse. & 1°5 inch. 

Mate. Uppersrpe: both wings cerulean blue’. Fore wing 
with the costal, the apical half of the wing, and the outer margin 
decreasingly to the anal angle black; a large quadrate shining 
black “ sexual mark” on the disk, bounded on two sides by the 
discocellular nervules and the first median nervule. Hind wing 
with the outer margin very narrowly black, widening at the apex ; 
the abdominal margin whitish ; the anal lobe and inner tail dull 
reddish, the outer tail black, both tails tipped with white. UNper- 
stipe: Joth wings dull pinkish. Fore wing with the inner margin 
somewhat broadly greyish; a discal straight narrow deep Indian- 
red line, outwardly defined with whitish, from near the costa to the 
submedian nervure; an extremely obscure pale fascia near the 
margin. Hind wing with the discal line in continuation of that on 
the fore wing, the portion between the median nervules very irre- 
gular, from the third median nervule oblique to the abdominal 
margin; the anal lobe marked with a rust-red spot, crowned 
obscurely with orange; a smaller very obseure spot on the first 
median interspace, between which the ground is obscurely sprinkled 
with white scales; two indistinct series of dark spots between the 
veins above the second median nervule on the margin; an ante- 
ciliary fine dark line. Crlia fuscous throughout. Body blue above, 
pale red below, whitish at the sides. 

T. melastigma has no secondary male sexual characters between 
the wings, and so far as I am aware the peculiar shining black 
quadrate patch on the disk of the fore wing on the upperside is 
unique amongst Indian Lyczenide. Judging from Hewitson’s 
figure alone it is closely allied to his Jolaus ister, the type of which 
is from ‘India,’ and is a female; TJ. melastigma may be the 
hitherto unknown opposite sex of that species. 

The type and only perfect specimen of 7’. melastigma is in the 
collection of Mr. Otto Mdller. I have received a single male fore 
wing of this species from Mr. G. F. Hampson, collected in the 
Nilgiri Hills, South India. 


ZEPHYRUS PAVO, un. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 11, 2.) 

Hab. Bhutan. 

Expanse. Q 1°35 inch. 

Femare. Upperstpe: both wings black. Fore wing with the 
costa somewhat widely, the apical third of the wing, and the outer 


1 Of almost the exact shade of the common “ Polyommatus” cleohis of 
Godart. 


1887. | LITTLE-KNOWN BUTTERFLIES FROM INDIA. 461 


margin at the anal angle black, the rest of the wing rich peacock- 
purple ; a quadrate spot beyond the end of the cell and an elongated 
one beyond and below it in the second median interspace, orange. 
Cilia black. Hind wing unmarked, the tail tipped with white. 
Cilia white, tipped with black, except at the termination of the 
veins from the second median to the second subcostal nervule, where 
the cilia are entirely white. UnNnprErsipEe brownish fuscous. Fore 
wing with the discocellular nervule defined with a white line on 
each side, an obscure darker broad discal fascia outwardly defined 
with a narrow white line from the costa to the first median nervule, 
beyond which the wing is sprinkled with pale violet scales ; another 
dark fascia from near the anal angle, decreasing in width from the 
inner margin to the third median uervule, where it becomes obli- 
terated, also outwardly defined with a whitish line. Hind wing 
sprinkled almost throughout with pale violet scales ; a broad irre- 
gularly wedge-shaped discal fascia, free of violet sprinkling, broad 
on the costa, narrowing to a bluntly rounded point above the anal 
angle, its margins defined with a fine violet-white line; another 
similar fascia beyond, inwardly defined with violet-white lunules ; 
two subbasal ring-spots, one of which is with the discoidal cell, and 
a pair of lines on the abdominal margin, all violet-white ; an oval 
black spot in the first median interspace, surrounded by a deep 
orange ring; a deep orange patch at the anal angle extending a 
short distance up the abdominal margin; a fine anteciliary dark 
line, inwardly defined by a white line. 

Zephyrus pavo is nearly allied to the Z. katura of Hewitson’, 
that species being probably the female of Z. ataxus, Doubleday and 
Hewitson, but differs on the upperside of the fore wing in having 
the basal area of a richer shade of purple, of greater extent, and not 
divided by the black veins; on the underside the silvery bands in 
Z. katura are replaced in Z. pavo by violet irrorations ; they also 
differ in other minor particulars. 

The type specimen is unique, and is deposited in Mr. A. V. 
Knyvett’s collection, by whose native collectors it was obtained near 
Buxa in Bhutan. 


Rapala DISTORTA, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 6, 2 .) 

Hab. Sikkim. 

Expanse. 9 1°6 inch. 

Femae. UprersipE: both wings almost black, somewhat paler 
on the hind wing. Fore wing with all but the costa widely, the 
apex and outer margin still more widely (which are of the ground- 
colour), rich bluish purple. Hind wing with a lengthened discal 
patch of bluish purple, which occupies the lower half of the discoidal 
cell and extends beyond it into the discoidal and median interspaces, 
but does not nearly reach the outer margin. Tail dull ferruginous, 
tipped with white. Unprersipe: both wings dull ferruginous or 
cinnamon-coloured, glossed with vinous. Fore wing with a narrow 

 Dipsas katwra, Hewitson, Ill, Diurn. Lep., Lycenide, p. 65. n. 4, pl. xxvi. 
figs. 1, 2, female (1865). 

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1887, No. XXXI. 31 


462 MR. L. DE NICEVILLE ON NEW OR [May 3, 


white discal line formed of short lunules between the veins, that 
portion below the first median nervule shifted inwards; a double 
submarginal series of short white lines, more diffused than the discal 
line, placed between the veins, which give the appearance of six 
increasing spots of the ground-colour defined with white. Hind 
wing with a discal white line as in the fore wing, but much more 
distorted and irregular ; an obscure similar basal line, and a sub- 
marginal very dentate one ; the area beyond the latter irrorated wit) 
whitish, including an obscure rounded ferruginous spet in the firss 
median interspace ; a fine white anteciliary line obsolete anteriorly. 
Cilia brownish ferruginous throughout. 

Allied to Rapala amisena, Hewitson, who describes and figures 
the female’, while Mr. Distant figures the opposite sex*, from 
Singapore. Differs from the same sex of that species, judging fi ™ the 
figure and description only, in having the purple area of the upper- 
side of the fore wing of less extent and sharply defined (in R, 
amisena it appears to be suffused over nearly the whole wing, with 
no sharp edges), and on the underside of both wings in the markings 
being fewer and white throughout, instead of dark fuscous, with no 
trace of the dull light-blue irroration at the anal angle of the hind 
wing, with a lunular black spot between the tails, described by 
Hewitson as oceurring in his Ambélypodia amisena. 

Mr. Otto Mller took two female specimens of R. distorta on 
22nd March, in Sikkim, at about 1500 feet altitude. 


NILASERA WIMBERLEY], 0. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 4, 2.) 


Hab. South Andaman Isles. 

Expanse. 2 1°65 inch. 

Femave. Urrersipe: both wings rich cerulean blue. Fore 
wing with the costa as far as the subcostal nervure, the apex, and 
outer margin widely black. Hind wiug with the costal and outer 
margin less broadly black, that colour ascending a short distance 
into the blue colour between the veins; tail black, tipped with 
white. UNnpersIDE: both wings pale olivaceous. Fore wing with 
a round spot at the base, an oval one at the middle, and a quadrate 
one at the end of the cell, with a small one between these two latter 
placed on the subcostal nervure; a spot at the base of the first 
median interspace, and another quadrate one in the middle of the 
submedian interspace ; a discal regular macular band composed of 
six conjoined spots from the costa to the first median nervule, its 
inner edge almost straight, its outer edge scalloped; a submarginal 
macular band very prominent about its middle: all these markings 
fuscous, outwardly defined with sordid white; a fine black ante- 
ciliary line. Hind wing with the usual spots and bands, the chief 
of which are two series of four round spots, each towards the base, 
an elongated spot closing the cell, and a much broken discal macular 


1 Amblypodia amisena, Hewitson, Cat. Lyceenide B. M. p. 13. n. 62, pl. vii. 
figs. 74, 78, female (1862). 

* Rapala amisena, Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 277. n. 1, pl. xxiii, fig. 18, male 
(1885). 


1887.] LITTLE-KNOWN BUTTERFLIES FROM INDIA. 463 


band; all these spots composed of a pale centre, then a narrow black 
line, outwardly defined with a pale line; beyond the discal macular 
band is a fuseous diffused fascia, outwardly defined from the abdo- 
minal margin to the second median nervule by a pale lunular line ; 
in the next two interspaces the fuscous fascia almost reaches the 
margin and encloses two of the pale lunules; a series of black mar- 
ginal lunules between the veins; a fine anteciliary black line; the 
very small anal lobe with a deep black round spot, with a few obso- 
lete silvery scales crowning it ; a few also in the two next interspaces. 
Cilia of the colour of the ground throughout. 

Apparently nearest to the Amblypodia ocrida of Hewitson', from 
which it differs in the colour of the upperside, that species being 
“silvery cerulean blue ;” there also appears to be some difference 
in the details of the markings of the underside. 

i have named this species after Mr. R. Wimberley, who captured 
two specimens of this beautiful species in the South Andamans, 
together with several other species which had not been previously 
obtained on those islands, not the least interesting of which is a 
female specimen of the Deudorix smilis of Hewitson, described 
ambiguously from “ East India.” 


IsOTEINON FLAVALUM, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 10, 3.) 


Hab. Sikkim. 

Expanse. 3 1:2 inch. 

Mate. Urrersipe: both wings dark brown. Fore wing with 
three small subapical increasing spots, the upper one minute; a 
small quadrate spot at the lower ‘outer end of the cell, an elongated 
one at the base of the second median interspace, a much larger 
quadrate one below it and placed nearer the base of the wing in the 
first median interspace, all semitransparent diaphanous ochreous. 
Hind wing with the middle of the disk clothed with long greenish- 
ochreous hairs. Cilia cinereous throughout. Unperstpe : fore 
wing also dark brown, the spots as above, the costa narrowly and 
the apex widely (but not reaching the anal angle or the outer mar- 
gin) yellow. Hind wing yellow throughout except the outer mar gin, 
which is increasingly dark brown, widening to the anal angle ; 
conspicuous though small black spot on the discoidal cell, fire 
smel! dark-brown 1 ring-spots placed very close together below it, and 
a fourth minute black spot well separated from the others towards 
the apex. No secondary male sexual characters. Head and body 
above dark brown, below with legs yellow. Antenne black, the 
club tipped beneath with white. 

This pretty and very distinct little species is nearest allied to Iso- 
teinon satwa, mihi*, but is abundantly distinct ; the underside has 
no purple washing, and on the hind wing the yellow coloration 
occupies nearly the entire surface; in J. satwa it is confined to the 
anterior half of the wing. 


1 Til. Diurn. Lep., Lycenide, p. 14 b. n. 80, pl. iii. a. figs. 38, 39 (1869) ; from 
Mindanao, one of the Phippne Islands. 
2 Journ. A. 8, B. vol. lii. pt. 2, p. 86. n. 31, pl. x. fig. 15, maze (1883), 
oo hes 


464 MR. L. DE NICEVILLE ON NEW OR [May 3. 


Described from a single specimen in the collection of Mr. Otto 
Moller. 


Havre wonoret, nu. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 8, 2.) 


Hab. Pulni Hills, South India. 

Expanse. 2 1°5 inch. 

Femace. Uprersipe: both wings fuscous. Fore wing with the 
base clothed with yellow hair-like scales, more or less forming 
streaks between the veins; a large rhomboidal spot at the outer end 
of the discoidal cell, two elongated ones, the upper twice the size of 
the lower, in the median interspaces, two or three subapical conju- 
gated increasing spots, all semitransparent glistening yellow. Hind 
wing with all but the costal margin as far as the second subcostal 
nervule and the outer margin somewhat narrowly and the abdominal 
margin clothed with long yellow setze ; a large discal yellow patch 
beyond the cell divided by the dark nervules and enclosing a blackish 
dot in the second median interspace. UNpersipe: fore wing black, 
all except the costal margin increasingly, the apex widely and the 
outer margin decreasingly, which are yellowish ochreous; the semi- 
transparent spots as above, with two additional somewhat diffused 
opaque spots placed one above the other near the middle of the 
submedian interspace, which appears in a somewhat constricted form 
on the upperside in one specimen. Hind wing yellowish ochreous 
throughout ; a black spot at the end of the cell, and about six 
between the veins outside the cell; some obscure submarginal 
blackish spots; the abdominal margin and a streak in the sub- 
median interspace black. 

The markings of this species remind one at once of those of 
Plastingia noémi, mihi’; but there is only one spot in the cell of 
the fore wing, and the yellow patch in the hind wing is larger in the 
species now described. 

Described from somewhat worn specimens collected by Father 
D. Honoré, 8.J., in the Pulni Hills of South India. 


PLESIONEURA FLAVOCINCTA,n.sp. (Plate XL. fig. 9, 9.) 


Hab. Bhutan. 

Expanse. 3 2°3, 2 2:7 inches. 

Mate. Uprersipe: doth wings black. Fore wing with the 
base (all except a round spot in the submedian interspace just 
beyond the origin of the first median nervule and touching it) 
thickly clothed with large tawny scales; a quadrate transverse spot 
beyond the middle of ‘the cell, five conjoined subapical quadrate 
spots divided by the veins, the two lower ones shifted outwards, a 
narrow linear spot in the second median interspace, a quadrate one 
equal in size to that in the cell in the first median interspace, two 
much smaller ones placed obliquely (in one specimen conjoined in 
the right-hand wing) in the submedian interspace, all semi-dia- 
phanous pale ochreous white. Cilia black, all except a small portion 
on the submedian interspace, which is yellow. Hind wing with 


» Journ. A. S. B, vol. liv. pt. 2, p. 120, pl. ii. fig. 15, ¢ (1885). 


1887.] LITTLE-KNOWN BUTTERFLIES FROM INDIA. 465 


numerous more or less quadrate large orange spots disposed over the 
disk ; the base of the wing clothed with long fur-like orange setze. 
Cilia broadly orange, just marked with black at the end of the 
veins. UNDERSIDE: fore wing with the ground-colour paler, the 
spots as above, the inner margin below the submedian nervure 
ochreous, with two obscure ochreous diffused spots placed one above 
the other near the base of the wing in the submedian interspace. 
Hind wing with the colour of the ground apparently reversed, being 
orange, leaving a broad irregular black outer margin ; a large black 
spot at the end of the cell, and a series of eight black spots placed 
one in each interspace (except the uppermost and lowest interspaces, 
which have two each) round the cell. Head black, marked with 
whitish at the base of the antennze. Antenne with the shaft above 
and club entirely, except the tip, creamy white, the shaft below and 
tip of club black. Palpi whitish, marked anteriorly with three 
black lines, which meet at the apex. Thoraw clothed above with long 
ferruginous sete. 4bdomen black, ringed with orange-—FeMALe. 
Differs only from the male in being larger. 

P. flavocincta is the largest species of the genus described from 
India. It is most nearly allied to P. pulomaya, Moore, and P. su- 
mitra, Moore; but differs from both in the very large size of the 
orange spots on the hind wing on the upperside, these spots on the 
underside coalescing and occupying the greater portion of the wing, 
thus reducing the black ground-colour of the upperside to a band 
on the outer margin and to nine discal spots; in the two species 
just mentioned there is no tendency to this feature, the orange 
spots being all comparatively small and well separated, and the base 
of the wing is black. The cilia in P.flavocincta are also very much 
broader, and orange throughout, except the bases of those cilia at 
the termination of the veins on the hind wing, which are black. 

Described from a pair in the collection of Mr. A. V. Knyvett and 
a single male in that of Mr. Otto Moller, all of which were 
obtained near Buxa, Bhutan, by the native collectors of those 
gentlemen. 


PARNARA PAGANA, n. Sp. (Plate XL. fig. 7, 3.) 


Hab. Sikhim. 

Expanse. & 2, 1°9 to 2:2 inches. 

Mate. Uprersipe: both wings rich dark brown glossed with 
purple, the base clothed with long deep ochreous-ferruginous sete. 
Cilia ochreous yellow in the fore wing, becoming orange towards the 
anal angle in the hind wing. Fore wing with a spot at the end of 
the cell sometimes almost quadrate, sometimes constricted in the 
middle and forming a figure of 8, sometimes quite divided into two 
spots; three small subapical dots ; three increasing discal spots, the 
anterior one sometimes absent ; a spot placed above and against the 
middle of the submedian nervure, usually round, sometimes oval, 
rarely entirely absent; all these spots semitransparent yellow. 
Hind wing unmarked. Unoversipre: both wings ochreous brown 
without any purple gloss, the yellow setz also absent. Fore wing 


466 MR. L. DE NICEVILLE ON NEW OR [May 3, 


with the base (all except the costa) black ; the semitransparent spots 
as above, but the one in the submedian interspace developed into a 
large diffused patch. Hind wing unmarked. Frmaze with the 
wings a little broader, otherwise exactly as in the male. 

Nearest to P. narooa, Moore’, and P. assamensis, Wood-Mason 
and de Nicéville*, but differing from both in the hind wing being 
unspotted. 

P. pagana is a common species in Sikkim throughout the year at 
low elevations. 


PaRNARA PLEBEIA, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 2, 3.) 


Hab. Sikhim. 

Expanse. S 2, 1°7 to 18 inch. 

Mate. Uprrrsipe: both wings dark brown. Fore wing with 
two or three increasing subapical dots, three increasing discal spots 
somewhat variable in size and shape; ci/ia cinereous. Hind wing 
unmarked ; cilia cinereous anteriorly, becoming ochrecus towards 
the anal angle. UNoerstpe: both wings paler than above, some- 
times tinged with ochreous. Fore wing with the semitransparent 
spots as above, a diffused large pale patch in the middle of the sub- 
median interspace, sometimes divided into two distinct spots one 
above the other, sometimes obsolete. Hind wing unmarked. 
FEMALE: fore wing with all the spots larger, always with an ad- 
ditional spot in the submedian interspace and touching that nervure 
about the middle of its length, often with another smaller spot 
placed above and beyond the first in the same interspace, these two 
spots sometimes conjoined. Otherwise as in the male. 

Near to P. pagana (supra, p. 465), but always smaller, the dia- 
phanous spots white instead of yellow, no spot in the cell, and with 
no ferruginous sete at the base of the wings on the upperside. Near 
to P. austeni, Moore *, which also occurs commonly in Sikkim, 
but lacking the two spots in the cell of the fore wing, these 
spots being present also in P. cahira, Moore*, P. farri, Moore’, 
and P. moolata, Moore®. Nearest of all to P. kumara, Moore’. 
From Ceylon specimens of the latter species it differs in the ground- 
colour of the underside being dull dark brown, sometimes tinged with 
ochreous, instead of deep ochreous brown. Mr. Wood-Mason has 
kindly examined a Ceylon male specimen of the latter species, also a 


! Hesperia narooa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 687, pl. xly. fig. 4. 

2 Journ. A. 8. B. vol. ly. pt. 2, p. 882. n. 214, pl. xviii. figs. 5, 5a, 3; pl. xvii. 
7,74, 2 (1887). 

3 Baoris austeni, Moore, Proe. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 533; from the Khasia Hills 
and Cherrapunji. 

4 Hesperia cahira, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 593, pl. lviii. fig.8; from 
the South’ Andaman Isles. 

3 Hesperia farri, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 688; from Calcutta and 
Cherrapunji. 

5 Hesperia moolata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 843; from Upper 
Tenasserim and the Malay Peninsula. 

7 Hesperia kumara, Moore, Proe. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 687; from Ceylon, 
Canara, Nilgiri Hills, and Mergui Archipelago. ' 


1887. ] LITTLE-KNOWN BUTTERFLIES FROM INDIA. 407 


male of P. plebeia, and writes regarding them as follows :—“ I re- 
gard these two specimens as belonging to quite distinct species. The 
male genital somites and appendages differ very considerably in 
detail, though identical in plan; in the Sikkim species the terminal 
dorsal segment is furnished with a pair of conspicuous conical 
spines which curve upwards, forwards, and backwards from the 
disk, and is shorter, and the upper lobe of the claspers is smaller 
and is embraced at its lower border by the commensurately deve- 
loped spine of the lower lobe; while in the Ceylon species the 
terminal dorsal segment is furnished with shorter spines, from the 
base of each of which a small cusp is given off backwards, and the 
sclerite is of greater antero-posterior extent ; and the upper,lobe of 
the claspers is more curved and longer, extending much beyond the 
spine of the lower lobe; and the intermittent organ ends in a bilobed 
spiny brush in the one, and is apparently simple in the other.” 
P. plebeia is also near the P. seriata, Moore’; the latter, however, 
is known to me only by the description and figures. 
P. plebeia is a common species in Sikkim at low elevations. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
Puats XXXIX. 


Tajuria albiplaga, 3, p- 459. 

, 2, p. 459. 

. Cheritrella truncipennis, 2, p. 456. 
, 6, p. 456. 

. Lethe nicetella, S, p. 448. 

tamuna, 9, p. 449. 

— gulnihal, $, p. £90. 

— brisanda, ¢, p. 451. 


=e 
Fig. 


GO ST Sd Sr PB GO bo 


PuatE XL. 


Fig. 1. Tajuria melastigma, 3, p. 460. 

. Parnara plebeia, 3, p. 466. 

. Tajuria istroidea, 2, p. 458. 
Nilasera wimberleyi, Q, p. 462. 
Ticherra acte, dry-season form, ¢, p. 497. 
. Rapala distorta, 2, p. 461. 

. Parnara pagana, g, p. 465. 

. Halpe honorei, 2 p. 464. 

. Plesioneura flavocincta, 2, p. 464. 
. Isoteinon flavalum, 8, p. 463. 

. Zephyrus pavo, 2, p. 460. 


MS OO MID i Oo BE 


a 


1 Hesperia seriata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 685; from Ceylon, 


468 PROF. HOWES ON PALINURUS PENICILLATUS. [May 17, 


May 17, 1887. 
Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


The President read some extracts from a letter which he had 
received from Dr. Emin Pasha, dated Wadelai, Nov. 8, 1886. 

Dr. Emin stated that he was forwarding along with the letter 
some objects of Natural History procured in Monbottu, amongst 
which were the skull of an old male Chimpanzee, killed by his party 
on the 13th of July, some skulls and bones of natives of the Akka 
tribe, together with some boxes of mammals’ skins, birds’ skins, and 
butterflies. 

Mr. A. Thomson exhibited specimens of Papilio porthaon 
(Hewitson, Exotic Butterflies, vol. iil. Papilio, nos. 21 & 22) 
reared in the Society’s Insect-house, together with the empty pupa- 
cases. Eighteen specimens of the pupa of this fine insect had been 
deposited in the Insect-house by Mrs. J. Monteiro in September 
last, having been brought home by her on her return from Delagoa 
Bay. Out of these 2 had died, and 3 emerged in October last. The 
remaining 13 remained in the pupa stage all through the winter, and 
had emerged at various dates, from the 19th of April of this year 
till this day (May 17th). 


Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks upon an 
original drawing of the head of a Palinurus (P. penicillatus; 
Mauritius), originally described by M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards’, 
F.M.Z.S. Having recently had occasion to correspond with M. 
Milne-Edwards concerning the same, that gentleman, with great 
courtesy, had sent the sketch especially made in reply. As the in- 
terest of the case was very great and as the original paper had been 
published without illustration, he thought it desirable to bring the 
drawing before the notice of the Society *. 

The chief interest of the specimen lay in the fact that the left 
ophthalmite had taken on antenniform characters, this being the only 
Crustacean yet recorded in which that had been observed. Prof. 
Howes stated the facts of the case, and recapitulated the leading 
arguments for and against the supposition that the ophthalmite is 
the homologue of an appendage, and its supporting skeleton that of 
a somite. He wished especially to draw attention to one feature 
which it appeared to him M. Milne-Edwards had not noted. It was 
well known that the cornea of the decapod crustacean eye does not, 
in many instances, surmount the entire free end of the eye-stalk; a 
portion of the latter (generally the outer free border) is often desti- 
tute of corneal facets, and frequently swollen and well differentiated. 
Comparison with the drawing which he had the honour to exhibit, 
and which he had ascertained was a faithful representation of fact, 
showed that the filiform appendage was derived from a similar non- 

1 Compt. Rendus, vol. lix. (1864). 


2 The Society is indebted to the generosity of M. Milne-Edwards for per- 
mission to reproduce the same. 


1887. ] PROF. HOWES ON PALINURUS PENICILLATUS. 469 


faceted inner free border, and that it had all the characters and 
relations of an endopodite. 

If this were so, and if the homology between a typical appendage 
and the eye-stalk was accepted, the eye-bearing (corneal) portion was 
clearly exopoditic in position, and it became a question as to how 
far it might, or might not, represent that seement of the typical 
appendage *. 


\ 


Cephalon of Palinurus penicillatus, bearing an antenniform ophthalmite. 


Prof. Howes held that the only logical conclusion which could be 
drawn from the study of the specimen was that it supported what 
M. Milne-Edwards tersely calls, “les vues théoretiques relatives 4 la 
similitude fondamentale des parties susceptibles de revétir des 


caractéres différentes’’?. 

* The only reference to this specimen made by subsequent writers was one by 
Rolleston in his remarkable work ‘ Forms of Animal Life.’ Dealing with the 
eyes of Orustacea, Prof. Rolleston had cited it as an example “ of the occasional 
replacement of their facets by a flagellum such as the antennze carry.” This, 
Prof. Howes had ascertained from M. Milne-dwards, was a misinterpretation 
of the original deseription, the cornea and flagellum being, in reality, discon- 
tinuous. 

® The ‘ Challenger’ Reports have recently brought to light the following. 
Sars has shown that, among the Schizopods, highly organized luminous organs 
appear (ex. Huphasia) at the bases of certain appendages and elsewhere; con- 
cerning those of the appendages, it is significant to find that they are borne 
upon the eye-stalks in addition to the true visual organs, and that in a position 
identical with those of the post-oral series. Beddard records in the Isopods 
Arcturus, Astrurus, and Munna a condition essentially intermediate between 
the typically Edriophthalmous and Podophthalmous types.—G. B. H. 


470 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON SYRNIUM MAINGAYI. [May 17, 


Prof. Howes then pointed to the iuteresting fact that the ophthal- 
mite had assumed more nearly the characters of the antenna than 
those of the more modified antennule, and concluded by saying that 
while in his opinion the specimen did not finally settle the morpho- 
logy of the eye-stalk, he had nevertheless brought the drawing 
forward in the hope that study of it might curb the eagerness with 
which, in our craving for novelty, we were sometimes too ready to 
reject the older interpretation. 


A paper was read by Mr. W. F. Kirby, F.E.S., entitled “A 
Revision of the Subfamily Zibelluline, with descriptions of new 
Genera and Species.” 

Mr. Kirby stated that the last compendium of this group had been 
published by Dr. Brauer in 1868, in which 40 genera were admitted. 
This number was now raised to 88. All of these were fully charac- 
terized in the present paper, in which 52 new species were also 
described. Mr. Kirby likewise gave a short sketch of the 
characters of the Libelluline, and especially of the neuration of this 
group, which he considered to be of primary importance. 

This paper will be published entire in the Society’s ‘Trans- 
actions.’ 


The following papers were read :— 


1. Notes on Specimens in the Hume Collection of Birds. 
—No. 5*. On Syrnium maingayi. By R. Bowpier 
SHareeg, F.Z.S. 


[Received April 15, 1887.] 


This is a perfectly good species, and was described by Mr. Hume 
in the sixth volume of ‘Stray Feathers’ (p. 27). At the time of 
writing the ‘Catalogue of Birds’ I had seen but one specimen, 
collected by Dr. Maingay, in Lord Tweeddale’s Museum, and I 
came to the conclusion that it was not to be separated from Syrnium 
indrani of Southern India and Ceylon. Since the advent of the 
Hume Collection to the British Museum, with its increased series of 
these Wood-Owls, I have come to the conclusion that the Malaccan 
species is distinct, and in fact that it is the best characterized of any 
of the Bulaca group. 


1, SYRNIUM MAINGAYI. 

Syrnium indrani, pt., Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 282. 

Syrnium maingayi, Hume, Str. F. vi. p. 27 (1878); id. Str. F. 
1879, p. 46. 

Adult (type of species). General colour above warm chocolate- 
brown, more or less distinctly barred across with rufous-buff cross 
markings, predominating on the hind neck and forming a tolerably 

1 For No. 4, see P. Z, 8. 1886, p. 354. 


1887.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON SYRNIUM MAINGAYI. 471 


distinct collar ; scapulars with slightly indicated whitish shaft-lines, 
several of them white externally, narrowly barred with rufous-brown ; 
lesser wing-coverts uniform chocolate-brown; median and greater 
coverts rufous-brown, with reddish-buff cross bars, the ends slightly 
vermiculated with dusky dots; bastard-wing and primary-coverts 
nearly uniform blackish, with slight indications of rufous-brown bars 
near the ends; quills dark chocolate-brown, regularly barred with 
rufous-brown, paler on the outer web of the primaries; upper tail- 
coverts chocolate-brown, numerously barred with reddish-brown 
cross bands, whitish on some of them; tail-feathers brown, crossed 
with well-marked bars of fulvous, ten in number on the centre 
feathers aud twelve on the outside ones; crown of head and hind 
neck uniform chocolate-brown ; lores black, as well as the feathers 
around the eye, surmounted by an eyebrow of rufous, impinging on 
the forehead ; ear-coverts and cheeks chestnut-rufous, slightly fulves- 
cent on the lower parts of the latter; the whole of the rufous face 
surrounded by a chocolate-brown ruff, joined to the chin, which is 
chocolate-brown also, followed by a band of white across the lower 
throat; fore neck and remainder of under surface of body tawny 
buff, regularly and narrowly barred with dark brown, some feathers 
with intermediate white spaces instead of buff ; thighs obscure brown ; 
under tail-coverts buffy white, with narrow brown cross bars ; under 
wing-coverts and axillaries rather deeper buff than the breast, barred 
with darker brown; a patch of dark brown near the edge of the 
wing on the outer greater coverts; quills below dark brown, barred 
with tawny buff, broader on the inner web. Total length 21 inches, 
wing 14:3, tail 8-4. 

Both Captain Pinwill’s specimens are more uniform on the mantle 
than the type, and one of these shows indications of uniformity on 
the chest, as is usual with S. newarense when it gets very old. 
The wing in both examples is 13:1 inches. 

fab. Neighbourhood of Malacca. 


a. Ad. sk. Malacca, July 1877 Hume Collection. 
(W. Davison). (Type of species.) 
6, c. Ad. sk. Malacca. Capt. Stackhouse 


Pinwill [P.1. 


LT also give a list of the specimens of Syrnium newarense and S. 
indrani now in the Museum, with remarks on and measurements of 
each individual specimen, showing how difficult it is to draw the line 
between these two species, notwithstanding that the typical forms of 
each are well characterized and distinct from each other. 


2. SyRNIUM NEWARENSE. 


Syrnium newarense, Hodgs. Icon. ined. Accipitres, pl. 34 (no. 59) ; 
Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 281 (1875); Hume, Str. F. 1879, p- 83; 
Scully, é¢. c. p. 229. 

Bulaca newarensis, David & Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 46 (1877); 
Blanf. Str. F. 1877, p. 483. 

Syrnium indranee, Blyth, B. Burm. p. 67 (1875); Walden, Ibis, 


472 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON SYRNIUM MAINGAYI. [May 17, 


1876, p. 342; Hume & Davison, Str. F. vi. p. 27 (1878); Scully, 
Str. F. 1879, p. 229; Oates, B. Brit. Burm. ii. p. 164 (1883); 
Marshall, Ibis, 1584, p. 407. 

Syrnium hodgsoni, Scully, Str. F. 1879, p. 231. 

It is most difficult, if not impossible, to state the exact limits of 
size in the sexes of this species, for carefully-sexed males in the 
Hume collection measure trom 13°7 inches to 15:5 inches, and the 
females from 15 inches to 16°6 inches. Dr. Scully procured a male 
(and there is no reason to doubt the determination of this careful 
observer) with the wing 15°7. One specimen has the wing 13:3, and 
this would doubtless be a male. On the other hand, a specimen 
with the sex undetermined has the wing 14:8 inches, and this might 
be either a very small female (the smallest in the Himalayan series 
having the wing 15 inches) or an ordinary male. In any case the 
measurements of the sexes overlap, and large males measure more 
than small females. To the eastward the species diminishes in size 
perceptibly, and the colour of the face is more permanently ochreous. 
The males have the wing 14 inches, and the females 14—14°5, which 
is a decidedly smaller average than with the series from the Hima- 
layas. 

ps the Nilghiris the measurements are still smaller; the males 
have the wing 12°8 inches, and the females 13:0-13°9 inches. The 
Nuwara-Eliya skins are of about the same dimensions, but the ochre- 
faced skin from Kandy has the wing 11°9. 

The tendency in eastern birds, first seen to any extent in some 
Nepal specimens, to be more fulvous underneath, is developed to a 
greater extent in specimens from Shillong, all of which are fulvescent 
below, but no generalization from this fact can be arrived at, as the 
Bussahir example matches one of the Shillong birds. It can there- 
fore only be said that, as with the case of many other birds, there is 
a slight tendency to paler coloration in the specimens from the North- 
western Himalayas. 

Accompanying the ochreous tint on the underparts there is 
generally a slight increase in the fulvous tinge on the face, which 
becomes more or less washed with ochreous buff. It never, however, 
becomes uniform, but is always more or less barred with dusky, 
showing at the same time a distinct approach to S. irdrani. I have 
below referred to the specimen from Coonoor which has dusky bars 
on the face, and which it is impossible to divide from S. newarense. 
The question arises, therefore, whether we are not compelled to 
recognize the presence of S. newarense in the Nilghiris, if not in 
Ceylon ; for one of the specimens from Nuwara Eliya has a certain 
amount of barring on the face. Colonel Legge writes :—** Examples 
from the upper hills (whether as a rule or not, I cannot say) are 
darker on the disk, ruff, and lores than the low-country birds, and 
exhibit at the same time the facial barring which Mr. Hume found 
to be absent in his examination of the specimen on which he founded 
his Ceylonese race or subspecies S. ochrogenys.” 

With regard to Scully’s Syrnium hodgsoni, I must say that I can- 
not see any character by which the species can be recognized from 


1887. ] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON SYRNIUM MAINGAYI. 473 


S. newarense ; and yet the yellow iris is an extraordinary phenomenon 
in a Bulaca, but it is confirmed by Mr. Wray’s notes on the bird 
procured by him in the mountains of Perak. 

The following is a detailed list of the specimens of S. newarense 
in the British Museum. 


a. Ad. sk. Kotegurh. Hume Collection. 

An adult bird, probably ¢; wing 15°6inches. Sides of face whity 
brown, barred with blackish, the edge of the ear-coverts white. 
Fore neck pale, with the cross bars distinct. 


6, Ad. sk. Kotegurh. Hume Collection. 

Supposed g; wing 15°O inches. Sides of face as in preceding bird, 
but the fore neck much more clouded with brown, especially on the 
sides, which are uniform. 


c. Ad. sk. Kotegurh. Hume Collection. 
Supposed 9; wing 16°6 inches. Markings as in the foregoing 
specimen, but all the bars rather more coarsely indicated. 


d. Ad. sk. Kotegurh. Hume Collection. 
Apparently a female; wing i6°6 inches. All the cross bars rather 
fine; the sides of the fore neck and breast also barred. 


e. 9 ad. sk. Bussahir. Hume Collection. 

Wing 15°75 inches. A small bird, ifcorrectly sexed. The under 
surface has a somewhat yellowish tinge, of which there is also a slight 
indication on the sides of the face. The sides of the fore neck 
tolerably uniform. 


f. Sd ad. sk. Simla, Oct. 3, 1868 (A. O. H.). Hume Collection. 

This is the specimen described by Mr. Hume (Rough Notes, 
p- 348). Wing 15 inches. Face brown, barred with blackish, 
with a fringe of white towards the edge of the ear-coverts. Under 
surface pale. Fore neck pale, the cross bars very distinct, and the 
sides of the fore neck only showing uniform brown. 


g- & juv.sk. Simla, Oct. 5, 1868 (4. O. H.). Hume Collection. 
Described by Mr. Hume (¢. ¢.). Wing 15°6. 


h. 3o ad. sk. Nagkunda, Oct. 19, 1870. Hume Collection. 
A very coarsely marked bird, and somewhat tinged with ochreous 
buff below. Wing 15-5 inches. 


z. Ad. sk. N.W. Himalayas. Capt. Stackhouse Pinwill [P.]. 
Wing 15:8 inches. Similar to the paler Kotegurh birds. Very 
white underneath, with the brown bars very distinct. 


k. © ad. sk. Kumaon (W.. Thompson). Hume Collection. 
Wing 16°5 inches. ‘The specimen alluded to by Mr. Hume 
(Rough Notes, p. 353). It is just like the specimen presented 
to the Museum by Captain Stackhouse Pinwill. 
1. 3 ad. sk. Nepal, Dec. 5, 1877 (Dr. J. Hume Collection. 
Scully). 
** Wing 14:4 inches” (J. S.). Of general pale aspect, very dis- 
tinctly barred with brown. The face is very dark and indistinctly 


474 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON SYRNIUM MAINGAYI. [May 17, 


barred, but without any ochreons tinge. This specimen is the type 
of Scully’s Syrnium hodgsoni, and had the iris “golden yellow.” 
This accords with Mr. Wray’s finding of the specimen from Perak ; 
and the whole subject is worth inquiry from field-naturalists, for 
the Nepal specimen is a typical 8. newarense in plumage, and has no 
ochreous tinge on the face, whereas the Perak specimen shows a 
decided tendency towards S. indrani. 


m. fo ad. sk. Nepal, June 19, 1877 (Dr. J. Hume Collection. 
Scully). 

‘Wing 15:7 inches in the flesh” (J. S.). Quite as dark as the 
preceding bird in the face, and much darker on the fore neck, which 
inclines to uniform brown. Were it not for the known accuracy of 
Dr. Scully’s determinations, I should have judged this bird to be a 
female from its size and colour. 

n. Ad. sk. Nepal. Hodgson Collection. 

Wing 14 inches. Of the dark-chested kind, with a decided 
ochreous tinge on the face. 

o. Ad. sk. Nepal. Hodgson Collection. 

Wing 14:0 inches. A dark bird, with the face strongly barred and 
slightly tinged with ochreous. A considerable part of the fore neck 
uniform brown. 

p- Ad. sk. Nepal. Hodgson Collection. 

Wing 13°3 inches. Similarly marked to the foregoing, with a con- 
siderable amount of uniform brown on the fore neck and a decided 
tinge of ochreous on the face. 

g. Ad. sk. Nepal. Hodgson Collection. 

Wing 14-0 inches. Very pale in colour, and resembling the Kumaon 
bird in appearance but very much smaller. 

PAGS sk. Nepal. Hodgson Collection. 

Wing 16 Oinches. Only differs in size from the foregoing example, 
like which it has a generally pale tone. 

s. ¢o ad. sk. Native Sikhim, Jan. 1874 Hume Collection. 
(ZL. Mandelli). 

Wing 13*7 inches. Very dark in colour, strongly washed with 
ochre on the under surface and with rufous on the face; the eye- 
brow also slightly fulvescent. Across the chest is a tolerably well- 
defined and nearly uniform brown band. 

This specimen has the appearance of being an extremely old bird, 
and on the crown are some curious white-tipped hairs protruding 
from the midst of the feathers. 

t. 2 ad. Native Sikhim, Jan. 1874 Hume Collection. 
(L. Mandelli). 

Wing 15 inches. Chest nearly uniform. Face very dark, with a 
rufous tinge. 

u. Ad. sk. Native Sikhim, Feb. 1875 Hume Collection. 
(L. Mandelli). 
Wing 15:0 inches. Strongly tinged with ochreous buff, the bars 


1887. ] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON SYRNIUM MAINGAYI. 475 


very plain, and only the sides of the chest uniform. Face extremely 
dark and almost uniform blackish brown, with scarcely any shade of 
rufous. 


v. Ad. sk. Native Sikhim, Feb. 1875 Hume Collection. 
(L. Mandelli). 
Wing 15:4 inches. A very dark specimen, with the sides of the 
chest inclining to uniform brown and the face very dark, with no 
ochreous tinge. 


w. Ad. sk. Native Sikhim, March 1876 Hume Collection. 
(LZ. Mandelli). 

Wing 14:2 inches. Rather dark brown on the chest, but not 

entirely uniform. On the face a strong tinge of ochreous as well as 
on the under surface of the body. 


2, y. Ad. sk. Native Sikhim, March 1874 Hume Collection. 
(L. Mandelli). 
Wings 14:2-14°3 inches. Remarkable specimens, with a broad 
uniform band of dark brown across the chest. Face also dark and 
without ochreous tinge. 


z. Ad. sk. Native Sikhim, March 1874 Hume Collection. 
(ZL. Mandelii). 

Wing 14:1 inches. The chest-band not so complete as in the 
foregoing specimens, but still nearly uniform. The face very dark 
but with a slight rufous tinge. This specimen also has white-tipped 
hairs on the crown. 


a’. 2 ad. sk. Native Sikhim, March 1876 Hume Collection. 
(L. Mandell). 
Wing 15:4 inches. Rather a pale specimen, but with a well- 
formed band of light brown across the chest. Face dark, excepting 
the hinder fringe to the ear-coverts, which is conspicuously white. 


6’. Ad. sk. Native Sikhim, April 1873 Hume Collection. 
(L. Mandelli). 
Wing’ 15:2 inches. In appearance this specimen almost exactly 
matches Mr. Wray’s bird from Perak, but is a little more uniform 
brown on the chest. -There is a distinct rufous tinge on the face. 


c’. Ad. sk. Native Sikhim, April 1874. Hume Collection. 
Wing 15:3 inches. Pale underneath, but with the sides of the 
chest nearly uniform brown; face dark, but with a slight rufescent 
tinge. 
d'. Ad. sk. Native Sikhim, April 1874 Hume Collection. 
(L. Mandelli). 
Wing 15 inches. A dark bird with nearly uniform chest and 
dark face, with scarcely any ochreous tinge on the latter. 


e’. Juv. sk. Native Sikhim, April 1874 Hume Collection. 
(L. Mandelli). 


p ouv.:sk. Native Sikhim, May 1875 Hume Collection. 
(L. Mandelli). 


476 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON SYRNIUM MAINGAYI. [May 17, 


g'. Ad. sk. Native Sikhim, July 1874 Hume Collection. 
(L. Mandelli). 

Wing 13°9 inches. Decidedly ochreous buff underneath, with 
the chest narrowly barred across like the rest of the under surface. 
Face dark, without any ochreous tinge. 

h', Ad. sk. Native Sikhim, July 1874 Hume Collection. 
(LZ. Mandelli). 

Wing 15:5 inches. Chest nearly uniform brown. Face very dark, 

with not a tinge of ochreous. 


a livers Native Sikhim, July 1874 Hume Collection. 
(L. Mandelli). 

k. Juv. sk. Native Sikhim, Aug. 1875 Hume Collection. 
(L. Mandell). 

l’. Ad. sk. Native Sikhim, Nov. 1874 Hume Collection. 


(L. Mandelli). 
Wing 14 inches. Underneath decidedly ochreous, and having 
also a strong reddish tinge on the face. No tendency to uniform 
brown on the chest. 


m', Ad. sk. Sikhim, Dee. 1874 Hume Collection. 
(L. Mandelli). 
Wing 14:8 inches. Rather pale, with barred chest and face and 
no ochreous colour on the latter. 


n'. Ad. sk. Sikhim, Dec. 1873 Hume Collection. 
(L. Mandell). 

Wing 13°9 inches. Rather dark, with a strong ochreous tinge on 
the face and underparts, the barring being very distinct on the 
breast and not strongly pronounced on the face. There is a great 
similarity between this specimen and the Coonoor bird alluded to 
below, and it is even less strongly barred on the face than that 
specimen. 


o'. 9 ad. sk. Darjiling. Hume Collection. 

Wing 15°75 inches. Very pale-coloured, quite as light as the 
birds from the North-west Himalayas. Face very dark, and not 
tinged with rufous. 


p. Ad. sk. Darjiling, Sept. 1872. Hume Collection. 

Wing 14:4 inches. The palest specimen examined, the under 
surface quite white, with dark brown bars everywhere; the scapular 
markings also white and very conspicuous; the face white, with dark 
cross bars. 


q'. oad. sk. Darjiling. Hume Collection. 
Wing 14°5 inches. Entire aspect very light, with the whole of 
the breast barred like the abdomen; face also light and strongly 
barred, without any rufous tinge. 
a!» JY» Sis Darjiling (Pearson). India Museum, 
s. gad. sk. Shillong, Assam, Aug. 17,1877 Hume Collection. 
(J. Cockburn). 
Wing 14 inches. Very ochreous underneath, with the sides, but 


1887. | MR. R. B. SHARPE ON SYRNIUM MAINGAYI. 477 


not the centre of the chest, uniform brown. Face deep ochreous, 
lighter towards the edge of the frill, where it becomes whitish. The 
face almost uniform, with scarcely any indication of cross-bars ; 
eyebrow white. White-tipped hair-like feathers are plentiful on 
the head and also on the wing-coverts and sides of neck. 


t’. 2 ad. sk. Shillong, Dec. 17, 1877 Hume Collection. 
(J. Cockburn). 
Wing 14°5 inches. Tinged with ochreous buff below, but not 
nearly so bright as im the preceding specimen. Face strongly 
washed with deep ochre, but distinctly barred with blackish. 


wu’. Ad. sk. Machi, Munipur, May 7, 1881 Hume Collection. 
(A202: 

Wing 14°5 inches. Barred on the chest and distinctly tinged 

with ochreous below. Face deep ochreous, with very few dusky 

blackish bars. 


v'. 9 ad. sk. South Formosa Seebohm Collection. 
(R. Swinhoe). 

Wing 15°3 inches. Fulvescent below, the cross-bars not very 

strongly marked, the chest being similarly barred. Face deep 

ochreous brown, with scarcely any indication of blackish cross-bars. 


3. SYRNIUM INDRANI. 

Syrnium indrani (Sykes) ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, ii. p. 282 (1875) ; 
Legge, Ibis, 1874, p. 11, 1875, p. 273; Rainey, Str. F. 1875, p. 332 ; 
Butler, ¢.c. p. 439; Butler, Str. F.1878, vol. ii.p. 94; Hume, Str. 
F. 1879, p. 229; Vidal, Str. F. ix. p. 35 (1880); Davison, Str. F. 
xi. p. 342 (1883). 

The following is a list of the specimens of this species in the 
British Museum :— 


a. gd ad.sk. | Ootacamund, April 19, = W. Davison, Esq. [P.]. 
1883 (W. D.). 

Wing 12°8 inches. A pale brown bird, the chest barred like the 
rest of the under surface. Face uniform deep ochreous buff, with 
scarcely any white posterior line between the ear-coverts and the 
ruff, 


b. 2 ad. sk. Ootacamund, April 19, = W. Davison, Esq. [P.]. 
1883 (W. D.). 
Wing 13 inches. Similar to the male, but with a little fringe 
of white behind the ear-coverts, which are uniform ochreous buff, 


m*Pradisk. ©. Ootacamund, Jan. 20, Hume Collection. 
1881 (W. D.). 

Wing 13°1 inches. Also very pale below, the chest narrowly 
barred with brown like the rest of the underparts. Face uniform 
deep ochreous, with scarcely any indication of dusky cross-barring 
any where. 

d. 9 ad.sk. Kotagherry, Nilghiris, Feb. 28, Hume Collection. 
1874 (Miss Cockburn). 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XXXII. oe 


478 MR. A, SMITH WOODWARD ON THE [May 17, 


e. 2 ad. sk. Coonoor, Nilghiris, Jan. 28, Hume Collection. 
1881 (W. Davison). 
Wing 13°9 inches. Very pale below, with whitish cross-bars, 
somewhat coalescing on the chest, which is consequently more 
uniform. Face deep ochre, barred across with blackish. 


f. Ad. sk. Southern India (Dr. Jerdon). J. Gould, Esq. 

Wing 13°6 inches. Very tawny in appearance, the face being 
deep ochreous buff, rufous near the eye, with scarcely any sign of 
white on the frill of the ear-coverts. 


g. Ad. sk. Nuwara Eliya, Ceylon. Mr. E. Boate [C.]. 

Wing 13-2 inches. A dark bird, with the chest barred like the 
rest of the under surface ; face deep ochreous buff, with evident 
traces of dusky cross bars. 


h. Ad. sk. Nuwara Eliya, Ceylon. Mr. E. Boate [C.]. 

Wing 12°5 inches. A darker bird, with the chest coarsely barred 
with dark brown, somewhat uniform on the sides. Face wniform 
deep rufous ochre, with a slight indication of white on the lower 
part near the frill. 


z. Ad. sk. Kandy (A. White). Hume Collection. 

Wing 11°9 inches. Strongly tinged with ochreous below. Face 
bright orange-rufous, with scarcely any white on the lower margin. 
No sign of cross-barring on the face. 


2. On the Presence of a Canal-System, evidently Sensory, 
in the Shields of Pteraspidian Fishes. By A. Smirn 
Woopwarp, F.Z.8S., F.G.S., of the British Museum 
(Natural History). 


{Received April 28, 1887.] 


In his well-known monograph on the Cephalaspide, Professor 
Ray Lankester described and figured’ a number of small depressions 
or “ pits,’ arranged in double series upon the external surtace of 
certain head-shields pertaining to the Heterostracous or Pteraspidian 
division of the group; and three years subsequently, in making 
known a new generic type, Holaspis”, he remarked still further 
upon the same curious pittings, which were shown in this fossil with 
unusual distinctness. These he naturally regarded as “ the sites of 
soft tegumentary structures, in all probability of those characteristic 
sensory-follicles of fishes,” with which they agreed in disposition ; 
and then followed another inference, “that a secreting membrane 
was closely attached to the striated caleareous material’? of the 
outer layer of the shield in the original living fish. 

Some of these fossils are now in the British Museum, the fine 

1 B®. Ray Lankester, “‘ The Cephalaspide” (Mon. Palont. Soc., 1868, 1870), 
pp- 17, 22, pl. i. figs. 1, 4, 8; pl. vi. figs. 1, 6; pl. vii. figs. 8, 9. 

2 E. Ray Lankester, “ On Holaspis sericeus,” Geol. Mag. vol. x. (1873), 
pp- 241-245, pl. x, 


1887. | CANAL-SYSTEM OF PTERASPIDIAN FISHES. 479 


shield of Holaspis having been presented by its discoverer Dr. D. 
M. MacCullough, and the originals of Lankester’s pl. i. fig. 8, 
pl. vi. fig. 6, having been acquired by purchase and bequest ; and 
there are several other important specimens, likewise displaying in a 
greater or less degree the same peculiar superficial marks. With 
one exception, however, they afford no more precise information as 
to the character of the sensory lines thus indicated; and the 
extreme rarity of the combination of circumstances by which a single 
example is made to throw further light upon the subject renders 
this fossil of unusual interest and value. I have lately met with it 
among a number of more or less broken shields obtained from the 
collection of the late Mr. E. Baugh, and the biological significance 
of the features it presents seems to render it worthy of some brief 
notice. 

The specimen in question is a fragmentary median plate, referable 


Fragmentary Median Plate of Shield of Pteraspis crouchii, Lower Old 
Red Sandstone, Herefordshire. [Brit. Mus. no. 42163 a. | 


to the cephalic buckler of Péeraspis crouchii, and is in the ordinary 
mineral condition of the Pteraspidian fossils from the Lower Old 
Red Sandstone of Herefordshire, whence it was derived. The 
striated outer layer is mostly removed, only occurring in small 
isolated patches, and the median “cancellated” laver* is thus 
very completely exposed to view. But, unlike all other similarly 
abraded examples in the collection, this fossil shows not merely the 
innumerable small polygonal cavities, with their partitions, constitu- 
ting the middle portion of the shield, but also a branching system 
of wide canals, which have no connection with these chambers, 
though distinctly ramifying through them. The latter have been 
most beautifully rendered evident by a dark infiltration of the oxides 
of iron and manganese (a kind of natural “injection ”), and they 
are seen to have opened upon the external surface in a double series 
of orifices of considerable size. The “pits” or “ depressions ”” 
described by Lankester, in fact, are proved to be really the openings 


' T. H. Huxley, “On Cephalaspis and Pteraspis,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 
vol, xiv. (1858) pp. 267-280, 
32* 


480 ON THE CANAL-SYSTEM OF PTERASFIDIAN FisHES. [May 17, 


of an extensive canal-system, which indicates a more highly 
specialized development of the “lateral-line” structures than has 
hitherto been suspected. 

As shown by the drawing (p. 479), there are four longitudinal canals, 
two marginal, and two situated close together in the median area of 
the plate ; and the latter pair diverge in front, perhaps meeting the 
former at the edge, while more posteriorly they are all connected at 
irregular intervals by similar transversely-directed passages. The 
median commissural branches extend directly across the space 
between the two longitudinal canals they unite ; but those proceed- 
ing to the lateral canals take a slightly more devious course, being 
inclined either backwards or forwards. Throughout their extent 
the tubular excavations give rise to short diverticula, alternately left 
and right, which place them in connection with the external pores ; 
and these are most numerous in the median portion of the shield 
and the great marginal trunks, being relatively further apart in the 
lateral commissures. 

The complexity and widely-spread character of the system is still 
more satisfactorily demonstrated in the almost perfect specimen of 
Holaspis already referred to; and here, it will be observed, there is 
an essentially similar arrangement. Our fossil corresponds to the 
central portion of this shield, which appears to consist of the homo- 
logues of the seven plates of Pteraspis wholly fused together. 
And it is perhaps worthy of note that neither here nor in any other 
Pteraspidian have distinct traces of the pores been detected upon 
the rostral region in advance of the “ orbital’’ notches or apertures. 

Finally, it is interesting to institute a comparison between these 
ancient traces of a “ lateral-line’’ system and the various structures 
adapted for the protection of the corresponding sense-organs in 
existing fishes. Chimeroids possess merely the primitive open 
groove; but in Selachians the canal is complete, and there are also 
present the short secondary diverticula leading to the external pores. 
The last-named branches, however, are all directed to one side 
(outwards or downwards) of the main canal in the Rays and upon 
the trunk of the Sharks ; and there is no very close agreement with 
Pteraspis even in the cephalic region of the latter group, where the 
branches are given off in both directions, but are not completely 
closed, being perforated by a series of small orifices in addition to 
the terminal one’. Moreover, it is scarcely likely that these canals 
in the old Devonian fish had the Selachian mode of development. 
In bony fishes, where the structures bear a similar relation to the 
hard skeletal parts, in most cases excavating them, there is naturally 
a much greater resemblance ; and some of the most specialized 
Teleostei (e. g. the Pleuronectidee) exhibit an almost precisely 
corresponding ‘‘ feather-barb ” arrangement *. Unfortunately, how- 
ever, the character of the sense-organs themselves necessarily 
remains unknown, for the paleontologist can rarely give much sure 

1 P.O. Sappey, ‘Etudes sur Appareil Mucipare et sur le Systeme Lym- 
phatique des Poissons,’ 1880, p. 55, pl. ii. fig. 2, pl. x. fig. 1. 

2 P. C. Sappey, op. cz. p. 44, pl. xi. figs. 3, 4. 


1887. ] ON THE LATERAL LINE OF SQUALORAJA. 481 


information as to the perishable tissues originally associated with 
the skeletal fragments he finds in the rocks; and such is all the 
more to be regretted in the present instance, since the Pteraspidian 
fishes are the earliest undoubted members of the class that have 
hitherto been recognized in geological history. 


3. Note on the “ Lateral Line” of Squaloraja. 
By A. Smrru Woopwarp, F.Z.S. 


[Received April 28, 1887.] 


In my description of the fossil Liassie Selachian Sgzaloraja, 
read before this Society in October last (see P. Z.S, 1886, p'527), 
some series of very minute dermal ringlets are noted in the cephalic 
and caudal regions, and these are regarded as designed for the 
strengthening of the edges of those flattened parts of the body. 
They are marked by the letter d adjoining the rostral cartilages in 
fig. 1, pl. lv. doe. cit., and are also shown in connected series along 
the tail, parallel to an irregular dermal ridge which is similarly 
designated. They are, moreover, seen in the original of fig. 3, and 
in the caudal region of the specimen previously figured by Davies. 

Subsequent studies have led me to determine that these curious 
structures are truly the supports of the cana! of the ‘lateral line.” 
In the living Chimera, the open groove in which the sense-organs 
are lodged is strengthened throughout by precisely similar rings, 
as originally observed by Stannius' and Leydig *, and figured and 
described by the latter; and von Meyer® has likewise discovered 
these calcifications in a closely-allied fossil form from the Upper 
Jurassic of Bavaria. They have been aptly compared with the 
tracheal rings of some small air-breathing vertebrate. Their 
remains upon the tail show that they were incomplete, exactly as in 
the existing genus just mentioned; and we may therefore conclude 
that Squaloraja was characterized by an open sensory canal of the 
essential Chimeroid type. The circumstance adds one more to the 
series of points in which the old Selachian seems to be related to 
the last-named order, and it is thus particularly worthy of note. 


* H. Stannius, Lehrb. vergl. Anat. Wirbelthiere, 1846, p. 49. 

* F. Leydig, “Zur Anatomie und Histologie der Chimera monstrosa,” Miiller’s 
Archiv, 1851, p. 251, pl. x. fig. 2. 

3 H. von Meyer, “ Chimera (Ganodus) avita, aus dem lithographischen 
Schiefer von Eichstatt,” Paleontographiea, vol. x. (1862), p- 92, pl. xii. 


482 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON AMERICAN FOXES. [June 7, 


June 7, 1887. 
E. W. H. Hcldsworth, Esq., in the Chair 


The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the 
Society’s Menagerie during the month of May 1887 :— 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of May was 90. Of these 10 were by 
birth, 53 by presentation, 18 by purchase, 4 by exchange, and 5 
were received on deposit. The total number of departures during 
the same period, by death and removals, was 77. 

The most noticeable additions during the month were :— 

1. A Tooth-billed Pigeon (Didunculus strigirostris), brought home 
from the Samoan Islands and presented to the Society by Mr. 
Wilfred Powell, C.M.Z.S., H.B.M.’s Consul for those Islands. 
But three specimens of this rare and now nearly extinct Pigeon have 
previously reached the Society’s collection. 

2. Two Red-spotted Lizards (Hremias rubro-punctata), obtained 
at Moses’s Well, in the Peninsula of Sinai, and presented to the 
Society by Mr. G. Wigan, 17th May, being the first examples of 
this Lizard that we have as yet received. 

3. An example of a small scarlet Tree-Frog (Dendrobates typo- 
graphus), from Costa Rica, presented by Mr. C. H. Blomefield. Mr. 
Boulenger, who kindly undertakes the determination of the Reptiles 
received by the Society, tells us that this beautiful little Frog, which 
is of a nearly pure scarlet colour, is a rare species, of which there are 
no examples in the National Collection. (See Cat. of Batrachia Sali- 
entia, 2nd ed. p. 143.) 


Mr. Sclater called attention to two North-American Foxes now 
living in the Society’s Gardens, in adjacent cages, which had given 
him some trouble in determination. 

One of these, received in exchange January 18th, 1885, and stated 
to come from Dakota, had been entered in the Register as the Vir- 
ginian Fox, Canis virginianus (see P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 934), but was 
certainly, as it now appeared, a Kit Fox (Canis velox). he second, 
received in exchange October 23rd, 1886, was the true Virginian 
Fox (Canis virginianus). 

Mr. Sclater exhibited furriers’ skins of these two Foxes, which 
had been kindly sent to him by Mr. Henry Poland, F.Z.S., and 
pointed out their differences. 


The following papers were read :— 


1887.] MR. A. O. HUME ON BUDORCAS TAXICOLOR. 483 


1. Remarks on certain Asiatic Ruminants.—I. Buporcas 
raxicoLtor, Hodgson. The Gnu-goat or Takin. By A. 
O. Hume, C.B., F.Z.S. 


[Received May 2, 1887.] 


The very peculiarly shaped horns of the adult male Budorcas 
taxicolor (fig. 1, p. 484) are well known. The older the animal grows 
the longer do the terminal straight portions become. The pair figured 
measure (taken from the base of the main ridge behind, along 
this ridge over the front of the horn so far as this ridge is traceable, 
and thence along the curve of the horn outside to the tip) 22 
(right) and 22°5 (left horn) inches in length, and 13 and 13°5 in 
girth at base; they are 10°75 wide from tip to tip, with a greatest 
interior width of 11°25 inches. The largest pair that I have met 
with measured 24-25 inches in length, had a basal girth of 12°75, a 
tip to tip width of 12°75, and a greatest interior width of 13 inches’. 

My second drawing (fig. 2, p. 484) shows the horns, according to 
Blyth (as named by him in the Caleutta Museum), of the female. 
They are very similar, it will be observed, to those of the male, but 
smaller, stumpier (if I may use such a word), the terminal portions 
less developed. Two pairs of this type measure :-— 

Length, R. 16, L. 16; basal girth, R. 10, L. 10; spread 8°75 ; 
greatest width inside 9°75. 

Length, R. 16°25, L. 16; basal girth, R. 9, L. 9°25; spread 7°25 ; 
greatest width inside 8°75 °. 

Milne-Edwards also, in his ‘ Recherches des Mammiferes,’ p. 369, 
says, ‘‘ Chez la femelle, les cornes ont 4 peu prés la méme forme que 
chez le male, mais elles sont peu courbes et moins robustes.’’ So he, 
like Blyth, considered the horns of the two sexes to be similar. 

But there is a wholly different type of horn in this species, accu- 
rately represented in my third drawing (fig. 3, p. 484), and which 
Blyth (who, however, had only a miserable wreck of a specimen to 
go by) set down as those of the young. There is here none of that 
apparent bending down on themselves of the horns near their bases 
which characterizes the two other forms. The horns in this case 
have no gnu-like twist, are circular in section throughout, compara- 
tively short, and, beyond the basal bend, straightish, with only a 
slight sigmoidal flexure, set very wide apart, diverging widely from 
each other, very thick and more or less ribbed at base, diminishing 
rapidly in thickness, and their terminal portions more or less smooth, 
with longitudinal striee greatly resembling those of the Himalayan 
Capricorn (or Serow). 

Now I venture to submit that by no possible process of growth 
could horns of this third type develop into horns of either the first or 
second types. 

1 In some horns of this type the terminal portions incline inwards much more 


decidedly. 
* This is the pair figured. 


MR. A. O. HUME ON BUDORCAS TAXICOLOR, 


Horns of Budorcas taxicolor, 


[ June 7, 


1887.] MR. A. O. HUME ON BUDORCAS TAXICOLOR. 485 


The pair figured (and I have seen one larger) measure (along the 
curve outside from base to tip) :—Length 12°5; basal girth 9-25 ; 
spread 12 ; and have their bases 2 inches apart. They are actually 
larger horns than some of the other (supposed adult) form. 

Is Blyth likely to have been mistaken? At the time he wrote no 
one knew anything of the beast ; to this day no European, in this 
part of the world at any rate, has shot it. All he had to go on were 
the rough skins brought down by the Mishmees. I have examined 
over a dozen such, and not one has left on it any trace of the sex of 
the animal to which it belonged. Either he guessed, judging by the 
analogy of the Serow, in which the horns of both sexes are very 
similar, or he was misinformed by those who sent the skin down. 

But about Mr. Milne Edwards? He figures as an adult male of 
this species an animal with horns of our No. 3 type, and which, if 
the species he deals with be really the same as ours, must belong to 
the young, if Blyth is right, or to a female, if I am correct. But I 
attach less weight to this, because, on plate 68 of the same volume, 
he figures also as a male what, judging from the horns, must, I think, 
be an old female of the Bharal (Ovis nahoor*). 

But is his species of Gnu-goat the same as ours? Certainly not, 
if his plate be reliable. I have examined 13 skins of animals of 
different ages, and exhibiting all three types of horns, and in not one 
was the head coloured as he figured it. In his figure the entire face 
and cheeks and sides of the head are a light yellow dun, only on the 
nose is a strongly contrasting black patch. Jn our Mishmee Hills 
Gnu-goat, the entire face, cheeks, sides of head, chin, and throat 
are black or blackish, only just at the base of the horns is a little 
brownish hair intermingled, or in one or two cases a small dark 
brownish patch appears. I have found many horns intermediate 
between 1 and 2, but not one in any degree intermediate between 2 
and 3. 

I believe that there is no doubt, despite anything previously 
written anywhere to the contrary, that my first figure represents the 
horns of an adult, but not very large, male, my second those of a 
younger, but not very young, male, and my third those of a fine old 
female. 

It is worthy of note that, to judge from the skins, this latter was 
a very much smaller animal than others with horns (of certainly, I 
should say, no greater cubic contents) of the other type, and this is 
exactly what we should expect in the case of females and males of this 
group. Of course the animal might grow; but it is physically 
impossible, it seems to me, for horns of the No. 3 type to grow into 
smaller and wholly different-shaped horns of the No. 2 type. 

Whether at an earlier stage the horns of the male and female 
resemble each other more closely, and what the horns of the male 
in its earliest stages are hike, my present materials do not enable me to 
decide, but I soon hope to have a complete series. The smallest 

1 That is, if the animal figured really be O. nahoor; but it must be admitted 


that I have never seen any male horns of this species at a// like the plate, and 
no female horns so thick and large. 


486 MR. E. SYMONDS ON SOUTH-AFRICAN SNAKES. [June 7, 


horn of the Nos. 1 & 2 types that I have seen measured 14 inches 
in length, measured in the manner (already explained) that we 
measure this type, and this means a smaller horn than a 12°5 horn 
of the No. 3 type measured as we measure these. 

However large the horn of the No. 3 type, it can be readily taken 
off its core, which is of the shape figured by Milne-Edwards; how- 
ever small the horns of a No. 2 type, it is always impossible, owing 
to the twist in the cores, to get the horns off them. 

The peculiar shape of what I suppose to be the male horns is 
just what one would expect to be developed in males butting 
together ; the females do not require to fight, and hence the total 
absence of that great thickening to the front and close approach 
which the horns of the male show at that precise point where the 
shock of battle has to be sustained. 

As to the pelage, I cannot yet be certain; the black or blackish 
heads are constant, from kids to the largest males, and (selon moi) 
females ; but the body in some is a yellow dun, much as in Milne- 
Edwards’s plate, while in others it is a deep dusky reddish brown, 
with a great deal of black intermingled, and some intermediate 
shades occur. These differences are not, I think, due either to age 
or sex, but are, I believe, seasonal. 


2. Notes on some Species of South-African Snakes. By 
Epmonp Symonps, of Kroonstad, Orange Free State. 
(Communicated by J. H. Gurney.) 


[Received April 30, 1887.] 


[The following notes were accompanied by specimens of the Snakes 
referred to, which have been kindly identified for me by Dr. Giinther. 
With one exception, they were all collected in the vicinity of Kroon- 
stad, where Mr. Symonds resides.—J. H. G.] 


1. CoRONELLA CANA. 


Length from head to end of tail 4 feet 6 inches; from vent to 
tail 8 inches. 

Tail rather short and stumpy. 

Iris brown; pupil circular. 

Teeth.—Lower jaw a single row on each side, about 12; upper 
jaw a double row on each side, about 8; no fangs posterior or 
anterior. 

Colour very dark brown, on the back almost black, sides rather 
lighter, belly a glossy slaty black. 

Habits.—As a rule rather sluggish until thoroughly roused and 
irritated, when it strikes rapidly, but will always get away if possible ; 
does not dilate the neck. Common near Kroonstad, but not so common 
as the copper-coloured variety ; one I had in a cage for some time 
ate frogs. 


1887.] | MR. E. SYMONDS ON SOUTH-AFRICAN SNAKES. 487 


The Dutch give them the name of “ Cobra Papl ;”’ others call 
them ‘‘ Mole-vreter.” I think they are harmless. 

In this specimen a small gland, solid, about the size of a small 
pea, was found just under the skin at the posterior end of the upper 
maxilla on both sides. 

A. second specimen.—Length 4 feet 10 inches ; from vent to tail 
12 inches. 

Back dark reddish brown, sides dull salmon-colour, centre of belly 
slate-blue ; on the sides of the belly-plates a row of dark spots; the 
whole skin very glossy during life. 

A third specimen.—Length 4 feet 7 inches; from vent to tail 
10 inches. 

Back yellowish brown, very like the colour of sandy ground and 
difficult to see when the Snake is not moving, from its similarity to 
the soil; belly bright yellow with a pinkish tinge, and an irregular 
black mark down the centre of the belly on the upper edge of the 
shields; this begins 3 or 4 inches beyond the neck, becoming more 
and more marked towards the vent, where it becomes a narrow line 
on the lower edge of the shields ; beyond the vent it disappears. 

The shields below the vent are double, and each shield has a dark 
brown line at its lower edge. 

This colour is not common; the specimen sent was killed close to 
the river at Kroonstad. 

A fourth specimen, immature.—Length 23 inches; vent to tail 
42 inches. 

Back yellowish brown, with black spots forming a zigzag line down 
the centre of the back; belly dirty yellow with a reddish tinge. 

Killed whilst going into a house in the town of Kroonstad. 


2. PSAMMOPHIS CRUCIFER. 


Length 263 inches; from vent to tail 67 inches. 

Head long, flat and small. 

Teeth_—Upper jaw with two rows on each side; lower jaw with 
one row on each side; the exterior row on the upper jaw has the 
last tooth larger than the rest. 

Pupil circular, iris brick-red. Neck slightly narrower than the 
head. 

Colour.—Back pale olive greenish-brown, with one broad stripe 
down the back and a narrow stripe on each side chocolate-brown ; 
belly dirty white, with a few black spots extending from the neck 
halfway to the tail. 

Habits.—This seems to be a kind of grass-snake and is rather 
common here; it eats frogs, but, on the other hand, a specimen 
183 inches long was found dead in the mouth of a large bull-frog, 
which much resented being done out of its meal. 


3. PsAMMOPHIS SIBILANS. 


This species and the preceding are known here under the name of 
Schaaf-sticker (sheep-sticker). 
Length 31 inches ; from vent to tail 8 inches. 


488 MR. E. SYMONDS ON SOUTH-AFRICAN SNAKES. [June 7, 


Head long, almond-shaped, supraorbital ridge very prominent. 

Teeth.—Upper jaw with two rows on each side ; lower jaw with 
one row on each side. 

Pupil circular; iris light brown, with the inner edge yellow. 

Colour.—Back striped as follows—in the centre a yellow line, then 
a brown stripe, next to that an orange one, then an olive-green 
stripe, next to that a very clean dead-white one adjoining the belly, 
which is greenish brown; all the colours being very bright and 
clear. 

Habits.—Found in the long grass, very quick in its movements ; 
and said to kill sheep !! 

I had one of these Snakes for some time in confinement, but it 
would not eat, though it drank a little milk; I never saw it strike 
or try to bite. I often handled it, and it got tame after a time. 


4. LEPTODIRA RUFESCENS. 


Length 183 inches; from vent to tail 23 inches. 

Head heart-shaped, like a Viper’s. 

Teeth.— Upper jaw with two rows on each side, at the back of the 
exterior row a large tooth which is movable; lower jaw with one 
row on each side. At the back of the jaws there was a small solid 
body rather like a gland, but I could not find a duct. 

Pupil a vertical slit. 

Colour.— Back and sides light greenish brown with fine white spots ; 
belly dirty white. 

Habits.—Very similar to those of the Vipers; it coils itself up, 
making a hissing noise loud for its size ; it seems sluggish, but strikes 
very suddenly and rapidly ; it is often found at night in little foot- 
paths, and is hence called by the Dutch “ Padlooper,” or “ Path- 
walker ;”’ it eats frogs. 


5. LAMPROPHIS AURORA. 


Length 24 inches; from vent to tail 33 inches. 

Head flat and blunt ; body thick and tail stumpy. 

Teeth.—Upper jaw with two rows on each side; lower jaw with 
one row on each side. 

Pupil circular. 

Colour.—Back olive-green, with a light yellow stripe down the 
centre ; belly yellowish white. 

I have only seen two specimens of this Snake, both killed close to 
the town of Kroonstad ; I know nothing of its habits. 


6. NAJA HAJE. 


This specimen was given to me by Mr. Thomas Ayres, of Pot- 
chefstroom ; I regret that I have never seen this species alive. 


7. SEPEDON HZ MACHATES. 
Length 4 feet 2 inches ; from vent to tail 8 inches. 


1$87.] MR. E.SYMONDS ON SOUTH-AFRICAN SNAKES. 489 


Head flattened, triangular. Neck narrower than the base of head, 
flattened out like a hood when disturbed. 

Teeth.—One palatine row on each side of the upper jaw; in front, 
on each side of upper jaw, a conical hollow tooth, immovable, slightly 
curved, and partially covered by the gum, which is apparently retrac- 
tile; lower jaw with one row on each side. Behind the jaws is 
situated, cne on each side, a gland or bag containing a jelly-like 
fluid, with a duct leading to the large tooth in the upper jaw; the 
lining membrane of this gland is rather gelatinous ; on pressing the 
gland fluid oozes out of the tooth; the gland, which is almond- 
shaped, rounded at the posterior end, lies between two small 1auscles, 
the fibres of which cross one another, apparently acting as an ejector 
or compressor. 

Pupils circular. 

Colour.—Back a dull slaty black ; belly bright glossy black, with 
two white bands, the first 6 inches from the nose, consisting of about 
four shields, beyond which the white colour does not extend, these 
are followed by four black shields, and then by the second white 
band consisting of about five shields; the shields below the vent 
are double. 

Hatits.—This is one of the commonest Snakes about Kroonstad ; 
it often does not move until it is approached pretty closely, when it 
will creep into a hole if not molested, but if frightened stands up 
with neck much dilated, and if, in trying to hit it, you miss it, it 
comes straight at you rather rapidly and will spit with remarkable 
accuracy for your face ; one that I caught alive spat 5 feet. The fluid 
seems acrid and may blister slightly on a tender skin; if it goes into 
the eye, it occasions a good deal of smarting for perhaps a day. 
These Snakes are said to be very poisonous, but I know of no 
authenticated case of any one being bitten, and, according to my 
experience of several live ones that I have had, they very rarely bite, 
but always spit until the saliva is exhausted. On several occasions I 
gave them live mice for food, and they have spat at them until their 
fur was quite wet; but only on one occasion did one of them bite a 
mouse, and then the mouse rolled over dead instantly. They would 
not eat a mouse, but seemed very fond of frogs; they are also rather 
fond of hen’s eggs, and I have seen them curled up on a nest of eggs. 

These Snakes do not strike with very great rapidity, and certainly 
not with the accuracy of a Puff-Adder (which is not only most 
accurate but also strikes with fearful rapidity). They grow toa good 
size, the largest I have seen being nearly 6 feet long; the younger 
ones are of a grey-brown colour mottled with black. They generally 
live in holes, but sometimes take to water and swim well. ‘Their 
Dutch name is “ Ringhals.” 


490 ON COLEOPTERA FROM BRITISH GUIANA. [June 7, 


3. List of a small Collection of Coleoptera obtained by Mr. 
W. L. Sclater in British Guiana. By Martin Jacosy. 
With the Description of a new Species by H. W. Barss, 
F.R.S. 

[Received May 9, 1887.] 


Mr. Sclater’s collection, made principally at Maccasseema on the 
Pomeroon River, contains examples of the following species :— 


1. Theropsophus complanatus, 7. 10. Veturius platyrhinus, Hope. 

2. Tetracha violacea, var., [eiche. 11. Stenocrates laborator, F’. 

3. Rhynchophorus palmarum, L. 12. Zophobas morio, F’. 

4. Rhina barbicornis, F. 13. Nytobeetes variolosa, F’. 

5. Ccelosis biloba, /’, 14. Megaderus stigma. 

6. Strategus alceus, L. 15. Logocheirus araneiformis. 

7. Phileurus didymus, L. 16. Chlorida festiva, L. 

8. Phileurus depressus, 7’. 17. Orthomegas cinnamomeus, Oliv. 
9. Phileurus sclateri, sp. nov. 18. Eumolpus surinamensis. 


The following description of the new Phileurus has been drawn 
up by Mr. H. W. Bates, F.R.S. :— 


PHILEURUS SCLATERI, Sp. Nov. 
Oblongus, subdepressus, nigro-nitidus ; elytris minute seriato-punc- 
tatis nec striatis, interstitiis subtilissime alutaceis et granulatis. 


Long. 23 millim. 
Distinguished from all other described species by the fine sculpture 


Phileurus sclateri. 


and subopaque surface of the elytra. It belongs to Burmeister’s 
Section IA. of the genus, the anterior tibiz having three sharp 


1587.] | ON THE LARYNX OF THE ANUROUS AMPHIBIA. 491 


teeth and the head two frontal tubercles, which, however, are much 
smaller than in any other species of the group, and followed behind 
by a broad but shallow frontal cavity. The clypeus is pointed and 
recurved ; the mandibles without trace of tooth on their outer edge. 
The thorax is as broad as the elytra, broadly rounded on the sides, 
slightly narrowed to the base, with acute hind angles; the surface 
free from furrows and strongly and sparsely punctured, the punc- 
tures on the disk larger and transverse-oval or oblong ; on each side 
of the anterior disk is a small round fovea. The rows of small cir- 
cular punctures on the elytra are obliterated on the sides posteriorly 
and on approaching the apical callus. The hind tibiz have no trace 
of spine on their outer edge (only a few short sete), but there is a 
jong spine at their outer apex. The species therefore is intermediate 
between Burmeister’s subgroups a and 6. The basal joint of the 
hind tarsi is not prolonged into a spine. The pygidium is opaque 
and punctured ; the apical ventral segment very finely punctured, the 
rest of the abdomen (except the extreme sides) being smooth. 
The metasternum is punctured on the sides and clothed with reddish 
hair. 


4. On a hitherto unrecognized Feature in the Larynx of the 
Anurous Amphibia. By G. B. Howss, F.Z.S., F.L.S., 
Assist. Prof. of Zoology, Normal School of Science 
and R. School of Mines, 8. Kensington. 


[Received June 2, 1887.] 


The general structure of the respiratory organs in the Amphibia 
was first carefully analyzed by Henle, nearly fifty years ago’. He 
showed that well-developed laryngeal cartilages are nearly always 
present, and that the trachea and bronchi, though subject to con- 
siderable variation, may be supported by cartilaginous elements also. 
Conspicuous among recent investigators in the same field is Wie- 
dersheim. He has shown? that in the Gymnophiona, as in some 
Urodeles (e. g. Siren and Amphiuma), trachea and bronchi are well 
differentiated, and that fully formed cartilaginous rings may be 
developed in connection therewith. To him we are also indebted 
for a description of the larynx of Rana esculenta in ail its details °, 
and for a number of other observations upon the subject generally ; 
while he has summed up our knowledge of this in his Text-book of 
Vertebrate Anatomy. Dubois is now engaged upon a searching 
investigation into the morphology of the larynx. He calls attention 
in his preliminary notes* to the presence, among other things, of 


* ‘Vergleichende anatomische Beschreibung des Kehlkopfs :’ Leipzig, 1839. 

2 ‘Die Anatomie der Gymnophionen:’ Jena, 1879. Cf. also his ‘ Lehrbuch 
d. vergleich. Anatomie d. Wirbelthiere.’ 

* Originally in his ‘ Lehrbuch,’ edit. i. vol. ii. 1882, pp. 640-645. 

* “Zur Morphologie des Larynx,” Anat. Anzeiger, vol. i.1886. See also Van 
Bemmelen, Zoolog. Anzeiger, yol. x. 1887, p. 91. 


492 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON AN UNRECOGNIZED FEATURE [June 7, 


median procricoid (interarytenoid) elements in the Amphibia—an 
interesting feature of comparison with the higher types. 

The Amphibian larynx is, like that of Reptiles, chiefly remarkable 
for the absence of a distinct thyroid cartilage ; but the above résumé 
shows that with this exception there are represented in the respi- 
ratory organs of the Amphibia, as a group, the leading constituents 
of those of the higher Amniota. The epiglottis would, however, 
appear to be absent ; and it is the object of this paper to inquire how 
far this is really the case. 

It is necessary to point out that Henle wrote’ of ‘ Zngystoma’ 
that “die Constrictoren des Stimmladeneingangs sind bei diesen 
Species nur sehr lose an die Stimmlade befestigt, sie liegen in einer 
Querfalte der Schleimhant hinter der Zunge und dem Eingang der 
Stimmlade, und diese Falte bedeckt, wie eine Epiglottis, der vorder- 
sten Theil des Eingangs der Stimmlade.’’ 

My attention was first drawn to this subject two years ago, while 
dissecting a male of the Grass-Frog (Jt. temporaria). In that speci- 
men (fig. 1 a)* the front wall of the larynx was prolonged forwards 


Fig. 1. 


The larynx in Rana. 1. R. esculenta, young ¢. la. R. temporaria, 3. 
1b. R. temporaria, 8. 1c. R. temporaria, 9. All magnified three times. 


eg, epiglottis; @.a, aditus laryngis. 


into two papillate folds (ey.), which were tumid and connected 
together by a thin film, the whole constituting a forward prolongation 
of the laryngeal mucous membrane apparently superadded to that 
which is customary. Wiedersheim, in describing the larynx of 
R. esculenta, points out* that it lies immediately behind a deep 
depression of the mucous membrane which corresponds with the 
( L. c. p. 28. 

Originally figured in ‘ Atlas of Elem, Biology,’ pl. i. fig. 13 (1885). 

‘Die Anatomie des Frosches,’ Ecker and Wiedersheim, pt. 5, p. 8 (Brunswick, 
1882). 


1887. | IN THE LARYNX OF THE ANUROUS AMPHIBIA. 493 


hinder border of the body of the hyoid. This was so in the specimen 
to which I have just referred, and the anterior prolongation described 
overhung this depression, in a manner strikingly suggestive of the 
epiglottis. 

Holl* and Royer and Bambecke* have most recently studied the 
anatomy of the mouth in the Anurous Amphibia: the first-named 
author deals chiefly with histological details in R. temporaria; the 
last-named deal with the subject in general; but [ fail to find 
mention, in their writings, of those facts with which I am concerned. 
I am satisfied that the structures described above may or may not 
be present in individual examples of the common Frog, and have 
found, to my surprise, that the free anterior extremity of the larynx 
is subject to no inconsiderable amount of variation in it, to say 
nothing of the Anura as a group. 

If the lips of the laryngeal aditus be examined with care in 
R. temporaria there will generally be found at its anterior end folds 
identical with those here figured, but more or less marked. The 
are sometimes so small that there is little wonder they should have 
been so long overlooked. They are well ditferentiated from the rest 
of the larynx ; of a yellowish colour in life and soft and fleshy, pro- 
jecting freely beyond those parts which are supported in cartilage 
(cf. tigs. 1, la, eg). There generally passes between them a thin 
transverse fold of mucous membrane, and occasionally, when very 
minute, they are, together with the same, erected and closely applied 
to the front face of the larynx (figs. ] 6 and 3). I was for some 
time disposed to think that they might be peculiar to the males; 
but that this is not the case the larynx of an adult female, repre- 
sented in fig. 1 c, will show. That specimen is further remarkable, 
among the larynges of a number of females which I have examined, 
for the fact that the folds were continued along the sides of the 
aditus, the anterior half of that being thus embraced by a hood- 
shaped lip. 

On examining other members of the group, it early became obvious 
that the structure with which we here have to deal was by no means 
exceptional. In Leptodactylus pentadactylus and the Buil-Frog 
(R. pipiens), for example (figs. 2 and 3), two papillate elevations were 
found to be present; these were in both cases small and erected, and 
united by a transverse fold as in the first-named example. Compa- 
rison of figs. 1 b and 2 reveals an absolute identity between indivi- 
duals of &. temporaria and Leptodactylus pentadactylus. 

In two of the above-named species I found, in addition to the fore- 
going, a couple of other folds which were related to the hind half of 
the aditus (ep, figs. 2 and 3). In the Bull-Frog (fig. 3) they 
passed insensibly into the mucous membrane posterior to the larynx ; 
but in Leptodactylus (fig. 2) they united behind so as to form an 
insignificant lip which embraced the hind boundary of the aditus, 
much as did the supposed epiglottis its front one. I have not seen 

1 Sitzungsb. Wien. Akad., Jan. 1887. 


2 «Sur les caract. fournis par la bouche des tétards des Batraciens anoures 
d'Europe,” Bullet. Soc. Zool. d. France, 1881, p. 75. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1887, No. XX XIII. 33 


494 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON AN UNRECOGNIZED FEATURE [June7 


these folds in either the Grass or Edible Frogs. I propose to term 
them, in accordance with their position, epilaryngeal folds. 

At this stage two difficulties presented themselves. Firstly, as to 
the epilaryngeal folds. Their condition, as seen in the Bull-Frog, 
might conceivably be such as would have resulted from puckering 
of a loose membrane under muscular contraction ; while their sym- 


The larynx in Leptodactylus pentadactylus, 3, front view. Magnified 
two and a half times. 


Fig. 3. 


The larynx in Rana pipiens, 2, top view. Magnified twice. 
eg, epiglottis ; ep, epilaryngeal folds ; /.a, aditus laryngis; ¢, tongue; @, ceso- 
phagus. 


metry and union in Leptodactylus pointed, no less distinctly, to the 
conclusion that they were definite and permanent structures. Doubt 
was dispelled on examination of other genera, for in a male of Cera- 
tophrys americana (fig. 4) the two folds not only united behind but 
gave rise to a clearly differentiated overhanging lip, ep., such as could 
only have been a permanent structure. 

Secondly, as to the anterior folds, eg. As already stated, I at first 
took these to represent the epiglottis of the higher Amniota; but 


1887.] «IN THE LARYNX OF THE ANUROUS AMPHIBIA. 495 


their paired nature, which is most conspicuous throughout, remained 
for some time a stumbling-block in the way of that interpretation. 
His, however, has shown that the human epiglottis and plicz ary- 
epiglotticze are formed froma primarily paired structure. He describes 
them as arising within what he terms the ‘mesobranchial area,’ 
from the modification of a couple of conjoined papillate folds or 
‘furcula.’ In other words, the human epiglottis is, according to 
him, a strictly bilaterally symmetrical structure. Comparison of his 
description and figures (see especially fig. 44, p. 66, J. c.) with those 
here given shows that there is no important difference, either in 
position or origin, between the developing human epiglottis and the 
epiglottidean folds of the Anura; but it also introduces a fresh 
difficulty, on account of the presence in the latter of a couple of tumid 


Fig. 4. Fig. 5. 


Fig. 4. The Jarynx in Ceratophrys americana, S. Magnified three times. 
Fig. 5. The same in Calyptocephalus gayi, $. Magnified twice. 
References as in figs. 2 and 3. 


folds below those which I have thus far described (* figs. 1 ¢ and 3). 
These might conceivably represent the furcula of His. They are, 
however, exceedingly inconstant, and in numerous instances unrecog- 
nizable ; fig. 3 represents their maximum development observed. In 
one instance I noted (R. temporaria, 9, fig. 1c) that they were 
asymmetrical, that of the left side being much the smaller of the two’; 
and this at once suggested that they might be accidental and due 
to displacement. From careful study of both living and preserved 
specimens, I am fully satisfied that this is the case. Careful dissec- 
tion has shown me that they are mere displacements of the mucous 
membrane, varying with the degree of contraction of the constrictor 
laryngis and petrohyoid muscles, and I regard them, moreover, as 
identical with that fold described by Henle in Engystoma, and 
likened by him to the epiglottis, as already stated. 

The facts before us go far to justify the view that the epiglottidean 
folds of the Anura are homologous with the epiglottis of Mammals 
in its most typical form; a striking difference, however, suggests 
itself when comparing the two more closely. The Mammalian epi- 
glottis is always chondrified, and in direct relationship with the 


* «Anatomie menschlicher Embryonen,’ pt. 3, p. 60 e¢ seg. Leipzig, 1885. 
* Insufficiently expressed in the woodcut, at **. 
Bb 


496 PROF, G. B. HOWES ON AN UNRECOGNIZED FEATURE [June 7, 


thyroid cartilage ; in the Amphibia, on the other hand, the epiglot- 
tidean fold is entirely membranous and in direct connection with the 
arytenoids, the front faces of which it surmounts (fig. 9, eg.). This 
difficulty, however, vanishes when it is considered that all recent 
investigation goes to show that the epiglottis is a secondary structure, 
formed independently of the rest of the larynx, and subject to the 
greatest variation. Dubois states* that in Mammals it represents a 
chondrification of the submucous tissue of the glosso-laryngeal 
fold, and that it only secondarily comes into connection with the 
thyroid cartilage. Clearly, then, the absence of a thyroid cartilage 
in the Amphibia cannot militate against my view. The same author 
further states that the epiglottis is present only in Mammals; but 
comparison of figs. 1, 1 a, 4, with His’s figures of the human embryo 
referred to, shows that that is certainly not the case. Consideration 
of the above facts, taken collectively, forces us to the conclusion that 
the epiglottis may be represented in Anurous Amphibians, and that 
in a form most nearly realizing, so far as our present knowledge 
carries us, the initial stage in its development in man himself. 

The interest attaching itself to the discovery of the epiglottis in 
Amphibia is self-evident, and it opens up questions of no little mor- 
phological importance. Future investigation must decide how far 
that which is customarily termed the epiglottis in some Reptiles” 
and Birds may or may not correspond with that of Mammals. 

A consideration of the functional significance of this organ, as here 
described, reveals some interesting facts. Examination of the figures 
shows at once that the Amphibian epiglottis cannot have much, if any- 
thing, to do with deglutition. The classical Johannes Miller was 
one of the first to insist * upon the functional importance of the Mam- 
malian epiglottis as a voice-organ ; and it is now clearly established * 
that while that structure is not essential to deglutition, either of 
solids or liquids, it is indispensable to the full exercise of the voice, 
playing a part in phonation of unexpected importance. 

Turning to the Amphibia, it is satisfactory to note that nothing at 
all comparable to that which I have described is forthcoming among 
the tailed forms. The epiglottis is clearly appearing among the 
Anura; and it becomes a question of the highest interest to inquire, 
in the knowledge of the above physiological facts, whether its relative 
development is in any way associated with that of other accessories 
to the voice, so well known in the males of certain genera. 

Henle long ago called attention (J. c.) to the existence of minor 
sexual differences in the laryngo-tracheal skeleton in Pipa and other 
Anura. I have already shown that traces of both the epiglottis and 
epilaryngeal folds may be found in females of certain species (figs. 1 ¢ 
and 3); and, on turning ny attention to the proposition above named, 
I was, at first, awarded with unexpected success. In a male of 


1 L.c. p. 186. 

» Cf. Henle, J. c. pp. 51, 52, and 60, 61. 

8 Handbuch d. Physiologie, 1840. 

4 Walton, “The Function of the Epiglottis,” Journ. of Physiology, vol. i. 
1878-9. 


1837.] IN THE LARYNX OF THE ANUROUS AMPHIBIA. 497 


Ceratophrys americana (fig. 4, p. 495) both epiglottis and epilaryngeal 
folds were found to be well developed ; but though conspicuous, they 
remain co.nparatively insignificant beside those of an adult male of 


Fig. 6. 


€, 
The Jarynx and floor of the mouth in Chiroleptes australs, adult 3. 


Ree 


“eg. 
The larynx in the same, seen en face. Both figs, magnified twice. 
References as in previous figures. s.g', orifice of gular sac. 


Chiroleptes australis, that being one of the genera possessed of the 
well-known gular sac (s.9, s.g', figs. 6and 9). This specimen presents 
the maximum development observed, and I have accordingly figured 


498 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON AN UNRECOGNIZED FEATURE [June 7, 


it (figs. 6 to 10) in all its important aspects. The interest of it is 
vastly increased when it is stated that in a female which I have exa- 
mined the folds were absent, while in a second male they were 
insignificant '—facts which point to the conclusion that their develop- 


ment takes place comparatively late in life, in all probability corre- 
latively with sexual maturation. 


Fig. 8. 


cll. 


The same, in longitudinal section. 
References as in previous figures. c.a, right arytenoid ; c.lt, ericoid (laryngo- 
tracheal) cartilage; hy, body of hyoid; m.gh, genio-hyoglossus muscles ; 


pe, pericardium; p/, entrance to right lung; s.g, gular sac; vc, right 
vocal cord. 


Figs. 6 to 9 will show how fully the two structures may be de- 
veloped. ‘The epiglottis, eg., stands out prominently in front; the 
epilaryngeal fold is hood-shaped, overhanging the hinder third of the 
aditus, and the two together embrace the lateral walls of the aditus 
for nearly its whole extent—so much so, that I at first took them to be 
continuous. ‘This, however, is not the case, and here, as in all other 
examples with which I have met, the two structures, although they 
may approximate, are perfectly distinct (cf: fig. 5). The epilaryngeal 
fold is entirely membranous, exhibiting on its upper part, which is 

1 For the opportunity of examining these two specimens, as for further 


assistance, I am indebted to the courtesy of Mr. Boulenger, F.Z.S., of the 
National Museum at South Kensington. 


1887.] IN THE LARYNX OF THE ANUROUS AMPHIBIA. 499 


thinner and more vibratile than the rest, a beautiful parallel striation ; 
the epiglottis is also membranous, but supported upon a connective- 
tissue framework, which is densest along the lines of development 
of its paired outgrowths. Neither epiglottis nor epilaryngeal folds 
appear to have given attachment to definite muscies ; the epiglottis 
was very flexible in life; and although unable to trace a direct 
muscular connection, I incline to the belief that it was under mus- 
cular control. 

What may be the precise function performed by these interesting 
structures, I do not pretend to say, but I hold it indubitable that 
they are concerned in phonation. If this be admitted, a most inter- 
esting parallelism becomes obvious between the higher Amniota 
(Mammalia) and the higher Ichthyopsida (Anura) with respect to 
the appearance of the epiglottis as an accompaniment of specialized 
laryngeal activity ; and we have good reason for believing that organ 
to have been primarily connected with phonation—a deduction 
which all recent investigation into the function of the Mammalian 
epiglottis upholds. 

While the epiglottis makes its appearance in the Amphibia as an 
accessory voice-organ, its development does not appear to be of 
necessity related to a high development of the voeal sac. Heron 
Royer has lately described’ the larynx of Hyla meridionalis (bary- 
tonus, Royer) ; in it, in spite of the immense development of the gular 
sac, there does not appear to be anything present of the nature 
described above. Royer has further pointed to specific differences 
between the larynges of H. arborea and H. meridionalis; Mr. Bou- 
lenger, however, informs me that he has found the same to be of no 
specific value, and I fully share that belief. 

Thanks to Prof. Huxley and Mr. Boulenger, I have been able to 
examine a series of specimens, with the result set forth in the 
following table*:— 


a. Epiglottis present: epilaryngeal folds confluent behind. 


Heleioporus albopunctatus. ¢. 
Leptodactylus pentadactylus. 
3. 


Calyptocephalus gayi. <3. 
Ceratophrys americana. <6. 
Chiroleptes australis. Adult 3. 


b. Epiglottis present ; epilaryngeal folds not confluent behind. 


Hyla lichenata. QQ. 
*hana pipiens. S, Q. 


Hyla cerulea. ¢. 
* dolichopsis. 3,2. (A 
second ¢ showed no traces.) 


c. Epiglottis present, but small; epilaryngeal folds absent. 


*Rana esculenta. S, Q. 
* temporaria. o,Q. 


*Bombinator bombinus. <. 
Chiroleptes alboguttatus. <3. 
australis. 3 juv. 


1 «Note sur une forme de Rainette nouvelle pour la faune frangaise,” Bullet, 
Soe. Zool. d. France, vol. ix. 1884. 
2 One specimen only examined, excepting those marked *. 


500 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON AN UNRECOGNIZED FEATURE [June7, 


d. Epiglottis and epilaryngeal folds both absent. 


Bufo typhonius. 2. *Rana esculenta. , Q. 
Cornufer vitianus. Q. ‘s temporaria. 3,9. 
*Hyla meridionalis. 3, Q. temporalis. 6. 
venulosa. . Rappia marmorata. QQ. 
* Hylodes martinicensis. Q juv. | Rhacophorus maculatus. 3,9. 
Nannophrys ceylonensis. 3. Rhinoderma darwint. 6. 
Phryniscus levis. 2. Nenophrys monticola. 9. 


Phyllomedusa bicolor. 3 juv. 


Perusal of the above brings into prominence a wide range of in- 
dividual and specific variations. ‘The former are, however, less 
striking than appears at first sight, and little more remarkable than 
those of the Amphibian manus and pes, or of the Batoid intestinal 
valve! ; the latter find a near parallel in the modifications of the larynx 
in certain fruit-eating Bats recorded by Dobson*. That observer 
has obtained a satisfactory explanation of the phenomena upon purely 
physiological grounds, and the analogy suggests that an investiga- 
tion into the habits of the living Anura under consideration might 
furnish a similar clue. If, as the analogy to Chiroleptes would 
suggest, the folds in question are associated with the development of 
vocal sacs, it is difficult to reconcile their absence in Hyla meri- 
dionalis and H. venulosa, with their presence in H. dolichopsis and 
Bombinator ; while the combination met with in Heleioporus would 
appear to negative the supposition. It may be held that the struc- 
tures are developed periodically or with sexual maturation; but, 
if so, it becomes hard to account for their insignificance in the male 
of Leptodactylus (fig. 2), in which the accessory spurs had attained a 
considerable development. The facts adduced in Chiroleptes aus- 
tralis, while they appear to favour this belief, are, in themselves, 
capable of a different interpretation, for that the differences between 
the two males which I have examined are due to age is a surmise. 
The facts are very puzzling; but who is to say that, in the most 
marked cases recorded, we may not be dealing with a character of 
taxonomic value, fit at least to rank with those customarily relied 
upon’. 

Apart from the above considerations, examination of the figures 
shows most conclusively that, in the specimens which I have described, 
a gradational modification can be traced. Chiroleptes (fig. 6) and 
Rana (fig. 1 6) stand at opposite ends of a series, the intermediate 
steps in which are furnished by Ceratophrys, Leptodactylus, and 
Rana pipiens, in succession. The question therefore arises as to 
which of the two first-named typifies the more primitive arrangement. 


' T. J. Parker, T. Z. S. 1880, pp. 49-61. 

2 P.Z.8. 1881, pp. 685-93. 

3 Cf. remarks by Huxley on the “Taxonomy of the Canide” (P. Z. 8. 1880, 
p. 286), and by Herdman, “On the Specific and Local Variations in the 
Tunicata (First Report of the Liverpool Marine Biological Committee, 1886, 
pp. 855, 356). 


1887.] IN THE LARYNX OF THE ANUROUS AMPHIBIA. 501 


If the apparatus be held to be of none but physiological significance, 
the clue to its meaning has yet to be found ; it is clearly in no way 
associated with the development of the vocal sac, nor is it confined to 
the males, as might be supposed. In the higher forms, however, it 
is vestigial and of little or no functional importance; and there is 
nothing forthcoming in any one specimen which is not represented in 
the male of Chiroleptes. These facts, in view of the uniformity of 
development of the parts in the latter, would seem to me to suggest 
that the apparatus has an important morphological significance, and 
that in the admittedly lowly Australian type the primitive condition 
is most nearly exemplified. The problem is an interesting one, and 
further investigation is necessary for its solution. 

Turning, finally, to the question of general morphological import- 
ance, it is clear that the discovery of the epiglottis in the Amphibia, 
in the form and under the conditions here recorded, carries back a 
stage further the initiation of one more structure pecuiiarly charac- 
teristic of Mammals. ‘The interest of this is increased when we 
reflect upon the identity of the Amphibian epiglottis, which is 
clearly bilaterally symmetrical, if not actually paired, with the initial 
phase in development of that organ in the human subject as observed 
by His. The facts show that the origin of this typically Mamma- 
lian structure must be sought in animals lower than the living 
Lizards’. It would be wide of the mark to form data for discussing 
the question of Mammalian affinities upon it. In view, however, 
of the anticipation of the czecum coli in the Common Frog’, and of 
the excursions made by those Amphibia with suppressed larval meta- 
morphoses*, in which it is highly probable there may have been 
foreshadowed the foetal membranes of the Amniota (cf. Huxley, 
P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 660), the facts here recorded can best be regarded 
as invicative of similar excursions towards the elaboration of the 
voice-organ, anticipatory, as has been shown, of the characteristically 
Mammalian condition. 


1 Tt is of interest here to note the existence of an epiglottis-like fibro-carti- 
laginous plate in Protopterus. Attention was first drawn to it by Henle (/. c. 
pp: 5, 6), and it was shortly afterwards described in full and figured by Bischoff 
(“ Deser. Anat. du Lepidosiren paradoxa,’ Ann. Sci. Nat. t. xiv. Zool. 1840 
p. 136). Wiedersheim has refigured it (‘ Lehrbuch’) and recorded (¢béd.) the 
discovery of an analogous structure in Lepidosteus. 

? Huxley, in Huxley and Martin’s Elem. Biology, 1875, p. 166. 

8 Especially Nototrema, Weinland, Archiy f. Anat. und Phys. 1854; Hylodes, 
Peters and Gundlach, Monatsh. Berlin. Acad. 1876; Ranaopisthodon, Boulenger, 
T. Z. 8. vol. xii. 1886 ; Phyllomedusa, y. Ihering and Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. 
Nat. Hist. vol. xvii. 1886. 

For a résumé of the subject generally, with full references and list of species, 
see Boulenger on Phyllomedusa, op. cit. p. 464. Cf. also Smith and Cope on 
Dendrobates, Amer. Naturalist, 1887, pp. 807-311. 


502 ON A COLLECTION OF BIRDS FROM BORNEO. [June 23, 


June 23, 1887. 
Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


Mr. Sclater laid upon the table the skin of a White-nosed Mon- 
key of the genus Cercopithecus, which had been presented to the 
Society’s Menagerie by the Rev. W. C. Willoughby, December 9, 
1883, and had died on the 13th November last year. 

Mr. Sclater had now ascertained from Mr. Willoughby that 
this specimen had been obtained by him in Unyamwezi, Eastern 
Equatorial Africa, and was said to have been brought from Man- 
yuema, on the western shore of Lake Tanganyika. It was un- 
doubtedly different from the ordinary form of C. petaurista of 
West Africa, hitherto received by the Society, and was at once 
recognizable by having the last two thirds of the tail red. It 
appeared to be the species designated by Schlegel (Mus. des Pays- 
Bas, Simize, p. 87) Cercopithecus ascanias, but Mr. Sclater much 
doubted whether it was legitimately entitled to bear that name. 

Until the synonymy of the West-African Monkeys was more 
completely worked out, it was not advisable to give it a new name, 
but it was interesting to have ascertained the correct locality of 
this Monkey. 


Mr. Sclater exhibited a specimen of the Pheasant from Northern 
Afghanistan which he had described in 1885 (P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 322, 
plate xxii.) as Phasianus principalis, and stated that he was pleased 
to find that his name for this bird antedated that bestowed upon ti 
by Bogdanow, Phasianus komarovi', and must therefore be adopted. 
M. Menzbier had compared typical specimens of P. komarovi with 
birds from the Murghab and had found them identical. 

The specimen now exhibited had been kindly presented to Mr. 
Sclater by Gen. Sir Peter Lumsden, G.C.B., F.Z.S. 


The following extract was read from a letter addressed to the 
Secretary by Mr. A. Everett, C.M.Z.S., dated Labuan, April 21st, 
1887 :— 

“You will be interested to know that Mr. John Whitehead has 
recently returned from the Kina Balu mountains in Northern 
Borneo, where he made a stay of two months on one of the spurs, 
at an elevation of 5000 feet. Mr. Whitehead has collected birds 
chiefly, and there appears to be a considerable proportion of novelties 
among the skins, although perhaps many of them are only new to 
the Bornean avifauna. Among those which seem to me to be really 
new to science are a huge Calyptomena, six times the size of the 
common Green Manakin, but, like it, coloured brilliant green and 
velvety black, only the coloration is differently disposed; a long- 
tailed Eurylemid, which is a very beautiful bird about the size of 


1 Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. xxx. p. 356. 


1887.] MR. A. DENDY ON THE WEST-INDIAN CHALININ&E. 503 


Cymborhynchus, but coloured with very pure tints of blue, green, 
and yellow; a green-and-blue Ploceus (Munia?), a large sooty 
Turdinus, a very large Arachnothera of peculiar style of color- 
ation, a Barbet, a Leucocerca, and a number of others. The only 
ground-birds obtained were a pair of Partridges. The only Pitta 
was P. arcuata. The only Nectarinia at all abundant was N. tem- 
mincki, of which the 2 was also secured. The only mammals 
obtained were two or three species of Rats, Squirrels, and a Tupaia, 
with a Shrew. The Jupaia seems to be new, as also one of the 
Squirrels, an animal not much larger than the pigmy Sciurus evilis, 
and having long tufts of hair to the ears.” 


Dr. Giinther exhibited a hybrid specimen produced by a male 
Golden Pheasant (Thaumalea picta) and a female Reeves’ Pheasant 
(Phasianus reevesi). It was a male in its second year, and had been 
bred by Ralph Saunders, Esq., of Exeter, who had presented the 
specimen to the British Museum. 

Dr. Gunther exhibited also a hybrid specimen produced by a 
male white Fantail Pigeon and a female Collared Dove (Zurtur 
risorius). The specimen was the survivor of the last of three broods 
reared by these birds in Dr. Giinther’s aviaries. 


Dr. Giinther, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., communicated a paper by Mr. 
Artuur Denpy, B.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant in the Zoological Depart- 
ment of the British Museum, containing Observations on the West- 
Indian Chalinine, with Descriptions of new Species, which will 
appear in full, with illustrations, in the ‘ Transactions’ of the Society. 

The paper was divided into two sections—(1) Introductory 
Remarks ; (2) Description of Genera and Species. It was based 
upon the study of the large collection of West-Indian Chalinine 
Sponges accumulated in the Natural-History Museum. 

In the first part of the paper it was pointed out that the species 
described in the second part were especially interesting from two 
points of view :—(1) they afforded excellent illustrations of the great 
variability in external form to which species of Sponges living in 
shallow or comparatively shailow water are subject; and (2) they 
illustrated in a very striking way the manner in which the siliceous 
spicules gradually degenerate and ultimately completely vanish as 
the horny skeleton becomes more and more strongly developed. 

The first of these two general laws was best exemplified in the 
cases of Spinosella sororia, D. & M., and Pachychalina variabilis, 
n. sp. The second was clearly demonstrated, first, by the genus 
Siphonochalina, in which the various species described showed 
different degrees of degeneration in the spicules, ranging from 
Siphonochalina spiculosa, n. sp., with great numbers of well- 
developed spicules, constituting a most important part of the 
skeleton-fibre, to Siphonochalina ceratosa, n. sp-, 10 which the 
skeleton consisted almost entirely of spongin, the spicules being 
represented by the merest vestigial traces lying in the horny fibre. 


504 MR. A. DENDY ON THE WEST-INDIAN CHALININE. [June 23, 


But this law was illustrated in a still more striking manner by two 
species of the genus Spinosella, viz. Spinosella plicifera, D. & M., 
and Spinosella maxima, n. sp., which sometimes still contained traces 
of spicules imbedded in the horny fibre, and apparently on the verge 
of disappearance, while at other times they contained no spicules 
whatever, the skeleton-fibre being entirely horny ; and yet specimens 
with spicules and specimens without were specifically undistinguish- 
able. It appeared that spicules might persist as vestigial structures 
long after they had ceased to be of any functional importance, and 
that they disappeared first from the secendary fibres of the skeleton. 

The bearing of these facts upon the systematic position of the 
so-called “ Keratosa’’ was pointed out, and was, indeed, sufficiently 
obvious. 

The immediate cause of the disappearance of the spicules appeared 
to be the development of the spongin to such an extent as to form 
by itself a sufficiently strong skeleton. In such a skeleton spicules 
would probably be not only useless, but actually harmful, in that 
they would tend to make the fibre rigid and brittle when it is desi- 
rable that it should be elastic and flexible, in order to facilitate the 
free contraction and expansion of the various parts of the canal- 
system, and in order better to withstand the action of the waves 
and currents in the shallow water in which horny-fibred Sponges 
occur. Spongin appeared to be developed to a large extent only 
in warm climates and in tolerably shallow water ; and under such 
conditions Sponges with a strongly developed horny skeleton are 
abundant. 

In the second part of the paper eight species were fully described, 
five of them being new. The following is an enumeration of the 
genera and species, together with brief diagnoses of the new species’. 


Genus PacuycuHa.ina, Schmidt. 


PACHYCHALINA VARIABILIS, 8p. 0. 


External form extremely variable ; usually the same specimen is 
both lobose and digitate. Size of largest specimen 38 em. high by 
37 cm. broad. Colour (drv) light yellowish grey. Texture hard, 
fibrous, somewhat elastic. Surface smooth. Oscula large and 
round, about 5 millim. in diameter; for the most part scattered 
irregularly over one surface of the specimen. 

Main skeleton a very irregular reticulation of strong spiculo-fibre, 
containing both a large amount of spongin and a great number of 
spicules. Primary and secondary lines much confused, longitudinal 
fibres strongly developed. The dermal skeleton also forms an 
irregular network. 

Spicules long and very slender, normally oxeote or strongylote ; 
size 0'126 by 0°003 millim. Occurring in the fibre and scattered 
outside it. 

Nassau, Bahamas. 


! All the specimens were examined in the dry condition. 


1887.] MR, A. DENDY ON THE WEST-INDIAN CHALININE. 505 


Genus SrpHONOCHALINA, Schmidt. 


SIPHONOCHALINA SPICULOSA, sp. nh. 


Sponge consisting of anumber of long, smooth, upright cylindrical 
tubes, united together at the base an also at points of contact. 
Height 27 cm., greatest width 21 cm. Diameter of tubes at top 
38cm. Colour (dry) light yellowish grey. Texture rather brittle. 

Main skeleton consisting of a network of coarse spiculo-fibre, 
composed of very numerous spicules with rather a small proportion 
of spongin. Primary and secondary fibres distinct, giving rise to 
more or less rectangular meshes. Diameter of primary fibres about 
0:06 millim., of secondaries somewhat less; both contain much 
foreign matter, grains of sand &c., imbedded amongst the spicules. 
The dermal skeleton (on the outer surface) is a polygonally meshed 
network of stout spiculo-fibre, 0°03 millim. in average diameter, 

Spicules slightly curved, sharp-pointed oxea; size 0°138 by 0-006 
millim. Occurring in the fibres and scattered between. 

Turk’s Island, Bahamas. 


S1PHONOCHALINA FROCUMBENS, Carter, sp. 


1882. Patuloscula procumbens, Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
ser. 5, vol. ix. p. 365. 
West Indies, Grenada, 


SIPHONOCHALINA CERATOSA, Sp. 0. 


Sponge consisting of a number of upright, cylindrical, thick- 
walled tubes, united together in an irregular basal mass, and also 
united laterally in places by the development of horizontal trabe- 
culze or by direct fusion. ‘Total height 24 em., breadth about 30 cm. 
Diameter of orifice of tubes averaging about 15-2 em. Surface 
smooth but uneven. Colour clear, pale yellow. Texture firm but 
elastic. 

Main skeleton a regular, rectangularly and close-meshed reticula- 
tion of stout horny fibre. Primary fibres about 0°053 millim. thick, 
secondaries but little less. Dermal skeleton (on the outer surface) 
a polygonally meshed reticulation of stout fibre, not distinguishable 
from the main. 

Spicules represented by mere traces of slender oxea, which appear 
to have been almost completely absorbed. 

Nassau, Bahamas. 


Genus SprnosELLA, Vosmaer. 
1864. Tuba, Duchassaing and Michelotti, &c. 


SpINOSELLA sororiA, Duchassaing and Michelotti, sp. 


1864. Tuba sororia, Duchassaing and Michelotti, Spong. Mer 
Caraibe, p. 46, pl. viii. fig. 1. 

1870. Siphonochalina papyracea, Schmidt, Spong. Atlant. Gebiet. 
p- 33. 

West Indies. 


506 MR. A. DENDY ON THE WEST-INDIAN CHALININ. [June 23, 


SPINOSELLA SORORIA, Var. DILATATA. 


Differing from the typical form of the species in its more luxuri- 
ant and bushy habit, and in the much greater width of the larger 
tubes. 

Bahamas. 


SPINOSELLA SORORIA, Var. FRUTICOSA. 


This variety also differs from the typical form in its bushy habit. 
The tubes are cylindrical aud somewhat narrow, their walls are 
thicker, and the venation on the inner surface is not strongly 
marked. 


SPINOSELLA SORORIA, var. ELONGATA. 


Differs from the typical form in having the tubes much elon- 
gated and rather narrow; moreover they are cylindrical and of 
approximately the same width all the way up. The margin of the 
tubes is usually smooth, and the spines on the outer surface are 
almost entirely obsolete. The venation on the inner surface of the 
tubes is usually not discernible. 


SPINOSELLA PLICIFERA (? Lamarck, sp. ), Duchassaing and Miche- 
lotti, sp. 

1813. ?Spongia plicifera, Lamarck, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. tom. xx. 
p- 435. 

1864. Tuba plicifera, Duchassaing and Michelotti, Spong. Mer 
Caraibe, p. 53, pl. x. fig. 2. 

Bahamas. 


SPINOSELLA MAXIMA, Sp. Nn. 


Sponge forming great irregular masses, composed of a number of 
tubes of various shapes and sizes, all united at the base and some 
united lateraily at points of contact. Tubes usually wide, either 
funnel-shaped or constricted at the mouth, commonly the wider ones 
are compressed. Greatest height 45 cm., greatest breadth nearly 
50 em. Outer surface aculeated by very numerous blunt, spinous 
processes, of various lengths up to 1°25 cm. Margin of orifice 
extremely thin and papyraceous. Colour pale yellow. Texture firm 
and hard, but elastic. 

Main skeleton very irregular, consisting of a large-meshed reticula- 
tion of very stout fibres (0°12 millim. thick), and a smaller-meshed 
reticulation of fine fibres (0°013 millim. thick) which take their 
origin from the stout ones. Dermal skeleton a network of stout 
horny fibres, with comparatively smal], rounded meshes. 

Spicules entirely absent in the typical examples. 

Nassau, Bahamas. 

There is also a slight variety which differs from the types in two 
respects—( 1) the spinous processes are represented only by low warts 
and ridges, (2) there still exist within the fibre a very few vestigial 
oxea. 

Jamaica. 


‘THUVATOVINN SOI 


dur ‘soag ude yUIW, YIIL 19 "[sP IMUS "Pp 


Ae ee ee Om ety PEP we cree nee mre ae ft Tat) ey ean 


4 


P.Z.S. 1687. FP Game 


Mintern Bros. imp 


J G.Keulemans del et ith 


CARPOPHAGA WHARTONI. 


Peter Smit delet lith 
PACHYCHALINA SPINOSISSIMA. 


1887.] | ON A COLLECTION FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 507 


SPINOSELLA VELATA, Sp. nl. 


Sponge consisting of a number of irregularly cylindrical or 
compressed tubes, united basally and sometimes laterally. Height 
19 cm., breadth 13 cm. Largest tube 4:5 cm. in diameter at top. 
Tubes provided with broad, horizontal, circular diaphragms, pro- 
jecting inwards at a short distance below the margin. Outer surface 
of tubes distinctly spinose. 

Main skeleton a network of fairly stout fibre; network usually 
irregular, sometimes rectangular. Local concentrations of the 
skeleton network form longitudinal veins, as in S. sororia, &e. 
Fibres about 0'044 millim. thick. Dermal skeleton (on the outside) 
an irregular reticulation of slender fibre. 

Spicules slightly curved, sharp-pointed oxea; size 0°1 by 0:0045 
millim., but usually slenderer. Occurring in the fibres and scattered 
outside. 

Bahamas. 


The following papers were read :— 


1. Report on a Zoological Collection made by the Officers 
of H.M.S. ‘ Flying-Fish’ at Christmas Island, Indian 
Ocean. Communicated by Dr. A. Giinruzr, V.P.Z.S., 
Keeper of the Zoological Department, British Museum. 


[Received May 27, 1887.] 
(Plates XLI.-XLIV.) 


I. Mammalia, by Oxprietp Tuo- | VI. Coleoptera, by C. O. Warzr- 
MAS, p. 511. HousE, p. 520. 
II. Birds, by R. B. Suarps, p. 515. VII. Lepidoptera, by A. G. Burzzr, 
III. Reptiles, by G. A. Bounenasr, p. 522. 
p. 516. VIII. Echinodermata, by F. J. Bexn, 
IV. Mollusks, by E. A. Sarva, p. 517. p. 523. 
Vv. Cre by R. I. Pocock, IX. Porifera, by A. Drunpy, p. 524, 
p- v<U. 

At the suggestion and through the kind mediation of Capt. 
Wharton, F.R.S., Hydrographer of the Admiralty, advantage was 
taken of a recent visit to Christmas Island of H.M.S. ‘ Flying-Fish,’ 
under the command of Captain Maclear, to make observations on, 
and collect specimens of, Natural History. This oceanic island is so 
far out of the usual track of navigation and so unattractive to those 
interested in commercial pursuits that no naturalist seems to have 
had an opportunity of visiting it. Even the time and circumstances 
of its discovery and the man who named it are unknown. 

From its geographical position it was not to be expected that its 
littoral fauna would prove to be in any way differentiated from that of 
the tropical Indo-Pacific Ocean ; but it seemed desirable to pay special 
attention to any terrestrial animals that might be observed; and 


508 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A ZOOLOGICAL [June 23, 


considering the short time at the disposal of the visitors, and the 
narrow limits of the portion of the island which was accessible to 
them, the collection is larger than could have been expected. 

The best thanks of naturalists are due to Capt. Maclear and the 
other officers of the ship for having undertaken this task in addition 
to the primary object of their visit. 

Unfortunately one of the most interesting portions of the Collection, 
viz. the Lepidoptera, was destroyed on its way home, some pieces 
of camphor having become loose and smashed all the specimens with 
the exception of two. The remainder of the Collection consisted of 
95 specimens, viz. 4 Mammals, 4 Birds, 4 Reptiles, 12 Crustaceans, 
4 Arachnids and Myriopods, 27 Insects, 31 Mollusca, 8 Echinoderms, 
and 1 Sponge. ‘Twelve of the species proved to be undescribed, but 
at present it would be premature to represent. them as isolated forms 
peculiar to the island, because some of them may yet be found to 
occur also in some unexplored portion of the Moluccas. The speci- 
mens have been deposited in the British Museum, and examined by 
the staff of the Zoological Department. 

I am indebted to Capt. Wharton for the communication of Capt. 
Maclear’s report and for his kind permission to reproduce here the 
valuable information contained therein. His observations leave no 
doubt that a rich harvest might be gathered if a collector should be 
able to make a longer stay and to reach the interior of the island. 


Report on Christmas Island. By Captain Macrear, 
of H.M.S. ‘ Flying-Fish.’ 


Observation spot, the middle of the beach, Flying-Fish Cove, 
about two miles westward of the north point of the island. 

Lat. 10° 23' 19’S., long. 105° 42’ 52" E. ; dependent on Batavia. 

Christmas Island is 190 miles from the nearest point of Java, from 
which it is separated by a depth of 2459 fms. It is formed of coral- 
limestone, has no fringing reef, but rises abruptly from the sea in 
cliffs about 30 feet high, very much underworn, and in many places 
hollowed out in caverns; the shore is steep; generally a depth of 
100 fms. is found at one to two cables from the cliffs. 

In appearance it is somewhat saddle-shaped, rising from a long 
back in the middle, 700 to 800 feet high, to lills at the north- 
eastern and at the western sides: the western summit is double, and 
is the best defined mark; its height is 1550 feet. The shape is 
irregular quadrilateral; it extends through 12! lat. and about the 
same in long. 

The island is densely wooded all over except where the cliffs are 
too steep to allow anything to grow. From the northern side the 
ascent is gradual to the highest parts ; but on the southern side, after 
rising gradually for half a mile from the sea-cliffs, a second wall of 
limestone cliffs is met, estimated at 200 to 300 feet high; and then 
slope goes on gently again to the top. 


1887.] COLLECTION FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND, 509 


The shore cliffs are almost continuous, making the island inacces- 
sible except at a few places. These cliffs are split by deep fissures, 
extending several feet below water ; where these have become enlarged 
and the adjacent cliffs have fallen in, a small white beach of frag- 
mentary rock is thrown up, and at such places on the lee side 
landing can be effected. 

From the blown direction of the trees on the south side, and from 
the weather-worn aspect of rocks exposed to the southward, it is 
manifest that the south-eastern is by far the most prevailing wind. 

The north side of the.island forms a large bight in which the water 
is quite smooth, so that a boat can go close up to the cliffs, but on 
the southern and eastern sides a heavy sea dashes against the rocks. 

The ‘ Flying-Fish’ steamed close round the island looking for 
anchorage, but found none except in a small cove two miles to the 
westward of the north point of the island; this has been named 
‘Flying-Fish’ cove; here she anchored in 22 fathoms, with her 
stern secured by hawser to the trees to prevent her slipping off the 
bank. 

The hill rises nearly perpendicularly at the head of the cove in 
the form of a horseshoe, and slopes gradually down to the two arms 
forming the cove. The bare beach is not more than 20 yards wide, 
and from the look of the fragments that compose it must be thrown 
up in northerly gales; the upper part of the beach to the foot of the 
hill, a distance of some hundred yards, is of just the same material, 
viz. fragments of coral-rock and coral-limestone, but it has a covering 
of mould from fallen leaves, and is thickly wooded, many of the trees 
on it being forest trees of 12 feet girth and 300 feet high, apparently 
hundreds of years of age, showing that a very long time must have 
elapsed since that beach was raised from the water. 

One very large tree had something like the letters WW cut inside 
a scroll, and nearly illegible from time ; this was the only sign of the 
island having been visited before. One of our officers heard at 
Batavia that a Dutch vessel was wrecked on the south-east point of 
the island in a calm about fifteen years ago, and that the crew escaped 
and lived many months on the island before they were taken off, 
but I have no other details about the affair. 

No running water was seen, but the droppings from the leaves 
during rain and dew must be great, as holes in the rocks and cup- 
shaped leaves were filled with water. As it was raining over some 
part of the island (generally the western) during a great part of the 
time the ‘#lying-Fish’ was in the neighbourhood, and clouds were 
continually being formed over the island from the moist air driven 
up the side by the south-east wind, a great deal of water must be de- 
posited, and probably be absorbed by the soil. At the eastern end of 
the cove among the trees, where had seemed at first the most likely 
place for a water-course, a few voleanic stones were found ; but every- 
where else the only rock seen was coral-limestone, the cliffs above, 
from which detached pieces had fallen to the beach, were the same ; 
the soil under the trees was a rich moist mould, apparently formed 
from decaying vegetation. i 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XXXIV. 34 


510 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A ZOOLOGICAL [June 23, 


Landing was also effected at another small beach in the northern 
bight near the north-west point ; the general features were the same, 
but there was no anchorage at half a cable from the shore. A few 
cocks and hens were landed here, but as the crabs immediately began 
to chase them, I doubt if they will survive and produce. 

No large animals were seen nor marks of any. An iguana, said 
to be four feet in length, was seen in a tree high up, but was not 
captured. Rat-holes were numerous and one rat was secured, also 
a large bat; several insects—spiders, flies, beetles and butter flies—were 
collected; there were sand-flies but no mosquitos. Large crabs 
were very plentiful, and appeared equally at home running over the 
sea-cliffs and climbing up the trees; they were very ravenous, 
pouncing quickly on a dead gannet and devouring other injured crabs, 
and they must be terrible enemies to the birds generally. 

Gannet and Frigate-birds frequent the island, and evidently breed 
there ; but it was not the breeding-season, and very few eggs were 
found ; the young birds were nearly grown. Besides the sea-birds, 
there was the large green Torres-Strait Pigeon ; one was shot with 
three large red berries in its crop; these pigeons seemed to frequent 
the higher trees well up the hill; also a Ground-thrush of a sooty- 
brown colour, just the colour of the fallen leaves, among which it ran 
nimbly, apparently looking for insects ; and a little Flycatcher of the 
same sombre colour. As evening advanced, a small Swift appeared, 
which flew about the jungle on the margin of the beach, fly-catching. 
None of these three last were secured *. No bones were found on the 
beach nor remnants of any animal, not even turtle-remains. 

The flora appeared to be the same as that of the neighbouring 
islands, the Moluccas. As before stated, the island is densely wooded, 
and many of the trees attain great size. Chief amongst them [ 
recognized two iron-wood trees, one with straight stem and round 
trunk, and the other with strong buttresses from the roots ; both 
are natives of Celebes. Creepers were as thick as in the Moluccas 
and covered the top branches of the trees. 

Two palms (one I take to be the sago-palm, growing to a great 
height) and the pandanus were abundant ; cocoanut-trees were not 
seen, though husks were found on the beach apparently washed up 
from elsewhere. At a small beach on the eastern side there appeared 
to be banana-trees, but they looked withered and there were no 
signs of fruit. 

No mangroves were seen. The flora of the coast was generally 
such as is found on all tropical islands. 

I regret to say that nearly all the botanical specimens that were 
collected were destroyed by insufficient drying in the exceedingly 
damp weather we experienced. (Signed) J. P. Macrear, 

Captain. 


P.S.—Since writing the above I have learnt that Captain Grenfell, 
in the ‘ Amethyst,’ in 1857 visited the island, and tried to cut a 
way to the summit. 


1 A specimen of the Thrush (see p. 515) was fortunately in the collection.—A. G. 


1887.] COLLECTION FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 511 


I. MAMMALIA. 
By OutprreLtp THomas. 


The Mammals collected at Christmas Island consist of fow 
specimens, of which three belong to a species of Flying-Fox 
(Péeropus) and the fourth is a large Rat. Remarkable to say, both 
the species are new, but whether it will be found in the future that 
both are peculiar to the island it is at present impossible to say. On 
the whole the probability is that the Pteropus really is peculiar, since 
members of this genus are often extraordinarily confined in the extent 
of their range, while, on the other hand, it is by no means unlikely 
that the Rat will turn out to be also a native of Java. 

As to the affinities of the Christmas-Island fauna to that of other 
places, no definite conclusions can be drawn from so small a collection ; 
it must therefore suffice to remark that the closest ally of the Pteropus 
is a native of Lombock, while the Rat has its nearest relatives in the 
Philippine Islands and Celebes. 


PTEROPUS NATALIS, sp. n. (Plate XLI.) 


a, b, ec. Two adult females and a new-born male. 

Colour (2) uniformly deep shining black all over, the only 
variation in tone being that while the head is absolutely black, there 
is a faint brownish tinge in the fur of the body. Fur thick, soft, and 
woolly, more so of course upon the head and neck than on the back, 
but nowhere really straight ; on the fore limbs above it extends along 
the humerus, and thinly along the proximal half of the forearm; on 
the back its least breadth is about 24 incbes; on the hind limbs it 
extends thinly to about halfway down the tibia. Below, the humerus, 
proximal half of forearms, hind limbs to just below the knee, and 
wing-membranes between the body and a line drawn from the centre 
of the forearm to the knee are all thinly clothed with scattered 
woolly black hairs. Muzzle broad and obtuse. Lars rather short, 
laid forward they barely reach to the posterior canthus of the eye ; 
their anterior edges eveniy but-slightly convex, their tips pointed or 
narrowly rounded off, their outer margins straight or faintly concave 
for their upper half, markedly convex for their lower; their basal 
half thinly hairy internally; their distal half quite naked, black. 
Wings arising on the back about an inch apart. Interfemoral 
membrane narrow, quite hidden in the fur. 

Teeth, especially the canines, small and short. Upper incisors 
forming an evenly curved series, touching one another, their total 
breadth 5 millim. Canines sbort, 5 millim. from cingulum to tip 
behind, thin, and acutely pointed ; their postero-internal basal ledge 
proportionally rather broad. Anterior premolars minute or absent. 
Posterior premolars and first molar short, evenly oval in section ; the 
surface of the molars and last premolar singularly smooth and rounded; 
the cusps but little developed, and merely consisting of low rounded 
ridges ; last molar circular in section, rather larger than one of the 
outer incisors, about 1°5 millim. in diameter. 

34* 


512 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A ZOOLOGICAL [June 23, 


Lower incisors small, separated in the centre, the inner about half 
the size of the outer, the combined diameters of those of each side 
2 millim. Canines proportionally still shorter than in the upper jaw, 
3°5 millim. from cingulum to tip behind; their basal ledge broad. 
Anterior premolar very large, nearly filling up the space between the 
canine and second premolar, its size in cross section nearly equal to 
that of the canine. Molars smooth and rounded, as in the upper 
jaw. Last molar in section about one-third the size of the anterior 
premolar, and three quarters that of the last upper molar. 

Dimensions of the type, specimen a, an adult fernale in spirit :— 
Head and body 210 millim.; head 61; muzzle 22; ear, above 
crown 26, from notch at base 28 ; forearm 127 (=5:0 in.) ; thumb, 
without claw, 43 ; index finger 90; tibia 62; caleaneum 21. 

Skull:—Basal length 52; greatest breadth30 ; supraorbital foramen 
to tip of nasals 24°5 ; interorbital breadth 6:5; intertemporal breadth 
50; breadth from tip to tip of postorbital processes 19-1 ; palate, 
length 32, breadth outside first molar 16:0; length of first molar 5-0. 

It is unfortunate that of this new species the only specimens of 
any use for description are females, since it might happen that, as is 
sometimes the case in Pé. nicobaricus, while the females are wholly 
black, the males have the usual yellow or orange tippet. It is 
therefore much to be hoped that male specimens will soon be obtained 
and the point settled. In any case, however, Pt. natalis is a very 
well-marked species. From Pt. nicobaricus it may be distinguished 
by its much smaller size and smaller shorter molars, and especially 
by its much shorter and feebler canines—the latter character, in fact, 
distinguishing it from all the other allied species except /’t. lombocensis. 
Pt. pselaphon, another wholly black species of about the same size, 
a native of Bonin, may be separated at once by its hairy legs, the 
hind limbs being closely haired right down to the feet. Pt. gouldi, 
also generally black, has a forearm 165 millim. long, and has also 
large teeth and long canines bearing no resemblance to those of the 
present species. 

On the whole P¢. natalis seems to be most nearly allied to Pe. 
lombocensis, Dobs.’, as yet only known from Lombock, which also 
has similarly short canines and is of about the same size. That 
animal, however, is of a dull light brown colour, with the neck pale 
yellow. Its teeth, especially the anterior molar, are narrower and 
lighter than those of Pt. melas; the first lower premolar and the 
last molars both above and below are much smaller, and the basal 
ledges to the canines are decidedly narrower than in Pt. natalis. In 
the skull, again, Pt. lombocensis has a shorter broader muzzle, greater 
spread of zygomata, broader interorbital space, and larger postorbital 
processes than the present species. Of course in comparing the 
colours of these two species the question of sex again arises, as 
the only known specimens of P¢. Jombocensis are both males; but 
considering not ouly the differences in the skull and teeth, but also 
the fact that even if the male of Pt. natalis have a yellow tippet, it 
would in all probability have at least-its head and body jet-black like 

1 Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 34 (1878). 


1§87.] COLLECTION FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. d15 


the female, I should certainly not be justified in assigning the 
Christmas-Island specimens to P¢. lombocensis. It should also be 
noticed that the little hair that has appeared on the crown and 
between the shoulders of specimen c, a new-born male, is wholly 
black ; its neck is unfortunately still entirely naked. 


Mus MaciearlI, sp.n. (Plate XLII.) 


a. Adult female. 

Far very long, thick, and coarse, but not or very slightly spinous, 
thickly intermixed on the back with enormously long piles from 2 
to 22 inches in length. General colour grizzled rufous-brown, belly 
but little lighter pale rufous. Shorter hairs everywhere pale slaty 
grey at base, shining red at tip; longer piles uniformly black ; the 
general tint of the dorsal surface not unlike that of Arvicola amphi- 
bius, except that the median line is a good deal darker owing to the 
great number of the longer black piles there present. Whiskers very 
long, many of them more than 3 inches in length, mostly black. Ears 
naked, black, broad, short and rounded, their breadth about equal to 
their length ; laid forward they fall short of the eye by about a quarter 
ofaninch. Limbs coloured externally like back, internally dull grey ; 
upperside of hands and feet uniform dark brown; sole-pads six, 
very broad, flat and rounded, evidently adapted for climbing; pad 
at the base of the fifth toe with a secondary pad at its postero external 
angle. Claws, both anterior and posterior, short, stout, curved, and 
sharply pointed, brown horn-colour, that of the hallux markedly 
shorter than the rest ; pollex with a broad nail as usual; fifth hind 
toe without claw reaching just to the end of the first phalanx of the 
fourth. 

Tail very long, its posterior half black all round, its distal half white 
or yellow, thinly and finely haired with short grey hairs, not hiding 
the scales ; the scales large, the rings averaging just 10 to the centi- 
metre. 

Palate-ridges 3-5. Mamme 4, one axillary and one inguinal 

air. 

Skull large and strong. Nasals extending to about a millimetre 
past the level of the anterior edge of the orbit. Supraorbital edges 
beaded, but the beading not continued so far forward as in M. ever- 
etti. Interparietal large. Front edge of the anterior zygoma-root 
very prominent, projecting forwards. Palatal foramina very long, 
their posterior end about one millimetre in front of the level of m’. 
Bullee small and flattened. 

Incisors thick and strong, much bevelled externally, their faces 
dull orange-yellow above and yellow below, but apparently the 
colour has been more or less affected by spirit. Molars of medium 
size. 

Measurements of the type, an adult female in spirit: —Head and 
body 222 millim.; tail 248; hind foot 48°5; ear 13; head 64; 
forearm and hand 66; last hind foot-pad 10°5; heel to front of 


last foot-pad 26. 
Skull :—Basal length 47-5 ; greatest breadth 26°2; nasals, length 


514 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A ZOOLOGICAL [June 23, 


19°5, greatest breadth 5-7; interorbital constriction, least breadth 
7:0; interparietal, length 6°6, breadth 11°5; length of base of 
anterior zygoma-root 6-0; palate, length 30°0, breadth outside m* 
10°3, inside 4:4; palatal foramina, length 10°1 ; back of incisors to 
m! (alveoli) 15:7; upper molar series 9°0. 

This fine new Rat belongs toa small group of species inhabiting the 
Fast-Indian Archipelago, all of which agree with Mus macleari in 
being of large size, with very long tails tipped with yellow, and with 
small rounded ears. Their differential characters as compared to 
M. macleari are best put in tabular form :— 


M. macleari. Mamme 1—1=4. Dorsal piles present. Front 
edge of anterior zygoma-root projecting, very convex. Pa- 
latal foramina long. Bulle very small. 

Christmas Island. 

M. celebensis, Gray’. Mamme 1—2=6. No dorsal piles. 
Front edge of anterior zygoma-root not projecting. Palatal 
foramina short. 

Celebes. 

M. xanthurus, Gray*. Mammz 1—2=6. Long dorsal piles 
present. Front of zygoma-root but little projecting. - Palatal 
foramina long. 

Celebes. 

M. everetti, Giinth.2 Fur long, but the piles not enormously 
lengthened. Front of zygoma-root convex. Palatal foramina 
long. Bullee very large. 

Philippines. 

M. meyeri, Jent.t| Fur without lengthened piles. Supraorbital 
edges much developed. Front of zygoma-root slightly convex. 
Palatal foramina short. Teeth very large. 

Celebes. 

M. muelleri, Jent.. Mamme 2—2=8. No dorsal piles. Tail 
unicolor. Front edge of zygoma convex. Palatal foramina 
short. Teeth rather small. Bulloe medium. 

Sumatra and Borneo. 


This last does not properly belong to the present group of species, 
but is only introduced to complete the list. of those of which it is 
necessary to mention the distinguishing characters when describing 
M. macleari as new. All these species also differ from M. macleari 
in having the general colour grey or yellow instead of rufous. No 
other described species could possibly be confounded with the present 
most interesting new form, with which I have much pleasure in 
connecting the name of Capt. Maclear, of H.M.S. ‘ Flying-Fish,’ to 
whom the Museum is indebted for the Christmas-Island specimens. 


3 P, Z.S. 1867, p. 598. 2 Loe. cit. 
3 P.Z.8. 1879, /p: 79. * Notes Leyd. Mus. i. p. 12 (1878). 


5 Op. cit. ii. p. 16 (1879). 


1887. ] COLLECTION FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 515 


II. BIRDS. 


By R. Bowpier SHARPE. 


The relations of the Avifauna of Christmas Island can hardly be 
judged by the few specimens in the collection, as there are doubtless 
some other indigenous species to be found in the island; but the 
discovery of an isolated species of Carpophaga, and of a Thrush whose 
nearest ally is a West-African species, is of great interest. 


1. TuRDUS ERYTHROPLEURUS, Sp. n. 


T. similis T. pelio, sed corporis lateribus cervinis et subalaribus 

cinerascenti-albis nec aurantiaco-fulvis distinguendus. 

Adult female (type of species). General colour above ashy 
olive-brown, a little clearer brown on the lower back, rump, and upper 
tail-coverts ; wing-coverts like the back, the greater series somewhat 
fulvous-brown externally, with a yellowish-buff spot at the ends 
(doubtless the remains of young plumage) ; bastard-wing, primary- 
coverts, and quills dusky brown, externally ashy on the primaries, 
the others externally like the back ; tail-feathers dusky brown, 
washed with olive-brown on both webs ; crown of head ashy brown, 
the feathers at the base of the forehead and above the eye whitish ; 
lores dull ashy ; sides of face, ear-coverts, and cheeks light ashy 
brown ; throat white, streaked with brown along the sides of the 
throat ; fore neck, breast, and sides of body light tawny, deeper on 
the latter, with a shade of ashy on the fore neck and chest, the 
feathers on the flanks edged with ashy whitish ; centre of lower breast, 
abdomen, and under tail-coverts white, the latter edged with pale 
tawny ; axillaries and under wing-coverts ashy whitish, with a slight 
tinge of tawny; quills dusky below, ashy along the inner web. 
Total length 7°8 inches, culmen 0°9, wing 4, tail 3, tarsus 1°2. 


CaRPOPHAGA WHARTONI, sp.n. (Plate XLIII.) 


This is apparently quite a new species of Fruit-Pigeon. It has 
uniform chestnut-brown under tail-coverts like OC. @nea, to which 
section it belongs ; but here resemblance ends, for in its uniform 
dusky coloration it is difficult to find an immediate ally unless it be 
C. ianthina of Japan. The latter is an equally dark-coloured bird, 
but the beautiful purple and green lustre cn the upper parts of the 
Japanese species is quite different from the dull-coloured plumage of 
C. whartoni. 

I add a detailed description of the type of the latter species :— 

Adult male. General colour above dull greeu, with a very slight 
gloss of bronze, the latter shade being more evident on the wing- 
coverts and scapulars ; wing-coverts like the back, the greater coverts 
externally glossy green with a bronzy tinge; bastard-wing, primary- 
coverts, and quills blackish, externally glossy green with more or less 
of a bronzy gloss, especially on the inner secondaries; lower back, 
rump, and upper tail-coverts like the back, the latter rather more 


516 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A ZOOLOGICAL [June 23, 


green ; tail-feathers dark bluish green, glossy bronzy green on the 
outer aspect ; crown of head dingy brown with a very slight bronzy 
gloss, the forehead, lores, and base of cheeks ashy grey; the ear- 
coverts, remainder of cheeks, throat, and fore neck dusky ashy, with a 
slight vinaceous tinge which isa little more pronounced on the breast 
and abdomen; the sides of the body, flanks, and thighs dark slaty grey 
with a greenish gloss; under tail-coverts chestnut-brown; under 
wing-coverts and axillaries dark slaty grey ; quills light ashy under- 
neath. ‘Total length 16°5 inches, culmen from irontal plumes 0°85, 
wing 10:3, tail 6°8, tarsus 1°25. 


ArprA suGuuaRis, Forster; Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Ardee, 
p- 25. 


A female in entirely white plumage. The legs are yellow, more 
dusky on the tarsus, which has a good deal of black. 


Sura piscatrix (L.) ; Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Pelecani, p. 40. 
An adult female in full plumage. 


FreGata aquita (L.) ; Schlegel, ¢.¢. p. 2. 


An adult bird. An interesting note on the habits of the bird in 
the neighbourhood of Java is given, from the notes of the Vicouite 
de Bocarmé, in Schlegel’s ‘ Catalogue’ (J. ¢.). 


III. REPTILES. 
By G. A. BouLENGER. 


}. GYMNODACTYLUS MARMORATUS, Kuhl. 


2. LyGOsoMA NATIVITATIS, Sp. n. 


Section Emoa. Habit lacertiform; the distance between the end 
of the snout and the fore limb is contained once and a half in the 
distance between axilla and groin. Snout long, obtuse. Lower 
eyelid with an undivided transparent disk. Nostril pierced between 
a nasal, a postnasal, and a supranasal; frontonasal broader than 
long, forming a suture with the rostral and with the frontal; latter 
shield nearly as long as the frontoparietal, in contact with the first 
and second supraoculars ; four supraoeulars; eight supraciliaries ; 
frontoparietals united into a single large shield ; a small interparietal, 
behind which the parietals form a suture; a pair of nuchals and a 
pair of temporals border the parietals; five labials anterior to the 
large subocular. Ear-opening oval, a little larger than the trans- 
parent palpebral disk, with three or four very small lobules on its 
anterior border. Thirty-four scales round the middle of the body, 
all smooth, lateral a little smaller than dorsal and ventral. No 
enlarged pieeanals. The hind limb reaches the elbow. Digits 
moderately elongate, a little flattened at the base, compressed at the 


1887.] COLLECTION FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 517 


end ; subdigital lamella smooth, thirty-two under the fourth toe. 
Brown above, strongly iridescent, with small golden and blackish 
spots, most numerous on the sides and limbs ; lower surfaces white. 


millim 
Head. oe ee ee 15 
Width of head’. sey oS 9°5 
Wi Sire} AMEE aa 56 
Horevinnb pets. eee eee es 22 
Efindtlimber sere a. oo oe ce 31 


A single female specimen, without tail. 


3. TYPHLOPS EXOCETI, sp. n. 


Body much elongate, of subequal diameter throughout. Snout 
depressed, rounded. Nasal semidivided, the suture in contact with 
the second labial; a preeocular, of about the same size as the ocular, 
which rests on the third and fourth labials; eye very distinct, under 
the ocular ; the so-called rostral rounded and narrowing posteriorly, 
the length of its upper part about equal toits width. Twenty scales 
round the middle of the body. Tail twice as long as broad at the base, 
ending in a spine. Pale brownish, each scale with a brown spot ; 
these spots largest and darkest on the dorsal surface, where they form 
longitudinal lines. 

Two specimens, of which the dimensions are as follows :— 

a. Total length 350 millim., diameter of body 6, length of tail 8. 

6. Total length 230 millim., diameter of body 3°5, length of 
tail 6. 


IV. MOLLUSCA. 
By E. A. Sir. 


Of the sixteen species of shells obtained at Christmas Island, four- 
teen belong to well-known forms, but two, a Succinea and a Littorina, 
appear to be new. No locality has been previously assigned to 
Nerita maxima, and Littorina picta has hitherto been known from 
the Sandwich Islands only. All or most of the marine forms occur 
both in the Malay Archipelago and Polynesia. The Melampi have 
an equally wide distribution ; and the species of Suecinea, although 
considered distinct, like most others of the genus, bears a great 
resemblance to those from other parts of the world. 

The following is a list of the species :— 


*1. Terebra crenulata, Lion. 
2. Columbella (Pusiostoma) mendicaria, Lamarck. 
3. Sistrum ricinus, Linn. (var. albolabris). 
4. Mitra virgata, Reeve. 
5. Ranella cruentata, Sowerby. 
*6. Triton chlorostoma, Lamarck. 


* These species are all inhabited by Puguri. 


518 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A ZOOLOGICAL [June 23, 


7. Littorina moluccana, Philippi. 
8. Littorina picta, Philippi. 
9. Littorina granicostata, sp. n. 
*10. Nerita plicata, Linn. 
*11. Nerita maxima, Chemnitz. 
*12. Turbo lajonkairei, Deshayes. 
13. Suecinea solidula, Pfeiffer. 
14. Succinea solitaria, sp. n. 
15. Melampus luteus, Quoy and Gaimard. 
16. Melampus fasciatus, Deshayes. 


SuccINEA SOLIDULA, Pfeiffer 1. 


This species has never been figured nor has a locality been pre- 
viously assigned to it. The two specimens from Christmas Island 
agree in every respect with the types described by Pfeiffer in Mr. 
Cuming’s collection. There are two principal features which dis- 
tinguish this form, namely, the thickened peristome and the peculiar 
sculpture. The latter has the appearance (under a lens) of the texture 


Fig..}. 


4 


3 
1, 2. Succinea solidula. 
3, 4. Succinea solitaria. 


of very fine linen, or minute crisscross lines, rather than of minute 
granulations as described by Pfeiffer. Besides this excessively fine 
ornamentation the surface exhibits rather strong lines of growth 
or subplications. The thickening of the peristome is slight but 
evident, and internal, hence Pfeiffer’s expression ‘‘ perist. submar- 
ginatum.” 


SUCCINEA SOLITARIA, Sp. 0. 


Shell rather obliquely ovate, acuminate above, rather solid, reddish 
at the apex, paler on the second whorl and wax-white on the last ; 
sculptured with very strong ridges of growth and coarse spiral strize ; 
volutions 3, very rapidly enlarging, two first very convex, the 
last sloping above and less rounded, oblique; aperture roundly 


1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1849, p. 134; Monogr, Hel. vol, iii. p. 22. 


1887. ] COLLECTION FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 519 


ovate and oblique; outer lip the least thickened within; columellar 
margin arcuate, slightly incrassated. 

Length 93 millim., width 52; aperture 5 long, 43 broad. 

The oblique form, the ridge-like lines of growth, and the coarse 
spiral striation are the distinguishing features of this shell. 


Lirrorina GRANICOSTATA, Sp. n. 


Shell ovate, acuminate above, white with a minute blackish apex, 
longitudinally granosely plicate and spirally ridged and suleated ; 
whorls about 7, moderately convex, penultimate with about five 
spiral ridges ornamented with small tubercles which fall one under 
the other, producing longitudinal series and giving the shell a pli- 
cate appearance ; last whorl with about thirteen ridges alternating 
with very fine thread-like striz, and a large broad smooth thick- 
ening around the base. Aperture roundish, brown within and 


Fig. 2. 


5 


Littorina granicostata. 


finely lineated with a darker colour, with the usual basal whitish 
zone; outer lip crenulated at the edge, pale and ornamented with 
the terminations of the internal brown lineations. Columella more 
or less arcuate, of a dark brown colour. 

Length 113 millim., diam. 7; aperture 6 long, 32 broad. A 
shorter specimen is 10 in length, 62 in width. 

This pretty species is peculiar on account of the nodules on the 
spiral ridges falling one under the other, thus producing longitudinal 
series. The single shell from Christmas Island is rather young, but 
it agrees in every particular with three adult specimens without 
locality in Cuming’s collection, from which the above description is 


taken. 


520 DR..A. GUNTHER ON A ZOOLOGICAL [June 23, 


V. CRUSTACEA. 
By R. Innes Pocock. 


All the species are Indo-Pacific forms. 


Fam. CANCRID. 
Acr#a noputosa (White). A single male specimen. 


ERIPHIA LEVIMANUS (Latr.). A single female specimen. 


Fam. GECARCINIDA. 
Gecarcinus, sp.? A single young imperfect male specimen. 


Fam. PaGurip&. 
Bireus tatro (Linn.). Two specimens. 
CALCINUS TIBICEN (Herbst). Four specimens. 
Ca@nosira ruGosA (M.-Edwards). Four specimens. 
Ca@nosita ruGosa (M.-Edwards), var. Four specimens. 
Ca@NoBsiTa PERLATA (M.-Edwards). One specimen. 


A single specimen of a Scorpion, Hormurus australasie (Fabr.), 
was also in the collection. 


VI. COLEOPTERA. 
By C. O. WaTERHOUSE. 


Several specimens of Coleoptera were collected; but as the 
majority belong to widely spread genera the species of which are 
most difficult of discrimination, I must limit myself to the descrip- 
tion of the two following new species. 


CHRYSODEMA SIMPLEX, Sp. N. 

Viridi-aurata ; thorace cyaneo-viridi, linea mediana levi, fossa 
laterali rotundata cuprea confertim rugulosa ; elytris costatis, 
costa marginali viridi ; femoribus tibiisque cupreis. 

Long. 123 lin. 

Resembles C. auroplagiata, Deyr. (having the thoracic impressions 
nearly round and very sharply defined), but at once distinguished 
by the elytra having no lateral impression. The thorax is of a dark 
blue-green, with golden-green punctures, and a line of green on each 
side of the smooth median line. The punctures on the disk are not 
so numerous as in C. auroplagiata. The lateral rugose coppery 
impressions are round, relatively rather smaller than in C. auro- 
plagiata, with the lateral margin distinctly elevated. The elytra 
appear golden green or slightly coppery according to the position of 
the light ; there is a distinct green tint below the scutellum. The 
costz are very slightly raised, the 2nd, 4th, and 6th more distinct 
posteriorly ; the sublateral costa is smooth and bright green, the 
margin of the elytra (beyond the costa) golden. Prothoracic epi- 
sterna somewhat golden, tinted with coppery and green in parts ; the 


1887.] COLLECTION FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 521 


surface uneven, but not concave as in C. auroplagiata; the puuc- 
tures rather large, but fine near the coxee. The smooth lateral 
carina (extending from the posterior angle to near the front angle) 
straighter than in most of the allied species. Prosternal process 
chanelled and coarsely punctured. Abdomen densely and finely 
punctured, except at the posterior margins of the segments. The 
last segment with a narrow, elongate, triangular notch at the apex. 
The upper and apical parts of the femora, the posterior edge of the 
tibiee, and the tarsi coppery. 


PIEZONOTUS DISCOIDALIS, sp. n. 

Niger, depressus, viridi-squamosus ; thoracis disco elytrorumque 

sutura calvis. 

Long. 11, lat. 6 millim. 

Apex of the rostrum about one quarter broader than the length 
of the rostrum itself, narrowed at the base, flat above, with a trace 
of a short ridge in the middle at the apex ; forehead with an im- 
pressed line between the eyes. Thorax as long as broad, gently 
convex, a little more narrowed in front than at the base, moderately 
rounded at the sides. The disk with closely placed, round, shining 
granules, each granule marked with a puncture. The sides clothed 
with light green scales. Elytra one-fifth longer than broad, rather 
flat, gradually declivous at the apex; at the base not broader than 
the base of the thorax ; evenly rounded at the sides, with no distinct 


Fig. 3. 


Piezonotus discoidalis, 


shoulders; punctate-striate ; the interstices with numerous (but not 
very closely placed) round shining granules; all the interspaces 
(except on the smooth suture) clothed with light green scales, with 
a few coppery scales interspersed. Underside (except the apex of 
the abdomen) and the legs clothed with pale green scales, intermixed 
with pale pubescence, which on the legs is rather long. 

The discovery of a fourth species of this genus of Curculionide is 
of some interest, the three species previously known having been 
described from Java, Amboyna, and Punipet. 


522 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A ZOOLOGICAL [June 23, 


VII. LEPIDOPTERA. 
By A. G. BuTLer. 


The Lepidoptera obtained in Christmas Island were unfortunately 
placed in a store-box with a large piece of camphor, which got 
loose during the transmission of the collection to England, and 
utterly destroyed all the specimens with the exception of three ; the 
latter are a good deal injured, but two of them are in sufficiently 
good condition for determination. 

Among the fragments of wings I am also able to recognize what 
was doubtless a female Hypolimnas, apparently H. proserpina, Cram., 
a species occurriug in Java. The two Butterflies which escaped 
destruction are well-marked new species. 


VADEBRA MACLEARI, Sp. n. 

Allied to V. sepulchralis of Java, but of a deep pitchy-brown 
colour, the wings almost black in the centre ; the secondaries with a 
broad snow-white external band from anal angle to radial vein, 
whence it becomes suffused with greyish brown to apex; indications 


Fig. 4. 


Vadebra macleari. 


of three white spots in the form of a triangle on the radial and sub- 
costal interspaces towards outer margin; a narrow brown border 
with black fringe tapering from apex to second median branch, 
remainder of fringe blackish; costal area greyish white; body 
quite normal, excepting that the white spots on the thorax are very 
small. Wings below chocolate-brown, the primaries with the central 
area blackish and the internal area whitish ; a bluish-white spot in 
the cell and two on the basal half of the median interspaces as in 
V. sepulchralis ; secondaries with a small spot in the cell and an 
angular series of five or six beyond the cell; white external area as 
above, with three subapical and seven submarginal brown-edged 
pearly white spots. Expanse of wings 79 millim. ; 

There were originally five specimens of this fine species, but of 
four of them only fragments of the wings remain. 


1387.] COLLECTION FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 523 


TERIAS AMPLEXA, Sp. 1. 


Perhaps nearest to 7. desjardinsi of Madagascar, but very dis- 
tinct from all described species; wings above bright gamboge or 
lemon-yellow ; primaries with black costal margin and a perfectly 
regular, rather narrow, external border of almost equal width 
throughout and regularly sinuated between each pair of nervures ; 
secondaries with a narrower border formed by the union of a series 


Terias amplexa. 


of marginal spots, the inner edges of which are bracket-shaped, 
——. Body quite normal; under surface bright sulphur-yellow, 
with marginal black dots and indistinct brown markings, as in 7’. 
hecabeoides ; no subapical brown patch on the primaries as in 7. 
desjardinsi. Expanse of wings 42 millim. 

One male example. 

In colouring this species corresponds better with 7. moorei from 
Camorta than with 7. desjardinsi; but the regularity of the border 
to the primaries separates it at a glance from all the described forms 
of this group. 


The Moth is much injured; it is a small insect approaching 
Pyralis miseralis, Walk., but is too much broken and rubbed to 
enable one to say whether or not it is an undescribed species. 


VII. ECHINODERMATA. 
By F. J. Bex. 


The Echinoderms are common Indo-Pacific species: viz. Linckia 
diplax (M. Tr.), Ophiocoma ethiops (Ltk.), Ophiocoma scolopen- 
drina (Ag.), Actinopyga miliaris. A specimen of Actinometra is 
unfortunately too much injured to allow of description, but undoubt- 
edly belongs to an undescribed species, distinguished by the large 
number of cirri; cirri, as a rule, being numerous in Antedon and 
scanty in Actinometra. 


524 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A ZOOLOGICAL [June 23, 


IX. PORIFERA. 
By Arruour Denpy. 


Only a single Sponge was brought home by H.M.S. ‘ Flying-Fish,’ 
but this specimen is one of considerable interest. It belongs to 
a new species of Schmidt’s genus Pachychalina’. It is only very 
rarely that specimens of Chalinine Sponges come to hand in a 
sufficiently well-preserved condition to allow of an investigation into 
the structure of the soft tissues. Such investigation is likely to 
prove of much importance in determining the true relations of this 
large and difficult group of Sponges. Hence, as no account has 
ever yet been given of the minute anatomy of any species of Pachy- 
chalina, and, as indeed, only one or two Chalinine Sponges have 
been anatomically described at all, I have thought it desirable to 
give some description of the minute anatomy of the present species— 
a proceeding rendered practicable by the excellent state of preserva- 
tion of the specimen. 


PACHYCHALINA SPINOSISSIMA, n. sp. (Plate XLIV.) 


The single specimen in the Collection (Plate XLIV. fig. 1) consists 
of a long, unbranched, irregularly cylindrical, repent stem, naturally 
terminating at each end. The specimen has evidently been attached 
by various parts of the lower surface to the sea-bottom. It is 
covered all over with very large, stout, sharp-pointed, and often 
branching spines (whence the specific name), and bears along the 
upper surface a row of large oscula. Total length of specimen about 
350 millim. (=14 inches); average diameter, exclusive of spines, 
12 millim.; average length of spines, 10 millim. Colour in spirit 
brownish yellow. Texture compressible, elastic, tough, internally 
cavernous. Surface subglabrous over and between the spines. 
Dermal membrane (ectosome) very thin, delicate, and transparent, 
reduced to a mere network by the very numerous pores (Plate XLIV. 
fig. 2). Pores very numerous rounded openings, thickly scattered 
through the dermal membrane, averaging about 0°05 millim. in 
diameter (Plate XLIV. fig. 2). Oseula circular, pit-like openings, 
having their margins flush with the general surface; averaging in 
diameter about 3 millim. ; arranged in asingle series along the upper 
surface of the sponge (Plate XLIV. fig. 1). 

Skeleton.—(a) Main: a coarse, irregular, wide-meshed reticula- 
tion of stout spiculo-fibre, in which there is a strongly developed but 
rather irregular system of fibres running more or less longitudinally 
in the direction of the long axis of the sponge. The fibres them- 
selves are, as in other species of the genus, stout and polyspiculous ; 
each consists of a stout spicular axis, composed of very numerous, 
closely packed spicules lying side by side parallel with one another, 
and a large proportion of spongin, which unites the spicules together, 
and, generally at any rate, also forms a distinct sheath around the 


1 Vide Ridley and Dendy, Report on the Monaxonida dredged by H.M.S. 
‘ Challenger,’ p. 19, for diagnosis and discussion of the genus. 


1887.] COLLECTION FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 525 


spicular axis. The diameter of the fibres varies much, averaging, 
say, about 0°12 millim. There are also numerous spicules outside 
the fibres, scattered loosely and irregularly through the choanosome. 
(4) Dermal: a very well-developed reticulation of stout spiculo- 
fibre, branching and anastomosing in such a manner as to give rise 
to a number of irregularly polygonal meshes. These coarser meshes 
are further subdivided by a much finer, unispicular, or sub-uni- 
spicular reticulation (Plate XLIV. fig. 2), lying at a slightly higher 
level. 

Spicules.—Slightly curved oxea (Plate XLIV. fig. 3), sharply and 
fairly gradually pointed at each end; size of full-grown spicules 
about 0°16 by 0°009 millim. 

Canal-System.—The canal-system is lacunar, and referable to 
Dr. Vosmaer’s third type’. The pores (vide suprd) lead into 


Pachychalina spinosissima ; portion of a vertical longitudinal section, showing 
(1) the inhalant lacunz incompletely subdivided by strands of mesodermal 
tissue, (2) the exhalant lacune, and (3) the subspherical flagellated 
chambers opening into the exbalant lacunx by means of wide mouths, 


irregularly shaped subdermal cavities, lying immediately beneath the 
dermal membrane. Many pores lead into each of the subdermal 
cavities, which are merely the proximal extremities of a system of 
ramifying inhalant lacune, leading to the flagellated chambers. 

The ultimate ramifications of the inhalant lacune are very 
peculiar, consisting of a system of spaces lying amongst and around 
the exhalant lacunze, and themselves incompletely subdivided by 
numerous delicate strands of mesodermal tissue, which, branching and 
anastomosing, run across and across, from wall to wall (vide woodcut, 
fig. 6). 

1 Bronn’s Klass. u. Ordn. d. Thierreichs, Porifera, p- 1380. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XXXV. pal 


526 ON A COLLECTION FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. [June 23, 


The exhalant canal-system also consists of a series of more or less 
lacunar spaces, opening into one another, and finally discharging on to 
the surface through the oscula; their ultimate ramifications are of 
comparatively large size, and are readily distinguished from the 
ultimate inhalant lacune by two important characters: (i.) they are 
not subdivided by strands of mesodermal tissue ; (ii.) they are very 
definitely bounded, and are surrounded by the flagellated chambers. 

The flagellated chambers, clustered around the exhalant lacune, 
open directly into the latter by means of wide mouths, as shown in 
the accompanying woodcut. There are no cameral canaliculi. The 
proximal portion of each flagellated chamber appears, in the present 
condition of the sponge, to project freely into the lumen of the 
inhalant lacuna, in such a manner that it would be completely 
immersed in the incurrent stream of water ; this appearance, however, 
is probably in part due to the shrinking away of the surrounding 
tissues owing to the action of the spirit in which the specimen was 
preserved. In form the chambers are subspherical, and they are 
very small, measuring only about 0-02 millim. in diameter. 

It is important to notice that the canal-system thus described 
agrees essentially with that of the few other genera of Halichondrina 
whose canal-system is as yet known to us. Minor differences, which 
are likely to be of considerable importance for systematic purposes, 
certainly exist in the arrangement of the canal-systems of these 
different genera; thus in the species under consideration the 
structure and arrangement of the ultimate inhalant lacune would 
appear to be decidedly characteristic, possibly even affording a 
character of generic importance, and that in a genus where such 
characters are greatly needed; but in all the Halichondrina the 
fundamental type of canal-system appears to be the same—z. e., 
according to Vosmaer’s third type *. 

The fundamental agreement of the canal-system of Pachychalina 
spinosissima with that of Halichondria panicea, a species which I 
have also had the opportunity of studying carefully with well- 
preserved material, and its close resemblance even in certain minor 
details, may perhaps be regarded as an argument (though only of a 
very general character) in favour of the view that the Chalinine 
are very intimately related to the Renierine, and of uniting these 
two groups as two subfamilies of the same family (Homorrhaphide, 
Ridley and Dendy *). . 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIV. 


Fig. 1. Pachychalina spinosissima, seen from the upper surface; natural size. 
2. Portion of a surface-section, showing the arrangement of the pores 
and the dermal skeleton. 
3. Oxea. 


' Further details concerning the arrangement of the canal-system in the 
Halichondrina are given by Mr. Ridley and myself in our Report on the Mon- 
axonida dredged by H.M.S. ‘ Challenger,’ 

2 Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xviii. p. 326; and Report on the 
Monaxonida dredged by H.M.S. ‘ Challenger,’ p. 1, &e. 


1887. ] MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON MYRMECOBIUS. 527 


2. Note on a Point in the Structure of Myrmecobius. By 
Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector to the 


Society. 
[Received June 23, 1887.] 


The accompanying drawing (fig. 1) represents the under surface 
of the head and anterior region of the thorax of Myrmecobius 
fasciatus. The specimen from which the drawing was made is 
preserved in spirit in the Natural History Museum, and is an adult 
female ; the drawing is intended to illustrate a remarkable glandular 


Under surface of head of Myrmecobius fasciatus, 


structure situated just anterior to the sternum. Mr. Thomas 
directed my attention to this modified region of the integument, and 
asked me to investigate its minute structure. 
The drawing referred to is of the natural size, and shows some of 
the peculiar features of the glandular patch ; these are better shown 
35* 


528 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON MYRMECOBIUS. [June 23, 


in another drawing (fig. 2), which represents only the glandular 
patch, magnified about 5 diameters. 

It will be seen that in this region the integument is naked or 
nearly so, and its surface is studded with numerous apertures of 
various sizes, some being very much larger than others. 

An incision through the middle line of the gland shows that the 
integument is considerably thickened in this region, forming a lens- 
shaped mass. Large glandular cavities are seen on a naked-eye 
inspection to be continuous with the external orifices, and to extend 
as far as the lower surface of the dermis. The material was not in 
a thoroughly good condition for microscopical research ; but I have 


Glandular patch of Myrmecobius fasciatus, more highly magnified than 
in Fig. 1. 


been able to make out some of the principal facts in the structure of 
the integument. 

The glandular apparatus consists of four distinct series of gland- 
ular structures. 

(1) Sweat-glands, which present the ordinary characters of these 
glands, being contorted tubules, with a lining of cubical epithelium ; 
as a rule three tubules unite to form a single duct, which traverses 
the dermis and epidermis, and opens very often in the neighbourhood 
of a hair-follicle. These sweat-glands are isolated, usually in groups 
of three, and form a compact oval body imbedded in the muscular 
tissue of the dermis. Very often the duct of these glands opened, 
as already stated, directly upon the outer surface of the body ; and 
in these cases the duct generally appeared to me to be straight, or at 
least approximately so; I never detected the corkscrew-like outline 


1887.] MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON MYRMECOBIUS. 529 


of the excretory duct, which is so generally met with in sweat-glands. 
The lumen of the duct is extremely fine. 

In many cases the duct, formed by the coalescence of the ductules 
of the several tubules, instead of passing directly on to the exterior 
of the body, was seen to open at the base of a sudoriparous follicle ; 
in this case the duct appeared tu maintain its independence, and to 
pass through the follicle on to the exterior, not to become continuous 
with one or more of the glandules in the follicles. 

(2) Sebaceous glands. In the description of the naked-eye charac- 
ters of the glandular patch, it has been stated that it is bare without 
any hairs; a microscopical study shows, however, that there are a few 
hairs situated chiefly at the periphery ; these are generally furnished 
with a pair of sebaceous glands presenting the ordinary characters. 

(3) Sudoriparous follicles. The glandular follicles opening on to 
the exterior by the conspicuous orifices with which the patch is 
covered appear to be of the nature of sweat-glands ; these follicles are 
filled with a mass of tubules which pass straight from their point of 
attachment to the external aperture of the follicle ; these tubules are 
club-shaped, the lower extremity being somewhat swollen. This 
part of the gland is composed of cells which agree exactly in their 
characters with the cells of sebaceous glands, and, like them, are 
hardly affected by borax carmine; very frequently the lower extre- 
mity of the gland appeared to be bifid. The individual glands are 
separated from each other by cells which stain deeply with borax 
carmine, and are in every way similar to the cells of the epidermis ; 
there is a complete layer of these cells lining the follicle, and the 
extremities of the glands have the appearance of being imbedded in 
them. The proximal part of each gland consists of a long straight 
tube surrounded by layers of unstriped muscular fibres and lined 
with epithelium. 

Although in many particulars these glands resemble sebaceous 
glands, the presence of muscular fibres is, in the present state of our 
knowledge, decisive in favour of referring them to the sudoriparous 
series. It is clear, however, from the above description and figures 
that these glands differ in many points from the typical sweat-glands. 

So far the glandular structures are confined to the integument ; 
beneath the layer of loose connective tissue which underlies the 
dermis is 

(4) A large compound tubular gland, quite half an inch in 
diameter ; this gland recalls in its general aspect the arm-gland of 
Hapalemur ; its structure is like that of the sweat-glands, and it is 
divided into unequally-sized lobules by partitions of connective tissue. 
I have been quite unable, however, up to the present to detect the 
external orifice or orifices of this gland. 

The above-mentioned structures form altogether a complicated 
glandular mass which is unparallelled among mammals. Special tegu- 
mentary glands produced by a local hypertrophy of sebaceous or 
sweat-zlands are extremely widely spread among the Mammalia ; but 
I am not acquainted with any integumental glandular structure which 
has so complex a character as the sternal gland of Myrmecobius. What 


[June 23, 


MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON MYRMECOBIUS, 


530 


% 
paca zg 
gues oa CON O0\\—S 1}: 


BIS ERE AG) <2 
a ONY 2 
aa ak: 


2, 
QO A 
>U) 
yy bg, (2s v, cx 


Si 


a 


SSS 
py 
Beene 

C=C Rp lates 


Minute structure of glandular patch. 


ng into 
-gland 


sudoriparous follicle ; f, sudoriparous follicle ; g/, compound sweat 


ermis; 8, sweat-gland ; d, ils duct ; p, duct of sweat-gland openi 
lying below dermal muscles. 


e, epid 


‘yt Ame Oe Be re ae 
“a 


+ 


P.Z.S. 1887. Pla 


Berjeau & Highley del. et lith. Mintern Bros, imp. 
CHARACTERISTIC SPICULES OF NEW HOLOTHURIANS.- a. 
b 


1887. | PROF. F. J. BELL ON HOLOTHUROIDS. 531 


its use may be it is impossible to state at present, but that it plays 
some important part in the economy of the Marsupial can hardly 
be doubted. 

The appearance of the patch of integument is not unlike that 
figured by Garrod’ in Dorcopsis luctuosa, but its position is very 
different in the two forms. 

With this possible exception I am not able to compare the 
glandular patch of Myrmecobius to any structure in any other 
Marsupial; the result of the present paper therefore must be the 
addition of a new character to the diagnosis of Myrmecobius. 


3. Studies in the Holothuroidea.—VI. Descriptions of 
new Species. By F. Jerrrey Betz, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., 
Professor of Comparative Anatomy and Zoology in 
King’s College’. 

[Received June 21, 1887. | 
(Plate XLV.) 


During the somewhat protracted period in which I have been 
engaged in determining the large collection of Holothurians in the 
British Museum, I have noticed a few species of no interest suf- 
ficient to justify immediate description, but which, being as yet 
undescribed, may (on the completion of my work) have their 
characteristics published. The date on which this paper is read 
will explain why some of the species are named as they are. 


CucUMARIA SANCTI-JOHANNIS, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 1.) 


Body considerably elongated ; suckers highly retractile, confined 
to ambulacra and arranged in irregular double rows; no anal teeth. 

Calcareous oesophageal ring greatly reduced, the radial piece 
small, slightly notched posteriorly, completely covered by the 
insertion of the retractor muscle ; the interradial piece a fine fila- 
ment. The retractors of extraordinary length, extending along two 
thirds of the whole length of the body, with a broad belly of 
insertion and long tendon-like band of origin. Stone-canal and 
several Polian vesicles long. The genital tubes long, simple, and 
numerous; the Cuvierian organs are apparently wanting. 

The spicules (Plate XLV. fig. 1) are numerous and exceedingly 
simple; at the narrow end there is a tendency to produce a spine ; 
spicules of various stages are shown in the figure. 

_ Two specimens, measuring 50 and 95 millim. respectively, appear 
each to have a greatest width of about 13 millim. 

Ojica, Goto Islands. Collected by Capt. St. John, R.N., H.M.S. 
‘ Sylvia.’ 

This species is really remarkable ; not only for the reduction of the 
cesophageal ring, which, it may be remembered, is quite aborted in 


1 Pp. Z.S. 1875, p. 48, pl. viii. 2 P. ZS. 1884, p. 563. 


532 PROF. F. J. BELL ON HOLOTHUROIDS. {June 23, 


Amphicyclus japonicus, but for the great length of the retractor 
muscles ; though these prolonged bands have a tendinous appear- 
ance, they are of the same histological structure as the more 
obviously museular part. 


CucUMARIA BICOLOR, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 2.) 


Body irregularly pentagonal, tapering slightly at its hinder end ; 
no anal teeth ; distictly marked off into ambulacral regions which 
are quite white, and interambulacral regions which are chocolate or 
black ; the ambulacra very wide, the suckers arranged irregularly, 
but in more than two rows; the bivial are narrower than the trivial 
ambulacra ; the suckers are strictly confined to the ambulacra. 

The state of contraction is such as to make a complete description 
of the internal anatomy impossible, but it may be noted that the 
integument is thick, the calcareous cesophageal ring fairly well 
developed, the interradial piece ending in a dagger-shaped process, 
and the radial being about twice as wide as the interradial; the 
genital tubes are numerous. 

The spicules are few in number and small in size; the spine of 
the turriform bodies is bifurcated at its free end. 

Length 36 ; 25 millim.: greatest breadth 20; 12 millim. 

King Sound, W. Australia. 

This species seems to be most closely allied to C. versicalor, from 
which it differs in the absence of ambulacral papillze. 


CucuMaRIA INCONSPICUA, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 3.) 


Small, stout, a little rough to the touch, with the suckers not 
quite definitely limited to the ambulacra, though very often nearly 
so; the trivial suckers are in four and the bivial in two fairly regular 
rows. No anal teeth. The pharyngeal ring large, the muscles 
stout and inserted at once into the body-wall ; the ring appears to be 
made up of fine sets of equal pieces, formed probably by the equal 
radial and interradial calcifications ; the Polian vesicle is large. 

The genial tubes are long, simple, and not numerous. 

The spicules are rare, and are only in the form of large deposits 
of the shape shown in Plate XLV. fig. 3. 

Colour varying shades of dark slate or brown. 

Average length 17 millim., average greatest breadth 6 millim. 

Port Phillip Heads. Collected by J. B. Wilson, Esq. 

The irregularity of the arrangement of the suckers of this species 
appears to afford a strong argument against the division of the genus 
Cucumaria into Cucumaria s. str. and Semperia, which has been 
proposed by Lampert. 


Hocotuuria (BoHADSCHIA) WHITM&I, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. 
fig. 4.) 

This is a large Holothuria with a stellate anus, and deposits not 
irregular rosettes, but stout basket-like knobbed bodies. 

The body is flattened (in spirit); no dorsal papillze or suckers ; 
the ventral surface is thickly packed with suckers. Mouth ventral 


1887.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON HOLOTHUROIDS. 533 


anus distinctly five-rayed, with several hard papillae along each ray, 
which look almost like the “ teeth” of Actinopyga. The body-wall 
is pretty thick, and, in the specimen dissected, was for 30 millim., at 
a distance of 40 millim. from the anterior end, particularly thick. 

It is impossible, from the condition of the specimen, to describe 
fully the internal anatomy, but the tentacular ampulle were seen to 
be long, the cesophageal ring to be moderately developed, the radial 
pieces having a deep anterior notch. The Cuvierian organs are 
small or absent. 

The spicules are numerous, very thick, basket-like spheres with 
small holes and prominent knobs (Plate XLV. fig. 4). 

Colour black. 

The two specimens measure respectively 240 millim. by 100 millim. 
and 185 millim. by 95 millim. 

Hab. Samoa. Collected and presented by Rev. S. J. Whitmee. 


Horornurta (BoHADSCHIA) INERMIS, sp. nov. 


A species distinguished by the absence of spicules and calcareous 
ring. 

Body elongated, tapering somewhat at either end; suckers very 
thick in trivium, scattered and much rarer in bivium ; three indistinctly 
marked trivial rows; about the middle of the trivium the suckers 
less closely packed than at either end. Anus five-rayed, the sides 
of the rays with papille. 

Twenty black tentacles; pharynx quite devoid of cesophageal 
ring ; no calcareous deposits. 

Colour dark brown, the suckers and tentacles still darker. 

Hab. West Indies. 

In order to retain the general form of the single complete speci- 
men, I have not made a complete dissection; fortunately, however, 
there is an anterior end of a second specimen, and by it I have been 
able to assure myself that the absence of the calcareous ring is not 
an individual peculiarity. 


HoLorHuRiA KAPIOLANIA, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 5.) 


Body elongated, soft to the touch, covered with suckers, more 
numerous below than above, scattered quite irregularly ; obscurely 
marked papillz round theanus. &sophageal ring of ordinary type, 
the pieces simple and low, with a rather deep notch posteriorly ; 
stone-canal not remarkably long ; two Polian vesicles; genital tubes 
short and not numerous ; Cuvierian organs absent or poorly deve- 
loped. The spicules merely in the form of delicate, slightly curved, 
very spiny rods. 

Colour brownish grey, lighter below; with two rows of eight or 
nine dark patches on either side of the back. 

The single specimen is 60 millim. long, and has an average width 
of 10 millim. 

Sandwich Islands. : 

This species appears to be most closely allied to H. erinaceus, from 
which, however, the much smaller stone-canal and the very dhii- 
ferently formed spicules are sufficient to distinguish it. 


534 PROF. F. J. BELL ON HOLOTHUROIDS. [June 23, 


HoLoTHURIA SE£CULARIS, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 6.) 


Body elongated, stout, covered with scattered spicules, which are 
not numerous and not much more common on the ventral than the 
dorsal surface. Mouth slightly ventral in position. 

The body-wall is very thick (as much as 6 millim.) and is some- 
what wrinkled in spirit; the stone-canal is as much as 34 millim. 
long; there is one Polian vesicle; the pieces of the esophageal ring 
are stout and deep ; the genital tubes arborescent. Cuvierian organs 
appear to be absent. The spicules are numerous, small, with well- 
marked knobs, and ordinarily three pairs of holes ; there are no turri- 
form bodies. 

Colour light stone speckled with white. 

135 millim. long; 45 millim wide. 

110 millim. long ; 40 millim. wide. 

Angola. 

The apparently complete absence of turriform bodies from among 
the deposits of this species is remarkable. 


Hoxtornuria victoriz. (Plate XLV. fig. 7.) 


Body elongated, tapering a little posteriorly, soft to the touch ; 
suckers closely packed in middle ventral line, rarer at sides and 
above. Mouth ventral. 

The radials of the cesophageal ring with a semicircular notch ; 
large Polian vesicle; stone-canal 36 millim. long ; body-wall rather 
thick. The genital tubes, digestive tract, and possibly the Cuvierian 
organs have been ejected. 

Turriform bodies numerous; base with four central large and a 
varying number of smaller holes ; spire with only one transverse bar ; 
no flat plates or supporting spicules. 

Colour light brown above, lighter below. 

Length of single specimen 137 millim.; greatest breadth 34 
millim. 

The locality given is “ Australian seas”; as the specimen was 
purchased from Dr. Bowerbank, it is possible that the exact locality 
was Fremantle, W. Australia, whence Dr. Bowerbank did receive a 
large number of specimens. 

In the key given by Dr. Lampert this new form will stand with 
Hi. intestinalis and H. magellani; from the latter it may at once be 
distinguished by not having the suckers arranged in rows, and from 
the former by the form of the spicules. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLV. 


Fig. 1. Characteristic spicules of Cucumaria sancti-johannis. 
y ‘. C. bicolor. 

C. inconspicua. 

Holothuria whitmei. 

H. kapiolanie. 

H. secularis. 

Fa 3 H. victorie. 


Fig. 4 is magnified 330, fig. 6 440, the others 220 diameters, 


TI orb G9 bo 


ry aaa 


hi’, 


ils a ii i i at tia ett etn ak 


ey 


“SIdaTOOVHY 
duit *soug uss pI, " . 


UI Ia eel SZ id 


P28. 1887. Pl. XLVIL 


F.H Michael del.et lith. 


REA COLE Flan. 


1887. | ON THE TELEOSTEAN GENUS RHACOLEPIS. 535 


4. On the Fossil Teleostean Genus Rhacolepis, Agass. By 
A. SmirH Woopwarp, F.Z.S., F.G.S., of the British 
Museum (Natural History). 


[Received June 7, 1887.] 
(Plates XLVI. & XLVII.) 


Among the numerous fossil fishes named and briefly noticed by 
Agassiz during the preparation of his great work ‘ Recherches sur 
les Poissons Fossiles,’ but reserved for adequate description in the 
contemplated supplements which unfortunately never appeared, are 
some interesting specimens from the north of Brazil, displaying 
the characters of an extinct generic type, mentioned under the name 
of Rhacolepis. Of these the British Museum now contains an 
extensive series, enriched especially by the recent acquisition of the 
Egerton and Enniskillen collections; and as materials are thus 
provided for a tolerably complete elucidation of the ancient fish they 
represent, the present seems a favourable opportunity for completing 
the original diagnoses. The majority of the fossils were actually 
examined by Agassiz himself, and several bear his MS. labels, so that 
it is possible to recognize the various species he intended to establish. 
And a careful study of the whole series has lately revealed some 
novel facts in regard to the affinities of the genus, which appear to 
have hitherto escaped observation, and render it of considerable 
interest to the zoologist. 

The fossil fishes in question, together with four or five other 
genera, are discovered in calcareous nodules, of concretionary origin, 
scattered upon the hill-sides in the neighbourhood of Barra do 
Jardim, Serra de Araripe, North Brazil, and the first published 
allusion to them appears to occur in the record of Spix and Martius’s 
travels at the beginning of the present century’. About 1840 many 
specimens were collected by Mr. George Gardner, of Glasgow, who 
submitted them to Agassiz, and briefly described the circumstances 
under which they were met with®; and these, probably, form the 
greater part of the Museum collection at the present time. Still 
others were brought under Agassiz’s notice by MM. F. Chabrillac 
and Elie de Beaumont, and formed the subject of a lengthy report 
published in the ‘Comptes Rendus’ for 1844°. Nearly thirty years 
later, Professor C. F. Hartt added further remarks upon the 
geological evidence as to the age of the nodules themselves*; and 

1 J. B. yon Spix and C. F. yon Martius, ‘ Reise in Brasilien,’ 1823-31, Atlas, 
pl. 22. fig. 5. 

2 G. Gardner, “ Geological Notes made during a Journey from the Coast 
into the Interior of the Province of Ceara in the North of Brazil,” Edinb. New 
Phil. Journ. vol. xxx. 1841, pp. 75-82.—L, Agassiz, ‘‘On the Fossil Fishes 
found by Mr. Gardner,” ibid. p. 83. 

3 LL, Agassiz, “Sur quelques poissons fossiles du Brésil,” Comptes Rendus, 
yol. xviii. (1844), pp. 1007-1015. 

4 C. F. Hartt, ‘Geology and Physical Geography of Brazil (Thayer 
Expedition),’ 1870, chaps. xiii., xiv. passim. 


536 MR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON THE [June 23, 


still more recently Professor Cope’ has described an interesting 
physostomous fish from an uncertain locality in South America, 
which is not improbably derived from the same geological formation. 
This appears to be the complete literature of the subject, with the 
exception of brief allusions to the fossils to be noted later on, and 
none of the accounts are accompanied by figures, if we except the 
single imperfect drawing given by Spix and Martius. 

Though for the most part beautifully preserved, the specimens 
present the usual imperfections so embarrassing in palzeontological 
research. And while some show very little traces of crushing, or are 
merely laterally compressed, others were subjected to considerable 
disturbance before the surrounding mud and sand assumed a 
hardened state, and several are curiously distorted. There are some 
in a condition that may be appropriately described as ‘‘ telescoped ”’ 
—the fish having been apparently subjected to pressure at right 
angles to its long axis; and one specimen (B.M. no. 28616) is 
completely folded up in a most remarkable manner. 


Description. 


As proved by uncrushed individuals, the body of Rhacolepis had 
a very slightly compressed form, without abdominal “ keel,” some- 
times much elongated (as in R. duccalis), and sometimes relatively 
short (R. latus). The roof of the skull exhibits a corresponding 
flatness, and the snout is remarkably acute. The paired fins are well 
developed, the pelvic pair being abdominal in situation; there is a 
single dorsal fin in the middle of the back opposite the pelves ; the 
anal is small, and halfway between the pelvics and the tail; and 
the caudal fin is deeply forked. The scales are small or of moderate 
size, and the lateral line is not apparent in unabraded specimens. 

Considering these various points in order, there are several features 
of interest in the Aead that first claim attention. 

In the cranium itself, a few of the elements can be more or less 
distinctly recognized, but the frontals alone are sufficiently perfect 
and characteristic to merit special note (Plate XLVI. fig. 3). They 
attain the usual large dimensions and are apparently united together 
throughout their entire length, the anterior half of the median 
suture being raised into a prominent longitudinal ridge, and the bone 
on either side of this for some distance exhibiting a very even surface. 
Posteriorly, in one specimen (B. M. no. P 1957), a pair of small 
rectangular bones are to be observed, meeting in the middle line, and 
these evidently represent the parietals. There is also another 
prominent element in some examples—as in the original of Plate 
XLVII. fig. 4—which may probably be interpreted as a membrane 
bone above the operculum, similar to that observed in certain 
Characinoids. 

The palatine bones are provided with teeth, as disclosed by a 
fracture in the skull of R. datus (no. P1957); and both premaxille, 

* KE. D. Cope, “On two extinct forms of Physostomi of the Neotropical 
Region,” Proc. Amer, Phil. Soc. vol. xii. (1871). p. 53. 


1887. ] TELEOSTEAN GENUS RHACOLEPIS. 537 


maxille, and dentaries are likewise armed with a moderately powerful 
series. These areelongated cones, closely approximated, and varying 
but little in size, though those on the palatines are apparently the 
largest. The cleft of the mouth is slightly turned upwards, and the 
lower jaw scarcely projects beyond the upper; and of the two 
elements entering into the bony margin above, the maxillz have 
much the greater extent. 

But the most striking feature in the head is presented by the ring 
of circumorbital bones, which attain to an extraordinary size (Plate 
XLVI. figs. 1, 2,5; Plate XLVII. figs. 4, 5). Two, or perhaps 
three, of considerable dimensions are situated behind the eye, while 
the largest occupies a postero-inferior position ; and the anteriorly 
directed process of the latter, which is very narrow in R. buccalis, 
bounds the orbit below, in conjunction with the small foremost 
element of the ring. Posterior to this series, the long narrow 
preoperculum is seen ; and still beyond are the other elements of the 
opercular fold. The operculum itself varies in form in the different 
species (compare Plate XLVI. figs. 1, 2; Plate XLVII. figs. 4, 5); 
the suboperculum is relatively large ; and there is a distinct triangular 
interoperculum. None of these bones exhibit any definite ornament, 
sculpturing, or marginal denticulation, and there was no extension of 
the scales over any part of the cephalic region. The branchiostegal 
rays attached to the epihyal are about ten in number, and large and 
much expanded ; but in front of these the ceratohyal supports an 
apparently equal series, which are quite of small size (Plate XLVII. 
fig. 1), and likewise differ in being considerably ‘‘ spaced out.’ 

The vertebral column is not completely shown in any specimen, 
and it is thus only possible to determine the number of vertebra 
approximately : in R. duccalis there appear to be not less than 24 
in the abdominal region, and perhaps as many as 20 in the caudal. 
The centra are well ossified, though perforated in the middle for the 
passage of a remnant of the notochord ; and they exhibit no large 
lateral excavations, but are marked by delicate longitudinally 
extended pittings (Plate XLVI. fig. 4 a). The ribs are tolerably 
massive, as shown by B. M. no. 47900, and the same fossil displays 
a considerable number of crushed intermuscular bones. Both neural 
and heemal arches in the caudal region are remarkably strong and 
elongate ; but it is unfortunately impossible to determine with certainty 
the modifications for the support of the tail-fin. 

In the pectoral arch the form of the clavicle is well shown, 
especially by one small fragment (no. P 1958 c¢). It has a gentle 
longitudinal curve, the concavity being anterior; and there is a 
comparatively broad, inwardly directed wing, in addition to the 
exposed part in the plane of the side of the body. The pectoral fin 
is robust (Plate XLVI. fig. 1), and the several stout rays are divided 
distally ; but it is impossible to determine the exact number of these 
rays, though there cannot have been less than 18 or 20 in 
R. bucealis. 

The “pelvic’’ bones are only well shown in one specimen, belonging 
to the small species just mentioned, and the element of the right side 


538 MR. A. SMITH-WOODWARD ON THE [June 23, 


is represented in Plate XLVII. fig. 3. This bone is of an elon- 
gated triangular form, the apex directed anteriorly, and the short base 
supporting the rays of the fin; it exhibits a little rounded process 
at the posterior extremity of the inner border, for articulation with 
its fellow of the opposite side. The pelvic fin is, as usual, somewhat 
smaller than the pectoral, though still tolerably robust; and its 
characters are well seen in the original of Plate XLVI. fig. 1. It is 
opposed to the hinder part of the dorsal, and consists entirely of soft 
jointed rays, to the number of about 12 in #. buccalis. 

The dorsal fin is relatively short, and is supported upon a series of 
strong interspinous bones, of which the most anterior has the widest 
expansion (R. brama, Plate XLVI. fig. 1). In front, there are about 
three small spinous rays, followed by two others of larger size ; but 
the maximum length is attained by the first succeeding soft ray, and 
from this there is a gradual shortening backwards. In one species, 
R. latus, the anterior soft ray is extraordinarily powerful, and divided 
for more than half its length by closely approximated, oblique 
sutures. 

There is no trace of an adipose dorsal fin, notwithstanding the 
perfection with which some of the soft parts are preserved. 

The anal fin is very small, and the rays in 2. buccalis are about 10 
in number; these are much divided, as shown in Plate XLVI. fig. 1. 

The caudal fin, as already mentioned, is deeply forked, and the 
median rays are very short, only slightly extending beyond the much- 
elongated posterior termination of the body. In one specimen, 
indeed, probably referable to R. buccalis (no. P 1958 a), the median 
rays do not constitute more than a little delicate fringe, sharply 
marked off from the two main lobes of the fin (Plate XLVII. fig. 2), 
though this may quite possibly be an abnormal appearance due to 
the circumstances of fossilization. 

The scales are preserved in almost every specimen, but it is only 
rarely that they are well displayed, owing to abrasion and fractures 
produced in the removal of the surrounding stony matrix. They 
are deeply imbricated, but it does not seem possible in any case to 
determine the number either of the transverse or longitudinal series ; 
nor can anything be stated with certainty as to the variation in size 
in different regions. The exposed portion of each scale is beautifully 
ornamented with radiating ridges, which are strongest near the 
periphery (Plate XLVI. fig. 6); and these sometimes impart to the 
hinder border of dilapidated examples the appearance of being 
ctenoid. The superficial layer of the scales, however, is nearly always 
destroyed. The lateral line is only observed where the ornamented 
portions of the scales are broken away, and would thus not be visible 
in the living fish. A small “axillary appendage,’ of elongated 
form, is to be noted in one or two specimens above the pectoral fin 
(Plate XLVI. fig. 7). And, lastly, there is the interesting fact that 
the dorsal and caudal fins are covered to some extent by smaller 
scales than those investing the body, these being extremely thin and 
exhibiting no markings beyond the concentric lines of growth (B. M. 
no. 28616). 


1887. ] TELEOSTEAN GENUS RHACOLEPIS. 539 


The eye has an ossified sclerotic capsule, and some of the soft 
parts of the fish are more or less indicated in nearly all the fossils. 
The gills are well seen when the opercular apparatus is partly 
removed, the lamelle being long and slender and reaching the 
hinder margin of the gill-cavity. The great muscles of the side of 
the trunk are also fossilized ; the successive myotomes, with their 
transverse muscular fibres, being especially distinct in one Specimen 
in the Enniskillen Collection, which has already been referred to by 
Agassiz’. 


Specific Types. 

In his original notice of Rhacolepis (misprinted « Phacolepis ’’) 
Agassiz recognized three distinct specific types, which he very briefly 
defined as separated by the form of the body and the characters of 
the posterior elements in the circumorbital ring. These, it appears, 
are also readily distinguished by the shape of the operculum, and 
perhaps some other features; and all the examples in the British 
Museum may be referred to one or other of the three forms. They 
received the names of R. buccalis, R. brama, and R. latus, and 
figures of each are given in our Plates. 


1. Ruacoueris Buccauis. (Plate XLVI. figs. 2-7; Plate XLVII. 
figs. 1-3.) : 

This is the smallest species, and comprises the fossil already 
mentioned as figured by Spix and Martius. It is of a very elongated 
shape, the greatest depth of the trunk being comprised about five 
and a half times in the total length. The two posterior ¢'rcum- 
orbitals are elongated and approximately of equal size, and the length 
of the postero-inferior plate likewise much exceeds the depth. The 
vertical measurement of the operculum is much greater than its 
antero-posterior extent, the relative proportions being about 7: 4. 


2. RHACOLEPIS BRAMA. (Plate XLVI. fig. 1; Plate XLVII. 
fig. 4.) 

An indeterminable fragment of this species seems to have been 
originally noticed by Agassiz as Amblypterus olfersii*, and the 
latter specific name was thus substituted for brama in the ** Synop- 
tieal Table” in the ‘Rech. Poiss. Foss.’ The body is somewhat 
less elongate than in 72. buccalis, the greatest depth of the fossil 
shown in Plate XLVI. fig. 1 being contained about four and a half 
times in the total length. The two posterior circumorbitals are 
likewise much elongated, but the lower is narrower than the upper ; 
and the postero-inferior plate has a deep triangular form. The 
length and breadth of the operculum are almost equal. 


3. Ruacoxeris varus. (Plate XLVII. fig. 5.) 


This is so called from the considerable depth of the body, as shown 
in the young individual figured. The two posterior circumorbitals 


? L, Agassiz, Rech. Poiss. Foss. vol. iy. pt. i. p. 293. 
* L. Agassiz, ibid. vol. ii. pt. i. p- 40. 


540 MR. A. SMITH-WOODWARD ON THE [June 23, 


are short and of equal size, and the vertical extent of the operculum 
is about twice its antero-posterior measure. The first soft ray of the 
dorsal fin is very robust and divided by numerous, closely approx- 
imated, transverse sutures. 


Systematic Position. 


Finally, it remains to determine the systematic position of the 
genus under consideration. By Agassiz’, Rhacolepis was regarded 
as a Percoid, probably because the scales had the appearance of 
being ctenoid, for he had already observed the abdominal situation of 
the pelvic fins, which would rather point towards a relationship with 
other types. More recently, Dr. Giinther* has quoted the genus as 
one of the Berycidee; and these are the only two expressions of 
opinion in regard to the affinities of Rhacolepis that I have succeeded 
in discovering. A glance at the fossils now made known, however, 
renders it obvious that we are here concerned with a truly physosto- 
mous fish ; and it is in this primitive division of the Teleostei that we 
must look for its nearest living representatives. 

As kindly pointed out to me by Dr. Giinther, some features 
displayed by these fossils are curiously similar to those of certain 
Characinoids still inhabiting the fresh waters of Brazil. The scales, 
for example, have an especially Characinoid aspect, and the large 
size of the circumorbital bones is also a prominent character of the 
fishes of this family. But the great number of the branchiostegal 
rays, the peculiarities of the tail, and the fact that these fossils are 
accompanied mostly by marine forms, are circumstances that seem 
to point in another direction. 

The discovery of an ‘axillary appendage” in some of the 
specimens, indeed, suggests affinities with the Elopine and Chanine 
sections of the Clupeide ; and it is with the first of these groups 
that I would venture to associate the genus. ops and its allies are 
marine types; their bodies exhibit but little lateral compression ; 
their posterior circumorbitals are very large; their branchiostegal 
rays are generally numerous; and the tail in these forms almost 
precisely parallels that of the ancient 2hacolepis. The correspondence 
is thus so close that there can be no doubt as to the correctness of 
the determination. 

It is, in fact, difficult to satisfactorily distinguish the Brazilian 
fossil from some other Elopine genera already recognized ; for, in 
dealing with extinct forms, the imperfection of the paleontological 
record often prevents any very precise comparisons. ‘Taking first the 
living genera, Megalops may be said to differ especially in possessing 
a long anal fin, a distinct lateral line, and villiform teeth ; while 
Elops seems to be separated by little beyond the conspicuous charac- 
ter of the lateral line, and the absence of small scales on the dorsal 
and caudal fins. Among fossil allies, Z/opopsis* has a more power- 


1 L, Agassiz, Edinb. New Phil. Journ. vol. xxx. (1841), p. 83; Rech. Poiss, 
Foss., Synoptical Table, vol. i. p. xliv. 

* A. Giinther, ‘ Study of Fishes,’ 1880, p. 421. 

3 J. J. Heckel, ‘ Beitr. Kennt. foss. Fische Oesterreichs,’ 1856, p. 65. 


1887. ] TELEOSTEAN GENUS RHACOLFEPIS. 541 


ful dentition ; Hemielopopsis ' seems to be distinguished, among other 
features, by the absence of teeth on the margin of the mouth ; and 
Protelops* has relatively shorter and stouter jaws, with rounded 
ernshing-teeth on the palatines. Thrissopater” differs in having a 
compressed abdomen, while Halec* and Halecopsis’ are too im- 
perfectly known for certain reference. 


Geological Age. 


The foregoing conclusions become of especial interest when the 
geological antiquity of RAacolepis is taken into consideration, for it 
almost certainly dates back to the Cretaceous period. As already 
shown by Agassiz, it is associated with other fossil fishes, e. g. the 
ganoids Aspidorhynchus and Lepidotus, and the teleostean Cladocyclus, 
the former of which are Jurassic and Cretaceous, and the latter 
Cretaceous, in European areas; and Gardner has recorded some 
remains probably of the cephalopod Turrilites from the same beds ; 
so that true homotaxis (geological contemporaneity) with the Upper 
Cretaceous formations of the Old World appears to be well esta- 
blished®. Rhacolepis is thus one more of the forerunners of the 
Teleostei, which seem to have become developed during Jurassic 
times, and to have swarmed in the Chalk seas: it is one which con- 
stitutes a decided link between the old bony Ganoids and fishes of 
a more modern type. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Piate XLVI. 


Fig. 1. Rhacolepis brama, 3 nat. size. [P 3986.] 

2. Rhacolepis buccalis, anterior portion of fish. 2a. Transverse section of 

trunk. [P 3983 a.] 

3. Ditto, upper aspect of head. [P 1958.] 

4. Ditto, vertebral centra. «. Side view. 6. Section. [15793, P 1962.| 
5. Ditto, posterior cireumorbital bones. [P 1958 a.] 
6. Ditto, scales, twice nat. size. [15485.] 
7. Ditto, axillary appendage. [28900 d.] 


1 F. Bassani, “ Descrizione dei Pesci Fossili di Lesina,” Denkschr. kais. Akad. 
Wiss. vol. xly. (1882), p. 215. 

2 G@.C. Laube, “ Beitr. Kennt. Fische béhm. Turon’s,” Denkschr. k. Akad. 
Wiss. vol. 1. (1885), p. 286. 

8 A. Ginther, “ Figs. & Descr. Brit. Organic Remains,” Mem. Geol. Surv. 
dec. xiii. pl. i. 

+ L, Agassiz, Rech. Poiss. Foss. vol. v. pt. ii. p. 123. 

° Undescribed specimens in British Museum. 

® The fossiliferous nodules also contain numerous individuals of a species of 
entomostracan, but this, unfortunately, does not assist in determining the 
precise age of the beds. It has been kindly examined by Professor Rupert 
Jones, F.R.S., and Mr. C. D. Sherborn, F.G.S., who regard the species as pro- 
bably referable to Cytheridea. The former writes: “It differs from any species 
known to me, but in shape is near to C. perforata, Roemer, from the Chalk and 
Vertiaries.” 


Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1887, No. XXXVI. 36 


542 MR. J. W. DAVIS ON A [June 23, 


Pusate XLVII. 


Fig. 1. Rhacolepis buccalis, under aspect of head, showing ceratohyal (ch.), 
epihyal (eph.), and branchiostegal rays. [28900 a. | 

. Ditto, tail. [P 1958 a.] 

. Ditto, pelvic bone. [P 1962.] 

. Rhacolepis brama, head, 3 nat. size. [15490.] 

. Rhacolepis latus, young individual. [P 1959.] 


H= Oo bo 


oO 


All the specimens are preserved in the British Museum, and the numbers 
refer to the Register of the Geological Department. Unless otherwise stated, 
the figures are of the natural size. 


5. Note on a Fossil Species of Chlamydoselachus. By James 
W. Davis, F.G.S. &c. (Communicated by Mr. A. 
Smirn Woopwagp, F.Z.S.) 


[Received June 7, 1887.] 


Some years ago a Selachian was obtained by Prof. H. A. Ward, 
which had been caught off the coast of Japan. It was purchased 
for the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College; and 
in January 1684 Mr. S. Garman, of that Museum, gave a pre- 
liminary description of the fish in the ‘Bulletin of the Essex Institute,’ 
vol. xvi., in which he recognized it as belonging to a new family and 
instituted for it the genus Chlamydoselachus. A further contribution 
was made to ‘Science’ on February Ist following, in which the 
body is described as long and slender, compressed and thin towards 
the tail ; five feet in length. ‘The head is broad, slightly convex on 
the crown; six gill-openings are present; the nostrils are nearly 
vertical, with a fold dividing each orifice into two parts; eyes 
moderately large, without nictitating membrane. The mouth is 
anterior and very wide; the teeth are arranged in fifty-one rows of 
six each across the jaws and are all alike. ‘‘ Each tooth has three 
slender, curved, inward-directed cusps, and a broad base, which 
extends back in a pair of points under the next tooth, thereby 
securing firmness and preventing reversion.” The pectoral fins are 
described as of moderate size, separated by a distance of twenty-four 
inches from the ventrals, which, along with the anal and caudal, are 
large; above the anal there is a small dorsal. Mr. Garman con- 
sidered that “a certain embryonic appearance in the specimen 
necessitated a search among the fossils for allied species. Most 
resemblance was found in the teeth of Cladodus of the Devonian ; 
but the cusps were erect instead of reclining, and the enamel was 
grooved instead of smooth.” After the appearance of this notice of 
the new fish, a considerable amount of correspondence took place in 
the pages of ‘Science,’ and diverse opinions were expressed as to 
the relationship of the genus to extinct forms. Prof. Cope considered 
that the teeth figured by Mr. Garman “show the animal to be a 
species of the genus Didymodus (= Diplodus, Agass.), which has 
hitherto been supposed to be confined to the Carboniferous and 
Permian periods ;” and in the ‘ American Naturalist’ of April he 


1887. ] FOSSIL CHLAMYDOSELACHUS. 543 


confirmed his opinion at greater length, and stated that the recent 
fish should be named Didymodus anguineus. Prof. Th. Gill was dis- 
posed to consider Chlamydoselachus to stand “ nearer the true fishes 
than do the Sharks proper, not because it appears to be in the line 
of descent between the two, but because it is nearer the primitive 
line from which both types have diverged.” Thus far he agrees with 
Mr. Garman, but he dissents emphatically from him in regardiog 
the recent acquisition as a Cladodont Shark, and agrees with Prof. 
Cope that Chlamydoselachus had a representative in the Carboniferous 
genus Diplodus or Didymodus, although he does not think that the 
two can be congeneric. He suggests the name Pternodonta as pre- 
ferable to the one given by Mr. Garman. A month later, however, 
Prof. Gill withdrew his adhesion to the Diplodus scheme of affinity ; 
and he says, “I am convinced not only that Didymodus has no 
generic or even family relations with Chlamydoselachus, but that it 
represents even a different order.” His objection is founded on the 
undoubted relationship of Diplodus and Pleuracanthus, and the 
possession by the former of a large dorsal fin and nuchal spine, of 
which there is no evidence in the recent fish ; and he concludes that 
the anatomy of the latter will probably reveal a structure most like 
that of the Notidanide, but of a somewhat more primitivetype. In 
‘Science,’ May 30th, 1884, Prof. Cope discusses the relationship 
of Diplodus, Agass., and Didymodus, Cope, and regarding the former 
as the teeth of the fish bearing Pleuracanthus-spines, states that it 
must be separated from the genus Didymodus, and that Chlamy- 
doselachus is distinct on account of the different structure of the 
dorsal fin and the absence of a spine; but that hitherto no Pleura- 
canthoid spines have been found directly asscciated with Didymodus 
(though they are found in the same strata), and consequently, so far 
as we know Chlamydoselachus, it will not differ from Didymodus. 
These views were published in greater detail in the July ‘ Proceedings 
of the American Philosophical Society of Philadelphia.” And so 
matters remained until the following September, when Mr. Garman 
read a paper at a meeting of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, in which he strongly reiterated his views 
as to its relationship with the fossil Cladodus, with the result that 
both Profs. Cope and Gill abandoned their positions and accepted 
the views of Mr. Garman, Prof. Gill still dissenting “from the opinion 
that the Cladodontid are related to the Chlamydoselachidz rather 
than the Hybodontide.”’ In July 1885 Mr. Garman published a 
detailed description of the fish in the ‘ Bull. of the Museum of 
Comparative Zoology at Harvard College,’ vol. xii. no. 1, pp. 1-35, 
pls. 1.-xx., in which he styles it “a living species of Cladodont 
Shark.” 

Leaving this extremely problematical relationship of Chlamydose- 
lachus to be substantiated or otherwise by future investigation, it is 
extremely interesting to find that ten years ago a fossil representative 
of Chlamydoselachus was actually discovered and figured by the late 
Robert Lawley. The specimen is from the Pliocene beds of Orciano 


in Tuscany, and is described as very rare; the teeth figured are 
36* 


544 MR. F. E- BEDDARD ON THE [June 23, 


possessed of three sharp, slender, backwardly-curved dentieles, with 
a base forming a broadly expanded plate divided at its posterior 
extremity into a pair of prongs, which doubtless extended, as in the 
existing species, beneath the succeeding tooth, thereby gaining 
additional firmness and strength. ‘The figures indicate a tooth twice 
the diameter of the anterior teeth of the existing species. The 
author knew of no living or fossil representative of the teeth, and 
gave the figure with a short notice, without description or appending 
to it any distinctive name. There can be no hesitation therefore in 
associating the fossil with the existing genus, and it may not be 
inappropriate to append the name of Mr. Lawley and distinguish it 
specifically, Chlamydoselachus lawleyi. 

The figures will be found in ‘ Nuovi Studi sopra ai Pesci ed altri 
Vertebrati fossili delle colline Toscane,’ di Roberto Lawley, published 
at Florence in 1876, pl. i. figs. 1—le. I am indebted to Mr. G. A. 
Boulenger for the opportunity of comparing them with the teeth of 
the recent Chlamydoselachus in the British Museum. 


6. Contributions to the Anatomy of Earthworms.—No. IV.’ 
By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.E., Prosector to 
the Society, and Lecturer on Biology at Guy’s Hospital. 


[Received June 23, 1887.] 


IV. Description of CRYPTODRILUS FLETCHERI, 0. Sp. 


Of this species, which is a native of Queensland’, I have studied 
two specimens ; one of these was fully mature with a well-developed 
clitellum, the other specimen was immature without any traces of a 
clitellum. 

In the larger individual the clitellum occupied five segments, 
commencing with the thirteenth and ending with the seventeenth ; 
the glandular epithelium of the clitellum extends all round the body 
on these segments with the exception of a ventral area on the seven- 
teenth, corresponding to the part occupied by the ventral set and the 
space lying between them ; this space was occupied by an elongated 
genital papilla, which is rather wider at the two extremities than in 
the middle. The four succeeding segments are furnished each with 
a similar papilla of equal size to that on the seventeenth segment and 
of identical appearance. 

These structures closely correspond to the ‘dumbbell-shaped 
areas”’ described by Mr. Fletcher in another species of the same 
genus, C. rusticus ; and the evident similarity lead me at first to believe 
that the species described here was identical with C. rusticus. I 
shall, however, have occasion in the sequel to refer to differences 
between the two species; and a careful comparison of Fletcher's 
description of C. rusticus with my specimen shows that in the 


1 Ante p. 372. 
2 J obtained the specimens through the kindness of Mr, 8. Prout Newcombe. 


1887.] ANATOMY OF EARTHWORMS. 545 


arrangement of these papillz there is really some little difference 
between the two species. In the first place, C. rusticus has only 
four of these dumbbell-shaped papillee, while there are five in my 
specimen ; this is a difference which might easily be explained away 
on the assumption that Fletcher’s specimens were immature, except 
for the fact that he has examined a large number. Secondly, the 
papille in C. fletcheri are restricted each to one segment, the whole 
of the ventral area of which they occupy; in C. rusticus, on the 
other hand, the papillee appear to be intersegmental in position. 

The male generative pores are upon the eighteenth segment and are 
placed within the area of the ventral papillse close to the pair of 
setee. 

The female generative pore is situated upon the fourteenth segment ; 
it is a single slit-like orifice with tumid lips. 

The apertures of the spermatheca as well as those of the nephridia 
were invisible in my specimen. 

The sete appear to have the same arrangement as in C, rusticus, 
viz. a pair of sete on either side of the ventral line moderately close 
together and a laterally placed pair, the individual setz of which are 
wide apart’. 

The following notes upon the internal anatomy of the species are 
of course no more than is necessary for its adequate definition. I 
hope to be able at some future time to work out more elaborately 
certain points in the structure of this and other Lumbricide. 


Alimentary Canal. 


The chief feature in the anatomy of the alimentary canal to which 
I may call attention is the presence of calciferous glands; as these 
glands appear occasionally to be absent in Earthworms, it is 
important to record their presence in this species. I noticed two 
pairs of calciferous glands situated in segments 11 and 12; there 
may have been others, but an accident prevented an examination of 
the posterior segments. The position of the glands is somewhat 
unusual ; instead of lying to the side of the intestine as is generally 
the case (e. g. Acanthodrilus, P. Z.S. 1885, pl. lii. fig. 1), they are 
placed below the intestine, and each gland comes into close relations 
with its fellow, separated from it, however, by the subintestinal 
vessel, which is supported by a mesentery. 

The gizzard occupies segments 6 and 7. 


Nephridia. 

Another structural feature of this Earthworm renders it quite im- 
possible to confuse it with Cryptodrilus rusticus, or, for the matter 
of that, with any other of the Australian species of Lumbricide. 

Mr. Fletcher speaks of the nephridia as consisting of dendriform 
masses or tufts of glandular cecal tubes, more developed in the 

1 Since this portion of my paper was written Mr. Fletcher has described 
(Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W., Sept. 1886) a second species of Cryptodrilus 


(C. saccarius), which cannot be confounded with the species described above. 
It agrees with C. rusticus in the characters of the nephridia. 


546 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [June 23, 


anterior segments of the body. In both species of Notoscolex the 
nephridia appear to be much the same, as also in Didymogaster : in 
these genera the description of the nephridia agrees fairly closely 
with what appears to be the characteristic features of these organs 
in Pericheta, at least in those species in which they have been 
observed. In my species of Cryptodrilus the nephridia are entirely 
different, and conform to the type that is met with in many species 
of Earthworms, including Microcheta and certain species of Acantho- 
drilus!. These organs in Cryptodrilus fletcheri consist of a compli- 
cated coil of glandular tubules, the details of which I have not 
worked out, but which appears to bear every resemblance to the 
corresponding part of the nephridium of Lumbricus, opening on to 
the exterior by a sac-like muscular duct, which is furnished at its 
extremity with a short diverticulum of identical structure. 

Another fact of importance about the nephridia of this species is 
that their orifices are not fixed; like those of Acanthodrilus nove 
zelandie and A. dissimilis and of Plutellus, the nephridia of Crypto- 
drilus fletcheri alternate in position from segment to segment. The 
position of the orifices, however, always corresponds to one of the 
setee and may be placed in front of either of the dorsal pair, which 
have been already stated to be widely separated in this worm. Some- 
times the position of the nepbridial pore corresponds to the outer- 
most of the two ventral setee, but I have never observed the nephridial 
pore to be situated in relation to the ventralmost seta. In one 
specimen which I studied by means of transverse sections the 
nephridia appeared to commence in the second segment. In this 
and the two following segments the nephridiopores were placed in 
front of the dorsal seta; in the next three segments the nephridio- 
pores have a similar relation to the ventral sete of the lateral pair ; 
in the ninth segment the pores were asymmetrically disposed, being on 
one side of the body in front of the outermost seta, on the opposite 
side in front of ventral seta of dorsal pair. In some of the succeeding 
segments the asymmetrical disposition of the nephridiopores was also 
found; in this particular character Cryptodrilus agrees with the 
other species referred to. 

The difference in the nephridia of this species and of C. rusticus 
is not, in the present state of our knowledge, sufficient reason for 
separating the two forms generically ; precisely similar differences are 
to be seen in Acanthodrilus. 


Reproductive Organs. 


The seminal vesicles (testes) in the specimen that I dissected have 
the very anomalous arrangement recorded by Fletcher ; that is to 
say, a pair is placed in segments 9 and 12, the intermediate segments 
not being occupied by these structures. 

The ciliated rosettes lie in segments 10 and 11. 

The same segments contain the testes, which are precisely similar 
in position and in structure to those of other Lumbricide. An 


1 P. ZS. 1885, p. 810. 


1887.] ANATOMY OF EARTHWORMS. 547 


examination of the genital region by transverse sections failed to 
show any trace whatever of the supposed missing vesiculze of segments 
10 and 11; those of segments 9 and 12 were well developed and 
exhibit a racemose structure, as is the case in some other Lumbricide. 

There are large prostates as in C. rusticus. 

Spermathece.—There are four pairs of these organs situated in 
segments 6, 7, 8, and 9 ; they are somewhat pyriform in shape, with 
a rapidly narrowing external duct ; each is furnished with a single 
diverticulum which lies to the inside ; the spermathece open on to the 


nr 


udf 


2 AD 33 
Tey] 
od ce aaa ab 


1) 


\\ 


BY 


oe 
<==} 


Crytodrilus fletcheri. 


m, nephridial pores; v.d./, vas deferens funnel; 2s, vesicule: seminales; cp, 
spermathecex ; 7, testes; 0, ovary ; od, oviduct ; oes, esophageal glands. 


_ The cesophagus has been removed for the greater part ; in the 13th segment 
it has been removed from one side together with the esophageal gland of that 
side, to display oviduct. 


exterior in front of the outermost seta of the ventral pair. In the 
number and structure of the spermathecee the present species differs 
from C. rusticus, where there are two pairs of spermathecze each with 
two or three short diverticula. 

Another curious fact about the present species is the difference of 
minute structure between the spermatheca and its diverticulum. 
The spermatheca itself is lined by a tall columnar epithelium; the 


5418 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BIPALIUM KEWENSE. [June 23, 


diverticulum, which joins the duct of the spermatheca just as it per- 
forates the longitudinal muscular layer on its way to the exterior, has 
delicate muscular walls consisting of circular oblique and longitudinal 
muscle-fibres well supplied with blood-capillaries; the interior is 
lined with a delicate epithelium, the cells of which are so excessively 
thin that hardly anything of them is recognizable but the nuclei ; 
this epithelium contrasts very conspicuously with the tall columnar 
cells which line the cavity of the spermatheca. The diverticula 
agree in their minute structure with the spermathece of Urocheta ; 
it does not appear likely that they are immature considering their 
large size and the fully mature condition of the Worm. 

The ovaries and oviducts occupy the usual position ; the oviducts 
appear to open separately at either extremity of the slit-like female 
orifice ; I am not, however, absolutely certain about this. 

It is interesting to note the great difference in the spermathecal 
diverticula of this species and of Acanthodrilus (see Proc. Zool. Soc. 
1885, p. 829) as regards their histological structure. 


7. On Bipalium kewense at the Cape. 
By Rotanp Trimen, F.R.S. &c. 


[Received June 7, 1887.] 


The characteristic figures of this Planarian given by Prof. Jeffrey 
Bell (Proc. Zool, Soc. 1886, pl. xviii.), together with Prof. Moseley’s 
diagnosis of the species (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Sth ser. 1878, i. 
p- 237), have enabled me to identify it with a worm of which a 
good many specimens were brought to me in the years 1883-1885. 
Most of the examples were found by Mr. U. Chalwin, of the Botanic 
Gardens, Cape Town, from whom, on the 20th of January, 1883, I 
received the first and largest individual I haye seen. I sent five 
specimens to Prof. Moseley in May 1883, along with some Peripatus 
specimens forwarded to Mr. A. Sedgwick ; but it was not till the 
end of 1885 that I learned from Prot. Moseley the generic position 
of the worm. Five living specimens have recently been sent to me 
by Mr. Chalwin, and the comparison of them with the figures and 
diagnosis referred to leaves no doubt of their being B. hewense. 

Unfortunately the circumstances of its occurrence here throw no 
light on the proper habitat of the species, as all the examples (20) 
brought to me, and others of which I have been informed, were 
found in gardens. No instance of the discovery of the worm in a 
wild uncultivated station is known tome. Mr. Chalwin found most 
of his specimens under flower-pots or plant-cases standing on damp 
garden-mould, sometimes in ordinary glass frames, but others 
occurred among damp grass. 

I have not found this Bipalium exhibit here the extreme sensi- 
tiveness to light mentioned by Prof. Bell (/. c. p. 168). Itis certainly 
more active at night, but several of my specimens have lived with 
apparent unconcern in glass jars (provided with water, earth, aud 


1887.] MR. R. TRIMEN ON BIPALIUM KEWENSE. 549 


plants) fully exposed to bright daylight. The only individual that 
broke up into short fragments was one which I wished to preserve, 
and to which I incautiously applied alcohol not sufficiently diluted. 

Multiplication by transverse fission is, however, well shown by 
this animal. The first that I had (about 8inches long) on the third 
day of its captivity parted with a short portion (about 3 inch) of its 
body ; and this portion, at first almost motionless, soon began very 
slowly to move, but remained sluggish and inactive; on the fifth day a 
second portion was given off, about the same size as the first. On the 
sixth day the parent worm unfortunately effected its escape, possibly 
through the perforated zinc covering of the jar, although the perfor- 
ations were very small. To prevent the escape of the smaller ones 
I now put the stopper in the mouth of the jar. Two or three days 
afterwards I was surprised to find a third specimen, very much 
smaller than the others, but could not ascertain which of its two 
companions was its parent. The three all remained very sluggish 
for six days, but on February 4th the two larger ones were moving 
about ; and on my tilting the jar so as to let the water touch them, 
all three began gliding with some activity towards the top of the jar. 
Although all three had by this time developed a small fan-shaped 
expansion at the cephalic extremity (which appeared to be entirely 
wanting on their original start as separate individuals), it was notice- 
able that they did not use it as the old worms perpetually do, viz. 
in exploring the way from side to side with ceaseless undulating 
motion of its free edge, but moved straight onward with the body 
simply extended. 

A living specimen about 6 inches in length, which was brought 
to me on the 30th ultimo, parted with about 2 inch of itself on the 
evening of the second instant. The separated portion was simply 
thicker and blunter at one end, but soon began to move in a straight 
line with the thicker end foremost. This separate individual has not 
up to date (13th May) shown much activity ; it usually remains near 
its parent in a slightly curved posture. 

The parent worm, like all the larger living specimens I have seen, 
assumes quite complicated coils (often about grass stems and leaves) 
when at rest; but I have specially remarked in this specimen that 
it also presents at times several spiral twists or contortions. On the 
Sth instant it remained for many hours so twisted, one spiral being 
at a little distance behind the head, another about an inch further 
down, and a third about 2 inches from the caudal extremity 

Without abundant moisture this Bipalium speedily dies. In spite 
of its copious supply of mucus, it would appear to be extraordinarily 
sensitive to the effect of contact with an injurious substance ; for a 
good-sized one brought to me on the 3rd instant died with remarkable 
suddenness on contact with the blacklead used for polishing grates. 
This specimen, in apparent vigour, was brought in while I was at 
breakfast, and was placed with the arum-leaf on which it rested on 
the mantlepiece. Not more than a quarter of an hour afterwards I 
rose to remove it; but it had lett the leaf and could not for 
some ten minutes be found. It was then discovered, quite dead and 


550 DR. A. GUNTHER ON FISHES FROM MAURITIUS. [June 23, 


shrivelled, adhering by its haif-dried mucus to the black-leaded 
surface of the hearth-stone immediately in front of the grate. 

I do not think that this Bipalium ever makes use of its mucus as 
a means of suspension; indeed the nature of its haunts would seem 
to render any such means unnecessary. 


South-African Museum, Cape Town, 
13th May, 1887. 


8. Descriptions of two new Species of Fishes from 
Mauritius. By Dr. A. Ginruer, V.P.Z.S. 


[Received June 14, 1887.] 
(Plates XLVIII. & XLIX.) 


LaTILus FRoNTICINCTUS. (Plate XLVIII.) 


This species differs very considerably from the typical forms of 
Latilus in the greater development of the spinous dorsal fin, in 
the armature of the opercles, narrowness of the infraorbital bone, 
and great width of the bridge connecting the branchiostegal mem- 
branes, so that perhaps it would be better referred to a distinct 
genus to which the name of Hoplolatilus may be given. 


Bx6.sDeey lAeeelePyl Aleve. Initaty 25% 

Head and body compressed, oblong ; the greatest depth of the body 
is nearly equal to the length of the head and one fourth of the total 
length without caudal. Interorbital space rather convex, somewhat 
less than one third of the length of the head. Eye equal to the 
length of the snout and one fourth of the length of the head. 
Snout short, obtuse, slightly overlapping the lower jaw. Cleft of 
the mouth oblique, extending a little behind the middle of the eye; 
the maxillary being separated from the eye by an extremely narrow 
infraorbital bone. Teeth in both jaws in a band anteriorly, which 
on the sides tapers off into a single series and terminates behind in 
the enlarged curved labroid tooth ; the upper jaw is armed with two 
pairs of canines in front, whilst the lower bears a whole series of 
canine-like teeth outside the villiform band; there are no teeth on 
the palate. 

The preoperculum is strongly armed; it not only bears a strong 
and coarse serrature along its posterior margin, but it is also armed 
with a strong triangular spine at its angle. The operculum ter- 
minates behind likewise in a flat triangular spine. 

Only the snout is naked, the remainder of the head being covered 
with minute scales. 

Branchiostegal membrane not joined to the isthmus, forming a 
broad bridge across it; gill-rakers rather long and lanceolate ; there 
are sixteen along the lower branch of the outer branchial arch. 
Pseudobranchie well developed. A singular skinny nodule of white 
colour is attached to the inner edge of the clavicle, opposite to the 
pectoral fin. 


P.Z.S. 1887. Pl. XLVI. 


oes 
CS 
aes 
RSS 
a, 


SS 


SNe 


> 


SSeS 


SS 
Seyi) 
SONY 


Mintern Bros. imp 


R. Mintern del. et lith. 


LATILUS FRONTICINCTUS 


“SOLIVIOSWAGNS SNIVHdS0ALV 1d 


WU I YP uasqurpy y 


XITX Id 2881 $°Z d 


v 


1887. | DR. A. GUNTHER ON FISHES FROM MAURITIUS. 5ol 


The spines of the dorsal fin are rather strong and pungent; the 
hindmost a little longer than the eye. The rays are longer than 
the spines, and especially the penultimate is so far produced as to 
reach the base of the caudal. The vent is nearly opposite to the 
first soft ray of the dorsal, the anal commencing immediately behind 
it. The anal fin resembles much the soft dorsal, but its posterior 
rays are less produced. Caudal cleft, not quite so long as the head. 

Of the pectoral rays the sixth and seventh (counted from the 
upper margin of the fin) are the longest, as long as the head without 
snout. Ventral inserted below the root of the pectoral, scarcely 
more than half the length of the head. 

The body is of a uniform light olive colour, rather darker on the 
back. A dark violet band runs from one eye to the other across 
the front of the snout. Dorsal fin dark violet, yellowish along the 
base and on the last rays; the upper third of the pectoral fin bluish, 
the remainder, as also all the other fins, yellowish. 

The specimen is nearly 8 inches long. 


PLATYCEPHALUS suBFAsCIATUS. (Plate XLIX.) 
Diol/8/1 2, wWAs Lon dawlats, 74. 


The angle of the przeoperculum is armed with three spines, the 
upper of which is more than twice as long as the middle one and 
not quite half as long as the eye; it has a minute spine at its base. 
The middle one is curved downwards, equidistant from the upper 
and lower. The lowermost is extremely short. The length of the 
head is one third of the total with the caudal, and contained twice 
and two thirds in it, without the caudal; its width between the 
preopercular spines is nearly one half of its length. ‘The inter- 
orbital space is a deep and narrow groove, the width of which is 
searcely one third of the vertical diameter of the eye; the horizontal 
diameter of the eye is rather shorter than the snout. The ridges 
on the head, namely the supraciliary, occipital, and infraorbital, are 
but slightly prominent, with very fine serrature. The lateral line is 
very indistinct and smooth. There are six or seven scales in a 
transverse series between the first dorsal fin and the lateral line. 
Anterior nostril with a very short tentacle. Light greyish brown, 
with somewhat irregular, broad, brownisb-black cross bands, which 
are more or less interrupted on the middle of the side; three corre- 
spond to the first dorsal fin and three to the second; the hindmost 
occupies the back of the end of the tail and encloses a whitish spot. 
Anterior dorsal dark-coloured, with irregular black spots; the rays 
of the second annulated with black. Anal whitish, with an ill-defined 
blackish intermarginal band; base of the caudal whitish, the lower 
part of its posterior half blackish, the upper spotted with black. 
Pectoral and ventral fins variegated with black and whitish, the tips 
of most of the rays white. Head with black cross bands, one between 
the eyes and the other across the occiput ; a black band below the 
eye is most conspicuous. 

One specimen from Mavritius, 9? inches long. 


552 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 23, 


9. Note on the Wild Goats of the Caucasus. By P. L. 
Scrater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. 


[Received June 17, 1887.] 


39 


In my “Remarks on the various Species of Wild Goats,” read 
before the Society in May last’, I followed Blasius, Gray, and other 
authorities in uniting 4Zgoceros pallasi, Rouiller, with Capra cauca- 
sica, Giild. The recent receipt by the British Museum of Natural 
History of specimens of what is doubtless the true C. caucasica 
makes it evident that this identification is quite erroneous, as will 
indeed be at once manifest from the sketches now exhibited of these 
two very different animals. 

Thinking the existence of these two fine species must be well 
known to our excellent Corresponding Member Dr. Radde, I wrote 
to him for information on the subject, and received a reply (dated 
Tiflis, February 9/21), from which the following is an extract :— 

“In accordance with your wish, I send you some short notes on 
- Capra caucasica and Atgoceros pallasi. ‘The former is a good 
species, and inhabits the western range of the Great Caucasus around 
the centre of Mount Elbruz. On Kasbeck I have never found this 
species, but only C. pallasi; so also throughout the whole of the 
eastern Caucasus, east of Kasbeck, and in all Daghestan only C. pallasi 
isfound. Blasius has united the two species ; and if one only regards 
the horns, it must be allowed that some very old examples of 
C. pallasi resemble in the form of curve OC. caucasica, but always 
have their points more turned inwards. I obtained horns of this 
form from Suanetia, 7. e. on the south side of the Great Caucasian 
range. 

‘*‘Dinnik published an article on these two species in Russian, 
about three or four years ago, in the ‘Schriften der Naturforscher 
Gesellschaft ’ of St. Petersburg, and gave figures oftheir horns, In 
C. pallasi the horns lie flatter and twist more outwards from the fore- 
head; in C. caucasica they go mostly directly backwards and out- 
wards, with the exception of the points, in one plane. I send here- 
with copies of Dinnik’s figures; but should remark that I possess 
very old horns of C. pallasi which also lie almost in one plane, with 
the points turning in a half-crescent shape towards one another. 
I send you also a sketch of these horns. This last form perbaps 
represents a third species, as they fit in well neither with C. cau- 
casica nor with C. pallasi. On the whole, however, I am of opinion 
that the form of the horns varies much in individuals. 

‘* Both the species belong to the Great Caucasus, and are not found 
on the Little Caucasus, or Armenian Highlands. Here, however, 
Capra egagrus, from the sea-level up to the high alpine heights of 
12,000 feet, and upon Mount Ararat to 14,000 feet, takes their 


1 See P. Z.S. 1886, p. 314. 


1887. ] WILD GOATS OF THE CAUCASUS. 553 


place, together with two species of Wild Sheep. On the Great 
Caucasus C. egagrus is found locally, but not generally. I have 
obtained it from the upper Ardon, western Daghestan, and other 
localities, but it is not found in the eastern ranges.” 

I have likewise applied for information on the subject of Capra 
caucasica to our Foreign Member, Dr. Strauch, of St Petersburg. 
Dr. Strauch was so kind as to send me immediately the number 
of the Russian journal mentioned by Dr. Radde, which contains 
the original article by Mr. Dinnik. This article Mr. Delmar 
Morgan, F.R.G.S., has most kindly translated for me, and it will be 
found published in the last number of the ‘ Annals and Magazine of 
Natural History’', together with a copy of the plate, which the 
conductors of that journal have liberally furnished. 

Dr. Strauch has also kindly furnished me with a list of the spe- 
cimens of Capra caucasica and Capra pallasi in the museum of the 
Academy of St. Petersburg. It is perhaps not now necessary to 
read this list; but I may say that it shows that the Academy pos- 
sesses, as might have been expected, an ample series of specimens of 
both species. In short, there can be no longer any possibility of not 
admitting the distinctness of these two animals ; and the wonder is 
that they should have been ever confounded together, the very dif- 
ferent shape and curvature of the horns being at once sufficient to 
distinguish them. I may, however, add a few words upon some of 
the synonyms attributed to these two Sheep. 

In the first place, Capra caucasica of Pallas appears to have been 
little recognized since the time of its describer until recent days. 
Capra caucasica of Keyserling and Blasius, Wirbelth. Europa’s, p. 28 
(1840), and of Blasius, Saugeth. Deutschlands, p. 479 (1857), as 
also Aigoceros caucasica, Gray, Cat. of Mamm. pt. iil. p. 148 (1852), 
are all referable to Capra pallasi. It is probable also that Ovis 
eylindricornis of Blyth (P. Z.S. 1840, p. 68), based ona description 
contained in a letter by Col. Hamilton Smith of an animal which 
died at Toulon, really refers to C. pallasi ; but as this is not certain, 
it would not be just to set aside Rouiller’s name given a year sub- 
sequently in favour of the former appellation. 

As regards Capra pallasi of Schinz (Neue Denkschr. allgem. 
Schweiz. Gesellsch. vol. ii. p. 9), which was given by Gray (Cat. 
of Mamm. pt. iii. p. 148, 1852) as a synonym of Aigoceros caucasica, 
it will be found on reference to that work that this is merely a 
synonym of Capra sibirica. 


* “On the Caucasian Mountain-Goat (Capra caucasica, Gild.).” By H- 
Dinnik. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, xix. p. 450. 


534 ON THE SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF MIOLANIA. [June 23, 


10, On the Systematic Position of the Genus Miolania, Owen 
(Ceratochelys, Huxley). By G. A. Boutencer, F.Z.S. 


[Received June 16, 1887.] 


The remains of the large Australian Quaternary Reptile Jfio- 
lania, recently referred by Prof. Huxley * to the order Chelonia, have 
at the same time been regarded as indicating an animal closely allied to 
the recent genera Chelydra, Macroclemmys (Gypochelys), and Platy- 
sternum—a fact which would be of great interest, since the group 
Cryptodira, to which those genera belong, is, at the present day, 
unrepresented in the fauna of Australia. 

By the kindness of Dr. Woodward I have been able to examine 
additional material, among which is a nearly perfect skull with the two 
first cervical vertebree attached, which was in the hands of Sir R. 
Owen at the time Prof. Huxley wrote his note. And I have come 
to the conclusion that, far from bearing any affinity to the Chelydride 
or Piatysternide, the extinct Chelonian belongs, like the recent 
forms of the Australian region, to the group Pleurodira. The 
structure of the alveolar surface of the skull indicates beyond doubt 
an herbivorous animal; the ungual phalanges and the curious sheathed 
tail, I should say, a terrestrial one. The different habits would, 
therefore, account for some discrepancies on comparison with the recent 
representatives of the Pleurodira*. The structure of the tail, with its 
opisthoccelous centra, is unique among the Pleurodira and points to 
a distinet family (Miolaniide). The pelvis also must have differed 
from that of existing Pleurodira, the ilium showing a surface for 
attachment to a sacral rib. 

The principal characters which induce me to refer Miolania to 
the group Pleurodira are the following :— 

1. The pterygoids are very broad, not narrowed posteriorly ; their 
outer palatal borders, instead of being emarginate, form wing-like 
expansions. 

2. The tympanic cavity is completely surrounded by the bony 
“roof,” whilst in all known Cryptodira, however great the develop- 
ment of the roof, the tympanic disk is free behind. 

3. The mandible articulates with the skull by a condyle fitting 
into an articular concavity of the quadrate—a character by which 
the Pleurodiran Chelonians differ from all other Reptilia, so far as I 
am aware. 

4. The cervical vertebree are those of a Pleurodiran ; a strong and 
long transverse process is present, and the posterior borders of the 


1 Proc. Roy. Soe. xlii. p. 232. 

2 All recent Pleurodira are thoroughly aquatic, and, with the exception of 
Podocnemis, carnivorous. The singular canal leading to the orbit, formed by 
the curved-up anterior wings of the pterygoids, as well as the lateral chambers 
of the shell, are secondary characters in correlation with the diving powers, and 
occur also, more or less developed, in some of the most thoroughly aquatic 
Cryptodira, e.g. Batagur and Piychemys. See Riitimeyer’s remarks, Verh. nat. 
Ges. Basel, vi. 1874, p. 58. 


Ay 


; . wv > 
oe Se re ta 


Peter Smit del.et lith. 


1.EMYS BLANDINGIL. 


PS 


uty = ae 


1887. ] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON EMYS BLANDINGII. 5595 


odontoid bone and of the second centrum are deeply emargiuate 
inferiorly, terminating in two diverging tubercular processes exactly 
as in Chelys. 


11. Notes on Emys blandingii. 
By G. A. Boutencer, F.Z.S. 


[Received June 20, 1887.] 


(Plate L.) 


Two specimens, male and female, of the American Hmys (LE. 
blandingii, Holbr.) ave now exhibited in the Society’s Menagerie, 
and [ have availed myself of the opportunity for examining the 
question of the validity of this species, which has recently been 
contested, and for supplementing the only description which has 
ever been given, viz. that of Holbrook in 1842. Subsequent 
American authors, Leconte, Agassiz, Cope, &c., have dropped 
Holbrook’s name in favour of Shaw’s meleagris. But on referring 
to Shaw’s description and figure, and judging by the coloration 
of the head, I am inclined to identify Zestudo meleagris with tine 
European Emys ordicularis. The reason which, no doubt, led to 
the identification with 2. blandingit is Shaw’s indication of the 
habitat “ America.’ However, the fact that Shaw, a few years later, 
referred 7’, meleagris to the synonymy of 7. europea (orbicularis), 
shows that the author himself did not believe in the accuracy of 
that indication. 

Emys blandingii is a rave Tortoise in European collections, It is 
represented in the British Museum by a skeleton of an adult female 
(referred by Gray to his Lutremys europea), of unknown origin. 
A second specimen, a male skeleton, from Lake St. Clair, Canada, 
has been communicated to me by M. Lataste. The material upon 
which-these notes are based consists therefore of four specimens— 
two live adults and two adult skeletons. 

Emys blandingii is very closely allied to its European congener. 
The structure of the shell, apart from a somewhat more elongate 
shape in the adult of the American species, affords no distinctive 
characters. The colour of the shell is slightly different, owing to the 
larger size of the yellowish-brown spots on the carapace, and the 
large blackish blotches on the outer side of each of the plastral 
shields; Holbrook’s figure affords an excellent representation of 
the adult shells before me. The limbs also are extremely similar 
to those of the European species, with the exception, perhaps, 
that the interdigital webs are a trifle shorter. But the head and 
tail show important differences. The interorbital space is consider- 
ably narrower, and the postorbital part of the head much longer ; 
the mandible is longer, and its symphysial part narrower ; the width 
of the symphysis is one sixth of the length of the mandible in 
E. blandingii, and one fourth in EZ. orbicularis. The tail is shorter, 


556 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON EMYS BLANDINGII. [June 23, 


its length (from the extremity of the plastron) being contained twice 
and two thirds in the length of the shell in the adult male, and four 
times in the adult female; in the quite young, figured by Agassiz, 
about once and a half. In the adult male of H. orbicularis the 
length of the tail is contained about once and a half in the length of 
the shell, in the female twice to twice and one fourth; in the quite 
young, tail and shell are of equal length. I count 27 caudal vertebree 
in the skeleton of F. blandingii (adult female) in the Museum, and 
31 in a skeleton of a female Z. orbicularis. 

Other differences are to be found in the coloration of the head, 
the lower jaw and throat being ofa uniform yellow colour, contrasting 
with the dark brown of the upper jaw; and in the colour of the 
iris. This is of a bronzy brown in the female and reddish brown in 
the male. Similar sexual variations in the colour of the iris are 
known to occur in Cistudo carolina. In the newly-born Emys 
_orbicularis the -iris is of a uniform dark brown; as the animal 
advances in age small round yellow spots, similar to those on the 
sides of the head, appear on the iris, and gradually increase in size 
until, in the adult, the iris is principally, or even entirely, yellow. 

A few words as to the habits, so far as I have been able to observe 
from the two specimens lent me by the Society, and which I kept 
for a couple of weeks in company with specimens of the European 
species. Holbrook says, ‘“‘It is known to be a land animal, and 
found about the meadows and prairies of the West.’ I am not able 
to confirm the statement that it is terrestrial. The Society’s specimens 
go to the water, though less readily than their European congeners ; 
they dive and feed in the water. When disturbed on land they 
usually seek shelter by withdrawing into the shell, as do Land- 
Tortoises ; whilst 2. orbicularis, under similar circumstances, makes 
for the water. When handled, the timid #. é/andingii nearly 
always retires into the she!l, whilst even fresh-caught specimens of 
E. orbicularis seldom do so. 

To conclude, it may be observed that, though belonging unques- 
tionably to the same group as Z&. orbicularis, FE’. blandingii shows in 
some of its characters, shorter tail and coloration of the iris, as well 
as in its less aquatic habits, a certain approach to its American 
allies of the terrestrial genus Cistudo. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE L. 


Fig. 1. Emys blandingii, Holbr. 
la. Head of male, side view. 
10. Ditto, upper view. 
1c. Ditto, lower view. 
1d. Head of female, side view. 
le. Skull of female, upper view. 
1f. Ditto, side view. 
1g. Mandible, lower view. 

Fig. 2. Emys orbicularis. 
2a. Head of male, side view. 
2b. Ditto, upper view. 
2c. Ditto, lower view. 
2e. Skull of female, upper view, 
2f. Ditto, side view. 
2g. Mandible, lower view. 


—:1887.] MR. H. SEEBOHM ON A NEW MERULA. 557 


12. Description of a supposed new Species of the Genus 
Merula from South America. By Henry Sunsoum, F.Z.S. 


[Received June 23, 1887.] 


In the years 1845-47 the world was circumnavigated by the 
Danish ship ‘ Galathea,’ whose adventures are narrated by Capt. 
Steen Bille ina book bearing the title ‘‘ Beretning om Corvetten 
Galathea’s Reise omkring Jorden” (Copenhagen, 1849-51). Dr. Beha 
was the zoologist of the expedition, and amongst other things made 
a collection of birds, which appears to have been buried for forty 
years in the museum of the Zoologischer Institut in Kiel. 

In the months of July and August 1847, Dr. Behn appears to 
have travelled in the valley of the Parané in South America, for on 
the 10th of August he shot an example of Turdus albiventris at 
Jaragua, having previously shot an example of the same species on 
the 11th of July in the valley of the Rio Grande in the Province of 
Sao Paulo. Two days earlier (on the 9th of July) he appears to 
have been at a place called Jutuba, which is presumably in the same 
valley of Southern Brazil. Here he obtained a Thrush which 
appears to belong to an undescribed species. 

I am indebted to the kindness of Herr Paul Leverkiihn for an 
opportunity of examining the collection of Thrushes in the Museum 
at Kiel. Professor Mobius, the Director of the Zoological Institute, 
has placed the birds in the collection in the hands of this 
gentleman for examination and determination. 

Herr Leverkiihn proposes to call this new species of Thrush 


MERULA SUBALARIS, Sp. Noy. 


Similis M. nigvicipiti, sed avillaribus et subalaribus albis ; gula 

et subcaudalibus albescentioribus ; pileo vix nigrescente. 

The skin is marked a male, aud has the throat white streaked with 
black as in M. nigriceps and M. reevii. There can be little doubt 
that, like the two latter species, which are its nearest allies, ana like 
M, flavipes and M. leucops, which are its next nearest relations, the 
new species M. subalaris has an olive-brown female. 

There is a good figure of M. nigriceps in P. Z. S. 1874, pl. Ixiv., 
which shows the nearly black crown of that species, but does not 
display the slate-grey axillaries and under wing-coverts, the two 
most striking characters which distinguish it from its eastern ally, 
in which the crown is a scarcely darker slate-grey than the rest of 
the upper parts, and the axillaries-and under wing-coverts are, 
many of them, pure white. qASh, MUS E> 

: Ny Ne 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XX XVII. 37 


558 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Nov.15, 


13. On a new Species of Calyptomena. By R. Bowpier 
Suarpe, F.L.S., F.Z.S8., &c. 
[Received June 23, 1887.] 


The genus Calyptomena has, until now, been considered to contain 
a single species, C. viridis (Raffl.), confined to the Indo-Malayan 
region, and more especially common in Malacca and Borneo than in 
any other part of its range. The splendid species which I now 
describe makes the second one of the genus, and was discovered by my 
friend Mr. John Whitehead on the mountain of Kina Balu. It is 
at least twice the size of Calyptomena viridis, and is easily distin- 
guished by the characters given below. I have named it after Mr. 
Whitehead, in acknowledgment of the enterprise he has shown 
during his travels in the Hast. 


CALYPTOMENA WHITEHEADI, sp. nov. 


3.C. similis C. viridi, sed duplo major, et plaga magna jugulari 
nigra, plumis dorsi pectorisque nigris, viridi lanceolatim termi- 
natis, cauda velutino-nigra (ad basin viridi) et secundariis 
cyaneo marginatis distinguenda. Long. tot. 11°0, culm. 0°65, 
ale 6°35, caude 3°2, tarsi 1°0. 

Q. Mari similis, sed coloribus dilutioribus et crista frontal 
minore distinguenda. Long. tot. 9°8, culm. 0°75, ale 6°1, 
caudeé 3°3, tarsi 1:05. 

Hab. In monte ‘ Kina Balu’ dicto, in Borneo septentrionali. 


November 15, 1887. 
Prof, W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made 
to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July, August, 
September, and October, 1887:— 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of June was 143, of which 31 were by birth, 
75 by presentation, 25 by purchase, and 12 were received on 
deposit. The total number of departures during the same period 
by death and removals was 94. 


The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the 
month of July were 130 in number ; of these 53 were acquired by 
presentation, 32 by purchase, 15 by birth, and 30 were received on 
deposit. The total number of departures during the same period 
by death and removals was 83. 


1887.] | THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 559 


The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of August was 104; of these 48 were 
acquired by presentation, 37 by purchase, 12 by birth, and 7 were 
received on deposit. The total number of departures during the 
same period by death and removals was 199. 


The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of September was 136; of these 72 were 
acquired by presentation, 25 by purchase, 2 by exchange, 7 were bred 
in the Gardens, and 30 were received on deposit. The total number 
of departures during the same period by death and removals was 


Amongst these may be specially noticed :— 

1. A Red-and-White Flying Squirrel (Péeromys alborufus), from 
the province of Szechuen, in the interior of China, presented by 
Percy Montgomery, Esq., of Ichang, China, and received September 
9th. This fine large Flying Squirrel, which was described and 
figured by Monsieur Alphonse Milne-Edwards (‘ Recherches pour 
servir 21’ Hist. Nat. d. Mammiferes,’ p- 298, pl. xlv.), from specimens 
obtained by Pére David on the Tibetan confines of China, is quite 
new to us, and is, I believe, also unrepresented in the National 
Collection. 

2. An Urva Ichneumon (Herpestes urva), purchased September 
17th. This Himalayan Carnivore is also new to us. It is well 
figured in Hodgson’s unpublished drawings in the Society’s Library 
(‘ Mammals of India,’ vol. ii. pls. 128, 129). 


The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of October was 109, of which 4 were by 
birth, 45 by presentation, 4 by purchase, 53 by exchange, and 3 were 
received on deposit. The total number of departures during the 
same period by death and removals was 93. 

The following additions are of special interest :— 

1. A young male Gorilla (Anthropopithecus gorilla), purchased 
October 10th, of Mr. Cross of Liverpool, being the first Gorilla 
acquired by the Society. 

The animal appears to be about three years old, and its height two 
feet six inches. 

The Gorilla has been placed in the Sloths’ House, in an adjoining 
compartment to that of the female Bald Chimpanzee <«“ Sally,” 
received Oct. 24, 1583, so that there is now a good opportunity for 
comparing these two forms of Anthropoid Apes. 

2. An Aye-Aye (Chiromys madagascariensis), purchased Oct. 
28th, being the second example of this rare animal which has been 
acquired by the Society. 


The following extract. was read from a letter addressed to the 
Secretary by Herr W. v. Nathusius of Kénigsborn :— 
“I have the pleasure to send you by this, three preparations of 
37* 


560 PROF. BELL ON THE BRITISH MARINE AREA. [Nov. 15, 


Symbiotes, containing (as labelled):—(1) ¢ (not quite perfect) in 
copulation with 2 imperfect; (2) three perfect gs; (3) one very 
young 9. ‘The last-named object is not easily to be found in the 
Canada balsam, it is therefore marked by a red circle. The male 
and female in the act of copulation, the female being yet in the 
so-called larval state, are perhaps interesting. 

*‘ With due respect to Prof. Brown’s opinion, I beg leave to observe 
that since my publication Prof. Pflug, Director of the Veterinary 
Institution at Giessen, and other veterinaries, have expressed their 
surprise at the necessity of reminding the public of a fact so well 
known as of Symbiotes being the cause of Fussrande (7. e. grease). 

“ From what I find in Stonehenge, ‘ British Rural Sports,’ 2nd ed. 
1856, and Stephens’s ‘ Book of the Farm,’ 2nd ed. 1855, I am under 
the impression that the first stages of the infection (7. e. the dry ex- 
cretion) are frequently overlooked in England ; but I own frankly that 
the peculiar liability of cart-horses to grease may easily foster the 
idea of the existence of a constitutional disease. Evidently these 
Acari find a comfortable existence only on horses’ feet that are 
covered by a voluminous cutis and furnished with coarse hair. 
Experience has shown, in the mange of Man, that in such cases 
of parasitism opposing convictions are not easily overcome. 

‘* Perhaps artificial infection, by applying the dry excretions, the 
existence of Symbiotes having been ascertained in them by microsco- 
pical investigation, to the feet of a sound horse, would be the strongest 


test. Of the importance of a decision there can be no doubt, I 
think.” 


The Secretary read the following extract from a letter addressed to 
him by Surgeon-General George Bidie, C.I.E., C.M.Z.S., dated 
Ootacamund, 8th October, 1887 :— 

‘**T am sending you by this mail, by book-post, a photograph of a 
male and female Elephant in sexual congress, an incident very rarely 
seen by human eyes and one which, so far as I know, has never 
before been pictured by the camera. Both animals belong to the 
Commissariat Department, and at the time of contact were at 
Thayetmyo, a Military Station on the frontier of Lower Burmah. 
The sexual intercourse of the pair of animals was fruitful ; and Capt. 
L, J. Torrie, who was in charge of the stud, tells me that gestation 
lasted for about 21 months. The calf when born was of a very pale 
colour, which led to arumour getting abroad that a White Elephant 
had been born. ‘This created a great deal of excitement amongst 
the Burmese ; and as the mother refused at first to have anything 
to do with her young one, the native ‘milky mothers’ from the 


bazaars volunteered to draw and give the calf milk from their 
breasts !”” 


Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.S., read the following observations on 
the “ British Marine Area,” prepared by Mr. Edgar A. Smith, 
F.Z.S., and himself. 

By the courtesy of Professor Haddon, who acted as its Secretary, 


1887. ] PROF. BELL ON THE BRITISH MARINE ARBA. 561 


we have received advance copies of the Report of the British 
Association Committee, ‘appointed for the purpose of considering 
the question of accurately defining the term ‘ British, as applied to 
the Marine Fauna and Flora of our Islands.” To us it is a question 
of especial interest, feeling as we do that our best efforts ought to 
be directed to the care and maintenance of one of the most instructive 
and one of the most popular of the Galleries in the British Museum 
of Natural History—the one which is ordinarily known as the British 
Room. 

When we ask ourselves what that room should contain, we have 
to answer—the products of the British Seas; and when we go 
further and ask, What are the British Seas ? there is only one answer 
that can be given us—the waters that wash the British coasts as far 
as three miles from land. This is, all the world knows, an arbitrary 
or conventional arrangement. 

If, on the other hand, we seek for the natural boundaries of the 
British Marine Area, we are met by the facts that it merges on the 
south into that of the coasts of France, and on the north into those 
of Norway ; the only species that can be considered in any way 
peculiar to it are little-known forms from great depths, such as 
Amphiura bellis, var. tritonis, of Hoyle. Indeed, in the classical 
work of Edward Forbes’, the Shetland Islands form part of his 
Boreal Province, and the rest of the British Isles constitute the 
northern portion of the Celtic Province, whose southern boundary 
is the Bay of Biscay. 

We are therefore forced to conclude that there is no such thing 
as a British Marine Area; this is not to be taken as implying that 
we think that the British Association Committee were engaged on a 
task which was a mere waste of time, but only to give force to the 
way in which we should wish to approach the question. 

Without seeking for limitations, we ask what may we put in the 
“British Room,” or whence may collectors who confine their 
collections to British specimens get their examples? 

If we are to bind ourselves by the rules of the Committee, we 
must omit specimens taken from the Channel Islands: this we 
cannot but think is a regrettable decision ; the community of the 
fauna on either bank of the English Channel is very well marked, 
but, as a rule, the specimens which come from the southern side are 
so much finer, and the opportunities for collecting them are generally 
so much more advantageous that (bearing always in mind that we 
have to do with an artificially restricted area) we should be reluctant 
to lose our best hunting-ground. We may, we think, claim that 
Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys would have been of this opinion ”. 

Our view, then, as to the limits of the area are best expressed in 
the following terms: we would apply the principle of using political 
divisions cum grano salis—including, that is, the Channel Islands, the 
Shetlands, and St. Kilda, but omitting Heligoland. 

It may be pointed out that a strict interpretation of the rules pro- 


? «Natural History of the European Seas,’ 
? See his ‘ British Conchology,’ i. p. exi. 


562 PROF. NEWTON ON BULWERIA COLUMBINA. [Nov. 15, 


posed by the B. A. Committee would result in the exclusion of St. 
Kilda. 

We recognize the value of the criticism that it is often difficult or 
inconvenient for a dredger to know whether he is more or less than 
three miles from shore, and we see clearly that to the north and west 
of our shores the 100-fathom limit has advantages over the three-miles 
limit ; if it be taken cwm grano salis, that is so as to include St. 
Kilda, it will doubtless be found preferable to the political boundary 
in the Irish and Scotch Seas. If it be retorted on us that in taking 
a different limit for different parts of the area we reflect on the 
principles which we ourselves propose to use, we answer, not that we 
are affected by the present rage for inconsistency, but that, recog- 
nizing and insisting on the artificial nature of the area, howsoever 
defined, we would try so to bound it as to give the greatest satis- 
faction to the largest number of collectors. 


Prof. Newton, V.P. (on behalf of Mr. William Eagle Clarke), 
exhibited a stuffed specimen of Bulwer’s Petrel (Bulweria colum- 
bina), remarking :— 

“Some doubt having, it seems, been expressed as to the occurrence 
of Bulwer’s Petrel in this country, which was announced by Gould in 
the concluding part of his ‘ Birds of Europe,’ published on the Ist of 
August, 1837, Mr. William Eagle Clarke, Curator of the Museum 
of the Philosophical and Literary Society at Leeds, determined to 
investigate the facts ; and as his search for the specimen in question 
has been successful, I have great pleasure in exhibiting it to you, on 
his behalf, to-night. I have the greater pleasure in doing this as, 
but for his perseverance and that of a local naturalist, Mr. James 
Carter, of Burton House, Masham, the specimen would probably have 
been for ever lost sight of, whereas we may now hope that it will find 
a permanently safe abode. Gould’s statement was that the specimen 
having been found dead on the banks of the Ure, near Tanfield in 
Yorkshire, on the 8th of May, 1837, was brought to Captain 
Dalton, of Slenningferd near Ripon, a gentleman, as { learn, who bad 
succeeded to a collection of stuffed birds begun by his father. The 
father was Colonel Dalton, who, curiously enough, had sent Bewick 
the specimen of the Common Stormy Petrel (also found dead in that 
neighbourhood) from which the figure and description in his well- 
known work was taken (British Birds, ed. 1, ii. pp. 249-251), At 
the end of last May, Mr. W. E. Clarke applied to Mr. Carter, and 
the first result of the latter’s inquiry was to find that the Dalton 
collection had been dispersed by sale just a week before. Fortunately 
all the cases of stuffed birds had been bought by persons living in 
Ripon ; and, having obtained their names from the auctioneer, Mr. 
Carter, after many failures and some loss of time, discovered in the 
possession of Mr. Jacobs, the Head-master of the Choir-School in 
that city, the case and the specimen before you, labelled ‘ Procellaria 
bulwerti,’ which he had bought with others at the Dalton sale. 
Beyond this fact, however, there was no note or anything to identify 
the specimen with the object of the search, Mr. Carter thereupon 


1887. ] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON XENOPUS LAEVIS. 563 


undertook to inquire of the surviving members and connexions of 
the Dalton family, and, fortunately again, one of the latter, being 
Mr. George Clarke of Tanfield House, Bedale, a son-in-law of Captain 
Dalton, was found, who not only remembered the specimen perfectly 
well, having seen it ‘scores of times,’ but produced an old manu- 
script note he had made on the margin of a ‘ Bewick’ (in which he 
had been accustomed to record ornithological observations), to the 
effect that this bird was ‘ found dead on the Bridge at Tanfield,’ and 
had been given to his father-in-law, who had it ‘ preserved by the 
late John Stubbs of Ripon, fishing-tackle maker and bird-stuffer.’ 
Mr. George Clarke also remembered the owner having several times 
refused the offer of twenty guineas for the specimen, and after his 
death had looked in vain for the specimen, which, it appears, had been 
put away inalumber-room and wholly forgotten. I think, therefore, 
that no doubt can be entertained of our having before us the 
remains of the very bird which was found dead at Tanfield, as 
recorded by Gould, and that we are much indebted to the gentlemen 
concerned in hunting out this specimen, which had so long dis- 
appeared.” 


Mr. H. E. Dresser exhibited on behalf of Lord Lilford some 
specimens of a Titmouse obtained by Dr. Guillemard in Cyprus, and 
made the following remarks :— 

*T have pleasure in exhibiting three specimens of a Titmouse 
from Cyprus, allied to Parus ater, which appears to me to be 
worthy of specific distinction, and for which I propose the name 
Parus cypriotes. ‘The specimens in question were collected by Dr. 
Guillemard near the Kikko Monastery, Cyprus, at an altitude of 
4000 feet, and, as will be seen, differ from Parus ater in having the 
upper parts brownish as in Parus britannicus, but rather darker, in 
having the white nuchal patch almost obsolete, and in having the 
black on the throat extended much further down than in Parus ater, 
thus covering a much larger area. The underparts are tinged with 
buff, the flanks and under tail-coverts being much darker in tint. 

“ This form is nearly allied to Parus emodius from the Himalayas, 
and on comparison with a series will, I think, prove to be also nearly 
allied to Parus michalowskii, from the Caucasus.”’ 


Mr. Boulenger exhibited a living specimen of a rare African 
Batrachian, Xenopus levis, Daud., one of the few representatives of 
the Aglossa, which had been sent to him by Mr. Leslie, F.Z.S., of 
Port Elizabeth. The specimen, a breeding male, showed closely-set 
fine black asperities, forming a band along the upper surface of each 
finger; copulatory asperities had not previously been noticed in 
Xenopus. Another point of interest resides in the curious position 
of the hand. When the animal is at rest the hand is bent sideways 
and inwards, with the fingers superposed instead of on the same 
horizontal plane, so that the inner finger only touches the ground ; 
the outer surface (which corresponds to the lower in other frogs) is 


564 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES AND____[ Nov. 15, 


coloured, the inner colourless and provided with the nuptial excres- 
cences. ‘This tortion, together with the extreme similarity of the four 
fingers, renders it difficult to decide, at a first glance, which of the 
digits are the pre-axial and which the post-axial. The colour of 
the upper parts is a uniform olive-brown, that of the lower a carneous 
white. The pupil, in a strong light, is vertically oval; the iris is 
much obscured by black pigment, except a narrow golden ring round 
the pupil. The web between the toes is transparent, with the veins 
forming beautiful arborescent purplish lines. 

Mr. Boulenger intended to hand over the specimen to Prof. 
Howes, who, he hoped, would investigate the circulatory, muciferous, 
and urogenital systems. It was most desirable that such an exam- 
ination should be made, as nothing was known of the soft anatomy 
of the Dactylethride. 


Prof. Flower exhibited and made remarks on a photograph of 
a specimen of Rudolphi’s Whale (Balenoptera borealis), taken in 
the Thames near Tilbury, on the 18th October last. The sex had 
been ascertained to be male. 


A letter was read addressed to the Secretary by Dr. Emin Pasha, 
C.M.Z.S., dated Wadelai, April 15, 1887, referring to some col- 
lections sent to the British Museum, and offering some account of 
his observations on Natural History to the Society. 


The following papers were read :— 


1. A List of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected by 
Mr. H. H. Johnston on the Rio del Rey, Cameroons 
District, W. Africa. By G. A. BouLEenceErR. 


[Received June 30, 1887.] 
1. RHAMPHOLEON SPECTRUM, Buchh. 
2. Uropewus Gazonicus, A. Dum. 
3. DipsapoBoA UNICOLOR, Gthr. 


4, CORNUFER JOHNSTONI, sp. 0. 


Tongue with a conical papilla in the anterior part of the median 
line. Vomerine teeth in two slightly oblique series behind the line 
of the choane. Snout rounded, shorter than the diameter of the 
orbit ; canthus rostralis obtuse ; loreal region concave ; nostril nearer 
the tip of the snout than the eye ; interorbital space nearly as broad 
as the upper eyelid; tympanum half the diameter of the orbit. 
Digits terminating in triangular expansions, the diameter of which 


1887. ] BATRACHIANS FROM WEST AFRICA. 565 


is a little more than half that of the tympanum ; first finger shorter 
than second ; toes with a slight rudiment of web ; subarticular 
tubercles rather feeble, oval; a single, oval, flat, inner metatarsal 
tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout. 
Skin granulate above and on the sides, smooth inferiorly ; scattered 
larger warts on the body. Grey-brown above, with dark brown 
spots on the head and body and cross bands on the limbs; a 
broad, dark cross band between the eyes; a dark brown streak from 
the nostril to the eye ; lower surfaces flesh-coloured. 

From snout to vent 31 millim. 

A single female specimen. 

The discovery of a species of Cornufer in Africa is particularly 
interesting. Peters has, it is true, previously referred a West-African 
frog to this genus (Petropedetes cameronensis, Reich.) ; but on ex- 
amination of the type specimens in the Berlin Museum I find that 
that species may best be referred to Rana,’ so far as I can judge 
without examining the pectoral arch. The toes are half-webbed 
and the web widely separates the outer metatarsals. 


5. Buro ruserosvs, Gthr. 


6. Buro suPERCILIARIS, sp. n. 


Crown without bony ridges; sides of head nearly vertical ; snout 
very short; upper eyelid with projecting angular edge, with a ten- 
dency towards developing a horn as in B. ceratophrys, Blgr.; inter- 
orbital space flat, a little narrower than the upper eyelid ; tympanum 
small and very indistinct. First finger longer than second; toes 
short, with a very short basal web ; subarticular tubercles simple ; 
two moderate metatarsal tubercles ; a tarsal fold. The tibio-tarsal 
articulation reaches the angle of the mouth. Upper parts smooth or 
with very small warts; parotoids narrow and prominent, about as 
long as their distance from the nostril, tapering posteriorly to a point 
continuous with a dorso-lateral glandular ridge which is lost halfway 
down the side. Back and upper surface of head pale brownish, 
yellowish, or pink ; a dark, usually deep black, chevron-shaped 
marking between the eyes, pointing backwards ; sometimes one or 
two pairs of black spots on the back ; sometimes a very fine lighter 
vertebral line ; sides of head and body dark, grey or brown, forming a 
sharp contrast with the light colour of the upper parts; the boundary 
between the two colours runs along the canthus rostralis, the edge 
of the upper eyelid, the parotoid, and the lateral fold ; limbs above 
grey or brown, with well-defined darker cross bands, which, on the 
foot, tarsus, inner side of tibia and front side of thigh, alternate 
with a whitish ground-colour ; hinder side of thighs, and sometimes 
also the flanks, bright crimson. Lower parts greyish, speckled with 
whitish ; lower jaw white-edged. 

Many young specimens; the largest measures 39 millim. from 
snout to vent. 


566 MR. £E.A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM WEST AFRICA. [Nov. 15, 


2. Notes on three Species of Shells from the Rio del Rey, 
Cameroons. By Epear A. Smita. 


[Received June 30, 1887.] 


The shells here remarked upon form part of zoological collections 
recently sent to this country by Mr. H. H. Johnston, H.B.M. 
Vice-Consul for the Cameroons. 


Ennea (PrycHoTrREeMA) CyATHOSTOMA, Pfr. 


This species has only been previously recorded from Old Calabar, 
somewhat to the north-west of the Rio del Rey. Specimens from 
the two localities offer no differences. 


MELANIA FRETHII, Gray. 


The series of specimens in the British Museum and those from 
the Rio del Rey show that this species varies considerably in form, 
colour, and sculpture. The typical form (Griffith’s Anim. Kingd. 
vol. xii. pl. 14. fig. 2), from Fernando Po, appears to be identical 
with M. nigritina, Morelet, found at Gaboon and ‘Calabar. M. 
guineensis of Reeve I also believe to be a smoother form of this 
species ; for although stated by Reeve to be “ destitute of any stri- 
ated or shagreened sculpture,” the surface is in fact minutely 
eranosely striated, but much more finely than in the type of M, 
frethii. The M. fonaria of Reeve is, as suggested by Brot, merely 
a light-coloured variety, the paleness in a great measure being due 
to the fact that the outer earthy deposit has been removed from the 
figured shell (Reeve, Conch. Icon. f. 134). The ‘ zone of reddish 
rust ”’ described by the author encircles the upper part of the whorls 
and is frequently visible within the aperture. None of the speci- 
mens sent by Mr. Johnston are full-grown, and some are very slender, 
but they all ageee in having three dark bands, clearly seen within 
the mouth, which would probably become less conspicuous when the 
shells arrived at maturity. 


NERITINA OWENIANA, Wood. 
Nerita oweniana, Wood, Index Test. Suppl. p. 25, pl. &. fig. 8. 


f=) 

Neritina oweniana, Martens, Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, pp. 75, 276, 278, 
pl. 9. figs. 14-17. 

The only locality previously recorded for this species is the island 
of Fernando Po, which is situated practically in the same region as 
the Rio del Rey, being only some twenty or thirty miles from the 
mouth of that river. 

This shell is usually described as reticulated with black ; but 
among the specimens received from Mr. Johnston are a few which, 
although reticulated throughout, show distinct transverse dark and 
lighter zones. The colour of the enamel which overspreads the 
columellar region varies from an almost uniform reddish tint to 


1887.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON WEST-AFRICAN LEPIDOPTERA. 567 


slaty black. The operculum also is, in some instances, almost en- 
tirely of a fleshy red colour, which in other specimens is considerably 
replaced, especially on the columellar side, by bluish-black streaks. 
The form of the young shells is very different from that of the adult, 
the wing-like expansions at both ends being entirely wanting, so that 
they have a much rounder appearance. 


3. On two small Collections of African Lepidoptera recently 
received from Mr. H. H. Johnston. By A. G. Burusr, 
F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. 


[Received August 15, 1887.] 


Dr. Sclater has recently submitted to me three boxes of Lepi- 
doptera, chiefly Butterflies, forwarded by Mr. H. H. Johnston, 
F.Z.S., from the Cameroons and from the Rio del Rey to the west 
of these mountains. The first of these collections (consisting of 
thirteen Butterflies and three Moths) contains nothing of great 
interest, the best specimen being a Moth, possibly unnamed, of the 
genus Soloe, represented in the Museum collection by one specimen 
from Ashanti. The other species are:—ycalesis martius and 
miriam, Fabr.; Junonia terea, Drury ; Aterica cupavia, Cram. ; 
Romaleosoma ceres, Fabr.; Euralia anthedon, Doubl., and £. mima, 
var., Trimen ; Verias senegalensis, Boisd.; Nepheronia argia, Fabr. ; 
Aletis fascelis, Linn., and its variety 4. macularia, Fabr.: all well- 
known species. 

The second collection, which was unset, is far better, and may be 
dealt with in detail. 


Lepidoptera from Rio del Rey. 
RHOPALOCERA. 


1. AMAURIS HECATE. 


Danais hecate, Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 44. n. 5. 
Euplea niavius, Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. 11. fig. 3. 
One good specimen. 


9, MYcCALESIS ASOCHIS. 


Mycalesis asochis, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. iti. Myc. pl. 7. figs. 46, 
47 (1886). 
A perfectly typical male. 


3. MycALESIS MARTIUS. 


Papilio martius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. 1, p. 219. n. 686 
(1793). 


One beautiful male, 


568 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON SOME [Nov. 15, 


4, CymMoTHOR uUsELDA?. 


Harma uselda, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. iv. Har. pl. 4. figs. 13, 14 
(1869). 


5. CyMOTHOE THEODOTA. 

Harma theodota, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. iii. Har. pl. 1. figs. 3, 4 
(1864). 

6. CyMOTHOE FUMANA. 

Harma fumana, Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 288. n. 3, note 
(1850). 

One of each of the three above-named species was obtained, all more 


or less injured; the species of Cymothoé are probably strong-flying 
Butterflies, for they rarely come to hand in really good condition. 


7. ATERICA TADEMA. 

Aterica tadema, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. iii. Aterica and Harma, 
figs. 10-12 (1866). 

One pair obtained. 


8. ATERICA LYSANDRA. 
Papilio lysandra, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. pl. 29. figs. 3, 3 ¢ (1790). 
A good female was taken: the species rarely comes to hand. 


9. ATERICA GAMBIZE. 


Euryphene gambia, Feisthamel, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1850, 
p- 251, pl. 9. fig. 2. 


A male. 


10. ATERICA ATOSSA. 


Q. Aterica atossa, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. iii. Zur. pl. 3. figs. 1, 2 
(1865). 

¢. Alerica amazia, Hewitson, J. c. At. and Eur. pl. 6. figs. 8, 9 
(1866). 

A single dwarfed female. In the Hewitson collection his A. 
atossa and A. amawia stand near together in the same drawer ; how 
he failed to see that they are sexes of one species, I cannot under- 
stand. 


11. EURYPHENE PHANTASIA, var. ? 


Euryphene phantasia, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. iii. Zur. pl. 2. 
figs. 9-11 (1865). 

I am not quite sure that the single male obtained is not specifically 
distinct from Hewitson’s insect ; it has a white apical spot on the 
primaries, which is wholly wanting in the figure of the male from 
Old Calabar; moreover a specimen which we have from the Congo 

1 Males of this species stand in Hewitson’s collection asa variety of C. coccinata 


and a female as that sex of C. sanguris, a second female from the same locality 
following it as type of C. uselda. 


1887. ] WEST-AFRICAN LEPIDOPTERA. 569 


and one from Old Calabar, in addition to the absence of this spot, 
have the subapical ochreous band narrower than in the specimen 
before me ; the only difficulty is that a female in the Museum from 
Old Calabar corresponds far better with the Cameroons type than 
with Hewitson’s males, none of which differ strikingly from the 
Congo male. As it is hardly likely that the differences between the 
Old Calabar and Cameroons males can be constant, though well 
marked in the specimens in the Museum, I have regarded them as 
the result of individual variation. 


12. EuryPpHENE MARDANIA. 


Papilio mardania, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 249. n. 776 
(1793). 


A female of this common species. 


13. EUPH2DRA RUSPINA. 


Romaleosoma ruspina, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. ili, Rom. pl. 2. 
figs. 6, 7 (1865). 
One male in good condition. 


14. EupH2DRA XYPETE. 


Romaleosoma xypete, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. iii. Rom. pl. 2. 
figs. 8-10 (1865). 


15. EUPHZDRA JOHNSTONI, Sp. Nn. 


3. Allied to ZH. losinga and luperca; nearest to the former, from 
which it differs as follows: primaries above with the costa, two 
large spots in the cell, and the apical half black, external angle 
suffused with purple; oblique ochreous subapical belt longer and 
broader ; secondaries with a broad external belt of purple, from 
subcostal vein almost to anal angle, enclosing four large oval dark 
copper-brown spots: all the wings below with subapical white band, 
that of primaries representing the ochreous band of the upper 
surface, that of secondaries more transverse and tapering to below 
the third median branch ; three black spots placed in the form of 
a triangle, and a terminal transverse black dash in all the discoidal 
cells. Expanse of wings 90 millim. 

One male. 

I have been unable to find a description of this very handsome 
species, which I have therefore been obliged to name. 


16. EvpHZDRA CERES. 

Papilio ceres, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 504. n. 257 (1775). 

This abundant species is rarely absent from any West-African 
collection. 

17. CRENIS OCCIDENTALIUM. 


Crenis occidentalium, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. i. 
p- 275 (1876). 


570 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON SOME [Nov. 15, 


Crenis vadimonis, Druce, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 226 (1878). 

Crenis ribbei, Dewitz, Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-Carol. 1879, 
pl. xxviifig. 3. 

The above is the correct synonymy of this species; and it is a 
singular thing that this Butterfly, which had long stood in collections 
as a variety of the Natal insect, should have suddenly been taken up 
and described in three consecutive years. 

18. CATUNA CRITHEA. 

Papilio crithea, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 16. figs. 5, 6 
(1773). 

19. NEPTIS AGATHA. 

Papilio agatha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 327. A, B (1782). 


20. ATELLA COLUMBINA. 

Papilio columbina, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 148. n. 453 
(1793). 

21. ERGOLIS ENOTREA. 

Papilio enotrea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 236. A, B (1782). 


22. JUNONIA SOPHIA, Var. 
Papilio sophia, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 248.n. 771 (1793). 
A rather pale and large speeimen. 


23. JUNONIA ETHYRA. 
Salamis ethyra, Feisthamel, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1850, p. 250. 


24. KALLIMA RUMIA. 


Kallima rumia, Westwood and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. 
p- 325. n. 5, pl. 52. fig. 2 (1850). 


25. CHARAXES CYNTHIA. 


Charaxes cynthia, Butler, P.Z.S. 1865, p. 626. n. 12, pl. 36. 
fig. 3. 

A fine male of this handsome species was obtained. It appears 
still to be a rare insect, at any rate I never see it in African 
collections sent to the Museum to be selected from. 


26. CHARAXES IMPERIALIS. 


3g. Charaxes imperialis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 531, 
pl. xi. fig. 3. 

The female of this splendid Butterfly, unfortunately a little 
damaged, is in the collection. It differs from the male in its greatly 
superior size ; the blue band of primaries reduced to a short exter- 
nally excavated bar, terminating above in a white spot, above this 
are two parallel bent series of four and six white spots respectively, 
and the white spot in the cell is enlarged; in the secondaries the 
blue band differs chiefly in being greener, excavated or arched in 


1887. ] WEST-AFRICAN LEPIDOPTERA. 571 


front and ending in two white spots; the white spot of the male is 
much enlarged and quadrate, and the submarginal and marginal 
markings are larger and buff-coloured instead of blue. 


27. TELCHINIA SERENA. 
Papilio serena, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 461. n. 76 (1775). 
One male of this common species. 


28. ABISARA TANTALUS. 


Sospita tantalus, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. ii. Sosp. pl. 1. fig. 1 
(1861). 


29. LyC#NESTHES LARYDAS. 
Papilio larydas, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 282. H (1782). 
This and the other species of Lycenesthes in the collection were 


all represented by males only; females of this genus seem to be 
rare. 


30. LyCaZNESTHES LIGURES. 
Lycenesthes ligures, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 349. 


31, LycHNESTHES DOCILIS, sp. 0. 


d. Above dark slaty blue, brownish towards the outer margins of 
the wings ; fringes grey-brown, with darker subbasal line and white 
tips; costal and abdominal borders of secondaries brown: body 
blackish : under surface dove-grey, with the markings indicated only 
by their white edges, very similar in their general arrangement to those 
of L. ligures, excepting that an additional irregular macular band 
runs from the costa across the middle of the discoidal cell in all the 
wings; the ocelli of the secondaries are also reduced to small 
distinct black spots, without any orange iris or metallic blue sealing ; 
venter white. Expanse of wings 32 millim. 

One male only of this very distinct species was obtained. 


32. AZANUS OCCIDENTALIS, sp, 0. 


d . Nearest to A. gamra, chiefly differing on the upper surface in 
the absence of the black anal spots of the secondaries; below, the 
primaries differ in the darker colouring of all the markings, in having 
a round white-bordered blackish spot in the cell and an oblique grey 
dash nearer to the base below the cell, the subapical oblique band 
more oblique, and the submarginal white line beyond it widened to a 
band; secondaries chalky white, all the markings sharply defined, 
but without white borders, the markings beyond and below the cell 
black and composed of distinct spots like the others; anal ocelli 
small. Expanse of wings 26 millim. 

One male only. We have it also from Sierra Leone, and in the 
Hewitson cabinet it stands as the A. moriqua of Wallengren, which 
is a totally distinct species, found commonly at Natal. A. gamra is 
the common species of Beirit. 


572 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON SOME [Nov. 15, 


33. ALLOTINUS ZYMNA, var. ? 

Pentila zymna, Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. 76. fig. 7 (1852). 

One example with very narrow border to the secondaries and 
slightly browner under surface. As it is possible that these may only 


be individual differences, I have not ventured to consider the 
specimen distinct. 


34. NEOPITHECOPS ELOREA, 
Papilio elorea, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 194. n. 603 (1793). 


35. IoLAus FAUNUS. 
Papilio faunus, Drury, Il. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 1. figs. 4, 5 (1773). 


36. TATURA LEBENA. 


Thecla lebena, Hewitson, Descr. Lyc. p. 9. n. 21 (1868); Ill. 
Diurn. Lep. p. 127. n. 202, pl. 51. figs. 266-7 (1869). 


37. MyLoruRis CHLORIS. 
Papilio chloris, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 473. n. 129 (1775). 
One pair. 


38. MyYLoTHRIS ASPHODELUS, sp. n. 

3. White ; primaries above with the basal fourth gamboge-yellow ; 
base of costa greyish, a broad apical black border, tapering on costal 
margin, interrupted so as to form a separate spot at the end of 
second median branch and followed by a black dot at the end of 
first median branch; secondaries with six marginal black spots: 
body greyish, quite normal. Under surface white, slightly pearly : 
all the wings with rather large black spots on the outer margin ; 
primaries with the basal yellow patch more restricted and rather 
more golden than above, the apical area tinted with sulphur-yellow ; 
base of secondaries bright yellow towards costa: body below white, 
legs with a black longitudinal stripe ; a black spot on each side of 
the anal valves. Expanse of wings 57 millim. 

One male only ; it mimies PArissura sylvia. 


39. TERIAS SENEGALENSIS. 

Eurema senegalensis, Hiibner, Zutr. exot. Schmett. figs. 969, 970 
(1837). 

A female specimen. 


40. TeRIAS BOISDUVALIANA. 

Terias boisduvaliana, Mabille, in Grandid. Hist. Madag. ii. Atlas, 
i. pl. 32. figs. 4, 5 (1885). 

A dwarfed male. 


41. CATOPSILIA HYBLZA. 

Callidryas hyblea, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 612. n. 7 
(1836). 

A female. 


1887. ] WEST-AFRICAN LEPIDOPTERA. 573 


42. PurissurRA SYLVIA‘. 
Papilio sylvia, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 470. n, 115 (1775). 
One male specimen was obtained. 


43. PAprtLio SIMILIS. 
Papilio similis, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 9. B, C (1779). 


44, PAPILIO UCALEGON. 

Papilio ucalegon, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Pap. pl. 7. fig. 19 
(1865). 

45, PAPILIO POLICENES. 

Papilio policenes, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 37. A, B (1779). 


46. PapILio ERINUS. 

Papilio erinus, Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus. 1. p. 35, n. 127 
(1865). 

47. PAPILIO HESPERUS. 

Papilio hesperus, Westwood, Arc. Ent. i. pl. 48 (1843). 

Two fine male specimens of this magnificent species. 


48. PAPILIO CYPRHAFILA. 
Papilio cypreajila, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. v. p. 60 (1868). 


49. HESPERIA FORESTAN. 
Papilio forestan, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 391. E, F (1782). 


50. Hesperia BIX2. 
Papilio bixe, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 335 (1764). 


51. ASTICTOPTERUS JOHNSTONH, sp. n. 

Dark chocolate-brown ; primaries crossed obliquely near apex by 
a semitransparent amber-yellow belt from costa to just below second 
median branch near outer margin, the inner edge of the band almost 
straight, the outer edge arched, so that it forms almost a half-moon 
shape ; costa of secondaries pale; sides of palpi, front edge of collar, 
and under surface of tarsi orange ; primaries below with pale brown 
internal border. Expanse of wings 57 millim. 

Not nearly allied to any known species. 


52. THANAOS WESTERMANNI. 

Hesperia westermanni, Latreille, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 791. n. 167 
(1823). 

53. TAGIADES FLESUS. 

Papilio flesus, Fabricius, Spee. Ins, ii. p. 135. n. 621 (1781). 


1 T find that the species of this group belong to Phrissura, which will now 
contain P. phaola, P. sylvia, P, eudoxia, P. coniata, P. polisma, and P. illana. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XXXVIII. 38 


574. MR. A.G. BUTLER ON W.-AFRICAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Nov. 15, 


54. TAGIADES BRIGIDA, var. 


Antigonus brigidu, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1879, p. 361. n. 32. 

But for the fact that the type of this species was from the 
Cameroons, coupled with the remark “ Diese Art sieht Trichoneura, 
Feld., ahnlich,’ I should certainly have failed to identify it; the 
description, ‘‘ Hind wings above with broad straw- or orange-yellow 
borders,” hardly represents an insect in which more than half the 
hind wing is bright orange; nor does the statement that there are 
“six hyaline white points”? in the front wings answer to a specimen 
with ten. However, I am unwilling to risk describing as new a 
species which may be subject to variation and therefore already 
described as above, or which may have been incorrectly described. 


55. CERATRICHIA ARGYROSTICTA ¢ 


Apaustus argyrosticta, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1879, p. 358. 
n, 22. 


One example so nearly approaching the description of the above 
that I think it can hardly be distinct. 


HETEROCERA. 


56. PsruDOPONTIA PARADOXA. 


Globiceps paradora, Felder, Pet. Nouv. Ent. n. 8 (1869). 

Gonophlebia paradowa, Felder, J. c. n. 24, p. 95, fig. (1870). 

Pseudopontia calabarica, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1870, p. 348, 
pl. 2. figs. laf 


I cannot understand why this insect has been referred to the 
Butterflies ; the structure of the antenne and the neuration are 
altogether peculiar. In my opinion the genus is more nearly related 
to the Chalcosiid moths. 

57. OrROEDA OCCIDENTIS. 

Otroeda occidentis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 403. n. 2 (1854), 

One male example. 

58. CHRYSOPOLOMA RUDIS. 

Lasiocampa rudis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. Suppl. ii. p. 561 
(1865). 

59. PITTHEA CONTINUA. 

Pitthea continua, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 463. n. 1 (1854). 


60. CyLIGRAMMA LATONA. 

Phalena-Noctua latona, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. p. 20, pl. 13. B 
(1779). 

61. AZAZIA RUBRICANS. 


Ophiusa rubricans, Boisduval, Faune, Lép. Madag. p. 106. n. 11, 
pl. 16. fig. 1. 


1887] MR. G. E- DOBSON ON THE GENUS MYOSOREX. 575 


4. On the Genus Myosorex, with Description of a new 
Species from the Rio del Rey (Cameroons) District. 
By G. E. Dosson, M.A., F.R.S. 


[Received November 8, 1887.] 


The genus Myosorea* was founded in 1837 by Dr. J. E. Gray for 
the reception of a small species of white-toothed Shrew, Sorew 
varius, Smuts, from the Cape Colony; which was then at once distin- 
guished from all other known species of white-toothed Shrews by the 
short, subequal, and rather coarse hairs covering the tail. Trivial 
as this character may appear, and as such it has evidently been 
hitherto regarded by systematic zoologists, it is, however, the only 
one out of the many enumerated in the original definition of this 
genus (see footnote below) which is really characteristic of it taken 
in connection with the white colour of the teeth. 


Myosorex. 


Myosorex, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1837, p. 124. 

General characters those of Crocidura, but distinguished by the 
absence of long hairs on the tail, which is clothed with short fur 
of equal or subequal length, by the shortness of the third upper 
incisor, and by the absence of a distinct cloaca, the generative organs 
and the alimentary canal opening on the surface close together by 
distinct orifices. 


+42 | Inc. 3—8, pm. 8—3, m. 8—3 __ 
Dentition : Mand. @6or7a7 = 30 or 32 teeth. 


Range. Africa south of the Sahara Desert. 


1. Myosorex VARIUS. 


Sorex varius, Smuts, Mamm. Capens. 1832, p. 8. 

Myosorex varius, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1837, p. 124. 

This, the largest species of the genus, is somewhat larger than 
Crocidura aranea. The body is clothed with dense fur, pale reddish 
grey on the surface, passing gradually into ashy beneath, the basal 
four-fifths of the hairs bluish ; tail clothed thinly with equal-sized 
reddish-grey hairs forming a small pencil at the tip. The lateral 
gland is well developed in males, rudimentary or absent in females, 
and situated close behind the arm. 

The teeth are very peculiar and characteristic. The upper incisors 
and premolars are provided with prominent basal processes, the third 


1 “ MyosorEx, Gray. Head elongate, ears hid under the soft fur; tail elon- 
gate, slender, covered with short, rigid, close-pressed hairs, when old quadran- 
gular; feet and toes not ciliated; teeth white; cutting-teeth * two upper 
central unequally bifid, the second lateral moderate, the third very small, 
rudimentary, the fourth small but larger than the third ; front lower cutting- 
teeth elongate, with an entire sharp upper edge; second and third lateral teeth 
small, simple, crowded on the base of the front ones.”—Gray, P.Z. 8. 1837, 

24. 


p. 124 
38* 


576 MR G. E, DOBSON ON THE GENUS MYOSOREX.  [Noy. 15, 


incisor is much smaller than the anterior maxillary tooth, and the 
penultimate premolar is minute, quite invisible from without, and 
placed in the small angle between the adjoining teeth. The most 
remarkable peculiarity, however, is found in the mandible, where (as 
first pointed out by me in the Journ. Anat. Phys. xx. p. 359, 1886) 
a minute tooth exists on each side between the second and third 
teeth, so that the number of mandibular teeth is fourteen instead of 
twelve, as we find in all other known species of Soricide. 

(For measurements see table p. 578.) 

Hab. South Africa (Namaqua-Land, Cape Colony, Natal). 


2. Myosorex MORIO. 
Crocidura morio,.Gray, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1862, p. 180°. 


Smaller than Myosorex varius and about the size of a large spe- 
cimen of Crocidura aranea, but distinguished at once, not only 
from all species of the genus, but also from all known species of 
Soricide, by the comparatively enormous size of the lateral gland’, 
which, in the male, occupies a circular space having a diameter of 
9 millimetres, larger than the space occupied by the same gland in 
the Great Indian Musk-Shrew (Crocidura c@rulescens), and by the 
nakedness of the sides and abdomen below and behind these glands. 
Ears moderate, clothed with very short hairs; manus and pes 
covered with short hairs. Fur dark reddish brown above, and 
slightly paler beneath. 

The first upper incisor is long, the anterior cusp much longer than 
the posterior, which, however, is well developed; the third incisor 
is shorter than the anterior maxillary tooth; but the greatest pecu- 
liarity exists in the comparatively large size of the penultimate 
premolar, which, viewed externally, though not half the size of the 
anterior maxillary tooth, stands quite in the tooth-row, and its cusp 
equals or slightly exceeds (in specimens in which it is not worn) the 
anterior basal cusp of the last premolar. The last upper molar is 
like that of Myosorex varius, larger than in the species of the genus 
Crocidura, its posterior part being as well developed as the corre- 
sponding tooth in that species. The first mandibular tocth has two 
very distinct notches as in Myosorex varius; the second tooth is 
unicuspidate and has this peculiarity that, instead of being placed 
almost altogether on the first tooth, its base very slightly overlies it ; 

1 “ Uniform rather brownish black, rather paler and browner beneath. Teeth 
white. Feet very slender, weak. ‘Tail nearly as long as the body and head, 
yery slender, annulated, coyered with very short closely adpressed hair, 

“Tength of body and head, dry, 23 inches ; tail, dry, 2 inches.”—Gray, 1. ¢. 

It may be seen that it would be impossible from this description alone 
to identify not merely the species but even the genus, nevertheless, as the 
type, a skin, corresponds in all respects to the well-preserved specimen in 
alcohol from which I haye taken my description of this species, I retain Dr. 
Gray’s specific title. 

2 Having shown the glands in this species to Mr. G. A. Boulenger, he re- 
marked that an integumentary gland occupies a corresponding position on each 
side of the body in several species of the genus Paludicola (Batrachia) ; of very 
large size in some species (P. bufonium, Bell, e.g.), in others of the same genus 
it is so small as to render it very difficult to say whether a gland exists or not. 


1887. | MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE GENUS MYOSOREX. 977 


the third tooth has not the prominent anterior and posterior cusps 
so well developed in M. varius. There is no minute tooth between 
the second and third mandibular teeth. 

(For measurements see table p. 578.) 

Hab. Cameroon District, West Africa. 

The type, askin with skull, was collected by Captain R. Burton, 
and is preserved in the British Museum (Natural History); a second 
specimen, a well-preserved example of an adult male, in alcchol, has 
formed the basis of the above description, and has furnished the 
measurements given in the table at p. 578. 


3. MyosorEx JOHNSTONI, 0. sp. 


Very slightly larger than Crocidura etrusca, and therefore almost 
the smallest mammal known. The tail is even shorter than in that 
species, shorter than the body without the head, and clothed cha- 
racteristically with short, even-sized hairs. The ears are moderateand 
clothed with very short hairs. Both the manus and pes are moderate 
in size, with short claws, and covered with thinly-spread short fur. 
As in M. morio there is a very large lateral gland in the male, but 
as no female specimen has yet been obtained, its condition in that 
sex is unknown. So far as can be ascertained from the inspection 
of a single male specimen preserved in alcohol the colour of the fur 
is dark brown above, slightly paler beneath. 


Skull of Myosorex johnstoni. 


Although the animal is but slightly larger than C. etrusca in 
general measurements, yet its skull is considerably larger in all 
dimensions. The teeth agree with those of the other two species in 
the reduced size of the third upper incisor (see woodcut above), but 
correspond most closely with those of M. morio from the same 
part of Africa in their general form and in the position of the penul- 
timate premolar, which stands in the tooth-vow and is not minute as 
in M. varius. The anterior mandibular tooth has two notches, as 
in the other species, for the posterior basal cusp of the first upper 
incisor and for the cusp of the second incisor. There is no rudi- 
mentary tooth (such as I have described in AZ. varius) between the 
second and third mandibular teeth. 

(For measurements see table p. 578.) 

The type, a full-grown male specimen, well preserved in alcohol, 
was obtained by H. H. Johnston, Esq., H.M. Vice-Consul for the 


578 ON A NEW TREE-FROG FROM COREA. [Nov. 15, 


Cameroons, and I have much pleasure in connecting with its specific 
title the name of that distinguished traveller. 
Hab. Cameroon District, West Africa (Rio del Rey). 


The following table exhibits the measurements, in millimetres, of 
adult male specimens (preserved in alcohol) of the three above 
described species ; in the first column are those of Myosorex varius, 
in the second M. morio, and in the third M. johnstoni. 


| i. | 2cpaee 
ip OlMOkS LO VEN ssaeastseeeseasseooscedaceteeetorssacecacewensss 76 | 64 | 39 
Vent to tip of tail (2 i2s..0secccesseenvsnteccesconeceosessteecosveee | 41 | 55 | 25 
Hye to tip of nostril .........ssesssseesesenssceeerencecr essences 123 | 12 9 
Elbow to end of middle digit (without claw) ............... 21 | 183} 11g 
Manus (without claw)......csccsesscsecsscsesesceeeecrecsesecees 9 8 5 
Pes (without claw) .........cesseccseseeccssecccereesnrsceceenceses 133 | 133] 9 
Skull, oecipital crest to front edge of premavilla............ 19 | 163 | 13 
Skull, foramen magnum to front edge of premaxilla...... 19, | el6s se 
Greatest width of the skull .............cseesseeee covecscerees il UE wi le ve 
Length of upper tooth-row .....-.0ssesssseeeeereeserseeeeerens 93 | 8 63 
Distance between tips of principal cusps of first upper 
incisor and last premolar .........0+-sssseseeteeeseee sees ees 44 | 42] 34 
Length of mandible from condyle to tip of first tooth ...) 143 | 13 93 


A synopsis of the species may be given as follows, from the 
descriptions above :— 


A. Mandibular teeth 7—7. 
a. Penultimate upper premolar minute, internal ; 
elbow to end of middle digit 21 mm................ 1. MW. varius. 
B. Mandibular teeth 6—6. 
b, Penultimate upper premolar not minute, standing 
in the tooth-row. 
b'. Elbow to end of middle digit 184 mm. ......... 2. M. morio. 
c'. Elbow to end of middle digit, 114 mm............. 3 M. johnstoni. 


5. On a new Species of Hyla from Port Hamilton, Corea, 
based on an example living in the Society’s Gardens. By 
G. A. Bounencer, F.Z.S. 


[Received July 2, 1887.] 
(Plate LI.) 


Two Tree-Frogs of the genus Hyla, obtained by Mr. George 
Stephen, of H.M.S. ‘Champion,’ at Port Hamilton, a small island 
between the Corean Peninsula and Japan, have been presented by 
him to the Society. They-prove of great interest, as one belongs to a 
little-known race of Hyla arborea, viz. the var. japonica (Plate LI. 
fig. 2); and the other to a new species, which I propose to call, in 
honour of its discoverer. ; 


Tien 


Peter Smit del. et lith. a etl oe we os fintern Bros 
BMA: SAREE NL 


2. HYLA ARBOREA wan. JAPONICA. 


v) 


1887.] PROF. BELL ON HAPLOCERUS MONTANUS. 579 


Hywa stepaent. (Plate LI. fig. 1.) 


Near H. arborea. Tongue subcircular, slightly nicked, and free 
behind. Vomerine teeth in two slightly oblique series between the 
choanz. Head a little larger than that of H. arborea, broader than 
long ; snout rounded, shorter than the diameter of the orbit ; canthus 
rostralis distinct ; loreal region slightly concave; interorbital space 
as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, half the diameter 
of the eye. Fingers with a short web at the base; no projecting 
rudiment of pollex ; toes hardly two-thirds webbed; disks a little 
smaller than the tympanum ; subarticular tubercles moderate ; inner 
metatarsal tubercle large and very prominent, oval, about two-thirds 
the length of the inner toe; a fold along the inner edge of the 
tarsus. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tympanum. ‘Tibia 
not half the length of the head and body. Skin smooth above ; 
lower surfaces, throat of male included, granular. Colour varying 
from greyish or brownish to green, with darker, blackish-edged 
permanent symmetrical insuliform spots on the body and cross bands 
on the limbs; a dark brown streak from nostril to eye; lower parts 
whitish, lower belly and limbs carneous ; sides of thighs carneous. 
Iris dark bronzy brown. Male with an external subgular vocal 
sac. 

From snout to vent 35 millim. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LI. 


Fig. 1. Hila stepheni. Upper and lower view. 
2. Hyla arborea, var. japonica. 


December 6, 1887. 
Prof. W. H. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


Mr. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S., exhibited, on behalf of the Rev. H. 
A. Macpherson, a specimen of Sazicola isabellina, shot on Nov. 11 
near Allonby, in Cumberland, being the first recorded occurrence of 
this species in Great Britain or Western Europe. 


Prof. Bell exhibited the integumentary glands of a Rocky-Mountain 
Goat (Haplocerus montanus), which had been taken from either side 
of the middle line just behind the horns. The glands having, 
unfortunately, been dried, no information could be given as to their 
structure, but it was thought advisable to put their presence and 
position on record, 


The following papers were read :— 


580 PROF. GIGLIOLI AND COUNT T. SALVADORI ON __ [ Dec. 6, 


1. Brief Notes on the Fauna of Corea and the adjoining 
coast of Manchuria. By Henry H. Gietroxr, C.M.Z.8., 
and THomas Satvapori, C.M.Z.S. 


[Received August 16, 1887.] 
(Plate LII.) 


The specimens which are the subject of the following “ Notes ” 
form part of a large collection, principally of Vertebrates, made by 
order of H.R.H. Prince Thomas of Savoy, Duke of Genoa, whilst 
he was in command of the ‘ Vettor Pisani,’ on a voyage round the 
World, 1878-81; the entire collection is now deposited in the 
Royal Zoological Museum at Florence. 

Corea, or Cho-sen as the Japanese have it, is yet very much 
a “terra incognita,” and more especially so as regards its fauna. 
The Italian corvette ‘ Vettor Pisani’ visited only three localities 
on the eastern sea-board .of Corea—Fusan to the south, from 
the Ist to the 7th of August, 1880; Port Lazareff in Broughton’s 
Bay, on August the 9th, staying three days ; and Gensan, between the 
15th and the 18th of the same month. Fusan was again visited in 
February 1881. 

Three very interesting localities on the adjoining coast of Man- 
churia were also visited and collections made; these localities were :— 
Possiette Bay, called also Port Bruce, on the border between Corea 
and Manchuria; Vladivostok, slightly further to the north, near the 
Albert peninsula; and Olga Bay, still more northwards. At Olga 
Bay the ‘ Vettor Pisani’ remained from the 24th of August to the 
22nd of September, 1879; at Vladivostok from the 23rd of Septem- 
ber to the 11th of October following ; and at Possiette Bay between 
the 12th and the 25th of October the same year. It was in this 
locality that the most important zoological capture was made, viz. 
that of two specimens of the scarcely known Cygnus davidi. The 
collections made at the above-named localities consist of:—1 
Mammal; 96 Birds, belonging to 47 species ; 7 Reptiles, represent- 
ing 3 species; 2 Amphibia, 1 species; and 7 Fishes, belonging to 
4 species. 

A glance at the species in the five classes of Vertebrata shows with 
undeniable evidence the very close affinity existing between the 
Corean and the Japanese faunas, a coincidence which was fully to be 
expected. Two years ago, Canon Tristram described a small col- 
lection of birds made in Corea by Lieut. G. Gunn, R.N.’; there 
were eight specimens of eight well-known species, but, as our 
learned friend observes, ‘‘as absolutely nothing is known of the 
avifauna of Korea, I have thought it might not be without interest 
to give a list of what Lieut. Gunn has procured.” It is worth re- 
marking that only one of the eight species in that list is represented 
in the collection made by the ‘ Vettor Pisani,’ and that is Larus 

; H. B. Tristram, “On a small Collection of Birds from Korea,” in ‘ Ibis’ 1885, 
p- 194. 


mse 


. Bros. imp. 


Minter 


nr 
wih 


tAmuenans del et 


DAVID. 


NUS 


CYG 


1 
1 


CYGNUS BEWICKII 


1887.] THE FAUNA OF COREA. 581 


erassirostris! The seven remaining are :—Asio otus, Scops sticto- 
notus, Caprimulgus jotaka, Cecropis japonica, Nemoricola indica, 
Hematopus osculans, and Totanus glottis. 

It may be well to note that David and Oustalet, in their well- 
known ‘ Oiseaux de la Chine,’ mention a few species as also from 
Corea ; and Dr. O. Finsch, in a paper which bears the title ‘ Ueber eine 
Vogelsammlung aus den Kiistenliindern der chinesisch-japanischen 
Meere”’ (Verh. k.-k. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, xxii. pp. 253-272), 
mentions the three following species from Corea :—Scops japonicus, 
Anthus pratensis, and Phalaropus cinereus. 

We have therefore good reason to believe that the following 
“Notes ”’ will not prove devoid of interest. 


MAMMALIA. 
1. CrocrpuRA LAstuRA, Dobson. 


a. 2. Fusan, August 5th, 1880. 

A young specimen with teeth partially descended. It was kindly 
determined for us by Mr. Dobson, to whom it was sent. 

The type of this species, also from Corea, is in the Imperial 
Zoological Museum at St. Petersburg. 


AVES. 
1. AccreiTeR NisoiDEs, Blyth. 


Accipiter nisoides, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xvi. p. 727 (1847), Malacca. 

Astur (Nisus) gularis, Temm. et Schl. Faun. Jap., Aves, p. 4, 
tab. 2 (1850). 

Accipiter stevensoni, Gurn. Ibis, 1863, p. 447, pl. 11 (China). 

Accipiter virgatus, partim, Sharpe, Cat. Birds B. M.i. p. 151 
(1873) ; David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 26 (1877). 

a. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

Mr. Gurney, who has kindly examined this specimen for us, thinks 
it is a young female of the above-named species. 

2. Asto ACCIPITRINUS (Pall.). 

Asio accipitrinus, Sharpe, Cat. Birds B. M. ii. p. 234 (1875). 

Otus brachyotus, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 41 (1877). 

a. Viadivostok, October 1879. 

6. Possiette Bay, October 1879. 

Both specimens are rather dark in the ground-colour of the under- 
parts. 


3. ALCEDO BENGALENSIS, Gm. 

Alcedo bengalensis, Sharpe, Monogr. Alced. pl. 2 (1868) ; David 
et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 74 (1877). 

a, b. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

c, d, e, f. Gensan, 16th August, 1880. 


The Corean specimens are young birds with exceedingly short 
bills. 


582 PROF. GIGLIOLI AND COUNT T. SALVADORI ON’ [ Dec. 6, 


4. Lanrus nucepaanus, Temm. & Schleg. 


Lanius bucephalus, Temm. et Schleg. Faun. Japon., Aves, tab. 14 
(1850); David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 98 (1877); Gadow, Cat. 
Birds B. M. viii. p. 270 (1883). 

a. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

This unique specimen is apparently referable to this species, 
although it differs from six Japanese specimens, with which it has 
been compared, in the more reddish colour of the pileum and cervix, 
and in having the flanks decidedly of a deeper chestnut, and the back 
also tinged with reddish chestnut. The lores and periotic region are 
black ; the breast is marked with narrow dark crescentic bands. 


5. IANTHIA CYANURA (Pall.). 


Tanthia cyanura, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 231 (1877). 

Tarsiger cyanurus, Sharpe, Cat. Birds B. M. iv. p. 255 (1879). 

a. 3 ? Olga Bay, September 1879. 

A single specimen in the garb of the adult male, viz. with all the 
upper parts of a deep blue. 


6. Monticota souitarivs (P. L.S. Miill.). 


Monticola solitaria, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 166 (1877) ; 
Seebohm, Cat. Birds B. M. v. p. 319 (1881). 

a. &. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

A perfectly adult bird. 


7. CALOBATES MELANOPE (Pall.). 


Calobates melanope, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 302 (1877). 

Motacilla melanope, part., Sharpe, Cat. Birds B. M. x. p. 497 
(1885). 

a, 6, c. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

Underparts very yellow, hardly any trace of fulyous on the 
breast. The specimens appear to be fully adult and, of course, belong 
to the eastern race, which only differs from western specimens in 
being slightly smaller and in having a rather shorter tail. Such 
differences are, however, said not to be constant; and we must 
further remark that our specimens are moulting. 


8. EMBERIZA CASTANEICEPS, Moore. 


Emberiza castaneiceps, Moore, P. Z.S. 1855, p. 215 (Kintang, 
China); Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E. I. Comp. ii. p. 484 
(1856) ; ? Swinh. P. Z.S. 1871, p. 389 (Peking). 

Emberiza rustica, Swinh. (nec Pall.), Ibis, 1861, p. 255 (Talien 
Bay, N. China); id. ibid. 1863, p. 87 (= cioides, Swinh. nec 
Brandt). 

Emberiza cioides, Swinh. (nec Brandt neque Temm. et Schleg.), 
This, 1861, pp. 409, 410 (Amoy) ; ? id. Ibis, 1863, p. 378 (Formosa) ; 
id. P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 436; David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 328 (partim, 

1872 2). 


1887.] THE FAUNA OF COREA. 583 


Emberiza ciopsis, Swinh. (nec Bp.) P. Z.S. 1863, p. 300 (South 
China) ; id. ibid. 1871, p. 388. 

Emberiza giglolii, Swinh. Ibis, 1867, p. 393 (Amoy in winter). 

Emberiza cioides, subsp. gigliolit, Seebohm, Ibis, 1879, p. 38 
(China). ; 

Two specimens. 

a. 6? Fusan (Corea), 5th August, 1880. 

6. 9? Fusan, 3rd August, 1880. 

The second specimen is a young bird, the first an adult with 
feathers much worn; the latter compared with two fine specimens 
of FE. cioides, Brandt, from Krasnoyarsk (Central Siberia), differs in 
its notably smaller dimensions and also in having the chestnut band 
across the chest less distinct. Mr. Seebohm, who has (J. e.) clearly 
indicated the difference in size of the two forms, writes to us that 
the type of Emberiza castaneiceps, Moore, in the British Museum, 
is identical with the type of #. gigliolii, Swinh., in his own collec- 
tion. : 


9. EMBERIZA FUSCATA, Pall. 


Emberiza fuseata, Pall. Itin. iii. App. 698. no. 22 (1776); id. 
Zoogr. Rosso-As. tab. xlvi. (1811). 

Emberiza fucata (sic), Pall. Zoogr. Rosso-As. ii. p. 41 (1811) ; 
Temm. et Schleg. Faun. Jap., Aves, p. 96, tab, 57 (1850); David 
et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 325 (1877). 

a. 6? Fusan, August 2nd, 1880. 

b. 6? Fusan, August 4th, 1880. 

Both are perfectly adult birds. Evidently the specific name must 
be spelt fuscata, as it was originally written by Pallas; and not 
JSucata, which is a misprint and a word devoid of sense. . 


10. Corvus JAronensis, Bp. 


Corvus macrorhynchus, Schleg. (nec Wagl.), Faun. Jap., Aves, 
p- 79, tab. 39 B (1850). 

Corone japonensis, Sharpe, Cat. Birds B. M. iii. p. 41 (1877). 

a. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

Our specimen is moulting, with feathers incompletely developed, 
perhaps a young bird. It is similar to a specimen shot at Ajiro 
(Japan) in July 1866, by one of us during the voyage of the 
‘Magenta,’ and now in the Turin Museum, but has a rather 
shorter bill; this may, however, be owing to difference in age or 
sex, It happens to be intermediate between the last-mentioned speci- 
men and one of C. sinensis, Gould, from Pekin, also in the Turin 
Museum. 

It is not improbable that the Olga Bay specimen may belong 
to a distinct species, for, if in our specimen the rectrices are fully 
developed, the tail of the Olga Bay bird is much more rounded than 
that of C. sinensis. Both C. japonensis and C. sinensis have the 
basal portion of the feathers grey, whilst they are white in C. macro- 
rhynchus, C. validus, and C. enca. 


584 PROF. GIGLIOLI AND COUNT T. SALVADORI ON’ _[ Dec. 6, 


Il, Pica rustica (Scop.). 


Pica caudata, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 073 (1877). 

Pica pica, Sharpe, Cat. Birds B. M. iii. p. 62 (1877). 

a. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

An adult specimen, in no respects differing from European birds. 


12. PHAstANUS TORQUATUS, Gm. 


Phasianns torquatus, Elliot, Mon. Phas. ii. pl. v.; David et Oust. 
Ois. Chine, p. 409 (1877, Corea). 

a. & (adult), Possiette Bay, October 1879. 

b. ¢ (juv.). Fusan, August 4th, 1880. 

ce. 9. Fusan, August 4th, 1880. 

The first specimen is in the perfect plumage of the fully adult 
bird ; the forehead is dark bottle-green, the summit of the head 
light olive without dark markings; the whitish eyebrows are well 
marked, and the white collar is complete and very wide (about an 
inch in front), its feathers being slightly margined with greenish 
black, especially at the back. The flanks are of a richer ochraceous 
than in the usual North China specimens, from which it otherwise 
does not differ. 

Specimen 4 is a young bird in the ordinary garb of young Pheasants 
moulting. It shows the following peculiarities :—Ilst. Not a few 
feathers of the neck and breast are of a reddish chestnut, some of 
them show violet reflections on their edges. 2nd. Two feathers on 
the rump are black, with a green apical border and irregular 
whitish ochraceous stripes, exactly as can be seen in P. torquatus 
from China. 3rd. Some of the feathers on the inferior part of the 
cervix show :—an apical triangular mark, a narrow black edging on 
each side, riext a reddish-brown band interrupted by the apical mark 
already mentioned, a horseshoe-shaped band, a narrower one of 
ochraceous colour, and finally the median black is divided by the 
light-coloured stem. 4th. Two of the scapular feathers have chest- 
nut-coloured margins with a black band followed by a light ochra- 
ceous one and a third narrow one black, the central portion being 
grey variegated with black. The tail is very short, formed of narrow 
rectrices barred with black, reddish chestnut and grey, and spotted 
with black. 

Specimen c is in the ordinary garb of the female, in which we find 
noticeable :—1st. The feathers at the base of the neck in front and 
behind of a reddish chestnut colour with lighter edges, and a V-like 
black mark on the posterior feathers, and a crescentic black mark on 
the anterior ones. 2nd. The reddish tail-feathers with black stripes 
variegated with grey in the middle. 

From an attentive examination of the last two specimens, 
it appears to us very probable that they belong to the well- 
known P. torquatus, for the young male shows feathers on the rump, 
scapulars, and inferior cervix similar to those of the last-mentioned 
species. Also Pére David gives Corea as possessing the common 
Ring-necked Pheasant, and we can now fully confirm his assertion. 


1887. } THE FAUNA OF COREA. 585 


13. SQUATAROLA HELVETICA (Linn.). 


Squatarola helvetica, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 424 (1877) ; 
Salvad. Orn. Pap. e Mol. iii. p. 293 (1882). 

a, 6. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

e. Gensan, 15th August, 1880. 

The first two look like young birds, the underparts being much 
spotted and both being of small size. Specimen c is a large speci- 
men with a very big bill, perfectly adult ; the middle region of the 
underparts is nearly covered with the black feathers of the summer 
garb. 


14. CHarRapRivs FuLvus, J. F. Gm. 


Charadrius fulvus, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 424 (1877); 
Salvad. Orn. Pap. e Mol. iii. p. 294 (1882). 

a, b. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

Both young birds, fulvous on flanks and underparts, Their dimen- 
sions are :—Bill (culmen) 0°020 m., wing 0-164 m., tarsus 0°040 m. 


15, CHARADRIUS DOMINICUs, Miill. 


Charadrius dominicus, Miill. S. N. Suppl. p. 116 (1776). 

Charadrius virginicus, Harting, P. Z. 8S. 1871, p. 115; Dress. B. 
of Eur. vii. p. 447 (1871). 

a. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

We were rather surprised to recognize a specimen of this species 
amongst the Plovers collected on the Manchurian coast ; still it must 
be remembered that C. dominicus and C. fulvus have both been 
found in Heligoland (cf. Blasius, Ibis, 1862, p. 71), and that both 
species occur at Alaska (ef. Stejneger, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. no. 29, 
p. 105). It is evidently a young bird, with the underparts greyish, 
more or less spotted with white. Its dimensions are :—Bill (culmen) 
0°022 m.; wing 72 inches=0-180 m.; tarsus 0-040 m. It agrees 
with all the characters of the North-American Golden Plover, and 
differs from specimens of CO. fulvus in being larger, less golden above, 
and more greyish on the nape. 


16. AiGIALiTIs MONGOLICA (Pall.). 

Aigialitis mongolicus, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 427 (Corea). 

iigialitis mongolica, Salvad. Orn. Pap. e Mol. iii. p. 299 (1882). 

a, b, c, d. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

The first specimen is an adult in perfect plumage, the three fol- 
lowing are immature birds, similar, and agreeing also in being 
smaller than the first. 


17. STREPSILAS INTERPRES (Linn.). 

Strepsilas interpres, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 433 (1877) ; 
Salvad. Orn. Pap. e Mol. iii. p. 289 (1882). 

a, b. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

Two young birds in their first plumage, the feathers of the upper 
parts being margined with ochraceous. 


586 PROF. GIGLIOLI AND COUNT T. SALVADORI ON [Dec. 6, 


18. Losrees HyPERBOREUvS (Linn.). 

Lobipes hyperboreus, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 482 (1887) ; 
Salvad. Orn. Pap. e Mol. ii. p. 311 (1882). 

a. Olga Bay, September 1879. 


A fine specimen in autumnal garb, the feathers of the back being 
edged with fulvous. 


19. TRINGA CRASSIROSTRIS, Temm. et Schleg. 

Tringa crassirostris, Temm. et Schleg. Faun. Japon., Aves, tab. 64 
(1850) ; David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 468 (1877); Salvad. Orn. 
Pap. e Mol. iii. p. 312 (1882). 

a. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

A single specimen either in winter garb or immature. 


20. LimicoLa PLATYRHYNCHA (Temm.). 
* Tringa platyrhyncha, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 470 (1877). 
a. Olga Bay, September 1879. 


A perfectly adult bird, with the dorsal feathers margined with 
ferruginous brown. 


21. Pevipna AvPina (Linn.). 
Tringa cinclus, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 471 (1877). 


a. Olga Bay, September 1879. 
In winter plumage. 


22. ACTODROMAS ALBESCENS (Temm.). 

Tringa ruficollis (partim), David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 472 
(1877). 

Tringa albescens, Salvad. Orn. Pap. e Mol. iii. p. 315 (1882). 

a. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

A single specimen in winter plumage. 


23. TRINGOIDES HYPOLEUCUS (Linn.). 

Tringoides hypoleucus, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 467 (1877). 

Tringoides hypoleucos, Salvad. Orn. Pap. e Mol. iii. p. 318 
(1882). 

a, b, ec. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

These specimens are rather smaller than usual, but otherwise do 
not differ from Italian ones with which they have been compared. 


24, HeTERACTITIS BREVIPES (Vieill.). 


Totanus brevipes, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. vi. p. 410 (1816). 

Totanus pulverulentus, Temm. et Schleg. Faun. Jap., Aves, p. 109, 
tab. Ixv. (1850). 

Totanus incanus, Swinh. (nec Gm.), P. Z.S. 1871, p. 406; David 
et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 466 (1877); Salvad. Orn. Pap. e Mol. iii. 
p. 320 (1882, partim). 


1887.] THE FAUNA OF COREA. 587 


Heteractitis brevipes, Stejn. Res. Ornith. Explor. Kamtsch. 
p- 137 (1885). 

a. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

6. Port Lazareff, August 11th, 1880. 

c. Gensan, August 17th, 1880. 

The first is an immature bird showing numerous whitish spots on 
the upper parts. Specimens 4 and ¢ are both adult, with feathers 
rather abraded and immaculate upper parts. 

Mr. Stejneger (/. c.) finds that in Eastern Asia and neighbouring 
islands, in the Malay Archipelago, in the Moluccas, in New Guinea, 
and in Australia the true H. incanus of Eastern Polynesia is repre- 
sented by an allied species (H. brevipes). The former differs from 
the latter in having slightly larger dimensions, the underparts, inclu- 
ding the middle abdomen and under tail-coverts, covered with dark 
grey undulated lines and back of a purer grey in the breeding- 
plumage ; besides the nasal groove of the bill reaches to two thirds 
the length of the culmen. 

In H. brevipes the nasal groove only reaches half down the culmen ; 
in the breeding-plumage the middle abdomen and under tail-coverts 
are white, the undulated lines are finer, and the grey of the back is 
tinged with brown ; besides it is a smaller bird. We have been able 
to confirm these differences, comparing the Corean birds with an adult 
specimen in full breeding-plumage from the Viti Islands; in it the 
grey extends to the fore neck and breast, these parts being varied 


with white. Thus it appears that the Polynesian species extends to 
the Melanesian islands. 


25. Toranus Fuscus (Linn.), 


Totanus fuscus, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 463 (1877). 

a, b, e, d. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

These all look like young birds, the plumage being much mottled 
and spotted above and below, in fact perfectly similar to that of a 
young male of the same species shot near Florence, in September 


1874, and which forms part of the Italian Collection in the Florence 
Museum. 


26. ToTanus caLipRis (Linn.). 


Totanus calidris, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 464 (1877). 
a. Olga Bay, September 1879. 
A perfectly adult bird. 


27. TeEREKIA CINEREA (Giildst.). 

Terehia cinerea, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 460 (1877) ; Salvad. 
Orn. Pap. e Mol. iii. p. 326 (1882). 

a, 6. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

e. Port Lazareff, August 11th, 1880. 


The last-mentioned specimen has black apical blotches on the 
scapulars. 


588 PROF. GIGLIOLI AND COUNT T. SALVADORI ON [ Dec. 6, 


28. Limosa BrevipsEs, G. R. Gray. 


Limosa brevipes, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 460 (1877) ; 
Salvad. Orn. Pap. e Mol. iii. p. 328 (1882). 

a, b, ec. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

All three look like young birds, and have the feathers of the upper 
parts margined with ochraceous grey. 

This species differs from Z. melanura of Europe in its smaller 
size. 


29. Limosa BAUERI, Naum. 

Limosa baueri, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 459 (1877) ; Salvad. 
Orn. Pap. e Moll. iii. p. 329 (1882). 

a, 6. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

The first specimen is in winter plumage,but the second still shows 
large traces of rufous on the underparts. 


30. Numenius cyanopus, Vieill. 


Numenius tahitiensis, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 458 (1877; 
nec Gmel.). 

Numenius eyanopus, Salvad. Orn. Pap. e Mol. iii. p. 330 (1882). 

a. o?; b. 2? Vladivostok, October 1879. 

ce. Gensan, August 17th, 1880. 

The first two are fully adult birds ; the supposed male differs from 
the supposed female, as is the case with JV. arquatus, in having a very 
considerably shorter bill. Specimen c appears to be immature, and 
shows no trace of the reddish tinge which the full-grown birds 
present, especially when in breeding-plumage. 


31. GALLINAGO MEGALA, Swinh. 

Gallinago megala, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 477 (1877); 
Salvad. Orn. Pap. e Mol. iii. p. 337 (1882). 

Scolopax megala, Seebohm, Ibis, 1886, p. 133. 

a. Gensan, 15th August, 1880. 

A single specimen of this Eastern Asiatic species, having only 20 
rectrices, of which the outer four on each side are much attenuated, 
but less so than in G. stenura (Kuhl). 


32. Fuxica aTrA, Linn. 

Fulica atra, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 489 (1877). 

a. Possiette Bay, October 1879. 

Evidently a young bird, with frontal shield slightly developed, and 
feathers on the underparts slightly margined with whitish. 


33. ARDEA CINEREA, Linn. 

Ardea cinerea, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 437 (1877). 

a, Gensan, August 16th, 1880. 

b. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

The first is an adult bird, the second is much younger, we should 
say in the second year; neither differ from European specimens. 


1887.] THE FAUNA OF COREA. 589 


34. Heropras rorra (Buch.-Ham.). 


Herodias alba, David et Oust. (nec Linn.) Ois. Chine, p- 439 
(1877). 

Herodias torra, Salvad. Orn. Pap. e Mol. iii. p. 350 (1882). 

a. Gensan, August 17th, 1880. 

Some ornithologists will not separate this smaller race of the Great 
White Egret, which appears to be peculiar to Eastern and Southern 
Asia, extending to the northern parts of the Australian region. 
Our specimen is perfectly adult; the following are its measurements 
compared with those of an adult 9 H. alba from Italy :— 


Bill Middle toe 
culmen), Wing. Tarsus. with claw). 
§ 


m. m. m. m. 
H. torra .... 0°100 0°385 0°160 0°105 
H. alba, 2 .. 0120 0°415 0°174 0-104 


35, ANSER ALBIFRONS (Scop.). 

Anser albifrons, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p- 492 (1877). 

a. 3?; 6. 2? Fusan, February 1881. 

Both perfectly adult, of large size, with the rather big characteristic 
yellow bill of this species. 

The measurements of both are :— 

a. 3? Total 0-780 m.; wing 0°420 m.; bill 0-050 m. ; tarsus 
0°068 m.; middle toe with claw 0°069 m. 

6. 2? Total 0-760 m.; wing 0°410 m.; bill 0:045 m.; tarsus 
0°066 m.; middle toe with claw 0:067 m. 

We believe the differences are owing to sex. 


36. Cyenus Bewick1, Yarrell. 


Cygnus minor, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 494 (1877). 

Cygnus bewicki, Sclat. P. Z. S. 1880, p- 507. 

a. $? Fusan, February 1881. 

An adult specimen, which from its size appears to be a male; it 
agrees perfectly with two specimens of the same species captured 
in Italy, and has the same bill with a basal yellow patch not reaching 
the nares. The following are its dimensions :— 

Wing 0°526 m.; tail 0°143 m.; bill (culmen) 0102 m.; bill 
(from the gape) 0°104 m. ; tarsus 0-100 m.; middle toe (with claw) 
0°142 m. ‘ 


37. Cygnus pavip1, Swinh. (Plate LIT.) 


Cygnus (Coscoroba) davidi, Swinh. P.Z.S. 1870, p- 430 (Tientsin) ; 
G. R. Gray, Hand-l. iii. p- 29, no. 10607 (1871). 

Cygnus davidi, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 416; David et Oust. 
Ois. Chine, p. 494 (1877); Sclater, P. Z.S. 1880, p- 507. 

Cygnus (Koskoroba) davidi, David, N. Archiv. Mus. Bull. vii. 
Cat. n, 438. 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XXXIX. 39 


590 PROF. GIGLIOLI AND COUNT T. SALVADORI ON [Dec. 6, 


Coscoroba davidi, Stejn. Pr. U. S. National Mus. v. p. 180, note 
(1882). 

Two specimens from Possiette Bay, shot between the 12th and 
25th of October, 1879. 

a. 3? Immature specimen of a greyish-white colour ; it has the 
following dimensions :— Wing 0°520 m. ; tail 0-160 m, ; bill (culmen) 
0:070 m.; bill (from gape) 0°080 m. ; tarsus 0°100 m. 

6. 9? Whiter than the male, and therefore older, but shows also 
the greyish tinge of youth. Dimensions:—Wing 0°500 m.; tail 
0°155 m.; bill (culmen) 0°068 m.; bill (from gape) 0°077 m.;. 
tarsus 0°090 m. 

These specimens are evidently young birds, as is shown by the 
greyish tinge in both; in each of them the lores are covered with very 
small feathers, those of the forehead descend on the culmen of the bill 
down to the two curved angles which run along the sides of the 
culmen ; again, in both the bill is mostly of a yellowish colour, and 
only the tip for less than one third of the total length is black; also 
the nares appear to open in a small black area. 

On comparing our two specimens with an adult example of C. 
bewicki, one of us noted avery great similarity. The size and dimen- 
sions of the wing and feet are nearly the same ; the greatest difference 
appears in the bill, which is smaller (narrower and shorter), but thi 
difference looks greater than it really is on account of the feathers which 
cover the lores aud the base of the bill; should these feathers eventually 
disappear, supposing (as one of us does) that they may be a juvenile 
character, then the difference in the size of the bill between our two 
Corean specimens and the adult C. dewicki with which they have 
been compared might be accounted for by age. The difference in 
the distance between the tip of the bill and the external corner of the 
eye is hardly halfa centimetre, being 0:112 m. in the adult C. bewicki, 
and 0-107 m. in the female from Possiette Bay. 

The dried feet in both our specimens seem to have a greenish 
eolour with some traces of reddish brown. 

It appears no easy matter to recognize in the two birds before us 
specimens of David’s Swan, a speciesas yet so very incompletely 
described, from the unique specimen, a mutilated one, said to be 
still in the Museum formed years ago in the Lazzarist Mission- 
House at Peking by the worthy Pére David, unless moths and dust 
have destroyed it. It is strange how deficient both the descriptions 
of Swinhoe and David of that type specimen are! It is said to be 
smaller than C.. bewichi, with the neck a third shorter, bill vermilion 
red with the dertrum (alone ’) black, and feet orange-yellow. Now 
no clear traces of any such characters can be seen on our two 
specimens from Possiette Bay. Swinhoe added that C. davidi was 
akin to C. coscoroba from South America, with which our two Swans 
have no likeness at all, being much more like C. bewichi (even adult), 
from which species they mainly differ in having the lores covered 
with small feathers and the bill much less black. However, as Pére 
David, who saw our two specimens shortly after their arrival in 
Florence (April 1880), recognized them at once as belonging to C. 


1887. ] THE FAUNA OF COREA. 591 


davidi, we have thought it advisable to refer them to that bird, 
especially as they come from a region where the C. davidi is likely to 
be found. We believe, however, that as matters stand we should 
have been perfectly justified in describing them as belonging to a 
new and undescribed species, considering the incomplete and, what 
is worse, erroneous description which appears to have been given of 
C. davidi, for we repeat the two specimens from Possiette Bay have 
nothing whatever to do with C. coscoroba. 

The opinion expressed by Taczanowski (Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, 
1882, p. 44), that C. davidi may be identical with C. sidilus, Pall. 
(Zoogr. Rosso-As. ii. p. 215), appears to be erroneous, for the latter 
species was described with a frontal knob and with black lores, and 
has been, with good reason, identified with C. olor. 

The Plate we give shows well the difference in the shape of the 
bill between our two Swans and an adult C. bewicki. 


38. EuNeETTA FALCATA (Pall.). 

Eunetta falcata, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 504 (1877). 

Querquedula falcata, Sclat. P. Z.S. 1880, p. 521. 

a. 3. Possiette Bay, October 1879. 

A young bird, just beginning to assume the beautiful plumage of 
the adult male. 


39. Aix GALERICULATA (Linn.). 

Aix galericulata, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 501 (1877); 
Sclat. P. Z.S. 1880, p. 513. 

a. 2. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

An adult bird, interesting for the locality and the time of year. 


40. CosMONETTA HISTRIONICA (Linn.). 

a. 2. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

An adult bird, with a whitish patch below the eye extending to 
the base of the bill. This species is not mentioned by David and 
Oustalet in their work on the Birds of China. 


41. GipeMIA DEGLANDI, Bp. 

Oidemia deglandi, Bp. Rev. crit. Orn. Eur. Degl. p. 108 (1850) ; 
Stejn. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. no. 29, p. 174 (1885). 

Oidemia velvetina, Cassin, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. v. p. 126 
(Oct. 1850). 

Melanetta velvetina, Baird, Birds N. Amer. p. 805 (1858). 

CEdemia americana, Swinh. (nec Sw.), Ibis, 1863, p. 435; 
P. Z.S. 1871, p. 419 (Yangtsze). 

Gdemia velvetina, Swinh. Ibis, 1875, p. 457 (Yangtsze) ; Sclat. 
P. Z.S. 1880, p. 520. 

Oidemia fusca, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 504 (1877, nee 
Linn.). 

a. & adult. Possiette Bay, October 1879. 

b, ec. go juv. Possiette Bay, October 1879. 

Bonaparte, and nearly contemporaneously Cassin, were perfectly 

39* 


592 PROF. GIGLIOLI AND COUNT T. SALVADORI ON [ Dec. 6, 


justified in separating this bird from the European Velvet Scoter 
(G5. fusca), and we can hardly imagine how, when compared, the 
distinction between the two could have been overlooked. The 
difference lies principally in the bill, which in @. deglandi is not 
only relatively shorter, because more covered by feathers at the 
base, but has a basal knob of a rounded shape which projects in 
fully adult males 0°014 m. above the nostrils and bulges out in 
front like that of C. olor. Beside, the black colour surrounds the 
base of the bill, the rest of which, with the exception of the unguis, 
is red not orange. In colour the adult males of both species are 
alike, but in G2. deglandi the white below the eye and on the wing 
is more extended. 

We are happy to be able to confirm that the American Velvet 
Scoter inhabits also the Pacific coast of Eastern Asia, as well as 
Japan, whence H.R.H. Prince Thomas of Savoy sent specimens 
captured at Yamada in November 1880. 

The three specimens from Possiette Bay, are very interesting : 
a is fully adult, but has a frontal knob not quite so prominent as it 
is in two males from Yamada; 4 and ¢ are young males in the act 
of assuming the black garb of the adult, both are in very dilapidated 
plumage, the old feathers being of a nearly uniform drab brownish 
grey. In & the lower back, wings, and tail are moulted ; ine the 
head is better clothed, but the body is in a miserable condition as to 
feathers, the remiges are quite undeveloped, so that it could 
certainly not fly. 

The case of this species is an interesting one and requires some 
further investigation ; it would be desirable to clearly establish 
whether the Velvet Scoter found on the Atlantic coasts of North 
America is really identical with the Pacific bird’. 


42, PHALACROCORAX CARBO (Linn.). 

Phalacrocorax carbo, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 532 (1877). 
a. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

b. Possiette Bay, October 1879. 

ec. Gensan, August 16th, 1880. 


All are young birds in imperfect plumage ; specimen a shows the 
underparts very white. 


43. LARUS RIDIBUNDUS, Linn. 

Chroicocephalus ridibundus, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 520 
(1877). 

Larus ridibundus, Saund. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 200. 

a. Possiette Bay, October 1879. 

A fully adult bird in winter plumage. 


44. LaRUS CACHINNANS, Pall. 
Larus cachinnans, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 519 (1879). 
a. Vladivostok, October 1879. 


1 Since this paper was sent to the Zoological Society of London, we have 
received Mr. Ridgway’s ‘Manual of North-American Birds, in which work the 
North-eastern Asiatic Scoter has been named demia stejnegert. 


1887.] THE FAUNA OF COREA. 593 


An immature specimen which in no way differs from specimens 
captured off the coasts of Italy. 


45. Larus crasstrostris, Vieill. 

Larus melanurus, Temm. Pl. Col. 459 (1838). 

Larus crassirostris, David et Oust. Ois. Chine, p. 519 (1877). 

a, 6, c. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

d. Port Lazaref, August 14th, 1880. 

e. Gensan, August 17th, 1880. 

The first three specimens are fully adult; a and 4 have the nape 
and occiput tinged with grey, while in ¢ the vertex and also the 
sides of the neck are greyish brown. Specimen d is evidently a 
young bird of the year, dusky above and beneath, with the feathers 
of the upper parts margined with ochraceous. Specimen e is fully 
adult in summer plumage, with head and neck pure white. 


46. CeppHus Carbo, Pall. 

Cepphus carbo, Pall. Zoogr. Ross.-As. ii. p. 350 (1811); Stejn. 
Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus. vii. p. 224 (1884); id. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 
no. 29, p. 22 (1885). 

Uria carbo, Gould, B. of Asia, vii. pl. 71. 

a, 6, c,d. Olga Bay, 15th September, 1879. 

Not feeling quite sure of the determination of these birds, we sent 
specimens a and 6 to Prof. Alfred Newton, who kindly compared 
them with the specimens preserved in the British Museum ; he 
wrote to say that they agreed in every essential with a specimen 
from Hakodate (Japan), slightly more adult, rightly labelled as 
C. carbo. Thus Prof. Newton does not hesitate in referring the 
Olga Bay specimens to that species. 

All our birds appear to be immature and show their upper parts 
of a shiny black, whilst the underparts are white more or less varied 
with blackish, the tips of the feathers being blackish: this character 
is more marked in specimen a, which being also slightly larger may 
be considered to have been more adult; it is more blackish on the 
flanks and in the median region of the breast and abdomen. Speci- 
men 6 has the middle of the breast and abdomen pure white, only 
the feathers on the flanks having blackish tips ; it isalso smaller; the 
feet are also smaller and dark, not showing traces of red. 

We were very doubtful as to the determination of these birds, 
considering how they differ from C. carbo in their white underparts, 
their smaller dimensions, their lacking the white space on the sides 
of the head, and in the grey colour of the under wing-coverts. 

We add a brief description of our birds, for it does not appear 
that the immature garb of C. carbo has ever been described 

Supra fusco-niger, paullum nitens ; gula alba, collo antico fusco-nigro, 

pectore et abdomine albis, plus minusve nigro-variis ; alis, cauda 
et tibiis fusco-nigris ; subalaribus griseis ; rostro nigro, pedibus 
in exuvie rubescentibus. 

Long. tot. circa 0°340m.; al. 0°160 m.; caud. 0°050 m.; rostri 

culm. 0°032 m.; tarsi 0°034 m. 


594 PROF. GIGLIOLI AND COUNT T. SALVADORI ON [Dec. 6, 


47. PopICcEPs HOLBOELLI, Reinh. 


Podiceps rubricollis major, Temm. et Schl. Faun. Jap., Aves, tab. 
78 B (1850). 

Colymbus holboelli, Baird, Brewer, & Ridgway, Water-Birds N. 
Amer. ii. p. 428 (Eastern Siberia and south to Japan). 

a. Vladivostok, October 1879. 

6, c. Olga Bay, September 1879. 

Specimen a is not in perfect plumage, the feathers on the neck 
being partly red and partly grey ; 6 has hardly any traces of rufous, 
and indeed looks like a young bird, its underparts are white. 
Specimen c is fully adult, and bears the nearly perfect nuptial 
plumage: grey cheeks, red neck, and darkish underparts. 

This species differs from P. griseigena in being notably a larger 
bird. It also inhabits North America, including Greenland, whence 
came the types described by Reinhardt. It has escaped the notice 
of Pére David. 


REPTILIA. 


1. TRIGONOCEPHALUS BLOMHOFFII, Boie. 


? Coluber halys, Pall. Voy. iii. App. 703 (1771); Lichts. Voy. 
Eversmann, Cat. p. 106 (Tartary). 

Trigonocephalus blomhoffi, Boie in Isis, 1826, p. 414 (Japan) ; 
Schleg. Faun. Jap., Rept. p. 88, pl. 6 (1834-38); id. Phys. des 
Serpens, p. 552, pl. 20. figs. 8, 9 (1837); Dum. et Bibr. Heérp. 
vii. part 2, p. 1496 (1854). 

a, 6, Avahuna river, Olga Bay, September 1879. 

ec, d. Fusan, August 7th, 1880. 

The first two are larger and much finer specimens, the two from 
Corea are not only smaller but less well preserved ; all are in spirit. 
The dark markings on the upper parts of the two Olga Bay speci- 
mens are most conspicuous and have a greenish tinge. From the 
note on the label attached to the bottle which contained them, it 
would appear that they were caught in the river. 

I cannot divest myself of the idea that this species and 7. halys 
are one and the same; in that case the latter name has the priority ; 
but I have no western, or rather Caspian, specimens to compare 
with my eastern ones. These agree perfectly with Schegel’s de- 
scription and plate of Japanese specimens. 


2. TROPIDONOTUS TIGRINUS, Boie. 

Tropidonotus tigrinus, Boie in Isis, 1826, p. 206 (Japan) ; 
Schleg. Faun. Jap., Rept. p. 85, pl. 4 (1838); Giinth. Cat. Colubr. 
Snakes B.M. p. 71 (1858). 

Amphiesma tigrinum, Dum. et Bibr. Erpétologie, vii. part 1, 
p- 732 (1854). 

a. Avahuna river, Olga Bay, September 1879. 

b. Gensan, August 16th, 1880. 

The first is a fine specimen preserved in spirit; the second is 


1887.] THE FAUNA OF COREA. 595 


larger, but is unfortunately merely a dried skin. Mr. Cuming 
collected this species at Ningpo ; it is therefore not surprising that 
it should be found in Corea and in Manchuria. 


3. CALLOPELTIS CONSPICILLATUS (Boie). 


Coluber conspicillatus, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 210 (Japan); Schleg. 
Faun. Jap., Rept. p. 85, pl. 3 (1838); Giinth. Cat. Colub. Snakes 
B.M. p. 91 (1858). 

Elaphis conspicillatus, Dum. et Bibr. Erpétologie, vii. part 1, 
p. 285 (1854). 

? Coluber mandarinus, Cantor, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1842, 
p- 483 (Chusan). 

a. Juv. Avahuna river, Olga Bay, September 1879. 

Fine specimen, evidently young, preserved in spirit. It agrees 
perfectly with Schlegel’s description, so does C. mandarinus, Cantor, 
from Chusan, which I strongly suspect to be the same species. The 
resemblance of C. conspicillatus to C. leopardinus is very evident. 


AMPHIBIA. 


1. Rana EscuLEntTa, Linn., var. saronica, Boulg. 


Rana esculenta, Schleg. Faun. Jap., Rept. p. 109, pl. 3. fig. 1 
(1838). 

Rana esculenta, var. japonica, Boulenger, Cat. Batrachia Salientia 
B.M., 2nd edit. p. 40 (1882). 

a, b. 2. Fusan, August 7th, 1880. 

Both are full-grown, but one is larger ; in both the large shovel- 
shaped inner metatarsal tubercle is quite distinct, but is especially 
conspicuous in the smaller specimen. The interrupted narrow 
glandular folds along the back are also very distinct. As batrachian 
matters go at present, I do not see why this Eastern Asiatic form 
should not be considered specifically different from our common 
Frog. 


PISCES. 


1. Sesastes INERMIS, Cuv. & Val. 

Sebastes inermis, Schleg. Faun. Jap., Poissons, p. 47, pl. 21. figs. 
3, 4 (1880). 

a, 6. Gensan, August 18th, 1880. 

Two young specimens in alcohol, but badly preserved. 


2. CLupea zunasi (Bleeker). 

Clupea kowal, Schleg. Faun. Jap., Poiss. p. 235, pl. 107. fig. 1 
(1850, nec Riipp.). 

Harengula zunasi, Bleek. Verh. Bat. Genootsch. xxvi. p. 117 
(Japan). 

a. Gensan, August 18th, 1880. 

A small specimen in spirit in a bad condition. 


596 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM corEA. [Dec. 6, 


3. TETRODON PORPHYREUS, Schleg. 

Tetraodon porphyreus, Schleg. Faun. Jap., Poiss. p. 282, pl. 121. 
fig. 1 (1850). 

Liosaccus porphyreus, Giinth. Cat. Fishes, viii. p. 287 (1870). 

a, 6, c. Gensan, August 18th, 1880. 


One fairly adult, two very young specimens ; in spirit but in bad 
condition. 


4. Osrracion cusicus, Linn. 

Ostracion cubicus, Linn. S. N. i. p. 410 (1766). 

Ostracion immaculatus, Schleg. Faun. Jap., Poiss. p. 296 (1850). 
a. Gensan, August 16th, 1880. 

A single dried specimen. 


2. Liste des Oiseaux recueillis en Corée par M. Jean 
Kalinowski. Par M. L. Taczanowsk1, C.M.Z.S. 


[Received October 4, 1887.] 


La collection est recueillie depuis le mois de septembre 1885 
jusqu’A la moitié de mars de 1887, principalement dans les environs 
de la capitale du pays, jusqu’’ Gouran vers le nord. 

Selon la relation du collecteur le pays est tres pauvre en oiseaux, 
dépourvu en général de foréts, pauvre en végétation herbacée et 
trés pauvre en eaux continentales. Les moyens de locomotion sont 
trés difficiles ; la population partout brutale, inhospitaliére, pares- 
seuse et trés pauyre, incapable 4 aider en rien au voyageur. En 
outre de ces inconvénients le voyageur a eu un obstacle grave dans 
ses travaux en été de l’année passée lorsque l’épidémie de choléra 
faisait des grands ravages pendant plus de trois mois dans la popula- 
tion de la capitale et des environs. Quelques centaines d’indigénes 
succombaient par jour, on n’enterrait que la moitié, tandis qu’on 
rejettait l'autre moitié de cadavres dans les champs autour de la 
ville, tous les environs étaient done empestés 4 tel point gw il était 
impossible de sortir dehors. 

Il n’y a donc rien d’étonnant que cette collection est aussi pauvre 
en espéces. Selon la relation de M. Kalinowski le quart des 
espéces fournies reste pour uicher dans le pays, tandis que les autres 
trois quarts n’y sont que de passage. 

Le grande pluralité de ces espéces est composée d’oiseaux sibéri- 
ens, les autres appartiennent 4 la faune japonaise, dont les trois 
espéces suivantes, Parus varius, Mecistura trivirgata et Microscelis 
amaurotis, sont trouvées pour la premiére fois sur le continent 
asiatique ; les autres espéces sont chinoises ou indiennes, et qui n’ont 
pas été retrouvées en Sibérie ni dans le pays Oussourien. 

Dans une lettre que je viens de recevoir le voyageur communique 
une liste d’espéces recueillies aprés l’expédition de cet envoi, dans la- 
quelle il indique plusieurs qui manquaient dans sa premicre collec- 
tion; nous pouvons donc espérer qu’il trouvera encore un bon 
nombre jusqu’a son départ, qui ne va pas tarder. 


1887.] M. L, TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM COREA, 597 


L’exploration de M. Kalinowski ne donnera qu’une faible repré- 
sentation de l’ornis du pays. Elle est trés courte et les contrées 
boisées ne sont pas touchées. 


1. Minvus MELANOTIS, Temm. et Schl. 


Un male et deux femelles tués 4 Séoul en novembre et décembre. 
Dimensious :— 


dad. Long. totale 665, vol. 1620, aile 525, queue 343, bee 48 mm, 
DA. on ag Set OOS Sas OUses ss, O20, «! 554 (20s, 7)),45. mam 
Oad. piss POO es ela Ogee 1 Osta 5, aed UOiy syns) DAEs 


2. Burro pLumiprs, Hodgs. 
Un mile tué en mars. 


3. ASTUR CUCULOIDEs (Temm.). 


Deux males et une femelle tués en mai et en juin. 

Un de ces miles est d’un blanc presque pur sur tout le dessous 
du corps, 4 plumes de la poitrine d’un vineux pale couvert par le 
blanc terminal ; les cétés colorés par une légére teinte vineuse, les 
plumes des cétés du bas ventre grises maculées de blanc; le haut 
des pantalons moucheté de pris; les plumes du milieu de Pabdomen 
rayées en travers de gris couvert presque complétement par le blane 
terminal ; le cendré des parties sup€érieures du corps est fort bleuatre 
et pur. Rectrices, outre les deux médianes, traversées de 5 raies 
noires, sur la barbe interne des externes il y en a7, plus fines et 
moins complétes que sur les autres. Iris brun foncé, cire et pieds 
d’un jaune orangé. 

Un autre mle, probablement moins adulte, a le roussatre plus 
répandu sur la poitrine, et qui s’étend aussi sur le haut de l’abdomen ; 
la couleur des parties supérieures du corps moins claire. Iris bran 
foncé. 

La femelle adulte est plus foneée en dessus que le mate précédent ; 
gorge largement d’un blane coloré de gris roussitre et varié de 
baguettes noires dans toutes les plumes; tout le dessous du corps 
est d’un roussatre sale, presque uniforme sur les cétés et varié de 
raies transversales sur le milieu de l’abdomen; souscaudales 
blanches colorées d’une nuance de créme dans la partie terminale 
des plumes; toute la surface des pantalons fort colorée et mou- 
chetée de gris et de roussatre ; sousalaires plus fortement roussatres 
que celles du male, et variées de quelques petites macules noiratres. 
Les bandes caudales plus larges que celles du male. Iris jaune 
tirant en orangé; pieds et cire jaune. 


ueue 
“ roe Vol. Aile. Queue. Bec. Tarse. depot 
aile de 
mm, mm, mm. mm. mm, mm, mm. 
a. sold 650 200 140 20 40 40 
3g... 304 635 194 133 19 42 50 


Ore cole 660 200 140 2 40 45 


598 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM CoREA. _[Dec. 6, 


4. AccrpITerR Nisvs (L.). 


Deux miles et deux femelles tuées en décembre, janvier, février 
et mars. 


5. FALCO HENDERSONI, Hume. 


Un mile trés adulte tué le 6 janvier 1887. 

Cet oiseau a le sommet de la téte et la nuque roux varié de stries 
noires centrales dans les plumes; dos et les scapulaires rayés 
en travers d’une manicre assez régulicre de brun plus ou moins 
nuancé de cendré et de roux assez intense, les raies brunes étant 
plus larges que ces derni¢res ; sur le dos inférieur, le croupion et les 
tectrices supérieures de la queue le brun est fort nuancé de cendré, 
les raies rousses remplacées par le cendré clair, 4 plumes bordées de 
roussitre 4 lextrémité et la baguette noire, les raies claires des 
souscaudales externes blanches. Tout le dessous est blanc a |’excep- 
tion du milieu du ventre et des souscaudales, qui sont d’un blanc de 
créme; les moustaches fines mais bien prononcées, des petites 
macules brunes sur les cétés de la téte et du cou, distinctement plus 
grosses et peu nombreuses sur la poitrine ; assez grosses et sub- 
arrondies sur |’abdomen ; les plus grosses et prolongées en travers 
sur les c6tés du ventre; pantalons fort tachetés. Rectrices rayées 
en travers de brun et de fauve roussitre, ces raies completes dans 
toutes les pennes au nombre de 14 de chaque couleur. Iris presque 
noir. 

Longueur totale 510, vol 1160, aile 375, queue 210, queue 
dépassant l’aile de 40 mm. 


6. DENDROFALCO &ZSALON (L.). 
Un jeune male et une femelle, tués en décembre et en février. 


7. CERCHNEIS TINNUNCULUS JAPONICUS (Temm. et Schl.). 


Trois males adultes et un jeune mile, tués en janvier, mars, juin 
et juillet. 

Tous ces exemplaires présentent les caractéres de cette race bien 
prononcés. 


ueue 
he ete Vol. Aile. Queue. Tarse. ae 
Vaile de 
mm. mm. mm. mm. mm, mm, 
6. aseh 000 740 245 170 38 46 
3 .» 043 746 240 157 38 38 
Gudtenoot 735 240 154 38 38 
djun.. 360 745 243 153 37 42 


8. Crrcus cyaneus (L.). 
Un mile adulte tué en décembre. 


9. Nrnox saponicus (Temm. et Schl.). 

Trois males recueillis en mai. 

Tous ces exemplaires présentent des dimensions aussi fortes que 
celles des oiseaux de la cote du pays Oussourien. 


1887. ] M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM COREA. 599 


Queue 


Long. Vol. Aile. ueue. Tarse. dépassant 
totale isa Vaile de 
mm. mm. mm. mm. mm, mm. 
290 783 235 124 27 3 
290 775 227 126 27 7 
293 750 224 125 27 15 


10. Scors srmiroRQuEs, Temm. et Schl. 


Une femelle de Séoul, tuée en février. Iris jaune avec une légére 
nuance rougeatre. 


11. Buso 1enavus, Forst. 

Une femelle adulte, tuée 4 Séoul en janvier. Iris orangé. 

Long. totale 660, vol 1710, aile 474, queue 270 mm. 

Ce Duc est en général plus obscur que le male de Sidemi, il a les 
flammules et les taches noires en général plus grosses, les ondula- 
tions foncées en général plus larges. Il est aussi en général plus 
obscur que la grande pluralité des grands Ducs del’ Europe centrale. 


12, SyrniuM NivicoLvuM, Blyth. 

Une paire de Siongnio, recueillie en mars. Phase grise, sans rien 
de roussatre et de fauve. 

3. Long. totale 420, vol 940, aile 276, queue 180, tarse 40, 
queue dépassant l’aile 40 mm. 

Q. Long. totale 445, vol 1015, aile 305, queue 185, tarse 40, 
queue dépassant Vaile 45 mm. 

La différence principale du 8. aluco est dans les deux rectrices 
médianes, qui sont distinctement rayées de blanchitre en travers, il 
y a 3 raies chez le ¢ sur la partie terminale de la queue, 6 sur les 
rectrices de la femelle ; sur les autres rectrices les raies sont plus 
blanches ; les rémiges primaires terminées par une large bordure 
blanche ; le dessin des scapulaires un peu plus compliqué, mais ce 
qui ne produit pas une grande différence ; les taches sur la barbe 
externe des rémiges primaires sont plus blanches ; ; le plumage des 
pieds plus fortement rayé ou maculé, mais on trouve cependant 
entre les oiseaux européens des individus 4 pieds presque aussi 
fortement tachetés. 


13. CAPRIMULGUS JOTAKA, Temm. et Schl. 
Une femelle de Séoul, prise en mai. Iris brun foncé. 


14, Cecropis paurica (Pall.). 

Trois exemplaires de Séoul, recueillis le 10 juin. Identiques en 
tout aux oiseaux da la Daourie, 4 bande rousse uropygiale, large de 
24-26 mm. 


Rectrice ext. 


oe Vol. Aile. Queue. dépassant 


la 2me de 
mm. mm. mm. mm, mm, 
Susans 200 324 116 105 34 
S emieZlig 347 122 106 34 


D«l. asc 9GodeeS2ep lawl 95 25 


600 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM COREA. _ [ Dec. 6, 


15. Hrrunpo GUTTURALIS, Scop. 


Six exemplaires des environs de Seoul, & blanc du dessous du 
corps presque pur ou coloré d’une trés légére nuance roussatre, 
comme dans les oiseaux qui nichent dans !Europe centrale, con- 
sidérablement moins roux que dans les hirondelles des environs de 
Wladiwostok et des autres localités du pays Oussourien. Entre les 
nombreux exemplaires que j’ai vus de ce pays, il n’y a eu qu’un 
fourni par M. Jankowski, de Sidemi, qui a tout abdomen aussi 
blanc. Dans ces six exemplaires il n’y a que trois dont le roux du 
devant du cou pénétre profondement dans le noir du collier, ne 
laissant qu'une fine bordure noire ; les trois autres ont la bande noire 
compléte comme celle de l’hirondelle de cheminée européenne. Il 
ne reste done dans ces exemplaires d’autres caractéres différentiels 
constants de ceux de l’hirondelle européenne qu’une taille distincte- 
ment moins forte, les rectrices externes moins prolongées et la tache 
blanche aux rectrices plus étroite. Deux de ces males ont une 
‘strie noire sur les tectrices souscaudales postérieures. 


Rectrice ext. 
Long. Vol. . Aile. Queue.  dépassant 


totale. la 2me de 

mm. mm, mm. mm. mm. 
ue 176 310 110 86 ao 
Oe We 305 108 82 28 
Gree 190 310 112 99 42 
sme 173; 310 111 84 36 
Get ae ek 110 86 30 
Ou 176 318 114 79 22 


16. EurysroMvs ORIENTALIS (L.). 
Une paire de Séoul, recueillée en juin et juillet. 


17. Haucyon prLeatus (Bodd.). 


Deux miles et un jeune de Séoul, pris en juin et juillet. Iris brun 
foncé, bec et pieds rouges. 


18. Isp1pDA BENGALENSIS, Briss. 


Deux miles et une femelle, recueillis 4 Séoul en avril, mai et 
juillet. Iris bran foncé. 


19. CeryYLE LUGUBRIS, Temm. 


Un mile d’Ara-Sambo, pris le 1 décembre 1886. Iris brun 
foncé. 


20. CERTHIA FAMILIARIS, L. 


Un exemplaire de Séoul. Cet oiseau ressemble en tout par sa 
coloration aux oiseaux du Baical méridional, de la Daourie et du 
pays Oussourien, avec lesquels je l’ai comparé, il a le blanc du 
dessous également pur, le bee aussi court. que la pluralité de ces 
oiseaux ; il est cependant d’une taille un peu plus petite, Daile pliée 
n’a que 59 mm., tandis qu’un oiseau de ’embouchure de |’Oussouri 


1887. ] M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM COREA. 601 


a de 63 mm., un de Koultouk 62 mm., une paire de la Daourie 
66 mm. 


21. SirrA AMURENSIS, Swinh. 


Une paire d’Ara-Sambo et de Séoul, pris en janvier, parfaitement 
identiques aux oiseaux de l’Amour et du pays Oussourien. 


22. TROGLODYTES FUMIGATUS DAURICUS (Tacz.). 


Trois males et deux femelles recueillis & Séoul en décembre et 
janvier. 

Ces oiseaux de la Corée ressemblent beaucoup 4 ceux de Sidemi, 
quoique ils présentent une légére différence dans la rayure moins 
forte sur le devant du cou, qui, surtout dans un male et les deux 
femelles, ne dépasse pas la poitrine. Ils different encore plus sous 
ce rapport des oiseaux de la Daourie, dont le devant des parties 
inférieures du corps est fortement rayé en travers jusqu’a la gorge 
inclusivement. Il me parait cependant que ce troglodyte continental 
différe constamment du troglodyte japonais, dont je ne connais que 
deux exemplaires, un du Musée de St. Pétersbourg, provenant de 
Yokohama, l’autre du Musée de Varsovie, de l'il6t Ascold. Ces deux 
troglodytes sont beaucoup plus roux en général que ceux du 
continent, 4 rayure trés faible au dos, et n’ont point de raies foncées 
sur la gorge et sur toute la poitrine. 


23. CINCLUS PALLASI, Temm. 


Deux miles et une femelle recueillis 4 Sambo Pielijan en mars et 
en décembre. Iris brun foncé. 


24, AccENTOR MONTANELLUS (Pall.). 


Un mile et trois femelles de Séoul et d’Ara-Sambo, recueillis en 
décembre, janvier et février. 


25. Turpvus Fruscatus, Pall. 
Une paire de Séoul, recueillie en avril. 


26. TurDUS NAUMANNI, Temm. 


Deux males et deux femelles recueillis 4 Seoul en janvier et 
février. 

Ces quatre exemplaires sont semblables 4 ceux qu’on trouve con- 
stamment dans le pays Oussourien, et que le Dr. Dybowski distingue 
sous le nom de 7’. abrekianus, tandis que M. Radde les considére 
comme métis entre le 7. naumanni et le T. ruficollis. Ces Grives 
présentent une telle variabilité dans les differents détails de la 
coloration qu’il m’est impossible de comprendre la question. Les 
individus semblables 4 ceux de l’Oussouri et de la Corée se trouvent 
aussi dans les environs du Baical méridional, mais ils y sont rares, 
tandis que les deux espéces typiques citées y sont en grande majorité. 
Au contraire, dans une quarantaine d’individus que j’ai eu des 
différentes contrées du pays Oussourien et de la céte méridionale de 
ce pays, il n’y a en aucun individu typique du T. ruficollis ni du 


602 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM COREA. [ Dec. 6, 


T. naumanni ; le Dr. Dybowski assure aussi qu’il n’y a jamais vus 
de Grive typique de ces deux espéces, mais toujours des individus de 
cette variété ou race, et c’est la raison principale de son opinion que 
c’est une forme distincte, particuliére 4 la contrée. 

Ces oiseaux ont vraiment les caractéres de la coloration intermé- 
diaires entre ceux des deux espéces, mais les détails de la communauté 
sont trés variables. Il y a des individus complétement unicolores 
sur les parties inférieures du corps comme chez le T. rujicollis 
typique, mais il y a des individus avec un mélange aussi fort de roux 
et le croupion uniformément roux comme chez le 7’. naumanni, le 
plus typique ; entre ces deux modes de la coloration il y a des transi- 
tions en différents degrés. 

Dans les uns de ces oiseaux le dessous depuis le menton jusqu’d 
la poitrine est comme dans les différentes variétés du 7’. ruficollis 
vrai, mais les cétés de l’abdomen sont aussi fort tachetés ou méme 
plus comme dans le T. naumanni vrai. 

Les uns ont la bande sourciliére aussi rousse comme celle du 
T’. ruficollis, dans les autres elle est presque aussi blanche que celle 
du 7. naumanni, dans les autres des transitions sans fin. 

Tous les oiseaux de cette variété ont le sommet de la téte strié 
de foncé également comme dans les T. ruficollis typiques, et jamais 
je n’ai-pas vus d’exemplaires 4 sommet de la téte aussi foncé comme 
dans le 7. naumanni vrai. 

Je n’ose pas de m’hasarder & trancher la question, et je la laisse 
ceux qui pourront |’étudier en nature; mais je ne pus m’accorder 
avec l’opinion de M. Radde, car je ne comprends pas quelle serait 
la raison pour que les métis de ces deux espéces se rassemblent dans 
cette contrée de l’extréme orient, évitée par les individus typiques des 
deux espéces. Tous le 7 exemplaires de Séoul ont le dessus du corps 
unicolore, avec un trés petit mélange de roux au croupion; un a le 
sourcil comme celui du 7. ruficollis, et aucun ne l’a pas blanc pur. 


27. OREOCINCLA vari (Pall.). 
Une paire recueillie en avril et mai 4 Séoul. 


28. Monrticoxa soxirarivs (Mill.). 
Deux miles pris 4 la fin de mai. Iris brun foncé. 


29. RuTiciLLaA AUROREA (Pall.). 

Trois males et une femelle recueillis 4 Séoul et 4 Soukamakoro en 
novembre, janvier, février et en juin. 

30. PHYLLOPNEUSTE BOREALIS, Blas. 

Une mile tué & Séoul, en mai. 


31. PHYLLOPNEUSTE CORONATA (Temm.). 
Une paire tuée 4 Séoul, en avril. 


32. PHYLLOPNEUSTE suPcICILIOsA (Gm.). 
Une male de Séoul. 


1887.] M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM COREA. 603 


33. MicrosceLis amaurortis (Less.), 


. . . . . 4 
Dix exemplaires des deux sexes, recueillis aux environs de Séoul 
en décembre, janvier et février. Compards au Musée de Varsovie 
avec les oiseaux de Yokohama. 


34. Moraciiua Levcopsis, Gould. 
Un mile adulte en noces, tué 4 Séoul en avril. 


35. Moraciiia ocuLaris, Swinh. 
Une paire en habit d@’hiver complet de Séoul, recueillie en décembre. 


36. CALOBATES MELANOPE (Pall.). 
Un male adulte tué en juin 4 Séoul. 


37. LimonipRomus inpicus (Gm.). 
Trois males de Séoul, recueillis en juin. Iris brun foncé. 


38. ALAUDA ARvENsIS, L. 
Deux males, recueillis & Séoul en mars et en avril. 


39. GALERITA CRISTATA COREENSIS. 


Une paire recueillie 4 Séoul en janvier 1886. Comparés avec une 
grande série de races de Cochevis de différentes contrées de P Europe, 
du nord de l’Afrique et de Asie centrale et occidentale. 

Par la longueur du bec et par la coloration elle resemble le plus 
a la G. magna, Hume, du Turkestan (recueillis par Severtzoff), et 
en Mongolie occidentale aux environs du lac Lob-noor (recueillis par 
le général Prjewalski), mais s’en distingue par une taille moins forte, 
par le fond des parties supérieures du corps un peu plus foncé et 
plus roussatre, sur lequel les taches brunes, centrales dans les 
plumes, sont en général plus grosses et plus fortement déssinées ; le 
roux plus fort sur les tectrices supérieures de la queue ; le brun 
noiratre plus largement répandu le long du milieu des plumes de la 
huppe ; en dessous la couleur jaundtre distinctement plus forte ; le 
roux du dessous de l’aile plus foncé et plus intense tirant sur le ton 
de cannelle ; la nuance des rectrices externes beaucoup plus foncée. 
La taille est moins forte. 

La coloration est aussi semblable & celle de la G. macrorhyncha, 
Tristr., des plateaux sahariens de l’Algérie, mais elle s’en distingue 
aussi par les détails indiqués plus haut; la couleur de la rectrice 
externe est cependant plus rapprochée. 

Elle ressemble aussi et plus encore par la grosseur et l’intensité 
des taches foncés dorsales A la G. abyssinica, Bp., de Egypte 
supérieur, ainsi que par la taille, mais elle est moins foncée en dessus 
& taches claires plus distinctes, les rectrices externes plus rousses, le 
cannelle du dessous de Vaile distinctement plus intense. La couleur 
générale des parties supérieures du corps, la grandeur et la force 
des taches foncés, ainsi que la nuance des rectrices externes la 
rapprochent le plus 4 la G. arenicola, Tristr., des plateaux élevés 
de l’Algérie (Constantine, Batna, &c.), mais elle en différe par le 


604 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM CoREA. _ [ Dec. 6, 


bee beaucoup plus long, les tectrices rousses de la queue & strie brune 
centrale foncée et grosse, tandis qu’elle est presque nulle chez 
Poiseau cité ; le fond des parties inférieures et des cdtés de la téte 
est beaucoup plus jaunatre, au lieu de blanchatre dans notre oiseau 
de la Corée. La deuxiéme rectrice présente la plus grande différence, 
elle n’a qu’une bordure roussatre externe trés fine, tandis que dans 
Voiseau Algérien la plus grande moitié de la barbe externe est occupée 
par cette couleur et largement sur l’extrémité de toute la penne; sur 
les autres rectrices, sauf les médianes, il y a aussi des bordures 
terminales pareilles. La taille est presque la méme. 

Toutes les autres races qui me sont connues présentent des 
différences beaucoup plus grandes, la couleur des parties supérieures 
du corps est tout-a-fait autre. 

3. Longueur totale 197, vol 362, aile 105, queue 68, bee 25, 
tarse 14, doigt médian 14, ongle 4, ongle du pouce 12. 

. Longueur totale 185, vol 330, aile 94, queue 62, bee 23, 
tarse 23, doigt médian 17, ongle 4, ongle du pouce 11. 

3. Queue dépassant le bout des ailes de 25 mm. 

. Queue dépassant le bout des ailes de 25 mm. 


40. Parus varius, Temm. et Schl. 
Deux males et une femelle tués 4 Séoul le 8 février 1886. Iris 
brun foncé. 


41. Parus minor, Temm. et Schl. 

Deux males recueillis & Séoul en novembre et en décembre. 
Semblables en tout aux oiseaux du pays Oussourien, moins verts et 
plus cendrés en dessus que les oiseaux du Japon. 


42. PacILIA PALUSTRIS CRASSIROSTRIS, Tacz. 
Une femelle tuée 4 Séoul le17 décembre. Parfaitement identique 
aux oiseaux du pays Oussourien. 


43, MecisturA TRIVIRGATA (Temm. et Schl.). 
Un exemplatre de Séoul. 


44, SuTHORA WEBBIANA, Gr. 

Deux males et une femelle, recueillis & Séoul le 2 décembre. 
Comparés avec un exemplaire du Shensi méridional, provenant de 
la collection de ’Abbé David, et ne s’en distinguant que par la 
couleur du dos moins foncée et pas aussi nettement tranchée de la 
couleur rousse du cou postérieur. Ces oiseaux différent plus des 
oiseaux de la race de la Mantchourie russe, 4 la quelles ils présentent 
une certaine transition. 

3. Long. totale 141, vol 168, aile 52, queue 67 millim. 

3. 9 140, 3) 165, 3) 57; ” 67 9 

ee » 132, ,, 157, ,, 49, 54, 63 ,, 


45. OrrtoLus pirFrusvus, Sharpe. 
Quatre males et une femelle de Séoul, recueillis en mai et en 
juillet. 


1887.] M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM COREA. 605 


46. LANrus spHENOCERCUS, Cab. 

Deux miles et une femelle adultes pris 4 Séoul et 4 Siongno en 
décembre et en février. 

47, PHonrus BUCEPHALUs (Temm. et Schl.). 

Un mile pris & Séoul en mars. 


48. OromELA LucionEnsis (L.). 
Quatre miles recueillis 4 Séoul en mai et en juin. 


49. Burats LATrrRostris, Raffi. 
Un male tué & Séoul en mai. 


50. ERYTHROSTERNA LUTEOLA (Pall.). 
Un mile tué & Séoul en mai. 


51. XANTHOPYGIA TRICOLOR, Hartl. 

Quatre miles recueillis 4 Séoul, & la fin d’avril et en mai. 

Egalement comme les oiseaux de la cote de la mer du Japan les 
uns ont le sourcil tout blanc, les autres en partie coloré légérement de 
jaune. 

52. CYANOPTILA CYANOMELANA (Temm. et Schl.). 

Une femelle de Séoul. 


53. Pericrocotus cINEREvS, Lafr. 
Deux males de Séoul, tués en mai. 


54, CyANopo.tius cyANus (Pall.). 

Deux males et trois femelles de Tiumbudon, Siongno, Pedziu- 
umne, recueillis en janvier et mars. 

55. GARRULUS BRANDTI, Eversm. 

Une paire de Séoul et de Tempunkudzi, tués en janvier et mars. 

Semblables en tout aux oiseaux Oussouriens. 

56. Pica CAUDATA JAPONICA (Temm. et Schl.). 

Deux miles, deux femelles et un jeune, tués en décembre et en 
janvier. 

Semblables en tout aux oiseaux du pays Oussourien. 

57. Moneputa pauRica (Pall.). 

Une paire de Siongno, recueillie en mars. 


58. CoRVUS MACROKHYNCHUS JAPONENSIS (Bp.). 
Deux femelles tuées & Séoul en janvier. 


59. FRUGILEGUS PASTINATOR (Gould). 


Un exemplaire de Pedziu-umne pris en mars. 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XL. 40 


606 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM CoREA. _ [ Dec. 6, 


60. NucirraGaA CARyocaATaActss, L. 
Un exemplaire pris & Séoul en novembre. 


61. STURNUS CINERACEUS, Temm. et Schl. 
Une mile pris a Séoul en avril. Iris brun foncé. 


62. EmMBreriza FucaTA, Pall. 
Un male pris en mai 4 Séoul. 


63. EMBERIZA CIOIDES, Brandt. 
Un mile et deux femelles pris en décembre 4 Séoul. 


64. EMBERIZA SPODOCEPHALA, Pall. 
Un mile pris en mai 4 Séoul. 


65. EmBErizA ELEGANS, Temm. 

Trois males de Séoul et d’Ara-Sambo, pris en décembre, en janvier 
et en mars. 

66. Scua@nicoxa poxaris (Midd.). 

Trois miles et une femelle pris 4 Siongno en mars. 


67. PasseR MontTANUs (L.). 
Une paire, prise 4 Séoul en novembre et décembre. 


68. FRINGILLA MONTIFRINGILLA, L. 

Deux miles et une femelle, pris 4 Séoul, 4 Ara-Sambo et a Tem- 
punkudzi, en décembre. 

69. CuHLorospiza sinica (L.). 

Un mile pris 4 Séoul en mars. 


70. CHRyYSOMITRIS SPINUS (L.). 


Quatre males et cing femelles, pris & Séoul en décembre et en 
avril. 

Sur ces quatre males il y a trois dont le devant du cou est fort 
coloré d’une nuance orangé roussiatre, cette couleur est répandue dans 
un de ces exemplaires sur toute la poitrine, sur les cétés de la téte 
et sur toute la bande sourcilicre, dans l’autre elle ne dépasse pas la 
région jugulaire et est peu répandue sur les cotés de la téte, dans le 
troisiéme elle est moins forte et moins disposée. 


71. CocCOTHRAUSTES VULGARIS JAPONICUS, l'emm. et Schl. 
Une femelle, prise 4 Séoul en avril. Iris et bec d’un bleu pale. 


72. PROPASSER ROSEUS (Pall. ). 
Un mile adulte, pris en février 4 Séoul. 


73. URAGUS SANGUINOLENTUS (Te mm. et Schl.). 
Trois femelles de Usambo et de Kuksude-i, prises en décembre. 


1887. | M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM COREA. 607 


74. Loxta CURVIROSTRA ALBIVENTRIS (Swinh.). 


Cing miles et deux femelles pris A Séoul en février. 

Ces oiseaux de la Corde se distinguent des oiseaux de la Sibérie et 
de Europe centrale par une taille un peu moins forte et par la cou- 
leur rouge du male, qui est carminée dans ces oiseaux de la Corée, au 
lieu de ponce sanguiné des Becs-croisés communs. Quant d la cou- 
leur blanche du milieu du ventre, elle n’est pas plus répandue dans 
ces oiseaux coréens que dans les Becs-crois¢s sibériens et européens. 
Tous les Becs-croisés que j’ai eu des différents localités de la Sibérie 
orientale sont identiques aux oiseaux européens. 

Dimensions des oiseaux de la Corée :— 


ELong. Vol, Aile. Queue. Culmen. bp ae 
totale. Yaile de 
mm. mm mm mm mm mm. 

Oa M45 295 91 60 18 29 
dé. 173 294 93 58 19 23 
dive, 168 289 90 58 18 27 
Gire 171 289 90 09 18 26 
CO ovene Lal 292 93 62 18 24 
Qua ol G6 278 86 55 16 24 
OF. 66 282 89 57 18 24 


75. PYRRHULA ORIENTALIS, Temm. et Schl. 
Une paire de Séoul, prise en février et mars. 


76. CUCULUS CANORUS TELEPHONUS (Heine). 
Un mile tué en novembre 4 Séoul au commencement d’avril. 


77. GEecINUS CANUs (Gm.). 


Une femelle tuée en novembre 4 Séoul. Cet oiseau est beaucoup 
plus vert au dos que la plus grande pluralité de ces Pies du pays 
Oussourien. 


78. THRIPONAX KALINOWSKI, Sp. 0. 


Th. nigerrimus ; dorso infero cum uropygio abdominequo flavido- 
albis, regione anali nigra, albido undulata ; tibiis albo nigroque 
variis, remigibus primartis albo terminatis ; subalaribus abdomini 
concoloribus ; collo antico supero tenuissime albo vario. 

Mas pileo toto fasciaque malari vivide cinnabarino-rubris. 

Fem. capite toto nigro. 

g ad. Plumage général noir intense, 4 dos inférieur et le croupion 
d’un blanc légérement jaunatre ; abdomen fort coloré de roussitre, 
assez clair sur une grande majorité de plumes, d’un ocreux sale sur 
les autres *, tout le sommet de la téte jusqu’a la nuque inclusivement 
est d’un beau rouge vermillon trés vif, bande malaire étroite d’un rouge 
plus obscur ne dépassant pas le niveau du bord postérieur de l’ceil ; 


1 Cette couleur rousse parait étre superficielle, ce qui a souvent lieu dans 
le plumage ayant la mue chez beaucoup d’autres Pics, 
40* 


608 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM CoREA. [Dec. 6, 


plumes de la gorge noiratres bordées de blanchatre, quelques petites 
macules ou bordures blanches sur le noir du haut du devant du cou, 
une raie composée de petites taches blanches située le long des 
cotés du cou commencant au niveau du milieu de l’ceil, une tache 
composée de macules ou de petites stries blanches derriére l’orcille ; 
région anale noiratre rayée de blanchatre par les bordures des plumes; 
plumage des jambes varié de noiratre et de blanchatre. Cinq rémi- 
ges primaires terminées de blanc, sur la premiére abortive il n’y a 
qu’une petite macule terminale, tandis que sur la troisiéme la barbe 
externe blanche dans la longueur de 2°5 centimetres, l’interne dans 
plus d’un centimétre; le blanc terminal de la quatriéme n’atteint 
pas la largeur de 2 centimetres; les sousalaires sont d’un blanc plus 
jaunatre que celui du croupion avec une grosse tache noire sur les 
grandes tectrices primaires; pli de l’aile noir; rémiges blanc jaun- 
atres a la base dans la longueur de 4:5-5 centimétres. Bec noir ; 
pieds noiratres; iris jaune pale. (Oiseau de Séoul du 23 juin, 
1886). 

Q. Distincte du male par le manque complet du rouge sur la 
téte, le blanc abdominale légérement jaunatre et non roussitre, le 
haut du devant varié plus fortement de bordures blanches, la gorge 
immaculée ; huit rémiges primaires terminées de blanc, un peu plus 
largement que celles du male. Iris blanc jaunatre. (Oiseau de 
Siongno tué le 28 février, en plumage frais.) 

La couleur blanche est fort répandue sur la barbe interne des 
rémiges primaires, dans la 1° et 2° rémiges le blane dépasse le tiers 
basal de ces rémiges, dans la 4° il dépasse le quart basal; dans les 
rémiges secondaires le blanc est aussi largement disposé ; la baguette 
de toutes ces rémiges est aussi blanche dans sa partie basale. 

d. Longueur totale 495, vol 775, aile 246, queue 173, bec de la 
commissure 66, tarse 31, doigt antérieur externe 28, ongle en 
diametre 18, doigt postérieur externe 18, ongle en diamétre 16, 
queue dépassant le bout des ailes de 90 mm. 

@ . Longueur totale 453, vol 786, aile 252, queue?, bec 69, tarse 
32, doigt antérieur ext. 28, ongle 19, doigt postérieur externe 19, 
ongle 17 mm. 


79. Prcus masor, L. 


Une paire de Séoul, prise en février. Sousle rapport dela forme 
du bec et la coloration semblables & ceux de |’Europe centrale, de la 
Daourie et du Baical méridional, ils ont cependant le blane moins 
prolongé sur le devant des scapulaires, les bandes blanches un peu 
moins larges sur les rémiges. Le blanc et le noir également disposé 
sur les rectrices, mais 4 bandes noires distinctement plus larges. Le 
male a le blanc du dessous sali de grisatre, le front également sale, 
la tache auriculaire et. le devant du cou colorés légeérement de roussatre 
sale. Le plumage du dessous de la femelle plus pur, mais coloré 
fortement de la nuance de cuire tannée sur la tache auriculaire et 
sur tout abdomen. 

3. Longueur totale 247, vol 430, aile 130, queue 85, bee 33, 
tarse 22, doigt ext. ant. 15, ongle 10 mm. 


1887. ] M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM COREA. 609 


2. Longueur totale 250, vol 423, aile 133, queue 90, bec 30, 
tarse 22, doigt ext. ant. 14, ongle 10. 

Queue dépassant le bout des ailes de 38 millim. chez le ¢, de 45 
chez la 9. 


80. Picus LEucoNnorus, Bechst. 


Deux miles de Séoul, pris en décembre et en février. Ces oiseaux 
ne présentent aucune différence de ceux de I’ Europe centrale, ils ont 
les bandes blanches transalaires également larges, les stries du des- 
sous de la méme grosseur, la couleur rouge également répandue, le 
blanc du dos inférieur également varié de noir, le blanc également 
disposé sur les rectrices latérales; la méme forme du bec. Un de 
_ces males a le milieu de la région jugulaire et de la poitrine coloré 
légérement de rosé. 


d. Longueur totale 290, vol 485, aile 150, queue 100, bec 45 mm. 
d- ” 294, ” 490, ” 150, ” 102, »” 47 mm. 


81. Junerricus porriest, Hargitt. 


Deux miles et une femelle, recueillis 4 Séoul et a Tempunkudzi, 
en décembre et février. Identiques aux oiseaux de l’ilét Ascold et 
de la cote de la Manchourie Russe. 


82. Junerpicus sEEBoHMI, Hargitt. 


Une mile de Séoul. 

Semblable en tout aux oiseaux typiques de Yokohama de la col- 
lection de M. Hargitt, et aux oiseaux de la Manchourie Russe, mais 
cet exemplaire est d’une taille un peu moins forte. Longueur de l’aile 
83 mm., queue 50 mm. 


83. CoLuMBA RUPESTRIS (Pall.). 
Une femelle tude 4 Séoul en avril. 


84. TuRTUR RUPICOLA (Pall.). 
Une jeune femelle tuée 4 Séoul en décembre. 


85. TurTuUR TORQUATUS, Briss. 


Un male et trois femelles recueillis 4 Séoul en novembre, décembre 
et mai. 


86. BoNasIA BETULINA, Dresser. 


Deux miles et une femelle recueillis 4 Sambo Pielijan en novembre 
et décembre. 

Les males ne présentent aucune différence de la grande pluralité 
des gélinottes de l'Europe centrale et du pays Oussourien; la femelle 
présente une anomalie dans sa gorge noire comme celle du male, 
mais mélangée légérement de fauve et le menton blanchitre. 


610 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM COREA. _ [Dec. 6, 


87. CoTURNIX commuNnts, Bonnat. 


Trois males et deux femelles de Sesulma, Siongno, Ara-Sambo et 
C.-chonmal, recueillis en novembre, janvier et mars. 


Long. Vol. Aile. Queue. Bec, ‘Tarse. Doigt médian 


totale, avec l’ongle. 

mm, mm. mm mm mm «mm. mm. 
Braye 337 96 37 16 25 27°5 
Cie 2138 355 105 36 16 28 28 
roMera yeas 340 100 =39 15 27 25 
Ont 208 338 103 «38 15 28 25 
ore 205 328 95 36 15 25 24 


88. PHASIANUS TORQUATUS, Temm. 


Une paire prise aux environs de Séoul en janvier. Coloration en 
général considérablement plus obscure que celle des Faisans du pays 
Oussourien. Le male a toutes les couleurs plus foncées, ce qui est 
le plus frappant au bas du cou (auchenium), ou elle est d’un roux doré 
au lieu de straminé ; le noir du milieu des parties inférieures du corps 
prolongé jusque sur la poitrine, le vert au cou passant moins au bleu; 
la couleur de la poitrine, de la région jugulaire et des flancs beaucoup 
plus foncée, ete.; il lui manque de macule blanche au dessous des 
oreilles, mais la plus grande différence est dans la forme du collier 
blanc, qui est presque d’égale largeur partout, tandis que celui du 
Faisan Oussourien est fort attenué en arriére et élargi sur les cétés ; 
le blane de la bande sourcilicre n’atteint pas la base des huppes 
latérales, tandis qu’il la dépasse chez loiseau cité. Jugeant de la 
description dans l’ouvrage sur ‘ Les Oiseaux de la Chine’ de Abbé 
David et M. Oustalet, ce Faisan Coréen est différent dans les différents 
détails de toutes les trois variétés locales mentionnées dans ce travail. 
La femelle est aussi en général considérablement plus foncée. 


89. ARGIALITIS MINOR (Mey. et Wolf). 
Deux males et deux feimelles recueillis 4 Séoul en avril. 


90. AieIALiTIs PLACIDUS (Gr.). 
Un mile de Séoul, tué en janvier. 


91. VANELLUs cRisTaTus, Mey. et Wolf. 
Une femelle tuée en mars 4 Dultoni. 


92. TrRINGA CINCLUS, L. 
Un mile tué & Séoul en novembre. 


93. TRINGA MINUTA, Leis]. 
Deux paires d’oiseaux jeunes tués en novembre. 


94. GALLINAGO SCOLOPACINA, Bp. 
Un exemplaire de Séoul tué en novembre. 


1887.] M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM COREA. 611 


95. GALLINAGO sTENURA, Kuhl. 
Un exemplaire de Séoul tué en novembre. 


96. Grus viripirostris, Vieill. 
Une paire de Sesulma et de Piengga; yeux presque noirs. 


97. Grus LEUCAUCHEN, Temm. 

Deux femelles de Séoul et de Dultoni recueillis en mars. Iris 
jaune rougeatre. 

98. Ipis nrpron, Temm. 

Trois males et une femelle de Séoul et de Gouran, tués en décembre 
et janvier. 

99. IBIS NIPPON SINENSIS, Oust. 

Une femelle tuée 4 Tongdje en mai. 


100. Ciconta BoycraNa, Swinh. 

Male adulte tué en mars. Bec noiratre ; pieds d’un rouge obscur ; 
tour dénué de l’ceil et peau gulaire rouge, iris jaune pile. 

Longueur totale 1330, vol 2470, aile 705, queue 256, bee 288, 
tarse 265, partie dénuée des tibiee 186, doigt médian 98, aile dépas- 
sant la quéue de 10 mm. 

101. ARDEA CINEREA, L. 


Un male tué & Séoul en avril. 


102, ARpeaA ALBA MODESTA (J. E. Gr.). 

Un male tué 4 Séoul enjuillet. Iris janne pale; bec et pieds noirs. 
Longueur totale 993, vol 1460, aile 370, queue 135, bee 140, tarse 
190, partie dénuée des tibize 105, doigt médian 97, ongle 10, scapu- 
laire dépassant le bout de Vaile 144 mm. 

103, GALLICREX CINEREA (Gm.). 

Femelle tuée 4 Séoul en juillet. 


104. STERNULA SINENSIS (Gm.). 
Six males et deux femelles, tués 4 Séoul en mai et juin. 


105. Carrina RUTILA (Pall.). 
Un male tué a Seoul en janvier, 


106. CLANGULA GLAUCION (L.). 
Une paire recueillie 4 Gouran en décembre. 


107. OrpEMIA AMERICANA, Sw. et Rich. 


Une femelle de Gouran (port Lazarew), tué en décembre. Iris 
presque noir, 


612 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON [Dec. 6, 


3. On the Pygmy Hippopotamus of Liberia, Hippopotamus 
liberiensis (Morton) *, and its claims to distinct Generic 
Rank. By W. H. Frower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S. 


[Received November 15, 1887.] 


The Zoological Department of the British Museum has lately 
acquired a complete skeleton and skin of a fully adult Pygmy Hip- 
popotamus. This animal has been separated generically from Hippo- 
potamus by Leidy *, under the name of Cheropsis ; and Leidy’s view 
has been adopted by Alphonse Milne-Edwards* (who has given a very 
careful description of the whole skeleton), by Gratiolet*, and by 
others®. The two points of generic distinction insisted on are :—I. 
The absence of the outer pair of lower incisors which are found in 
Hippopotamus amphibius. 11. The very different proportions and 
relations of the parts of the cranium. 

It is admitted that in all other structural characters the two forms 
are closely allied. 

I. With reference to the dentition, we may recall the division 
which was made long ago by Dr. Falconer of all the then known 
species of Hippopotamus living and extinct into twosubgenera, Hewra- 
protodon and Tetraprotodon, according as they had three ortwo incisors 
on each side of the jaw. The former term was afterwards raised 
to generic rank by Owen’ , the old generic name Hippopotamus being 
retained for T'etraprotodon. Accepting this distinction as a valid one, 
it was logical on the part of Leidy, on the discovery of a form with 
only one incisor in the lower jaw, to separate it also generically. 

In his revision of the group, Mr. Lydekker does not accept these 
divisions as generic, remarking that “the case of H. paleindicus, 
which in its lower jaw is really a Hewauprotodon in process of conver- 
sion into a Tetraprotodon, coupled with the instance of unilateral 
hexaprotodontism in H. amphibius, indicates that Dr. Falconer’s 
two subgenera should be abolished. This point being admitted, there 
are but slight grounds for retaining the subgenus or genus Cheropsis, 


1 Hippopotamus minor, Morton, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences Philadelphia, 1844, 
p. 14. Name withdrawn, as preoccupied, in favour of Z. liberiensis, Morton, 
Journ. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad.2nd ser. vol i. p. 232 (1849). 

* Cheerodes (Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Phil. vi. p. 52), withdrawn, as preoccupied, 
in favour of Cheropsis (Journal Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. 2nd ser. ii. p. 213, 
1853). 

3 Recherches pour servir 4 Vhistoire naturelle des Mammiféres: Paris, 1868, 

77. 
Be Recherches sur Anatomie de l'Hippopotame: Paris 1867. Apparently un- 
aware of Leidy’s generic name, Gratiolet proposed that of Ditomeodon (p. 202). 

° Macalister, “The Anatomy of Chwropsis liberiensis,” Proc. R. Irish Academy, 
2nd ser. i. p. 494 (1873). The existing literature of this interesting species is 
completed by reference to a description and figure of the sternum (which was 
absent in the skeleton described by Milne-Edwards) by Peters, Monatsbericht 
Ak. Berlin, 1873, p. 445. 

® Falconer and Cautley, Asiatic Researches, xix. pt. i. p. 51 (1836). 

* Odontography, p. 566 (1840-45). 


1887. ] THE PYGMY HIPPOPOTAMUS. 613 


and accordingly all the species of Hippopotamus may be referred 
to a single genus” *. 

The new specimen affords an interesting corroboration of this 
opinion. In the front of the lower jaw are the two usual incisors; but 
on the right side is an additional smaller tooth placed between the 
normal incisor (7. 1) and the canine, and which evidently corresponds 
with the smaller outer incisor of H. amphibius (i. 3, according to 
Lydekker’s determination). This tooth is procumbent (though 
rather less so than the contiguous incisor). It has a cylindrical root, 
and (as in the opposing outer incisor of the upper jaw) a portion of 
the enamel-covered crown remains, the greater part being worn 
obliquely away. Its diameter is 7 millimetres, that of the first incisor 
being 12. There is no corresponding tooth on the left side. 

The remaining dentition of the Pygmy species is essentially that of 
Hippopotamus, although undoubtedly differences in detail can be 
pointed out. The most striking of these are the larger development 
and greater persistence of the first premolar, the smaller relative size 
of the fourth upper premolar, and the greater simplicity of the form 
of the crowns of the true molars. Whether these characters are of 
sufficient importance for generic distinction is a point to be decided 
according to the view taken of the advisability or otherwise of 
multiplying such distinctions. 

With regard to the cranial differences, so strongly insisted upon 
by Leidy, Milne-Edwards, and Gratiolet, striking as they are on 
superficial observation, they all depend upon one circumstance, 
the greater relative size of the brain-cavity and capsules of the 
sense-organs (orbits and auditory bull) in H. /iberiensis, contrasted 
with the huge development of the masticating organs, and ridges 
for the attachment of muscles to move the jaws, in H. amphibius. 
Apart from this the crania are essentially similar, even the remark- 
able thin-walled capsule formed by the lachrymal bone in the floor 
of the orbit, well known in the common species, is present, though 
on a smaller scale, in the Liberian animal. Now it is rather 
remarkable that these differential characters have been pointed out 
with great emphasis by the three eminent anatomists mentioned 
above, without any indication of the circumstances that they are 
just those characters by which, in any natural group, the small 
members differ from the large, and just those in which in any species 
the young differ from the adult. The universal law of the arrest of 
growth of the nervous system and sense-organs in the large members 
of homogeneous groups fully accounts for all the differences of the two 
skulls which have been pointed out with such minuteness. Exactly 
similar differences are found between the Tiger and the smaller species 
of Felis, the Gorilla and Baboons and the smaller allied Apes, the 
large and small members of the genus Otaria, and in fact wherever 
there is great diversity in size in closely related forms and even in 
individuals of the same species. A pygmy Hippopotamus which 
should present al] the exact proportions of the large form as regards 
these parts of its organization, would be as great an anomaly as a dwarf 

1 Palzontologia Indica, ser, 10, vol. iii. p. 47. 


614 MR. J. DOUGLAS-OGILBY ON (Dec. 6, 


or a child with the proportions of a full-sized adult. All these dis- 
tinctions therefore, instead of indicating diversity, are rather conclusive 
evidence of affinity, unless size itself is to be considered as a worthy 
ground of generic distinction. 

After all a generic name is purely a matter of convenience, and for 
my part I think it more desirable and instructive to call the Liberian 
species Hippopotamus, and thereby to indicate its close relationship 
with the well-known large animal of that name, than to give it a 
designation in which this affinity is lost sight of. It may be some- 
times expedient to divide up genera in which the number of species are 
excessive upon comparatively trivial characters; but in the case of 
ETippopotamus, with only two living and but few extinct species, no 
such reason can be alleged. 


4, Ona new Genus and Species of Australian Mugilide. By 
J. Doveras-Ocitsy, Department of Fishes, Austr. Mus. 
Sydney. (Communicated by F. Day, C.LE., F.Z.S.) 


[Received November 1, 1887. ] 


TRACHYSTOMA, gen. nov. 


Branchiostegals six ; pseudobranchiz present. No adipose eye- 
lids. omer and palate furnished with distinct bands of villiform 
teeth ; jaws toothless. Scales rather small, finely ctenoid. 


TRACHYSTOMA MULTIDENS, Sp. nov. 
B.vi, Dy 445 alo. Ne d/d-..Po doe C14, 
L. lat. 48-51. LL. tr. 16. 


Length of head 53 to 5}, of caudal fin 43 to 53, height of body 
48 to 5 in the total length. Hye without adipose lids, the diameter 
of each 4} to 43 in the length of the head, 15 to 13 diameters from 
the end of the snout, and 1+ diameters apart. Interorbital space 
convex; snout broad and depressed; upper lip not. thickened. 
Angle made by the anterior edges of the mandibles moderately 
obtuse; the length of one of the mandibular rami is 2, or slightly 
more, of the width of the gape of the mouth. The maxilla reaches 
backwards to the vertical from the hinder margin of the posterior 
nostril. Preorbital serrated along its outer edge. Nostrils nearer 
to the eye than to the end of the snout ; the anterior nearly circular, 
small; the posterior oval, large, about five times the size of the 
anterior. The free space on the chin is cf moderate size and lan- 
ceolate. Teeth: a patch of villiform teeth on the vomer, sonie- 
times crescentic, sometimes biclavate; palate with an elongate 
band, broadest anteriorly. Fins; Spinous dorsal commences rather 
nearer to the base of the caudal than to the tip of the snout; its 
spines are strong, the first the longest, about two thirds of the length 
of the head; the interspace between the two dorsal fins is rather 
less than the base of the spinous dorsal, while the distance between 
the origins of the two dorsals exactly equals the length of the head, 


1887.] NEW AUSTRALIAN MUGILD&. 615 


anterior rays of second dorsal equal to the first spine. Anal com- 
mences considerably in advance of the second dorsal, and its rays 
are somewhat longer than those of that fin. Ventral fin about three 
fourths of the length of the head ; pectoral rather more. Caudal 
forked, its lobes much longer than the head ; the least depth of the 
free portion of the tail is half the length of the head. Scales 29 or 
30 between the snout and the origin of the spinous dorsal ; 6 to 8 in 
the interspace between the two dorsals. No pointed axillary scale. 
The pectoral fin reaches to the 13th or 14th scale of the lateral line. 
The first dorsal commences above the 19th scale of the lateral line, 
the second above the 32nd to 34th seale. Anterior rays of the soft 
dorsal and anal covered with small scales for fully half their height. 
An angular scale at the bases of the soft dorsal and ventral. Colours : 
silvery, the baek greenish; cheeks tinged with gold; fins grey; 
irides yellow. 

In the preparation of the above description I have examined three 
specimens of this fish picked out from a number of other Mullets 
exposed for sale in the Sydney fish-market; all three came from 
Port Stephens, where they were taken in the brackish water at the 
mouth of the Keruah River, and are said to be distinguished from the 
two common Grey Mullets (Mugil dobula and M. peronii) under the 
name of ** River Mullet.’ These examples were obtained during the 
month of February, but though I have carefully overlooked all the 
consignments which have been sent to the market from that neigh- 
bourhood since, I have failed to meet with this species again: one 
of these, a female, had the roe almost ready for extrusion ; in the 
two others, both males, the milf was about half developed ; it is 
evident therefore that the autumn spawning takes place about the 
month of March with the main body of fish, and as all our other 
Mullets spawn twice in the year, it is probable that this species also 
has a spring spawning-season. The specimens examined measured 
respectively 14, 153, and 164 inches. 

I may here mention that after an exhaustive examination of nu- 
merous examples of the two reputed species, Mugil dobula, Giiuth., 
and M. grandis, Casteln., I can find no differences sufficient to 
justify their separation. Castlenau’s fish is the adult, which comes 
in from the open sea twice in the year, in spring and autumn, for 
the purpose of depositing its spawn about the mouths of our creeks 
and rivers, and is known to fishermen by the name of “ Sea-Mullet.” 
On their arrival from the sea they are in fine condition and very fat; 
and being very plentiful and of excellent flavour they command a 
ready sale in the market, and are eagerly sought for by the profes- 
sional fishermen, to whom the mullet harvest here is analogous to 
the herring harvest in Scotland, or the pilchard harvest to a Cornish 
man. The shoals of mullets are usually followed by several large 
Sharks, among which Carecharodon rondeletii! and Galeocerdo 


* The Carcharias leucas of Bennett (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 223), doubtfully 
given by Dr. Giinther as a synonym of his C. brachyurus, is Carcharodon ron- 
deletii ; the specimen is still preserved in the collection of the Australian 
Museum, and has been yerified by the man who caught it. 


616 MR. J. DOUGLAS-OGILBY ON [ Dec. 6, 


raynert are the most common species, which frequently make havoc 
of the nets, thereby causing serious loss to the fishermen, not only 
by the damage to the nets but also by the loss of all the enclosed 
fish, which quickly find the rents made by the Sharks and escape 
through them. I am of course speaking of seine-nets, which are the 
only kind in generaluse here. Giinther’s species is the half-grown fish, 
which does not go to the sea but remains in our bays and estuaries, 
and is therefore about a month earlier on the spawning-grounds, 
and consequently in the market, where it is called “ Hard-gut Mul- 
let.” These fishes after spawning accompany the remnant of the 
older fishes to the sea, and return during the following equinox as 
“ Sea-Mullet.”’ 


5. On a new Genus of Percide. By J. Doveras-Oariey. 
(Communicated by F. Day, C.LE., F.Z.S.) 
[Received November 7, 1887.] 
CHTHAMALOPTERYX, gen. nov. 


Branchiostegals six; pseudobranchie present. Body oblong- 
ovate, compressed. Mouth protractile. Preorbitals with a blunt 
bony protuberance in front; preopercles entire. A band of small 
teeth in the jaws. One dorsal fin very slightly notched, the length 
of the soft portion greater than that of the spinous, having the 
formula 8; anal 53; caudal forked. Scales of moderate size, 
eycloid, deciduous. 

From the above diagnosis it is plain that this proposed genus is 
closely allied to Gerres ; and it is in fact founded on a species which 
was described some years ago by Count Castelnau under the name 
ot Gerres melbournensis, from specimens obtained probably in the 


Chthamalopteryx melbournensis. 
Melbourne fish-market. No other examples seem to have been 
noticed, at least none have been recorded that I am aware of, since 
his time, but during the last eighteen months the Australian Museum 


: 1887.] A NEW GENUS OF PERCID&, 617 


has received from different sources two perfect specimens agreeing 
in every respect with Castelnau’s description, both of them having 
been caught in the Gulf of St. Vincent. These two examples, from 
which the description is taken, measure respectively 43 and 54 inches, 
and the type specimen is about the same length, which seems to be 
the full size to which it grows. It is worthy of mention that Count 
Castelnau’s original type, a dried half skin, was presented by him to 
this Museum, where it is still preserved. Appended is a full de- 
scription of the species. 


CHTHAMALOPTERYX MELBOURNENSIS. 


Gerres melbournensis, Casteln. Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict. i. 1872, 
p- 158; Macleay, Deser. Catal. Austr. Fish. i. p. 80. 


B. vi. D.9/17. A.3/17. V.1/5. P.14-15. ©. 17. 
L. 1.37. L. tr. 4/102 


Length of head 4 to 43, of caudal fin 43 to 4, height of body 
Zs in the total length. Zye: diameter 2 of ‘the length of the neat 
8 Bof a diameter from the end of the snout, and & ofa diameter 
apart. The groove for the process of the intermaxillary bones is 
ovate and short, extending but little beyond the anterior margin of 
the orbit. The interorbital space is slightly convex ; the upper 
profile of the head is concave, the snout, however, being obliquely 
flat, while there is a slight protuberance above the middle of the 
eye. The maxilla reaches to the vertical from the anterior margin 
of the orbit ; its posterior edge is concave. Preorbitals with a bony 
point directed forwards. ‘Teeth: a broad band of minute curved 
teeth in the jaws, the outer row somewhat enlarged. Fins: Dorsal 
fin scarcely notched; the length of the base of the spinous portion 
is three fourths of that of the soft, and the space between the dorsal 
and caudal is one third of that between the dorsal and snout, its 
origin is above the last quarter of the opercle, and its termination a 
little in front of that of the anal fin. ‘The spines are of moderate 
strength and gradually increase in height to the last two or three, 
which are equal, and about half the length of the head; the rays 
are subequal in height to the posterior spines. The anal fin com- 
mences beneath the anterior dorsal ray, and the length of its base is 
one fourth more than the length of the head; the spines are much 
stronger than those of the dorsal, the third the longest, rather more 
than a third of the length of the head. The origin of the ventral is 
beneath the posterior angle of the base of the pectoral ; it does not 
quite extend to the vent, and is four sevenths of the length of the 
head, while its spine is five sixths of the length of the adjacent ray. 
The pectoral fin is elongate, the fourth and fifth rays being the 
longest, extending to the vertical from the third anal spine, and 
slightly shorter than the head. Caudal forked. Scales: interorbital 
space, snout, and preorbital absolutely scaleless, punctured by nu- 
merous small round pores ; posterior nostril twice the size of anterior, 
placed very close to the eye. Scales of the cheek rather smaller 
than those of the body, extending on to the mandible. Colours: 


618 DR. M. MENZBIER ON A NEW CAUCASIAN Goat. [Dec. 6, 


silvery, the upper parts with a blue, the sides with a bronze, tinge ; 
the spinous portion of the dorsal is pale purple, the soft portion, the 
anal, and the caudal yellowish; pectorals and ventrals pinkish, the 
cheeks and opercles being also ‘washed with the same colour. 
Irides golden. 


6. On a new Caucasian Goat (Capra severtzowi, sp. n.). By 
Dr. M. Menzsier, C.M.Z.S., Professor in the Univer- 
sity of Moscow. 


[Received November 15, 1887.] 


In the lately published memoir of Mr. Eug. Biichner, “ Zur 
Geschichte der kaukasischen Ture”* we have a carefully prepared 
treatise upon the present state of our knowledge of Capra caucasica 
and Capra cylindricornis (Aigoceros pallasii), as well as of their 
distribution and synonymy. But it seems that I am more fortunate 
than Mr. Biichner in the solution of the question what is the Capra 
caucasica of Giildenstaedt, who very positively speaks on the 
“ cornua”’ of this Goat as “‘retrorsum et extrorsum arcuata, apice 
denuo introrsum vergentia.” During the last two years I have had 
an opportunity of receiving many skins, horns, and skulls of the 
Mountain-Goat from the northern Caucasus, and amongst them I 
have found at last the true Capra caucasica of Giildenstaedt. It isa 
Mountain-Goat inhabiting the region between Elbruz and Dykh- 
tau, and only mentioned by Mr. Dinnik in his pamphlet on the 
Caucasian Mountain-Goat. I do not understand either how such 
an excellent naturalist could maintain that the Mountain-Goat 
from the central part of the northern Caucasus is the same as 
the .Mountain-Goat from the western half of this region, nor his 
conclusion that the western Mountain-Goat is the true Capra 
caucasica of Giildenstaedt. In the western and eastern or central 
Mountain-Goat of the northern Caucasus we have two quite different 
animals—the central being the true Capra caucasica of Gildenstaedt, 
in many respects assimilating to 4g. pallasii ; the western, I think, 
being a species new to science, but erroneously described by Mr. 
Dinnik and Mr. Biichner as Capra caucasica. For this western 
Caucasian Goat I propose the name Capra severtzowi, in hononr 
of my friend Mr. Severtzow, to whom we are under great obligations 
for our knowledge of the different Wild Goats and Sheep. 

The subjoined descriptions of the Caucasian Mountain-Goats may 
serve to distinguish these two very different animals. 


Capra caucasica, Giild. 


This Goat is a very graceful, handsome, and powerful animal, a 
little smaller than Capra severtzowi, but with enormous black horns. 


1 Published in the Mém. Acad. Se. St. Pétersbourg, sér. vii. t. xxxv. No, 8 
(1887). 


1887.] DR. M. MENZBIER ON A NEW CAUCASIAN GOAT. 619 


The curve of the horns is as follows (I speak of the horns of the 
full-grown male): from the head the horns rise upwards and outwards, 
then backwards and outwards, and finally downwards, with the tips 
curved inwards (cornua.... maxima, .... retrorsum et extrorsum 
arcuata, apice denuo introrsum vergentia), so that the tips approach 
one another very sensibly. The section of the horns taken near the 
base is quadrangular with rounded posterior corners. On the front 
surface of the basal half there are 8 or 9 small ribs, on the apical half 
about 10 more conspicuous nodules. The length along the 
anterior surface is from 30” to 32” 2'"; the circumference at the 
base is from 11” to 12”. The distance between the tips of the horns 
is only about 20”. By all these characters of the horns Capra 
caucasica differs from Capra severtzowi and approaches to C. eylin- 
dricornis sive Aig. pallasii. 

The incisors of the lower jaw are fine and slight in comparison 
with those of Capra severtzowi. The skull has a higher forehead, 
more broadly developed occipital and frontal regions, and is more 
solid. The beard, reddish-brown in colour, is short and broad, like 
that of Capra cylindricornis, and not like the beard of Capra 
severtzowi. The head is covered with a reddish-brown fur, darker 
in the front than at the sides. The general colour of the fur is 
yellowish-brown-grey, the colour of Cervus elaphus ; but on the nape 
of the neck is a lighter spot; along the edge of the spine there is a 
dark stripe; the groins are light; the tail is covered with very long 
dark brown hairs. The extremities are dark, witha slightly developed 
light stripe on the posterior side of the fore feet, more visible on the 
posterior side of the hind feet. The fur on the belly is very dark, 
black-brown. 

The distribution of Capra caucasica is very limited ; it inhabits 
only the mountains between Elbruz and Dykh-tau, 7. e. if is met 
with only at the sources of the Chegem, Baksan, and Malka. This 
region is central in its position, between the region of C. cylindri- 
cornis on the east and the region of C. severtzowi on the west. 


CAPRA SEVERTZOWI, Sp. n. 


The Capra caucasica of Mr. Dinnik differs in such a great number 
of characters from the true Capra caucasica of Giild., that it 
undoubtedly must be distinguished as a separate species. It isa 
very powerful animal, with enormous black horns, as in C. 
caucasica, but their curve is regular and inclined in one plane. From 
the head the horns rise upwards and outwards, then backwards 
and outwards, and finally downwards. I have seen many beautiful 
horns of this species with the tips curved outwards, but this is not 
the rule, though the distance between their tips is always enormous 
compared with the horns of Capra caucasica: on the authority of 
Mr. Dinnik, this distance is nearly 3 feet in one skull of his col- 
lection, and I know a skull with the distance between the tips of the 
horns about 32". The section of the horns taken near the base is 
triangular, with rounded corners. On the front surface theréare 
more or less conspicuous nodules. 


620 MR. W.'T. BLANFORD ON THE [ Dec. 6, 


The incisors of the lower jaw are thick and round. The skull, 
in comparison with the skull of Capra caucasica, has neither such 
a developed forehead nor such a broad occipital region. 

The fur has the following peculiarities: the general colour is a 
brownish grey, with more expressed yellowish tinge than in Capra 
caucasica ; the head is darker, a light spot on the nape of the 
neck is but a little developed ; along the ridge of the spine a dark 
stripe. The anterior and posterior extremities are dark with avery 
observable light stripe on their posterior side. The fur on the belly 
is light brownish. The beard, brown in colour, is longer and narrower 
than in Capra caucasica; the tail, on the contrary, is shorter. 

It seems to me that all the figures of horns on the plate accompany- 
ing Mr. Biichner’s pamphlet (taf. 1) should be referred to Capra 
severtzowt. 

The distribution of Severtzow’s Goat is more extensive than 
that of Capra caucasica ; this animal is met with throughout the 
whole of the alpine region of the western Caucasus, and, according 
to the observations of Mr. Dinnik, presents some marked distinctions 
in the specimens inhabiting its westernmost parts. “‘ Their horns 
are comparatively short, thick, with a more decided outward turn 
at the base, and with large nodules on the anterior side. Their 
section taken near the base proved them to be quadrangular with 
rounded corners, rather than triangular. The circumference at the 
base of the horn as compared with the length measured along the 
anterior surface is equal to half or a little more. The colour of the 
fur of this Goat is also perceptibly lighter.” 

It is possible that this western Caucasian Mountain-Goat may form 
a third distinct species, or at least a variety of Capra severtzowt. 

Both the described typical specimens of Goats (Capra caucasica 
and Capra severtzowi) are now preserved in the Zoological Museum 
of the University of Moscow. 


7. Critical Notes on the Nomenclature of Indian Mammals. 
By W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S., F.Z.S. 


[Received November 9, 1887.] 


I. On the Simia silenus and 8. veter of Linneus, and on the 
proper name of the Malabar Bearded Monkey. 


Ever since the time of Schreber the specific name silenus has 
been applied to a bearded species of Macacus peculiar to the 
Malabar coast. This Monkey is commonly known amongst 
European zoologists as the Wanderoo, and im many European 
works on natural history is said to inhabit Ceylon ; but it was long 
since shown by various writers that the species is not Ceylonese, and 
that the Wanderoo of Ceylon is a Semnopithecus. The question I 
have endeavoured to solve is whether the bearded Macacus of 
Malabar is the Simia silenus of Linnzeus. 


1887. ] NOMENCLATURE OF INDIAN MAMMALS. 621 


in the twelfth edition of the ‘Systema Nature,’ vol. i. p- 36, 
Simia silenus is described thus :—* S. eaudata barbata nigra, barba 
nigra prolixa. Habitat in Egypto. Species obscurior, ignotis. 
Pedum unguibus, aliisque plurimis attributis.’ Neither the colour 
of the beard nor the locality agrees with the Malabar Monkey. 

Two references are given by Linnzeus thus :— 

“Simia Callitriches magnitudine Cynocephalorum, Alp. egypt. 

242? 
“Cercopithecus barbatus niger, ezesarie prolixa faciem cingente, 
Briss. Quad. 209.” 

Brisson’s account was, however, taken from Prosper Alpinus’s 
work, to which the first reference in Linnzeus applied. It is thus 
manifest that the S. silenus of Linneus is founded solely on 
P. Alpinus’s description. His work is entitled « Prosp. Alpini Hist. 
/Egypti naturalis pars prima. Lugduni Batavorum, mpccxxxy.”’ 
At p. 242 are several descriptions of Monkeys, but bearded species 
are only described towards the bottom of the page. The work is 
rare (the only copy I have seen is in the British Museum), so I 
append a somewhat lengthy extract. 

“«=** Tertius est ex iis qui vulgo Monichi vocantur caudati, & 
barbati: ex Ethiopie locis conterminis in Agyptum deducuntur, 
suntque admodum cicures, & mundi, non tamen eo ingenii acumine, 
ut alii Cynocephali donati sunt. At ut feles naturam ingenii 
habent, atque hee de Simiis Cynocephalis & facie canina voeatis 
sufficiaut. Sequuntur has Simize caudate & barbate, quas Calli- 
triches Aristoteles vocavit, que prioribus admodum dissimiles cer- 
nuntur. Quedam maximorum Canum magnitudinem habent, & 
quedam mediocris sunt magnitudinis. Rard he Simi bipedes 
incedunt, sed quadripedes brutorum modo. Habent alias differ- 
entias quibus interstinguuntur; etenim aliquee ex iis toto corpore 
figura ad leones accedentes, crinitasque jubas veluti leones habere 
videntur, sed pilis nigris pendulas. “Hie simius in pectore 
crassior apparet, & circa ilia subtilior, ut leones, Caudam latam 
pilis longis, prolixisque cubitalem, & ampliorem habet: facies vero 
ad leoninam quadantenus inclinat, ore & dentibus itidem proximis. 
Barba ex mento pendet longa, lata, nigris pilis obsita. Aures 
humanis longiores cernuntur, totaque facies nigerrimo splendet 
colore. Hic Simius haud injuria a nobis Callitriches leonino corpore 
dictus est.” 

With regard to the figures, tab. xx. fis. 3 represents an animal 
with a thin beard, below the chin alone, and with a rather long 
tail; tab. xx. fig. 2 shows a Monkey drawn so as to resemble a 
Lion as much as possible. Neither figure has any resemblance to 
the Malabar Monkey. 

It should, however, be observed that a note of interrogation 
occurs after the number of the page in Linneeus’s reference, and I 
have no doubt that the animal to which it was intended to refer was 
one described by Prosper Alpinus on p. 244 in the following 
terms ;— 

“ Queedam Simize ex Callitrichis visuntur magnitudine magnorum 


Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1887, No. XLI. 4] 


#k* Vide 
ab. Xx. num, 


© 


S 


Gq Vide 
tab. xx. num, 


“~. 


¢ Vide tab. xxi. 


622 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE [ Dec. 6, 


Cynocephalorum nigro colore, totius corporis, & faciei preesertim, 
quee undequaque est ceesarie magna pilorum nigrorum circumdata. 
Hilari & eleganti faciei sunt, admodumque. cicures, mansuetze, 
benevolee, atque fideles hee Simiz observantur. J} Imaginem 
pictam quam hic damus, misit ad me Nicolaus Contrarenus Patritius 
Venetus maxime illustris, ad Simiam ex Aigypto Venetias deductam 
affabre pictura delinatam.” 

Tab. xxi. represents an animal with a short tail, hairy body, and 
long hair all round the head. This figure has some resemblance to 
the Malabar Monkey, but quite as much to Oynocephalus hamadryas 
or Macacus ( Theropithecus) gelada or M. obscurus. Indeed, taking 
the description into consideration, the last may not improbably have 
been the species intended. The resemblance of this figure to that 
of Buffon’s ‘“‘Ouanderou”’ not improbably led to the two being 
confounded. 

It will be noticed that the quotation from Prosper Alpinus in 
Linneeus, “ Simia Callitriches magnitudine Cynocephalorum,” was 
evidently taken from the last quoted description. 

I conclude therefore that the Simia silenus of Linnzeus was dis- 
tinguished by three characters, not one of which can possibly apply 
to the Malabar Monkey. These three characters were: (1) the size 
was equal to that of the largest Baboons; (2) the beard was black ; 
and (3) the animal was an inhabitant of Egypt or Ethiopia. 

It should, however, be noticed that in the tenth edition of 
Linneeus, p. 26, Simia silenus was described as “ S. caudata bar- 
bata, corpore nigro, barba nivea prolixa.’ The only reference is 
again to Prosper Alpinus, but the locality is given as Asia ; Ceylon, 
Java, &c. It is highly improbable that the Malabar Bearded Ape 
was the animal indicated *. 

So far as I can ascertain, there is nothing to show that the Malabar 
animal was known to Linneeus or to any earlier naturalist. But even 
if the S. silenus of the 10th edition of the ‘ Systema’ were founded 
wholly or partly on the Malabar Monkey, I fail to see how the name 
could be used for that animal, since the same specific term is applied 
to a totally different species in the 12th edition. 

A second Linnean name that has been applied to the Malabar 
Monkey is Simia veter, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 36. This was thus 
described :—‘“ S. caudata barbata alba, barba nigra, Brisson, Quad. 
207. Simia alba s. incanis pilis, barba nigra promissa, Raj. Quad. 
89. Habitat in Zeylona.”’ Brisson’s account (like Klein’s, which 
is quoted by Brisson) is taken from Ray, but the page in Ray’s 
* Synopsis Animalium Quadrupedum’ is 158, not 89 (the latter is 
the page in Klein’s work, which Linnzeus does not quote). Ray’s 
description runs thus ;—‘‘ Simia alba seu incanis pilis, barba nigra 
promissa. Ex Zeylona: Elawandum Zeylanensibus. D. Robinson 
e Museo Leydensi.’’ It is impossible to determine this animal. 
It may perhaps have been a Semnopithecus; but no Ceylon species 

1 Tt is very possible that the animal which Linneus intended to name was 


the Wanderu of Ray, Synopsis Animal. Quad. p. 158. ‘“‘ Cercopithecus niger 
barba incana promissa.” This was doubtless Semnopithecus cephalopterus. 


1887.] NOMENCLATURE OF INDIAN MAMMALS, 623 


is known to have a black beard. Elawaodum is perhaps the same 
as Eli Wanderu, a Ceylonese name, according to Kelaart, of S. ther- 
sites, which I believe to be a variety of S. cephalopterus. It, how- 
ever, has not a black beard. Elawandum is the same as Buffon’s 
Lowando. The name Simia veter cannot possibly refer to the 
Malabar Monkey. 

I now turn to the authentic history of the Malabar Monkey in 
the works of European naturalists. 

Buffon, Hist. Nat. xiv. pp. 169, 174, pl. xviii., described and 
figured a Monkey which was clearly the Malabar form. He called 
the animal ‘‘ Ouanderou; ”’ and identified it with the ‘* Wanderow’’ 
of Captain Robert Knox, and with the Wanderu and Elawandum of 
Ray. The name of Wanderu has clung to the Malabar Monkey 
ever since ; but really applies, as Templeton, Kelaart, Tennent, and 
others have shown, to the Ceylonese Semnopitheci, and was rightly 
employed for those animals by Knox and Ray. The word Wanderu, 
however, as Sterndale has pointed out, is merely a Cingalese form of 
the Hindi word bandar, and means Monkey in a wide sense. 

Schreber, in 1775 (Siiugth. i. p. 87), united the ‘‘Ouanderou ”’ 
of Buffon with the Simia szlenus of Linnzeus, and has been followed 
by naturalists generally *. 

There can be very little doubt but that the animal under considera- 
tion is the “ Lion-tailed Monkey ” of Pennant®*. The first Latin name 
that I can find applied to this species is Simia ferox, given by Shaw 
in the ‘Museum Leverianum’ (p. 69), published in 1792. The 
description is accompanied by a fair figure. I think that the 
specific name ferow ought, by the rules, to be employed for this spe- 
cies, and I see no reason why Pennant’s English name should not be 
adopted, instead of the misleading term ‘*‘ Wanderoo Monkey.” 


II. On the Simia cynomolgos of Linneus. 


In the twelfth edition of Linnzeus’s ‘Systema Nature,’ p. 38, a 
species of Simia is thus described :— 

**§. cynomolgos caudata imberbis, naribus bifidis elatis, cauda 
arcuata, natibus calvis. Habitat in Africa, vigilis noctu 
instituit in arboribus.’’ 

Two references are given :—Brisson, Quad. p. 213, and Cerco- 
pithecus angolensis major, Maregrav. Bras. 227. ‘To the quota- 
tion from Maregrav is added a reference to Ray, Quad. 155, 
Both Ray and Brisson, however, merely copied Maregrav’s account 
with a few unimportant emendations. It is clear, therefore, that 
the Simia cynomolgos of Linneus is the animal described by 
Marcgray. 

George Marcgrav, who appears to have been a trustworthy writer, 

1 The only important exception is Frédérie Cuvier, who, in the folio ‘ His- 
toire Naturelle des Mammiféres, gave two capital figures of the “‘ Quanderou,” 
and pointed out that it differed from the animal described by Prosper Alpinus. 
In the ‘Table Générale et Méthodique,’ however, the specific name silenus 


was used. 
2 Syn. Mamm. p. 109; Hist. Quad. ed. 3, i. p. 198, pl. MUEVEn hevlle 


41* 


624 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE [ Dec. 6, 


published in 1648 a work entitled ‘ Historia Naturalis Brasilie.’ 
This work contains descriptions not only of Brazilian animals, but 
also of several from the Portuguese possessions in Western Africa. 
Thus there is an unmistakable figure of the Red River-hog, on which 
the Sus porcus of Linnzeus was founded’. At the page 227 quoted 
in the ‘Systema Nature’ is the following description :— 

“Cercopithecus Angolensis major; in Congo vocant Macaquo. 
Color pilorum totius corporis ut Lupi, nares habet bifidas, elatas ; 
caput ursino simile, nates calvos quibus insidet: caudam semper 
portet areuatam. Longitudo corporis a capite ad caudam unis 
pedis et supra: capitis longitudo sex digitorum; caude pedalis; 
crura quatuor eequalis longitudinis decem digitorum in prioribus 
cruribus; manus tres & semis digit. longas, quinque digitis pree- 
ditas, in posterioribus longas manus quinque digitos. Crassities 
corporis ubi maxima unius pedis & novem digitorum: clamat hab, 
hah. Dentes habet albissimos. Mire gesticulatur, penem habet 
humano similem instar pueri.” 

It is perfectly clear from this that Stmia eynomolgos, L., was an 
animal inhabiting the country around the mouth of the Congo, and, 
judging from the size, the bear-like head, and tail shorter than the 
body, a Baboon*. Certainly the Linnean name has not the 
slightest application to the Malay Monkey, commonly known 
(improperly) as the Macaque Monkey, for which this name is gene- 
rally used. 

The Malay Monkey is, however, Buffon’s ‘‘ Macaque”; this 
name and also the generic term Macaca of Lacépéede (1801) (subse- 
quently modified into Macacus by F. Cuvier and Desmarest) being 
derived evidently from the same West-African or Portuguese word 
as Maregrav’s Macaquo. Schreber in this case, as in that of Simia 
silenus, is the author of the confusion that has arisen. He applied 
the Linnean term Simia ceynomolgos to Buffoa’s Macaque, of which 
he copied tiie figure. 

The first author, so far as I can ascertain, who noticed the dif- 
ference between Buffon’s Macaque and the Simia cynomolgos of 
Linneeus was Frederick Cuvier, who, in 1818%, proposed for the 
former the name Macacus irus, a name that I think should, in 
accordance with the rules of nomenclature, be retained for the Malay 
Monkey. 

There are, however, two other early names, S. aygula, Linn. 
(Syst. Nat. ed. 12, i. p. 39), and S. atys, Audebert (Hist. Nat. 
Singes et Makis), that have been apj lied to the present species; and 
it is as well to inquire whether either can be identified as pertaining 
to it. Simia aygula was thus described by Linnzeus :—“8. caudata 
subimberbis grisea, eminentia pilosa verticis reversa longitudinali,” 
with the quotation ‘* Osb. Iter. 99. Osbeck’s ‘ Voyage to China 


1 The much later specific title penicillatus, given by Schinz in 1847, is com- 
monly used for this animal. 

2 The term naribus bifidis is puzzling, and I cannot suggest any satisfactory 
explanation of it. 

+ * Mémoires du Muséum,’ iv. p. 120. 


18387. ] NOMENCLATURE OF INDIAN MAMMALS. 625 


and the East Indies’ was published in 1757 at Stockholm; but 
there are German and English translations. It appears to me 
extremely doubtful whether the tufted animal described by Osbeck 
was not a young Semnopithecus, possibly S. mitratus. The de- 
scription certainly suits that animal rather than any Macacus. The 
habits mentioned by Osbeck are indeed those of a Macacus, not of 
a Semnopithecus ; but they are evidently derived from hearsay, and 
not from observation. 

There is a second reference under S. aygula in the original 
Linnzean description to “ Simia nigra magnitudinis media, Edw. 
Av. 221,t. 311.” The figure and description of Edwards’s “ Middle- 
sized Black Monkey ” were probably taken from a Cercopithecus. 

I do not think the term aygula can with any reasonable proba- 
bility be applied to the Malay Monkey. 

The name Simia atys is of equally questionable origin. It was 
given to a young albino monkey that may have been either a Cerco- 
pithecus or a Macacus. 

Unless some good reason can be found for retaining one of the 
earlier appellations, it appears probable that Cuvier’s name has the 
best claim to stand for the species. 


IIIf. On Macacus rhesus. 


The above name has been very generally adopted for the common 
Macacus of Northern India, and I believe correctly. Every now 
and then, however, this animal is called M. erythreus (Schreber). 
The name Simia rhesus, as is well known, was given by Audebert 
in the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Singes et Makis,’ published in 1797. 
A good figure of the animal was given, and the species was identified 
with the “Macaque & queue courte” of Buffon, Hist. Nat. Supp. 
vil. p. 56, pl. xiii. 

Now this same figure of Buffon’s was copied by Schreber, and the 
name Simia erythrea applied to it. But this plate does not appear 
amongst the Monkeys in Schreber’s ‘Siugthiere,’ in vol. i. (1775), 
nor in the additional plates referred to as belonging to vol. i. in 
vol. ii. p. 590 (1778), and vol. iv. p. 636 (1792). The plate was 
published undoubtedly as plate viii.c in Wagner’s Supplement 
(1840), and a description was given in the letterpress. The only 
question is whether any earlier publication took place. The refer- 
ence to Schreber runs thus, ‘‘Schreb. tab. 8. fig. Buff.’ Schreber’s 
original plate 8, however, represented Simia mormon, the Man- 
drill. There is, in Waguer’s Supplement, no reference to auy page 
as in the case of other species described in Schreber’s original work. 

But the name Simia erythrea was used long previously on 
Schreber’s authority. The earliest use of it that I have been able 
to find is in Shaw’s ‘General Zoology’ (vol. i. p. 33), published in 
1880. ‘The only reference is ‘‘Schreb. Supp.,” no number of the 
plate nor of letterpress being quoted. Another reference is by 
Geoffroy (Ann. Mus. xix. p. 101), and many might be quoted. From 
none, however, can I gather that the plate on which the name 


626 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE [ Dec. 6, 


appeared was ever published ; it was probably distributed to a few 
naturalists, but not issued in such a way as to give validity to the 
title. 


IV. On Presbytis or Semnopithecus thersites. 


A Hanuman Monkey from Ceylon was named Preshytis thersites 
in MS. by Walter Elliot, and was thus described by Blyth in 
1847 *:— 

« Adult male inferior in size to P. entellus ... . of a uniform 
dusky grey colour (devoid of fulvous tinge) on the upper parts, 
darker on the crown and fore limbs and passing to dull slaty- 
brown on the wrists and hands; the hair upon the toes whitish or 
dull white ; no crest upon the vertex (as in P. priamus), nor does 
the hair there form a sort of transverse ridge (as in the living 
P. entellus); face surrounded with white, narrow over the brows ; 
the whiskers and beard more developed thanin the other Entelloid 
species, and very conspicuously white, contrasting much with the 
crown and body, which are darker than in P. priamus.” 

Subsequently, in 1851*, Blyth observed that P. thersites did not 
exhibit “ the radiating centres of hair a little behind the brow seen 
in various other Entelloid Monkeys.” Kelaart (Prodr. Faun. Zeyl. 
p. 5) admitted P. thersites as distinct, and was followed by Sir E. 
Tennent and others. But in his ‘Catalogue of the Mammalia in 
the Museum Asiatic Society,’*® published in 1863, Blyth classed the 
original type of P. thersites under his P. priamus. This view was 
adopted by Dr. J. Anderson both in his ‘ Anatomical and Zoological 
Researches,’ p. 19, and in his ‘ Catalogue of Mammalia in the Indian 
Museum, Calcutta,’ p. 38. Dr. Anderson’s conclusions, like Blyth’s, 
were founded on the original types. I confess to being much 
puzzled. Dr. Anderson was doubtless under the impression that the 
longitudinal crest in P. priamus was artificial and due to the stuffer. 
But the common S. Indian and Ceylonese Semnopithecus is un- 
questionably crested. We have the testimony of several observers 
who have seen it alive, amongst them Jerdon and Kelaart, and 
recently Mr. W. Davison has been good enough carefully to observe 
living individuals and to communicate the result to me. I have 
also seen dried skins both from S. India and Ceylon, several of 
which had not been subjected to any manipulation, and in all the 
crest was as distinct as possible. Moreover, so far as I have been able 
to observe, the peculiar radiation of the hairs on the anterior part 
of the crown, so conspicuous in S. entellus and S. schistaceus, is 
always distinctly, if somewhat less, conspicuous in S. priamus. 
Blyth, however, especially described the type of his Presbytis 
thersites as wanting both crest and radiation. 

Now there is nothing in the description of P. thersites, so far as I 
can see, to distinguish it from Semnopithecus cephalopterus, which 
has neither crest nor radiation, and which has ‘‘ the whiskers and 
beard more developed than in the other Entelloid species, and very 


1 J. A. S. B: xvi. p. 1271. 
J. A. 8. B. xx. p. 154. Se Pai, 


1887.] NOMENCLATURE OF INDIAN MAMMALS. 627 


conspicuously white.” The crown and body too are darker than in 
P. priamus. I cannot help suggesting that the so-called Presbytes 
thersites was really a variety of S. cephalopterus, perhaps approach- 
ing the variety called S. kelaarti by Schlegel’, 


V. On Semnopithecus pileatus and S, chrysogaster. 


Dr. J. Anderson, in his ‘ Anatomical and Zoological Researches ’ 
(p- 13), and again in his ‘ Catalogue of Mammalia in the Indian 
Museum,’ has classed these terms as synonymous, I think from having 
misunderstood some remarks of Blyth’s in the posthumous ‘ Catalogue 
of the Mammals and Birds of Burma,’ p. 112. The two species 
are really very different, not only in coloration, but in structure, 
for S. pileatus has a peculiar cap of long harsh hair confined to the 
crown of the head, of which there is no trace in S. chrysogaster. 
The latter however appears, judging by the only known adult 
specimen, to have a compressed crest extending from the vertex to 
the nape. 

Although an excellent figure of S. chrysogaster was published by 
Professor Peters (MB. Akad. Berlin, 1879, p. 830, pl. iv. 4), no 
description except Blyth’s (Cat. Mamm. Birds Burma, /. e.), taken 
from the drawing, has ever appeared, so far as I am aware. The 
animal might, however, easily be recognized from Blyth’s account, 
which is good. 

It is marvellous that so beautiful a species as S. chrysoyaster 
should never have been detected again, if this animal is really from 
Tenasserim. It is true that the interior of Tenasserim, even to this 
day, is almost uninhabited, and very rarely visited by Europeans, the 
difficulties of travelling being excessive. “ But still it is remarkable 
that amongst the collections made since the days of Helfer by Major 
Berdmore, Captain Beavan, Mr. Davison, Mr. Limborg, Captain 
Bingham, and others, no specimen of so conspicuous a form should 
have been detected. Had not Peters (P. Z. S. 1866, p- 429, foot- 
note) distinetly stated that the types were from Tenasserim, and 
had not Blyth (7. c.) confirmed the statement and added that they 
were collected by Helfer, I should be disposed to regard the locality 
as very doubtful. I examined the specimens when J was in Berlin 
two years since, and found them to be labelled “ Tenasserim— 
Prof. Strempel,” but I could learn nothing of their history. 


VI. Notes on some of the Varieties of Felis bengalensis, Kerr, 
and especially on Felis jerdoni, Blyth. 


The wild Spotted Cat of the Indian and Malay forests, appro- 
priately named the “ Leopard-cat’’ by Jerdon, has been very 
differently regarded by various naturalists. By some the differences 
in the size, form, and distribution of the spots, in the tint of the 


* Mon. Singes, Mus. Pays-Bas, vii. p. 52. 
2 J. A. S. B. xliv. 1875, extra number, 


628 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE [ Dee. 6, 


eround-colour, in the size of the animal, and in the length of the tail, 
together with modifications in the form of the skull, have been 
regarded as specific, and a great number of specific names have 
consequently been proposed for the forms found in those parts of 
the Oriental region throughout which this type of Cats ranges. By 
others these differences have been treated as insufficient to justify 
specific distinction, and it has been urged that such differences as 
exist are not constant. As typical of the first class, Dr. Gray and 
Dr. Fitzinger may be quoted, of the latter Mr. Blyth. 

Dr. Gray, in his latest work on the subject, the Catalogue of 
Carnivorous, Pachydermatous, and Edentate Mammalia in the British 
Museum (1869)*, enumerates as distinct F. minuta (syn. I’. suma- 
trana) from Sumatra, F. javanensis from Java, F. nepalensis from 
“ India,” “perhaps a hybrid or domesticated,’ F. chinensis from 
China, F. pardinoides from “ India,’”’ F. pardochroa from Nepal, and 
a variety from Teuasserim, Ff. tenasserimensis from “‘ India, Tenas- 
serim,” F. jerdoni from “ Indian peninsula, Madras,’ /. herschelit 
from India, “‘ Zanzibar?” (sic), and F. wagati from “ India.’ Of 
these the form termed F. pardinoides has, I believe, since been 
ascertained to have been derived, not from India, but from South 
America. Viverriceps ellioti from ‘ Madras,” however, appears to 
belong to the same type as F’. dengalensis, and to have no relation 
to either of the three very diverse forms, F. viverrina, F. planiceps, 
and I’. rubiginosa, that are, on what principle it is difficult to 
conceive, associated together to form the genus Viverriceps. Two 
other names formerly given by Dr. Gray, Leopardus horsfieldii” 
from the Himalayas, and LZ. reevesii*® from China, are omitted from 
the Catalague ; both were probably given to forms of the ‘‘ Leopard- 
cat.” 

Mr. Blyth, whose latest publication * on the subject was consider- 
ably earlier in date than either Dr. Gray’s or Dr. Fitzinger’s, classed all 
the various Asiatic Spotted Cats to which the names above enumerated 
had been given by Horsfield, Temminck, Hodgson, Gray, and 
others, as forms of F. bengalensis, Desmoulins. He, however, 
named a supposed distinct species, I’. jerdoni, separating it on 
account of its smaller size, although it was very similar in its 
markings. 

In the same writer’s ‘ Catalogue of the Mammals and Birds of 
Burma,’ published ° after his death in 1875, the name of F. undata, 
Desmarest, was adopted for the Leopard-cat. 


1 A considerable proportion of this work, as is well known, was reprinted 
from papers published in the Society’s Proceedings for 1864, 1865, 1867 and 
1868. 

2 Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. x. p. 260 (1842). 

3 Cat. Mamm., B. M. 1848, p. 44. 

4 P. Z.8. 1863, p. 184. The only apparent difference between the views 
there expressed and those published in the same author’s Catalogue of the 
Mammalia in the Museum Asiatic Society, p. 60, published in the same year, 
1863, but written a year or two previously, is that F. jerdont is proposed as a 
distinct species in the first-mentioned paper only. 

5 J, A. 8. B. xliv. pt. 2, extra number, p. 27. 


1887. | NOMENCLATURE OF INDIAN MAMMALS. 629 


Jerdon’ in this, as in other points, bas followed Blyth closely, 
but he remarked (p. 107) of the supposed F’. jerdoni that it might 
prove only a small variety of F. dengalensis. In treating of F. rubi- 
ginosa, however (p. 109), he suggested that the Ceylon species 
referred to that Cat by Kelaart might perhaps be F’. jerdoni of Blyth, 
which, he went on to say, “that gentleman recently writes me is 
perhaps the representative of F. rubiginosa on the Malabar coast. 
In the British Museum there is a specimen stated to be from 
Malacca, but Mr. Blyth is inclined to think that a mistake.” 

Mr. D. G. Elliot, in his illustrated ‘Monograph of the Felidz’ 
(1883), separated these Spotted Cats into two species, which he called 
F. bengalensis and F’. javanensis ; but he gave no reasons for so doing, 
and omitted to point out wherein these two supposed species differ 
from each other. He included several of the forms enumerated by 
Gray and Fitzinger under each of the two types. 

Both in the monograph and in a paper published in the Society’s 
Proceedings *, Mr. Elliot classes F’. jerdoni as a variety of PF. rubi- 
ginosa, and says that both Blyth and Jerdon agreed in this identifi- 
cation after examining the specimens*. In this view, as will be seen 
presently, I am unable to concur. 

The only other writer on the subject whom I shall quote is Dr. 
Mivart, who in his work on the Cat distinguishes as separate kinds 
F. bengalensis, I. wagati, F. chinensis, F. minuta, F. jgerdoni, and 
F. javanensis. 

F. rubiginosa is classed by all as distinct, and of its distinctness 
there can be no question. The anterior upper premolar p-2 is 
always wanting, in adults at all events, as in the Lynxes, and the 
bony orbit in the skull is complete behind. In /. bengalensis and 
its varieties, out of more than 40 specimens examined I have only 
seen two in which the anterior upper premolar is absent on both 
sides, and the bony orbit is never complete behind. There is also a 
character in the external coloration by which every specimen I have 
examined of both forms can be at once distinguished. In ail these 
Cats a variable number of interrupted dark lines pass from the 
forehead over the head and hind neck to the interscapulary tract. 
Usually there are four well-marked bands on the head; of these the 
two inner are continued between the shoulders in /. rubiginosa by 
two long, straight, slightly diverging dark lines, without any lines or 
spots between them. In F. bengalensis and its allies there are 
never these two lines alone; either the markings are all broken 
and interrupted, or other lines and spots intervene between the 
continuations of the two inner frontal bands. The tail, too, in 
F. rubiginosa is unspotted above ; in all forms of the Leopard- -cat 
distinctly spotted. 

There is in the Natural History Department of the British 
Museum at present a very fine series of these Indian and Malayan 


1 «Mammals of India,’ pp. 105-107 (1867). 

2 P.Z.S. 1871, p. 760. 

’ This is confirmed by Mr, Holdsworth, so far as regards Mr. Blyth, P. Z. 8. 
1871, p. 758. 


630 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE [ Dec. 6, 


Spotted Cats; no less than 6 specimens of F’. rubiginosa, all but one 
of which are from Ceylon, and the remaining specimen from Nel- 
lore in Southern India; and 42 skins of F. bengalensis and its allies. 
In going through the latter, whilst I have been struck by the great 
variety exhibited, I have been unable to trace a single character, 
external or cranial, by which the various races can be distinguished. 
There are doubtless several races, and except that I cannot see how 
F. jerdoni is to be separated, even as a variety, from F. javanensis of 
Horsfield, those accepted as kinds by Prof. Mivart are fairly recog- 
nizable. There is perhaps one to be added, the true wagati of Sir 
W. Elliot, not the form that was (I believe erroneously) described 
under that name by Dr. Gray. The variation in dimensions is not 
nearly so great as in the Leopard, and that in the markings is less 
than in the Ocelot. 

Accepting, then, the view that all the forms of Leopard-cat are 
varieties of one species, which, for reasons to be assigned presently, 
must be called F. bengalensis, the next question for determination is 
whether the Cat called F. jerdoni by Blyth is a distinct form, as it has 
been considered by Blyth and Mivart, whether, as Jerdon suggested, 
it is a small race of F’. bengalensis, or whether, as stated by Mr. D. 
G. Elliot, it is identical with a form of F’. rubiginosa. F’. jerdoni was 
founded by Blyth upon three specimens, as he writes (P. Z. 8. 1863, 
p. 185):—* I first detected an adult male and a kitten of this species 
in the Museum at Madras, and find that there is an adult specimen 
also in the British Museum.” There is now a second specimen in 
the British Museum, obtained from the East India Museum and 
labelled F. jerdoni in Mr. Blyth’s handwriting. On the stand of 
the original specimen the name F’. jerdoni has also been written by 
Mr. Blyth. The two specimens are precisely similar and that first 
in the Museum may be taken as the type of the species. 

The markings of this specimen, as already mentioned, are scarcely 
distinguishable from those of Horsfield’s type of F’. javanensis. In 
both the characteristic peints mentioned—the marks in the inter- 
scapulary region, and the spots on the tail—the two skins agree with 
F. bengalensis and not with F. rubiginosa. To complete the evidence, 
Mr. Thomas has had the skull of one of the skins of /. jerdoni 
extracted, and it proves to possess the anterior upper premolar and 
imperfect orbit of F’. bengalensis. I have, therefore, not the least 
hesitation in assigning J’. erdoni as a variety to that species, and I 
believe it to be identical with the form commonly known as F. java- 
nensis. The locality of neither specimen of J’. zerdoni in the National 
Collection is known; but, considering that so closely similar a form 
has been described from Java, whilst there is no evidence as to the de- 
rivation of the Madras Museum specimens, it is far from improbable 
that Mr. Blyth was mistaken in his supposition, and that these skins 
were really brought originally from Malacca or the neighbourhood. 

The next point for consideration is the oldest scientific name of 
the Leopard-cat. Blyth, as already remarked, used in 1863’ the 

1 Cat. Mam. A. 8. p. 60; in P. Z.S. 1863, p. 184, he calls this cat /. benga- 
lensis, Desmoulins, probably a slip for Desmarest. 


1887.] NOMENCLATURE OF INDIAN MAMMALS. 631 


term “ Felis bengalensis, Desmarest,” and in his ‘Catalogue of the 
Mammals and Birds of Burma,’ F. undata, Desmarest. 

The Felis undata of Desmarest was described first and very briefly 
in the Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. (1816), vie p. 115, no. 27, as Le 
petit chat sauvage de’ Inde. It was said to be smaller than F. java- 
nensis, its fur to exhibit waves rather than spots (‘‘son pelage 
présente des ondes plutot que des taches”’), and it was compared to 
the Wild Indian Cat of Vosmaer, except that the latter was figured 
of a more bluish tinge. 

In Desmarest’s ‘ Mammalogie,’ published in 1820, further details 
were given, the essential character being, ‘ Pelage d’un gris sale, avec 
des nombreuses petites taches noiritres, un peu alongées.” This 
might perhaps refer to F’. viverrina, but the description is palpably 
at secondhand, being founded on a specimen of a kitten brought by 
Péron from Java, and noticed by Cuvier in the ‘ Ossemens Fossiles.’ 
It is clear that this animal was not F. dengalensis. The Wild Cat of 
Vosmaer is called by him ‘‘ Japansche Bosch-Kat,” and the figure 
has not the least resemblance to any Indian wild cat. Indeed the 
coloration is unlike that of any wild animal, and the specimen was 
doubtless a domestic cat or the offspring of one run wild. 

But even if the term F’. undata were applicable, it must give way 
to the much older F. bengalensis if, as appears to me to be the case, 
the latter can be shown to be really applicable to the same species ; 
for this name dates, not from Desmarest’s article published in 1816, 
as Blyth appears to have supposed, butfrom Kerr’s ‘Animal Kingdom’ 
(p. 151), published in 1792. The name was founded on the Bengal 
Cat of Pennant (Hist. Quadr. p. 272), described from an animal 
brought alive to England, and which was said to have swum on board 
aship at anchor off the coastof Bengal. Thiscireumstance led Jerdon 
(Mamm. Ind. p. 106) to suggest that Pennant’s Cat was a specimen 
of F. viverrina; but Pennant’s description shows that the species was 
really the Leopard-cat, and it is more likely that the story of its 
capture was incorrect. The animal was described as of a beautiful 
pale yellowish-brown colour above, white below, and as rather less 
than a common cat in size, none of which characters agree with those 
of F. viverrina, whilst all apply to the Leopard-cat. 


VII. On the Scientific Name of the Common Indian Mungoose 
(Herpestes griseus, auct., nee Ichneumon grisevs, Geof-). 


Although there has been by no means a general agreement as to 
the name to be applied to the common Mungoose of the Indian 
Peninsula, the Grey Ichneumon of some, a considerable majority of 
English naturalists have identified the animal with the Ichneumon 
griseus of Geoffroy St.-Hilaire, or, which comes to the same, with 
the Herpestes griseus of Desmarest. This specific name griseus 
had been adopted by zoologists in British India until recently, 
when Dr. Anderson (An. Zool. Res. p. 181) rejected it in favour 
of Wagner’s later name pallidus, because (Greoffroy’s Ichneumeon 
griseus ‘ originally included an African species.” I agree with Dr. 


632 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE [ Dec. 6, 


Anderson in rejecting the name griseus, not, however, merely because 
it included an African species, which might not under all cireum- 
stances have been a sufficient reason, but because it was, I think, 
proposed for an African species, and not for the Indian Mungoose at 
all. 

In a note to his paper on the Mammals of Mr. Hume’s collection 
(P. Z.S8. 1886, p. 56, note), Mr. Oldfield Thomas gives reasons for 
coming to conclusions opposed to my own. He identifies the 
Indian Mungoose with Jchneumon griseus of Geoffroy, and rejects 
Gmelin’s specific name, which, as I will show presently, appears to 
me applicable. To explain these views some details are necessary. 

The original description of Zchneumon griseus by Geoffroy St.- 
Hilaire occurs in the Natural History of the ‘ Description Générale 
de l’ Egypte,’ vol. ii. pp. 138, 139, and runs thus * :— 

* Une autre espéce, également des Indes Orientales, est la man- 
gouste nems de Buffon, Supp. iii. pl. 27. Elle est d’un cinquiéme 
plus grande que l’espéce & bandes *, sa queue se termine de méme 
en pointe, son pelage est plus claire, d’une couleur uniforme, tant 
sur le dos que sur les pattes, ses petits traits d’un brun roussAtre 
disséminés également, et dont il y a autant que de poils, font voir en 
gris-roux la teinte totale qui est, au fond, jaune couleur de paille. 
Daubenton a connu cette mangouste et |’a décrite dans la premiére 
partie de son article H. N. G. tome xiii.” 

This description will apply equally well to several distinct kinds 
of Herpestes. It will be seen that the species is founded on the 
Mangouste nems of Buffon. Now this is distinetly said by Buffon to 
be from Africa. As the term East Indies (Indes Orientales) was 
until recently very vaguely used and included all countries east of 
the Cape of Good Hope, East Africa may have been the locality 
meant by Geoffroy. There is nothing, so far as I can see, in the 
description to distinguish either the zems or Geoffroy’s Ichneumon 
griseus from a young Herpestes galera or possibly H. pulverulentus. 
Mr. O. Thomas, in his paper on the African Mungooses (P. Z. S. 
1882, p. 72), refers Viverra nems, Kerr (An. Kingdom, p. 160), to 
H. galera. Now Kerr's name was clearly founded upon Buffon’s 
description, the characters assigned being abridged from Buffon’s 
account; and if Viverra nems, Kerr, be the same as Herpestes 
galera, so is Ichneumon griseus, Geoffroy. Moreover, as the two 
names were founded on the same description, the oldest name has 
under any circumstances priority over griseus, which must therefore 
be relegated to the list of synonyms, whatever be the species to 
which it ought to belong. 

But there is another and more important fact to be considered. 
The paper by Geoffroy on the Egyptian Ichneuimon, from which the 
description of J. griseus has just been quoted, contains a list with 
notes of the species known to the author. The first of these is the 
“ mangouste de l’Inde ou \a mangouste a& bandes,” of which it is 
remarked, “ Elle porte aux Indes le nom de Mungo ou de Mungutia, 


1 T give the extract in full, as the work is rare. 
2 The head and body of which are said to be 25 centimetres long. 


1887. ] NOMENCLATURE OF INDIAN MAMMALS, 633 


dot Buffon a dérivé celui de mangouste, que nous conservons 
comme nom générique.” This is said, moreover, to be the animal 
noticed by Kaempfer and cthers, and recorded by Linneeus. In the 
note on p. 139, where Latin names are given, this species is called 
Ichneumon mungo. I believe that Geoffroy understood by this 
name, and not by J. griseus, the Common Indian Mungoose; and I 
shall show that this was the view of Frederic Cuvier, Geoffroy’s 
collaborator in the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Mammiféres.’ The 
mixing up of the “ Mangouste de l’Inde ”’ and the “‘ Mangouste a 
bandes”” is due to Buffon and Schreber. 

Some years ago I expressed the opinion ' that the oldest name for 
the Common Indian Mungosose was Viverra mungo of Gmelin. This 
name, which was evidently the origin of Geoffroy’s [cehneumon 
mungo, has been by reeent writers either ignored or applied to 
an African species, Crossarchus fasciatus. That several species 
were referred to in the descriptions quoted by Gmelin is unques- 
tionable ; and there is good reason for believing that one of these 
was C. fasciatus ; but I am inclined to look upon the name as really 
given to the Indian Mungoose, for it is applied to the Viverra 
ichneumon (3 of Linneeus and Schreber. Now the V. ichneumon 3 
of Linnzeus’s twelfth edition, the Muste/a glauca of the fifth, and 
the Mungos of his ‘Amcenitates Academice,’ are all founded on 
the Viverra mungo of Kaempfer, said to be called ‘* Mungutia”’ by 
the Indians and Mungo by the Portuguese. Kaempfer visited India 
amongst other places, and gave in his work * a general account of 
the Indian Mungoose. It is probable that his remarks refer partly 
also to H. javanicus. The question, however, is to determine which 
is the species of Herpestes known in the country it inhabits by the 
name Mungutia, or by some term of which Mungo or Mungos is a 
corruption, for this must clearly be the species to which the names 
of Kaempfer, Linnzeus, and Gmelin were intended to apply. And 
as the Anglo-Indian term Mungoose is evidently of similar origin, 
its derivation if ascertained must elucidate the question. 

In Colonel Yule’s recently published ‘ Hobson Jobson’ the term 
Mungoose is traced to a Telugu word mangisu. Sykes*, Elliot *, 
and Jerdon® state that the word mangis itself is Mahratti, and, 
according to Jerdon, Hindi also in Southern India. I do not 
attach much importance to this, as it is just possible the name ma 
not have existed originally in either language, being probably 
Dravidian, whilst both languages are of Sanscrit derivation. The 
Hindi name in Northern India in Nyu/, but I know that mangiis is 
pretty generally understood by those natives who come much in 
contact with Europeans. But to return to the dialects of Southern 
India. Elliot ® gives Mungli as Canarese ; and Kelaart” Woogatea 
as Cingalese. In all probability, as so frequently happens in Indian 
languages, a nasal n before the g in Cingalese has escaped Kelaart’s 


1 Eastern Persia, 1i. p. 42. 2? Ameen. Exot. p. 574. 
3 P.Z.8. 1831, p. 102. * Madr. Journ, Lit. Sci. x. p. 102. 
5 Mammals of India, p. 182. ® Loc. cit, 


7 Prodromus Faun. Zeyl. p. 41, 


634 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE [ Dec. 6, 


notice, for it is scarcely likely that the first syllable in Cingalese 
wants the x that occurs in Telugu, Canarese, &e. In this case the 
Cingalese name furnishes the original Mungutia of Kaempfer. 

I cannot find any similar word in Malay. Horsfield! gives 
Garangan for H. javanicus, and Cantor? Musang turon for H. 
brachyurus. Musang is the term used for Paradoxurus, whence the 
specific name musanga was derived. 

I conclude that the name mungo or mungos was derived from the 
Common Mungoose of India, H. griseus of many modern writers, 
and that this was the animal indicated by Gmelin and others as 
Viverra mungo, by Geoffroy as Ichneumon mungo, and, as I shall 
show, by F. Cuvier as Herpestes mungos. 

If, however, the specific name mungo be rejected, what is the next 
in priority? This, I think, must be Herpestes frederici, Desmarest’®, 
which, like H. malaccensis, Fischer*, was applied to the animal 
figured and described by F. Cuvier as La Mangouste in the well- 
known ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Mammiferes.’ Desmarest’s name 
was given in honour of Frederic Cuvier. The specimen figured was 
believed (probably erroneously *) to have come originally from 
Malacca, and was referred to in an article on another species as the 
** Mangouste de Malacca.” It is true that Blyth, Jerdon, and some 
other writers have classed this under Fischer’s name as distinct 
from their H. griseus, the Common Indian Mungoose, the latter 
being less rufous than the former; but I quite agree with Dr. 
Anderson in classing the rufous and grey forms together®. Now 
comes the important point already referred to. F. Cuvier in his 
article distinguised the animal which, following Buffon, he called 
** La Mangouste” from the Ichneumon griseus of Geoffroy, the nems 
of Buffon, and in the ‘‘ Table générale et méthodique ” to the whole 
work he assigned to La Mangouste the Latin name of Herpestes 
mungos. 

It appears to me that from Gmelin to Frederic Cuvier or even 
later” the specific name mungo or mungos was understood to apply 
to the Common Indian Mungoose, and that this specific name 
should be restored instead of the term griseus, which was never 
intended for the animal and was not, so far as I can ascertain, 
applied to it before 1830, one of the first authors who used the 
name being Sykes in 1831. I quite admit the justice of Mr. 
Thomas’s argument that Gmelin’s name was applied to the Viverra 

1 Res. Java. 

2J. A.S. B. xv. p. 248. 

3 Dict. Se. Nat. xxix. p. 60 (1823). 

4 Synopsis Mamm. p. 164 (1829). 

° In this case, and also in that of the specimen obtained by Cantor in the 
Malay Peninsula (J. A.S. B. xv. p. 242), it is, I think, most likely that the 
animals had originally been taken from India. 

* Talso unite the Sind form described by myself as H. ferrugineus (P.Z. 8. 
1874, p. 661, pl. Ixxxi.) and Mr. Murray’s H. atkinsoni (Vert. Zool. Sind, 
p- 34). In the same manner I regard H. smithi and H. jerdoni (H. monticolus, 
Jerdon) as rufous and grey varieties of the same specific form. 


7 In the late Sir W. Elliot’s excellent list of Southern Mahratta mammals 
published in 1839 (Madr. Journ. Lit. Sci. x. p. 102). 


1887.] NOMENCLATURE OF INDIAN MAMMALS. 635 


ichneumon (3 of Schreber, at least that was the first reference, that 
Schreber’s figures were taken from Buffon, and that one of them 
may have been the species known as H. fasciatus, whilst the other, 
though probably meant for the Indian Mungoose, is not good enough 
for recognition. No doubt, too, under Schreber’s name and references 
several distinct species were confounded, one of these, as I have shown 
elsewhere, being the small H. auropunctatus vy. persicus. But 
Schreber’s Viverra ichneumon |} was founded on that of Liunzeus, 
and I have shown that the latter rests much on Kaempfer, though 
other references are given, all relating more or less clearly to forms 
of Mungoose. 

The conclusions to which I have come may therefore be briefly 
stated thus. The Viverra mungo of Gmelin comprised several 
species, of which the most important were Crossarchus fasciatus and 
the Indian Mungoose. Probably Herpestes javanicus was also 
included. Now in Geoffroy’s paper C. fasciatus and H. javanicus 
were distinguished, leaving the Indian Mungoose in H. mungo, which 
is, I think, the proper name for the animal. If, however, the specific 
term be rejected as being barbarous, or as having been applied 
originally to a confused admixture of different species, the name 
next in priority is H. frederici. 


VIII. On the Scientific Name of the Common Fox, and on the 
Classification of Allied Forms. 


The common European Fox is usually designated either Canis 
vulpes or Vulpes vulgaris. The first name is the true Linnean title, 
but if, in accordance with the views expressed by Prof. Huxley’, the 
Foxes are separated generically from the Dogs, the question arises as to 
whether the specific name vulgaris is rightly applicable. ‘This term 
is derived from Brisson, whose specific names are not admissible, 
though by the British Association rules his generic terms for birds 
are, when they are additions to those employed by Linneus. The 
gencric name Vulpes, which was employed by Brisson, is therefore 
available, if the same rule be applied to mammals as to birds, but 
the specific term vulgaris has no authority. 

All later writers, however, refer two Linnzan species, Canis vulpes 
and Canis alopex, to the Common Fox. The two are distinguished, 
according to Linnzeus, by the former having the tip of the tail white, 
the latter black. C. alopew is said to inhabit Europe and Asia, and 
appears to be merely an accidental or even an individual variety, the 
Fox with the characteristically black-tipped tail, C. corsac, having 
been known to Linnzeus and named by him. The term alopew is 
derived from Aristotle’s name for the Fox. It appears therefore 
that the correct name for the Common Fox, if the genus Vulpes be 
admitted, is Vulpes alopew (L.). 

There is a curious gradation in size amongst the Foxes allied to 
V. alopex, the European form exceeding all the others in stature. 
V. flavescens from Central Asia comes next, and then the Himalayan 


1 PZ. 8. 1880, p. 286. 


636 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE [Dec. 6, 


race commonly called V. montana’. The North-African V. nilotica 
and the Persian V. persica are considerably smaller ; and V. griffithi 
of Afghanistan, V. pusilla of the Punjab, and V. leucopus of Western 
India are of still inferior dimensions, the last-named being the 
smallest of the series. But except in size I can find no constant 
distinction between these races. I do not think in any case that 
V. griffithi and V. pusilla can be distinguished from V. leucopus, 
and I have equally little hesitation in uniting V’. favescens and the 
so-called V. montana with V. alopex; bat I do not feel so sure 
about V. persica and V.nilotica. So far as India is concerned, it 
appears most convenient to recognize as distinct species the large 
V. alopex (including V’. flavescens and V. montana v. himalayica) and 
the small V7. leucopus (comprising V. pusilla and V. griffithi), 
especially as the two are said to occur together in Afghanistan ; and 
it is possible that V7. nilotica, originally described as being the size 
of the European Red Fox (V. alopex), may be a variety of that 
species, and /’. persica of V. leucopus. The North-American Cross 
Fox, Canis fulvus y. pennsylvanicus, appears also to be a variety of 
V. alopex. 


IX. On the Generic Terms Musteva, Marres, and Purortvus. 


By most English naturalists the Martens have been referred to a 
genus Martes, and the Polecats and Weasels to Mustela, under the 
supposition that the old Linnean genus Musfela was thus divided 
by Cuvier in 1797 in his ‘Tableau Elémentaire.’ This was not 
the case ; he merely called the Martens in French ‘‘ Les Martes.” 
But he did divide the genus in the ‘ Régne Animal,’ Ist ed., pub- 
lished in 1817, and proposed four subgenera, keeping the Martens 
alone in Mustela, and using Putorius tor the Weasels and Polecats °. 
Alston urges, P. Z. 8S. 1879, p. 468, that the names then proposed 
by Cuvier cannot be employed as they are only of subgeneric 
value; but not only have they been generally used by contineutal 
naturalists, but several of the best known genera of birds, amongst 
others Ploceus, Vidua, and Budytes, stand on precisely the same 
foundation, having been similarly proposed in the same work. There 
is nothing to show that the Weasels were considered the typical 
forms of Mustela by Linnzeus ; indeed his description of the genus 
points rather to the Martens, and the word Musé¢eda in Latin appears 
to have been employed for a Marten. 


X. On XanTuareyiA, ELeEuTHERURA, and CYNONYCTERIS. 


My friend Mr. Dobson, in his valuable works on Chiroptera, has 
adopted Peters’s term Cynonycteris, first proposed in 1852, for the 
genus of Fruit-eating Bats comprising Pteropus amplexicaudatus, 


Canis vulpes montana, Pearson, J. A. 8. B. vy. p.313. According to the views 
of many of the best naturalists, a trinomial appellation like this has no claim 
to priority, and Ogilby’s Canis himalayicus, P.Z. 8. 1856, p. 103, given the same 
year, would be preferred. 

2 My attention was called to this by Mr. Oldfield Thomas. 


1887.] NOMENCLATURE OF INDIAN MAMMALS. 637 


P. egyptiacus, and P. stramineus of Geoffroy St.-Hilaire, P. collaris, 
Dliger, and some other species. In the British Museum Catalogue 
of the Chiroptera, p. 70, Mr. Dobson gives his reason for rej2cting 
the earlier title Eleutherura of Gray, proposed in 1844 for Péteropus 
hottentota = collaris. 

I think another term of Gray’s, Xantharpyia, has priority over 
Eleutherura. Both appear together, it is true, in the Mammalia of 
the Voyage of the ‘Sulphur,’ p. 29, where Hleutherura was first 
proposed ; but Xantharpyia had been published in the previous year, 
1843, in the ‘ List of the Specimens of Mammalia in the Collection 
of the British Museum,” pp. 37, 38, and applied to the three species 
Pteropus amplevicaudatus, P. egyptiacus, and P. stramineus. It is 
true that no description of the genus was given, but this is not 
essential. 


XI. On Hirrosipervus and PHYLLORHINA. 


It is, I fear, impossible to admit that the name Phyllorhint can 
be used for the group of Leaf-nosed Bats to which the term has 
been applied by Bonaparte, Peters, Dobson, and others. The 
reference given by both Peters and Dobson for the original de- 
scription of the genus is to Bonaparte’s ‘Saggio di una Distribuzione 
metodica degli Animali vertebrati,) Rome, 1831, p. 16. In this 
work, which contains no descriptions, and is a mere list of generic 
names, the genus Ehinolophus is divided into two subgenera thus, — 


Rhinolophus, Leach. 
Phyllorhina, Leach. 


For along time I was unable to discover where these genera of 
Leach were published ; but Mr. Waterhouse, the Society’s librarian, 
has succeeded in finding the names in that author’s ‘Systematic 
Catalogue of the Specimens of the Indigenous Mammalia and Birds 
in the British Museum,’ a small pamphlet issued in 1816 and 
reprinted by the Willughby Society. In this, immediately following 
Rhinolophus ferrum-equinum, is ‘ Phyllorhina minuta, small Leaf- 
nose; Torquay, Devon.” It is manifest that the genus Phyllorhina 
was proposed by Leach for Rhinolophus hipposiderus, and conse- 
quently cannot be applied to the genus for which it has been used 
by Peters, Dobson, and others. 

Bonaparte, it is true, in his ‘ Ieonografia della Fauna Italica,’ a work 
published at intervals between 1832 and 1841, proposed to transfer 
Leach’s generic name from the smaller Horseshoe Bat to the first 
section of the genus Rhinolophus in Temminck’s ‘ Monographie de 
Mammalogie,’ * vol. ii. pp. 10 e¢ seg., and this section corresponds 
to the genus Phyllorhina of later writers. Bonaparte’s remarks 
occur in the article describing Rhinolophus ferrum-equinum. But 
to admit a change of this kind would lead to endless confusion. 


1 As the date of this volume ranges from 1835 to 1841, Bonaparte’s appli- 
eation of the generie term Phyllorhina to the section defined by Temminck 
can scarcely have been published before 1836. 


Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1887, No. XLII. 42 


638 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE GENUS CHZTOCERCUS. [ Dec. 20, 


Moreover, independently of the question whether such a change 
could be admitted, Gray’s generic name Hipposideros has priority 
over Bonaparte’s Phyllorhina as distinguished from Leach’s. Peters 
and Dobson quote Hipposiderus as dating from 1834. In the ‘ Pro- 
ceedings’ of this Society for that year, p. 53, the name was men- 
tioned without description and without any species being quoted as 
type, and would consequently have no validity ; but the generic 
term Hipposiderus was, in fact, first proposed three years earlier, in 
1831, in Gray’s ‘ Zoological Miscellany,’ p. 37, with a description 
which, although clumsily worded, pointed out the characteristic 
distinctions of the nose-leaf, and with the following list of the 
species referred to the new genus :—Z. speoris, H. elongatus, H. dia- 
dema, H. larvatus, H. vulgaris (= larvatus), H. deformis — 
larvatus), and H. tridens. With the exception of H. elongatus, 
which I cannot trace, all these are species of the genus Phyllorhina 
of Peters and other writers. It is quite contrary to the rales of 
nomenclature generally adopted to set aside a generic name a, properly 
defined in 1831, in favour of another name 4, that in 1816 had been 
proposed for a species belonging to a different genus and that was 
only applied some years later to the same genus as a had already 
been proposed for. 

I can see no escape from the conclusion that the name Hzppe- 
siderus must be adopted for the genus—a conclusion which I greatly 
regret, as Phyllorhina is preferable on the score both of euphony and 
of signification. 


December 20, 1887. 
Prof. W. H. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the 
Society’s Menagerie during the month of November 1887 :— 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of November was 132, of which 100 were by 
presentation, 7 by birth, 8 were received in exchange, and 17 on 
deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, 
by death and removals, was 110. 


Mr. Sclater read the following description of a supposed new 
Humming-bird of the genus Chetocercus, contained in a letter 
received from Dr. H. Burmeister, F.M.Z.S. :— 

“The species is nearly allied in size, figure, and colour to 
Chetocercus bombus (Gould, Mon. Troch. Suppl. pl. 32), but differs 
entirely in its tail, which is of singular construction. 

“The billis straight, entirely black, and as long as the head (1 em.). 
The whole upper part of the body is of a dark green metallic colour, 


1887.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON TWO SPECIMENS OF SNAKES. 639 


except the wings, which are black, 1 inch (24 em.) long, and some- 
what curved. The small feathers of the throat on the under jaw 
are whitish, with a darker spot in the middle; there begins on the 
throat the crimson-red bilateral beard, which is composed on both 
sides of three rows of very small feathers, these becoming somewhat 
larger in the middle of the beard and terminating with two ranges 
of feathers in the exterior half. Many of these feathers are 
shining metallic green in certain positions. A white spot behind 
the eyes descends from there to the breast, which is also whitish, but 
with a dark spot on every feather, causing a greyish appearance in 
the middle of the breast. The hinder half of the breast and the 
belly are black, but the anal portion is white, and also the sides of 
the body except the thighs, which are black. The inferior feathers 
behind the anal region are clear yellow-brown, but those in the 
middle have a green metallic spot. The tail is composed of eight 
feathers ; the two exterior on each side are more than an inch long, 
very small but of equal size in the whole extent, and rounded at the 
tip, not pointed. ‘The exterior rectrix is entirely black ; the second 
has a clear brown stripe on the inner border. The third rectrix 
of each side is very short, only half an inch long, and more than eight 
lines shorter than the exterior; its colour is entirely black. The 
two middle tail-feathers are shorter than the third pair, and partly 
covered by the coverts; they are of a metallic green colour like 
the coverts. 

‘* Hab. A single specimen obtained in the mountains of Tucuman 
(Valle de Tafi) is in the National Museum of Buenos Aires.” 

Mr. Sclater exhibited a drawing of this bird sent by Dr. Bur- 
meister, and stated that, after consulting Mr. Salvin and Graf v. 
Berlepsch, he had come to the conclusion that it must belong to a new 
species, for which he proposed the name Chetocercus burmeisteri, 


The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of Major Yerbury, F.Z.S., a 
pair of horns of the Oorial (Ovis cycloceros) which formerly belonged 
to the Royal Artillery Mess at Fort Attock, and were stated to have 
been originally obtained in the Chitta Pahar Range a few miles south 
of Attock. 

These horns were of unusual size, and, although they came from 
the mountains on the left bank of the Indus, appeared to belong 
to the form described by Mr. A. O. Hume as Ovis blanfordi 
(J. A.S. B. vol. xlvi. part 2, p. 327, 1877). 


The Secretary read an extract from a letter received from H. M. 
Phipson, Esq., C.M.Z.S., of the Bombay Natural History Society, 
relating to living specimens of two Snakes lately received at Madras. 

1. A Trimeresurus erythurus, which had been caught on board a 
timber-ship from Moulmein in Bombay Harbour. 

2. An Ophiophagus bungarus, from the Canarese Jungles, which 

42* 


640 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A NEW LIZARD. _ [ Dec. 20, 


was stated to be 12 feet in length, of a jet-black, with a cream- 
coloured throat and bars across its back. 

The Secretary remarked that the latter specimen would be particu- 
larly acceptable to this Society, as their large specimen of Ophiophagus 
bungarus received on the 5th March, 1875, had died on the 25th of 
October last, after living twelve years and seven months in the 
Society’s Gardens, during which period it had been fed nearly 
entirely upon English snakes. 


A paper was read by Mr. Frank E. Beddard, F.Z.S., Prosector to 
the Society, entitled “Gbservations on the Structure of Hooker’s 
Sea-Lion (Arctocephalus hookeri).” 

This paper will be published entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’ 


The following papers were read :— 


1. Description of a new Genus of Lizards of the Family 
Teiide. By G. A. Boutenerr, F.Z.S. 


[Received November 24, 1887. ] 


STENOLEPIS. 


Tongue moderately elongate, arrow-headed. Head with large 
shields ; frontonasal separating the nasals; no preefrontals ; fronto- 
parietals present ; nostril pierced in the lower part of the nasal, 
touching the first labial. Lower eyelid with an undivided, semi- 
transparent disk. Earexposed. Limbs well developed, pentadactyle. 
Dorsal and lateral scales equal, hexagonal-lanceolate, keeled, 
imbricate, arranged in regular transverse series; ventral plates 
large, subquadrangular, rounded and overlapping posteriorly, smooth, 
arranged in regular longitudinal and transverse series. No collar- 
fold. ‘Tail evlindrical. A preeanal pore on each side in the female. 

Nearly equally related to Arthrosaura, Blgr., and Heterodactylus, 
Spix. Agreeing with the former in the presence of frontoparietal 
shields, the distinct ear, and the well-developed pentadactyle limbs ; 
with the latter in the absence of prefrontal shields, the position of 
the nostril, the undivided palpebral disk, and the absence of a collar- 
fold ; with both in the scaling of the body. 


STENOLEPIS RIDLEYI. 


Habit lacertiform. Snout short, obtuse. Two large supraoculars, 
with a small one in front; frontal pentagonal, a little longer than 
broad ; frontoparietals small ; a pair of large parietals, separated by 
an equally long, but narrow interparietal ; a square occipital ; a loreal 
and a freno-orbital ; a row of very small suborbitals; a large sub- 
circular temporal, with two smaller ones above it; six upper and five 
lower labials ; five cbin-shields, an anterior azygous and two pairs 
forming a suture, very large ; large transverse, rounded gulars, in two 


1887.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A NEW LIZARD. 641 


rows anteriorly, in three posteriorly ; a row of five elongate pectoral 
shields, median triangular and pointing backwards. Dorsal scales 
very narrow, strongly keeled, ending in a sharp point. 32 scales 
round the middle of the body, ventrals included ; 29 scales from 
occiput to base of tail; nuchal scales large, broad, smooth. Ventral 
scales in 6 longitudinal and 16 transverse series. Five preanal 
shields, of which one pair are large and form a median suture. The 
adpressed limbs just meet. Tail nearly twice as long as head and 
body, covered with annuli of hexagonal-lanceolate keeled scales. 
Brown above, with four longitudinal series of lighter dots; vertebral 


Stenolepis ridleyi, 
a. Upper view. 6. Side view. c, d. Lower view. 


line and sides blackish ; two series of light dots along the tail ; 
lower parts white, throat with black dots. 


millim 
"Peta eett  actaugeacs< sa sic o's es.ats saree oy RR 
Header, Sree snriit oxen 6 «5 aac eae ae 9 
‘Widthrothhedd "Sree tS Foc eis: sie eas 6°5 
From end of snout to fore limb ............ 15 


From end of snout to vent ................ 45 


642 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON THE [ Dec. 20, 


millim 
Fore tlimbisnutehc cestiticicics fey See “Teed Meee 0) 
Hind shim enspats ce! we eel! eae est okey eG, 
ails (Qo. ites Grsiia! exten Wiel -83 


A single female’ specimen was obtained Ay Mr. H. N. Ridley in 
the latent of Iguarasse, Pernambuco, and presented by him to the 
British Museum, 


2. Revision of the Japanese Species of the Coleopterous 
Family Endomychide. By the Rev. H. S. Gorunam, 


F.Z.S., F.E.S 
[Received November 29, 1887.] 


(Plate LI.) 


The expedition made by Mr. G. Lewis to Japan in 1880 and !881 
was the cause of a Jarge number of additions to the Coleopterous 
fauna of those islands. The Endomychidz are a small but very 
interesting family, and the new species now described show how 
very incomplete our knowledge of some of these minor groups 
are, and what interesting forms we may expect to see when other 
islands on the limits of the great continents have been equally well 
explored. Mr. Lewis’s stay was, from circumstances, necessarily 
brief in many of the localities visited; hence it is but reasonable to 
believe that a longer stay would have brought to light many new 
species, especially in such genera as Cyanauges, Stenotarsus, Chondria, 
and allied forms, which live a more or less obscure life, and only 
remain in the imago state for a few weeks. 

Compared with the number of species that are new, the number 
of new genera is large. ‘This is sure to be the case in a fauna as 
yet only, partially known, and lying so isolated from the centres 
whence most of the material which has been the basis of the systems 
proposed has hitherto come. Eetomychus and Chondria are not only 
new as genera, but hardly find a place in the subfamilies as vet pro- 
posed. The following is a complete list of Japanese Endomychidee :— 


Ancylopus melanocephalus, O/. | Ectomychus basalis, n. sp. 


Danaé orientalis, Gorh. 
Lycoperdina dux, Gorh. 

-——— sp. 

— ce lanepaame Gorh. 
mandarinea, Gerst. 
Saula japonica, Gorh. 
Rhabduchus denticornis, Gorh. 
Mycetina amabilis, Gorh. 
ancoriger, Gorh. 
laticollis, n. sp. 


Stenotarsus chrysomelinus, n. sp. 


internexus, n. sp. 
“musculus, n. sp. 
nigriclayis, Gorh. 
Ectomychus, n. gen. 


Bolbomorphus, n. gen. 
gibbosus, n. sp. 
Panamomus lewisi, Gorh. 
decoratus, n. sp. 

—— brevicornis, n. sp, 
Pheomychus, n. gen. 
rufipennis, Mots. 
Cyanauges gorhami, Lew7s. 
plagiatus, n. sp. 
quadra, Nn. Sp. 
nigropiceus, n. sp. 
Chondria, n. gen. 

lutea, n. sp. 
Symbiotes niponensis, Gorh. 


W.Purkiss libh . Hanbart imp. 


NEW JAPANESE SPECIES or ENDOMYCHIDA: 


1887. ] JAPANESE ENDOMYCHIDS. 643 


AncyLopws, Costa. 
1. ANCYLOPUS MELANOCEPHALUS, Oliv. 


Mr. Lewis says this insect was very abundant in the middle of 
March in Mississippi Bay, Yokohama, under stones and also under 
planks which had been washed up by the sea. At Nagasaki it was 
abundant in garden-refuse early in the spring, 


Danai, Reiche. 
( Oediarthrus, Gerstaecker. Coniopoda, Gorham.) 


1. Danai ORTENTALIS. 

Coniopoda orientalis, Gorham, Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. ix. p. 205. 

Hab. Krusutu: Nagasaki, Ichiuchi, Kobe. 

None of the specimens captured exhibit the peculiarity of a 
swollen ninth joint of the antenne, yet as many have been met with, 
it is hardly likely but that we have received both sexes. If this 
is so, perhaps the generic name Coniopoda will have still to be 
retained for this insect. All the species are rare in collections, and 
I have not enough specimens to examine them in detail. D. orientalis 
occurs in haystack-refuse in early spring. 


LycopPerDINA, Latreille. 
|. Lycorerpina Dux, Gorh. Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. ix. p. 205. 


Very few specimens of this species have at present been obtained—- 
at Hiogo in puffballs on the ground in fir-woods, three examples, and 
one at Yokohama, 


2. LycoreRDINA, sp. inc. 


A few specimens of a Lycoperdina, apparently distinct from LZ. dua, 
were obtained by Mr. Lewis at Sapporo; tinese specimens are of a 
light chestnut-yellow colour, with the exception of the legs and 
antennee, which are brownish yellow. The thorax is transverse 
instead of being nearly quadrate, as in LZ. dux. Three of the 
specimens are female and one a male, but I do not feel disposed to 
describe the species upon the specimens before me, as they may not 
be fully matured. 


3. LyCOPERDINA CASTANEIPENNIS, Gorham, Ent. Mo. Mag. 
vol, xi. p. 151. 

Apparently commoner than LZ. dua; Mr. Lewis met with specimens 
at Nikko, in the Main Island, and Sado, in October, from a kind of 
puffballs which grew in quantities on standing but rotten beeches ; 
also one example at Nagasaki in March 1881. 


4, LycoperDINA MANDARINEA, Gerst. Mon. Endom. p. 212". 


Hah, Cutna: Hongkong’. Japan: Krusuru: Nagasaki, Hiogo. 
Met with again by Mr. Lewis in Yezo, at Tomakomai, two speci- 
mens. 


644 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON THE [ Dec. 20, 


Sauta, Gerstaecker. 
1. Sauta saponica, Gorham, Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. x. p. 224. 


Hab. Kivussaiu: Nagasaki and in Higo. Main Istanp: on 
Manjasan near Hiogo. 
Beaten commonly off foliage, chiefly in the wet season, July and 
August. 
Ruaspucavus, Gorham. 


1. RaeABpucHus DENTICORNIS, Gorham, Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. ix. 
p. 257; End. Ree. plate, fig. 1. 


Hab. Krusuru: Nagasaki. 
This insect remains unique in Mr. Lewis’s collection. 


Mycertina, Mulsant. 

1. Myecrina amasixis, Gorh. Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. ix. p. 205. 

Hab. Kiusuru: Nagasaki, Oyayama, Yuyama, Konose, in the 
province of Higo. 

Main Istanp: Kashiwagi, Yunoshiku, Oyama; Yezo: Sapporo. 

Several specimens were obtained in May and June 1881, a few 
of which are of the variety without spots on the posterior part of 
the elytra. Some years ago I saw specimens which were said to 
have been found at Hakodate. 


2. MycreTINA ANCORIGER, Gorh. Ent. Mo. Mag. ix. p. 206. 


Hab. Kivsurv: Nagasaki, Miyanoshita, Higo. 
Main Istanp: Wadatogé, Awomori, Shimonosurva lake. 
Met with rarely, and apparently in single specimens. 


3. MyYCeETINA LATICOLLIS, n. sp. (Plate LIII. fig. 2.) 

Nigro-picea, nitida; elytris castaneis, disco indistincte infuscato, 
valde convexis ; antennurum articulo apicali, geniculis tarsisque 
rujis. Long. 33-4 millim. 

Hab. Matn Istann: Kashiwagi, Nara, Maiyasan at Kobé. 

A good deal larger than M. ancoriger, broader and with the 
elytra more convex. Antennze longer in proportion, and with their 
joints all less transverse. Eyes rather large and more coarsely 
granulate than in M. amabilis; mouth and palpi rufous. Thorax 
twice as wide as long, very similar in form to that of JZ. ancoriger, 
impunctate, basal sulei deep, and curying inwards at their apices. 
Scutellum of the same rufous colour as the elytra, the latter very 
much swollen, rather strongly rounded at the sides ; viewed laterally 
they are slightly gibbous, distinctly punctured, but not very deeply 
so. The underside is pitchy, the abdomen pitchy red. I have only 
seen seven examples of this Mycetina, two from each of the localities 
first named and two or three from the neighbourhood of Kobe. 


Srenorarsvs, Perty. 
1. STENOTARSUS CHRYSOMELINUS, n. sp. (Plate LIII. fig. 1.) 
Niger, nitidus; elytris castaneo-brunneis, fulvo-pubescentibus, 


1887. ] JAPANESE ENDOMYCHID. 645 


punctato-striatis, striis postice abbreviatis ; prothoracis margine 
lato, deplanato; tarsis rufis. Long. 4-5 millim, 

Hab. Man Istanp: Ichiuchi, Nara. 

Antenne black, the terminal joint pitchy, the third to the seventh 
joints a little longer than wide, eighth bead-shaped, the club laxly 
jointed, the ninth and tenth joints transverse, apical joint about as 
long as wide. Head and thorax black, the latter transverse, the 
flat margin wide and rather elevated, a decided fovea in the hind 
angle of the disk. Base margined, sulci hardly apparent. Elytra 
closely punctured at the base, each with eight punctured stria, little 
impressed, irregular, and not extending below the middle, the seventh 
and eighth united at the base. Four specimens off old trees at 
. Nara. Unlike any described Eastern species in colour; the black 
head and thorax will easily distinguish it in the section to which it 
belongs. 


2. STENOTARSUS INTERNEXUS, n. sp. (Plate LITI. fig. 9.) 


Rufo-ferrugineus, parum oblongus ; antennis ( basi excepta) elytrisque 
(sutura margineque pratermissis) nigris, his crebre punctulatis, 
punctis majoribus in seriebus confuse congestis. Long. 34- 
32 millim. 

Hab. Kivsuiu: Nagasaki. Main Istanp: Kashiwagi. 

Antenne rather thin and with joints 4-8 bead-shaped ; the club 

laxly jointed, the ninth and tenth joints as long as wide, a little pro- 
duced on the inner side, the apical joint oblong. Thorax transverse, 
with broad flattened margins, which narrow very considerably behind, 
where their surface is also concave. The basal sulci represented 
by a round punctiform fossa on each side. Elytra oblong, faintly 
suleate and strongly punctured; the larger punctures form irregular 
series which terminate about the middle. Their surface is black, 
excepting the suture and margins, which are evenly but broadly red. 
Although this species must be placed in the section with punctured 
strie, and in the division in which the strie are irregular and 
shortened, it is really intermediate between the Eastern and the 
New-World forms which have the punctuation quite confused. It 
is therefore very interesting, especially as some other Japanese species 
have no serial punctuation, bringing them still closer to the American 
type. Six examples. 


3. STENOTARSUS MUSCULUS, N. sp. 


Breviter oblongus, niger ; abdomine elytrisque rufis, his macula 
magna communi haud bene discreta nigra; antennis tenuibus, 
piceis, articulo basali extus clavaque nigris ; thorace brevi, antice 
declivo margine deplanato, sulcis basalibus distinctis. Long. 23- 
3 millim. 

Hab. Krusuru: Nagasaki. Matin Istann: Kashiwagi. 

This little species is well distinguished by its short broad shape. 

The head and thorax and underside excepting the abdomen are 
black, the antennze thin and short, as in S. nigriclavis, the third to 


646 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON THE [ Dec. 20, 


the eighth joints very slender and longer than wide, the three club- 
joints lax and subequal, the apical being the largest. The thorax 
is particularly short and broad, and with the front and .head more 
declivous than usual in this genus. Its margin is flattened and 
broad, but with the edges raised, so that its own surface is concave 
as in S. internerus. The sides narrow strongly from the base 
without being much rounded ; the basal sulci are quite distinct, 
reaching nearly half across the disk. The elytra are very convex 
and rather pointed behind, finely punctured, but wholly without 
serial punctuation, rufous, with a black patch, not coming nearer 
the base than one third of the elytral length, and not reaching 
the margins nor apex. The underside is black, with the abdomen 
very faintly rufous, and the legs are black. A considerable number of 
this species were met with in the island of Kiushiu and it was also 
found by Mr. Lewis on the Main Island at Kashiwagi. 


4. SrENOTARSUS NIGRICLAVIS, Gorh. Ent. Mo. Mag. ix. p. 206. 


Hab. Krusuiu: Nagasaki. 

Mr. Lewis met with three or four more specimens of this species 
at the beginning of June 1881. With S. musculus it will form a 
separate section of the genus, differing from other unstriate Stenotarsi 
in the feeble structure of the antenne. 


EcTomMycuHus, n. gen. 


Corpus oblongum, subparallelum, supra pubescens, subtus vir ves- 
titum. Antenne breves, tenues, clava triarticulata, articulis 
duobus primis intus paulo productis. Oculi haud granulati. 
Pronotum lateribus marginatis et deplanatis, sulcis basalibus dis- 
tinctis leviter impressis. Elytra prothoracis latitudine, oblonga, 
ad apicem conjunctim rotundata. Prosternum breve, processu 
coxas anticas vir superante, apice truncato, subruguloso. Pedes 
breves, femora compressa ; tarsi breviusculi, articulo secundo 
bilobato. 

I propose this genus for the reception of a small Beetle having 
very much the appearance of a Mycetophagus, but from the structure 
of its tarsi and from the margination of the sides of its thorax and 
the basal impressions evidently allied to Stenotarsus. 


1. EcroMYCHUS BASALIS, N. sp. 


Oblongus, niger, parce pubescens, obsolete subtiliter punctatus, 
elytris basi rufis, antennis tarsisque rufo-picets, illis clava nigra. 
Long. 3 millim. 

Hab. Mary Istanp: Kawatchi, Miyanoshita, Kurigahara. 

Yezo: Sapporo. : 

Head small, received into the prothorax ; eyes small and very little 
prominent; antenne short, but longer than the head and thorax, 
basal joint very stout, second short, but equally stout, third to eighth 
thin and short, the third about twice as long as the others, ninth 
and tenth acuminate internally, very much larger, and apical joint 
ovate, forming a lax but distinct club. Thorax nearly twice as wide 


1887. ] JAPANESE ENDOMYCHID. 647 


as long, the disk convex, finely and sparsely punctured, rather 
pubescent, the lateral margin raised and flattened, sides rounded into 
the front angles. In the sulcate part of the disk, before the raiseu 
margin, are many large punctures, and the margin itself is somewhat 
sulcate and punctured. The elytra are thickly and finely punctured, 
without any trace of strize, and are densely pubescent, with rather 
long ragged grey hairs; they are blackish, with an ill-defined basal 
red spot, which covers the humeral angles, but does not quite reach 
the suture. The legs are pitchy-black, with pitchy-red tibiee and 
tarsi. The underside is wholly black. The prosternum is coarsely 
punctured, including the posterior process, the breast smooth, the 
abdomen slightly pubescent, with its basal segment obsoletely punc- 
tured. 

Mr. Lewis informs me that this species was not rare in the 
localities where he met with it. In its general appearance it reminds 
one of Dacne, but it is pubescent and more parallel. 


BoLBoMorPHvs, n. gen, 


Corpus oblongo-ovatum. LElytra convexa, valde gibhosa, apicibus 
acuminatis. Antenne modice elongate, clava parum dilatata. 
Oculi fortiter granulati. Palpi maxillares articulo ultimo trun- 
cato, subsubulato. Prothorax subquadratus, nitidus, angulis 
anticis acutis, sulcis basalibus brevibus distinctis ; prosternum 
latum, fortiter punctatum, processu lato quadrato, apice leviter 
rotundato. Mesosternum transversum, utrinque antice sulcatum. 
Scutellum transverso-ovatum. Abdomen segmentis quinque tantum 
distinctis, segmento basali tribus sequentibus longiore, inter coxas 
valde latum, punctatum. Pedes validi, sat longi, femoribus haud 
clavatis, tarsis breviusculis. 

Sexus differentia latet. 

This new genus, the most interesting of Mr. Lewis’s fresh discoveries 
in this family, has very much the general appearance of Zumorphus, 
but is in fact allied to Lucteanus, Gerst., by the wide prosternum, 
and, apparently, by the absence of secondary sexual characters, 
which are not usual in Gerstaecker’s third division of the family, the 
Endomychini. é 

It differs from it in the structure of the club of the antenne, 
which is largely developed in both EF. hardwicki and E. marseuli, 
while in the Japan insect it is very little evident at all. Even more 
does it diverge in the coarsely granulated eyes and the wider pro- 
thorax, which is shining, though punctured, instead of being opaque 
as in both species of Hucteanus. 


1. BoLsomorputs GiBBosus, n. sp. (Plate LILI. fig. 4.) 

Niger, subenescens ; prothorace transverso subquadrato, antice 
angustato, nitido, angulis anticis acutis productis, margine laterali 
incrassato reflexo, disco distincte parcius punctato ; elytris ovatis, 
convexis, gibbosis, crebre obsolete punctatis, singulis maculis 
duabus transversis, dentatis, flavis. Long. 8-9 millim. 

Hab. Main Istanp: Kashiwagi. 


648 REV. H.S. GORHAM ON THE [Dec. 20, 


Head deeply sunk in the prothorax, so that the eyes are half 
hidden, crown punctured and uneven ; epistoma transverse and punc- 
tured ; labrum membranous, twice as wide as long; eyes oblique 
coarsely granulate. Antenne more than half as long as the body, 
their third joint a little longer than the fourth, and this to the eighth 
gradually diminishing in length, ninth and tenth obconie, terminal 
joint triangular, obliquely truncate, as wide as long. Thorax 
shining, disk even, moderately thickly and distinctly punctured, 
front angles very acute, projecting as far as the base of the antenne 
when the head is not exserted. Elytra very convex, and much 
rounded on the sides ; viewed laterally the greatest convexity is at 
one third from the base, so that they are gibbous, their margins are 
reflexed but not expanded ; each has a yellow spet at the base, which 
has a deep notch behind, and the small humeral callus which invades 
it in front is of the pitchy-black colour of the elytra, also a somewhat 
arcuate transverse spot behind, notched on its front edge. 

The punctuation is thick and obsolete above, rather coarse and 
deep on the body beneath. 

Mr. Lewis secured a considerable number of examples of this 
insect. They were first met with on June 14, on fungoid growth on 
trees which had been broadly ringed; they were then immature, but 
a week later mature examples were abundant, and obtained by beating 
the brushwood. 


Panamomvus, Gorham. 
1. Panamomus Lewis, Gorh. Ent. Mo. Mag. ix. p. 207. 


Many examples were found by Mr. Lewis at Nagasakiin March 
1881, also in April at Kumamoto, under dead leaves in sunny places in 
spring, the original example in fungoid growth. 

The species was described from a unique example captured by 
Mr. Lewis in the same locality, Nagasaki, in 1866. 


2. PANAMOMUS DECORATUS, n. sp. (Plate LIII. fig. 10.) 


Flavus, ferrugineo variegatus, fere impunctatus, prothorace maculis 
tribus, duabus lateralibus angulatis brunneis, una mediana fusiformi 
nigra ; elytris perobsolete punciatis, sutura pone medium, macu- 
lisque duabus in singulis, magnis subquadratis nigris ; callo humer- 
ali interdum nigrescente. Long. 2 millim. 

Hab. Kyusaru: Oyayama. Marin Istanp: Kashiwagi. 

The size and form of this new species are the same as those of 
P. lewisi, the punctuation especially of the thorax more obsolete, in 
fact only very faint aud sparse punctures can be seen on the elytra 
under a strong lens. The antennz, some marks on the head, the 
margins of the thorax and of the elytra, with the suture, and callus 
of the shoulder are all darker than the ground of the elytra. In 
some specimens the club of the antenne is infuseate, and in one the 
anterior spot on each elytron is fused with the sutural plagia, and the 
whole insect is darker, and the punctures of the elytra are distinct 
and are seen to form in places irregular series. 


1887.] JAPANESE ENDOMYCHID. 649 


3. PANAMOMUS BREVICORNIS, n. sp. 


Ferrugineus, prothorace parce sat fortiter punctato, disco nigro- 
piceo ; elytris punctato-striatis, disco subfasciato, nigro-piceo ; 
antennis breviusculis. Long. 2} millim. 

Hab. Main Istanp: Miyanoshita. 

Allied to P. lewisi, the thorax is rather less bulky, with the sides 
more sinnate; the basal sulci are obsolete, not produced in fiuely 
impressed lines upon the disk, as in P. /ewisi, the punctuation much 
more sparse and more deep and distinct. The antennz shorter, with 
the joints succeeding the basal one shorter and more bead-like. 

The elytra are more pointed behind, and the punctures of the 
strize larger and deeper, especially near the suture. One specimen 
only was obtained, in spring, at Miyanoshita. 


PH £OMYCHUS, n. gen. 


I propose this new genus for Endomychus rufipennis of Motschulsky. 
This species differs from typical species of Endomychus, not only im 
general form, being more parallel, and having the thorax more quad- 
rate, not narrowed in front, in the peculiar way of Z. coccineus, &e., 
but also by having secondary sexual characters in the front tibize, 
and by the presence of a stridulating-organ between the front 
margin of the pronotum and the head, which bears a file. 

I do not know any other species of the allied genera thus character- 
ized at present. 


1, Paxomycuus RUFIPENNIS, n. sp. (Plate LIII. fig. 3.) 


Endomychus rufipennis, Motsch. Etudes Ent. 1860, p. 18. 

Hab. Main Istanp: Nikko. Yezo: Hakodate. 

The tibiee of the front legs in this species are widened and com- 
pressed from below the middle, so as to give the idea of an obsolete 
tooth at that part. The prosternum is somewhat narrower at the 
tip of its intercoxal process, and passes the coxe further than in 
Cyanauges, to which genus it is otherwise more allied in form than 
to Endomychus. I think it possible that the insect described by me 
as Endomychus bicolor is congeneric with this Species ; as, however, I 
have not the type for comparison, and had not seen a male, I can 
only associate it doubtfully with it. I think it not improbable 
that some other Indian species will prove specifically distinct from 
the Japanese species which are closely related to them, and 
this appears to be so in this instance. The metasternum as well as 
the abdomen is red in P. rufipennis, whereas the metasternum was 
black in £. bicolor. 

Mr. Lewis met with many specimens of this insect at Nikko in 
June 1880, and at Hakodate in August, where it occurs on old logs 
and under planks. 

On the front margin of the pronotum of both sexes of this species 
is a depressed, prominent, and semitransparent point, which acts on 
a corresponding file on the base of the head as a stridulating-organ. 
At present I have not met with this character in any Cyanauges or 


650 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON THE [Dec.‘20, 


Endomychus. It is not, however, of itself a generic character. Some- 
what similar organs exist in one species of Hncymon (see Notes from 
Genoa Mus. vol. ii. 1885, p. 519) and in certain genera of 
Languriides. 


CyanauGeEs, Gorham. 


To this genus the North-American Endomychus biguttatus of 
Say and Mycetina limbata, Horn, belong. The latter is the insect 
alluded to by me (End. Rec. p. 64) as Endumychus quadripunctatus, 
Illiger, and is the #. quadrinotatus of Dejean’s Catalogue, p. 464. 
It is wrongly given in Gemm. and Harold’s Cat. as a synonym of 
E. biguttatus, from which it is specifically distinct. It occurs, 
according to Horn, in the State of California; I have seen it from 
Nevada (Morrison). IT am not inclined to lay much stress upon 
the generic difference between these species and Lndomychus. If we 
except the two North-American species mentioned, the other Asiatic 
specis are very differently coloured, and are narrower and more 
convex. Perhaps after all some one may discover better points of 
distinction than those I have given for Cyanauges. 


1. CyaNAuGES GORHAMI, Lewis, Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. 1874, p. 55. 
(Plate LIII. fig. 5.) 


Hab. Matin Istanp: Kashiwagi, Nikko, and Fukui. Yxrzo: 
Jursai and Sapporo. 

Described from a unique example from Kawatchi. 

Mr. Lewis informs me this insect was found commonly in 1881, 
in the mountains, on a species of Agaricus allied to A. atroceruleus, 
in Krushiu and on the Main Island, in June. In April only the 
remains of former generations were to be found. 


2. CYANAUGES PLAGIATUS, n. sp. (Plate LIII. fig. 6.) 


Niger, nitidus ; elytris singulis plagia lata nec marginem nec suturam 
attingente, abdomineque (segmento basali excepto) castaneis. 
Long. 5 millim. 

Hab. Kivsnru: Yuyama and Hitoyoshi. 


Var. Plagia interrupta, maculas duas aurantiacas formante. 

Hab. Krusuru: Higo. 

The average specimens are a little larger than C. gorhami, but 
the general f.rm and punctuation is similar. Head and thorax 
shining black, the latter a good deal narrower than the elytra at its 
base, the sides narrow to the front angles, which are prominent and 
subacute. The elytra are oblong-ovate, distinctly punctured. Most 
of the examples have the margin narrowly, the suture widely for 
half its length, more narrowly behind, and the apex widely black, 
thus leaving a wide discoidal plagia yellow. Occasionally, as in 
examples from Hio, this is divided by the ground-colour of the 
elytra leaving only two yellow spots, one humeral occupying the 
cailus, the other a little past the middle, ill-defined, yellow. Tne 
breast and whole of the basal segment of the abdomen black, the 
remainder of the abdomen chestnut-yellow. Many examples were 


1887.] JAPANESE ENDOMYCHID&, 651 


found, some showing more or less tendency to becoming four-spotted, 
but only two or three definitely four-spotted varieties. Sexual 
distinction not apparent. 


3. CYANAUGES QuADRA, n. sp. (Plate LIII. fig. 8.) 


Niger, nitidus, elytris latius ovatis, singulis maculis duabus ornatis, 
una humerali, una subapicali, flavis. Long. 5 millim. 

Hab. Matin Istanp: Kashiwagi. 

Black, elytra each with two orange-yellow spots, one on the 
shoulder, and one larger and transverse near the apex. Head and 
thorax impuncetate, the latter narrow, basal sulci distinct and deep, 
a little arcuate and simple (7. e. not bisu!cate at the base), the sides 
narrowing from the base and sinuous, front margin between the 
angles nearly straight. Elytra thickly but quite distinctly punctu- 
late ; their widest part is below the middle; apex broadly rounded. 
The antenne have their fourth and subsequent joints short, but not 
transverse, the third nearly equal to the fourth and fifth taken 
together. 

A single specimen. 


4. CYANAUGES NIGROPICEUS, n. sp. (Plate LIII. fig. 7.) 
Niger ; ore, elytris, pedibus et corpore sublus saturate nigro-piceis, 
abdominis apice dilutius piceo. Long. 4 millim. 

Hab. Matn Istannp: Kashiwagi. 

Very like C. gorhami; compared with which it is a rather shorter and 
broader insect, and without any of the blue tinge which characterizes 
that species. ‘The thorax is twice as wide as long, very smooth, the 
disk rather couvex, the basal sulci distinct and half the length of 
tne disk, quite as in C. gorhami, except that itis wider and altogether 
rather larger. Elytra punctured, but rather faintly so, black, but 
with a piteby tinge, less ovate and more broadly rounded behind 
than in C. gorhamt. Antenne with joint 4 very little shorter than 
3; 5-8 longer than wide but gradually shorter. Abdomen becoming 
gradually lighter in colour from the base to the apex. 

Three specimens. 


CuonnbRIA, n. gen. 


Tarsi quadriarticulati, haud lobati. Prosternum processu inter- 
coxali angusto, lanceolato, marginato. Pronotum late marginatum 
ut in gencre Stenotarso, margine deplanato concavo, limbo 
crenulato. Antennis articulo nono et decimo subquadratis 
equaliter latis, ultimo oblongo, apice acuminato. 

This new name is proposed for a genus of the family Endomy- 
chidee, allied on one hand to Stenotarsus by the broad flat margin 
of the thorax, but more closely, in general structure, especially by 
that of the tarsi, to Symbiotes. The tarsi are quite simple, ¢. e. with- 
out along bilobed second joint as in Stenotarsus. The prosternum 
entirely agrees with that of Symdiotes. Of the trophi 1 cannot 
speak particularly, there being only two specimens of the single 


652 ON THE JAPANESE ENDOMYCHID. [ Dec. 20, 


species; but, so far as can be seen without dissection, the palpi, 
especially the maxillary pair, have their apical joint wider and more 
triangular than in Symbzotes, in which they are oblong and truncate ; 
but not at all securiform. 


1, CHONDRIA LUTEA, 0. sp. 


Breviter oblonga, latiuscula, pallide ferruginea unicolor, pubescens ; 
prothorace transverso, lateribus fortiter rotundatis, late margi- 
natis, limbo crenulato, disco levi, basi profunde bisulcata, elytris 
leviter punctato-striatis. Long. 2; millim. 

Hab. Krusniu : Nagasaki. 

The head is quite sunk in the thorax, of which the prominent 
front angles, formed by the broad margin, completely surround it, 
except in front; the eyes are coarsely granulate. The antenne are 
entirely red, their second to eighth joints short, the ninth and 
tenth as broad as long and of the same form, the apical joint nearly 
twice as long, compressed at the tip. Thorax twice as broad as 
long (if the anterior angles are excluded), sides rounded and contracted 
into the anterior prominent angles, the flattened margin broad and 
slightly concave, the outer edge being a little reflexed and faintly 
crenulate, basal sulci impressed as small fossze on the basal margin, 
and thence continued as lines about halfway across the disk. 
Elytra punctate-striate, the striee continued to the apex, but the 
internal ones united before the apex. Pubescence rather thick and 
pilose, of the same luteous colour as the whole insect, 

Two examples, found in haystack-refuse. 


Symeiotes, Redtenbacher. 
1. SymBioTEs N1PONENSIS, Gorh. Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. x. p. 225. 


Hab. Krusuivu: Nagasaki. 

Cuina: Kiu-kiang on the Yangtse-kiang river (Lewis). 

This curious little insect was met with commonly by Mr. Lewis 
in the neighbourhood of Nagasaki, in haystack and other refuse: it 
was also originally found by him in China; but the latter locality 
was omitted by oversight. 


2. SyMBIOTES? ORBICULARIS, D. sp. 


Orbicularis, convexus, fere hemisphericus, cinereo-pilosus, brunneus ; 
thorace brevi, basi profunde bisulcata; elytris sat crebre fortius 
punctatis, haud striatis. Long. 12 millim. 

Hab. Main Istuann: Kashiwagi, Kurigahara. 

Larger and more orbiculate than S. niponensis and, moreover; at 
once to be distinguished from it by the punctuation of the elytra, 
which is not in striz, but dispersed. The whole insect is rusty red ; 
the antenne are formed as in S. niponensis, the two basal (especially 
the first) joints being stout, the intermediate ones very small and 
linear, gradually shortening from the third (the longest) to the 
seventh, which is quadrate. The three apical joints are subequal, 
vearly quadrate, forming an elongate, stout club. The head and 


; ‘THVHVAVE SNIGOD 2 “SISNAIVOSNW SNHIVNDOHISTAO “1 


“dun ‘soug use py, 


“ONL BP AUS gq 


MUL Td. AECL. SZ a 


1887.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES FROM MUSCAT. 653 


thorax do not appear at all punctured, even under the microscope ; 
the eyes are moderate in size and in their granulation. The thorax 
is quite twice as wide as long, the margin thick and reflexed, the 
outer edge of the basal suture forms a ridge, so that the space 
between this and the margin appears hollowed out. The basal 
Margin is sinuate, with a broad median lobe, and with a fine 
marginal line. The elytra are uniformly punctured, their margin 
somewhat expanded, with a row of larger punctures, or small fovee, 
evanescent towards the apex. The clothing is formed of rather 
sparse, ragged hairs, without any pubescence between them. The 
tarsi are simple, long and thin. The humeral callus rather strongly 
raised. 

Two specimens, both taken in mountain-districts at over two 
thousand feet elevation. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIII. 


Fig. 1. Stenotarsus chrysomelinus, p. 644. 
2. Mycetina laticollis, p. 644. 

. Pheomychus rufipennis, p. 649, 

. Bolbomorphus gibbosus, p. 647, 

Cyanauges gorhami, p. 650. 

plagiatus, p. 650. 

nigropiceus, p.-651. 

quadra, p. 651. 

. Stenotarsus internexus, p. 615, 

. Panamomus decoratus, p. 648. 


DOD AIT Op bo 


_ 


3. An Account of the Fishes obtained by Surgeon-Major 
A. 8. G. Jayakar at Muscat, East Coast of Arabia. By 
G. A. Boutencer. 


[Received December 6, 1887.] 
(Plate LIV.) 


The Natural History Museum has received a large and most 
valuable collection of Fishes, obtained at Muscat and presented by 
Mr. Jayakar, which I have been directed by Dr. Giinther to examine. 
This collection, containing specimens of 172 species, many of which 
were unrepresented in the National Collection and 14 of which are 
apparently new to science, fills a gap in our knowledge of the dis- 
tribution of the fishes of the Indian Ocean. Scearcely anything is 
known cf the fauna of the Persian Gulf and the neighbouring coasts, a 
district intermediate between two others the fishes of which have been 
tolerably well investigated, viz. the North-eastern coast of Africa and 
the West coast of India. It therefore seems to me that, in addition 
to the description of the new species, the publication of a full list of 
the fishes obtained will be useful. With the exception of three (the 
names of which are preceded by an asterisk) all the species enume- 
rated are marine. 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XLIil. 43 


654 MR. G, A, BOULENGER ON [Dec. 20, 


TELEOSTEI. 
ACANTHOPTERYGII. 
PERCID. 


1. S—RRANUS ANGULARIS, C. & V. 
S. celebicus, Blkr. 


2. SeRRANUS GEOFFROYI, Klunz. 
S. areolatus, C. & V., nee Forsk. 


3. SeRRANUS MORRBUA, C. & V. 


4. SERRANUS PREOPERCULARIS, Sp. N. 
D. 2, A.& P. 17-18. L. lat. 100-110. L. tr. 2. 


* 115" 45-50 
Canines large ; two rows of teeth in the lower jaw, those of the 
inner row largest. Length of the head twice and three fourths or 
three times in the total; upper profile rather convex; diameter of 
the eye five times in the length of the head; maxillary reaching the 
vertical of the posterior border of the eye; preeoperculum finely 
serrated posteriorly, produced at the angle and armed with several 
strong teeth ; posterior border of preeoperculum forming nearly a 
straight angle with the lower; upper border of opercle sinuous ; 
median opercular spine nearer the lower than the upper ; lower spine 
extending much further back than the upper. Depth of the body 
about one fourth of the total length. Spinous part of the dorsal as 
deep as the soft; third spine longest. Pectoral reaching to below 
the ninth dorsal spine. Caudalis rounded. Brown; sides with 
black dots, irregularly disposed ; dorsal, anal, and caudal blackish at 
the end, the soft dorsal with a narrow whitish margin; in the half- 
grown specimen an oblique dark line extends from below the centre 
of the eye to above the angle of the preeoperculum. 
Total length 2 feet 2 inches. 
Two specimens: adult dry, half-grown in spirit. 
Closely allied to S. morrhua. 


5. SERRANUS HEMISTICTUS, Riipp. 
6. Serranus eas, Briinn. 

7. SERRANUS STOLICZK, Day. 

8. SERRANUS GIBBOSUS, Sp. n. 


ll 3 22 
De ARS PAB) Te lat. M0. oR. tr’. 


No true canine teeth ; teeth in the lower jaw small and in three 
or four rows. Length of the head thrice and a half in the total ; 
upper profile of head slightly concave, nape much elevated; diameter 
of the eye seven times in the length of the head ; maxillary extending 
beyond the vertical of the posterior border of the eye; prwopercular 
border curved, upper limb very feebly denticulated ; upper border 


‘ Counted below the sixth dorsal spine. 


1887.] FISHES FROM MUSCAT. 655 


of operculum strongly sinuous; a single, feeble opercular spine. 
Greatest depth of the body (at the origin of the dorsal) one third of 
the total length. Spinous part of the dorsal not quite so deep as 
the soft; third and fourth spines equal and longest. Pectoral 
reaching to below the tenth dorsal spine. Caudalis rounded. 
Brown all over, with round blackish spots, some of which are sur- 
rounded by a light ring; on the sides of the body these spots have a 
tendency to unite into longitudinal lines; about 16 spots in a ver- 
tical series on the middle of the body ; pectorals and ventrals with 
a blackish border. 

Total length 1 foot 3 inches. 

A single specimen, in spirit. 

Closely allied to S. striolatus, Playf. 


9. Mrsorrion souwar, Forsk. 

10. Mesoprion ranGus, C. & V. 

11. Mesorrion FULVIFLAMMA, Forsk. 
12. MresoprRioN EHRENBERGH, Ptrs. 
13. Mrsoprion cuirtTan, C. & V. 

M. annularis, C. & V. 

14. Mrsoprion QUINQUELINEATUS, Bl. 
15. Mrsoprion LINEOLATUS, Riipp. 
16. GENYOROGE QUINQUELINEARIS, Bl. 
17. GENYOROGE BENGALENSIS, BI. 

18. GenyorocGe rivuLaTa, C. & V, 
19. Prracanruus sooprs, Forst. 

20. APOGON ANNULARIS, Riipp. 


21. APOGON MAXIMUS, sp. n. 
D.73. A.z. L. lat. 26-27. L. tr. 3. 


Teeth on the sides of the lower jaw in two series. Head large, 
its length nearly three times in the total; diameter of the eye one 
fourth the length of the head; maxillary extending to below the 
centre of the eye, its width posteriorly a little more than half the 
diameter of the eye; only the preopercular edge denticulated. 
Depth of the body thrice and a half in the totallength. The longest 
dorsal spine half, the longest branched ray two thirds, the depth of 
the body. Lateral line continuous. Caudalis notched, with rounded 
lobes. Pale reddish brown, head darker; each scale with one to 
three ink-black spots ; the membrane between the dorsal, anal, and 
ventral fins dark grey ; base of pectoral blackish. 

Total length 10 inches. 

Three specimens, in spirit. 

43* 


656 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [Dec. 20, 


22. CHILODIPTERUS LINEATUS, Forsk. 
23. CHILopIPTERUs ocrovitratus, C. & V. 


24. ODONTONECTES ERYTHROGASTER, C. & V. 
A dry specimen, measuring 2 feet 2 inches. 


25. THERAPON JARBUA, Forsk. 

26. Pristrpoma HasTA, Bl. 

27. PRIsTIPOMA DUssUMIERI, C. & V. 
28. PrisTrPpoMA STRIDENS, Forsk. 

29. PRIsTIPOMA OPERCULARE, Playf. 
30. DraGramna GrisEuM, C. & V. 
3]. DiaGRAMMA GATERINA, Forsk. 
32. DiaGRAMMA PuNCTaTouM, C. & V. 


33. DIAGRAMMA JAYAKARI, Sp. 0. 
13 3 18 
D. 59° A = 1 Ie, L. Yr. J 100. Tie tr. 50° 


Length of the head one fourth of the total; diameter of the eye 
once and two fifths in the length of the snout, and thrice and two 
thirds in that of the head ; lips thick, swollen ; the maxillary reaches 
to the vertical of the posterior nostril ; the depth of the preorbital 
a little less than the diameter of the eye; preeoperculum with the 
vertical limb finely and evenly serrated, and the angle rounded. 
Depth of the body thrice and two fifths in the total length. Dorsal 
fin scarcely notched ; spines strong, fourth longest and not quite 
one third the length of the head; the greatest depth of the soft 
dorsal equals the length of the longest spine, or seven eighths the 
depth of the body; second anal spine longest and_ strongest. 
Pectoral reaching to below the tenth dorsal spine. The distance 
between the anal and the caudal about twice the depth of the free 
portion of the tail. Caudalis concave. Grevish; upper part of 
head and upper two thirds of body with a blackish network enclosing 
numerous roundish yellow spots; suborbital part of head with 
longitudinal blackish streaks (five or six on the preoperculum); 
spinose dorsal grey, with large round, bright yellow spots; upper 
half of pectoral, and extremity of ventrals, anal, and caudal, blackish. 

Total length 11 inches. 

A single specimen, in spirit. 


34. ScoLopsts aurATUS, Mungo Park. 
S. torquatus, C. & V. 


35. ScoLorsis GHANAM, Forsk. 


1 Counted above the lateral line. 


1887.] FISHES FROM MUSCAT. 657 


36. ScoLopsis BIMACULATUS, Riipp. 
37. ScoLopsis INERMIS, Schleg. 
38. Synacris ToLv, C. & V. 

39. SyNAGRIS BLEEKERI, Day. 

40. Casio curysozona, C. & V. 


41. APHAREUS RUTILANS, C. & V. 
Die, Agar Le dat..63.. Lite, «. 


ais 

Fourth, fifth, and sixth dorsal spines longest ; the last ray of the 
dorsal and anal fins much longer than the preceding. First pectoral 
ray not produced. The depth of the body exceeds the length of the 
head, and equals one third the total length ; head thrice and three 
fourths in the total. Uniform cherry-red, paler inferiorly. 


42. Gerres AcINACcEs, Blkr. 


SQUAMIPINNES. 


43. CHz&TODON coLuaris, Bl. 
44, Cu&ToDON SELENE, Blkr. 


45. CH&HTODON MELANOPTERUS, Guichen. 


Through the kindness of Prof. Vaillant I have been able to com- 
pare these specimens with one of Guichenot’s types from Réunion. 


46. CH&TODON OBSCURUS, sp. n. 
13 3 ‘ 5 
D. 33° IX Is° Bere os. i. tre i7-is* 


Snout produced, longer than the diameter of the eye; upper 
profile of head concave, descending abruptly from the nape; pre- 
operculum not denticulated. Lateral line extending nearly to the 
caudal peduncle. Scales nearly twice as deep as long, the longi- 
tudinal series directed upwards and backwards. Soft dorsal and 
anal angulated, not produced. Caudalis truncate. Dark brown, 
the centre of each scale black ; snout, forehead, nape, chin, and chest 
yellowish ; dorsal and anal spines, edge of soft dorsal and anal, and 
ventrals black ; caudalis black, with a broad yellow edge. 

Total length 53 inches. 

Two specimens, one in spirit. 


47. HeNIOCHUS MACROLEPIDOTUS, L. 
48. Hoiacantuus MACULOsUS, Forsk. 
49. HoLACANTHUS IMPERATOR, Bl. 


50. DrepaNne PUNCTATA, L. 


658 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [Dec. 20, 


Mu.uip2, 
51. MuLLoriEs FLAVOLINEATUS, Lacép. 


52. MuLLoipEs zEytonicus, C. & V. 
D7 5 Avge ols Jaieas. LL. tr. 2 


Depth of the body five and a half times in the total length, length 
of the head four and a half times. Interorbital space once and a 
half the diameter of the eye, which measures nearly half the length 
of the snout. Red, with a rather indistinct yellow lateral band ; 
fins orange. 

Distinguished from M. flavolineatus by the more elongate shape, 
the broader vertex, and the red coloration. 


53. Uprenrus MAcRoNEMUs, Lacép. 
54. UpEnrus cycLostoma, Lacép. 


55. Upreneus pisprLurus, Playf. 


SPARID&. 
56. SARGUS RONDELETII, var. CAPENSIS, Smith. 


Like the specimen from Maculla, south coast of Arabia, noticed 
by Playfair and Gunther (Fishes of Zanzibar, p. 43) ; differing from 
the Mediterranean and Atlantic S. rondeletii in the indistinctness of 
the four or five blackish cross bands, and in the series of incisors 
forming a rather stronger curve. 

The same form has been well described by Steindachner (SB. Ak. 
Wien, lxxiv. 1877, p. 203), from specimens obtained in the Persian 
Gulf and at Madagasear, and named S., kotschyi. 


57. LETHRINUS LONGTROSTRIS, Playf. 
58. LETHRINUS MAHSENA, Forsk. 
59. LeTHRINUS RAMAK, Forsk. 


60. PaGRUS RUBER, Sp. n. 
Do Aa. tat. 50-53) Lote, oe 

Length of the head one fourth of the total ; the diameter of the 
eye equals the width of the interorbital space, and is contained 
about once and two thirds in the distance from the mouth ; a pro- 
tuberance between and in front of the eyes; the maxillary does not 
extend to below the anterior border of the eye ; preorbital once 
and one fourth as long as deep; six or seven series of scales on the 
preeoperculum, the edge of which is not crenulated. Depth of the 
body twice and a half in the total length. First and second dorsal 
spines extremely small, scarcely projecting; third longest, com- 
pressed and curved, its length one third to one fourth the depth of 
the body; the membrane between the longer spines very short. 
Second anal spine slightly longer, but not stronger than the third, 


1887.} FISHES FROM MUSCAT. 659 


Pectoral reaching to below the second soft dorsal ray, and one third 
in the total length. Red. 

Total length 1 foot 84 inches. 

Two specimens: adult dry, half-grown in spirit. 


61. PAaGELLUS AFFINIS, sp. n. 
12 3 it 
D. io" A. io° L. lat. 60. LL. tr. Te° 


Molar teeth smaller than in P. erythrinus, in two series in both 
jaws. Length of the head one fourth of the total; eye nearer the 
end of the snout than the extremity of the gill-cover ; the diameter 
of the eye equals the width of the interorbital space, and one fourth 
the length of the head, and is contained once and a half in that of 
the snout ; maxillary not reaching to the vertical of the eye; pre- 
orbital two thirds as deep as long, the maxillary edge slightly 
notched ; six series of scales between the preorbital and the angle 
of the preeoperculum ; posterior nostril ovate. Depth of the body 
one third of the total length. The length of the third dorsal spine 
equals its distance from the lateral line. The pectoral fin reaches 
to below the origin of the soft dorsal. Red; each scale on the 
upper half of the body with a dark central spot; these spots 
forming ten longitudinal series. 

Total length 1 foot 2 inches. 

A single specimen, stuffed. A second specimen, a skin from the 
Cape of Good Hope, is in the British Museum, and has been noticed 
under P. eryéhrinus by Gunther (Cat. Fishes, i. pp. 474, 475), as 
belonging probably to a new species. 


62. CHRYSOPHRYS SARBA, Forsk. 
63. CHRYSOPHRYS BIFASCIATA, Forsk. 


64. Curysorurys Hasta, Bl. Schn. 


ScoRPANIDA. 
65. Prerois voLITANs, Gm. 


66. Prerois LUNULATA, Schleg. 

67. PreRotis MILES, Benn. 
TrUTHIDIDA. 

68. TruTuis savus, L. 


69. TrevrHis orAMIN, Bl. Schn. 
T. albopunctata, Schleg. 


Berycip. 
70. MyripRISTIS MURDJAN, Forsk. 


71. HoLocentTRUM RUBRUM, Forsk. 


660 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [Dec. 20, 


POLYNEMID: 
72. PoLXNEMUS PLEBEJvs, Brouss. 


ScLENIDE, 
73. UMBRINA STRIATA, Sp. n. 


D.10 3% A.7. L.lat.50. Let £ 


Teeth uniformly villiform in both jaws. Length of the head 
twice and thiree fifths in the total; diameter of the eye one fourth 
the length of the head, and equal to tine length of the snout ; 
maxillary reaching to below the anterior third of the eye ; preeoper- 
culuin dentieulated, more coarsely at the angle; barbel extremely 
short. Depth of body one third of the total length. The length 
of the third dorsal spine twice and one half in the length of the 
head ; second anal spine very strong, one third the length of the 
head. Pectoral as long as the postorbital part of the head. 
Caudalis truneate. Greyish, with oblique blackish streaks directed 
upwards and backwards, and corresponding to the longitudinal series 
of scales. 

Total length 1 foot 4 inches. 

A single specimen, dry. 

XIPHIIDA. 

74. Hisriopuorvs 6LAptus, Brouss- 


Two specimens, 93 and 83 feet long. 

75. HistlopHorus BREvViROsTRIS, Playf. 

Two specimens, 10 and 83 feet long. 
ACRONURID&. 

76. ACANTHURUS SOHAL, Forsk. 

77. ACANTHURUS NIGROFUsCUS, Forsk. 

78. ACANTHURUS XANTHURUS, Blyth. 

CARANGID&, 


79. CARANX RUSSELLII, Riipp. 
C. kurra, C. & V. 


80. CARANX CRUMENOPHTHALMUs, Bi. 
81. Caranx psEDDABA, Forsk. 

82. CaRaNnx FERDAU, Forsk. 

83. CARANX FULVoGUTTATUs, Forsk. 


84. Caranx avroGuttatus, C. & V. 
C. fulvoguttatus, Riipp. nee Forsk. 


1887.] FISHES FROM MUSCAT. 661 


85. CARANX HELYOLUS, Forst. 
86. Caranx speciosus, Forsk. 
87. Caranx H1ppos, L. 


88. Caranx curysopurRys, C. & V. , 
C. chrysophryoides, Blkr. 


89. CARANX JAYAKARI, sp. n. 
D.8 5. A.234. Se. lat. 30, 


Teeth in both jaws forming villiform bands ; teeth on the vomer, 
the palatines, and on the tongue. Length of the head nearly one 
fourth of the total ; diameter of the eye four and a half times in the 
length of the head, once and two thirds in the length of the snout ; 
no adipose eyelids; the maxillary reaches to the vertical of the 
anterior border of the eye; lower jaw projecting beyond upper. 
Depth of the body thrice and one third in the total length (twice 
and two thirds without candal). Length of the spinose dorsal one 
third the depth of the body; soft dorsal and anal much produced 
anteriorly, about once and a half in the depth of the body. The 
length of the pectoral equals the depth of the body. Breast naked 
up to the pectorals ; the lateral line is parallel to the upper profile, 
and becomes straight below the middle of the soft dorsal; lateral 
keeled plates little developed, not much larger than the neighbour- 
ing scales. Axilla and an opercular spot black. 

Total length 13 inches. 

A single specimen, in spirit. 


90. Caranx GaLuvs, L. 
Adult specimens 3 feet long. 


91. SERIOLICHTHYs BIPINNULATUS, Q. & G. 
The largest specimen measures 3 feet 3 inches. 


92. CHoRINEMUS LYSAN, Forsk. 

93. CHorinemus moapetrTa, C. & V: 
94, TRacHYNoTUS BAILLONIT, Lacép. 
95. TRacHyNnotus optoneus, C. & V. 
96. PseTrus arGENTEUS, L. 


97. PLATAX VESPERTILIO, L. 
P, orbicularis, Forsk. 


98. PuaTrax TEIRA, Forsk. 
99. Eavuta rascrata, Lacép. 


100. Eavuta EpENTULA, BI. 


662 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [ Dee. 20, 


CoRYPHENIDE. 
101. Coryepuana nippuRus, L. 


ScCOMBRID. 
102. ScomBER KANAGURTA, Cuv. 


103. ScomBER JANESABA, Bikr. 


‘104. Taynnus THYNNUs, L. 
One specimen, which is 4 feet long, has 10 finlets. 


105. Taynnus THUNNINA, C. & V. 
106. Taynnus PELAMys, L. 


107. Cysrum comMersontt, Lacép. 
5 feet long. 


108. Exvacate niera, Bl. 


TRACHINIDA. 
109. Percis neBuLosa, Q. & G. 


110. Percis anBpocutTrata, Gthr. 
111. Sr~LaGgo stpama, Forsk. 


112. OpIsTHOGNATHUS MUSCATENSIS, sp.n. (Plate LIV. fig. 1.) 
D. 25-27. A. 15-17. 


Teeth in a broad villiform band near the symphysis, with an outer 
series of enlarged and somewhat curved teeth continued along the 
rami, Length of head not quite one fourth of total; diameter of 
orbit one fourth the length of the head; interorbital space three 
fifths the diameter of orbit ; maxillary extending to about halfway 
between the orbit and the base of the pectoral, widening posteriorly. 
Body much compressed, its depth more than twice its diameter, and 
contained five to five and one third times in the total length. 
Dorsal of equal depth throughout. Lateral line ending below the 
fourteenth or fifteenth dorsal ray. Pectorals about two thirds the 
length of ventrals, which nearly equals the length of the postorbital 
part of the head. Brown, with darker spots of unequal size; head 
specked or vermiculated with blackish; upper jaw bordered with 
black ; pectoral greyish, with the membrane colourless ; the other 
fins blackish ; dorsal with some light spots and rings, and a large, 
oval, black spot, surrounded by a light ring, between the third and 
seventh rays. 

Total length 12 inches. 

Three specimens, in spirit. 


BarRACHIDé. 
113. BarRACHUS GRUNNIENS, L. 
B. trispinosus, Gthr. 


1887. ] FISHES FROM MUSCAT. 663 


PrEDICULATI. 


114, ANTENNARIUS NUMMIFER, Cuv. 


CorTTipz. 


115. PrarycepHauus rnsip1ATor, Forsk. 


116. Trigta ARABICA, sp. n. 
Be 7 Ua RE: 


Length of the head one third of the total ; length of snout once 
and a half the diameter of the orbit; interorbital space concave, 
once and one fourth the diameter of the orbit ; profile of snout not 
concave ; preeorbital produced into a flat, triangular spine, the length 
of which equals one third the diameter of the orbit ; preeoperculum 
with two small spines, upper largest ; operculum with a keel, ending 
in a strong spine the length of which equals the diameter of the 
orbit. Supraclavicula with a spine pointing downwards and another, 
longer, pointing backwards ; the length of the supraclavicula equals 
that of the opercular spine. Scales very small. Dorsal spines 
strong, not tubercular, third and fourth longest; the width of the 
rugose plate at the base of the first dorsal equals two thirds the 
diameter of the orbit. The pectoral reaches to the vertical of the 
third anal ray. Upper half of body brownish, with numerous 
small round blackish spots; lower half white ; first dorsal with a 
large black blotch ; second dorsal with a series of round black spots ; 
the membrane between the pectorals bluish black. 

Total length 9 inches. 

A single specimen, in spirit. The discovery of a species of Trigla 
at Muscat is of special interest, as the genus has not yet been re- 
corded from the east coast of Africa nor from India. The nearest 
ally of 7. arabica is the Japanese 7’. hemisticta. 


Gosips, 
*117. Goprus JAYAKARI, sp. n. (Plate LIV. fig. 2.) 
D.65 A.%. L. lat. 65-67, 


No canine teeth. Length of the head one third of the total 
without caudal; eye one seventh of the length of the head, nearly 
equally distant from the end of the snout and from the gill-opening ; 
interorbital space once and a half the diameter of the eye; maxillary 
extending to below the eye; upper jaw longer than lower. Depth 
of body five and one third to six times in the total length; sixteen 
longitudinal series of scales between the second dorsal and the anal ; 
scales on the nape much smaller than those on the sides. The dis- 
tance between the first dorsal and the eye nearly equals that between 
the end of the snout and the border of the przeopereulum ; dorsal 
fins lower than the body. The extremity of the ventral halfway 
between its base and the vent. Caudalis rounded. Pale brownish 


664 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [Dec. 20, 


above, with indistinct traces of darker cross bands ; dorsal and caudal 
fins with dark dots. 

Total length 64 inches. 

Four specimens, in spirit ; from fresh waters near Muscat. 


BLeNNIIDS. 
118. Savarias TRipactyxvs, Bl. Schn. 


SPHYRENIDE. 
119. SpHyraNA JELLO, C. & V. 
120. Spoyr@na KENIE, Klunz. 
121. SpHyrana oprusata, C. & V. 
122. SpHYRENA CHRYSOTENIA, Klunz. 


ATHERINID&. 
123, ATHERINA PINGUIS, Lacép. 


Mueriip2. 


124, Muar scuett, Forsk. 
M. avillaris, C. & V. 


125. Mueix ceyLonensis, Gthr. 


FisTuLaRiip2. 
126. FisruLariA SERRATA, Cuv. 


CreNTRISCIDE. 
127. AMPHISILE scuTATA, L. 


PoMACENTRID&. 
128. AMPHIPRION sEBx, Blkr. 
129. AMPHIPRION CLARKI, Benn. 
130. GLyPHIDODON C@LeEstTINnus, C. & V. 
131. GuyPHIDODON sorDIDUs, Riipp. 
132. DascyLius TrRrMacuLatus, Riipp. 


133. HELIASTES OPERCULARIS, Playf. 


LaBrip&. 
134, CHEILINUs LUNULATUs, Riipp. 


135. Psruposcarvus pussumieRrt, Blkr, 


136. Psruposcarus JANTHOCHIR, Blkr. 


1887.] FISHES FROM MUSCAT. 665 


ANACANTHINI. 


PLEURONECTID. 
137. PserropeEs ERUMET, Bl. Schn. 


138. PssuDORHOMBUS RUSSELLII, Gray. 


139. PARDACHIRUS MARMORATUS, Lacép. 


PHYSOSTOMI. 


SILURID. 
140. PLorosus anecurLuarts, Bl. 


141. Arrus THaLassinus, Riipp. 


The single specimen, although 23 feet long, has all the characters 
of Riippell’s 4. ¢halassinus, thus invalidating the statement, first 
made by Bleeker, that age alone accounts for the differences between 
this species and A. nasutus, C. & V. The smallest specimen of the 
latter form preserved in the British Museum measures a little over 
1 foot, and the largest 3 feet; yet there is no great difference 
between them. Besides the produced and pointed snout, they differ 
from A. thalassinus in the shorter maxillary barbel and the presence 
of granulations on the snout. It may be that the differences between 
the two forms are sexual; but the material at hand does not enable 
me to decide. The only adult specimen in spirit in the British 
Museum is a male, and belongs to A. nasutus. 


ScoPELIDz. 
142. Saurus varius, Lacép. 


143. Sauripa TuMBIL, BI. 


CYPRINID. 
"144. ScAPHIODON MUSCATENSIS, sp. nl. 


3 2 
D. Toa’ A. 7° 1p lat. 38-39. 1 bE tr.? = 


Length of head one fourth of total (without caudal); diameter of 
eye one fourth the length of head; snout rounded, projecting a little 
beyond the mouth, glandular; a single barbel on each side, 
measuring three fifths the diameter of the eye; mandible sharp, 
with a horny sheath. Origin of dorsal just above the ventrals, 
midway between the end of the snout and the base of the caudal ; 
last undivided dorsal ray osseous, rather feeble, not serrated. 
Pectoral as long as the head less the snout. Caudal forked. Bronzy 
above, whitish below; scales, except the lowermost, with a dark 
brown margin; a more or less distinct blackish lateral band ending 
in a spot before the caudal. 

Total length 4 inches 3 lines. 

Several specimens. 


* Counted between origin of dorsal and yentral. 


666 


MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON (Dec. 20, 


CyPRINODONTID. 


*145. Cyprinopon pispPar, Riipp. 


146. 
147. 
148. 
149. 
150. 


151. 
152. 
153. 
154. 
155. 
156. 


157. 


158. 


159. 


160. 
161. 


SCOMBRESOCID2. 


BELONE CHORAM, Forsk. 
HremiIRHAMPHUS DussuUMIERI, C. & V. 
HeEMIRHAMPHUS COMMERSONII, Cuv. 
Exoca@Tus EVOLANS, L. 


Exocatus BracHysoma, Blkr. 


CLUPEID2. 


ENGRAULIS COMMERSONIANUS, Lacép. 
CHATOESSUS NasUS, BI. 

CLUPEA SCOMBRINA, C. & V. 

CLUPEA VENENOSA, C. & V. 

Eops saurus, L. 


CHANOS SALMONEUS, BI. Schn. 


CHIROCENTRIDX. 


CHIROCENTRUS DORAB, Forsk. 


MuRzANID&. 


MuR2NA UNDULATA, Lacép. 


LOPHOBRANCHI}. 
SYNGNATHID. 
HiprocaMPus GUTTULATUS, Cuv. 


PLECTOGNATHI. 
ScLERODERMI. 
TRIACANTHUS STRIGILIFER, Cant. 


BALISTES MACROLEPIS, sp. Nn. 
D. 3. 26. A. 23. L. lat. 38-40. 


Teeth white, uneven, notched. Length of head one fourth 


of 


1887.] FISHES FROM MUSCAT. 667 


the total (without caudal); a groove in front of the eye, below the 
nostril; diameter of the eye five and a half times in the length of 
the head. Greatest depth of the body one third of the total length. 
Tail compressed. Scales largest on the posterior half of the body 
and on the tail, granulated in the middle and with a short keel or 
tubercle; 24 or 25 scales between the origin of the second dorsal 
and the vent ; no enlarged scales behind the gill-opening ; no spines 
on the tail. First dorsal spine about half the length of the head ; 
second dorsal and anal much elevated anteriorly, falciform, their 
depth equalling the distance between the mouth and the gill-opening. 
Ventral spine short. Caudal strongly notched. Brown, whitish 
inferiorly ; the tubercle on the scales white. 

Total length 1 foot 11 inches. 

Two specimens, dry. 


162. Baxistes niger, Mungo Park. 
163. Bauisres mirtis, Benn. 

164. Banistes Assasi, Forsk. 

165. MoNnACANTHUS SETIFER, Benn. 
166. OsrrRAcION GIBBosus, L. 

167. OstRacion cusBicus, L. 

168. OsrRacion CYANURUS, Riipp. 


‘169. OsrrRacton cornutTus, L. 


GYMNODONTES. 
170. TETRODON sTELLATUS, Bl. Schn. 


171. TeTRODON uisPrIDvus, L. 


CHONDROPTERYGII. 


TRYGONID. 
172. TryGON vARNAK, Forsk. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIV. 


Fig. 1. Opisthognathus muscatensis, p. 662. Two thirds nat. size, 
2. Gobius jayacari, p. 663. 


668 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW SPECIES OF [ Dec. 20, 


4, Descriptions of some new Species of Lepidoptera Hetero- 
cera, mostly from Tropical Africa. By Hirzsertr Drvce, 
F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. 

[Received December 6, 1887.] 
(Plate LY.) 


The specimens from which these descriptions are taken are all in 
my own collection. 


Fam. AGARISTID. 
Evsemia, Dalman. 
EUSEMIA PERDIX, 0. sp. 


Primaries black, with all the markings orange-yellow ; the apical 
spot smaller and narrower than in £. superba ; the two central and 
the anal spots about the same as in that species; the band 
near the base crosses almost from the costal to the inner margin, 
thus differing from EZ. superba; the basal white spots are the same, 
the bluish lines are very indistinct. Secondaries bright carmine, 
with a yellowish shade on the costal margin; the outer margin 
broadly banded with black ; a red spot on the black band near the 
anal angle. The fringe white at the apex of all the wings. Head 
and thorax black, spotted with white as in 2. superba; abdomen 
black, banded with yellow; antenne black. Both sexes are 
identical. 

Expanse, ¢ and 2 22 inches. 

Hab. East Central Africa: Manboia (Last); Delagoa Bay 
(Mrs. Monteiro). 

This fine species is allied to Husemia superba, from which it is at 
once distinguished by the basal band on the primaries and the red 
spot on the black margin of the secondaries. I have four specimens 
before me, two ¢ and two Q. 


EusEMIA PENTELIA, 0. sp. 


Primaries deep black, with two bluish metallic streaks, the first 
about the middle of the cell, the second at the end of the cell ; 
the ochraceous spots and bands arranged much as in ZL. euphemia, 
but the apical band is much wider and more curved, and almost 
joining the small spot at the anal angle. Secondaries ochraceous, 
shaded with carmine at the base and along the inner margin to the 
anal angle ; the outer margin broadly banded with black, widest at the 
apex and the anal angle. Underside as above, the secondaries being 
rather more pink in colour. Head, thorax, palpi, and antennz black, 
the thorax and tegule spotted with white ; abdomen black, each 
segment banded with vellow, the first three bands nearest the base 
whitish on the upperside. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. East Africa: Delagoa Bay (Mrs. Monteiro). 


1887.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM TROPICAL AFRICA. 669 


This species is most nearly allied to Z. buéleri, Walk. ; a specimen 
of this insect is in the National Collection, from the same locality. 


Fam. Arcrirp2. 
Petocuyta, Hiibn. 

PELOCHYTA FENNIA, 0. sp. 

Primaries reddish brown, with a large, round, semihyaline spot at 
the end of the cell, and three minute black dots close’ to the base. 
Secondaries pinkish brown, bright pink along the inner margin, and 
about the middle of the outer margin, from the middle to almost the 
costal margin, pinkish hyaline. Underside, primaries the same as 
above; the secondaries bright pink, slightly shaded with brown 
along the costal margin and at the apex. Head and thorax reddish 
brown, with two small black dots in front, and one on each of 
the tegulz, also three black dots at the base ; abdomen bright pink, 
with a row of black spots on each side ; legs dark blackish brown 
above, and pinkish on the underside; antenne and palpi black. 

Hab. West Africa: Gambia (Capt. A. Moloney). 

This species is much darker in colour than any other in the genus. 


PELOCHYTA LUPIA, n. sp. 

Primaries and secondaries pure white, slightly shaded with very 
pale fawn-colour along the costal margin and apex of the former, a 
faint darker line at the end of the cell, and one beyond, partly 
enclosing a large semihyaline spot. Head and thorax and base cf 
abdomen white, a small black dot in front of the head, two on the front 
of the thorax, and one on each of the tegulz. Antenne brownish 
black. Abdomen above bright carmine, with a row of black dots on 
each segment on both sides ; the underside white ; legs white, shaded 
with carmine. 

Expanse 1,5, inch. 

Hab. East Africa: Delagoa Bay (Mrs. Monteiro). 

This species is quite distinct from any other known to me; it 
closely resembles Halesidota? nivea, Herr.-Sch., from Brazil. 


ANACE, Walk. 
ANACE HERONA, 0. sp. 


Primaries almost uniform yellowish white, slightly darker along 
the costal margin; a red spot on the inner margin close to the base ; 
secondaries uniform pale yellow. Underside of all the wings pale 
yellowish white, the costal margin of the secondaries shaded with red. 
The lower part of the head and underside of the thorax reddish; the 
upper half of the head, collar, thorax, and tegule white, with very 
indistinct reddish lines. Abdomen yellowish, with a tuft of bright 
red hairs on each side close to the base. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. West Africa: Mongo-ma Lubah (Thompson). 

A specimen of this species is also in the British Museum, from 
Aburi. 

Proc. Zoo. Soc.— 1887, No. XLIV. 44 


670 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW SPECIES OF [Dec. 20, 


AnACE? HERPA, Nn. sp. (Plate LV. fig. 12, 9.) 


Female. Primaries brownish black, crossed near the apex froin 
the costal margin to the outer margin by a white band, which is the 
widest on the costal margin, and tapers off to a point on the outer 
margin. Secondaries dark orange-yellow, broadly bordered with 
brownish black from the apex to the anal angle ; a large black spot at 
the end of the cell. Head and palpi black ; collar dark orange, with a 
black dot on each side of the head; tegule white, with two black dots 
on each ; thorax brownish black. Abdomen and the underside of the 
thorax orange ; a row of black spots on each side of the abdomen; 
antenne black. 

Expanse 27 inches. 

Hab. West Africa: Cameroons (Rutherford). 

I am rather doubtful whether this species should be placed in the 
genus Anace, but without seeing male specimens it is better, I think, 
to place it here provisionally than to make a new genus for it with- 
out sufficient material for so doing. 


Areas, Walk. 
AREAS MOLONEYI, n.sp. (Plate LV. fig. 4, 2.) 


Primaries creamy white, with the costal margin bright scarlet, and 
all the veins edged with pale fawn-colour ; two minute black dots at 
the end of the cell. Secondaries white, with a black spot at the end 
of the cell, and a row of four black spots along the outer margin, 
extending from the apex to near the anal angle. The underside of 
all the wings the same as above, but slightly greyerin colour. Head, 
thorax, the base, and the underside of the abdomen creamy white ; 
the upperside of the abdomen bright red, with a central row of 
black spots and also a row on each side, which are considerably the 
sinallest ; the anus is greyish. Antennz black; legs greyish. 

Expanse 12 inch. 

Hab. West Africa: Gambia (Capt. A. Moloney). 

This very distinct and pretty species I have much pleasure in 
naming after its discoverer, Captain A. Moloney, who obtained it 
with many others from the Gambia. 


Fam. LirHosp. 
Caryatis, Hiibn. 
CaRYATIS HERSILIA, 0, sp. 


Primaries slate-colour, almost the same as in Caryatis phileta; the 
white band crossing the wing as in that species, but much narrower 
and lobed at the end of the cell. Secondaries bright carmine, with 
the apical border wider than in C. phileta. Head, thorax, and 
abdomen carmine, the latter with black spots on each segment. 
Antenne black ; legs slate-colour. 

Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab. West Africa : Cameroons. 

This species is closely allied to C. phileta, from which it is at once 


1887.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM TROPICAL AFRICA. 671 


distinguished by the difference in the white band on the primaries 
and the bright carmine colour of the secondaries. Specimens are also 
in the British Museum from the above locality and Old Calabar. 


Fam. NycTEMERID. 
Atetis, Hiibn. 


ALETIS CUNAXA, n.sp. (Plate LV. fig. 9, 2.) 


Male. Primaries black, with the basal half dark yellowish brown, 
the brown on the outer side sloping off from the end of the cell to near 
the anal angle on the inner margin, two white spots near the apex. 
Secondaries dark yellowish brown, the outer margin broadly banded 
with black from the apex to the anal angle, and much dentated in the 
middle, a black streak from the base along the inner margin to the 
anal angle. Underside orange, with all the black margins much 
narrower and more broken; four white spots on the primaries, the 
first three close to the apex, the fourth at the anal angle, and five 
on the outer margin of the secondaries, three near the apex and two 
quite small, close to the anal angle. Head, antenne, thorax, and 
upperside of the abdomen black, the sides of the abdomen with each 
segment bordered with white, the underside dusky yellow ; the tegule 
black, spotted with white; legs black. The female is rather larger 
than the male and much paler in colour, and the black margins to the 
wings are not so wide, aud it also has a small black spot below the 
end of the cell on the secondaries, like 4. postica, Walk; on the 
underside it is almost identical with that of the male, the white spots 
being slightly larger. 

Expanse, ¢ 13 inch, Q 13 inch. 

Hab. West Africa: Congo (Huson-More). 


Terina, Walk. 


TERINA NIPHANDA, 0. sp. 


Primaries orange-yellow, slightly hyaline, black at the base round a 
small white spot ; a black band crossing from beyond the middle of 
the costal margin to the apex, the band is narrow in the middle ; 
the apex broadly black, with a white spot; the outer margin black. 
Secondaries orange-yellow, the outer margin black, with a white 
spot at the apex. Thorax white, tegule black. Abdomen black, 
with a white spot on each segment down the middle from the 
base to the anus, which is yellow ; the underside as above. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. West Africa: Congo (Huson-More). 

This species is allied to 7’. latifascia, Walker, but very distinct. 


TERINA EURYANASSA, 0. 8p. 


Primaries: the basal half chrome-yellow; the apical half black, 
crossed from the costal margin almost to the anal angle by a wide, 
white, slightly hyaline band. Secondaries dark chrome-yellow, 

44* 


672 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW SPECIES OF [Dec. 20, 


shaded with red along the inner margins; the outer margins bor- 
dered with black. The underside the same as above. Head and 
thorax red. Abdomen chrome-yellow, with a black spot on each 
segment. Palpi, antenne, and legs brownish black. 

Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab, East Africa: Magila (Craven). 

The type of this distinct species was obtained by Mr. Alfred E. 
Craven during his expedition to the Usambara country in East Africa. 


Secusro, Walk. 

SECUSIO MANIA, 0. sp. 

Male. Primaries creamy white, all the veins and the apex pale 
brownish fawn-colour ; secondaries uniform chrome-yellow. Under- 
side as above excepting the primaries, which are more yellow in 
colour, the veins not brown as above, the head and abdomen chrome- 
yellow ; thorax and tegulez creamy white, the collar and tegulee with 
black marks; antennze black. The female is the same as the male, 
but much darker in colour. 

Expanse, ¢ 13 inch, 2 12 inch. 

Hab. Kast Africa: Delagoa Bay (Mrs. Monteiro). 

This species seems to vary very much; I have a male anda female 
specimen before me that are almost white, with the veins brownish ; 
in all other respects they are identical with the typical form. 


Girpa, Walk. 


GirPa ocTOGESA, n.sp. (Plate LV. fig. 1.) 

Primaries creamy white, shaded with orange at the base and along 
the costal margin ; the apical half of the costal margin, the apex and 
the outer margin black, a black spot at the end of the cell joined on 
the lower side to the black outer margin. Secondaries creamy white, 
with an elongated black spot at the apex and a nearly round black 
spot to the anal angle. The underside the same as above. Head, 
thorax, and abdomen dusky white. Antennz brownish black. 

Expanse 1,4 inch. 

Hab. West Africa: Cameroons (Rutherford). 

A very distinct species, allied to G. circumdata, Walk. 


Hyuemera, Buil. 

HyYLEMERA DEXITHEA, N. sp. 

Primaries white, the apical third of the wing broadly black, going 
almost to a point at the anal angle. Secondaries white, with a small 
black spot at the apex. Head and antenne black, thorax and 
abdomen yellowish white. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. West Africa: Cameroons (Rutherford). 

A pretty little species allied to H. puella, Butler, from Madagascar. 


HyYLEMERA NEZRA, N. sp. 
Primaries pale slate-colour, from the base to about the middle 


1887. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM TROPICAL AFRICA. 673 


pinkish yellow. Secondaries yellow, the outer margin from the apex 
to the anal angle broadly bordered with slate-colour. Head, thorax, 
and abdomen pale yellow, antennz black. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

flab. West Africa: Cameroons (Rutherford). 

A pretty little species, in form very like H. doleris, but quite 
different in colour. 


Fam. LApARID. 
Cypra, Boisd. 
CYPRA NYSES, 1. sp. 


Primaries and secondaries uniform semihyaline white, slightly 
Shaded with pale yellowish along the costal margin of the former, a 
small black spot at the apex and anal angle of both wings. Head, 
thorax, and abdomen yellowish white. Antenne and legs pale brown. 

Expanse |} inch. 

Hab. West Africa: Old Calabar (White). 

This species is allied to C. crocipes, Boisd., from Madagascar, from 
which it is at once distinguished by the black spots on the wings. 


ANAPHE, Walk. 
ANAPHE MOLONEYI, n.sp. (Plate LV. fig. 5, 3.) 


Male. Primaries creamy white, crossed beyond the middle from 
the costal margin to the inner margin by a wide black band, not 
broken in the middle as in A. carteri, the costal margin broadly 
banded with black from the base to the apex, the outer margin 
narrowly edged with black, and all the veins black, from the outer 
margin almost up to the black band crossing the wing. Secondaries 
creamy white, with the fringe black. Underside the same as above, 
excepting the band on the primaries being very indistinct. Head, the 
underside of the thorax, and the abdomen pale yellowish brown, the 
upperside of the thorax creamy white. Antennzblack, legs brownish 
yellow. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. West Africa: Gambia (Capt. A. Moloney). 

This species is allied to A. carteri, Walsingham, but very distinct 
in the form of the black band and the black costal margin, also the 
veins being black almost up to the band crossing the wings. The 
large cocoon from which A. moloneyi came out was brought to this 
country by Captain Moloney, who kindly handed it tome. It is 
almost the shape of a large pear, about five inches long, and’ was 
found hanging from a branch of a tree by a fine silken thread : 
unfortunately only one moth came out; the large cocoon contains a 
great number of small cocoons packed. very closely together. The 
silk appears to be of a very tough nature, and is of a reddish- browa 
colour. The pupa is dark brown in colour, enclosed in a loosely 
made silken cocoon. 

I have lately received, through the kindness of Mr. A. Higgins, 


674 MR, H. DRUCE ON NEW SPECIES OF [ Dec. 20, 


the cocoon of A. infractor: in shape it is much the same as that of 
A, moloneyi, but rather longer and slightly darker in colour ; it was 
obtained by Mr. A. Higgins at Ile Ife, about fifty miles inland from 
Lagos, where it was very common, hanging from the trees; but it 
is not found near the coast. The natives eat the larvee, which are of 
a reddish-brown colour; they fry them in palm-oil. Mr. Higgins 
informs me they are of a sweetish taste when cocked. They also make 
use of the silk, taking it from the cocoons, washing it, and forming 
it into hanks, which they sell in the market-places; it is also made 
into rough cloths by the women. About 60 moths have come out 
of the cocoon, 25 males and 35 females, some of them crippled. The 
silk closely resembles that of A. moloneyi, but it is darker brown 
and not quite so glossy. The cocoons were placed in a warm orchid- 
house, and about a week afterwards two moths came out, then others 
every day, but only when the sun was shining on the cocoon, which 
was placed close up to the glass; the moths always emerged between 
10 and 12 o’clock in the morning. 


ANAPHE CARTERI, Walsingham. 


Female. Very like the male but much larger, the black band on 
the primaries much wider and not divided in the middle; the black 
border on the costal and inner margin is wider; the antenne are 
black and rather deeply pectinated. 

Expanse 2 27 inches. 

Hab. West Atrica: Gambia (Carter). 

The male of this species was described by Lord Walsingham, 
Trans. Linn. Soe. ser. 2, Zool. ii. p. 433, t. xlv.f. 9. Through the 
kindness of Mr. Carter I am now able to describe the female. 


Cua@rotrricueE, Butl. 
CHG@ROTRICHE ORESTES, N. sp. 


Male. Primaries citron-yellow, crossed from the costal to the inner 
margin by six bands of indistinct orange spots, those close to the 
base being the darkest in colour; a black crescent-shaped narrow 
line at the end of the cell, and, beyond, a band of small greyish dots 
extending from near the apex to the inner margin. Secondaries 
uniform silky cream-colour. The underside of all the wings cream- 
colour, slightly darker at the base. Head, thorax, and abdomen 
yellow. Female the same as the male, excepting that the markings 
on the primaries are much more indistinct, and the abdomen is of 
a dark brown colour, with a very large anal tuft of hairs. 

Expanse, 5 1$ inch, 2 2# inches. 

Hab. West Africa: Mongo-ma Lubah (ZL. W. Thompson). 

A fine species, not unlike Cispia punctifascia, Walker, from India. 


Dasycurra, Steph. 
DasYCHIRA CANGIA, Nn. sp, 


Male. Primaries greyish white, with all the veins yellowish, 
crossed from the costal to the inner margin with many rows of 


1887.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM TROPICAL AFRICA. 675 


crescent-shaped black lines, those nearest the base and the outer 
margin being the most distinct ; the fringe black and white. 
Secondaries white, broadly marked with blackish grey from the 
base to the anal angle. The underside of all the wings pure white. 
Head, thorax, and the underside of the abdomen white shaded with 
grey, the upperside of the latter greyish black, with a row of black 
tufts from the base to the anus. 

The female is the same as the male, excepting that it is much 
larger, and all the markings on the primaries much more indistinct ; 
the secondaries are also much more dusky. 

Expanse, ¢ 1} inch, Q 237 inches. 

Hab. East Africa: Delagoa Bay (Mrs. Monteiro). 

This species is allied to Dasychira mascarena, Butl., from Mada- 
gascar, but resembles Dicranura vinula, Linn. 


DasycuiraA? REMOTA, D. Sp. 


Male. Primaries silvery grey, crossed by two wide brown bands 
(which are thickly irrorated with silvery scales), the first close to the 
base, the second beyond nearest the apex, almost joining the first on 
the inner margin; a black spot at the base, and a marginal row of small 
black dots from the apex to the anal angle ; secondaries silvery white, 
with an indistinct brownish-black band crossing the wing from the 
inner margin close to the anal angle (where it is the widest) to the 
apex, which it does not quite reach, a small spot at the end of the 
cell, and a marginal row of spots all black. Underside silvery grey, 
primaries clouded with brownish black beyond the middle; the 
marginal row of black spots on both wings the same as above. 
Head, the upper and underside of the thorax, and abdomen pale 
greyish brown ; the upperside of the abdomen bright orange, with a 
row of small black spots on each side. Antennz and palpi pale 
fawn-colour, legs greyish. The female the same as the male but 
larger, and the dark markings not so distinct. 

Expanse, ¢ 13 inch, 2 12 inch. 

Hab. West Atrica: Gambia (Capt. A. Moloney). 

This species varies slightly, some specimens being much paler in 
colour than others, with the markings very indistinct. 


LASIOCAMPID. 
HIBRILDEs, n. gen. 


Male. Body slender. Abdomen about half the length of the 
hind wings. Palpi very minute, clothed with hairs. Antenne 
rather long, deeply pectinated ; legs very short, not clothed with hairs, 
asin the genus Sarmalia. Wings broad and rounded at the apex, 
the inner margin fringed, subcostal nervure with two branches. 
The cell is rather long and broad; secondaries narrow, long and 
rounded at the anal angle. 


HIBRILDES NORAX, 0. sp. 


Male. Semihyaline ; primaries and secondaries uniformly covered 


676 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW SPECIES OF [ Dec. 2U, 


with yellowish-white scales, with all the veins light brown, the 
fringe of all the wings creamy white, the underside as above. Head 
and the collar yellow ; thorax and tegulz white; abdomen and legs 
brownish yellow ; antennze black. Female unknown. 

Expanse 23 inches. 

Hab. East Central Africa: Lake Nyassa (Thelwalt). 

This species is not unlike Sarmalia radiata, Walk., from the 
Philippine Islands. The two male specimens before me were sent 
some years ago to the late Mr. Hewitson, who kindly gave them to 
me. 


Jana, Boisd. 
JANA SCIRON, 0. sp. 


Male. Primaries silky fawn-colour, darkest from the base to about 
the middle, and at the end of the cell beyond two brown lines, the 
first straight crossing from the inner margin to near the costal 
margin, which it does not join, the second curved from the inner 
margin to the apex, bordered on the outer edge with pale whitish 
fawn-colour ; the fringe very pale in colour ; a round black spot on 
the costal margin near the base. Secondaries fawn-colour, broadly 
shaded with bright orange, from the base to the apex ; three brown 
lines crossing the wing below the middle from the inner margin 
close to the anal angle to near the apex, only the outer line reaching 
that point ; above and below the band on the inner margin are a few 
greyish scales, and nearer the base a small tuft of black hairs. Under- 
side of all the wings brownish fawn-colour ; the costal margin of the 
primaries reddish, and a curved brown line extending from the apex 
to the inner margin. Secondaries crossed beyond the middle by 
two waved brown lines. Antennze brownish black, the head and 
the upperside of the thorax and abdomen fawn-colour; the under- 
side bright red. The coxa and femur red; tarsus brown. 

Expanse 43 inches. 

Hab. West Africa: Mongo-ma Lubah. 

This fine species is very distinct ; the form of the hind wing 
differs from all other species of Jana that are known to me. 


CurysopoLoma, Waller. 


CHRYSOPOLOMA BITHYNIA, 0. Sp. , 


Male. Uniform mouse-colour, the primaries a shade darker than 
the secondaries, the former crossed by two curved lines, the first 
nearest the base very indistinct, the second broken into spots; the 
underside of all the wings pale mouse-colour; the head, thorax, 
abdomen, antenne, and legs of the same colour. The female 
identical with the male, excepting it is slightly larger and redder in 
colour. 

Expanse, ¢ 13 inch, 2 14 inch. 

Hab. East Africa: Delagoa Bay (Mrs. Monteiro). 

This insect appears pretty common; I have seen a considerable 
number of specimens. 


1887. | LEPIDOPTERA FROM TROPICAL AFRICA. 677 


CHRYSOPOLOMA LABDA, N. Sp. 


Male. Upper and underside uniform pale citron-yellow ;_ primaries 
crossed by three narrow purplish-brown bands, the first curved, the 
second straight from the inner margin, but not reaching the costal 
margin, the third a row of spots extending from near the apex to 
the inner margin. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale yellow. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab, East Africa: Nyassa. 

This pretty little species is allied to C. rosea. 


CHRYSOPOLOMA? THELDA, 0. sp. 


Primaries brownish fawn-colour, thickly irrorated with white 
scales ; a small V-shaped brown mark on the costal close to the 
apex, and a brown mark along the outer margin ; a curved line of 
black lunular-shaped marks extending from the apex to the inner 
margin above the anal angle. Secondaries pale yellow, crossed 
below the middle by two fawn-coloured bands of lunular-shaped 
marks, the first not reaching the costal margin; on the inner . 
margin are three patches of dark-brown hairs, the fringe of all the 
wings fawn-colour. Underside of all the wings yellowish fawn- 
colour, with the darker markings as above, and in addition two 
indistinct rows of small brown spots on each wing, the first between 
the bands, the second submarginal. The thorax and abdomen 
above dark fawn-colour, on the underside yellowish. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. West Africa: Mongo-ma Lubah. 

A fine species, very distinct from any other with which I am 
acquainted, but in form nearest to C. citrina. 


Eutricua, Hiibn. 
EvuTRICHA AUDEA, 0. sp. 


Male. Primaries dark brown, shading to pale yellowish-brown at 
the base and along the inner margin, three brownish-black waved 
lines crossing from the costal to the inner margin; two crescent- 
shaped spots close to the apex. Secondaries uniform dark brown, 
the underside of all the wings of a dark brown colour. Head, 
thorax, and abdomen dark reddish brown; antennz and legs brown. 
The female is like the male, but much larger and with all the 
markings much more distinct. 

Expanse, ¢ 2 inches, 2 37 inches. 

Hab. West Africa: Cameroons (Rutherford, Fuller). 

This species is allied to #. nitens, described by Mr. Butler, from 
Madagascar ; a specimen is in the National Collection, from Old 
Calabar. 


LasiocamPa, Schr. 
LASIOCAMPA MONTEIROI, 0. sp. 


3. Pale uniform straw-colour, the primaries crossed near the 
base and beyond the middle by two brownish-yellow lines and a 


678 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW SPECIES OF [ Dec. 20, 


small yellow spot at the end of the cell. The head, thorax, and 
abdomen pale yellowish straw-colour; antenne and legs darker 
yellow. The female is in all respects identical with the male but 
considerably larger. 

Expanse, ¢ 27 inches, 9 3} inches. 

Hab. East Africa: Delagoa Bay (Mrs. Monteiro). 

This species is very distinct from any other known to me. 


TRABALA, Walk. 
TRABALA ROSA, 0. sp. 


Male. Primaries reddish fawn-colour, darkest from the base to 
about the middle, where it is crossed by a narrow black curved line, 
which extends from the costal margin to the inner margin, and it is 
bordered on the outer side by a narrow whitish line; between the 
line and the outer margin a row of small black spots crosses from 
the apex to the inner margin near the anal angle; a small white 
spot edged with black at the end of the cell. Secondaries reddish 
fawn-colour, darkest at the base and along the inner margin; 
a narrow indistinct black line crossing the wing from near the apex 
nearly to the middle of the inner margin, but not quite reaching it. 
The underside of all the wings pinkish fawn-colour, with the bands 
and spots as on the upperside, but of a reddish-brown colour, the 
spots extending across the hind wing. Head, thorax, abdomen, 
antennze, and legs uniform reddish fawn-colour. Female. Primaries 
and secondaries uniform pale whitish fawn-colour shaded with pink, 
thickly irrorated with minute black specks; the primaries crossed 
from the costal margin to the inner margin by two curved black 
lines, the first near the base, the second beyond the middle, and a 
submarginal row of black spots corresponding with those on the 
primaries of the male; the black band on the secondaries is very 
indistinct. The underside much paler than above, with the sub- 
marginal row of black spots quite large on both wings. Head, 
thorax, and the abdomen the same colour as the wings; the anal 
tufts very large and a shade darker in colour than the abdomen. 
Antennze and legs reddish fawn-colour. 

Expanse, ¢ 3 inches, 2 4 inches. 

Hab. East Africa: Delagoa Bay (Mrs. Monteiro). 

This fine species is allied to Butricha rennei, Dewitz, from which 
it is quite distinct. 


Meecasoma, Hiibn. 
MEGASOMA POLYDORA, n. sp. (Plate LV. fig. 11, 3.) 


Male. Primaries reddish brown, paler along the outer margin, and 
from the anal angle to the base; a small white spot close to the 
base, beyond which a minute white streak ; a round orange- coloured 
spot at the end of the cell, with a darker spot on the inner side ; a 
nartow white streak crosses the wing from the apex to near the anal 
angle, but does not quite reach that point. Secondaries uniform 
reddish brown; the fringe and a few hairs along the inner margin 


1887.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM TROPICAL AFRICA. 679 


white ; the underside of all the wings uniform reddish brown. 
Head and thorax greyish ; antennee, tegulze, and abdomen reddish 
brown. Female. Primaries reddish brown, thickly irrorated with 
black and greyish scales along the costal and the outer margin; a 
short white streak at the end of the cell extending to the costal margin, 
and a narrow white streak crossing two thirds of the wing from the 
apex towards the inner margin. Secondaries uniform reddish brown, 
speckled with greyish scales along the outer margin and at the anal 
angle ; the fringe of all the wings yellowish white; the underside 
uniform reddish brown, with a short white streak close to the 
apex of the primaries. Head, thorax, and abdomen mouse-colour ; 
the tegule reddish brown edged with white; antenne and legs 
brown. 

Expanse, 3 13 inch, 9 24 inches. 

Hab. East Africa: Delagoa Bay (Mrs. Monteiro). 

The female of this species closely resembles the female of WM. 
intensa, Moore, the white markings being less distinct and the 
abdomen without the white bands ; the males are very different. 


MEGASOMA SPLENDENS, n. sp. (Plate LV. fig. 10, 3.) 


Male. Primaries dark brown, a metallic gold spot close to the base 
and one at the end of the cell; a faint narrow waved white line 
crossing the wing from the apex to the middle of the inner margin, 
bordered on the outer side with pale reddish fawn-colour, showing 
a few black points near the apex. Secondaries dark brown, palest 
at the base and along the inner margin. Underside dark brown, 
palest at the base of all the wings; a narrow short submarginal 
band close to the apex. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale yellowish 
brown. Antenne and legs brown. Female. Primaries reddish 
fawn-colour, darkest at the base and along the costal margin, the 
outer and inner margins broadly bordered with dark brown; a 
waved submarginal white line, bordered on the outer side with reddish 
fawn-colour, which extends from the apex to near the base on the 
inner margin. Secondaries smoky brown, more reddish at the base ; 
the underside identical with that of the male. Head, thorax, and 
abdomen reddish brown. Antenne and legs brown. 

Expanse, g 1+ inch, 2 2+ inches. 

Hab. West Africa: Cameroous (Rutherford). 


Two female specimens of this species are in the British Museum, 
from Old Calabar. 


MrGasoa vesTa, n. sp. (Plate LV. fig. 6, 2.) 


Female. Primaries pale greyish fawn-colour, darkest at the base 
and the costal margin near the apex, the costal streaked with white 
from the base to about the middle; a submarginal waved white line 
bordered on the outer side with reddish brown, extending from the 
apex to near the base; the space between the submarginal line and 
the margin thickly irrorated with white scales; the fringe black. 
Secondaries creamy white, with the fringe blackish brown; the 
underside of all the wings the same as above, but the submargined 


680 MR, H. DRUCE ON NEW SPECIES OF [ Dec. 20, 


lines are not so distinct. Head and thorax reddish brown; tegulee 
brown, edged with white. Abdomen on the upperside creamy 
white, the underside brownish black ; legs dark reddish brown. 

Expanse 3 inches. 

flab. West Africa: Cameroons. 

This fine species is allied to M. splendens, from which it is at 
once distinguished by the white secondaries. The male of this 
species is unknown. 


Pacuypasa, Walk. 


PACHYPASA ? MASSILIA, 0. sp. 


Female. Primaries and secondaries uniform reddish fawn-colour. 
Primaries with four whitish patches, the first three near the apex, 
the fourth close to the anal angle; a minute white spot at the end 
of the cell; the underside of all the wings paler than above, the 
secondaries broadly banded with greyish white from the base along 
the costal margin almost to the apex. Head and the thorax reddish 
fawn-colour. Abdomen dark brown, each segment banded with 
long whitish hairs, the underside of the abdomen greyish brown ; legs 
dark brown. Antenne black. 

Expanse 52 inches. 

Hab. West Africa: Cameroons (Rutherford). 

This fine species is quite different to any I have seen; it is the 
only specimen obtained by the late Mr. Rutherford, and is allied to 
Pachypasa subfascia, Walk. 


PacuyPasA ? PHOCEA, 0. sp. 


Female. Primaries reddish brown, darkest near the apex and along 
the outer margin ; a wide dark brown band, which is narrower in 
the middle, crosses the wing from beyond the middle on the costal 
margin to about the middle of the inner margin; on each side of the 
band the wing is thickly irrorated with minute white scales; the 
fringe reddish brown. Secondaries uniform yellowish fawn-colour, 
palest at the base, the fringe pale fawn-colour. Underside of all 
the wings reddish fawn-colour, speckled with a few greyish scales ; 
the upperside of the head and thorax the same colour as the primaries ; 
abdomen yellowish, above the anal segment reddish brown; the 
underside of the head, thorax, and abdomen dark reddish brown; 
legs brown, tarsi with white bands. Antenne white on the upper- 
side, reddish brown on the underside. 

Expanse 3? inches. 

Hab, Kast Africa: Delagoa Bay (Mrs. Monteiro). 

A fine species, allied to P. bi/inea, Walk. 


Gonomera, Walk. 
GONOMETA NYSA, 0. Sp. 


Male. Primaries and secondaries, upper and inner side, bright 
chestnut-brown, with all the veins slightly darker ; the head, auteniiz 


1887.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM TROPICAL AFRICA. 681 


and thorax the same colour as the wings; the abdomen brownish 
black. 

Expanse 32 inches. 

Hab. West Africa: Mongo-ma Lubah (Thompson). 

This very fine insect is entirely different from any known to me; 
it is the only specimen I have seen. 


GONOMETA LOMIA, Nn. sp. 


Male. Primaries fawn-colour, a wide brownish-black submarginal 
line extending from the apex to the inner margin, beyond which on 
the margin is a row of indistinct spots. Secondaries fawn-colour, 
slightly paler at the base; a black marginal line from the apex to 
the anal angle. Head, thorax, and abdomen brownish fawn-colour. 
Antenne pale brown at the base, with black tips; legs brown; the 
underside of all the wings fawn-colour, darkest along the outer 
margins of the primaries. 

Expanse 2? inches. 

Hab. West Africa: Mongo-ma Lubah. 


GONOMETA CASSANDRA, 0. sp. 


Male. Primaries rich purplish brown, slightly reddish along the 
inner margin ; a submarginal row of >-shaped black spots, bordered 
with white on the outer side, extending from the apex to the anal 
angle. Secondaries brownish black, with a beautiful greenish-blue 
shade, the outer margin broadly bordered with cream-colour. The 
underside the same as above, excepting that the secondaries are 
without the greenish-blue shade. Head and thorax dark brown. 
Abdomen brownish black, shaded with greenish blue on the upper- 
side, the underside of the thorax and legs dark brown, of the 
abdomen dusky white. Antennz brownish black. 

Expanse 37 inches. 

Hab. West Africa: Cameroons. 

This fine species is allied to Gonometa postica, Walker, from 
South Africa, figured by Felder in the ‘ Novara,’ tab. 84. f. 1 & 2. 


Fam. Limacopip@. 
Parasa, Moore. 
PaRASA URDA, n. sp. (Plate LV. fig. 7, 3.) 


Male. Primaries pea-green, fawn-colour at the base and along 
the outer margin from the apex to the anal angle; the inner edge of 
the fawn-coloured margin is very much waved; the fringe fawn- 
colour along the outer margin, green on the inner margin. Second- 
aries yellowish cream-colour, darkest at the base and along the inner 
margin ; the fringe fawn-colour. Underside yellowish, with the 
outer margins of all the wings shaded with reddish brown; the 
upperside of the head and thorax bright pea-green, the underside 
dark reddish brown; the abdomen fawn-colour. Palpi, antennz, 
and legs reddish brown. 

Expanse, 3, 1} inch. 


682 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW SPECIES OF [Dec. 20, 


Hab. West Africa: Fantee, Mongo-ma Lubah. 
A female specimen of this species is in the British Museum, from 
the Gaboon. 


Pantoctrenta, Feld. 
PANTOCTENIA ALBIPUNCTA, n. sp. (Plate LV. fig. 2, 3.) 


Primaries bright pea-green, three spots close to the base, one at 
the end of the cell, and three (one above the other) on the inner 
margin near the anal angle, all white edged with brown, the fringe 
green. Secondaries blackish brown, yellowish at the base and 
along the inner margin, the fringe yellow. Underside yellowish 
fawn-colour, darkest on the costal margin of the primaries, which 
are slightly green at the apex and along the outer margin; the head, 
antennze, and the abdomen yellowish ; thorax bright pea-green. 

Expanse 12 inch. 

Hab. South Africa: Natal. 

This pretty species is allied to Pantoctenia gemmanus, Felder, 
from which it is quite distinct. 


Cosuma, Walk. 
CosuMA POLANA, nu. sp. (Plate LV. fig. 8.) 


Primaries pale primrose-yellow, with all the veins dusky. Second- 
aries primrose-colour, shading to orange at the base, the fringe of 
all the wings blackish; the head, front of thorax, and abdomen 
orange-yellow ; the thorax pale primrose-colour. Antenne black ; 
the underside of the wings uniform pale yellow, shading to orange 
at the base. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. East Central Africa: Manboia (Last). 

A pretty species, allied to C. rugosa, Walk. 


Mrresa, Walk. 


MIRESA HILDA, 0. Sp. 

Primaries dark fawn-colour, crossed by two narrow dark brown 
lines, the first from near the apex to the inner margin close to the base, 
the second submarginal. Secondaries pale fawn-colour, darkest at 
the base and along the inner margin. Underside uniformly pale 
fawn-colour. Head and thorax yellowish brown; thorax and 
abdomen dark brown. Antennze reddish brown. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. West Africa: Mongo-ma Lubah (Thompson). 

A distinct species, not allied to any known to me. 


Natapa, Walk. 


NATADA JULIA, 0. sp. 


Primaries dark reddish brown, blackish along the median nerve ; 
secondaries fawn-colour, with the fringe and the inner margin darker 


1887.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM TROPICAL AFRICA, 683 


brown ; the underside of all the wings uniform pale reddish brown. 
Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen bright golden brown. Antennee 
and legs dark brown. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. West Africa: Mongo-ma Lubah. 

This species is quite distinct from any known to me, but some- 
what resembles 2. argentea, Druce. 


NATADA UNDINA, 0. sp. 


Primaries, the basal half dark brownish black, the outer half pale 
mouse-colour ; a submarginal black line extending from the costal 
margin close to the apex to the anal angle, where it is broken into 
black dots. Secondaries silky mouse-colour, the fringe slightly 
darker; the underside of all the wings uniform reddish brown. 
Head, collar, and thorax bright citron-yellow. Antenne and the 
abdomen dark brown. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. West Africa: Mongo-ma Lubah. 

Very distinct from any species of Natada known to me. 


NATADA ELSA, 0. sp. 


Primaries dark glossy brown ; the basal third of the wing and a 
large apical patch rich chocolate-brown ; a narrow waved silvery 
white line crosses from the costal margin nearest the apex to the 
inner margin near the base, dividing the dark chocolate-brown from 
the outer part of the wings; the apical patch is whitish on the inner 
side. Secondaries blackish brown, darkest along the inner margin. 
Head, thorax, and antennee dark brown. Abdomen blackish, the 
anus brown. 

Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab. West Africa: Calabar (Swan). 

A female specimen of this species is in the British Museum, from 
the Cameroons. 


Fam. BomBycip. 


Tritocua, Moore. 
TRILOCHA IANTHE, D. sp. 


Primaries reddish fawn-colour, with three reddish-brown points on 
the costal margin, a black spot at the end of the cell, and a reddish- 
brown patch on the outer margin nearest the apex; on the inner 
margin are three indistinct, waved, narrow lines of a reddish-brown 
colour crossing to the middle of the wing. Secondaries uniform 
reddish fawn-colour, darkest at the anal angle and round the outer 
margin ; the inner margin streaked with whitish lines. The under- 
side of all the wings pale fawn-colour. The female the same as the 
male, but slightly larger. 

Expanse, ¢, | inch. 

Hab. West Africa: Gambia (Captain Moloney) ; South Africa: 
Grahams Town (Grote). 


684 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW SPECIES OF [ Dec. 20, 


A pretty little species that varies considerably in colour ; some of 
the specimens from Grahams Town are much paler than others. 


Norasuma, Moore. 
NoORASUMA KOLGA, 0. sp. 


Female. Primaries dark reddish brown, darkest at the base and 
along the costal and outer margin; a white line extending from the 
base along about one fourth of the costal, then crossing the wing to 
the inner margin, a white dot at the end of the cell, and a submarginal 
row of small white spots extending from near the apex to the inner 
margin. Secondaries reddish brown, palest near the base. Under- 
side pale reddish brown, with a narrow, white, submarginal line round 
all the wings. Head and thorax brown; collar pale brown, edged 
with white. Abdomen and legs dark brown. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. West Africa: Cameroons (Rutherford). 

In form and neuration this species is like MN. javanica, Moore, but 
differs in its smaller size, colour, and markings. 


Fam. Psycu1p&. 
Eumeta, Walk. 
EUMETA CERVINA, 0. sp. 


Male. Like E. cramerii, but the primaries redder in colour, with a 
marginal row of fine whitish spots, and a dark brown elongated patch 
at the end of the cell. Secondaries smoky brown, with three whitish 
dots at the apex. Head, thorax, and abdomen brown. Antenne 
brownish black, tegulze with white tips ; a white spot at the base of 
the primaries ; on the underside the white marginal spots are more 
distinct than above. 

Expanse 1# inch. 

Hab. West Africa: Gambia (Captain Moloney); East Africa : 
Delagoa Bay (Mrs. Montiero). 

This species is allied to H. cramerii, Westw., but, I think, quite 
distinct ; I have as yet only seen two specimens. 


Fam. Cossip&. 
: Cossus, Fabr. 
CossuSs TOLUMINUS, 0. sp. 


Primaries dark greyish brown, with dark black markings in the 
cell and along the costal margin to the apex; beyond the cell a 
large greyish-white patch extends from the costal margin almost to 
the anal angle; seven marginal black spots between the apex and 
anal angle, the inner margin is browner than any other part of the 
primaries. Secondaries blackish brown, indistinctly mottled with 
grey spots. Underside of all the wings blackish brown, thickly 
irrorated with greyish scales and spots at the apex of both wings. 
Head and collar dark greyish brown; thorax and upper part of the 
abdomen greyish. Antennze black ; legs greyish brown. 


1887.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM TROPICAL AFRICA. 685 


Expanse 42 inches. 

Hab. West Africa: Gambia (Captain A. Moloney). 

The larva of this species is about the size of a large Cossus ligni- 
perda, of a bright carmine colour, with a wide wedge-shaped yellow 
band on each segment, and with three round black spots, placed in 
the form of a triangle, on each segment excepting the first, second, 
and third. The head, first, second, and third segments brownish 
black on the top; the anus brownish black ; two rows of black spots 
along each side of the larva. The description is taken from a 
figure made by Mr. Brady for Captain Moloney. 


ZEUZERA, Latr. 

ZEUZERA STEPHANIA, n. sp. (Plate LV. fig. 3.) 

Primaries glossy green, thickly spotted with dark orange-red. 
Secondaries uniform glossy green, without any spots; the underside 
of the wings the same as above; the head and tegul orange; 
thorax, abdomen, and legs glossy green. Antenne black. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. East Africa: Nyassa. 

A beautiful little species allied to Z. auroguttata, H.-S., from 
which it is at once distinguished by its smaller size, different colour, 
and entire absence of the orange-colour at the base of the thorax 
and the anus. 


Fam. Noropontip&. 


ANTHEURA, Walk. 

ANTHEURA CARTERI, 0. sp. 

Primaries pure white, spotted with reddish brown along the 
costal margin and at the apex, and along the inner margin, which has 
a pinkish tinge. Secondaries pale yellowish fawn-colour, slightly 
pinkish near the inner margin. Underside of primaries pale yel- 
lowish brown, darkest along the outer margin ; secondaries yellowish 
white ; the costal margin dark brown from the base to the anal 
angle. Head and thorax greyish. Abdomen, the underside of the 
head, and the thorax pale yellowish fawn-colour. Antennz and 
legs reddish brown. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. West Africa: Gambia (Carter). 

I have much pleasure in naming this fine species after Mr. G. T. 
Carter, who kindly gave it to me a few months ago, upon his return 
home from the Gambia. 


Fam. HELIoTHID, 
Apisura, Moore. 
ADISURA SPLENDENS, 0. sp. 


Primaries silvery white, the costal and inner margins broadly 
banded with deep pink colour, the fringe pink. Secondaries silvery 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XLV. 45 


686 ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM TROPICAL AFRICA. [ Dec. 20. 


white. Head, thorax, and tegule deep pink. Abdomen yellowish 
white. The underside of all the wings white, slightly pink along 
the costal margin of the primaries. 

Expanse ]7 inch. 

Hab. West Africa: Gambia (Captain Moloney). 

This beautiful species is allied to Adisura dulcis, Moore. 


Fam. ACONTID. 


XANTHODES, Guén. 
XANTHODES CAMILLA, 0. sp. 


Primaries pale glossy citron-yellow, the apical third of the wing 
broadly banded with purplish brown, with a slightly darker waved 
line extending from near the apex to the anal angle. Secondaries 
glossy yellowish white at the base, shading to pale purplish brown 
on the outer margin, from the apex to the anal angle. Head, 
thorax, and abdomen pale primrose-colour. Antenne pale brown. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. West Africa: Gambia (Captain Moloney). 

A pretty species, very distinct from all the other described species 
of Xanthodes. A specimen is in the National Collection, from the 
Cameroons. 


Acont1A, Ochs. 
ACONTIA ZELIA, 0. sp. 


Male. Primaries glossy purplish brown, broadly banded with 
white at the base, and crossed about the middle by a wide, straight, 
white band. Secondaries white, shading to smoky brown along the 
outer margin. Underside silky dusky white. Head, thorax, and 
abdomen white; collar purplish brown; the legs white. The 
female is identical with the male, excepting that the secondaries are 
dark blackish brown. 

Expanse, ¢ 2, 1 inch. 

Hab. West Atrica: Gambia (Carter). 

A beautiful little species, very distinct from any known to me. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LV. 


Fig. 1. Girpa octogesa, sp. u., p. 672. 
2, Pantoctenia albipuncta, $, sp.n., p. 682. 
3. Zeuzera stephania, 3, sp.n., p. 685. 
4. Areas moloneyi, 9, sp. n., p. 670. 
5. Anaphe moloneyi, 3, sp. u., p. 673. 

. Megasoma vesta, 2, sp. n., p. 679. 

. Parasa urda, 3, sp. n., p. 681. 

. Cosuma polana, sp. n., p. 682. 

9. Aletis cunaxa, 2, sp. n., p. 671. 

10. Megasoma splendens, 3, sp. n., p. 679. 

polydora, 3, sp. n., p. 678. 

12 Anace? herpa, 2, sp n., p. 670. 


APPENDIX. 


LIST OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE 


Jan. 


22. 
26. 


2h 


DURING THE YEAR 


1887. 


. 4 Bramblings (Fringilla montifringilla). Purchased. 
. 2 Barn-Owls (Stria flammea). Presented by E, Hume, Esq. 


From 8. Africa. 
1 Black-headed Gull (Larus ridihundus), Presented by W. G. 
Rawlinson, Esq. 


. 2 Eyed Lizards (Lacerta ocellata). Deposited. 
. 1 Red-fronted Lemur (Lemur rufifrons), g. Presented by Mrs. 


Pawelzig. 

1 Veryet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), §. Presented by 
Mrs. Pawelzig. 

1 Patas Monkey (Cercopithecus patas), 9. Presented by Mr. 
George Ellis. 


. 1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris). Purchased. From Lanca- 


shire. 


. 2Schlegel’s Doves (Chalcopelia puella). Presented by H. C. 


Donovan, Esq. 


. 1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus), 9. Born in the Menagerie. 
. 1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale xanthopus), Q. 


Born in the Menagerie. 

2 Blakiston’s Eagle Owls (Bubo blakistoni). Presented by J. 
H. Leech, Esq., F.Z.S. See P.Z.S. 1887, p. 188. From 
Yesso, Japan. 

1 White-whiskered Swine (Sus leucomystar), 2. Presented by 
H. Pryer, Esq., C.M.Z.S. From the Loochoo Islands. 

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Deposited. 

1 Suricate (Suricata tetradactyla). Deposited. 

1 Axis Deer (Cervus axis), ¢. Born in the Menagerie. 

3 Hooker’s Sea-Lions (Otaria hookert),2 §,1 9. Presented 
by the Hon. W. J. M. Larnach, C.M.G. See P. Z.S. 1887, 

. 188. From the Auckland Islands. 

1 Blue Penguin (Ludyptula minor). Presented by Bernard 
Lawson, Esq. See P. Z.S. 1887, p. 189. From Cook’s 
Straits, New Zealand. 

3 Lions (Felis leo). Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Domestic Sheep (4-horned variety) (Ovis artes), 3. Presented 
by Major Roland Poole. From Cashmere. 

45* 


688 APPENDIX. 


Jan. 28, 1 Common Peafowl (Pavo cristatus), 2. Presented by Mr. J. 
A. Adams. 
2 Wood-Hares (Lepus sylvaticus), 2 9. Presented by Walter 
Ingram, Esq., F.Z.S. 
1 Spotted-billed Duck (Anas peecilorhyncha). Received in ex- 
change. 
29, 1 Blotched Genet (Genetta tigrina). Presented by Capt. J. C. 
Robinson. 
1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Stanlake 
Batson, Esq. 
1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Paleornis torquatus), 3g. Depo- 
sited. 


Feb. 2. 1 Black-winged Peafowl (Pavo nigripennis), 2. Presented by 
John Marshall, Esq. 

4. 6 Long-fronted Gerbilles (Gerbillus longifrons). Born in the 
Menagerie. 

1 Cayenne Lapwing (Vanellus cayennensis). Purchased. 

8. 1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the 
Menagerie. 

9. 2 Red-winged Parrakeets (Aprosmictus erythropterus). Pre- 
sented by the Executive Commissioners of the Queensland 
Government. 

11. 1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris), g. Presented by John 
Hall, Esq. From Huntingdonshire. 

12, 1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), §. Presented by 
Chas. W. Dempsey, Esq. 
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), ¢. Presented by G. 8. 
Copeland, Esq. 
2 White-throated Finches (Spermophila albogularis), g @. 
Deposited. 
2 Rufous Tinamous (Rhynchotus rufescens), Presented by 
Francis Monckton, Esq. 
14, 2 White-fronted Lemurs (Lemur albifrons), 6 2. Deposited. 
15, 1 Brazilian Hangnest (Icterus jamaicai). Presented by W. J. 
Little Gilmour, Esq. 

16. 1 Crowned Hawk-Eagle (Spizaétus coronatus, jr.). Presented 
by Col. J. H, Bowker, F.Z.S. 

1 Secretary Vulture (Serpentarius reptilivorus). Presented by 
Capt. Larmer, s.s. ‘ Trojan.’ 
17. 1 Green Moxkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), $. Presented by 


Julius Wilson, Esq. 
2 Crossbills (Loxta curvirostra). Presented by W. H. St. 
Quintin, Esq. 
18. 1 Spotted Eagle-Owl (Bubo maculosus). Presented by Mr. H. 
Justice. 


19. 1 Capuchin Monkey (Cebus, sp. inc.), g. Purchased. 
2 Brown Milvagos (Milagvo chimango). Purchased. 
1 Brazilian Caracara (Polyborus brasiliensis). Purchased. 
21, 1 Three-striped Paradoxure (Paradoxurus trivirgatus ?). Pre- 
sented by Gerald Callender, Esq. 
1 Stanley Parrakeet (Platycercus icterotis). Received in Ex- 
change. 
22. 1 Scops Owl (Scops giv). Presented by W. M. Holland, Esq. 
: Captured at sea, near Aden. 
23, 1 Common Squirrel (Sczwrus vulgaris). Presented by Miss May 
Hanrott. 


Feb, 24, 


25, 
26. 


28. 


Mar, 1. 
- 1 Blossomed-headed Parrakeet (Paleornis cyanocephalus), 2. 


Wiis 


18. 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 689 


1 Black Sternothere (Sternotherus niger). Received in Ex- 
change. 

1 Burmeister’s Cariama (Chunga burmeisteri). Received in 
Exchange. See P. Z.S. 1887, p- 319. 

1 White-fronted Heron (Ardea nove-hollandie). Presented 
by F. B. Dyas, Esq. See P, Z. 8. 1887, p- 319. : 

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus stnicus), 2. Presented by Miss 
E. James. 

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by 
Miss E. James. 

2 Smews (Mergus albellus), 3 ©. Purchased. 

1 Black-winged Kite (Elanus ceruleus ?). Presented by R. 
Southey, Esq. See P.Z.S. 1887, p. 319. 

2 Bennett’s Wallabies (Halmaturus bennetti), 2. Received 
in Exchange. 

2 Cereopsis Geese (Cereopsis nove hollandie), Received in Ex- 
change. 

1 Pike (Zsox lucius), Presented by H. E. Young, Esq. 


2 Pike (Esoxr lucius), Purchased, 
Received in Exchange. 


1 Huia Bird (Heteralocha gould), 2. Deposited April 22, 
1886. Presented by Sir Walter Buller, KOMG, C.M.Z.S. 


» 1 Hawfinch (Coccothraustes vulgaris). Presented by W. H. 


St. Quintin, 


. 1 Pike (sox lucius), Presented by Mr. G. G. Sykes. 
- 1 Chilian Sea-Eagle (Geranoaétus melanoleucus), Presented 


by_C. Czarnikow, Esq., F.Z.S. 
1 Golden Eagle (Aguila chrysaétus), Presented by C. Czarni- 
know, Esq., F.Z.S. 
1 Brazilian Caracara (Polyborus brasiliensis). Presented by C. 
Ozarnikow, Esq., F.Z.S. 
1 on Ichneumon (Henpestes griseus). Presented by C. F. 
ind, Esq. 


. 1 Hog Deer (Cervus poreinus), 3. Born in the Menagerie. 


1 Bronze-winged Pigeon (Phaps chalcoptera), 2. Presented by 
M. Nicholson, Esq. 


. 2 Red-crested Cardinals (Paroaria cucullata). Presented by 


Col. F. D, Walters. 

2 Cockateels (Calopsitta nove-hollandie). Presented by Col. 
F. D. Walters, 

2 Crested Newts (Mole cristata). Presented by Alban Doran, 
Esq., F.R.C.S.. From Austria. 


- 1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), 8. 


Deposited. 
2 Blue-fronted Amazons (Chrysotis estiva). Deposited. 


. 2 White-crowned Pigeons (Columba leucocephala), 8 2. Pre- 


sented by Lieut.-Col. Dawkins. 


. 5 European Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea). Presented by F. W. 


Green, Esq. 


. 1 Axis Deer (Cervus avis), 3. Born in the Menagerie. 


1 Maugé’s Dasyure (Dasyurus mauget). Presented by Mr. W. 
Miller, 

1 Algerian Tortoise (Testudo mauritanica). Presented by J. 
W. Green, Esq. 

2 Long-tailed Grass-Finches (Poéphila acuticauda), 39. Pre- 


690 


Mar. 18, 


Apr. 


19. 
20. 


25. 


26. 


28. 


APPENDIX. 


sented by Mr. Walter Burton, F.Z.S. See P. Z.S. 1887, 
p. 340. From Derby, King Sound, N.W. Australia. 

1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the Mena- 
gerie. 

16 Puff-Adders (Vipera arietans). Born in the Menagerie. 

1 European Pond-Tortoise (mys europea). Presented by H. 
Garle, Esq., F.Z.S, 


- 1 Common Squirrel (Sciwrus vulgaris, var.). Presented by H. 


24, 


B. Meadows, Esq. From Switzerland. 

2 Tree-Pipits (Anthus arboreus), Presented by W. B. Teget- 
meier, Esq., F.Z.S. 

2 Ocellated Sand-Skinks (Seps ocellatus). Purchased. 

4 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by the 
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

2 Robben-Island Snakes (Coronella phocarum). Presented by 
the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Fisk’s Snake (Lamprophis fiski). Presented by the Rev. G. 
H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.8. See P. Z.S. 1887, p. 340. 

1 Narrow-headed Toad (Bufo angusticeps), Presented by the 
Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

2 Pondicherry Vultures (Vultur calvus). Purchased. 

2 Black Lemurs (Lemur macaco). Born in the Menagerie. 

1 White-fronted Lemur (Lemur albifrons). Born in the Mena- 
gerie. 

1 Malayan Bear (Ursus malayanus), Presented by Mrs. Bing- 
h 


am. 
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by 
Mr. W. Spooner. 


1 Pinche Monkey (Midas edipus). Deposited. From Cartha- 


gena. 
1 Ring-hals Snake (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by Wm. 
L. Holms, Esq. 


. 1 Purple-faced Monkey (Semnopithecus leucoprymnus), 2. Pre- 


sented by W. H. Markham, Esq. 


- 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by 


Mr. F, A. Adeney. 


- 1 Common Guillemot (ZLomvia troile). Presented by Mr. 


Howard Bunn. 


2 Viscachas (Lagostomus trichodactylus). Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Black-tailed Godwit (Limosa egocephala). Presented by Mrs. 
Robert Barclay. 

2 Blue-bonnet Parrakeets (Psephotus hematogaster). Pur- 
chased, 

2 Blue-crowned Conures (Conwrus hemorrhous). Purchased. 


- 1 Black Bear (Ursus americanus), 2. Presented by E. Percy 


Bates, Esq. From British Columbia. 


. 1 American Flying Squirrel (Sciwropterus volucella). Presented 


by A. R. Verschoyle, Esq. 
1 Egyptian Mastigure (Uromastix spinipes), Presented by V. 
L. Chamberlain, Esq., M.A., F.L.S. 


. 1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchelli), 3. Purchased. 


1 Nepalese Hornbill (Aceros nepalensis). Deposited. 

2 Black-necked Storks (Xenorhynchus australis). Purchased. 

1 Tuberculated Iguana (Jyuana tuberculata). Presented by 
Capt. J. B. Johnson. 


. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus). Born in the Menagerie. 


Apr. 6. 


13. 


14, 
16. 


19. 
20. 


28. 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 691 


1 Short-tailed Wallaby (Halmaturus brachyurus). Presented 
by Herbert Maude, Esq. 
2 Adorned Ceratophrys (Ceratophrys ornata). Purchased. 


- 1 Sambur Deer (Cervus aristotelis), ¢. Born in the Mena-~ 


erie. 


8 P : 
. 2 Collared Fruit-Bats (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the 


Menagerie. 


» 1 Anaconda (Zunectes murinus). Purchased. 
. 1 Ring-Dove (Columba palumbus), Presented by C. L. Suther- 


land, Ksq., F.Z.S. 

1 Turtle-Dove (Turtur communis), Presented by C. L. Suther- 
land, Esq., F.Z.S, 

2 Viscachas (Lagostomus trichodactylus). Born in the Mena- 
gerie. 

2 Brown-throated Conures (Conurus eruginosus). Presented by 
Master Cecil John Newton. 

1 Secretary Vulture (Serpentarius reptilivorus), Presented by 

Mr. and Mrs, Newberry. 

2 Polar Bears (Ursus maritimus). Presented by J oseph Mon- 
teith, Esq. See P.Z. S. 1887, p. 396. 

2 Crested Ducks (Anas cristata). Presented by Fred. E. Cobb, 
Esq., C.M.Z.S. See P. Z.S. 1887, p. 396. From the Falk- 
land Islands, 

1 White-tailed Buzzard (Buteo albicaudatus). Presented by 
Mr. John Lloyd. 


_3 Common Gulls (Larus canus). Presented by J. A. Cotton, 
18. 


Esq. 

2 Rhesus Monkeys (Macacus rhesus), 6 Q. Presented by W. 
F. Lock, Esq. 

1 Common Fox (Canis vulpes), 3. Presented by Mrs. Isaac 
Bell, jun. 

1 Basch_Buk (Tragelaphus sylvaticus), $. Presented by Capt. 
Travers, s.s. ‘Tartar.’ 

2 Turkey Vultures (Cathartes aura). Presented by J. H. 
Moore, Esq. From the Falkland Islands. 

1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by Mr. T. E. 
Gunn. 

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Deposited. 

1 Chinese Lark (Melanocorypha mongolica). Received in Ex- 
change, 


. 1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), 2. Purchased. 


1 Hodgson’s Partridge (Perdiv hodgsonie). Purchased. 
2 White-backed Pigeons (Colwmba leuconota). Purchased. 


- 2 Common Rheas (Rhea americana). Received in Exchange. 
. 4 Long-fronted Gerbilles (Gerbillus longifrons). Born in the 


Menagerie. 


. 1 Gayal (Bibos Jrontalis), 3. Born in the Menagerie. 


2 Green-winged Doves (Chalcophaps indica). Presented by 
8, A. Clarke, Esq. 


. 2 White-necked Storks (Disswra episcopus). Received in 


Exchange. 

1 Persian Gazelle (Gazella subgutturosa), g. Born in the 
Menagerie. 

2 Red-vented Cockatoos (Cacatua philippinarum). Deposited 
by H.R.H. the Prince of Wales. 

2 Roseate Cockatoos (Cucatua roseicapilla), Deposited by 
H.R.H. the Prince of Wales, 


692 


Apr. 28, 


29 


30. 


May 3. 


APPENDIX. 


2 Leadbeater’s Cockatoos (Cacatua leadbeatert). Deposited by 
H.R.H. the Prince of Wales. 

2 Slender-billed Cockatoos (Licmetis tenuirostris). Deposited 
by H.R.H. the Prince of Wales. 

20 Ruffe or Pope (Acerina cernua). Presented by Mr. T. E. 
Gunn. 

1 Whinchat (Pratincola rubetra). Purchased. 

2 White-faced Tree-Ducks (Dendrocygna viduata). Purchased. 

2 Demoiselle Cranes (Grus virgo), 6 2. Received in Exchange. 

1 Weasel (Mustela vulgaris), Received in Exchange. 

2 Alpine Newts (Molge alpestris). Presented by Alban Doran, 
Esq., F.R.C.S. 


1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by G. Lister, 
E 


sq. 
1 Servaline Cat (Felis servalina). Purchased. 
4 Prairie-Marmots (Cynomys ludovicianus). Born in the Mena- 


gerie. 

1 Green Turtle (Chelone viridis). Presented by Dr. Keenan. 
From Ascension. 

2 Natterer’s Snakes (Thamnodynastes natterert). Purchased. 


. 1 Greenfinch (Ligurinus chlorts). Presented by Master H. J. 


Walton. 

1 Goldtinch (Carduelis elegans). Presented by Master H. J. 
Walton. 

1 Reed-Bunting (Emberiza scheniclus). Presented by Master 
H. J. Walton. 

1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by W. H. B. Pain, 
Esq. From Hampshire. 


5, 1 Brazilian Tree-Porcupine (Sphingurus prehensilis). Presented 


yi 
bo 6 00 


13 


by Dr. William Studart. From Ceara, Brazil. 

1 Black-necked Swan (Cygnus nigricollis), 9. Purchased. 

1 Eyed Lizard (Lacerta ocellata, jr.). Presented by J. C. War- 
burg, Esq. 


. 1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciwrea). Purchased. 


1 Domestic Sheep (Ovis aries, var. quadricornis), g. Presented 
by C. E. Kane, Esq. From Arabia. 


. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), $. Presented by 


R. E. Macdonald, Esq. 

1 Tooth-billed Pigeon (Didunculus strigirostris), Presented by 
Wilfred Powell, Esq.,C.M.Z.S. See P.Z.S. 1887, p. 482. 

1 Great Crested Grebe Cea cristatus). Presented by Mr. 
T. E. Gunn. From Norfolk. 


. 2 Whinchats (Pratincola rubetra). Purchased. 
. 4 Midwife Toads (Alytes obstetricans). Purchased. 
. 1 Alexandrine Parrakeet (Paleornis alexandri). Presented by 


Miss Ida Marshall. 

1 Blood-breasted Pigeon (Phlogenas cruentata). Bred in the 
Menagerie. 

2 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Born in the Mena- 


gerie. 

1 Blue-cheeked Parrakeet (Platycercus cyanogenys). Received 
in Exchange. 

1 Pied Crow Shrike (Strepera yraculina). Received in Ex- 
change. 

1 Sun-Bittern (Eurypyga helias). Received in Exchange. 

2 Chinese Geese (Anser cygnoides). Presented by Miss Hoare, 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 693 


May 16, 1 Brown Bear (Ursus arctos), 2. Presented by John Rhind, 


17, 


18. 


19, 


20. 


21, 
23. 


24, 


25. 


26, 


27, 


Esq. From Russia. 

1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), Presented by Mr. George 
Doddrell, 

1 Bare-eyed Cockatoo (Cacatua gymnopis). Presented by Sir 
Nathaniel Barnaby. 

2 Hawk’s-billed Turtles (Chelone imbricata). Presented by J. A. 
Wilson, Esq., F.Z.S. 

2 Red-spotted Lizards (Eremias rubro-punctata). Presented by 
G. Wigan, Esq. See P.Z.S. 1887, p. 482. From Moses’ 
Wells. 

1 Grey Ichneumon (Herypestes griseus). Presented by Mr. J. W. 
Deacon. 

1 Ocellated Sand-Skink (Seps ocellatus). Presented by George 
Russell, Esq. From Tripoli, N. Africa. 

1 Horseshoe Snake (Zamenis hippocrepis). Presented by George 
Russell, Esq. From Tripoli, N. Africa. 

2 Daubenton’s Curassows (Crax daubentoni), § 2. Presented 
by F. J. Thompson, Esq. 

2 Madagascar Porphyrios (Porphyrio madagascariensis). Pre- 
sented by Capt. J. C. Robinson, s,s. ‘ Roslin Castle,’ 

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus). Presented by Mrs. Living- 
stone. 

1 Ring-tailed Coati (Naswa rufa). Presented by Robert R, 
Maclver, Esq. 

1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus), Presented by J. H. 
Hallett, Esq. 

1 Western Slender-billed Cockatoo (Liemetis pastinator). Pre- 
sented by Miss Streeter. 

1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the Mena- 


gerie, 

1 Larger Hill-Mynah (Gracula intermedia), Presented by G.E, 
Wroughton, Esq. 

6 European Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea), Presented by E, 
Wroughton, Esq. From Syria. 

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Iacacus sinicus), g. Presented by Mrs. 
Yeates. 

1 Molucca Deer ( Cervus moluccensis), 9. Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Tuatera Lizard (Sphenodon punctatus). Deposited. 

3 Tuatera Lizards (Sphenodon punctatus). Purchased. 

1 aes Monkey (Macacus rhesus), $. Presented by Mrs. C.J. 
Fisher, 

1 Patagonian Conure (Conurus patagonus). Purchased. 

3 Lineated Chalcis (Chalcides lineatus). Presented by J. C, 
Warburg, Esq. 

2 Dark-green Snakes (Zamenis atrovirens). Purchased. 

4 Axolotls (Siredon mevicanus). Purchased. 

2 Little Guans (Ortalis motmot), Presented by W. Thomson, 


Esq. 

1 King paleee (Gypagus papa), Presented by W. Allen Sum- 
ner, Esq. 

1 Common Rhea (Rhea americana). Received in Exchange. 

1 Common Squirrel (Sciwrus vulgaris). Presented by Miss 
Muriel Reed. 

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), 9. Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Brown Bear (Ursus arctos), Presented by John Rhind, Esq. 
From Russia, 


694 APPENDIX. 


May 28. 1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), 3. 
Presented by T. H. Kenyon, Esq., R.N. 
1 Blyth’s arches (Ceriornis blythi), §. Presented by Major 
W. Brydon, B.S.C. 
29. 1 Scarlet Tree-Frog (Dendrobates typographus). Presented by 
C. H. Blomefield, Esq. See P.Z.S. 1887, p. 482. From 
Costa Rica. 
30. 1 White-crowned Pigeon (Columba leucocephala), Presented by 
Lieut.-Colonel W. G. Dawkins, F.Z.S. 


June 1. ] Common Trumpeter (Psophia crepitans). Presented by G. H. 
Hawtayne, Esq., C.M.Z.S. 
2. 1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), 9. Born in the Mena- 
gerie. 
2 Cape Sparrows (Passer arcuatus). Purchased. 
4 Alario Sparrows (Passer alario), Purchased. 
1 Crowned Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma coronatum). Presented 
by Claude A. Millard, Esq. 
3. 2 Egyptian Jerboas (Dipus egyptius),2 2. Presented by the 
Hon. Terence Bourke. 
1 Moorish Toad (Lufo mauritanicus). Presented by the Hon. 
Terence Bourke. 
2 Egyptian Jerboas (Dipus egyptius), 2. Deposited. 
5. 2 American Robins (Za-dus migratorius). Bred in the Mena- 


gerie. 
6. 1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciwrea), $. Presented by 
Miss Grace Williams. 
1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), 3. Born in the Mena- 


erie. 
Al Neges Tamarin (Ifidas wrsulus). Presented by Miss Julia 
Neilson. 
1 Red Brocket (Cariacus rufus), 2. Purchased. 
1 Great American EKeret (Ardea egretta). Purchased. 
2 Lanner Falcons (Falco lanarius). Presented by Wm. Brodrick, 


Esq. 
2 Sealy Ground-Doves (Scardafella squamosa). Presented by 
Wu. de Castro, Hsq. 
8. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by Miss 


R. M. Hurt. 

1 Common Raccoon (Procyon lotor). Presented by F. van 
Zandt, Esq. 

1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), §. Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus), $. Born in the 
Menagerie. 

1 Variegated Sheldrake ( Tadorna variegata). Bred in the Mena- 

erie. 


9 Summer Ducks (42% sponsa). Bred in the Menagerie. 
1 Hybrid Ruddy Sheldrake (between Tadorna casarca and 
Chenalopex egyptiaca). Bred in the Menagerie. 
9. 5 Sandwich-Island Geese (Bernicla sandvicensis), 2 5,19. 
Purchased. 
10. 1 Wryneck (Zynx torquilla). Purchased. 
11.21 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Miss 
Constance Hoendortft. 
1 Cockateel (Calopsitta nove-hollandie), 3. Deposited. 
1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Paleornis torquatus). Presented by 
Mrs. Hill. 


Junell, 


13. 


14, 
15. 


16, 


17. 


18. 


20. 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 695 


1 Yellow-billed Sheathbill (Chionzs alba). Presented by R. C. 
Ashton, Esq. From Cape Horn. 

9 Barbary Turtle-Doves (Turtur risorius). Presented by E. L. 
Armbrecht, Esq. 

1 Common Squirrel (Sewrus vulgaris). Presented by Mrs. Dick. 

3 Kestrels (Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by Dr. J. W. 
Trentler. 

2 Yellow-legged Herring-Gulls (Zarus cachinnans). Bred in 
the Menagerie, 

1 West-African Python (Python sebe). Purchased. 

1 Mesopotamian Fallow-Deer (Dama mesopotamica). Born in 
the Menagerie, 

9 Horned Vipers (Vipera cornuta). Presented by the Rev. 
G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. From Namaqualand, 8. Africa. 

3 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by the 
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S, 

1 Many-spotted Snake ( Coronella multimaculata). Presented by 
the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Rufescent Snake (Leptodira rufescens). Presented by the Rev. 
G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by 
Mrs. Slatter. 

1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), 9°. 
Presented by Miss Kate Wood. 

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), $. Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by 
Mrs. Beeston. 

1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus). Deposited. 

1 Virginian Deer (Cariacus virginianus), g. Presented by 
T. Jay, Esq. 

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika). Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus), Presented by Miss 
Dudding. 

2 Blue Titmice (Parus ceruleus). Presented by Miss F. L. 
Barlow. 

4 Herons (Ardea cinerea). Purchased. From Holland. 

6 Night-Herons (Nycticorax griseus). Purchased. 

1 Stephen’s Tree-Frog (Hyla stepheni), Presented by Mr. G. 
Stephen, H.M.S. ‘Champion.’ From Port Hamilton, Corea. 
See P. Z.S. 1887, p. 579. 

1 Green Tree-Frog (Hyla arborea, vay.). Presented by Mr. 
G. Stephen, H.M.S. ‘Champion.’ From Port Hamilton, 
Corea. See P. Z.S. 1887, p. 578. 

1 Crowned Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma coronatum). Presented 
by Duff Gordon, Esq. 

2 Collared Fruit-Bats (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the Mena- 


gerie. 

1 Blue-eyed Cockatoo (Cacatua ophthalmica). Presented by 
W. H. Fellowes, Esq. 

1 Moustache Monkey (Cercopithecus cephus), 9. Presented by 
Bernard Lawson, Esq. 

2 Lions (Felis leo), ¢ 2. Presented by Major J. Humfrey, 
B.S.C., F.Z.S. From Kathywar, Guzerat, India. 

2 Striped Hyzenas (Hyena striata). Presented by the Bombay 
Natural History Society. E 

1 Australian Crane (Grus australasiana), Presented by Mrs. 
M. 8. Richman. 


696 


June 22, 


23, 


24, 


27. 


28. 
29, 


APPENDIX. 


1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 3. Deposited. 

3 Green Turtles (Chelone viridis). Presented by Captain C. 
Theobald, R.N. 

1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Paleornis torquatus). Deposited. 

1 Alligator (Alkgator mississippiensis), Presented by Hugh 
Bellas, Esq. 

5 Common Dormice (Muscardinus avellanarius). Deposited. 

1 Yak (Poephagus grunniens). Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Little Egret (Ardea garzetta). Purchased. 

1 Buffbacked Egret (Ardea russata). Purchased. 

1 Horrid Rattlesnake (Crotalus horridus). Purchased. 

3 Wood-Hares (Lepus sylvaticus). Born in the Menagerie. 

1 European Pond-Tortoise (Emys europea). Presented by 
Alban Doran, Esq., F.R.C.S, 


. 1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Presented by G. 


Cloutte, Esq. 

1 Suricate (Swricata tetradactyla). Presented by Mrs. H. A. 
Warwood. 

2 Edible Frogs (Rana esculenta). Presented by Mr. H. A. 
Crossfield, F.Z.S. 

3 Blotched Genets (Genetta tigrina). Presented by General 
J. J. Bisset. 

1 Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by — Wickham, Esq. 

1 Gould’s Monitor (Varanus gouldi). Purchased. 

2 Blood-breasted Pigeons (Phlogaenas cruentata). Bred in the 
Menagerie. 

2 Mule Deer (Cartacus macrotis), 2 g. Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Yellow-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis ochrocephala). Deposited. 

1 White-tailed Sea-Hagle (Haliaétus albicilla). Presented by 
J. Mayes, Esq. 

1 Ceylonese Jungle-fowl (Gallus stanleyi), Presented by Hugh 
Neville, Esq., F.Z.S. 


1 Burrowing Owl (Speotyto cunicularia). Purchased. 


. 1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis), 2. Presented by the Earl of Dudley. 


From Panama. 

1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale sxanthopus), 3. 
Born in the Menagerie. 

2 Hoopoes ( Upupa epops). Purchased. 

6 Land-Rails (Crew pratensis, jr.). Presented by J. B. Willows. 
Esq. From Yorkshire. 

6 Chinchillas (Chinchilla lanigera), 3 3,3 9. Purchased. 


. 1 Magpie (Pica rustica). Presented by W. H. Ince, Esq. 
. 2 Gluttons (Guo luscus). Purchased. From Russia. 


1 Dingo (Canis dingo), 2. Deposited. 

1 Mandarin Duck (4¢x galericulata). Born in the Menagerie. 

2 Red-crested Pochards (Fuligula ryfina). Born in the Mena- 
gerie, 


. 1 Entellus Monkey (Semnopithecus entellus), Q. Presented by 


Capt. W. L. Prentice. 

1 Grey Squirrel (Sciwus cinereus). Presented by F. Percival 
Farrer, Esq. 

2 Weasels (Mustela vulgaris), 6 2. Presented by Clement 
Wykeham Archer, Esq. 


q 
. 1 White-fronted Capuchin (Cebus albifrons). Deposited. 


2 Blue-headed Pigeons (Starnanas cyanocephala), Presented 
by John Marshall, Esq. 


July 7. 


os 


Ve 


12. 


13. 


14. 
165. 


16, 


18. 


19. 


20. 


21. 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 697 


1 Speckled Terrapin (Clemmys guttata). Presented by Samuel 
Garman, Esq., C.M.Z.S. 

1 American Black Snake (Coluber constrictor). Presented by 
Samuel Garman, Esq., C.M.Z.S. 

1 Alligator Terrapin (Chelydra serpentina). Presented by Alex. 
Agassiz, Esq. 

1 Redshank (Totanus calidris). Purchased. 

2 Lapwings ( Vanellus vulgaris). Purchased. 

2 Common Gulls (Larus canus). Presented by T. A. Cotton, 


Esq. 

2 La nc (Vanellus vulgaris). Presented by Gervase F. Mat- 
thews, Esq., F.Z.S. 

1 Ruffed Lemur (Lemur varius), $. Purchased. 

1 Elate Hornbill (Ceratogymna elata). Purchased. 

2 Common Boas (Boa constrictor). Purchased. 

1 Tiger (Felis tigris), g. Received in Exchange. 

1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), Presented by 
Mrs. Lewis. 

2 Alligators (Alligator mississippiensis). Deposited. 

2 Common Toads (Bufo vulgaris). Deposited. 


1 Squirrel-like Phalanger (Belideus sciureus). Born in the 
Menagerie. 

8 Unspotted Starlings (Sturnus unicolor). Deposited. From 
Spain. 


2 Booted Eagles (Wisaetus pennatus). Deposited. 

1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale xanthopus). Born 
in the Menagerie. 

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Deposited. 

1 Golden-crowned Conure (Conwrus aureus). Deposited. 

1 Turtle-Dove (Turtur communis). Presented by Mr. R. Hum- 

hries. 
2 ie Finches (Diuca grisea). Bred in the Menagerie. 
1 Auriculated Dove (Zenaida auriculata). Bred in the Mena- 


gerile. 
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus). Presented by Mr. Francis 
Yard. 


1 Cape Zorilla (Ictonyx zorilla). Presented by J. A. Willet, 
Esq. 
1 Cuckoo (Cuculus canorus). Presented by W. M. Alexander, 


Esq. 

1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes nepalensis), Presented by T. 
C. Bacon, Esq. 

1 Lesser Kestrel (Tinnunculus cenchris). Presented by Mrs. M. 
Travers. 

2 Corn-Crakes (Crea pratensis). Presented by S. C. Hincks, 


sq. 

2 Cardinal Grosheaks (Cardinalis virginianus). Presented by S. 
Nicholson, Esq. 

2 Slender Ducks (Anas gibberifrons). Bred in the Menagerie. 

2 Viperine Snakes (Tropidonotus viperinus). Presented by the 
Rey. T. W. Haines. 

1 Bordeaux Snake (Coronella girondica). Presented by the 
Rey. T. W. Haines. 

1 Arizona Squirrel (Seiwus arizonensis). Presented by Dr. R. 
W. Shufeldt. From New Mexico, U.S.A. 

2 Hybrid Herring-Gulls (between Larus argentatus 3 and L. 
dominicanus 2). Presented by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S. 


698 


APPENDIX. 


July 21. 1 Aldrovandi’s Skink (Plestiodon auratus). Deposited. 
22. 1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristata). Born in the Mena- 


23 


25. 
26. 
27. 


28. 


29. 


30. 


Aug. 1. 


erie. 
1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus egypticus). Deposited. 
. 2 Spotted Cavies (Celogenys paca). Presented by W. F. 
Kitson, Esq. From Trinidad. 
1 Magpie (Pica rustica). Presented by H. Stacy Marks, Esq., 
LS. 
1 Crested Pigeon (Ocyphaps lophotes), 2. Deposited. 
2 Indian Crocodiles (Crocodilus palustris). Deposited. 


1 Bennett's Wallaby (Halmaturus bennetti), g. Born in the 
Menagerie. 

1 Common Crowned Pigeon (Gowra coronata), Bred in the 
Menagerie. 

1 Cockateel (Calopsitta nove-hollandig). Bred in the Mena~ 
erie. 


2 White-eared Bulbuls (Pycnonotus leucotis). Presented by 
General W. H. Breton. 

2 Turtle-Doves (Turtur communis). Presented by Mr. N. 
Brooks. 

1 Secretary Vulture (Serpentarius reptilivorus). Deposited. 

1 Loggerhead Turtle (Thalassochelys caouana). Presented by 
Mr. R. T. Ward. 

2 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Presented by the Rey. F. 
W. Haines. 

2 Marbled Newts (Molge marmorata). Presented by the Rey. 
F, W. Haines. 

8 Ocellated Sand-Skinks (Seps ocellatus). Purchased. From 
Malta, 

6 Wall Lizards (Lacerta) muralis. Purchased. From Malta. 

1 Daubenton’s Curassow (Crax daubentoni), 2. Presented by 
Dr. A. Batchelor. 

1 Elliot’s Pheasant (Phasianus elliott), 8. Deposited. 

1 Cabot’s Tragopan (Certornis cabot?), §. Deposited. 

4 Spotted Tinamous (Nothura maculosa). Purchased. 

1 Wall Lizard (Lacerta murals). Presented by Mr. Geo. Skegg. 


1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), ¢. Presented 
by T. Sutton Flack, Esq. 
. 2 Griffon Vultures (Gyps fulvus). Deposited. 
1 One-streaked Hawk (Melierax monogrammicus). Purchased. 
. 1 Blue-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Presented by 
W. Reade-Reyell, Esq. 
1 Red-and- Yellow Macaw (Ara chloroptera). Presented by W. 
Reade-Revell, Esq. 
. 1 Elegant Grass-Parrakeet (Zuphema elegans), 2. Purchased. 
1 Green Turtle (Chelone viridis). Presented by James M‘Gre- 
gor, Esq. 
1 Dark-green Snake (Zamenas atrovirens). Presented by A. 
Benham, Esq. 


5. 1 Suricate (Suricata tetradactyla), Presented by Mr. W. Joyce. 


8. 


2 Australian Wild Ducks (Anas superciliosa). 
2 Shoveller Ducks (Spatula clypeata). 
6 Chilian Pintails (Dajfila spinicauda). Bred in the Mena- 


gerie. 
1 Carrion Crow (Corvus corone). Presented by G. Nicholson, 
Esq. 


Aug. 8. 


10. 


ue 


12. 


15. 


Ie 


18. 


19. 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 699 


4 Turkish Geckos (Hemidactylus turcicus). Purchased. From 
Sardinia. 

2 Three-toed Chalcis (Chalcides tridactylus). Purchased. From 
Sardinia. 

2 Dark-green Snakes (Zamenis atrovirens). Purchased, From 
Sardinia. 

2 Natterjack Toads (Bufo calamita). Purchased. 

4 Painted Frogs (Discoglossus pictus). Purchased. From Sar- 
dinia. 

1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennetti), 2. Born in the 
Menagerie. 

1 Fieldfare (Twdus pilaris). Presented by Col. Verner. 

3 Wood-Hares (Lepus sylvaticus). Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Red-and-Blue Macaw (Ara macao). Presented by Dr. and 
Mrs. F. W. Allwright. 

2 Viscachas (Lagostomus trichodactyla). Born in the Mena- 
gerie. 

1 Be eeneaee Dove (Chalcopelia chalcospilos). Bred in the 

enagerie, 

2 Hybrid Spotted Zenaida Doves (between Zenaida maculata 
and Zenaida auriculata 9). Bred in the Menagerie. 

2 Black-eared Marmosets (Hapale pencillata). Presented by 
G. Best, Esq. 

3 Oyster-catchers (Hematopus ostralegus). Purchased. 

1 Hygian Snake (laps hygie). Presented by W. K. Sibley, 
Esq. From Port Elizabeth: 

1 Spider (Mygale, sp. inc.). Presented by Mrs. Blake. 

1 Purple-faced Monkey (Semnopithecus leucoprymnus), g. Pre- 
sented by H. Hart, Esq. 

1 Common Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo). Presented by T. 
M. Oldham, Esq. 

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by 
Charles Crocker, Esq. 

1 Ruffed Lemur (Lemur varius), g. Presented by Mrs. M. 
Kertell-Cornish. 

1 Great Eagle-Owl (Bubo maximus). Presented by Charles 
Clifton, Esq., F.Z.S. 

1 Virginian Eagle-Owl (Bubo virginianus). Presented by 
Charles Clifton, Esq., F.Z.S. 

1 Moustache Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista). Presented by 
J. B. Elliott, Esq. 

2 Lesser White-nosed Monkeys ( Cercopithecus petaurista). Pre- 
sented by J. B. Elliott, Esq. 

2 White-crowned Mangabeys (Cercocebus @thiops). Presented 
by J. B. Elliott, Esq. 

1 African Civet Cat (Viverra civetta). Presented by J. B. 
Elliott, Esq. 

1 Blotched Genet (Genetta tigrina). Presented by J. B. Elliott, 
Esq. 

1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata). Presented by 
J. B. Elliott, Esq. 

5 Tambourine Pigeons (Tympanistria bicolor). Presented by J. 
B. Elliott, Esq. 

3 Schlegel’s Doves (Chalcopelia puella). Presented by J. B. 
Elliott, Esq. 

1 White-crested Tiger Bittern (Tigrisoma leucolophum). Pre- 
sented by J. B, Elliott, Esq. 


700 


Aug. 19. 


20. 


21. 


23. 


24, 


26. 


27. 


30. 
31 


Sept. 1. 


APPENDIX. 


1 Madagascar Porphyrio (Porphyrio madagascariensis), Pre- 
sented by J. B. Elliott, Esq. 

1 Blood-breasted Pigeon (Phlogenas cruentata). Bred in the 
Menagerie. 

2 Black-eared Marmosets (Hapale penicillata). Presented by 
John Crick, Esq. 

1 Slender-billed Cockatoo (Licmetis tenuirostris). Deposited. 

1 Prince Albert’s Curassow (Craz alberti), 3. Purchased. 

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by Thos. D. 
Wickenden, Esq. 

1 Sand-Lizard (Lacerta agilis). Presented by F. T. Mason, 
Esq. 


o 
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus). Presented by Miss Austin. 


2 Hybrid Ihises (between Lbis strictipennis § and Ibis berniert ° ). 
Bred in the Menagerie. 

1 Lion Marmoset (Midas rosalia). Purchased. 

1 Six-banded Armadillo (Dasypus sexcinctus). Purchased. 

2 Blue-bearded Jays (Cyanocorax eyanopogon). Purchased. 

1 Ariel Toucan (Ramphastos ariel). Purchased 

3 Bahama Ducks (Dajfila bahamensis). Purchased. 

1 Laughing Gull (Larus atricilla). Purchased. 

2 Common Boas (Boa constrictor, var. diviniloqua). Presented 
by H. A. Alford Nicholls, Esq., M.D., F.L.S. From Domi- 
nica, W. I. 

1 Black-handed Spider Monkey (Ateles melanochir), 9. Pur- 
chased. 

1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by Sidney G. 
Smith, Esq. From Hampshire. 

2 Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by Max- 
well Blackie, Esq. 

1 Monkey (Cebus, sp. inc.). Presented by J. H. Williams, Esq. 

8 Blanding’s Terrapins (Clemmys blandingi). Purchased. From 
Michigan, U.S.A. 

1 Carrion-Crow (Corvus corone). Presented by Mrs. MacLachlin. 

1 Malabar Parrakeet (Paleornis columboides), 3. Deposited. 

1 Malaccan Parrakeet (Paleornis longicauda), 3. Deposited. 

1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), ¢. Presented by 
Mr. B. Lynch. 


1 Fettered Cat (Felis maniculata). Presented by Dr. E. Holub, 
C.M.Z.S, 

1 Spotted Eagle-Owl (Bubo maculosus). Presented by Dr. E. 
Holub, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Hoary Snake (Coronella cana). Presented by Dr. E. Holub, 
C.M.Z.S. 


4 Spotted Slowworms (Acontias meleagris). Presented by Dr. 
E. Holub, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the 
Menagerie. 


. 1 Red-faced Ouakari (Brachyurus rubicundus), 2. Received in 


Exchange. 
1 Tiger Bittern (Tigrisoma brasiliense). Purchased. 


. 2 African Lepidosirens (Protopterus annectens). Presented by 


H. H. Lee, Esq. 

1 Martinique Gallinule (Jonornis martinicus), Presented by R. 
Dane, Esq. 

1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Deposited. 


Sept. 5. 


“I 


10. 


16. 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 701 


1 Larger Hill-Mynah (Gracula intermedia). Presented by P. 
Wilmot Bennett, Esq., F.Z.S. 


. 1 Oyster-catcher (Hematopus ostralegus), Deposited. 


2 Common Squirrels (Sciwrus vulgaris). Purchased. 

1 White-eyebrowed Guan (Penelope superciliaris). Purchased. 

1 Mexican Crocodile (Crocodilus rhombifer 2). Presented by 
Capt. J. Smith, s.s. ‘ Godiva.’ 


. 1 Green Bittern (Butorides virescens). Presented by Miss M. 


Meyrick. 

2 Smaller Rattlesnakes (Crotalus miliarius). Purchased. 

1 Testaceous Snake (Ptyas testacea). Purchased. 

1 Copper-bellied Snake (Tropidonotus erythrogaster).  Pur- 
chased. 

2 Milk-Snakes (Coluber evimius). Purchased. 

9 Smaller Rattlesnakes (Crotalus miliarius, jr.).. Deposited. 

4 Testaceous Snakes (Ptyas testacea). Deposited. 

2 Alleghany Snakes (Coluber alleghaniensis ?), Deposited. 

7 Milk-Snakes (Coluber eximius). Deposited. 

1 Seven-banded Snake ( Tr-opidonotus liberts). Deposited. 

1 Striped Snake ( Tropidonotus sirtalis). Deposited. 

1 Painted Frog (Discoglossus pictus). Presented by Alban Doran, 
Esq., F.R.C.S. 


. 1 Red-and-White Flying Squirrel (Pteromys alborufus). Pre- 


sented by Percy Montgomery, Esq. See P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 559. 
From the Province of Szechuen, China, 

1 Peaceful Dove (Geopelia tranquilla), 2. Presented by R. O. 
Law Ogilby, Esq. 

7 Angulated Tortoises (Chersina angulata). Presented by the 
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

2 Hoary Snakes (Coronella cana), Presented by the Rey. G. 
H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

10 Short-nosed Sea-Horses (Hippocampus antiquorum). Pre- 
sented by Prof. Flower, C.B., F.R.S. 


. 1 Sonnerat’s Jungle-fowl (Gallus sonnerati). Bred in the Mena- 


gerie. 
2 Tessellated Snakes ( Tropidonotus tessellatus). Purchased. 
4 Dark-green Snakes (Zamenis atrovirens). Purchased, 
7 Common Snakes (Zropidonotus natriz, var.). Purchased. 


. 1 Mississippi Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by 


Wn. J. Craig, Esq. 


» 1 White-crowned Mangabey (Cercocebus ethiops). Presented 


by C. Washington Eves, Esq. 


. 2 Vervet Monkeys (Cercopithecus lalandii). Presented by Capt. 


Archibald Douglas, R.N. 
6 Aurora Snakes (Lamprophis aurora). Presented by Walter 
K. Sibley, Esq. . 
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by Mrs. 
La Primandage. 
Sharp-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus acutus). Presented by E. 
H. Blomefield, Esq. 


- 1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus). Presented by W. R. 


Sheppard, Esq. 

1 Raven (Corvus corar). Deposited. 

4 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by H. 
Thornton, Esq. 

1 Serval (Felis serval). Presented by T. Mackenzie, Esq. 

1 Urva (Urea cancrivora). Purchased. See P.Z. 9. 1887, p- 559. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1887, No. XLVI. 46 


702 


Sept. 19. 


Oct. 


20. 


23. 


24. 


26. 


27. 


28. 


10. 


11. 


APPENDIX. 


1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), 2. Presented by 
8. P. Grieve, Esq. 

1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Presented by 
J. J. Foster, Esq. 

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalanger vulpina), 2. Presented by 
O. F, Armytage, Esq. 

1 Aldrovandi’s Skink (Plestiodon auratus). Presented by A. 
Colls, Esq. 

2 Crested Pigeons (Ocyphaps lophotes). Bred in the Menagerie. 

2 Hybrid Zenaida Doves (bred between Zenaida maculata + 
Zenaida auriculata). Bred in the Menagerie. 


. 1 White-collared Mangabey (Cercocebus collaris), 2.  Pre- 


sented by W. Tudor, Esq. 

1 Pale-headed Tree-Boa (Epicrates angulifer). Presented by 
H. A. Blake, Esq. From the Bahamas. 

1 Common Jackal (Canis aureus), 9. Presented by Capt.W. J. 
Geake. 

1 Raven (Corvus corax). Deposited. 

1 Alligator Terrapin (Chelydra serpentina). Presented by G.S. 
Blythe, Esq. 

1 Red Fox (Canis fulvus), Presented by Miss Cameron. 

1 Chinese Jay-Thrush (Garrulax chinensis). Presented by Col. 
Verner. 

1 Crested Lark (Alauda eristata). Presented by Col. Verner. 

2 Macaque Monkeys (Macacus cynomolgus), ¢ 2. Presented by 
Miss Barker. 

1 Mule Deer (Cervus macrotis), ¢. Born in the Menagerie. 

2 Red-footed Foxes (Canis fulvipes). Presented by Miss Mil- 
dred M. Buckworth. From Tierra del Fuego. 

8 Arctic Foxes (Canis lagopus), Presented by T. Nordenfelt, 
Esq., C.E. From the Faroé Islands. 

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by R. 
Taylor, Esq. 

1 Wedge-tailed Eagle (Aquila audax). Received in Exchange. 

1 Ring-Dove (Columba palumbus). Presented by F. T. Mason, 


Esq. 
1 Corn-Crake (Crex pratensis). Presented by Mr. Howard Bunn. 
1 Sumatran Wild Dog (Canis javanicus), 2. Purchased. 


. 1 Chinchilla (Chinchilla lanigera). Born in the Menagerie. 
. 1 Pheasant (Phasianus colchicus, var.). Presented by A. L. 


Sawer, Esq. 


. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sintcus), 2. Presented by Mr. 


H. R. Sherren. 
1 Cae Toad (Bufo vulgaris). Presented by John Scovell, 


sq. 
. 1 Leopard (Felis pardus), §. Presented by W. T. Manger, Esq. 


1 Guilding’s Amazon (Chrysotis guildingt). Presented by Mrs. 
Ellice. 

1 Gorilla (Anthropopithecus gorilla), 8. Purchased. See P.Z.S. 
1887, p. 559. 

3 Pluto Monkeys (Cercopithecus pluto). Deposited. 

1 Crested Lark (Alauda cristata), $. Presented by Col. Verner. 

1 Proteus (Proteus anguinus). Presented by Prof. W. H. Corfield, 
M.A., F.Z.S. From the Cave of Adelsherg. 

1 Proteus (Proteus anguinus). Presented by Dr. E. Rickards. 
From the Cave of Adelsberg. 


Oct. 13. 


16 


Wt 


18. 
19, 


20. 
21. 


22. 
24, 


25. 


26. 
27. 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 703 


1 Erxleben’s Monkey (Cercopithecus eralebeni), 2. Deposited. 

. 2 Coypus (Myopotamus coypus). Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Spotted Salamander, yellow variety (Salamandra maculosa). 
Presented by Alban Doran, Esq., F.R.C.S. 

1 Pennant’s Parrakeet (Platycercus pennanti). Presented by 
Mrs. Brooks. 

I Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris). Presented by F. Austen, Esq. 

1 Dusty Ichneumon (Herpestes pulverulentus). Presented by 
L. G. Morrell, Esq. 

1 Three-striped Paradoxure (Paradoxurus trivirgatus), 3. Pre- 
sented by Mr. J. Miller. 

2 Patas Monkeys ( Cercopithecus ruber), § 2. Presented by Mrs. 
Benett-Stanford. 

1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), $. Presented by Edward 
A. B, Pitman, Esq. 

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris), Presented by 
Mr. Absell. 

2 Burrowing-Owls (Speotyto cunicularia). Presented by J. C. 
Hawkshaw, Esq., F.Z.S. 

6 Painted Terrapins (Clemmys picta). Received in Exchange. 

2 Corn-Snakes (Coluber guttatus), Received in Exchange. 

2 Milk-Snakes (Coluber eximius). Received in Exchange. 

2 Mies Snakes (Tropidonotus fasciatus). Received in Ex- 
change. 

2 Ribbon-Snakes ( Tropidonotus saurita). Received in Exchange. 

2 Hog-nosed Snakes (Heterodon platyrhinos). Received in Ex- 
change. 

1 Grass-Snake (Cyclophis vernalis). Received in Exchange. 

6 Dekay’s Snakes (Ischnognathus dekayi). Received in Ex- 
change. 

9 American Green Frogs (Rana halecina). Received in Ex- 
change. 

10 ae Frogs (Rana clamata), Received in Exchange. 

1 Wood-Frog (Rana sylvatica). Received in Exchange. 

1 Cire Tree-Frog (Hyla versicolor). Received in Ex- 
change. 

9 Red-backed Salamanders (Plethodon erythronotus). Received 
in Exchange. 

1 Water-Rattlesnake (Crotalus adamanteus). Presented by the 
Natural History Society of Toronto. 

1 Water-Viper (Cenchris pscivorus). Presented by the Natural 
History Society of Toronto. 

2 American Black Snakes (Coluber constrictor), Presented by 
the Natural History Society of Toronto. 

1 Chicken Snake (Coluber quadrivittatus), Presented by the 
Natural History Society of Toronto. 

1 Mocassin Snake (Coluber fasciatus, var. niger). Presented by 
the Natural History Society of Toronto. 

1 Mocassin Snake (Coluber cca var. sizedon). Presented 
by the Natural History Society of Toronto. 

1 Grand Eclectus (electus roratus). Presented by Miss P. 
Lockwood. 

1 Algerian Tortoise (Zestudo mauritanica). Deposited. 

1 Blood-breasted Pigeon (Phlogenas cruentata). Bred in the 
Menagerie. 

2 ie izards (Lacerta viridis). Presented by Messrs. Paul 
& Co. 


46* 


704 
Oct. 27. 


10. 


14. 


APPENDIX. 


12 Spotted Salamanders (Salamandra maculosa). Presented by 
Messrs. Paul & Co. 

2 Common Snakes (Tropidonotus natriz, var.). Presented by 
Messrs, Paul & Co. 


. 1 Aye-Aye (Chiromys madagascariensis). Purchased. See 


P.Z.S. 1887, p. 559. 
1 Goffin’s Cockatoo ( Cacatua goffinit). Presented by Miss Barton. 


. 1 Naked-footed Owlet (Athene noctua), Presented by Mr. R. E. 


Holding. 


1 Raccoon-like Dog (Canis procynides). Presented by W. T. 
Manger, Esq. 

1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by G. E. 
Frodsham, Esq. 


. | Weeper Capuchin (Cebus capucinus). Presented by C. N. 


Skeffington, Esq. 


. 1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli), 2. Presented 


by C. B. Mitford, Esq. From Sherboro’, W. Africa. 
1 Javan Mynah (Gracula javanensis). Presented by Mrs. J. 8. 
Beale. 


. 1 Indian Antelope (Antilope cervicapra), 2. Presented by Mrs. 


M. V. Charrington. 

1 Larger Hill-Mynah (Gracula intermedia). Presented by J. M. 
Cook, Esq., F.Z.S. 

6 Mocassin Snakes ( Tropidonotus fasciatus). Born in the Mena- 
gerie. : 

1 West-African Python (Python sebe). Deposited. 

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Deposited. 

2 Testaceous Snakes (Ptyas testacea). Deposited. 

1 Alleghany Snake (Coluber alleghaniensis). Deposited. 


. 1 Leopard (Felis pardus). Presented by the Adigar Dullewe 


Disrawe of Tamankadua. From Ceylon. 
1 Common Squirrel (Scirus vulgaris). Presented by Arthur 
Townsend, Esq. 


. 1 Grey-headed Porphyrio (Porphyrio poliocephalus). Presented 


by Lady Morshead. 


. 1 Himalayan Scops Owl (Scops pennatus). Presented by J. H. 


Leech, Esq., F.Z.S. From Baltistan, Himalayas. 


. 1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus). Presented by Mr. J. G. 


Keulemans. 

1 Anubis Baboon (Cynocephalus anubis), 9. Presented by Capt. 
Augustus Kent. 

1 Angolan Vulture (Gypohierax angolensis). Presented by Capt. 
Augustus Kent. 


. 2 Rough-scaled Lizards (Zonwrus cordylus). Presented by W. K. 


Sibley, Esq. 

1 Black-headed Lemur (Lema brunneus), g. Presented by 
Capt. J. Bonnerville. 

1 Grey Lemur (Hapalemur griseus). Presented by Capt. J. 
Bonnerville. 

8 Silky Bower-birds (Ptilonorhynchus violaceus). Received in 
Exchange. 

2 Silky Bower-birds (Ptilonorhynchus violaceus). Deposited. 

59 Pleurodele Newts (Molye walti). Presented by Lord Lilford, 
F.Z.S. From Spain. 

7 Marbled Newts (Molye marmorata). Presented by Lord 
Lilford, F.Z.S. From Spain. 


Noy. 


16, 


26, 


30. 
ol. 


. 1 African Wild Ass (Equus teniopus),3. Born in the 
. 2 White-backed Piping-Crows (Gymmnorhina leuconota). Pre- 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 705 


2 South-American Flamingos (DPhenicopterus ignipalliatus). 
Deposited. 


. 2 Moutlons (Ovis musimon), $ 9. Deposited. 


2 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus), 3 2. Peposten. ; 
enagerie. 


sented by C. Sadler, Esq. 


. 1 Knot (Zringa canutus). Presented by Mr, Howard Bunn, 
. 1 Crowned Hawk-Eagle (Spizaétus coronatus, jr.). Presented 


by E. A. Hart, Esq. 

2 Cereopsis Geese (Cereopsis nove-hollandie), § 2. Presented 
by His Grace The Duke of Northumberland, F.Z.S. 

2 Thunder-fish (Misgurnus fossilis). Presented by Messrs. Paul 
& Co. 

4 Chub (Leuciscus cephalus). Presented by Messrs. Paul & Co. 

1 Cheetah (Cynelurus jubatus). Presented by Fred. Holmwood, 
Esq. From East Africa. 

2 Cape Crowned Cranes (Balearica chrysopelargus). Deposited. 

1 Common Crossbill (Lovia curvirostra). Presented by Mr. 
S. R. Arnold. 


. 1 Mealy Amazon (Chrysotis farinosa). Deposited. 
. 1 Striped Hyzena (Hyena striata). Presented by Ernest Heydon 


Marquis, Esq. 
1 Zebu (Bos indicus), Q. Deposited. 


. 1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristata). Presented by His Grace 


The Duke of Hamilton, K.T., F.ZS. 


. 1 Horned Tragopan (Ceriornis satyra), g. Presented by R. J. 


Lloyd Price, Esq., F.Z.S. 
1 Vinaceous Dove (Twrdus vinaceus). Presented by R. H. Mit- 
ford, Esq. 


. 2 Common Squirrels (Seiwrus vulgaris), 29. Presented by 


Mrs. Henry Alex. Hankey. 


. 2 Sandwich-Island Geese (Bernicla sandvicensis), $2. De- 


posited. 


. 3 American Flying Squirrels (Sciwropterus volucella). Presented 


by Henry D. Harrison, Esq. 
2 Common Wolves ( Canis lupus), ¢ 2. Received in Exchange. 


. 2 Great Eagle-Owls (Bubo maximus). Deposited. 
. 1 Common Wolf (Cunis lupus), 3. Presented by C. 8S. Hardy, 


Esq. 
1 Spotted Crake (Porzena maruetta). Presented by T. W. 
Proger, Esq. 


. 2 Golden Plovers (Charadrius pluvialis), Purchased. 
. 2 Viscachas (Lagostomus trichodactylus). Born in the Menagerie. 


1 White-crested Guan (Pipile jacutinga). Presented by Capt. 
Jas. Smith, s.s. ‘ Godiva.’ 


. 2 Silky Bower-birds (Ptilonorhynchus violaceus). Deposited. 
. 1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris). Presented by Edward Hart, 


Esq., F.Z.S. 

1 Griffith’s Fox (Canis griffithi). Presented by Lieut.-Col. Sir 
Oliver B. C, St. John, K.C.S.L, F.Z.S. From Afghanistan, 

2 Spotted Ichneumons (Herpestes nepalensis). Presented by 

ieut.-Col. Sir Oliver B. C. St. John, K.C.8.1, F.Z.8. 

1 Red-throated Diver (Colymbus septentrionalis). Presented by 
Chas. A. Howell, Esq. 

2 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoos (Cacatua galerita). Pre- 
sented by Master Rankin, 


‘~ 


LMinkulinrecptarct) Taine Te 
eee Aus, pep oe ade ee i i 
: tu “vest adid nt mast 

ideal de 


Tyfenets A «33 


tlvin Tl ot re gaan fenghate ae 
Sater 


pica hele tPAimatn ghs Chore ae 
+ Bat HDi ented pire eel: ede a 


= he ae of Oger * 
nab steal phage 


= ve eagl ve 


ve it Reine si 


Cae 


- h ehst - vee 


‘eae 


Abisara 
tantalus, 571. 
Ablabes 
semicarinatus, 148. 
Abraxas 
grossulariata, 195, 197, 
202, 217, 218 
224, 225, 226, 231, 
232, 233, 5 
237, 262, 268, 271, 
273, 274. 
Acanthaster 
echinites, 140, 141. 
mauritianus, 141. 
Acanthodrilus 
dissimilis, 387, 388, 
546 


multiporus, 160, 161. 

nove-zelandie, 546. 
Acanthurus 

nigrofuscus, 660. 

sohal, 660. 

canthurus, 660. 
Acara 

syspilus, 275. 
Accentor 

montanellus, 601. 
Accipiter 

nisoides, 581. 

nisus, 598. 

stevensoni, 581. 

virgatus, 581. 
Acestra 

kneri, 278. 
Acontia 

zelia, 686. 
Acriea 

viole, 215. 
Acridotheres 

cristatellus, 2. 
Acronycta 

leporina, 218. 

psi, 248, 271, 272, 274. 


INDEX, 


Acropteroxys, gen. nov., 
2. 
Actza 
nodulosa, 520. 
Actias 
luna, 51. 
mimose, 51, 52. 
selene, 51. 
Actinopyga 
mmiliuns, 623. 
Actodromas 
albescens, 586. 
Adisura 
dulcis, 686. 
splendens, 685. 
Adolias 
schrenki, 402, 419. 
ARgialitis 
minor, 610. 
mongolica, 585. 
placidus, 610. 
AAigoceros 
caucasica, 558, 
pallasi, 552, 618, 
619 


A@nidea 

hirtipennis, 113. 
AXthopyga 

pe eon Bs 440, 

wrayt, 440. 
Aglaophenia 

divaricata, 394, 
Aix 

galericulata, 591. 
Alauda 

arvensis, 603. 
Alcedo 

bengalensis, 581. 
Alcippe 

oa 439. 

nipalensis, 439, 

peracensis, 489, 

pheocephala, 439. 


Aletis 
cunaxa, 671, 686. 
Sascelis, 567. 
macularia, 567. 
postica, 671, 
Allotinus 
zymna, 572. 
Alosa 
squamopinnata, 129. 
Alytus, gen. nov., 98. 
ceylonensis, 98. 
Amauris 
hecate, 567. 
Amblypodia 
amisena, 462. 
dispar, 410. 
Japonica, 401, 410. 
ocrida, 463. 
turbata, 401, 410. 
Amblypterus 
olfersii, 589. 
Amphicyclus 
Japonicus, 582, 
Amphidasis 
betularia, 252, 271, 
Amphiesma 
tigrinum, 594, 
acest gen.nov., 


dorsalis, 96, 
Amphiprion 

clarkii, 664. 

seba, 664, 
Amphipyra 

pyramidea, 250, 269. 
Amphisbena 

fuliginosa, 153. 
Amphisile 

scutata, 664 
Amphiura 

bellis, var, tritonis, 561, 
Anace 

herona, 669, 


708 


Anace 
herpa, 670, 686. 
Anacyrtus 
knerii, 282. 
pauciradiatus, 282. 


Anadastus, gen. nov., 362. 


Anapera 

Jimbriata, 164. 

pallida, 168, 164. 
Anaphe 

carteri, 673, 674. 

infractor, 674. 

moloneyi, 673, 674, 

686, 

Anas 

boschas, 856. 

cristata, 396. 

zonorhyncha, 2. 
Ancylopus 

melanocephalus, 642, 

643. 

Andrena 

nigro-ened, 258, 274. 
Anolis 

punctatus, 158, 
Anomalurus 

beecrofti, 121. 
Anous 

leucocaptllus, 333. 
Anser 

albifrons, 589. 
Antedon 

sp., 140. 

palmata, 141. 
Antennarius 

nummifer, 663. 
Anthersxa 

cytherea, 51. 

menippe, 51, 52. 

mylitta, 51. 

tyrrhea, 51. 
Antheura 

carteri, 685. 
Anthocelis 

pistacina, 250, 269. 
Anthocharis 


belemida, var. orientalis, 


408. 


cardamines, 246, 270, 


271, 273. 
scolymus, 401, 408. 
thunbergit, 408. 

Anthrocera 


filipendule, 195, 198, 
218, 220, 221, 224, 
231, 2382, 288, 235, 


237, 262. 
Anthropopithecus 
gorilla, 559, 
Anthus 
arboreus, 194, 


INDEX, 


Anthus 
gouldit, 125. 
pratensis, 581. 
pyrrhonotus, 125. 

Antigonus 
brigida, 574, 

Antipha 
nietneri, 118, 119. 

Apatura 
cauta, 402, 417, 431. 
here, 417. 
lia, 402, 417. 

—, var. clytie, 417. 
tris, 51. 

princeps, 417. 
substituta, 417. 

Apaustus 
argyrosticta, 574. 

Aphis 
hedere, 256, 257, 

274, 

Aphthona 
ceylonensis, 85. 
dorsalis, 86. 
lewisi, 85. 
nigrita, 86. 
obscurata, 86. 
proxima, 85, 86. 
sordida, 86. 
vicina, 86. 

Apis 
mellifica, 258.- 

Apogon 
annularis, 655. 
maximus, 655, 

Aporia 
crategi, 399, 401, 407. 

Appareus 
rutilans, 657. 

Arachnothera 
longirostris, 441. 
magna, 441, 

Araschnia 
obscura, 420. 

Archaster 
typicus, 140. 

Arctia 
caja, 51, 194, 195, 208, 

209, 211, 212. 
hebe, 51. 

Arctocephalus 
hookeri, 640. 

Ardea 
alba modesta, 611. 
cinerea, 588, 611. 
Jugularis, 516. 
nove-hollandie, 819, 

Ardetta 
Hlavicollis, 2. 

Areas 


moloneyt, 670, 686. 


Arges 
brachycephalus, 276 
277. 
prenadilla, 277. 
Argus 
giganteus, 432. 
Argynnis ‘ 
adippe, 402, 423, 
—, var. chlorodippe, 
423. 
—, var. cleodippe, 423. 
—, var. cleodoxa, 423. 
aglaia, 402, 425. 
anadyomene, 402, 424, 
coreana, 423. 
daphne, 402, 423. 
—, var. fumida, 423. 
ella, 424. 
fortuna, 423. 
ino, 402, 423. 
laodice, 402, 424. 
—, var. japonica, 424, 
locuples, 423. 
lysippe, 424. 
nerippe, 402, 423. 
niphe, 402, 422. 
escarus, 425. 
pallescens, 423. 
paphia, 402, 424. 
paphioides, 424. 
perryi, 402, 423. 
rabdia, 423. 
ruslana, 402, 424. 
sagana, 402, 424. 
vorax, 423, 
Arion 
bourguignati, 362, 363. 
hortensis, 363. 
Arius 
nasutus, 665. 
thalassinus, 665. 
Armadillo 
vulgaris, 254, 273. 
Artamides 
larutensis, 435. 
larvatus, 435. 
Arvicola 
amphibius, 513, 
Asio 
accipitrinus, 581. 
otus, 581. 
Assiminea 
brevissima, 315. 
Jischeriana, 315. 
lucida, 315. 
nitida, 314, 315. 
ovata, 315. 
parvula, ae 
ygmed, } 
eee 309. 
vitiensis, 315. 


Astictopterus 
johnstonii, 573. 
Astropecten 
sp., 140. 
polyacanthus, 140, 
Astropyga 
radiata, 140, 
Astur | 
cuculoides, 597. 
dampieri, 328. 
pulchellus, 328, 
soloensis, 328. 
(Nisus) gularis, 581, 
Atella 
columbina, 570. 
Aterica 
amacxia, 568. 
atossa, 568. 
cupavia, 567. 
gambie, 568. 
lysandra, 568. 
tadema, 568. 
Atherina 
pinguis, 664. 
Attacus 
atlas, 51, 52. 
cynthia, 51, 52. 
mythimna, 51, 52. 
pernyt, 51, 52, 
ricini, 51. 
Aulacophora 3 
nigripeta, 103, 119. 
stevenst, 108, 119. 
Auricula 
buddii, 297. 
costata, 290. 
elongata, 297, 298, 
fasciata, 285. 
lutea, 284. 
oparica, 298. 
semisculpta, 298, 
subula, 297. 
(Cassidula) crassius- 
cula, 296. 
(—)__ intuscarinata, 
296. 


Auriculus 
elongatus, 298. 
oparicus, 298, 
semisculptus, 298. 
subula, 298. 

Azanus 
gumra, 571. 
moriqua, 571, 

. occidentalis, 571, 

Azazia 
rubricans, 574, 


Balznoptera 
borealis, 564, 


INDEX, 


Balistes 
assasi, 667. 
macrolepis, 666. 
mitis, 667. 
niger, 667. 
Baoris 
austeni, 466. 
Barbaropus, gen. noy., 
362. 
Batomene 
multispinis, 128. 
Batrachus 
grunniens, 662. 
trispinosus, 662. 
Batrachylodes 
vertebralis, 337, 338. 
Belone 
choram, 666. 
Bhringa 
remifer, 434, 
Bibio 
marct, 256, 274. 
Bipalium 
tewense, 548, 
Birgus 
latro, 520. 
Blythipicus 
porphyromelas, 443. 
Bolbomorphus, n. gen., 
642, 647. 
gibbosus, 642, 647, 653. 
Bombus 
hortorum, 218. 
lapidarius, 222, 228, 
224, 273. 
terrestris, 222, 224. 
Bonasia 
betulina, 609. 
Bothrops 
flavoviridis, 149, 
Brachyrhamphus 
marmoratus, 43, 44, 45, 
46, 47. 
Brachyurus 
calvus, 119, 120, 
melanocephalus, 119, 
120. 
rubicundus, 119, 120, 
Brenthis 
perryi, 423. 
Brontes 
prenadilla, 277. 
Bubo 
blakistoni, 138. 
ignavus, 599, 
Budoreas 
taxicolor, 483, 484. 
Bufo 
angusticeps, 340, 
ceratophrys, 565. 
marinus, 154, 


709 


Bufo 
superciliaris, 565. 
tuberosus, 565. 
typhonius, 154, 500. 
Bulaca 
newarensis, 471. 
Bulimus 
artensis, 185. 
colubrinus, 181. 
crassilabrum, 183. 
diaphanus, 185. 
elobatus, 180, 183. 
—, var. minor, 181. 
eximius, 180. 
Sulguratus, 165, 180. 
gnauensis, 184, 
griffed, 184, 
hoyti, 182. 
onan iia 186, 
Junceus, 185. 
kantavuensis, 182. 
koroensis, 182. 
malleatus, 165, 179. 
morosus, 181. 
moussonii, 184, 
novemgyratus, 186. 
ochrostoma, 183. 
panayensis, 185, 
rambiensis, 183, 
rugatus, 183. 
seemanni, 165, 181. 
souverbianus, 185. 
subula, 186. 
tuckeri, 185. 
wpolensis, 185. 
vitiensis, 184. 
walli, 185. 
Buliveria 
columbina, 562. 
Bunocephalus 
kneri, 278. 
Butalis 
latirostris, 605. 
Buteo 
plumipes, 597. 
Butorides 
Javanica, 333. 


Cacatua 

ducorpsi, 829, 
Cacopus . 

globulosus, 189, 

systoma, 189. 
Cznolanguria, gen. nov., 

361. 

Ceesio 

chryzozona, 657. 
Cairina 

rutila, 611. 
Calcinus 

tibicen, 520. 


710 


Callene 

isabelle, 124. 
Callidryas 

hyblea, 572. 
Callimorpha 

domimula, 52. 
Callolophus 

malaccensis, 442, 
Callopeltis 

conspicillatus, 595. 

leopardinus, 595. 
Calmarius 

annellata, 142. 
Calobates 

melanope, 441, 582, 

603. 


Calcenas 
nicobarica, 382. 
Calornis 


cantoroides, 331, 

metallica, 331. 

solomonensis, 331. 
Calyptocephalus 

gayt, 495, 499. 
Calyptomena 

viridis, 432, 558. 

whiteheadi, 558. 
Camptocarpus, gen. noy., 

361. 


Camptogramma 
bilineata, 252, 268. 
Caniopoda 
orientalis, 643, 
Canis 
alopex, 635. 
corsac, 635. 
Sulvus, var. pennsylva- 
nicus, 636. 
himalayicus, 636. 
velox, 482. 
virginianus, 482, 
vulpes, 635. 
— montana, 636, 
Capra 
e@ygagrus, 552, 558. 
caucasica, 552, 553,618, 
619, 620. 
cylindricornis, 618, 
619. 
pallasi, 552, 553. 
severtzowi, 618, 619, 
620. 
sibirica, 558. 
Caprimulgus 
jotaka, 581, 599. 
Carabus 
hortensis, 256, 278. 
Caranx 
auroguttatus, 660. 
chrysophryoides, 661. 
chrysophrys, 661. 


INDEX, 


Caranx 
crumenophthalmus, 660. 
djeddaba, 660. 
ferdau, 660. 
Sulvoguttatus, 660. 
gallus, 661. 
helvolus, 661. 
hippos, 661. 

jayakari, 661. 
kurra, 660. 
russellii, 660. 
speciosus, 661. 
trachurus, 394. 

Carapus 
Ffasciatus, 282, 

Carcharias 
brachyurus, 615. 
leucas, 615. 

Carcharodon 
rondeletii, 27-40, 615, 

Carduelis 
spinus, 194. 

Carpophaga 
ened, 515. 
badia, 443. 
tanthina, 515, 
insignis, 443, 
rufigula, 332. 
whartoni, 515. 

Caryatis 
hersilia, 670. 
phileta, 670, 

Oassidula 
erassiuscula, 296, 297. 
intuscarinata, 296. 
mustellina, 296. 
nucleus, 296, 297. 
paludosa, 297. 
suleulosa, 297. 

Castalia 
chandra, 418. 
dichroa, 418, 

Catapeecilma 
bubases, 455. 
delicatum, 455. 

Catocala 
Sraxini, 52. 
nupta, 52, 

Catopsilia 
hyblea, 572. 

Catuna 
crithea, 570. 

Cecropis 
daurica, 599. 
Japonica, 581. 

Cephalotes 
peronti, 323, 327. 

Cepphus 
carbo, 598. 

Ceratobatrachus 
guentheri, 334, 


Ceratodus 
Sorsteri, 10, 25. 
Ceratophrys 
americana, 494, 495, 
497, 499. 
Oeratorhina 
torquata, 128. 
Ceratrichia 
argyrosticta, 574. 
Cerchneis 
tinnunculus japonicus, 
598. 
Cercopithecus 
ascanias, 502. 
petaurista, 502. 
Certhia 
Samiliaris, 600. 
Cerura 
vinula, 206, 216, 217, 
248, 262, 
Cervus 
eiaphus, 619. 
Ceryle 
lugubris, 600. 
Cestracion 
philippi, 26. 
Cetopsis 
plumbeus, 276. 
Chabria, gen. nov., 92. 
apicicornis, 93, 119. 
nigroplagiata, 93, 119. 
Cheerocampa 
elpenor, 52, 206-216, 
217. 


nerti, 52. 
porcellus, 52. 
Cheetocercus 
bombus, 638. 
burmeisteri, 639. 
Cheetodon 
collaris, 657. 
melanopterus, 657. 
obscurus, 657. 
selene, 657. 
Cheetostomus 
cirrhosus, 277. 
dermorhynchus,277,283. 
microps, 277. 
nudirostris, 277. 
Chameleon 
owenit, 127. 
Chanos 
salmoneus, 666. 
Characidium 
etheostoma, 280. 
JSasciatum, 280. 
purpuratum, 280. 
Oharadrius 
dominicus, 585, 
fulvus, 585, 
virginicus, 585. 


Charaxes 
cynthia, 570. 
imperialis, 570. 
Jasius, 51, 52. 
Charis 
Fulguratus, 180. 
malleatus, 180. 
Chatoessus 
nasus, 666. 
Cheilinus 
lunulatus, 664. 
Chelonia 
villica, 51, 
Cheritrella, gen. nov., 
456. 
truncipennis, 456, 467. 
Chibia 
hottentotta, 2. 
Chilades 
laius, 446. 
pontis, 446, 447. 
sinensis, 446. 
Chilodipterus 
lineatus, 656. 
octovittatus, 656. 
Chimera 
monstrosa, 26, 481. 
(Ganodus) avita, 481. 
Chirocentrus 
dorab, 666. 
Chirodota 
rufescens, 140, 
Chirogaleus 
coquereli, 370, 372. 
Chiroleptes 
alboguttatus, 499. 
australis, 497, 498, 499, 
500. 
Chiromys 
madagascariensis, 559. 
Chlamydostachus 
lawleyi, 544. 
Chlamys 
pallifrons, 68, 69. 
spilota, 69. 
Chleephora 
prasinana, 252, 269, 
270. 


Chlorida 
Festiva, 490. 
Chlorospiza 
sinica, 606. 
Cheeropsis 
liberiensis, 612. 
Cheerotriche 
orestis, 674. 
Chondrella 
parva, 314. 
Chondria, gen. noy., 642, 


651. 
lutea, 642, 652. 


INDEX. 


Chondrodactylus 
angulifer, 339, 340. 
wert, 340. 

Chorinemus 
lysan, 661. 
moadetta, 661. 

Chroicocephalus 
ridibundus, 592. 

Chromauges, gen. nov., 
361 


Chrysodema 
auroplagiata, 520, 
521. 
stnuplex, 520. 
Chrysolampra 
punctatissima, 73. 
Chrysomela 
populi, 222, 224, 233, 
237. 
Chrysomitris 
spinus, 606. 
Chrysopa 
perla, 254, 
Chrysophlegma 
malaccense, 442. 
Chrysophrys 
bifasciata, 659. 
hasta, 659. 
sarba, 659. 
Chrysopoloma 
bithynia, 676. 
citrina, 677. 
labda, 677. 
rosea, 677. 
rudis, 574. 
thelda, 677. 
Chrysotis 
bodini, 2. 
Chthamalopteryx, gen. 
nov., 616. 
melbournensis, 616, 
1 


Ohunga 

burmeisteri, 319. 
Ciconia 

boyciana, 611. 
Cinclus 

pallasti, 601. 
Cinnyris 

chalybeus, 125. 

fuliginosus, 125, 
Cionella 

conica, 187. 
Circus 

cyaneus, 598. 
Cirina 

Forda, 51. 
Cispia 

punctifascia, 674, 
Cisticola 

ruficapilla, 125, 


711 


Cistudo 
carolina, 556. 

Clangula 
glaucion, 611. 

Clausilia 
valida, 318. 

Clisiocampa 
neustria, 195, 196, 197, 

202, 212, 225, 234, 
236, 268, 271. 
Clupea 
harengus, 129. 
kowal, 595. 
pilchardus, 129. 
scombrina, 666. 
venenosa, 666. 
zunasi, 595. 
Cneorane 
elegans, 113. 
Sulvicollis, 113. 
pallida, 113. 
Coccinella 
bipunctata, 222, 
233, 237, 274. 

septempunctata, 222, 
224, 233, 237, 273, 
274. 

Coccothraustes 
vulgaris japonicus, 606. 

Cecilia 
gracilis, 154, 

Ceelosis 
biloba, 490. 

Ceenobita 
perlata, 520. 
rugosa, 520. 

Ccenonympha 
annulifer, 427. 
hero, 4038, 427. 

—, var. perseis, 427. 
edipus, 403, 427. 

Colias 
elwesii, 408, 409. 
erate, 408. 
hyale, 401, 408. 
neriene, 408. 

' paleus, 401, 408. 
pallens, 408, 409. 
poliographus, 408, 409. 
simoda, 408, 409. 
subaurata, 408, 409. 

Coliuspasser 
capensis, 126. 
xanthomelas, 126. 

Colobocentrotus 
atratus, 140. 

Coluber 
halys, 594. 
mandarinus, 595. 

Columba 
rupestris, 609. 


224, 


712 


Columbella 
(Pusiostoma) mendica- 
ria, 517. 
Colymbus 
holhoelli, 594, 
Conovulus 
JFasciatus, 285. 
luteus, 285. 
Cophias 
flavescens, 153. 
Copsychus 
musicus, 436. 
Cornufer 
dorsalis, 337. 
guppyt, 334. 
Johnstoni, 564. 
solomonis, 334. 
vitianus, 500. 
Corone 
Japonensis, 583. 
Coronella 
cava, 486. 
Corucia 
zebrata, 304. 
Corvus 
enca, 583. 
japonensis, 583. 
macrorhynchus, 588. 
— juponensis, 605, 
sinensis, 583. 
torquatus, 2. 
validus, 583. 
Coryphzna 
hippurus, 662. 
Corythaix 
meriani, 123. 
Corythocichla 
leucosticta, 438. 
striata, 488. 
Coscoroba 
davidi, 590. 
Cosmonetta 
histrionica, 319, 591. 
Cossus 
ligniperda, 685. 
toluminus, 684. 
Cossypha 
isabelle, 124. 
Cosuma 
polana, 682, 686. 
rugosa, 682. 
Coturnix 
communis, 610, 
Creagrutus 
muelleri, 281. 
Crenicichla 
saxatilis, 275. 
Orenis 
occidentalium, 569. 
ribbei, 570. 
vadimonis, 570. 


NDEX. 


Crepidodera 
hirtipennis, 90. 
minuta, 90. 
Cricula 
trifenestrata, 51. 
Crioceris 
semipunctata, 68. 
Crithagra 
burtoni, 126. 
Crocidura 
aranea, 575, 576. 
cerulescens, 576. 
etrusca, 577. 
lasiura, 581. 
morio, 576. 
Creesus 
septentrionalis, 196, 
204, 206, 225, 273, 
274. 
Crossarchus 
fasciatus, 633, 635. 
Crotchia 
vagabunda, 362. 
Cryptodrilus 
jletcheri, 544, 545, 546, 
547. 
rusticus, 544, 545, 546, 
547. 
saccarius, 545. 
Cryptolopha 
trivirgata, 435. 
Cucullia 
verbosci, 195, 202, 235, 
237, 238, 252, 262. 
Cuculus 
canorus telephonus, 607. 
Cucumaria 
bicolor, 532, 534. 
inconspicua, 532, 534. 
sancti-johannis, 531, 
534. 
versicolor, 532. 
Culcita 
sp.?, 140, 142. 
grex, 140, 142. 
schmideliana, 140, 141. 
Ouretis 
acuta, 401, 410. 
Curimatus 
dobula, 279. 
nasus, 279. 


Cuscus 
orientalis, 327. 
Cyanauges 


gorhami, 642, 650, 651, 
653. 

nigropiceus, 642, 651, 
653. 

plagiatus, 642, 650, 


658. 
quadra, 642, 651, 653. 


Cyanoderma 
chrysea, 440. 
Cyanopolius 
cyanus, 2, 605. 
Cyanops 
Nott. 449. 
ramsayti, 442. 
Cyanoptila 
cyanomelena, 605. 
Cybium 
commersonit, 662. 
Cyclophorus 
exaltatus, 318. 
ebyatensis, 318. 
turgidus, 318. 
(Ostodes) diatretus, var. 
intercostata, 3805. 
Cyclopides 
morpheus, 408, 430. 
ornatus, 403, 430, 
Cyclostoma 
diatretum, 305. 
parvum, 314, 
roseum, 309. 
Cyclotus 
diatretus, 305. 
Cygnus 
bewickt, 589, 590, 591. 
coscoroba, 590, 591. 
davidi, 580, 589, 590, 
591. 
minor, 589. 
olor, 591, 592. 
sibilus, 591. 
(Coseoroba) davidi, 
589. 
Cyligramma 
latona, 574. 
Cyllogenes 
Janet@, 453, 454. 
suradeva, 454. 
Cymothoé 
coccinata, 568. 
Jumana, 568. 
sanguris, 568. 
theodota, 568. 
uselda, 568. 
Cynestis 
thyodamas, 402, 419. 
Cynocephalus 
hamadryas, 622. 
leucopheus, 624. 
Cynonycteris 
brachyotis, 323, 327. 
Cynopotamus 
humeralis, 282. 
Cypra 
Sit: 673. 
nyses, 673. 
Cyprinodon 
dispar, 666, 


Cypselus 
Sic 163. 
melanoleucus, 163. 
Cytheridea 
perforata, 541. 


Daimio 
felderi, 428. 
tithys, 403, 428. 
Damora 
paulina, 424. 
Danaé 
orientalis, 642, 6438. 
Danais 
hecate, 567. 
tytia, 402, 424, 
Dascyllus 
trimaculatus, 664. 
Dasychira 
cangia, 674. 
mascarena, 675. 
pudibunda, 248, 269. 
- remota, 675. 
Dasydactylus, gen. noy., 
361. 
buprestoides, 361. 
Debis 
sicelis, 426. 
Decticus 
verucivorus, 254. 
Deilephila 
euphorbie, 52, 196, 198 
205, 212, 217, 232, 
237. 
galt, 196, 198, 235, 
237. 
Demarchus, gen. noyv., 
101. 
putipennis, 101. 
Demiegretta 
sacra, 333. 
Demotina 
ceylonensis, 72, 
JSasciata, 72. 
lewisi, 71. 
semifasciata, 70, 71, 
119. 
thoracica, 70, 71, 72. 
Dendraspis 
angusticeps, 127. 
Dendrobates 
typographus, 482. 
Dendrofalco 
e@salon, 598. 
Dendromys 
melanotis, 340. 
Dendrophila 
zured, 441. 
Dendrophis 
solomonis, 334. 


INDEX, 


Dermorrhytis 
ceylonensis, 81, 119. 
cuprea, 81. 
Jasciato-rutilans, 82. 
igneofasciata, 83, 

119. 
lewisi, 82. 
ornatissima, 82, 119. 
prceipes, 82. 
variabilis, 82. 

Deudorix 
similis, 463. 

Diadema 
setosum, 140, 142. 

Diagramma 
gaterina, 656. 
griseum, 606. 
Jjayakari, 656. 
punctatum, 656. 

Diancta 
jJuvenilis, 814. 

Diapromorpha 
quadripunctata, 68. 

Diceum 
ignipectus, 441. 

Dichorragia 


nesimachus, 402, 417. 


Dicranura 
vinula, 675. 
Didelphys 
murina, 153. 
Didunculus 
strigirostris, 482. 
Didymodus 
anguineus, 543. 
Diloba 
ceruleocephala, 195, 
200, 235, 236. 
Diploderma 
polygonatum, 146. 
Diplommatina 
ascendens, 308. 
australia, 303. 
distorta, 303. 
godeffroyana, 304. 
paradoxra, 303. 
pomatieformis, 303. 
quadrata, 304. 
macrostoma, 303. 
martensi, 302. 
subreqularis, 303. 
taviensis, 304. 
tuberosa, 304. 
(Diancta) ascendens, 
3038. 
(—) godeffroyana, 
304. 
(—) quadrata, 304. 


(—) martensi, 302. 
(—) pomatieformis, 
303. 


713 


Diplommatina 
(Diancta) subregularis, 
303. 
(—) tuberosa, 304. 
(Moussonia) fuscula, 
304. 
Dipsadoboa 
unicolor, 564. 
Dipsas 
jlamen, 401, 410, 431. 
trreqularis, 333, 334. 
Jouasi, 399, 401, 411. 
katura, 461. 
lutea, 401, 411. 
sepestriata, 401, 411. 
taxila, 412. 
Dirphia 
tarquinia, 51, 52. 
Dorcopsis 
luctuosa, 531. 
Doryscus, gen. nov., 115. 
testaceus, 115. 
Drepane 
punctata, 657. 
Drymoica 
ruficapilla, 125. 


Echinometra 

lucunter, 140. 
Echinoneus 

cyclostomus, 140, 
Eclectus 

pectoralis, 329. 

polychlorus, 329. 
Ectomychus, noy. gen., 

642, 646. 

basalis, 642, 646. 
Elacate 

nigra, 662. 
Elainea 

flavivertex, 49. 

gaimardi, 49. 

hypospodia, 49, 

pagana, 49. 
Elanus 

ceruleus, 319, 
Elaphis 

conspicillatus, 595. 
Elaps 

lemniscatus, 154. 
Ellobium 

elongatum, 297. 

oparicum, 298. 

semisculptum, 298. 

subula, 297. 
Elops 

saurus, 666. 
Emballonura 

nigrescens, 326, 327. 
Emberiza 

castaneiceps, 582, 583. 


714 


Emberiza 
ctotdes, 582, 583, 606. 
clopsis, 583. 
citrinella, 194. 
elegans, 606. 
Jucata, 583, 606. 
JSuscata, 583. 
gigliolit, 583. 
rustica, 582. 
scheniclus, 194. 
spodocephala, 606. 
Empidonax 
obscurus, 50. 
ridgwayi, 50. 
trailli, 50. 
Emys 
blandingii, 555, 556. 
orbicularis, 555, 556. 
Endomychus 
bicolor, 649. 
biguttatus, 650. 
coccineus, 649. 
quadripunctatus, 650. 
rufipennis, 649. 
Engraulis 
commersonianus, 666. 
Ennea 
(Ptychotrema) eyatho- 
stoma, 566. 
Enneamera 
ceylonensis, 84. 
Ennomos 
angularia, 252, 272, 
27 


. 


08 
cardinalis, 330. 
Epeira 
diadema, 202, 254, 
274, 


Equula 

edentula, 661. 

JSasciata, 661. 
Equus 

montanus, 1. 

zebra, 1 
Erebia 

niphonica, 425. 

scoparia, 425. 

sedakovii, 403, 425. 
Eremias 

luqubris, 339. 

rubro-punctata, 482. 
Ergolis 

enotrea, 570. 
Eriogaster 

lanestris, 194, 195, 202, 

232, 237. 

Eriphia 

levimanus, 520. 
Erithaca 

rubecula, 194. 


INDEX, 


Erythrosterna 
luteola, 605. 
Euchelia 
Jjacobee, 196, 197, 200, 
209, 212, 220, 224, 
231, 232, 233, 235, 
236, 287, 262, 272, 
273. 
Euchloé 
cardamines, 51, 
Eucteanus 
hardwicki, 647. 
marseuli, 647. 
Eucycla 
ceylonensis, 87. 
Eudamus 
bifasciatus, 428. 
guttatus, 429, 
Eudrilus 
boyeri, 3877, 382, 383, 
385. 


decipiens, 374. 

peregrinus, 386. 

sylvicola, 372, 377, 381, 

383, 385. 

Eudyptula 

minor, 139. 
Eumeta 

cervina, 684. 

cramerti, 684. 
Eumolpus 

surinamensis, 490. 
Eunetta 

falcata, 591. 
Euphedra 

ceres, 569, 

Johnstoni, 569. 

losinga, 569. 

luperca, 569. 

ruspina, 569. 

axypete, 569. 
Euplectes 

phenicomerus, 126. 
Euplexia 

lucipara, 250, 270. 
Euplea 

niavius, 567. 


-Euralia 


anthedon, 567. 

mima, 567. 
Eurema 

senegalensis, 572. 
Euripus 

charonda, 402, 418. 

coreanus, 402, 418, 431. 

Japonicus, 402, 419. 

similis, 167. 
Eurylemus 

ochromelas, 432. 
Eurymene 

dolobraria, 52. 


Euryphene 
genie, 568. 
mardania, 569. 
phantasia, 568. 

Eurypholis 
semicarinatus, 148. 

Eurypus 
cascus, 166. 

Eurystomus 
crassirostris, 330. 
orientalis, 600. 

Euscarthmus 
apicalis, 47. 
granadensis, 48. 

Eusemia 
euphemia, 668. 
pentelia, 668. 
perdix, 668. 
superba, 668. 

Euthalia 
duda, 455. 
durga, 455. 

Eutricha 
audea, 677. 
nitens, 677. 
rennet, 678. 

Evyeres 
hellotia, 415. 

Exema 
ceylonensis, 69. 
malayana, 70. 

Exoceetus 
brachysoma, 666. 
evolans, 666. 


Falco 
hendersont, 598. 
Felis 

bengalensis, 627, 628, 
629, 680, 631. 

chinensis, 628, 629. 

herscheliz, 628. 

Javanensis, 628, 629, 
6380, 631. 

Jerdoni, 628, 629, 630. 

lanea, 397. 

minuta, 628, 629. 

nepalensis, 628. 

pardinoides, 628, 

pardochroa, 628. 

pardus, 397. 

—, var. melas, 397. 

planiceps, 628. 

rubiginosa, 628, 629, 
6380. 


sumatrana, 628. 
tenasserimensis, 628. 
undata, 628, 631. 
viverrina, 628, 631. 
wagati, 628, 629, 630. 


Fistularia 

serrata, 664. 
Forficula 

auricularia, 254, 
Formica 

rufa, 257. 
Fregata 

aquila, 516. 
Fringilla 

celebs, 194. 

montifringilla, 606. 
Frugilegus 

pastinator, 605. 
Fromia 

indica, 140, 141. 

tumida, 140. 
Fulica 

atra, 588. 
Furia 

horrens, 151, 


Galeocerdo 
rayneri, 616. 
Galerita 
abyssinica, 603. 
arenicola, 6038. 
cristata coreensis, 603. 
macrorhyncha, 603. 
magna, 603. 
Galeruca 
e@nescens, 107. 
Galerucella 
ceylonensis, 105, 107, 
119. 


crotchi, 107. 

lateralis, 106. 

marginata, 107. 

virida, 105. 
Gallicrex 

cinerea, 611. 

cristatus, 2. 
Gallinago 

megala, 588. 

scolopacina, 610. 

stenura, 588, 611. 
Ganoris 

crucivora, 407. 

dulcinea, 407. 
Gareis 

perdiccas, 425, 
Garrellia 

circumlineata, 307. 
Garrulus 

brandti, 605. 
Gebyra 

oceanica, 333. 
Gecarcinus 

sp-, 520. 
Gecinus 

canus, 607. 

chlorolophus, 443. 


INDEX, 


Gecko 
Japonicus, 146. 
vittatus, 333. 
Genyoroge 
bengalensis, 655. 
quinquelinearis, 655. 
rivulata, 655. 
Geoffroyius 
heteroclitus, 829. 
Geophis 
lineatus, 154. 
Georissa 
Juvenilis, 314, 
pared, 314, 
Gerres 
acinaces, 657. 
melbournensis, 


617. 
Gibbus 
insignis, 128. 
martensi, 128. 
(Edentulina) johnstoni, 
127,.128. 
Girella 
cyanea, 393, 394. 
tricuspidata, 894, 395. 
zonata, 394, 395. 
Girpa 
circumdata, 672. 
octogesa, 672, 686. 
Glaucidium 
brodiet, 484. 
Globiceps 
paradoxa, 574, 
Globicera 
rubricera, 332. 
rufiguia, 332. 


616, 


‘Glossophaga 


soricina, 151. 
Glyphidodon 

celestinus, 664. 

sordidus, 664. 
Gobius 

jayakari, 668, 667. 
Gonatodes 

albogularis, 154. 

annularis, 153, 154. 
Goniloba 

bifasciatus, 428. 

guttata, 429, 
Gonometa 

cassandra, 681. 

lomia, 681. 

nysa, 680. 

postica, 681. 
Gonophlebia 

puradoxa, 574. 
Gonoptera 

libatrix, 252, 269. 
Graucalus 

elegans, 331. 


~I 
— 
Ou 


Graucalus 
pusillus, 331. 
rus 
leucauchen, 611. 
viridirostris, 611. 
Gymnodactylus 
marmoratus, 516. 
pelagicus, 333. 
Gynanisa 
mata, 51, 


Hadena 
oleracea, 250, 271. 
Hematopus 
osculans, 581. 
Halcyon 
concreta, 432. 
pileatus, 600, 
sancta, 330. 
saurophaga, 380. 
tristrami, 330. 
Halesidota 
nivea, 669. 
Halia 
wavaria, 195, 202, 226, 
235, 236, 252, 262, 
268. 
Haliastur 
girrenera, 329, 
Halichondria 
panicea, 526. 
Halmaturus 
bennettii, 55. 
Halpe 
honorei, 464, 467. 
Haltica 
(Graptodera) migri- 
pennis, 83, 
Hapale 
Jjacchus, 121. 
Hapalemur 
griseus, 369. 
simus, 369. 
Haplocerus 
montanus, 579. 
Haplodactyla 
andamanensis, 
148, 145. 
australis, 143. 
molpadoides, 143. 
Haplotia, gen. nov., 117. 
varipennis, 118, 119. 
Harengula 
zunast, 595. 
Hargravesia 
polita, 316. 


140, 


Harma 


Jumana, 568. 
theodota, 568. 
uselda, 568. 


716 


Harpactes 
kasumba, 482. 
Harpyia : 
major, 323, 327. 
Heleioporus 
adbopunctatus, 499. 
Heliastes 
opercularis, 664. 
Helicarion 
plicatulus, 127. 
ramsayi, 165. 
vitrinina, 165. 
Helicina 
articulata, 313. 
beryllina, 312. 
—, var. flavida, 312. 
fulgora, 312. 


—, var. diminutu, 312. 


—, var. expansa, 312. 
gomeaensis, 811. 
incisa, 313. 
interna, dll. 
lens, 316. 
mangoensis, 310. 
miniata, 313. 
musiva, 312, 313, 314. 
—, var. rotundata, 
312. 
—, var. subcarinata, 
312. 
—, var. uveana, 312. 
—, var. vitiana, 312. 
oceanica, 318. 
pallida, 314. 
pohliana, 315. 
sempert, 311, 312. 
tectiformis, 310. 
Helicopsis 
firmostyla, 170. 
perpolita, 171. 
upolensis, 170. 
Helix 
abrochroa, 174. 
accurata, 176. 
adposita, 178. 
assimilis, 316. 
barkasi, 172. 
calculosa, 172. 
callizona, 317. 
calva, 166. 
clayi, 171. 
connivens, 318. 
despecta, 316. 
eurydice, 177. 
excrescens, 170. 
Jirmostyla, 170. 
fragillima, 167. 
godeffroyana, 168. 
hoyti, 168. 
inermis, 178. 
laqueata, 169. 


INDEX. 


Helix 


largillierti, 317, 318. 
leucolena, 316. 
ludersi, 165, 174. 
luhuana, 317. 
lurida, 167. 
mercatoria, 817. 
microconus, 172. 
nodulata, 169. 
nouleti, 165. 
otaree, 168. 
peliomphala, 317. 
perpolita, 171. 
pfeifferi, 165, 167. 
pinnockii, 172. 
plicostriata, 173. 
princei, 179. 
ravida, 316. 
redfieldi, 316. 
samoensis, 170, 171. 
semirufa, 316. 
sieboldiana, 316. 
similis, 167. 
sororia, 170. 
subdedalea, 179. 
subtrochiformis, 177. 
taviuniensis, 174. 
tenella, 168. 
transarata, 175. 
trochiformis, 177. 
tumulus, 174. 
unisulcata, 169. 
wpolensis, 170. 
vitiensis, 166, 173, 174. 
ue) rubricata, 
6 


(Trochomorpha)  fes- 
sonia, 175. 

(—) merzianoides, 173. 

(Trochonanina) perca- 
rinata, 127. 


Hemaris 


marginals, 52. 


Hemidactylus 


inornatus, 146. 
marmoratus, 146. 


Hemirhamphus 


commersonii, 666, 
dussumieri, 666. 


Heniochus 


macrolepidotus, 657. 


Hepialus 


lupulinus, 246. 


Heptanchus 


indicus, 22. 


Herodias 


alba, 589. 


Herpestes 


atkinsont, 634. 
auropunctatus, var. 
persicus, 635. 


Herpestes 
brachyurus, 634. 
fasciatus, 635. 
Serrugineus, 634. 
Frederici, 634, 635. 
galera, 632. 
griseus, 631, 632, 634. 
Javanicus, 633, 634, 

635. 
Jjerdoni, 634. 
malaccensis, 634. 
monticolus, 634. 
mungos, 634, 635. 
smithi, 634. . 
torra, 589. 
urva, 559. 

Hesperia 
alysos, 427. 
bive, 573. 
cahira, 466. 
farri, 466. 
flava, 408, 480. 
forestan, 573. 
kumara, 466. 
moolata, 466. 
narood, 466. : 
ochracea, 403, 430. 
rikuchina, 4038, 430. 
seriata, 467. 
subhyalina, 403, 429. 
sylvanus, 403, 429. 
sylvatica, 403, 429. 
westermannt, 578. 

Hesperomys 
leucodactylus, 152. 
sclateri, 152. 
(Rhipidomys)  dewco- 

dactylus, 152. 
(—) sclatert, 152. 

Hestina 
assimilis, 402, 419. 

Heteractitis 
brevipes, 586, 587. 
incanus, 587. 

Heteralocha 
gouldi, 340. 

Heteraspis 
albostriata, 71. 

Hibrildes, noy. gen., 675. 
morax, 675. 

Hierococcyx 
Sugax, 442. 

Hippocampus 
pohakaas 666. 

Hippopotamus 
a itabiis. 612, 613. 
liberiensis, 612, 613. 
minor, 612. 
paleindicus, 612. 

Hipposiderus 
deformis, 638. 


Hipposiderus 
diadema, 638. 
elongatus, 638. 
larvatus, 638. 
speoris, 638. 
tridens, 638. 
vulgaris, 638. 

Hirundo 
gutturalis, 442, 600. 
tahitica, 330. 

Histiophorus 
brevirostris, 660. 
gladius, 660. 

Holacanthus 
émperator, 657. 
maculosus, 657. 

Holaspis 
sericeus, 478. 

Holocentrum 
rubrum, 659. 

Holochilus 
(Nectomys) sguamipes, 

151. 


Holothuria 
albida, 140, 144, 145. 
albiventer, 144. 


cadelli, 140, 144, 145. 
erinaceus, 533. 
immobilis, 144, 
impatiens, 140, 
antestinalis, 534. 
kapiolanie, 533, 534. 
lineata, 140. 
maculata, 140. 
magellant, 534. 
marmorata, 140, 145. 
monacaria, 140. 
papillata, 140, 145. 
pardalis, 144. 
secularis, 584. 
scabra, 145. 
squamifera, 144. 
vagabunda, 140. 
victoria, 584. 
prcbederhi) tnermés, 
533. 


ae whitmei, 582, 


yee ate 
par, 333. 
Hormurus 
australasie, 520. 
Hyalina 
arborea, 173. 
cellaria, 368. 
donee 363. 
Hybernia 
defoliaria, 195, 202, 
234, 236. 


Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1887, 


INDEX. 


Hydrocena 
brevissima, 315. 
fischeriana, 315. 
insularis, 314. 
parvula, 314. 
pygmed, 315. 
rosea, 309. 
similis, 315. 
Hydrocina 
nitida, 314. 
Hydromys 
nee 53, 61, 62, 
63, 64. 
Hydrophasianus 
chirurgus, 2. 
yla 
sanboken: 210, 223, 499, 
578, 579. 
—, var. japonica, 578, 
579. 
—, var. meridionalis, 
192, 196, 273. 
barytonus, 499. 
cerulea, 499. 
cyanea, 149. 
dolichopsis, 499, 500. 
lichenata, 499. 
lutea, 337, 338. 
meridionalis, 499, 500. 
stepheni, 579 
venulosa, 500. 
Hylemera 
Vineathons 672. 
doleris, 673. 
neera, 672. 
puella, 672. 
Hylodes 
martinicensis, 500. 
Hyphenia 
ye 115. 
Hypnophila 
apicipennis, 89. 
rugicollis, 89. 
violaceipennis, 88, 89. 
Hypolimnas 
proserpind, 522. 
Hypolycena 
fst 446. 
Hyponomeuta 
euonymellus, 242. 
Hypsipetes 
tickelli, 436. 


Tana 

sciron, 676. 
Tanthia 

cyanura, 582. 
Ibis 

nippon, 611. 

— sinensis, 611. 


No. XLVII. 


717 


Ichneumon 
griseus, 631, 632, 633, 
634, 


mungo, 633, 634. 
Indicator 

variegatus, 125. 
Tolaus 

dieus, 459. 

faunus, 572. 

ister, 458, 460. 


Tole 
tickelli, 486. 

Ismene 
aquilina, 399, 403, 427. 
benjamini, 403, 427. 
—, var. japonica, 427. 
janowskii, 427. 

Tsoteinon 
flavalum, 463, 467. 
lamprospilus, 403, 428. 
sativa, 463. 

Ispida 
bengalensis, 600. 

Tulus 
terrestris, 254. 

Tvalia, gen. nov., 100. 
Sulvipennis, 101. 
metallica, 100, 119. 
viridipennis, 100, 119. 


Jamides 
bochus, 456. 
Japalura 
polygonata, 146, 150. 
swinhonis, 1 
Jungipicus 
oe 609. 
seebohmi, 609. 
Junonia 
ethyra, 570. 
sophia, 570. 
terea, 567. 


Kallima 
rumia, 570. 
Kerivoula 
hardwicki, 327. 


Lacerta 
agilis, 196, 202, 257, 
268 


muralis, 196, 201, 203, 
207, 209, 219, 221 
240, 241, 248, 245, 
247, 249, 251, 253, 
255, 257, 258, 269 
270, 271, 272, 273. 

—, var. tiliguerta, 270. 

viridis, 195, 196, 199, 
200, 201, 202, 203, 
206, 208, 209, 218, 


47 


718 


222, 223, 240, 241, 
243, 245, 247, 249, 
255, 257, 268, 269, 
271, 272, 273. 
Laemodonta 
conica, 291. 
Lagocheilus 
hispidus, 310. 
Laimodonta 
anauensis, 291. 
bronnt, 291. 


INDEX, 


Lasiocampa 


rudis, 574. 


Lasiommata 


epimenides, 408, 426. 
marginalis, 426. 


Latilus 


fronticinctus, 550, 


Lema 


ceylonensis, 65, 66, 67. 
coromandeliana, 67. - 
crassicollis, 66. 


Lethe 
scanda, 450. 
sicelis, 403, 426. 
sthala, 450. 
tamuna, 449, 467. 
tristigmata, 444. 
whitelyi, 427. 

Lethrinus 
longtrostris, 658. 
maksena, 658. 
ramak, 658, 


conica, 291. cyanipennis, 66. Leucophasia 

layardi, 290, 291. difficilis, 67. morsei, 408. 
Lalage Sulvicornis, 66. sinapis, 401, 408. 

culminata, 432. Jjavana, 67. —, var. amurensis, 
Lamellaria preclara, 66. 408. 

perforata, 188. rufo-ornata, 68. sinensis, 408. 
Lamna Lemur vibilia, 408. 

cornubica, 32, 36, 38, catta, 369, 370, 371, | Libythea 

39. 372. lepita, 402, 417. 

Lamprocorax macaco, 372. Limenitis 

grandis, 331. Leopardus arboretorwm, 420. 
‘Lamprophis horsfieldii, 628. helmanni, 402, 419. 

aurora, 488. reevesii, 628. homeyeri, 419. 

Jiski, 398, 340. Lepidodactylus kempferi, 420. 
Languria Juppyt, 335, 334. sibylla, 51, 402, 419. 

bicolor, 861. woodfordi, 334, 838. Limicola 

cambodie, 362. Lepidosiren platyrhyncha, 586. 

coarctata, 361. paradoxa, 501. Limnaetus 

dimidiata, 361. Lepocestes caligatus, 433. 

gracilis, 362, porphyromelas, 443. Limonidromus 

gansoni, 362. Leporinus indicus, 603. 

melanosterna, 362. striatus, 280. Limosa 

mozardt, 360. Leptagoniates baueri, 588. 

nyasse, 362. steindachneri, 282, brevipes, 588. 

refulgens, 361. 2838. melanura, 588. 
Languriomorpha, gen. Leptodactylus Linaria 

noy., 361. pentadactylus, 154, 493, minor, 194. 

lewisi, 361. 494, 499. Linckia 
Laniarius Leptodira diplax, 525. 

atrococcineus, 896, 397. rufescens, 488. levigata, 139, 140. 

atrocroceus, 396, 397. Leptopogon pacifica, 159, 140. 

atroflavus, 122, 124. godmani, 48. Liosaccus 

sublacteus, 124. oustaleti, 48. porphyreus, 596. 
Lanius pecilotus, 48. Lithe 

bucephalus, 582. superciliaris, 48. nicetas, 445, 448, 449, 

sphenocercus, 605. Leptopoma tristigmata, 445. 
Larus vitreum, 319. Lithobius 

cachinnans, 592. Lethe forficatus, 254. 

crassirostris, 581, 593. bhairava, 450, 451. Littorina 


brisanda, 451, 467. 
consanguis, 427. 
diana, 403, 426. 


granicostata, 518, 519. 
moluccana, 518. 
picta, 517, 518. 


melanocephalus, 2. 
ridibundus, 592. 
Lasiocampa 


monteiroi, 677. dinarbas, 451. Lobipes 
pini, 51, 196, 200, 211, dynsate, 450. ; hyperboreus, 586. 
212, 231. europa, 449, 450. | Logocheirus 
quercifolia, 51. gunihal, 450, 467. | araneiformis, 490. 
quercus, 195, 197, 208, latiaris, 450. | Longitarsus 
2A WA La minerva, 450. | longicornis, 87. 
rubi, 197, 208. 211, nicetella, 448, 449, Loricaria 


212. 467, jilamentosa, 277. 


Loricaria 
lanceolata, 277. 
magdalene, 278, 
Loxia 
curvirostra, 194. 
— albiventris, 607. 
Luehdorfia 
puzilot, 401, 406. 
Luperodes 
alboplagiatus, 110, 
111. 


basalis, 110. 

Slavicornis, 110. 

multimaculatus, 111. 

pectoralis, 110, 111. 

a aoe Se 109, 
0 


ruficollis, 111. 
Luperus 
nigromarginatus, 112. 
Lutremys 
europed, 555. 
Lycena 
e@gon, 402, 416. 
alope, 415. 
argia, 402, 415, 
argiades, 401, 415. 
argiolus, 402, 416. 
argonides, 416. 
argus, 402, 416. 
betida, 401, 415. 
cleobis, 402, 416. 
corydon, 51. 
euphemus, 402, 417. 
Serrea, 414. 
jilicaudis, 415. 
Jischeri, 401, 415. 
hellotia, 415. 
iburiensis, 416. 
japonica, 415, 416. 
kazamoto, 417. 
ludonides, 416. 
levetti, 416. 
lycormas, 402, 417. 
micrargus, 416. 
praxiteles, 415. 
pseudegon, 416. 
pryeri, 402, 417. 
seylla, 417. 
Lycznesthes 
docilis, 571. 
larydas, 571. 
ligures, 571. 
Lycoperdina 
sp., 642, 643. 


castaneipennis, 642, 
43 


643. 
dux, 642, 643. 
mandarinea, 643. 
Lygosaurus 
pellopleurus, 147. 


INDEX. 


Lygosoma 
albofasciolatum, 336. 
concinnatum, 335. 
eyanogaster, 333. 
eyanurum, 333. 
nativitatis, 516. 
nigrum, 339. 
pellopleurum, 147, 150. 
smaragdinum, 333. 
solomonis, 334. 
woodfordi, 335. 


Macacus 
erythreus, 625. 
irus, 624. 
obscurus, 622. 
rhesus, 120, 625. 
(Theropithecus) gelada, 
622. 


Macrocorax 
fuscicapillus, 332. 
woodfordi, 332. 

Macroglossa 
Ffuciformis, 52. 

Macropteryx 
mystacea, 330. 

Macropygia 
sp., 443. 
rufo-castanea, 332. 
tusalia, 443. 

Mamestra 
brassice, 242, 244, 248, 

2 


persicarie, 248, 271. 
Mania 

typica, 240, 241, 242, 

260, 269. 

Manobia 

apicicornis, 89, 90. 
Mecistura 

trivirgata, 596. 
Megaderus 

stigma, 490. 
Megalema 

ooti, 442. 

ramsayi, 442. 
Megaloglossus 

woermanni, 324. 
Megapodius 

brenchleyi, 332. 
Megascolex 

ceruleus, 159. 
Megasoma 

intensa, 679. 

polydora, 678, 685. 

splendens, 679, 680, 

686. 


vesta, 679, 686. 
Meiglyptes 
tristis, 443, 


Melampus 
adamsianus, 288. 
albus, 290. 
anaaensis, 291. 
angustus, 283. 
avenaceus, 288. 

—, var. vavaoensis, 288. 
cinereus, 288. 

conicus, 291. 
consanguineus, 287. 
costatus, 290 
erebristriatus, 289. 
fasciatus, 285, 518. 
Fricki, 286, 287. 
granifer, 288. 
granum, 286. 

incisus, 289. 

layardi, 291. 

lucidus, 290. 

luteus, 284, 285, 518. 
melanostoma, 290, 
montrouziert, 287. 
nucleus, 296. 

ornatus, 287. 
paludosus, 297. 
parvulus, 285, 286. 
pellucidus, 290. 
pseudocommodus, 287. 
rusticus, 289. 
sculptus, 286. 
semiplicatus, 286. 
semisuleatus, 286, 289, 
striatus, 287, 288. 
strictus, 287. 
tongaensis, 286. 
variabilis, 288. 

Melanargia 
halimede, 402, 425. 

Melanetta 
velvetina, 591. 

Melania 
Ffenaria, 566. 
Srethii, 566. 
guineensis, 566. 
nigritina, 566. 

Melanitis 
aswa, 453. 
belu, 453. 
bethami, 451, 453. 
duryodana, 452, 453. 
ismene, 453. 
leda, 402, 425, 453. 
suyudana, 453. 
tambra, 453. 
zitenius, 453. 

Melanthia 
albicillata, 265. 

Melasoma 
divisi, 83. 

Melita 
athalia, 402, 422. 

47* 


720 


Melita 
athalia, var. dubia, 
422. 


—, var. orientalis, 422. 


aurinia, 402, 422. 
dictynna, 402, 422. 
maturna, 1, 52. 
niphona, 422. 
parthenie, 402, 422. 


—, var. orientalis, 422. 


phoebe, 402, 422. 

—, var. etherea, 422. 
—, var. sibirica, 422. 
scotosia, 422. 


Melolontha 
vulgaris, 256, 272. 
Melonycteris 


melanops, 324, 325, 
327. 
Mergulus 
alle, 46. 


Meristobelus, gen. noyv., 


362. 

forcipatus, 362. 
Merula 

flavipes, 557. 

leucops, 557. 

nigriceps, 557. 

reevit, 557. 

subalaris, 557. 
Mesoprion 

annularis, 655. 

bohar, 655. 

chirtah, 655. 

chrenbergii, 655. 

Sulviflamma, 655. 

lineolatus, 655. 

quinquelineatus, 655. 

rangus, 655, 
Metabelus, gen. noy., 

361. 

Metalia 

sternalis, 140. 
Metrioidea 

rufipennis, 114, 119. 
Microcystis 

excrescens, 170. 

Jirmostyla, 170. 

kioaensis, 169, 170. 

nodulata, 169, 170. 

perpolita, 171. 

sororia, 170. 

stearnseana, 171. 

unisulcata, 169. 

upolensis, 170. 
Microhyla 

Jissipes, 150. 
Microscelis 

amaurotis, 596, 603. 
Midas 

rutimanus, 121. 


INDEX. 


Miglyptes 
grammithorax, 443, 
Miletus 
hamada, 401, 409. 
Milvus 
melanotis, 597. 
Mimastra 
capitata, 104. 
robusta, 104. 
Minea 
castaneiceps, 439. 
soror, 439. 
Mino 
kreffti, 332. 
Miresa 
hilda, 682. 
Mitra 
virgata, 517. 
Moggridgia 
dyeri, 40. 
Moira 
stygia, 140, 143, 
145. 
Molge 
pyrrhogastra, 150. 
Monacanthus 
setifer, 667. 
Monarcha 
castaneiventris, 331. 
Monedula 
daurica, 605. 
Monticola 
solitarius, 682, 602. 
Mortanda 
sangaica, 425, 


Morylus, gen. noy., 99. 


Sulvipennis, 99. 
Motacilla 

leucopsis, 603. 

melanope, 441, 582. 

ocularis, 603. 
Moussonia 

fuscula, 304. 
Muelleria 

lecanosa, 144. 

mauritiana, 140. 

miliaris, 140, 144. 
Mugil 

axillaris, 664. 

ceylonensis, 664. 

dobula, 615. 

grandis, 615. 

peronii, 615. 

scheli, 664. 
Mulloides 

flavolineatus, 658. 

zeylonicus, 658. 
Munia 

acuticauda, 2. 
Mureena 

undulata, 666. 


Mus 
celebensis, 514. 
everetti, 514. 
macleart, 513, 514. 
maritimus, 5D, 
meyeri, 514, 
muelleri, 514. 
univittatus, 121. 
cvanthurus, 514, 
Musca 
domestica, 256. 
vomitoria, 256. 
Muscicapula 
maculata, 436. 
Mustela 
glauca, 633. 
Mycalesis 
asochis, 567. 
gotama, 403, 425. 
martius, 567. 
miriam, 567. 
perdiccas, 408, 425. 
sangaica, 425. 
Mycetina 
amabilis, 642, 644. 
ancoriger, 642, 644. 
laticollis, 642, 644, 
653. 
Myiobius 
bellus, 50. 
pulcher, 50. 
subochraceus, 50. 
Myiophoneus 
sp. inc., 436. 
eugenii, 436. 
temmincki, 436. 
Mylothris 
asphodelus, 572. 
chloris, 572. 
Myosorex 
johnstoni, 577, 578. 
morio, 576, 577, 578. 
varius, 575, 576, 577, 
578. 
Myrina 
acte, 457. 
Mpyripristis 
murdjan, 659. 
Myrmecobius 
fasciatus, 527, 528. 


Naia 
haje, 127, 488. 
Nanina 
assavaensis, 169. 
calculosa, 172. 
calva, 166. 
casca, 166, 168. 
Jirmostyla, 170. 
Sragillima, 167. 
godeffroyana, 168. 


Nanina 
hoyti, 168. 
kioaensis, 169. 
lurida, 167. 
microconus, 172. 
nouleti, 166, 168. 
—, var. polita, 168. 
otarce, 168. 
pfeifferi, 167. 
polita, 168. 
ramsayi, 165. 
samoensis, 171. 
scorpio, 315. 
similis, 167. 
taviuniensis, 169. 
tenella, 168. 
tumulus, 174. 
upolensis, 170. 
vitiensis, 166. 
vitrinina, 165, 166. 
(Gastrodonta) ensifera, 
ilyitle 
(Microcystis) accurata, 
176. 
(—) excrescens, 170. 
(—) perpolita, 171. 
(Xesta) fragillima, 
167. 


Nannoglanis 

fasciatus, 278, 283. 
Nannophrys 

ceylonensis, 500. 
Natada 

elsa, 683. 

Julia, 682. 

undina, 683. 
Nectarinia 

Suliginosa, 125. 

temmincki, 503. 
Nematus 

ribesti, 206, 228. 
‘Nemoricola 

indica, 581. 
Neochrolea, 

17 


cavifrons, 117, 119. 
Neolanguria, gen. noy., 
361. 
Neope 
callipteris, 403, 427. 
fentoni, 426. 
goschkevitschii, 403,427. 
niphonica, 427. 
Neopithecops 
elorea, 572. 
Neopus 
malayensis, 433. 
Nepheronia 
argia, 567. 
Nephrella 
elongata, 72. 


gen. noy., 


INDEX. 


Neptis 
aceris, 402, 419. 
—, var. intermedia, 
419. 
agatha, 570. 
alwina, 402, 420. 
excellens, 402, 420. 
lucilla, 402, 419. 
—, var. ludmilia, 
419, 
pryeri, 402, 420. 
Nereis 
pelagica, 3. 
Nerita 
maxima, 517, 518. 
oweniana, 566. 
plicata, 518. 
Neritina 
oweniana, 566. 
Nesonycteris 
woodfordi, 324, 325, 
327, 
Nilasera 
wimberleyi, 462, 467. 
Niltava 
grandis, 436. 
Ninox 
Japonicus, 598. 
Niphanda 
fusca, 401, 410. 
Nisoniades 
montanus, 403, 430. 
rusticanus, 430, 
Noda 
viridienea, 15. 
Nodina 
subdilatata, 74. 
Nodostoma 
bipunctatum, 76, 77. 
bituberculatum, 76. 
clypeatum, 79. 
consimile, '78. 
impressipenne, 77. 
fairmairei, '77, 80. 
jJansoni, 75. 
lefevrei, 78, 79. 
lewisi, 77, 78. 
longicorne, 79, 80. 
obliteratum, 80. 
tibiale, 75. 
triangulare, 78. 
tuberosum, 78, 79, 
119. 
Nomada 
marshamella, 222, 224, 
225, 231, 232, 273. 
Nomotus 
plutonus, 361. 
Norasuma 
javanica, 684. 


kolga, 684. 


Notoscolex 
camdenensis, 159. 
Nucifraga 
caryocatactes, 606, 
Numenius 
arquatus, 588. 
cyanopus, 588. 
tahitiensis, 588. 


Nycticorax 

caledonicus, 333. 
Nyctiornis 

amictus, 442. 
Nytobzetes 

variolosa, 490. 
Ochralea 

ceylonica, 114. 
Odonestis 

potatoria, 195, 197, 


208, 211, 212; 22 
270. 
Odontonectes 
erythrogastsr, 656. 
(Edemia 
americana, 591. 
deglandi, 591, 592. 
fusca, 592. 
stegnegert, 592. 
velvetina, 591. 
Oidemia 
americana, 611. 
fusca, 591. 
velvetina, 591. 
Omaseus 
melanarius, 256. 
Omphalotropis 
bifilaris, 309. 
bythineformis, 310, 
circumlineata, 307. 
costulata, 308. 
huahinensis, 309. 
ingens, 307. 
layardiana, 310. 
longula, 307. 
moussoni, 306. 
ovata, 306. 
parva, 307. 
parvula, 314. 
perforata, 308, 809. 
rosea, 809. 
subsoluta, 308. 
vitiensis, 307. 
zebriolata, 808, 309. 
Opeas 
subula, 186. 
Ophiarachna 
incrassata, 140. 
Ophicardelus 
layardi, 290. 
paludosus, 297. 


722 


Ophiocoma 
ethiops, 140, 528. 
scolopendrina, 140, 
523. 
Ophiolepis 
annulosa, 140. 
Ophiomastix 
annulosa, 140. 
Ophiophagus 
bungarus, 639. 
Ophiusa 
rubricans, 574, 
Ophryoessa 
erin, 153. 
Opisthognathus 
muscatensis, 662, 667. 
Oreocincla 
varia, 602. 
Orgyia 
antiqua, 194, 200, 210, 
212, 232, 237, 240, 
248, 262, 263, 264. 
pudibunda, 273. 
Oriolus 
consanguineus, 434. 
xanthonotus, 432. 
Ornithoptera 
priamus, 190. 
tithonus, 190. 
victorie, 190. 
Ornithorhynchus 
paradoxus, 363. 
Orthomegas 
cinnamomeus, 490. 
Orynx 
approximans, 126. 
Osmotreron 
fulvicollis, 433. 
Ostodes 
bocageanus, 305, 806. 
diatretus, 805. 
liberatus, 305. 
strictus, 306. 
strigatus, 306. 
Ostracion 
cornutus, 667. 
cubicus, 596, 667. 
cyanurus, 667. 
gibbosus, 667. 
immaculatus, 596. 
Otaria 
hookeri, 138, 189. 
jubata, 189. 
Otiorhynchus 
bisulcatus, 128. 
Otomela 
lucionensis, 605. 
Otostomus 
Sulguratus, 180. 
(Placostylus) elobatus, 
181. 


INDEX. 


Otostomus 
(Placostylus) seemanni, 
82. 
Otreoda 
occidentis, 574. 
Otus 
brachyotus, 581. 
Ovis 
blanfordi, 639. 
cylindricornis, 553. 
nahoor, 485. 


Pachychalina 

spinosissima, 524, 525, 

526. 

variabilis, 503, 504. 
Pachylanguria 

borrei, 361. 
Pachypasa 

bilinea, 680. 

massilia, 680. 

phocea, 680. 

subfascia, 680. 
Pagellus 

affinis, 659. 

erythrinus, 659. 
Pagria 

costatipennis, 73, 119. 
Pagrus 

ruber, 658. 
Palinurus 

penicillatus, 468, 469. 
Paludicola 

bufonium, 576. 
Pamphila 

guttata, 403-429, 

herculea, 429. 

Jansonis, 408, 429. 

flava, 430. 

florinda, 429. 

leonina, 429. 

mathias, 403, 428. 

ochracea, 430. 

pellucida, 408, 429. 

rikuchina, 430. 

subhyalina, 429, 

sylvatica, 429. 

varia, 403, 428. 

venata, 429. 

vitrea, 428. 
Panamomus 

brevicornis, 642, 649. 

decoratus, 642, 648, 

653. 

lewisti, 642, 648, 649. 
Pandion 

leucocephalus, 329. 
Pantoctenia 

albipuncta, 682, 686. 

gemmanus, 682. 


Papilio 


agatha, 570. 

ajax, 51, 53. 

alcinous, 401, 405. 

alliacmon, 404. 

asterias, 51. 

atalanta indica, 421. 

bianor, 401, 404. 

—, var. japonica, 404. 

bive, 573. 

carpenteri, 405, 

ceres, 569. 

chloris, 572. 

colonna, 51. 

columbina, 570. 

creophontes, 51. 

pass 7 

ypreafila, 573. 

Bs eee 404. 

demetrius, 401, 405. 

demoleus, 51, 53. 

dryas, 426. 

elorea, 572. 

enotrea, 570. 

erinus, 573. 

eurypylus, 406. 

fui 572. 

flesus, 578. 

forestan, 578. 

helenus, 401, 405. 

hesperus, 573. 

larydas, 571. 

lysandra, 568. 

maakii, 404. 

machaon, 51, 196, 208, 
212, 217, 240, 401, 
403. 

—, var. asiatica, 403. 

—, var. hippocrates, 
403, 404. 

macilentus, 401, 405. 

mardania, 569. 

martius, 567. 

mennon, 401, 405. 

mercius, 405. 

mikado, 399, 401, 406. 
431. 

morania, 51, 

morpheus, 430. 

nicconicolens, 405. 

nireus, 51. 

podalirius, 51. 

policenes, 51, 573. 

porthaon, 51, 468. 

raddei, 404. 

sarpedon, 401, 405. 

scevola, 405. 

serena, 571. 

similis, 573. 

sophia, 570. 


? 


‘spathatus, 405. 


Papilio 
sylvia, 573. 
teredon, 405. 
thunbergii, 405. 
tractipennis, 405. 
turnus, 51, 58. 
tutanus, 404. 
wealegon, 573. 
avuthus, 401, 404. 


—, var. xuthulus, 404. 


Paradisea 
apoda, 392. 
minor, 392. 

Paragoniates 
alburnus, 281. 

Pararge 

achine, 403, 426. 

deidamia, 403, 426. 

maakii, 403, 426. 

menetriesi, 426. 

Parasa 
urda, 681, 686. 

Pardachirus 
marmoratus, 665. 

Parlina 
Fulva, 88. 
trancisa, 88. 

Parmelea 
planata, 315. 

Parnara 
assamensis, 466. 
austeni, 466. 
cahira, 466. 
furri, 466. 
kumara, 466. 
moolata, 466. 
narooa, 466. 
pagana, 465, 466, 

467. 


plebeia, 466, 467. 

seriata, 467. 
Parnassius 

apello, 51. 

glacialis, 401, 406. 
Parodon 

affinis, 280. 

buckleyi, 279, 280, 

283 


hilarii, 280. 
nasus, 280. 
suborbitalis, 280. 
Partula 
alabastrina, 316. 
compressa, 316. 
lirata, 187. 
teniata, 316. 
Parus 
emodius, 563. 
ater, 568. 
britannicus, 563. 
cypriotes, 563. 


INDEX. 


Parus 
michalowskii, 563. 
varius, 596. 

Passer 
montanus, 606, 

Patula 
adposita, 178, 179. 
inermis, 178. 
irregularis, 179. 
princei, 179 
rudis, 179. 

Patuloscula 
procumbens, 505. 

Pectinura 
gorgonia, 140. 

Pedipes 
jouani, 291. 
octanfracta, 295. 
subglobosus, 291. 

Pelochyta 
fennia, 669. 

Pelidna 
alpina, 586. 

Pelochyta 
lupia, 669. 

Pentila 
zymnda, 572. 

Percis 
alboguttata, 662. 
nebulosa, 662. 


‘Pericheta 


affinis, 389, 390. 
armata, 391. 
ceylonica, 386, 391. 
houlleti, 372, 389, 
390. 
indica, 390. 
Pericrocotus 
cinereus, 605. 
igneus, 435. 
Perionyx 
excavatus, 389. 
Peripatus 
balfouri, 187. 
blainvillii, 182, 134, 
135 


brevis, 134. 

capensis, 135, 136. 

edwardsii, 182, 1384, 
135, 186, 137. 

juliformis, 132, 133, 
1 


34. 
lewkarti, 135. 
nove-cealundié, 135, 
136. 
torquatus, 131, 182, 
137. 


Periplaneta 
orientalis, 254. 

Perodicticus 
potto, 372. 


723 


Persa 
melanostoma, 29V. 
Petropedetes 
cameronensis, 565. 
Pexodorus, gen. nov., 94. 
ceylonensis, 95, 119. 
Pheelota, gen. nov., 94. 
semifasciata, 94, 
Pheomychus, gen. nov., 
642, 649. 
rufipennis, 642, 649, 
653. 


Phalacrocorax 
carbo, 592. 
Phaleena 
(Noctua) ldatona, 574. 
Phalaropus 
cinereus, 581. 
Phascolarctos 
cinereus, 338. 
Phasianus 
komarooi, 502. 
principalis, 502. 
reevesi, 503. 
torquatus, 584, 610. 
Phileurus 
depressus, 490. 
didymus, 490. 
sclateri, 490. 
Philogeus, gen. nov., 99. 
fulvipennis, 96. 
Phlogophora 
meticulosa, 242, 274. 
Phoneus 
bucephalus, 605. 
Phragmatobia 
Suliginosa, 
211, 212. 
Phrissura 
coniata, 573. 
eudoxia, 573. 
illana, 573. 
phaola, 573. 
polisma, 573. 
sylvia, 572, 573. 
Phryniscus 
levis, 500. 
Phylacanthus 
verticillatus, 140, 
Phyllergates 
cucullatus, 440. 
Phyllobrotica 
hirtipennis, 108. 
murginata, 104. 
Phyllomedusa 
bicolor, 500. 
Phyllomyias 
berlepschi, 49. 
griseo-cupilla, 49. 
Phyllopneuste 
borealis, 602. 


195, 208, 


724 


Phyllopneuste 
coronata, 602. 
superciliosa, 602. 
Phyllorhina 
calcarata, 327. 
cervina, 326, 327. 
diadema, 326, 327. 
minuta, 637. 
tricuspidata, 327. 
Phyllotreta 
discoidea, 84. 
Piabucina 
elongata, 280, 283. 
erythrinoides, 281. 
uniteniata, 280, 281. 
Pica 
caudata, 584. 
— japonica, 605. 
pica, 584. 
rustica, 584. 
Picus 
leuconotus, 609. 
major, 608. 
Pieris 
aglaope, 407. 
ajaka, 407. 
brassice, 196, 198, 212, 
232, 236, 244, 262, 
269, 270, 407. 
canidia, 401, 407. 
castoria, 407. 
claripennis, 407. 
crucivora, 407. 
daplidice, 401, 408. 
—, var. bellidice, 408. 
gliciria, 407. 
megamera, 407. 
melete, 407. 
napi, 246, 278, 401, 
407. 
rape, 246, 269, 270, 
401, 407. 
—, var. orientalis, 407. 
sordida, 407. 
Piezonotus 
discoidalis, 521. 
Pimelodus 
buckleyi, 275, 283. 
cyclopwm, 276. 
lateristriga, 275. 
(Pseudopimelodus) 
pulcher, 276, 283. 
(Rhamdia) longicauda, 


alba, 119. 
Pitta 

arcuata, 503. 

granatina, 452. 
Pitthea 

continua, 574, 


INDEX. 


Pitys 
irreguiaris, 179. 
subdedalea, 179. 
Placostylus 
crasstlabrum, 183. 
elobatus, 180, 184. 
Sulguratus, 180, 183, 
185. 
gnauensis, 184. 
graeffei, 184. 
hoyti, 182. 
kantavuensis, 182. 
koroensis, 182. 
malleatus, 179. 
morosus, 181. 
moussonii, 184. 
ochrostomus, 183. 
rambiensis, 183. 
rugatus, 183. 
seemanni, 181. 
vitiensis, 184. 
(Charis) malleatus, 
180. 
Plakocheilus 
gracilis, 180. 
Plastingia 
noémi, 464, 
Platax 
orbicularis, 661. 
tetra, 661. 
vespertilio, 661. 
Platurus 
fasciatus, 149. 
Platycephalus 
insidiator, 663. 
subfasciatus, 551. 
Plecostomus 
bicirrhosus, 277. 
Plecotrema 
anaaensis, 291, 
bella, 295. 
clausa, 295. 
consubrina, 295. 
hirsuta, 295, 296. 
octanfracta, 295. 
paludosa, 297. 
souverbiei, 295, 
turrita, 295. 
Plesioneura 
alysos, 427. 
bifasciata, 408, 427. 
curvifascia, 403, 427. 
flavocincta, 464, 465, 
467. 
pulomaya, 465, 
sumitra, 465. 
Ploceus 
melanogaster, 122, 126. 
nigricollis, 126, 
Plotosus 
anguillaris, 665. 


Plusia 

gamma, 244, 271. 
Podiceps 

griseigena, 594. 

holboelli, 594. 

minor, 2. 

rubricollis major, S94. 
Poéphila 

acuticauda, 340. 
Pogonotriccus 

gualaquize, 48. 
Poliopicus 

ellioti, 125. 

johnstoni, 122, 
Polynemus 

plebejus, 660. 
Polyommatus 

auratus, 401, 

431. 

cleobis, 460. 

dispar, 415. 

Suscus, 410. 

phieas, 401, 414. 

—, var. chinensis, 414. 

—, var. eleus, 414, 
Polypedates 

viridis, 149. 
Pomarea 

castanciventris, 331. 
Pomatorhinus 

tichelli, 437. 

wrayi, 437. 


414, 


Porphyrio 
melanopterus, 333. 
Porthesia 


aurijlua, 194,195, 196, 
197, 200, 217, 218, 
224, 225, 231, 232, 
233, 236, 262, 272. 

(Auriflua) similis, 268. 

Pratincola 
axillaris, 125, 
salax, 125. 

Presbytis 

entellus, 626. 

priamus, 626, 627. 

thersites, 626, 627. 

Priacanthus 

boops, 655. 

Priapina, gen. noy., 116, 

longicornis, 116. 

Prionurus 

laticlavius, 895. 

microlepidotus, 895, 

maculatus, 395. 

scalprum, 395. 

Pristipoma 

dussumicri, 656. 

hasta, 656. 

operculare, 656. 

stridens, 656, 


Procellaria 
bulwerii, 562. 
Pronophila 
schrenkii, 403, 426. 
Propasser 
roseus, 606. 
Proteides 
chryseglia, 427. 
Protopterus 
annectens, 9, 26. 
Psalidoproene 
Suliginosa, 122, 128. 
petiti, 123. 
Psammophis 
crucifer, 487. 
sibilans, 487. 
Psettodes 
erumei, 665. 
Psettus 
argenteus, 661. 
Pseudocophora 
bicolor, 111, 112. 
buquetti, 112. 
Pseudocucumis 
acicula, 140, 144, 145. 
Pseudopontia 
calabarica, 574, 
paradoxa, 574, 
Pseudoptynx 
gurneyi, 138. 
philippensis, 138. 
Pseudorhombus 
russelliz, 665. 
Pseudoscarus 
dussumieri, 664, 
janthochir, 664. 
Psilopogon 
pyrolophus, 442. 
Pteraspis 
crouchii, 479. 
Pterois 
lunulata, 659. 
miles, 659. 
volitans, 659. 
Pteromys 
alborufus, 559. 
Pteropus 
amplexicaudatus, 636, 
637. 


aneiteanus, 322, 
breviceps, 322. 
capistratus, 327. 


chrysoproctus, 321, 322. 


collaris, Pope 

edulis, 322 

gous 320, 321, 322, 
512. 


grandis, 320, 321, 322, 
327. 


hottentota, 637. 
hy ypomelanus, 322, 327. 


INDEX. 


Pteropus 
Jubatus, 322, 
lombocensis, 51 2, 513. 
melanopogon, 321, 
melas, 512. 
molossinus, 322. 
natalis, 511, 512. 
nicobaricus, 512. 
poliocephalus, 322. 
pselaphon, 512. 
rayneri, 320, 322, 327. 
stramineus, 637. 
Pteruthius 
eralatus, 440. 
cameranot, 440. 
Pterygospidea 
moori, 428. 
sinica, 403, 428. 
Ptilopus 
jambu, 432. 
lewis, 332. 
Ptychozoon 
homalocephalum, 146. 
Pupa 
armata, 189. 
dentifera, 189. 
dunkeri, 189. 
hyalina, 188. 
nacea, 188. 
nitens, 188. 
pediculus, 188. 
pleurophora, 189. 
samoensis, 188. 
(Vertigo) tantilla, 189. 
Pupina 
adamsiana, 316. 
pelaeia 306. 
Pyge 
Pee oe 196, 200, 
211, 225, 238, 236, 
240, 244, 248, 262, 
263, 264, 268, 269, 
270, 271, 272. 
Pyralis 
miseralis, 528. 
Pyrgus 
inachus, 403, 480. 
maculatus, 430, 
montanus, 430. 
sinicus, 480. 
tethys, 428. 
Pyrrhula 
orientalis, 607. 
vulgaris, 194, 
Pythia 
albovaricosa, 292, 293. 
lentiginosa, 294. 
pantherina, var. ureana, 
293. 


perovata, 294. 


725 


Pythia 
pollex, 165, 292, 293, 
294, 


savaiensis, 293. 
subula, 297. 


Querquedula 
falcata, 591. 


Rana 

bufoniformis, 334. 

esculenta, 491,492, 499, 
500, 595. 

—, var. japonica, 595, 

gracilis, 149. 

guppyi, 334. 

opisthodon, 501. 

pipiens, 493, 494, 499, 

500. 


temporalis, 500. 
temporaria, 492, 493, 
495, 499, 500. 
Randasia 
granulata, 140, 142, 
Ranella 
cruentata, 517. 
Rapala 
amisena, 462. 
distorta, 461, 
467. 
Rappia 
marmorata, 500. 
Realia 
Jischeriana, 815. 
levis, 307. 
nitida, 314. 
parvula, 315. 
ygmed, 315. 
(Omphalotropis) bzfi- 
laris, 309 
(—) circwmlineata, 307. 
(—) costulata, 308. 
(—) ingens, 307. 
(—) longula, 307. 
—) moussoni, 306. 


= ) parva, 307. 
(> 


462, 


) perforata, 309. 
—) rosea, 310. 
(—) subsoluta, 308. 
(—) zebriolata, 308. 
Regalecus 
argenteus, 31. 
Rhabducus 
dentirostris, 642, 644. 
Rhacolepis 
brama, 538, 539, 541, 


542. 
oaks 536, yee 538, 
539, 541, 54! 
latus, 586, sae. 539, 
542. 


726 


Rhacophorus 
maculatus, 500. 
schlegeli, 149, 150. 
viridis, 149. 

Rhampholeon 
spectrum, 564. 

Rhina 
barbicornis, 490. 

Rhinoceros 
sumatrensis, 3. 
unicorns, 1. 

Rhinocichla 
mitrata, 435. 

Rhinoderma 
darwini, 500. 

Rhinolophus 
Serrumequinum, 637. 
hipposiderus, 637. 

Rhipidura 
albicollis, 485. 
javanica, 435. 
russata, 331. 
tricolor, 331. 

Rhodocera 
acuminata, 408. 
aspasia, 408. 
maxima, 408. 
nipalensis, 408. 
rhamni, 401, 408. 
—, var. faurinosa, 408. 

Rhyncheea 
capensis, 2. 

Rhynchonycteris 
naso, 151. 

Rhynchophorus 
palmarum, 490. 

Rhyparida 
levicollis, 75. 
quinquemaculata, "75. 

119. 

‘Rhytidoceros 
plicatus, 330. 

Romaleosoma 
ceres, 567. 
ruspina, 569. 
aypete, 569. 

Ruticilla 
aurorea, 602. 


Saccopteryx 
leptura, 151. 
Sadarga 
gotama, 425, 
Salamis 
ethyra, 570. 
Salarias 
tridactylus, 664. 
Salmo : ciel 
urpuratus, 50, 129, 
P80. 


| 


INDEX, 


Samia 
cecropia, 51, 52. 
Sargus 
kotschyi, 658. 
rondeletii, var. capensis, 
658. 
Sarmalia 
radiata, 676. 
Satsuma 
Ferrea, 414. 


| Saturnia 


carpint, 52, 242. 

pyr, 52. 

royi, 447, 

terpsichore, 51, 52. 
Satyris 

bipunctatus, 426. 

dryas, 403, 426. 

hyperanthus, 403, 426. 

sibirica, 426. 
Saula 

Japonica, 642, 644. 
Sauloprocta 

melaleuca, 381. 
Saurida 

tumbil, 665. 
Sauropatis 

sancta, 330. 

saurephaga, 330. 

tristramt, 330. 
Saurus 

varius, 665. 
Saxicola 

isabellina, 579. 
Scaphiodon 

muscatensis, 665. 
Scarabus 

albovaricosus, 292. 

pollex, 292. 

zonatus, 292. 
Scarites 

rotundicollis, 128. 
Scheenicola 

polaris, 606. 
Sciurus 

exilis, 5038. 
Scolopsis 

auratus, 656. 

bimaculatus, 657. 

ghanam, 656. 

inermis, 657. 

torquatus, 656. 
Scomber 

janesaba, 662. 

kanagurta, 662. 
Scops 

gaponicus, 581. 

semitorques, 599. 

stictonotus, 581. 
Scorpzena 

scrofa, 342. 


Scytaster 
Speci 139, 
140. 
Sebaethe 
ceylonensis, 91, 92. 
pallida, 91, 92. 
suturalis, 91, 92. 
Sebastes 
inermis, 595. 
Secusio 
mania, 672. 
Semnopithecus 
cephalopterus, 622, 628, 
626. 
chrysogaster, 627. 
entellus, 626. 
kelaarte, 627. 
mitratus, 625. 
pileatus, 627. 
priamus, 626. 
schistaceus, 626. 
thersites, 626. 
Sepedon 
hemachates, 340, 488. 
Sepiateuthis 
australis, 394. 
Sericinus 
cressoni, 406. 
fasciatus, 406, 
fortunei, 406. 
greyi, 406. 
montela, 406. 
telamon, 401, 406. 
telmona, 406. 
Seriola 
lalandei, 394. 
Seriolichthys 
bipinnulatus, 661. 
Serranus 
angularis, 654. 
areolatus, 654. 
celebicus, 654. 
geoffroyi, 654. 
gibbosus, 654. 
gigas, 654, 
hemistictus, 654. 
morrhua, 654. 
preopercularis, 654. 
stoliczhe, 654. 
striolatus, 655, 
Sertularia 
elongata, 394. 
Sesia 
bombyliformis, 217,218. 
Suciformis, 216, 217, 
218, 224, 225, 231, 
240, 272. 
Sillago 
sihama, 662. 
Simia 
atys, 624, 625. 


Simia 
aygula, 624, 
eynomolgos, 628, 624. 
erythrea, 625. 
Ferox, 623. 
mormon, 625. 
rhesus, 625. 
silenus, 620, 621, 622 
623, 624. 
thersites, 623. 
veter, 622, 628. 
Siphonochalina 
ceratosa, 508, 505. 
papyracea, 505. 
procumbens, 505. 
spiculosa, 503, 505. 
Sira 
cyanoptera, 438. 
sordida, 488. 
Sistrum 
ricinus, 517. 
Sitta 
amurensis, 601. 
Smerinthus 
ocellatus, 51, 193. 
populi, 51, 246, 272. 
Sorex 
varius, 575. 
Sospita 
tantalus, 571. 
Spheroderma 
orientalis, 92. 
Spheeropleura, gen. nov., 
102 


> 


tricostata, 102. 
Sphecia 
apiformis, 217. 
bembeciformis, 217. 
Sphinx 
convolouli, 51. 
ligustri, 51, 52, 240, 
241, 263, 271, 
272. 
pinastri, 51, 52. 
Sphyreena 
chrysotenia, 664. 
Jello, 664. 
kenie, 664. 
obtusata, 664. 
Spilornis 
bacha, 433. 
Spilosoma 
lubricipeda, 217, 220, 
224, 231, 238, 236. 
menthastri, 194, 
208, 212, 218, 217, 
220, 221, 224, 231, 
233, 236, 262. 
Spinosella 
maxima, 504, 506. 
nlicifera, 504, 506, 


INDEX. 


Spinosella 
sororia, 503, 505, 507. 
—, var. dilatata, 
506 


—, var. elongata, 506. 

—, var. fruticosa, 506. 

velata, 507. 
Spizaetus 

limnaetus, 433. 
Spongia 

plicifera, 506. 
Squatarola 

helvetica, 585. 
Stachyridopsis 

assimilis, 440. 

chrysea, 440. 
Stachyris 

nigriceps, 440. 
Stegophilus 

macrops, 279. 

punctatus, 279, 283. 
Stenocrates 

laborator, 490. 
Stenodastus, gen. noyv., 

362. 


Stenogyra 
pee 186. 
juncea, 185. 
novemgyrata, 186. 
oleata, 127. 
panayensis, 185. 
retifera, 127. 
tuchert, 185. 
turriformis, 186. 
upolensis, 185. 
Stenolanguria 
tricolor, 362. 
Stenolepis, gen. nov., 640. 
ridleyi, 640. 
Stenotarsus 
chrysomelinus, 642, 644, 


internexus, 
653 


musculus, 642, 645. 
nigriclavus, 642, 645, 
646. 


Sterna 
brachypus, 126. 
hirundo, 126. 
macrura, 126. 
Sternarchus 
albifrons, 282. 
(Rhamphosternarchus) 
curvirostris, 282. 
Sternopygus 
carapus, 282, 
Sternula 
sinensis, 611. 
Stichopus 
chloronotus, 140. 


642, 645, 


727 


Stichopus 
variegatus, 140. 
Strategus 
alceus, 490. 
Strepsilas 
interpres, 585. 
Streptostele 
buchholzi, 127. 
Strobilophaga 
burtoni, 126. 
Strymon 
Sentoni, 418. 
w-album, 418. 
Sturnus 
| eineraceus, 606. 
Stygogenes 
| anole 276, 283. 
| Subulina 
panayensis, 185. 
_ Succinea 
solidula, 518. 
| solitaria, 518. 
Sula 
piscatrix, 516. 
| Sus 
penicillatus, 624. 
|  porcus, 624. 
scrofa, 397. 
Sutoria 
maculicollis, 440. 
| Symbiotes 
equi, 559. 
miponensis, 642, 652. 
orbicularis, 642, 652. 
Synagris 
bleekeri, 657. 
tolu, 657. 
Synthliborhamphus 
antiquus, 43, 44, 45, 46, 
47 


Syricthus 
maculatus, 403, 430. 
Syrnium 
aluco, 599, 
hodgsoni, 472, 474. 
indranee, 434. 
indrami, 470, 471, 472, 
474, 477. 
maingayi, 434, 470. 
newarense, 434, 471, 
472, 473, 474. 
nivicolum, 599, 
ochrogenys, 472. 


Tachydromus 
sexlincatus, 147. 
smaragdinus, 147. 150, 

Teeniocampa 
gothica, 242, 271, 

Tzenioptera 


holospodia, 47, 


728 


Tagiades 
brigida, 574. 
jlesus, 578. 
Taheitia 
arcasiana, 302. 
Juniculus, 301. 
scalariformis, 302. 
turricula, 301. 
vitiana, 299, 301. 
Tajuria 
albiplaga, 459, 467. 
dieus, 459. 
istroidea, 458, 467. 
Jehana, 459. 
melastigma, 460, 467. 
Tarentola 


mauritanica, 196, 270, 


Tarsiger 
cyanurus, 582. 
Tatura 
lebena, 572. 
Tegenaria 
domestica, 254, 274. 
Tegyrius, gen. noy., 97. 
metallicus, 97. 
Telchinia 
serena, 571. 
Telea 
polyphemus, 51. 
prometheus, 51. 
Temnoscelis 
biemarginatus, 128. 
Terebra 
crenulata, 517. 
Terekia 
cinerea, 587. 
Terias 
amplexa, 525. 
anemone, 409. 
bethesba, 401, 409. 
boisduvaliana, 572. 
connexiva, 409. 
desjardinsi, 523. 
hecabe, 401, 409. 
hecabeoides, 409, 528. 
hobsoni, 409. 
hybrida, 409. 
leta, 401, 409. 
—, var. jegert, 409. 
mandarina, 409. 
mariesi, 409. 
moore, 523. 


senegalensis, 567, 572. 


sinensis, 409. 

subfervens, 409. 
Terina 

euryanassa, 671. 

latifascia, 671. 

niphanda, 671. 
Terpsiphone 

‘nigromitrata, 124. 


INDEX, 


Testudo 
europea (orbicularis), 
555. 
meleagris, 555. 
Tetracha 
violacea, 490. 
Tetragonopterus 
JSasciatus, 281. 
rutilus, 28). 
Tetrodon 
hispidus, 667. 
porphyreus, 596. 
stellatus, 667. 
Teuthis 
albopunctata, 659. 
javus, 659. 
oramin, 659. 
Textor 
erythrorhynchus, 194. 
Thais 
polyxena, 51. 
Thamnodrilus 
gulielmt, 154, 155, 157. 
Thanaos 
westermanni, 573. 
Thaumalea 
picta, 503. 
Thecadactylus 
rapicauda, 153. 
Thecla 
arata, 401, 412, 418. 
attilia, 401, 418. 
aurorina, 412. 
butleri, 399, 401, 414. 
enthea, 401, 414. 
fasciata, 412. 
fentoni, 399, 401, 413. 
Frivaldskyi, 401, 414. 
fusca, 410. 
ibara, 399, 401, 413. 
japonica, 401, 411, 412. 
lebena, 572. 
mera, 401, 4138. 
michaelis, 411. 
orientalis, 401, 411, 
412. 
orsedice, 401, 413. 
raphaelis, 411. 
regina, 412. 
signata, 399, 401, 412. 
smaragdina, 401, 411, 
412. 
stygiana, 401, 413. 
tavila, 411, 412. 
tyrianthina, 401, 412. 
Therapon 
Jarbua, 656, 
Theropsophus 
complanatus, 490. 
Thriponax 
kalinowskii, 607. 


Thrylea, gen. nov., 98. 
variabilis, 99. 
Thynnus 
pelamys, 662. 
thunnina, 662. 
thynnus, 662. 
Thyridopteryx 
ephemeriformis, 53. 
Ticherra, gen. nov., 457. 
acte, 457, 458, 467. 
Tipula 
oleracea, 256, 268. 
Tornatellina 
bacillaris, 187. 
columellaris, 188. 
conica, 187. 
witida, 188. 
oblonga, 187. 
perforata, 188. 
perplexa, 188. 
Totanus 
brevipes, 586. 
calidris, 587. 
Fuscus, 587. 
glottis, 581. 
incanus, 586. 
pulverulentus, 586. 
Toxopneustes 
pileolus, 140. 
Trabala 
rosa, 678. 
Trachynotus 
baillonii, 661. 
oblongus, 661. 
Trachystoma, gen. nov., 
614. 
multidens, 614. 
Tralia 
adamsiana, 288. 
alba, 290. 
costata, 290. 
meélanostoma, 290. 
(Pira) fasciata, 285. 
Trapezidera 
ened, 361. 
longicollis, 361. 
Triacanthus 
strigilifer, 666. 
Trichiosoma 
lucorum, 256, 269. 
Trichixus 
pyrrhopyga, 432. 
Trichoglossus 
massend, 330. 
Trichomycterus 
kneri, 278. 
Trichophorus 
tephrolemus, 124. 
Trigla 
arabica, 663. 
hemisticta, 663. 


Trigonocephalus 
‘Bomhofii, 594. 
Trilocha 
zanthe, 683. 
Trimeresurus 
erythurus, 639. 
gramineus, 433. 
Tringa 
cinclus, 586, 610. 
crassirostris, 586. 
minuta, 610. 
ruficollis, 586. 
Tringoides 
hypoleucus, 586. 
Tristichopterus 
alatus, 26. 
Triton 
chlorostoma, 517. 
ensicauda, 150. 
subcristatus, 150. 
Trochalopterum 
melanostigma, 436. 
peninsule, 436. 
Trochocercus 
sp., 124. 
nitens, 124. 
Trochomorpha 
abrochroa, 174. 
—, var. pseudoplanor- 
bis, 174. 
accurata, 176. 
corallina, 176. 
Ffessonia, 175, 176. 
kantavuensis, 177. 
ludersi, 174, 177. 
metcalfii, 178. 
merzianoides, 173, 175. 
planoconus, 175. 
planorbis, 178. 
subtrochiformis, 177. 
swainsonit, 178. 
taviuniensis, 174. 
themis, 177. 
transarata, 175, 176. 
—, var. depresso-striata, 
P75, 176: 
tumulus, 174. 
Trochonanina 
barkasi, 172. 
calculosa, 172. 
microconus, 172. 
samoensis, 171. 
Troglodytes 
fumigatus dauricus, 
601. 
Trogosita 
filiformis, 361. 
Tropidonotus 
pryert, 149, 150. 
saurita, 149. 
tigrinus, 594. 


INDEX. 


Truncatella 
alternans, 302. 
arcasiana, 302. 
arctecostata, 802. 
avenacea, 301. 
cerca, 300, 301. 
ceylanica, 300, 301. 
conspicua, 299. 
costellifera, 300, 
Funiculus, 301. 
granum, 301. 
nitida, 300, 301. 
pacifica, 300. 
rustica, 3800. 
scalariformis, 302. 
semicostata, 300, 301. 
teres, 300. 
truncatula, 302. 
valida, 299, 300. 
vitiacea, 299. 
vitiana, 299, 300. 
Trygon 
uarnak, 667. 
Tryphena 
jimbria, 52, 250. 
orbona, 242, 250, 262, 
269, 270, 271. 
pronuba, 242, 244, 250, 
251, 262, 269, 270. 
Tuba 
plicifera, 506. 
sororia, 505. 
Turbo 
lajonkairet, 518. 
Turdus 
abrekianus, 601. 
albiventris, 557. 
erythropleurus, 515. 
Juscatus, 601. 
musicus, 194. 
naumanni, 601, 602. 
ruficollis, 601, 602. 
Turtur 
risorius, 503. 
rupicola, 609. 
torquatus, 609. 
Typhlops 
aluensis, 336, 338. 
exoceti, 517. 
reticulatus, 154. 


Umbrina 
striata, 660. 
Upeneus 
cyclostoma, 658. 
dispilurus, 658. 
macronemus, 658. 
Uragus 
sanguinolentus, 606. 
Uraniscodon 


wmbra, 158. 


729 


Uria 

carbo, 598. 
Urobelus 

gabonicus, 127, 564. 
Urospizias 

pulchellus, 328. 
Ursus 

maritimus, 896. 


Vadebra 
macleari, )22. 
sepulchralis, 522. 
Vaginula 
pleuroprocta, 127. 
Vanellus 
cristatus, 610. 
Vanessa 
angelica, 420. 
antiopa, 51, 402, 421. 
atalanta, 51. 
burejana, 402, 420. 
callirhoé, 402, 421. 
charonia, 402, 421. 
c-album, 402, 420. 
c-aureum, 402, 420. 
cardui, 402, 421. 
charonia, var. glau- 
conia, 421. 
connexa, 421. 
Sallax, 420. 
Sentoni, 420. 
hamigera, 420. 
to, 195, 197, 198, 212, 
232, 237, 240, 244, 
246, 262, 264, 272, 
402, 421. 
l-album, 402, 420. 
levana, 51, 402, 420. 
—, var. porima, 420. 
—, var. prorsa, 420. 
lunigera, 420. 
pryert, 420. 
strigosa, 420. 
urtice, 195, 197, 198, 
236, 237, 240, 244, 
246, 262, 264, 269, 
272, 273, 274, 399, 
402, 421. 
xanthomelas, 402, 421. 
Varanus 
indicus, 333. 
niloticus, 127. 
Vertigo 
armata, 189. 
dentifera, 189. 
dunkeri, 189. 
hyalina, 188. 
nacca, 188. 
nitens, 188. 
pediculus, 188. 
pleurophora, 189. 


730 


Vertigo 
tantilla, 189. 
Vespa 


Vesperugo 
abramus, 326, 327. 
angulatus, 327. 


(Vesperus) hilarii, 151. 


Veturius 

platyrhinus, 490. 
Vitrina 

stranget, 166. 
Viverra 

ichneumon, 635. 

nems, 632. 

mungo, 633, 634, 635. 
Viverriceps 

ellioti, 628. 
Vivia 

innominata, 448. 
y 


ulpes 

alopex, 635, 636. 
flavescens, 635, 636. 
griffitht, 636. 
leucopus, 636. 
montana, 636. 


—, var, himalayica, 636. 


nilotica, 636. 


Pp 
vulgaris, 222, 224, 232. 


INDEX. 


Vulpes 
persica, 636. 
pusilla, 636. 
vulgaris, 635. 


Xanthodes 
camilla, 686. 
Xanthonia 
flavopilosa, 72. 
placida, 72. 
Xanthopygia 
tricolor, 605. 
Xenacanthus 
decheni, 19, 25. 
Xenarthra 
lewisi, 108, 119. 


mirabilis, 107, 119. 


unicolor, 109, 119. 
Xenocichla 

tephrolema, 124. 
Xenophrys 

monticola, 500. 
Xenopus 

levis, 563. 


Ypthima 


argus, 425. 
baldus, 408, 425. 


THE END. 


Ypthima 
motschulskyi, 403, 425 


Zephyrus 
Le 461. 
katura, 461. 
pavo, 460, 461, 467. 
Zeuzera 
auroquttata, 685. 
stephania, 685, 686. 
Zonites 
plicostriatus, 173. 
schmeltziana, 173. 
vitiensis, 172. 
(Conulus) calewlosus, 
172 


(—) samoensis, 171. 
Zootoca 

vivipara, 196, 243, 257, 

259, 268, 269. 

Zophobas 

morio, 490. 
Zophoessa 

jalaurida, 445. 

molleri, 445. 
Zosterops 

auriventer, 441. 

melanocephala, 125. 


Printed by Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. 


LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two 
kinds — “ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and 
“ Transactions,” in quarto. 

According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” 
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien- 
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings 
and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings ” by the 
Committee of Publication. From fifty to seventy coloured plates 
and engravings are attached to each annual volume of the 
“* Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable 
species of animals described in them. Amongst such illustra- 
tions, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living 
state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. 

The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the 
first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part 
published in April completing the volume for the preceding 
year. The price is 12s. per part for the edition with coloured, 
and 3s. per part for that with uncoloured Plates. 

The “Transactions” contain such of the more important 
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society 
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate 
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. 
They are issued at irregular intervals. 

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of 
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni- 
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the 
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled 
to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less 
than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re- 
duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications 
issued prior to 1861, if they exceed the value of five pounds. 

The following is a complete list of the publications of the 
Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s 
Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the 
Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any 
bookseller. 

{August 1, 1887.] 


2 


TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
4to. 11 vols. and Six Parts. 


To Fellows. Tothe Public. 

cj S aad: £s. d. 

Vol. I., containing 59 Plates (1833-35) Price 313 6. 418 0* 
Vol. IL., - GAT s (183541) , 400. 5 16) 6* 
Vol. III., rf Gare, 1842-49) , 3 8 3. 411 0O* 
Vol. IV., ES 13°; 1851-62) , 62 0. 8 2° 6* 
Vol. V., a 67 as 1862-66) , 5 4 3.. 619 0 
Vol. VI., 53 Ol es (1866-69) ,, 11 5 0O....15 0 O 
Vol. VII, ,, ome (1869-79) 3. “Sol7"O-.. GO 
Vol. VIII, ,, 82>. hare er REE clone er 12 11 0 
Vol. IX., 3 99 ,, 1875=/7) 95 12°90! (0) 2 GOO 
Vol. X., ee 94., 5 (4877=79). “,5810) 0) 137. Saw 
ANGeX, WV O18 HN ons, ccircie sas seas, 0’ 0 jens ts, cielsieue erties 2 oe i Ope Wea Geds 010 O 
Vol. XI., part 1, containing 4 Plates(Jan.1880) ,, 012 0.. 016 0 
Vol. xs 552) 3 7 +, (Aug.1880) ,, O18 O. I 4300 
Vol. XI., ,, 3, . Sie (Mari 1881) Fe 1" OG 110 0 
Vol. XI., ,, 4; 2 3,590 (Apr. d88l)e Gi. 00 76; 010 O 
Wola Xd, 4555 5; a 13. 4, (June 1881) , O18 6. 14 0 
Vol. XI, ,, 6, 35 6 35. (Jan. 1882) *_ 25 0 12.0. 016 0 
Viol Te aes yi te hg Gt 1882) 2s Ob Ge | ean 
Vol. XI, ,, 8, es Ti Se(Want W8ays,. O12 AO 016 O 
VolaXttiatOron ged lO 14, Oradsesy-2e:!ir0012" “ONeyeer eo 
Vol. XI.,_ ,, 10, 5 12) 5; (Mayrl885) <4) 1 1 16. Divi 2e() 
Vol. XI., ,, 11, a 14. ,, @Nov.1885). .,, .111 6. 22s 0) 
Vol. XIL, ,, 1, ee 6 ., (Feb. 1886) , 09 O. 012 0 
Vol. XII., ,, 2, a jess, (Apr. 1886) 3, 0) 12) 0" 016 O 
Vol. XIL., ,, 3, +, Zawss (Anes 886)) 1; "O46 0 6 0 
Vol. XII, ,, 4, 5 2G (Oct-1886)5 5556 POzIS OL: 1Ta08 0 
Vol. XIL, ,, 5, # 5 , (Dec.1886) .,, 09 0. 012 0 
Vol. XII., ,, 6, a (ose (CADE COs) bo see Olen O) 016 0 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITYEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRE- 
SPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
8vo. 2 vols. 

To Fellows. To the Publie. 
Part I. 1830-31. 1 vol. 8vo. ............ Price 4s. 6d. .. 6s.t 
5) a 1832. eae EEE eae ee Pea tl bwk bi Sb 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.) 


Price to Price to the Price to Price to the 
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. 
Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo.4s. 6d... 6s. | Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 
of -Mle'$8345 Api an AanGelid x Ga. gif.) X.1848. yojrels daniels 
» Ill. 1835. Pp 4s. 6d. .. 6s. opel. 1843: 7s 4s. 6d. .. 6s 


a» [Ve 1836; ee Hirt to Ga » XIE. 1844. ... 68. 
5 V.tiss7 Oe atiesed™, S65. eeSt led, 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 
% . OVI. 1838. «/ 4,0 mtewGd; -. Ge. » XIV. 1846. ,, aa'Gae Ss, Ge: 
= VIE. 1839,  ¢eaeed:. . 6s. » XV. 1847. Ye» G8. 
» VIII.1840. ,, 48. 6d... 6s.t | Index 1830-1847. ,, 4s. Gd... 6s. 


* No perfect copies of these volumes remain in stock. t Out of print. 


3 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.) 


Letterpress Loe With Plates Coloured. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public. 


Sin de fiveh! d. 
Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol.8vo.4s.6d. .. 6s. ., Price 1] O 9 17% Gt 
» XVII. 1849. Pe is GA el OS: Wass ab bs 10) 29 Lies Gi 
» XVI. 1850. x 43. Goa qaxcts 1OSS nS «bys ++ de OREO 118 OF 
ma XIX. 1851. 53 4s.6d. .. 6s. PN on Lele OF 
= XX. 1852. a As. Gath cut Gh. .,,- «0-15.29 Le OF 
a XXI. 1853. ee AS CREE oie v IGS! Py. 5; O18 220 1 4 OF 
>» XXII. 1854. a As..Gd2) +. Gs? Wy. - 5,2 -°0).195 56 1 6 0 
> XXIII. 1855. a 45 GdSE aie» AOSD ARS yy eb (8856 LAs OF 
» XAIV. 1856. a AS \G0S) cox (08S Me. + G5. EOF 9 7s 6y 
ay eV, 18577. 3 4s.6d. .. 6s. ete Ole9 1°76 
» XVI. 1858. 5 43:0ds -.... 6s) Le Lh TieG D2 0 
»» XXVII. 1859. 3 ASwGGs «sn OSS Beoe ool elle 6 2 2 Ot 
» XXVIII. 1860. 4s. Gdn He USGS, biel), 1 LL v6 2250 


Peeais 160, “ae 6d... on be, 


ILLUSTRATIONS TO THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL 
SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1848-60. 8vo. 6 vols. 


Plates Uncoloured. Plates Coloured. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public. 
is Gas OU Busy oh £8. od: £s.d 
Mammalia ............ levol.ney lh 2 nGieol: 10ie0). ...Prices2! 47-03 Sy) eine 
PAVESI e taseas sccemsicices CVO Ae Bie POUL ONO) weeueess oad <6 6 6 OF 
Beni et Pisces <... 1 vol. 0.16 Dy oe: Lech) FOR min lasik 6 110 OF 
Mollusca............0+ Ivolins OC lds  9e er le OF ee a DG 110 OF 
Annulosa et Radiata 1 vol, lll 6..2 20 ., , 2 7 3 oy on OF 
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE 
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
Letterpress only. Plates only. Complete. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public. 
1861, cloth4s. 6d. .... 65. ...... B08. 90s a Al sity ie loys 33s. 9d. .... 45s. 
WSO se; ASSOGss. - «-. OSs, os eaaare DUS 9d...) AUS itee «ps0 33s.9d. .... 45s. 
RSboe', 45300"... 2 G55 te.’ SUSe Open.) Al Sele we ones 33s.9d. .... 45s. 
IS649) Ser 4siGdiy, 2... 655. 2.0. BOSS 9des. «ore SISter ay 338. 9d. .... 45s. 
NSG5 pene 4's Ore Te Osh a S05 Sa EEA ss ee oP Sosj 90. ee. . 40S. 
LSG6H 05, 6 AsiiGdiy ict (G8e neh SOs? Dds cee she ees 33s.9d. .... 45s. 
With Plates, uncoloured. With Plates, coloured. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public. 
sty a Hee Seco ace a koro 9s. Odie t Ml saere. hick Feats oh eee OY. 
USGBC he oc chs crapaeters cus os, 0 estas Ded rncte i  PoSce shel. cere SSS Ids san 40S; 
URGOLE Gis arecremba vubtapntepe o oxy SER AUG Fer Rn) Xan One eee ae 33s. 9d. .... 45s. 
BO Ta rtets aos ateuctes mia tes ater ecolat « 98: Ods wos LO Siame tases 33s. 9d. .... 45s. 
Index, 1861-1870 .......... AST Odspauhs 61d OSS 
S/R sre atte cee oe eens Des OW Miers ore SOE eee shes 33s. 9d. ....» 458 
LO {QAI s Sa a dete ee hte eree Dae Pe oe. VOSS heres se 33s. 9d. .... 45s.§ 
oy 6 iainas Atay Marat toe QSOs LDS: en vet 33s. 9d. .... 45s.§ 
18749. cee hte es ete Ose Vad nas Mea LOS Siieeuortse 36s. Od. .... 48s.§ 
USB aprorsteies cs etervern treme aac 9s. Od iV) EN AS 36s. Od. .... 48s.§ 
NEPNomanonaod pont. voceoas Dendy ike Ws Veneers. « 36s. Od. .... 485.§ 


* No perfect copies of these vclumes remain in stock. 

t Out of print. 

¢ Only uncoloured copies of these plates can now be supplied, at 10s. 6d. each volume. 
§ Out of print, but odd parts may be obtained. 


4. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE 
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). 


With Plates, uncoloured. With Plates, coloured. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public. 
VS G7 Wes Sockets eh ae OSnO dn ss wl OS es see 36s. Od. .... 48s 
1878 0 soc. n. tie cars ORT s 985 OMS piccd,.1 abe hae ittee 36s. Od. .... 48s. 
ISA are Lian 2 aie ona Came ae 98 OE os i cst lI DSA ewan once 36s. Od. .... 48s. 
SO ere ac cote antavrtne cee 95 Qa ee. cecal Ee A 8 are ce 36s. Od. .... 488. 
Index, 1871-1880 .......... 45. Gio cscs O82 
feo} Ee eee 5 tee ae | erate 9s. Odk 0... AQ8S Rae ss so, OOS 0GE Tae ed ose 
(SC! Shh Pann Aaee- Fc) Aa dane D8. Qk sie LAO SRD uss 36s. Od. .... 48s 
USS Geena Bee, c a! Segarra 95. \OGE contece V2S8 MR Ser ss 36s. Od. .... 48s 
OBA Rec cca Bee Mera deere rene Ds Oa rics, cell Deh ee es ea 36s., Od: 5.0 aes 
SR eye cere Mies Mies evs oct soc OS UGE free eA 2ES eee accis oe 365.005 Lice 4 es, 
OBO Pease eet a QR eo 5:5, LQ RRR aie «7 36s. Od. ..... 48s. 
/ 1887, part 1 (Jan. & Feb.) . SOME, oe an ODEN AE 30 eTy 9s. OGSE JPY As: 
TS872mss ) ca blart 66 Apr) «(28s GM a OSE cledelsey> 21 9s. 'OdE1. AE 12s. 


2 in Cloth 3s. extra.) 
t Out of print, but odd parts may be obtained. 


LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. 
Price 1s. 6d. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d. 
tevised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the 
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. 8yo. 1872. 
Price 2s. 
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the 
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement, 
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo. 
1875. Price 1s. 
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) 8vo. 
1877. Price 3s. 6d. 
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) 8vo. 
1879. Price 3s. 6d. 
List. of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con- 
taining Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d. 
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Eighth Edition.) 8vo. 


1883. Price 3s. 6d. 
Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London. 
(Fourth Edition.) 1887. In cloth. Price 4s. 


These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s Orrice (3 
Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row, 
E.C.), or through any bookseller. 


~TE: 


LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 


Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two 
kinds — “ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and 
‘«' Transactions,” in quarto. 

According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” 
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien- 
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings 
and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings ” by the 
Committee of Publication. From fifty to seventy coloured plates 
and engravings are attached to each annual volume of the 
“‘ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable 
species of animals described in them. Amongst such illustra- 
tions, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living 
state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. 

The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the 
first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part 
published in April completing the velume for the preceding 
year. The price is 12s. per part for the edition with coloured, 
and 3s. per part for that with uncoloured Plates. 

The “Transactions” contain such of the more important 
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society 
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate 
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. 
They are issued at irregular intervals. 

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of 
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni- 
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the 
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled 
to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less 
than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re- 
duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications 
issued prior to 1861, if they exceed the value of five pounds. 

The following is a complete list of the publications of the 
Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s 
Office (38 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the 
Society’s publishers (Paternoster liow, E.C.), or through any 
bookseller. 

| October 1, 1887. } 


2 


TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
4to. 11 vols. and Six Parts. 


To Fellows. To the Public. 

Ls; d. £3, id: 
Vol. I., containing 59 Plates (1833-35) Price 313 6. 418 O0* 
Vol. II., a Mls. (9835=41). “454 +4; (0706; 5 6" 6* 
Vol. III., eS GSLs; (1842-49)'- 1,532 83.2 4°11 0* 
Vol. IV., “i chee sp (1851-62) 4, 6 2°70. Sr 26" 
Vols Vi F G7; (1862-f6)"- 5, 5 Acre 619 0 
Vol. VI., - Oly 33 (1866-69) 5, Il 5 0). LOO 
VoleVillss 75; (ees (1869-72) eel Ole 1116 0 
Vol. VIII, ,, S20 s: Ci872=/4)" 5, 9 18 oe 120 
Vol. IX., a 99. bes (1875-77) 5, 22 0) On: 16,407)0 
Vol. X., a On ass CIS77—79)s Be 10 0 oe 13eg720 
NTdExee VOIS Mle AG etere ie ersiee crouse evans + tie ie eve te Pye ier lene ee 2 010 O 
Vol. XI., part 1, containing 4 Plates(Jan.1880) ,, O12 0.. 016 0 
Viol: Stes 2: . je ey (Ate S80) arses LOST SamO Re WP es 1) 
Vol. XT ot) 3) #, Sass Sarl 8S esl) Que LelOnc0 
Viol X55 55: As 35 Bale (Apr l Gel) ae ca ee Oma si. (Oi 010 O 
BVOlA NOs: se Ds 3 13 se (SUDELISSE) tee O18 be, 140 
Vol Oxf. GF . 6 Aree (Jane toce)) eee. COS Ors 016 O 
Vole 7s -. Ding e(Octalss2) sis; To wom LESOLeO 
Volks 5085 3 Aikaeerss tu(hanylGS->) emma Om Qc ie, 016 O 
Vols Xie} - LO} 3. MOC ISBS) = OZ OL: 016 0 
VoliXl> 5,10) - 12s a isy Ged) ieee Lio. 2 20 
Vox Sa? an Taye NO vy bGU) tear leh etone Pee) 1) 
Vol xy.) 5 5 6.2 (Febs 1886)! ora 70 Sor: 012 0 
Wolly. 2: os (ese (Aprlsso)ie © Onl2a0R 016 O 
Vol. XII., ,, 3, aie 2 5) aC AUG. 186), eon OL ANeGs.. 0 6 0 
Vol) XU 4: 5 12 meOctulasG) sass NOM Ole 1.00 
Mollet 5 10; 3 De os (Decs S86) 2s.4 O19 20. oe Ome 
Vol. X1T55 16: - (an ee CADE OO7)) mes, Olt oes Oias 016 0 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRE- 
SPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
Syo. 2 vols. 

To Fellows. To the Public. 
Part ele 1ss0=aieeel wolmSvosen.. acta on: Price 4s. 6d. .. 6s.7 
sy) le el Saws cele ea sie SOcte eee 8 4S 6din 2 Get 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.) 
Priceto Price to the Price to Price to the 
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. 
Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s. Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8yo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 
es eo Se ie hc aa oe eeX Sao, . 6d. .. 6s. 
5 Looe 4s. 6d. .. 6s. a eta. 55 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 
5 SV S36 Ff. 4s. 6d. .. 6s. pe 844 Fe 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 


3 V.slS37 ss As. 6d... 6s. 3 XILIT.. 1845: 3 4s. 6d. .. 6s 
5 OVID 1es8: a 4s. 6d. .. 6s. » XIV. 1846. oe 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 
5. VII. 1839! as 4s. 6d. .. 6s. XV. 1847. 35 4s. 6d... 6s. 


» VIII. 1840. i 4s. 6d. .. 6s.} Budex 1830-1847. 4 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 


* No perfect copies of these volumes remain in stock. t Out of print. 


3 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.) 


Letterpress only. With Plates Coloured. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public, 
2) 


Ss. £ &. 
Part XVI. 1848.1 vol. 8vo.4s.6d. .. 6s. .. Price l 0 
»  AVII. 1849. 3 ds'\Gdiee<..  OSn «te 
fy ee UT: 1850; Mato s 
ms MX. 185 ue 45: 60m. a... OS: 


d. 

9 iv 7; 

] 9 Lick 

1 6 118 
ee eas 1 1 OF 
Pearce Gao or ds, Git bes «0 16s 1 1 O+ 
eee tens as. Gd eS Gee 5 «Oe ke 1 4 OF 
Wem teat ok “de Gd) |.” ° Gs we 0196 6 } 160 
em SG by 4 Gds 22 Ge Sc IRFRE G 118 0+ 
BNO IG56...., 4a) Gd. 6s a a) 1 7 6+ 
eel RNs [057s 1, 4a, Gel. 6s ee ee 9 137816 
Br WES 1858) Ae Gd 6s hig SONG 22 0 
PMR El: 16592) 2. 5 OAs 6d ©. 8) 6s, f wadielilin.6 2 2 Ot 
Pax VINE 1860. ., 946 Gay: Ge. Boal L1G 220 

Index 1848-1860. at eeu Se Pee. 


ILLUSTRATIONS TO THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL 
SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1848-60. 8vo. 6 vols. 


Plates Uncoloured. Plates Coloured. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public, 
8s Qs 8, fi: £ s. d. Somes 
Mammalia ............ Levols clay 2! (6h, LTO Breese. wate 8) 8) (0, 
AN ESWssece cineca ssievscee SAV OSe 7 Be WP) Air. Oo OL eh a eet AeA JG 6 6 OF 
Reptilia et Pisces ... 1 vol, O35 9..1 #1 OF Dine 20 110 OF 
Mollusca............00 Ievol nO br Gee cl) alee ry. wll Eee 110 Of 
Annulosa et Radiata 1 vol 111 6..2 2 0 ea huey hunts: Gah (Oh; 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE 
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


Letterpress only. Plates only. Complete. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public 
1861, cloth4s. 6d. .... 6s. ...... SOS 9d. 5. Ast... 33s.9d. .... 45s. 
LS62 6 4sh6dss Yo. 6st eM. Usd 3.2 AMS fsa: 33s.9d. ..... 45s, 
ERGO aii 4 ssGdiw. 368 2h...,c19ere UE ee 6 Ss 33s.9d. .... 45s. 
NGG4 ness ASSOGS Fae (6524. oe DUS nos aR 33s.9d. .... 45s. 
USG5beF 5p 4SHOM. cabs: cass BOR OR ie 5:5 Ala Ean ace ae 33s.9d..... 45s. 
SG Gree AS DG a locs gt OSS. cutest ons CURSE Ronee Cia) mee 33s.9d. .... 458 
With Plates, uncoloured, With Plates, coloured. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public, 
LCE Glia Cl Renee Ren or Das A Des ee ese y 33s. 9d. .... 45s. 
WE GB be caxitelsucke’s Giese Coe DsnOd sik a eles: = oe 33s. 9d. .... 45s 
ESCO be Reese + Siete ROSS ioe DS Od gran, 12S) a, ee 33s. 9d. .... 45s 
LES) Uluctentad’s Satdleeigeeee cae Iss Ode ec. 12s), pee 33s. 9d. .... 45s 
Index, 1861-1870 .......... Ash Gd. eae) Gs: 
1 ALSOP Comte ach Tt ey rape eonsant oe ae OsnOd ss G1 Das ee pee 33s. 9d. .... 458 
LS72.. 2. creuenrie rebates Ds) Oda ma 3h LDS St en 33s. 9d. .... 45s.§ 
1 NOV 5 oo Se cane OG Soo AO SI Oy orc Ges i do aeey 33s. 9d. .... 45s.§ 
LSTA... «cats: ccapesopon eucenes auehacchare SETH Mere re TERS = ie 36s. Od. .... 48s.§ 
Ie yAPei nis oniodn op oe Geren 9s. Od Oa or 3 36s. Od. .... 48s.§ 
LSZ6. rae tee oa. SS (Ee nigee ol Oy women pee oa 36s. Od. .... 48s.§ 


* No perfect copies of these volumes remain in stock. 
t Out of print. 


{ Only uncoloured copies of these plates can now be supplied, at 10s, 


. 6d, each volume, 
§ Out of print, but odd parts may be obtained, 


4 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE 
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). 


With Plates, uncoloured. With Plates, coloured. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. Tothe Public. 
B77 Wives he ee SRO tins 98. Od: ssc Los eee ee SOs, Of. . ees 
SAS; hee Sr cction ce reete es 9s: OdF aan, LOS ere 36s. Od. .... 48s 
SAO ah Ahk. eae 6 95: dees as Dain os: 36s. Od. ...2 4838 
NSSO ea cek ice cots cm teteath acs 9s 0d si 45 Toe er. an. 36s. Od. .... 488.t 
Index, 1871-1880 .......... 45°60" ay 403: 
BR Fic teenie wth s 95: O89 cana nl osre Manin tks 36s:\0d. 2 4ps 
NSS eee he ee his atest tele 3 9s. 0d? none lose oe 36s..0d, }..2 48s 
SBS Bis ccedtelekes oe biste senate > Os Ode nes los eae 36s. Od. .... 48s. 
BSL ncmece eric was ee 93) 0d 2 eS eat o0s.0d: 2. edhe 
Tt ak Fes arr, Uae ee ge ee Osis: alse. waec cite 36s. Od. .... 48s. 
IS86) Fekete tase « Ost Onset ame retorts 36s. (0d. 'S...catas 
1887, part: 1 (Jan-& Feb.)... 2s. 3d. ..05 BS we... ee QsOde seat ass 
SE, meee uate Aprs)it.. 128. Oba os tet OSs. en ere sas 9siOde ree: 12s. 
1887, =, 3 (May'& June)... Qs.3dy 2.0. GS. oe ae oe 9s\0d. 3 cee eo 


(Bound in Cloth 3s. extra.) 
+ Out of print, but odd parts may be obtained. 


LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 


List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 

Society of London. 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d. 

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 

Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8yvo. 1863. 
Price 1s. 6d. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d. 
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the 

Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. 8yo. 1872. 

Price 2s. 
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the 
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement, 
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vyo. 
1875. Price ls. 
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) 8vo. 
1877. Price 3s. 6d. 

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens ~ 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) 8vo. 
1879. Price 3s. 6d. 
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con- 
taining Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880. Price Is. 6d. 
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Eighth Edition.) 8vo. 
1883. Price 3s. 6d. 


Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London. 
(Fourth Edition.) 1887. In cloth. Price 4s. 
These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s Orrice (3 
Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row, 
E.C.), or through any bookseller. 


THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD. 


oe object of the Zootogican Recorp is to give, in an annual 

Volume, reports on, abstracts of, and an index to, the various 
Zoological publications which have appeared during the preceding 
year; to acquaint Zoologists with the progress of every branch of 
their science in all parts of the globe; and to form a repertory 
which will retain its value for the Student in future years. 

The ‘ Zoological Record’ is published for the Society by Messrs. 
Gurney and Jackson at the price of 30s. per volume. But all 
Members of the Zoological Society of London have the privilege 
of receiving it, including the cost of delivery (within the United 
Kingdom), at a subscription price of 20s. per annum. This Sub- 
scription is due on the Ist of July in every year, but the privilege 
of Subscription is forfeited unless the amount be paid before the 
1st of December following. 

The Zoological Society, having purchased the entire stock of 
the ‘Zoological Record,’ are able to supply complete sets of the 
first twenty-two volumes at the price of £5 10s., that is, at 5s. 
per volume. Volumes of any single year (exclusive of the last two 
volumes) can likewise be supplied at 10s. per volume. 

Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the ‘ Record’ 
are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returned 
when filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitate 
the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Form is also 
furnished to those who prefer that mode of payment. This order, 
when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Society’s office for 
registration ; it will then be sent to the Agents named therein. 

Learned Societies and Institutions and members of the former 
Zoological Record Association are permitted to subscribe to the 
‘Record’ on the same conditions as are accorded to Members of 
the Zoological Society. 

P. L. SCLATER, 
Secretary. 
Jan. 1st, 1888. 
Zoo.oeicay Society or Lonpon, 
3 Hanover Square, W. 


LIS’ OF VOLUMES 


OF THE 


‘LOOLOGICAL RECORD’ 


The Record of Zoological Literature, 1864. Volume First. 
Edited by Atserr C. L. G. Ginrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z8., &e. 
London, 1865. Price 10s. 


The Record of Zoological Literature, 1865. Volume Second. 
Edited by Atgerr C. L. G. Gtwruer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.8., &e. 
London, 1866. Price 10s. 


The Record of Zoological Literature, 1866. Volume Third. 
Edited by Aubert C. L. G. Ginrnex, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., 
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1867. Price 10s. : 


The Record of Zoological Literature, 1867. Volume Fourth. 
Edited by Atpert C. L. G. Gunrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., 
F.Z.8., &e. London, 1868. Price 10s. 


The Record of Zoclogical Literature, 1868. Volume Fifth. 
Edited by Anserr C. L. G. Ginimer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., 
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1869. Price 10s. 


The Kecord of Zoological Literature, 1869. Volume Sixth. 
Edited by Atsert C. L. G. Gtnruer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., 
F.Z.8., &e. London, 1870. Price 10s. 


The Zoological Record for 1870; being Volume Seventh of the 
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Newron, M.A., 
F.R.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni- 
versity of Cambridge, F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., &. London, 1871. Price 10s. 


3 


The Zoological Record for 1871; being Volume Eighth of the 
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Nrewron, M.A., 
F.R.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni- 
versity of Cambridge, F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &e. London, 1873. Price 10s. 


The Zoological Record for 1872; being Volume Ninth of the 
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Newron, M.A., 
F.R.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni- 
versity of Cambridge, F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &e. London,1874. Price 10s. 


The Zoological Record for 1873; being Volume Tenth of the 
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpweLL 
Rye, F.Z.8., Librarian to the Royal Geographical Society. London, 
1875. Price 10s. has 

The Zoological Record for 1874; being Volume Eleventh of 
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Canpwer. 
Ryg, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal 
Geographical Society. London, 1876. Price 10s. 


The Zoological Record for 1875; being Volume Twelfth of the 
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwett Ryz, 
F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal Geo- 
graphical Society. London, 1877. Price 10s. ; 


The Zoological Record for 1876; being Volume Thirteenth of 
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwe.t 
Ryz, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal 
Geographical Society. London, 1878. Price 10s. 


The Zoological Record for 1877; being Volume Fourteenth of 
the Record of Zoological Literature. Hdited by Epwarp Canpwei. 
Rysg, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal 
Geographical Society. London, 1879. Price 10s. 


The Zoological Record for 1878; being Volume Fifteenth of 
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpweLi 
Ryg, F.Z.S., M-E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal 
Geographical Society. London, 1880. Price 10s. 


The Zoological Record for 1879; being Volume Sixteenth of 
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpweLt 
Rye, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal 
Geographical Society. London, 1881. Price 10s. 


£ 


The Zoological Record for 1880; being Volume Seventeenth of 
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpWELL 
Rye, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal 
Geographical Society. London, 1881. Price 10s. 


The Zoological Record for 1881; being Volume Eighteenth of 
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpWELi 
Ryz, F Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal 
Geographical Society. London, 1882. Price 10s. 


The Zoological Record for 1882; being Volume Nineteenth of 
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpweLn 
Ryg, F.Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal 
Geographical Society. London, 1883. Price 10s. 


The Zoological Record for 1883; being Volume Twentieth of 
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpweELt 
Ryzg, F.Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal 
Geographical Society. London, 1884. Price 10s. 


The Zoological Record for 1884; being Volume the Twenty- 
first of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by F. Jurrrey 
Bett, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy and 
Zoology in King’s College, London. London, 1885. Price 10s. 


The Zoological Record for 1885; being Volume the ‘l'wenty- 
second of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by F. Jerrrey 
Bett, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy and 
Zoology in King’s College, London. London, 1886. Price 30s. 


The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty- 
third of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx 
E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London. London, 1887. Price 30s. 


These publications may be obtained at the Socrety’s Orrice 
(3 Hanover Square, W.), of Messrs. Gurnry and Jackson (Pater- 
noster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller. 


LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two 
kinds — “ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and 
*« Transactions,” in quarto. 

According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” 
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien- 
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings 
and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings ” by the 
Committee of Publication. From fifty to seventy coloured plates 
and engravings are attached to each annual volume of the 
“Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable 
species of animals described in them. Amongst such illustra- 
tions, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living 
state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. 

The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the 
first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part 
published in April completing the volume for the preceding 
year. The price is i2s. per part for the edition with coloured, 
and 3s. per part for that with uncoloured Plates. 

The “Transactions” contain such of the more important 
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society 
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate 
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. 
They are issued at irregular intervals. 

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of 
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni- 
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the 
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled 
to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less 
than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re- 
duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications 
issued prior to 1861, if they exceed the value of five pounds. 

The following is a complete list of the publications of the 
Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s 
Office (3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the 
Society’s publishers (Paternoster liow, E.C.), or through any 
bookseller. 

| April, 1888. } 


2 


TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
4to. 11 vols. and Seven Parts. 


To Fellows. Tothe Public. 

£ s. d. £s. d. 

Vol. I., containing 59 Plates (1833-35) Price 313 6.. 418 0* 
Vol. IL, es de ess (183541) , 4 O}-.% BN iz 
Vol. III., ¥ 63 = 1861-699 3p DL EDS ibys 41" .0* 
Vol. IV. ai {Se hss 1851-62) oes 6 2) OR 872) 6" 
Vol’ Vi i 67 as (1862-66) , 5 43. 619 0 
Vol. VI., 3 lear (1866-69)- 935 11 5-0": 15.00 
Volo Val ss (el (ISG 72) 1 aes BATONS: 1116 0 
Vol: VIIT... 5 BP «53 (1872-7 dais; A OBES S 1247 0 
Vol. IX., aS Das (18 /5—i7)) yasst On Ue 1607 0 
Vol. X., * 4s KI8ii=79), 455. 10, 0 Screen 
Mn Gexe nV OS Mlb Na sere ct wleieie aye oleate ie roctete 2 OCS Om. 010 O 
Vol, XI. puns eS Plates(Jan.1880) , 012 0.. 016 0 
VolMXE uasries op BECAME LOS) ees tO ican Oe tO 
Vol Xb 4s;03: = 8 Sw (Mar S81) Pee soll 2 bre 110 O 
Vol. ‘1. Sis a 32 CAPT nLeGL) pees em Ol 27) One 010 0 
Vols Wl. Sy 0; ae 13s utoune 88h) e7 2018) for. Li aes) 
Vole, o> aS OE) an aeseyy oto 120% 016 0 
Viol ees 57s “5 Div Bs (Oct 1882). arOMLSs FOr. LOO 
Vol. 2X; 3.5.58; 3 Mvenssaa(dan; 1885)s0ess5 O01 2aN0": 016 0 
IVO ONG, Ass acs es NOD ee GOctssl So) mess ena ome Olena 016 0 
Volo Xs * 5500! Bs Wee eo (vlaveaLeGo) sec.) eel Mie Gr 2a 2a) 
Vol 2x Se pe (ae INGy lee) s.  I Gs. 2) eo 
Vol. X11-5;,,% 15 xe 6 “ee (Hebs 1886) 955 70°99 O°? 012 0 
Vol eX... 55 2; 33 (ee sea (ApEslsS6) aes 8 OMI2 0M 016 0 
Vol. XII; ., 3, s Diese (CAUTLCSG). west On p4ncG ue O76 0 
Vol. Xii., A: 9 12 ae aa (Oct: 1886).- a0) lo pkOe-- evil 
Vol. XII., ,, 5, * O50 (Dec LS86)5255. 0 SL O05. a Op lamee 
Vol. XID, 5; “6; a hy ap (yy elbstey)) we ope USI We - 016 0 
Vol. Xie 975 = Be el CADE ASSS) iy LOmoeLOY. 012 0 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRE. 
SPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
8vo. 2 vols. 


To Fellows. To the Public. 
Partel:  A830=31 il wollSvons ot. eoeioeeles Price 4s. 6d. .. 65.7 


i | fats Foes aah ae eat ie 5. 48, Od, 2. ee, 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.) 


Priceto Price to the Price to Price to the 
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. 
Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d... 6s. Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 
— II. 1834. if 4s. 6d... 6s. 25 X. 1842. as 4s. 6d... 6s. 
UNL, 91885, ere ods Gah? Gs: i ORT 843.05)" (Caen 


» IV. 1836 3 4s. 6d. .. 6s. » XIE. 1844. & 4s. 6d... 6s. 
s V. 1837. 35 4s. 6d... 6s. 53. ST. 1845. 3 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 
» VI. 1838. BA 4s. 6d. .. 6s. » XIV. 1846. ES 4s, 6d... 6s. 
4 WAL 1839! an 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 55, A, 147 > 4s. 6d... 6s. 
5, VIII. 1840. % 4s. 6d. .. 6s.~ | Index 1830-1847. 9 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 


* No perfect copies of these volumes remain in stock. t Out of print. 


SOO 
3 5 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


8vo. 13 vols. and Index. 


Letterpress only. 


(Second Series.) 


With Plates Coloured. 


To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public, 
ow Se. ds PAS UE 
Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo.4s. 6d. 6s Price 1 O 9 IF Cony 
»  XVIT. 1849. 5 ds. 6d. 6s. a OES ple 7 ay 
me eyilt.2850., .., . 43: 6d; 6s. 1) aes 118 OF 
35 XIX. 1851. ss 4s. 6d. 6s. = Oa aS Lele eG 
a XX. 1852: 3 4s. 6d. 6s. J Waly“) Ue Gs 
3 XXI. 18538. 3 ds. 6d. 6s. a OsSaO lL 4 OF 
ae Se 18543 +5 4s. 6d. 6s. On ona tes 
oe UIT 1855. * 4s. 6d. 6s. aera Jl toh es: ik VS ha 
Pe SEV. 156. +5, 49. 6d: 6s. a ite) Se Wt: 
ee MVC IS57. cy... 48s Gai: 6s. sear ria 1.706 
- DOSAGE SB ia 4s. 6d. 6s. Seep Seale G 2 2 ed 
» XXVIII. 1859. 3 4s. 6d. 6s. oe e906 2 2) (Orr 
» XXVIII. 1860. FF 4s. 6d. 6s. ee ah ean 2 2 0 
Index 1848-1860. A 4s. 6d. 6s. 


ILLUSTRATIONS 


1848-60. 


Plates Uncoloured. 


TO THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL 
SOCIETY OF LONDON, 


Svo. 6 vols. 
Plates Coloured. 


To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Publie. 
LS 8.4 dy yess ae £ 8, ds Sse Gs 
Mammalia ............ vol) l=2) 6 eell0-O9 ePrice 2) 7. 3 oy ey by 
PSUR wicioeeccacaccnssisss Orvols, -2 of, oO aso O ose aa GR i) War 
Henimiset Pisces ... 1 vol, 015 9.. 1 1 OF ae a 2eO 1 10" Oy 
Mollusea..............- ievoly O=15 “9 lz wl lie 2enG PaOe Gy 
Annulosa et Radiata 1 vol, 111 6..2 2 0 Sing SA hig Siete (ip 
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE 
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
Letterpress only. Plates only. Complete. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public 
1861, cloth4s.6d..... 6s. ...... SUSn oder esa Salers yn BOS: 90, 5 4s. ADS: 
IS62eee -AsiGd.. WN OSs stats BUS Mb gat ASE cea SIS390= 2 42. ADS: 
Gosh ss WAS. OO, cic OS. ya aie SUSUR: core MER Drange ae 33s.9d. .... 45s. 
1864, ,, 4s. 6d. miGSiuele Saar SOSH ao AUS ieee. BOSiI0.. > ADS. 
eG Semmiase 45%. Ole reac 3) OSs ore. «ots SUES Good CUE worcarn ast dere +. 40s 
ean, -AsiGas 375; Gas en's BOs Sd exec aee 2. 33s. 9d . 45s. 
With Plates, uncoloured. With Plates, coloured. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public. 
NS Os immche edo lajelstevs(cie.e) svavsisl cine De Oaiae ope serra yetels 33S. 9d.) 2.2. 458. 
RSTO ASRERs Hines Ceteereariiene rte 9s Odean USA eS Las 33s. 9d. .... 45s. 
PROG tec ale nctccretorsisissslave mecoreue Os O Gaia. DS es ae vie ise 33s. 9d. .... 45s. 
LS Oe ee ctr AR See te eee ts Sen Odean Us. cee 308, 9d. ..+,. 458. 
Index, 1861-1870 .......... ASS Gdns se 0S: 
US 7c avscunidoms Degen. oe QsHOGN Hy Messe ee es DIS IO.. wjo.xia AOS 
DST lecvonss backa store oe oc haale 93) Ode rv L2Sh re watcrer sls 33s. 9d. .... 458.§ 
TiS aes: alot ape to oper Marehsfista tease ots Ds Od ene calOS, oils cas 338, 9d.:... 458.8 
eye be Sea oenon.0 co dao.c aoidec WOU pobo Ie Weseoourc 36s. Od. .... 48s.§ 
lieViswane ane on oobnotedoe Ds Oden rteicn OSes a eis'6,6 6 36s. 0d. .... 48s.§ 
eviiPnpod acim oot cOC conor 9s. Od. « Deira rc tuaes 36s. Od. .... 48s.§ 


* No perfect copies of these volumes remain in stock. 
+ Out of print. 
{ Only uncoloured copies of these plates can now be supplied, at 10s. 6d. each volume. 
s Out of print, but odd parts my be obtained. 


4 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE 
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). 


With Plates, uncoloured. With Plates, coloured. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public. 

Wowie UR Get arate Site tos. Mee Ne 95: 0die ee 1s eee aos. Od. i. eine: 
BETS icicle se ote wera. ea OMe” Dee OGY ee ee eeeee 36s. Od. .... 48s. 
OEMs ens ee cee ae eaic ee QswOGe Ace U2e e ee 36s, Od). 22% 488 
SSO} Gecrate cig Rist tos teat ct eS UE ae CLS ae ns 36s. Od. .... 48s.F 
Index, 1871-1880 .......... 4s. Gdn ee AOS 
MGS) Pench state Was rete ace i SOOM a sat aS SR Re, a 36s. Od. .... 48s. 
SOM Parabens Ptetevticke At crevance ts Ds QGe ae les: 36s. Od. .... 48s 
USSBrecrsrc ate tee eta ae Qs: Od. Ae OSeree aee e 36s. Od. .... 48s 
NSSAIE orate Meacbae dea 95: 0dS or bs, LOS wees ae 36s. Nd. .... 48s 
USS5e Rete conete site ohre negate ese Oe OSE Ae oes 36s. Od. .... 48s.t 
ISSO, Fike tee see bras chee MOS Oats DOSY tiers s oh 36s. Od. .... 48s. 
SRT ogee Deh ede e opel DSN ee « AS hee ces x 36s. Od. .... 48s 


(Bound in Cloth 8s. extra.) 
+ Out of print, but odd parts may be obtained. 


LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 


List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. 8yvo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. 
Price 1s. 6d. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d. 
tevised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the 
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. 8vo. 1872. 
Price 2s. 
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the 
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement, 
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo. 
1875. Price 1s. 
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) 8vo. 
1877. Price 3s. 6d. 
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) 8vo. 
1879. Price 3s. 6d. 
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con- 
taining Additions received in 1879. 8yvo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d. 
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) 8vo. 
1883. Price 3s. 6d. 


Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London. 
(Fourth Edition.) 1887. In cloth. Price 4s. 


These publications may be obtained at the Socrnry’s Orrice (3 
Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs, Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row, 
E.C.), or through any bookseller. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS 
: OF THE A 
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
= <4 OF LONDON 9 
. FOR THE YEAR 
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN 
' JANUARY ann FEBRUARY. . 
JUNE 1st, 1887. : 
: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, 
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. 


LONDON : 
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,, 
PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


[Price Twelve Shillings. | a 


LIST OF CONTENTS. 


PART I.—1887. 


January 18, 1887. 


The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in December 1886 ... 
Mr. F. W. Styan, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a series of eggs of Chinese birds ......++..ee.00+ 
Mr. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of the Mediter- 


ranean Black-headed Gull (Larus melanocephalus), shot near Great Yarmouth ...... 2 
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of a rare Parrot, Chrysotisbodini 2 
Mr. Tegetmeier. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some heads of the Sumatran Rhinoceros, 
from Sarawak, Borneo....- Godlalsha\nvelellars coins s} Selelaleteys’s ain’ eimlelslclale sle(ervialeyeielatstatenmenetets 3 
Prof. Bell. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a bifid specimen of Nereis pelagica......+... 3 
Messrs. H. B. Brady, F.R.S., W. K. Parker, F.R.S., and T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S. Notice of 
Memoir on the Foraminifera procured on the Abrohlos Bank ...+..s.seeeeeeeees Fp ey 
1. On the Skeleton and Affinities of the Paired Fins of Ceratodus, with Observations upon 
those of the Elasmobranchii. By G. B. Howss, F.Z.S., F.L. S. , Assist.kProf. of Zoology, 
Normal School of Science and R. School of Mines, 8. Kensington. (Plates I.-IIL.).. 3 
2. Notes on Carcharodon rondeletiit, By T. Jurveny Parker, B.Sc., C.M.Z.S., Professor of 
Biology in the University of Otago, New Zealand. (Plates IV. SAAS DE) aici cain oc 27 
3. On the Habits of the Tree Trapdoor Spider of Graham’s Town. By the Rev. Nunpickx 
PAH HATTAMEn ola\bs lotelstoreiora craists tars is) esate, syeletate eleva stalene! clareia\nlaseislfe\e) ela ie\e/stehefeltatai=(-ecatecinenate 40 
4. Notes on the Visceral Anatomy of certain Auks. By R. W. Suurnupt, C.M.Z.S. &e. ..... 43 
5. Characters of new Species of Birds of the Family Tyrannide. By P. L. Scuarnr, M.A., 
Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. (Plate IX.)........ceeessevceryecceeeee 47 
February 1, 1887. 
Mr. F. Day, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a specimen of a hybrid Pilchard, and of a specimen of a 
Salmo purpuratus raised in this country ....++++++..+. 0s o/s» s/vievoje\ #ina.ojele elaNetats pte OO: 
Mr, A. Thomson. Report on the Insect-House, for 1886 ..........+6 a avatet ee ARP ER ai mest 50 
1. On the Saeed of Hydromys chrysogaster. By Burrram O. A. Winpiz, M.A., M.D. 
(Dubl.), Professor of Anatomy in the Queen’s College, Birmingham, (Communicated 
by Dir: MiavARn) hits never oe easemimete nese Serer eeiee winuaisyein ‘ole n\n inleracelals oroxeie oR «sie! 1S 
2. Descriptions of the Phytophagous Coleoptera of Ceylon, obtained by Mr. recrre Lewis 
during the years 1881-82. By Martin Jacosy, F.H.8. (Plates X.& XI.) .. 65 
3. Notes on Brachyurus caluus. By Franx E. Brpparp, M.A., F.R.S.E., Prosector to ‘ake 
Society. “(Plato RRalie)) sierra tvet a natctees tars a\s ees masiniels)foieieanls ore slate ane ieee ioe eee eal) 
4, List of Mammals from the Cameroons Mountain, collected by Mr. H. H. Johnston. By ; 
OLDFIELD DROMAS ieee oj oie io:ahaisle ech eeie ecistess| ole eloielols:alRly male srs crtises otic eee 121 
5, On a Collection of Birds made by Mr. H. H. Johnston in the Cameroons Mountain. By 
Oaptain G. EH, Sammy, WZ.8. (Plates XU & XIV.)...........0cc0e cece es cua 122 
6. List of the Reptiles collected by Mr. H. H. Johnston on the Cameroons ule es! 
GG: A BOULUNGHR toot matetts < Ja cov ots «' ose gta eeytelatatoleis cisic ois mote tists sia iemete Boos llr 


7. On the Mollusca collected at the Cameroons Mountain by Mr. H. H. J HEE By Enoki 
Jy) S)\euu: teen gaerariueciocc” Or . 


Page 


2 


, Contents continued on page 3 of wrapper, — 


1£87.] MOLLUSCA OF THE VITI ISLANDS. 189 


2. VERTIGO TANTILLA. 


Pupa (Vertigo) tantilla, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1847, 
p- 197; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. iii. p. 557; (Vertigo) Mousson, Journ. 
de Conch. 1870, p. 127; (Vertigo) Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. iv. 
p- 69; (Pupinella) Paetel, Cat. Conch. 1873, p. 108. 

Vertigo tantilla, Gould, Expl. Exp., Shells, p. 92, fig. 103; 
(diac) H. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll. ii, p. 172; Pease, Proe. Zool. 
Soc. 1871, pp. 460, 463, 474; Garrett, Journ. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
1881, p. 400, 1885, p. 84. 

Pupa pleurophora, Shuttleworth, Bern. Mittheil. 1852, p. 296 ; 
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. iii. p. 560. 

Vertigo pleurophora, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 474. 

Pupa dunkeri, “ Zelebor,”’ Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vi. p. 333, 

Vertigo dunkeri, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 474. 

Vertigo armata, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, pp. 461, 474. 

Pupa armata, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. viii. p. 407. 

Vertigo dentifera, Pease, Proce. Zool. Soc. 1871, pp. 462, 474. 

Pupa dentifera, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. viii. p. 408. 

Ranges from the Society to the Viti Islands. This and the 
preceding species are found beneath rotten wood, under stones, and 
amongst decaying leaves. 

In shape it varies from an abbreviate-ovate to oblong-oval, and 
also in a greater or less degree in the relative proportion of the 
whorls. Colour pale corneous under a brownish, more or less 
distinctly shagreened epidermis, which in perfect examples is fur- 
nished with oblique membranous riblets. The last whorl, behind 
the peristome, is frequently bisulcate. 


ConTENTS (continued). 


Page 
On some Coleopterous Insects collected by Mr. H. H. Johnston on the Cameroons 
Mountain. By CHARLES’@, WATERHOUSE: «1. . 1 ceced ot cect es viene cc edieccessaes 128 


On a supposed Hybrid between the Pilchard (Clupea pilchardus) and the Herring 
_ (C. harengus), and on a specimen of Salmo purpuratus. By F. Day, C.I.E, (Plate XV.) 129 


. Notes on the Peripatus of British Guiana. By W. L. Scuarer, B.A., F.Z.S8........... 130 


February 15, 1887. 
he Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in January 1887 ...... 138 


Report on a Collection of Echinodermata from the Andaman Islands. By F. Jnrrrey 
Butt, M.A., Sec.R.M.S., Professor of ee ey and Beeey | in King’s 


College, London. (Plate SR VEL) Ea at weseis Betereleinaln so 0\s0,0 9\9-8/ 00 139 
On a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians made * Mr. H. Pryer in the Loo Choo 
> Islands. By G. A, Boutnnerr, F.Z.8. (Plates XVII. & XVIII.) ................ 146 
On the small Mammalia aes in Aa ath Wee Mr. W. L. Sclater. By Oxprieup 
_ Tuomas. (Plate XIX.) ............ A rigio ACcS Oo MRICS OL CO 150 
On anew Geckoid Lizard from British Guiana. Se G. A. Bovnunerr, F.Z.8. ........ 153 


On the Structure of a new Genus of Lumbricidee (Thamnodrilus gulielmi). By Frank 8. 
Brpparp, M.A., F.R.S.E., Prosector to a eee bess ag on peer ati ptt 


EROS Ube ais ain) oie lees a a\tigis chale SOC OG On aveepievela ce LO: 
Note on a new Parasitic Dipterous Insect of the Family Hippoboscidee By Ofcatan oO. 
WarTERHOUSE.....-+ afarale)atnta'si efetainiers Welasie oes w/e she's miatsisfeiselaivicie's/ scielé's\e\siuisie’s wane 163 


On the Terrestrial Mollusks of the Viti Islands.—Part I. By Anprew Garrert, of Hua- 
hine, Society Islands. (Communicated by Mr. Jonn H. Ponsonsy, F.Z.8.) ....++.. 164 


LIST OF PLATES. 


1887, 
PA RP. 
Plate Page 
I, Fins of Ceratodus and Protopterus ...........++++eeees | 
Ii, Pelvic fins of Ceratodus 2.2.2... +++ i ee Ree hare 
III. Fins of Elasmobranchs and Polypterus...........+000+0: J. 
IV. Figs. 1 and 3. Carcharodon ae Figs. 2 and 4. Tam- \ 
MB -COVNUDICR = ea stort s r'c-s cos ese s'cin's'cs sls Soe Re eee 
V. Figs, 5-10. Carcharodon rondeletii. “Wig. 11. Lamna cor- 
mubica his 3/20 .cpiswea siiews capt Sar a ee elas stare 
VAs Oarcharodon rondeletiinet:c acicsaciss +s «ess otter es 
Vil.- Oaroharodon' rondoletiic: =... . seen ts owes vee caeemenne 
VIII. Carcharodon rondeletii (foetus) . - 
TX. Fig. 1. Huscarthmus apicalis. Fig. 2. Pai iocat ‘onstaleti 47 
oe } Phytophagous Coleoptera of Ceylon ...+......++..0005 vaes® 65 
XII. Brachyurus calvus ..........2.sc0e00- wiora sie TREN A ate 
SELLE > aniamiipatroflavus els z's\<ec!s s\s.-.<8 po aetoekees Bere 
XIV. Fig. 1. Zosterops melanocephala. Fig. 2. Ploceus melano- + 
PEASEOD! ie. oie 3.2 6a wien alee soso! ain a.eceso nia’ shee iiateasbe pe’ ipht aan “4 
XY. Hybrid between Pilchard and Herring ........... 
XVI. Echinoderms of the Andaman Islands. .............:.005 aia 
XVII. Fig. 1. Japalura polygonata, Fig. 2. Tachydromus sumarag- | 
HYDUIB ss Soo; a cn), gialals (Slorinl sale 8 si aalntottiins a; s-aeimra eee ata naa 
XVIII. Fig. 1. Tachydromus smaragdinus. Fig. 2. Lygosoma pel- afc 
lopleurum. Fig. 3. Tropidonotus pryeri ........... oye 
XIX. 


Hesperomys (Rhipidomys) sclateri......-. eae pte pg Bites) 


- 


NOTICE. 


According to present arrangements the ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts, 
as follows :— : 


Part I. one a read in January and February, on June Ist. 


” ” » March and April; on August Ist. 
IIL. ap a », May and June, on October Ist. : 
IV. * ie » November and December, on April 1st. 


The price is 12s. per part for the edition with coloured, and 3s. per part for 
that with uncoloured Plates. 


| 
| 
| 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS 


OF THE | | 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY | 
OF LONDON, 


FOR THE YEAR | 


| 
1887. - 
| 
| 


PART II. 


CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN 


SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. 


LONDON : 
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO, 
PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, 
| 


[Price Twelve Shillings. | me 


LIST OF CONTENTS. 


PART II.—1887. 


March 1, 1887. 


Prof. Jeffrey Bell. Extracts from a communication sent to him by Mr. Edgar Thurston, 


Page 


containing Observations on two species of Batrachians of the genus Cacopus...-.... 189 


Mr. O. Salvin. Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. F. D, Godman, and remarks upon, a pair of 
Ornithoptera victorie@ ........ SIR OAON 


1. The Experimental Proof of the Protective Value of Colour and Markings in Insects in 
reference to their Vertebrate Enemies. By E. B. Povtron, M.A., ¥.Z.S., F.LS., of 
Jesus and Keble Colleges, Oxford, Lecturer on Zoology and Comparative Anatomy, 


St. Mary's Hospital, Paddington ............. Taloletaciaidie\a/aie\elataie(eiafersiat atte 191 


2. An Account of the Fishes collected by Mr. C. Buckley in Eastern Ecuador. By G. A. 


Bouuencer, F.Z.S. (Plates XX.—XXIV.) ...-2-..0e-.sceeee elete a /are SRE “atone 4 
3. Note on a Vestigial Structure in the Adult Ostrich representing the Distal Paice of 
Digit nt. By Ricnarp S. Wray, B.Sc. (Communicated by Professor Frowmr.) .... 283 
4. On the Terrestrial Mollusks of the Viti Islands.—Part II. By Anprew Garrett, of 
Huahine, Society Islands. (Communicated by Mr. Joun H. Ponsonsy, F.Z.S.) .... 284 
5. Notes on a small Collection of Shells from the Loo Choo Islands. By Encar A. Suita... 316 
March 15, 1887. 
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in February 1887 .... 319 
Mr. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Harlequin Duck (Cosmo- 
netta histrionica) shot near the Farne Islands..........--- ai cfaiaiein a sialelatalellel she eie 319 
1. On the Bats collected by Mr. C. M. Woodford in the Solomon Islands. By Oxprienp _ 
Tuomas. (Plates XXV. & XXVI.) .......... wie baietdic alsintetaly olelcvelsie soe rete eo eam 3! 
2. A List os the Birds collected by Mr. Charles Morris Woodford in the Solomon Archipelago. 
By W. ih. Oaiivie-Grann: i(Plate XX VIE) o50.ci. csc oreo 0\es[els calls aieieisic.e «ones 
3. Second Contribution to the Herpetology of the Solomon Islands. By G. A. Bounencer, 
EHNSZ7:Rasvan (Erdsatia PReNOVIDIT) 5 ct cue yacetelaseys late folaetoliasstate\m aytaelefele islets motte ls at sfohee\s ae eras 333 
+. On the Milk-dentition of the Koala. By Ouprietp Tuomas ....... . 338 
5. On a new Gecko, of the Genus a bcc from the Kalahari Desert By G. A. 
BovubEncer; F.Z.8. ...c00.s-.0c00.s Fepateiasete els jarcls . seletete 
April 5, 1887. 
‘The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in March 1887........ 340 
The Secretary. Extracts from a Letter addressed to him by the Rey. Geo. H. R. Fisk, 
C.M.Z.S., respecting the killing and eating, by a Mouse, of a young venomous Snake.. 340 
Mr. J. H. Leech, F.Z.8. Been of specimens of some new Butterflies from Japan and 
COLON. F's a\ae oie feaim wiptaleie ola leh etoile nie see os StetaisiecslaiciaTe\e sie ele slo's tis a felcrcteinte wale Geren 
Prof, J. H. Scott and Prof. T. J. Parker. Notice of a memoir on a Whale of the Genus 
Ziphius, recently obtained near Dunedin, New Zealand ........ ies © nla a0) waren atoteraeae 
1. On the Cnsnee ae of Scorpena scrofa off the South Coast of England. By Francis 
Davy, OTN: ROARS eter tateeiaia'e'e!s a ele # slaipitle asa < ols Uwe siare'w aiete elaine akacene aan ° 
2. On some Points in the Morphology of the Wings of Birds. By Ricnarp S. Wray, 
B.Se. Lond. (Communicated by Professor Fiowsr, P.Z.S.) ee, XXIX.- 
EXORRILIS) | 3 "s.0' ein \eiatwinioieteaete ainisle os » (o'Giciw}etsss. oye o Meiseerate ajalai sais F\ahnlwfselos= eteiala alate olteraes 343 
. On the Classification of the Coleoptera of the Subfamily Lepguggamn: By the Rey. H. 
S; Gorwam, F.Z.S. &c. .....00e cess Sleicieecein'n ce @ aiplotins vile stoma tas eee ae 358 


Contents continued on page 3 of wrapper. — 


1887.] MR. R. TRIMEN ON LANIARIUS ATROUROCEUS. 397 


of damaging the ZL. atrocroceus. At length (several interlacing 
branches partly screening the birds) he ventured a shot, and had 
the satisfaction of securing the prize in excellent condition. The 
L. atrococcineus still kept in close proximity, apparently looking out 
for his oppenent. Mr. Eriksson shot this specimen also, in order 
to make sure of its being a male. 
“This discovery of a second example of L. atrocroceus in a locality 
so little removed from that of the first is of much interest ; and in 
| the complete absence of any record of so conspicuous and striking a 
bird from any other part ef Africa, tends strongly to lecalize the 
2 race or variety within very narrow limits. {The sex of Dr. Brad- 
: -shaw’s specimen was not ascertained. ] 
«The case of this Laniarius seems much to resemble those of the 
singular form of Cheetah (Felis lanea of Sclater), of which only five 
specimens are Known, all from the very limited area of Nel’s Point, 
in the Beaufort District of the Cape Coleny, and the equally aberrant 
Leopard (F. pardus, L., var. melas; see Trimen, P. Z.S. 1883, 
p. 535, and Giinther, P. Z. S. 1885, pl. xvi. p. 243), of which only 
three examples are known, from the neighbourhood of the Keonap 
River, in the Fort-Beaufort District on the eastern side of the Cape 
Colony. It is very noticeable that, in all three cases, the abnormal 
form does not replace the normal one to which it is so nearly re- 
lated, but occurs in the midst of the latter, quite isolated, yet ap- 
pearing to maintain and perpetuate (albeit in-but very few individuals) 
its peculiarities of colouring or of pattern.” 


ConTEnNTs (continued). 


April 19, 1887. 


Page 
The Secretary. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a set of eleven photographs, representing 
objects of Natural History collected by Prejevalski in Central Asia .............. 362 


‘Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell. Exhibition of, and notes upon, some Mollusca taken at Isleworth, 
ATG TENG RAGS s Geir pISetc diam’ “Panna Born conesni cr icricn me 


The Secretary. Extract from a letter addressed to him by Mr. Albert A. OC. Le Souef, 
3 C.M.Z.S., containing remarks upon some living Duckbills ( Ornithorhynchus paradoxus) 
in confinement at Melbourne ............-. aie lic teateisia afaeia fave oisidta bar ctensis\Giuic favs «- 365 


1. On some Specimens of Disease from Mammals in the Society's Gardens. By J. Buaxp 
Sutton, F.R.C.8., Erasmus Wilson Lecturer on Pathology, Royal College of Surgeons 
Gar Linu itr Is BA raion Sins Goce A Sono EL DOR pe Cer miatainterinctatace Sok an: 364 


2. On the Arm-glands of the Lemurs. By J. Buanp Surron, F.R.C.S8. .................. 369 
3. Contributions to the Anatomy of Earthworms.—Nos, I., II., III. By Franx E. Bepparp, 

M.A., F.R.S.E., Prosector to the Society, and Lecturer on Biology at Guy’s Hospital. 
Mises OC RN LIV A) cin ae ep Mie as mots eat teanele sot an sivetisteitebccchlce cts k cc 


4, Remarks upon the Moulting of the Great Bird of Paradise. By A. D. Barruerr, Super- 
intendent of the Society’s Gardens ...... gieleretercesre 42.5 (atais/sadiatatahe winisinva so ssiaie Gov 392 


. Description of a little-known Australian Fish of the Genus Girella, By J. Doveuas- 
Oarsy, Ichthyol. Dept. Australian Museum. (Communicated by F. Day, Esq., F.Z.8.) 393 


. On an undescribed Fish of the Genus Prionurus from Australia. By J. Dovauas-Ocixpy, 
Ichthyol. Dept. Australian Museum. (Communicated by F. Day, Esq., F.Z.S.) .... 395 


May 3, 1887. 


The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in April 1887 


The Secretary. Extracts from a letter addressed to him by Mr. Roland Trimen, F.Z.S., 
respecting the obtaining of a second example of Laniarius atrocroceus........ vescee SOD 


LIST OF PLATES, 
1887. 


PART I. 


Plate - Gaga's Page 
XX. Fig. 1. Pimelodus buckleyi. “Fig. 2. P. longicauda. 


XXI. Fig. 1. Pimelodus pulcher. Fig. 2 2. Stygogenes humboldti. 
Fig. 3. Nannoglanis fastiatus. Fig. 4. Stegophilus 


UNI CEAL US: 25 vance starein pias cistelivia vars avalesenal acpistere On 6i5ia so) | ons 
XXII. Chsetostomus dermorhynchus ........¢+0+ sees eeeeeeeeee 
XXIII. Fig. 1. Parodon buckleyi. Fig. 2. Piabucina elongata. 
Fig. 3. Leptagoniates steindachneri ........ malcom ras 
XXIV... Sternarchus curvirostvis .)- 00s de> whiveccerce cece veces ) 
RK V4) Ptoropus prandis >... ce «selec since ¥ aisiee SO ROTO Oe 320 
Dox VL Nesonycteris woodfordt.'. .s\.ssa cise nweileamish cenieiicies } 
XXVII. Macrocorax woodfordi .............. Res Fae nae ees . 32BY 


XXVIII. Fig. 1. Lepidodactylus woodfordi. Fig. 2. Typhlops aluensis. 
Fig. 3. Batrachylodes vertebralis, Fig. 4. Hyla lutea.... 333 


XXIX. 
fe Morphology of the Wings of Birds ........... ig ePe\dielige ya aes Oe 
XXXII. 
XXXIIJ. Anatomy of Hudrilus sylvicola ..... GPa urepeassalessir c steters! ate sto 372 
NOTICE, 


According to present arrangements the ‘ Promeadinga’ are issued in four parts, 
as follows :— 
Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist. 
t a as » March and April, on August lst. 
Til. or $3 », May and June, on October Ist. 
Iy. . - », November and December, on April Ist. 


The price is 12s, per part for the edition with coloured, and 3s. per part for 
that with uncoloured Plates. 


BY 


#8 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY  — 
OF LONDON, 


{ 
| FOR THE YEAR 


1887. 


PART III. 


CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN 


PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, 
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. 
LONDON: 


MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND Co., 
PATERNOSTER-BOW. 


[Price Twelve Shillings. rye 


LIST OF CONTENTS. 
PART III.—1887. 


May 3, 1887. 


Page 

Mr. J. Jenner-Weir, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skull of a feral Boar (Sus 
scrofa), obtained at Tauranga, New Zealand ........ 99a tiwietstatare’s teen eee re eet Th 

1. Ona new Snake of the Genus Lamprophis now living in the Society’s Gardens. By G. A. 
Bovnanama, (Plate MXXTV:): fo. ewdw ess cc celoe caste ves Site steers assay ets 397 

2. On the Lepidoptera of Japan and Corea.—Part I. Rhopalocera. By J. H. Lercu, B.A., 
F.R.G.8., F.L.S., F.Z.8., F.E.8., &. (Plates XXXV. & XXXVI) ....00..sseecece 398 


3. On a second Collection of Birds formed by Mr. L. Wray in the Mountains of Perak, 
Malay Peninsula. By R. Bownurr Suanrr, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Zoological Department, 
British Museum, (Plates XXXVII. & XXXVIII.) 431 


4. Description of some new Lepidoptera from Sikkim. By H. J. Enwes, F.Z.S........... 444 


ad ee eee 


5. Descriptions of some new or little-known Butterflies from India, with some Notes on the 
Seasonal Dimorphism obtaining in the Genus. Melanitis. By Lionen pz Nickyio12, 
F.E.S. (Plates XXXIX. & XL.)........ Bispslar he fewiwiel raters: od . 


May 17, 1887. 


Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D. Extracts from a letter from Dr. Emin Pasha, containing some 
’ remarks upon Natural History specimens procured in Monbottu ..............-+-+ 468 


Mr. A. Thomson. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of Papilio porthaon reared 
anitihe Society's Insect-house- vacs ee ve vars sides cise iaisrac AD ward ok matrOO es hon ee 468 


Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an original drawing of the head 
of an abnormal Palinurus (P. penicillatus) ...sss0...0+ dicta o/eleita\e sere waleenns eters -- 468 


Mr. W. F. Kirby, F.E.S. Notice of a Memoir on the Subfamily Libelluline ......./.+.. 470 


~ 1. Notes on Specimens in the Hume Collection of Birds—No. 5. On Syrnium maingayi. 
By R. Bowprrr Suarpr, F.Z.8...-....0..006 Fron Sieh atoja aa ajasa/6,sheteratebais watlare eke renee 470 


2, On the Presence of a Canal-system, evidently Sensory, in the Shields of Pteraspidian Fishes. 
By A. Suir Woopwanp, F.Z.S., F.G.S., of the British Museum (Natural History). 478 


3. Note on the “ Lateral Line” of Squaloraja. By A. Surrm Woopward, F.Z.S........... 481 


June 7, 1887. 
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menageriein May 1887 ........ 482 


Mr. Sclater. Remarks upon two Species of North-American Foxes living in the Society’s 
Gardens...... 


1. Remarks on certain Asiatic Ruminants.—1. Budoreas taxicolor, Hodgson. The Gnu-goat 
or Takin: ; [By.As Osu, © Bi W'S: 1 .tcicvieie es claidieiciocts Saas conte 


2. Notes on some Species of South-African Snakes. By Epsonp Symonps, of Kroonstad, 
Orange Free State. (Communicated by J. H. Gurney.) ...600..cecececnceceuves 486 


3. List of a small Collection of Coleoptera obtained by Mr. W. L. Sclater in British Guiana. 
By Martin Jacosy. With the Description ofa new Species by H. W. Bats, F.R.S... 490 


4. On a hitherto unrecognized Feature in the Larynx of the Anurous Amphibia. By G. B. 
Howes, F.Z.8., F.L.S., Assistant Professor of Zoology, Normal School of Science and : 
Royal School of Mines, 8. Kensington ........0...cececucececvacovescs ecto hie - 491 


Contents continued on page 3 of wrapper. = 


Contents (continued). 


June 23, 1887. 
Page 
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of,and remarks upon, the skin of a white-nosed Monkey (Cerco- 
PIOUSTABCOMACA. LY Ni oPeisters a ols !aiusie's #.0's Gisaleiaia OW cievsin a voaMiNe lee eis cje's.6) #1 nlele'ste al ¢ ohe(s 502 


Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of a Pheasant from Northern 
Afghanistan (Phasianus PW IELTDOLES at aly aicin ote stews eh niente heer eicarele e Roe anes 502 


Mr. A. Everett, C.M.Z.S. Extract from a letter, containing a notice of the collection made 
by Mr. Whitehead en Kina Balu Mountain in Northern Borneo ......-.......-+-- 502 


Dr. Giinther. Exhibition of a hybrid between a Golden Pheasant and a Reeves’ Pheasant, 
also of a hybrid between a white Fantail Pigeon and a Collared Dove ..........-- 503 


Mr. Arthur Dendy, B.Sc., F.L.8. Abstract of a Memoir on the West-Indian Chadinine, with 
TER CMIBTONS OL MOW SPECIES air yesiriv svc ata) sivuein. tal a'y «sire! welaie ¥ Oi stale\sisia.e civisis vivre o'epars 503 


1, Report on a Zoological Collection made by the Officers of H.M.S. ‘ Flying-Fish’ at Christ- 
mas Island, Indian Ocean. Communicated by Dr. A. Gtnrazr, V.P.Z.S., Keeper of 


ete the Zoological Department, British Museum. (Plates XLI. -XLIV. )—Mammalia. 


By Oxprirerp Tuomas; Birds. By R. B. Suarrn; Reptiles. By G. A. eeteoee S 
Mollusks. By HE. A. Sarr; Crustacea. By R. I. Pocock ; Coleoptera. By C. 
WATERNOUSE ; Lepidoptera. By A. G. Buwma: Echinodermata. By F. J. ae. 
Porifera. By Me DuNWEH» eliesak casi eucete Ber ste acs) wins i aheted areystel teceteroists iia - 507 


2. Note on a Point in the Structure of Myrmecobius, By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F. ZS., 
Prosector to the Society: .... 260... rer ttc srry ce Pate aston perth pam oh Saw Srnec rors wach - 527 


3. Studies in the Holothuroidea.—--VI. Descriptions of new Species. By F. Jurrrny Brit, 
., Sec. R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy and Zoology in King’s College. 


(Plate PRODTV Gc ) Blo. chase(sig: Aiaanio|e.w 6itis alaieiwn 84 clarete nn, spat anemele taiccs Wiel 6 shaicrage trains ate nay 
4. On.the Fossil Teleostean Genus Rhacolepis, Agass. By A. Sra Woopwarp, F.Z.S., F.G.S., 
of the British Museum (Natural History). (Plates XLVI. & XLVII) ........ Aries ais 
5. Note on a Fossil Species of Chlamydoselachus. By Jamus W. Davis, E.G. S &e. (Com- 
municated by Mr. A. SmirH Woopwarb, F.Z.8.).......200cecceeeeeeeereceee eee. 542 
6. Contributions to the Anatomy of Earthworms.—No. IV. By Frank E, Bepparp, M.A., 
F.R.S.E., Prosector to the Society, and Lecturer on Biology at Rey s Hospital...... 544 
7. On Bipalium kewense at the Cape. By Roxanp Triman, E.R.S. &e. .....-..-- sis enslarate 548 
8. Descriptions of two new Species of Fishes from Mauritius. By Dr. A. Ginruer, V.P.Z.S. 
(Plates EVIL, & SLES i sca cecciaves Se rearele acetal ates Sala aise’ Sot carm ciate -. 550 
9. Note on the Wild Goats of the Caucasus. By P. L. Scuarzr, M. A., Ph.D., F.B.S., ey, 
to the Society ...... masters caterer wort Bisinta a cipietere splnre aTaiviofeleie's ele slaje'= wialetere's 2 
10. On the Systematic Position of the Genus Beslan even ns Correia Huxley). By 
Pe RocEmNGmny BZ. ss. - ncipiceecice as atotiareiecare GRisiarcye clears «se O54 
"11. Notes on Emys blandingii. By G. A. Boutencsr, F.Z.8. (Plate L.)........ Siaisiates oe - 555 
12. Description of a supposed new Species of the Genus Meruda from South America. By 
Henry SEeponum, 1.2.8. ..........006 Siatotoinie she inc old at ame ciicie« lalsysin ie’ ae(s Picard) 4 
13. On a new Species of Calyptomena. By R. Bowpurr Suarprs, F.LS., F.Z.8., &e. ....-- 558 


LIST OF PLATES, 


1887. 
PART TTI. 

Plate : . Page 
KXATV.. “Gamprophis fiskt 2. vite cies sone cs oss vceere iasfosseot taht 397 

XXXY. Fig. 1. Papilio mikado. Fig. 2. Apatura cauta. Fig. 3. 
6  Polyommatus auratus ..........ceeecesseees 398 

XXXVI. Fig. 1. §Q Euripus coreanus, Fig. 2. Dipsas flamen .. 
XXXVIT. Trochalopterum peninsule ........00.....ceeseeeeeee } 431 

XXXVITI. Fig. 1. Minla soror. Fig. 2. Hithopyga WYAY]. s+ cere. 
7 } New Indian Butterflies ...... ie os SigteraNa ahaiers tue ce phcley tere ateny 448 

LT, -Ptonopnavaistalis sas. /s ss «ct aoetge mectesinel amie sees 
EG: Mus maclegrt mc-s.0 isin spats setetehueei Oe cert cia niente 507 

XLII. Oarpophaga whartoni.....3......ceccceeescceceeeeers 

XLIV. Pachychalina spinosissima ....--.....-0eseeeeeeeeees 
XLY. Characteristic spicules of new Holothurians ........ sinister 531 
ae } Rhacolepis ..-..........--.... Re ccenunint meriiere) start ar oeee O90 
RLV — Patilus fronbicinctus teiss0.. seslesuieisisbis > lcm Seis sn'e seen } 550 

XLIX. Platycephalus subfasciatus........-....sesseceeeeeeese 
L. Fig. 1. Emys blandingii. Fig. 2. Emys orbicularis........ 555 

N or Ic BO es 


According to present arrangements thes Pevcctiuan: are issued in four parts, 
as follows :— 


Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist. 


II. =) a » March and April, on August Ist. 
ET. ef af »» May and June, on October Ist. 
IV. i a », November and December, on April Ist. 


The price is 12s, per part for the edition with coloured, and 3s. per part for 
that with uncoloured Plates. 


= 
| PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


* 


SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
OF LONDON, 


FOR THE YEAR 


1887. 


PART AV. 
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN 


NOVEMBER ann DECEMBER. 


- APRIL Ist, 1888. 


PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, 
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. 


LONDON : 
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., 
PATERNOSTER-ROW. | 


F On [Price Twelve Shillings.) . me | 


ry J Pad 


~ 


LIST OF CONTENTS. 


PART IV.—1887. 


Page 
June 23, 1887 (continued). 


12. Description of a supposed new Species of the Genus Merula from South America. By 


PPR, OMMBOHN A ZB ei 8 cee wie ott oid es ainisie te so ease beh vale Vem enceen heen 557 
13. On a new Species of Calyptomena. By R. Bownter Suarpeg, F\L.S., F.Z.S8., &e. ...... 558 
November 15, 1887. 
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in June, J uly, August, 
Remember, and OCotdber, TSS cess carp on sds eves sue delete He se cect aa hoice See 558 


Herr W. y. Nathusius. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, three preparations of Symbiotes.. 559 


Surgeon-Gen. George Bidie, C.I.E., C.M.Z.S. Exhibition of a photograph of, and remarks 
upon, Elephants in sexual congress 


Ae = Seo iu BY 4)0 Ot 0 a 8166 :0 pia v ayule) B'S. 4)s) atel ale le ala Sl areimiainie 


Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.S., and Mr. Edgar A. Smith. Observations on the “ British 
NiatenPCATORE Tc to let cacti en bere 


6 0.4/0 dev <0 676 6 0's ee v0 6 @ 06 5 cle ald hestnyee 


Prof. Newton, V.P. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Bulwer’s Petrel found 


BIUEY OFMS UPD a0 70: ora. pisteleld cratetets fait fs vaarerti hee ave seein aioe eect aise ee . 562 
Mr. H. E. Dresser. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of a Titmouse obtained 
by Dr. Guillemard in Cyprus............- isSicip.s = 8'¢ih-w einil soe al ois: ojel © ef ee ae 563 


Mr. Boulenger. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some living specimens of an African 
BAEAGNNA (CX CROPUS LAUER) a. «ccapinle s+ ngs o's \#)2\s 0,020.0 /e,6 deg So.cloie eh aiclnie s 


ee neee fee 


Prof. Flower. Exhibition of a photograph, and remarks upon, a specimen of Rudolphi’s 
Whale (Balenoptera borealis), taken in the Thames 


Se weer rece esr ce ee PO eseses seo BS 


Dr. Emin Pasha, C.M.Z.8. Letter from, referring to some collections sent to the British 
Museum 


$0.8 © OB Sid (8) wpe, 0 ie) a jy (8 's)016)0)s 6 0 pin 6 0) 6 aoe 8) 9.878 (0\6 (0) 6.04 \s Oe 0) wR ya) p ehaie wie tsi a) Sle eteiaie natn 


1. A List of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Mr. H. H. Johnston on the Rio del 
Rey, Cameroons District, W. Africa. By G. A. Boutrncer 


Se 


2. Notes on three Species of Shells from the Rio del Rey, Cameroons. By Encar A. Suirn. 566 


3. On two small Collections of African Lepidoptera recently received from Mr. H. H. 
Johnston. By A. G. Burien, F.L.S., F.ZS., &e. 


4. On the Genus Myosorex, with Description of a new Species from the Rio del Rey 
(Cameroons) District. By G. E. Dopson, M.A., FRG. ........ 2... ec ee ee eee 575 


5. On a new Species of Hyla from Port Hamilton, Corea, based on an example living in the 
Society’s Gardens. By G. A. Boutuneur, F.Z.S. (Plate LI.)................ Titges OES 


Contents continued on page 3 of wrapper. 


NTE ed MGR ot) Se: ee aN 
N ontinued). CN 


wins 6, 1887, . 


Page 
bebes, PZS. “Tixhibitton of, aod’ thal upon, a specimen of Saricola 
shot in Cumberland Ra eNinw atte aimed ap 400 Keri in a meee mrt: ee Avo 
Exhibition of, and remarks “upon, the integumentary glands of a Rocky- 
untain Groat... ++. NUS Lots act Wasa leta eee ete ela alata fehD a aw\yelnr tie salem s9 «nrg 579 


an" 


fotes on the Fauna of Corea and the adjoining coast of Manchuria. By Henry H. 
eon, O.M.Z58., and Tuomas Sanvavoer, C.M.Z.S. (Plate LIL.) ......++--++-- 580 


es Oiseaux recueillis en Corée par M. Jean Kalinowski. Par M. L. TaczaNowsgr, 


( Pygmy ¥y Hippopotamus of Liberia, Hippopotamus liberiensis aie and its claims 
ee Generic Rank. By W.H. Fiowne, O.B., LL.D., F.RS. ......-.+.+65- 612 


Seine and Species of Australian Mugilide, By J. Dove.as-Oamsy, Depart- 
Fishes, Austr. Mus. Sydney. (Communicated by F. Day, C.1.E., FZS.)... 614 


Genus of Percide. By J. Dovcuas-Ocmsy. (Communicated by F. Day, 0.1.E., 
new Cotteasian Goat (Capra severicowi, we or a Dr. M. meee oo C. “ex Z.8., 
ie Professor i in the University of Moscow ... Yara Rak ey sie . 618 
(¢ % itiead Notes on the Nomenclature of Indian Mammals. By W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.8., 


December 20, 1887. 

stay. Report ¢ on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in November 1887 .... 638 
later. ‘Extract of a letter from Dr. Burmeister, F. MZ. 8, ie remarks on a anyone 
Peepers g-bird (Chetocereus CUPIRETIBET A) sidtclelnckt: ae ete ge Wine ween oh Fe bo vk Ble 688 
; Yerbury, F.ZS. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a pair of horns of the Oorial.... 639 
hen. O.M.Z.S. Letter from, concerning living specimens of two Snakes .... 639 


i Readard, FZS. Notice of a Memoir entitled “ Observations on the Structure 
ooker's Sea-Lion ” A eben an hoo kt: Dns: teiste s paiciod aoe a apile .-. 640 


the Taoailes Spee) of the Coleopterous es od ep te uk me) the 
i 8. Gorman, F.Z.8., 7. ES. (Plate LIT. ya AASB ate Aes el eee ee of icaihen 642 


‘Haee the Fishes obtained by Surgeon-Major A. 8. G. dayakar ai Muscat, East 


Racin of some new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera, mostly from pray ? Africa. 
y Herverr Davey, B.LS., B.Z.S. (Plate LV.) .0..-- cece eee cere er ec ee en eee 668 


‘List of Additions to the Society's Menagerie during the Year 1887 ............ 687 


sts of Gonteibuton and hae Articles, of Ses and of Woodeuts in the Volume. 
PV 


a 


st of Arabia. By G. A. Boutunaer. (Plate LIV.).....-....++-+ sees eeerreee 653. 


LIST OF PLATES 


oe va 


1887. 


PART IV. 


Lt Bigs. Hyla Stepliend: Fig. 2. Hyle arborea, var. pe eel ee, 
z “UL Fig. mere davidi. Fig. 2 Oygane rae: ceptadee ad 


Now Aba Tpioners DN AA ek Se eT ge a a 


fe : NOTICE. 
Te coke to, ripen srrangements the’ Prooedinge' are issued iu fo 


re aS sid Ms 
ry, containing pape od in January dian cunite on ‘Tame | 

a4 (March and April, on August let 

May and J une. on October Ast. 

W hiopinyh and hor tes on Ap 


eae 
Paden ve 
eh 


ae ms 


Hh 
sie 


4